THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
William Francis Galvin, Secretary of the Commonwealth
State Publications and Regulations
REGULATION! FILING AND PUBLBCATDON
1. Regulation Chapter, Number & Heading:
78© CIVIR
2, Name of Agency: THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS & STANDARDS
3. This document is reprinted from the Code of Massachusetts Regulations and contains the following:
Sixth Editioo of the Massa
as adopt
Itate Board of Bolidiog RegyBatlor
Office of the Secretairy
tiusetts State Building Code
ted by the
ns and Standards and foled with the
of the Commoiniwealth
Under the Provisions of Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 30A, §.6, and Chapter 233, §75,
this document may be used as evidence of the original documents on file with the Secretary of the Commonwealth.
Compiled as in full force and effect:
2008
A true copy attest:
WILLIAM FRANCIS GALVIN
Secretary of the Commonwealth
THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
William Francis Galvin, Secretary of the Commonwealth
State Publications and Regulations
REGULATION FILING AND PUBLICATION
1. Regulation Chapter, Number & Heading:
78© CMR
2. Name of Agency. MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS & STANDARDS
3. This document is reprinted from the Code of Massachusetts Regulations and contains the following:
780CMR:1 ADMINISTRATiOl^
780CIVIR:2 DEFINITIONS
780CMR:3 USE OR OCCUPANY
780CMR:4 SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY
780 CMR:5 GENERAL BUILDING LIIVIiTATIONS
780 CMR:6 TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION
780 CMR:7 FIRERESISTANT f^ATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
780 CMR:8 INTERIOR FINISHES
780CIV!R:9 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
(THIS CHAPTER IS ENTIRELY UNIQUE TO MASSACHUSETTS)
780 CMR:10 MEAN OF EGRESS
780CMR:11 ACCESSIBILITY
(780 CMR 11 DS ENTIRELY UNIQUE TO MASSACHUSETTS)
780 CMR:12 INTERIOR ENVIRONMENT
780CMR:13 ENERGY CONSERVATION
(THIS CHAPTER IS ENTIRELY UNIQUE TO MASSACHUSETTS)
780CMR°14 EXTERIOR WALL COVERINGS
780CMR^1S ROOFAND ROOF COVERINGS
Under the Provisions of Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 30A, § 6, and Chapter 233, § 75,
this document may be used as evidence of the original documents on file with the Secretary of the Commonwealth.
Compiled as in full force and effect:
' )
1/1/2008
A true copy attest:
WILLIAM FRANCIS GALVIN
Secretary of the Commonwealth
THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
William Francis Galvin, Secretary of the Commonwealth
State Publications and Regulations
REGU.LATiOM FILING AND PUBLICATiON
1. Regulation Chapter, Number & Heading:
780 CMR
2. Name of Agency: MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS 8, STANDARDS
3. This document is reprinted from the Code of Massachusetts Regulations and contains the following:
78©CfVlR:16
780CIV1R:17
T80CIV1R:18
780CIV1R:19
780CIVIR:20
780CW/IR:21
780CIVIR:22
780CIV1R:23
780CMR:24
78©CIVIR:25
780CMR:26
780CMR:27
780CiVIR:28
780CIV!R:29
STRUCTURAL LOADS
STRUCTURAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
(SUBSTANTIAL PORTIONS OF THIS CHAPTER ARE UNIQUE TO MASS
ACHUSETTS)
FOUNDATIONS AND RETAINING WALLS'
(THIS CHAPTER IS UNIQUE TO IVfASSACHUSETTS)
CONCRETE
LIGHTWEIGHT IWIETALS
IVIASONRY
STEEL
WOOD
GLASS AND GLAZING
GYPSUM BOARD AND PLASTER
PLASTIC
ELECTRICAL WIRING-p EQUIPIVIENT AND SYSTEMS
(THIS CHAPTER IS ENTIRELY UNIQUE TO MASSACHUSETTS)
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
PLUMBING SYSTEMS
(THIS CHAPTER IS ENTIRELY UNIQUE TO MASSACHUSETTS)
Under the Provisions of Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 30A, §6, and Chapter 233, §75,
this document may be used as evidence of the original documents on file with the Secretary of the Commonwealth.
Compiled as in full force and effect:
J
1/1/2008
A true copy attest:
WILLIAM FRANCIS GALVIN
Secretary of the Commonwealth
THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
William Francis Galvin, Secretary of the Commonwealth
State Publications and Regulations
REGULATION FILING AND PUBLICATION
1. Regulation Chapter, Number & Heading:
780 CIVIR
2. Name of Agency: IVBASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS & STANDARDS
3. This document is reprinted from the Code of Massachusetts Regulations and contains the following:
780 CryiR:30 ELEVATORS AND CONVEYING SYSTEMS
(THIS CHAPTER IS ENTIRELY UNIQUE TO IVIASSACHUSETTS)
780 CIVIR:31 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
780 CmRiZ2 CONSTRUCTION IN THE PUBLIC RSGHT » OF - WAY
780 CiVlR:33 SITE WORK, DEIVIOUTION AND CONSTRUCTION
780 CIViR^34 REPAIR, ALTERATION, ADDITION AND CHANGE OF USE OF EXISTING
STRUCTURES
(THIS CHAPTER IS ENTIRELY UNIQUE TO IVIASSACHUSETTS)
780 CiVIR:35 MANUFACTURED BUILDINGS, MANUFACTURED BUILDING COMPO-
NENTS AND MANUFACTURED HOUSING
(THIS CHAPTER IS ENTIRELY UNIQUE TO MASSACHUSETTS)
LIST OF APPENDICES
REFERENCED STANDARDS
SAMPLE BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION FORM
RECOMMENDED FASTENING SCHEDULE
GUIDANCE FOR SELECTION OF FOUNDATION MATERIAL CLASSES IN
TABLE 1804.3
Under the Provisions of Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 30A, § 6, and Chapter 233, § 75,
this document may be used as evidence of the original documents on file with the Secretary of the Commonwealth.
Compiled as in full force and effect:
1/1/2008
A true copy attest:
WILLIAM FRANCIS GALVIN
Secretary of the Commonwealth
THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
William Francis Galvin, Secretary of the Commonwealth
State Publications and Regulations
REGULATION FILING AND PUBLICATION
1. Regulation Chapter, Number & Heading:
780 CMR
2. Name of Agency: MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS 8, STANDARDS
3. This document is reprinted from the Code of Massachusetts Regulations and contains the following:
LIST OF APPENDICES
E: PROCEDURE FOR ACCOUNTING FOR SERIES AND PARALLEL HEAT
FLOWS
F: . REFERENCE DATA FOR REPAIR, ADDITION, AND CHANGE OF USE OF
EXISTING BUILDINGS
G: UNIT DEAD LOADS FOR DESIGN PURPOSES
Hi HISTORIC BUILDBNGS
1^ INDEPENDENT STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING REVIEW
Ji ENERGY PROVISIONS
K: FLOOR PROTECTOR THERiVIAL CONDUCTIVDTY CALCULATDONS
78© CIVIR SPECIAL RULES AND REGULATIONS
R1 :■ CONCRETE TESTING LABORATORIES LICENSING
R2: CONCRETE TESTING PERSONNEL LICENSING
R3: iVIANAFACTURED BUILDBNGS, BUILDINGS COMPONENTS AND MOBILE
HOMES
R4: USE OF NATIVE LUMBER
R5: CONSTRUCTION SUPERVISORS
R6: REGISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT OF HOME IMPROVEMENT
CONTRACTOR PROGRAWl
R7^ CERTIFICATION OF INSPECTORS OF BUILDINGS, BUILDING
COMMISSIONERS AND LOCAL INSPECTORS
INDEX
Under the Provisions of Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 30A, §6, and Chapter 233, §75,
this document may be used as evidence of the original documents on file with the Secretary of the Commonwealth.
Compiled as in full force and effect:
J
1/1/2008
A true copy attest:
WILLIAM FRANCIS GALVIN
Secretary of the Commonwealth
THE MASSACHUSETTS
STATE BUILDING CODE
780 CMR
Sixth Edition
COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
Publlslied by
William Fo Gatvin
Secretory of the Commonwealth
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
FOREWORD and ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE (780 CMR), SDCTHEDITJON
FOREWORD
Th& Sixth Edition of 780 CMR ,the Massachusetts State Building Code has been revised from the Fifth Edition to make
it consistent with the common code fonnat of the National Code, the Unifomi Building Code and the Southern Building
Code, both in chapter and sub-chapter numbering. The technical content is based on the 1993 edition of the Building
Officials and Code Administrators (BOCA) National Building Code. Extensive technical changes have been made as
a result of reviews by the BBRS technical advisory committees, listed in this section, and also as required by
Massachusetts General Laws and Specialized Codes and Regulations.
Chapter 36, the One and Two Family Dwelling Code, has been revised from the Fifth to the Sixth Edition to make it
consistent with the 1995 edition of the CABO One and Two Family Dwelling Code to the extent practicable.
Substantive changes have been made as a result of reviews by the BBRS staff, state and municipal building officials,
and technical advisory boards.
The following chapters are considered unique to the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, in their entirety:
Chapter 1 - Administration
Chapter 9 - Fire Protection Systems
Chapter 1 1 - Accessibility
Chapter 13 • - Energy Conservation
Chapter 16 - Structural Loads
Chapter IS • Foundations and Retaining Walls
Chapter 27 - Electrical Wiring and Equipment
Chapter 29 - Plumbing and Oasfittmg
Chapter 30 - Elevator and Convqong Systems
Chapter 34 - Repair, Alteration and Change ofUse of Existing Buildings
Chapter 35 - Manufactured Buildings, Building Components and Mobile Homes
Several differences appear in the format of the Sixth Edition from that of the Fifth Edition; a major change pertaining
to the numbering system. Other changes in the content of the Sixth Edition that are different from that of national
buildmg code, are shown in bold-faced, iialidzed type. Chapters which are significantly different than the national
building code are identified with the parenthetical statement This Chapter is Entirely Unique to Massachusetts.
The Sixth Edition of the Massachusetts State Building Code (780 CMR) becomes effective on February 28, 1997.
In recognition of the time periods involved in the planning, design and construction of buildings and building related
projects and in order to effect an orderly and equitable transition between the Fifth Edition and Sixth Edition, the State
Board of Building Regulations and Standards implements the following policy;
From Fdjruary 28, 1997 to August 27, 1997 the Fifth and Sixth Editions of the Massachusetts State Building Code shall
be considered to be concurrently effective. Ehiring this period, the end user may elect to utilize the provisions of either
the Fifth Edition in its entirety fli the Sixth Edition in its entirety.
The Fifth Edition will be automatically repealed on August 27, 1997 after which date all users shall comply with the
provisions of the Sixth Edition.
PURCHASING OPnONS
The One and Two-Family Dwelling Code, identified in the Sixth Edition as Chapter 36, may be purchased as a separate
package, including Chapter 1, Administration and Enforcement and Appendix A, or it may be purchased as part of the
entire code package.
The Rules and Regulations of the Board of Building Regulations and Standards identified as 780 CMR-Rl through
780 CMR-R7, may be purchased as a separate package or as part of the entire code package.
Also available is the Guide to the Sixth Edition of the Massachusetts State Building Code, This guide was developed
to assist code users in making the transition between the Fifth Edition and Sixth Edition and is sold as part of the code.
It includes a Chapter\Article Number Cross Reference- Index and a Summary of Major Changes made in the Sixth
Edition relative to the Fifth Edition and the national building code.
The code may be ordered in any manner identified above by calling the State House Bookstore f^ (6 1 7) 727-2854.
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
780 CMR; STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FORWARD AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
AMENDMENT PROCESS
Pursuant to M.GL. c. 143, § 97, 780 CMR is subject to change by amendment. Amendments shall be proposed on
forms made available at the office of the Board of Building Regulations and Standards. Proposals are offered at public
hearing where the Board hears testimony both for and against the proposals. Proposals are then studied and voted upon
by the Board. Those that are voted "approved" arc issued as amendments to 780 CMR and become effective when
published in the Bi-weekly MASSACHUSETTS REGISTER.
All proposals for amendment to 780 CMR must be received at least 60 days prior to the public hearing date. Changes
that are voted "approved" are issued on a cycle determined by the Board; generally not sooner than a two year cycle.
The Board convenes public hearings to entertain changes to the code a minimum of twice each calendar year; in May
and November. Other public hearings may be scheduled as necessary.
Anyone wishing to present a code change proposal should contact the Office of the Board at (617) 727-3200 extension
614 for information on how to file. It is the responsibility of the code user to check the MASSACHUSETTS
REGISTER periodically to determine if amendments have been issued.
BOARDS AND COMMITTEES
STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
Professor KentaroTsutsunii,P.E., Chairman
Registered Professional Engineer (Structural)
Daniel P. O'Sullivan, Vice Chairman
Inspector of Buildings (City)
Thomas E. Donovan, General Contractor
of One and Two Family Homes
Thomas G. Gatzunis, P.E.
Inspector of Buildings (Town)
William P. Kramer, P.E.
Registered Professional Engineer
(Mechanical)
Alexander H. MacLeod, RA.
Registered Architect
Stanley S. Shuman, P.E.
General Contractor of Commercial & Industrial Buildings
Thomas L. Rogers (Ex-Officio)
Chief of Inspections
(Gary Moccia, P.E. - Designee)
Robert E. Banks
Building Trades Representative
ChiefWilliamV. Dolap
Head of a Local Fire Department
Steven Coan (Ex Officio)
State Fire Marshal
(Maurice M. Pilette, P.E. - Designee)
PAST- MEMBERS.GONTRIBUTING TO THIS CODE:
Richard Mcintosh
Inspector of Buildmgs (Town)
Douglas Cole Smith, RA
Registered Architect
STAFF
Thomas L. Rogers, Administrator
Robert A. Anderson^ Deputy Administrator
Brian Gore, PE, C.Eng., Technical Director .
Thomas M. Riley, Code Development Manager
Marian Doyle, Home Improvement Contractor Program Manager
Patricia A. Brennan, Building Code Board of Appeals Manager
Aime Marie Rose
Mary Kavanaugh
Julie Allan
Jef&ey Putnam
Heather McEwan
Sean MacDonald
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
RESEARCH ASSISTANTS
Andrew Bodnar (Legal Research)
Derek Greaser (Technical Research)
CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS SAFETY BOARD (CMSB)
Professor Kentaro Tsutsumi, P.E., Chairman
College of Engineering
Tufts University
Charles A. J. Theodore, P.E.
Hometech Consulting Group
Terrence Johnston, Laboratory Supervisor
Testing Laboratory
Metropolitan District Commission
Sanford Kaplan
Sanford Constriction Company
Francis Harvey, P.E., R.A.
Harvey and Tracy
Ara Shrestinian, P.E., Vice President
The Thompson & Lichtner Co., Inc.
Professor Louis C. Tartaglione, P.E.
Department of Civil Engineering University of Lowell
James Keefe
The Beacon Companies
Staff Liaison -Thomas M. Riley
FIRE PREVENTION - FERE PROTECTION BOARD
John M. Murphy, Chairman
International Municipal Signalmen's
Association
Lt. Michael P. Astkin
Massachusetts Fire Prevention Association
Chief James W. Clarke
Massachusetts Fire Chiefs Association
Chief WiUiam V. Dolan
Massachusetts Fire Chiefs Association
Walter B. Adams, AIA
Registered Architect
Harold Cutler, P.E.
Registered Professional Engineer
(Fire Protection)
Lt. Robert Bourke
Massachusetts Fire Prevention Association
Steven Coan, State Fire Marshal
(Maurice M. Pilette, P.E. - Designee)
Carlisle V. Smith, PE
Board of Fire Prevention Regulations
Conunissioner Martin Pierce
Mass. Fire Chiefs Association
(Paul M. Donga - Designee)
Staff Liaison - Thomas M. Riley
GEOTECHNICAL ADVISORY COMMTITEE
Edmund G. Johnson, P.E., Chairman
Haley & Aldrich, Inc.
Nino Catalano, P.E.
ICOS Boston
P. A. O'Neill, P.E.
New England Foundation, Co.
AsafA.Qazilbash,P.E.
Asaf A. Qazilbash Associates
Peter K. Taylor, P.E., Vice Chairman
Stone & Webster Engineering
Eldon L Abbot, P.E.
Parsons BrinkerhofTQuade and Douglas, Inc.
David Shields, P.E.
Geotechnical Engineers, Inc.
Dr. Richard M. Simon, P.E.
GZA Associates
Robert Hoylcr,P,E,
McPhail Associates
Staff Liaison - Robert A. Anderson
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FORWARD AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
SEISMIC ADVISORY COMMTTTEE
Norton S. Remmer, P.E., Chainnan
Norton S. Remmer Consulting Engineers
Dr. John. T. Christian, P.E.
Consulting Engineer
Francis D. Leathers, P.E.
Geotechnical Engineers, Inc.
Nicholas Mariani, P.E.
Charles T. Main, Inc.
Maurice A. Reidy, Jr., P.E.
Maurice A. Reidy Engineers
Professor Kentaro Tsutsumi, P.E.
BBRS Representative
Kermeth B. Weisner, P.E., Vice Chainnan
Le Messurier Consultants
Joseph J. Zona, P.E.
Simpson, Gumpertz, & Heger, hic.
Dr. Cetin Soydemir, P.E.
Haley and Aldrich
Wayne Siladi, P.E.
Weidlinger Associates, Inc.
Richard Henige, P.E.
Le Messurier Consultants
Staff Liaison - Brian Gore, P.E, C. Eng.
MEMA Liaison.. John C. Smith - Earthquake Program Manager
Dr. Frank J. Heger, P.E., Chairman
Simpson, Gumpertz & Heger, Inc.
Rubin M. Zallen, P.E.
Consulting Engineer
Hans William Hagen, P.E.
Lim Consultants
Arthur L. Brown, P.E.
Boston Building Consultants
LOADS ADVISORY COMMITIEE
Stanley S. Shuman, P.E.
BBRS Member
Michael Joliffe, P.E.
Zaldastani Associates
Edward LeNormand, P.E.
Chapin Associates
Tom McGarrigle, P.E.
Amman & Whitney
Staff Liaison - Brian Gore, P.E., C. Eng.
BUILDING OFFICIAL CERTDFTCAHON COMMITTEE
(The Standing Certification Committee)
Matthias J. Mulvey, Chainnan
Massachusetts Building Commissioners
and Inspectors Association (Representative)
Certified Building Code Enforcement Official
Daniel P. O'SulIivan, Vice Chairman
Building Officials of Western Massachusetts
(Representative)
Certified Building Code Enforcement Official
Paul J. Nonni, Member at Large
Certified Building Code Enforcement Official
Doe York, Member at Large
Certified Building Code Enforcement OHicial
(Michael Card)
David Thyng, P.E.
Southeastern Massachusetts Building Officials
Association (Representative)
Certified Building Code Enforcement Official
Robert Betit, Member at Large
Certified Building Code Enforcement Official
(Peter DePesa
Fred Hanack, P.E., Member from Academia
Robert A. Anderson, BBRS Representative
Certified Building Code Enforcement Official
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
ENERGY ADVISORY COMMITTEE
Thomas M. Riley,
BBRS Representative
Dale Gigandet
State Fire Marshal Representative
Anne Gros
DOER Representative
Michael Andelman, P.E.,
Shooshanian Engineering, Inc
Jerard Ives, R.A.
Jerard Ives Registered Architect
Robert Figuerido, P. E.
Digital Equipment Corp.
Nick Johnson. P. E.
Bard, Rao & Athanas Consulting Engineers, Inc.
Joel Wedding
Department of Labor and Industries
Richard Kramer
Home Builders Association of Greater Springfield
William Habib
Home Builders Association of Massachusetts
Melvin Fink
Home Builders Association
Charles E. Wheeler
New England Power Service
Ron Moreira
Bay State Gas Co.
Michael Ferrante
Massachusetts Oil Heat Council
Charles Brewster
Accent Sales and Marketing
Jack Desmond
Cox Engineering
Robert Thorell
Building Commissioner, Westminster
Mike Martin
Waltham Development Co.
mC ADVISORY COMMTITEE
Marian Doyle
BBRS Representative
Harry Smith
HIC Registrant
William O'Brien
NARI Eastern MA Chapter
Jack Elliott
NARI Western MA Chapter
Paul Schlaver
MA Consumer Coalition
Arlie Costine Scott
Representative from the Office of the AG
Frank Rosen
Fund Administrator
Ken Wade
Representative of the Attorney General
TECHNICAL CODE COUNCIL
Pursuant to M.G.L. c. 143, § 3, there shall be an advisory board known as the technical code council
which shall make recommendations relative to the formulation, promulgation and administration of the
state building code. The make-up of the council is available at the Office of the Board of Building
Regulations and Standards.
VI
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter 1: ADMINISTRATION
(This chapter is entirely unique to Massachusetts)
101.0: Scope
102.0: Applicability
103.0: Maintenance
104.0: Validity
105.0: Office of the inspector of buildings or building commissioner
106.0: Duties and powers of the building official
107.0: Duties and powers of the state inspector
108.0: Rules & regulations
109.0: Approval
1 10.0: Application for permit
111.0: Permits
1 12.0: Demolition of structures
1 13.0: Conditions of permit
114.0: Fees
115.0: Inspection
1 16.0: Registered architectural and professional engineering services
construction control
1 17.0: Workmanship
118.0: Violations
1 19.0: Stop work order
120.0: Certificate of occupancy
121.0: Unsafe structures
1 22.0: Board of appeals
123.0: Construction Materials safety Board
124.0: Fire Prevention - Fire Protection Advisor}' Committee
125.0: Strucmral Peer Review Advisory Committee
Chapter 2: DEFINITIONS
201.0: General
202.0: General Definitions
Chapters: USE OR OCCUPANCY
301.0: General
302.0: Classification
303.0: Assembly use groups
304.0: Business use group
305.0: Educational use group
306.0: Factory and industrial use groups
307.0: High hazard use groups
308.0: Institutional use groups
309.0: Mercantile use group
310.0: Residential use groups
311.0: Storage use groups
3 1 2.0: Utility and miscellaneous use group
313.0: Mixed use groups
Chapter 4i SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY
401.0: General
402.0; Covered mall buildings
403.0: High rise buildings
404,0: Atriums
405.0: Underground structures
406.0: Open parking structures
407.0: Private garages
408.0: Public garages
409.0: Use Group 1-2
13
13
13
14
14
14
15
17
18
19
19
21
23
23
23
24
24
26
26
26
27
27
28.1
32
32
32
35
35
35
47
47
47
48
49
49
49
50
54
57
58
59
59
59
63
63
63
65
67
68
69
70
70
71
9/9/05
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
TABLE OF CONTENTS - continued
Chapter 4: SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY - continued
410.0: Use Group 1-3
4n .0: Motion picture projection rooms, screening rooms and sound stages
412.0: Stages and platforms
413.0: Special amusement buildings
414.0: Airport traffic control towers
415.0; Outdoor processing facilities
416.0: HPM facilities
417.0: Hazardous materials
418.0: Use Groups H-l,H-2,H-3 and H-4
419.0: Application of flammable finishes
420.0: Mobile units
421.0: Swimming pools
422.0: Existing buildings
423.0; Group Residences
424.0: Day Care Centers
425.0: Simimer Camps for Children
426.0; Bulk Merchandising Retail Buildings
427.0: Limited Group Residences
428.0: Detoxification Facilities
429.0; Group Dwelling Units
Chapter 5: GENERAL BUILDING LIMITATIONS
501.0
502.0
503.0
504.0
505.0
506.0
507.
General
Definitions
General height and area limitations
Height modifications
Mezzanines
Area modifications
Unlimited areas
Chapter 6: TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION
601.0
602.
603.0
604.0
605.0
606.0
General
Construction classification
Tj'pes 1 and 2 construction
Type 3 construction
Type 4 construction
T\'pe 5 construction
Chapter 7: FIRERESISTANT MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
701.0: General
702.0: Definitions
703.0: Construction documents
704.0: Fire tests
705.0: Exterior walls
706.0; Exterior opening protectives
707.0; Fire walls and party walls
708.0: Fire wall openings
709.0: Fire separation assemblies
710.0: Vertical shafts
711.0: Fire partitions
712.0: Smoke barriers
7 13.0; Floor/ceiling and roofi'ceiling assemblies
714.0: Roof construction
Page
72
74
75
78
78
79
79
83
85
88
88
88
92
93
95
99
99
104
107
109
113
113
113
113
115
116
116
117
119
119
119
121
121
121
121
123
123
123
124
124
125
128
128
130
130
132
133
133
134
136
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS - continued
Chapter 7: FIRERESISTANT MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION - continued
715.0: Fireresistance rating of structural members
716.0: Fire door assemblies
717.0: Fire dampers
7 1 8.0: Fire windows and shutters
719.0: Wired glass
720.0: Firestopping and draftstopping
721 .0: Fireresistive requirements for plaster
722.0: Thermal- and sound-insulating materials
Chapter 8: INTERIOR FINISHES
801.0: General
802.0: Definitions
803.0: Interior finish and trim
804.0: Application of interior finish
805.0: Floor finish
806.0: Combustible materials permitted in floors of type 1 and 2 construction
807.0: Interior hangings and decorations
Chapter 9: FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
(This chapter is entirely unique to Massachusetts)
901.0: General
902.0: Definitions
903.0: Fire protection systems approval/acceptance
904.0: Fire suppression systems
905.0: Suppression system agent compatibility
906.0: Fire sprinkler system
907.0: Limited area sprinkler systems
908.0: Water-spray fixed systems
909.0: Carbon dioxide extinguishing systems
910.0: Dry-chemical extinguishing systems
9 1 1 .0: Foam extinguishing systems
9 1 2.0: Halogenated extinguishing systems
913.0: Wet-chemical range hood extinguishing systems
914.0: Standpipe systems
915.0: Fire department connections
9 1 6.0: Yard hydrants/underground fire mains
917.0: Fire protective signaling systems (Fire alarm systems)
9 1 8.0: Automatic fire detection systems
9 1 9.0: Single- and multiple-station smoke detectors
920.0: Fire extinguishers
921 .0: Smoke control systems
922.0: Smoke and heat vents
923.0: Supervision
924.0: Fire pumps
Chapter 10: MEANS OF EGRESS
1001.0: General
1002.0: Definitions
1003.0: Construction documents
1004.0: Use group and occupancy requirements
1005.0: General limitations
1 006.0: Types and location of means of egress
1007.0: Accessible means of egress
1008.0: Occupant load
1009.0: Capacity of egress components
1010.0: Number of exits
1011.0: Exit access passageways and corridors
137
137
138
139
139
140
141
142
143
143
143
143
144
145
146
146
147
147
147
149
151
152.1
152.1
154
154
155
155
156
156
157
157
158
159
159
162
164
164
165
167
168
168
171
171
171
172
172
172
173
175
176
177^
177
178
9/9/05
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
TABLE OF CONTENTS - continued
Chapter 10: MEANS OF EGRESS - continued
1012.0:
Assembly aisles and aisle accessways
1013.0;
Grandstands
1014.0:
Stairways
1015.0:
Smokeproof enclosures
1016.0:
Ramps
1017.0:
Means of egress doorways
1018.0:
Revolving doors
1019.0:
Horizontal exits
1020.0:
Level of exit discharge passageways used as an exit element
1021.0:
Guards
1022.0:
Handrails
1023.0:
Exit signs and lights
1024.0:
Means of egress lighting
1025.0:
Fire escapes
1026.0:
Slidescapes
1027.0:
Access to roof
1028.0:
Maintenance of exits
Page
180
182
183
187
189
189
190
194
195
195
196
196
197
197
198
198
199
Chapter 11: ACCESSIBILITY
(780 CMR 11 is Entirely Unique to Massachusetts)
Chapter 12: INTERIOR ENVIRONMENT
1201.0:
General
1202.0:
Definitions
1203.0:
Construction documents
1204.0:
Room dimensions
1205.0:
Light and ventilation required
1206.0:
Natural light
1207.0:
Artificial light
1208.0:
Natural ventilation
1209.0:
Mechanical ventilation
1210.0:
Ventilation of special spaces
1211.0:
Access to crawl spaces and attics
1212.0:
Couns and yards
1213.0:
Obstruction of courts and yards
1214.0:
Sound transmission control in residential buildings
1215.0:
Ratproofing
Chapter 13: ENERGY CONSERVATION
(This chapter is entirely unique to Massachusetts)
1301.0: Administration
1302.0: Definitions
1303.0: Design conditions
1 304.0: Building envelope requirements
1305.0: Heating, ventilation and air conditioning
1306.0: Service water heating
1307.0: Electric power distribution
1308.0: Lighting systems
1309.0: Building design by systems analysis
201
203
203
203
203
203
204
204
204
204
205
205
205
205
206
206
207
209
209
213
220
221
231
241
242
242.1
242.7
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
6/8/01
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS - continued
Chapter 14: EXTERIOR WALL COVERINGS
140L0
General
1402.0
Defmitions
1403.0
Performance requirements
1404.0
Materials
1405.0
Veneers
1406.0
Combustible materials on the exterior side of exterior walls
Chapter 15: ROOF AND ROOF COVERINGS
1501.0: General
1502.0: Definitions
1503,0: Construction documents
1504.0: Weather protection
1505.0: Performance requirements
1506.0: Fire classification
1507.0: Prescriptive requirements
1508.0: Flashings
1509.0: Roof insulation
1510.0: Roof structures
1511.0: Rooftop heliports
1512.0
Reroofmg
Chapter 16: STRUCTURAL LOADS
(This chapter is entirely unique to Massachusetts)
1601.0:
General
1602.0:
Definitions
1603.0:
Construction documents
1604.0:
Design safe load
1605.0:
Design dead load
1606.0:
Uniformly distributed live loads
1607.0:
Design live load
1608.0:
Live load reduction
1609.0:
Roof loads
1610.0:
Snovi^ loads
1611.0:
Wind loads
1612.0:
Earthquake loads
1613.0:
Concentrated loads
1614.0:
Impact loads
1615.0:
Special loads
1616.0:
Combination of loads
1617.0:
Existing buildings
Chapter 17: STRUCTURAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
(Substantial portions of this chapter are unique to Massachusetts)
1701.0
1702.0
1703.0
1704.0
1705.0
1706.0
1707.0
1708.0
1709.0
1710.0
General
Defmitions
Information required
Approvals
Requirements for special tests and inspections
Design strength of materials
Alternative test procedure
Test safe load
In-situ load tests
Preconstruction load tests
243
243
243
243
243
244
248
251
251
251
251
251
251
252
252
254
255
255
256
256
257
257
257
257
258
258
258
259
259
260
261
271
278
296
297
297
298
299
301
301
301
301
302
302
306
306
306
306
307
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
TABLE OF CONTENTS - continued
Page
Chapter 18: FOUNDATIONS AND RETAINING WALLS 309
(This chapter is entirely unique to Massachusetts)
1801.0: General 309
1802.0: Foundation investigations 309
1803.0: Soil bearing test 309
1 804.0: Load bearing value of soils 3 1
1805.0: Allowable foundation loads 312
1806.0: Depth of footings 313
1807.0: Footing design 313
1808.0: Timber footings and wood foundations 3 14
1809.0: Steel grillages 314
1810.0: Concrete footings 314
1811 .0: Masonry unit footings 3 1 5
1812.0: Foundation walls 315
1813.0: Waterproofing and dampproofing 3 1 6
1814.0: Mat, raft and float foundation 318
1815.0: Pier foundations 318
1816.0: Pile foundations 320
1817.0: Allowable pile loads 323
1818.0: Structural steel piles 326
1819.0: Concrete-filled steel pipe and tube piles 326
1820.0: Cast-in-place concrete piles 327
1821.0: Precast concrete piles 332
1822.0: Timber piles 332
1823.0: Composite piles 333
1824.0: Concrete filled pipe with core caissons 333
1825.0: Retaining walls 334
Chapter 19: CONCRETE 335
1901.0: Concrete design standards 335
1902.0: Definitions 335
1903.0: Seismic requirements for reinforced concrete 335
1904.0: Seismic requirements for plain concrete 338
1905.0: Minimum slab thickness 339
1906.0: Materials 339
1907.0: Durability requirements 340
1908.0: Concrete quality, mixing and placing 343
1909.0: Formwork, embedded pipes, and construction joints 345
1910.0: Details of reinforcement 346
1911.0: Shotcrete 348
1912.0: Concrete-filled pipe columns 348
Chapter 20: LIGHTWEIGHT METALS 351
2001.0 General 351
2002.0 Materials 351
Chapter 21: MASONRY 353
2101.0
2102.0
2103.0
2104.0
2105.0
2106.0;
2107.0
2108.0
2109.0
2110,0
General 353
Definitions 253
Construction documents 355
Seismic requirements 355
Masonry construction materials 357
Lateral stability 359
Compressive stress requirements 360
Lateral support 360
Thickness of masonry 361
Bond 361
780 CMR - Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS - continued
Chapter 21 : MASONRY - continued
2111.0: Anchorage
21 1 2.0: Masonry construction
2113.0: Miscellaneous requirements
21 14.0: Fireplaces and chimneys
2115.0: Glass block walls
Page
362
363
364
364
365
Chapter 22: STEEL
2201.0: General
2202.0; Definitions
2203.0: Structural steel construction
2204.0: Seismic requirements for structural steel
2205 . : Open web steel joist construction
2206.0: Formed steel construction
2207.0: Special steel and steel cable structural systems
• 2208.0: Reinforcing steel
2209.0: Cast steel construction
221 0.0: Cast iron construction
367
367
367
367
369
369
369
370
371
371
371
Chapter 23: WOOB
2301.0: General
2302.0: Definitions
2303.0: Performance requirements
2304.0: Hea\'y timber construction
2305.0: Wood fi^ame construction
2306.0: Seismic requirements for wood and timber
2307.0: Wood structural panels
2308.0: Particleboard
2309.0: Fiber boards
23 1 0.0: Fireretardant treated wood
23 11.0: Naturally durable and preservative treated wood
2312.0: Joist hangers
23 1 3 . : Prefabricated components
Chapter 24: GLASS AND GLAZING
2401.0: General
2402.0: General requirements for glass
2403.0: Wind, snow and dead loads on glass
.2404.0: Sloped glazing and sk>'Iights
2405.0: Safety glazing
2406.0: Glass in handrails and guardrails
. 2407.0: Glazing in racquetball and squash courts
Chapter 25: GYPSUM BOARD AND PLASTER
2501.0: General
2502.0: Shear walls
• 2503.0: Gypsum board materials
2504.0: Gypsum construction
2505.0: Interior lathing and gypsum plastering
2506.0: Portland cement stucco lathing and plastering
373
373
373
373
374
375
381
388
390
391
392
393
394
395
397
397
397
397
399
399
401
401
403
403
403
403
405
405
405
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Si>rth Edition
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
TABLE OF CONTENTS - continued
Page
Chapter 26: PLASTIC 407
260 LO: General 407
2602.0: Definitions 407
2603.0: Foam plastic 407
2604.0: General requirements for light transmitting plastics 409
2605.0: Light-transmitting wall panels 410
2606.0: Light-transmitting plastic glazing of unprotected openings 41 1
2607.0: Light-transmitting plastic roof panels 41 1
2608.0: Light-transmitting skylight glazing 412
Chapter 27: ELECTRICAL WIRING, EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS 4 1 5
(This chapter is entirely unique to Massachusetts)
All
417
418
418
418
418
418.1
418.1
419
419
419
419
419
420
Chapter 29: PLUMBING SYSTEMS 421
{This chapter is entirely unique to Massachusetts)
Chapter 30: ELEVATORS AND CONVEYING SYSTEMS 423
(This chapter is entirely unique to Massachusetts)
3001.0: General 423
Chapter 31: SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 425
3101.0: General 425
3102.0: Signs 425
3103.0: Membrane strucnires 428
3104.0: Temporary structures 430
3105.0: Canopies and awnings 430
3106.0: Pedestrian walkways 431
3107.0: Flood-resi§tant construction 432
3108.0: Radio and television towers 436
3109.0: Radio and television antennas 436
3110,0; Window-cleaning safeguards 436
Chapter 32: CONSTRUCTION IN THE PUBLIC RIGHT- OF- WAY 437
Chapter 2i
1: MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
2801.0:
General
2802.0:
Construction documents
2803.0:
Fees
2804.0:
Inspections and tests
2805.0:
Plenums
2806.0:
Drying rooms
2807.0:
Waste and linen handling systems
2808.0:
Refuse vaults
2809.0:
Medical gases
2810.0:
Oxygen systems
2811.0:
Existing buildings
2812.0:
Power ventors
28.13.0:
Solid fuel-fired appliances
3201.0
3202.0
3203.0
3204.0
3205.0
General 437
Street encroachments 437
Permissible street projections 437
Special and temporary projections 438
Awnings and canopies 438
780 CMR - Sixth Edition 9/9/05
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS - continued
330 LO:
General
3302.0:
Construction documents and special permits
3303.0:
Tests
3304.0:
Protection of public
3305.0:
Fire hazards
3306.0:
Maintenance
3307.0:
Health hazards
3308.0:
Protection of adjoining property
3309.0:
Existing buildings
3310.0:
Demolition and excavation
3311.0:
Retaining walls and partition fences
3312.0:
Storage of materials and construction equipment
3313.0:
Removal of waste material
3314.0:
Stairways
3315.0:
Lighting
Chapter 33 SITE WORK, DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION 441
441
441
441
441
442
442
442
443
443
443
444
444
444
444
444
Chapter 34 REPAIR, ALTERATION, ADDITION AND CHANGE OF USE
OF EXISTING STRUCTURES 445
(This chapter is entirely unique to Massachusetts)
3400.0: Scope 445
3401.0: Definitions 446
3402.0: Implementation 447
3403.0: Hazard index 448
3404.0: Requirements for continuation of the same use group or change to a use group
resulting in a change in hazard index of one or less 448
3405.0: Requirements for change in use group to two or more hazard indices greater 449
3406.0: Compliance alternatives 450
3407.0: Energy provisions for existing buildings 450
3408.0: Structural requirements for existing buildings 451
3409.0: Historic buildings 458
Chapter 35: MANUFACTURED BUILDINGS, MAIWFACTURED
BUILDING COMPONENTS AND MANUFACTURED HOUSING 461
(This chapter is entirely unique to Massachusetts)
3501.0: General 461
3502.0: Definitions 461
3503.0: Construction documents 462
3504.0: Approval 462
3505.0: Certification 463
3506.0: Reciprocity 463
3507.0: Assurance inspection 463
3508.0: Responsibility of the local enforcement agencies 463
3509.0: Suspension or revocation of certification 464
1/25/08 780 CMR - Sixth Edition
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
LIST OF APPENDICES
A: Referenced Standards 649
B: Sample Building Permit Application Forms 669
State Building Code Appeals Application Forms 677
Official Interpretations 682
C; Recommended Fastening Schedule 709
D: Guidance For Selection of Foundation Material Classes in Table 1804.3 7 1 3
E: ProcedurefFor Accounting for Series and Parallel Heat Flows 715
F: Reference Data for Repair, Addition, and Change of Use of
Existing Buildings 7 1 7
G: Unit Dead Loads for Design Purposes 737
H: Historic Buildings 745
I: Independent Structural Engineering Review 751
J: Energy provisions 753
K: Floor protector thermal conductivity calculations 761
L: Schedule of Fees 762.1
780 CMR - SPECIAL RULES AND REGULATIONS
Rl
R2
R3
R4
R5
R6
R7
Concrete Testing Laboratories Licensing 763
Concrete Testing Personnel Licensing 767
Manufactured Buildings, Building Components and Mobile Homes 769
Use of Native Lumber 783
Construction Supervisors 785
Registration and Enforcement of Home Improvement Contractor Program 789
Certification of Inspectors of Buildings, Building Commissioners and Local Inspectors 801
INDEX 807
(PAGES 1 1 AND 12 ARE RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE.)
10 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 1/25/08
CHAPTER 1
ADMINISTRATION
(Substantia! portions of this Chapter are entirely unique to Massachusetts)
780 CMR 101.0 SCOPE
101.1 Title: 780 CMR shall be known as the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts State Building
Code.
101.2 Scope: 780 CMR, in accordance with St.
1984, c. 348, as amended shall control all matters
concerning;
(a) the construction, reconstruction, alteration,
repair, demolition, removal, inspection, issuance
and revocation of permits or licenses, installation
of equipment, classification and definition of any
building or structure and use or occupancy of all
buildings and structures or parts thereof except
bridges and appurtenant supporting structures
which have been or are to be constructed by, or
are under the custody and control of the
Department of Public Works (Massachusetts
Highway Department), the Massachusetts
Turnpike Authority, the Massachusetts Bay
Transportation Authority, the Metropolitan
District Commission, or the Massachusetts Port
Authority or for which said agencies have
maintenance responsibility;
(b) the rehabilitation and maintenance of existing
buildings;
(c) the standards or requirements for materials to
be used in connection therewith, including but not
limited to provisions for safety, ingress and
egress, energy conservation and sanitary
conditions;
(d) the establishment of reasonable fees for
inspections and the issuance of licenses to
individuals engaged as construction supervisors;
(e) the certification of inspectors of buildings,
building commissioners and local inspectors and;
(f) the registration of Home Improvement
Contractors pursuant to MGL c 142 A, except as
such matters are otherwise provided for in the
Massachusetts General Laws Annotated, or in the
rules and regulations authorized for promulgation
under the provisions of 780 CMR.
(g) other duties and responsibilities as defined in
780 CMR Rl through R7.
1013 Application of references: Unless otherwise
specifically provided for in 780 CMR, all references
to chapter or section numbers, or to provisions not
specifically identified by number, shall be construed
to refer to such chapter, section or provision of
780 CMR.
10L4 Intent: 780 CMR shall be construed to secure
its expressed intent, which is to insure public safety,
health and welfare insofar as they are affected by
building construction, through structural strength,
adequate means of egress facilities, sanitary
conditions, light and ventilation, energy
conservation and fire safety; and, in general, to
secure safety to life and property from all hazards
incident to the design, construction, reconstruction,
alteration, repair, demolition, removal, use or
occupancy of buildings, structures or premises.
10LS Specialized Codes: Specialized codes, rules
or regulations pertaining to building construction,
reconstruction, alteration, repair or demolition,
promulgated, and under the authority of the various
boards which have been authorized by the general
court shall be incorporated into 780 CMR. The said
specialized codes, rules or regulations include, but
are not limited to, those listed in Appendix A.
101.6 Referenced standards: The standards
referenced in 780 CMR and listed in Appendix A
shall be considered part of the requirements of
780 CMR to the prescribed extent of each such
reference. Where differences occur between
provisions of 780 CMR and referenced standards,
the provisions of 780 CMR shall apply. The
administrative provisions of 780 CMR shaU apply to
all standards referenced in Appendix A, other than
the specialized codes in 780 CMR 101.5.
780 CMR 102.0 APPLICABILITY
102.1 General: The provisions of 780 CMR shall
apply to all matters affecting or relating to buildings
and structures, as set forth in 780 CMR 101.0 and
shall apply with equal force to municipal, county,
state authorities of or established by the legislature
and private buildings and structures, except where
such buildings and structures are otherwise provided
for by statute. The construction, reconstruction,
alteration, repair, addition, change in use or
occupancy, demolition, removal of all buildings and
structures shall comply with 780 CMR.
102.2 Matters not provWed for: Any requirements
that are essential for the structural, fire or sanitary
safety, interior climate comfort of an existing or
proposed building or structure, or for the safety of
the occupants thereof, which are not specifically
provided for by 780 CMR, shall be determined by
the building official. The State Board of Building
Regulations and Standards (hereinafter referred to as
the BBRS) and the Department of Public Safety
shall be notified by the building official in writing
within seven working days of any action taken
pursuant to 780 CMR 102.2.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97^
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
13
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
102.3 Zoning Bylaw Restrictions: When the
provisions herein specified for structural strength,
adequate egress facilities, sanitary conditions,
equipment, light and ventilation, energy
conservation or fire safety conflict with the local
zoning bylaws or ordinances, 780 CMR. shall control
the construction or aL^ration of buildings and
structures unless such bylaws or ordinances are
promulgated in accordance with the provisions of
M.G.L. c. 143, § 98 .
102.4 General bylaw restrictions: When the
provisions herein specified for structural strength,
adequate egress facilities, sanitary conditions,
equipment, light and ventilation, energy
conservation or fire safety conflict with the local
general bylaws or ordinances, 780 CMR shall
control the construction or alteration of buildings
and structures unless such bylaws or ordinances are
promulgated in accordance with the provisions
M.G.L. c. 143, § 98.
102.5 Applicability to Existing Buildings
102.5.1 General: Existing buildings and
structures shall comply with the provisions of
780 CMR 102.5 and all other applicable
provisions of 780 CMR.
102.5.2 Unless specifically provided otherwise in
780 CMR, any existing building or structure shall
meet and shall be presumed to meet the provisions
of the applicable laws, codes, rules or regulations,
bylaws or ordinances in effect at the time such
building or structure was constructed or altered
and shall be allowed to continue to be occupied
pursuant to its use and occupancy, provided that
the building or structure shall be maintained in
accordance with 780 CMR 103.0.
102.5.3 In cases which applicable codes, rules or
regulations, bylaws or ordinances were not in use
at the time of such construction or alteration, the
provisions of 780 CMR 103.0 shall apply.
102.5.4 In cases where the provisions of
780 CMR are less stringent than the applicable
codes, rules or regulations, bylaws or ordinances
at the time of such construction or substantial
alteration, the applicable provisions of 780 CMR
shall apply, providing such application of these
provisions does not result in danger to the public,
as determined by the building official.
102.5.5 Existing buildings or parts or portions
thereof which are proposed to be enlarged,
altered, repaired or changed in use or occupancy
shall comply with the provisions of 780 CMR 34.
102.5.6 Moved Structures: Buildings or
structures moved into or within the jurisdiction
shall comply with the provisions of 780 CMR 34
provided that any new system shall comply as far
as practicable with the requirements for new
structures and provided further that the siting and
fire separation distance comply with the
requirements for new structures.
780 CMR 103.0 MAINTENANCE
103.1 General: P^ buildings zxid structures znd 2\\
parts thereof, both existing and new, and all systems
and equipment therein which are regulated by
780 CMR shall be maintained in a safe, operable and
sanitary condition. All service equipment, means of
egress, devices and safeguards which are required by
780 CMR in a building or structure, or which were
required by a previous statute in a building or
structure, when erected, altered or repaired, shall be
maintained in good working order.
103.2 Owner responsibility: The owner, as
defined in 780 CMR 2, shall be responsible for
compliance with provisions of 780 CMR 103.0.
780 CMR 104.0 VALEDITY
104.1 General: The provisions. of 780 CMR are
severable, and if any of its provisions shall be held
unconstitutional or otherwise invalid by any court of
competent jurisdiction, the decision of such court
shall not afifect or impair any of the remaining
provisions.
780 CMR 105.0 OFFICE OF THE
INSPECTOR OF BUILDINGS OR
BUILDING COMMISSIOJVER
105.1 Appointment: The chief administrative
officer of each city or town shall employ and
designate an inspector of buildings or building
commissioner (hereinafter inspector of buildings) as
well as such other local inspectors as are reasonably
necessary to assist the inspector of buildings to
administer and enforce 780 CMR and of M.G.L.
c. 22, § 13 A and the rules and regulations made
under the authority thereof. The inspector of
buildings shall report directly to and be solely
responsible to the appointing authority.
105.2 Alternate: The inspector of buildings is
authorized to designate an alternate who shall
exercise all the powers of the inspector of buildings
during the temporary absence, disability or conflict
of interest of the inspector of buildings. Said
alternate shall be duly qualified pursuant to
780 CMR 105.3.
1053 Qualifications of the Inspector of Buildings:
In accordance with the provisions of M.G.L. c. 143,
§ 3, each inspector of buildings shall have had at
least five years of experience in the supervision of
building construction or design or in the alternative
a four year undergraduate degree in a field related to
building construction or design, or any combination
of education and experience which would confer
equivalent knowledge and ability, as determined by
the BBRS. In addition each inspector of buildings
14
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR; STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ADMINISTRATION
shall have had general knowledge of the accepted
requirements for building construction, fire
prevention, light, ventilation and safe egress; as well
as a general knowledge of other equipment and
materials essential for safety, comfort and
convenience of the occupants of a building or
structure.
Each inspector of buildings shall be certified by
the BBRS in accordance with the provisions of
780 CMR R7, the Rules and Regulations for the
Certification of Inspectors of Buildings, Building
Commissioners and Local Inspectors.
Municipalities may require additional
qualifications or experience as are deemed
necessary.
105.4 Quaiificatioms of the local mspector: In
accordance with the provisions of M.G.L. c. 143,
§ 3, each local inspector shall have had at least five
years of experience in the supervision of building
construction or design or in the alternative a two
year associates degree in a field related to building
construction or design, or any combination of
education and experience which would confer
equivalent knowledge and ability, as determined by
the BBRS. In addition, such persons shall have had
general knowledge of the accepted requirements for
building construction, fire prevention, light,
ventilation and safe egress; as well as a general
knowledge of other equipmefit. and snateilals
essential for safety, comfort and convenience of the
occupants of a building or structure.
Each local inspector shall be certified by the
BBRS in accordance with the provisions of
780 CMR R7, the Rules and Regulations for the
Certification of Inspectors of Buildings, Building
Commissioners and Local Inspectors.
Municipalities may require additional
qualifications or experience as are deemed
necessary.
105.5 Reporting Requirements:
105.5.1 AnniBal report by city or Sown clerk:
In accordance with the provisions of M.G.L.
c. 143, § 3, the clerk of each city or town shall,
annually, not later than April first, transmit to the
BBRS the names and ofiBcial address of each
inspector of buildings, buildmg commissioner and
local inspector as well as at such other times as
required pursuant to 780 CMR R7, the Rules and
B.egulations for the Certification of Inspectors of
Buildings, Building Commissioners and Local
Iniipectors. Such reports shall be submitted on
forms prescribed by the BBRS for said purpose.
105.5.2. New appointments: The clerk of each
city or town shall additionally report to the BBRS,
the name, capacity and status of any new
appointee within the time periods • prescribed in
780 CMR R7 on forms prescribed by the BBRS
for said purpose.
105.6 Restriction of employees: No fijll-time or
part-time building commissioner, inspector of
buildings, or fiill-time or part-time local inspector as
defined herein shall be engaged in, or directly or
indirectly connected with, the fiamishing of labor,
materials or appliances for the construction,
alteration or maintenance of a building or structure,
or the preparation of plans or of specifications
therefore within the city, town or region for which
he or she is appointed, unless he or she is the owner
of the building or structure; nor shall any officer or
employee associated with the building department
engage in any work which conflicts with his or her
oflBcial duties or with the interests of the department.
Note: See M.G.L. c. 143, § 3Z (Local Option law
relative to part-time employees).
■ 105.7 Relief from personal Inability: Insofar as the
law allows, while acting for the municipality, the
building official, charged with the enforcement of
780 CiVfR shall not be deemed personally liable in
the discharge of his official duties.
105.8 Official records: An official record shall be
kept of all business and activities of the department
specified in the provisions of 780 CMR. In
accordance with the provisions of M.G.L. c. 66.
§ 10(b)," all such records shall be open to public
inspection at all appropriate times and according- to.
reasonable rules to mairrtain the integrity and
security of such records.
780 CMR 106J BUTDES AND POWERS OF
THE BUILDING OFFICIAL
106.1 General: The inspector, of buildings and local
inspector (herein after building ofiBcial) shall
enforce all of the provisions of 780 CMR, 521 CMR
(Architectural Access Board) and any other state
statutes, rules and regulations, or ordinances or
bylaws which empower the building official. The
building ofiScial shall act on any question relative to
the mode or manner of construction and materials to
be used in the construction, reconstruction,
alteration, repair, demolition, remoyal, installation of
equipment and the location, use, occupancy and
maintenance of all buildings and structures, except
as otherwise specifically provided for by statutory
requirements or as provided for in 780 CMR 109.0.
106.2 Applications and permits: The building
pfficiaf shall receive applications and issue pennits
foi the constn.»ction, reconstruction, alteration,'
repair, demolition, removal or change in use or
occupancy of buildings and structures; inspect the
premises for which such permits have been issued
and enforce compliance with the provisions of
780 CMR.
2/7/97 (Efifective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sbcth Edition
15
. 780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING IREGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
106.3 Notices and orders: The building official
shall issue all necessary notices or orders to ensure
compliance with 780 CMR.
106.4 Inspections: The building official shall make
such inspections as deemed necessary to ensure
compliance with 780 CMR, or the building official
may accept reports of inspection by qualified agen-
cies or individuals, which reports shall be in writing
and be certified by a responsible officer of such
agency or by the responsible individual.
106.5 Inspection and certification of specified use
groups: The building official shall periodically
inspect and certify buildings and structures or parts
thereof in accordance with Table 106. A building or
structure shall not be occupied or continue to be
occupied without the posting of a valid certificate of
inspection where required by Table 106. A
certificate of inspection as herein specified shall not
be issued until an inspection is made certifying that
the building or structure or parts thereof complies
with all the applicable requirements of 780 CMR,
and until the fee is paid as specified in Table 106.
Municipalities may increase or waive only in their
entirety for any specific use group the fees as
specified in said Table 106.
Exception: Municipalities may revise or modify,
or waive in part those fees for buildings and
structures or. paits thercxif owued by the
municipality, county or political subdivision
thereof and for buildings and structures or parts
thereof used solely for religious purposes.
106.5.1 Annual inspection of any premise
licensed by the Alcohol Beverage Control
Commission • ABCC (per M.G.L. c. 10, § 74):
Any premise, licensed by the ABCC and from
which alcoholic beverages are sold and are
consumed on the premises, is required to be
inspected annually and said annual certificate of
inspection is to be signed by the Building Official
and by the Head of the Fire Department.
106.5.1.1 Issuance of a temporary certificate
of inspection of any premise licensed by the
Alcohol Beverage Control Commission -
ABCC (per M.G.L. c. 10, § 74): For
premises described in 780 CMR 106.5.1, a
building official may issue a temporary
certificate of inspection, signed by the .head of
the fire department; such temporary certificate
of inspection shall be identified as effective to
a date certain.
106.5.1.1.2 Appeal of the failure to issue an
annual certificate of inspection of any
premises licensed by the Alcohol Beverage
Control Commission - ABCC (per M.G.L.
c. 10, § 74): Failure by the building official to
issue an annual certificate of inspection, signed
by the head of the fire department, may be
appealed in accordance with the" requirements
of780 CMR 122.0. " ■ --' •:-■-.
16
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/24/06 (Effective 8/26/05)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ADMINISTRATION
TABLE 106
REQUIRED MINIMUM INSPECTIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS FOR
(See Chapters 3 and 4 for complete description of use
SPECIFIED USE GROUPS
groups)
Use
Group
A-1
A-1
Use Group
Assembly - Theaters
over 400 capacity
Assembly - Theaters
400 or less capacity
Use Group Description
With stage and scenery
Movie Theater
With stage and scenery
Movie Theater
Minimum
Inspections
Semi- Annual
Semi- Annual
Annual
Annual
Maximum
Certification
Period
One Year
One Year
One Year
One Year
Fees for Maximum
Certification
Period
$75
$75
"$40°
$40
A-2
Assembly - Night Clubs
or similar uses
Over 400 capacity
400 or less capacity
Semi Annual
Annual
One Year
One Year
$75
$40
A-3
Assembly Lecture
Halls, recreation centers,
terminals, etc.
Over 400 capacity-
400 or less capacity
Semi Annual
Annual
One Year
One Year
note a
$40
A-4
Assembly
Churches, low density, recreation
& similar uses
Prior to issuance of
each new certificate
Five Years
$40
A-5,
Assembly
Stadiums, bleachers, places of
outdoor assembly
Prior to issuance of
each new certificate'
One Year
note b
Special Amusement
Buildings or portions
thereof
(780 CMR 413.0)
Special Amusement Buildings or
portions thereof
(780 CMR 413.7)
Annually prior to
issuance of a new
certification
One Year
As established by
the city or town in
accordance with
780 CMR 106.5
Educational
Day Care
Educatfonal
Prior to issuance of
each new certificate
One Year
Child day care centers
(see Chapter 4)
Prior to issuance of
each new certificate
One Year
$40
$40
Institutional
1-2
1-3
Institutional
Incapacitated • hospitals, nursing
homes, mental hospitals, certain
day care facilities (see Chapter 4)
Prior to issuance of
each new certificate
Two Years
Restrained - prisons, jails,
ucienaoii ticiilers, etc.
Prior to issuance of.
each new ceVtificute
-XW-O Ycar.<: .
note d
,....v;jJOie c •..
R-1
Residential
Hotels, motels, lodging houses,
dormitories, etc. (note g)
Prior to issuance of
each new certificate
One Year
R-2
Residential
Multi family (note g)
Prior to issuance of
each new cenificaie
Five Years
note e
note f
R-1
Residential Special
Occupancy
Detoxification facilities
(see Chapter 4)
Prior to issuance of
each new certificate
Two Years
$75
note h
R-2
Residential Special
Occupancy
Summer camps for children
(see chapter 4)
Annual
One Year
R-3or
R-4
Residential Special
Occupancy
Group Residence
(see Chapter 4)
Annual
One Year
noteh
R-5
Residential Special
Occupancy
Limited Group Residence
(see Chapter 4)
Annual
One Year
noteh
2/24/06 (Effective 8/26/05)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
16.1
■ 780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE •
16.2 7 SO CMR - Sixth Edition 2/24/06 (Effective 8/26/05)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ADMINISTRATION
Notes applicable to Table 106
General; The maximum certification period specified in Table 106 is intended to provide administrative flexibility.
For those buildings and structures or parts thereof allowing more than one year maximum certification period, the
building official may determine the length of validity of the certificate issued. For example, a building in the R-2 use
group could be issued a certificate valid for one, two, three, four or five years. The total amount of fees charged for
a certificate or certificates issued during the maximum certification period can exceed the fee listed or referenced in
column 4 of Table 106. For example, if the building official issues a certificate valid for two years for a building in
the R-2 use group, the fee charged would be 2/5 times the fee per maximum certification period as determined for the
building in question using the formula in Note L
Note a. For buildings or structures, or parts thereof, in the A-3 Use Group categories, with capacities over 400, the
fee to be charged for the maximum certification period of one year is $75 for accommodations for up to 5,000 persons,
plus $15 for the accommodations for each additional 1,000 persons or fraction thereof.
Note b. For all buildings or structures, or parts thereof, in A-5 use groujp, the fee to be charged for the maximum
certification period of one year is $40 for seating accommodations for up to 5,000 persons, plus $8 for the
accommodation for each additional 1,000 persons or fraction thereof.
Note c. For all buildings and structures, or parts thereof, in the 1-3 use group, the fee to be charged for the maximum
certification period of two years is $75 for each structure containing up to 100 beds, plus a $2 charge for each
additional ten beds or fraction thereof over the initial 100 beds.
Note d. For hospitals, nursing homes, sanitariums, and orphanages in the 1-2 use group, the fee to be charged for the
. maximum certification period of two years is $75 for each structure containing up to 100 beds, plus a $2 charge for
each additional ten beds or fraction thereof over the initial 1 00 beds. All other buildings or structures or parts thereof
in the 1-2 use group classification shall be charged a fee. of $75 for a two year maximum certification period.
Note e. For all buildings and structures or parts thereof in the R-I use group, the fee to be charged for the maximum
certification period of one year shall be $40 for up to five units plus $2 per unit for all over five units. A unit shall
be defined as follows:
two hotel guest rooms;
two lodging house guest rooms;
two boarding house guest rooms; or
. four dormitory beds
Note f. For all buildings and structures or parts thereof in the R-2 use group, the fee to be charged for the maximum
certification period of five years shall be $75, plus $2 per dwelling unit except that three family dwelling units shall
be exempt from such fees.
Note g. For purposes of determining the required number of inspections, the maximum certification period, and the
fees, as specified in Table 106, dormitories are included in the R-I use group classification rather than the R-2.
Note li. Summer camps for children in use group R-2 shall be inspected and certified annually prior to the beginning
of each season. The annual fee shall be $15 for the first 25 residential units: $8 for each additional 25 residential
units; and $15 for each assembly building or use. (A residential unit for this purpose shall be defined as four beds).
106.6 Reports by the Building Official retained in the official records as long as the building
tn£i £ -s n ^4 A • *• A *i. •* nru orj/rMc/Mretowhichthey relate remains in existencc
106.6.1 Report to Appointing Autlsonty: The , otherwise tirovided for bv law
building official shall submit to the appointing ""'^^^ otherwise provided tor by law.
authority of the jurisdiction a written report of ^ q^ 107.0 DUTIES AND POWERS OF
operations m a form and content and at intervals THE STATE INSPECTOR
as shall be prescribed by the appointing authonty. ^^^ pj r lil 6 1A)
. 106,6.2 Report to assessors: Pursuant to iqjj The State Inspector: In every city and town
M.G.L. c. 143, § 61 , the building official shall 730 CMR shall be enforced by the State Inspector of
give to the assessors of the municipality written the Department of Public Safety, Division of
notice of the granting of permits for the tisptctions, as to my structures ot buildings or pans
construction of any buildings or structures, orfor thereof that are owned by the Commonwealth or any
the removal or demolition, or for any substantial departments, commissions, agencies, or authorities
alteration or addition thereto. Such notice shall ©f the Commonwealth. The state inspector shall
be given within seven days after the granting of have as to such buildings and structures all tiie
each permit, and shall state the name of the powers of a building commissioner or inspector of
person to whom the permit was granted and the buildings. All buildings and structures owned by
location of the building or structure to be any authority established by the legislature and not
constructed, reconstructed, altered, demolished or owned by the Commonwealth shall be regulated in
removed. accordance with 780 CMR 106.0.
106.6.3 Report to Locai Unltei States
Postmaster: Pursuant to M.G.L. c. 143, § 3X the ^®^'2 Oilier responsibilities: The state inspector
building official shall notify the local United shall make periodic reviews of all local building
States Postmaster of the issuance of a building inspection practices, provide technical assistance and
permit authorizing the construction of any advice to the local building officials in the
building containing ten or more residential units. implementation of 780 CMR, and report in Avriting
his findings to the building officials.
106.7 Department records: The building official
shall maintain official records of applications I®^-^ Review by the Commissioner of Public
received, permits and certificates issued, inspections Safety: The Commissioner of the Conraionwealth
performed fees collected, reports of inspections, and of Massachusetts, Department of Public Safety shall
notices and orders issued. Such records shall be establish districts which shall be supervised by a
1/19/01 780 CMR -Sixth Edition 17
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
state inspector of the Division of Inspections. The
Commissioner may review, on his own initiative, or
on the application of any state inspector, any action
or refusal or failure of action by any building official
the result of which does not comply with the
uniform implementation of 780 CMR; and may
reverse, modify or annul, in whole or in part, such
action except with respect to the specialized codes,
provided that an order or action of the Commissioner
shall not reverse, modify, annul, or contravene any
order, action, determination, interpretation or any
decision by the BBRS or the State Building Code
Appeals Board.
107.4 Reports: The state inspector shall file with
the BBRS reports of his periodic reviews and
recommendations for improvements of building
inspection practices. The format and due dates for
these reports shall be determined by the BBRS.
780 CMR 108.0 RULES AND REGULATIONS
108.1 Rule making authority: Under authority
granted by St. 1984, c. 348, as amended, the BBRS
is empowered in the interest of public safety, health
and general welfare, to adopt and promulgate rules
and regulations, and to interpret and implement the
provisions of 780 CMR to secure the intent thereof
108.2 Amendments and promulgation of rules:
In accordance with the provisions of M.G.L. c. 143,
§ 97, any person may propose amendments to
780 CMR. Public hearings shall be held in the city
of Boston in May and November of each year, and
at such other times and places as the BBRS may
determine, to consider petitions for such
amendments. Amendments adopted by the BBRS
shall be binding and have the full force and effect in
all cities and towns.
108 J Activities requiring licenses, registration or
certification:
1083.1 Testing laboratories: A testing
laboratory, branch laboratory and/or project
laboratory shall not test concrete and/or concrete
materials for use in structures subject to
construction control (780 CMR 116.0) and/or
controlled materials (780 CMR 17) imless
licensed by the BBRS in accordance with
780 CMR and 780 CMR Rl: the Rules and
Regulations for Licensing of Concrete Testing
Laboratories.
1083.2 Field technicians: A person shall not
engage in the activities of field testing of concrete
for use m structures subject to construction
control (780 CMR 116.0) and/or controlled
materials (780 CMR 17) unless such person is
licensed by the BBRS in accordance with
780 CMR R2: the Rules and Regulations for
Concrete Testing Personnel.
108.33 Manufactured buildings: No individual,
organization or firm shall be engaged in the
construction of manufactured buildings for use in
the Commonwealth of Massachusetts unless
approved to construct same by the BBRS in
accordance with 780 CMR R3.
1083.4 Native Lumber: No individual,
organization or firm shall engage in the
production of native lumber for use in structures
within the Commonwealth of Massachusetts
unless registered by the BBRS in accordance with
780 CMR and 780 CMR R4: the Rules and
Regulations Controlling the Use of Native
Lumber.
108.3.5 Licensing of Construction Supervisors:
10833.1 Except for those structures governed
by Construction Conti-ol in 780 CMR 116.0,
effective July 1, 1982, no individual shall be
engaged in directiy supervising persons
engaged in construction, reconstruction,
alteration, repair, removal or demolition
involving any activity regulated by any
provision of 780 CMR, unless said individual
is licensed in accordance the Rules and
Regulations for Licensing Construction
Supervisors as set forth in 780 CMR R5.
No person shall be engaged in the
supervision of the field erection of a
manufactured building unless such person is
licensed in accordance with 780 CMR R5: The
Rules and Regulations for the Licensing of
Construction Supervisors.
Exception: Any Home Owner performing
woric for which a building permit is required
shall be exempt from the licensing
provisions of 780 CMR 108.3.5; provided
that if a Home Owner engages a person(s)
for hire to do such work, that such Home
Owner shall act as supervisor. . This
exception shall not apply to the field
erection of a manufactured buildings
constructed pursuant to 780 CMR 35 and
780 CMR R3. For the purposes of
780 CMR 108.3.5, a "Homeowner" is
defined as follows: Person(s) who owns a
parcel of land on which he/she resides or
intends to reside, on which there is, or is
intended to be, a one or two family dwellings
attached or detached structures accessory to
such use and/or farm structures. A person
who constructs more than one home in a
two-year period shall not be considered a
home owner.
18
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUEDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ADMINISTRATION
108J.S<,2 Exemptions from Conslructlosii
Supervisor License requirement: A
construction supervisor's license is not
required for:
1 . roofing, siding, erection of rooftop solar
collectors, construction of swimming pools,
the erection of signs, installation of
replacement windows not involving
structural modifications, the erection of
tents;
2. projects which are subject to
construction control (section 1 16.0);
3. agricultural buildings which are not
open to the public or otherwise made
available for public use;
4. Massachusetts registered engineers and
Massachusetts registered architects
provided such engineers and/or architects
comply with the Construction Supervisor
oversight requirements set forth in 780
CMR R5 generally and 780 CMR
R5.2.12, as applicable;
5. the practice of any trade licensed by
agencies of the commonwealth (see M.G.L.
c.l 12, §81R), provided that any such work
is within the scope of said license,
including, but not limited to wiring,
plumbing gas fitting, fire protection
systems, pipefitting, HVAC and
refrigeration equipment.
108,3.5o3 No municipality shall be prohibited
from requiring a license for those individuals
engaged in directly supervising persons
engaged in construction, reconstruction,
alteration, repair, removal or demolition in
those categories of building and structures
for which the BBRS does not require a
license, provided that those municipalities
which have estab-lished licensing
requirements for construction supervisors
prior to January 1, 1975, may maintain their
existing licensing requirements.
i083o6 Registration of Home Improvement
Contractors: In accordance with the provisions
of M.G.L. c. 142 A, no home improvement
contractor, or organization or firm shall be
involved in the improvement of any existing
owner occupied one to four family residential
building unless said home improvement
contractor has registered with the BBRS in
accordance with the rules and regulations for the
registration of Home Improvement Contractors as
set forth in 780 CMR R6.
1083 J Certification of Inspectors of Buildings,
BulMIng Commissioners and Local Inspectors;
The rules and regulations for the Certification of
Inspectors of Buildings, Building Commissioners
and Local Inspectors shall be as set forth in
780 CMR R7.
108.4 Enforcement: Whoever violates the
provisions of 780 CMR 108.0 or any rules and
regulations promulgated hereunder, or who falsifies
or counterfeits a license, registration or certification
issued by the BBRS, or who fraudulently issues or
accepts such a license, registration or certification
shall be punished as provided in 780 CMR 1 18.0 or
shall be subject to any other penalty provided for by
law.
1 1/27/98
.780 CMR -Sixth Edition
18.1
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
18.2 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 11/27/98
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ADMINISTRATION
780 CMR 109j0 APPROVAL
109.1 Approved materials and equipment* All
materials, equipment and devices approved by the
building officii shall be constructed and installed in
accordance with such approval.
109.2 Used materials and equlpmeBt: Used
materials, equipment and devices which meet the
minimum requirements of 780 CMR for new
materials, equipment and devices shall be permitted;
however, the building official may require
satisfactoiy proof that such materials, equipment and
devices have been reconditioned, tested, and/or
placed in good and proper working condition prior
to approval.
109 J Alternative materials and equipment:
109.3»1 General: The provisions of 780 CMR
are not intended to limit the appropriate use or
installation of materials, appliances, equipment or
methods of design or construction not specifically
prescribed by 780 CMR, provided that any such
alternative has been approved. Alternative
materials, appliances, equipment or methods of
design or construction shall be approved when the
building official is provided acceptable proof and
has determined that said alternative is satisfactory
and complies with the intent of the provisions of
780 CMR, and that said alternative is, for the
purpose intended, at least the equivalent of that
prescribed in 780 CMR in quality, strength,
effectiveness, fire resistance, durability and
safety. Compliance with specific performance
based provisions of 780 CMR, in lieu of a
prescriptive requirement shall also be permitted as
an alternate.
109.3.2 Evidence submitted: The building
official may require that evidence or proof be
submitted to substantiate any claims that may be
made regarding the proposed alternate.
109.3.3 Tests: Determination of acceptance shall
be based on design or test methods or other such
standards approved by the BBRS. In the
alternative, where the BBRS has not provided
specific approvals, the building official may
accept, as supporting data to assist in this
determination, duly authenticated engineering
reports, formal reports from nationally
acknowledged testing/ listing laboratories, reports
from other accredited sources. The costs of all
tests, reports and investigations required under
these provisions shall be borne by the applicant.
109.3.4 Approval by the Constnsctlom
Materials Safety Board: The building official
may refer such matters to the Construction
Materials Safety Board in accordance with
780 CMR 123.0 for approval.
780 CMR llOJOf APPLICATION FOR PERMIT
110.1 Permit application: It shall be unlawful to
construct, reconstruct, alter, repair, remove or
demolish a building or structure; or to change the
use or occupancy of a building or structure', or to
install or alter any equipment for which provision is
made or the installation of which is regulated by
780 CMR without first filing a written application
with the building official and obtaining the required
permit therefor.
110.2 Temporary Structures:
110.2.1 General: A building permit shall be
required for temporary structures, unless
exempted by 780 CMR 1 10.3. Such permits shall
be limited as to time of service, but such
temporary construction shall not be permitted for
more than one year.
110.2.2 Special approval: All temporary
construction shall conform to the structural
strength, fire safety, means of egress, light,
ventilation, energy conservation and sanitary
requirements of 780 CMR as necessary to insure
the public health, safety and general welfare.
110.2.3 Termination of approval: The building
official may terminate such special approval and
order the demolition of any such construction at
the discretion of the building official.
110.3 Exemptions: A building permit is not
required for the following activities, such exemp-
tion, however, shall not exempt the activity from any
review or permit which may be required pursuant to
other laws, by-laws, rules and regulations of other
jurisdictions (e.g. zoning, conservation, etc.).
1 . One story detached accessory buildings used
as too! or storage sheds, playhouses and similar
uses, provided the floor area does not exceed 120
square feet.
2. Fences six feet in height or less.
3. Retaining walls which, in the opinion of the
building official, are not a threat to the public
safety health or welfare and which retain less than
four feet of unbalanced fill.
4. Ordinary repairs as defined in 780 CMR 2.
Ordinary repairs shall not include the cutting
away of any wall, partition or portion thereof, the
removal or cutting of any structural beam, column
or other loadbearing support, or the removal or
change of any required means of egress, or
rearrangement of parts of a structure affecting the
egress requirements; nor shall ordinary repairs
include addition to, alteration of, replacement or
relocation of any standpipe, water supply,
mechanical syst&m, fire protection system, energy
conservation system or other work affecting
public health or general safety.
Note: Also see 780 CMR 903, 1 (Exceptions 1 .
and 2.).
11/27/98 .
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
19
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
5. Greenhouses: A building permit or notice to
the building official is not required for the con-
struction of greenhouses covered exclusively with
plastic film (in accordance with St. 1983, c. 671).
(This exemption does not apply if the greenhouse
is to be used for large assemblies of people or us-
es other than normally expected for this purpose.)
110.4 Form of application: The application for a
permit shall be submitted in such form as
determined by the building official but in all cases
shall contain, as a minimum, the information
required on the appropriate sample uniform building
permit application forms in Appendix B. The
application for a permit shall be accompanied by the
required fee as prescribed in 780 CMR 1 14.0 and
the construction documents as required in 780 CMR
1 10.7 and 1 10.8, where applicable and as required
by other sections of 780 CMR.
110.5 By whom application is made: Application
for a permit shall be made by the owner or lessee of
the building or structure, or agent of either. If
application is made other than by the owner, the
written authorization of the owner shall accompany
the application. Such written authorization shall be
signed by the owner and shall include a statement of
ownership and shall identify the owner's authorized
agent, or shall grant permission to the lessee to apply
for the permit. The full names and addresses of the
owner, lessee, applicant and the responsible officers,
if the owner or lessee is a corporate body, shall be
stated in the application.
Note: It shall be the responsibility of the
registered contractor to obtain all permits neces-
sary for work covered by the Home Improvement
Contractor Registration Law, M.G.L. c. 142 A.
An owner who secures his or her own permits for
such shall be excluded from the guaranty fund
provisions as defined in M.G.L. c. 142A. Refer to
780 CMR R6 and M.G.L. c. 142A for additional
information regarding the Home Improvement
Contractor Registration Program.
110.6 The securing of a building permit by the
owner, or the owner's authorized agent, to construct,
reconstruct, alter, repair, demolish, remove, install
equipment or change the use or occupancy of a
building or structure, shall not be construed to
relieve or otherwise limit the duties and responsibil-
ities of the licensed, registered or certified individual
or firm under the rules and regulations governing the
issuance of such license registration or certification.
110.7 Construction documents: The application for
permit shall be accompanied by not less than three
sets of construction documents. The building official
is permitted to waive, or modify the requirements
for filing construction documents when the building
official determines that the scope of the work is of a
minor nature. When the quality of the materials is
essential for conformity to 780 CMR, specific
information shall be given to establish such quality,
and 780 CMR shall not be cited, or the term "legal"
or its equivalent used as a substitute for specific
information.
110.8 Engineering Details, Reports, Calculations,
Plans and Specifications: In the application for a
permit for buildings and structures subject to con-
struction control in 780 CMR 1 16.0, the construc-
tion documents shall contain sufficient plans and de-
tails to fully describe the work intended, including,
but not limited to all details sufficient to describe the
stractural, fire protection, fire alarm, mechanical,
light and ventilation, energy conservation, architec-
tural access and egress systems. The building official
may require such calculations, descriptions narra-
tives and reports deemed necessary to fully describe
the basis of design for each system regulated by
780 CMR. In accordance with the provisions of
M.G.L. c. 143, § 54A all plans and specifications
shall bear the original seal and original signature of
a Massachusetts registered professional engineer or
registered architect responsible for the design, except
as provided in M.G.L. c. 143, § 54A and any
profession or trade as provided in M.G.L. c. 112,
§60LandM.G.L.c. 112. §81R.
When such application for permit must comply
with the provisions of 780 CMR 4 or 780 CMR 9 or
780 CMR 34, the building official shall cause one
set of construction documents filed pursuant to
780 CMR 1 10.7 to be transmitted simultaneously to
the head of the local fire department for his file,
review and approval of the items specified in
780 CMR 903.0 as they relate to the applicable
sections of 780 CMR 4, 780 CMR 9 or 780 CMR
34. The head of the local fire department shall
within ten working days from the date of receipt by
him, approve or disapprove such construction
documents. If the head of the local fire department
disapproves such construction documents, he or she
shall do so, in writing citing the relevant sections of
noncompliance with 780 CMR or the sections of the
referenced standards of Appendix A. Upon the
request of the head of the local fire department, the
building official may grant one or more extensions
of time for such review provided, however, that the
total review by said head of the local fire department
shall not exceed 30 Calendar days. If such approval,
disapproval or request for extension of time is not
received by the building official within said ten
working days, the building official may deem the
construction documents to be in full compliance with
the applicable sections of 780 CMR 4,.780 CMR 9
or 780 CMR 34 and, therefore approved by the head
of the local fire department.
110.9 Existing Buildings: The application for a
building permit to reconstruct, alter or change the
use or occupancy of existing buildings or structures
20
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
1 1/27/98
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ADMINISTRATION
which are subject to construction control pursuant to
780 CMR 1 16.0, shall be accompanied by a building
survey where required by 780 CMR 34 and
Appendix F.
110.10 Site plan: A site plan shall be filed showing,
to scale, the size and location of all new construction
and all existing structures on the site, distances from
lot lines, the established street grades and the
proposed finished grades; and it shall be drawn in
accordance with an accurate boundary line survey.
In the case of demolition, the site plan shall show all
construction to be demolished and the location and
size of all existing structures and construction that
are to remain on the site or plot.
110.11 Independent Structural Engineering
Review:
110.11.1 As a condition for the issuance of a
building permit, the structural design of the
following described structures shall be reviewed
by an independent structural engineer to verify
that the design of the primary structure is
conceptually correct and that there are no major
errors in the design:
1 . Buildings which are five stories or more in
height above the lowest floor, including stories
below grade.
2. Buildings which enclose a total volume of
400,000 cubic feet, including stories below
grade. The volume shall be measured using
the outside dimensions of the building.
3. Structures in Use Group A, or structures
which are partially in Use Group A, which will
be used for public assembly of 300 or more
persons.
4. Structures of unusual complexity or design
shall be determined by the BBRS. A building
official may apply to the BBRS for such a
determination on a specific structure.
Exemption: Temporary structures erected for a
period of one year or less.
110.11.2 Requirements for the review: The
independent structural engineering review shall be
in accordance with the requirements of
Appendix I.
110.11.3 Disputes between the structural
engineer responsible for the design of the building
or structure and the structural engineering peer
shall be resolved by the structural peer review
advisory committee in accordance with 780 CMR
125.0.
110.12 Structures subject to control: In those
structures subject to control as required in 780 CMR
1 16.0, affidavits must be submitted with the permit
application that the individuals and testing laborato-
ries responsible for carrying out the duties specified
in 780 CMR 1 1 6.0 have been licensed by the BBRS.
110.13 Amendments to application: Subject to the
limitations of 780 CMR 1 10.14, amendments to a
plan, application or other records accompanying the
same shall be filed prior to the commencement of the
work for which the amendment to the permit is
sought or issued. Such amendments shall be deemed
part of the original application and shall be
submitted in accordance with 780 CMR 1 10.0.
110.14 Time limitation of application: An
application for a permit for any proposed work shall
be deemed to have been abandoned six months after
the date of filing, unless such application has been
diligently prosecuted or a permit shall have been
issued; except that the building official shall grant
one or more extensions of time for additional periods
not exceeding 90 days each if there is reasonable
cause and upon written request by the owner.
780 CMR 111.0 PERMITS
111.1 Action on application: The building official
shall examine or cause to be examined all applica-
tions for permits and amendments thereto within 30
days after filing thereof. If the application or the
construction documents do not conform to the
requirements of 780 CMR and all pertinent laws
under the building official's jurisdiction, the building
official shall reject such application in writing,
stating the reasons therefor. If the building official
is satisfied that the proposed work conforms to the
requirements of 780 CMR and all laws and
ordinances applicable thereto, the building official
shall issue a permit therefor.
111.2 Zoning: In accordance with the provisions of
M.G.L. c. 40A or St. 1956, c. 665 as amended, no
permit for the construction, alteration, change of use
or moving of any building or structure shall be
issued if such building or structure or use would be
in violation of any zoning ordinance or by-law.
111.3 Railroad right-of-way: No permit to build a
structure of any kind on land formerly used as a
railroad right-of-way or any property appurtenant
thereto formerly used by any railroad company in the
state shall be issued without first obtaining, after
public hearing, theconsent in writing to the issuance
of such permit from the Secretary of the Executive
Office of Transportation and Construction, all in
accordance with M.G.L. c. 40, § 54A.
111.4 Water Supply: No permit shall be issued for
the construction of a building or structure which
would necessitate the use of wafer therein, unless a
supply of water is available therefor, either from a
water system operated by a city, town or district, or
from a well located on the land where the building or
structure is to be constructed, or from a water
corporation or company, as required by M.G.L.
c. 40, § 54.
11/27/98
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
21
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
111.5 Debris: As a condition of issuing a permit for
the demolition, renovation, rehabilitation or other
alteration of a building or structure, M.G.L. c. 40,
§ S4 requires that the debris resulting therefrom
shall be disposed of in a properly licensed solid
waste disposal facility as defmed by M.G.L. c. Ill,
§ ISOA. Signature of the permit applicant, date and
number of the building permit to be issued shall be
indicated on a form provided by the building
department, and attached to the office copy of the
building permit retained by the building department.
If the debris will not be disposed of as indicated, the
holder of the permit shall notify the building official,
in writing, as to the location where the debris will be
disposed.
111.6 Workers' Compensation: No permit shall
be issued to construct, reconstruct, alter or demolish
a building or structure until acceptable proof of
insurance pursuant to M.G.L. c. 152, § 25C(6) has
been provided to the building official.
111.7 Hazards to air navigation: Application for
building new structures or adding to existing
structures within airport approaches as defined in
M.G.L. c. 90, §35B and any amendments thereto or
language substituted therefor, must include a
certification by the applicant that;
1. Either a permit from the Massachusetts
Aeronautics Commission is not required because
the structure is, or will be; a) In an area subject to
airport approach regulations adopted pursuant to
M.G.L. c. 90, §§ 40A through 401, or; b) in an
approach to Logan International Airport, or; c)
less than 30 feet above ground level, or;
2. A permit from the Massachusetts Aeronautics
Commission is required pursuant to M.G.L. c. 90,
§ 35B and a copy of said permit is enclosed with
the application.
Applications for permits to build a new structure or
add to an existing structure requiring the filing of a
Notice of Proposed Construction or Alteration (FA A
Form 7460-1) with the Federal Aviation
Commission shall mail a copy of the completed
FAA Form 7460-1 to the Massachusetts Aeronautic
Commission within three business days after
submitting said form to the FAA.
111.8 Expiration of permit: Any permit issued
shall be deemed abandoned and invalid unless the
work authorized by it shall have been commenced
within six months after its issuance; however, for
cause, and upon written request of the owner, one or
more extensions of time, for periods not exceeding
six months each, may be granted in writing by the
building commissioner or inspector of buildings.
Work under such a permit in the opinion of the
building commissioner or inspector of buildings,
must proceed in good faith continuously to
completion so far as is reasonably practicable under
the circumstances. It is the sole responsibility of the
owner to inform, in writing, the building
commissioner or inspector of buildings of any facts
which support an extension of time. The building
commissioner or inspector of buildings has no
obligation under 780 CMR 111.7 to seek out
information which may support an extension of time.
The owner may not satisfy this requirement by
informing any other municipal and/or state official or
department.
For purposes of 780 CMR 111.7 any permit issued
shall not be considered invalid if such abandonment
or suspension of work is due to a court order
prohibiting such work as authorized by such permit;
provided, however, in the opinion of the building
commissioner or inspector of buildings, the person
so prohibited by such court order, adequately
defends such action before the court.
111.9 Previous approvals: 780 CMR shall not
require changes in the construction documents,
construction or designated use group of a building
for which a lawful permit has been heretofore issued
or otherwise lawfully authorized, and the
construction of which has been actively prosecuted
within 180 days after the effective date of 780 CMR
and is completed with dispatch.
111.10 Signature to permit: The building official's
signature shall be attached to every permit; or the
building official shall authorize a subordinate to
affix such signature thereto.
111.11 Approved construction documents: When
the building official has determined that the
proposed construction conforms to the provisions of
780 CMR and other applicable laws, by-laws, rules
and regulations under his/her jurisdiction, the
building official shall stamp or endorse in writing the
three sets of construction documents "Approved".
One set of the approved construction documents
shall be retained by the building official, one set by
the head of the local fire department and the other set
shall be kept at the construction site, open to
inspection of the building official or an authorized
representative at all reasonable limes.
111.12 Revocation of permits: The building official
shall revoke a permit or approval issued under the
22
.780 CMR -Sixth Edition
1 1/27/98
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ADMINISTRATION
provisions of 780 CMR in case of any false
statement or misrepresentation of fact in the
application or on the plans on which the permit or
approval was based.
I1L13 Approval in part: The building official may
issue a permit for the construction of foundations or
any other part of a building or structure before the
construction documents for the whole building or
structure have been submitted, provided that
adequate information and detailed statements have
been filed complying with all of the pertinent
requirements of 780 CMR. Work shall be limited to
that work approved by the partial approval and
further work shall proceed only when the building
permit is amended in accordance with 780 CMR
110.13. The holder of such permit for the
foundation or other parts of a building or structure
shall proceed at the holder's own risk v^th the
building operation and vi/ithout assurance that a
permit for the entire building or structure will be
granted.
11L14 Posting of permit: A true copy of the
building permit shall be kept on the site of
operations, open to public inspection during the
entire time of prosecution of the work and until the
completion of the same.
11 LIS Notice of start: At least 24-hour notice of
start of work under a building permit shall be given
to the building official.
780 CMR 112.0 DEMOLITION OF
STRUCTURES
112.1 Service connections: Before a building or
structure is demolished or removed, the owner or
agent shall notify all utilities having service
connections within the structure such as water,
electric, gas, sewer and other connections. A permit
to demolish or remove a building or structure shall
not be issued until a release is obtained from the
utilities, stating that their respective service
connections and appurtenant equipment, such as
meters and regulators, have been removed or sealed
and plugged in a safe manner.
All debris shall be disposed of in accordance with
780 CMR 1 U.S.
112.2 Notice to adjoining owners: Only when
written notice has been given by the applicant to the
ovkmers of adjoining lots and to the owners of wired
or other facilities, of which the temporary removal is
necessitated by the proposed work, shall a permit be
granted for the removal of a building or structure.
112.3 Lot regulation: Whenever a building or
structure is demolished or removed, the premises
shall be maintained free from all unsafe or hazardous
conditions by the proper regulation of the lot,
restoration of established grades and the erection of
the necessary retaining walls and fences in
accordance with the provisions of 780 CMR 33.
780 CMR 113.0 CONDITIONS OF PERMIT
113.1 Payment of fees: A permit shall not be issued
until the fees prescribed in 780 CMR 114.0 have
been paid.
113.2 Compliance with code: The permit shall be a
license to proceed with the work and shall not be
construed as authority to violate, cancel or set aside
any of the provisions of 780 CMR or any other law
or regulation, except as specifically stipulated by
modification or legally granted variation as
described in the application.
113.3 Compliance with permit: All work shall
conform to the approved application and the
approved construction documents for which the
permit has been issued and any approved
amendments to the approved application or the
approved construction documents.
113.4 Compliance with site plan: All new work
shall be located strictly in accordance with the
approved site plan.
780 CMR 1140 FEES
114.1 General: A permit to begin work for new
construction, alteration, removal, demolition or other
building operation shall not be issued until the fees
prescribed in 780 CMR 1 14.0 shall have been paid
to the department of building inspection or other
authorized agency of the jurisdiction, nor shall an
amendment to a permit necessitating an additional
fee be approved until the additional fee has been
paid.
114.2 Special fees: The payment of the fee for the
construction, alteration, removal or demolition for
all work done in connection with or concurrently
with the work contemplated by a building permit
shall not relieve the applicant or holder of the permit
fi^om the payment of other fees that are prescribed by
law or ordinance for water taps, sewer connections,
electrical permits, erection of signs and display
structures, marquees or other appurtenant
structures, or fees of inspections, certificates of
occupancy or other privileges or requirements, both
within and without the jurisdiction of the department
of building inspection.
114.3 New construction and alterations: The fees
for plan examination, building permit and
inspections shall be as prescribed in 780 CMR
114.3.1 and the building official is authorized to
establish by approved rules a schedule of unit rates
for buildings and structures of all use groups and
types of construction as classified and defined in
780 CMR 1, 3 and 6.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
23
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDrNG CODE
114.3.1 Fee schedule: A fee for each plan
examination, building permit and inspection shall
be paid in accordance with the fee schedule as
established by the municipality.-
114.4 Accounting: The building official shall keep
an accurate account of ail fees collected; and such
collected fees shall be deposited in the jurisdiction
treasury in accordance with procedures established
by the municipality, or otherwise disposed of as
required by law.
780 CMR 115.0 INSPECnON
115.1 Preliminary inspection: Before issuing a
pemiit, the building official shall, if deemed
necessary, examine or cause to be examined all
buildings, structures and sites for which an
application has been filed for a permit to construct,
enlarge, alter, repair, remove, demolish or change
the use or occupancy thereof.
115.2 Required inspections: After issuing a
building permit, the building official shall conduct
inspections during construction at intervals sufficient
to ensure compliance with the provisions of
780 CMR. The building official shall inform the
applicant of the required points of inspection at the
time of application. Upon completion of the work
for which a permit has been issued, the building
official shall conduct a final inspection pursuant to
780 CMR 115.5. A record of all such examinations
and inspections and of all violations of 780 CMR
shall be maintained by the building official. For
buildings and structures subject to construction
control, the owner shall provide for special
inspections in accordance with 780 CMR 1705.0.
In conjunction with specific construction projects,
the building official may designate specific
inspection points in the course of construction that
require the contractor or builder to give the building
official 24 hours notice prior to the time when those
inspections need to be performed. The building
official shall make the inspections within 48 hours
after notification.
115.3 Approved inspection agencies: The building
official may accept reports of approved inspection
agencies provided such agencies satisfy the
requirements as to qualifications and reliability.
115.4 Plant inspection: Where required by the
provisions of 780 CMR or by the approved rules,
materials or assemblies shall be inspected at the
point of manufacture or fabrication in accordance
with 780 CMR 1703.3.
115.5 Final inspection: Upon completion of the
building or structure, and before issuance of the
certificate of occupancy required by 780 CMR
120.0, a final inspection shall be made. All
variations of the approved construction documents
and permit shall be noted and the holder of the
permit shall be notified of the discrepancies.
115.6 General: In the discharge of his duties, the
building official shall have the authority to enter at
any reasonable hour any building, structure or
premises in the municipality to enforce the
provisions of 780 CMR.
If any owner, occupant, or other person refuses,
impedes, inhibits, interferes with, restricts, or
obstructs entry and fi*ee access to every part of the
structure, operation or premises where inspection
authorized by 780 CMR is sought, the building
official, or state inspector may seek, in a court of
competent jurisdiction, a search warrant so as to
apprise the owner, occupant or other person
concerning the nature of the inspection and
justification for it and may seek the assistance of
police authorities in presenting said warrant.
115.7 IdentiHcation: The building official shall
carry proper identification when inspecting
structures or premises in the performance of duties
under 780 CMR.
115.8 Jurisdictional cooperation: The assistance
and cooperation of police, fire, and health
departments and all other officials shall be available
to the building official as required in the
performance of his duties.
115.9 Coordination of inspections: Whenever in
the enforcement of 780 CMR or another code or
ordinance, the responsibility of more than one
building official of the jurisdiction is involved, it
shall be the duty of the building officials involved to
coordinate their inspections and administrative
orders as fully as practicable so that the owners and
occupants of the building or structure shall not be
subjected to visits by numerous inspectors or
multiple or conflicting orders. Whenever an
inspector fi"om any agency or department observes
an apparent or actual violation of some provision of
some law, ordinance or code not within the
inspector's authority to enforce, the inspector shall
report the findings to the building official having
jurisdiction.
780 CMR 116.0 REGISTERED
ARCHITECTURAL AND
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERING
SERVICES - CONSTRUCTION CONTROL
116.1 General: The provisions of 780 CMR 116.0
define the construction controls required for all
buildings and structures needing registered
architectural or registered professional engineering
services, and delineate the responsibilities of such
professional services together with those services
that are the responsibility of the contractor during
construction.
24
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ADMINISTRATION
The following structures are exgmpt &om the
requirements of 780 CMR 1 16.0;
L Any building containing less than 35,000
cubic feet of enclosed space, measured to the ex-
terior surfeces of wails and roofs md to the top of
a ground siqiported floor, or in the case of a crawl
space, to the bottom smface.of the crawl space. In
the case of basement floors or levels, the calcula-
tion of enclosed space shall include such spaces.
2. Any single or two family dwelling or any
accessory building thereto;
3. Any building used exclusively for farm
purposes (this exemption does not apply if the
building is to be used for large assemblies of
people or uses other than farm purposes); and
4. Retaining walls less than ten feet in heighg at
all points along the wall as measured &om the
base of the footing to the top of the walL
Notwithstanding the exemptions alx)ve, professional
engineering services shall be required for activities
^^ch are deemed to constitute the practice of
engineering* as defined in M.G.L. c. 112, § 81D,
except as provided in M.G.L. c. 54A and any legally
requiied profession or as provided in M.G.L., €.112,
§ SIR.
116.1J Specialized structures requiring
construction control: Telecommunication towers
and similar structures are engineered structure
and shall be subject to the requirements of
780 CMR 116.
il6o2 Registered arehttectural and engmeering
services:
116«2ol Besign: All plans, computations and
specifications involving new construction, altera-
tions, repairs, expansions or additions or change
in use or occupancy of existing buildings shall be
prepared by or under the direct supervision of a
Massachusetts registered architect or
Massachusetts registered professional engineer
and shall bear his or her original signature and
seal or by the legally recognized professional
performing the work, as defined by M.G.L.
c. 1 12, §81R. Said signature and seal shall signify
that the plans, computations and specifications
meet the ^plicable provisions of 780 CMR and
ail accepted engineering practices.
116,2.2 Architect/engineer responsibilities
diaring construction: The registered architects
and registered professional engineers who have
prepared plans, computations and speci^cations
or the registered architects or registered
professional engineers who have been retained to
perform construction phase services, shall
perform the foUovidng tasks for the portion of the
work for which they are directly responsible;
!. Review, for conformance to the design
concept, shop drawings, samples and other
submittals which are submitted by the
contractor In accordance with the requirements
of the construction documents.
2. Review and approval of the quality control
procedures for all code-required controlled
materials.
3. Be present at intervals appropriate to the
stage of construction to become, generally
familiar with the progress and quality of the
work and to determine, in general, if the work
is being peifomied in a manner consistent with
the construction documents.
116.23 Structural Tests and Inspections:
Stmctural tests and inspection shall be provided in
accordance with 780 CMR 1705.0.
1M2A Tests and Inspections of nonstructural
systems: Tests and inspections of non structural
systems shall be perfonned in accordance v^th
applicable engineering practice standards or
referenced standards listed in Appendix A.
1163 Coistnictlon contractor services: The
actual construction of the work shall be the
responsibility of the general contractor as identified
on the approved building permit and shall involve
the following:
1 . Execution of all work in accordance with the
approved construction documents.
2. Execution and control of all methods of
construction in a safe and satisfactoiy manner in
accordance with all applicable local, state, and
federal statutes and regulations.
3. Upon completion of the construction, he shall
certify to the best of his knowledge and belief that
such has been done in substantial accord with
7S0 CMR 116.3 items 1 and 2 and with all
pertinent deviations specifically noted.
il6o4 On site project representatioa: When
applications for unusual designs or magnitude of
construction are filed, or where reference standards
reqyii:® special architectural or engineering
insi^ctions, the building official may require full-
time project representation by a registered architect
or piofessional engineer in addition to tiiat provided
in 780 CMR 1 16.2,2. The project representative
shall keep daily records and submit reports as may
be required by the building official. Upon
completion of the work, the registered architect or
professional engineer shall file a final report
indicating that the work has been performed in
accordance with the approved plans and 780 CMR.
Ili6o41 Eullding permit requirement: This on-
site project representation requirement shall be
determined prior to the issuance of the building
permit and shall be a requisite for the permit
issuance. Refusal by the applicant to provide
such service as required by the building official
shall result in the denial of the permit. However,
the applicant may file an appeal as provided in
780 CMR 122.0.
2/20/98 (Effective 3/1/98)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
25
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
116A2 Fee and costs: All fees and costs related
to the performance of on-site project
representation shall be borne by the owner.
116.5 Building ofTicial responsibility: Nothing
contained in 780 CMR 1 16.0 shall have the effect of
waiving or. limiting the building official's authority
to enforce 780 CMR with respert to examination of
the contract documents, including plans,
computations and specifications, and field
inspections (see 780 CMR 106.0).
780 CMR 117.0 WORKMANSfflP
117.1 General: All work shall be conducted,
installed and completed in a workmanlike and
acceptable manner so as to secure the results
intended by 780 CMR.
780 CMR 118.0 VIOLATIONS
118.1 Unlawful acts: It shall be unlawful for any
person, firm or corporation to use, occupy or change
the use or otcupancy of any building or structure or
to erect, constract, alter, extend, repair, remove,
demoUsh any building or structure or any equipment
regulated by 780 CMR, or cause same to be done, in
conflict with or in violation of any of the provisions
of 780 CMR.
118.2 Notice of violation: The building ofBcial shall
serve a notice of violation or order on the person
responsible for the erection, construction, alteration,
extension, repair, removal, demolition or occupancy
of a building or structure in violation of the
provisions of 780 CMR, or in violation of a detail
statement or a plan approved thereunder, or in
violation of a permit or certificate issued under the
provisions of 780 CMR. Such order shall be m
writing and shall direct the discontinuance of the
illegal action or condition and the abatement of the
violation.
118.3 Prosecution of violation: If the notice of
violation is not complied with in the time period
specified in said notice of violation, the building
official may institute the appropriate proceedings at
law or in equity to restrain, correct or abate such
violation or to require the removal or termination of
the unlawful occupancy of the building or structure
in violation of the provisions of 780 CMR or of the
order or direction made pursuant thereto.
118.4 Violation penalties: Whoever violates any
provision of 780 CMR, except any specialized code
referenced herein, shall be punishable by a fine of
not more than $1,000 or by imprisonment for not
more than one year, or both for each such violation.
Each day during which a violation exists shall
constitute a separate offense. The building official
shall not begin criminal prosecution for such
violations until the lapse of 30 days after the
issuance of the written notice of violation.
118.5 Abatement of violation: The imposition of
the penalties herem prescribed shall not preclude the
legal officer of the jurisdiction fi'om instituting
appropriate action to prevent unlawful construction
or to restrain, correct or abate a violation, or to
prevent illegal occupancy of a building, structure or
premises or to stop an illegal act, conduct, business
or occupancy of a building or structure on or about
any premises.
118.6 Notice or orders, service and content:
Every notice or order authorized by 780 CMR shall
be in writing and shall be served on the person
responsible:
1. personally, by any person authorized by the
building official; or
2. by any person authorized to serve civil
process by leaving a copy of the order or notice at
the responsible party's last and usual place of
abode; or
3. by sending the party responsibile a copy of the
order by registered or certified mail return receipt
requested, if he is withm the Commonwealth; or
4. if the responsibile party's last and usual place
of abode is unknown, by posting a copy of this
order or notice in a conspicuous place on or about
the premises m violation and by publishing it for
at least three out of five consecutive days in one
or more newspapers of general circulation
wherein the building or premises affected is
situated.
780 CMR 119.0 STOP WORK ORDER
119.1 Notice to owner: Upon notice fi^om the
building official that work on any building or
structure is being prosecuted contrary to the
pro%dsions of 780 CMR or in an unsafe and
dangerous manner or contrary to the approved
construction documents submitted in support of the
building permit application, such work shall be
immediately stopped. The stop work order shall be
in writing and shall be given to the owner of the
property involved, or to the owner's agent, or to the
person doing the work; and shall state the conditions
under which work will be permitted to resume.
119.2 Unlawful continuance: Any person who shall
continue any work in or about the building or
structure after having been served with a stop work
order, except such work as that person is directed to
perform to remove a violation or unsafe condition,
shall be liable to a fine of not more than SI, 000 or
by imprisonment for not more than one year, or both
for each such violation. Each day during which a
violation exists shall constitute a separate offense.
26
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUE.DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ADMINISTRATION
780 CMR 120.0 CERTIFICATE OF
OCCUPANCY
120.1 General: New buildings and structeres: A
building or structure hereafter shall not be used or
occupied in whole or in part until the certificate of
use and occupancy shall have been issued by the
building commissioner or inspector of buildings or,
when applicable, the state inspector. The certificate
shall not be issued until all the work has been
completed in accordance with the provisions of the
approved permits and of the applicable codes for
which a permit is required, except as provided in
780 CMR 120.3.
120.2 Buildings or structures hereafter altered:
A building or structure, in whole or in part, altered
to change from one use group to another; to a
different use within the same use group; the fire
grading; the maximum live load capacity; the
occupancy load capacity shall not be occupied or
used until the certificate shall have been issued
certifying that the work has been completed in
accordance with the provisions of the approved
permits and of the applicable codes for which a
permit is required. Any use or occupancy, which
was not discontinued during the work of alteration,
shall be discontinued within 30 days after the
completion of the alteration unless the required
certificate is issued.
120.3 Temporary occupancy: Upon the request of
the holder of a permit, a temporary certificate of
occupancy may be issued before the completion of
the entire work covered by the permit, provided that
such portion or portions shall be occupied safely
prior to full completion of the building or structure
without endangering life or public welfare. Any
occupancy permitted to continue during the work
shall be discontinued within 30 days after
completion of the work unless a certificate of
occupancy' is issued by the building official.
120.4 Contents of certificate: When a building or
structure is entitled thereto, the building official
shall issue a certificate of occupancy within ten days
after written application. Upon completion of the
final inspection in accordance with 780 CMR 1 15.5
and correction of the violations and discrepancies,
and compliance with 780 CMR 903.4, the certificate
of occupancy shall be issued. The certificate of
occupancy shall specify the following.
1. The edition of the code under which the
permit was issued,
2. The use group and occupancy, in accordance
with the provisions of 780 CMR 3.
3. The type of construction as defined in
780 CMR 6.
4. The occupant load per floor.
5. Any special stipulations and conditions of the
building permit.
120.5 Posting structores:
120.5.1 Posted use and occupancy: A suitably
designed placard approved by the building official
shall be posted by the owner on all floors of every
building and structure and part thereof designed
for high hazard, storage, mercantile, factory and
industrial or business use (use groups H, S, M, F
and B) as defined in 780 CMR 3. Said placard
shall be securely fastened to the building or
structure in a readily visible place, stating: the use
group, the fire grading, the live load and the
occupancy load,
120.5.2 Posted occupancy load: A suitably
designed placard approved by the building official
shall be posted by the owner in every room where
practicable of every building and structure and
part thereof designed for use as a place of public
assembly or as an institutional building for
harboring people for penal, correctional,
educational, medical or other care or treatment, or
as residential buildings used for hotels, lodging
houses, boarding houses, dormitory buildings,
multiple family dwellings (use groups A, I, R-1
and R-2). Said placard shall designate the
maximum occupancy load.
120.5.3 Replacement of posted signs: All
posting signs shall be furnished by the owner and
shall be of permanent design; they shall not be
removed or defaced, and if lost, removed or
defaced, shall be immediately replaced.
120.5.4 Periodic nnspection for posting: The
building official may periodically inspect all
existing buildings and structures except one and
two family dwellings for compliance with
780 CMR in respect to posting; or he may accept
the report of such inspections from a qualified
registered engineer or architect or others certified
by the BBRS; and such inspections and reports
shall specify any violation of the requirements of
780 CMR in respect to the posting of floor load,
fire grading, occupancy load and use group of the
building or structure.
780 CMR 121.0 UNSAFE STRUCTURES
121.1 General: The provisions of 780 CMR 121.0
are established by M.G.L. c. 143, §§ 6, 7, 8, 9 and
10,
121.2 Inspection: The building official
immediately upon being informed by report or
otherwise that a building or other structure or
anything attached thereto or connected therewith is
dangerous to life or limb or that any building in that
city or town is unused, uninhabited or abandoned,
and open to the weather, shall inspect the same; and
he shall forthwith in writing notify the owner to
remove it or make it safe if it appears to him to be
dangerous, or to make it secure if it is unused,
uninhabited or abandoiied and open to the weather.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
27
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
If it appears that such building or structure would be
especially unsafe in case of fire, it shall be deemed
dangerous within the meaning hereof, and the
building official may affix in a conspicuous place
upon its exterior walls a notice of its dangerous
condition, which shall not be removed or defaced
without authority from him.
121.3 Removal or making structure safe: Any
person so notified shall be allowed until 12:00 noon
of the day following the service of the notice in
which to begin to remove such building or structure
or make it safe, or to make it secure, and he shall
employ sufficient labor speedily to make it safe or
remove it or to make it secure; but if the public
safety so requires and if the mayor or selectmen so
order, the building official may immediately enter
upon the premises with the necessary workmen and
assistants and cause such unsafe structure to be
made safe or demolished without delay and a proper
fence put up for the protection of passersby, or to be
made secure.
121.4 Failure to remove or make structure safe,
survey board, survey report: If an owner of such
unsafe structure refuses or neglects to comply with
the requirements of such notice within the specified
time limit, and such structwe is not made safe or
taken down as ordered therein, a careful survey of
\ht premises shall be made by a board consisting; in
a city, of a city engineer, the head of the fire
department, as such term is defined in M.G.L.
c. 148, § 1, and one disinterested person to be
appointed by the building official; and, in a town of
a surveyor, the head of the fire department and one
disinterested person to be appointed by the building
official. In the absence of any of the above officers
or individuals, the mayor or selectmen shall
designate one or more officers or other suitable
persons in place of the officers so named as
members of said board. A written report of such
survey shall be made, and a copy thereof served on
such owner.
121.5 Removal of dangerous or abandoned
structures: If such survey report as outlined in
780 CMR 121.4 declares such structure to be
dangerous or to be unused, uninhabited or
abandoned, and open to the weather, and if the
owner continues such refusal or neglect, the building
official shall cause it to be made safe or taken down
or to be made secure; and, if the public safety so
requires, said building official may at once enter the
structure, the land on which it stands or the abutting
land or buildings, with such assistance as he may
require, and secure the same; and may remove and
evict, under the pertinent provisions of M.G.L.
c. 239, or otherwise, any tenant or occupant thereof;
and may erect such protection for the public by
proper fence or otherwise as may be necessary, and
for this purpose may close a public highway. In the
case of such demolition, the said building official
shall cause such lot to be leveled to conform with
adjacent grades by a inorganic fill. The costs and
charges incurred shall constitute a lien upon the land
upon which the structure is located, and shall be
enforced in an action of contract; and such owner
shall, for every day's continuance of such refusal or
neglect after being so notified, be punished by a fine
in accordance with 780 CMR 11 8.4. The provisions
of M.G.L. c. 139, § 3 A, paragraph two, relative to
liens for such debt and the collection of claims for
such debt shall apply to any debt referred to in this
section, except that the said building official shall act
hereunder in place of the mayor or board of
selectmen. During the time such order is in effect, it
shall be unlawful to use or occupy such structure or
any portion thereof for any purpose.
121.6 Remedy of person ordered to remove a
dangerous structure or make it safe:
Notwithstanding the provisions of 780 CMR 122, an
owner, aggrieved by such order may have the remedy
prescribed by M.G.L. c. 139, § 2: provided that any
provision of M.G.L. c. 139, § 2 shall not be
construed so as to hinder, delay or prevent the
building official from acting and proceeding under
780 CMR 121; and provided, further, that this
section shall not prevent the city or town from
recovering the forfeiture provided in said 780 CMR
121.5 from the date of the service of the original
notice, unless the order is annulled by the jury.
121.7 Standards for making buildings safe or
secure: Any owner of a building who has been
notified that said building shall be made safe or
secure under 780 CMR 121.2, shall:
1. Remove all materials determined by the head
of the fire department or building official to be
dangerous in case of fire.
2. Secure all floors accessible from grade
utilizing one of the following methods so long as
such method is approved by the head of the fire
department and building official in writing:
a. Secure all window and door openings in
accordance with the U.S. Fire Administration,
National Arson Prevention Initiative Board Up
Procedures, continuously until such time as the
building is reoccupied; or
b. Provide 24 hour watchman services,
continuously until such time as the building is
reoccupied; or
c. Provide a monitored intruder alarm system
at the perimeter of all floors accessible from
grade, continuously until such time as the
building is reoccupied.
28
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
9/9/05
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ADMINISTRATION
Said owner, as the case may be, shall notify the
building official that the approved method chosen
to secure the building has been incorporated.
Said owner shall allow the building official to
enter the building for an inspection to ascertain
that the building is secured and made safe. Said
owner shall allow the head of the fire department
to enter the building. The building official shall
be supplied with records of maintenance and
operation if the provisions of 780 CMR 121.7.2.b
or c. are used.
3. Maintain any existing fire alarms or sprinkler
systems unless written permission is obtained
from the head of the fire department in
accordance with M.G.L. c. 148, § 27A to shut off
or disconnect said alarms or systems.
4. Maintain utilities unless written permission is
obtained from the building official to disconnect
said utilities. Permission to disconnect utilities
shall not be granted if it will result in inadequate
heat to prevent freezing of an automatic sprinkler
system or inadequate utilities to maintain any
other protection systems.
5. The requirements of 780 CMR 121.7.1.
through 4. do not prevent a building official from
ordering or taking expeditious, temporary security
measures in emergency situations pending the
completion of the requirements of 780 CMR
121.7.1. through 4.
For the purposes of 780 CMR 121.7.5., an
"emergency situation' shall be defined as: an
unexpected incident, which by its very nature may
present a threat to public safety personnel who may
be required to affect a rescue effort or conduct fire
extinguishment operations.
Upon refusal or neglect of said owner to comply
with such notice, any building official acting under
the authority of 780 CMR 121.3 or 121.5, shall
cause to be secured all window and door openings
accessible from grade in accordance with the U.S.
Fire Administration, National Arson Prevention
Initiative Board-up Procedures or other equivalent
procedure approved by the head of the fire
department, continuously until such time as the
building is reoccupied.
Any building which has been made to conform to
the provisions of 780 CMR 121.7 during vacancy
may be reoccupied under its last permitted use and
occupancy classification, provided that any systems
which were disconnected or shut down during the
period of vacancy are restored to fully functional
condition and subject to 780 CMR 111 .2 and M.G.L.
c. 40A. The local building official shall be notified
in writing prior to re-occupancy. If said building is
changed in use or occupancy or otherwise renovated
or altered it shall be subject to the applicable
provisions of 780 CMR 34.
121.8 Marking or idendfyiog ceriain buildings
that are especiaily unsafe in the case of fire. Any
building official who determines that a building is
especially unsafe in case of fire under 780 CMR
121.2, shall notify the head of the fire department
about the existence of said building. The building
official, in cooperation with the head of the fire
department, shall cause said building to be marked in
accordance with the niarking requirements
established by the Board of Fire Prevention
Regulations in 527 CMR 10.00.
780 CMR 122.0 BOARD OF APPEALS
122.1 State Boildmg Code Appeals Board:
Except for actions taken pursuant to 780 CMR
121.0, whoever is aggrieved by an interpretation,
order, requirement, direction or failure to act under
780 CMR by any agency or official of the city, town
or region, or agency or official of the State charged
with the administration or enforcement of 780 CMR
or any of its rules or regulations, excepting any
specialized codes, may appeal directly to the State
Building Code Appeals Board as provided in
780 CMR 122.0.
Whoever is aggrieved by an interpretation, order,
requirement, direction or failure to act under
780 CMR by any agency or official of a city, town or
region charged with the administration or
enforcement of 780 CMR, excepting any specialized
codes, may appeal directly to the State Building
Code Appeals Board or may appeal first to a local or
regional building code appeals board and if
aggrieved thereby he may then appeal to the State
Building Code Appeals Board as provided in
780 CMR 122.0.
In the event an appeal is taken directly to the State
Building Code Appeals Board from an
interpretation, order, requirement or direction, said
appeal shall be filed as specified in 780 CMR
1 22.3. 1 with the State Building Code Appeals Board
not later than 45 days after the service of notice
9/9/05
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
28.1
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STA>JDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
28.2 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 9/9/05
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ADMINISTRATION
thereof of the interpretation, order, requirement or
direction.
In the event the appeal is taken directly to the
State Building Code Appeals Board for the failure to
act, the appeal shall be taken not later than 45 days
after a request to act has been made by the aggrieved
person in writing and served upon the appropriate
building official or chief administrative officer of the
state or local agency which fails to act.
If the aggrieved person elects to appeal before the
local or regional building code appeals board, he
shall not be allowed to enter such appeal with the
State Building Code Appeals Board unril such time
as the said local or regional board renders a decision,
unless the reason for appeal to the State Building
Code Appeals Board is the failure of the local or
regional board to act.
122.2 Membership:
122«2.1 Three sxiember panel: The State
Building Code Appeals Board (hereinafter
referred to in 780 CMR 122.0 as the Board) shall
consist of the membership of the BBRS. The
chairman of the BBRS shall be Chairman of the
Board. The Chairman of the Board may designate
any three members of the Board to act as a three
member panel to hold any public hearing under
780 CMR 122.0 and to hear testimony and take
e\adence. The Chairman of the Board shall select
one of the three members to act as chairman of the
said three member panel. If a three member panel
is so designated, the three member panel shall act
as the Appeals Board and render a decision as
provided in 780 CMR 122.0.
122.2.2 Clerk: The administrator of the BBRS
shall designate a clerk to the BBRS. The clerk
shall keep a detailed record of all decisions and
appeals and a docket book on file showing the
name of each appeal properly indexed and the
disposition of the appeal. Said docket book shall
be open to public inspection at all times during
normal business hours.
122.2.3 Quorum: Amajority of the Board shall
constitute a quorum if the appeal is heard by the
entire Board.
122.3 Appeals procedure for State BsBlMieg Code
Is
122.3.1 Entry: Appeals shall be entered on
forms provided by the BBRS and shall be
accompanied by an entry fee of $150 or such
other amounts as may be determined by the BBRS
from time to time.
The appeal shall be signed by the appellant or
his attorney or agent and shall note the name and
address of the person or agency in whose behalf
the appeal is taken and the name of the person and
address wherein service of notice for the appellant
is to be made. The appeal shall also state in detail
the interpretation, order, requirement, direction or
failure to act which are the grounds of the appeals
as well as the particular section or sections of
780 CMR which are involved in the appeal and
the reasons for the appellant advances supporting
the appeal.
A copy of the appeal shall be served in
accordance with 780 CMR 1 18.6 by the appellant
on the person or state, regional or local agency
from whose action or inaction the appeal is taken,
on or before entry of the appeal. An affidavit,
under oath, that such copy has been served shall
be filed with the Board forthwith by the appellant.
122.3.2 Stay of Proceedings: Entry of an appeal
shall stay all proceedings in fiirtherance of the
action or failure to act appealed from, unless the
state, regional or local agency or any person
charged with the administration or enforcement of
780 CMR presents evidence and the Board or a
three member panel or a single member of the
Board, appointed by the chairman for said
purpose, finds that upon the evidence presented a
stay would involve imminent peril to life or
property. In such an event, stay of all proceedings
shall be waived or the Board or three member
panel or single member may order such other
action necessary to preserve public safety.
Before waiving the stay or proceedings, the
Board or three member panel or single member of
the Board, appointed by the chairman for said
purpose, shall hold a hearing and give the
appellant and state, regional or local agency or
any person claiming that a stay would involve
imminent peril to life or property, notice in
writing of the hearing not less than 24 hours
before said hearing.
122.3.3 Documents: Upon entry, the clerk shall
.request in writing from the state, city, regional or
town officer in charge of the matter on appeal, a
copy of the record and all other papers and
documents relative to the appeal to be transmitted
forthwith to the Board. Said state, city, regional
or town officer shall upon receipt of the request of
the Board transmit forthwith all the papers and
documents and a copy of the record relating to the
matter on appeal.
122.3.4 Hearings: The chairman of the Board
shall fix a convenient time and place for a public
hearing. Said hearings shall be held not later than
30 days after the entry of such appeal, unless such
time is extended by agreement with the appellant.
Any such party may appear in person or by agent
or attorney at such hearing. The chairman or
clerk shall give notice of the time and place of
said hearing to all parties to the hearing and to
anyone else requesting notice in writing at least
ten days prior thereto. Failure to hold a public
hearing within 30 days shall not affect the validity
of the appeal or any decision rendered. The
Board or three member panel in its hearings
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
29
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
conducted under this section shall not be bound by
strict rules of evidence prevailing in courts of law or
equity.
122.3.5 Conduct of Hearing: Hearing shall be
conducted in accordance with the informal/fair
hearing rules as set forth in 801 CMR 1.02.
122.4 Decisions:
122.4.1 Votes required: If the appeal is
conducted by a three member panel, then the
concurrence of two of the three members holding
the public hearing shall be required. If the appeal
is conducted by the entire Board, then a majority
vote of those hearing the case shall be required.
122.4.2 Standard; The Board or a tliree member
panel may vary the application of any provision of
780 CMR in any paiticular case, may determine
the suitability of alternate materials and methods
of construction, and provide reasonable interpre-
tations of the provisions of 780 CMR; provided
that the Board or a three-member panel finds that
the decision to grant a variance shall not conflict
with the general objectives set forth M.G.L.
c. 143, § 95 or with the general objectives of
780 CMR.
122.4.3 Time for decision: The Board shall
within 30 days after such hearing, unless such
time is extended by agreement of the parties, issue
a decision or order reversing, affirming or
modifying in whole or in part the order,
interpretation, requirement, direction or failure to
act which is the subject matter of the appeal.
Failure to render a decision within 30 days
shall not affect the validity of any such decision
or appeal.
Notice of and a copy of the decision shall be
sent by the clerk to all paities to the appeal and
anyone requesting in writing a copy of the
decision.
122.4.4 Contents of decision: All decisions
shall be in writing and state findings of fact,
conclusions and reasons for decisions. Every
decision shall indicate thereon the vote of each
member and shall be signed by each member
voting, A decision shall not be considered by any
person or agency as a precedent for future de-
cisions except as provided in 780 CMR 903.2.1.
122.4.5 Additional powers: The Board or a
three member panel may impose in any decision,
limitations both as to time and use, and a
continuation of any use permitted may be
conditioned upon compliance with future
amendments to 780 CMR.
122.5 Enforcement: Upon receipt of the decision
of the Board or a three member panel, the parties to
the appeal shall take action forthwith to comply with
the decision unless a later time is specified in the
decision.
122.6 Appeals from State Building Code Appeals
Board: Any person aggrieved by a decision of the
State Building Code Appeals Board may appeal to a
court of law or equity in conformance with M.G.L.
c. 30A. § 14.
122.7 Local and regional board of appeals:
122.7.1 Local or regional board of appeals:
Whoever is aggrieved by an interpretation, order,
requirement, direction or failure to act under
780 CMR by any agency or official of a city,
region or town charged with the administration or
enforcement of 780 CMR or any of its rules and
regulations may appeal first to the appeals boai'd
in that city, region or town or to the State Building
Code Appeals Board as provided in 780 CMR
122.0.
In the event an appeal is taken from an
interpretation, order, requirement or direction,
said appeal shall be filed with the local or regional
appeals board not later than 45 days after the
service of notice thereof of the interpretation,
order, requirement or direction.
In the event the appeal is taken for the failure to
act, the appeal shall be taken not later than 45
days after a request to act has been made by the
aggrieved person in writing and served to the
appropriate building official or chief
administrative officer of the city, regional or town
agency which fails to act.
122.7.2 Membership; Any building code board
of appeals duly established by ordinance or by law
or otherwise in a city, region or town and in
existence on January 1, 1975, shall qualify as a
local board of appeals under 780 CMR 122.0
notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained herein. However, the procedure and
rights for appeals for such board of appeals shall
be governed by 780 CMR.
If a city, region or town had not duly
established by ordinance or bylaw or otherwise a
local or regional building code appeals board prior
to January 1, 1975, said city, region or town may
establish a local or regional board of appeals,
hereinafter referred to as the local board of
appeals, consisting of five members appointed by
the chief administrative officer of the city, region
or town: one member appointed for five years,
one for four years, one for three years, one for two
years and one to serve for one year; and thereafter
each new member to serve for five years or until
his successor has been appointed.
122.7.3 Qualifications of local board members:
Each member of a local board of appeals
established under 780 CMR 122.7.2 shall have
had at least five years experience in the
constmction, alteration, repair and maintenance of
30
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
5/18/07
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ADMINISTRATION
buildmg and building codes. At least one member
shaii be a registered structural or civil
professional engineer and one member a licensed
registered architect.
122.7.4 Chairman of local or regional board:
The board shall select one of its members to serve
as chairman and a detailed record of all
proceedings shall be kept on file in the building
department.
122.7.5 Absence of members: During the
absence of a member of a local board of appeals
for reason of disability or disqualification, the
chief administrative officer of the city, region or
town shall designate a substitute who shaJl meet
the qualifications as outlined in 780 CMR
122.7.3.
1L22.7.6 Quorum:
members.
A quorum shall be three
122.7.7 Procedures: Entry of appeals shall be
governed by 780 CMR 122.3.1 excepting that a
city, region or tovm may set its own entry fee.
Upon notice of entry of appeal the local
building commissioner or inspector of buildings
shall transmit a copy of the record and all the
papers and documents to the local board of
appeals.
Entry of an appeal shall stay all proceedings in
iurtherance of the action or failure to act appealed
from, unless the building commissioner or
inspector of buildings certifies in v^rriting to the
local board of appeals that a stay would involve
imminent peril to life or property. Notice in
writing of such certification by the building
commissioner or inspector of buildings shall be
given the appellant at least 24 hours prior to the
hearing. In such an event a hearing on such stay
shall be given first priority and be the first matter
heard by the local board of appeals at its next
scheduled meeting. The hearing on the appeal
shall be held as soon as possible thereafter in
accordance with 780 CMR 122.7.8.
The local board of appeals may establish its
own rules for procedure not established herein or
not inconsistent with 780 CMR or v^th the
general objectives set forth in M.G.L. c. 143,
§ 95.
122.7.8 Hearings: All hearings shall be public
and notice of said hearings shall be advertised in
a newspaper of general circulation in the city,
region or town in which the appeal is taken at
least ten days before said hearing. Notice of the
hearing, setting forth the date and time of said
hearing, shall be mailed by the local board of
appeals to all parties and all those who requested
notice in writing at least 14 days before said
hearing. Said hearings shall be held not later than
30 days after the entry of such appeal, unless such
time is extended by agreement with the appellant.
This section as it pertains to notice shall not apply
to hearings on a stay as provided in 780 CMR
122.7.7.
122.7.9 Decisions of local boards: A concurring
vote of a majority of all the members present shall
be required for any decision. The local board of
appeals may vary the application of 780 CMR to
any particular case, may consider the suitability of
alternate materials and methods of construction
and may provide reasonable interpretations of the
provisions of 780 CMR; provided that the
decision of the local board shall not conflict v\ath
the general objectives of 780 CMR or with the
general objectives of M.G.L. c. 143, § 95. The
local board of appeals may impose, in any
decision, limitations both as to time and use, and
a continuation of any use permitted may be
conditioned upon compliance with future
amendments to 780 CMR.
122.7.10 Time for decislora: The board shall
within 30 days after such hearing, unless such
time is extended by agreement of the parties, issue
a decision or order reversing, affirming or
modifying in whole or in part the order,
interpretation, requirement, direction or failure to
act which is the subject matter of the appeal.
Failure to render a decision vwthin 30 days
shall not affect the validity of any such decision
or appeal.
Notice of and a copy of the decision shall be
sent by the clerk to all parties to the appeal and to
anyone requesting in writing a copy of the
decision.
122.7.11 Contents of decision: All decisions
shall be in vmting and state findings of fact,
conclusions and reasons for the decisions. Every
decision shall indicate thereon the vote of each
member and shall be signed by each member
voting. Any decision shall not be considered by
any person or agency as a precedent for future
decisions.
122.7.12. Copy of decision: A copy of any
decision by a local board of appeals shall be
transmitted to the State Building Code Appeals
Board within ten days after the rendering of such
decision. If the State Building Code Appeals
Board disapproves of the said decision of the local
board, it may on its own motion appeal from the
decision of the local board of appeals according to
780 CMR 122.0 and call for a hearing de novo.
If the State Building Code Appeals Board does
not notify the local board in writing within 45
days from the date of the local board's decision,
the said decision shall be deemed approved;
provided that the decision shall not conflict v^th
the general objectives of the state building code
and the objectives of M.G.L. c. 143, § 95.
122.7.13 Enforcement of decision: If said
decision is approved by the State Building Code
Appeals Board, all parties to the appeal shall take
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
31
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
immediate action in accordance with the decision
of the local board unless the person aggrieved by
such decision appeals to the State Building Code
Appeals Board as provided in 780 CMR 122,0.
122.7.14 Review: Any person, including the
State Building Code Appeals Board, aggrieved by
a decision of the local board of appeals, whether
or not a previous party to the decision, or any
municipal officer or official board of the
municipality, may, not later than 45 days after the
mailing of the decision of the local board, apply
to the State Building Code Appeals Board for a
hearing de novo before the State Board, in
accordance with the regulations contained in
780 CMR 122.0.
780 CMR 123.0 CONSTRUCTION
MATERIALS SAFETY BOARD
123.1 Membership: There shall be a board under
the control of the BBRS called the Construction
Materials Safety Board, hereafter in 780 CMR 123.0
called the CMSB which shall consist of nine
members, one of whom shall be a member of the
BBRS who shall be ex-officio and a voting member
of the Board and eight members to be appointed by
the chairman of the BBRS: one of whom shall be a
registered professional engineer who is a structural
engineer; one of whom shall be a registered
architect; one of whom shall be a representative of
a commercial testing laboratory; one of whom shall
be a representative of a public testing laboratory;
two of whom shall be representatives from the
construction industry; one of whom shall be a
member of a university faculty engaged in research
and teaching in structural materials; and one of
whom shall be a member of a university faculty
engaged in research and teaching in the area of
theoretical and applied mechanics.
123.2 Duties: The CMSB will review applications
for registration or licensing of individuals,
laboratories or firms responsible for the inspection,
control and testing of construction materials, and
review applications and pertinent data relevant to all
materials, devices, products and methods of
construction not.included in 780 CMR; and report to
the BBRS their recommendations. The CMSB will
collect information and review cases where
disciplinary action against an existing license,
whether an individual, laboratory or firm, has been
proposed; and make recommendations to the BBRS.
The BBRS will issue applications, receive payment
for the review of such applications and approvals,
registration and licensing fees, and maintain records
for the efficient dispatch of the duties of the CMSB.
123.3 Testing and evaluation groups: The BBRS
shall establish and maintain testing and evaluation
groups who will have the responsibility of
administering and directing, under the supervision of
the BBRS, the testing and controls for evaluating
individual applicants, laboratories and firms wishing
to become registered or licensed.
780 CMR 124.0 FIRE PREVENTION -FIRE
PROIECnON ADVISORY COMMnTEE
124.1 Constitution of the Fire Prevention - Fire
Protection Advisory Committee: There shall be a
Conunittee under the control of the BBRS called the
Fire Prevention - Fire Protection Advisory
Committee, hereinafter called the FPFP Advisory
Committee which shall consist of 17 members, two
of whom shall be members of the BBRS; one of
whom shall be the State Fire Marshal or his
designee; one of whom shall be the Commissioner of
the City of Boston Fire Department or his designee;
all four of whom shall be ex-officio and voting
members of the Committee, and 12 members to be
appointed by the chairman of the BBRS for a term of
one year; two of whom shall be representatives of
the Fire Chiefs Association of Massachusetts; two of
whom shall be representatives of the Fire Prevention
Association of Massachusetts; one of whom shall be
a representative of the International Municipal
Signalmen's Association; one of whom shall be a
member of the State Board of Fire Prevention
Regulations; one of whom shall be a member of the
Board of State Examiners of Electricians who
satisfies the requirements of that Board as a systems
contractor holding a certificate C license and is
actively engaged in the business of fire warning
systems; one of whom shall be a Massachusetts
building official; one of whom shall be a
Massachusetts registered Fire Protection Engineer;
one of whom shall be a Massachusetts registered
professional engineer or architect; one of whom shall
be a Massachusetts registered professional engineer
with specific experience in the design and
installation of smoke control systems, and; one of
whom shall be a sprinkler system installer who shall
be certified by the National Institute for Certification
in Engineering Technologies (NICET), and; one of
whom shall be a member proposed jointly by the
Massachusetts Burglar and Fire Alarm Association
and the Automatic Fire Alarm Association and the
Automatic Fire Alarm Association, New England.
The FPFP Advisory Committee shall elect a
chairman and a vice chairman and each shall serve
for a term one year. A member of an. agency or
board of the state shall not be eligible for the office
of chairman or vice chairman.
124.2 Purpose: The FPFP Advisory Committee
shall review and recommend to the BBRS changes to
780 CMR relating to fire prevention and fire
protection and more specifically those matters
contained in 780 CMR 9,
32
780 CMR r Sixth Edition
1 1/27/98
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUE.DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ADMINISTRATION
780 CMR 12S.0 STRUCTURAL PEER REVIEW
ADVISORY COMMITTEE
125.1 Membership: There shall be a Board under
the control of the BBRS called the Structural Peer
Review Advisory Committee, which shall consist of
seven members, six of whom shall be professional
engineers, registered in Massachusetts, each having
a minimum of ten years of structural design
experience and shall be appointed by the BBRS
from nominations submitted by the Boston
Association of Structural Engineers, the Boston
Society of Civil Engineers and the American
Consulting Engineers Council of New England. The
seventh member shall be the structural engineer
member of the BBRS who shall serve as chairman
of said Advisory Board.
125.2 Quorum: The chairman of said Advisory
Committee shall appoint three of the members to
mediate the disputes by a majority vote of the three
members.
125.3 Purpose: The Structural Peer Review
Advisory Committee shall mediate any unresolved
disputes between the engineer of record and the
reviewing engineer which may result from the
independent structural engineer review specified in
780 CMR 110.11.
125.4 Procedure: The structural engineer of record
or the reviewing engineer or the owner or the
building official shall submit any unresolved
disputes cited in Appendix 1-5 (3), to the Structural
Peer Review Advisory Committee on a form
provided for this purpose. Said Committee shall
convene a mediation hearing within 30 days from the
receipt of the application and render a decision in
writing within 30 days following the mediation
hearing.
1.1/27798.
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
33
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXTPAGE
34 780 CMR . Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
CHAPTER 2
DEFINITIONS
780 CMR 201.0 GENERAL
201.1 Scope: Unless otherwise expressly stated, the
folio-wing words and terms shall, for the purposes of
780 CMEt, have the meanings shown In 780 CMR 2.
201.2 Interchangeabill^: Words used in the
present tense include the fiiture; words used in the
masculine gender include the feminine and neuter,
the singular number includes the plural and the
plural the singular.
201.3 Terms defined in other codes: Where temis
are not defined in 780 CMR and are defined in the
plumbing (248 CMR), fire prevention (527 CMR) or
BOCA mechanical codes or other refererxe stan-
dards listed in Appendix A, such terms shall have
the meamngs ascribed to them as in those codes.
201.4 Terms not defined: Where terms are not
defined through the methods authorised by
780 CMR 201.0, such terms shall have ike ordinarily
accepted meanings such as the conte^ impies.
2&LS AppUcadons of other laws : Nothing herein
contained shall be deemed to nuSi^ any provisions
of the zoning bylaws or ' orMnanee of any
municipality in the Commofmeaiik of
Massachusetts insofar as those provisions deal
exchmvdy with those powers of regulating zoning
granted by the provisions ofM,G.L &> 4M and 41
or Si 19S6f a 665, as amended, .
780 CMR 202,0 GENERAL DEFINITIONS
Aeederation: See 780 CMR 1612.3.
Accepted engineering practice: That which
conforms to accepted prindples, tests or standards
of nationally recognized techmcal or scientific
authorities.
Accessible: See 780 CMR 1101.0.
Accessible romte: See 780 CMR 1101.0.
Accessory structure: A building, the occupancy of
which is incidental to that of the main building,
that is located on the same lot as the main
building.
Adaptability: See 780 CMR 1 101.0.
Addition; An increase in building area, aggregate
floor area, height or number of stories of a
stnjcture (see 780 CMR 3400.3(4)).
Admistiire: See 780 CMR 1902.0.
Aerosol: See 780 CMR 307.2.
Aerosol container: See 780 CMR 307.2.
Aisle accessway: See 780 CMR 1002.0.
Aliarm verification: See 780 CMR 902.0.
Alttration; A change or moMficddon of a building
OF structure^ or the service equipment thereof,
thai affects safety or health and that is not
dassijied as an ordinary repair^
Alternating tread stairway: See 780 CMR 1002.0.
Alternate Inspector: A person appointed to act in
the absence of the inspector of buMMngs or.
kmilding commissioner in case of illness,
disability, or conflicting interest An alternate
inspector shall meet or exceed the minimum
qualifications defined by MG.L a 14$, §3 for
am. inspector ofbuildingsSmlding commissioner
mid shall be certified in accordance with
7$0 CMR R7. See also 780 CMR 105.2
Afficlior: See 780 CMR 2102.0. ^
Amclior Store: See 780 CMR 402.2.
Approval: When used in . 780 CMR 35 for
manufactured buiMngs or building components,
approved by the State Board of Building
MegulatioHs and Standards, hereinafter known
mtheBBRS.
Approved agency: See 780 CMR 1702.0.
Approved material, equipment and methods:
Material, equipment and methods evaluated and
approved (see 780 CMR 109.0).
Approved rules: The legally adopted rules of the
code official (see 780 CMR 106.0).
Appurtenant stnictiire: A device or structure
attached to the exterior or ereaed on the roof of a
building designed to support service equipment or
used in connection therewith, or for advertising or
display purposes, or other similar uses.
Architecttural terra cotta: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Area, building: See 780 CMR 502.0.
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition
35
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUD-DING CODE
Area, gross cross-sectional: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Areaway (form of construction): See 780 CMR
3203.2.
Attic: See 780 CMR 1202.0.
Automatic: See 780 CMR 902.0.
Automatic fire suppression system: See 780 CMR
902.0.
Barricade: See 780 CMR 307.2.
Base: See 780 CMR 1612.3.
Base shear: See 780 CMR 1612.3.
Basement: See 780 CMR 502.0.
Bay (part of a structure): See 780 CMR 1612.3.
B.B.RS.: (Massachusetts) Board of Building
Regulations and Standards.
Bed joint: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Bleachers: See 780 CMR 1 002.0.
Blocked diaphragm: See 780 CMR 2306.2.
Boiling point: See 780 CMR 307.2.
Box system: A structural system where the vertical
load is carried by bearing walls and structural
framing and where the lateral stability and
lateral force resisting system consists of shear
walls or braced wall
Brick
Calcium silicate brick (sand lime brick): See
780 CMR 2102.0.
Clay or shale: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Concrete brick: See 780 CMR 2102.0
HoUow brick: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Building: A structure enclosed within exterior walls
or firewalls, builtt erected and framed of a
combination of any materials, whether portable
or fixed having a roof, to form a structure for
the shelter of persons, animals or property. For
the purpose of this definition, **roof* shall
include an awning or similar covering, whether
or not permanent in nature. The word "building
shall be construed where the context requires as
though followed followed by the words '^or parts
thereof". For application of 780 CMR, each
portion of a building which is completely
separated from other portions by fire walls
complying with 780 CMR 707.0 shall be
considered as a separate building.
Building Code Enforcement Official: The term
used to collectively refer to Inspector of
Buildings, Building Commissioners, and Local
Inspectors. All building code enforcement
officials shall meet or exceed the minimum
qualifications for the position as defined by
M.G.L. C.143, § 3 and shall be certified in
accordance with 780 CMR R7.
Building Commissioner: The Administrative chief
of the building department in a municipality who
is charged with the administration and
enforcement of 780 CMR (See also **Inspector
of Buildings*' and 780 CMR 105.0). AU building
commissioners shall meet or exceed the
minimum qualifications for the position as
defined in M.G.L. c.143 § 3 and shall be certified
in accordance with 780 CMR R7.
Building Component: Any subsystem, subassembly,
or other system designed for use in or as part of
a structure having concealed elements such as
electrical, mechanical, plumbing and fire
protection systems and other systems protecting
health and safety.
Building, existing: Any structure occupied prior to
the date of adoption of the appropriate code, or
one for which a legal building permit has been
issued. (See also 780 CMR 3400.3,1). For
purposes of energy conservation requirements, a
building which has been legally occupied and/or
used for a period of at least five years.
Building line: The line established by law, beyond
which a building shall not extend, except as
specifically provided by law.
Building service equipment: The mechanical,
electrical and elevator equipment including
piping, wiring, fixtures and other accessories,
^»^ch provides sanitation, lighting, heating,
ventilation, fire protection and transportation
facilities essential for the habitable occupancy of
the building or structure for its designated
occupancy.
Building site: The area occupied by a building or
structure, including the yards and courts required
for light and ventilation, and such areas that are
prescribed for access to the street.
Bulk Merchandizing Retail Building: (See
780 CMR 426.0.) Mercantile Buildings where
sales areas contain:
1. Combustible materials in piles greater
than 12 feet in height, or combustible
materials on pallets, in racks or on shelves
where the top of storage is greater than 12
feet in height, or
36
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/20/98 (Effective 3/1/98)
780: CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
DEFINrnONS
2 Combustibk matermis suck m mbber BMttress: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
iirest Group A plastics^ flammable iiquids,
idle pallets and commodiiies with similar heal Ceilars that portion of a buUding which is partly
release characteristieSf where the top storage or completely below grade and having at least Vs
is greater than six feet in height Its height below grade.
2/20m (Effective 3/1/98) 780 CMR - Sixth Edition ' 36.1
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
36.2 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 2/20/98 (Effective 3/1/98)
780: CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
DEFMTIONS
C€m$iitttl®iis material: See 780 CMR 1902.0.
Central Station, Central Station Fire Alarm Systen
and Central Station Services,' See NFFA 72, as
listed m Appendix A.
Certificate of approvals A written document from
the appropriate code official approving an
action^ type ofmateriai^ and the like.
Certificate of use and occupancy; The certificate
issued by the code official which permits the me
of a building in accordance with the approved
plans and specifications which certifies
compliance with provisions of law for the me
and occupancy of the building in its several parts
together with any special stipulations or
conditions of the building permit
Certification: Any manufactured building or
building component thai meets the provisions of
780 CMR 3S and the rules and regulations
pursuant thereto and which has been labeled
accordingly. See also 780 CMR R7 for the
certification of Building Code Enforcement
Officials
Change of use: An alteration by change of me in
a building heretofore existing to a new me group
which imposes other special provisions of law
governing building construction^ equipment or
means of egress.
Child day care centers Any facility operated on a
regular basis whether known as a day nursery,
nursegy school, kindergarten, child piay school,
progressive school child development center, or
preschool, or known under any other name,
which receives children not of common
parentage under seven years of age or under 16
years of age if such children have special needs
for non-residential custody and care during part
or all of the day separated from their parents.
Child day care centers shall not includes any
part of a public school system,' any part of a
private, organized educational system unless the
services of such a system are primarily limited to
a kindergarten, nursery or related preschool
services^ a Sundi^ school conducted by a
religious institution,' a facility operated by
religiom organization where children are cared
for during short periods of time while persom
responsible for such children are attending
religiom services; a family day care home, as
defined by M.G.L. c 28A, § 9; an informal
cooperative arrangement among neighbors or
relatives; or the occasional care of children with
or without compensation therefor.
Cliliiiney: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
C&lmaey, masoary: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Ctosed system: See 780 CMR 307.2.
CMEs Code of Massachmetts Regulations;
Appendix A contains a listing ofvariom CMR's
for Massachmetts specialized codes.
Code official: See "Building Code Enforcement
Official".
Combination of municipalitiess Any two or more
cities and/or iowm who have agreed to combine
in order to share costs necessary for the
administration and enforcement of 780 CMR in
said cities and/or towns.
Collar Joint: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Combustible dusts: See 780 CMR 307.2.
Combustible fibers: See 780 CMR 307.2.
Combustible liquids: See 780 CMR 307.2.
Combustible material: A combustible material is a
materia! which cannot be classified as non-
combustible in accordance with 780 CMR
704.4«1.L
Compliance assurance programs The system^
documentation and methods for assuring that
manufactured buildings, building components,
building systems and manufactured homes,
including their manufacture, storage tramporta-^
tion and assembly, and handling and imtalla"
don, conform with 780 CMR 33 and the rules
asnd regulatiom promulgated pursuant thereto.
Commerdal BuOdiog: For purposes of energy
conservation requirements only, a commercial
building is any building other than a low-rise
residential building, as defined in 780 CMR 2.0
and 780 CMR Appenda J, Section J2.0 (See also
Low-rise residential building definition)
Common path of travel: See 780 CMR 1002.0.
Compressed gas: See 780 CMR 307.2.
Coacrete: See 780 CMR 1902.0.
Cofflcrete, reinforced: See 780 CMR 1902.0.
C®miector: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
CoHstniction documents: All of the written,
graphic and pictorial documents prepared or
assembled for describing the design, location and
2/20/98 (Effective 3/1/98)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
37
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUttX)ING REGULAIflONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
physical characteristics of the elements of the
project necessary for obtaining a building permit.
The construction drawings shall be drawn to an
appropriate scale.
Construction, type of: See 780 CMR 602.0.
Type 1 : See 780 CMR 603.0.
Type 2: See 780 CMR 603.0.
Type 3: See 780 CMR 604,0.
Type 4: See 780 CMR 605.0.
Type 5: See 780 CMR 606.0
Control area: See 780 CMR 307.2.
Corridor: See 780 CMR 1002.0.
Corrosive: See 780 CMR 307.2.
Court: See 780 CMR 1202.0.
Inncn See 780 CMR 1202.0.
Outer: See 780 CMR 1202.0.
Court width: See 780 CMR 1202.0.
Cryogenic liquids (flammable or oxidizing): See
780 CMR 307.2.
Curb level: See 780 CMR 3203.2.
Bunding or wall height: See 780 CMR 3203.2.
Damper, fire: See 780 CMR 702.0.
Day care center (child): See **Child day care
center**.
Deflagration: See 780 CMR 307.2.
Deluge system: See 780 CMR 902.0.
Department: (DPS): The Department of Public
Safety, Division of Inspection.
Design earthquake: See 780 CMR 1612.3.
Designated seismic systems: See 780 CMR 1612.3.
Detached storage building: See 780 CMR 307.2.
Detector, heat: See 780 CMR 902.0.
Detector, smoke: See 780 CMR 902.0.
Detonation: See 780 CMR 307.2.
of Afassachusetis, and shall be used to treat
individuals acceptable to the program in
accordance with 105 CMR 160.000.
Diaphragm: See 780 CMR 1612.3, 2102.0 and
2306.2.
Dimensions, nominal: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Dispensing: See 780 CMR 307,2.
Door assembly, fire: See 780 CMR 702.0.
Door, fire: See 780 CMR 702.0.
DPS: See "Department".
Draftstopping: See 780 CMR 702.0.
Dumbwaiter: See 780 CMR 30.
Dwellings
Boarding house: See 780 CMR 3 10.2.
Dbrmitoiy: See 780 CMR 3 10.2.
Dwelling unit: See 780 CMR 3 10.2.
Hotel: See 780 CMR 310.2.
Motel: See 780 CMR 3 10.2.
Multiple-family dweUing: See 780 CMR 310.2.
Multiple single-family dwelling: See 780 CMR
310.2.
One-family dwelling: See 780 CMR 310.2.
Two-family dwelling: See 780 CMR 3 10.2.
Effective height: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Elevator: 780 CMR 30 and 524 CMR.
Freight elevator: See 524 CMR 17.00
Hand elevator: See 524 CMR 18.00
Hydraulic elevator: See 524CMR
Passenger elevator: See 524CMR 17.00
Power elevator See 524CMR.
Sidewalk elevator: See 524CMR 20.00
Elevator repairs: 780 CMR 30 and 524 CMR.
Emergency control station: See 780 CMR 416.2.
Equipment, existing: Any equipment regulated by
780 CMR which was legally installed prior to the
effective date of 780 CMR, or for which a permit
to install has been issued.
Escalator: 780 CMR 30 and 524 CMR.
Detoxification facility: A facility licensed or Exit: See 780 CMR 1002.0.
operated by the Department of Public Health,
Division of Alcoholism in accordance with Exit access: See 780 CMR 1002.0.
105 CMR 160.000: Acute Care Inpatient
Substance Abuse Detoxification Treatment Exit discharge: See 780 CMR 1002.0.
Services issued by the Department of Public
Health, Division of Alcoholism, Commonwealth Exit discharge, level of: See 780 CMR 1002.0.
38
780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780: CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATION'S AND STANDARDS
DEFINITIONS
Fireresistaiice: See 780 CMR 702.0,
Exit, horlzontol: See 780 CMR 1002.0.
Explosive: See 780 CMR 307,2.
Exterior envelope: See 780 CMR 1302,0.
Exterior wall finish: See 780 CMR 1402.0.
Fabric awning: See 780 CMR 1609.2.
Fabric canopy: See 780 CMR 1609.2.
Fabricated item: See 780 CMR 1702.0.
Fabrication area: See 780 CMR 416.2.
Fire alarm box, manual: See 780 CMR 902.0.
Fire area: See 780 CMR 702.0.
Fire command station: See 780 CMR 902.0.
Fire detector, automatic: See 780 CMR 902.0,
Firereslstance rating: See 780 CMR 702.0.
FIrestopping: See 780 CMR 702.0.
Fire separation assembly: See 780 CMR 702.0.
Fire separation distance: The distance in feet
measured from She building face to the closest
interior lot line, to the center line of a street or
public way or to an imaginary line between two
buildings on the same property.
Flame spread: See 780 CMR 802.0.
Flame spread rating: See 780 CMR 802.0.
Flameresistance: See 780 CMR 802.0.
Flammable: See 780 CMR 307.2.
Flammable compressed gas: See 780 CMR 307.2.
Fire ha^rd: The potential degree of fire severity Flammable liquids: See 780 CMR 307.2.
based on the occupancy of a structure, classified
as high, moderate or low. Flammable solid: See 780 CMR 307.2.
High: All occupancies which involve the storage,
sale manufacture or processing of highly Flash point: See 780 CMR 307.2.
combustible, volatile flammable or explosive
products which are capable of burning with Bloorarea, gross: See 780 CMR 1002.0.
extreme rapidity and produce explosions or large
volumes of smoke, poisonous fumes or gases in Floor area, net: See 780 CMR 1002.0.
the event of fire.
Moderatei All occupancies which involve the Floor finish: See 780 CMR 802.0.
storage, sale, manufacture or processing of
materials which are capable of burning with Frame
moderate rapidity and a considerable volume of Braced: See 780 CMR 1612.3.
smoke, but which do not produce either poisonous
fumes or explosions, in the event of fire.
Low: All occupancies which involve the storage,
sale or manufacture of materials that do not
ordinarily bum rapidly, nor produce excessive
smoke, poisonous fumes or explosions in the
event of fire.
Fire partitloEii: See 780 CMR 702.0.
Fire protection: The provision of construction
safeguards and exit facilities; and the installation
of fire alarm, fire-detecting and fire-extinguishing
service equipment to reduce the fire risk,
including the risk involved in the spread of fire by
. exterior exposure to and froni adjoining buildings
and structure.
Fire protection rating: See 780 CMR 702.0.
Fire protection system: See 780 CMR 902.0.
Fire window: See 780 CMR 702.0.
CoEcentricaliy braced frame: See 780 CMR
1612.3.
Eccentrically braced frame: See 780 CMR
1612.3.
Diagonal brace: See 780 CMR 1612.3.
Lateral support members: See 780 CMR
1612.3.
Link beam: See 780 CMR 1612.3.
• Link beam end web stifffeners: See 780 CMR
1612.3.
Link beam Intermediate web stIfTener: See
780 CMR 1612.3.
Link beam rotation angle: See 780 CMR
1612.3,
Intermediate moment frame: See 780 CMR
1612.3.
Ordinary moment frame: See 780 CMR 1 6 12.3.
Space frame: See 780 CMR 1612.3.
Special moment frame: See 780 CMR 1612.3.
Frame system
Building: See 780 CMR 1612.3.
Dual: See 780 CMR 1612.3.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR -Sixth Edition
39
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Moment resisting: See 780 CMR 1612.3.
Garage, private: See 780 CMR 407.2.
Garage, public: See 780 CMR 408.2.
Grade hallway, grade lobby, grade passageway:
See 780 CMR 1002.0.
Grade plane: See 780 CMR 502.0.
Grandstand: See 780 CMR 1002.0.
Greenhouse: See 780 CMR 3602.
Gross leasable area: See 780 CMR 402.2.
Manlifts: See 524 CMR.
Hoisting and elevating equipment, miscellaneous:
See 524 CMR.
Incompatible materials: See 780 CMR 307.2.
Inspection, special: See 780 CMR 1705.
Inspector of buildings: The administrative chief of
the building department in a municipality who is
charged with the administration and
enforcement of 780 CMR. (See also **Building
commissioner and Building Code Enforcement
Official"). All inspectors of buildings shall meet
or exceed the minimum qualifications defined by
M.G.L. c. 143, § 3 and shall be certified in
accordance with 780 CMR R7.
Habitable space: Space in a structure for living,
sleeping, eating, or cooking. Bathrooms, toilet
compartments, closets, halls, storage or utility Installing Contractor: an individual or firm duly
space and similar areas are not considered
habitable space.
Hazard Index: See 780 CMR 3401.0
Hazardous materials: See 780 CMR 307.2.
Hazardous production material (HPM): See
780 CMR 416.2.
, Head joint: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Header (Bonder): See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Health hazard: See 780 CMR 307.2.
Heated space: See 780 CMR 1302.0.
Height:
Building: See 780 CMR 502.0.
Court: See 780 CMR 1202.0.
Story: See 780 CMR 502.0.
Walls: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Hereafter: After the time that 780 CMR becomes
effective.
Heretofore: Before the time that 780 CMR became
effective.
High-temperature energy source: See 780 CMR
1612.3.
Highly toxic: See 780 CMR 307.2.
Hoist, material platform: See 780 CMR 3002.0.
Hoisting and conveying equipment, special: See
524 CMR.
Automotive lift: See 524 CMR.
Conveyors: See 524 CMR.
Freight lift: See 524 CMR.
licensed to install apparatus, appliances, devices
or accessories relative to Heating, pumping,
process piping and refrigeration systems. (See
780 CMR 2801.2.1 and 1301.1.1).
Master and Journeyman Pipefitters:
M.G.L c. 146, §§ 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 87 and 89.
528 CMR 10.00, 11.00, and 13.00
Master and Journeyman Refrigeration
Technician:
M.G.L. c. 146, § 45A, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86,
88 and 89.
528 CMR 10.00, 11.00 and 13.00
Exception: heating, pumping, process piping
and refrigeration systems regulated by M.G.L.
c. 142, §§ 4 and 13, State Board of Examiners
of Plumbers.
Inverted pendulum-type structures: See 780 CMR
1612.3.
Irritant: See 780 CMR 307.2.
Jurisdiction: The governmental unit which has a-
dopted 780 CMR under due legislative authority.
Label: See 780 CMR 1702.0.
Light-framed wall with shear panels: See
780 CMR 1612.3.
Listed and Listing: Terms referring to equipment
which is shown in a list published by an approved
testing agency qualified and equipped for
experimental testing and maintaining an adequate
periodic inspection of current productions and
whose listing states that the equipment complies
with nationally recognized standards, when
installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
installation instructions.
Load: See 780 CMR 1602.0.
40
780 CMR -Sixth Edition
\ \mm.
780: CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
DEFMTIONS
Dead load: See 780 CMR 16010.
Bmratioii of load: See 780 CMR 1602.0.
Earthquake load: See 780 CMR 1602.0.
Impact load: See 780 CMR 1602.0.
Internal load: See 780 CMR 1602.0.
Lateral soil load: See 780 CMR 1602.0.
Live load: See 780 CMR 1602.0.
Wind load: See 780 CMR 1602.0.
2/20/98 (Effective 3/1/98)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
40.1
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
40.2 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 2/20/98 (Effective 3/1/98)
780: CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
DEFINmONS
Loadbaariag wall sysUm: See 780 CMR 1512,3.
Locsi enforcement agenc^s A departmesii or
Mgency im a municipaiify charged wiik the
enforcement of 780 CMR and appropriate
specialized codes which inciudef Bui are not
limited to, 248 CMRs The State Plumbing md
Gas Fitting Code, and 527 CMR I2Mi the State
Electrical Code.
Local inspectors A person in the municipality who
assists the building commissioner or inspector of
buildings in the performance of his or her duties
and is charged with the enforcement of
780 CMR. All local inspectors shall meet or
exceed the minimum qualifications defined by
MGX c 143, § 3 and shall be certified in
accordance with 780 CMR R7,
Lot A portion or parcel of land considered as a imit.
Lot, comer: A lot with two adjacent sides abutting
upon streets or other public spaces.
Lot, Interior: A lot which faces on one street or with
opposite sides on two streets.
Lot Hoe: A line dividing one lot from another, or
from a street or any public place.
Lot lime, interior: Any lot line other than one
adjoining a street or public space.
Lot line, street: The lot line dividing a lot from a
street or other public way.
Low-rise residential building: For purposes of
energy conservation requirements only,
residential occupancy buildings (R°2, R-3, RA or
R-5) three stories or less in height (Exception: for
purposes of energy conservation requirements, R-
1 USE GROUP buildings shall be treated as
commercial buildings).
Main wlndforce^resistmg system: See 780 CMR
16.
Mall: See 780 CMR 402.2.
Mall building, covered: See 780 CMR 402.2.
Manufactured buildings Any building which has
concealed elements, such as electrical,
mechanical, plumbing, fire protection,
insulation and other systems affecting health
and safety, and which is manufactured and
assembled in manufacturing facilities, on or off
the building site. Also, any building as defined
above which does not have concealed elements,
but which has been approved by the BEES at the
request of the manufacturer.
Maioary: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Ashlar facing masonry: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Ashlar masonry: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Solid masonry: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Masonry mnlt
Clays See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Concretes See 780 CMR 2 102.0.
Hollow: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Solids See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Means of egress: See 780 CMR 1002.0.
Member:
Primary: See 780 CMR 1902.0.
Secondary: See 780 CMR 1902.0.
Membrane: See 780 CMR 3103.2.
Membrane stnjctures:
Alr»lnflated structure; See 780 CMR 3103.2.
Air-supported structure: See 780 CMR 3103.2.
Double skin: See 780 CMR 3103,2.
Single skin: See 780 CMR 3 103.2.
Cableorestrained, alr-^upported structiare: See
780 CMR 3103.2.
MembraneH£overed cable structure: See
780 CMR 3 103.2.
Membrane-covered frame structure: See
780 CMR 3 103.2.
Noncombustlble membrane structure: See
780 CMR 3103.2.
Tent: See 780 CMR 3103.2.
Mesaalne: See 780 CMR 502.0.
Mobile homes A structure transportable in one or
snore sections, which is eight body feet or more
m width and is 32 body feet or more in length,
mud which is built on a permanent chassis, and
designed to be used as a dwelling with
permanent foundation, when connected to the
requited facilities, end includes the plumbing,
heating, air-conditioning and electrical systems
contained therein.
Mortar: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Mortar, surface-bonding: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Moving walk: See 780 CMR 30.
NeSive lumbers Native lumber is wood processed in
the Commonwealth of Massachusetts by a mil!
registered in accordance with 780 CMR R4. ■
Such wood is ungraded but is stamped or
certified in accordance with the requirements of
780 CMR R4. For the purpose of this definition,
■ native lumber shall be restricted to the use in
2/20/98 (Effective 3/1/98)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
41
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
one- and two-story dweliings, bants, sheds,
agricultural and accessory buildings and other
structures when permitted by 780 CMR R4.
Nominal dimension
Lumber See 780 CMR 2302.0.
Noncombustible: This is a general, relative term. Its
precise meaning is defined in 780 CMR for
specific applications.
Noncombustible building material: See 780 CMR
704.4.1.1
Occupancy: The purpose for which a building or
portion thereof is used.
Occupancy, change of: A change in the purpose or
level of activity within a structure that involves a
change in application of the requirements of
780 CMR.
Occupant load: See 780 CMR 1002.0.
Occupiable space: See 780 CMR 1202.0.
Occupied: As applied to a building, shall be
construed as though followed by the words "or
mtended, arranged or designed to be occupied."
Official Interpretation: A written interpretation of
any provision of 780 CMR, or to its referenced
standards listed in Appendix A, except
specialized codes, made by the BBRS, under
authority ofM.CL, c 143, § 94(e), or by the
State Building Code Appeals Board under
authority ofM.G.L. c 143, § 100.
Open system: See 780 CMR 307.2.
Organic peroxide: See 780 CMR 307.2.
Oriel window: See 780 CMR 3203.2.
Owner: Every person who alone or jointly or
severally with others (a) has legal title to any
building or structure; or (b) has care, charge, or
control of any building or structure in any
capacity including but not limited to agent,
executor, executrix, administrator, administra-
trix, trustee or guardian of the estate of the
holder of legal title; or (c) lessee under a written
letter agreement; or (d) mortgagee in possession;
or (e) agent, trustee or other person appointed by
the courts. Each such person b bound to comply
with the provisions of 780 CMR.
Oxidizer: See 780 CMR 307.2.
P-Delta effect: See 780 CMR 1612.3.
Panel (part of a structure): See 780 CMR 1602.0.
Partideboard: See 780 CMR 2302,1.
Penthouse: See 780 CMR 1502.1.
Permit: An official document or certificate issued by
the authori^ having jurisdiction vdiich authorizes
performance of a specified activity (see 780 CMR
111.1).
Person: Includes a corporation, firm, partnership,
association, organization and any other group
acting as a unit as well as individuals. It shall
also include an executor, administrator, trustee,
receiver or other representative ^pointed accord-
ing to law. Whenever the word "person" is used in
any section of 780 CMR prescribing a penalty or
fme, as to partnerships or associations, the word
shall include the partners or members thereof, and
as to corporations, shall include the officer, agent
or members thereof who are responsible for any
violation of such section..
Physical hazard: See 780 CMR 307.2.
Physically disabled person: See 780 CMR 11.
Place of assembly: A room or space accommoda-
ting SO or more individuals for religious, recrea-
tional, educational, political, social or amuse-
ment purposes, or for the consumption of food
or drink, including all connected rooms or space
with a common means of egress and entrance.
Place of outdoor assembly: Premises used or
intended to be used for public gatherings of 200
or more individuals in other than buildings.
Plastic
Light-diffusing system: See 780 CMR 2602.0.
Plastic glazing: See 780 CMR 2602.0.
Plastic roof panels: See 780 CMR 2602.0.
Plastic waU panels: See 780 CMR 2602.0.
Reinforced plastic, glass fiber: See 780 CMR
2602.0.
Thermoplastic material: See 780 CMR 2602.0.
Thermosetting material: See 780 CMR 2602.0.
Platform: See 780 CMR 412.2.
Plenum: An enclosed portion of the building
structure, so designed to allow the movement of air,
that forms part of an air distribution system. See
BOCA National Mechanical Code listed in
Appendix A.
Fools, swimming, hot tubs and spas
Above-ground/on-ground pool: See 780 CMR
421.2.
Barrier: See 780 CMR 421.2.
42
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780: CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
DEFINITIONS
HoS tub: See 780 CMR 421.2.
In-groimd pool: See 780 CMR 421.2.
Roof: See 780 CMR 1502.0.
Roof covering: See 780 CMR 1502.0.
Private swimming pool: See 780 CMR 421.2.
Private swimming pool, Indoor: See 780 CMR Roof structure: See 780 CMR 1 502.0.
421.2.
Private swimming pool, outdoor: See 780 CMR Rubble masonry: See 780 CMR 2 102.0.
421.2.
Public swimming pool:
Public outdoor inground swimming pool, Seml-
publlc outdoor Inground swimming pool: See
780 CMR 421.2.
Spa: See 780 CMR 421.2.
Preactlon system: See 780 CMR 902.0.
Premises: A lot, plot or parcel of land, including any
structure thereon.
Coursed nibble: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Random rubble: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Rougis or ordinary rubble: See 780 CMR
2102.0.
Running bond: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Selsmk-resisting system: See 780 CMR 1612.3
Self-closing: See 780 CMR 702.0.
Sensltlser: See 780 CMR 307.2.
Preservative treatment (treated material): See Service passage, HPM: See 780 CMR 416.2.
780 CMR 2302.0.
Shaft: See 780 CMR 702.0.
Shall: The term, where used in 780 CMR, shall be
construed as mandatory.
Shear wall: See 780 CMR 1612.3.
Sign: See 780 CMR 3102.2.
Closed sign: See 780 CMR 3 102.2.
Ground sign: See 780 CMR 3102.2.
Marquee sign: See 780 CMR 3 102.2.
Open sign: See 780 CMR 3102.2.
Portable sign: See 780 CMR 3102.2.
Projecting sign: See 780 CMR 3 102.2.
Roof sign: See 780 CMR 3102.2.
Temporary sign: See 780 CMR 3102.2.
Wall sign: See 780 CMR 3102.2.
Single membrane penetration: See 780 CMR
702.0.
Repairs, ordinary: Any maintenance which does
not affect the structure, egress, fire protection Site: A parcel of land bounded by a lot line or a
systems, fire ratings, energy conservation designated portion of a public right-of-way.
provisions, plumbing, sanitary, gas, electrical or
other utilities. A building permit is not required Slldescape: See 780 CMR 1 002.0.
for ordinary repairs (also see 780 CMR 903.1,
Exceptions I and 2). Smoke barrier: See 780 CMR 702.0.
Required: Shall be construed to be mandatory by Smoke compartment: See 780 CMR 702.0..
provisions of 780 CMR.
Smoke detector, multiple station: See 780 CMR
902.0.
Protected construction: See 780 CMR 702.0..
Public way: See 780 CMR 1002.0.
Pyrophoric: See 780 CMR 307.2.
Radioactive material: See 780 CMR 307.2.
Registered design professional: An architect or
engineer registered or licensed to practice profes-
sional architecture or engineering, as defined by
the statutory requirements of the professional
registration laws of the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts.
Repair: The reconstruction or renewal of any part of
an existing structure for the purpose of its
maintenance.
Resilient 'stable^mountlng systeip: See 780 CMR
1612.3.
Restraining device: See 780 CMR 1612.3.
Elastic: See 780 CMR 1612.3.
Fixed: See 780 CMR 1612.3.
Seismic activated: See 780 CMR 1612.3.
Smoke detector, single stations See 780 CMR
902.0.
Smoke detector, system type: See 780 CMR 902.0.
Smokeproof enclosure: See 780 CMR 1002.0.
11/27/98
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
.43
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Specialized code: All building codes, rules or
regulations pertaining to building construction,
reconstruction, alteration, repair or demolition
promulgated by and under the authority of the
various agencies which have been authorized
from time to time by the General Court of the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
Sprinkler: See 780 CMR 902.0
Sprinkler system, automatic: See 780 CMR 902.0.
Sprinkler system, limited area: See 780 CMR
902.0.
Stack bond: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Stage: See 780 CMR 412.2.
Stage, legitimate: See 780 CMR 412.2.
Stage, regular: See 780 CMR 412.2.
Stage, thrust: See 780 CMR 412.2.
Stairway: See 780 CMR 1002.0.
Standpipe system: See 780 CMR 902.0.
State Building Code: The Massachusetts State
Building Code and amendments and rules and
regulations thereto as promulgated by the State
Board of Building Regulations and Standards,
under M.G.L. c. 143 §§ 93 through 100.
State Inspector: An employee of the Division of
Inspection, State Department of Public Safety,
who is charged with administrating and
enforcing 780 CMR relative to any structure or
building or parts thereof that are owned by the
Commonwealth or any departments,
commissions, agencies or authorities of the
Commonwealth. The state inspector is also
charged with supervising the enforcement of
780 CMR relative to all buildings and structures
other than those owned by the Commonwealth.
See also 780 CMR 107.0.
Steel construction, cold-formed: See 780 CMR
2202.0.
Steel joist: See 780 CMR 2202.0.
Steel member, structural: See 780 CMR 2202.0.
Stone masonry: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Stone masonry, ashlar: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Stone masonry, rubble: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Storage room, HPM, separate inside: See
780 CMR 416.2.
HPM cutoff room: See 780 CMR 4 16.2.
HPM inside room: See 780 CMR 416.2.
Story: See 780 CMR 502.0.
Story above grade: See 780 CMR 502.0.
Story drift ratio: See 780 CMR 1612.3.
Story shear: See 780 CMR 1612.3.
Street: A public thoroughfare (such as a street,
avenue or boulevard) which has been dedicated
for public use.
Structure: A combination of materials assembled at
a fixed location to give support or shelter, such as
a building, framework, retaining wall, tent,
reviewing stand, platform, bin, fences over six
feet high, sign, flagpole, recreational tramway,
mast for radio antenna, or the like. The word
"structure" shall be construed, where the context
requires, as though followed by the words, "or
part or parts thereof."
Structure, existing: A structure erected prior to the
date of adoption of the appropriate code or one for
which a legal building permit has been issued.
See 780 CMR 34 for further information
regarding existing buildings.
Supervisory device: See 780 CMR 902,0.
Through-penetration protection system: See
780 CMR 702.0.
Tie, wall: See 780 CMR 2 102.0.
Tile: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Tile, structural clay: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Tires, bulk storage of: See 780 CMR 307.2.
Travel Trailer: A vehicular, portable structure
built on a chassis and designed to be used for
temporary occupancy for travel, recreational or
vocational use; with the manufacturer's perm-
anent identification "Travel Trailer," thereon;
and when factory equippedfor the road, being of
any length provided its gross weight does not
exceed 4500 pounds, or being of any weight pro-
vided its overall length does not exceed 28 feet.
Use group: The classification of an occupancy in
accordance with 780 CMR 302.1.
Vapor retarder: See 780 CMR 1202.0.
Ventilation: See 780 CMR 1202.0.
44
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
1 1/27/98
780: CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
DEFINITIONS
Vertical opening: See 780 CMR 702.0.
Voice/alarm slgualing system: See 780 CMR
902.0.
Wall-
Apron wall: See 780 CMR 1 402.0.
Cavity waU: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Composite wall: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Dry-stacked, surface-bonded wails: See
780 CMR 2102.0.
Faced wall: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Fire separation waU: See 780 CMR 702.0.
Fire wall: See 780 CMR 702.0.
Foundation wall: See 780 CMR 1812.2.
Hollow wall: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Loadbearing wail: See 780 CMR 1602.1.
Nonloadbearing wall: See 780 CMR 1602.1.
Parapet wall: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Party wall: See 780 CMR 702.0.
Retaining wail: See 780 CMR 1812.2.
Skeleton or panel wall: See 780 CMR 1402.0.
Spandrel waU: See 780 CMR 1402.0.
Veneered Wall: See 780 CMR 1402.0
Water-reactive materials: See 780 CMR 307.2.
Water supply, automatic: See 780 CMR 902.0.
Winder: See 780 CMR 1002.0.
Wood shear panel: See 780 CMR 2304.2.
Writing (written): The term shall be construed to
include hand-writing, typewriting, printing, photo
offset or any other form of reproduction in legible
symbols or characters.
Written notice: A notification in writing delivered
in person to the individual or parties intended,'
or delivered at, or sent by certified or registered
mail to the last residential or business address of
legal record.
Wythe: See 780 CMR 2102.0.
Yard: See 780 CMR 1202.0.
Zoning: The reservation of certain specified areas
within a community or city for buildings and
structures, or use of land, for certain purposes
vAih other limitations such as height, lot coverage
and other stipulated requirements. (See M.G.L.
c. 40A and St. 1956, c. 665, as amended.)
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR = Sixth Edition
45
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
46 780 CMR -Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
CHAPTERS
USE OR OCCUPANCY
780 CMR 30L0 GENERAL
30L1 Scope: The provisions of 780 CMR 3 shaU
control the classification of all buildings and
structures as to use group.
3012 Application of other laws: The provisions of
780 CMR 3 shall not be deemed to nullify any
provisions of the zoning law, ordinance of any
municipality in the Commonweaitk of
Massachusetts, or any other statute of the
jurisdiction pertaining to the location or occupancy
of buildmgs, except as is specifically required by the
provisions of 780 CMR.
780 CMR 3010 CLASSMCAHON
302.1 General: All structures shall be classified
with respect to occupancy in one or more of the use
groups listed below. Where a structure is proposed
for a purpose which is not specifically provided for
in 780 CMR, such structure shall be classified in the
use group which the occupancy most nearly
resembles.
1. Assembly:
(see 780 CMR 303.0)
2. Business:
(see 780 CMR 304.0)
3. Educational:
(see 780 CMR 305.0)
4. F&ctorv and Industrial:
(see 780 CMR 306.0)
5. High Hazard
(see 780 CMR 307.0):
6. InsUtution&l:
(see 780 CMR 308.0)
7. Mercantile:
(see 780 CMR 309.0)
8. Residential:
(see 780 CMR 3 10.0)
9. Storage:
(see 780 CMR 3 U.O)
10. Utility and Miscellane-
ous (see 780 CMR 3 12.0)
302.iol Specific occupfiincy areas: Specific
occupancy areas which are incidental to the main
use group shall be separated and protected in
accordance with Table 302 J. 1 and shall be
classified in accordance with the main use group
of the portion of the building in which the specific
occupancy area is located. Where the building, or
portion thereof, containing the specific occupancy
area is required to be protected with an automatic
fire suppression system, the separation alternative
of Table 302.1.1 shall not apply.
Exception: Specific occupancy areas within
and serving a dwelling unit are not required to
Use Groups A°l, A-2,
A»3,A^andA-5
Use Group B
Use Group E
Use Groups F»l and F-2
Use Groups H»l, H-2,
H-3andH»4
Use Groups I-l, 1-2 and
1-3
Use Group M
Use Groups R4, R"2, R-
3, R-4 and i?»5
Use Groups S4 and S-2
Use Group U
comply with 780 CMR 302. 1.1.
Table 302.1.1
SPECinC OCCUPANCY AREAS
Room or area
Sq)aration /protection
Aii use groups:
Paint shops in occupancies oth*
er than Use Group F employ-
ing hazardous materials in
quantities less than those which
cause classiiGcation as Use
Group H
Waste ttnd'Swcdiineoi'^iollBC' %>
s ^ w ^ ' ' \ J ■■■l_ ^ ^ '*
Waste and soiled linen chute
access rooms
ScMlerasdiiimaceTboins > -^
Incinerator rooms
UseGroupsA,B.E.I-l.R.l,
R-2:
Storage rooms more than SO
square feet in area but not
more than 100 square feet in
2 hours; or I hour and
automatic fire sup-
pression system
X liourand automatib^^ ^
"'' !]S^^>p(tesstoB'Systen]! /
Ihour
lhour,orQut(Knade'fire ^
suppression '^^stem
2 hours and automatic fire
suppression system
1 hour, or automatic fire
suppression system
with smoke partitions
' .SlongetoossitDore'Caaft'-^-^v.v '<AuU39sxatio£resuppr«s»
.-- , tOOs'qiuamSeetm^area-''; "^ ^ ' sion system wth snwke
Physical plant mamtenance 2 hours; or I hour and au-
shop and workshop tomatic fire suppression
system
Use Groups 1-2, 1-3:
Boiler and &niace rooms
'■ Handiaaft^t^JS'rldt^hexis;^ ^"
T '^andeanptpj^etl^focKfirrooQisr'''
I^iuodnes greater than 100
square fiset in area
^ , Storage ipORismore^^dMiBSO^
' ^ ^'^^squ(BFei|6ef^'m'ttrea'btitnof^ ^^^
Storage rooms more than 1 00
square fiset m area
^ Ph^sicnl plant maintenance' ^^
Use Group 1-2:
Gift/retail shops and laborator-
ies employing hazardous
quantities less than those which
cause classification as Use
Group H
Use Group 1-3 padded cells
I hour and automatic fire
suppression system
1 hour^^K-autCsnatic&e
■' '^ suppression ^y^em with
< smdkftpai^ons
1 hour and aucomauc fire
suppression ^stem
'^utonwtic fire auppres-
^ ' aon system withsaioke
" partition*^' "'■::^^5'' A -, \-
1 hour and automatic fire
suppression system
1 hcurand automatic fire
^''<j$st^pressiOti^$ystem. f' '''•■
1 hour, or automatic fire
suppressioti system with
smoke partitions
1 hour and automatic fu-e
system
Note a. For requirements for firercsistance rated
seporatswts and smoke partitions see 780 CKiR 302. 1 . ! . ! .
Note b. 1 square foot = 0.093 m''.
9/19/97 (Effeaive 2/28/97) » corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition
47
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
302.1.1.1 Separation: Where Table 302.1.1
requires a fireresistance rated separation, the
specific occupancy area shall be separated from
the remainder of the building with fire
separation assemblies (see 780 CMR 709.0).
Where Table 302.1.1 requires smoke partitions,
the smoke partitions shall be constructed of
materials consistent with the type of
construction and shall be capable of resisting
the passage of smoke. The smoke partitions
shall extend from the floor to the underside of
the fireresistance rated floor/ceiling or
roofi'ceiling assembly or to the underside of the
floor or roof deck above. All doors shall be self-
closing or automatic-closing upon detection of
smoke.
302.1.2 Accessory areas: Except for accessory
areas of Use Group H in accordance with
780 CMR 302.1 .2. 1 and specific occupancy areas
indicated in 780 CMR 302.1.1, where the area
devoted to an accessory- occupancy does not
occupy more than 1 0% of any fire area nor more
than 10% of the allowable area permitted by
780 CMR 503.0 based on the accessoiy use group,
^fire separation assembly shall not be required
between the main use group and accessory areas.
The required type of construction and the
automatic fire suppression requirements in
780 CMR 904.0 shall be based on the main use
group of the^r^ area.
302.1.2.1 High-hazard uses: In buildings that
are three stones or less in height and equipped
throughout with an automatic suppression
system in accordance with 780 CMR 9, an
occupancy in Use Group F or S is permitted to
have accessory areas of Use Group H-2, H-3 or
H-4, provided that such areas do not occupy
more than 10% of any fire area nor more than
10% of the allowable area permitted by
780 CMR 503.0 based on the use group of the
accessory area. A^re separation assembly shall
not be required between the F or S use group
and the accessory H use group. The maximum
quantity of hazardous materials within the
accessory H use group shall not exceed twice
the permitted exempt amount specified in Table
307.8(1) or Table 307.8(2). The required type of
construction shall be based on the main use
group of the^jre area.
302.2 Mixed use: All buildings and structures that
include more than one use group shall be further
designated as a mixed use and shall comply with
780 CMR 313.0. Specific occupancy areas and
accessory areas complying with 780 CMR 302.1.1
and 302.1.2, respectively, shall be classified in
accordance with die main use group.
780 CMR 303.0 ASSEMBLY USE
GROUPS
303.1 General: All structures which are designed or
occupied for the gathering together of persons for
purposes such as civic, social or religious functions,
recreation, food or drink consumption or awaiting
transportation, shall be classified as Use Group A-1,
A-2, A-3, A-4 or A-5. A room or space used for
assembly purposes by less than 50 persons and
which is accessory to another use group shall be
included as a part of that main use group. Other
buildings or structures which accomodate less than
50 but would otherwise qualify as places of
assembly, shall be classified in Use Group B. The
term "Use Group A" shall include Use Groups A-1,
A-2, A-3, A-4 and A-5.
303.2 Use Group A-1, theaters: This use group
shall include all theaters and all other buildings and
structures intended for the production and viewing
of performing arts or motion pictures; and which are
usually provided with fixed seats-including theaters,
motion picture theaters and television and radio
studios admitting an audience. Stages and platforms
shall comply with 780 CMR 412.0.
303.3 Use Group A-2 structures: This use group
shall include all buildings and places of public
assembly, without theatrical stage accessories,
designed for occupancy as dance halls, nightclubs
and for similar purposes, including all rooms,
lobbies and other spaces connected thereto with a
common means of egress and entrance.
303.4 Use Group A-3 structures: This use group
shall include all buildings with or without an
auditorium in which persons assemble for
amusement, entertainment or recreation purposes as
well as incidental motion picture, dramatic or
theatrical presentations, lectures or other similar
purposes without theatrical stage other than a raised
platfiyrm; and which are principally occupied
without permanent seating facilities, including art
galleries, exhibition halls, museums, lecture halls,
libraries, restaurants other than nightclubs, and rec-
reation centers; and buildings designed for similar
assembly purposes, including passenger terminals.
303.5 Use Group A-4 structures: This use group
shall include all buildings and structures which are
occupied exclusively for the purpose of worship or
other religious services.
303.6 Use Group A-5, outdoor assembly: This use
group shall include structures utilized for outdoor
assembly intended for participation in or reviewing
activities, including grandstands (780 CMR 1013.0),
bleachers (780 CMR 1013.0), coliseums, stadiums,
amusement park structures (780 CMR 413.0) and
fair or carnival structures. Such structures shall
comply with all pertinent provisions of 780 CMR.
48
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
USE OR OCCUPANCY
780 CMR 304.0 BUSINESS USE GROUP
304.1 General: All buildings and structures which
are occupied for the transaction of business, for the
rendering of professional services, or for other
services that involve stocks of goods, wares or
merchandise in limited quantities which are
incidental to ofBce occupancies or sample purposes,
shall be classified as Use Group B. (Also see
780 CMR 303.1.)
304.2 List of business eeeupsmcies: The
occupancies listed in Table 304.2 are indicative of
and shall be classified as Use Group B.
Table 304.2
BUSINESS OCCUPANCIES
Airport traffic control
towers
Animal hospitals, kennels,
pounds
Automobile and other
motor vehicle showrooms
Banks
Barber shops
Beauty shops
Car wash
Civic administration
Clinic, outpatient
Dry-cleaning; pickup and
delivery stations and
self-service
Electronic data processing
Fire stations
Florists and nurseries
Laboratories; testing and
research
Laundries; pickup and
delivery stations and
self-service
Police stations
Post oflRces
Print shops
Professional services; attor-
ney, dentist, physician,
engineer, etc.
Radio and television
stations
Telecommunications
equipment building
78© CMR 30S.0 EDUCATIONAL USE
GROUP
305.1 Geraeral: Ail structures other than those
occupied for business training or vocational training,
which accommodate more than five persons for
educational purposes through the 12th grade, shall
be classified as Use Group E.
Exception: A room or space occupied for
educational purposes by less than 50 persons, five
years of age or more, and which is accessory to
another use group shall be classified as a part of
the main use group.
305.1.1 Bay eare facilities: A ckM day care
center which provides care for children more
Skan two years nine months shall be classified as
me Group E,
M$2 Business or vocational training: Structures
occupied for business training or vocational training
shall be classified in the same use group as the
business or vocation taught.
780 CMR 3Q6M FACTORY AND
INDUSTRIAL USE GROUPS
306.1 General: Ail structures in which occupants
are engaged in work or labor in the fabricating,
assembling or processing of products or materials,
shall be classified as Use Group F=l or F-2. This
mcludes, among others, factories, assembling plants,
industrial laboratories and all other industrial and
manufacturing occupancies. The term "Use Group
F" shall include Use Groups F-l and F-2.
306.2 Use Group F-l stnictisres: Factory and
industrial occupancies which are not otherwise
classified as low-hazard, Use Group F-2, shall be
classified as a moderate-hazard factory and
industrial occupancy. Use Group F-l. The
manufacturing processes listed in Table 306.2 are
indicative of and shall be classified as Use Group F-
1.
Table 306.2
MODERATE-HAZARD FACTORY AND
INDUSTRIAL OCCUPANCIES
Aircraft
Appliances
Athletic equipment
Automobiles and other motor
vehicles
Bakeries
Beverages, alcoholic
Bicycles
Boatbuilding
Boiler works
Brooms or brushes
Business machines
Cameras and photo equipment
Caimeries, including food
products
Clothing
Condensed and powdered
milk manu^iusture
Construction and agricultural
machinery
Disinfectants
Dfy cleaning using other than
flammable liquids in clean-
ing or dyeing operations or
other than classified in 780
CMR 307.0
Electric light plants and
power houses
Electrolytic reducing works
Electronics
Engines, including rebuilding
Film, photographic
Food processing
Furniture
Hemp and jute products
Laundries
Leather and tanneries, ex-
cluding enameling or
japanning
Machinery
Millwork and woodworking,
wood distillation
Motion picture and television
filming
Musical instruments
Optical goods
Paper mills or products
Plastic products
Printing or publishing
Recreational vehicles
Refuse incinerators
Shoes
Soaps and detergents
Sugar refmeries
Textile mills, including
canvas, cotton, cloth,
bagging, burlap, carpets
and rags
Tobacco
Trailers
Upholstery and manufacturing
shops
306J Us® Group F-2 stmctiares: Factory and
industrial occupancies which involve the fabrication
or manufacturing of noncombustible materials that,
during finishing, packing or processing, do not
contribute to a significant fire hazard, shall be
classified as Use Group F-2. The manufacturing
processes listed in Table 306.3 are indicative of and
shall be classified as Use Group F-2.
Tab[l®3063
LOW-HAZARD FACTORY AND
INDUSTRIAL OCCUPANCIES
Beverages, nonalcoholic
Brick and masonry
Ceramic products
Foundries
Glass products
Gypsum
Ice
Metal fabrication and
assembly
Water pumping plants
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR ° Sixth Edition
49
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
780 CMR 307.0 fflGH-HAZARD USE
GROUPS
307.1 General: All structures wluch are occupied
for the manufacturing, processing, generation,
storage or other use of hazardous materials in
excess of the exempt quantities specified in
780 CMR 307.8 shall be classified as Use Group H-
1, H-2, H-3 or H-4 in accordance with the hazards
presented by each material as described in 780 CMR
307.3 through 307.6. The term "Use Group H" shall
include Use Groups H-1, H-2, H-3 and H-4.
307.1.1 Information required: Separate floor
plans shall be submitted for buildings and
structures with an occupancy in Use Group H,
identifying the locations of anticipated contents
and processes so as to reflect the nature of each
occupied portion of every building and structure.
A report identifying all hazardous materials
including, but not limited to, materials of Use
Group H to be stored or utilized, shall be
submitted and the methods of protection fi-om
such hazards shall be indicated on the
construction documents.
307.2 Deflnitions: The following words and terms
shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR 3 and as used
■ elsewhere in 780 CMR, have the meanings shown
herein.
Aerosol: A product that is dispensed fi-om an
aerosol container by a propellant.
Aerosol container: Metal cans, glass or plastic
bottles designed to dispense an aerosol. Metal
cans shall be limited to a maximum size of 33.8
fluid ounces (1000 ml). Glass or plastic bottles
shall be limited to a maximum size of four fluid
ounces (118 ml).
Barricade: A structure that consists of a
combination of walls, floor and roo^ which is
designed to withstand the rapid release of energy
in an explosion and which is fiiUy confined,
partially vented or fiilly vented; or other effective
method of shielding fi-om explosive materials by
a natural or artificial barrier.
Boiling point: The temperature at which the vapor
pressure of a liquid equals the atmospheric
pressure of 14.7 pounds per square inch (psia) or
760 mm of mercury. Where an accurate boiling
point is unavailable for the material in question,
or for mixtures which do not have a constant
boiling point, for the purposes of this
classification, the 10% of a distillation performed
in accordance with ASTM .D86 listed in
Appendix A shall be used as the boiling point of
the liquid.
Qosed system: The use of a solid or liquid
hazardous material in a closed vessel or system
that remains closed during normal operations
where vapors enutted by the product are not
liberated outside of the vessel or system and the
product is not exposed to the atmosphere during
normal operations; and all uses of compressed
gases. Examples of closed systems for solids and
liquids include product conveyed through a piping
system into a closed vessel, system or piece of
equipment.
Combustible dusts: Dusts and any similar solid
material sufBciently comminuted for suspension
in still air which, when so suspended, is capable
of self-sustained combustion.
Combustible fibers: Includes readily ignitable and
fi-ee-buming fibers such as cotton, sisal,
henequen, jute, hemp, tow, cocoa fiber, oakum,
baled waste, baled wastepaper, kapok, hay, straw,
excelsior, Spanish moss and other like material.
Combustible liquids: Any liquids having z flash
point at or above lOO'F (SS'C) shall be knovwi as
Class n or m liquids. Combustible liquids shall
be divided into the following classifications:
Class H: Liquids having flash points at or above
lOO'F (38»C) and below 140**F (60^C).
Qass mA: Liquids hamng flash points at or above
MO-F (60»C) and below 200°F (93 'C).
Oass niB: Liquids h&vmg flash points at or above
200^(93-0.
Compressed gas: A gas or mixture of gases as
contained having an absolute pressure exceeding
40 psi at 70'*F (276 kPa at 21 "C) or, regardless of
the pressure at 70°F (21 "C), having an absolute
pressure exceeding 140 psi at 130*'F (965 kPa at
54°C); or any liquid material having a vapor
pressure exceedmg 40 psi absolute at lOO'F (276
kPa at 38''C) as determined by ASTM D323 listed
in Appendix A
Control area: Spaces within a building which are
enclosed and bounded by exterior walls, flre
walls, fire separation assemblies and roofs, or a
combination thereof, where quantities of
hazardous materials not exceeding the exempt
amounts are stored, dispensed, used or handled.
Corrosive: A chemical that causes visible
destruction of^ or irreversible alterations in, living
tissue at the point of contact. A chemical shall be
considered a corrosive if, when tested on the
intact skin of albino rabbits by the test method
described by DOTn 49 CFR; Part 173 listed in
Appendix A, such chemical destroys or changes
irreversibly the structure of the tissue at the point
50
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
USE OR OCCUPANCY
of contact following an exposure period of four
hours. This term shall not refer to action on
inanimate surface.
Cryogenic liquids (Oammabk or oxidizing): Any
liquid that has a boiling point below -200°F
(-129''C).
Deflagration: An exothermic reaction, such as the
extremely rapid oxidation of & flammable dust or
vapor in air, in which the reaction progresses
through the unbumed material at a rate less than
the velocity of sound. A deflagration can have an
explosive effect.
Betached storage building: A separate single-story
building, without a basement or crawl space, used
for the storage of hazardous materials and located
an approved distance from all structures.
Detonation: An exothermic reaction characterized
by the presence of a shock wave in the material
which establishes and maintains the reaction. The
reaction zone progresses through the material at a
rate greater than the velocity of sound. The
principal heating mechanism is one of shock
compression, detonations have an explosive
effect.
Dispensing: The pouring or transferring of any
material from a container, tank or similar vessel,
whereby vapors, dusts, fumes, mists or gases are
liberated to the atmosphere.
Explosive: Any chemical compound, mixture or
device, the primary or common purpose of which
is to function by explosion. The term includes, but
is not limited to, dynamite, black powder, pellet
powder, initiating explosives, detonators, safety
^ses, squibs, detonating cord, igniter cord and
igniters.
The term "explosive" includes any material
determined to be within the scope of USC Title
18; Chapter 40 listed in Appendix A and also
includes any material classified as an explosive by
the Hazardous Material Regulations of DOTn 49
CFR listed in Appendix A.
Flammaljle: Capable of being readily ignited from
common sources of heat or at a temperature of
600''F(316''C)orless.
Flammable £onipressed=gas: Either a mixture of
13% or less (by volume) with air forms a
flammable mixture, or the flammable range with
mr is wider than 12%, regardless of the lower
limitation. These limitations shall be determined
at atmospheric temperature and pressure.
Flammable liquids: Any liquid that has & flash point
below 100°F (38°C), and has a vapor pressure not
exceeding 40 psia (276 kPa) at 100°F (38"C).
Flammable liquids shall be known as Class I
liquids and shall be divided into the following
classifications:
Class lA: Liquids having a flashpoint below 73 "F
(23 "C) and having a boiling point below lOO'F
(38''C).
Class IB: Liquids having a flash point below
73 °F (23 "C) and having a boiling point at or
above 100°F. (38°C).
Class IC: Liquids having a. flash point at or above
73 "F (23 X) and below 100°F (38 "Q.
Flammable solid: A solid, other than a blasting
agent or explosive, that is capable of causing fire
through friction, absorption of moisture,
spontaneous chemical change, or retained heat
from manufacturing or processing, or which has
an ignition temperature below 212°F ( lOO'C) or
which bums so vigorously and persistently when
ignited as to create a serious hazard. A chemical
shall be considered a flammable solid as
determined in accordance with the test method of
CPSC 16 CFR; Part 1500.44 listed in
Appendix A, if it ignites and bums with a self-
sustained flame at a rate greater than 0. 1 inch (3
mm) per second along its major axis.
Flash point: The minimum temperature in degrees
Fahrenheit at which a. flammable liquid will give
off sufficient vapors to form an ignitable mixture
with air near the surface or in the container, but
will not sustain combustion. The flash point of a
liquid shall be determined by appropriate test
procedure and apparatus as specified in ASTM
D56 and ASTM D93 listed in Appendix A.
Hazardous materials: Those chemicals or
substances which are physical hazards or health
hazards as defined and classified in 780 CMR 3
and the fire prevention code listed in Appendix A,
whether the materials are in usable or waste
condition.
Health hazard: A classification of a chemical for
which there is statistically significant evidence
that acute or chronic health effects are capable of
occurring in exposed persons. The term "health
hazard" includes chemicals which are
carcinogens, toxic or highly toxic agents,
reproductive toxins, irritants, corrosives,
sensitizers, hepatotoxins, nephrotoxins,
neurotoxins, agents which are capable of acting
on the hematopoietic system, and agents which
damage the lungs, skin, eyes or mucous
membranes.
Highly toxic: A chemical falling within any of the
following categories is considered highly toxic.
1. A chemical that has a median lethal dose
(LD^ of 50 milligrams or less per kilogram of
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR = Sixth Edition
51
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
body weight when administered orally to
albino rats weighing between 200 and 300
grams each.
2. A chemical that has a median lethal dose
(LDjo) of 200 milligrams or less per kilogram
of body weight when administered by
continuous contact for 24 hours (er less if
death occurs within 24 hours) with the bare
skin of albino rabbits weighing between two
and three kilograms each.
3. A chemical that has a median lethal
concentration (LC50) in air of 200 parts per
million by volume or less of gas or vapor, or
two milligrams per liter or less of mist, fume or
dust, when administered by continuous
inhalation for one hour (or less if death occurs
within one hour) to albino rats weighing
between 200 and 300 grams each.
Incompatible materials: Materials which, when
mixed, have the potential to react in a manner that
generates heat, fiimes, gases or by-products which
are hazardous to life or property.
Irritant: A chemical, which is not corrosive, but
which causes a reversible inflammatory effect on
living tissue by chemical action at the point of
contact. A chemical shall be considered an irritant
if, when tested on the intact skin of albino rabbits
by the test method of CPSC 16 CFR; Part 1500.41
listed in Appendix A for four hours exposure, it
resuhs in an empirical score of five or more. A
chemical is an eye irritant if so determined by the
procedure in CPSC 16 CFR; Part 1500.42 listed in
Appendix A.
Open system: The use of a solid or liquid hazardous
material in a vessel or system that is continuously
open to the atmosphere during normal operations
and where vapors are liberated, or the product is
exposed to the atmosphere during normal
operations. Examples of open systems for solids
and liquids include dispensing from or into open
beakers or containers, dip tank and plating tank
operations.
Organic peroxide: An organic compound that
contains the bivalent double-bonded oxygen
structure and which is considered to be a
structural derivative of hydrogen peroxide where
one or both of the hydrogen atoms have been
replaced by an organic radical.
Unclassified detonable: Organic peroxides which
are capable of detonation. These peroxides
present an extremely high explosion hazard
through rapid explosive decomposition.
Oass I: Class I organic peroxides are capable of
deflagration, but not detonation. These peroxides
present a high explosion hazard through rapid
decomposition.
Class II: Class II organic peroxides bum very
rapidly and present a severe reactivity hazard.
Class m: Class m organic peroxides bum rapidly
and present a moderate reactivity hazard.
Oxidizer: A chemical other than a blasting agent or
explosive that initiates or promotes combustion in
other materials, thereby causing fire either of
itself or through the release of oxygen or other
gases.
Class 4: An oxidizer that can undergo an
explosive reaction due to contamination or
exposure to thermal or physical shock.
Additionally, the oxidizer will enhance the
burning rate and is capable of causing
spontaneous ignition of combustibles.
Class 3: An oxidizer that will cause a severe
increase in the burning rate of combustible
materials with which the oxidizer comes in
contact or that will undergo vigorous self-
sustained decomposition due to contamination or
exposure to heat.
Class 2: An oxidizer that will cause a moderate
increase in the burning rate or that is capable of
causing spontaneous ignition of combustible
materials with which the oxidizer comes in
contact.
Class 1: An oxidizer whose primary hazard is a
slight increase in the burning rate but which does
not cause spontaneous ignition when the oxidizer
comes in contact with combustible material.
Physical hazard: A chemical for which there is
evidence in the referenced standards listed in
Appendix A that it is a combustible liquid,
compressed gas, cryogenic, explosive, flammable
gas, flammable liquid, flammable solid, organic
peroxide, oxidizer, pyrophoric or unstable
(reactive) or water-reactive material.
Pyrophoric: A material that will spontaneously
ignite in air at or below a temperature of 130°F
(54*C).
Radioactive material: Any material or combination
of material that spontaneously emits ionizing
radiation.
Sensitizer: A chemical that causes a substantial
proportion of exposed people or animals to
develop an allergic reaction in normal tissue after
repeated exposure to the chemical.
Tires, bulk storage of: Storage of 10,000 or more
average-sized passenger vehicle tires weighing
approximately 25 pounds (11 kg) each (see
780 CMR 307.5).
Toxic; A chemical that is within any of the following
categories shall be considered toxic:
1. A chemical that has a median lethal dose
52
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDE^G REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
USE OR OCCUPANCY
(LD50) of more than 50 milligrams per kilogram
but not more than 500 milligrams per kilogram of
body weight when administered orally to albino
rats weighing between 200 and 300 grams each.
2. A chemical that has a median lethal dose
(LD50) of more than 200 milligrams per
kilogram but not more than 1,000 milligrams
per kilogram of body weight when
administered by continuous contact for 24
hours (or less if death occurs within 24 hours)
with the bare skin of albino rabbits weighing
between two and three kilograms each.
3. A chemical that has a median lethal
concentration (LC50) in air of more than 200
parts per million but not more than 2,000 parts
per million by volume of gas or vapor, or more
than two milligrams per liter but not more than
20 milligrams per liter of mist, fume or dust,
when administered by continuous inhalation
for one hour (or less if death occurs within I
hour) to albino rats weighing between 200 and
300 grams each.
Unstable (reactive) material: A material which, in
the pure state or as commercially produced, will
vigorously polymerize, decompose or condense,
become self-reactive, or otherwise undergo a
violent chemical change under conditions of
shock, pressure or temperature.
Class 4: Materials that in themselves are readily
capable of detonation or explosive decomposition
or explosive reaction at normal temperatures and
pressures. This class includes, among others,
materials that are sensitive to localized thermal or
mechanical shock at normal temperatures and
pressures.
Class 3: Materials that in themselves are capable
of detonation or explosive decomposition or
explosive reaction, but that require a strong
initiating source or that must be heated under
confinement before initiation. This class includes,
among others, materials that are sensitive to
thermal or mechanical shock at elevated
temperatures and pressures.
Class 2: Materials that readily undergo violent
chemical change at elevated temperatures and
pressures. This class includes, among others,
materials that exhibit an exotherm at temperatures
less than or equal to 150°C when tested by
differential scanning calorimetry.
Class 1: Materials that in themselves are normally
stable, but that can become unstable at elevated
temperatures and pressures. This class includes,
among others, materials that change or decompose
on exposure to air, light or moisture, and materials
that exhibit an exotherm at temperatures greater
than 150°C, but less than or equal to 300°C, when
tested by differential scanning calorimetry.
Water-'reactive materials: A chemical that reacts
with water to release a gas that is eithtr flammable
or presents a health hazard.
Class 3: Materials which react explosively with
water without requiring heat or confinement.
Class 2: Materials which are capable of forming
potentially explosive mixtures with water.
307.3 Use Group H-1 structures: All buildings and
structures which contain materials that present a
detonation hazard, shall be classified as Use Group
H- 1 . Such materials shall include but are not limited
to:
Explosives
Organic Peroxides, unclassified detonable
Oxidizers, Class 4
Unstable (reactive) materials, Class 3 detonable,
and Class 4
Detonable pyrophoric materials
307.4 Use Group H-2 structures: All buildings and
structures which contain materials that present a
deflagration hazard or a hazard from accelerated
burning, shall be classified as Use Group H-2. Such
materials shall include but are not limited to:
Combustible dusts
Combustible liquids. Class A and Class IDA
Cryogenic liquids, flammable or oxidizing
Flammable gases
Flammable liquids
Organic peroxides, Class I and Class II
Oxidizers, Class 3
Oxidizing gases
Pyrophoric liquids, solids and gases, nondetonable
Unstable (reactive) materials. Class 3,
nondetonable
307.5 Use Group H'3 structures: AJl buildings and
structures which contain materials that readily
support combustion or present a physical hazard,
shall be classified as Use Group H-3. Such materials
shall include but are not limited to:
Aerosols, except that Level 1 aerosols defined in
the fire prevention code listed in Appendix A shall
be classified as Use Group S-1 or F-1
Combustible fibers
Combustible liquids. Class HTB
Flammable solids
Organic peroxides. Class JB.
Oxidizers, Class 1 and Class 2
Tires, bulk storage of
Unstable (reactive) materials. Class 1 and Class 2
Water- reactive materials, Class 2 and Class 3
3(17.6 Use Group H-4 structures: All buildings and
structures which contain materials that are health
hazards, shall be classified as Use Group H-4. Such
materials shall include but are not limited to:
Corrosives
Highly toxic materials
Irritants
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
53
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Radioactive materials
Sensitizers
Toxic materials
307.7 Multiple hazards: All buildings and
structures containing a material or materials
representing hazards that are classified in one or
more of Use Groups H-1, H-2, H-3 and H-4, shall
conform to the code requirements for each of the use
groups so classified.
307.8 Exceptions: The following shall not be
classified in Use Group H, but shall be classified in
the use group which they most nearly resemble.
High-hazard materials of any quantity shall conform
to the requirements of 780 CMR, including
780 CMR 417.0, and the fire prevention code listed
in Appendix A.
1. All buildings and structures which contain not
more than the exempt quantities of high-hazard
materials as shown in Tables 307 .8(1) and
307.8(2) provided that such buildings are
maintained in accordance with the fire
prevention code listed in Appendix A.
2. Buildings utilizing control areas in accordance
with 780 CMR 417.2 which contain not more
than the exempt quantities of high-hazard
materials as shown in Tables 307.8(1) and
307.8(2).
3. Buildings and structures occupied for the
storage of 10,000 or less vehicle tires weighing
approximately 25 pounds (1 1 kg) each, provided
that such buildings are equipped throughout
with an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1.
4. Buildings and structures occupied for the
application oi flammable finishes, provided that
such buildings or areas conform to the
requirements of 780 CMR419.0andNFiPA 33,
NFiPA 34 and the fire prevention code listed in
Appendix A.
5. Rooms containing /Zamma^/e liquids in tightly
closed containers of 1 -gallon capacity (0.0038
m) or less for retail sale or private utilization on
the premises and in quantities not exceeding
two gallons per square foot (0.082 mVm^ ) of
room area.
6. Retail paint salesrooms with quantities of paint
not exceeding two-gallons per square foot
(0.082 mVm^) of room area.
7. Closed systems housing flammable or
combustible liquids or gases utilized for the
operation of machinery or equipment.
8. Cleaning establishments which utilize
combustible liquid solvents having a flash point
of 140°F (60°C) or higher in closed systems
employing equipment listed by an approved
testing agency, provided that this occupancy is
separated from all other areas of the building by
one-hour fireresistance rated fire separation
assemblies.
9. Cleaning establishments which utilize a liquid
solvent having Si flash point at or above 200°F
(93°C).
10. Liquor stores and distributors without bulk
storage.
11. Refrigeration systems.
12. The storage or utilization of materials for
agricultural purposes on the premises.
13. Stationary batteries utilized for facility
emergency power, uninterrupted power
supply or telecommunication facilities
provided that the batteries are provided with
safety venting caps and ventilation is
provided in accordance with the mechanical
code listed in Appendix A .
14. Corrosives, irritants dind sensitizers &hd\\ not
include personal or household products in
their original packaging used in retail display
or commonly used building materials.
15. Buildings and structures occupied for aerosol
manufacturing or storage shall be classified as
Use Group F-1 or S-1, provided that such
buildings conform to the requirements of
NFiPA 30 and the fire prevention code listed
in Appendix A.
780 CMR 308.0 INSTTTUnONAL USE
GROUPS
308.1 General: All structures in which people
suffering from physical limitations because of health
or age are harbored for medical or other care or
treatment, or in which people are detained for penal
or correction purposes, or in which the liberty of the
inmates is restricted, shall be classified as Use Group
I-l, 1-2 or 1-3. The term "Use Group I" shall include
Use Groups I-l, 1-2 and 1-3.
308.2 Use Group I-l: Except as modified by the
provisions of 780 CMR 4, Special Use and
Occupancy, this use group shall include buildings
and structures which house six or more individuals
who, because of age, mental disability or other
reasons, must live in a supervised environment but
who ai-e physically capable of responding to an
emergency situation without personal assistance.
Except as specified otherwise by the requirements
of 780 CMR 4, Special Use and Occupancy, where
accommodating persons of the above description, the
following types of facilities shall be classified as.I-1
facilities, board and care facilities, half-way houses,
group homes, social rehabilitation facilities, alcohol
and drug centers and convalescent facilities. A
facility such as the above with five or less occupants
shall be classified as a residential use group.
308.3 Use Group 1-2: This use group shall include
buildings and structures used for medical, surgical,
psychiatric, nursing or custodial care on a 24-hour
basis of six or more persons who are not capable of
54
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
9/9/05 (Effective 8/26/05)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUSLDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
USE OR OCCUPANCY
self-preservation. Where accommodating persons of
the above description, the following types of
facilities shall be classified as 1-2 facilities:
hospitals, nursing homes (both intermediate care
facilities and skilled nursing facilities), mental
hospitals and detoxification facilities. A facility such
as the above with five or less occupants shall be
classified as a residential use group.
308.3.1 Child care facility: A cMM day care
center which accommodates children two years
nine months of age or less shall be classified as
Use Group 1-2.
308.4 Use Group 1-3: This use group shall include
buildings and structures which are iniiabited by sbc
or more persons who are under some restraint or
security. An 1-3 facility is occupied by persons who
are generally incapable of self-preservation due to
security measures not under the occupants' control.
Where accommodating persons of the above
description, the following types of facilities shall be
classified as 1-3 facilities: prisons, jails,
reformatories, detention centers, correctional centers
and prerelease centers. Buildings of Use Group 1-3
shall be classified as one of the occupancy
conditions Indicated in 780 CMR 308.4.1 through
308.4.5 (see 780 CMR 410.0).
308.4.1 Occoipamcy Condition I: This occupancy
condition shall include ail buildings in which fi'ee
movement is allowed fi"om sleeping areas, and
other spaces where access or occupancy is
permitted, to the exterior via meaais of egress
wthout restraint. An Occupancy Condition I
facility shall be classified as Use Group R.
M^A.l Occupancy Conditiion D: This
occupancy condition shall include all buildings in
which free movement is allowed from sleeping
areas and any other occupied smoke compartment
to one or more other smoke compartments. Egress
to the exterior is impeded by locked exits.
308.4.3 Occupancy Condition MI: This
occupancy condition shall include all buildings in
which free movement is allowed within individual
smoke compartments, such as within a residential
unit comprised of individual sleeping rooms and
group activity spaces, where egress is impeded by
remote-controlled release of means of egress from
such smoke compartment to another smoke
compartment
111191 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sbcth Edition
55
780 CMR. STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGUIATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Table 307.8(1)
EXEMPT AMOUNTS OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS, LIQUIDS
AND CHEMICALS PRESENTING A PHYSICAL EEAZARD
MAXIMUM QUANTmES PER CONTROL AREA**
Class
Use
Groups
Storage
Closed systems
Open systems
Material
solid
pounds
(cubic
feet)
liquid
gallons
(pounds)
gas
(Cubic
feet)
Solid
pounds
(cubic
feet)
Liquid
gallons
(pounds)
Gas cubic
feet
Solid
pounds
(cubic
feet)
liquid
gallons
(pounds)
Combustible
liquid
II
niA
niB
H-2
H-2
H-3
NA
120f
13,200*^
NA
NA
120f
330''.
13.200
NA
NA
3,300
Conbustible
dust pounds
per 1,00 feet
H-2
1^
NA
NA
1^
NA
NA
1^
NA
Combustible
fiber
loose
Baled
H-3
(100)
(1,000)
NA
NA
(100)
(1,000)
NA
NA
(20)
(200)
NA
Cryogenics,
flanmiible or
oxidizing
H-2
NA
45''
NA
NA
45"
NA
NA
lo"
Explosives
H-1
je4»,i
(if""'
NA
•/.^
CA)""
NA
vJ^
('/<)''
Flammable
gas
Gaseous
Liquified
H-2
NA
NA
30^^
LOOo''-'
NA
NA
3^^«
750"'^
NA
NA
NA
Flammible
liquid
lA
IB
IC
H-2
NA
3of
NA
NA
90"
NA
NA
20"
Combination
(lA, IB, IC)
H-2
. NA
120'^-^'J
NA
NA
120"'^
NA
NA
30"'^
Flanunible
solid
H-2
125^'^
NA
NA
25"
NA
NA
25"
NA
Organic
peroxide
UD
I
n
m
H-1
H-2
H.3
H-3
if
50^''
<
<5>de
<5<e
NA
(50)",
(125)"
NA
t
i
(10)°
(25)"
Oxidizer
4 .
3
2
1
H-I
H-2
H-3
H-3
if
250";^
^OOO'*'"
(^5<e
(1.000)°*^
NA
'i
250",
1,000
('4
(2)d
(250)",
(1,000)
NA
200"
(50)",
(200)
Oxidizer -
gas
Gaseous
Liquified
H-2
NA
j^*e
1,500''''
NA
NA
(l^)^'*^
1,500"''
NA
NA
NA
Pyrophoric
H-2
,^^
(4)^-"
SO'^'^
1^
(I)^
10^''^
Unstable
(reactive)
4
3
2
I
H-1
H-I or
H-2
H-3
H-3
if
5d.e
(125)'''*
lof
750'''''
(1)"
(50)"
(125)'
lo"'^
250"''
750"'''
(1)"
(10)"
(25)'
Water
reactive
3
2
H-3
H-3
5?
50*^'*'
(50)*"'*'
NA
,^
(50)"
NA
;;
(10)"
Note a. For use of control areas, see 780 CMR 417.2
Note b. The aggregate quantity in utilization and storage shall not exceed the quantity listed for storage.
Note c. The quantities of alcoholic beverages in retail sales occupancies shdl not be limited provided the liquids
are packaged in individual containers not exceeding 1 gallon. In retail sales and storage occupancies, the quantities
of medicines, foodstuffs and cosmetics, containing not more than 50% by volume of water-miscible liquids and vnth
the remainder of the solutions not being flammable, shall not be limited provided that such materials are packaged in
individual contain^s not exceeding one gallon.
Note d. Maximum quantities shall be increased 100% in buildings equipped throughout udth an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1. Where note e. Also applies, the increase for both notes shall be applied
accumulatively.
Note e. Quantities shall be increased 100% ^vfaen stored in approved cabinets, gas cabinets, fume hoods, exhausted
enclosures, or safety cans as specified in the fire prevention code listed in Appendix A. Where note d. also applies, the
increase for both notes shall be applied accumulatively.
56
780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMRi STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
USE OR OCCUPANCY
Note t The pennitted quantities shall not be limited. in a building equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with 780 CMR 906.2. L
Note g, A dust explosion potential is considered to exist where i pound or more of combustible dust per 1,000 cubic
feet of volume is normally in suspension or could be put into suspension in all or a portion of an enclosure or inside
pieces of equipment This also includes combustible dust which accumulates on horizontal surface inside buildings
or equipment and which could be put into suspension be an accident, sudden force or sudden explosion.
Note k Peimitted only in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
780 CMR 906.2. L
Note i One pound of black sporting powder and 20 pounds of smokeless powder are permitted in sprinklered or
unsprinklered buildings.
Note j. Containing not more than the exempt amounts of CJass I-A, Class I-B or Class 3-C flammable liquids.
Note k C^antities in parenthesis indicate quantity units in parenthesis at the head of each column. I cubic foot =
0.028 m^; 1 pound = 0.454 kg; 1 gallon = 0.00379 m^
Table 307.8(2)
EXEMPT AMOUNTS OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS, LIQUIDS AND CHEMICALS
PRESENTING A HEALTH HAZARD
MAXIMUM QUANTITIES PER CONTROL AREA'^^
Storage Closed systems
Open systems
Material
Solid^^
pounds '
,j * Gas cubic Solid .
gallons, _ , , d
(pounds)''*' ^^' P"""*^
Liquid
gallons .
^unds)
Gas cubic
feet
Solid^
pounds
Liquid
gallons .
(pounds)
Corrosive
5,000
500 810*''''
5.000
500
SIO*^'^
1.000
100
Highly toxic
1
(I) . 20^
1
(1)
20^
% CA)
Irritant
5.000
500
SIO*^^
5,000
500
810*^'*
1,000 100
Radioactive*
25 rem - unsealed source
100 rem - sealed source
100 rem - sealed source
25 ram - sealed source
Sensitizer
5,000 500 .
810'^'^
5.000
500
SIO^''^
1.000
100
Toxic
500 (500)
SIO**'^
500
(500)
810'''^
125
(125)
Other health
hazards
5,000 500
8]0''^
5,000
500
810'*'"'
1,000
100
Notes. For use ofcontrol areas, see 780 CMR 417.2
Note b. In retail sales occupancies, the quantities of medicines, foodstuffs and cosmetics, containing not more than
50% by volume of water-miscible liquids and with the remainda- of the solutions not being flammable, shall not be
limited provided that such materials are packaged m individual containers not exceeding 1 gallon.
Note c. The aggregate quantity in utilization and storage shall not exceed the quantity listed for storage.
Note do Maximum quantities shall be increased 100% in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with 780 CMR 906.2. 1. Where note e. also apph'es, die increase for both notes shall be applied
accumulatively.
Note e> Maximum quantities shall be increased 100% when stored in approved storage cabinets, gas cabinets, iume
hoods, exhausted enclosures, or safety cans as specified in the fire prevention code listed 'm Appendix A. Where note
d. also applies, the increase for both notes shall be appli^ accumulatively.
Note f. Permitted only when stored in approved exhausted gas cabinets, exhausted enclosures or Jlbme hoods.
Note g. Maximum dosage p^mitted in any single exposure.
Note h. Quantities in parenthesis indicate quantity units in parenthesis at the head of each column. 1 cubic foot =
0.028 m^; 1 pound
ties in parenthesis indicate quantity units in parenthesis at 1
= 0.454 kg; 1 gallon = 0.00379 m^
305.4.4 OccupajBCj Condition TV: This
occupancy condition shall include all buildings in
vi^hich free movemeht is restricted fi-oni an
occupied space. Remote-controlled release is
provided to permit movement from all sleeping
rooms, activity spaces and other occupied areas
within the smoke compartment to other smoke
compartments.
308.4.5 OccMpaacy Condition V: This
occupancy condition shall include aU buildings in
which free movement Is restricted from an
occupied space. Stafif-controlled release is
provided to permit movement from all sleeping
rooms, activity spaces and other occupied areas
within the smoke compartment to other smoke
compartments.
78© CMR 309.0 MERCANTILE USE
GROUP
309.1 General: All buildings and structures which
are occupied for display and sales purposes
involving stocks of goods, wares or merchandise
incidental to such purposes and open to the public,
shall be classified as Use Group M. This includes,
among others, retail stores, automotive service
stations, shops, salesrooms and markets. An
automotive service station is that portion of a
property vdiere motor fuels are stored and dispensed
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition
57
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
from fixed equipment into the fuel tanks of motor
vehicles or approved containers, including any
building used for the sale of automotive accessories,
or for minor automotive repair work. Minor repairs
include the exchange of parts, oil changes, engine
tune-ups and similar routine maintenance work.
Retail sales of hazardous materials shall comply
with 780 CMR 307.8 or 780 CMR 426, as
applicable.
780 CMR 310.0 RESTDENITAL USE
GROUPS
310.1 General: All structures in which individuals
live, or in which sleeping acconmiodations are
provided (with or without dining facilities),
excluding those that are classified as institutional
occupancies, shall be classified as Use Group R-1,
R-2, R-3, R-4 or if-5. The term "Use Group R" shall
include Use Groups R-1, R-2 and R-3, R-4 and R-5.
Note: Assisted Living Residences which are
certified as such by the Executive Office of Elder
Affairs pursuant to M.G.L. c. 19D shall be
classified in the residential use group R-1, Rm2,
R-3 or R-4 as applicable. Portions of an assisted
Living Residence which are used for any use
other than residential shall be classified in
accordance with the intended use.
310.2 Definitions: The following words and terms
shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR 3 and as used
elsewhere in 780 CMR, have the meanings shown
herein.
Dwellings:
Assisted Living Residence: A residence licensed
by the Executive Office of Elder Affairs pursuant
to M.G.L. c. 19D.
Boarding house: A building arranged or used for
lodging for compensation, with or without meals,
and not occupied as a single unit.
Dormitory: A space in a building where group
sleeping accommodations are provided in one
room, or in a series of closely associated rooms.
Dwelling unit: A single unit providing complete,
independent living facilities for one or more
persons, including permanent provisions for
living, sleeping, eating, cooking and sanitation.
Hotel: Any building containing six or more guest
rooms, intended or designed to be used, or which
are used, rented or hired out to be occupied or
which are occupied for sleeping purposes by
guests.
Lodging house: Refer to M.G.L. c. 140, § 22
Motel: A hotel as defined in 780 CMR.
Multiple dwelling: A building or portion thereof
containing more than two dwelling units and not
meeting the requirements for a multiple single
dwelling.
Multiple single dwelling: A building or portion
thereof containing more than two dwelling units
(see 780 CMR 310.5)
One-family dwelling: A building containing one
dwelling unit but not a lodging house (see M.G.L.
c. 140, § 22).
Two-family dwelling: A building containing two
dwelling units but not lodging house (see M.G.L.
c. 140, § 22).
310.3 Use Group R-1 structures: This use group
shall include all hotels, motels, boarding houses and
similar buildings arranged for shelter and sleeping
accommodations and in which the occupants are
primarily transient in nature, occupying the facilities
for a period of less than 3Q days.
310.4 Use Group R-2 structures: This use group
shall include all multiple dwellings having more than
two dwelling units, except as provided for in
780 CMR 310,5 for multiple single dwelling units,
and shall also include all boarding houses and
similar buildings arranged for shelter and sleeping
accommodations in which the occupants are
primarily not transient in nature.
310.4.1 Dormitories: A dormitory facility which
accomjnodates more than five persons more than
2V^ years of age shall be classified as Use Group
R-2.
310.5 Use Group R-3 structures: This use group
shall include all buildings arranged for occupancy as^
one- or two-family dwellings, including multiple
single family dwellings where each unit has two
independent means of egress not common to any
other dwelling unit, and where each dwelling unit is
separated from adjoining dwelling units by two-hour
fire separation assemblies (see 780 CMR 709.0).
Use group R-3 structures are not lodging houses (see
M.G.L. c. 140, § 22).
Exceptions
l.In multiple single-family dwellings that are
equipped throughout with an approved
automatic sprinkler system installed in
accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1 or 906.2.2,
the firercsistance rating of the dwelling unit
separation shall not be less than one hour.
Dwelling unit separation walls shall be
constructed as fire partitions (see 780 CMR
711.0).
2. In multiple single-family dwellings that are
equipped throughout with an approved
automatic sprinkler system installed in
accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.3, a two-hour
fire separation assembly shall be provided
between each pair of dwelling units. The
firercsistance rating between each dwelling unit
shall not be less than one hour and shall be
constructed as afire partition.
310.5.1Famify day-care home: A family day-
care home as defined by M.G.L. c.28A, §. 9, shall
be classified as use group R-3 or R-4. Such
facility shall not accommodate more than six
children.
58
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
1/19/01
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
USE OR OCCUPANCY
310.6 Use Group R-4 structures: This use group
shall include all detached one- or two-family
dwellings not more than three stories in height, and
the accessory structures. . All such structures shall
be designed in accordance with 780 CMR 36 or in
accordance with the requirements of 780 CMR
applicable to Use Group R-3.
S1&. 7 Use Group MS structures: This mse grmp
shall include all buildings arranged for use as
limited group residences in accordance with the
requirements of7S0 CMR (see 786 CMR 4).
780 CMR 311.0 storage: USE GROUPS
311.1 Gemeral: All structures which are primarily
used for the storage of goods, wares or merchandise
shall be classiJBed as Use Group S-1 or S-2. This
includes, among others, warehouses, storehouses and
freight depots. The quantity of hazardous materials
in storage shall comply with 780 CMR 307.8. The
term "Use Group S" shall include Use Groups S-1
and S-2.
311.2 Moderate-hazard storage^ Use Gro^p S°l:
Buildings occupied for the storage of moderate-
hazard contents which are likely to bum with
moderate rapidity, but which do not produce either
poisonous gases, fiimes or explosives including,
among others, the materials listed in Table 311.2,
shall be classified as Use Group S-1. A motor
vehicle repair garage is that portion of a property
wherein major repairs, such as engine overhauls,
painting or body work, are perfonned on motorized
vehicles.
Table 311.2
MODERATE-HAZARD STORAGE
OCCUPANCIES
Bags, cloth, burlap and p^>er Linoleum
Bamboo and rattan Livestock shelters
Baskets Lumberyards
Belting, canvas and leather Motor vehicle repair garages
Books and papers in rolls and Petroleum warehouses for
packs storage of lubricatiDg oils
Boots and shoes with a flash point of 200"?
Buttons, including cloth or higher
covered, pearl or bone Photo engraving
Cardboard and cardboard
boxes
Clothing, woolen wearing
^Tparel
Cordage
Furniture
Furs
Public garages (Group 1) and
stables
Silk
Soap
Sugar
Tobacco, cigars, cigarettes
and snuff
Glue, mucilage, paste and size Upholstering and mattress
Horn and combs, other than manufacturing
celluloid Wax candles
Leather, enameling or
lap^^^^^Tig
311.3 Low-hazard storage. Use Group S-2: Low-
hazard storage occupancies shall include buildings
occupied for the storage of noncombustible
materials, and of low-hazard wares that do not
ordinarily bum rapidly such as products on wood
pallets or in paper cartons without significant
amounts of combustible wrappings, but with a
negligible amount of plastic trim such as knobs,
handles or fibn v^rapping. Such occupancies shall be
classified as Use Group S-2 including, among
others, the materials listed in Table 3 1 1.3.
Table 31 L3
LOW-HAZARD STORAGE OCCUPANCIES
Asbestos
Beer or wine up to 12%
alcohol in metal, glass or
ceramic containers
Cement in bags
Chalk and crayons
Dairy products in nonwaxed
coated p^er containers
Dry cell batteries
Electrical coils
Electrical motors
Food products
Foods in noncombustible
containers
Fresh fruits and vegetables in
nonplastic trays or
containers
Frozen foods
Glass
Glass bottles, empty or filled
with noncombustible
liquids
Gypsum board
Inert pigments
Ivory
Meats
Metal cabinets
Metal desks with plastic tops
and trim
Metal parts
Metals
Mirrors
New empty cans
Oil filled and other types of
distribution transformers
Open parking structures
Porcelain and pottery
Public garages (Group 2)
Stoves
Talc and soapstone
Washers and dryers
7M CMR 312.(9 UTHITY AND
MISCELLANEOUS USE GROUP
3i2<.l General: Buildings and structures of an
accessory character and miscellaneous structures not
classified in any specific use group shall be
constmcted, equipped and maintained to conform to
the requirements of 780 CMR commensurate with
the fire and life hazard incidental to their occupancy.
Use Group U shaD include fences over six feet (1 829
mm) high, tanks, cooling towers, retaining walls and
buildings such as private garages, carports, sheds
and agricultural buildings.
780 CMR 313.0 MIXED USE GROUPS
313ol Two ©r more use groups: Where a building
is occupied by two or more occupancies not included
in the same use group, the building or portion
thereof shall comply with 780 CMR 3 1 3 . 1.1 , 3 1 3 . 1 .2
or 313.1.3 or with combinations of 780 CMR
313.1.1, 313.1.2 and 313.1.3, except that
occupancies in Use Group H shall be separated fi-om
all other use groups in accordance with 780 CMR
313.1.2 or 313.1.3. Buildings that include an open
parfdng structure located beneath an A, I, B, M or R
Use Group shall comply with 780 CMR 313.1.1,
313.1.2, 313.1.3 or313.2.
Escepd€in:^re areas of Use Group H-1 shall be
in separate and detached buildings and structures
in accordance with 780 CMR 707 . 1 . 1 .
313.1.1 Nonseparated use groups: Each portion
of the building shall be individually classified as
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) = corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition
59
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
to use. The required type of construction for the
building shall be determined by applying the
height and area limitations for each of the
applicable use groups to the entire building. The
most restrictive type of construction, so
determined, shall apply. The other requirements
of 780 CMR shall apply to each portion of the
building based on the use group of that occupancy
except that the most restrictive applicable
provisions of 780 CMR 403.0 and 780 CMR 9
shall apply to these nonseparated use groups. A
fire separation assembly is not required between
use groups, except as required by other sections of
780 CMR.
313.1.2 Separated use groups: Each portion of
the building shall be individually classified in a
use group and shall be completely separated from
adjacent ^re areas by fire separation assemblies
(see 780 CMR 709.0) and floor/ceiling assemblies
(see 780 CMR 713.0) having a fireresistance
rating determined in accordance with Table
313.L2, for the use groups being separated. Each
fire area shall comply with the code based on the
use group of that space. Each fire area shall
comply with the height limitations of 780 CMR
503.0 based on the use of that space and the type
of construction classification. In each story, the
building area shall be such that the sum of the
ratios of the floor area of each use group divided
by the allowable area fi-om 780 CMR 503.0 for
each use group shall not exceed one.
Exception: Where the building is equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system
in accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1, the
required fireresistance rating of fire separation
assemblies separating areas of other than Use
Group H, shall be reduced from those indicated
in Table 3 1 3 . 1 .2 by one hour but to not less than
one hour and to not less than that required by
Table 602 for floor construction.
313.1.3 Separate buildings: Each use group shall
be considered a separate building where each such
use group is completely separated from adjacent
use groups by fire walls having a fireresistance
rating corresponding to that required by Table
602. Each building shall then comply with the
provisions of 780 CMR applicable to the use
group of that building.
313.2 Open parking structures beneath other use
groups: Open parking structures constructed under
Use Groups A, I, B, M and R shall not exceed the
height and area limitations permitted under
780 CMR 406.0. The height and area of the portion
of the building above the open parking structure
shall not exceed the limitations in 780 CMR 503.0
for the upper use group. The height, in both feet and
stories, of the portion of the building above the open
parking structure shall be measured from grade
plane and shall include both the open parking
structure and the portion of the building above the
parking structure.
Fire separation assemblies between the parking
occupancy and the upper occupancy shall
correspond to the required fireresistance rating
prescribed in Table 313.1.2 for the uses involved.
The type of construction shall apply to each
occupancy individually, except that all structural
members-including main bracing within the open
parking stnicture which is necessary to support the
upper occupancy-shall be protected vwth the more
restrictive fire resistive assemblies of the
occupancies involved as shown in Table 602. Exit
facilities for the upper occupancy shall conform to
780 CMR 10 and shall be separated from the parking
area by fire separation walls having at least a two-
hour fireresistance rating as required by Table 602
and self-closing doors complying with 780 CMR
716.0. means of egress from the open parking
facility shall comply with 780 CMR 1010.5.
313.3 Use Group R: In buildings of Type 2C, 3B or
5B construction with an occupancy in Use Group R,
the first floor shall not be occupied for Use Groups
B and M, unless the floor/ceiling assembly and the
enclosure walls are protected to afford a one-hour
fireresistance rating and the exits from the residential
floors are separately enclosed in accordance with the
requirements of 780 CMR 10.
60
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
USE OR OCCUPANCY
Table 313.L2
FIRERESISTANCE RATING REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE SEPARATION
ASSEMBLIES BETWEEN FIRE AREAS*
Use Group
NP-NotPennitted
NA - Not Applicable
A-1
A-1 2
A-2 A-3 A-4 A-5 B
3 2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3 3
E
2
3
F-1
2
F-2
2
H-1 H-2
NP 4
H-3
3
H-4
2
I I-l
2
1-2
3
1-3
3
M
2
R-1
2
R-2 R-3
2 2
1 S-1
2
S-2
2
t U
NA
A-2
3
3
MP 4
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
3
2
2
3
2
2
2
3
2
2
2
3
2
2
2
3
2
2
2
NA
A-3
A-4
2
2 2 2
2 2 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
NP 4
NP 4
3
3
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
NA
NA
A-5
NA 2
2
2
2
NP 4
3
2
2
3
3
2
2
NA
B
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
NP 4
NP 4
3
3
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
NA
E
=-=-^
NA
F-1
2
2
NP 4
3
2
2
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
NA
F.2
2
NP 4
NP NP
3
NP
2
NP
2
NP
3
NP
3
NP
2
NP
2
NP
2
NP
2
NP
2
NP
4
3
2
2
2
NP
4
3
J_
2
NA
U H-1
NA
S H-2
4
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
2
4
3
2
4
3
2
2
4
3
2
2
4
3
2
2
NA
E H-3
NA
H-4
2
2
2
NA
G I-l
2
3
3
2
NA
R 1-2
—
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
2
3
3
2
3
3
2
3
3
2
3
3
2
NA
1-3
NA
U M
NA
P R-1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
NA
R-2
NA
R-3
S-1
— — ^
= —
2
2
2
2
2
2
NA
NA
S-2
NA
U
NA
Note a. Fire resistance ratings are expressed in hours.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 CMR - Sijsth Edition 61
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
62 780 CMR -Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
CHAPTER 4
SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY
780 CMR 401o0 GENERAL
40L1 Scope: In addition to the general requirements
of 780 CMR governing the location, construction
and equipment of all buildings and structures, and
the fireresistance ratings, height and area limitations
of Tables 503 and 602, the provisions of 780 CMR
4 shall control all buildings and structures designed
for special occupancies as herein provided.
401.2 Applicable Massachusem General Law:
Applicable Massachusetts General Laws, and
applicable rules and regulations, specifically (but
not limited to) the referenced portions 310 CMR,
§21 CMR, 522 CMR and §27 CMR series as listed
in Appendix A shall be adhered to in the design
and construction of buildings and and structures
subject to the provisions of 780 CMR 4.
780 CMR 402.0 COVERED MALL BUILDINGS
402.1 Scope: The provisions of 780 CMR 402.0
shall apply to buildings or structures deined herein
as covered mall buildings not exceeding three floor
levels in height at any one point. Bxcept as
specifically required by 780 CMR 402.0, covered
mall buildings shall meet all applicable provisions of
780 CMR.
Eiceptions: Where approved by the code official,
the following occupancies are not required to
comply with the provisions of 780 CMR 402.0.
1. Foyers and lobbies in occupancies in Use
Group B,R-1 orR-2.
2. Buildings which comply totally with all other
applicable provisions of 780 CMR.
402.2 BeflnitioDs: The following words and terms
shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR 402.0 and as
used elsewhere in 780 CMR, have the meanings
shown herein.
Afisciior store; An exterior perimeter department
store or major merchandising or magnet center
having direct access to a mall and having its
required exits independent of the mall.
Gross leasable area: The gross leasable area is the
total floor area designed exclusively for tenant
occupancy. The area of tenant occupancy is
measured from the center lines of joint partitions
to the outside of the tenant walls.
Mall: A mall is a roofed-over common pedestrian
area serving more than one tenant located within
a covered mall building.
Mall baildinig, covered: A building enclosing a
number of tenants and occupancies such as retail
stores, drinking and dining establishments,
entertainment and amusement facilities, passenger
transportation terminals, offices and other similar
occupancies wherein two or more tenants have a
main entrance into one or more malls. Anchor
stores shall not be considered as part of the
covered mall building.
4023 Lease plan: The owner or permit holder shall
provide both the building and fire departments with
a lease plan showing the locations of each
occupancy and its means of egress after the
certificate of occupancy has been issued. Such plans
shall be kept current. Modifications or changes in
occupancy shall not be made from that shown on the
lease plan without prior approval.
402.4 Teraafflt separations: Each tenant space shall
be separated fi-om other tenant spaces by a fire
partition having a fireresistance rating of not less
than one hour. Th& fire partition shall comply with
780 CMR 711.0 except that tht fire partition is not
required to extend beyond the underside of a ceiling
that is not part of a fireresistance rated assembly. A
wall is not required in attic or ceiling spaces above
tenant separation walls nor is a tenant separation
wall required between any tenant space and a maU,
except for occupancy separations required elsewhere
in 780 CMR.
402.4.1 Anchor store openlnigs: Openings
between an anchor store and the pedestrian area of
a mall are not required to be protected.
4&Z4,2 Forty wall exemption: Anchor stores
heated on separate lots shall not be required to
prtmde party waBs between the anchor store and
ike covered mall building,
4ffi2.5 Egress: Each individual occupancy within the
covered mall building shall be provided with a
means of egress in accordance with other provisions
of 780 CMR. Measurements shall be made to the
entrance to the mail.
402.5.1 Travel distance: The maximum length of
exit access travel fi-om any point within the mall
to an approved exit along the natural and
unobstructed path of travel shall not exceed 200
feet (60960 mm).
402.5.2 Anchor store exits: Anchor stores shall
provide the required number of exits and the
mimmum width for the required exit capacity
directly to the exterior. The occupant load of
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 CMR = Sixth Edition
63
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
anchor stores opening into the mall shall not be
included in determining exit requirements for the
mall.
402.5.3 Dead ends: The dead end of a mall shall
not exceed twice the width of the mall.
402.5.4 Design occupant load: In determining
required exit facilities of the mall, the number of
occupants for whom exit facilities are to be
provided shall be based on gross leasable area of
the covered mall building (excluding anchor
stores) and the occupant load factor as determined
by the following formula:
OLF = (0.00007) (GLA) + 25
where:
OLF = The occupant load factor (square feet per
person).
GLA = The gross leasable area (square feet).
The occupant load factor (OLF) is not required
to be less than 30 and shall not exceed 50.
402.5.5 Exit access width: The minimum width
of exit access passageways and corridors from a
mall shall be 66 inches (1676 mm).
402.5.6 Exit distribution: The required exits and
exit widths shall be distributed equally throughout
the mall.
402.5.7 Storage prohibited: Storage is prohibited
in exit corridors that are used for service to
tenants. Such corridors shall be posted with
conspicuous signs so stating.
402.5.8 Passenger transportation terminals: A
covered mall building whose primary purpose is
a passenger transportation terminal shall comply
with the means of egress requirements for Use
Group A-3.
402.5.9 Service areas fronting on exit
passageways and corridors: Mechanical rooms,
electrical rooms, building service areas and
service elevators are permitted to open directly
into exit passageways and exit corridors provided
that the required fireresistance rating of the exit
enclosure is maintained.
402.6 Mall width: The minimum width of the mall
shall be 20 feet (6096 mm). There shall be a
minimum often feet (3048 mm) clear exit width to
a height of eight feet (2438 mm) between any
projection of a tenant space bordering the mall and
the nearest kiosk, vending machine, bench, display
opening or other obstruction to means of egress
travel. The mall width shall be sufficient to
accommodate the occupant load emptying mto the
immediately adjacent mall as determined by
780 CMR 402.5.4 for all occupancies except Use
Groups A and E which shall be determined by
780 CMR 1008.0.
402.7 Structural elements: Covered mall buildings
shall be of Type 1,2 or 4 construction. Covered mall
buildings three stories or less in height are exempt
from the area limitations of Table 503.
402.7.1 Structural elements, anchor stores: An
anchor store three stories or less in height shall be
of Type 1, 2 or 4 construction and is exempt from
the area limitations of Table 503, provided that a
smoke control system conforming to 780 CMR
921.0 is installed in the anchor store. For the
purposes of the design and operation of the fire
emergency ventilation system, the anchor store
shall be considered a tenant space zone.
402.8 Roof coverings: Roof coverings for covered
mall buildings shall be of Class A, B or C as
required by 780 CMR 1506.0.
402.9 Use Groups A-1 and A-2: Use Group A-1
and A-2 occupancies shall not have more than one-
half of their required means of egress opening
directly to the mall (see 780 CMR 1006.2.2).
402.10 Sprinkler system: The mall and all
buildings connected thereto shall be equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1. The system
shall be installed in such a manner that when any
portion of the system serving tenant spaces is shut
down, the portion of the system serving the mall will
remain operational.
402.11 Standpipes: There shall be a standpipe hose
connection located within the mall at each entrance
to an exit passageway, exit corridor or enclosed
stairway and at all exterior entrances to the mall.
The hose connection shall be supplied from the
automatic sprinkler system of the mall or from a
separate standpipe system. The yvater supply shall
be capable of delivering 250 gallons per minute
(gpm) (0.016 m'/s).
402.12 Smoke control: The mall and adjacent tenant
spaces shall be equipped with a smoke control
system conforming to 780 CMR 921 .0.
402.13 Fire department access to equipment
controls: Fire protection system and HVAC system
controls shall be identified, and the fire department
shall have access thereto.
402.14 Plastic panels and plastic signs: Within
every story or level and from side wall to side wall
of each tenant space, approved plastic panels and
signs shall be Umited as specified in 780 CMR
402.14.1 through 402. 14.4.
402.14.1 Area: The panels and signs shall not
exceed 20% of the wall area facing the mall.
402.14.2 Height and width: The panels and signs
shall not exceed a height of 36 inches (914 mm);
64
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY
except if the panel or sign is vertical, the height
shall not exceed 96 inches (2438 mm) and the
width shall not exceed 36 inches (914 ram).
402.143 Location: The panels and signs shall be
located a minimum distance of 18 inches (457
mm) from adjacent tenants.
402.14.4 Encasement: All edges and the backs
shall be fiilly encased in metal.
402.15 Kiosks: Kiosks and similar structures
(temporary or permanent) shall meet the
requirements of 780 CMR 402.15.1 through
402.15.4.
402.15.1 Constraction: Combustible kiosks or
other structures shall not be located within the
. mall unless constructed of flreretardant-treated
wood throughout conforming to 780 CMR
2310.0.
402.15.2 Fire siappressioo: Kiosks and similar
structures that are covered and are located within
the mall shall be protected by an automatic
sprinkler system installed in accordance with
780 CMR 9.
402.153 Horizontal separation: The minimum
horizontal separation between kiosks and other
structures within the mail shall be 20 feet (6096
mm).
402.15.4 Maxinaiim area: Kiosks or similar
structures shall have a maximum area of 300
square feet (27.90 m^).
402.16 Parking structures: An attached garage for
the storage of passenger vehicles that have a
capacity of not more than nine persons, or an open
parking structure, shall be considered as a separate
biiilding where it is separated from the covered mall
building by a Jire separation assembly having a
fireresistance rating of not less than two hours or
shall be considered as part of the covered mall
building.
78© CMR 403.0 fflGH-MSE BUILDINGS
403.1 Applicability: The provisions of 780 CMR
403.0 shall apply to all buildings more than TOfeei
im height above the mean grade. See MM,L, c
I48,§26A.
Eiceptlon: The provisions of 780 CMR 403.0
shall not apply to open parking structures (see
780 CMR 406.0 and M.G.L. c. 148, § 26G).
403.2 Sprinkler system: All buildings and
structiires shall be equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
780 CMR 906.2.1 and M.G.L. c. 148, § 26A.
Exception: An automatic sprinkler system shall
not be required in spaces.or areas of:
1. Open parking structures complying with
780 CMR 406.0.
2. Telecommunications equipment buildings
used exclusively for telecommunications
equipment, associated electrical power
distribution equipment, batteries and standby
engines, provided that those spaces or areas are
equipped throughout with an automatic fire
detection system in accordance with 780 CMR
918.0 and are separated from the remainder of the
building with fire separation assemblies
consisting of one-hour fireresistance rated walls
and two-hour fireresistance rated floor/ceiling
assemblies.
4033 Alternative sprinkler system: Alternatively,
to qualify for the fireresistance rating reduction for
certain building elements listed in 780 CMR 403.3.3,
the automatic sprinkler system shall comply with
780 CMR 906.2.1 and the optional fire protection
features listed in 780 CMR 403.3.1 and 403.3.2.
4033.1 Control valves and water-flow devices:
Sprinkler control valves equipped with
supervisory initiatmg devices and water-flow
initiating devices shall be provided for each floor.
4033.2 Secondaiy water supply: In addition to
the main water supply, for buildings located
where the effective peak velocity-related
acceleration (A^ is equal to or greater than 0.20 in
accordance with 780 CMR 1612.1, a secondary
on-site water supply equal to the hydraulically
calculated sprinkler design demand plus lOO
gallons per minute (0.0063 m-'/s) shall be
provided. This water supply shall have a duration
of 30 minutes.
40333 Automatic sprinkler system altemativs:
Where a complete automatic sprinkler system
with additional s^^&sk features listed in 780 CMR
403.3.3.1 and 403.3.3.2 is installed throughout,
modifications to this code are permitted as
described in 780 CMR 403.3.3.1 and 403.3.3.2.
40333.1 Type of construction: Other than in
buildings with an occupancy in Use Groups F-
1, H-3, M and S-I, the minimum type of
construction required by 780 CMR shall be
modified as indicated in Table 403.3.3.1.
Exception: The Type I A to IB
modification shall be permitted for
buildings with an occupancy in Use Groups
F-l,MandS»l.
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
65
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Table 403.3.3.1
TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION
MODIFICATIONS PERMmED FOR
HIGH-RISE BUILDINGS
Type of Construction set
forth in Table 602
lA
IB
2A.
Modified type of construction
permitted hereunder
IB
2A''
2R
^ I iiU. ,
Note a. The minimum fireresistance rating floor
construction shall be two hours.
403.3.3.2 Shaft enclosures: The required
fireresistance rating of the fire separation
assemblies enclosing vertical shafts, other
than stairway enclosures and elevator
hoistway enclosures, shall be reduced to one
hour where automatic sprinklers are
installed within the shafts at the top and at
alternate floor levels.
403.4 Automatic fire detection: A smoke detector
suitable for the intended application shall be
installed in each of the following rooms: mechanical
equipment; electrical; transformer; telephone
equipment; elevator machine; or similar room. The
actuation of any detector shall sound an alarm at a
constantly attended location.
403.5 Voice/alarm signaling systems; A
voice/alarm signaling system shall be provided in
accordance with 780 CMR 917.9 and activated in
accordance with 780 CMR 917.7.1.
403.6 Fire department communication system: A
two-way fire department communication system
shall be provided for fire department use. The
communication system shall operate between th'&fire
command station and every elevator, elevator lobby
and enclosed exit stairway. Acceptable types of fire
department communications shall include:
1 . Telephone or fire department radio in lieu of
a dedicated system, where approved by the fire
department; and
2. Intercom or two-way public address system
complying with NFiPA 72 listed in Appendix A.
403.7 Fire command station: A fire command
station for fire department operations shall be
provided in a location approved by the fire
department. The^r^ command station shall contain:
the voice/alarm signaling system controls; the fire
department communication system controls; the
automatic fire detection and protective signaling
system annunciator panels; an annunciator that
visually indicates the floor location of elevators and
whether they are operational; status indicators and
controls for air-handling systems; controls for
unlocking all stairway doors simultaneously;
sprinkler valve and water-flow detector display
panels; emergency and standby power; status
indicators; and a telephone for fire department use
with controlled access to the public telephone
system.
403.8 Elevators: Elevator operation and installation
shall be in accordance with S24 CMR. Elevator
service shall be provided for fire department
emergency access to all floors. Elevator cab
dimensions shall conform to the applicable
requirements of 524 CMR.
Except for the main entrance level, all elevators
shall open into a lobby separated fi-om the remainder
of the building by one hour fireresistance rated
construction.
Exit stairways, chutes, janitor closets, tenant
spaces in Use Group R and service rooms shall not
open into the elevator lobby. In Use Groups other
than R, tenant spaces opening into the elevator lobby
shall be provided with other means of exit access
that do not require passage through the elevator
lobby.
Exception: elevator lobbies are not required
when a smoke control system is installed in
accordance with 780 CMR 921.7.
403.9 Sitandby power, light and emergency
systems: Standby power, light and emergency
systems shall comply with the requirements of
780 CMR 403.9.1 through 403.9.3.
403.9.1 Standby power: A standby power system
conforming to the requirements of 527 CMR as
listed in Appendix A. If the standby system is a
generator set inside a building, the system shall be
located in a separate room enclosed with two-hour
fireresistance rated fire separation assemblies.
System supervision with manual start and transfer
features shall be provided at the fire command
station.
403.9.1.1 Fuel supply: An on-premises fuel
supply, sufficient for not less than two-hour
fiiU-demand operation of the system, shall be
provided.
Exception: Where the system is supplied
with pipeline natural gas and is approved.
403.9.1.2 Capacity: The standby system shall
have a capacity and rating that supplies all
equipment required to be operational at the
same time. The generating capacity is not
required to be sized to operate all of the
connected electrical equipment simultaneously.
403.9.1.3 Connected facilities: All power and
lighting facilities for tht fire command station
and elevators specified in 780 CMR 403.7 and
403.8, as applicable, and electrically powered
fire pumps required to maintain pressure, shall
be transferable to the standby source. Standby
power shall be provided for at least one
elevator to serve all floors and be transferable
to any elevator.
66
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STAl^ARDS
SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY
403.9.2 Separate circuits and fistures; Separate
lighting circuits and fixtures shall be required to
provide sufficient light with an intensity of not
less than one footcandle (10.76 lux) measured at
floor level in all means of egress corridors,
stairways, smokeproof enclosures, elevator cars
and lobbies, and other areas v\^hich are clearly a
part of the escape route.
403.9.2.1 Other circuits: All circuits
supplying lighting for Xhtfire command station
and mechanical equipment rooms shall be
transferable to the standby source.
403.9.3 Emergency systems: Exit signs, exit
illumination as required by 780 CMR 1024.0, and
elevator car lighting are classified as emergency
systems and shall operate within ten seconds of
failure of the normal power supply and shall be
capable of being transferred to the standby source.
Exception: Exit sign, exit and means of egress
illumination are permitted to be powered by a
stsndhy source in buildings of Use Groups F
andS.
403.10 Stairway door operatioia: All stairway
doors which are to be locked firom the stairway side
shall be capable of being unlocked simultaneously
without unlatching upon a signal fi^om the fire
command station.
403.10,1 Stairway comisiunlcatiora system: A
telephone or other two-way communication
system connected to an approved constantly
attended station shall be provided at not less than
every fifth floor in each required stairway where
the doors to the stairway are locked.
403.11 Smokeproof enclosures: A smokeproof
enclosure, as set forth in 780 CMR 1015.0 is
required for at least one exit. Other required
stairways greater than 70 feet in height shall be
pressurized to a minimum of 0.15 inches of water
column, but not exceeding 0,35 inches of water
column. Such required stairway pressurization
being relative to building pressure and with all
stmrway doors closed. Pressurization design shall
take into consideration maximum anticipated stack
pressure effects in the stairway.
The stairway pressurization system shall be
activated by any devices which are required to
activate the voice alarm system described in
780 CMR 403.5.
780 CMR 404.0 ATRIUMS
404.1 General: The term "atrium" shall mean an
occupied space that Includes a floor opening or
series of floor openings, which connects two or more
stories. An atrium shall comply with 780 CMR
404.0 where a shaft enclosure is required by
780 CMR 713.3. Atriums shall be permitted in all
occupancies, other than Use Group H, where
provided with the protection herein required.
404.2 Automatic sprinkler system: The atrium and
all stories and floor areas connected to the atrium
shall be equipped throughout with an automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with 780 CMR
906.2.1. The automatic sprinkler system shall be
supervised in accordance with 780 CMR 923.1,
method 1,2 or 3.
Esception: An automatic sprinkler system shall
not be required in areas separated fi"om the atrium
hy fire separation assemblies in accordance with
780 CMR 709.0.
404.3 Atrium occupancy: The floor of the atrium
shall not be occupied for other than low fire-hazard
occupancies and only approved materials and
decorations shall be located in the atrium space.
Eiceptiom: The occupancy of the atrium floor
area for any approved purpose shall not be
restricted where the hazard is protected with an
automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance
with 780 CMR 906.2.1.
404.3.1 Exit discharge: Exit discharge in
accordance with 780 CMR 1020.0 is permitted
within the atrium.
404.4 Smoke control: A smoke control system
complying with 780 CMR 921.0 shall be installed in
all atriums that connect more than two stories.
404.5 Enclosure of atriums: Atrium spaces shall be
separated fi^om adjacent spaces by a one-hour ^re
partition as required for corridors.
Exceptions
1. In residential occupancies, protected openings
are not reqiured where the floor area of each guest
room or dwelling unit does not exceed 1,000
square feet (93 m^ and each room or unit has an
jqjproved means of egress not entering the atrium.
2. Adjacent spaces shall be separated from the
atrium hy fire windows or by a tempered, wired,
laminated glass or glass-block wall subject to the
following criteria:
2.1. The glass shall be protected by a
specially designed automatic sprinkler system.
The sprinkler system shall completely wet the
entire surface of the glass wall when actuated.
Where there are walking surfaces on both sides
of the glass, both sides of the glass shall be so
protected;
2.2. The tempered, wired or laminated glass
shall be in a gasketed frame and installed in
such a manner that the framing system will
deflect without breaking {loading) the glass
before the sprinkler system operates;
2.3. The glass-block wall assembly shall be
installed in accordance with the listing for a %-
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
67
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
hour fireresistance rating and the requirements
of780CMR2115.0;and
2.4. Obstructions, such as curtain rods,
drapery traverse rods, curtains, drapes or
similar materials shall not be installed between
the automatic sprinklers and the glass.
3 . The adjacent spaces of any three floors of the
atnum shall not be required to be separated from
the atrium; however, these spaces shall be
included in the atrium volume for the design of
the smoke control system (see 780 CMR 921.0).
404.6 Signaling system: A fire protective signaling
system shall be installed in all occupancies with an
atrium that connects more than two stories. The
system shall be activated in accordance with
780 CMR 917.7. 1 . Such occupancies in Use Group
A, E or M shall be provided with a voice/alarm
signaling system complying with the requirements of
780 CMR 917.9.
404.7 Travel distance: In other than the lowest level
of the atrium, where the required means ofe^ess is
through the atrium space, the portion of exit access
travel distance within the atrium space shall not
exceed 150 feet (45720 mm).
780 CMR 405,0 UNDERGROUND
STRUCTURES
405.1 Applicability: The provisions of 780 CMR
405.0 apply to all structures having a floor level
used for human occupancy more than 30 feet (9144
mm) below, or more than one story below, the
lowest level of exit discharge serving that floor level.
Exception: The provisions of 780 CMR 405.0
shall not apply to the following structures:
1. Occupancies in Use Group R-3 equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with 780 CMR 906.0.
2. Public garages equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
780 CMR 906.0.
3 . Fixed guideway transit systems.
4. Occupancies in Use Group A-5.
5. Structures wherein the lowest story is the only
story that qualifies the structure as an
underground structure and which have an area not
exceeding 1,500 square feet (140 m^ and an
occupant load less than ten.
405.2 Construction: The underground portion of the
structure shall be of Type 1 construction.
405.3 Automatic sprinkler system: The highest
level of exit discharge serving the underground
portions of the structure and all levels below shall be
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with 780 CMR 906.0.
405.4 Compartmentation: In structures that have a
floor level more than 60 feet (18288 mm) below the
lowest level of exit discharge, the highest level of
exit discharge serving the underground portions of
the structure and all levels below shall each be
divided into a minimum of two compartments of
approximately equal size by a smoke barrier in
accordance with 780 CMR 712.0.
Exception: Two compartments are not required in
the lowest story where such story has an area of
less than 1,500 square feet (140 m^ and an
occupant load of less than ten.
405.4.1 Smoke barrier penetrations:
Penetrations of the smoke barrier shall be limited
to plumbing and automatic sprinkler system
piping and electrical raceways. The air supply,
return and exhaust system provided in one
compartment shall be independent of such
systems provided in other compartments.
405.4.2 Elevators: Where elevators are provided,
each compartment shall have direct access to an
elevator. Where an elevator serves more than one
compartment, an elevator lobby shall be provided
and shall be separated fi'om both compartments by
difire separation assembly having not less than a
one>hour fireresistance rating.
405.4.3 Egress: Each compartment shall contain
not less than one exit and shall also have an exit
access doorway into the adjoining compartment.
405.5 Smoke exhaust system: Where
compartmentation is required by 780 CMR 405.4,
each compartment shall have an independent
automatically activated smoke exhaust system
capable of manual operation. The system shall have
an air supply and smoke exhaust capability which
will provide a minimum of six air changes per hour.
405.5.1 Automatic fire detection: A smoke
detector complying with 780 CMR 918.8 and
suitable for the intended use shall be installed in
each of the following rooms: mechanical
equipment; electrical; transformer; telephone
equipment; elevator machine; or similar room.
The actuation of any detector shall sound an alarm
at a constantly attended location.
405.5.2 Activation: The smoke exhaust system
shall be activated in the compartment of origin by
actuation of the following, independently of each
other:
1 . Automatic sprinkler system;
2. Smoke detectors required by 780 CMR
405.5.1; and
3. Manual controls provided for fire
department use.
405.6 Fire protective signaling system: Where the
lowest level of a structure is more than 60 feet
(18288 mm) below the lowest level of exit
68
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY
discharge, the structure shall be equipped
throughout with a fire protective signaling system in
accordance with 780 CMR 917.0, including a
voice/alarm signaling system installed in accordance
with 780 CMR 917.9 and activated in accordance
with 780 CMR 917.7.1.
405.7 Public address: Where a fire protective
signaling system is not required by 780 CMR 405.6
or 917.4, a public address system shall be provided
which shall be capable of transmitting voice
communications to the highest level of exit
discharge serving the underground portions of the
structure and all levels below.
405.8 Staradby power: A standby power system of
sufficient capacity and rating and conforming to the
requirements of 527 CMR 12.00 m listed in
Appendix A shall be provided.
405.8.1 Fuel supply: If the standby system is a
generator set inside a structure, the system shall
be located in a separate room enclosed with two-
hour fireresistance fire rated fire separation
assemblies. System supervision mth manual start
and transfer features shall be provided at^the
central station.
405.8.2 Capacity: The standby system shall
supply the following required systems:
1. Smoke exhaust system.
2. Smokeproof enclosure.
3. Fire pumps.
4. One elevator to serve all floors with the
capability of transferring power to any
elevator.
5. Emergency electrical system.
405.9 Emergency power: An emergency electrical
system of sufficient capacity and rating and
conforming to the requirements of 527 CMR 12.0§
m listed in Appendix A shall be provided. The
emergency system shall supply the following
required systems:
1. Voice communication system.
2. Fire protective signaling system.
3. Fire detection systems.
4. Elevator car lighting.
5. Means of egress lighting and exit sign
illumination.
78® CMR 406.0 OPEN PARKING
CTRUCTURES
406.1 General: Open parking structures are those
structures used for the parking or storage of
passenger motor vehicles designed to carry not more
than nine persons, wherein provision for the repair
of such vehicles is not made and where the exterior
walls of the structure have openings on not less than
two sides. Open parking structures are not required
to conform to 780 CMR 408.0 for public garages.
406.1.1 Openiogs: The exterior walls of the open
parking structure shall have uniformly distributed
openings on not less than two sides totaling not
less than 40% of the building perimeter. The
aggregate area of such openings in exterior walls
in each level shall not be less than 20% of the
total perimeter wall area of each level. Interior
wall lines and column lines shall be at least 20%
open with openings distributed to provide
ventilation.
Exception: Openings are not required to be
distributed over 40% of the building perimeter
where the required openings are uniformly
distributed over two opposing sides of the
building.
406.1.2 Separation: Exterior walls containing
openings shall have &fire separation distance of
greater than ten feet (3048 mm).
406.2 Construction requirements: Passenger
vehicle structures shall be constructed of approved
non combustible materials throughout, including
structural fi-aming, floors, roofs and walls. Any
enclosed room or space on the premises shall
comply with the applicable requirements of
780 CMR.
4!§6.3 Fuel dispensing: Areas where fuel is
dispensed shall conform to the requirements of
780 CMR 408.4.
406.4 Heights and areas: Heights and areas of open
parking structures shall not exceed the limitations
specified in Table 406.4, except as provided for in
780 CMR 406.4.1. The heights and at-eas are
subject to the increases indicated in 780 CMR 504.0
and 506.0. The above height limitations permit
parking on the roof
Table 406.4
HEIGHT AND AREA LIMITATIONS FOR
OPEN PARKING STRUCTURES
Type of
construction
Height" Area (square feet)"
lA and IB
2A ''
. . 2B
2C
Unlimited
12 Stones^ nOfeet
10 Stories -lOOfeet
8 Stories - 85 feet
Unlimiyed
'50.000
50.QQ0
Note a. 1 foot = 304.8 mm; 1 square foot = 0.093 m
406.4.1 Unlimited area: Structures with all sides
open shall be unlimited in area provided that the
height does not exceed 75 feet (22860 mm). For
a side to be considered open, the total area of
openings along the side shall not be less than 50%
of the exterior area of the side at each parking
level and such openings shall be equally
distributed along the length of each level. All
portions of each parking level shall be within 200
feet (60960 mm) horizontally fi-om an exterior
wall opening on any permanent open space.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
69
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
406.5 Guards: All open-sided floor areas shall be
provided with a guard in accordance with 780 CMR
1021.0, except that in those structures wherein
vehicles are hoisted to the desired level and placed
in the parking space entirely by approved
mechanical means, the guard is not required on the
side of the parking levels adjacent to the space
occupied by the hoisting and placing equipment.
406.6 "Wheel guards: Wheel guards made of
approved noncombustible material shall be placed
wherever required.
780 CMR 407.0 PRIVATE GARAGES
407.1 General: Private garages shall comply with
the requirements of 780 CMR 407.0. All private
garages not falling within the purview of 780 CMR
407,3 through 407.7 and which are attached to or
located beneath a building shall comply with the
requirements of 780 CMR 3 13.0 foT public garages.
407.2 Deflnitions: The following words and terms
shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR 407.0 and as
used elsewhere in 780 CMR, have the meanings
shown herein.
Garage* private: A garage for four or less passenger
motor vehicles, four or less single motor
airplanes, or one commercial motor vehicle,
without provision for repairing or servicing such
vehicles for profit.
407.3 Beneath rooms: Private garages located
beneath habitable rooms in occupancies in Use
Group R-I, R-2, R-3 or I-l shall be separated fi-om
adjacent interior spaces by Jire partitions and
floor/ceiling assemblies which are constructed with
not less than a one-hour fireresistance rating. Wood
structural members of the minimum dimensions
specified in 780 CMR 2304.0 for Type 4
construction shall be acceptable without any further
protection where a one-hour fireresistance rating is
required.
407.4 Attached to rooms: Private garages attached
side-by-side to rooms in occupancies in Use Group
R-1, R-2, R-3 or I-l shall be completely separated
fi'om the interior spaces and the attic area by means
of %-inch Type-X gypsum board or the equivalent
applied to the garage side.
407.5 Door sills: The sills of all door opemngs
hc^een private garages and adjacent interior spaces
shall be raised not less than four inches (102 mm)
above the garage floor.
407.6 Opening protectives: The door opening
protectives shall comply with one of the followring.
1 . 1^/i-inch solid core wood door.
2. iVi-inch solid or honeycomb core steel door.
407.7 Firestopping of concealed spaces: Where a
garage is connected to an occupancy in Use Group
R-3 by a concealed space, such as a breezeway, that
is of Type 5B construction and ten feet (3048 mm)
or greater in length, the junction of the garage and
the concealed space shall he firestopped to comply
with 780 CMR 720.0.
407.8 Means of egress: Where living quarters are
located above z. private garage, the required means
of egress facilities shall be separated fi"om the garage
area with one-hour fireresistance" rated construction.
780 CMR 408.0 PUBUC GARAGES
408.1 General: Public garages shall comply with
the applicable requirements of 780 CMR 408.0.
Those portions of public garages where paint
spraying is done shall comply with the requirements
of780 CMR 419.0.
408.2 Definitions: The following words and terms
shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR 408.0 and as
used elsewhere in 780 CMR have the meanings
shown herein.
Garage, public: A building or structure for the
storage or parking of more than four passenger
motor vehicles, motor-powered boats or private or
commercial airplanes, or more than one
commercial motor vehicle. Public garages shall
be classified in one of the following groups
according to their specific occupancies:
Group 1: A public garage occupied for the
storage, parking, repairing or the painting of, or
the dispensing of fuel to, motor vehicles.
Group 2: A public garage occupied exclusively
for passenger vehicles that will accommodate not
more than nine passengers.
408.3 Construction: All Group 1 public garages
hereafter erected shall be classified as Use Group S-
1 and all Group 2 public garages shall be classified
as Use Group S-2; both shall conform to the height
and area limitations of Table 503 except as
specifically provided for herein.
408.3.1 Sprinkler system: All public garages
shall be equipped throughout v^th an automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with 780 CMR
906.2.1:
1 . Where any fire area exceeds 1 2,000 square
feet(1116m2>;
2. Where the total area of dM fire areas on all
floors exceeds 24,000 square feet (2232 m^);
3. Where any fire area is more than three
stories above grade; or
4. Where located beneath other use groups.
70
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY
For the purposes of 780 CMR 408.0, a roof
occupied for the parking or storage of motor
vehicles shall not constitute a story.
408.3.2 Roof storage of motor vehicles: Where
the roof of a building is occupied for the parking
or storage of motor vehicles, such roof shall be
provided with a parapet wall or a guard
constructed in accordance with 780 CMR 1021.0,
and with a wheel guard not less than six inches
(152 mm) in height that is located so as to prevent
any vehicle from striking the parapet wall or
guard.
408.3.3 Floor constriictiion: The floor finish of
public garages, including airplane hangers, shall
be of concrete or other approved nonabsorbent,
noncombustible material.
405.4 Fud°dlspensing areas: Fuel-dispensing areas
shall be located on the level nearest grade. Public
garages with fuel-dispensing areas shall be
completely separated from any other use group by
fire separation assemblies having & minimum
fireresistance rating of two hours. The floors of the
friel-dispensing areas shall be graded to a floor
drainage system such that any fuel spill or leak is
contained within the area. The drainage system shall
conform to the requirements of the plumbing code
listed in Appendix A. The fuel-dispensing area shall
be equipped with an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with 780 CMR 9.
408.4.1 Fuel-dispensing systems: All fuel-
dispensing and fuel storage systems shall conform
to the requirements of the mechanical code listed
in Appendix A.
408.5 Ventilation: All public garages shall be
ventilated in accordance with the mechanical code
listed in Appendix A. Fuel-dispensing areas shall be
mechanically ventilated.
403.6 Special hazards: Any process conducted in
conjunction with public garages which involves
volatile flammable solvents shall be segregated or
located in a detached building or structure, except as
provided for in 780 CMR 418.0 for the storage and
handling of gasoline and other volatile flammables.
The quantity offlammable liquids stored or handled
in public garages except in underground storage
tanks, in special enclosures where permitted in
accordance with NFiPA 30A and the fire prevention
code listed m Appendix A, and in the tanks of motor
vehicles— shall not be more than five gallons (0.019
m^) in approved safety cans.
780 CMR 409.0 USE GROUP 14
409.1 General: All occupancies in Use Group 1-2
shall comply with the provisions of 780 CMR 409.0
and all other applicable provisions of 780 CMR,
except that 780 CMR 409.0* shall not apply to
occupancies in Use Group 1-2 that are not equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with 780 CMR 906.0.
Note: Hospitals, nursing homes and
convalescent homes shall be constructed of Type
I construction, in accordance with M.G.L
cin,§§51and7L
4ID9.2 Corridors: All corridors in occupancies in
Use Group 1-2 shall be continuous to the exits and
separated from all other areas except waiting areas,
nurses' stations and mental health treatment areas
conforming to 780 CMR 409.2. 1 through 409.2.4.
409.2.1 Waiting areas: Waiting areas shall not be
open to the corridor, except where all of the
following criteria are met:
1 . The aggregate area of waiting areas in each
smoke compartment does not exceed 600
square feet (56m^;
2. Each area is located to permit direct visual
supervision by facility staff;
3. Each area is equipped with an automatic
fire detection system installed in accordance
with 780 CMR 918.0; and
4. Each area is arranged so as not to obstruct
access to the required exits.
409.2.2 Waiting areas of unlimited aresi: Spaces
constructed as required for corridors shall not be
open to a corridor, except where all of the
following criteria are met:
1. The spaces are not occupied for patient
sleeping rooms, treatment rooms or specific
occupancy areas as defined in 780 CMR
302.1.1;
2. Each space is located to permit direct
visual supervision by the facility staff;
3 . Both the space and corridors that the space
opens into in the same smoke compartment are
protected by an automatic fire detection system
installed in accordance with 780 CMR 918.0;
and
4. The space is arranged so as not to obstruct
access to the required exits.
409.23 Nurses* stations: Spaces for doctors' and
nurses' charting, communications and related
clerical areas shall not be open to the corridor,
except where such spaces are constructed as
required for corridors.
409.2.4 Mental health treatment areas: Areas
wherein only mental health patients who are
capable of self-preservation are housed, or group
meeting or multipurpose therapeutic spaces other
than specific occupancy areas as defined in
780 CMR 302. 1. 1, under continuous supervision
by facility staff, shall not be open to the corridor,
except where all of the following criteria are met:
I. Each area does not exceed 1,500 square
feet (140 m^);
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
71
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
2. The area is located to permit supervision by
the facility staff;
3. The area is arranged so as not to obstruct
any access to the required exits;
4. The area is equipped with an automatic fire
detection system installed in accordance with
780 CMR 918.0;
5. Not more than one such space is permitted
in any one smoke compartment; and
6. The walls and ceilings of the space are
constructed as required for corridors.
409.3 Corridor walls: Corridor walls shall form a
barrier to limit the transfer of smoke. The walls
shall extend from the floor to the underside of the
floor or roof deck above or to the underside of the
ceiling above where the ceiling membrane is
constructed to limit the transfer of smoke.
409.3.1 Corridor doors: Corridor doors, other
than those in a wall required to be rated by
780 CMR 302.1.1 or for the enclosure of a
vertical opening or an exit, shall not have a
required fireresistance rating and shall not be
required to be equipped with self-closing or
automatic-closing devices, but shall provide an
effective barrier to limit the transfer of smoke and
shall be equipped with positive latching. Roller
latches are not permitted. All other doors shall
conform to 780 CMR 716.0.
4093.2 Locking devices: Locking devices which
restrict access to the patient room from the
corridor, and which are operable only by staff
from the corridor side, shall not restrict the means
of egress from the patient room except for patient
rooms in mental health facilities. Also see
780 CMR 1017.4.1.8(2).
409.4 Smoke barriers: Smoke barriers shall be
provided to subdivide every story used by patients
for sleeping or treatment into at least two smoke
compartments. Such stories shall be divided into
smoke compartments with an area of not more than
22,500 square feet (2092 m^) and the travel distance
from any point in a smoke compartment to a smoke
barrier door shall not exceed 150 feet (45720 mm).
The smoke barrier shall be in accordance with
780 CMR 712.0.
409.4.1 Refuge area: At least 30 net square feet
(2.8 m^) per patient shall be provided within the
aggregate area of corridors, patient rooms,
treatment rooms, lounge or dining areas and other
low-hazard areas on each side of each smoke
barrier. On floors not housing patients confined
to a bed or litter, at least six net square feet (0.56
m^ per occupant shall be provided on each side of
each smoke barrier for the total number of
occupants in adjoining smoke compartments.
409.4.2 Independent egress: A means of egress
shall be provided from each smoke compartment
created by smoke barriers without having to
return through the smoke compartment from
which means of egress originated.
409.5 Automatic sprinkler system: Smoke
compartments containing patient sleeping rooms
shall be equipped throughout with an automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with 780 CMR
906.2. 1 . Patient sleeping rooms shall be equipped
with quick-response sprinklers.
409.5.1 Automatic fire detection: Patient
sleeping rooms in nursing homes (both
intermediate care and skilled nursing facilities)
and detoxification facilities shall be provided with
a smoke detector that is permanently connected to
the normal power supply and that complies v^th
the requirements of UL 217 or UL 268 listed in
Appendix A. Such detectors shall provide a
visual display on the corridor side of each patient
room and shall provide an audible and visual
alarm at the nursing station attending that room.
Where such detectors and related devices are not
combined with the nursing call system, the
detectors shall be installed in accordance with
780 CMR 918.0.
Exceptions:
1. Smoke detectors are not required in patient
rooms equipped with automatic door-closing
devices with integral smoke detectors on the
room sides installed in accordance with their
listing, provided that the integral detectors
perform the required alerting function.
2. Patient-room smoke detectors installed in
accordance with 780 CMR 918.0 are not
required to activate the fire protective signaling
system where the visual and audible alarms
required in 780 CMR 409.5.1 are provided.
3. Sleeping rooms of a child care facility as
specified in 780 CMR 308.3. 1.
780 CMR 4ia0 USE GROUP 1-3
410.1 General: All occupancies in Use Group 1-3
shall comply with the provisions of 780 CMR 410.0
and all other applicable provisions of 780 CMR (see
780 CMR 308.4).
410.2 Mixed use groups: Portions of buildings with
an occupancy in Use Group 1-3 which are classified
as a different use group shall meet the applicable
requirements of 780 CMR for such use groups.
Where security operations necessitate the locking of
required means of egress, provisions shall be made
for the release of occupants at all times.
410.3 Means of egress: Except as modified or as
provided for in 780 CMR 410.0, the provisions of
780 CMR 10 shall apply.
410.3.1 Door width: Doors to resident sleeping
rooms shall have a clear width of not less than 28
inches (711 mm).
72
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY
410.3.2 Sliding doors: Where doors in a means of
egress are of the horizontal-sliding type, the force
to slide the door to its fully open position shall not
exceed 50 pounds (222 N) with a perpendicular
force against the door of 50 pounds (222 N).
410.3.3 Horizoratai exits: Horizontal exits shall
be permitted to comprise 100% of the exits
required provided that access to an exit, other than
a horizontal exit, is available in another fire
compartment without requiring return through the
compartment of origin. At least six square feet
(0.56 m^) of available space per occupant shall be
provided on each side of the horizontal exit for
the total number of occupants in the compartment
served by that exit.
410.3.4 Spiral stairs and alternating tread
stairways: Spiral stairs that conform to the
requirements of 780 CMR 1014.6.4 and
alternating tread stairways that conform to the
requirements of 780 CMR 1014.6.6 are permitted
for access to and in between staff locations.
410.3.5 Esit discharge: Exits are permitted to
discharge into a fenced or walled courtyard.
Enclosed yards or courts shall be of a size to
accommodate all occupants, a nunimum of 50 feet
(15240 mm) from the building with a net area of
15 square feet (1.4 m^) per person.
410.3.6 Sallyports: A sallyport shall be permitted
in a means of egress where there are provisions
for continuous and unobstructed passage through
the sallyport during an emergency exiting
condition. A sallyport is a security vestibule with
two or more doors where the intended purpose is
to prevent continuous and unobstructed passage
by allowing the release of only one door at a time.
410.3.7 Exit stairways: One of the required exit
stairways in each building shall be permitted to
have glazing installed in doors and interior walls
at each landing level providing access to the
stairway, provided that all of the following
conditions are met:
1 . The stairwc^ shall not serve more than four
floor levels.
2. Stair doors shall not be less than %»hour
fire doors complying with 780 CMR 716.0.
3 . The total area of glazing at each floor level
shall not exceed 5,000 square inches (3.23 m^
and individual panels of glazing shall not
exceed 1,296 square inches (0.84 m^.
4. The glazing shall be protected on both
sides by an automatic sprinkler system. The
sprinkler system shall be designed to wet
completely the entire surface of any glazing
affected by fire when actuated.
5. The glazing shall be in a gasketed frame
and installed in such a manner that the framing
system will deflect vinthout breaking (loading)
the glass before the sprinkler system operates.
6. Obstructions, such as curtain rods, drapery
traverse rods, curtains, drapes or similar
materials shall not be installed between the
sutomzXxc. sprinklers and the glazing.
410.4 Locks: Egress doors are permitted to be
locked in accordance with the applicable use
condition. Doors from an area of refuge to exterior
are permitted to be locked with a key lock the in lieu
of locking methods described in 780 CMR 410.4.1.
The keys to unlock the exterior doors shall be
available at all times and the locks shall be operable
from both sides of the door.
410.4.1 Remote release: All remote release of
locks on doors in a means of egress shall be
provided with reliable means of operation, remote
from the resident living areas, to release locks on
all required doors. In Occupancy Conditions III
or IV, the arrangement, accessibility and security
of the release mechanism(s) required for egress
shall be such that with the minimum available
sta£f at any time, the lock mechanisms are capable
of being released v^thin two minutes.
Exception: Provisions for remote locking and
unlocking of occupied rooms in Occupancy
Condition IV are not required provided that not
more than ten locks are necessary to . be
unlocked in order to move all occupants fi"om
one smoke compartment to an area of refiige
within three minutes. The opening of all
necessary locks shall be accomplished with not
more than two separate keys.
410.4.2 Power-operated doors arad locks: All
power-operated sliding doors or power=operated
locks for swinging doors shall be operable by a
manual release mechanism at the door, and either
emergency power or a remote mechanical
operating release shall be provided.
410.4.3 RedundaEt operation: Remote release,
mechanically operated sliding doors or remote
release, mechanically operated locks shall be
provided with a mechanically operated release
mechanism at each door, or shall be provided mth
a redundant remote release control.
410.4.4 Relock capability: Doors remotely
unlocked under emergency conditions shall not
automatically relock when closed unless specific
action is taken at the remote location to enable
doors to relock.
410.4.5 Emergency power: Emergency power in
accordance with S27 CMR 1100 as listed m
Appendix A shall be provided for all electrically
power-operated sliding doors and power-operated
locks.
Exception: Facilities vAth ten locks or less
complying with the exception to 780 CMR
410.4.1.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
73
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
410.5 Vertical openings: Vertical openings shall be
enclosed in accordance with 780 CMR 713.3.
Exception: A floor opening between floor levels
of residential housing areas is permitted without
enclosure protection between the levels, provided
that all of the following conditions are met:
1. The entire normally occupied areas so
interconnected are open and unobstructed so as
to enable observation of the areas by
supervisory personnel.
2. Means of egress capacity is sufficient to
provide simultaneous egress for all occupants
from all interconnected levels and areas.
3. The height difference between the highest
and lowest finished floor levels shall not
exceed 23 feet (7010 mm). Each story,
considered separately, has at least one-half of
its individual required means of egress capacity
provided by exits leading directly out of that
story without traversing another story vnthin
the inter-connected area.
410.6 Smoke barrier: All occupancies in Use
Group 1-3 shall have smoke barriers complying with
780 CMR 712.0 to divide every story occupied by
residents for sleeping, or any other story having an
occupant load of SO or more persons, into at least
two smoke compartments.
Exception: Spaces having direct exit to one of the
following, provided that the locking arrangement
of the doors involved complies wifli the
requirements for doors at the compartment barrier
for the use condition involved:
1. A public way,
2. A building separated from the resident
housing area by a two-hour fireresistance rated
assembly or 50 feet (15240 mm) of open space; or
3. A secured yard or court having a holding
space 50 feet (15240 mm) from the housing area
that provides six square feet (0.56 m^) or more of
refuge area per occupant including residents, staff
and visitors.
410.6.1 Smoke compartments: The maximum
number of residents in any smoke compartment
shall be 200. The travel distance to a door in a
smoke barrier from any room door required as exit
access shall not exceed 150 feet (45720 mm).
The travel distance to a door in a smoke barrier
from any point in a room shall not exceed 200 feet
(60960 mm).
410.6.2 Refuge area: At least six net square feet
per occupant shall be provided on each side of
each smoke barrier for the total number of
occupants in adjoining smoke compartments.
This space shall be readily available whenever the
occupants are moved across the smoke barrier in
a fire emergency.
410.6.3 Independent egress: A means of egress
shall be provided from each smoke compartment
created by smoke barriers without having to
return through the smoke compartment from
which means of egress originates.
410.7 Subdivision of resident housing areas:
Sleeping areas including an individual cell or
dormitory and any contiguous day room, group
activity space or other common spaces where
residents are housed shall be separated from all other
spaces in accordance with 780 CMR 410.7. 1 through
410.7.4.
410.7.1 Occupant^ Conditions DI and IV: Each
sleeping area in Occupancy Conditions III and IV
shall be separated from the adjacent conmion
spaces by a smoke-tight partition where the travel
distance from the dormitory room or cell through
the common space to the exit access corridor
exceeds 50 feet (15240 mm).
410.7.2 Occupancy Condition V: Each sleeping
area in Occupancy Condition V shall be separated
from adjacent sleeping areas, corridors and
common spaces by a smoke-tight partition.
Additionally, common spaces shall be separated
from the exit access corridor by a smoke-tight
partition.
410.7.3 Openings in room face: The aggregate
area of all openings in a solid sleeping room face
in Occupancy Conditions 11, IE, IV and V shall
not exceed 120 square inches (77419 mm^). The
aggregate area shall include all openings
including door undercuts, food passes and grilles.
All openings shall be not more than 36 inches
(914 mm) above the floor. In Occupancy
Condition V, the openings shall be closable from
the room side.
410.7.4 Smoke-tight doors: Doors in openings in
partitions required to be smoke tight by 780 CMR
410.7 shall be substantial doors, of construction
that will resist the passage of smoke. Latches and
door closers are not required on cell doors.
410.8 Windowless buildings: For the purposes of
780 CMR 410.8, a windowless building or portion of
a building is one with nonopenable windows,
windows not readily breakable or without windows.
Windowless buildings shall be provided with vent
openings, smoke shafts or an engineered smoke
control system to provide ventilation (mechanical or
natural) for each windowless smoke compartment.
780 CMR 411.0 MOTION PICTURE
PROJECnON ROOMS, SCREENING
ROOMS AND SOUND STAGES
(Refer to M.G.L c 143, § 89 for additional
information regarding cellulose nitrate film and
Appendix A for related Code of Massachusetts
Regulations fCMR'sJ).
74
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR; STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY
411,1 General: The provisions of 780 CMR 4n.O
shall apply to rooms in which ribbon-type cellulose
acetate or other safety film is utilized in conjunction
with electric arc, xenon or other light-source
projection equipment which develops hazardous
gases, dust or radiation. Where cellulose nitrate film
is utilized or stored, such rooms shall comply with
NFiPA 40 listed in Appendix A.
Every motion picture machine projecting film as
mentioned within the scope of 780 CMR 41 LO shall
be enclosed in a projection room. Appurtenant
electrical equipment, such as rheostats, transformers
and generators, shall be within the projection room
or in an adjacent room of equivalent construction.
There shall be posted on the outside of each
projection room door and within the projection room
itself, a conspicuous sign Vi^th one-inch (25 mm)
block letters stating "Safety Film Only Permitted in
this Room".
41 L2 Construction of projectioe rooms: Every
projection room shall be of permanent constmctxon
consistent with the construction requirements for the
type of building in which the projection room is
located. Openings are not required to be proteaed.
The room shall have a floor area of not less than
80 square feet (7.44 m ) for a single machine. Each
motion picture projector, floodlight, spotlight or
similar piece of equipment shall have a clear
working space of not less than 30 inches by 30
inches (762 mm by 762 mm) on each side and at the
rear thereof, but only one such space shall be
required between two adjacent projectors. The
projection room and the rooms appurtenant thereto
shall have a ceiling height of not less than seven feet
six mch&s (2286 mm). The aggregate of openings
for projection equipment shall not exceed 25% of the
area of the wall between the projection room and the
auditorium. All openings shall be provided with
glass or other approved material, so as to close
completely the opening.
411.3 Projectiom booth andl sqmtipinent
veEitllation: Projection booths and equipment shall
be ventilated in accordance with the mechanical
code listed in Appendix A.
411.4 Lighting control: Provision shall be made for
control of the auditorium lighting and the means of
^^(?j:f lighting systems of theaters from inside of the
room and fi-om at least one other convenient point in
the building as required in 780 CMR 1024.3. L
411.5 Miscellaneous equipment: Each projection
room shall be provided with rewind and film storage
facilities.
41 L6 Screening rooms: Screening rooms shall
provide a seating capacity of not more than 30
persons, with not less than two approved means of
egress complying with 780 CMR 10. Such rooms
shall be enclosed in one-hour fre separation
assemblies. All seats shall be permanently fixed in
position and the arrangement shall comply with the
requirements of 780 CMR 1012.0.
411.7 Sound stage construction: All sound stages
for motion picture or television productions shall be
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system installed in accordance with 780 CMR 9.
780 CMR 412.0 STAGES AND PLAIFORMS
412.1 Applicability: The provisions of 780 CMR
412.0 shall apply to all parts of buildings and
structures which contain stages or platforms and
similar appurtenances as herein defined.
412.2 Definitions: The following words and terms
shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR 412.0 and as
used elsewhere in 780 CMR, have the meanings
shown herein.
Platform'. A platform is a raised area within a
building for: the presentation of music, plays or
other entertainment; the head table for special
guests; the raised area for lectures and speakers;
boxing and wrestling rings; theater-in-the-round;
and similar purposes wherein there are no
overhead hanging curtains, drops, scenery or
stage effects other than lighting. A temporary
platform is one installed for not more than 30
days.
Stage: A stage is a partially enclosed portion of a
building which is designed or used for the
presentation of plays, demonstrations or other
entertainment. A stage shall be fiirther classified
as either a legitimate stage, regular stage or thrust
stage.
Stage, legitimate: A stage wherein curtains,
drops, leg drops, scenery, lighting devices or other
stage effects are retractable horizontally or
suspended overhead.
Stage* regular: A stage wherein curtains, fixed
leg drops, valances, sceneiy and other stage
effects are hung and are not retractable.
Stage, thrust: A platform extending beyond the
proscenium arch and into the audience.
412.3 Stages: Stage construction shall comply with
780 CMR 412.3. 1 through 412.3.9.
412,3.1 Stage floor construction: Openings
through all stage floors shall be equipped with
tight-fitting, solid wood trap doors not less than
two inches in nominal thickness with approved
safety locks or other materials of equal physical
and fire endurance properties.
4I23.L1 Legitimate stages: Legitimate stages
shall be constructed of materials as required for
floors for the type of construction, but not less
than Type IB construction except that the
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
75
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
portion of the legitimate stage extending back
from and six feet (1829 mm) beyond the full
width of the proscenium opening on each side
shall be permitted to be constructed of
noncombustible or heavy timber construction
covered with a wood floor of not less than two
inches nominal in thickness. Except for the
finished floor, combustible construction shall
not extend beyond the plane of the proscenium
opening.
412.3.1.2 Regular and thrust stages: Regular
stages and thrust stages shall be constructed of
materials as required for floors for the type of
construction of the building in which such
stages are located.
412.3.2 Stage rigging loft: The rigging lofl, also
referred to as the loft or fly, is the space over the
stage where scenery and equipment is out of view.
The fly gallery is the narrow raised platform at the
side of the legitimate stage from which the lines
for flying scenery are manipulated. The gridiron
is the arrangement of beams over a legitimate
stage supporting the machinery for flying scenery
and hanging battens from which lighting is hung.
The pin rail is the beam at one side of a legitimate
stage through which wooden or metal pins are
driven and to which lines from the flies are
fastened. The rigging loft, fly galleries, gridiron
and pin rails shall be constructed of approved
noncombustible materials.
412.3.3 Footlights and stage electrical
equipment: Footlights and border lights shall be
installed in troughs constructed of approved
noncombustible materials. Ready access shall be
provided at all times to the switchboard. The
storage or placing of stage equipment against the
switchboard shall be prohibited.
412.3.4 Exterior stage doors: Where protection
of openings is required, exit discharge door
openings to the outer air shall be protected with
fire doors that comply with 780 CMR 716.0. All
exterior openings which are located on the stage
for means of egress or loading and unloading
purposes, and which are likely to be open during
occupancy of the theater, shall be constructed
with vestibules to prevent air drafts into the
auditorium.
412 J.5 Proscenium wall: Legitimate stages shall
be completely separated from the seating area by
a proscenium wall with not less than a two-hour
fireresistance rating extending continuously from
the foundation to the roof There shall not be
other openings in the wall separating a legitimate
stage from the auditorium except: the main
proscenium opening; two doorways at the stage
level, one on each side thereof; and one doorway
to the musician's pit from the space below the
stage floor. Each such doorway shall not exceed
45 square feet (4.19 m^) in area and shall be
protected with fire doors that comply with
780 CMR 716.0.
412.3.5.1 Trim, Anish and decorative
hangings: All moldings and decorations
around the proscenium opening shall be
constructed entirely of approved
noncombustible material.
412.3.6 Proscenium curtain: The proscenium
opening of every legitimate stage shall be provided
with a curtain of approved material designed and
installed to intercept hot gases, flames and smoke,
and to prevent a glow from a severe fire on the stage
from showing on the auditorium side for a period of
30 minutes. The closing of the curtain from the fiill
open position shall be effected in less than 30
seconds, but the last eight feet of travel shall require
not less than five seconds.
412.3.6.1 Activation: The curtain shall be
activated by rate-of-rise heat detection
operating at a rate of temperature rise of 15 to
20''F per minute (8' to ITC per minute); and
by an auxiliary manual control.
412.3.6.2 Fire test: A sample curtain with a
minimum of two vertical seams shall be
subjected to the standard fire test specified in
ASTM El 19 listed in Appendix A for a period
of 30 minutes. The curtain shall overlap the
fiimace edges by an amount that is appropriate
to seal the top and sides. The curtain shall
have a bottom pocket containing a minimum of
four lbs. per linear foot (6 kg/m) of batten. The
exposed surface of the curtain shall not glow,
and flame or smoke shall not penetrate the
curtain during the test period. Unexposed
surface temperature and hose stream test
requirements are not applicable to the
proscenium fire safety curtain test.
412.3.6.3 Smoke test: Curtain fabrics shall
have a smoke-developed rating of 25 or less
when tested in accordance with ASTM E84
listed m Appendix A.
412.3.6.4 Tests: The completed proscenium
curtain shall be subjected to operating tests
prior to the issuance of a certificate of
occupancy.
412.3.7 Scenery: All combustible materials used
in sets and scenery shall be rendered flame-
resistant to comply with 780 CMR 8.
412.3.8 Stage ventilation: Emergency ventilation
shall be provided^ for stages larger than 1,000
square feet (93 m ) in floor area, or with a stage
height greater than 50 feet (15240 mm). Such
ventilation shall comply with 780 CMR 412.3.8.1
or 412.3.8.2
412.3.8.1 Roof vents: Two or more vents
constructed to open automatically by approved
heat-activated devices and with and aggregate
clear opening area of not less than 5% of the
76
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY
area of the stage shall be Jocated near the
center and above the highest part of the stage
area, except as otherwise provided for in
780 CMR 412.3.9. Supplemental means shall
be provided for manual operation of the
ventilator. Curbs shall be provided as required
for skylights in 780 CMR 2608.2.
40.3.8.2 Smoke control: Smoke control in
accordance with 780 CMR 921.0 shall be
provided to maintain the smoke layer interface
not less than six feet (1829 mm) above the
highest level of the assembly seating or above
the top of the proscenium opemng where a
proscenium wall is required by 780 CMR
412.3.5.
412.3.9 Superimposed theaters: Additions or
extensions shall not be erected over the stage
section of a theater, nor shall a second theater be
erected above another. Where approved, the
prohibition against superimposed theateris and
construction above the stage shall not apply
where approved access is provided for fire
fighting with direct means of ventilation to the
outer air fi^om the stage portion. ''
412.4 Platforms: Platform construction shall
comply with 780 CMR 412.4.1 and 412.4.2.
412.4.1 Materials: In buildings required to be of
Type 1 or Type 2 construction where the
platforms are not more than 30 inches (762 mm)
above the main floor level, the minimum type of
construction for a permanent platform shall be
Type 2C. For all types of construction where the
platforms are not more than 30 inches (762 mm)
above the main floor level, not larger in area than
10% of the room floor area and not more than 200
square feet (19 m2) in area, the mininium type of
construction for a permanent /?/aybrm shall be
Type 5B. For all types of construction where the
platforms are not more than 30 inches (762 mm)
above the main floor level, not larger than V& of
the room floor area and not more than 3,000
square feet (279 m^ in area, the minimum type of
construction for a permanent platform shall be
Type 4 or the platform shaU be constructed of
fireretardant-treated wood. All other permanent
platforms shall be constructed of approved
materials as required for floors for the required
type of construction of the building in which it is
located. Temporary platforms shall be
constructed of any approved material.
412.4.2 Space beueath: The space between the
floor and a temporary platform above shall not be
utilized for any purpose other than electrical
wiring to platform equipment Where the space
between the floor and a permanent platform above
is utilized for any purpose other than electrical
wiring or plumbing, the platform shall provide a
one-hour fireresistance rating.
412.5 Bressing and appurtenant rooms: Dressing
and appurtenant rooms shall comply with 780 CMR
412.5.1 through 412.5.3..
412.5.1 Constroctiora: Dressing rooms, scene
docks, property rooms, workshops, storerooms
and all compartments appurtenant to the stage
shall be separated firom each other and firom the
stage and all other parts of the building by fre
separation assemblies with not less than a one-
hour fireresistance ratmg with approved opening
protectives. Such rooms shall not be placed
immediately over or under the operating stage
area.
Esceptiom: Separation fi"om the stage is not
required for stages having a floor area of 500
square feet (46.5 m^ or less.
412.5.2 Opening protectives: Openings other
than to trunk rooms and the necessary doorways
at stage level shall not connect such rooms with
the stage, and such openings shall be protected
with/re doors that comply with 780 CMR 71 6.0.
412.5.3 Dressing room and stage exits: Each tier
of dressing rooms shall be provided with at least
two means of egress. Means of egress stairways
from dressing and storage rooms are not required
to be enclosed where located in the stage area
behind the proscenium wall. At least one
approved means of egress shall be provided fi^om
each side of the stage; fi-om each side of the space
under the stage; fi-om each fly gallery; and fi-om
the gridiron, A steel ladder shall be provided
fi"om the gridiron to a scuttle in the stage roof
4!12.6 AiBtomatic sprlmkler system: Stages and
enclosed platforms shall be equipped with an
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
780 CMR 412.0 and 780 CMR 906.0 or 780 CMR
907.0. The system shall be installed: under the roof
and gridiron, in the tie and fly galleries and in all
places behind the proscenium wall of the stage; over
and within enclosed platforms in excess of 500
square feet (46.5 m^ in area; and in dressing rooms,
lounges, workshops and storerooms accessory to
such stages or enclosed platforms.
■ Exceptions:
1. Stages or enclosed platforms open to the
auditorium room on three or more sides.
2. Altars, pulpits or similar platforms and
accessory rooms.
3. Stage gridirons where sidewall sprinMers with
135°F (57^) rated heads with heat-baffle plates
are installed around the perimeter of the stage
except for the proscenium opening at points not
more than 30 inches (762 mm) below the gridiron
nor more than six inches (152 mm) below the
baffle plate.
4. Under sta^ or enclosed platform areas less
than four feet (1219 mm) in clear height utilized
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 CMR - Skth Edition
77
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
for storage, the stage and supporting structures
shall be of one-hour fireresistance rated
construction.
412.7 Standpipes: A wet standpipe system in
accordance with 780 CMR 914.0 shall be provided
and equipped with 1 '/2-inch hose connections on
each side of the stage.
Exception: Where the building or area is
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system, the hose connections, that are supplied
from the automatic sprinkler system shall have a
water supply of not less than that required by
NFiPA 13 listed in Appendix A.
412.7.1 Hose and cabinet: The hose connections
shall be equipped with sufficient lengths of IV2 -
inch hose to provide fire protection for the stage
area; such connections shall be equipped with an
approved adjustable fog nozzle and be mounted in
a cabinet or a rack.
780 CMR 413.0 SPECIAL AMUSEMENT
BUILDINGS
413.1 General: Special amusement buildings shall
comply with the requirements for buildings of the
appropriate assembly use group in addition to the
requirements of 780 CMR 413.0.
Exception: Buildings or portions thereof that are
essentially open to the outside air, such as
buildings without walls or without a roof and
arranged to prevent the accumulation of smoke in
the building or structure are not required to
comply with 780 CMR 413.0.
413.2 Special amusement building: A special
amusement building is any temporary, permanent or
mobile building or portion thereof which is occupied
for amusement, entertainment or educational
purposes and which contains a device or system
which conveys passengers or provides a walkway
along, around or over a course in any direction so
arranged that the means of egress path is not readily
apparent due to visual or audio distractions or is
intentionally confounded or is not readily available
due to the nature of the attraction or mode of
conveyance through the building or structure.
413.3 Fire detection: All special amusement
buildings shall be equipped with an automatic fire
detection system in accordance with 780 CMR
918.0.
Exception: In areas where the ambient conditions
will cause a smoke detector to activate, an
approved alternative type of automatic detector
shall be installed.
413.4 Automatic sprinklers: AH special amusement
buildings shall be equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
780 CMR 906.0. Where the special amusement
building is temporary or mobile, the sprinkler water
supply shall be of an approved temporary means.
Exception: An automatic sprinkler system is not
required where the total floor area of a temporary
special amusement building is less than 1,000
square feet (93 m^) and the travel distance from
any point to an exit is less than 50 feet (15240
mm).
413.5 System response: The activation of the
automatic fire detection system within a single
protected area or the automatic sprinkler system
shall automatically:
1. Cause illumination of the means of egress
with light of not less than one footcandie (10.76
lux) at the walking surface level; .
2. Stop any conflicting or confusing sounds and
visual distractions; and
3. Activate an approved directional exit marking
that will become apparent in an emergency.
413.5.1 Alarm: Activation of any single smoke
detector, the automatic sprinkler system or any
other automatic fire detection device shall
immediately sound an alarm at the building at a
constantly attended location from which
emergency action can be initiated including the
capability of manual initiation of requirements in
780 CMR 413.5.
413.5.2 Public address system: A public address
system, which is also permitted to serve as an
alarm system, shall be provided and shall be
audible throughout the entire special amusement
building.
413.5.3 Exit marking: "Exit" signs shall be
installed at required exit doorways. Approved
directional exit markings shall also be provided
and shall include signs as required by 780 CMR
1023.0. Where mirrors, mazes or other designs
are used that confound the means of egress paths,
approved low-level "exit" signs and directional
path markings shall be provided and located not
more than eight inches (203 mm) above the
walking surface and on or near the means of
egress path. Such markings shall become visible
when activated in accordance with 780 CMR
413.5, item 3.
413.6 Interior finish: The interior finish shall be
Class I in accordance with 780 CMR 803.2.
413.7 Required inspections. Buildings or portions
thereof, classified as special amusement buildings
shall be inspected on an annual basis to ensure
compliance with the applicable portions of
780 CMR.
780 CMR 414.0 AIRPORT TRAFFIC
CONTROL TOWERS
414.1 General: The provisions of 780 CMR 414.0
shall apply to airport traffic control towers not
exceeding 1,500 square feet per floor occupied only
for air traffic control, electrical and mechanical
equipment rooms, radar and electronics rooms.
78
780 CMR -Sixth Edition
1/19/01
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS A>JD STANDARDS
SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY
office spaces incidental to tower operation and
lounges for employees, including restrooms.
414o2 Type of coiastructioii: Air traflSc control
towers shall be constructed to conform to the height
and area limitations of Table 414.2.
Table 4142
HEIGHT AND AREA LIMITATIONS FOR
AIRPORT TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWERS
Type of
construction
Height"'''
Maximum area
(square feet)
lA. IB
■■Ml
2(1^.
Unlimited
240ieet
fOOfeet
85 feet
1.500
1.5D0
Note a. Height to be measured from grade to cab
floor.
■ Note h. I foot - 304.8 mm; 1 square food = 0.093m .
4143 Egress: A minimum of one exit stairway shall
be permitted for airport traffic control towers of any
hei^i provided that the occupant load per floor does
not exceed 15. The stairway shall conform to the
requu-ements of 780 CMR 1014.0 and 1015.0. The
stairway shall be separated from elevators by a
minimuip distance ofVz of the diagonal of the area
served.
Exception: Smokeproof enclosures as set forth in
780 CMR 1015.0 are not required where required
stairways are pressurized to a minimum of 0.15
inch of water column (37.33 P) and a maximum of
0.35 inch of water column (87.10 P) in the shaft
relative to the buUding with all stairway doors
closed.
414.4 Automatic Ore detection systems: Airport
traffic control towers shall be provided with an
automatic fire detection system installed in
accordance with 780 CMR 918.0.
414.5 Standby power: A standby power system that
conforms to 780 CMR 403.9 and §27 CMR 12. 00 as
listed in Appendix A shall be provided in auport
traffic control towers more than 65 feet (19812 mm)
in height. Power shall be provided to mechanicai
equipment servicing smokeproof enclosures and
stairway pressurization systems, means of egress
lighting, elevator operational equipment and the
automatic fire detection system.
780 CMR 41S0 OUTDOOR PROCESSING
FACIUIIES
415 J Industry standards: Outdoor processing
facilities such as chemical plants, refineries and
grain elevators shall be constructed in accordance
v^th the accepted engmeering practice of the
specific industry and the fire prevention code listed
in Appendix A, subject to the approval of the the
building code enforcement official and the fire
prevention officer.
780 CMR 416.0 HPM FACIUIIES
416.1 Scope: The provisions of 780 CMR 416.0
shall apply to buildings and structures using
hazardous production materials {HPM), such as in
semiconductor fabrication facilities and areas of
comparable research and development. Except as
specifically required by 780 CMR 416.0, such
buildings shall comply with the applicable
requirements of 780 CMR. The specific code
provisions of 780 CMR 307.0, 506.3 and Table
1009.2 applicable to high-hazard use groups shall
not apply unless stated herein.
416.2 Definitions: The following words and terms
shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR 416.0 and as
used elsewhere in 780 CMR, have the meanings
shown herein.
Emergency control station: An approved location on
the premises where signals fi-om emergency
equipment are received and which is staffed by
trained personnel.
Fabrication area: A fabrication area is one in which
there are processes involving hazardous
production materials {HPM), and includes
ancillary rooms or areas, such as dressing rooms
and offices, which are supplemental to the area
processes.
Hamrdous production material (HPM): A solid,
liquid or gas that has a degree of hazard rating in
health, flammability or reactivity of Class 3 or 4
as ranked by WiPA 704 listed in Appendix A and
wliich is used directly in research, laboratory or
production processes which have as their end
product, materials which are not hazardous.
Service passage^ HPM: A- passage in which
hazardous production materials (HPM) are
transported fi-om a separate inside HPM storage
. room or the exterior of the building to the
perimeter wall of the fabrication area, for
purposes other than required means of egress.
Storage room, HPM, separate inside: A room in
which hazardous production materials (HPM) are
stored in containers, tanks, drums or other means,
and which is separated from other occupancies.
Such rooms include:
HPM cutoffwom: An HPM stor&ge room vwthin
a building and having at least one exterior wall.
HPM inside room: An HPM storage room totally
enclosed wthin a building and not having exterior
walls.
416.3 Allowable heights, stones and area: The
allowable height, number of stories and basic areas
permitted for HPM buildings and structures shall not
exceed the limitations specified in Table 416.3. The
provisions of 780 CMR 507.0 shall not apply. The
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
79
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
area limitations are for one- or two-story buildings
facing on a street or public space not less than 30
feet (9144 mm) wide. The increases permitted in
780 CMR 506.2 and 506.3 shall apply.
Table 416 J
HEIGHT, NUMBER OF STORIES AND
AREA LIMITATIONS FOR HPM USE
FACILITIES
Type of
construction
Number of
stories
Height (feetf
Area (square
feet/floor)*
lAandlB
3
55
Unlimited
2A
3
55
34,200
2B
3
55
22,500
2C
3
40
14.400
3A
3
50
19,800
3B
,,-..-. 3 ■
40
14.400
4
3
55
21,600
5A
3
40
15,300
5B
ss
30
T2Q0
Note a. 1 foot = 304.8 mm; 1 square foot = 0.093 m^
416.4 Fire suppression: HPM facilities shall be
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with 780 CMR 9. The design
for the fabrication areas, service passages, separate
inside HPM storage rooms without dispensing, and
means of egress corridors shall meet the
requirements for Ordinary Hazard Group 2 in
NFiPA 13 listed in Appendix A. The design for
separate inside HPM storage rooms with dispensing
shall meet the requirements for Extra Hazard Group
2 in NFiPA 13 listed in Appendix A.
416.5 Amount of HPM in a fabrication area: The
total amount of HPM permitted in a single
fabrication area shall be based on the densities in
Table 416.5(2), or the quantities in Table 416.5(1),
whichever is the larger amount.
Table 416.5(1)
PERMITTED AMOUNTS OF HPM IN A
SINGLE FABRICATION AREA-
QUANTITY BASIS
Material
Maximum quantity^
Flanunable liquids
Class I-A
90 gallons
Class I-B
180 gallons
Class I-C
270 gallons
Combination flammable liquids
containing not more than the exempt
amounts of Class I-A, I-B or I-C
flammable liquids
360 gallons
Combustible liquids
Class II
360 gallons
Class III-A
750 gallons
Flammable gases
9,000 cubic feet at
■ -■ .
one atmosphere of
pressure at 70'F
Liquefied flammable gases
1 80 gallons
Flammable solids
1,500 pounds
Corrosive liquids
165 gallons
Oxidizing miateriat - gases
18,000 cubic feet
Oxidizing material - liquids
150 gallons
Oxidizing material - solids .
1,500 pounds
Organic peroxides
30 pounds
Highly toxic material and poisonous gas
Included in the
aggregate for
flammables as noted
above
Note a. 1 gallon - 0.00379 m ; 1 cubic foot = 0.028 m ;
1 pound = 0.454 kg; degrees C = {(degrees F)-32}/1.8.
Table 416.5(2)
PERMITTED AMOUNTS OF HPM IN A
SINGLE FABRICATION AREA— DENSITY
BASIS ^•'^
State
Units**
Flam-
mable
Oxi-
dizer
Cor-
rosive
Solid
Liquid
Gas
Pounds per aquare foot
Gallons per square foot
Cubic feet oersQuare foot
0.001
0.04^
1.250
0.003
0.03
1.250
0:003
0.08
3.000
Note a. HPM within piping shall not be included in the
calculated quantities.
Note b. The maximum permitted quantities of flammable
and combustible liquids shall not exceed the following
quantities:
Class (I-A) + (I-B) + (I - C) (combination
flammable liquids) = .025
However Class I-A shall not exceed = .0025
Class II =.0l
Class III-A = .02
Note c. Highly toxic materials and poisonous gases
shall be limited by the maximum quantities specified in
Table 416.5(1).
Note d. One pound per square foot >= 4.882 kg/m^; I
gallon per square foot = 0.0407 mVm^; 1 cubic foot per
square foot = 0.301 mVm^.
80
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
1 2/1 2/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY
416.6 Egress: There shall not be less than two
means of egress provided for zny fabrication area or
any /fPAf facility subdivision thereof larger than 200
square feet (1 8.62 m^. The maximum length of exit
access travel in HPM facilities shall be 100 feet
(30480 mm).
416.7 Separation: Fabrication areas shall be
separated from each other, from means of egress
corridors, and from other parts of the building by
not less than one-hour^^e separation assemblies in
compliance with 780 CMR 709.0, vnihfire doors
complying with 780 CMR 716.0. Floors fonning
part of the required separation shall be liquid tight.
416.8 Floors: Floors "wSbixifabrication areas shall
be of approved noncombustible construction.
Unprotected openings through floors of fabrication
areas are permitted where the interconnected levels
are used solely for mechanical equipment directly
related to suchfabrication areas.
Mechanical, duct and piping penetrations within
a fabrication area shall not extend through more
than two floors. Penetrations shall be effectively
^rejroppe^ in accordance with 780 CMR 720.6.4 at
the floor level. Iht fabrication area, including the
areas through which ductwork and piping extend,
shall be considered a single conditioned space ox fire
area.
416.9 Vemtilatsoffi, general: Ventilation systems
shall comply with the mechanical code listed in
Appendix A except as otherwise provided herein.
Ventilation, including recalculated air, shall be
provided diroughout ihe fabrication area at the rate
of not less than Icfm per square foot (5074
cmVs/m^) of floor area.
416.9.1 Interconnection: The exhaust system of
one fabrication area shall not connect to another
exhaust system outside that fabrication area
within the building. The retum air system from
one fabrication area shall not connect to any
other system.
416.9.2 Smoke detectors: Smoke detectors shall
be installed in the recirculating air stream and
shall initiate a signal at the emergency control
station.
416.9 J Shutoff switches: Automatic shutoffs are
not required to be installed on air-moving
equipment. A manually operated remote switch
to shut off the fabrication area supply or the
recirculation air system, or both, shall be provided
at an approved location outside ^q fabrication
area.
416.9.4 Gas detection: Where HPM gas Is used
or dispensed and the physiological warning
properties for the gas are at a higher level than the
accepted permissible exposure limitation for the
gas, a continuous gas-monitoring system shall be
provided to detect the presence of a short-term
hazard condition. Where dispensing occurs and
flammable gases or vapors are liberated in
quantities exceeding 20% of the lower explosive
limitation, a continuous gas-monitoring system
shall be provided. The monitoring system shall
be connected to the emergency control station.
416.10 Transporting HPM: HPM shall be
transported to fabrication areas through enclosed
piping or tubing systems which comply with
780 CMR 416.15, through service passages, or in
means of egress corridors as permitted in the
exception to 780 CMR 416.12.
416.11 Electrical: Electrical equipment and devices
within the fabrication area shall comply with
527 CMR listed in Appendix A. The requirements
for hazardous locations are not required to be
applied where the average rate of air change is at
least four cfin per square foot (20300 cmVs/m^) of
floor area and where the rate of air change at any
location is not less than three cfin per square foot
(15200 cmVs/m^).
416.12 Means of egress corridors: Means of egress
corridors shall comply with 780 CMR 10 11. 4 and
shall be separated from fabrication areas as
specified in 780 CMR 416.7. Means of egress
corridors shall not be used for transporting HPM
except as provided for in 780 CMR 416.12.1 and
416.15.2.
416.12,1 Existing faeilties: In existing HPM
facilities, when there are alterations or
modifications to existing fabrication areas, the
transportation of HPM in means of egress
corridors shall be permitted provided tfiat all of
the requirements of 780 CMR 416.12.1.1 and
416.12.1.2 are met.
416.12.1.1 Corridors: Corridors adjacent to
the fabrication area under alteration shall
comply with Table 602, item 4, for a length
determined as follows:
1 . The length of the common wall of the
corridor and ih&ifabrication area\ and
2. For the distance along the corridor to
the point of entry of HPM into the corridor
serving ihatfabrication area.
416.12.1J Openings: There shall not be
openings between the corridor and an HPM
storage cabinet in & fabrication area other than
those in compliance with all of the following:
1. one-hour fire doors are installed
between the corridor and the cabinet;
2. The cabinet is separated from the
corridor with a one-hour fireresistance rated
fire partition; and
3. Automatic sprinklers shall be provided
inside the cabinets
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
81
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
416.13 Service passages: Service passages shall be
considered as HPM facilities. Service passages shall
be separated from means of egress corridors as
required by 780 CMR 416.7.
416.13.1 Ventilation: Service passages shall be
ventilated as required by 780 CMR 4 1 6.9.
416.13.2 Egress: There shall not be less than two
means of egress from a service passage. Not
more than one-half of the required means of
egress shall be into ihc fabrication area. Doors
from service passages shall be self-closing and
swing in the direction of means of egress travel.
416.13 J Travel distance: The maximum distance
of travel from any point in a service passage to an
exit or door into a fabrication area shall not
. exceed 75 feet (22860 mm). Dead ends shall not
exceed four feet (121 9 mm) in length.
416.13.4 Alarms: Alarms shall be provided for in
accordance with 780 CMR 416.14.5.
416.14 Storage of HPM, general: Rooms used for
the storage of HPM in quantities greater than those
set forth in Tables 307.8(1) and 307.8(2), except for
those quantities permitted within a fabrication area,
shall comply witii the provisions of NFiPA 30 listed
in Appendix A, provided that the area of an HPM
cutoff room shall not exceed 6,000 square feet (558
m^). The storage area for any liquid HPM shall be
provided with drains.
416.14.1 Location within building: Where HPM
cutoff rooms are provided, such rooms shall not
be less than 30 feet (9144 nmi) from lot lines.
416.14.2 HPM drainage systems: Drainage
systems shall be provided to direct liquid leakage
and fire protection water to a safe location away
from the building, important valves or adjoining
property. HPM flammable liquid drains shall be
separated from other HPM liquid drains Other
HPM liquids in drains that are not compatible
shall be separated from each other, provided that
the liquids are permitted to be combined when
such liquids have been rendered acceptable for
discharge by an approved means into the public
sewers.
416.14J Egress: There shall be two means of
egress from a separate inside HPM storage room
where the room exceeds 200 square feet (1 86 m^
in area. Where two means of egress are required
from HPM cutoff rooms, one shall be directly to
the outside of the building. All storage room
means of egress doors shall be self-closing and
swing in the direction of means of egress travel
416.14.4 Ventilation: Exhaust ventilation shall be
provided for in accordance with 780 CMR 416.9
for all categories of HPM.
416.14.5 Emergency alarm: An emergency
telephone system or local fire protective signaling
system station shall be installed outside of each
interior egress door from HPM cutoff rooms. The
signal shall be relayed to the emergency control
station and a local signaling device provided.
416.14.6 Electrical: HPM cutoff rooms
containing flammable liquids or gases shall be
classified as Class I, Division 1, hazardous
locations in accordance with 527 CMR listed in
Appendix A.
416.14.7 Gas detection: Gas detection shall be
provided for in accordance with 780 CMR
416.9.4.
416.15 Piping and tubing: HPM piping and tubing
shall comply with 780 CMR 416.15 and shall be
installed in accordance with ASME B3L3 listed in
AppendbcA.
416.15.1 General: Piping and tubing systems
shall be metallic unless the material being
transported is incompatible with such system.
Systems supplying gaseous HPM, having a health
hazard of 3 or 4 as ranked by NFiPA 704 listed in
Appendix A, shall be welded throughout, except
for connections, valves and fittings which are
within an exhausted enclosure. HPM supply
piping or tubing in service passages shall be
exposed to view.
416.15.2 Installation in egress corridors or
above other use groups: HPM shall not be
located within means of egress corridors or above
areas not containing HPM facilities except as
permitted by 780 CMR 416.15. HPMpiping and
tubing shall be permitted within the space defined
by the walls of means of egress corridors and the
floor or roof above, or in concealed spaces above
other use groups under the following conditions:
1. Automatic sprinklers shall be installed
within the space unless the space is less than
six inches (152 mm) m least dimension.
2. Ventilation at not less than six air changes
per hour shall be provided. The space shall not
be used to convey air from any other area.
3. All HPM supply piping and tubing and
HPM non-metallic waste lines shall be
separated from the means of egress corridor
and from any use group other than an HPMvse
facility by afire separation assembly having a
fireresistance rating of not less than one hour.
Where gypsum wallboard is used, joints on the
piping side of the enclosure are not required to
be taped, provided that the joints occur over
framing members.
4. Where piping or tubing is used to transport
HPM liquids, a receptor shall be installed
below such piping or tubing. The receptor
shall be designed to collect and drain any
discharge or leakage to an approved location.
The one-hour enclosure required by 780 CMR
82
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
SPECIE USE AND OCCUPANCY
416.15.2, item 3 shall not be used as part of the
receptor.
5. Manual or automatic remotely activated
fail-safe emergency shutoff valves, with ready
access thereto, shall be installed on piping and
tubing, other than waste lines, at branch
connections into ihc fabrication area, and at
entries into means of egress corridors.
6. Where HPM supply gas is carried in
pressurized piping, a fail-safe system for
excess flow control shall shut off flow due to a
rupture in the piping.
7 Electrical vdring and equipment located in
the piping space shall be approved for Class I,
Division 2, hazardous locations in accordance
with 527 CMR listed in Appendix A.
8. Gas detection shall be as provided for in
780 CMR 4 16.9.4
Exception: Conditions 1 through 8 shall not
apply to transverse crossings of the
corridors by supply piping that is coaxially
enclosed within a ferrous pipe or tube for
the width of the corridor. An enclosing
pipe or tube open to an HPMmsq facility is
permitted.
416,1S3 IdeiatificatioB: Piping, tubing and HPM
waste lines shall be identified in accordance with
ASME A13.1 listed in Appendk A.
780 CMR 417.© HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
(See also 780 CMR 426.0 for the design and
constriction of Bulk Merchandlslmg Retail
Buildings.)
in. I Gemeral: The provisions of 780 CMR 417.0
shall apply to all buildings and structures occupied
for the manufacturing, processing, dispensing, use or
storage of hazardous materials. All buildings and
structures with an occupancy in Use Group H shall
also comply with the applicable provisions of
780 CMR 418.0 and the fire prevention code listed
m. Appendix A.
Note: The safe design of hazardous material
occupancies is material dependent, individual
material requirements are also found in 780 CMR
307.0 and 418.0, and in the mechanical and fire
prevention codes listed m Appendix A. Since the
fire department is responsible for inspection of
these occupancies for proper utilization and
handling of hazardous materials, the
administrative authority shall cooperate with the
fire department in the discharge' of the
responsibility to enforce 780 CMR 417.0
417o2 Control areas/exempt amoimts: Control
areas shall be those spaces within a building where
quantities of hazardous materials not exceeding the
allowable exempt amounts are stored, dispensed,
utilized or handled. Control areas shall be separated
from all adjacent interior spaces by fire separation
assemblies in accordance with 780 CMR 709.0. The
number of permitted control areas and degree of fire
separation shall be in accordance v«th Table 417.2.
The floor construction and supporting structure for
all floors within the control area shall require a
minimum two-hour fireresistance rating.
Table 417.2
PERMITTED CONTROL AREAS'
ffi,b
Floor level
Percent of
allowable
exempt
quantities per
control area
Control areas
per floor
Vertical fire
separation
walls Qiours)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7-9
Higher than 9
100
75
50
12.5
12.5
12.5
5
5
4
3
2
2
2^
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
Note a. The number of floor levels below grade shall
not exceed two. The first floor level before grade shall be
limited to 75% of the maximum allowable exempt
quantity per control area with a maximum of three
control areas. The second floor level below grade shall
be limited to 50% of the maximum allowable exempt
quantity per control area with a maximum of two control
areas.
Note b. In mercantile occupancies, a maximum of two
control areas per floor shall be permitted in retail sales
rooms.
417.2.1 Hazardous material In mercaQtik
display areas: Except m modified by 780 CMR
426, the aggregate quanti^ of nonflammable solid
and nonflammable or noncombustible liquid
hazardous materials permitted within a single
control area of a retail sales occupancy is
permitted to exceed the exempt amounts specified
in Tables 307.8(1) and 307.8(2) without
classifying the building as a high-hazard use
group, provided that the materials are stored in
accordance with the fire prevention code listed in
AppendlxA.
4113 Equipment rooms: Heating and ventilating
equipment in occupancies involving fire hazards
fcomjlammable vapors, dusts, combustible fibers or
other highly combustible substances shall be
installed and protected against fire and explosion
hazards in accordance vdth the mechanical code and
the fire prevention code listed in Appendix A.
417o4 Hazardous materiaD systems: Systems
involving hazardous materials shall be suitable for
the intended application and shall be designed by
persons competent in such design. Controls shall be
designed to prevent materials from entering or
leaving process or reaction systems at other than the
intended time, rate or path. Automatic controls,
where provided, shall be designed to be fail safe.
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
83
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
417.5 Inside storage, dispensing and utilization:
The inside storage, dispensing and utilization of
hazardous materials in excess of the allowable
exempt amounts of Tables 307.8(1) and 307.8(2)
shall be in accordance with 780 CMR 417.5.1
through 417.5.5 and the fire prevention code listed
m Appendix A.
417^.1 Explosion control: Every structure, room
or space occupied for purposes involving
explosion hazards shall be provided with
explo^on venting, explosion suppression systems,
barricades or equivalent explosion protective
devices in accordance with 780 CMR 417.0 and
NFiPA 495 listed in Appendix A where required
by 780 CMR 418.0 and the fire prevention code
listed vciAppentUxA.
Exception: Explosion venting shall not be
utilized as a means to protect buildings fi'om
detonation hazards.
417.5.1.1 Explosion venting: Areas which are
provided with explosion venting to relieve
deflagration shall comply ^th the following:
1. Walls, ceilings and roofs exposing
surrounding areas shall be designed to resist
a mmimum internal pressure of 100 pounds
per square foot (psf).
2. Explosion venting shall be permitted
only in exterior walls or roofs or through
specially designed shafts to the exterior of
the building.
3. Venting shall be designed to prevent
serious structural damage and the
production of lethal projectiles.
4. The aggregate clear vent relief area shall
be governed by the pressure resistance of
the nonrelieving portions of the building.
5. Vents shall be designed to relieve at a
maximum internal pressure of 20 pounds
per square foot (psf) and shall consist of any
one or any combination of the following:
S. 1. Walls of lightweight material.
5.2. Lightly fastened hatch covers.
5.3. Lightly fastened, oiitward-opening
swinging doors in exterior walls.
5.4. Lightly fastened walls or roofs.
6. Venting devices shall discharge directly
to the open air or to an unoccupied space
not less than 50 feet in width on the same
lot.
7. Relievuig devices shall be so located
that the discharge shall not be less than ten
feet vertically and 20 feet horizontally fi'om
window openings or exits in the same or
adjoining buildings or structures.
8. Discharge shall be in the direction of
least exposure and not into the interior of
the building.
417.5.1.2 Explosion suppression systems:
Explosion suppression systems shall be of an
approved type and installed in accordance with
the provisions of 780 CMR and NFiPA 69
listed in Appendix A.
417.5.2 Monitor control equipment: Monitor
control equipment shall be pro\dded where
required by the fire prevention code listed in
Appendix A.
417.5.3 Detection systems: All occupancies in
Use Group H shall be provided with an automatic
fire detection system in accordance with NFiPA
72 listed in Appendix A where required by the fire
prevention code listed in Appendix A. The
detection system shall be provided in the areas
where the high-hazard materials are utilized and
stored.
417.5.4 Standby power:. ..Where mechanical
ventilation, treatment systems, temperature
control, alarm, detection or other electrically
operated systems are required, such systems shall
be connected to an emergency electrical system in
accordance with 527 CMR 12.00 as listed in
Appendix ^4 or a standby power system in
accordance with 527 CMR 12.00 as listed in
Appendix A. Such systems shall be independent
of the public supply.
417.5.5 Spill control, drainage and
containment: Rooms, buildings or areas occupied
for the storage of solid and liquid hazardous
materials shall be provided with a means to
control spillage and to contain or drain ofif
spillage and fire protection water discharged in
the storage area where required in 780 CMR
418.0 and the fire prevention code listed in
Appendix A.
417.6 Outside storage, dispensing and utilization:
The outside storage, dispensing and utilization of
hazardous materials in excess of the exempt
amounts shall be in accordance with 780 CMR.
417.6.1 through 417.6.6 and the fire prevention code
listed in Appendix A.
417.6.1 Location: In addition to the general
requirements of 780 CMR 417.6.2 through
417.6.5, the outside storage of hazardous
materials as listed in 780 CMR 307.0 shall be
separated fi'om buildings and lot lines and into
individual areas as specified in the fire prevention
code listed in Appendix A,
417.6.2 Protection from vehicles: Guard posts or
other means shall be provided to protect outside
storage tanks firom vehicular damage.
417.6.3 Fire lanes and water supply: Fu'e lanes
and approved water supplies shall be provided for
outside storage areas as required by the code
official.
1 . Fire lanes. Fire lanes shall be provided to
within 150 feet (45720 mm) of all portions of
an outside storage area. Such fire lanes shall
84
780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUELDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY
comply with the provisions of the fire
prevention code listed in Appendix A.
2. Water supply. An approved water supply
shall be provided. Fire hydrants capable of
supplying the required fire flow shall be
provided to within 150 feet (45720 mm) of an
outside storage area. The water supply and fire
hydrants shall comply with the provisions of
NFiPA 24 and the fire prevention code listed in
Appendix A.
417.6.4 Weather protection: Where weather
protection is provided for sheltering outside
hazardous material storage areas, such storage
shall not be considered inside storage pro\nded
that all of the following conditions are met:
1. Structure supports and walls shall not
obstruct more than one side of the perimeter of
the storage area.
2. The distance firom the structure and the
structure supports to buildings, lot UneSy public
ways or means of egress to di public way shall
not be less than the distance required for an
outside hazardous material storage area
without weather protection.
3. The overhead structure shall be of
approved noncombustible construction with a
maximum area of 1,500 square feet (140 m^).
417.6.5 Security: Any site occupied for the
storage, utilization or handling of hazardous
materials shall be provided vwth a fence not less
than six feet (1829 mm) in height or otherwise
secured fi'om public access.
4n£jS FIsie suppression system: Areas occupied
for the dispensing or utilisation of fUmmable
hazardous materials which are located within 50
feet of either a storage area or building, and
vehicle-loading racks whetejlammabk hazardous
materials are dispensed, shz31 be equipped with an
approved automatic fire suppression system.
Exception: Motor vehicle service stations as
defined in NFiPA 30A listed in Appendix A.
780 CMR 4iaO USE GROUPS H-1, H=2, H-3
ANDH-4
418.1 Scope: The provisions of 780 CMR 418.0
shall apply to the storage and utilization of
hazardous materials in excess of the exempt
amounts listed in 780 CMR 307.8. All buEdings and
structures with an occupancy in Use Group H shall
also comply with the applicable provisions of
780 CMR 417.0 and the fire prevention code listed
in Appendix A .
418.2 Use Group H°l: All occupancies in Use
Group H-1 shall be constructed In accordance with
the provisions of 780 CMR 418.2.1 and 418.2.2 and
the fire prevention code listed in Appendix A.
418.2.1 ConstnictioE: Occupancies in Use Group
H-1 shall not be located in buildings that are more
than one story in height, have basements or other
spaces below grade, or which are attached to other
buildings. The minimum ^re separation distance
for all exterior walls of occupancies in Use Group
H-1 shall be in accordance with the fire
prevention code listed in Appendix A. All floor
surfaces shall be spark resistant.
418.2.2 Number of exits: There shall not be less
than two exits from any area or space wherein Use
Group H-1 materials are utilized or stored. All
requu-ed exits shall discharge directly to the
exterior of the building or structure.
418.3 Use Group H-2: Occupancies in Use Group
H-2 shall be constructed in accordance with
780 CMR 418.3.1 through 418.3.4 and the fire
prevention code listed m Appendix A.
41S.3.1 Combustible dusts, grain processing
arad storage: The provisions of 780 CMR
418.3. 1.1. through 418.3.1.6 shall apply to all
buildings in which materials that produce
combustible dusts are stored or handled.
Buildings which store or handle combustible dusts
shall comply with the applicable provisions of
NFiPA 61A, 61B, 61C, 6ia 65, 120, 651, 654,
655, 664 and 8503 and the fire prevention code
listed in Appendix A.
41S.3.1J Type of tmstmctlm md hdght
eiceptioiis: All buildings shall be of Type 1,
Type 2 or Type 4 construction, within the
height and area limitations of Table 503 for
Use Group H-2; except that where erected of
Type 1 or Type 2 construction, the heights and
areas of gram elevators and similar structures
shall be unlimited, and where of Type 4
construction, the maximum height shall be 65
feet (19812 mm) and except fiirther that, in
isolated areas, the maximum height of Type 4
structures shall be increased to 85 feet (25908
mm).
418^.1.2 Grinding rooms: Every room or
space occupied for grinding or other operations
that produce combustible dusts shall be
enclosed with floors and walls that have not
less than a two-hour fireresistance rating where
the area is not more than 3,000 square feet (279
m^, and not less than a four hour fireresistance
rating where the area is greater than 3.000
square feet (279 m^.
418.3.1.3 CoiRveyors: Ml conveyors, chutes,
pipmg and similar equipment passing through
the enclosures of rooms or spaces shall be
constructed diit tight and vapor tight, and be of
approved noncombustible materials complying
with 780 CMR 3010.0.
418.3.1.4 Explosion relief: Means for
explosion relief shall be provided as specified
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sbcth Edition
85
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
in 780 CMR 417.5.1, or spaces shall be
equipped with the equivalent mechanical
ventilation complying with the mechanical
code listed in Append A.
418.3.1.5 Grain elevators: Gr^dn elevators,
malt houses and buildings for similar
occupancies shall not be located within 30 feet
(9144 mm) of interior lot lines or structures on
the same lot, except where erected along a
railroad right-of-way.
418.3.1.6 Coal pockets: Coal pockets located
less than 30 feet (9144 mm) from interior lot
lines or from structures on the same lot shall be
constructed of not less than Type 2A
construction. Where more than 30 feet (9144
mm) from interior lot lines, or where erected
along a railroad right-of-way, the minimum
type of construction of such structures not
more than 65 feet (19812 mm) in height shall
be Type 4.
418.3.2 Flammable and combustible liquids:
The storage, handling processing and transporting
of flammable and combustible liquids shall be in
accordance with the mechanical code and the frre
prevention code listed in Appendix A. Where a
Class I, n or JEAflammable or combustible liquid
is stored in tanks inside the building, the
installation shall conform to 780 CMR 418.3.2.1
through 418.3.2.10 and NFiPA 30 listed in
Appendix A. The requirements shall only apply
where tanks have an individual storage capacity
that exceeds the exempt amounts specified in
Tables 307.8(1) and 307.8(2). The fire area
containing the tank(s) shall be classified as Use
Group H-2.
418.3.2.1 Mixed use groups: Where the
storage tank area is located in a building of two
or more use groups, the Use Group H-2 fire
area shall be completely separated from
adjacent fire areas in accordance with the
requirements of 780 CMR 3 13. 1.2.
418.3.2.1.1 Height exception: Where
storage tanks are located within only a
single story, the height limitation of
780 CMR 503.3 shall not apply for the Use
Group li'2 fire area.
418.3.2.2 Tank protection: All storage tanks
shall be noncombustible and protected from
physical damage. Afire separation assembly
around the storage tank(s) shall be permitted to
be classified as the method of protection from
physical damage.
418.3.2^ Tanks for Class I flammable
liquid: All storage tanks for Class I flammable
liquids shall be double-wall tanks. A double-
wall tank shall consist of an approved tank
conforming to the requirements of the
mechanical code listed in Appendix A,
installed within a completely enclosed
noncombustible containment structure. The
containment structure shall prevent the stored
liquid from escaping into the room or area in
which the tank is located. A leak detection
alarm shall be provided to identify a leak of the
primary wall of the tank. The alarm shall
conform to 780 CMR 418.3.2.6.
418.3.2.4 Suppression: The Use Group H-2
fire area shall be equipped throughout with an
approved automatic fire sprinkler system,
installed m accordance with 780 CMR 906.2. 1,
or with a foam-extinguishing system. The
automatic fire suppression system shall be
supervised by method 1, 2 or 3 of 780 CMR
923.1.
418.3.2.5 Leakage containment; A liquid-
tight containment area compatible with the
stored liquid shall be provided to retain 1 10%
of the entire capacity of all the storage liquid in
the event of a leak in a tank plus the capacity
of the automatic fire suppression system
activated for a period of 30 minutes. The
storage tanks and the leakage containment area
shall be provided with an approved method to
drain manually Xh& flammable or combustible
liquid.
Exception: Rooms where only double-wall
storage tanks conforming to 780 CMR
418.3.2.3 are used to store Class I, II and
TEA. Aflammable and combustible liquids
shall not be required to have a leakage
containment area.
418.3.2.6 Leakage alarm: An approved
automatic alarm shall be provided to indicate a
leak in a storage tank and room. The alarm
shall sound an audible signal, 15 dBa above the
ambient sound level, at every point of entry
into the room in which the leaking storage tank
is located. An approved sign shall be posted
on every entry door to the tank storage room
indicating the potential hazard of the interior
room environment, or the sign shall state,
"Warning, when alarm sounds, the
environment within the room may be
hazardous." The leakage alarm shall also be
supervised in accordance with 780 CMR 923.2
to transmit a trouble signal.
418.3.2.7 Tank vent: Storage tank vents shall
terminate to the outdoor air. The vent
termination shall be in an approved location a
minimum of 12 feet (3658 mm) above adjacent
ground level and ten feet (3048 mm) from a lot
line, ventilation intake opening, openable
window or door.
418.3.2.8 Room ventilation: Storage tank
areas storing Class I liquids, or Class U or niA
liquids at temperatures siboye flash point, shall
be ventilated ?x a rate sufficient to maintain the
concentration of vapors within the area at or
below 25% of the lower explosive limit.
86
780 CMR - Sbrth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY
Ventilation requirements shall be determined
by either calculations based on anticipated
fugitive emissions or by sampling of the actual
vapor concentration levels under normal
operating conditions. The sampling shall be
conduaed at a five-foot radius from each
potential vapor source in the storage area.
Provision shall be made for make-up air to
avoid short-circuiting the ventilation.
4183.2.9 Explosion ventlsig: Where Class I
liquids are being stored, explosion venting
shall be provided in accordance with 780 CMR
417.5
418.3.2ol0 Tank openings other tk&m vents:
Tank openings other than vents &om tanks
inside buildings shall be designed to ensure
that liquids or vapor concentrations are not
released inside the building and shall conform
to 780 CMR 418.3.2.10.1 through
418.3.2.10.5.
418.3.2.10.1 Liquid tight: All tank
openings at the maximum liquid level or
below shall be liquid tight.
418.3.2.10.2 Closed: All tank openings
above the maximum liquid level shall be
normally closed.
418.3.2.10.3 Estemal valve: Each
connection through which liquid is capable
of gravity flow from a tank inside a building
shall be provided with an external valve
located as close as practical to, but not more
than two feet from, the shell of the tank.
418.3.2.10.4 Valves- m transfer
connections: Tanks storing Class I or Class
II liquids shall be pro'^ded with either a
nonrally closed, remotely activated valve or
an automatic-closing, heat-activated valve
or other approved device on each liquid
transfer connection below the Uquid level,
except for connections utilized for
emergency disposal.
418.3.2.10.5 Overflow protection: Tanks
shall be equipped with a device, or other
means provided, to prevent overflow into
the building.
418.3.3 Liquefied petrokumt gas 4htnhutmn
facilities: The dedgn and construction of propane,
butane, propylene, butylene and other liquefied
petroleum gas distribution facilities shall conform
to the applicable provisions of 780 CMR
418.3.3.1 through 418.3.3.5.2. The storage and
handling of liquefied petroleum gas systems shaU
conform to the fire prevention code listed m
Appendix A. The design and instdiation of
piping, equipment and systems which utilize
liquefied petroleum gas shall be in accordance
with the mechanical code listed in Appendix A.
Liquefied petroleum gas distribution facilities
shall be ventilated in accordance with the
mechanical code listed in Appendix A and
780 CMR 418.3.3.1.
4183.3.1 Air movenieist: Liquefied petroleum
gas distribution facilities shall be provided
with air inlets and outlets arranged so that air
movement across the floor of the facility will
be uniform. The total area of both inlet and
outlet openings shall be at least one square inch
(0.00065 m^) for each one square foot (0.093
m^ of floor area. The bottom of such openings
shall not be more than six inches (152 mm)
above the floor.
418.3.3.2 ConstructioiB: Liquefied petroleum
gas distribution facilities shall be constructed
in accordance with 780 CMR 418.3.3.3 for
separate buildings, 780 CMR 418.3.3.4 for
attached buildings or 780 CMR 418.3.3.5 for
rooms wthin buildings.
418.3.3.3 Separate buildings: Where located
in separate buildings, liquefied petroleum gas
distribution facilities shall be occupied
exclusively for that purpose or for other
purposes having similar hazards. Such
buildings shall be limited to one story in height
and shall confonm to 780 CMR 418.3.3.3. 1 and
418.3.3.3.2.
418.3.3.3.1 Floors: The floor shall not be
located below ground level and any spaces
beneath the floor shall be solidly filled or
shall be lefr unenclosed.
418.3.3.3.2 Materials: Walls, floors,
ceilings, columns and roofs shall be
constructed of noncombustible materials.
Exterior walls, ceilings and roofs shall be
constructed of material designed for
explosion venting or, if of heavy
construction such as solid brick masonry,
concrete block or reinforced concrete,
explosion-venting windows or panels in
walls or roofs shall be provided having an
explosion-venting area of at least one square
foot. (0.093 m) for each 50 cubic feet
(1.40 m) of enclosed volume.
41833.4 Attached buUdings: Where liquefied
petroleum gas distribution facilities are located
in an attached structure, the attached perimeter
shall not exceed 50% of the perimeter of the
space enclosed and the facility shall comply
with 780 CMR 418.3.3.3 and 418.3.3.4.1.
Where the attached perimeter exceeds 50%,
such facilities shall comply with 780 CMR
418.3.3.5.
418.33.4.1 Fire separation assemblies:
Sq)aration of the attached structures shaU be
provided by fire separation assemblies
having a fireresistance rating of not less
than one hour and shall not have openings.
Fire separation assemblies between
attached structures occupied only for the
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
87
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
storage of LP-gas are permitted to have fire
doors that comply with 780 CMR 716.0.
Such fire separation assemblies shall be
designed to withstand a static pressure of at
least 100 pounds per square foot (psf) (488.2
kg/m^), except where the building to which
the structure is attached is occupied by
operations or processes having a sunilar
hazard.
418.3.3.5 Rooms within buildings: Where
liquefied petroleum gas distribution facilities
are located in rooms within buildings, such
rooms shall be located in the first story and
shall have at least one exterior wall vnth
suflBcient exposed area to permit explosion
venting as provided for in 780 CMR
418.3.3.5.1. The building in which the room is
located shall not have a basement or
unventilated crawl space and the room shall
comply with 780 CMR 418.3.3.5.1 and
418.3.3.5.2.
4183.3.5.1 Materials: Walls, floors,
ceilings and roofs of such rooms shall be
constructed of approved noncombustible
materials. Exterior walls and ceilings shall
be either of lightweight materials designed
for explosion venting or, if of heavy
construction such as solid brick masonry,
concrete block or reinforced concrete,
explosion-venting windows or panels in
walls or roofs shall be provided having an
explosion-venting area of at least one square
foot (0.093 m^) for each 50 cubic feet (1.40
m^) of enclosed volume.
418.3.3.5.2 Common construction: Walls
and floor/ceiling assemblies common to the
room and to the building within wluch the
room is located shall have a fireresistance
rating of not less than one hour and without
openings. Common walls for rooms
occupied only for storage^ of LP-gas are
permitted to have openings which shall be
equipped with %-hour approved opening
protectives complying with 780 CMR 716.0
or 718.0. Such walls and ceiling shall be
designed to withstand a static pressure of at
least 100 psf (488.2 kg/m). Where
approved, 780 CMR 418.3.3.5.2 shall not
apply where the building, within which the
room is located, is occupied by operations
or processes having a similar hazard.
418.3.4 Dry cleaning plants: The construction
and installation of dry cleaning plants shaU be in
accordance with the requirements of 780 CMR,
the mechanical code, the plumbing code and
NFiPA 32 listed in Appendix A.
418.4 Use Group H-3: Occupancies in Use Group
H-3 shall be constructed in accordance with the
applicable provisions of 780 CMR and the fire
prevention code listed in Appendix A.
418.5 Use Group H-4: Occupancies in Use Group
H-4 shall be constructed in accordance with the
applicable provisions of 780 CMR and the fire
prevention code listed in Appendix A.
780 CMR 419.0 APPLICATION OF
FLAMMABLE FINISHES
419.1 General: The provisions of 780 CMR 419.0
shall apply to the construction, installation and use
of buildings and structures, or parts thereof, for the
spraying of flammable paints, varnishes and lacquers
or other flammable materials or mixtures or
compounds used for painting, varnishing, staining or
similar purposes. All such construction and
equipment shall comply with NFiPA 33 and 34
listed in Appendix A.
419.2 Spray spaces: All spray spaces shall be
ventilated with an exhaust system to prevent the
accumulation of flammable mist or vapors in
accordance with the mechanical code listed in
Appendix A. Where such spaces are not separately
enclosed, noncombustible spray curtains shall be
provided to restrict the spread of flammable vapors.
419.2.1 Spray booths: All spray booths shall be
constructed of approved noncombustible materials
and equipped with mechanical ventilating systems
in accordance with the mechanical code listed in
Appendix A.
419.2.2 Spray rooms: All spray rooms shall be
enclosed in fire separation assemblies with not
less than a one-hour fireresistance rating. Floors
shall be waterproofed and drained in an approved
manner.
419.2.3 Spray storage rooms: Rooms used for
the storage of spraying materials essential to the
flammable finish operation shall comply with
NFiPA 30 and the fire prevention code listed in
Append A.
4193 Fire protection: An automatic fire
suppression system shall be provided in all spray,
dip and immersing spaces and storage rooms, and
shall be installed in accordance vAih 780 CMR 9.
780 CMR 42a0 MOBBLE UNITS
420.1 For regulations pertaining to Mobile Units, see
780 CMR 35, and 780 CMR R3.
780 CMR 421.0 SWIMMING POOLS
(Refia- to M.G.L, c 140, § 206 for fitrther
requiremenis pertaining to public or semi-public,
outdoor, inground smmndng pool enclosures,
safety equipment, inspection, and penalties for
violations.)
88
780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2I2S/91)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY
421.1 General: Swimming and bathing pools shall
conform to the requirements of 780 CMR 421.0
provided that 780 CMR 421 .0 shall not be applicable
to any such pool less than 24 inches (610 mm) deep
or having a surface area less than 250 square feet
(23.25 m^), except where such pools are permanently
equipped with a water-recirculating system or
involve structural materials. For the purposes of
780 CMR, pools are classified as private swimming
pools, public swimming pools or semi-pubiic
swimming pools, as defined in 780 CMR 421.2.
Materials and constructions used in swimming pools
shall comply with the applicable requirements of
780 CMR.
421.2 DeOnitions: The following words and terms
shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR 421.0 and as
used elsewhere in 780 CMR, have the meanings
shown herein.
Fools, swimming, liot tubs and spas
Above-ground/on-gronnd pool: See definition of
private swimming pool.
Barrier: A fence, a wall, a building wall or a
combination thereof which completely surrounds
the swimming pool and obstructs access to the
swimming pool. (Refer to M.GcL. c 140^ § 206
for required enclosure of public or semi-public,
outdoor, inground swimming pools.)
Hot tub (special purpose pool): A unit designed
for recreational and therapeutic use which is
shallow in depth and not meant for swimming or
diving. These pools are not drained, cleaned or
refilled for each user. It may include, but not be
limited to hydrojet circulation, hot water, cold
water mineral baths, air induction bubbles, or any
combination thereof. Industiy terminology for
such a pool includes but is not limited to,
therapeutic pool, hydrotherapy pool, whirlpool,
hot spa, hot tubs, fioat tanks, etc. This standard
excludes residential units and facilities used or
under the direct supervision and control of
licensed medical personnel.
In-ground pool: See definition of private
swimming pool.
Private swimming pool: Any structure that
contains water over 24 inches (610 mm) in depth
and which is used, or intended to be used, for
swinmiing or recreational bathing in connection
with an occupancy in Use Group R-3 or £-4 and
which is available only to the family ^d guests of
the householder. This includes in-ground, above-
ground and on-ground swimming pools, hot tubs
and spas.
Private swimming pool, indoor: Any private
swimming pool that is totally contained within a
private structure and surrounded on all four sides
by walls of said structure.
Private swimming pool, outdoor: Any private
swimming pool that is not an indoor pool
Public outdoor, Ing^omid smimmmg pool: Any
swimming pool which is used, or intended to be
used, for swimming or recreational bathing by
the general public Refer to M,G.L c 146, § 206
for requirements pertaining to public or semi-
public, outdoor, inground swimming pool
enclosures, safety equipment, inspection, and
penalties for violations.
Public swimming pool, outdoor,' Any public
swimming pool that is not defined as an outdoor,
inground swimming pool
Semi-public outdoor, inground swimming poot
(as defined by M,G,L c 140, § 206) any
swimming or wading pool on the premises of, or
used in connection with, a hotel, motel, trailer
court, apartment house, country club, youth
club, school, camp, or similar establishment
where the primaty purpose of the establishment
is not the operation of the swimming facilities^ "
Semi-public outdoor, inground swimming pool
shall also mean a pool constructed and
maintained by groups for the purposes of
providing bathing facilities for members and
quests only. Refer to M.G.L, c 140, § 206 for
requirements pertaining to public or semi-public,
outdoor, inground swimming pool enclosures,
safety equipment, inspection, and penalties for
violations.
Semi-public swimming pool, outdoor: Any semi-
public swimming pool that is not defined as a
semi-public outdoor, inground swimming pool
Spa: See definition of private swimming pool.
Wading Pool: Aa poo! of water in a basin having
m maximum depth of less than two feet intended
chiefly as a wading place for children. It does
not include any residential pool as herein
defined,
4213 Permits and coastruetion documents: A
swimming pool or appurtenances thereto shall not be
constructed, installed, enlarged or altered imtil
construction documents have been submitted and a
pemiit has been obtained firam the code official. The
approval of all city, county and state authorities
having jurisdiction over swimming pools shall be
obtained before applying to the code official for a
permit Certified copies of these approvals shall be
filed as part of the supporting data for the permit
application.
421 J.i Construction documents: Construction
documents shall accurately show dimensions and
construction of the pool and appurtenances and
properly established distances to lot lines,
buildings, walks and fences, as well as details of
the water supply system, drainage and water
disposal systems, and all appurtenances pertaining
to the swimming pool. Detailed construction
documents of structures, vertical elevations and
sections through the pool showing depth shall be
included.
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
89
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
421.4 Locations: Private swimming pools shall not
encroach on any front or side yard required by
780 CMR or by the governing zoning law, unless in
accordance with specific rules of the jurisdiction in
which the pool is located. A wall of a swimming
pool shall not be located less than six feet (1829
mm) from any rear or side property line or ten feet
(3048 nun) from any street property line, unless in
accordance with specific rules of the jurisdiction in
which the pool is located.
42L5 Structural design: The pool structure shall be
engineered and designed to withstand the expected
forces to which the pool will be subjected.
42L5.1 Wall slopes: To a depth up to two feet
nine inches (838 mm) from the top, Ac wall slope
- shall not be more than one unit horizontal in five
units vertical (1:5).
421.5.2 Floor slopes: The slope of the floor on
the shallow side of the transition point shall not
exceed one unit vertical to seven units horizontal
(1:7). For public pools greater than 1,200 square
feet (111.6 m^), the slope of the floor on the
shallow side of the transition point shall not
exceed one unit vertical to ten units horizontal
(1:10). The transition point between shallow and
deep water shall not be more than five feet (1524
mm) deep.
421.53 Surface cleaning: All swimming pools
shall be provided with a recirculating skimming
device or overflow gutters to remove scum and
foreign matter from the surface of the water.
Where skimmers are used for private pools, there
shall be at least one skimming device for each
1,000 square feet (93 m^) of surface area or
fraction thereof For public pools where water
skimmers are used, there shall be at least one
skinuning device for each 500 square feet (55.8
m^)ofsurface area or fraction thereof Overflow
gutters shall not be less than three inches (76 mm)
deep and shall be pitched to a slope of one unit
vertical to 48 units horizontal (1:48) toward
drains, and constructed so that such gutters are
safe, cleanable and that matter entering the gutters
will not be washed out by a sudden surge of
entering water.
421.5.4 Walkways: All public and semi-public
swimming pools shall have walkways not less than
four feet (1219 mm) in width extending entirely
around the pool. Curbs or sidewalks around any
swimming pool shall have a slip-resistant surface for
a width of not less than four foot (305 mm) at the
edge of the pool, and shall be so arranged as to
prevent return of surface water to the pool.
421.5.5 Steps and ladders: At least one means of
egress shall be provided from private pools. All
public and semi-public pools shall provide
ladders to other means of egress at both sides of
the diving section and at least one means of egress
at the shallow section; or at least one means of
egress in the deep section and the shallow section
if diving boards are not provided. Treads of steps
and ladders shall have slip-resistant surfaces and
handrails on both sides, except that handrails are
not required where there are not more than four
steps or where the steps extend the full width of
the side or end of the pool. (Refer to 521 CMR
19.00, the Architectural Access Board's rules
and regulations, for requirements pertaining to
the accessibility of all public and semi-public
swimming pools,)
421.6 Water supply: All swimming pools shall be
provided with a potable water supply, free of cross
connections with the pool or its equipment.
421.6.1 Water treatment: See 105 CMR 935.000
Minimum Standards for Swimming Pools.
421.6.2 Drainage systems: The swimming pool
and equipment shall be equipped to be emptied
completely of water and the discharged water
shall be disposed of in an approved manner that
will not create a nuisance to adjoining property.
421.7 Appurtenant structures: All appurtenant
structures, installations and equipment, such as
showers, dressing rooms, equipment houses or other
buildings and structures, including plumbing,
heating and air conditioning systems, shall comply
with all applicable requirements of 780 CMR,
applicable zoning laws and requirements, 105CMR
435.000: Minimum Standards for Swimming
Pools (State Sanitary Code: Chapter V), 248 CMR
2.00 : the State Plumbing Code, and 527 CMR
12.00: the State Electrical Code.
421.7.1 Accessories: All swimming pool
accessories shall be designed, constructed and
installed so as not to be a safety hazard.
Installations or structures for diving piuposes
shall be properiy anchored to insure stability.
421.8 Equipment installations: Pumps, filters and
other mechanical and electrical equipment for public
swimming pools shall be enclosed in such a manner
as to provide access only to authorized persons and
not to bathers. Construction and drainage shall be
arranged to avoid the entrance and accumulation of
water in the vicinity of electrical equipment.
90
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY
421.9 Enclosures for outdoor, inground pubiic and
semi-pubik swimming pools: Outdoor^ Inground
public and semi-public swimming pools shall be
provided with an enclosure In accordance with
M.ai. a 140, § 206,
421.9 J Enclosure for public and seml-puMk
outdoor, inground swimming pools: Eveiy public
and semi-public outdoor, Inground swimming
pool shall be enclosed by a fence six feet in
height and firmly secured at ground level
provided that any board or stockade fence or
structure shall be at least five feet in height, but
if over five feet in height, the fence shall be
chain link. Such enclosure, including gates
therein, shall not be less than six feet above the
ground, and any gate shall be self-latching with
latches placed four feet above ike ground or
otherwise made inaccessible from the outside to
children up to eight years of age. Suck
enclosure shall be constructed of such material
and maintained so as not to permit any opening
In said enclosure, other than a gate, wider than
three inches at any point along the enclosure.
Any such pool shall be equipped with at least
one life ring and rescue hooL
42L9.1.1 Enclosure for all other public and
semi-public swimming pools: The enclosure
shall extend not less than four feet (1219 mm)
above the ground. All gates shall be self-
closing and self-latching with latches placed
at least four feet (1219 mm) above the
ground.
421.9.2 Constryctiora of enclosure for allothep
public and semi-public swimming pools:
Enclosure fences shall be constructed so as to
prohibit the passage of a sphere larger than four
inches (102 mm) in diameter through any opening
or under the fence. Fences shall be designed to
withstand a horizontal concentrated load of 200
pounds (91 kg) applied on a one-square=foot
(0.093 m2) area at any point of the fence.
421.10 Enclosures for private swimming pools,
spas and foot tubs: In lieu of any zoning laws or
ordinances to the contrary, private svidmming pools,
spas and hot tubs shall be enclosed in accordance
with 780 CMR 42 1 .10.1 through 42 1 . 1 0.4 or by other
approved barriers.
421.10.1 Outdoor private swimming pool: An
outdoor private swimming pool, including an in-
ground, above ground or on-ground pool, hot tub
or spa shall be provided with a barrier which shall
comply with the following.
1. The top of the barrier shall be at least 48
inches (1219 mm) above finished ground level
measured on the side of the barrier which faces
away from the swimming pool. The maximum
vertical clearance between finished ground
level and the barrier shall be two inches (51
mm) measured on the side of the barrier which
faces away from the swimming pool. Where
the top of the pool structure is above finished
ground level, such as an above-ground pool,
the barrier shall be at finished ground level,
such as the pool structure, or shall be mounted
on top ofthe pool structure. Where the barrier
is mounted on top of the pool structure, the
maximum vertical clearance between the top of
the pool structure and the bottom ofthe barrier
shall be four inches (102 mm).
2. Openings in the barrier shall not allow
passage of a four-inch (102 mm) diameter
sphere.
3. Solid barriers shall not contain indentations
or protrusions except for normal construction
tolerances and tooled masonry joints.
4. Where the barrier is composed of
horizontal and vertical members and the
distance between the tops of the horizontal
members is less than 45 inches (1 143 mm), the
horizontal members shall be located on the
swimming pool side of the fence. Spacing
between vertical members shall not exceed \Va
inches (44 mm) in width. Decorative cutouts
shall not exceed VA inches (44 mm) in width.
5. Where the barrier is composed of
horizontal and vertical members and the
distance between the tops of the horizontal
members is 45 inches (1143 mm) or more,
spacing between vertical members shall not
exceed four inches (102 mm). Decorative
cutouts shall not exceed 1% inches (44 mm) in
width.
6. Maximum mesh size for chain link fences
shall be a 1 Vi-inch (32 mm) square unless the
fence is provided with slats fastened at the top
or the bottom which reduce the openings to not
more than VA-mches (44 mm).
7. Where the barrier is composed of diagonal
members, such as a lattice fence, the maximum
opening formed by the diagonal members shall
be not more than VA inches (44 mm).
8. Access gates shall comply with the
requirements of 780 CMR 421.10.1 items 1
through 7, and shall be equipped to
accommodate a locking device. Pedestrian
access gates shall open outwards away from
the pool and shall be self-closing and have a
self-latching device. Gates other than
pedestrian access gates shall have a self-
latching device. Where the release mechanism
of the self-latching device is located less than
12/12/97 (Effective .8/28/97)
. 780 CMR - Sixth.Edition
91
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
54 inches (1372 mm) from the bottom of the gate:
(a) the release mechanism shall be located on the
pool side of the gate at least three inches (76 mm)
below the top of the gate; and (b) the gate and barrier
shall not have an opening greater than V^ inch (13
mm) within 18 inches (457 mm) of the release
mechanism.
9. Where a wall of a dwelling serves as part of
the barrier, one of the following shall apply:
9. 1 . All doors with direct access to the pool
through that wall shall be equipped with an
alarm which produces an audible warning
when the door and its screen, if present, are
opened. The audible warning shall
conmience not more than seven seconds
after the door and screen door, if present, are
opened and shall sound continuously for a
minimum of 30 seconds. The alarm shall
have a minimum sound pressure rating of 85
dB A at ten feet (3048 mm) and the sound of
the alarm shall be distinctive from other
household sounds such as smoke alarms,
telephones and door bells. The alarm shall
automatically reset under all conditions.
The alarm shall be equipped with manual
mean's, such as touchpads or switches, to
deactivate temporarily the alarm for a single
opening from either direction. Such
deactivation shall last for not more than 15
seconds. The deactivation touchpads or
switches shall be located at least 54 inches
(1372 mm) above the threshold of the door.
9.2. The pool shall be equipped with an
approved power safety cover.
10. Where an above-ground pool structure is
used as a barrier or where the barrier is
mounted on top of the pool structure, and the
means of access is a fixed or removable ladder
or steps, the ladder or steps shall be surrounded,
by a barrier which meets the requirements of
780 CMR 421.10.1 items 1 through 9. A re-
movable ladder shall not constitute an accept-
able alternative to enclosure requirements.
421.10.2 Indoor private swimming pool: All
walls surrounding an indoor private swimming
pool shall comply with 780 CMR 421.10.1, item
9.
421.10.3 Prohibited locations: Barriers shall be
located so as to prohibit permanent structures,
equipment or similar objects from being used to
climb the barriers.
421.10.4 Exemptions: The following shall be
exempt from the provisions of 780 CMR 421.0.
1. A spa or hot tub with an approved safety
cover.
2. Fixtures which are drained after each use.
421.11 Diving boards: Minimum water depths and
distances for diving hoppers for pools, based on
board height above water, shall comply with Table
. 42.1 . 1 1 ( 1 ) for public pools andTable 42 1 . 1 1 (2) for
private pools.
The maximum slope permitted between point Dj
and the transition point shall not exceed one unit
vertical to three units horizontal (1:3) in private and
public pools. D, is the point directly under the end
of the diving boards. Dj is the point at which the
floor begins to slope upwards to the transition point.
See Figure 421.11.
Figure 421.11
MINIMUM WATER DEPTHS AND
DISTANCES BASED ON BOARD HEIGHT
FOR ALL PUBLIC, SEMI PVBUC AND
PRIVATE POOLS
>=
/
TYPICAL POSITION OF TIP
OF BOARD RELATIVE TO PT. A
PT. B
I
WATER LINE
PT. C PT. D
TRANSITION POINT
Table 421.1 1(1)
MINIMUM WATER DEPTHS AND
DISTANCES BASED ON BOARD
HEIGHT FOR ALL PUBLIC POOLS
Board height
Minimum depth at
Dj directly under
end of board
Distance
between
Dj and D2
Minimum
depth at
D2
2'2" (% meter)
2*6" (% meter)
1 meter
3 meter
7'0"
7"6"
8'6"
iro-
S'O"
9'0"
lO'O"
lO'O"
8'6"
9'0"
10"0"
12'0"
Note a. 1 foot = 304.8 mm.
Table 421.11(2)
MINIMUM WATER DEPTHS AND
DISTANCES BASED ON BOARD HEIGHT
FOR PRIVATE POOLS
Board height
Minimum
depth atD]
directly under
end of board
Distance
between Dj
and D2
Minimum
depth* at D2
1 '8" ('-4 meter)
6'0"
7'0"
7'6"
2"2" (% meter)
2'6" (% meter)
6' 10"
7'5"
7'6"
S'O" ■
8'0"
8*0"
3'4"(1 meter)
8'6"
9'0"
9-0"
Note a. 1 foot = 304.8 mm.
780 CMR 422,0 EXISTING BUILDINGS
422.1 Existing Buildings: See 780 CMR 34.
422.2 Places of assembly
422.2.1 Change of use: An existing building or
structure or part thereof shall not be altered or
92
780 CMR- Sixth Edition
1 1/27/98
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
SPECIAL USE'AND OCCUPANCY
converted into a place of assembly unless it
complies with the provisions of 780 CMR 34
applicable to places of assembly.
780 CMR 423.0 GROUP RESIDENCE
423.1 Scope: Except as may otherwise be
specifically provided for in 780 CMR 423.0 , the
requirements of 780 CMR, in its entirety, and as
applicable, shall apply.
423.1.1 Department of Mental Retardation (DMR)
Group Homes: 780 CMR 423. shall not apply to
premises operated or licensed by the Department
of Mental Retardation (DMR) pursuant to
115 CMR 7.00 and 8.00, upon the completion of
a DMR safety assessment for each individual and
an approved safety plan for each location where
services and supports are provided. Such
premises shall be treated as conventional R-4, R-
3, R-2 andR-1 use as applicable.
423.2 Definition: A group residence is a premise
licensed by or operated by an agency of the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts or subdivision
thereof, as a special residence for those who are
capable of self-preservation in the following
categories:
1. not more than 12 unrelated persons between
the ages of seven and 15 years of age inclusive; or
2. not more than 25 unrelated persons, 16 years
of age or over; or
3. a combination of 780 CMR 423.2 category 1
and 2 above consisting of not more than 18
unrelated persons over seven years of age
calculated at the rate of two such persons, or
portion thereof, fi-om Category 2 being equal to
one such person in Category 1 all in accordance
with Table 423.2.
Note: In determining the classification for
proposed use, group residence shall not be
construed as being similar in any way to a multi-
family dwelling, two-family dwelling, boarding
home, lodging house, dormitory, hotel, school or
institution of any kind For building code
purposes, it shall be treated as a single-family
residential building.
Table 423.2
Group Residence - Maximum Capacity,
Combination of Categories
Category
Number
Number of Residents per Category
TIT
423.2.1 Special definitions: For the purpose of
780 CMR 423.0, the following terms shall be defined
exclusively for use with group resi<knces:
Self preservation: Having the capability, both
mentally and physically, to take action to preserve
one's own life. Specifically, to egress the building
within 2Vi minutes. (Reference inspection
procedures in 780 CMR 423.8 and 423.9.)
Egress: A continuous unobstructed path of travel
from any space in a building to the open air
outside at grade.
Principal means of egress: The primary choice of
two routes normally used by occupants to enter or
leave a building.
Escape route: To reduce the possibility ■ of
entrapment in the event that the principal means
of egress is blocked by fire or smoke, an escape
route shall be available which performs in
accordance with 780 CMR 423.6 and 423.9. In
an existing building where a second means of
egress is physically impractical from above grade
floors, any proven, usable path to the open air
outside at grade shall be deemed acceptable,
including but not limited to connecting doors,
porches, windows within six feet of grade, ramps,
fire escapes, balcony evacuation systems, etc.
AidSkorized inspectors: The state or local building
official having jurisdiction and a representative of
the licensing or operating agency having
jurisdiction.
Room: See definition of "Habitable space" and
"Occupiable room" in 780 CMR 201.0.
423.3 Existing buiiSngs: The requirements of
780 CMR 423.0, shall also apply to existing
dwelling units which are to be converted to a
group residence and alternative requirements set
forth in 780 CMR 34 that conflict with the
requirements of 780 CMR 423.0 shall not apply.
423.3.1 Height Unutations: Existing buildings,
of Type 5B construction, greater than 2V2
stories, or 35 feet in height may be allowed to
be used (as an exception to Table 503) as a
^oup residence.
423.4 Hans and specifications: Plans shall be filed
with the building official having jurisdiction in
accordance with 780 CMR 110. Ofor any building to
be constructed as, or altered for use as, a group
residence under 780 CMR 423. 0. The floor plans
shall show all rooms, spaces, closets, doors,
corridors, windows, stairs and stairways, hazardous
vertical openings and the location of all required
fire warning equipment and proposed fire
suppression equipment.
423. S Hazmdous contents: Any contents which
represent a fire hazard ^eater than that which
could be expected of ordinary household
furnishings, shall not be allowed Storage shall not
be allowed above the second floor.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
93
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUE.DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
423.5.1 Interior finish: Only Class I and Class II
interior finish materials shall be allowed in the
principal means of egress. In refinishing any
other area, material having a Class III flame
spread rating shall be allowed provided it does
not ^crease the existing rating. The smoke
contribution rating of any material shall not
exceed 450 (see 780 CMR 704.0).
423.5.2 Exception: In existing buildings, the
required flame spread or smoke development
classification of interior surfaces may be obtained
by applying approved fire retardant paints or
solutions to existing interior surfaces having a
higher fiame spread rating than permitted
423.6 Egress: In existing buildings there shall be
one means ofe^ess and one escape route serving
eachfioor, remote as possible fiom each other and
leading to grack. The stairway between the first and
secoTid floors, ifunenclosed, may remain unenclosed
to preserve functional and aesthetic requirements.
In new construction, two means of egress are
required in accordance with the One- and
Two-Family Dwelling Code, and stairways above
the grade floor shall be enclosed with one hour
fireresistive construction.
Exception:
L Where the Group Residence is protected with
a fire suppression system according to NFiPA
1 3D or better as listed in Apperuiix A only one
means of egress shall be required from floors
above the grade floor in existing buildings and
new construction.
2. Where the Group Residence is protected with
a fire suppression system according to NFiPA
I3D or better as listed in Appendix A the
enclosure of stairways is not required
423. 7 Fire protection systems
423. 7.1 Hazardous vertical openings: Openings
to such spaces as laundry chutes, dumbwaiters,
heating plenums or combustible concealed spaces
shall be permanently blocked with one hour
construction, as regulated by the provisions of
780 CMR 7.
423. 7.2 Automatic fire warning systems: An
approved automatic fire warning system shall be
provided in accordance with 780 CMR 9.
423.8 Inspections: There shall be three mandatory
types of inspections as described below. The results
of such inspections s^l be on file in the office of the
building official with copies sent to the licensing or
operating agency on a prepared checklist and signed
by the authorized inspectors.
423.8.1 Temporary certificate: The building
official shall perform plan review and
post-construction inspection to ensure that the
building conforms to 780 CMR He shall issue a
temporary certificate of occupancy effective for
90 days only.
423.8,2 Final certificate: Before issuance of the
final certificate of occupancy, the authorized
inspectors shall mutually conduct a test (see
780 CMR 423.9.1) to ensure that the occupants
are capable of self-preservation. Upon complete
satisfaction of all requirements, the building
official shall then issue a permanent certificate of
occupancy. This test shall be conducted once a
year in accordance with 780 CMR 106.5 for
purposes ofrecertijying both the building and the
occupants.
423.9 Inspection procedure: The building and the
occupants' capability of self-preservation constitute
a system of life safety which are unique for each
building and for each occupant in a group
residence. Therefore, a simple direct test is
specified herein to determine the capability of the
occupant and/or the suitability of the building as a
life safety system.
423.9.1 Direct test/fire drill: Afire drill shall be
conducted as the direct test required by 780 CMR
423.9. The building official may require that he
be present for the fire drill or may accept an
affidavit signed by the residence manager citing
the names of the authorized inspectors present,
the names of the occupants who participated, the
namefs) ofany occupants who failed to egress the
building within 2V2 minutes, the date, time and
place where said fire drill was held During the
conduct of the drill, all staff personnel of the
ff-oup residerwe shall isolate themselves from the
occupants. The authorized inspector(s), when
present, shall then cause to be blocked any one
point in an egress route where the choice of an
alternate route is possible, to simulate a
hazardous condition, and the internal alarm
system shall be activated for 2V2 minutes.
423.9.2 Evaluation: Any occupant who fails to
escape from the building and achieve egress
outside the building at ground level within the 2V2
minute period shall not be permitted to remain
living in the residence.
Note: The occupant or the building may be at
fault; therefore, the system has failed to
perform adequately to provide life safety and
is, consequently, unacceptable for that
occupant.
423.9.3 Other tests: Other tests are not necessary
and shall not be required by the building official
It shall be the responsibility of the residence
manager of the group residence to provide
immediate suitable accommodations elsewhere
for any occupant deemed unacceptable by the
building official Each occupant must be certified
at regular intervals but not less than every
quarter at the group residence by the licensing or
94
780 CMR " Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 212ZI91)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY
operating agency. The building official may
require an inspection at his discretion when he
feels that either the building or the occupant may
not conform.
423 JO Certificate of occupancy: Any certificate of
occupancy issued for a building intended to be used
as a group residence, as defined in 780 CMR 423.2,
shall become invalid if the premises have not been
licensed or authorized by an agency of the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts within 90 days of
the date of issuance of the certificate of occupancy.
780 CMR 424.0 DAY CAME CENTERS
424.1 General: Day care centers in new or existing
buildings shall be subject to the applicable
provisions of 780 CMR and the special requirements
of 780 CMR 424,0.
424.2 Definitions:
Day Care Center: Special occupancies in which
clients receive care, maintenance, and
supervision by other than relatives or legal
guardians for less than 24 hours per day. Such
day care centers include both child day care
centers and adult day care centers licensed by the
office for children or other state agencies or
otherwise functioning as a day care center.
Child Day Care Centers: Falling under the
requirements of 780 CMR 424 and being a
sub-set of day care centers, shall be those child
day care centers so defined in 780 CMR 202.
Smoke Stop Partion: For purposes of 780 CMR
424.0, a smoke stop partion shall satisfy the
requirements of 780 CMR 7 11.0 for a fire partion.
424.3 Use Group Oassificmiom:
424.3.1 Less than two years and nine months m
age: Buildings and portions thereof licensed by
the Office for Children as child day care centers
for children two years and nine months in age or
younger shall be classified as 1-2 use group.
424.3.2 More than two years and nine months in
age: Buildings or portions thereof licensed by the
Office for Children as child day care centers for
children more than two years and nine months in
age shall be classified as E-use group.
424.3.3 Adult Day Care Centers: Buildings or
portions thereof licensed by agencies of the state
or otherwise operating as day care centers and
otherwise not classified 1-2 use or E-use shall be
classified as B-use. • •
Exception: In adult day care centers in which
clients and staff" cannot evacuate the building
with or without assistance in three minutes,
such adult day care centers shall be classified
in the 1''2 category and subject to 1-2 use
provisions of 780 CMR 424.0.
424.4 General Provisions:
424.4.1 Means of Egress: Day Care Centers in
new and existing buildings or portions thereof
shall conform to the means of egress requirements
as set forth in 780 CMR 10 and 780 CMR 34 as
applicable and otherwise noted below in
780 ChM 424.0.
424.4.1.1 Exit Signs and Means of Egress
Mghiing: Exit signs and means of egress
lighting shall conform to the requirements of
780 CMR 1023.0 and 1024.0 as applicable.
424.4.1.2 Roof Egress: Where the roof of a
building is used as part of the day care center,
required means ofe^essfrom the roof shall
consist of two enclosed stairways: complying
as exits and providing two separate protected
ways of travel to exit discharges; or the
required means of egress from the roof shall
consist of one enclosed stairway complying as
an exit providing a protected way of travel to
an exit discharge and a protected stairway
from the roof leading to a corridor on the
floor Erectly below the roof and such corridor
shall lead to two remote and independent exits.
Stairways shall comply with the requirements
of 780 CMR 10 except as noted on 780 CMR
424.4.2.
424.4.L2.1 Additionai Roof Space
Requirements: Where a roof is used by a
day care center, there shall be a solid,
smooth non-<:limbable fence or barrier a
minimum of seven feet high on all sides and
separating the day care center area from
any other uses. Fences shall be set back at
least three feet from the outside edge of the
exterior wall below. A waterproof telephone
or equivalent means of communication shall
be located on the roof for use in
emergencies and shall be openable without
keys, coins, or special knowledge.
424.4.1.3 Doors: All required means of egress
doors shall be at least 36 inches in width. All
other doors shall be at least 32 inches in width.
Exception: Where the occupant load, as
calculated in accordance with 780 CMR
1008, requires door widths in excess of 36
inches; door widths shall conform to the
requirements of 780 ChM 1017.3
424. 4.1.4 Handrails: Handrails shall conform
to the requirements of 780 CMR 1022.0 and
when the day care center clients include
children, in addition to an upper handrail, a
lovi'er handrail shall be installed between 20"
and 24" above the nosing of the stair tread.
^Iimi (Efiective llimi) - corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition
95
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
424.4.1.5 Guards: Guards shall conform to
the requirements of 780 CMR 1021. 0.
424.4.1.6 Stairways: Stairways, whether
required means of egress interior or
exterior stairways or supplemental
stairways, shall comply with the
requirements of 780 CMR 1014.0 and
780 CMR 34.0 as applicable.
Exception: Existing stairways shall not
be required to satisfy the requirements of
780 CMR 1014.6 unless so required by
the Building Official in accordance with
780 CMR 3400.4 or 3400.5.
424.4.2 Mixed Use- New and Existing Buildings:
424.4.2.1 Mixed Use- New Construction: In
new construction mixed use buildings, day care
centers shall conform to the separation
requirements of 780 CMR 313.0.
424.4.2.2 Mixed Use- Existing Buildings: In
mixed use existing buildings the day care
center walls shall conform to the separation
requirements of 780 CMR 313.0 except that the
floor - ceiling assemblies of the day care center
for the 780 CMR 313.1.2 separation option
shall, as a minimum, conform as follows:
(a) For day care centers located above any
usable space - the floor of the day care
center shall have a minimum of a one hour
fireresistance rating in buildings of Type
2C, 3B and 5 construction; and a minimum
of a two hour fireresistance rating in
buildings of type 1, 2A, 2B, 3A and 4
construction.
(b) For day care centers located below
usable space, the ceiling of the day care
center shall have at least a one hour
fireresistance rating or the floor above shall
be equipped with smoke detectors
interconnected to the day care center fire
warning system such that smoke detector
activation on the floor above will initiate
alarm in the day care center.
424.4.2.3 Mixed Day Care Use: When a day
care center contains children or adults of
mixed ages such that it would be classified in
both 1-2 and B or E and B use groups, the
provisions for the most restrictive use shall
apply unless the building or portion thereof
satisfies the requirements set forth in 780 CMR
313.0.
424.4.3 Elevator Doors: In buildings with
elevators, the day care center:
(1) shall not be exposed directly to the
elevator doors opening from the elevator shaft,
(2) at least one of the required means of
egress shall not be exposed to the elevator
openings.
Elevator door openings may be separated by two
hour fireresistance rated construction creating
elevator lobbies and where such lobbies exist, of
780 CMR 424.4.3(1) and (2) are deemed satisfied.
424.4.4 Fire Protective Signaling Systems: Fire
protective signaling systems shall be installed in
all day care centers and shall conform to the
requirements of 780 CMR 917.0.
Exception: Residential occupancies identified
in 780 CMR 424.4.5, Exception 1.
424.4.5 Automatic Fire Detection Systems: An
automatic fire detection system shall be designed
and installed in accordance with the requirements
of 780 CMR 918.0; 780 CMR 424.4.2.2(b);
780 CMR 424.4.5 and 780 CMR 424.5 as
applicable.
Exception I: Residential occupancies that
incorporate day care center 1-2 or E- or B-Use
and otherwise comply with all applicable
requirements of 780 CMR 424, have a day care
occupancy not exceeding 24 clients and
otherwise do not have, nor are required to
have, fire protection systems complying with
780 CMR 917 and 780 CMR 918 shall be
permitted to utilize single and multiple station
smoke detectors in accordance with 780 CMR
919. In such instances the requirements of
780 CMR 923.2 shall not apply.
Exception 2: Single story buildings or portions
thereof with day care occupancies not
exceeding 24 clients and which otherwise
comply with all applicable requirements of
780 CMR 424, specifically and 780 CMR
generally, shall be required to utilize fire
protection systems complying with 780 CMR
91 7 and 780 CMR 918, but the requirements of
780 CMR 923.2 shall not apply unless the
building fire protection systems are otherwise
required to conform to the requirements of
780 CMR 923.
(Note to Exception 2: If the basement or
cellar of such a building is used as a portion
of the day care center, Exception 2 of
780 CMR 424.4.5 shall not apply).
424.4.5,1 Location of Detectors: Smoke
detectors shall be installed to ensure total
coverage of the day care center and also
located in front of the doors to the stairways
and in the corridor providing required means
of egress on allfioors of the day care center,
and comply with the smoke detector
manufacturers listed requirements.
424.4.5.1.1 Zoning: Specific smoke
detector zoning shall be in accordance with
780 CMR 917.7.3 with smoke detectors
spacing no greater than 30' unless
otherwise allowed via manufacturer's
listing requirements.
424.4.5.2 Compatibility: Fire protection
signaling systems and/or automatic fire
detection systems that are interfaced shall
96
780.CMR- Sixth Edition
11/27/98
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUELDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY
be listed for such mechanical and electrical
interfacing,
424.4. 6 Story Height Limitations: The allowed
basement and story locations of day care centers
in new and existing buildings shall be limited by
the provisions of 780 CMR 424.5, as applicable to
the use group classification of the day care
center, and Table 780 CMR 424.4.6.
Table 424.4.6
PERMITTED LOCATIONS AND REQUIRED
SPRINKLER PROTECTION FOR
DAY CARE CENTERS
1-2 Child Care Occupancy Children Under Two Years Nine
Months of Age
Floor Level of
Child Day Care
Center
Basement /Cellar
1st Story
2ndStory
3rd Story
4th Story and
Hii
figher
•Child I
Building Construction Type
lA IB U 2B 2C 3A 3B 4 5A SB
PS
PS
NP
PS
PS
NP
PS
PS
NP
NP
S NP
NP
NP NP
NP
S NP
NP NP NP
NP
NP
NP
NP
NP
E Child Care Occupancy /Children Over Two Years Nine
Months of Age
Floor Level of
Child Day Care
Center
Building Construction Type
lA
IB
2A
2B
2C
3A
3B
4
5A
SB
Basement /Cellar
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
1st Story
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
2nd Story
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
3rd Story
PS
PS
PS
S
NP
S
NP
S
NP
NP
4th Story
PS
PS
PS
S
NP
s
NP
S
NP
NP
5th to 7th Story
PS
PS
PS
NP
NP
NP
NP
NP
NP
NP
8th Story and
Higher
NP
NP
NP
NP
NP
NP
NP
NP
NP
NP
B - Day Care Occupancy /Adult (Elder) Day Care
B-Use day care
Facilities are not
limited in where
they may be
located in a
building
Exception (1):
Adullt day care centers falling under
the "Exception" to 780 CMR 424.3.3
'•f^^-"tin»'
£m.mi:
Exception (2):
Adult day care centers of mixed-care
use as described in 780 CMR 424.4.2.3
KeytQT<^bk
P = Permitted
NP = Not Permitted
S = Sprinklers Required / See 780 CMR 424.5 for
Special Provisions
PS = Partial Sprinklers Required / See 780 CMR
424.5 for Special Provisions
424.4.7 Meadng System: Any portable or
permanent heater in spaces occupied by clients
shall be separated from the occupied space by
partitions, guards, screens, or other means.
Space and unit heaters using combustible faels
shall be prohibited (Also see 424.4.8)
424.4.8 BoUer Rooms: Boilers, furnaces or other
fire units shall be enclosed as required in the
BOCA National Mechanical Code listed in
Appendix A. Boiler room doors shall not open
into occupied areas.
424.4.9 High Hazard Restrictiom: A day care
center shall not occupy the same building with, or
be located within 200 feet of a high hazard
occupancy.
424.4.10 Accessibility for Persons with
Disabilities: Accessibility requirements shall be
in accordance with 521 CMR as listed in
Appendix A.
424. S Special Provisions:
424.4.5.1 Application: Special provisions for 1-2,
E and B use day care centers and relating to
allowed location, special egress and special
alarm requirements are found in 780 CMR 424.5
424.5.2 1-2 VseAOtmeiBasemmS/C^laF/Stmy
SjfcaSwns: In new and existing buildings, day
care centers which are classified in the 1-2 use
group shall comply with one of the following
compliance options listed below. All required
means of egress for day care centers classified in
use group h2 shall lead directly So grade.
L The location of the day care center shall
be limited to the first floor, cellar and/or
basement; or
2 In buildings of Type 2E, 3A or 4
comSmction which are fully sprinklered and
comply with the special provisions of
780 am 424.5.4.4, the day care center shall
he located no higher than the third floor; or
3. In buildings of Types lA, IE or 2A
construction and are either fully sprinklered,
or in which She day care center and all floors
below are sprinklered, She day care center
shall be located no higher than the third
floor.
NoSm:
(1) Also see 780 CMR Table 424.4.6.
(2) See special egress requirements of
780 CMR 424.5.4.
424.5.3 E-Use Allowed Basement/Cellar/Ssoty
Mjge&tiom: In new and existing buildings, day
cme centers which are classified in She E use
group shall comply with one of the following
compliance options listed below. All required
means of egress for day care centers classified in
mse group E shall lead directly So grade.
1. The location of the day care center shall
be limited So She second floor; first floor or
cellar and/or basement, or;
2. In buildings of Type 2B, 3A or 4
consSmcUon which are fully sprinklered and
comply with She special provisions of Section
780 CMR 424.5.4.4, the day care center shall
be healed no higher than She fourth floor;
or;
3. In buUdings of Types lA, IB or 2A
construction which comply wish the special
provisions of 780 CMR 424.5.4.4 and are
either fully sprinklered, or in which She day
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) = corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition
97
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
care center and all floors below are
sprinklered, the day care center shall be
located no higher than the seventh floor.
Notes:
(1) Also see 780 CMR Table 424.4. 6.
(2) See special egress requirements of
780 CMR 424.5.4.
424.5.4 B-Use Allowed Basement/Cellar/Story
Locations: In day care centers classified in the
B-Use category and where staff and clients in an
emergency can exit the building in no more than
three minutes, with or without assistance, there
is no restriction on locating of the day care
center within any basement/cellar or story.
Exception: In adult day care centers
classified as day care 1-2 use see 780 CMR
424.3.3.
424.5.4 1-2 andE Use Egress Requirements Far
Basement and Cellar Use:
424.5.4.1 Basement or Cellar Use: A
basement or cellar, as defined in 780 CMR 2,
of a building of Type 3B or 5B construction
may be used for a day care center in
accordance with the following requirements:
1. There shall be two separate and
independent means of egress, remote from
each other and leading directly to grade,
or;
2. there shall be two separate and
independent means of egress, remote from
each other and leading to two one hour
fire-rated endosedsttdrways not more than
four feet in height vertically which lead
directiy to grade and are separated from
any other use as an egress by one hour
fire-rated partitions and self-closing doors,
or;
i. A combination of I and 2.
424.5.4.2 Fire Protective Systems: Fire
protection systems shall comply with the
requirements of 780 CMR 424.4.4 and
424.4.5; additionally in basement or cellar
use, regardless of building construction type,
smoke detectors shall be located in the first
story above the basement or cellar location
and in any story below grade that may exist
below the basement or cellar day care
location. Such smoke detectors shall be
connected to the day care automatic fire
detection system.
424.5.4.3 Common Corridor Exit Access in
Bml£ngs of Types 1, 2A and 2B
Construction: In buildings equipped with a
fire suppression system in conformance with
780 CMR 9, a common exit access corridor
shall be acceptable for providing access to two
means of egress required in 780 CMR
424.4,1, such common corridors used for
exitway access may be subdivided, to provide
separate and independent exitway access by
using smoke stop portions complying, as
applicable, with the provisions of 780 CMR
711.0 for fire partitions. Access through
interconnected rooms to either side of the
smoke stop partition, as provided in 780 CMR
424.4, shall be allowed as a method of
complying with 780 CMR 424.5.4.3. If the
doors in the smoke stop partitions are
normally open, such doors shall be equipped
with an automatic hold open device, actuated
by either the building fire protective signaling
system and/or the building automatic fire
detection system to close automatically.
424.5.4.4 1-2 and E use Day Care Centers
Located in Upper Stories of a Building: In
new and existing buildings containing 1-2 day
care occupancies where the day care center is
located above the first floor, and in new and
existing buildings containing E use day care
occupancies and where the day care center is
located above the third floor, the day care
center shall meet also the requirements of
780 CMR 424.5.4.5 thru 780 CMR 424.5.4. 7.
424.5.4.5 Telephone communication: The
day care center shall have telephones located
in every occupied room of the day care center
and directiy connected to the building fire
command center or to a constantly attended
station within the building, if such exists, or
otherwise such telephones shall utilize
standard phone service with such phones
having the capability of retaining, and upon
manual selection, automatically dialing the
emergency number of the fire department
having jurisdiction.
424.5.4.6 Alarm requirements: In addition to
the requirements of 780 CMR 424.4.4 and
424.4.5, on thefioor of the day care center
and/or the floor below, the operation of any
•water flow device, manual pull station, smoke
or heat detector will initiate a special
announcement for the day care center to
evacuate or proceed to a specific area. The
language of the announcement shall be
acceptable to the building official and head of
the fire department Smoke detectors shall be
installed on the ceiling of thefioor below the
day care center. Manual pull stations shall be
required on thefioor located below the care
center.
424.5.4.7 Areas of refuge: In new and
existing buildings containing E use care oc-
cupancies where the day care center is located
on the fourth through seventh floors, the day
care center shall have direct access to a sepa-
rate area which shall have a minimum of two
hourfireresistance rated construction separa-
ting it from the rest of the building. The area
shall adjoin an enclosed stairway with afire
98
780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 .(Efifective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY
resistance rating of at least two hours. The
area shall be sized at nine square feet per
person to accommodate the licensed client
capacity and staff of the day care center. This
provision shall apply to all centers located on
the sixth or seventh floors of a building and to
those centers on the fourth or fifth floors
whose licensed capacity exceeds SO clients.
(Also see Table 424.4.6.)
780 CMR 425.0 SUMMER CAMm FOR
CHEDREN
425.1 Definition: Summer camps for children
include premises, operated solely between April
and October of each year for recreational or other
purposes, and having residential facilities. The use
of such accommodations for purposes of
inspection, certification and inspection fees shall
be considered as being similar to a dormitory in
Use Group R-2 and subject to the following
provisions of 780 CMR 425.9
425.2 New and existing occupancies: 780 CMR
425.0 shall apply to existing and new summer
camps for children as defined in 780 CMR 425.1.
425.3 Means of egress: All one-story, one-room
buildings having 1,000 square feet or less and
having 25 occupants or less shall require only one
means of egress provided that:
J. the length of travel does not exceed 50 feet
from any point in the building to the outside at
grades and,
2. the minimum width for aisles and corridors
shall be three feet
425.3.1 Emergency escape: Every sleeping mom
shall have at least one exterior door or openable
window to permit emergency exit or rescue; the
windows shall conform to the following
restrictions:
1. must be openable from the inside without
the use of separate tools;
2. the sill height shall not be more than 36
inches above the finish floor and with a
maximum six foot drop from the window sill
to grade below the window; and
3. pronde a minimum net clear opening area
5. 7 square feet The minimum net clear
opening height dimension shall be 24 inches.
The minimum net clear opening width
dimension shall be 20 inches.
425.4 Fire protection: Smoke detectors shall be
required for existing and new residential units in
accordance with 780 CMR 918.0 (919.0) of
780 CMR.
Excep&fn: Tents and other temporary shelters
which are designed to sleep less than eight
persons and which have an open side consisting
ofgreato' than 1/6 of the perimeter of the shelter
or which have built-in provisions for emergency
escape.
425.5 Mechanical: If camps are heated, then the
building must conform to all applicable code
sections and specialized codes, notwithstanSng any
of the provisions in 780 CMR 425. 0.
425. 6 Enforcement snd inspections: Enforcement
shall be by the local building official who shall
inspect and certify the summer camps yearly, prior
So season opening. Fees charged shall be in
accordance with 780 CMR
780 CMR 426.0 BULK MERCHANDISING .
RETAIL BUILDINGS
426.1 General: Bulk Merchandising Retail
Buildings have different fire and life safety risks
than traditional retail buddings. This difference
requires special attention to fire protection and life
safety. The purpose of 780 CMR 426.0 is to
provide standards to adequately deal with these
differences, and to reduce the risk of life loss,
injury, and excessive property damage from fire.
426.2 Scope: The provisions of 780 CMR 426.0
shall apply to buildings or structures defined
h&'dn as Bulk Merchandising Retail Buildings or
portions thereof containing high piled combustible
storage as defined in 780 CMR 426. 2. L Unless
otherwise noted in 780 CMR 426.0, the
requirements for Bulk Merchandising Retail
Bmildings shall be in accordance with the
requirements set forth for Use Group M,
Mercantile as defined in 780 CMR 309.0 or
780 CMR 41 7. (if applicable).
426.2.1 Definitions: Terms used in 780 CMR
426. shall have the following meanings:
Aerosol: A product that is dispensed from a metal
can, up to a maximum size of 33.8 fl oz (1000
ml) or a glass or plastic battle, up to a maximum
size of four fl oz (118 ml) that is designed and
intended to dispense an aerosol by a propellant
Aerosols shall be classified by means of ike
calculation of their chemical heats of
combustion and shall be designated Level 1,
Level 2, or Level 3 in accordance with Table
426.2.
Table 426.2
AEROSOL CLASSIFICATION
Chemical Heai of Combustion
., ,, 0-8,600 BTUMjp'20kJ/^^^^^ ..
Aerosol
Level
Group A Plastics: Products that utilize plastic, or
Bon plastic products that utilize significant
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
99
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
plastic packaging materials, that have a high
BTU content; ABS (acrylonitrile-hutadiene-
styrene copolymer), Acetal (poly formaldehyde),
Acrylic (polymethylmethacrylate), Butyl rubber,
EPDM (ethylene-propylene rubber), FRP
fiberglass reinforced polyester). Natural rubber
(expanded), Nitrile rubber (acrylonitrile'
butadiene rubber), PET or PETE (polyethylene
terephthalate), Polybutadiene, Polycarbonate,
Polyester elastomer, Polyethylene,
Polypropylene, Polystyrene (expanded and
unexpanded), Polyurethane (expanded and
unexpanded), PVC (polyvinyl chloride greater
than 15% plasticized, e.g., coated fabric
unsupported film), SAN (styrene acrylonitrile),
SBR (styrene-butadiene rubber).
Bulk Merchandising Retail Buildings: A building
where sales areas contain high piled combustible
commodities, or high piled, high hazard
commodities as defined by 780 CMR 4 and
780 CMR 3.
Combustible Liquids: Any liquids having a
flashpoint at or above 100 "F (38 "Q shall be
known as Class II or III liquids. Combustible
liquids shall be divided into the following
classification:
Class II ' Liquids with a flash point at or above
100 "F (37.8 "Q and below 140 "F (60 X).
Class UI-A - Liquids with a flash point at or
above 140 "F (60 "Q and below 200 "F (93.3 T).
Class III-B - Liquids with a flash point at or
above 200 "F (93.3 'Q.
Control Area: Is a buHSng or portion of a building
within which the exempted amounts of
hazardous materials are allowed to he stored,
dispensed^ used, or handled.
Corrosive: A chemical that causes visible
destruction of, or irreversible alterations in
tissue by chemical action at the site of contact
A chemical is considered to be a corrosive if,
when tested on the intact skin of albino rabbits
by the method described in Appendix A ofCFR
49, Part 1 73, it destroys or changes irreversibly
the structure of the tissue at the site of contact
following an exposure period of four hours.
This term does not refer to action on inanimate
surfaces. [Source: Uniform Fire Code]
Flammable Liquids: Any liquids having a flash
point below 100 "F (38 "Q, and having a vapor
pressure not exceeding 40 psia (276 kPa) at
100 "F (38 "Q. Flammable liquids shall be
known as Qass I liquids and shall be divided
into the following classification:
I'A Liquid - A liquid with a flash point below
73 "F (218 "Q and a boiling point below 100 "F
(37.8 'Q.
I-B Liquid - A liquid with a flash point below
73 "F (22.8 "C) and a boiling point at or above
100 "F (37.8 "Q.
I-C liquid - A liquid with a flash point at or
above 73 'F (21 S/'Qand below 100 "F (3 7. 8 "C).
High Piled Combustible Commodity: Storage of
combustible materials in piles greater than 12
feet (3.658 m) in height or combustible materials
on pallets, in racks or on shelves where the top
of storage is greater than 12 feet (3.658 m) in
height
High Piled, High Hazard Commodity: Storage of
combustible materials such as rubber tires,
Group A plastics, flammable liquids, idle pallets
and commodities with similar heat release
characteristics where the top of storage is
greater than six feet (1.829 m) in height
Highly Toxic: Material which produces a lethal
dose or lethal concentration which falls within
any of the following categories.
1. A chemical or substance that has a median
lethal dose (LD50) of 50 milligrams or less per
kilograms of body weight when administered
orally to albino rats weighing between 200 and
300 grams each.
2. A chemical or substance that has a median
lethal dosage of more than 200 milligrams or
less per kilogram of body weight when
administered by continuous contact for 24
hours, or less if death occurs within 24 hours,
with bare skin of albino rabbits weighing
between two and three kilograms each,
3. A chemical or substance that has a median
lethal concentration (LC50) in air of 200 parts
per million by volume of gas or vapor, or two
milligrams per liter or less of mist, fume or dust,
when administered by continuous inhalation for
one hour, or less if death occurs within one
hour, to albino rats weighing between 200 and
300 grams each.
Mixtures of these materials with ordinary
materials, such as water, might not warrant
classification as highly toxic While this system
is basically simple in application, any hazard
evaluation which is required for the precise
categorization of this type of material shall be
performed by experienced, technically competent
persons.
Oxidizer: A chemical other than a blasting agent
or explosive that initiates or promotes
combustion in other materials, thereby causing
fire either of itself or through the release of
oxygen or other gases.
Qass I: An oxidizer whose primary hazard is a
slight increase in the burning rate but which
does not cause spontaneous ignition when the
100
780 CMR -Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY
oxidim' comes in contact wish combustible
matenah.
Qass 2: An. oxidizer thai mil cause a moderate
increase in the burning rate or that is capable of
causing spontaneous ignition of combustible
materials with which the oxidizer comes in
contact
Qass 3: An ojddizer that wiM cause a severe
increase in the burning rate of combustible
maierials with which the osdMzer comes in
contact or that will undergo vigorous self-
sustained decomposition due to coniaminaiion
or ejqiosure to heat
Qass 4: An oxidizer that is capable of an
explosive reaction due to contamination or
closure to thermal or physical shock
Additionally, the oxidizer will enhance the
burning rate and is capable of causing
spontaneous ignition of combustibles. [Source:
BOCA]
Rack Storage: Combination of vertical, hortwrntal
and diagonal members that ._ support stored
materials infixed or portable racks.
Shelf Storage: Storage on structures less than SO
in. (76.2 cm) deep with shelves usually two ft
(0.6 m) apart vertically and separated by
approximately 30 in. (76.2 cm) aisles.
Toxics: A material which produces a lethal dose or
kthal concentration within any qfthefoUmving
categories:
1. A chemical or substance that has a median
lethal dose (LDS0) of more than §0 milligrams
per kilograms but not more than S0& milligrams
per kilograms of body weight when administered
orally to albino rats weighing between 20§ and
300 grams each.
2. A chemical or substance that has & median
lethal dosage of more than 200 milligrams per
Mlogram hut not more than 1, 000 milligmms per
kilogram of body weight when administered by
condnuoMs contact for 24 hours , or less if death
occurs witMn 24 hours, with bare skin of albino
rabbits weighing between 2 and 3 kilograms
each.
J. A chemical or substance thai has a median
lethal concentration (LCSO) in air more than
200 parts per million but not more than 2,000
parts per million by volume of gas or vapor, or
more than two milligrams per liter but not more
than 20 milligrams per liter of mist, fume or
dust, when administered by continuous
imhalationfor one hour, or less if death occurs
within one hour, to albino rats weighing between
200 and 300 grams each.
Unstable (Reactive): A chemical which in the pure
state, or as produced or transported, will
vigorously polymerize, decompose, condense or
become self-reactive under conditions of shock,
pressure or temperature.
Water Reactive Material: Material which explodes;
violently reacts; produces flammable, toxic or
other hazardous gases; or evolves enough heat
to cause self-ignition or ignition of nearby
combustibles upon exposure to water or
moisture,
426.3 Commodity Qassificadom Commods^es in
storage and display shall be classified in
accordance with the following NFPA Standards as
listed in Appendix A
13: Insialiaiion of Sprinkler Systems
30: Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code
SOB: Aerosol Products, Manufacture and
Storage
231: General Storage
2S1C: Rack Storage of Materials
231B: Storage of Rubber Tire
430: Storage of Uquid and Solid Oxtdizers
426.4 Fire Protection Requirements: Fire
protection requirements shall be in accordance
with Table 426.4.
Table 4264.
FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS
Commodity
Si&tofHigk-
PUed Display
Area (sqft)
X 0.0929 form
Fire Projection Reqmremmis
Fke Suppression
S^tem
(780 CMR 426.S)
Fire
Alarm/NoUfieation
(780 CMR 426.14)
Fwe Deparlmeisi
Access Doors
(780 CMR 426.8)
Hose Connections
(780 CMR 426.7)
Manual Smoke
and Heei Vents
(780 CMR 426.16
d- 2,500
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
MV
2,501 " 12,000
Yes
NR
NR
NR
NR
■12.000
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
0-S00
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
High
Hozofd
SO1-2J0O
Yes
NR
NR
NR
NR
2,501-12,000
Yes
NR
Yes
Yes
NR
'^'^ ^^■^*'f'
Yes
Yes
M.
Yfx
NR = Not required
1. For commo^ classifications definitions, see 426.3.
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) - corrected - 780 CMR -> Sixth Edition
101
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
2. Areas that are separated by 60 ft of display area with suck areas not used for high piled storage, or that are
separated with a one-hour fireresistance-rated separation barrier, can he considered as separated high piled areas.
3. Jfthe buiMng is required to be sprinklered under 780 CMR, then the sprinkler system protecting the high piled
storage area and 15 ft beyond shall be designed in accordancewith the appropriate NFPA Standard(s).
426.5 Fire Suppression Systems: Fire sprinkler
design and installation shall be provided in
accordance with the applicable requirements set
forth by NFPA 13, 30, 30B, 231, 231C, 231D, 430,
as listed in Appendix A, or other nationally
recognized codes and standards, or tests conducted
in test laboratories as defined in 527 CMR 49.03,
Appendix C as listed in Appendix A
426.6 Storage Arrangement: Storage arrangements
for fire protection purposes shall comply with
requirements set forth by NFPA 13, 30, 30B, 231,
231Q 231D, 430, as listed in Appendix A, or other
nationally recognized codes and standards, or tests
conducted in test laboratories as defined in 527
CMR 49. 03, Appendix Q as listed in Appendix A
426. 7 Hose Connections: A Class I automatic,
wet-standpipe system shall be provided in
accordancewith NFPA 14. Hose connections shall
be located around the interior perimeter of the
building within five ft of all required fire
department access doors, adjacent to the latch side
of the door. Hose connections shall be installed to
accommodate 200ft of travel Stance to any point
in the building. Where the most remote portion of
the building exceeds 200 ft of travel distance from
the required access doors, additional hose
connections shall be provided in locations
approved by the head of the fire department Hose
connections shall be readily accessible and marked
for fire department use only. When approved by
the head of the fire department, the following
exceptions shall be permitted
Exception 1: Hose connections may be omitted
when the following fire department building
access and fire hydrant coverage is provided:
minimum IS ft wide, unobstructed access
roadways located within 20 ft of the building on
at least three sides; minimum ten ft wide,
unobstructed access route between the access
roadway and the fire department access doors;
and, fire hydrants in locations approved by the
head of the fire department
Exception 2: In lieu of a Class I standpipe
system, a Class U automatic, wet'Standpipe
system in accordance with NFPA 14 shall be
permitted when the following fire department
building access and fire hydrant coverage is
provided: minimum 18 ft wide, unobstructed
access roadways located within 50 ft of the
buiMng on at least three sides; minimum ten ft
wide, unobstructed access route between the
access roadway and the fire department access
doors; and, fire hydrants in locations approved
by the head of the fire department The hose
connections shall be located as described above
for the Class I standpipe system. Occupant hose
shall not be required, and the hose connections
shall be marked for fire department use only.
426.8 Fire Department Access Door: Fire
department access doors shall be provided for fire
department emergency access. Access doors shall
be:
1. located adjacent to fire department access
roadways,
2. provided with an approved exterior fire
department accessible key cylinder operable lock
device,
3. provided with approved fire department
identification signs, and
4. provided such that all points of the floor
area are accessible within 200 feet of travel
distance
Fire department access doors may be used as
occupant egress doors.
426.9 Fire Department Access Roadways: Fire
department access roadways shall be provided on at
least two sides of the building with such access to
be approved by the head of the fire department
prior to any construction. Fire hydrants shall be
provided in locations approved by the head of the
fire department
426.10 Means of Egress: Means of egress shall be
in accordance with the requirements set forth in
780 CMR 10 for Use Group M, Mercantile unless
otherwise modified herein:
Exception: Exit access travel distance shall be
limited to 200 feet
If the only means of customer entrance is through
one exterior wall of the building, two thirds of the
required egress width shall be located in this wall
At least one half of the required exits shall be
located so as to be reached wititout passing through
checkout stands. In no case shall checkout stands
or associated railings or barriers obstruct exits,
required aisles, or approaches thereto.
426.11 Flammable/Combustible Liquids: The
display, storage, protection, and maximum
alhwable quantities offlammable and combustible
liquids permitted in mercantile display areas shall
be in accordance with NFPA 30, as listed in
Append A
426.12 Aerosols: The display, storage, protection,
and maximum allowable quantities of aerosols
permitted in mercantile occupancies shall be in
accordance with of NFPA 30B.
102
780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/1 9/97 (Efifective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY
Table 426.13.
DENSITY FACTOR FOR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS EXEMPTION CALCULATIONS.
Material
ChM
Solids pounds
(cubicfeet)
Liquid gallons
(pounds)
Gas cubicfeet^
X 0.4536 for kg
(X 28.32 for liters)
X 3.78 for liters
(X 0.4536 forks)
X 28.32 for liters
Oxidiz/ers
4
3
2
1
Notpermitted
0.7 S
LS
12
Not Permitted
(0.75)
. (U)
(12i
Not Permitted
112.5
9
4.5
Umtahle (reacdve)
4
3
2
1
Not Permitted
0.375
0.3
Unlimited
Not Permitted
(0.375)
(0.3)
Unlimited
NotPermitted
3.75
1.5
2.25
Toxics
AU
0.6S
(0.65)
1.053
Corrosives
AU
6.5
0.65
1.053
Highly Toxic
AU
0.0013
(0.0013)
0.026
Water Reactive
3
2
1
0.375
0.3
(Lm
(0.0375)
(0.3)
— mm — _
Not Applicable
I. Quantities may be increased by 100% in sprmklered buildings
426.13 Non-flammable and non-combusiible
hazardous materials: Non-flammable and non-
combustible hazardous materials such as:
Oxidizsrs, Unstable Materials, Toxics, Highly
Toodcs, Corrosives, and Water Reactives shall meet
theflfllowing requirements:
Q = FxA
where:
Q = the maximum quantity in m single control
ssreafiir mercantile display.
F = the density factor as indicated in Table
426.13.
A = the area occupied flfr mercantile display.
For computation purposes, the area shall not
exceed 1,500 square feet (139.39 m^) per control
me(L
426.14 Fire Alarm or Notification Systems: Either
a fire alarm system or emergency notification
system, as described below and approved by the
head of the fire department, shall be provided:
1, Fire Alarm System: Thefire alarm system
shall include the following:
& Afire alarm system required for life safety
shall be installed, tested, and maintained in
accordance with applicable requirements of
NFPA 70 and 72, as listed in Appendix A
k AM systems and components shall be
approved for the purpose for which installed,
and all installation wiring or other
transmission paths shall be monitored for
integrity in accordance with NFPA 72, as
listed in Appendix A
c Manual fire alarm stations shall be
provided in the natural path of escape near
each required exit from an area. Each
manual fire alarm station shall be accessible,
unobstructed, visible, and of the same general
type.
d. Notification signals for occupants to
evacuate shall be by audible and visible
signals in accordance with NFPA 72 and
CABO/ANSIAll 7. 1, as listed in Appendix A
The general evacuation alarm signal shall
operate throughout the entire building.
e. Thefire alarm s^em shall be arranged to
transmit the alarm automatically via any of
the following means acceptable to head of the
fire department and in accordance with
NFPA 72:
i Auxiliary Alarm System
il Central Station Connection
liL Proprietary System, or
iVo Remote Station Connection.
f. Thefire alarm control pand location shall
be located in an area acceptable to the head
of the fire department Where required, us
remote annunciator shall be located in an
area acceptable to the head of the fire
department
g. Other control systems intended to make
the protected premises safer for building
occupants including, but not limited to, duct
smoke detectors, fire/smoke dampers, smoke
management systems, fire door controls, shall
be installed and monitored for integrity in
accordance with NFPA 72, as listed im
Appendix A, and a distinctive supervisory
signal shall be provided to indicate a
condition that would impair the satisfactory
operation of the equipment
k Supervisory attachments including, but
not limited to, control valves, fire pump
running conditions, float valves, shall be
installed and monitored for integrity in
accordance with NFPA 72 as lisetd w
Appendix A, and a distinctive supervisory
signal shall be provided to indicate a
211 m (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR " Sixth Edition
103
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
condition that would impair the satisfactory
operation of the equipment
L All building HVACfans shall be arranged
to automatically shut down on any general
alarm condition. Duct smoke detectors shall
not be required.
j. Waterflow initiating devices shall be
arranged to initiate an alarm condition within
one minute of being activated In addition,
provisions shall be made to control and
prevent false alarms due to water surges.
2. Emergency Notification System: During a
fire emergency, the emergency notification
system shall sound an audible alarm in a
continuously attended location for the purpose
of initiating the evacuation plan required under
780 CMR 426.15.
426.15 Evacuation Planning and Training: An
evacuation plan shall be submitted at the time of
application for a building permit as part, of the
required documentation pursuant to 780 CMR 1.
lite Certificate of Use and Occupancy shall not be
issued until the evacuation plan has been reviewed
and approved by the head of the fire department
Any changes to the evacuation plan shall not be
effected until a revised plan has been submitted to
and approved by the head of the fire department
The evacuation plan shall detail procedures, define
roles and responsibilities of employees, and shall
include an egress plan indicating routes of travel to
all exits. The evacuation plan shall be used to
ensure the safe evacuation of all customers and
employees. All employees shall be instructed and
periodically trained with respect to their duties, as
required by 527 CMR 10.25, as listed in
Appendix A
426.16 Smoke and Heat Venting: Adequate
methods of manual heat and smoke venting shall
be provided The method of operation, vent area,
spacing layout, construction of vents and curtain
boards or other acceptable means of addressing
methods of heat and smoke venting shall be
determined by an engineering evaluation and
analysis. The analysis shall be reviewed and
approved by the head of the fire department and
shall contain sufficient detail to evaluate the
hazard and effectiveness of the venting system.
780 CMR 427.0 LIMITED GROUP
RESIDENCE
427.1 General: A building licensed by or operated
by the Department of Mental Health or the Office
for Children, Commonwealth of Massachusetts as
a limited group residence: this is a special
residence to include residents not capable
self-preservation.
427.1.1 Scope: A limited group residence shall
have a maximum of 12 residents who are at least
four years of age. Not more than four of the
residents shall be impaired; provided, however,
that more than four such residents may be
impaired if the structure complies with 780 CMR
427.2. A limited group residence shall be
classified in the R-5 use category for code
purposes.
427. L 1.1 Department of Mental Retardation
(DMR) Group Homes: 780 CMR 427.0 shall
not apply to premises operated or licensed by
the Department of Mental Retardation (DMR)
pursuant to 115 CMR 7.00 and 8.00, upon the
completion of a DMR safety assessment for
each individual and an approved safety plan
for each location where services and supports
are provided. Such premises shall be treated
as conventional R-4, R-3, R-2 andR-1 use as
applicable.
427.1.2 Definitions: The following terms shall
have the meaning indicated for the purpose of
780 CMR 427.0:
Existing building or structure: Any completed
building or structure which has been legally
occupied and/or legally used for a period of at
least five years. Structures which fail to
qualify with this definition shall comply with
780 CMR 427.2.
Resident: A client in need of care who resides in
the Unuted group residence of the licensing or
operation agency. Staff are not considered as
residents under the provisions of 780 CMR
427. 0. The licensing agency shall classify all
residents in one of the following three
categories:
Impaired: All residents not capable of
self-preservation through physical, mental
and/or developmental disability and requiring
physical assistance to exit the building. All
residents under seven years of age shall be
classified as impaired
Partialfy impaired: All residents physically,
mentally and/or developmentally disabled but
capable of exiting the limited group residence
with either supervision and/or instruction
without any physical assistance
Unimpaired: All residents capable of exiting
the building without physical assistance
and/or supervision or instruction by staff
personnel and capable of negotiating any
exitway of the limited group residence.
427.1.3 Application of building code and
reference: Except as may otherwise be
specifically provided for in 780 CMR 427.0, the
Massachusetts State Building Code shall apply
in its entirety.
Exception: Chapter 34 shall not apply.
427.1.4 Mixed use occupancy: A limited group
residence shall not be housed in a building used
104
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY
for any occupancy other than a limited group
residenc&
Excepihn: DwdUng umt(s) meeting the
requirements of 780 CMR 427,0 may he
incorporated within a building in residential
use provided unit separation walk and
floor-idling assemblies shall serve to
completely separate the limited group
residence and provided thai one of the limited
group residence exitways is separate from the
other uses.
427.LS Plans and spedfieatiom: Plans shall be
filed with the buUding official having
prisdiction in accordance with 780 CMR 1W.9
far any building to be constructed as, of altered
for use as, a limited group residence under
780 CMR 427.0.
427.L6 Temporary certificate of occupancy:
Upon satisfactory compliance with the code
sections pertaining to building requirements, the
building officiai shali issue a temporary
certificate of occupancy in accordaBice with
780 CMR 120.3 for a period not to exceed 90
days. This temporary certificate of. occupancy
specifically prohibits residents as defined in
780 CMR 427.L2from inhabiting the building
overnight until the building official issues the
certificate of occupancy under 780 CMR
427.L8.
427.L7 Rules and reguiatiom of the Uceming or
operating agency pertaining to and including,
but not Umited to, smoking regulations, staffing
ratios, and resident classifications skidS be
provided to ike building officUd by ike licensing
or operadng agency prior to the issuance of a
certificaSe of occupancy.
427.1.8 Certificate ofmxmpancy: Certificates of
occupancy shall only be issued when a iiceme, if
appropriate, and an affidavit from the
Department of Mental Health or the Office for
Children, Commonwealth of Massachusetts,
have been accepted by the building official
attesting to the satisfactory compliance with the
applicable rules and regulations referenced in
780 CMR 427.1.7.
427.L9 Certificate &fin^ee£on: Certificates of
inspection shall be issued by the builMng official
in accordance with 780 CMR 106.0 and Table
1§6.
427.1.10 Failure to comply: The building officio!
immediatdy upon bdng informed by written
report or otherwise that a building or structure
or anything attached therdo or connected
therewith is bdng occupied m violation of
780 CMR may revoke or suspend any permit,
license^ certificate or other permission regulated
by 780 CMR and granted by him, and m such
building or structure shall be continued to be
operated after such revocation or suspension.
Suck revocation or suspension shall not
preclude the building official from instituting
appropriate action in accordance with 780 CMR
118.0.
427.2 New structures: All new structures shall be
constructed, equipped, and maintained to the
requirements of the One- and TwO'Family
Dwdling Code and 780 CMR 427.0, shall be
limited to two stories in height, and shall have
dweOing unit(s) limited to one. story in height with
direct access to grade without steps or changes in
elevation other than ramps in accordance with
780 CMR 11. Corridors shai! be of one hour fire
resistive construction.
427.Z1 Other requirements: New structures
shall also satisfy the general requirements
contained in 780 CMR 427.1 and 427.3.
4273 Existing structures: Existing structures of
any construction up to three stories or 40 feet in
hdght may be converted and used for limited group
residence occupancies. All residents classified as
impaired as defined in 780 CMR 427.1.2 are
restricted to those stories having direct access to
grade without steps or changes in elevation other
than ramps in accordance with 780 CMR 11.
427.3.1 nird-stofy utilization: The third story of
bmlMngs permitted by 780 CMR 427.3 may be
omly occupied by staff. Other use of the third
story is restricted to heating, ventilation units
ami ordinary storage. All doors leading to ston"
resident areas shall be maintained locked
427.5.2 Vertical openings: Openings to such
spm^ as laundry chutes, dumb-waiters, heating
plenums or combustible concealed spaces shall
be permanently blocked with one hour
fireresistancc'-rated construction, in accordance
with the provisions of 780 CMR 7, unless such
imtaUadon is in compliance with the pertinent
provisions of other sections of 780 CMR
427.I.Z1 Firestopping and draftstopping:
Firestopping and draftstopping shall be
provided in accordance with 780 CMR 720.
and the One- and Two^Family Dwelling Code
or as approved by the building official
427.3 J Bdtmsy Betasls:
427.3.3.1 Corndor width: The minimum clear
width of an exitway access corridor shali be
three feet.
Exception: In new structures the minimum
clear width shall be four feet
42733.2 Dead ends: In no case shall dead
end corners exceed 30 feet Existing dead
end corridors, wherever possible, shali be
altered so that exitways shall be accessible in
iM least two different directions from all points
& corridors.
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 CMR = Sixth Edition
105
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
427.3.33 Corridor walls: Corridor walls that
separate use areas from exitway access
corridors shall be of construction that will
resist the passage of smoke.
Exception: Existing openings to
congregate living areas, other than
kitchens, shall be allowed to remain open.
427.3.3.4 Sleeping room doors: All sleeping
room doors shall be of construction that will
resist the passage of smoke. All doors shall be
equipped with approved positive latching
hardware and approved self-closing devices.
Exceptions:
1. Sleeping room doors may be equipped
with approved hold-open smoke activated
devices in accordance with 780 CMR
1017.0.
2. Hollow core doors shall not be
permitted.
427.3.3.5 Means of Egress: AU habitable
floors shall be provided with at least two
means of egress, located as remote as
practicable from one another. Exitways shall
be located to provide a safe path of travel to a
public way without traversing any corridor or
space exposed to an unprotected open
stairway.
Exceptions:
1. Open stairs may be used as one of the
required means of egress when permitted
by 780 CMR 427.3.3.6, Exception 3.
However, in no case may both required
means of egress traverse the unprotected
open space.
2. Access to one of the required exitways
on sleeping room floors may be through
adjoiidng rooms.
427.3.3.6 Interior exitway stairs: Every story
shall be provide with at least one enclosed
interior stairway which discharge direcdy to
grade or through a grade passageway to a
public way. The enclosed interior stairway(s)
shall be of construction having a minimum
fireresistance rating of one hour, properly
firestopped. Spaces below the stmrway(s)
shall be enclosed to maintain the integrity of
the one hourfireresistive construction of the
stairway enclosure. Sttunvay(s) openings
shall be protected by at least Gass "B" label
one hour fire door assemblies.
New stair construction shall comply with
780 CMR 1014.0. Existing stairs shall
comply with the One- and Two-Family
Dwelling Code or as approved by the building
officiaL
Exc^idons:
1. Secondary stairs not considered an
exitway component may have door
openings protected by a minimum 1 % inch
solid bonded wood core doors or
equivalent; however, such doors shall be
equipped with approved automatic positive
latching hardware and approved
self-closing devices.
2. Basement/cellar: Stairway(s) shall be
separated from the first floor by a 20
minute fire rated, self-closing door or
equivalent
3. One stairway may be allowed to remain
unenclosed to preserve functional and
aesthetic requirements.
427.3.3.7 Door widths: No single egress door
in a doorway shall be less than 28 inches
wide.
Exceptions:
1. Exitway door leaves shall not be less
than 34 inches wide.
2. Door leaves to resident bedrooms
occupied by residents who are classified as
"Impaired" shall not be less than 34
inches wide.
427.3.3.8 Basement/cdlar: Basements/cellars
shall be provided with at least two acceptable
exitways, one of which shall discharge
directly to the outside of the building.
Exception: Basement/Cellar areas with
only one existing entrance from the outside
only, and used solely as a mechanical
space shall be permitted to maintain only
one doorway which shall be maintained
locked as an entrance/exitway.
427.3.3.9 Emergency escape: All sleeping
rooms shall have at least one openable
window or exterior door to permit smoke
control, emergency escape, or rescue. A
required door or window must be openable
from the inside without the use of separate
tools, and shall comply with 780 CMR 1010.4.
427.3.3.10 Means of egress lighting: Means
of egress lighting systems shall be provided in
accordance with 780 CMR 1024. ft
427.3.3.11 Locks: Locks installed in resident
sloping room doors shall be so arranged that
they can be locked from the corridor side All
such locks shall be arranged to permit exit
from the room by a simple operation without
the use of a key. Double cylinder dead bolts
requiring key operation on both sides are
prohibited throughout this occupancy.
427.3.4 Interior finish: The flame spread of
interior finish shall be limited to Class II in
exitways or exit access corridors. Rooms shall
be permitted to have interior finish of a Class III
flame spread Floor coverings shall conform to
the requirements of 780 CMR 805. except that
carpet type floor coverings shall possess a
critical radiant flux of 0.22 w/cm? or greater.
427.3.5 Fire suppression systems: Automatic fire
suppression systems shall be provided and
106
780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY
imtalM m accordance wiih NFiFA Standard
No. 13D.
Additions:
I Exceptions listed in NFiPA Standard No.
13D appUcable to dwellings shall not apply,
2. A water flow detector, connected to the
fire alarm system, shall be provided.
3. NFiPA Standard No. 13D, Sections 4
through 6; Exception 1 shall not apply.
4. ■ The control valve(s) shall be secured in
the open position.
427.3.6 Fire alarm system: A manual fire alarm
system shall be provided and installed in
accordance with 780 CMR 917.0 and specifically
NFiPA Standard No, 72 as listed in Appendix A.
427.3.7 Automatic protection alarm system:
Approved smoke detectors shall be installed in
accordance with 780 CMR 918,0 and specifically
NFiPA Standard No. 72 as listed in Appendix A
in the following locations:
1. exitway access corridors not more than 30
feet on center;
2. congregate living areas other, than
kitchens;
3. at least one detector in all basement/cellar
areas; and
4. all sleeping rooms.
Exception: Smoke detectors used in
combination with automatic dosing
devices may be substituted in each area
aforementioned for the protection herein
required.
427.3.8 Supervision: All automatic and manual
fire alarm systems shall be supervised in
accordance with 780 CMR 923.1 or 923.2
427.3.9 Heating devices: Portable comfort
heating devices and solid fuel burning
appliances are prohibited. Any heating device,
other than a central heating plant, shall be so
designed and installed that combustible material
will not be ignited by it or its appuHenances. If
fuel-fired, such heating devices shall be chimney
or vent connected, shall take air for combustion
directly from the outside, and shall be so
designed and installed to provide for complete
separation at the combustion system from the
atmosphere of the occupied area. The heating
system shall have safety devices to immediately
stop the flow of fuel and shut down the
equipment in case of either excessive
temperature or ignition failure.
Exceptions:
1. Approved suspended unit heaters may be
used in locations other than means of egress
and sleeping areas, provided such heaters are
located high enough to be out of the reach of
persons using the area and provided they are
equipped with the safety devices specified in
780 CMR 427.3.9.
2. Fireplaces which comply with 780 CMR
2114,0 may be used only in areas other than
resident sleeping rooms. The fireplaces shall
be equipped with a heat tempered glass
fireplace enclosure guaranteed against
breakage up to a temperature of 650 *F. A
lock on the enclosure shall be required,
427,3.10 Fire drills: The licensing or operating
agency shall require that fire drills be held with
sufficient frequency so as to familiarize all
residents and staff personnel with emergency
procedures. Drills shall be held at unexpected
times under varying conditions to simulate the
unpredictable conditions which may occur in
case of fire, including blocking of any point of
any means or egress,
427.3.10.1 Log: A log shall be kept of all fire
drills and shall be available for inspection
and duplication by the building official, fire
official, and other parties havingjurisdiction.
427.3.10.2 The resident manager shall record
in said log the names of any authorized
inspectors who may have been present and
the names or identifying numbers of the
residents who participated.
780 CMR 428,0 DEmXIFICATiON
FACniriES
428.1 General: A detoxification facility is a facility
licensed or operated by the DepuHment of Public
Health, Division of Alcoholism in accordance with
the Rules and Regulations for Detoxification
Facilities issued by the Department of Public
Health, Division of Alcoholism, Commonwealth of
Massachusetts, and shall be used to treat
individuals acceptable to the program in
accordance with those Rules and Regulations,
428.2 Scope: Detoxification facilities shall be
subject to the requirements of 780 CMR 428.0 for
new and existing buildings which are to be used or
operated as licensed facilities. 780 CMR 428,0
shall establish the requirements appUcable to such
facilities. Where specific reference is made to other
sections of 780 CMR, to reference standards or
other regulations, those requirements cited shall
apply. Where no reference is specifically made,
780 CMR, including 780 CMR 34, shall apply.
428.3 Classification of Residents: All residents
enrolled in the detoxification program shall he
identified according to one of the following
11/27/98
• 780 CMR - Sixth Edition
107
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
classifications when evaluated by the facility
personnel in accordance with the Rules and
Regulations for Detoxification Facilities of the
Division ofAlcoht^m of the Department of Public
Health:
1. Impaired
2. Partially Impaired
3. Unimpaired
428.4 Definitions: The following terms shall have
the meaning indicated for the purpose of 780 CMR
428.0 only:
Impaired: Anyone who will require assistance to
egras the building
Partially Impaired: Anyone who may require
assistance to egress the building.
Unimpaired: Anyone who appears able to egress
the building without assistance.
428.5 Use group classification: Detoxification
facilities licensed and approved in accordance with
these provisions shall be classified in the R'l use
group.
428.6 Mixed use occupancy: A portion of a
building may be used for a detoxification facility
provided that it is completely separated from the
rest of the building by both horizontal and vertical
fire separation assemblies of at least one hour
fireresistance rating.
Exception: Detoxification facilities shall not be
located in buildings in which any of the
following use groups are located: A-2, F, H, or
S-1.
428.7 Submission of plans: Plans shall be filed
with the building official in accordance with
780 CMR 110. Ofor any building to be constructed
as, or altered for use as, a detoxification facility
under 780 CMR 428.0. The plans shall also
identify those rooms which comply with 780 CMR
428.0 for use by the impaired.
4288 Inspection and certification: The building
official shall inspect and certify detoxification
facilities once every two years. Fees shall be
applied in accordance with Table 106 for the R-I
Use Group.
428.9 Resident location limitations: In buildings
used as detoxification facilities in accordance with
780 CMR 428.0, resident locations shall be limited
according to the use and type of construction as
provided in Table 428.9. All heights are in stories
above grade. All buildings used as detoxification
facilities in accordance with 780 CMR 428.0 shall
be accessible to the Fire Department wherever
escape windows are required
Table 428.9
RESIDENT SLEEPING ROOM LOCA TION
UMITATIONFOR DIFFERENT TYPES OF
CONSTRUCTION
Classification
ofResident
Type of Building Construction
lA
JB
2A
2B
2C
3A
3B
4
5A
SB
Impaired
No
limit
8st
4
sL
2
St
1
St
2
St
J
St
2
St
I
St
1
St
Partially
impaired
No
limit
No
limit
8
St
3
St
1
St
3
St
2
St
3
St
2
St
1
St
Unimpaired
No
limit
No
Smk.
9
4
3
4
3
SL.
4
SL.
3
2
Note: * Impaired sleeping rooms in SB construction
require either fitU building sprinklering or one hour fire
rated separation for floor and ceiling of sleeping room
walls.
428.9.1 SprinMered buildings: Buildings which
are completely sprinklered may have resident
locations one story higher than allowed in Table
428.9.
428.9.2 Sleeping room limitations: Sleeping
facilities in building licensed for use as
detoxification facilities shall not be located
below the first story.
42810 Egress: At least two exitways located as
remote as practicable from each, other shall be
provided from eachfioor of the building.
428.10.1 Every room used for sleeping for the
impaired and partially impaired shall have an
exitway access door leading directly to an
exitway access corridor:
Exceptions:
1. Rooms having a means of egress doorway
leading directly to the exterior of the building
at grade.
2 Rooms having a means of egress doorway
leading directly to the exterior of the building
above grade and connected directly to grade
by means of an exterior stairway in
accordance with 780 CMR 1 014. 0.
428.10.2 All other sleeping rooms: All other
sleeping rooms shall comply with the
requirements of 780 CMR 10 in accordance with
the provisions for the R-1 use group.
42810.3 Corridors shall provide at least 36
inches minimum nominal width.
428.10.4 All means of egress doonvays shall be
32 inches minimum nominal width.
Exception: Egress doonvays from impaired
sleeping rooms shall 36 inches' minimum
nominal width.
428.10.5 Every required exitway access corridor
shall have a one hour fire-resistance rating and
shall provide access to at least two approve
exitways without passing through any
108
780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY
intervening rooms or spaces other than corridors
and lobbies.
Exception: In buildings with a complete
sprinkler system, exitway access corridors not
required for the impaired or partially
impaired may be separated from other use
areas by non-fire rated partitions
428.10.6 Stairways: Where not otherwise
specified in 780 CMR 428.2, a stairway required
as a means of egress shall be subject to these
requirements:
428.10.6.1 Stairways required to provide
egress for the impaired shall be at least 36
inches minimum nominal width. The total
capacity of the stairways shall be adequate for
the occupancy load served.
428.10.6.2 Stairway enclosures shall have a
fireresistance rating of one hour for buildings
not exceeding three stories in height, and two
hours for buildings exceeding three stories in
height.
428.10.6.3 Doors to the required exiiway
stairways shall be fire doors complying with
780 CMR 716.0 . Labeled fire doors shall
have a maximum transmitted temperature
end point of not more than 450 T (232 V)
above ambient at the end of 30 minutes of
standard fire test exposure.
428.11 Interiorflnish: Interiorfinish requirements
shall comply with Table 428.11.
Exceptions:
1. In buildings which are completely
sprinklered, the interiorfinish requirements may
be reduced one level except in sleeping rooms for
the impaired.
2. The interiorfinish classifications in existing
buildings may be improved one level by the use
of fire retardant coatings which have been
approved when tested in accordance with ASTM
E-84.
TABLE 428.11
INTERIOR FINISH REQUIREMENTS
Location
Walls
Floor
Ceiling
Sleeping rooms, Impaired
n
II"
n
Corridors, Impaired
I
l"
I
Sleeping rooms. Partially
impaired
I
/
i
Corridors, Partially impaired
1
/
I
All other exitway access
corridors
J I
/i^
M
Stairways
I
/
I
Note I: Carpet type floor coverings shall withstand
a test exposure of 0.45 watts per square centimeter
when tested in accordance with 780 CMR 805.0.
Note 2: Carpet type floor coverings shall withstand
& test exposure of 0.22 watts per square centimeter
when tested in accordance with 780 CMR 805.0.
428.12 Fire alarm systems: Manual and automatic
fire alarm systems shall be provided in accordance
with 780 CMR 917,0 and 918.0 as they apply to
Use Group R-L
Exceptions:
1, In rooms for the impaired and partially
impaired the heat detectors required by
780 CMR 918.0 shall be replaced with approved
smoke detectors.
2. Ail buildings or portions thereof regardless
of the number of beds shall incorporate manual
pull stations in conformance with 780 CMR
917.0.
428.12.1 Supervision: AM automatic and
manualfire alarm systems shall be supervised in
accordance with 780 CMR 923.1 or 923.2.
428.13 Means of egress lighting: Means of egress
lighting including an emergency lighting system
shall be provided throughout the facility in
accordance with 780 CMR 917.0.
428.14 Smoke enclosure doors: Smoke enclosure
doors shall be tight-fitting with approved hardware.
428.15 Heating apparatus: The me of portable
heaters, solid fuel burning room heaters and
fireplaces shall be prohibited.
428.16 Sprinkler systems: Where a complete
building sprinkler system is installed it shall
comply with the provisions of NFiPA Standard
No. 13, as listed in Appendix A.
428.16.1 All rooms used for sleeping for the
impaired shall be sprinklered.
Exception: A partial system required for
sleeping rooms housing impaired individuals
may he provided with u sprinkler system
serving no more than six sprinklers, which
may be connected directly to a domestic water
supply system having capacity sufficient to
provide 0.15 gallons per minute per square
foot of floor area throughout the entire area,
An indicating shut-off valve shall be installed
in an accessible location between the
sprinklers and the connection the domestic
water supply.
780 CMR429.0 GROUP DWEUING UNIT^
429.1 General: A Group Dwelling Unit is a
dwelling unit licensed by or operated by the
1 1/27/98
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
109
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Department of Menta! Retardation or the
Department of Mental Health as special residence
for up to four persons who may or may not be
capable of self preservation from fire or other
related hazards. Note, however, 780 CMR 429.1,
Exceptions 1 and 2. The provisions of 780 CMR
429.0 shall apply to both new and existing Group
Dwelling Units.
Exception 1: 780 CMR 429.0 shall not apply to a
group dwelling unit operated or licensed by the
Department of Mental Retardation (DMR)
pursuant to US CMR 7.00 and 8.00, upon the
completion of a DMR safety assessment for each
individual and an approved safety plan for each
location where services and supports are
provided Such premise shall be treated as
conventional R-4, R-3, R'2 and R-J use as
applicable.
Exception 2: Apartment programs as defined in
104 CMR 17.13(2)(c) in which residents therein
are also capable of self preservation (unimpaired)
shall be exempt from all requirements of
780 CMR 429.0. Such apartment programs shall
be classified as R-1, R-2, R-3, or R-4, as
applicable.
429.1.1 Classification of Use: Group Dwelling
Units shall be classified as follows:
Use Group R-2 - The Group Dwelling Unit(s)
is (are) one or more of three or more dwelling
units contained in the building.
Use Group R-3 or R-4 - The Group Dwelling
Unit(s) is (are) contained in a one or two
family dwelling.
429.1.2 Classification of Residents: Persons
other than staff of the facility who occupy or
intend to occupy Group Dwelling Units shall be
classified by the Licensing or Operating Agency
in one of the following three categories
according to their capabilities for self
preservation:
Impaired: Any resident who is incapable of
self preservation through physical, mental or
developmental disability, so as to require
physical, assistance from the staff of the
Group Dwellihg Unit to exit the building or to
reach an area of refuge within 2V2 minutes.
Partially Impaired: Any resident who is
capable with either supervision or instruction
from the staff of the Group Dwelling Unit but
without physical assistance; of eating the
. building or reaching an area of refuge within
2^3 minutes.
Unimpaired: Any resident who is capable of
exiting the building or reaching an area of
refuge within 2V2 minutes without physical
assistance, supervision or instruction.
429.1.3 Application of building code and
reference: Except as may otherwise be
specifically provided in 780 CMR 429.0,
780 CMR shall apply in its entirety.
Exception: 780 CMR 34 shall not apply
However, existing buildings may be used to
house group dwelling units, provided thai
they comply with the applicable portions of
780 CMR 429.0, and have no outstanding
violations of 780 CMR or the specialized
codes.
429.1.4 Plans and spedfieations: Plans shall be
filed with the building official having
jurisdiction in accordance with 780 CMR 110.0
for any building to be constructed as, or altered
for use as a Group Dwelling Unit under
780 CMR 429.0.
429.1.5 Temporary Certificate of Occupancy:
Upon satisfactory compliance with the code
sections pertaining to building requirements, the
building official shall issue a temporary
certificate of occupancy in accordance with
780 CMR 120.3 for a period not to exceed 90
days. This temporary certificate of occupancy
specifically prohibits residents as defined in
780 CMR 429.1.2 from inhabiting the building
overnight until the building official issues the
certificate of occupancy under 780 CMR
429.1.8.
429.1.6 Corresponding Rules and Regulations:
115 CMR (the Department of Mental
Retardation) or 104 CMR 17.13 (the Department
of Mental Health) as listed in Appendix A,
pertaining to and including, but not limited to,
smoking regulations, staffing ratios, and
resident classifications shall be provided upon
request to the building official by the Licensing
or Operating Agency prior to the issuance of a
certificate of occupancy. Note, however,
780 CMR 429.1, Exceptions 1 and 2.
429.1.7 Certification of Residents: The
Licensing Agency shall certify the classification
of each resident prior to application for a
Certificate of Occupancy and shall regularly
re-examine and, . where necessary, reclassify
residents in accordance with Department of
Mental Retardation or Department of Mental
Health regulations as listed in Appendix A.
Copies of the current certification of each
resident shall be kept on file at the Group
Ihvelling Unit, and shall be made available to
the building official upon request Note,
however, 780 CMR 429.1, Exceptions 1 and 2.
429.1.8 Certificate of Occupancy: Certificates of
occupancy shall be issued only when a license
and/or affidavit from the Department of Mental
Retardation or the Department of Mental Health
have been provided to the building official
attesting to the satisfactory compliance with the
110
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY
applicable rules and regulations referenced in
780 CMR 429. L 6, the capabilities for self
preservaiion of all residents, and, if appropriate,
the intent to license the facility^ Upon
compliance with all building requirements of
780 CMR 429.0 and receipt of the Licensing
Agency's affidavit, the building official shall
issue a cerHficate of occupancy within 72 hours.
In addition to the contents specified in 780 CMR
120.4, the certificate shall indicate the category
of Group Dwelling Unit for which the building
has been constructed or altered, as defined in
780 CMR 429.2. Note, however, 780 CMR
429.1, Exceptions 1 and 2.
429.2 Category ofUnit/CompUanee Optsom: Ne%v
and existing building containing Group Dwelling
Units shall be required to satisfy at least one
compliance option presented for the appropriate
category of residency as defined in 780 CMR
429.2:
Category A Group Dwelling Umi ~ May contain
any or all of the resident classificatiopss.
Category B Group DwelUng Umi - May contain
onlypar^ally impaired or unimpaired residents.
Category C Group Dwelling Umi = Shall contain
only unimpaired residents. _
429.Z1 Category A Unit Compliance Options:
Buildings housing Group Dwelling Units dossed
as "Category A" shall comply with any one of
the following compliance options:
L The entire building shall be equipped with
afire suppression system; or
2. The building shall he of « protected
construction type (Type I, 2A, 2B, 3A, 4 or
SA). All interior stairways shall be enclosed
to comply with the requirements of 780 CMR
for interior exit%my stairways and shall
discharge directly to the exterior of the
building or into a code complying grade
passageway or lobby. The building shall also
be equipped with fire alarms complying with
780 CMR 9 for the appropriate use group
classification; or
J. The Building shall comply with the
provisions of 780 CMR 427.0; or
4. If of unprotected construction (Types 2C,
3B or SB), the building shall be equipped with
fire alarms complying with 780 CMR 9 for the
appropriate use group classification. No
Group Dwelling Unit(s) shall utilize portions
of the building above the second story. AM
stories in the building shall be equipped with
two approved, Independent esdtways (even if
the building is classified in Use Group R-S).
Interior exitway stairways shall be enclosed to
comply with the requirements of 780 CMR for
interior exitway stairways and ska!! discharge
directly to the exterior of the building or into
a code complying grade passageivay or lobby;
or
§. In those buildings of unprotected
constructed (Types 2C, 3B or SB) where
enclosure of interior exitway stainmys is
impractical due to physical limitations of
configuration of the building (e.g. split entry
type stairways), the stairway(s) may be
permitted to remain unenclosed, provided that
all sleeping rooms are segregated from the
open stairway by a minimum of one hour fire
resistive construction and the exitways are
arranged so thai a second means of egress is
availablefrom each sleeping area which does
not pass through the open stairway area. The
building shall also be equipped with fire
alarms complying with 780 CMR 9 for the
appropriate use group classification. No
Group Dwelling Unit shall utilize portions of
the building above the second story. All
stories in the building shall be equipped with
' two approved, independent exitways (even if
the building is classified in Use Group R-3).
429.Z1.1 Limitation on location of
impmred residents: All sleeping rooms of
impaired residents shall either be located
on the first story or on a story containing a
horizontal exit complying with 780 CMR
1019.0.
429.Z2 Category 3 Unit Compliance Options:
Buildings housing Group Dwelling Units
classified as "Category B" shall comply with any
one of the following compliance options:
1. Any Category A compliance option; or
2. All stories in the building shall be
provided with two approved, independent
exitways (even if the building is classified in
Use Group R'-3). All interior stairways shall
be enclosed to comply with the requirements
of 780 CMR for interior exitway stairways
and shall discharge directly to the exterior of
the building or into m code complying grade
passageway or lobby. The building also shall
be equipped with fire alarms complying with
780 CMR 9 for the appropriate me group
classification.
429.Z3 Category C Unit Compliance Options:
Buildings housing Group Dwelling Units
classified as "Category C" shall comply with any
one of the following compliance options:
1. Any Category A compliance option; or
2. Any Category B compliance option; or
3. The building shall comply with the
provisions of 780 CMR 423.0.
4293 Special Fire Saf^ Items:
429.3.1 Hazfirdous Contents: No contents which
represent afire hazard greater than that which
could be expected of ordinary household
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
in
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
furnishings shall be permitted within a Group
Dyvelling Unit
. 429,3.2 Interior Finish: Interior finish in
exitways and exitway access corridors shall be a
minimum of Oass II, unless the building is
equipped with a fire suppression system.
Approved fire retardant paints may be used to
improve the interior finish classification of
existing construction to satisfy this requirement
429.3.3 Locks: Double cylinder deadbolt locks
which require a key operation on the side from
which egress is to be made are not permitted in
Group Dwelling Units. Locks of any type are
prohibited on sleeping room doors of impaired or
partially impaired residents or on any door which
provides access to an exitway.
429.4 Special inspection/fire drill: Prior to
occupancy of the group dwelling unit the Licensing
Agency shall conduct a fire drill to test the
capability of residents to exit according to their
residency classification. At least once every 90
days, the Operating Agency shall also conduct a
fire drill to test the capability of residents to exit
according to their residency classification. Drills
shall be held at unexpected times under varying
conditions to simulate the unpredictable nature of
fire emergencies. The building official may, at his
option, participate in or witness the fire drill, or
may accept an affidavit from the Operating Agency
attesting to the performance of each resident or
prospective resident The affidavit shall also
specify the date, time and conditions of the drill,
and shall list all participants and witnesses.
429.4.1 Conduct of the Fire Drill:. During the
conduct of the drill, one exit shall be blocked to
simulate a hazardous condition and the alarm
system shall be activated Successful
performance for each resident shall be defined
as his/her ability to exit the building, or where
horizontal exits are provided to reach an area of
refuge within 2V2 minutes of the activation of the
fire alarm system. Only those staff members
who are normally on duty shall be allowed to
assist residents, and the only assistance
permitted shall be that which is provided by the
staff of the Group Dwelling Unit consistent with
the classification of each individual resident
112
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
CHAPTER 5
GENERAL BUILDING LIMITATIONS
780 CMR 501.0 GENERAL
SOLI Scope: The provisions of 780 CMR 5 control
the height and area of all structures hereafter
erected, and additions to existing structures based on
the type of construction, use group, frontage on open
space providing exposure protection and access to
structures for fire-fighting purposes, and the
presence of an automatic sprinkler system .
780 CMR 502.0 DEFUNTIIONS
502.1 General: The following v\^ords and terms
shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR 5 and as used
elsewhere in 780 CMR, have the meanings shown
herein.
Area, bmiiding: The area included within
surrounding exterior walls (or exterior walls and
fire walls) exclusive of vent shafts and courts.
Areas of the building not provided with
surrounding walls shall be included in the
building area if such areas are included within the
horizontal projection of the roof or floor above.
Basement: That portion of a building which is partly
or completely below grade (see "Story above
grade").
Grade plane: A reference plane representing the
average of finished ground level adjoining the
building at all exterior walls. Where the finished
ground level slopes away from the exterior walls,
the reference plane shall be established by the
lowest points within the area between the building
and the lot line or, where the lot line is more than
six feet (1829 mm) from the building, between the
building and a point sbc feet (1829 mm) from the
building.
Height
BuUding-. The vertical distance from grade plane
to the average height of the highest roof surface.
Sitory: The vertical distance from top to top of
two successive tiers of beams or finished floor
surfaces; and, for the topmost story, from the top
oiiht floor finish to the top of the ceiling joists or,
where there is not a ceiling, to the top of the roof
rafters.
Mezzanme: An intermediate level or levels between
the floor and ceiling of any story with an
aggregate floor area of not more than Va of the
area of the room in which the level or levels are
located (see 780 CMR 505.0).
Story: That portion of a building included between
the upper surface of a floor and the upper surface
of the floor or roof next above (also see
"Mezzanine").
Story above grade. Any story having its finished
floor surface entirely above grade except that a
basement shall be considered as a story above
grade where the finished surface of the floor
above the basement is:
1. More than six feet (1829 mm) above grade
plane;
2. More than six feet (1829 mm) above the
finished ground level for more than 50% of the
total building perimeter; or
3. More than 12 feet (3658 mm) above the
finished ground level at any point.
780 CMR 503.0 GENERAL HEIGHT
AND AREA LIMITATIONS
503.1 General; The heights and areas of all
buildings and structures between exterior walls or
between exterior walls and fire walls, shall be
governed by the type of construction and the use
group classification as defined in 780 CMR 3 and 6
and shall not exceed the limitations fixed in Table
503, except as specifically modified by 780 CMR 5
and the following sections:
.Esction Subject
402.7 Covered mall buildings
403 .3.3.1 High-rise buildmgs
414.2 Airport traffic control towers
416.3 HPM facilities
418.3.1.1 Grain elevators
426,& Bulk Merchandizing
Retail Buildings
3 1 03 . 3 . 5 Membrane structures
503.1.1 Special - industrial occmpaincies: All
buildings and structures designed to house low-
hazard industrial processes that require large
areas and unusual heights to accommodate
craneways or special machinery and equipment,
including, among others, rolling mills, structural
metal fabrication shops and foundries, or the
production and distribution of electric, gas or
steam power, shall be exempt from the height and
area limitations of Table 503.
503.1.2 Opein parking structures: Open parking
structures shall conform to the height and area
limitations specified in 780 CMR 406.4.
5§3,1,3 BuUdings on sasne lot: Two or more
buildings on the same lot shall be regulated as
separate buildings or shall be considered as
portions of one building if the height of each
building and the aggregate area of all buildings
are within the limitations of Table 503 as
modified by 780 CMR 504.0 and 506.0. The
provisions of 780 CMR applicable to the aggre-
gate building shall be applicable to each building.
2/7797 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
113
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Table 503
HEIGHT AND AREA LIMITATIONS OF BUILDINGS^
Height limitations of buildings (shown in upper figure as stories and feet above grade plane) , and area limitations of
one- or two-stoiy buildings facing on one street or public space not less than 30 feet wide (shown in lower figure as
area in square feet per floor ). See Note a.
Table notes appear immediately following table.
N.P. = Not Permitted; N.L. = Not Limited
=^^=-' ^ — .
USE GROUPS
Note a
Type of Construction H
Noncombustible
Noncombustible/
Combustible
Combustible
Tvpel
Type 2
Types
Type 4
Type 5
Protected
Noteb
Protected
Unpro-
tected
Pro-
tected
Unpro-
tected
Heavy
timber
Pro-
tected
Unpro-
tected
lA
IB
2A
2B
2C
3A
3B
4
5A
5B
A-1 Assembly; theaters
N.L.
NX.
5 St 65'
19,950
3 St. 40'
13,125
2 St. 30'
8,400
3 St. 40'
11,550
2 St. 30'
8,400
3 St 40'
12,600
1 St. 20'
8,925
I St 20'
4,200
A-2 Assembly; night clubs and
similar uses
N.L.
N.L.
7,200
3 St. 40'
5,700
2 St. 30'
3,750
I St. 20"
2,400
2 St. 30'
3,300
1 St. 20'
2,400
2 St. 30'
3,600
1 St. 20'
2,550
1 St. 20'
1,200
A-3 Assembly; lecture halls, recre-
ation centers, teraiinals, restaurants
other than night clubs
N.L.
N.L.
5 St 65'
19.950
3 St 40-
13,125
2 St 30'
8,400
3 St 40'
11,550
2 St. 30'
8,400
3 St 40'
12,600
1 St 20'
8,925
1 St. 20'
4,200
A-4 Assembly; churches
Notec
N.L.
NX.
5 St. 65'
34,200
3 St 40'
22,500
2 St 30'
14.400
3 St. 40'
19,800
2 St 30'
14,400
3 St 40'
21,600
1 St. 20'
15,300
1 St. 20'
7,200
B Business
N.L.
N.L
7 St. 85'
34.200
5 St 65'
22,500
3 St 40'
14,400
4 St 50'
19,800
3 St 40'
14,400
5 St 65'
21,600
3 St 40'
15,300
2 St. 30'
7,200
E Educational Notec
N.L.
N.L.
5 St. 65-
34,200
3 St 40-
22,500
2 St 30'
14,400
3 St 40'
19,800
2 St. 30'
14,400
3 St. 40'
21,600
1 St 20'
15,300
Noted
1 St 20'
7,200
Noted
F-1 Factory and industrial
Moderate
N.L.
NX.
6 St 75'
22,800
4 St. 50'
15,000
2 St 30'
9,600
3 St. 40'
13,200
2 St 30'
9,600
4 St. SO'
14,400
2 St. 30"
10,200
1 St. 20'
4,800
F-2 Factory and Industrial
low Note h
NX.
N.L
7 St 85'
34,200
5 St 65'
22,500
3 St 40'
14,400
4 St 50'
19.800
3 St. 40'
14,400
5 St 65'
21,600
3 St 40'
15,300
2 St 30'
7.200
H-1 High hazard,
detonaton hazards Notes e,i,k,l
lSt,20'
16.800
1 St 20*
14,400
1 St. 20'
11,400
1 St 20'
7,500
1 St 20'
4,800
1 St 20'
6,600
1 St 20'
4,800
1 St. 20'
7,200
1 St 20'
5,100
N.P
H-2 High Hazard
deflagration hazards Notee,i,jJ
5 St 65'
16,800
3 St 40'
14,400
3 St 40'
11,400
2 St 30'
7,500
1 St 20-
4,800
2 St. 30'
6,600
1 St 20'
4.800
2 St. 30*
7,200
I St 20'
5,100
N.P.
H-3 High Hazard
physical hazards Notee,l
7 St 85'
33,600
7 St. 85'
28,800
6 St 75'
22,800
4 St 50'
15,000
2 St 30'
9,600
3 St 40'
13.200
2 St 30'
9.600
4 St 50'
14,400
2 St 30'
10.200
I St. 20'
4,800
H-4 High Hazard
health hazards Note e,l
7 St 85'
N.L.
7 St 85'
N.L.
7 St 85'
34.200
5 St. 65'
22,500
3 St. 40'
14,400
4 St 50'
19,800
3 St 40'
14,400
5 St 65'
21,600
3 St 40*
15,300
2 St. 30'
7.200
I-l Institutional, residential care
N.L.
NX.
9 St 100'
19.950
4 St 50'
13.125
3 St 40"
8.200
4 St 50'
11.550
3 St 40'
8,400
4 St50'
12,600
3 St 40'
8.925
2 St 35'
4.200
1-2 Institutional, incapacitated
Notem
N.L
N.L.
4 St 50*
17,100
2 St 30'
11.250
1 St 20'
7,200
1 St 20'
9.900
N.P.
1 St. 20'
10,800
1 St 20*
7.650
N.P.
1-3 Institutional, restrained
N.L
N.L.
4 St 50-
14.250
2 St 30'
9,375
1 St 20'
6,000
2 St 30'
8,250
I St 20'
6,000
2 St 30'
9,000
1 St 20'
6,375
N.P.
M Mercantile
N.L.
N.L.
6 St 75'
22.800
4 St 50'
15,000
2 St 30'
9.600
3 St 40'
13,200
2 St 30'
9.600
4 St. 50'
14,400
2 St 30'
10,200
1 St. 20'
4,800
R-1 Residential, hotels
N.L.
N.L
9 St 100'
22,800
4 St 50'
15,000
3 St 40'
9,600
4 St 50'
13,200
3 St 40*
9,600
4 St 50'
14,400
3 St 40'
10,200
2 St. 35'
4,800
R-2 Residential, multi-family
N.L.
NX.
9 St 100'
22,800
4 SL 50'
15,000
Notef
3 St 40'
9.600
4 St 50'
13.200
Notef
3 St 40'
9,600
4 St. 50'
14,400
3 St 40'
10,200
2 St. 35'
4.800
R-3 Residential,
multiple single family
N.L
NX.
4 St 50-
22.800
4 SL 50'
15,000
3 St 40'
9.600
4 St 50'
13,200
3 St 40'
9,600
4 St 50'
14,400
3 St 40'
10,200
2 St. 35'
4,800
S-1 StoTJ^e, moderate
N.L
N.L
5 St 65'
19.950
4 St 50'
13,125
2 St 30'
8.400
3 St 40'
11.550
2 St. 30'
8,400
4 St. 50'
12.600
2 St 30'
8,925
1 St 20'
4,200
S-2 Storage, low Noteg
N.L
N.L
7 St 85'
34.200
5 St 65'
22,500
3 St 40'
14,400
4 St 50'
19,800
3 St 40'
14,400
5 St 65'
21.600
3 St 40'
15,300
2 St 30'
7,200
U Utility, miscellaneous
NX.
N.L.
Notes applicable to Table 503:
Note a. See the following sections for
780 CMR 504.2 AUowable height
general exceptions to Table 503:
increase due to automatic sprinkler system installation.
114
780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Eflfective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
GENERAL BUILDING LIMITATIONS
780 CMR 506.2 Allowable area increase due to street frontage.
780 CMR 506,3 Allowable area increase due to automatic fire suppression system' installation.
780 CMR 506.4 Allowable area reduction for multi-story buildings.
780 CMR 507.0 Unlimited area one-story buildings.
Note b. Buildings of Type 1 construction permitted to be of unlimited tabular heights and areas are not subject to
special requirements that allow increased heights and areas for other types of construction (see 780 CMR 503. 1 .4).
Note c. For height exceptions for auditoriums in occupancies in JJst Groups A-4 and E, see 780 CMR 504.3.
Note do For height exceptions for day care centers in buildings of Type 5 construction, see 780 CMR 504.4.
Note e. For exceptions to height and area limitations of buildings for Use Group H, see 780 CMR 4 governing the
specific use groups.
Note f. For exceptions to height of buildings for Use Group R-2 of Types 2B and 3A construction, see 780 CMR
504.6 and 504.7. .
Note g. For height and area exceptions for open parking structures, see 780 CMR 406.0.
Note h. For exceptions to height and area limitations for special industrial occupancies, see 780 CMR 503. l.L
Note 1. Occupancies in Use Groups H-I and H-2 shall not be permitted below grade.
Note J. Rooms and areas of Use group H-2 containing pyrophoric materials shall not be permitted in buildings of
Type 3, 4, or 5 construction.
Note k. Occupancies in Use Group H-I are required to be detached one-story buildings (see 780 CMR 707.1.1).
Note L For exceptions to height for buildings with occupancies in Use Group H, see 780 CMR 504.5
Note iM. Hospitals, other than college or school infirmaries, shall be constructed of Type I-B or higher
construction.
Note n. I foot = 304.8 mm; 1 square foot = 0.093 m^
503.1.4 Type 1 construction: Buildings of Type 1 Table 503 shall be increased one story and 20 feet
construction which are permitted to be of (6096 mm). This increase shall not apply to
unlimited tabular heights and areas by Table 503, buildings of Types 2C, 3 A, 4 and 5A construction
are not subject to the special requirements that with an occupancy in Use Group 1-2, or to buildings
allow increased heights and areas for other types with an occupancy in Use Group H-1, H-2 or H-3.
of construction. The building height limitations for buildings with an
occupancy in Use Group R specified in Table 503
shall be increased one story and 20 feet (6096mm)
where the building is equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance
with 780 CMR 906.2.2 and the system is supervised
in accordance with 780 CMR 923.1, method 1, 2 or
3, but not to exceed a height of four stories or 60 feet
(18288 mm).
5M3 Auditoriums: The maximum height of
auditoriums in Use Groups A-4 and E shall be 65
feet (19812 mm) in buildings of Type 2B, 3 A, 4 or
5A construction and 45 feet (13716 nun) in
buildings of Type 2C, 3B or 5B construction.
5M.4 Day care centers: The height limitations of
Table 503 for day care centers classified as Use
Group E, in buildings of Type 5 construction, shall
be increased one story and 20 feet (6096 mm)
provided that the total occupant load is less than 50
persons.
504.5 Higli-hazard use groups: Buildings and
structures with an occupancy in Use Group H that
requires unusual heights necessary to accommodate
special manufacturing processes and equipment shall
be exempt from the tabular height limitations, in
feet, of Table 503.
503.2 Area limitations: The area limitations
specified in Table 503 shall apply to the maximum
horizontally projected area of all buildings fronting
on a street or a public space not less than 30 feet
(9144 mm) i,n width with access from a public street,
503.3 Height JimltaSJons: The height in feet and the
number of stories above grade specified in Table
503 shall apply to all buildings and to all separate
parts of a building that are enclosed within/?re walls
complying with the provisions of 780 CMR 7. A
basement shall be considered as a story above grade
where the finished surface of the floor above the
basement is more than six feet (1829 mm) above
grade plane; or more than six feet (1 829 mm) above
the finished ground level for more than 50% of the
total building perimeter; or more than 12 feet (3658
mm) above the finished ground level at any point.
780 CMR 504.0 HEIGHT
MODIFICATIONS .
504.1 General: The provisions of 780 CMR 504.0
shall modify the height limitations of Table 503 as
herein specified.
504J? Automatic sprinkler systems: . Where a
buDding is equipped throughout with an automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with 780 CMR
906.2.1, the building height hmitation specified in
1/19/01
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
115
780 GMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
504.6 Type 3A construction: The height limitation
for buildings of Type 3A construction with
occupancies in Use Group R-2 shall be increased to
six stories and 75 feet (22860 mm) where the first
floor above the basement has a fireresistance rating
of not less than three hours and the floor area is
subdivided by two-hour fireresistance rated fire
walls into fire areas of not more than 3,000 square
feet (279 m^).
504.7 Type 2B construction: The height limitation
for buildings of Type 2B construction with
occupancies in Use Group R-2 shall be increased to
nine stories and 100 feet (30480 mm) where the
building is separated by not less than 50 feet (15240
mm) from any other building on the lot and from
interior lot lines, the exits are segregated in nfire
area enclosed by a two-hour fireresistance ratedy?re
wall and the first floor construction has a
fireresistance rating of not less than Wi hours.
780 CMR 505.0 MEZZANINES
505.1 General: A mezzanine or mezzanines in
compliance with 780 CMR 505.0 shall be considered
a portion of the floor below. Such mezzanines shall
not contribute to the building area as regulated by
780 CMR 503.2, Such mezzanines shall not
contribute to the number of stories as regulated by
780 CMR 503.3. The area of the mezzanine shall be
included in determining Xh^fire area.
505.2 Area limitation: The aggregate area of a
mezzanine or mezzanines within a room shall not
exceed Vs of the area of that room. The enclosed
portions of rooms shall not be included in a
determination of the size of the room in which the
mezzanine is located. In determining the allowable
mezzanine area, the area of the mezzanine shall not
be included in the area of the room.
Exception: The aggregate area of mezzanines in
buildings and structures of Type 1 or 2
construction for special industrial occupancies in
accordance with 780 CMR 503.1.1 shall not
exceed % of the area of that room.
5053 Egress: Each occupant of a mezzanine shall
have access to at least two independent means of
egress where such spaces require two means of
egress in accordance with 780 CMR 1017.2. Where
a stairway provides a means of exit access from a
mezzanine, the maximum travel distance required by
780 CMR 1017.2 shall be measured to the bottom of
the stairway,
505.4 Openness: A mezzanine shall be open and
unobstructed to the room in which such mezzanine
is located except for walls not more than 42 inches
(1067 mrn) hi^, columns and posts.
Exceptions
1 . Mezzanines or portions thereof are not required
to be open to the room in which the mezzanines
are located, provided that the occupant load of the
aggregate area of the enclosed space does not
exceed ten.
2. A mezzanine having two or more means of
egress is not required to be open to the room in
which the mezzanine is located, if at least one of
the means of egress provides direct access to an
exit from the mezzanine level.
780 CMR 506.0 AREA MODIFICATIONS
506.1 General: The provisions of 780 CMR 506.0
shall modify the area limitations of Table 503 as
herein specified.
506.2 Street frontage increase: Where a building or
structure has more than 25% of the building
perimeter fronting on a street or other unoccupied
space, the area limitations specified in Table 503
shall be increased 2% for each 1% of such excess
frontage. The unoccupied space shall be on the same
lot or dedicated for public use, shall not be less than
30 feet (9144 mm) in width and shall have access
from a street by a posted fire lane not less than 18
feet (5486 mm) in width.
506.3 Automatic sprinkler system: Where a
building, other than those with an occupancy in Use
Group H-1, H-2 or H-3, is equipped throughout with
an automatic sprinkler system installed in
accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1, the area
limitation specified in Table 503 shall be increased
200% for one-and two-story buildings and 100%
for buildings more than two stories in height.
506.4 Multistory buildings: The area limitations
for buildings two stories in height shall be the same
as the area limitations provided in Table 503 for one-
story buildings. In buildings over two stories in
height, the area limitations of Table 503 for one-
story buildings shall be reduced as specified in Table
506.4.
116
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
1/19/01
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
GENERAL BUE.DING LIMITATIONS
Table 506.4
REDUCTION OF AREA LIMITATIONS
lA&lB
None
None
Type of Construclion
Number of
stories
2A
None
None
2B. 2C, 3A, 3B, 4, 5A,
5B
1
2
None
None
3
4
None
None
5%
10%
20%
20%
5
6
None
None
15%
20%
30%
40%
7
8
None
None
25%
30%
50%
60%
9
10
None
None
35%
40%
70%
80%
780 CMR 507.0 UNLIMITED AREAS
S07.1 Oiie=story buildings: For all occupancies
other than Use Groups A-1, A-2, A-4, A-5, E, H, I-l,
1-3 and R, the area of buildings that do not exceed
one story and 85 feet (25908 mm) in height, other
than buildings of Type 5 construction, shall not be
limited, provided that the building is equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with 780 CMR 906.2. 1 ; and the building
is isolated as specified in 780 CMR 507.2. Buildings
with an occupancy in Use Group 1-2 shall not be
constructed of Type 3B construction. Except as
modified by 780 CMR 9, fire areas of Use Group E
are permitted in unlimited area buildings in
accordance with 780 CMR 507.1.1. Except as
modified by 780 CMR 9, fire areas of Use Groups H-
2, H-3 and H-4 are permitted in unlimited area
buildings in accordance with 780 CMR 507.1.2.
Bulk Merchandising Retail Buildings designed,
constructed and operated in accordance with 780
CMR 426.0 shall be permitted to be constructed of
unlimited area,"
Exceptions:
1 . Buildings and structures of special industrial
occupancies in accordance with 780 CMR 503. 1 . 1
shall be exempt from the above height limitations
and/ire separation distance requirements, and the
automatic fire suppression system shall not be
provided where such installations will be
detrimehtal or dangerous to the specific
occupancy as approved by the code official.
Where located with afire separation distance of
less than 30 feet (9144 mm), the exterior walls of
such buildings shall be pro/ecferf or constructed to
provide a fireresistance rating of not less than two
hours.
2. An automatic fire suppression system-&h2ill not
be required for buildings of Type 2 or Type 4
construction which are occupied exclusively for
the storage of noncombustible materials that are
not packed or crated in combustible materials:
3. Buildings and structures of Types I and 2
construction for rack storage facilities which do
not have access by the public shall not be limited
in height provided that such buildings conform to
the requirements of 780 CMR 507.1 and NFiPA
231 C listed in Appendix A.
4. The automatic sprinkler system shall not be
required in areas occupied for indoor participant
sports, such as tennis, skating, swimming and
equestrian activities, in occupancies in Use Group
A-3 provided that:
4.1.. Exit doors directly to the outside are
provided for all occupants of the participant
sport areas: and
4.2. The building is equipped with a fire
protective signaling system with manual fire
alarm boxes installed in accordance with
780 CMR 917.0.
507.1.1 School buildings: For occupancies in Use
Group E, one-story buildings of Type 2, 3 A or 4
construction shall not be limited in area where a
direct exit to the outside of the building is
provided from each classroom and the building is
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1.
Exterior wails on all sides of such buildings shall
comply with 780 CMR 507.2.
507.1.2 Migh-Mz&rd use groups: Use Group H-
2, H-3 and H-4 fire areas shall be permitted in
occupancies in Use Groups F and S except as
modified by 780 CMR 9, and in lecture halls and
laboratories in Use Groups A-3, B, E and 1-2 in
accordance with the limitations of 780 CMR
507. 1 . Fire areas located at the perimeter of the
building shall not exceed the area limitations
specified in Table 503 as modified by 780 CMR
506.2, based upon the percentage of the perimeter
of the fire area that fronts on a street or other
unoccupied space. Interior ^re areas shall not
exceed 25% of the area limitations specified in
Table 503. Fireresistance rating requirements of
fire separation assemblies shall be in accordance
with Table 3 13. 1.2.
507,2 Exterior walls: The minimum fireresistance
rating of exterior walls of one-story buildings of
unlimited area shall be determined by the use group
and the fire separation distance as specified in Table
507.2, but shall not be less than the fireresistance
rating required by Table 602 for the type of
construction. The entire perimeter of one-story
unlimited area buildings shall have a minimum/ire
separation distance of 30 feet (9144 mm).
Exception; The minimum fire separation
distance of 30 feet (9144 mm) shall not apply to
a wall facing another building on the same lot,
provided that:
11/27/98
7S0 CMR - Sixth Edition
117
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
1. Such wall is constnicted as a^re wall in
accordance with 780 CMR 707.0;
2. The length of the^re wall does not exceed
25% of the total perimeter of the unlimited area
building;
3. The adjacent building has a minimum ^re
separation distance of 30 feet (9144 mm) on
all sides, except for the side that faces the
unlimited area building; and
4. The adjacent building is equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system
in accordance with 780 CMR 906.2. 1 .
507.2.1 Opening protective: Openings in
exterior walls required by Table 507.2 to have a
fire resistance rating of three hours or more shall
be protected \^dth fire assemblies having a fire
resistance rating of not less than three hours.
Openings in exterior walls required by Table
507.2 to have a fire resistance rating of two hours
shall be protected with fire assemblies having a
fire protection rating of not less than I'/z hours.
Table 507.2
MINIMUM FDIE RESISTANCE RATING
OF EXTERIOR WALLS
Use Group
Fireresistance rating (hours) based on
fire separation distance
30 Feet or greater but
less than 50 feet
50 feet or
greater
E
A-3.B.F-2.I-2.S-2
FdJ^LSJ
l'/2
2
3
Note a. 1 foot = 304.8 mm.
118
780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
CHAPTER 6
TYPES OF'CONSTRUCTION
780 CMR 601.0 GENERAL
601.1 Scope: The provisions 780 CMR 6 shall
control the classification of all buildings as to type
of construction.
601.2 Application of other laws: The provisions of
780 CMR 6 shall not be deemed to nullify any
provisions of the zoning law or any other statute of
the jurisdiction pertaining to the location or type of
construction of buildings, except as is specifically
required by the provisions of 780 CMR.
60L3 Hospitals.' Pursuant to MM.L & 111, § 51,
hospitals other than college and school infirmaries
shall he constructed of at least Type IB
construction.
780 CMR 602.0 CONCTRUCIION
CLASSIFICATION
602.1 General: All buildings and structures erected
or to be erected, altered or extended In height or
area shall be classified in one of the five
construction types defined in Table 602 and
780 CMR 603.0 through 606.0.
602.2 False designation: A building shall not be
designated as a given type of construction unless it
conforms to the minimum requirements for that type.
6023 Mimimum requirements: Where a type of
construction is used that is superior to the minimum
herein required for any specified use, height and area
of the building, nothing in 780 CMR shall be
construed to require full compliance with the
specifications for the higher type; but the designated
construction classification of the building shall be
that of the lesser type, unless all of the requirements
for the higher type are fulfilled.
602.4 Noncombustibiiity requirements: Where a
structure or a part of a structure is required to be
constructed of noncombustible construction, the use
of combustible elements, shall be permitted subject
to the limitations of 780 CMR 602.0 without altering
the construction classification.
602.4.1 Roofs, floors and walls: Combustible
elements in roofs, floors and walls are permitted
to be used for the following components:
1. Interior finish and trim materials as
regulated by 780 CMR 803.0, 804.0 and 806.0.
2. Light-transmitting /7/crj/i« as permitted by
780 CMR 26.
3. Fireretardant-treated wood complying with
780 CMR 2310.0 as permitted by Table 602.
4. Mastics and caulking materials applied to
provide flexible seals between components of
exterior wall construction.
5. Roof covering materials as regulated by
780 CMR 15.
6. Thermal and sound insulation as permitted
by 780 CMR 707.4.722.0. 1509.0. 2309.4 and
2603.0.
7. Exterior veneer and trim as permitted by
780 CMR 1406.0.
8. Nailing or furring strips as permitted by
780 CMR 804.0.
9. Windows and doors as permitted by
780 CMR 706.4.
10. Heavy thnber as permitted by 780 CMR
1006.3.1, 714.2 and 714.4.
1 1 . Partitions as permitted by 780 CMR 603.2.
12. Roof structures as permitted by 780 CMR
1510.0.
13. Platforms as permitted by 780 CMR
412.4.1.
602.4.2 Ducts: The use of nonmetallic ducts is
. permitted in accordance with the mechanical code
listed in Appendix A .
602.4 J Piping: The use of combustible piping
materials is permitted in accordance with the
mechanical and plumbing codes listed in
Appendix A.
602.4.4 Electrical: The use of insulated electrical
wiring and related components is permitted in
accordance with 527 CMR listed in Appendix A.
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR = Sixth Edition
119
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDrNG REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Table 602
FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS OF SIFRUCTURE ELEMENTS
- ■- -
Type of construction 780 CMR 602.0
Noncombustible
Noncombustible/Combustible
Combustible
Typel
780 CMR
603.0
Type 2
780 CMR 603.0
Type 3
780 CMR 604.0
Type 4
780 CMR
605.0
Types
780 CMR 606.0
Structure element
Protected
Protected
Unprotected
Protected
Unprotected
Heavy timber
Notec
Protected
Unprotected
Note a
lA
IB
2A 2B
2C
3A
38
4
5A
5B
1 Exterior walls
Loadbearing
'
3
21 0|2|2|2|1|0'
Not less than the rating based on fire separation distance (see 780 CMR 705.2) -
Nonloadbearing
- Not less than the rating based on fire separation distance (see 780 CMR 705.2) -
2 Fire walls and party walls
(780 CMR 707.0)
4|3|2|2| 2 |2| 2 j 2 | 2 ) 2
-Not less than the fireresistance rating required bv Table 707. 1 -
Fire enclosure of
exits (780 CMR
1014.11,709.0
and Note b)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3 Fire separation
assemblies (780
CMR 709.0)
Shafts (other than
exits) & elevator
hoistway(780
CMR 709, 7 10.0
&Noteb)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
Mixed use & fire
area separations
r780CMR313.0)
- Not less than the fireresistance rating required by Table 313.1.2-
Other Separation
assemblies
(Note i)
1111 I
-Note d -
1
1
I
1
1
4 Fire partitions
asocMR
711.0)
Exit access
comdors
(Note g)
- Not less then the fir
-Noted-
eresistano
i rating requir
edby780CMI
i 10 11,4-
Tenant spaces
separations (Note
1111
-Noted-
I
1
1
5 Dwelling unit separations
(780 CMR 71 1.0, 713.0 & Notes f
&j)
1111 1
-Noted -
1
1
1
1
1
6 Smoke barriers (780CMR 71 2.0 &
Note g)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
7 Othernonloadbearing partitions
-N(
jted-
8 Interior load-
bearing walls,
loodbearing par-
titions, col-
umns, girders.
Supporting more
than one Soor
4
3
2
1
1
See
. 780 CMR
605.0
1
trusses (other
than roof truss-
es) & framing
(780 CMR
715.0)
Supporting one
floor only or a
roof only
3
2
I'/i
1
1
See
780 CMR
605.0
1
9 Structural members supporting wall
(780 CMR 715.0 & Note g)
3
2
I'/a
1
-Not less th£
1
infireresis
tance rating o
1
'wall supportet
1
1 Floor construction including beams
(780 CMR713.0& Notch)
3
2
!'/«
1
1
See 780
CMR
605.0. Notec
1
1 1 Roof construc-
tion, including
beams, trusses
15' or less in
height to lowest
member
2
V/i
1
1
-N
oted-
1
See 780
CMR
605.0. Note c
1
and framing,
arches & roof
deck (780 CMR
714.0 & Notes
More than 15' but
less than 20' in
height to lowest
member
1
1
1
-N
ited-
See
780 CMR
605.0
1
e.i)
20' or more in
height to lowest
-Noted-
See
780 CMR
120
780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION
Note a. For flreresistance rating requirements for structural membranes and assemblies which support other
fireresistance rated members or assemblies, see 780 CMR 715. 1.
Note b. For reductions in the required fu'eresistance rating of exit and shaft enclosures, see 780 CMR 1014.11 and
710.3
Note c. For substitution of other structural materials for timber in Type 4 construction, see 780 CMR 2304,2.
Note d. For fu^e retardant-treated wood permitted in roof construction and nonloadbearing walls where the required
fireresistance rating is one hour or less, see 780 CMR 603.2 and 23 10.0.
Note e. For permitted uses of heavy timber in roof construction in buildings of Types 1 and 2 construction, see
780 CMR 7 14.4.
Note £ For reductions in required fireresistance ratings of tenant separations and dwelling unit separations, see
780 CMR 1011.4 and 1011.4.1.
Note g. For exceptions to the required fureresistance rating of construction supporting exit access corridor walls, tenant
separation walls in covered mall buildings, and smoke barriers, see 780 CMR 71 1.4 and 712.2.
Note h. For buildings having habitable or occupiable stories or basements below grade, see 780 CMR 1006.3.1.
Note i. Not less than the rating required by 780 CMR
Note j. For Use Group R-3, see 780 CMR 3 10.5.
Note k. Fireresistance ratings are expressed in hours.
Note L 1 foot = 304.8 mm.
780 CMR 6(B«0 TYPES 1 AND.2
CONSTRUCTION
603.1 Gesieral: Buildings and structures of Tjrpes 1
and 2 construction are those in which the walls,
partitions, structure elements, floors, ceilings, roofs
and exits are constructed of approved
noncombustible materials. Each structure element
shall not be less than the required Rreresistance
rating specified in Table 602, except as otherwise
specifically provided for in 780 CMR. Buildings of
Types 1 and 2 construction shall be further classified
as Type lA, IB, 2A, 2B or 2C. Fireretardant=
treatedwood shall only be used as specified in Table
602 and 780 CMR 23 10.0.
603.2 Interior paititlons: In buildings or structures
of Types 1, 2 A and 2B construction, partitions of a
single thickness of wood or approved composite
panels, and glass or other approved materials of
similar combustible characteristics, are permitted to
subdivide rooms or spaces into offices, entries or
other similar compartments in all occupancies other
than Use Groups I and R, provided that such
partitions neither establish a corridor serving an
occupant load of more than 30 in areas occupied by
a single tenant nor exceed 5,000 square feet (465 m^
between^re separation assemblies or fire walls. The
maximum allowable compartment size shall be
increased to 7,500 square feet (700 m^) where
subdivided with Sreretardant-treated wood that
complies with 780 CMR 23 10.0.
780 CMR 604.0 TYPE 3 CONSTRUCTION
604,1 General: Buildings and structures of Type 3
construction are those in which: the exterior walls
are constructed of masonry or other approved
noncombustible materials; the interior structure
elements, loadbearing walls, partitions, floors and
roofs are constructed of any approved materials.
Each structure element shall have not less than the
required fireresistance rating specified in Table 602,
except as otherwise specifically provided for in
780 CMR. Buildings of Type 3 construction shall be
further classified as Type 3 A or 3B.
780 CMR 605,0 TYPE 4 CONSTRUCTION
60S.1 General: Buildings and structures of Type 4
construction are those in which the exterior walls are
constructed of approved noncombustible materials
and the interior structural members are of solid or
laminated wood without concealed spaces or the
loadbearing wails, partitions, fioors and roofs are
constructed of any noncombustible materials
permitted by 780 CMR. Each structure element
shall have not less than the required fireresistance
rating specified in Table 602. The elements of
Type 4 construction shall comply with the
provisions of 780 CMR 2304.0.
780 CMR 606.0 TYPE S CONSTRUCnON
606.1 General: Buildings and structures of Type 5
construction are those in which the exterior walls,
loadbearing walls, partitions fioors and roofs are
constructed of any approved materials. Each
structure element shall have not less than the
required fireresistance rating specified in Table 602.
Buildings of Type 5 construction shall be further
classified as Type 5 A or 5B.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CIvIR = Sixth Edition
121
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
122 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
CHAPTER 7
FIRERESISTANT MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
780 CMR 70L0 GENERAL
701.1 Scope: The provisions of 780 CMR 7 shall
govern the design and installation of all materials
and methods of construction in respect to required
fireresistance rating and flameresistance, as
determined by the potential fire hazard of the use
and occupancy of the building or structure and the
location and function of all integral structural and
other fireresistive elements of the building; and the
instaUation of safeguards against the spread of fire to
and fi-om adjoining structures.
70L2 Performance standards: The requirements of
780 CMR 7 shall constitute the minimum functional
performance standards for fire protection purposes;
and shall not be deemed to decrease or waive any
strength provisions or m any other manner decrease
the requirements of 780 CMR in respect to structural
safety.
701.3 Combustible materials: All materials and
forms of construction which develop the
fireresistance ratings required by 780 CMR shall be
acceptable for fireproofing and structural purposes,
except that combustible component materials in
structural units or structural assemblies shall be
limited in the types of construction specified in
780 CMR 603.0,604.0 and 605.0, and in 780 CMR
701.3.1.
7§i3.1 Combustible componieets: Combustible
aggregates are permitted in gypsum concrete
mixtures approved for fireresistance rated
construction. Any approved component material
or adnuxture is permitted in assemblies that meet
the fireresistive test requirements of 780 CMR.
780 CMR 702.0 DEFlNmONS
702,1 General: The following words and terms
shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR 7 and as used
elsewhere in 780 CMR, have the meanings shown
herein.
Bamper,fire: A damper arranged to seal off air fiow
automatically through part of an air duct system,
so as to restrict the passage of heat. The fire
damper shall not be used as a smoke damper
unless the location lends itself to the dual purpose
(see 780 CMR 717.0).
Door assembly f fire: A combination of thej5re door,
frame, hardware and other accessories which
together provide a specific degree of fire
protection to the opening (see 780 CMR 716.0).
Door, fire: A door and its assembly, so constructed
and assembled in place as to give protection
against the passage of fire (see 780 CMR 716.0).
Braftstoppmg: Building materials installed to
prevent the movement of air, smoke, gases and
flame to other areas of the building through large
concealed passages such as attic spaces and floor
assemblies with suspended ceilings or openweb
trusses (see 780 CMR 720.0).
Fire area: The aggregate floor area enclosed and
bounded by fire walls, exterior walls or fire
separation assemblies of a building (see
780 CMR 709.2).
Fire partition: A vertical assembly of materials
having protected openings and designed to restrict
the spread of fire (see 780 CMR 711.0).
Fire protection rating: The time in hours, or
fractions thereof, that an opening protective
assembly will resist fire exposure as determined
by the test standard specified in 780 CMR (see
780 CMR 706.0,716.0 and 718.0).
Fire separation assembly: A horizontal or vertical
fireresistance rated assembly of materials having
protected openings, and designed to restrict the
spread of fire (see 780 CMR 709.0).
Fire separation distance: The distance in feet
measured from the building face to the closest
interior lot line, to the center-line of a street or
public way or to an imaginary line between two
buildings on the same property.
Fire window: A window constructed and glazed to
give protection against the passage of fire (see
780 CMR 718.0).
Fireresistance: That property of materials or their
assemblies which prevents or retards the passage
of excessive heat, hot gases or flames under
conditions of use.
Fireresistance rating: The time in hours or fi-actions
thereof that materials or their assemblies will
resist fire exposure as determined by the fire test
specified in 780 CMR (see 780 CMR 704. 1. 1).
Firestopping: Building materials installed to prevent
the movement of flame and gases to other areas
of a building through small concealed passages in
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
123
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
building components such as floors walls and
stairs (see 780 CMR 720.0).
Protected construction: That in which all structural
members are constructed, chemically treated,
covered or protected so that the individual unit or
the combined assemblage of all such units has the
required fireresistance rating specified for its
particular application in Table 602; and includes
protected combustible and protected
noncombustible construction.
Self-closing: As applied to a fire door or other
opening protective, means normally closed and
equipped with an approved device which will
insure closing after having been opened for use
(see 780 CMR 716.5).
Shaft: An enclosed space extending through one or
more stories of a building, connecting vertical
openings in successive floors, or floors and the
roof(see 780 CMR 710.0).
Single membrane penetration: An opening through
a single membrane (one side) of a fireresistance
rated wall, roofi'ceiling or floor/ceiling assembly
made to accommodate pipes, tubes, conduits,
vents, wires, cables, electrical outlet boxes and
similar items (see 780 CMR 709.6.5).
Smoke barrier: A continuous membrane that will
resist the movement of smoke (see 780 CMR
712.0).
Smoke compartment: A space within a building
enclosed by smoke barriers or fire separation
assemblies on all sides, including top and bottom
(see 780 CMR 712.0).
Through-penetration protection system: Specific
building materials or assemblies of materials that
are designed and installed to prevent the spread of
fire through openings that are made in
fireresistance rated floors and wails to
accommodate through-penetrating items such as
pipes, tubes, conduits, vents, wires, cables and
similar items. The F rating indicates the period of
time that the through-penetration protection
system is capable of preventing the passage of
flame to the unexposed (nonfire) side of the
assembly in conjunction with an acceptable hose
stream test performance. The T rating indicates
the period of time that the through-penetration
protection system is capable of preventing the
passage of flame and a maximum individual
temperature rise of 325*'F (163 "C) above ambient
temperature on the unexposed (nonfire) side of
the assembly in conjunction with acceptable hose
stream test performance (see 780 CMR 707.7.2,
709.6.1 and 713.4.1).
Vertical opening: An opening through a floor or
roof
Wall
Fire separation wall: A fireresistance rated
assembly of materials having protected
openings which is designed to restrict the
spread of fire (see 780 CMR 709.0).
Fire wall: A fireresistance rated wall having
protected openings, which restricts the
spread of fire and extends continuously from
the foundation to or through the roof (see
780 CMR 707.0).
Party wall: Kfire wall on an interior lot line
used or adapted for joint service between
two buildings (see 780 CMR 707.0).
780 CMR 703.0 CONSTTRUCTION
DOCUMENTS
703.1 General: Construction documents for all
buildings shall designate the type of construction
and the fireresistance rating of all structure elements
as required by 780 CMR. The construction
documents shall include documentation or
supporting data substantiating all required
fireresistance ratings.
703.2 Penetrations: Construction documents for
buildings more than two stories in height shall
indicate where penetrations will be made for
electrical, mechanical, plumbing and communication
conduits, pipes and systems, and shall also indicate
the materials and methods for maintaining the
required stiuctural integrity, fireresistance rating and
firestopping.
780 CMR 704.0 FIRE TESTS
704.1 General: Building elements and assemblies
including loadbearing and nonloadbearing walls and
partitions, columns, girders, beams, slabs and floors
and roof assemblies, shall provide the minimum
fireresistance ratings specified in Table 602 for the
type of construrtion unless otherwise required by the
provisions of 780 CMR.
704.1.1L Fireresistance ratings: The
fireresistance ratings of building assemblies and
structural elements shall be determined in
accordance with the test procedures set forth in
ASTM El 19 listed in Appendix A, specific
methods as provided for herein, or shall be
determined in accordance with an approved
analytical method. Where an approved
analytical method is utilized to establish the
fireresistance rating of a structural element or
building assembly, the calculations shall be
based upon the fire exposure and acceptance
criteria specified in ASTM E 119 listed in
Appendix A.
Exception: In determining the fireresistance
rating of exterior loadbearing walls.
124
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FIRERESISTANT MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
compliance with the ASTM Ell 9 criteria for
unexposed surface temperature rise and
ignition of cotton waste due to passage of
flame or hot gases, is required only for a
period of time corresponding to the required
fireresistance rating of an exterior
nonloadbearing wall with the same fire
separation distance, and in a building of the
same use group. Where the fireresistance
rating determined in accordance with this
exception exceeds the fireresistance rating
determined in accordance with ASTM El 19
listed in Appendix A, the fire exposure time
period, water pressure and application
duration criteria for the hose stream test of
ASTM El 19 listed in Appendix A, shall be
based upon the fireresistance rating
determined in accordance with this
exception.
704.2 Alternative protectioE: Where
documentation is submitted to the code ofQcial and
approved, fireresistive coverings or insulating
enclosing materials are not required for structural
framing elements. Such documentation shall show
that the structural integrity of structural fi-araing
elements will not be reduced below a safe level by a
fire within the building or in an adjacent building
having a severity corresponding to the fireresistance
rating required for the elements through the
installation of heat shields, separations or other
approved means of protection.
7043 Opening protectives: Opening protectives
shall include the^re door, fire shutter, ^re window
ox fire damper and all requbed hardware, anchorage,
fi"ames and sills necessaiy for the assembly.
704.4 Combustibility tests: Where the behavior of
materials under exposure to fire is specified iii
780 CMR, the characteristics of materials shall be
determined by the tests and criteria set forth in
780 CMR 704.4.1, 704.4.1.1 and 704.4.1.2.
704.4.1 Tests: The tests indicated in 780 CMR
704.4.1.1 and 704.4.1.2 shall serve as criteria for
acceptance of buOding materials as set forth m
780 CMR 603.0, 604.0 and 605 governing the
combustibility of buildmg materials in Types 1,
2, 3 and 4 construction. The term
"noncombustible" does not apply to the flame
spread characteristics of interior finish or trim
materials. A material shall not be classified as a
noncombustible building construction material
which is subject to an increase in the
combustible or fiame spread rating beyond the
limitations herein established through the effects
of age, moisture or other atmospheric conditions.
704.4.1.1 Elementary materials: Materials
which are intended to be classified as
noncombustible shall be tested in accordance
with ASTM E136 listed in Appendix A.
Such materials shall be acceptable as
noncombustible materials when at least three
of four specimens tested conform to all of
the following criteria:
1 . The recorded temperature of the
surface and interior thermocouples shall
not at any time during the test rise more
than 54°F (30°C) above the fiimace
temperature at the bediming of the test.
2. There shall not be flaming fi-om the
specimen after the first 30 seconds.
3. If the weight loss of the specimen
during testing exceeds 50%, the recorded
temperature of the surface and interior
thermocouples shall not at any time
during the test rise above the furnace air
temperature at the beginning of the test,
and there shall not be flaming of the
specimen.
704.4,1,2 Composite materials: Materials
having a structural base of noncombustible
material as defined in 780 CMR 704.4.1.1.
with a surfacing not more than V6 inch thick
which has a flame spread rating not greater
than 50 when tested in accordance wth
ASTM E84 listed in, Appendix A shall be
acceptable as noncombustible materials.
780 CMR 70SL0 EXTERIOR WALLS
705.1 General: All exterior walls shall comply with
the applicable provisions of 780 CMR and with the
fireresistance rating requirements of 780 CMR 705.0
and 780 CMR 602.0.
Exception: The provisions of 780 CMR 705.2
and 705.3 shall not apply to exterior wails which
face buildings on the same lot where the
buildings are such that, if combined into one
structure, the resulting building will otherwise
comply with the hei^t and area limitations of
780 CMR 503.0 (see 780 CMR 503.1.3).
705.1.1 Omission of exterior walls: The
provisions of 780 CMR shall not be deemed to
prohibit the omission of exterior walls for all or
part of a story where the provisions of 780 CMR
705.2 do not require a nonloadbearing exterior
wall to provide a fireresistance rating, and where
the provisions of 780 CMR 705.3 and 705.4 do
not limit the maximum percentage of
unprotected openings. Except as otherwise
specifically permitted in 780 CMR 715.5, the
piers, columns and other structural elements
within the open portion shall be constructed with
the fireresistance rating required for exterior
loadbearing walls in Table 602.
705.1.2 Combustible eMerior wall finish and
trim: In addition to the requirements of
780 CMR 705.0, combustible materials installed
as exterior wall finish, half-timbering, balconies
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR -Sixth Edition
125
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
and similar appendages, bay and oriel windows
and light-transmitting plastic panels, shall meett
the applicable requirements of 780 CMR 1406.0,
2604.0, 2605.0 and 2606.0.
705.2 Fireresistance ratings: The fireresistance
rating of exterior walls shall comply with Table
705.2. Loadbearing exterior walls shall also comply
with the fireresistance rating requirements of
780 CMR 602.0. The fireresistance rating of
exterior walls with a fire separation distance of
greater than five feet (1524 mm) shall be rated for
exposure to fire fi-om the inside. The fireresistance
rating of exterior walls with a fire separation
distance of five feet (1524 mm) or less shall be rated
for exposure to fire firom both sides.
Table 705.2
exterior wall fireresistance
ratings'^
a
UseGroiq)
Fire Separation
distance (feet)'^
H-2
F-l.H-3,
M.S-1
R-2
R-3
A.B,E.F-2,
H-4,I.R-1,
S-2
Oto5
4
3
1
1
2
Greater than 5 to 10
3
2
1
1
(Greater lba& 10 to 15
■■■
mm
iiiiiilpiilpl?;;
<^?isatera»wi lSto30
mm
mm
i
iilliiiPl
Greater than 30
Note a. For requirements for Use Group H-1, sec
780 CMR 705.2. L
Note b. Fireresistance ratings are expressed in hours.
Notec 1 foot - 304.8 nun.
705.2.1 Use Group H-1: Buildings and
structures with an occupancy in Use Group H-1
shall be located in accordance with the
requirements for the storage oi explosives in the
fire prevention code listed in Appendix A. The
allowable quantities of Use Group H-1 materials
shall be based on the TNT equivalency of the
materials. The exterior finish surface of all
exterior walls in an occupancy in Use Group H-1
shall be of approved noncombustible materials
or fireretardant-treated wood complying with
780 CMR 2310.0 for exterior installation.
705.2.2 Wall support: The wall shall extend to
the height required by 780 CMR 705.6, and shall
be supported such that the wall will remain in
place for the duration of time indicated by the
required fireresistance rating.
705.2.3 Automatic fire suppression: In
buildings equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
780 CMR 906.2.1, the required fireresistance
rating of nonloadbearing exterior walls shall be
reduced by one hour, except that where ihtfire
separation distance is five feet (1524 mm) or
less, the fireresistance rating shall not be reduced
to less than one hour. This reduction shall not
apply to occupancies in Use Group H.
705.2.4 Unexposed surface temperature:
Where protected openings are not limited by
Table 705.3, the limitation on the rise of
temperature on the unexposed surface of exterior
walls as required by ASTM El 19 listed in
Appendix A shall not apply. Where protected
openings are limited by Table 705.3, the
limitation on the rise of temperature on the
unexposed surface of exterior walls as required
by ASTM E119 Hsted in Append A shall not
apply provided that a correction is made for
radiation fi'om the unexposed exterior wall
surface in accordance with the following
formula:
Ag = Equivalent area of protected openings.
A = Actual area of protected openings.
Ay = Area of exterior wall surface in the story
under consideration exclusive of openings, on
which the temperature limitations of ASTM
£1 19 listed in Appendix A for walls is exceeded.
Fgp = An "equivalent opening factor"
derived firom Figure 705.2.4 based on the
average temperature of the unexposed wall
surface and the fireresistance rating of the wall
required by 780 CMR 705.2.
126
780 CMR - Sbrth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (EfiFective 2/28/97)
780 CMR; STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FIRERESISTANT MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
Figure 705.2.4
EQUIVALENT OPENING FACTOR
u
9M
'^ai
S
ax.
o
A\
ii
1
i
^;|
sp
i,|i
?
IP
^f
pimi
^ 1'
i^
p
ife-
f i'
; ^
* 1
iif*^
7 ^ <• ' -^^
m^
i; ?
i^
^
|,
M
;
ijiV^y
-*<
i
i
'
iw
'?***
J*
:
;
:^
4^
^
^i
1
^
;
:U
ss
Sfeii
te
;*:^
^^
, , i i
'4
f ''<
^
1
i
u
'^i
ii
mM
n^
tM.
111)
1
1;
*
U«M
^1^
?#
fif
f
1 £
.
#
i5
rtf^
; i$
StE
r
fw
rii
^^
;
^
i$:
g|p
W^
1
•^f-
ll?
T
"■ t
£ ' ^
iif
!
1^
$1
|;^
*?'
^1
I i'
II
^m
1
' jS
i
i
i i
*
i
i
^m
II
$
iff
r'
;
hk
i i
^1
i
M^
&
^t
m
k < . ik
> 3
^ £
,
ill
M
* ^|!^
■^:
#f
^i£k
tJ
I ' ' ■
ji'
■
!£
•fi*.
t ;±
? i
$£
^ s
lii:
M\
:|:
^^^
M
! 1
^ ^^
ii
£^^
^
^ i
w^
**
^55^
u
r
1
:^M
pe
^1
^ '
If'
':
It
f^
M:
i 1 IS
W:
; ^
jjil
^<
ll
■1
ir
Sp
it
t
^|:
lA
1
il'i
i!|l
: ^:
n^
i *
1
T
n '^
^Im
i
;l
^£
1 ^ -1
f^
!!
Ssfi
Els
*
1^
&
3
:s
ST 't
-i
^4 ^
¥
1
?|
m '•
i p.'
^mm£
^
T
P
1"*
<jk|X
^
ffil
' i i
p;^
T
^^
t
!^
1
. I
1
s|
^ «T
t ii '
^
T ^
^ £ £
: 1
p^i
r$
£ '*
f|
1
1
ii
;
;
f 1
1^^
^
1^
II
i i
1 1 « <
i
1
i
1 i
lit
'*
^ I
■rol
*' 1
ilEEBI
^
ll
f
1
i
■
f.
■si
f
1
i^
1
i $ X '
W
T
If
u
w
1
i
ff
i
i
i
■
i
1
ll
1
1
1
II
1
^MS
iiiill
P
i
J
:
i
i|
1
1
S
i
i
1
II
Mi\:s.
Ii
1
1
X
4m mi m tis^ ^,m i/^es -ijm iv8^
Average temperature of unexposed surface (degrees F)
iLfiOfi
705.3 Openings: The maximum area of unprotected
or protected opem'ngs permitted in an exterior wall
in any story shall not exceed the values set forth in
Table 705.3. Where both unprotected and protected
openings are located in the exterior wall in any
story, the total area of the openings shall comply
with the following formula:
A A
£ 4- -i' ^ 1.0
where:
A = Actual area of protected operangs, or the
equivalent area of protected openings Ag (see
780 CMR 705.2.4).
gs = Allowable area of protected openings.
A„ = Actual area of unprotected openings.
(Sg, = Allowableareaof unprotected operangs.
Table 7053
MAXIMUM AREA OF EXTERIOR WALL
OPENINGS*^
Qassifi-
Fire separation distance (feetf
cation of
opening
Oto
3
>3
to 5
>5to >10to
>i5
10 20*"
25%
>20
to 25"^
45%
No
Limit
>25
to30'
>30
Un-
protected
NP
Np''
10% 15%
70%
No
Limit
No
limit
Protected
NP
15%
25% 45%
75%
No
Limit
Note a. Values given are percentages of the area of the
exterior wall. This table assumes that the openings are
reasonably umformly distributed. Where openings are
not reasonably uniformly distributed, the portion of the
wail utilized to calculate compliance with table 705.3
shall be approved.
Note Ij. For occupancies in Use Group R-3, the
maximum percentage of unprotected exterior wall
openings shall be 5%.
Note e. The area of openings in an open parking
structure with a fire separation distance of greater than
ten feet shall not be limited.
Note d. For occupancies an Use Group H°2 or H-3,
umprotected openings shall not be permitted for openings
with a fire separation distance of 15 feet or less.
Note®. One foot = 304.8 mm.
705.3.i Automatic fire suppression: In
■buildings equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
780 CMR 906.2.1, the maximum allowable area
of unprotected openings in all occupancies other
than Use Groups H=l, H-2 and H-3 shall be the
same as the tabulated limitations for protected
openings.
705.3.2 First story: In all occupancies other
than Use Group H, unlimited unprotected
openings are permitted in the first story of
exterior walls facing a street which have 2ijire
separation distance of greater than 15 feet (4572
mm).
NP (Not permitted)
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
127
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
705.4 Vertical separation of openings: Openings in
exterior walls in adjacent stories shall be separated
vertically to protect against fire spread on the
exterior of the buildings where the openings are
within five feet (1524 mm) of each other
horizontally and the opening in the lower story is not
a protected opening in accordance with 780 CMR
706.0. Such openings shall be separated vertically
at least three feet (914 mm) by spandrel girders,
exterior walls or other similar assemblies which
have a fireresistance rating of at least one hour or by
flame barriers which extend horizontally at least 30
inches (762 mm) beyond the exterior wall. Flame
barriers shall also have a fireresistance rating of at
least one hour. The unexposed surface temperature
limitations specified in ASTM El 19 listed in
Appendix A shall not apply to the flame barriers or
vertical separation unless otherwise required by the
provisions of 780 CMR.
Exceptions:
1 . 780 CMR 705.4 shall not apply to buildings
that are three stories or less in height.
2. 780 CMR 705 .4 shall not apply to buildings
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1.
705.5 Vertical exposure: Approved protectives
shall be provided in every opening that is less than
15 feet (4572 mm) vertically above the roof of an
adjoimng building or adjacent structure which is
within a horizontal ^re separation distance of 15
feet (4572 mm) of the wall in which the opening is
located, unless such roof construction aifords a
fireresistance rating of not less than one hour.
705.6 Continuity of exterior walls: Exterior walls
required to be fireresistance rated by 780 CMR
705.2 because oifire separation distance, shall be
continuous fi-om the foundation to not less than 30
inches (762 mm) above the roof surface.
Exceptions:
1. Where the roof deck or sheathing is
constructed of approved noncombustible
materials or of fireretardant-treated wood or of
%-inch Type X gypsum board supported directly
beneath the underside of the roof sheathing or
deck, using minimum two-inch ledgers attached
to the sides of the roof fi-aming members for a
minimum distance of four feet (1219 mm) fi-om
the exterior wall, and where the roof covering
has a minimum of a Class C rating, the exterior
wall shall be permitted to stop at the underside
of the roof deck or sheathing.
2. Exterior walls in buildings not exceeding
1,000 square feet (93 m') in area.
3 . Exterior walls of occupancies in Use Group
R-3.
4. Exterior walls of a building where the roof
has an angle of more than 20 degrees (0.35 rad)
with the horizontal.
780 CMR 706.0 EXTERIOR OPENING
PROTECIIVES
706.1 Where required: Exterior opening
protectives shall be provided in all exterior wall
openings that are required to be protected by
780 CMR 705.0.
706.2 Amtomatic protection: Approved fire
protective assemblies shall be fixed, self-closing or
equipped with approved automatic-closing devices
and shall conform to the requirements of 780 CMR
706.0 and 780 CMR 702.0, 716.0, 717.0, 718.0 and
719.0.
Exception: Fire protective assemblies are not
required where outside automatic sprinklers are
installed for the protection of the exterior
openings. The sprinklers shall be installed in
accordance withNFiPA 13 listed in Appendix A,
and shall have an automatic water supply and be
provided with a fire department connection.
706.3 Fireresistance rating: Exterior openings
required to be protected by 780 CMR 705.3, when
located in a wall required by 780 CMR 705.2 to
have a fireresistance rating of greater than one hour,
shall be protected with an assembly having Zifire
protection rating of not less than 1 '/4 hours. Exterior
openings required to be protected by 780 CMR
705.3, when located in a wall required by 780 CMR
705.2 to have a fireresistance rating of one hour,
shall be protected with an assembly having afire
protection rating of not less than Vt hour. Exterior
openings required to be protected by 780 CMR
705.4 or 705.5 shall be protected with an assembly
having a fire protection rating of not less than Va
hour.
706.4 Unprotected openings: Where protected
openings are not required by 780 CMR 705.0,
windows and doors shall be constructed of any
approved materials. Glazing shall conform to the
requirements of 780 CMR 14, 24 and 26.
780 CMR 707.0 HRE WALLS
AND PARTY WALLS
707.1 General: Walls shall have sufficient structural
stability under fire conditions to allow collapse of
construction on either side without collapse of the
wall, and shall be constructed of any approved
noncombustible materials that provide the required
strength and fireresistance rating specified in Table
602 for the type of constniction, but not less than the
fireresistance rating of the use group specified in
Table 707.1. Strength and stability shall comply
with the provisions of 780 CMR 14 and 16.
128
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (EflFective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FIRERESISTANT MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
Table 707ol
FIRE AND PARTY WALL
FIRERESISTANCE RATINGS
Use Group
Minimum Fireresistance
rating" (hours)
A-3, A-4, A-5, B, E, F-2,
H-4,I-I,I-2,R,S-2
2
A-1,A-2,F-1.H-3J-3,M.
S-J
3
H-2
4
Note a. For requirements for Use Group H-1, see 780
CMR 707.1.1.
707.1.1 Use Group H=l: Occupancies in Use
Group H-1 shall not be located in a building that:
is more than one story in height, has a basement;
or is attached to another building. An occupancy
in any use group other than H-1 shall not be
located in a building with an occupancy in Use
Group H-l.
Exception: The story above grade, where
provided with barricaded construction in
accordance with the fire prevention code
listed in Appendix A, shall not be considered
a basement.
7®7,2 Cutting walls: A wall that is eight inches or
less in thickness shall not be cut for chases or
socketed for insertion of structural members
subsequent to erection (see 780 CMR 2109.1.1).
707.3 Hollow walls: The wall shall not be less than
the minimum thickness specified in AC! 530/ASCE
5/TMS 402 listed in Appendix A,
7©7.4 Combustible Insulation: The code official
shall permit the application of cork, fiberboard or
other combustible insulation where laid up without
intervening air spaces and attached directly to the
face of the wall, and where protected on the exposed
surface as provided for in 780 CMR 722.0 and
2309.1.
707.5 Continuity of walls: In all buildings or
structures, walls shall be continuous from foundation
to two feet eight inches (813 mm) above the roof
surface, except as provided for in 780 CMR 707.5.1
through 707.5.3, Fire walls shall be made smoke
tight at their junction with exterior walls. In exterior
wall construction employing studs, the wall shall
extend through the stud space to the exterior
sheathing.
707.5.1 Noncombustible roofs: The wall is
permitted to terminate at the underside of the
roof deck where the roof is of approved
noncombustible construction and is properly
firestopped at the wall.
707.5.2 Combustible roofs: The wall is
permitted to terminate at the underside of the
roof deck in Types 3, 4 and 5 construction where
all of the following conditions are met:
L The wall is piopcily firestopped at the
deck.
2. The roof sheathing or deck is constructed
of approved noncombustible materials or of
fireretardant-treated wood, for a distance of
four feet (1219 mm) on both sides of the
wall, or such roof sheathing or deck is
constructed with %-inch Type X gypsum
board supported directly beneath the
underside of the roof sheathing or deck,
using minimum two-inch ledgers attached to
the sides of the roof framing members, for a
minimum distance of four feet (1219 mm) on
both sides of th&fire wall
3. Combustible material does not extend
through the wall.
4. The roof covering has a minimum of a
Class C rating.
707.S.3 Noncombustible frame: The wall shall
not be supported on the structural frame in
buildings of noncombustible construction unless
such supporting frame and all members, which
under fire conditions provide lateral support for
the frame, have a fire resistance at least equal to
that required for the wall.
707.6 Offset fire walls: Where fire walls are offset
at intermediate floor levels in protected skeleton-
frame construction, the offset floor construction and
the intermediate wall supports shall be constmcted
of approved noncombustible materials with a
fireresistance rating not less than that required for
the fire wall.
707.7 Penetrations: Penetrations through fire walls
shall meet the limitations specified in 780 CMR
707.7.1 through 707.7.4.
707.7.1 Combustible framing: In addition to
the provisions of 780 CMR 2305.6, adjacent
combustible members entering into a masonry
fire wall from opposite sides shall not have less
than a four-inch (102 mm) distance between
embedded ends. Where combustible members
frame into hollow walls or walls of hollow units,
all hollow spaces shall be solidly filled for the
full thickness of the wall and for a distance not
less than four inches (102 mm) above, below and
between the structural members, with
noncombustible materials approved for
firestopping in accordance with 780 CMR 720.0.
707.7.2 Noncombustible penetrations: Cables
and wires without combustible jackets or
insulation, and noncombustible pipes, tubes,
conduits and vents which penetrate afire wall
shall be tested in accordance with ASTM El 19
listed in Appendix A as part of a rated assembly,
or shall be protected by an approved through-
penetration protection system that has been
tested in accordance with ASTM E814 listed in
Appendix A, or the annular space around the
penetrating item shall be protected in accordance
with 780 CMR 707.8.
1/19/01
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
129
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
The through-penetration protection system
shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E814
listed in Appendix A, with a minimum positive
pressure differential of 0.01 inch of water
column (2.5 P) and shall have an "F" rating of
not less than the required rating of the wall
penetrated.
707.7.3 Combustible penetrations: Cables and
wires with combustible jackets or insulation, and
combustible pipes, tubes and conduits which
penetrate zfire wall shall be tested in accordance
with ASTM El 1 9 listed in Appendix A as part of
a fireresistance rated assembly or shall be
protected by an, approved through-penetration
protection system that has been tested in
accordance with ASTM E814 listed in
Appendix A.
The through-penetration protection system
shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E814
listed in Appendix A, with a minimum positive
pressure differential of 0.01 inch of water
column (2.5 P) and shall have an "F" rating of
not less than the required rating of the assembly
penetrated.
707.7.4 Electrical outlet boxes: Openings for
steel electrical outlet boxes that do not exceed 16
square inches (10323 mm^ in area are permitted
provided that the area of such openings does not
exceed 100 square inches (64516 mm^) for any
100 square feet (9.3 m^) of wall area. Outlet
boxes on opposite sides of the wall shall be
separated by a horizontal distance of not less
than 24 inches (610 mm).
Exception: Openings for electrical outlet
boxes of any material are permitted provided
that such boxes are tested for use in
fireresistance rated assemblies and installed
in accordance Avith the tested assembly.
707.8 Annular space protection: Where permitted
by 780 CMR 707.7.2 for noncombustible penetrating
items, the annular space between the penetrating
item and the foeresistance rated assembly being
penetrated shall be protected as specified in
780 CMR 707.8.1 and 707.8.2.
707.8.1 Material: The material used to fill the
annular space shall comply with 780 CMR
707.8.1.1 or 707. 8. 1.2.
707.8.1.1 Concrete or masonry assemblies:
Penetrations of concrete or masoiuy
assemblies by a maximum six-inch nominal
diameter copper, iron or steel pipe, tube,
conduit or wires and cables with steel jackets
shall be permitted provided that the
maximum opening size is 144 square inches
(0.09 m^ and the penetration is protected
with concrete, grout or mortar for the fiill
thickness of the assembly or the thickness
required to provide a fireresistance rating
equivalent to the required fireresistance
rating of the assembly penetrated.
707.8.1.2 AU assemblies: In all assemblies
the material shall prevent the passage of
flame and hot gases sufficient to ignite
cotton waste when subjected to the time-
temperature fire conditions of ASTM El 19
listed in Appendix A, under a minimum
positive pressure differential of 0.01 inch of
water column (2.5 P) at the location of the
penetration for the time period equivalent to
the required fireresistance rating of the
assembly penetrated.
707.8.2 Sleeves: Where sleeves are installed, the
sleeves shall be noncombustible and shall be
securely fastened to the assembly penetrated.
All space between the item contained in the
sleeve and the sleeve itself, and any space
between the sleeve and the assembly penetrated,
shall be filled with a material that complies with
780 CMR 707.8.1.
780 CMR 708.0 FBRE WALL OPENINGS
708.1 General: Openings in fire walls shall not
exceed the limitations in size and area herein
prescribed.
708.2 Size of opening: Each opening through ?ifire
wall shall not exceed 120 square feet (11.16 m^).
The aggregate width of all openings at any floor
level shall not exceed 25% of the length of the wall.
Exception: Openings shall not be limited to 120
square feet (11.16 m^) where both buildings are
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system installed in accordance with780 CMR 9.
708.2.1 First story: Where the entire first-story
floor areas on both sides of a fire wall are
equipped throughout with an approved
automatic sprinkler system installed in
accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1, the
maximum allowable size of openings on the first
story of the building shall not exceed 240 square
feet (22.32 m^ with a minimum distance of three
feet (914 mm) between adjacent openings.
708.3 Opening protectives: All opening protectives
in fire walls shall comply with the provisions of
780 CMR 704.0 and shall have the minimum /re
protection rating as set forth in 780 CMR 716.0.
780 CMR 709.0 FIRE SEPARATION
ASSEMBLIES
709.1 .General: Fire separation assemblies installed
for purposes of the enclosure of exits, floor
openings, shafts, areas of refijge and for subdividing
purposes shall be constructed of approved materials
consistent with the limitations for the building type
of construction and shall have not less than the
fireresistance rating prescribed by Table 602.
130
780 CMR -Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FIRERESISTANT MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
709.2 Fire area: kfire separation assembly which
separates adjacent fire areas shall have a
fireresistance rating of not less than the
fireresistance rating required by Table 3 13.1.2 based
on the use group of the fire areas which are
separated.
709.3 Openings: Openings located in a fire
separation assembly shall be limited to a maximum
aggregate width of 25% of the length of the wall,
and the maximum area of any single opening shall
not exceed 120 square feet (1 1 m^). Openings in exit
enclosures, other than unexposed exterior openings,
shall be limited to those necessary for exit access to
the enclosure from normally occupied spaces and for
egress from the enclosure.
Exception: Openings shall not be limited to 120
square feet (11 m^) where adjoining /re areas
are equipped throughout with an automatic
sprinkler system installed in accordance with
780 CMR 9.
709.3.1 Frotectives: All opening protectives in
fire separation assemblies shall comply with the
provisions of 780 CMR 704.0 and shall have the
minimum fire protection rating as set forth in
780 CMR 716.0.
709o4 Continuity: All vertical fire separation
assemblies shall extend from the top of the
fireresistance rated floor/ceiling assembly below to
the underside of the floor or roof slab or deck above
and shall be securely attached thereto. These walls
shall be continuous through all concealed spaces
such as the space above a suspended ceiling. The
supporting construction shall be protected to afford
the required fireresistance rating of the fire
separation assembly supported. All hollow vertical
spaces shall be firestopped at every floor level as
required in 780 CMR 720.0.
709.5 Eaterior walls: Except as provided for in
780 CMR 1014.11.1 and 1014.12.2, where exterior
walls serve as a part of a required fireresistance rated
enclosure, such walls shall comply with the
requirements of 780 CMR 705.0 for exterior walls
and the fireresistance rated enclosure requirements
shall not apply.
709.6 Fenetratioiis: Penetrations through
fireresistance rated wall assemblies shall meet the
limitations specified in 780 CMR 709.6.1 through
709.6.5. Penetrations through floor/ceiling and
roofi'ceiling assemblies shall comply mih 780 CMR
713.0. Penetrations of an exit enclosure shall also
comply with 780 CMR 1014. 1 1.2.
709.6.1 Noncombustible penetrations: Cables
and wires without combustible jackets or
insulation, and noncombustible pipes, tubes,
conduits and vents which penetrate an assembly
shall be tested in accordance with ASTM El 19
listed in Appendix A as part of a rated assembly,
or shall be protected by an approved through-
penetration protection system that has been
tested in accordance with ASST. E814 listed in
Appendix A, or the annular space around the
penetrating item shall be protected in accordance
with 780 CMR 709.7.
The through-penetration protection system
shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E814,
with a minimum positive pressure differential of
0.01 inch of water column (2.5 P) and shall have
an "F" rating of not less than the required rating
of the assembly penetrated.
709.6.2 Combustible penetrations: Cables and
wires with combustible jackets or insulation, and
combustible pipes, tubes, conduits and vents
which penetrate an assembly shall be tested in
accordance with ASTM El 19 listed in Appendix
A as part of a fireresistance rated assembly or
shall be protected by an approved through-
penetration protection system that has been
tested in accordance with ASTM E814 listed in
Appendix A.
The through-penetration protection system
shall be tested in accordance v«th ASTM E814
with a minimum positive pressure differential of
0.01 inch of water column (2.5 P) and shall have
an "F rating of not less than the required rating
of the assembly penetrated.
709.6.3 Electrical outlet boxes: Openings for
steel electrical outlet boxes that do not exceed 16
square inches (10323 mm^) in area are permitted
provided that the area of such openings does not
exceed 100 square inches (64516 mm^) for any
100 square feet (9.3 m^ of enclosure wall area.
Outlet boxes on opposite sides of the assembly
shall be separated by a horizontal distance of not
less than 24 inches (610 mm).
Exception: Openings for electrical outlet
boxes of any material are permitted provided
that such boxes are tested for installation in
fireresistance rated assemblies and installed
in accordance with the tested assembly.
709.6.4 Ducts: Ducts that penetrate an assembly
shall be provided with approved /re dampers
that comply with 780 CMR 717.0.
Exception: Fire dampers are not required:
1 . In steel exhaust air subducts extending at
least 22 inches (559 mm) vertically in an
exhaust shaft and where there is a continuous
airfiow upward to the outside.
2. In penetrations tested in accordance with
ASTM El 19 listed in Appendix A&s^ part
of the fireresistance rated assembly.
3. In penetrations of walls with a required
one-hour fireresistance rating or less by a
ducted HVAC system in areas of other than
Use Group H where the building is equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR = Sixth Edition
131
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
system in accordance with 780 CMR
906.2. L
4. In garage exhaust or supply shafts which
are separated from all other building shafts
by not less than a two-hour fireresistance
rated f re separation assembly.
709.6.5 Single membrane penetrations:
Openings to accommodate noncombustible
conduits, pipes and tubes through a single
membrane that is an integral component of a
fireresistance rated wall assembly shall be
permitted provided that the aggregate area of all
such openings does not exceed 100 square
inches (64516 mm^) in any 100 square feet (9.3
m^ of wall area and the openings ziefirestopped
with approved noncombustible materials.
709.7 Annular space protection: Where permitted
by 780 CMR 709.6.1 for noncombustible penetrating
items, the annular space between the penetrating
item and the fireresistance rated assembly being
penetrated shall be protected as specified in
780 CMR 709.7.1 through 709.7.3.
709.7.1 Materials: The material used to fill the
annular space shall comply with 780 CMR
709.7.1.1 or 709.7.1.2.
709.7.1.1 Concrete or masonry assemblies:
Penetrations of concrete or masonry
assemblies by a maximum sbc-inch nominal
diameter copper, iron or steel pipe, tube,
conduit or wires and cables with steel jackets
shall be permitted provided that the
maximum opening size is 144 square inches
(0.09 m^) and the penetration is protected
with concrete, grout or mortar for the fiill
thickness of the assembly or the thickness
required to provide a fireresistance rating
equivalent to the required fireresistance
rating of the assembly penetrated.
709.7.1.2 AU assemblies: In all assemblies,
the material shall prevent the passage of
flame and hot gases sufficient to ignite
cotton waste when subjected to the time-
temperature fire conditions of ASTM E119
listed in Append A under a minimum
positive pressure diflferential of 0.01 inch of
water column (2.5 P) at the location of the
penetration for the time period equivalent to
the required fireresistance rating of the
assembly penetrated.
709.7.2 Sleeves: Where sleeves are installed, the
sleeves shall be noncombustible and shall be
securely fastened to the assembly penetrated.
All space between the item contained in the
sleeve and the sleeve itself and any space
between the sleeve and the assembly penetrated
shall be filled with a material that complies with
780 CMR 709.7.1.
709.7.3 Insulation: Insulation and coverings on
the penetrating item shall not pass through the
assembly unless these materials maintain the
required fireresistance rating of the assembly in
accordance with 780 CMR 709.6.2.
780 CMR 710.0 VERTICAL SHAFTS
710.1 General: The provisions of 780 CMR 710.0
shall apply to all vertical shafts where such shafts
are required to protect openings and penetrations
through fioor/ceiling and roofi'ceiling assemblies as
required by 780 CMR 713.3 and 713.4.
710.2 Construction: The shaft and the shaft
enclosure shall be constructed of materials permitted
by 780 CMR 602.0 for the type of construction of
the building. Shaft walls which are exterior walls
shall be constructed of materials approved for
exterior walls in accordance with 780 CMR 14.
710.3 Fireresistance rating: A shaft shall be
enclosed vAihfire separation assemblies complying
with 780 CMR 709.0 having a fireresistance rating
of not less than two hours where a shaft connects
four stories or more and one hour where connecting
less than four stories. A shaft enclosure shall have
a fireresistance rating of not less than the required
rating of the floor assembly penetrated but shall not
be required to exceed two hours.
Eicepition: The fireresistance rating of interior
stairway enclosures shall comply with 780 CMR
1014.11.
710.3.1 Openings in shaft enclosures:
Openings other than those necessary for the
purpose of the shaft shall not be permitted in
shaft enclosures. Openings in shaft enclosures
shall be protected with approved opening
protectives in accordance with 780 CMR 706.0,
716.0, 717.0 and 718.0.
710.4 Top enclosure: A shaft that does not extend
to the underside of the roof deck of the building shall
be enclosed at the top with a ftre separation
assembly having a fireresistance rating of not less
than that required for the shaft enclosure walls.
710.5 Bottom enclosure: Shafts which do not
extend to the bottom of the building shall be
enclosed at the lowest level with difire separation
assembly having a fireresistance rating of not less
than that required for the shaft enclosure walls, or
shall terminate in a room having an occupancy
related to the purpose of the shaft. The room shall
be separated from the remainder of the building by
fire separation assemblies having a fireresistance
rating with opening protectives of not less than that
required for the shaft enclosure.
132
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FIRERESISTANT MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
Exceptions:
1 . The fireresistance rated room separation is
not required provided that there are not any
openings in or penetrations through the shaft
enclosure to the remainder of the building except
at the bottom. The bottom of the shaft shall be
closed ofif around the penetrating items with
materials permitted by 780 CMR 720.3 for
draftstopping, or the room shall be equipped
throughout with ah automatic sprinkler system
installed in accordance with 780 CMR 9.
2. The fireresistance rated room separation and
protection at the bottom of the shaft are not
required where there are not any combustible
materials in the shctft and where there are not any
openings in or other penetrations through the
shaft enclosure to the remmnder of the building.
780 CMR 71L0 FIRE PARTITIONS
711.1 General: Fire partitions shall be constructed
of the types of materials and have the minimum
fireresistance rating as prescribed by Table 602 for
the type of construction.
Esception: Dwelling unit separations in
buildings of Types 2C, 3B and 5B construction
shall have fireresistance ratings of not less than
Vi hour in buildings equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
780 CMR 906.2.1 or 780 CMR 906.2.2,
provided that sprinklers are installed in all
closets located against tenant separation walls
and in aii bathrooms.
711.2 Corridor walls arad ttn&nt and dwelling
wmt separations: Wail assemblies that are installed
as required by Table 602 for corridor walls, to
separate tenant spaces and to separate dwelling units,
shall be ft re partitions.
711.3 Protectives: All opening protectives in^re
partitions shall comply with the provisions of
780 CMR 704.0 and shall have the minimum
fireresistance rating as set forth in 780 CMR 716.0.
711.4 Comtinuity: M ftre partitions shall extend
fi"om the top of the floor assembly below to the
underside of the floor/roof slab or deck above or to
the fireresistance rated floor/ceiling or rooi/ceiling
assembly above, and shall be securely attached
thereto. The supporting construction shall be
protected to afford the required fireresistance rating
of the wall supported, except for exit access corridor
walls in buildings of Types 2C, 3B and 5B
construction and tenant separation walls in covered
mall buildings of Type 2C construction. All hollow
vertical spaces shall be ftrestopped at eveiy floor
level as required in 780 CMR 720.0.
711.5 Exterior walls: Where exterior walls serve as
a part of a required fireresistance rated enclosure,
such walls shall comply with the requirements of
780 CMR 705.0 for exterior walls and the
fireresistance rated enclosure requirements shall not
apply.
711.6 Penetrations: Penetrations through
assemblies shall comply with 780 CMR 709.6
through 780 CMR 709.7.3.
Esceptaon: In occupancies in other than Use
Group H,ftre dampers are not required:
1. At penetrations of tenant separation and
corridor walls in buildings equipped throughout
with an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with 780 CMR 906.2. 1.
2. At penetrations of corridor walls where the
ducts are constructed of steel and do not have
openings which communicate the corridor with
adjacent spaces or rooms.
780 CMR 712.0 SMOKE BARRIERS
712.1 Where required: Smoke barriers shall be
provided as required in 780 CMR 409.4 for
occupancies in Use Group 1-2 and 780 CMR 410.6
for occupancies in Use Group 1-3.
712.2 Construction: Smoke barriers shall have a
fireresistance rating of not less than one hour. Such
barriers shall form an effective membrane
continuous fi-om outside wall to outside wall and
fi-om floor dab to floor or roof deck above, including
continuity through all concealed spaces, such as the
space above suspended ceilings, and including
interstitial structural and mechanical spaces.
Transfer grilles, whether equipped with fiisible link-
operated dampers or not, shall not be installed in
these partitions. The supporting construction shall
be protected to afford the required fireresistance
rating of the wall supported in buildings of other
than Types 2C, 3B and SB construction.
Exceptions:
1 . Smoke barriers are not required in interstitial
spaces where such spaces are designed and
constructed with ceilings that provide resistance
to the passage of fire and smoke equivalent to
that provided by the smoke barriers.
2. Smoke barriers in occupancies in Use Group
1-3 are permitted to be constructed of nominal
. 0. 1 0-inch-thick steel plate.
712.3 Doors: Doorways separating corridors in
adjoining smoke compartments shall be equipped
with a pair of swinging-type doors, each swinging in
a direction opposite from the other, and the
minimum wdth of each door leaf shall be 44 inches
(1118 mm) for corridors utilized for the movement
of beds and 34 inches (864 mm) for other corridors.
Other doors in smoke barriers shall be of the
swinging type of required width.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR -Sixth Edition
133
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Exceptions:
1 . Horizontal sliding doors that comply with
780 CMR 410.0 are permitted in smoke barriers
in occupancies in Use Group 1-3.
2. Horizontal sliding doors that comply with
780 CMR 1017.4.4.
712.4 Opening protectives: Doors in smoke barriers
shall have i. fire protection rating of not less than 20
minutes in accordance with 780 CMR 716.0.
Double means of egress corridor doors shall have
vision panels of Vi-inch-thick labeled wired glass
mounted in approved steel frames in accordance
with 780 CMR 716.0. The doors shall close the
openings with only the clearance necessary for
proper operation under self-closing or automatic-
closing operations and shall be without undercuts,
louvers or grilles. Rabbets or astragals are required
at the meeting edges of double means of egress
doors, and stops are required on the head and jambs
of all doors in smoke barriers. Positive latching
devices are required on double means of egress
corridor doors.
Exceptions:
1 . In occupancies in Use Group 1-2, double
means of egress cross-corridor doors shall be
P/i-inch solid core wood or steel doors. Positive
latching devices are not required on double
means of egress cross-corridor doors, and center
mullions are prohibited.
2. Security glazing protected on both sides by
an automatic sprinkler system shall be permitted
in doors and windows in smoke barriers in
occupancies in Use Group 1-3. Individual panels
of glazing shall not exceed 1,296 square inches
(0.84 m^, shall be in a gasketed firame and
installed in such a manner that the framing
system will deflect without breaking (loading)
glazing before the sprinkler system operates.
The sprinkler system shall be designed to wet
completely the entire surface of the affected
glazing when actuated.
712.4.1 Door closers: Doors in smoke barriers
shall be provided with approved door hold-open
devices of the failsafe type which shall release
the doors, causing them to close upon the
actuation of smoke detectors as well as upon the
application of a maximum manual pull of 50
pounds (244 N) against the hold-open device.
Exception: Doors in smoke barriers in
occupancies in Use Group 1-3 shall be self-
closing or automatic-closing by smoke
detection.
712.5 Smoke damper: An approved damper
designed to resist the passage of smoke shall be
provided at each point a duct penetrates a smoke
barrier. The damper shall close upon detection of
smoke by an approved smoke detector located
within the duct.
Exceptions:
1. In lieu of an approved smoke detector
located within the duct, ducts that penetrate
smoke barriers above smoke barrier doors that
are required by 780 CMR 712.4 shall have the
approved damper arranged to close upon
detection of smoke by the local device designed
to detect smoke on either side of the smoke
barrier door opening.
2. Dampers at the smoke barrier in a fully
ducted system are not required.
780 CMR 713.0 FLOOR/CEILING AND
ROOF/CEBUNG ASSEMBLIES
713.1 General: All floor and roof assemblies shall
comply with the applicable provisions of 780 CMR
and shall have a fireresistance rating of not less than
the fireresistance rating required in 780 CMR 602.0.
Exception: Dwelling unit separations in
buildings of Types 2C, 3B and 5B construction
shall have fireresistance ratings of not less than
Vi hour in buildings equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
780 CMR 906.2.1 or 780 CMR 906.2.2,
provided that sprinklers are installed in all
closets located against tenant separation walls
and in all bathrooms.
713.1.1 Ceiling panels: Where the weight of
lay-in ceiling panels, used as part of
fireresistance rated floor/ceiling or rooCceiling
assemblies, is not adequate to resist an upward
force of 1 psf (5 kg/m^), wire or other approved
devices shall be installed above the panels to
prevent vertical displacement under such upward
force.
713.1.2 Unusable space: In an assembly
required to have a one-hour fireresistance rating,
the ceiling membrane of a fireresistance rated
assembly is not required to be installed where
unusable space occurs below the assembly, or
the flooring is not required to be installed where
unusable space occurs above the assembly.
713.2 Continuity: All floor/ceiling and roof/ceiling
assemblies shall be continuous without openings or
penetrations except as permitted by 780 CMR 713.0.
Floor assemblies which are required to be
fireresistance rated shall extend to and be tight
against exterior walls, or other provisions shall be
made for mdntaining the fireresistance rating of the
assembly at such locations. Penetrations through a
roof deck to the outside are permitted provided that
the required fireresistance rating of the roof
construction is maintained. All concealed spaces
and openings shall ht firestopped and draftstopped
in accordance with 780 CMR 720.0.
713.3 Floor opening enclosure: All floor openings
connecting two or more stories shall be protected by
134
780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FIRERESISTANT MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
a shaft enclosure that complies with 780 CMR
710.0.
Exceptions: A shaft enclosure is not required for
any of the following floor openings:
1 . A floor opening serving and contained within
a single dwelling unit and connecting four stories
or less.
2. A floor opening which:
2.1. Is not part of the required means of
egress;
2.2. Is not concealed within the buildmg
construction;
2.3. Does not connect more than two stories;
2.4. Is separated from other floor openings
serving other floors by construction
conforming to 780 CMR 710.3; and
2.5. Is not open to a eomffor in occupancies
in Use Groups I and R, or is not open to a
corridor on a floor not equipped throughout
with an approved automatic fire suppression
system in other use groups.
3. A floor opening in a mall that complies with
780 CMR 402.0.
4. A floor opening between a mezzanine that
complies with 780 CMR 505.0, and the floor
below.
5. An atrium that complies with 780 CMR
404.0.
6. A floor opening in an open parking structure
that complies with 780 CMR 406.0.
7. An approved masonry chimney where
annular space protection is provided for in
accordance with 780 CMR 720.6.4.
8. A shaft enclosure for an escalator floor
opening is not required where a shaft enclosure
is not required for floor openings in accordance
with 780 CMR 713.3 or where the building is
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with 780 CMR 906.2. 1 and
the escalator opening is protected in accordance
with 780 CMR 713,4.3.4 or 713.4.3,5.
9. A floor opening that complies with
780 CMR 410.5 in an occupancy in Use Group
1=3.
10. Noncombustible shafts connecting
communicating floor levels in an occupancy in
Use Group 1-3 where the area complies with
780 CMR 410.5. Where additional stories are
located above or below, the shaft shall be
permitted to continue with fire and smoke
damper protection provided at the flreresistance
rated floor/ceiling assembly between the
noncommunicating stories.
11. A single floor opening containing a
stairway which is not a required means of egress
in an occupancy in Use Group B and complying
with the following parameters:
11 . 1 . The stairway does not connect more
than six floor levels.
1 1 .2. The stairway does not connect with
an exit access corridor.
11 .3. The stairway floor opening shall not
exceed 160 square feet (15 m^).
1 1 .4. The stairway floor opening shall be
protected in the same manner as an escalator
floor opening complying with 780 CMR
713.3 Exception 8, and 524 CMR.
1 1 .5. The building is equipped throughout
with an approved automatic sprinkler system
in accordance with 780 CMR 906,2.1.
713.4 Penetration protection: All penetrations of a
floor/ceiling assembly or the ceiling membrane of a
roofi'ceiling assembly shall be protected by a shaft
enclosure that complies with 780 CMR 710.0.
£2[€eptions:
1. Penetrations within and through a floor
opening permitted to be unenclosed by
780 CMR 713.3,
2. Penetrations through assemblies required to
be flreresistance rated and complying with
780 CMR 713.4.1 or 780 CMR 713.4.2.
3. Penetrations through assemblies without a
required flreresistance rating and complying
with 780 CMR 713.4.1 or 780 CMR 713.4.3.
713.4.1 Tfaroiigh^peaetration system: A shaft
enclosure shall not be required where cables,
cable trays, conduits, tubes or pipes penetrate a
floor assembly and are protected with an
approved through-penetration protection system
tested in accordance with ASTM E814 listed in
Appendix A. The positive pressure differential
between the exposed and unexposed surfaces of
the test assembly shall not be less than 0.01 -inch
water gage (2.5 P). The system shall have an
"F" rating and a "T" rating of not less than 1
hour but not less than the required flreresistance
rating of the assembly being penetrated. All
penetrations through a ceiling that is an integral
component of a flreresistance rated floor/ceiling
or roofi'ceiling assembly, shall comply v^th
780 CMR 713.4.2.
Exceptions:
1 . A "T" ratmg shall not be required for
floor penetrations that are contained and
located within the cavity of a wall.
2. A "T" rating shall not be required for
floor penetrations by pipe, tube and conduit
that are not in direct contact with
combustible material.
713.4.2 Flreresistance rated assemblies: The
required flreresistance rating of floor/ceiling and
roof/ceiling assemblies shall be determmed in
accordance with ASTM El 19 listed in
Appendix A. Except where permitted by
780 CMR 713.4.2.1 through 713.4.2.3,
penetrations for electrical, mechanical, plumbing
and communication conduits, pipes and systems
shall be installed in accordance with the
approved ASTM El 19 rated assembly. In the
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
135
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
case of ceilings that are an integral component of
a fireresistance rated floor/ceiling or roofi'ceiling
assembly, all penetrations shall be installed in
accordance with the approved ASTM El 19 rated
assembly or 780 CMR 713.4.2.3.
Exceptions:
1. Outlet boxes and fittings are permitted,
provided that such devices are listed for
installation in fireresistance rated assemblies
and are installed in accordance with the
listing.
2. Ceiling dampers shall not be required
where fire tests have shown that such
dampers are not necessary in order to
maintain the fireresistance rating of the
assembly,
713.4.2.1 Noncombustible penetrations:
Penetrations by noncombustible vents,
chimneys, conduits, pipes and tubes through
a fireresistance rated floor assembly which
connect not more than two stories are
permitted. Penetrations by noncombustible
conduit, pipe and tubes through a fireresis-
tance rated floor assembly which connect
more than two stories are permitted provided
that the aggregate area of the penetrating
items shall not exceed one square foot (0.09
m^) in any 100 square feet (9.3 m^) of floor
area. In all cases, the annular space between
the penetrating item and the assembly shall
be protected in accordance with 780 CMR
707.8.
713.4.2.2 Air ducts: Penetrations by an air
duct or plenum through a fireresistance rated
floor assembly, which connect not more than
two stories, are permitted where a fire
damper that complies with 780 CMR 717.0
is installed at the floor line. Kfire damper is
not required at penetrations of a roo&ceiiing
assembly where ducts are open to the
atmosphere.
713.4.2.3 Ceiling penetrations: In the case
of ceilings that are an integral component of
a fireresistance rated floor/ceiling or
roo£^ceiling assembly, openings to accom-
modate noncombustible conduits, pipes,
tubes, electrical outlets or air ducts shall be
permitted provided that the aggregate area of
such openings does not exceed 100 square
inches (0.065 m^ in any 100 square feet (9.3
m^) of ceiling area. The space around
noncombustible conduits, pipes, tubes and
electrical outlet boxes at the ceiling
penetration shall be firestopped in
accordance with 780 CMR 720.6.4 or shall
be protected in accordance with 780 CMR
709.7 or 780 CMR 713.4.1. For
noncombustible air duct penetrations, an
approved ceiling damper shall be installed at
the ceiling line. Ceiling dampers shall be
constructed in accordance wi^ the details
listed in a fireresistance rated design or shall
be labeled to function as a heat barrier for
air-handling outlet/inlet penetrations in the
ceiling of a fireresistance rated assembly.
713.4J Nonfireresistance rated assemblies:
Penetrations of floor assemblies without a
required fireresistance rating shall conform to
780 CMR 713.4.3.1 through 713.4.3.3. All
penetrations through the ceiling mfembrane of a
roof assembly without a required fireresistance
rating shall be protected m accordance with
780 CMR 720.6.4.
713.4.3.1 Noncombustible penetrations:
Penetrations by noncombustible vents,
chimneys, conduits, pipes and tubes through
unprotected floor assemblies which connect
not more than three stories are permitted
provided that the annular space between the
penetrating item and the floor is protected in
accordance with 780 CMR 720.6.4.
713.4.3.2 Air ducts: Penetrations by
noncombustible air ducts through unprotect-
ed floor assemblies which connect not more
than three stories are permitted provided that
z-fire damper complying with 780 CMR
717.0 is installed at each floor line.
713.4 J J Noncombustible or combustible
penetrations: Penetrations by vents,
cMmneys, cables, wires, air ducts, conduits,
pipes and tubes through an unprotected floor
assembly which connect not more than two
stories are permitted provided that the
aimular space is protected in accordance
with 780 CMR 720.6.4.
713.43.4 Escalators/automatic fire
shutter: Escalators shall be equipped with a
power-operated automatic shutter at every
floor pierced thereby, constructed of
approved noncombustible materials with a
fire protection rating of not less than 1 Vz
hours. The shutter shall close immediately
upon the automatic detection of fire and
smoke by an approved device and shall
completely shut off the well opening. The
shutter shall operate at a speed of not more
than 30 feet per minute (0. 1 5 m/s) and shall
be equipped with a sensitive leading edge to
arrest the shutter's progress when in contact
with any obstacle, and to continue the
shutter's progress on release therefi'om.
Refer to 780 CMR 713.3, Exception 8.
136
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS'
FIRERESISTANT MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
713.4.3,5 Escalators/water cmrtain: The
area of the floor opening shall not exceed
twice the horizontal projected area of the
escalator and the opening shall not connect
more than four stories in occupancies in
other that Use Groups B and M and the
opening shall be protected by a draft curtain
and a closed sprinkler water curtain
conforming to NFiPA 13 listed in
Appendix A. Refer to 780 CMR 713.3,
Exception 8
780 OVIR 714.0 ROOF CONSTRUCnON
714.1 General: Roofs shall be constructed of
materials or assemblies of materials designed to
afford the fireresistance rating required by Table 602
as herein modified.
714.2 Stadiums: The roof construction, including
beams, trusses, framing, arches and roof decks,
enclosing stadiums of Type 1 or Type 2
construction, shall be of approved noncombustible
materials without a specified fireresistance rating or
of Type 4 construction.
7143 Roofs 20 feet or higher: Where every part of
the structural framework of roofs in buildings of
Type 1 or Type 2 construction is 20 feet (6096 mm)
or more above the floor immediately below,
omission of all fire protection of the structural
members is permitted, including the protection of
trusses, roof framing and decking.
714.4 Roof slabs, arches asid decking: Where the
omission of fire protection from roof trusses, roof
framing and decking is permitted, roofs in buildings
of Types 1 and 2 construction shall be constructed of
noncombustible materials, or of fireretardant- treated
wood as permitted in Table 602, without a specified
fireresistance rating, or of Type 4 construction in
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
136.1
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
136.2 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FIRERESISTANT MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
buUdings not over five stories or 65 feet (19812 mm)
in height.
714,5 Firestopping: Firestopping of ceiling and
attic spaces shall be provided as required by
780 CMR 720.0.
780 CMR 715.0 FIRERESISTANCE
RATING OF STRUCTURAL MEMBERS
715ol Requirements: The fireresistance rating of
structural members and assemblies shall comply
with the requirements for the type of construction
and shall not be less than the rating required for the
fireresistance rated assemblies supported, except as
provided for in 780 CMR 71 1.4 for support of exit
access corridor walls and tenant separation walls m
covered mall buildings, and in 780 CMR 712.2 for
support of smoke barriers. The maximum required
fireresistance rating of structural members
supporting^re separation assemblies of tank storage
areas as provided for in 780 CMR 418.3.2. 1 shall be
two hours, but not less than required by Table 602
for the building construction type.
715^ Protection of structural members: Columns,
girders, trusses, beams, lintels or other structural
members which are required to have a fireresistance
rating and which support more than two floors or
one floor and roof, or support a loadbearing wall or
a nonloadbearing wall more than two stories high,
shall be individually protected on all sides for the
full length or height with materials having the
required fireresistance rating. All other structural
members required to have a fireresistance rating
shall be protected by individual encasement, by a
membrane or ceiling protection as specified in
780 CMR 713.0, or by a combination of both.
7153 Embedments and enclosures: Pipes, wires,
conduits, ducts or other service facilities shall not be
embedded in the required fire protective covering of
a structural member that is required to be
individually encased.
716.4 Impact protection: Where the fire protective
covering of a structural member is subject to impact
damage fi-om moving vehicles, the handling of
merchandise or other activity, the fire protective
covering shall be protected by comer guards or by a
substantial jacket of metal or other noncombustible
material to a height adequate to provide full
protection, but not less than five feet (1524 mm)
fi"om the finished floor.
715.5 Exterior structural members: Structural
members located in exterior walls or along the outer
lines of a building or structure shall be protected as
required by Table 602 for exterior loadbearing walls
for the type of construction involved and shall be
protected against corrosion in accordance with
780 CMR 2210.1. The interior faces of exterior
structural members shall ht protected "wixh. coverings
of not less than the required fireresistance rating
specified for interior structural members in Table
602. Where a fireresistance rating is required in
Table 602 for exterior loadbearing walls in buildings
of Types 2C, 3B and 5B construction, the interior
faces of any exterior structural member of such
buildings shall be protected to provide a
fireresistance rating not less than that required for
exterior load- bearing walls.
715.6 Bottom flange protection: Fire protection is
not required for the bottom flange of lintels, shelf
angles and plates which are not a part of the
structural frame or which have a span of six feet
(1829 mm) or less.
715.7 Stone lintels: Stone lintels on spans exceeding
four feet (1219 mm) shall not be permitted, unless
supplemented by fireresistance rated structural
members or masonry arches of the required strength
to support the superimposed loads.
im CMR 716.0 FIRE IMX)R ASSEMBLIES
716.1 Fire door assemblies: Approved fire door
assemblies as defined in 780 CMR shall be
constructed of any material or assembly of
component materials which conforms to the test
requirements of ASTM El 52 listed in Appendix A
and the fire protection rating herein required in
Table 716.1, unless otherwise specifically provided
for in 780 CMR.
716.1.1 Twenty-minite doors: Fire doors
having a fire protection rating of 20 minutes
shall be tested in accordance with ASTM El 52
listed in Appendix A without the hose stream
test.
716.1.2 Boors in exit enclosures: All doorway
opening protectives for exit enclosures shall be
labeled means of egress fire doors and shall
have a maximum transmitted temperature end
point of not more than 450 °F (232 °C) above
ambient at the end of 30 minutes of standard fire
test exposure.
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition
137
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Table 716.1
OPENING PROTECTIVE FIRE
PROTECTION RATING
Type of assembly
Required
assembly
rating (hour)
Minimum
opening
protection
assembly
(hour)
Fire walls and fire separation
assemblies having a required
fireresistance rating greater than
one hour
4
3
2
V/2
3
3
114
V/2
Fire separation assemblies:
Shaft and exit enclosure walls
Other fire aeparation assemblies
1
1
1
Fire partitions:
Exit access corridor enclosure
wall
Other fire partitions
1
V2
1
Note a. For testing requirements, see 780 CMR 7 1 6. 1 . 1 .
716.2 Labeled protective assemblies: AHJire door
assemblies shall be labeled by an approved agency.
Labeled protective assemblies that conform to the
requirements of 780 CMR 716.0 or UL lOA, 14B
and 14C for tin-clad fire door assemblies, and
NFiPA 80 listed in Appendix A, shall be approved
for use as provided for in 780 CMR.
716.2.1 Labeling requirements: Fire doors
shall have a label or other identiJScation showing
the name of the manufacturer, the^re protection
rating and, where required for fire doors in exit
enclosures by 780 CMRs 716. L2 or 1014.8.3,
the maximum transmitted temperature end point.
Such label shall be approved and shall be
permanently afiBxed. The label shall be applied
at the iactoiy where fabrication and assembly are
done. Inspection shall be made by an approved
agency.
716.2.2 Oversized doors: Approval of doors
\^ch cannot be labeled because of size shall be
based on a certificate of inspection fiimished by
an approved testing agency for such oversized
doors. The certificate shall state that the door
conforms to the requirements of design,
materials and construction, but has not been
subjeaed to the fire test.
7163 Multiple doors in fire walls: Two doors, each
with d^fire protection rating of Wz hours, installed
on opposite sides of the same opening in afire wall,
shall be deemed equivalent m. fire protection rating
to one three-hour^re door.
716.4 Glass panels: Wired glass panels shall be
permitted in fire doors within the limitations of
780 CMR 719.0 and as herein specifically
prescribed.
716.5 Door closing: Fire doors shall be self-closing
or automatic-closing in accordance with the
requirements of NFiPA 80 listed in Appendix A and
the requirements of 780 CMR 716.5.1 through
716.5.4.
716.5.1 Smoke-activated doors: Fire doors
which are not self-closing and which protect
openings in horizontal exits, exits or exit access
corridors required to be of fireresistance rated
construction shall be automatic-closing by the
actuation of smoke detectors or by loss of power
to the smoke detector or the hold-open device.
716.5.2 Doors in pedestrian ways: Vertical
sliding or vertical rolling steel fire doors in
openings through which pedestrians travel shall
not be automatic-closing by actuation of smoke
detectors.
Exception: Doors that are activated by
smoke detectors arranged on an alarm
verification circuit in accordance with
780 CMR 918.7.
716.5.3 Swinging fire doors: The door closers
for swinging ^re doors that are not required to
be automatic-closing by smoke detector
activation in accordance with 780 CMR 716.5. 1,
shall be permitted to be activated by a single
fiisible link incorporated in the hold-open arm of
an ^proved door closer where the ceiling is less
than three feet (914 mm) above each side of the
door opening.
716.5.4 Closing time: Doors that are automatic-
closing by automatic fire detectors or are self-
closing shall not have a delay in the initiation of
closing or reclosing of more than ten seconds.
780 CMR 717.0 FIRE DAMPERS
717.1 Approval: Fire dampers shall comply with
the requirements of UL 555 listed in Appendix A
and shall bear the label of an approved testing
agency. Fire dampers shall be classified and
identified in accordance with UL 555. Fire dampers
installed in systems that continue to operate when
smoke or heat fi-om a fire is detected shall be labeled
for installation in dynamic systems as required by
UL 555. Fire dampers shall be installed in
accordance with manufiicturer's installation
instructions. Fire dampers shall have the mimmum
fire protection ra//«^ specified in Table 717. 1 for the
type of penetration.
138
780 CMR - Sixth Edition correrted - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BmLDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FIRERESISTANT MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
Table 717.1
FIRE DAMPER RATING
. = J-ar U.J 1
Type of Penetration
Minimum
damper rating
Oiour)
Fire partitions less than 1 hour
Unprotected floor assemblies (see
780 CMR 7 13. 4.3.2)
Vz
Single membrane of a 1 -hour
fireresistance rated assembly
1 -hour fireresistance rated assemblies
1
2-hour fireresistance rated assemblies
l'/2
3-hour or greater fireresistance rated
assemblies
3
717.2 Where required: Fire dampers shall be
provided at locations required by 780 CMR where
air distribution system penetrate assemblies required
to have a fireresistance rating. Where the
installation of ajire damper mil interfere with the
operation of a required smoke control system in
accordance with 780 CMR 921.0 or the operation of
an exhaust system conveying hazardous materials as
defined in the mechanical code listed in Appendix A,
approved alternative protection shall be utilized.
717.3 Access: Access shall be provided to Jire
dampers for inspection and servicing.
780 CMR 7ia0 EIRE WINDOWS
ANBSMJTIERS
715.1 Fireresistance ratimg: Approved assemblies
of fire windows and fire shutters shall meet the test
requirements of ASTM El 63 listed in Appendix A.
Fire windows shall be m the fixed closed position or
be automatic-closing.
71S.1.1 Exception: Steel window fi-ame
assemblies of Vfe-inch (3 mm) minimum solid
section or of not less than nominal 0.048-inch-
thick formed sheet steel memh&rs fabricated by
pressing, mitering, riveting, interlocking or
welding and having provision for gla^ng with
V4-inch wired glass as required in 780 CMR
719.0 where securely installed in the building
construction and glazed with V4-inch labeled
wired glass, shall be deemed to meet the
requirements for a %-hour^re window assembly.
715.2 Window mullions: All metal muUions which
exceed a nominal height of 12 feet shall be protected
with materials to aSbrd the same fireresistance
rating as required for the wall construction in which
the protective is located.
718.3 Swinging fire shutters: Where fire shutters of
the swinging type are installed in exterior openings,
not less than one row in every three vertical rows
shall be arranged to be readily opened from the
outside, and shall be identified by distinguishing
marks or letters not less than six inches (152 mm)
high.
71S.4 Rolling fire shitters: Where fire shutters of
the rolling type are installed, such shutters shall be
of approved counter-balanced construction and
capable of being readily opened fi-om the outside.
780 CMR 719.0 WIRED GLASS
719.1 Geiseral: Wired glass installed as an opening
protective shall be tested in accordance with ASTM
E163 Med in Appendix A, shall bear the label of an
approved agency and shall be installed in approved
fi-ames. Wired glass panels shall conform to the size
limitations set forth in Table 719. 1.
Table 719.1
LBVOTING SIZE® OF WIRED GLASS
PANELS
Opening fire
protection rating
Maximum area
(square inches)
Maximum
height
(inches)
Maximum
width
(inches)
3 hour
1 '/4-hour doors in
exterior walls
1; and l*/il»urs
Va hour
Bre_windQws
m
1:296
not limited
1.296
54
not limited
54
10
54
not hmited
54
Note a.
I Inch = 25.4 mm: 1 square inch = 0.0006452
719.1.1 Fire walls: Wired glass in Jire doors
located in^re walls shall be prohibited except
that where serving as a horizontal exit, a self-
cloang swinging door shall be permitted to have
a vision panel of not more than 100 square
inches (0.065 m^) without a dimension
exceeding ten inches (254 mm).
719.1.2 Fire separation assemblies: Wired
glass vision panels shall not be installed in fire
doors having a VA-hour fire protection rating
intended for installation in fire separation
assemblies, unless the glass panels are not more
than 100 square inches (0.065 m^ in area.
719.2 Exit Effid elevator protectives: Except where
fire doors are specifically requh-ed by 780 CMR 4 to
be solid in such locations where unusually hazardous
conditions prevail, approved wired glass vision
panels used in fire doors in elevator and stairway
shafi enclosures shall be so located as to furnish
clear vision of the passageway or approach to the
elevator or stairway and shall not exceed the size
limitations specified m Table 719.1.
719 J Fire separation assembiiies: Panels of '/4-inch
wired glass shall not be installed in fire separation
assemblies intended for subdividing purposes as set
forth in 780 CMR 709.1 where the required
fireresistance rating of the wall exceeds one hour.
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition
139
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
The maximum size of such panels shall not exceed
the limitations for a %-hour door.
780 CMR 720.0 FIRESTOPPING
AND DRAFTSTOPPING
720.1 General: To prevent the free passage of flame
and products of combustion through concealed
spaces or openings in the event of fire, provisions
shall be made to provide effective firesiops or
draftstops as herein specified.
720.2 Firestopping materials: All flrestopping
shall consist of approved noncombustible materials
securely fastened in place. Firestops of approved
noncombustible materials or of materials of two
thicknesses of one-inch lumber with broken lap-
joint, or one thickness of 23/32-inch wood structural
panel with joints backed by 23/32-inch wood
structural panel, or of two-inch lumber installed with
tight joints, shall be installed in open spaces of wood
framing.
720.3 Draftstopping materials: Draftstopping
materials shall not be less than Vi -inch gypsum
board, %-inch plywood or other approved materials
adequately supported.
720.4 Integrity: The integrity of a\\ firestopping and
draftstopping shall be continuously maintained.
720.5 Required inspection: Firestopping and
draftstopping shall not be concealed from view until
inspected and approved.
720.6 Firestopping required: Firestopping shall be
installed in the locations specified in 780 CMR
720.6.1 through 720.6.7.
720.6.1 Concealed wall spaces: Firestopping
shall be installed in concealed spaces of stud
walls and partitions, including furred or studded-
ofiT spaces of masonry or concrete walls, and at
the ceiling and floor or roof levels. Firestopping
is not required at the ceiling level of walls,
partitions and furred spaces constructed of
noncombustible materials as defined by
780 CMR 704.4.
720.6.2 Connections between horizontal and
vertical spaces: Firestopping shall be installed
at all interconnections between vertical and
horizontal spaces such as occur at soffits over
cabinets, drop ceilings, cove ceilings and similar
locations.
720.6.3 Stairways: Firestopping shall be
installed in concealed spaces between stairway
stringers at the top and bottom of the run.
720.6.4 Ceiling and floor openings: Where
permitted by Exception 7 of 780 CMR 713.3, or
by 780 CMR 713.4.2.3 or 713 A3, firestopping
shall be installed at openings around vents.
pipes, ducts, chimneys and fireplaces at ceiling
and floor levels, with approved noncombustible
materials. Factory built chimneys and fireplaces
shall hefirestopped in accordance with UL 103
and UL 127 listed in Appendix A. Where
ceilings or floors are required to be fireresistance
rated, the openings around vents, pipes, ducts,
chimneys and fireplaces shall be protected in
accordance with the requirements of 780 CMR
713.4 tkough 713.4.2.3.
720.6.5 Architectural trim: Firestopping shall
be installed in exterior cornices and other
exterior architectural elements where permitted
of combustible construction in 780 CMR 1406.0,
or where erected with combustible frames, at
maximum intervals of 20 feet (6096 mm). If
noncontinuous, such elements shall have closed
ends, with at least four inches (102 mm) of
separation between sections.
720.6.6 Combustible finish and trim:
Firestopping shall be installed in the space
behind combustible trim and finish where
permitted under 780 CMR and all other hollow
spaces where permitted in fireresistance rated
construction at ten-foot (3048 mm) intervals; or
the space shall be solidly filled with approved
noncombustible materials.
720.6.7 Concealed sleeper spaces: Firestopping
shall be installed in concealed spaces formed by
floor sleepers in areas of not more than 100
square feet (9.30 m^); or the space shall be
solidify filled with approved noncombustible
materials.
720.7 Draftetopping required: Draftstopping shall
be installed in buildings of Types 3, 4 and 5
construction in the locations specified by 780 CMR
720.7.1 and 720.7.2.
720.7.1 Floors: Where ceilings are suspended
below solid wood joists or suspended or attached
directly to the bottom of open-web wood floor
trusses, the space between the ceiling and the
floor above shall be divided by draftstopping as
specified in 780 CMR 720.7.1.1 through
720.7.1.3.
720.7.1.1 Use Groups R-1 and R-2: In
occupancies in Use Groups R-1 and R-2,
draftstopping shall be installed in line with
tenant and dwelling unit separation walls
where the walls do not extend to the
underside of the floor sheathing above.
Exception: Draftstopping is not required
in buildings equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system installed in
accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1 or
906.2.2, provided that automatic
sprinklers are also installed in the
combustible concealed space.
140
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FIRERESISTANT MATERL^LS AND CONSTRUCTION
720.7.1.2 Use Group R-3: In occupancies in
Use Group R-3, the space shall be divided
into approximately equal areas not greater
than 500 square feet (46.5 m^). The
draftstopping shall be installed parallel to the
main framing members.
Esception: Draftstopping is not required
in buildings equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system installed in
accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1 or
906.2.2, provided that automatic
sprinklers are also installed in the
combustible concealed space.
720.7.1.3 Other use groups: In all other use
groups, draftstopping shall be installed so
that horizontal areas do not exceed 1,000
square feet (93 m^.
Esception: Draftstopping is not required
in buildings equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system installed in
accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1 or
906.2.2, provided that automatic
sprinklers are also installed in the
combustible concealed space above the
ceiling.
720.7.2 Attics and concealed spaces: Attics and
concealed roof spaces shall be provided with
draftstopping as specified in 780 CMR 720 7.2. 1
and 720.7.2.2.
720,7.2.1 Use Group R: In occupancies in
Use Group R, in attics^ mansards, overhangs
or other concealed roof spaces, draftstopping
shall be installed above, and in line with,
tenant and dwelling unit separation walls that
do not extend to the underside of the roof
sheathing above.
Esceptioiis:
1. Where corridor walls provide a tenant
or dwelling unit separation, draftstopping
shall only be required above one of the
corridor walls.
2. Flat roofs with solid joist construction
are not required to be provided with
draftstopping over tenant and dwelling
unit separation walls if the joists form a
draftstop.
3. Draftstopping is not required in
buildings equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system installed in
accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1 or
906.2.2, provided that automatic
sprinklers are also installed in attics,
mansards, overhangs and other
concealed roof spaces of combustible
concealed space.
4. Draftstopping is not required in
detached one- and two-family dwellings.
5. In occupancies in Use Group R-2
which do not exceed four stories in
height, the attic space shall be
subdivided by draftstops into areas not
exceeding 3,000 square feet (279 m^) or
above every two dwelling units,
whichever is smaller.
720.7.2.2 Other me groups: Draftstopping
shall be installed in attics and concealed roof
spaces, such that any horizontal area does
not exceed 3,000 square feet (279 m^).
Exceptions:
1 . Eat roofs with solid joist construction
are not required to be provided with
draftstopping over tenant separation
walls if the joists form a draftstop.
2. Draftstopping is not required in
buildings equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system installed in
accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1 or
906.2.2, provided that automatic
sprinklers are also installed in attics and
other concealed roof spaces of
combustion construction.
720.S Ventilation: Ventilation of concealed roof
spaces shall be maintained in accordance with
780 CMR 1210.0.
780 CMR 72L0 FIMERESISTIVE
REQUIREMENTS FOR PLASTER
72L1 Tliilckiiiess of plaster: The required thickness
of fireresistance rated plaster protection shall be
determined by the prescribed fire tests for the
specified use group and type of construction and in
accordance with the provisions of 780 CMR 2505.0
for interior plastering and 780 CMR 2506.0 for
exterior plastering. The thickness in all cases shall
be measured fi"om the face of the lath where applied
to gypsum lath or metal lath.
721.2 Plaster equivalents: For fireresistive
purposes, Vz inch (13 mm) of unsanded gypsum
plaster shall be deemed equivalent to % inch (19
mm) of one-to-three sanded gypsum or one inch (25
mm) of Portland cement sand plaster.
721.3 Noncombustible furring: In buildings of
Types 1 and 2 construction, plaster shall be applied
directly on masonry or on approved noncombustible
plastering base and furring.
721.4 Bouble reinforcement: Except in solid
plaster partitions, or where otherwise determined by
the prescribed fire tests, plaster protection more than
one inch (25 mm) in thickness shall be reinforced
with an additional layer of approved lath embedded
at least Va inch (19 mm) fi-om the outer surface and
fixed securely in place.
72 LS Plaster alternatives for concrete: In
reinforced concrete construction, gypsum or portland
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
141
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUE.DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
cement plaster is permitted to be substituted for V2
inch (13 mm) of the required poured concrete
protection, except that a minimum thickness of %
inch (ten mm) of poured concrete shall be provided
in all reinforced concrete floors and one inch (25
mm) in reinforced concrete columns in addition to
the plaster finish. The concrete base shall be
prepared in accordance with 780 CMR 2506.0.
780 CMR 722.0 THERMAL- AND
SOUND-ENSUIATING MATERIALS
722.1 General: Insulating batts, blankets, fills or
similar types of materials — other than fiberboard and
foam plastic insulation — including vapor retarders
and breather papers or other coverings which are
incorporated in construction elements, shall be
installed as required by 780 CMR 722.0. Fiberboard
insulation shall be installed as required by 780 CMR
2309.0, and foam plastic insulation shall be installed
as required by 780 CMR 2603.0.
722.2 Exposed installations: Such materials, where
exposed as installed in rooms or spaces, including
attics and crawl spaces of buildings of any type
construction, shall have a flame spread rating of 25
or less and a smoke-developed- rating of 450 or less
when tested in accordance with ASTM E84 listed in
Appendix A. Plenum installations shall comply with
the requirements of 780 CMR 2805.0 and the
mechanical code listed in Appendix A.
111,Z Concealed installations: Insulating materials,
where concealed as installed in buildings of any ty^Q
of construction, shall have a flame spread rating of
75 or less and a smoke-developed rating of 450 or
less when tested in accordance with ASTM E84
listed in Appendix A.
722.3.1 Facings: All vapor retarders, whether
integral or applied separately, shall be installed
on the warm side of the building element, and
shall have a permeance not exceeding one perm.
Where insulation materials are installed in
concealed spaces (such as wall, floor or ceiling
cavities), attics or crawl spaces in buildings of
Types 3, 4 and 5 construction, the flame spread
and smoke-developed rating limitations do not
apply to facings, provided that the facing is
installed behind and in substantial contact with
the unexposed surface of the ceiling, floor or
wall finish.
722.4 Cellulosic Insulation: Cellulosic insulation
shall meet the requirements of CPSC 16 CFR, Parts
1 209 and 1404, listed in Appendix A .
142
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
CHAPTER S
INTERIOR FINISHES
780 CMR SOLO GENERAL
801.1 Scope: Interior finish and trim of buildings
shall conform to the requirements of 780 CMR 8.
Interior finish shall include all wail, ceiling zvA floor
finishes and wainscoting and paneling or other finish
applied structurally or for acoustical treatment,
insulation, decoration or similar purposes.
80L2 Installation and classification: All materials
which are required to restrict the spread of flame or
to be flameresistant under the provisions of
780 CMR - including, but not limited to, interior
finish materials, fireretardant-treated wood, tents and
tarpaulins, and interior hangings and decorations
shall meet the requirements for installation and
classification as determined by the applicable test
procedures listed in 780 CMR 8.
780 CMR 802»0 DEFlNniONS
802.1 General: The following words and terms
shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR 8 and as used
elsewhere in 780 CMR, have the meanings shown
herein.
Flame spread: The propagation of flame over a
surface.
Flame spread rating: The measurement of flame
spread on the surface of materials or their
assemblies as determined by the tests specified in
780 CMR (see 780 CMR 803.0).
Flameresistance: That property of materials or
combinations of component materials which
restricts the spread of flame as determined by the
flameresistance tests specified in 780 CMR (also
see 780 CMR 807.2).
Floor fimsh: The finish placed on top of the floor,
slab or other structural floor element.
780 CMR 803.0 INTERIOR FINISM
ANBTRIM
S®3,1 Exposed constnactlon: These requirements
shall not be considered as requiring the installation
of interior finish, but where construction or fire
protection materials are exposed in the me groups
specified in 780 CMR 803.4, the hazard fi-om rate of
flame spread of such exposed materials shall not be
greater than that of the interior finish permitted for
such occupancy.
803.1.1 Faper finish: The use of a surface finish
of paper or of material that does not have a greater
fire hazsrd than paper shall not be prohibited,
provided that such finish does not exceed 1/28
inch (1 mm) in thickness and is applied directly to
a noncombustible base or substrate that conforms
to the requirements of 780 CMR 2310.0.
803.1,2 Type 4 construction: Exposed portions
of structural members complying with the
requirements for buildings of Type 4 construction
in 780 CMR 605.0 and 2304.0, shall not be
subject to interior finish regulations.
S03.U Window exception: Show windows in
the first story of buildmgs are permitted to be
constructed of any approved materials.
803.2 Classification: All materials used for interior
finish and trim shall be classified in accordance with
ASTM E84 listed in Appendix A. The
classifications of interior finishes referred to herein
correspond to flame spread ratings determined by
ASIM E84 listed in Appendix A as follows: Class I
flame spread, 0-25; Class II flame spread, 26-75;
Class m flame spread, 76 - 200.
803J Materiais: Materials shall only be installed as
interior finish and trim as specificaUy provided for
in 780 CMR for the occupancy of the space in which
the material is installed. Installation of any material
ioT floor finish, interior finish and trim in a building
of Type 1 or 2 construction within the scope
permitted in 780 CMR 803.0 or in 780 CMR 806.0
shall not declassiiy the building with respect to the
type of construction classification.
W3J,1 Foam plastics: Foam plastics shall not be
installed as interior trim or finish except in
compliance with 780 CMR 803.0 and 780 CMR
2603.0.
8033.2 Smoke development: Interior wall and
ceiling finish materials that have a smoke-
developed rating greater than 450 when tested in
accordance vwth ASTM E84 listed in Appendix A
shall not be permitted.
803.4 Required flame spread rating: Interior finish
of walls and ceilings shall have a flame spread rating
not greater than that designated by the class
prescribed for the various use groups listed in Table
803.4, when tested in accordance with 780 CMR
803.2.
803.4.1 Basements: In occupancies other than
Use Group R-3, Class I or II interior finish shall
be required in all basements or other underground
spaces from which there is not direct exit to the
outside of the building, if subject to occupancy for
any purpose other than storage or service
facilities.
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 CMR - Skth Edition
143
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
803.4.2 Maximum flame spread: Interior finish
materials Avith flame spread classifications greater
than 200 shall not be installed in any room or
space subject to human occupancy, except to such
extent as specifically approved on the basis of a
finding that such installation does not
significantly increase the life hazard.
803.4.3 Rooms and enclosed spaces.
Requirements for rooms or enclosed spaces are
based upon spaces enclosed in partitions of the
building or structure, and where a fireresistanceis
required for the structural elements, the enclosing
partitions shall extend fi-om the floor to the
ceiling. Partitions that do not comply with this
shall be coni^dered as enclosing spaces and rooms
or spaces on both sides thereof shall be counted as
one. In determining the applicable requirements
for rooms or enclosed spaces, the specific
occupancy thereof shall be the governing factor,
regardless of the use group classification of the
building or structure. Where an automatic
sprinkler system installed in accordance with
780 CMR 906.2.1 or 906.2.2 is installed
throughout a building, Class n or HI interior
finish shaU be permitted where Class I or 11
materials, respectively, are required in Table
803.4.
Table 803.4
INTERIOR FINISH REQUIREMENTS^
Required
vertical
Corridors
Rooms or
Use Group
exits and
providing
enclosed
pas.sage-
exit access'
spaces
ways
A-1. A-2,A-3
I
f
n''
A-4,B.E»F.I*i,
,J
> s-
m
H '
I
u
■1.^
,h
,h
»h
1-2
I
1
r
1-3
I
I
m
Mtvms
J
. . n
^^
^^m^
i
H
H
R-3
ffl
m
m
S
— a —
n_-
m
Note a. For requirements applicable to rooms and
enclosed spaces, see 780 CMR 803.4.3.
Note b. Class III interior finish materials are permitted
in places of assembly with a capacity of 300 persons or
less.
Note c. Class III interior finish materials are permitted
for wainscoting or paneling for not more tiian 1,000
square feet (93m^ of applied surface area in the grade
lobby where applied directly to a noncombustible base or
over furring strips applied to a noncombustible base and
firestopped as required by 780 CNfR 804.0.
Note d. Class m interior finish materials are permitted
in mercantile occupancies of 3,000 square feet (279m )
or less gross area occupied for sales purposes on the
street floor only (balcony permitted).
Note e. Lobby areas shall not be less than Class 11.
Note f. Where building height is over two stories.
Class n shall be required.
Note g. For the classifications of interior finishes
referred to herein, see 780 CMR 803.2. For interior
finish requirements for exposed insulation, see 780 CMR
722.2.
Note h. Walls and ceilings shall be a minimum of
Class 11 materials in individual rooms of not more than
four persons in capacity Where a building is equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed
in accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1 the minimum
requirement for interior fmish shall be Class 11.
Note i. hi Use Groups A, 1-2 and 1-3, Class II interior
wall finish material shall be permitted as wainscoting
extending not more than 48 inches (1219 mm) above the
floor in corridors providing exit access.
803.5 Interior trim: Baseboards, chair rails,
moldings, trim around openings and other interior
trim, not in excess of 10% of the aggregate wall and
ceiling areas of any room or space, shall be of Class
I, n or in materials.
803.6 Carpet and carpet-like wall coverings:
Textile wall coverings having a napped, tufted,
looped, woven, nonwoven or similar surface, shall
comply with the following:
\. Such materials shall have a Class I flame
spread classification and be installed only in
rooms or areas protected by an automatic
sprinkler system installed in accordance with
780 CMR 9; or
2. Such materials shall be tested in accordance
with an eight-foot by 12-foot by eight-foot high
(2438 mm by 3658 mm by 2438 mm) room/comer
fire test procedure utilizing a product-mounting
system, including adhesive, representative of
actual installation. Prior to testing, the sample
shall be conditioned at 70"? (21 "C) ± 5% and at
a relative humidity of 50% ± 5% until the sample
reaches a rate of weight change of less than 0. 1%
per day. The product shall be exposed to a flame
fi-om a gas difiusion burner for 15 minutes. The
fire exposure shall be 40 kW for the first five
minutes, followed by an exposure of 150 kW for
an additional ten minutes. Such tests shall
demonstrate that a product will not spread fire to
the edge of the specimen or cause flashover in the
test room.
803.7 Design load: Interior wall finish materials
shall be capable of resisting the horizontal load
specified in 780 CMR 1615.4.
780 CMR 804.0 APPUCATION OF
INTERIOR FINISH
804.1 Attachment: Where interior finish is
regulated by the requirements of 780 CMR 8,
interior finish materials shall be applied or otherwise
fastened in such a manner that such materials will
not readily become detached when subjected to
144
780 CMR - Sbrth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
INTERIOR FINISHES
room temperatures of 200°F (93 "C) for not less than
30 minutes.
S04.2 Fireresistlve and noncombsistible
construction: Interior finish materials installed on
wails, ceilings or structural elements which are
required to provide a fireresistance rating or to be of
noncombustible construction, shall comply with the
provisions of 780 CMR 804.2.1 or 804.2.2.
S04.2.i Application to structural elements:
Interior finish materials applied to walls, ceilings
or structural elements shall be applied directly
against the exposed surface of such structural
elements or to furring attached to such surfaces.
In concrete or masonry construction, furring of
wood or any other material of similar combustible
characteristics is permitted. All concealed spaces
created by furring shall htfirestopped at not more
than ten-foot (3048 mm) intervals in any direction
(see 780 CMR 720.6.6).
804.2.2 Set-out construction: Where the interior
finish is set out or dropped distances greater than
1% inches (44, mm) fi^om the surface of such
elements, only material of which both faces
qualify as Class I shall be installed.
Exceptions:
i. In buildings equipped throughout v^nth an
automatic sprinkler system installed in
accordance with 780 CMR 906.2. 1 or 906.2.2,
Class U finish materials shall be permitted
provided that automatic sprinklers are also
installed in combustible concealed spaces
behind the interior Snish.
2. Class II or III materials shall be permitted
where attached to a backing that complies with
780 CMR 804.3 or to furring applied directly
to such backing as provided for in 780 CMR
804.2. L
S04J Class n and HI materials: Class II and HI
interior finish materials which are less than V^ inch
in thickness shall be applied directly against a
noncombustible backing or a backing that complies
with the requirements of 780 CMR 2310.0, unless
the tests under which such material has been
classified were made with the materials suspended
from the noncombustible backing. The backing
material shall provide a continuous surface
completely behind the finish. Where the backing
does not constitute an integral part of the structural
elements or system, the backing shall be attached
directly to the structural elements or to the furring as
required for the application of finish in 780 CMR
804.2, or shall be suspended firom the structural
members at any distance and all concealed spaces
created thereby shall he firestopped m accordance
with 780 CMR 720.0.
804.4 Type 4 construction: Interior finish materials
shall be applied directly to the wood members and
decking of buildings of Type 4 construction, or to
furring strips applied to such members or wood
decking as provided for in 780 CMR 804.2.1.
780 CMR 80S.0 FLOOR FINISH
805.1 General: Finished floors or floor covering
materials of a traditional type, such as wood, vinyl,
linoleum, terrazzo and other resilient floor covering
materials, are exempt from the requirements of
780 CMR 805.0. Floor coverings judged by the
code official to represent an unusual hazard shall
meet the requirements of 780 CMR 805.0.
805.2 Classification: Intenor floor finish required
by 780 CMR 805.3 to be of Class I or Class 11
materials shall be classified in accordance with
ASTM E648 listed in Appendix A. The
classifications referred to herein correspond to the
classifications determined by ASTM E648 listed in
Appendix A as follows: Class I, 0.45 watts/cm^;
Class n, 0.22 watts/cm^.
805.2.1 Test report: All carpet required by
780 CMR 805.0 to meet critical radiant flux
limitations in accordance with 780 CMR 805.2
shall be tested by an approved agency. A copy of
the test report identifying and representing the
style to be installed shall be provided to the code
ofBcial upon request. The test report shall
identify the carpet by manufacturer (or supplier)
and style name, and shall be representative of the
current construction of the carpet.
The carpet shall be identified as to
manufacturer (or supplier) and style by a hang tag
or other suitable method, which shall indicate the
classification of the material based upon the
limitations specified in 780 CMR 805.2.
805.3 Required classification: InterioT floor finish
in vertical exits, exit passageways and exit access
corridors shall not be less than Class I in Use Group ■
1-2 and not less than Class 11 in Use Groups A, B, E,
lA, 1-3, M, R4 and R-2. In all other areas, the
mi^OT floor finish shall comply with the DOC FF-1
"pill test'' (CPSC 16 CFR, Part 1630) listed in
Appendix A.
Exception: Where a building is equipped
throughout vwth an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1 or 906.2.2,
Class II materials are permitted in any area where
Class I materials are required and materials
complying with the DOC FF-1 "pill test" (CPSC
16 CFR, Part 1630) listed in Appendix A are
permitted in any area where Class II materials are
required.
805.4 Rooms and enclosed spaces: Requirements
for rooms or enclosed spaces are based upon the
spaces being enclosed vwth partitions extending from
the floor to the ceiling. Where partitions do not
satisfy this criterion, the room or space is considered
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
145
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUD-DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
part of the corridor.
805.5 Other materials: All carpet manufactured for
sale in the United States is required by federal
regulations to pass the DOC FF-1 "pill test" (CPSC
16 CFR, Part 1630) listed in Appendix A. If a
material other than carpet is installed, the material
shall be shown to be at least as resistant to flame
propagation as a material which passes DOC FF-1
(minimum critical radiant flux of 0.04 watts/cm^).
780 CMR 806.0 COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS
PERMrriED IN FLOORS OF TYPES 1 AND 2
CONSTRUCTION
806.1 General: Except as provided for in 780 CMR
1014.0 for stairways, and in 780 CMR 412.0 for
stages snA platforms, combustible materials installed
in or on floors of buildings of Types 1 and 2
construction shall be as herein specified.
806.2 Sleepers, bucks and grounds: Floor sleepers,
bucks, n^ling blocks and grounds shall not be
constructed of combustible materials, unless the
space between the fireresistance rated floor
construction and the flooring is either solidly filled
with approved noncombustible materials or
firestopped in accordance with 780 CMR 720.6.7,
and provided that such open spaces shall not extend
under or through permanent partitions or walls.
806.3 Flooring: Wood finish flooring is permitted to
be attached directly to the embedded or firestopped
wood sleepers, and shall be permitted where
cemented directly to the top surface of approved
fireresistance rated construction or directly to a
wood subfloor attached to sleepers as provided for in
780 CMR 806.2. Combustible insulating boards not
more than Vi inch thick and covered with approved
finished flooring are permitted for sound deadening
or heat insulating where attached directly to a non-
combustible floor assembly or to wood subflooring
attached to sleepers as provided for in 780 CMR
806.2.
780 CMR 807.0 INTERIOR HANGINGS
AND DECORATIONS
807.1 Decorative material restrictions: In
occupancies in Use Groups A, E, 1-2, 1-3 and R-1, all
curtains, draperies, hangings and other decorative
materials suspended fi'om walls or ceilings shall be
noncombustible or be maintained flameresistant in
accordance v/ith 780 CMR 807.2 as herein specified
and 527 CMR 21, 00 as listed in Appendix A.
807.1.1 Noncombustible: The permissible
amount of non-combustible decorative hangings
shall not be limited.
807.1.2 Flameresistant: The permissible amount
of flameresistant decorative hangings shall not
exceed 10% of the total wall and ceiling area.
807.2 Acceptance criteria: Where required to be
flameresistant under the provisions of 780 CMR, all
materials used for artistic enhancement, decorations,
draperies, curtains, scenery and hangings shall
comply with 780 CMR 807.0. If treated to be
flameresistant, these materials shall not generate
smoke more dense than that given off by untreated
wood or paper burning under comparable conditions
when tested in accordance with both the small-scale
and large-scale tests in NFiPA 701 listed in
Appendix A.
807.2.1 Limitation of approval: All approvals of
organic decorative material shall be limited to one
year. The owner or the owner's authorized agent
shall file an affidavit with the code official which
certifies that the process and materials utilized
comply with 780 CMR and which states the date
of treatment and the warranted period of
effectiveness of the process.
807.2.2 Field test for decorative materials:
Where documented certification of
flameresistance is not provided, the code official
shall subject decorative materials that are required
to be flameresistant to a field test in accordance
with Chapter 10 of NFiPA 701 listed in
Appendix A.
807.2.3 Replacement of defective materials: All
treated hangings, draperies, canvas and other
decorative and tent materials which fail to
conform to the field test requirements shall be
retreated or replaced by an approved installation.
146
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
CHAPTER 9
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
(This Chapter is Entirely Umque to Massachusetts)
780 CMR 901,0 GENERAL
901.1 Scope: The provisions of 780 CMR 9 shall
specify where ^re protection systems are required
and shall apply to the design, installation,
maintenance and operation of all fire protection
systems in all buildings and structures.
901.L1 Seismic Requirements: All "required"
and "non-required" fire' protection systems shall
be installed in accordance with the Seismic
Criteria requirements of 780 CMR 1612.7,
Architectural, Mechanical and Electrical
Components and Systems.
905.2 Required systems: Ml fire protection systems
required by 780 CMR shall be installed, repaired,
operated and maintained in accordance with this
code and the applicable reference standards listed in
Appendix A. All required fire suppression and
standpipe systems shall be provided with at least one
automatic supply of fu:e-extinguishing agent of
adequate pressure, capacity and reliability to
perform the function intended.
9013 Noiirequired systems: Any fire protection
system or portion thereof not required by 780 CMR
shall be permitted to be finished for partial or
complete protection provided that such installed
system meets applicable requirements of 780 CMR.
A building permit shall be required for systems
installed pursuant to 780 CMR 901.3
90L4 Maintenance: Ail water based fire protection
systems shall be maintained in accordance with
NFPA 25 as listed in Appendix A. All o^etfire
protection systems shall be maintained in accordance
with the requirements of the applicable reference
standards and standards listed in Appendix A. The
owner, tenant or lessee of eveiy building or structure
shall be responsible for the care and maintenance of
all &re protection systems, including equipment and
devices, to ensure the safety and welfare of the
occupants. Fire protection systems shall not be
disconnected or otherwise rendered unserviceable
without first notifying the local fire department in
accordance with M.G.L. c. 148 § 27A.
When installations of fire protection systems are
interrupted for repairs or other necessary reasons,
the owner, tenant or lessee shall immediately advise
the local fire department and shall diligently
prosecute the restoration of the protection.
90LS Threads: All threads provided for fire depart-
ment connections to sprinkler systems, standpipes,
yard hydrants or any other fire hose connection shall
be compatible vwth the connections used by the local
fire department.
901.6 Signs: All signs requured to identify fire
protection equipment, equipment rooms and
equipment locations shall be constructed of durable
materials, be permanently installed and be readily
visible. Letters and mmibers shall contrast wlHo. the
sign background, shall be at least two inches in
height and shall have an appropriate vtadth-to-height
ratio to permit the sign to be read easily from a
distance often feet. The sign and location shall be
approved by the local fire department.
Eseeption: See also 780 CMR 906.8 for entrance
doors to sprinkler control valve rooms and
780 CMR 915.8 for fire department connections.
780 CMR 9010 DEFINITIONS
902.1 General: The following words and terms
shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR 9 and as used
elsewhere in 780 CMR, have the meanings shown
herein.
Alarm verification: A feature of automatic fire
detection systems to reduce imwanted alarms
wherein automatic fire detectors report alarm
conditions for a minimum period of time, or
confirm alarm conditions witfiin a given period,
after being automatically reset to be accepted as a
valid alaim initiation signal (see 780 CMR 918.0).
Approval/Permit To Install: The term refers to
permits outside the jurisdiction of the building
official, issued under authority of M.G.L. c. 148,
§10Aor527CMR.
Authority Having Jurisdiction: The term
"Authority Having Jurisdiction" as used in the
NFPA Standards as referenced in 780 CMR 9,
shall mean the building official for enforcement of
780 CMR and the BBRS for interpretation, waiver
or variences (see 780 CMR 122.0; see official
interpretation number 35-94 listed in Appendix B)
Automatic: As applied to fire protection devices,
automatic refers to a device or system that pro-
vides an emergency function without the necessity
of human intervention and activated as a result of
a predetermined temperature rise, rate of tempera-
ture rise or increase In the level of combustion
products - such as incorporated in an automatic
sprinkler system, automatic fire door, etc.
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
147
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Automatic fire suppression system: An engineered
system using carbon dioxide (CO2), foam, wet or
dry chemical, a halogenated extinguishing agent,
or an automatic sprinkler system to detect
automatically and suppress a fire through fixed
piping and nozzles (see 780 CMR 904.0).
Construction Documents: As defined in 780 CMR 2.
Deluge system: An automatic sprinkler system
consisting of open sprinklers with water supply
valves activated by a separate automatic detection
system (see 780 CMR 908.0).
Detector, heat: An alarm-initiating device that
detects abnormally high temperature or rate of
temperature rise (see 780 CMR 918.0).
Detector, smoke: An alarm-initiating device that
detects the visible or invisible particles of
combustion (see 780 CMR 918.0).
Emergency Voice/alarm signaling system: A
system that provides, to the occupants of a
building, dedicated manual or automatic facilities,
or both, for originating and distributing voice
instructions, as well as alert and evacuation
signals that pertain to a fire emergency (see
780 CMR 917.0).
Fire alarm box, manual: A manually operated
alarm-initiating device that activates a fire
protective signaling system (see 780 CMR 917.0).
Fire command station ( Fire command center):
The principal location where the status of the
detection, alarm, communications and control
systems is displayed, and from which the
system(s) has the capability for manual control
(see 780 CMR 403.7 and 917.9).
Fire Department Designee: An individual
authorized by the chief of the fire department to
review and approve fire protection system plans
and installation.
Fire detector^ automatic: An alarm-initiating device
that automatically detects heat, smoke or other
products of combustion (see 780 CMR 918.0).
Fire Protection Construction Documents:
Documents containing the requirements of
780 CMR 903.1.1, 903.1.2, 903.1 .3.
Fire protection system: Devices, equipment and
systems used to detect a fire, activate an alarm,
suppress or control a fire, or any combination
thereof.
Fire Protective Signaling System (Fire Alarm
System): A system or portion of a combination
system consisting of components and circuits
arranged to monitor and annunciate the status of
fire alarm or supervisory signal initiating devices
and to initiate appropriate response to those
signals.
Household Fire Warning System: A household
fire warning system consists of single or multiple
station detectors or a listed control unit with
automatic fire detectors and occupant notificafion
appliances. The hoiisehold fire warning system
serves only one dwelling unit, patient room, hotel
room or other single area depending on use group
requirements in 780 CMR 919.1 through 919.3
Installing Contractor:An individual or firm duly
licensed to install fire protection systems. (See
780 CMR 903.3)
• Automatic Sprinklers Systems - M.G.JL.
c, 146, §§ 81 through 85A, 528 CMR 11.00
and 12.00
• Fire Extinguishing systems - M. G.L. c. 148,
§§ 58,527 CMR 23.00
• Fire Alarm Systems - M.G.L. c 141, §§ I
through 10, 237 CMR 1.00 through 6.00
Maintenance of Fire Protections Systems:
Replacement or repair of any component or
components of a fire protection system, where
such does not affect system performance and
compatibility. (Also see Modifications,
Alterations, Additions or Deletions to Fire
Protection Systems). No building permit is
required for maintenance. Other permits,
however, may be required pursuant to M.G.L.
c.l48,§27Aand527CMR.
Modifications, Alterations, Additions or Deletions
to Fire Protection Systems: Any changes which
affect the performance of the fire protection
system. (Also see maintenance). Such changes
requure a building permit and are subject to other
permitting requirements pursuant to M.G.L.
c. 148, § 27A.
Master Box: A municipal fire alarm box that may
also be operated by remote means.
Municipal Fire Alarm System: A system of alarm
initiating devices, receiving equipment, and
connecting circuits (other than a public telephone
network) used to transmit alarms fi-om street
locations to the public fire service
communications center.
Preaction system: A fire sprinkler system employing
automatic sprinklers attached to a piping system
containing air with a supplemental fire detection
system installed in the same areas as the
sprinklers. Actuation of the fire detection system
automatically opens a valve that permits water to
148
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
12/129/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUE.DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
flow into the sprinkler piping system and to be
discharged from any open sprinklers (see
780 CMR 906.9.6).
Proprietary supervising station: Refer to the
definition in chapter 1 of NFPA-72 and to
further details as identified in chapter 4 of
NFPA-72 as listed in Appendix A.
Registered Professional Engineer: A Registered
Professional Engineer registered by the Board of
Registration of Professional Engineers and of
Land Surveyors in accordance with M.G.L. c. 1 12,
§§ 8 ID through 8 IT and 250 CMR (see 780 CMR
903.L3 and 903.5).
Remote station fire alarm system supervising
station: Refer to the definitions in chapter 1 of
NFPA-72 and to further details as identified in
chapter 4 ofNFPA'?! as listed in Appendix A.
Shop Drawings: Scaled detailed working drawings
(system layout) and equipment specifications (cut
sheets) indicating all information in accordance
with requirements of the applicable NFPA
Standards for the specific fire protection systems
to be installed in accordance with the Registered
Professional Engineer's plans and specifications.
Smoke detector, multiple station: Single-station
smoke detectors that are capable of being
interconnected such that actuation of one causes
all integral or separate audible alarms to operate
(see 780 CMR 919.0).
Smoke detector, single station: An assembly
incorporating the detector, the control equipment
and the alarm-sounding device in one unit, which
is operated from a power supply either in the unit
or obtained at the point of installation (see
780 CMR 919.0).
11/27/98
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
148.1
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
148.2 780 CMR -Sixth Edition . 12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUtt-DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
Smoke detector, system type: A smoke detector
designed to be conneted to a fire alarm control
panel.
Sprinkler: A device, connected to a water supply
system, that discharges water in a specific pattern
for extinguishment or control of fire (see
780 CMR 906.0).
Sprinkler sysiem, automatic: A sprinkler system, for
fire protection purposes, is an integrated system of
underground or overhead piping designed in
accordance with fire protection engineering
standards. The system includes a suitable water
supply. The portion of the system above the
ground is a network of specially or hydraulically
designed piping installed in a building, structure
or area, generally overhead, and to which
automatic sprinklers are connected in a systematic
pattern. The system is usually activated by heat
from a fire and discharges water over the fire area
(see 780 CMR 906.0).
Sprinkler system, limited area: An automatic
sprinkler system consisting of not more than 20
sprinklers within a fire area (see 780 CMR
907.0).
Standpipe system: A standpipe system is afire
protection system consisting of an arrangement of
piping, valves, hose outlets and allied equipment
installed in a building or structure (see 780 CMR
914.0).
Supervisory device: An initiating device used to
monitor the conditions that are essential for the
proper operation of automatic fire-protection
systems (i.e., switches used to monitor the
position of gate valves, a low air-pressure switch
on a dry-pipe sprinkler system, etc.) (see
780 CMR 923.0).
U.L. Listed or FM appro ved central station service:
Central station service as defined in Chapter 1 of
NFPA-72 and as further identified in chapter 4
ofNFPA 72 as listed in Appendix A.
Water supply, automatic: A water supply that is not
dependent on any manual operation, such as
making connections, operating valves or starting
pumps (see 780 CMR 914.5).
780 CMR 903.0 FIRE PROTECHON
SYOTEMS APPROVAL/ACCEPTANCE .
903.1 Required: Complete fire protection
construction documents shall be submitted iti
accordance with 780 CMR 1 1 and a building permit
obtained prior to the installation of all "required" or
"non required" fire protection systems, including
modifications, alterations, additions or deletions to
an existing fire protection system. The fire
protection construction documents shall contain
sufficient information to completely describe the fire
protection systems, including operational features.
The information required pursuant to 780 CMR
903.0 shall include, where required, the items listed
in 780 CMR 903.1.1:
Excepllois 1: Maintenance; no building permit
required.
Exception 2: For modifications, alterations,
additions or deletions which do not affect system
performance or compatibility; no building permit
is required unless otherwise directed by the
Building Official (Note also refer to M.G.L.
C.148, § 27 A).
903.1,1 Fire Protection ConstriBctlom
Documents:
1. a. Basis (methodology) of design for the
protection of the occupancy and hazards for
compliance with 780 CMR and applicable
NFPA Standards, in the form of a narrative
report.
b. Sequence of operation of all fire
protection systems and operation in the form
of a narrative report.
c. Testing criteria to be used for final
system acceptance in the form of a narrative
report.
2. Building and site access for fire fighting
and/or rescue vehicle(s) and personnel.
3. Fire hydrant(s) location and water supply
information.
4. Type/description and design layout of the
automatic sprinkler system(s).
5. Automatic sprinkler system(s) control
equipment location.
6. Type/description and design layout of the
automatic standpipe system(s).
7. Standpipe system hose valve(s) type and
location.
8. Fire department Siamese connection type(s)
and location.
9. Type/description and design layout of the
fire protective signaling system(s).
10. Fire protective signaling system(s) control
equipment and remote annunciator location.
1 1 . Type/description and design layout of the
smoke control or exhaust system(s).
12. Smoke control or exhaust system(s)
control equipment' location.
13. Building life safety system features
(auxiliary functions) required to be integrated
as part of the fire protective signaling
system(s).
14. Type/description and design layout of the
fire extinguishing system(s).
15. Fire extinguishing system(s) control
equipment location.
1 1/27/98
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
149
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
1 6. Fire protection system(s) equipment room
location.
17. Fire protection system(s) equipment
identification and operation signs.
18. Fire protection system(s) alarm/
supervisory signal transmission method and
location.
903.1.2 Plans: All fire protection system plans
shall contain sufficient information to identify the
occupancy, hazards, system and equipment
arrangements, system and equipment sizing,
systems specifications, systems sequence(s) of
operation and design/engineering calculations.
903.1.3 Design: All fire protection systems and
fire protection system operation including
building and site features as identified in
780 CMR 903.1 1 shall be designed and specified
by a qualified Registered Professional Engin-
eer(s)QXcept as provided in M.G.L. c. 143, § 54A
and any profession or trade as provided in M.G.L,
c. 1 12, § 60L and M.G.L. c. 1 12, § 81R All plans
shall bear the original seal and signature of the
Registered Professional Engineer(s), except as
provided in M.G.L. c. 143, § 54A and any
profession or trade as provided in M.G.L. c. 1 12,
§ 60L and M.G.L. c. 112, § 81R Specifications
shall include requirements for the preparation of
shop drawings when required by 780 CMR or
applicable NFPA Standards. The Registered
Professional Engineer(s) or other legally
recognized professional (M.G.L. c. 112, § SIR)
shall be responsible for the review and certify that
all shop drawings conform to the approved fire
protection construction documents as submitted
for the building permit and approved by the
building official.
903.1.4 As-built plans: In accordance with the
applicable referenced standards, as-built plans
shall be prepared by the contractor responsible for
the installation of the fire protection system for
the following occupancies:
(a) High-rise buildings
(b) Buildings and structures of Use Group A
with a total occupant load exceeding 1000.
(c) Buildings and structures of Use Group H.
(d) Use Group 1-2 and 1-3 except 1-2 Uses
provided for in 780 CMR 424.
(e) Bulk Merchandising/Retail occupancies
(See 780 CMR 416.0).
As-built plans shall be provided to the owner
upon completion.
903.1.5 Safeguarding Construction: The fire
protection construction documents shall provide
specifications for conformance to 780 CMR 33
and NFPA-241 listed m Appendix A in order to
safeguard against fires during construction,
alterations and demolition of all buildings and
structures regulated by 780 CMR.
903.2 Authority: In accordance with the
requirements of 780 CMR 1 10 and 780 CMR 903.1
the building of official shall transmit one set of the
fire protection construction documents (780 CMR
903.1.1 ) and building construction documents to the
head of the fire department or his designee for
review and approval of the items specified in
780 CMR 903.1.1.
Note:
1. M.G.L. c. 148 §§ 26G, 26H and 261, when
adopted by a city or town, will impact the fire
protection requirements of 780 CMR 9. A
building official shall consult Official
Interpretation Number 45-96, listed in
Appendix B, for guidance, where commimities
have adopted M.G.L. c. 148, §§ 26G, 26H, and/or
261.
2. In addition to the building permit requirements
for fire protection systems in 780 CMR, M.G.L.
c. 148 § lOA and 527 CMR may impose
additional installation permitting requirements.
903.2.1 Alternative Fire Protection Design
Methodologies - Independent Engineering
Review: Where alternative design methodologies
are utilized and where such methodologies result
in designs which vary from any prescriptive
requirement of 780 CMR, the owner shall engage
an independent registered professional engineer to
review said altemative design methodologies.
The scope of the independent registered
professional engineer review shall include, but not
be limited to the following;
(a) Review of the design assumptions,
methodologies and resulting proposed system
designs, to determine whether the proposed fire
protection system designs and any other
systems which are affected by the design
assumptions, are consistent with the general
objectives and prescriptive provisions of this
code and to determine whether or not the
methodologies and assumptions conform to
accepted engineering practice;
(b) Preparation of a written report to the
building official as to the appropriateness of
the proposed design, specifically listing any
variances from the prescriptive provisions of
780 CMR and describing, in detail, the design
provisions used to achieve compliance.
If :the reviewing engineer . concurs with the
proposed design, the owner shall make
application for a variance, to the State Building
Code Appeals Board as provided in 780 CMR
122. In addition to all supporting information and
materials, tlie reviewing engineer's report
required in 780 CMR 903.2.1(b) shall be included
in the application for variance.
A building permit shall not be issued until the
variance, if required, has been granted, or unless
the building permit is issued in part, as provided
for in 780 CMR 11 1.13.
150
780 CMR T Sixth Edition
J 2/ 1 2/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
When a variance is granted under 780 CMR hear the appeal. Each such applicability to a future
903.2 for a bulk merchandising retail building as building will be subject to determination as
defined in 780 CMR 426.2.1, and when the prescribed in 780 CMR 110.8 by the building
condition appealed is common to future buildings official in conjunction with the head of the local
of the owner, the State Building Code Appeals fire department that its use is in conformity with
Board, upon request of the owner, may provide the terms of the vaiiance.
that the vai'iance shall be applicable to such future
buildings. If such request is made, the Board shall
5/1 8/07 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 1 50. 1
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
150.2 780 CMR -Sixth Edition 5/18/07
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
903.3 Fire Protection Systemis Installation: Fire
protection systems shall be installed by contractors
and personnel appropriately licensed in the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts {licensed
installing contractor). Shop drawings required for
submittals and reviews by the Registered
Professional Engineer, or other legally recognized
professional CM.G.L. c. 1 12,§ SIR), by 780 CMR
903. 1 ,3 or by applicable NFPA Standards shall note
the name(s), license number(s) and license
expiration date(s.) of the contractor(s) installing the
fire protection systems.
903.4 Acceptance: In accordance with the
provisions of 780 CMR 120, a Certificate of
Occupancy shall not issue until the building official
and the head of the fire department or their designees
have witnessed a satisfactory functional test of all
fire protection systems, installed in accordance with
the appro ved/ire protection construction documents.
All fire protection systems shall be tested in
accordance with the applicable provisions of
780 CMR and NFPA Standards and approved testing
criteria and operational sequence as submitted in
780 CMR 903. 1 . 1 , items 1 .b and c. In addition, the
following documents and/or information shall be
simultaneously submitted to the building official and
head of the fire department or their designees prior
to the witnessing of the operational fire protection
syriciiuCi) testing:
1. Certification, from the Registered
Professional Engineer or other legally recognized
professional (M.G.L. c. 112, § 81R) responsible
for the design in accordance with 780 CMR
903.1.3 stating that the fire protection systems
have been installed in accordance with the
SLpproved fire protection construction documents
and that he has reviewed the shop drawings for
conformance to 780 CMR 903,3 and has
■ identified deviations if any," from the approved^ire
protection construction documents.
2. Confirmation by the building owner/developer
or authorized representative that they have
received the as-built fire protection system shop
drawings from the installing contractor and that
the Registered Professional Engineer or other .
legally recognized professional (M.G.L. c. 112,
§ SIR) has certified their reasonable accuracy.
3. Material, Test, Performance and Completion
. Certificates, properly executed by the installing
contractor in accordance with the applicable
NFPA Standards.
Exception: In lieu of witnessing a satisfactory
functional test, the building official and head of
the fire department or their designees may accept
a final performance acceptance test report from a
Registered Professional Eng ineer or other legally
recognized professional (M.G.L c. 112, § 81R).
Said report shall certify that a complete
satisfactory functional test of all fire protection
systems in accordance with the approved testing
criteria and operational sequence have been
witnessed.
903.4.1 Conditional Acceptance: The
requirements of 780 CMR 903.4 shall not
preclude the issuance of a temporary Certificate of
occupancy by the Building Official in accordance
with 780 CMR 120.3.
780 CMR 904.0 FERE SUPPRESSION
SYSTEMS
904.1 Where required: Automatic fire suppression
systems shall be installed where required by
780 CMR and in the locations indicated in 780.CMR
904. 1 through 904.9.
Exceptions:
1 . An automatic fire suppression system shall not
be required in portions of buildings that comply
with 780 CMR 406.0 for open parking structures
less than 70 feet in height above mean grade,
2. In telecommunications equipment buildings, an
automatic fire suppression system shall not be
required in those spaces or areas occupied
exclusively for telecommunications equipment,
associated electrical power distribution
equipment, batteries and standby engines,
provided that those spaces or areas are equipped
throughout with an automatic fire detection
system in accordance with 780 CMR 918.0 and
are separated from the remainder of the building
with fire separation assemblies consisting of one-
hour fireresistance rated walls and two-hour
- fireresistance rated floor/ceiling assemblies.
3. Automatic sprinkler protection is precluded in:
(a) all new construction elevator machine rooms .
of traction/drum elevators; (b) all new
construction elevator machine rooms of hydraulic
elevators; (c) all new construction elevator
hoistways and elevator pits. *(Note that capped,
Inactive sprinkler pipiiig would be allowed)
Such elevator machine rooms and hoistway/pit
enclosures shall be constructed to afford at least
the fireresistance rating specified in Table 602 and
otherwise as required/allowed by the applicable
portions of 780 CMR 7.0 (typically, but not
always, the hoistway/pit and machine room will
have a minimum fireresistance rating of two hours
with elevator opening protect! ves rated at IV^
hours but ratings of one hour for hoistway/pit and
machine rooms and V* hour for elevator opening
prolectives may be allowed).
Where Table 602 requires a fireresistance
rating for elevator niachine roonis, hoistways
and/or pits, such rating must be provided unless
such ratings are governed by other Buildini; Code
Sections .
For elevator installation within atriums also see
780 CMR 404 for additional fireresistance rating
guidance.
Where the elevator machine room is
determined to be a true penthouse roof structure.
9/9/05
780 CMR -Sixth Edition
151
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
also refer to 780 CMR 1510 for additional
fireresistance rating requirements.
Note: Also Refer to M.G.L. c. 148, § 26A and
26G
904.1.1 Additional requirements: When a
building or structure is provided with a fire alarm
system, all extinguishing systems installed in
accordance with the provisions of 780 CMR 904
through 914, shall be connected to the fire alarm
system in accordance with the requirements of
NFPA 72 as listed in Appendix A.
904.1.1.1 Fire pump requirements: Refer to
780 CMR 924.
904.2 Use Groups A-1, A-3, A-4, B, E, M, S-1, F-1
in buildings of 12,000 sf or greater in aggregate
floor area: An automatic fire suppression system
shall be provided throughout all portions or uses of
all buildings of 1 2,000 sf or greater in aggregate area
when any of the following uses are located within
the building;
A-1, A-3, A-4, B, E, M, S-1, F-1
780 CMR 904.2 shall apply whether or not the use is
separated from any other use within the building by
fire separation assemblies.
Exceptions:
1. Existing buildings: Existing buildings which
qualify as such in accordance with 780 CMR
3400.3.1 and which undergo a partial change in
use to a use or uses specified in 780 CMR 904.2
or are mixed use buildings which undergo renova-
tion of a use or uses specified in 780 CMR 904.2,
shall be provided with automatic fire suppression
systems in accordance with the following:
(a) only in those portions of the building which
have been changed in use and only when such
space or spaces exceed 12,000 sf in aggregate
floor area.
(b) only in those portions of the building
which have been altered or renovated provided
that such renovation constitutes substantial
alterations or substantial renovations, in
accordance with 780 CMR 3401 and only when
such space or spaces exceed 12,000 sf in
aggregate floor area.
2. Public Garages: Public Garages shall conform
to 780 CMR 408.0.
Note: See also M.G.L. c. 148, §§ 26A and 26G.
904.3 Use Group A-2: An automatic fire
suppression system shall be provided throughout all
buildings with an occupancy in use group A-2 when
the occupant load of the A-2 use is 50 or greater.
904.3.1 A>2 and residential mixed use
buildings: Where a building contains one or more
residential dwelling units and also contains an A-2
Use and where the A-2 Use has an occupant load
of 50 or greater, an automatic fire suppression
system shall be provided throughout the building
including any common areas connecting the A-2
Use and the residential use (see St. 2004, c. 304,
§4A).
Exception:
1. Existing buildings: Existing buildings which
qualify as such in accordance with 780 CMR
3400.3. 1 which undergo a partial change in use to
an A-2 use or partial renovation of an existing A-2
use shall be provided with an automatic fire
suppression system only in those portions of the
building which have been changed to an A-2 use
or those existing A-2 uses which have been
renovated when such renovation constitutes
substantial alterations or substantial renovations,
in accordance with 780 CMR 340 1 and only when
the proposed or existing A-2 use exceeds 5,000 sf
in aggregate floor area.
2. Existing mixed use buildings of A-2 and R
occupancy (per St. 2004, c. 304): Existing
mixed use buildings of A-2 and R occupancies
which qualify as such in accordance with
780 CMR 3400.3.1 which undergo a partial
change in use, in which A-2 and R uses result, or
partial renovation of an existing mixed use
building of A-2 and R occupancy shall be
provided with an automatic fire suppression
system in all portions of the building, including,
but not limited to, residential dwellings and in any
common areas connected thereto when such
renovation constitutes substantial alterations or
substantial renovations in accordance with
780 CMR 3401. 780 CMR 9.04.3 shall apply to
substantial renovation/alteration of buildings and
structures approved by building permit on or after
December 1,2004.
904.4 Use Group H: An automatic fire suppression
system shall be provided throughout all buildings of
Use Group H.
Exception: Magazines used for the storage of Use
Group H-1 materials which are constructed and
located in accordance with NFPA 495 and
527 CMR listed in Appendix A.
Note: See also M.G.L. c. 148, §§ 26A and 26G.
904.5 Use Group I: An automatic fire suppression
system shall be provided throughout all buildings of
Use Group I.
Note: See also M.G.L. c. 148, §§ 26A and 26G.
904.6 Use Group R-1: An automatic fire
suppression system shall be provided throughout all
buildings or spaces of Use Group R-1 in accordance
with 780 CMR 906.2.1 or 906.2.2.
904.7 Use Group R-2: An automatic fire
suppression system shall be provided throughout all
buildings with an occupancy in Use Group R-2 in
accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1 or 906.2.2.
Exception: Buildings having no more than three
dwelling units shall be permitted to have an
automatic fire suppression system installed in ac-
152
780 CMR - Sixth Edition 5/19/06 (Effective 9/9/05) - corrected
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
cordance with NFPA-13D, "SPRINKLER
SYSTEMS", listed in Appendix A, subject to the
following conditions:
a. Every automatic sprinkler system shall have
at least one automatic water supply or a stored
water supply source in accordance with NFPA-
13D where the minimum quantity of stored
water shall equal the water demand rate times
20 minutes.
b. 780 CMR 919.3.2, Exception 2, and 780
CMR 919.5, Exception, shall not apply when
the automatic fire suppression system installed
is installed in accordance with NFPA-13D.
This Exception shall apply to new construction or
substantial renovation, or substantial alteration as
defined in 780 CMR, Chapter 34
Note: See also M.G.L. c. 148, §§ 26A and 261.
904,8 Windowless story: An automatic fire sup-
pression system shall be provided throughout every
story or basement of all buildings where there is not
provided at least one of the following types of
openings:
1. An exterior stairway that conforms to the
requirements of 780 CMR 1014.0, or an outside
ramp that conforms to the requirements of
780 CMR 10 16.0, leading directly to grade in each
50 linear feet (15240 mm) or fraction thereof of
exterior wall in the story or basement, on at least
one side of the building.
2. Openings entirely above the adjoining ground
level totaling 20 square feet (1.9 m ) in each 50
linear feet (15240 mm) or fraction thereof of
exterior wall in the story or basement, on at least
one side of the building. Openings shall have a
least dimension of not less than 22 inches (559
mm), and shall have a minimum net clear opening
of five square feet (0.5m ). Access to such
openings from the exterior shall be provided to the
fire department and such openings shall be
unobstructed to allow fire-fighting and rescue
operations from the exterior.
When openings in a story are provided on only
one side and the opposite wall of such story is more
than 75 feet (22860 nmi) from such openings, the
story shall be equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system, or openings as specified
herein shall be provided on at least two sides of the
exterior walls of the story. If any portion of a
basement is located more than 75 feet (22860 mm)
from the openings required in 780 CMR 904.0, the
basement shall be provided with an automatic
sprinkler system.
Exception: Occupancies in Use Group R-3.
904.9 Other required suppression systems: In
addition to the requirements of 780 CMR 904.2
through 904.8, automatic fire suppression systems
for certain buildings and areas shall be provided in
accordance with Table 904.9.
Table 904.9
ADDITIONAL REQUIRED SUPPRESSION
SYSTEMS^^^
780 CMR Section
Subject
302.1.1
Specific occupancy areas
402.10; 402.15.2
Covered mall buildings
403.2
High-rise buildings
404.2
Atriums
408.3.1
Public garages
408.4
Fuel-dispensing areas
426.0
Bulk MerchandizingAVarehouse
Occupancies
780 CMR Section
Subject
411.7
Sound stages
412.6
Stages and enclosed platforms
413.4
Special amusement buildings
416.4
HPM facilities
419.3
507.1
1020.3
2806.4
2807.6
2808.4
Paint spray booths and storage
rooms
Open parking structures more than
70 feet in height above the mean
grade (M.G.L. c. 148, § 26A)
Unlimited area buildings
Exit lobbies
Drying rooms
Waste and linen chutes and
termination and incinerator
rooms
Refuse vaults
Note (1) See also M.G.L. c. 143, § 97A, M.G.L. c. 148,
§§ 26A, 26G, 26G'/2, 26H, 261 and M.G.L. c. 148A.
780 CMR 905.0 SUPPRESSION SYSTEM
AGENT COMPATIBILITY
905.1 Ageot compatibility: The extinguishing agent
for each suppression system shall be compatible with
the type of hazard and fire. Each fixed fire
suppression system shall be of an approved type and
shall be designed and installed in accordance with
the requirements of 780 CMR.
905.1.1 Special hazards: In rooms or buildings
containing combustibles (such as aluminum
powder, calcium carbide, calcium phosphide,
metallic sodium and potassium, quick-lime,
magnesium powder or sodium peroxide) that are
incompatible with water as an extinguishing
agent, other extinguishing agents shall be utilized.
780 CMR 906.0 FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM
906.1 Geoeral: Automatic sprinkler systems shall be
approved and shall be designed and installed in
accordance with the provisions of 780 CMR.
906.2 Equipped throughout: Where the provisions
of 780 CMR require that a building or portion
thereof be equipped throughout with an automatic
sprinkler system, the system shall be designed and
installed in accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1,
906.2.2 or 906.2.3.
9/9/05
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
152.1
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGU1.ATI0NS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
152.2 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 9/9/05
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
Exception: Where water as an extinguishing
agent is not compatible with the fire hazard (see
780 CMR 905. 1) or is prohibited by a law, statute
or ordinance, the affected area shall be equipped
with an approved automatic fire suppression
system utilizing a suppression agent that is
compatible with the fire hazard.
906.2.1 NFiPA 13 systems: The system shall be
designed and installed in accordance with NFiPA
13 hsted in Appendix A.
906.2.2 NFiPA 13R systems: In buildings four
stories or less in height, systems designed and
installed in accordance with NFiPA 13R listed in
Appendix A shall be permitted in Use Group I-l
buildings with not more than 16 occupants and in
Use Group R buildings.
906.2.3 NFiPA 13D systems: In Use Group R-3
buildings with at least two-hour fireresistance
rated fire separation assemblieshetwetn dwelling
units, or in Use Group I- 1 buildings with not more
than eight occupants, systems designed and
installed in accordance with NfiPA 13D listed in
Appendix A shall be permitted.
906.3 Design: Design documentation shall be in
accordance with 780 CMR 903.
906.4 Actuation: Water sprinkler systems shall be
automatically actuated unless otherwise specifically
provided for in 780 CMR.
906.5 Sprinkler alarms: Approved audible and
visual alarm devices shall be connected to every
water sprinkler system. Such alarm devices shall be
activated by water flow and shall be located in an
approved location on the exterior of the building and
throughout the building in accordance with the
requirements of NFPA-72 listed in Appendix A.
906.6 Water-control valve identification: All
valves controlling water io fire protection systems
shall be provided with permanently attached
identification tags indicating the valves' function and
what is controlled.
906.7 Sprinkler riser: A sprinkler system riser
which also serves as the wet standpipe riser in
buildings required to have or having both systems,
shall conform to 780 CMR 914.6.
906.8 Signs: Where sprinkler control valves are
located in a separate room or building, a sign shall
be provided on the entrance door. The lettering shall
be at least IVi inches (63.5 mm) in height and shall
otherwise conform to 780 CMR 901 .6 and shall read
"Sprinkler Control Valves."
906.9 Acceptance tests: All sprinkler systems shall
be tested in accordance with the applicable NFPA
9/9/05
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
153
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Standards used for sprinkler system design and
Installation and listed in Appendix A.
906.9.1 Underground connections: Underground
mains and lead-in connections shall be flushed
and tested in accordance with NFiPA 13 and 24
listed in Appendix A.
906.9.2 Hydrostatic test: All sprinkler systems shall
be tested hydrostatically in accordance with the
applicable NFPA Standards listed in Appendix A.
780 CMR 907.0 UMITED AREA SPRINKLER
SYSTEMS
907.1 General: A limited area sprinkler system shall
be of an approved type and shall be installed in
accordance with the provisions of 780 CMR 907.0.
Complete fire protection construction documents
shall be provided. (See 780 CMR 903.0.)
907.2 Where permitted: Where the provisions of
780 CMR require the installation of a fire
suppression system, and a water sprinkler
extinguishing system is used with a limited number
of sprinklers, a limited area sprinkler system that
complies with the requirements of 780 CMR 907.0
is permitted to be installed.
907.2.1 Special occupancy areas: A limited area
sprinkler system shall be permitted within special
occupancy areas as designated in 780 CMR 4 or
within specific occupancy areas as designated in
780 CMR 302.1.1, provided that the area is
enclosed within fire separation assemblies as
required by 780 CMR, and 20 sprinklers or less
are required to protect each separately enclosed
area. Where nonfireresistance rated separation
walls are permitted by Table 302.1.1 to enclose
contiguous specific occupancy areas on one floor,
the areas shall be considered to be one separately
enclosed area for the purposes of determining the
number of sprinklers based on the spacing
limitations of NFPA 13 listed in Appendix A.
907.2.2 Unenclosed floor openings, waste and
linen chutes, and kitchen and hazardous
exhaust systems: A limited area sprinkler system
shall be permitted to protect unenclosed escalator
floor openings that comply with 780 CMR
907.2.2,1, chutes used for waste or linen collec-
tion, commercial kitchen exhaust systems and
duct systems that exhaust hazardous materials.
907.2.2.1 Water curtain: The area of the floor
opening shall not exceed twice the horizontal
projected area of the escalator and the opening
shall not connect more than four stories in
occupancies in other than Use Groups B and M
and the opening shall be protected by a draft
curtain and a closed sprinkler water system
conforming to NfiPA 13 listed in Appendix A.
Note: Relative to escalator floor openings,
also see 780 CMR 713.3.
907.3 Design: Except as otherwise provided for in
780 CMR 907.0, a limited area sprinkler system
shall be designed and installed in accordance with
780 CMR 906.0.
907.4 Actuation: A limited area sprinkler system
shall be automatically actuated.
907.5 Sprinkler alarms: Alarms and alarm
attachments shall be required and shall be located
and installed in accordance with the requirements of
780 CMR 906.5.
907.6 Standpipe connection: The water supply for
the limited area sprinkler system shall be from the
building standpipe system where the building is
equipped with a standpipe system that is sized for a
500-gallon-per-minute (0.032 m Is) minimum flow
and has an automatic water supply (see 780 CMR
914.5).
907.6.1 Domestic supply: Where limited area
sprinkler systems are supplied from the domestic
water system, the domestic water system shall be
designed to support adequately the design flow of
the largest number of sprinklers required to be
hydraulically calculated by NFiPA 13 listed in
Appendix A in any one of the enclosed areas plus
the domestic demand.
907.6.2 Cross connection: The potable water
supply shall be protected against backflow in
accordance with the requirements of the Plumbing
and Gas Code (248 CMR), and the Department of
Envirormiental Protection Regulations, 310 CMR
as listed in Appendix A as well as any cross-
connection protection criteria legally set forth by
the water supplier/purveyor having local
jurisdiction.
907.6.3 Domestic connection: Shutoff valves
shall not be permitted in the suppression system
piping. Water supply shall be controlled by the
riser control valve to the domestic water piping.
Exception: Shutoff valves in the sprinkler
system piping are permitted provided that such
valves are supervised in accordance with
780 CMR 923.0.
907.7 Acceptance tests: All limited area sprinkler
systems shall be tested as stipulated in 780 CMR
906.9.
780 CMR 908.0 WATER-SPRAY FIXED
SYSTEMS
908.1 General; Water-spray fixed systems for fire
suppression shall be of an approved type and shall
be installed in accordance with the provisions of
780 CMR and NFiPA 15 listed in Appendix A. A
water-spray fixed system is a system cormected to a
reliable source of water supply and equipped with
normally open water-spray nozzles for specific
154
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
discharge and distribution over the surface or area to
be protected.
908.2 Design: CompkXt fire protection construction
documents and hydraulic calculations shall be
submitted for review prior to installation. The
submittal shall include nozzle layouts, friction loss,
calculations, water supply data and a detailed layout
of the entire area to be protected. (See 780 CMR
903.0.)
908.3 Actuation: Water-spray systems shall be
automatically actuated and shall be provided with a
manual means of actuation.
908.4 Acceptance tests: All new system piping shall
be flushed and tested in accordance with the
provisions ofNFiPA 15 listed in Appendix A.
780 CMR 909.0 CARBON DIOXIDE
EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS
909.1 General: Carbon dioxide extinguishing
systems shall be of an approved type and shall be
installed in accordance with the provisions of
780 CMR and NFiPA 12 listed in Appendix A. A
carbon dioxide extinguishing system is a system
which supplies COj from a pressurized vessel
through fbced pipes and nozzles.
909.2 Design: The details of the system indicated on
the fire protection construction documents shall
include information and calculations of the amount
of carbon dioxide; the location and flow rate of each
nozzle including equivalent orifice area; and the
location and size of the carbon dioxide storage
facility. Information shall be submitted pertaining to
the location and function of detecting devices,
operating devices, auxiliary equipment and electrical
circuitry, if used. Sufficient information shall be
indicated to identify properly the apparatus and
devices used. Any special features shall be
adequately explained. (See 780 CMR 903.0.)
909.3 Actuation: Carbon dioxide extinguishing
systems shall be automatically actuated and shall be
provided with a manual means of actuation.
909.4 Safety requirements: Where persons will
enter or be trapped in atmospheres made hazardous
by carbon dioxide discharge, warning signs and
discharge alarms shall be provided.
909.5 Acceptance tests: All carbon dioxide
extinguishing systems shall be tested in accordance
with NFiPA 12 listed in Appendix A. A completed
^tem shall be tested for tightness up to the selector
valve, and for continuity of piping with free
unobstructed flow beyond the selector valve. The
labeling of devices with proper designations and
instructions shall be checked. Operational tests shall
be conducted on all devices except cylinder valves
in multicylinder high-pressure systems. Where
conditions prevail that make it difficult to determine
adequately the system requirements or design, a
suitable discharge test and concentration analysis
shall be made.
780 CMR 910.0 DRY-CBEMCAL
EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS,
910.1 General: Dry-chemical extinguishing systems
shall be of an approved type and shall be installed in
accordance with the provisions of 780 CMR and
NFiPA 17 listed in Appendix A. A dry=chemical
extinguishing system is a system consisting of dry
chemical and expellant gas storage tanks, fixed
piping and nozzles used to assure proper distribution
of an approved extinguishing agent to a specific fire
hazard or into an area of potential fire.
910.2 Design: The details of the system indicated on
the fire protection construction documents shall
include su£5cient information and calculations of the
amount of dry chemical; the size, length and
arrangement of connected piping, or piping and
hose; and a description and location of nozzles so
that the adequacy of the system can be determined.
Information shall be submitted pertaining to the
location and function of detecting devices, operating
devices, auxiliary equipment and electrical circuitry,
if used. Sufricient information shall be indicated to
identify properly the apparatus and devices used.
Any special features shall be adequately explained.
(See 780 CMR 903.0.)
910.3 Actuation: Dry-chemical extinguishing
systems shall be automatically actuated and shall be
provided with a manual means of actuation.
910.4 Safety requirements: Where persons will be
exposed to a dry-chemical discharge, warning signs
and discharge alarms shall be provided.
910.5 Acceptance tests: All dry-chemical
extinguishing systems shall be tested in accordance
with NFiPA 17 listed in Appendix A. A completed
system shall be tested by a discharge of expellant
gas through the piping and nozzles. Observations for
gas leakage and for continuity of piping vAth free
unobstructed flow shall be made. Observations shall
be made of the flow of expellant gas through all
nozzles. The labeling of devices with proper
designations and instructions shall be checked. After
testing, all piping and nozzles shall be blown clean
using compressed air or nitrogen, and the system
shall be properly charged and placed in the normal
"set" condition.
910.5,1 Discharge test: All systems shall be
tested by a discharge of expellant gas through the
piping and nozzles with observations being made
of the flow of expellant gas through all nozzles as
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
155
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
well as observing for leakage and continuity of
piping with free unobstructed flow.
910.6 Range hoods: In addition to the requirements
of 780 CMR 910.0 and the applicable NFPA
standards listed in Appendix Ay range hood dry-
chemical systems shall bear the label of an approved
agency.
The system shall be installed in accordance with
the manufacturer's installation instructions. The dry-
chemical agent of the system shall be nontoxic.
780 CMR 911.0 FOAM-EXTINGUISHING
SYSTEMS
911.1 General: Foam-extinguishing systems shall be
of an approved type and shall be installed in
accordance with the provisions of 780 CMR and
NFiPA 11, 11 A and 16 listed in Appendix A. A
foam-extinguishing system is a special system
designed to discharge, either mechanically or
chenucally, a foam made from concentrates, over the
area to be protected.
911.2 Design: The details of the system indicated on
the fire protection construction documents shall
include complete computations show-testing
pressure drop in all system piping, friction loss
calculations of liquid lines and a detailed layout of
the entire hazard area to be protected. Hydraulic
characteristics of foam proportioners and foam
makers as determined by tests shall be supplied by
the manufacturer to the department (including the
range of operating conditions required for the
proposed installation) to permit determination of the
adequacy of the hydraulics of the proposed
protection. (See 780 CMR 903.0.)
911.3 Actuation: A foam-extinguishing system shall
be automatically actuated and shall be provided with
a manual means of actuation.
911.4 Safety requirements: In any proposed use of
a medium- or high-expansion foam where persons
will be exposed to the foam discharge, warning signs
and discharge alarms shall be provided.
91 1.5 Acceptance tests: All foam-extinguishing
systems shall be tested in accordance with NFiPA
11,1 HA and 16 listed in Append A. The system
shall be subjected to a flow test to insure that the
hazard area is fully protected in compliance vnth the
design specifications, and to determine flow
pressures, actual discharge capacity, foam quality,
consumption rate of foam-producing materials.
manpower requirements and other operating
characteristics.
780 cmr 912.0 halogenated
exunguishing systems
912.1 General: Halogenated extinguishing systems
shall be of an approved type and shall be installed in
accordance with the provisions of 780 CMR and
NFiPA 12A and 12B listed in Appendix A. A
halogenated extinguishing system is a system
consisting of pipes, open nozzles and a container of
halogenated agent under pressure.
912.2 Design: The details of the system indicated on
the fire protection construction documents shall
include information and calculations of the amount
of extinguishing agent; the container storage
pressure; the location and flow rate of each nozzle
including equivalent orifice area; the location, size
and equivalent lengths of pipe, fittings and hose; and
the location and size of the storage facility.
Information shall be submitted pertaining to the
location and function of detecting devices, operating
devices, auxiliary equipment and electrical circuitry,
if used. Sufficient information shall be indicated to
identify properly the apparatus and devices used.
Any special features shall be adequately explained.
(See 780 CMR 903.0.)
912.3 Actuation: Halogenated extinguishing
systems shall be automatically actuated and shall
also be provided with a manual means of actuation.
912.4 Safety requirements: Where persons will
enter or be trapped in atmospheres made hazardous
by a halogenated system discharge, warning signs
and discharge alarms shall be provided.
912.5 Acceptance tests: All halogenated
extinguishing systems shall be tested in accordance
with NFiPA 12 A and 12B listed in Appendix A.
completed system shall be tested for tightness up to
the selector valve, and for continuity of piping with
free unobstructed flow beyond the selector valve.
The labeling of devices with proper designations and
instructions shall be checked. Operational tests shall
be conducted on all devices except cylinder valves
in multicylinder systems. Where conditions prevail
that make it dif^cult to determine adequately the
system requirements or design, a suitable discharge
test and concentration analysis shall be made.
156
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDiNG REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
780 CMR 913.0 WET-CHEMICAL RANGE
HOOD EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS
913.1 General: Wet-chemicaJ extinguishing systems
shall be installed in accordance with the provisions
of 780 CMR 913.0, and the BOCA Mechanical Code
and NFiPA 17 A listed in Appendix A. The system
shall bear the label of an approved agency and shall
be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
installation instructions. A wet-chemical system is a
solution of water and potassium-car-bonate-based
chemical, potassium-acetate-based chemical or a
combination thereof which forms the extinguishing
agent.
913.2 Design: The details of the system indicated on
the fire protection construction documents shall
include sufficient information and calculations on
the amount of wet chemical; the size, length and
arrangement of connected piping; and a description
and location of nozzles so that the adequacy of the
system can be determined. Information shall be
submitted pertaining to the location and function of
detecting devices, operating devices, auxiliary
equipment and electrical circuitry, if used. Sufficient
information shall be indicated to identify properly
the apparatus and devices used. Any special features
shall be adequately explained. (See 780 CMR
903.0.)
913.3 ActaatioBi: Wet-chemical extinguishing
systems shall be automatically actuated and shall be
provided with a manual means of actuation.
913.4 Safety requirements: Where persons will be
exposed to a wet-chemical discharge, warning signs
and discharge alarms shall be provided.
913.5 Acceptance tests: All wet-chemical
extinguishing systems shall be tested in accordance
with NFiPA 11 Alist&d in Appendix A. A completed
system shall be tested by discharge of wet chemical
in sufficient amounts to veriiy that the system is
properly installed and functional. Tests shall include
a check of the detection systems, the alarms and the
releasing devices, including manual stations, fuel
and power shutoff devices and other associated
equipment.
913.S.1 Discharge test: AU systems shall be
tested by a discharge of expellant gas through the
piping and nozzles with observations being made
of the flow of expellant gas through all nozzles as
well as observing for leakage and continuity of
piping with free unobstructed flow.
780 CMR' 914.0 STANDPIPE SYSTEMS
914.1 General: Standpipe systems shall be designed,
installed and maintained in accordance with the
provisions of 780 CMR and NFPA-I4 listed in
Appendix A. Where standpipe systems are required
by 780 CMR, such systems shall be automatic wet
systems. Automatic dry and semi-automatic dry
standpipe systems shall be permitted only in areas
subject to freezing. Complete fire protection
construction documents shall be provided. (See
780 CMR 903.0.)
914.2 Where required: Class I standpipe systems
shall be installed where required by 780 CMR
914.2.1 through 914.2.11 and shall be located in
accordance with the provisions of NFPA 14, listed in
Appe?tdixA.
914.2.1 Use Group A: In all buildings or
structures or portions thereof of Use Group A
when:
1 . Two or more stories in height of Use Group
A-1 , A-2, or A-3, and having an occupant load
or more than 300; or;
2. Three or more stories in height regardless
of the area per floor; or;
3. . Having an auditorium seating over 500.
Standpipes shall be located one on each side of
the auditorium in each tier, one in each
mezzanine, one in each tier of dressing rooms,
and protecting each property, store and work
room; or;
4. Having a stage, Standpipes shall be located
on each side of the stage.
Such standpipes shall be not less that 2V2-inch
diameter, equipped with approved IV2 inch hose
station.
914.2.2 Use Group B: In all buildings or
structures or portions thereof of Use Group B
when:
1 . Three or more stories in height, and more
than 3,000 square feet in area per floor; or;
2. Four or more stories in height regardless of
the area per floor.
914.2.3 Use Group E: In buildings or structures
or portions thereof of Use Group E when three or
more stories in height regardless of the area per
floor or when having a stage or auditorium in
accordance with 780 CMR 914.2.1(3) and
914.2.1(4).
914.2.4 Use Group F: hi all buildings or
structures or portions thereof of Use Group F
when:
1. Three or more stories in height, and more
than 3,000 square feet in area per floor, or;
2. Four or more stories in height regardless of
the area per floor.
914.2.5 Use Group H: In all buildings or
structures or portions thereof of Use Group H
when:
1. Three or more stories in height, and more
than 10,000 square feet in area per floor; or;
2. Four or more stories in height, regardless of
the area per floor.
1/19/01
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
157
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
914.2.6 Use Group I: In all buildings or
structures or portions thereof of Use Group I,
three or more stories in height, regardless of the
area per floor.
914.2.7 Use group M: In all buildings or
structures or portions thereof of Use Group M
when:
1 . Three stories or more in height, and more
than 3,000 square feet in area per floor, or;
2. Four or more stories in height regardless of
the area per floor, or;
3. Classified as a covered mall building within
the mall portions (see 780 CMR 4).
4. Classified as a bulk/merchandising
warehouse. (See 780 CMR 4.)
914.2.8 Use Group R-1 and R-2: ]n all buildings
or structures or portions thereof of Use Group R- 1
and R-2 when:
1 . Three or more stories in height and of Use
Group R-1 regardless of the area per floor; or;
2. Three or more stories in height and more
than 10,000 square feet in area per floor, or;
3. Four or more stories in height regardless of
the area per floor.
914.2.9 Use Group S: In all buildings or
structures or portions thereof of Use Group S,
other than public garages which shall conform to
780 CMR 914.2.10 when:
1. Three or more stories in height of Use
Group S-1, and more than 3,000 square feet in
area per floor; or;
2. Three or more stories in height. Use Group
S-2, and more than 10,000 square feet in area
per floor; or;
3. Four or more stories in height of Use
Groups S-1 or S-2 regardless of the area per
floor.
914.2.10 Use Group U: In all buildings or
structures or portions thereof of Use Group U
when:
1 . Three or more stories in height and more
than 10,000 square feet in area per floor; or;
2. Four or more stories in height regardless of
the area per floor.
914.2.11 Public Garages: In all Group I and 11
public garages and open parking structures when:
1. More than 10,000 square feet in area per
floor; or;
2. More than 7,500 square feet in area per
floor and more than one story in height; or;
3. More than 5,000 square feet in area per
floor, and more than two stories in height; or;
4. More than three stories in height; or;
5. Located in buildings where the upper
stories are designed for other uses: or;
6. When located in any story that is more than
50% below grade.
Exception: Standpipe systems can be
"Class I Manual Dry Type" as defined by
NFPA-14 for open parking structures less
than 70' in height.
914.3 Standpipe system piping sizes: The riser
piping, supply piping, and the water service piping
shall be hydraulically sized in accordance with the
provisions of NFPA-14 listed in Appendix A.
Exception: The residual pressure(s) as noted in
NFPA-14 are not required to be maintained in
buildings less than 70 feet in height which are
equipped throughout with an approved automatic
fire suppression system. However the system
shall be designed to acconmiodate the outlet
pressures and water flows in accordance with
NFPA 14 and inlet pressures consistent with local
fire department equipment..
914.4 High-rise buildings: All buildings more than
70 feet in height above the mean grade shall have
each floor supplied by a minimum of two
combination standpipe/sprinkler risers installed in
accordance with the requirements of NFPA-14,
listed in Appendix A.
914.5 Outlets: Standpipe system outlets shall
comply with the provisions for, Class in Systems of
NFPA-14 as listed in Appendix A.
914.6 Acceptance Tests: All Standpipe systems
shall be tested in accordance with NFPA listed in
Appendix A.
914.6.1 Underground Connections:
Underground mains and lead-in connections shall
be flushed and tested in accordance with NFPA 14
and NFPA 24 listed in Appendix A.
914.7 Standpipe system requirements for
buildings under construction or demolition:
914.7.1 General: Standpipes required by 780
CMR 914.7 are to be either temporary or perma-
nent in nature, with or without a water supply,
provided, however, that such standpipes conform
to the requirements of 780 CMR 914.0 as to
number of risers, capacity, outlets and materials.
914.7.2 Buildings under construction or
demolition: Standpipe requirements for buildings
under construction or demolition shall be in
accordance with the provisions of 780 CMR
3305.3 and NFPA 241 as listed in Appendix A.
780 CMR 915.0 FIRE DEPARTMENT
CONNECTIONS
915.1 Required: All required water fire-
extinguishing and standpipe systems shall be
provided with a fire department connection in
accordance with the applicable NFPA standards.
Standpipes in buildings under construction or
158
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
9/9/05
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
demolition shall conform to 780 CMR 3305.3 and
NFPA 241 listed in Appendix A.
Exceptions:
1 . Limited area sprinkler systems supplied from
the domestic water system.
2. Where the local fire department approves a
single connection for large diameter hose of at
least four inches.
3. An automatic sprinkler system with less than
20 sprinklers.
915.2 Connections: Fire department connections
shall be arranged in such a manner that the
attachment to any one water sprinkler connection
will serve all sprinklers, and the attachment to any
one standpipe connection will serve all standpipes
within the building.
915.3 Location: Fire department connections shall
be located and shall be visible on a street front or in
a location approved by the fire department. Such
connections shall be located so that immediate
access is provided to the fire department. Fire
department connections shall not be obstructed by
fences, brushes, trees, walls or any other similar
object.
915.4 Height; Fire department connections shall not
be less than 18 inches (457 mm) and not more than
42 inches (1067 mm) in elevation, measured from
the ground level to the centerline of the inlets.
915.5 Projection: Where the fire department
connection will otherwise project beyond the
property line or into the public way, a flush-type fire
department connection shall be provided.
915.6 Hose thread: Hose thread in the fire
department connection shall be uniform with that
used by the local fire department.
915.7 Fittings: Fire department inlet connections
shall be fitted with check valves, ball drip valves and
plugs with chains or frangible caps.
915.8 Signs: A metal sign with raised letters at least
one inch (25 mm) in height shall be mounted on all
fire department connections serving sprinklers or
standpipes. Such signs shall read "Automatic
Sprinklers" or "Standpipe," or both, as applicable.
780 CMR 916.0 YAM) HYDRANTS/
UNDERGROUND FIRE MAINS
916.1 Fire hydrants: Fire hydrants and underground
fire mains installed on private property shall be
located and installed as directed by the fire
department. Hydrants shall conform to the standards
of the administrative authority of the jurisdiction and
the fire department. Hydrants shall not be installed
on a water main less than six inches in diameter.
Standards of construction shall be in accordance
with NFPA 24 as listed in Appendix A.
780 CMR 917.0 FIRE PROTECIWE
SIGNALING SYSTEMS
( Fire Alanu System )
917.1 General: Fire protective signaling systems
shall be of an approved type and shall be installed in
accordance with the provisions of 780 CMR and
NFPA 72 hsted in Appendix A.
917.2 Fire Protection Construction documents:
Where a fire protective signaling system is required
by 780 CMR, the fire protection construction
documents shall show the location and number of all
alarm-initiating devices and alarm notification
appliances, and shall provide a description of all
equipment to be used, proposed zoning, a list of
auxiliary control functions (i.e., elevator capture),
location of the control panel(s) and annunciator(s),
and a complete sequence of operation for the system.
(Also see 780 CMR 903.0)
917.3 Approval: AJl devices, combinations of
devices, appliances and equipment shall be approved
for the fire protective signaling purpose for which
such equipment is used.
917.4 Where required: A fire protective signaling
system shall be installed and maintained in ftill
operating condition in the locations described in
780 CMR 917.4.1 through 917.4.6.
917.4.1 Use Group A or E: A fire protective
signaling system shall be installed and maintained
in all occupancies in Use Group A or E.
917.4.1.1 Special requirements - A=2 use: hi
addition to the requirements specified in
780 CMR 9 17.4. 1 , for A-2 use occupancies and
where the occupant load is 50 or greater also
refer to 780 CMR 917.8.2.3.
917.4.2 Use Group B: A fire protective signaling
system shall be installed and maintained in all
occupancies in Use Group B where such buildings
have occupied floors which are two or more
stories above the lowest level of exit discharge or
which have floors two or more stories below the
highest level of exit discharge.
917.4.3 Use Group H: A fire protective signaling
system shall be installed and maintained in all
occupancies in Use Groups H.
917.4.4 Use Group I: A fire protective signaling
system shall be installed and maintained in all
occupancies in Use Group I.
917.4.5 Use Group M4: A fire protective
signaling system shall be installed and maintained
in all occupancies in Use Group R-1.
917.4.6 Use Group R-2: A fire protective
signaling system shall be installed and maintained
in all occupancies in Use Group R-2 containing 13
or more dwelling units or where any dwelling unit
is located more than three stories above the
lowest level of exit discharge or more than one
9/9/05
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
159
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
story below the highest level of exit discharge of
exits serving the dwelling unit.
917.5 Location: Manual fire alarm boxes shall be
located not more than five feet (1524 mm) from the
entrance to each exit. Manual fire alarm boxes shall
be located in each story including basements. In
buildings of use group A where a stage is provided,
a manual fire alarm box shall be located next to the
lighting control panel. For fire alarm systems
employing automatic fire detection or water flow
devices, at least one manual fire alarm box shall be
provided to initiate a fire alarm signal. This manual
fire alarm box shall be located where required by the
Head of the Fire department or his or her designee.
Exception:
1 . In buildings of use group A, assembly occu-
pancy, and where approved by the local fire de-
partment, manual fire alarm boxes may be omitted
at exits and any other required locations, but shall
be provided at constantly attended locations such
as ticket booths, refreshment facilities, bars, etc.
Where the building official determines that it is
impractical to have a constantly attended location
in an assembly occupancy other than a theater,
manual fire alarm boxes shall be provided at each
required building exit.
2. Except as provided in 917.5, manual fire alarm
boxes are not required in an occupancy in Use
Group B where the height of the building is 70
feet or less above the lowest level of fire
department vehicle access and the building is
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system, and/or an automatic fire detection system
or combination thereof, in accordance with
780 CMR 906.0 knd 780 CMR 918.0.
917.5.1 Manual fire alarm boxes: The height of
the manual fire alarm boxes shall be a minimum
of 42 inches (1067 mm) and a maximum of 54
inches (1372 nrni) measured vertically, from the
floor level to the activating handle or lever of the
box. Manual fire alarm boxes shall be red in
color. In all occupancies in Use Group 1-3, the
manual fire alarm boxes shall be permitted to be
locked in areas where staff is present whenever
such areas are occupied and keys are readily
available to unlock the boxes, or the boxes shall
be located in a manned staff location which has
direct supervision of the sleeping area.
Exception: Where 521 CMR, Architectural
Access Board regulations apply, manual fire
alarm box height shall be as prescribed in
521 CMR.
917.6 Power supply: The primary and secondary
power supply for the fire protective signaling system
shall be provided in accordance with NFPA 72 listed
in Appendix A.
917.7 Wiring: All wiring shall conform to the
requirements of NFPA 72 and 527 CMR 12.00:
Massachusetts Electrical Code listed in Appendix A.
Wireless systems utilizing radio frequency
transmitting devices shall comply with the special
requirements for supervision of low-power wireless
systems in NFPA 72 listed in Appendix A.
917.7.1 Activation: The alarm notification
appliances shall be automatically activated by all
of the following where provided:
1. Smoke detectors, other than single- and
multiple-station smoke detectors, as required
by 780 CMR 919.0;
2. Sprinkler water-flow devices;
3. Manual fire alarm boxes; and
4 Other approved types of automatic fire
detection devices, extinguishing, or
suppression systems.
Exceptions:
1 . Smoke detectors in an occupancy in Use
Group 1-3 are permitted to actuate an audible
alarm-indicating appliance at a constantly
attended location and are not required to
activate a general alarm.
2. Audible alarms in buildings of Use
Group A with an occupant load greater than
300 persons shall sound only in a constantly
attended receiving station within the
building for purposes of initiating emergen-
cy action. Occupant notification shall be by
means of either voice or prerecorded mes-
sage announcement initiated by the person in
the constantly attended receiving station and
in accordance with 780 CMR 917.9. In
buildings of Use Group A utilizing reduced
lighting levels on a regular basis, lights
providing normal lighting levels shall be
activated simultaneously with the beginning
of the voice or prerecorded message an-
nouncement. Where the building official
determines that it is impractical to have a
constantly attended location in an assembly
occupancy the fire alarm system shall be
arranged to automatically provide
prerecorded evacuation instructions.
3. For mixed use group occupancies that
contain an A use group the use group A area
shall be in accordance with 780 CMR
917.7.1 exception 2.
917.7.1.1 Length of evacuation signal:
Automatic deactivation of audible and visible
alarms shall not be allowed.
Exception: Automatic deactivation of
audible alarms after a period of operation of
15 minutes shall be permitted when ap-
proved by the local fire department. Auto-
matic deactivation of audible alarms shall
only be permitted when the fire alarm system
is supervised in accordance with 780 CMR
923.2 or by an approved auxiliary fire alarm
system in accordance with NFPA 72.
917.7.2 Presignal or positive alarm sequence
system: Presignal or positive alarm sequence
160
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
11/27/98
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
system is installed, 24-hour supervision by trained
personnel shall be provided at a location approved
by the local fire department, in order that the
alarm signal can be actuated in the event of fire or
other emergency.
917.7.3 Zones: Each floor shall be zoned
separately and a zone shall not exceed 20,000
square feet (1860 m^). The length of any zone
shall not exceed 300 feet (91440 nun) in any
direction. A zoning indicator panel and the
associated controls shall be provided in a location
approved by the local fire department. Where
individually addressable alarm initiating devices
are used, a single circuit ( or pathway ) shall not
exceed the above size limitations unless the circuit
is a Class A circuit, and the style and device
loading meets the requirements for proprietary
systems as listed in NFPA 72, Where individually
addressable alarm initiating devices are logically
combined into groups for annunciation purposes,
the above zone size limitations shall apply to the
group. The local fire department shall approve all
zone and point descriptions. The visual zone
indication shall lock in until the system is reset
and shall not be canceled by the operation of an
audible alarm - silencing switch. In buildings that
have floors located more than 70 feet above mean
grade, a separate zone by floor shall be provided
for the following types of alarm-initiating devices
where provided:
1 . Smoke detectors;
2. Sprinkler water-flow devices;
3. Manual fire alarm boxes; and
4. Other approved types of automatic fire
detection devices, extinguishing, or
suppression systems.
Exceptions:
1 . Automatic sprinkler system zones shall not
exceed the area permitted by NFPA 1 3 listed in
Appendix A.
2. Duct type smoke detectors shall be
separately identified with a remote test/
indicator station. The location of the remote
test/indicator shall be approved by the local fire
department.
9/9/05
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
160.1
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
160.2 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 9/9/05
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
917.8 Alarm notification appliances: Alarm
notification appliances of the approved type shall be
provided.
917.8.1 Visible alarms: Visible alarm notification
appliances shall be provided in accordance with
NFPA 72 and 521 CMR in public and common
areas of all buildings and areas of buildings
housing the hearing impaired and where required
by 521 CMR. In occupancies in Use Groups I-l
and R-1, all required accessible sleeping rooms
and suites plus an additional number of sleeping
rooms or suites in accordance with Table 917.8.1
shall be provided with a visible alarm notification
appliance, activated by both the in-room smoke
detector and the building fire protective signaling
system. In hospital intensive care units, special
care units and operating rooms, the audible signal
need not be sounded; however a visual alarm shall
be displayed with an approved device.
917.8.1.1 Visible alarm synchronization:
Where more than one visible signal can be
viewed from one location the visible signals
shall be synchronized.
Table 917.8.1
VISffiLE AND AUDIBLE ALARMS
Number of sleeping
rooms or suites
Sleeping rooms or suites with
visible and audible alarms
6 to 25
26 to 50
1
2
51 to 75
76 to 100
3
4
101 to 150
151 to 200
201 to 300
5
6
7
301 to 400
401 to 500
8
9
501 to 1,000
1.001 and over
20 plus
2% of total
1 for each 100 over
1.000
917.8.2 Audible alarms: Audible alarm
notification appliances shall be provided and shall
sound a distinctive sound which shall not be used
for any purpose other than that of a fire alarm.
The audible alarm notification appliances shall
provide a sound pressure level of 15 dBA above
the average ambient or 5 dBA above the maxi-
mum sound level having a duration of at least 60
seconds ( whichever is greater ) sound level in
every occupied space within the building. The
minimum sound pressure levels shall be: 70 dBA
in occupancies in Use Groups R and I-l ; 90 dBA
in mechanical equipment rooms; and 60 dBA in
all other use groups. The maximum sound
pressure level for audible alarm notification
appliances shall be 120 dBA at the minimum
hearing distance from the audible appliance.
917.8.2.1 All audible evacuation signals shall
have a synchronized three - pulse temporal
pattern in accordance with NFPA 72.
917.8.2.2 A-2 Use - entertainment system
response: The activation of any fire protection
system element (signaling system, detection,
sprinklering, etc.) shall automatically:
1. Cause immediate illumination of all
areas and components of the required means
of egress, and additionally;
2. Cause immediate full activation of all
other house lighting; and
3. Cause immediate stopping of any and all
sounds and visual distractions (public
address systems, entertainment and dance
lighting, music, etc.) that conflict/compete
with the fire protective signaling system.
917.9 Voice/alarm signaling system: A voice/alarm
signaling system shall be provided where required by
other sections of 780 CMR. When activated in
accordance with 780 CMR 917.7.1, the voice/alarm
signaling system shall automatically sound an alert
signal to all occupants within the building on a
general or selective basis to the following terminal
areas: elevators, elevator lobbies, corridors, exit
5tai)-ways, rooms and tenant spaces exceeding 1,000
square feet (93 m^) in area; dwelling units in
occupancies in Use Group R-2; and guestrooms or
suites in occupancies in Use Group R-1. The^ire
command station shall contain controls to transmit
9/9/05
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
161
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
manually an evacuation signal and voice instractions
on a selective and all-call basis to the terminal areas
indicated herein. The voice/alarm system shall be
designed and installed in accordance with the
provisions of 780 CMR, 527 CMR and NFPA 72
listed in Appendix A .
Exceptions:
1 . A distinctive signal in lieu of a voice alarm is
permitted in an occupancy in Use Group F or S.
2. Where the head of the fire department or
his/her designee determines that partial or
selective evacuation is not desired, but rather total
evacuation is required, then a distinctive signal, in
lieu of a voice alarm, is permitted.
917.9.1 The sequence of operation of the voice
alarm signaling system shall be as follows:
1 . Soimd an alert (pre-signal) tone (the alert
tone shall be a 900 hertz tone pulsed to
produce one round of code 4 at approximately
one second intervals.
2. Activate the recorded message regarding
the evacuation procedure. The alarm and com-
mimications system shall provide a pre-record-
ed message to all required areas. The message
shall contain the following information. "
attention please. The signal tone you have just
head indicated a report of an emergency in this
building. If your floor evacuation signal sounds
after this message, walk to the nearest stairway
and leave the floor. While the report is being
verified, occupants on other floors should
await further instructions."
This message shall be transmitted three
times.
A female voice shall be used for this
message.
3. Activate the evacuation signal on the floor
of incident and the next floor above and below
(the evacuation signal shall be in accordance
with 780 CMR 917.8.2.1
917.10 Acceptance tests: Upon completion of the
fire protective signaling system, all alarm
notification devices and circuits, alarm indicating
appliances and circuits, supervisory-signal initiating
devices and circuits, signaling line circuits, and
primary and secondar}' power supplies shall be
subjected to a 100% acceptance test in accordance
with NFPA 72 listed in Appendix A and 780 CMR
903.0.
780 CMR 918.0 AUTOMATIC FIRE
DETECTION SYSTEMS
(FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS)
918,1 General: Automatic fire detection systems
shall be of an approved type and shall be installed in
accordance with the provisions of 780 CMR and
NFPA 72 listed in Appendix A.
918.2 Fire Protection Construction documents:
Where an automatic fire detection system is required
by 780 CMR, the fire protection construction
documents shall show the location and number of all
automatic fire detectors with specifications of the
type of fire detector, proposed zoning and a
complete sequence of operation for the system. The
system shall be installed in accordance with
780 CMR 918.0 and shall be part of and be subject
to the requirements of a fire protective signaling
system specified in 780 CMR 917.0. (Also see
780 CMR 903.0)
918.3 Approval: All devices, combinations of
devices, appliances and equipment shall be approved
for the fire signaling purpose for which such
equipment is used. The automatic fire detectors
shall be smoke detectors, except an approved
alternative type of detector shall be installed in
spaces such as boiler rooms where, during normal
operation, products of combustion are present in
sufficient quantity to actuate a smoke detector.
918.4 Where required: An automatic fire detection
system shall be installed and maintained in fiill
operating condition in the locations described in
780 CMR 918.4.1 through 918.4.7.
918.4.1 Use Group A-4: An automatic fire
detection system shall be installed in all
occupancies of use group A-4.
918.4.2 Use Group E: An automatic fire
detection system shall be installed in all
occupancies of use group E.
918.4.3 Use Group I-l: An automatic fire
detection system shall be installed and maintained -
in all occupancies in Use Group I-l.
918.4.4 Use Group 1-2: An automatic fire
detection system shall be installed and maintained
in all occupancies in Use Group 1-2.
Exception: Occupancies that are equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system
in accordance with 780 CMR 906.0 and that
comply with 780 CMR 409.0.
918.4.5 Use Group 1-3: An automatic fire
detection system shall be installed and maintained
in all resident housing areas of Use Group 1-3.
Smoke detectors shall be arranged and positioned
to prevent damage or tampering provided that the
function and speed of detecting a fure is equivalent
to that provided by the spacing and arrangement
requirements of NFPA 72 listed in Appendix A.
918.4.6 Use Group R-1: An automatic fire
detection system shall be installed and maintained
throughout all occupancies in Use Group R-1 and
in accordance with Table 918.
162
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/20/98 (Effective 3/1/98)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
TABLE 918
RESIDENTIAL FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS
Use
Group
Number
of Units
Unit Occupant
Protection
Other Occupant
Protection
Standby
Power
Manual
Stations
Zoned
Provision for Fire
Department Notification
R-3
lor2
Yes
919.3.2
Note a.
Yes-
919.5
.N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
R-1
3 to 12
Yes
919.3.1
Yes
918.4.6
Yes
917.6
Yes
917.4.5
N.A.
N.A.
R-2
3 to 12
Yes
919.3.2
Yes
918.4.7
. Yes
919.5
Yes
917.4.6
N.A.
N.A.
R-1
1 3 or more
Yes
919.3.1
Yes
918.4.6
Yes
917.6
.Yes
917.4.5
Yes
917.7.3
Yes
923.2
R-2
13 or more
Yes
919.3.2
Yes
918.4.7
Yes
919.5
Yes
917.4.6
Yes
917.7.3
Yes
923.2
Note a: Where common areas exist..
Exceptions:
1. An automatic fire detection system is not
required in buildings that do not have interior
corridors serving guestrooms or dwelling units
and where all guestrooms or dwelling units
have a means of egress door opening directly to
an exterior exit access which leads directly to
the exits.
2. Guest rooms or dwelling units single or
multiple station smoke detectors required by
780 CMR 919.3.1 shall also be annunciated by
guest room or dwelling unit at a constantly
attended location from which the fire protective
signaling system is capable of being manually
activated. Detector annunciation shall be capa-
ble of operation from stand-by battery or be
connected to an emergency electrical system.
System smoke detectors shall be permitted
providing they operate as follows: a. Provide
unit occupant notification; b. Annunciate at a
constantly attended location from which the
fire protective signaling system is capable of
being manually activated; c. Does not automa-
tically activate the building notification appli-
ances; d. Does not automatically activate the
supervision requirements of 780 CMR 923.2;
e. Be capable of operation including the
required annunciation from stand-by battery.
3. A system heat detector shall be required
within each guest room or dwelling unit located
not more than six feet from each door way that
leads to an interior corridor or exit. System
heat detectors shall not be required where the
guestroom or dwelling unit is equipped with
residential sprinklers that when activated will
activate the fire protective signaling system.
918.4.7 Use Group R-2: An automatic fire
detection system shall be installed and maintained
throughout all occupancies in use group R-2 and
in accordance with table 918.
Exceptions:
1. An automatic fire detection system is not
required in buildings that do not have interior
corridors serving guestrooms or dwelling units
and where all guestrooms or dwelling units
have a means of egress door opening directly to
an exterior exit access which leads directly to
the exits.
2. System smoke detectors are not required in
guestrooms or dwelling units.
3. A system heat detector shall be required
within each guest room or dwelling unit located
not more than six feet fi"om each door way that
leads to an interior corridor or exit. System
heat detectors shall not be required where the
guestroom or dwelling unit is equipped with
residential sprinklers that, when activated, will
activate the fire protective signaling system.
918.5 Sprinklered buildings exception: Buildings
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1 or
780 CMR 906.2.2 are not required to be equipped
with an automatic fire detection system, but are re-
quired to beequipped with a fire protective signaling
system that conforms to 780 CMR 917.0. This
exception does not apply to Use Groups I, R- 1 , R-2,
to high-hazard use groups in accordance with
780 CMR 417.5.3, to special amusement buildings
in accordance with 780 CMR 413.0, or to single-sta-
tion smoke detectors as required in 780 CMR 919.3,
Zoning shall be provided in
accordance with 780 CMR 917.7.3.
91S.7 Alarm verification: Alarms activated by
smoke detectors required by 780 CMR 918.0 shall
be activated by a single smoke detector monitored by
an alarm verification zone or an approved equivalent
method.
S>18.8 LocaJ control fiinctions: Automatic fire
detectors utilized for the purpose of performing local
control functions shall be a part of a fire protective
signaling system. The detector shall, upon actuation,
perform the intended function and activate the alarm
notification devices or activate a visible and audible
supervisory signal at a constantly attended location.
Exception: In buildings not required to be
equipped with a fire protective signaling system,
the automatic fire detector shall be powered by
normal electrical service and, upon actuation,
perform the intended function. The detectors shall
be located in accordance with NFPA 72 listed in
Appendix A. This exception does not apply to
smoke detectors required for elevator recall.
11/27/98
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
163
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
918.9 Access: Access shall be provided to each
detector for periodic inspection, maintenance and
testing.
780 CMR 919.0 SINGLE. AND MULTDPtE.
STATION SMOKE DETECTORS
919.1 General: Single- and multiple-station smoke
detectors shall be of an approved type and shall be
installed in accordance with the provisions of
780 CMR and NFPA 72 listed in Appendix A .
919.1.1 A control and associated equipment,
single or multiple station alarm devices or any
combination thereof shall be permitted to be used
as a household fire warning system provided that
the requirements of NFPA 72 Chapter 2 are met.
919.2 Fire Protection Construction documents:
Where single- and multiple station smoke detectors
are required by 780 CMR, the fire protection
construction documents shall show the location and
number with specifications of the type of detector.
(Also see 780 CMR 903.0.)
919.3 Where required: Single and multiple station
smoke detectors or household fire warning systems
shall be installed and maintained in full operating
condition in the locations described in 780 CMR
9 1 9.3 . 1 through 9 1 9.3.3. Any smoke detector located
within 20 feet of a kitchen or within 20 feet of a
bathroom containing a tub or shower shall be a photo
electric type smoke detector.
919.3.1 Use Group R-1: Single and multiple
station smoke detectors or household fire warning
systems shall be installed and maintained. in the
following locations in Use Group R- 1:
1. In all sleeping areas;
2. In every room or hallway in the path of the
means of egress from the sleeping area to the
door leading from the guestroom or suite; and
3. In each story within the guestroom or suite,
including basements.
Exception: For suites or guestrooms or
dwelling unit with split levels and without an
intervening door between the adjacent
levels, a smoke detector installed on the
upper level shall suffice for the adjacent
lower level provided that the lower level is
less than one full story below the upper
level.
919.3.2 Use Groups R-2, R-3, M-4 and R-5:
Single and multiple station smoke detectors or
household fire warning systems shall be installed
and maintained in all occupancies in Use Groups
R-2, R-3, R-4 and R-5 at the following locations:
1. In the immediate vicinity of bedrooms;
2. In all bedrooms; and
3. In each story within a dwelling unit,
including basements.
4. In Residential Units of 1200 sq. ft. or more.
Automatic Fire Detectors, in the form of
Smoke Detectors shall be provided for each
1200 square feet of area or part thereof;
Exceptions:
1. In dwelling units with split levels and
without an intervening door between the
adjacent levels, a smoke detector installed on
the upper level shall suffice for the adjacent
lower level provided that the lower level is
less than one fiill story below the upper
level.
2. In buildings equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system installed in
accordance with 780 CMR 906.2. 1 , 906.2.2
or 906.2.3, smoke detectors are not required
in bedrooms where the bedrooms are
equipped with residential sprinklers.
919.3.3 Use Group M: Single and multiple
station smoke detectors or household fire warning
systems shall be installed and maintained in all
sleeping areas in occupancies in Use Group I- 1.
Exception: Where the building is equipped
throughout with an automatic detection system
in accordance with 780 CMR 918.4.
919.4 Interconnection: Where more than one
detector is required to be installed within an
individual dwelling unit in an occupancy in Use
Group R-2 , R-3 or R4, or within an individual
guestroom or suite in an occupancy in Use Group R-
1, the detectors shall be wired in such a manner that
the actuation of one alarm will actuate all of the
alarms in the individual unit.
919.5 Battery backup: In addition to the required
AC primary power source, required smoke detectors
in occupancies in Use Groups R-2, R-3, R-4, R-5
and I-l shall receive power from a battery when the
AC primary power source is interrupted*
Exception: In buildings equipped throughout with
an automatic sprinkler system installed in
accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1, 906.2.2 or
906.2.3.
919.6 Acceptance testing: When the installation of
the detectors is complete, each detector - and all
interconnecting wiring for multiple-station detectors
shall be subject to a 100% acceptance test in
accordance with NFPA 72 listed in Appendix A
780 CMR 920.0 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
920.1 Approval: Portable fixe extinguishers shall
bear the label of an approved agency, be of ,,an
approved type and be installed in a location visible
and available to the occupants.
164
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
1/19/01
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
920.2 Where required: A portable fire extinguisher
shall be installed in the following locations in
accordance with NFiPA 10 listed in Appendix A:
1 . In all occupancies in Use Group A°l , A-2, A-
3,B,E,I-2,M,R4orH;
2. ■ In all areas containing commercial kitchen
exhaust hood systems;
3. In ail areas where fuel is dispensed;
4. In all areas where & flammable or combustible
liquid is used in the operation of spraying, coating
or dipping;
5. In all occupancies in Use Group 1-3 at staff
locations. Access to portable extinguishers shall
be permitted to be locked;
6. On each completed floor of buildings under
, construction, other than occupancies in Use
Group R-3.
. 7. In any laboratory, shop or other room
occupied for similar purposes; and
8. Where required by the fire prevention code
listed in Appendix A.
780 CMR 921.0 SMOKE CONTROL
SYSTEMS
921.1 General: Smoke control systems required by
780 CMR shall conform to the provisions of
780 CMR 921.0
921.2 Design criteria: The smoke control system
shall be designed to keep the smoke layer interface
above the highest of either the highest unprotected
opening to adjoining spaces, or six feet (1829 mm)
above the highest floor level of exit access open to
the atrium for a period of 20 minutes. The limiting
height for the smoke layer interface for stages shall
be in accordance with 780 CMR 412.3.8.2. The
limiting height of the smoke interface above the
floor of the space required to be provided with
smoke control is Z„ . Provisions shall also be made
to provide for smoke removal from the space at a
rate of not less than two air changes per hour by
means of natural or mechanical ventilation.
921.2.1 Passive system: Active smoke control is
not required where it is shown that the smoke
interface level requirement will be met without
operating smoke exhaust.
92U.1.1 Regular spaces: For spaces with flat
ceilings, a constant horizontal cross-sectional
area above the smoke layer interface, and an
A/I^ ratio between 0.9 and 14, the following
equation shall be used to estimate the height of
the interface at 20 minutes
Z=0.67i?-0.28/f In
where:
I Q'^H"^
Z - Height from floor to the smoke interface
(feet).
t = Time for interface to descent to Z; Use
1,200 seconds.
H= Height of the space required to be
provided with smoke control; floor to flat
ceiling (feet).
Q - Steady state heat release rate; Use 4,400
Btu/sec. where the primary use group is
M, S-1 or F-1. Otherwise use 2,000
Btu/sec.
A - Horizontal cross-sectional area of the
above ceiling space being filled (square
feet). Maximum A to be used shall be: A-
14 if^.
92L2.L2 Irregular spaces: For spaces with
sloped or irregular ceilings, A/H^ ratios outside
the specified range, or varying cross sections,
the filling time shall be determined using
numerical integration from the ceiling to the
critical smoke interface. The following
equations shall be used to determine the rate of
smoke production:
Where the interface level is above the
limiting elevation (zj) use:
V = 17.6QJ^Z^^ + 336Q
Where the interface level is below the
limiting elevation (z, ) use:
V = 16.64Qf^Z
where:
V = The volumetric rate of smoke production
(cubic feet per minute).
Zj = Limiting elevation (ft) = 0.533Qc^^
Qc = The convective portion of the heat
release rate shall be estimated as 70
percent of the total heat release rate, Q.
921.2.2 Meciianocal systems: Where the smoke
filling predicted in 780 CMR 921,2.1 does not
meet the design criteria of 780 CMR 92 L2,
mechanical exhaust shall be provided to maintain
these conditions.
920.2.1 Exhaust quantities: Sufficient
mechanical exhaust shall be provided to
maintain the smoke layer interface at or above
the critical elevation for the 20-minute period.
The volumetric rate of smoke production (V)
shall be determined by the equations in
780 CMR 92L2.L2. If the rate of smoke
exhaust is less than the rate of smoke
production, the minimum exhaust rate to be
supplied for smoke control shall be determined
in accordance with Table 921.2.2.1.
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
165
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Table 921.2.2.1
MINIMUM EXHAUST RATE ADJUSTMENT
FACTOR*
^^0
2/H
Ve/V
0.25
0.35
0.50
0.70
0.85
0.95
0.2
1.12
1.19
1.30
1.55
1.89
2.49
0.3
1.14
1.21
1.35
1.63
2.05
2.78
0.4
1.16
1.24
1.40
1.72
2.24
3.15
0.5
1.17
128
1.45
1.84
2.48
3.57
0.6
1.20
1.32
1.52
2.00
2.78
4.11
0.7
1.23
1.36
1.61
2.20
3.17
4.98
0.8
1.26
1.41
1.71
2.46
?.71
6.25
Note a. Notation:
Z= Design height of smoke layer interface above fire
source.
H- Ceiling height above fire source.
/ = Time for smoke layer interface to descend to Z(with
exhaust) (seconds).
/^■= Value of t in absence of smoke exhaust (see
780 CMR 92 1 2. 1 . 1 or 92 1 .2. 1 .2) (seconds).
V^ = Smoke control exhaust rate (minus any airflow into
the smoke layer other than that fit)m the plume).
V" Volumetric smoke production rate (fi-om the
equations in 780 CMR 92 1.2. 12).
921.23 Operation: The smoke control system
shall be a dedicated system or shall be integrated
with the mechanical ventilation system of the
building. Operation of the smoke control system
shall automatically shut down all systems and
devices which interfere with the effective
operation of the smoke control system. Where the
mechanical ventilation system is designed for
smoke control, the return air shall be moved
directly to the outside without recirculation to
other areas of the building.
921.2.4 Alternative systems: An engineered
design which will achieve the same level of
smoke control as described in 780 CMR 921 is
permitted in lieu of these requirements and
otherwise in conformance with the requirements
of780 CMR 903.2.1.
9213 Smoke removal: Provisions shall be made to
provide ventilation at a rate of at least two air
changes per hour from the space required to be
provided with smoke control. This ventilation shall
be through openable vents, separate mechanical ex«
haust, or through the building mechanical ventilation
system. The exhaust inlets shall be located a mini-
mum of six feet (1829 nun) above any exit access
walkway and above any openings into adjoining
spaces. The smoke removal system shall be activated
by manual controls provided for fire department use
unless it is part of the smoke control system.
921.4 Activation: The smoke control system shall
be activated by actuation of the following:
/. Automatic sprinkler system;
2. Smoke detectors required by 780 CMR 921
that comply with NFPA 72 listed in Appendix A;
and
3. Manual controls provided for fire department
use.
Note: The smoke control system shall not be
activated by a manual fire alarm system.
921.4.1 Manual control: Manual controls shall
be provided at a location approved by the fire
department.
921.4.2 Smoke detector activation: Where the
height of the ceiling of the space required to be
provided with smoke control exceeds 30 feet
(9144 mm) above the floor of the space, approved
smoke detectors shall be provided to detect smoke
above the highest floor open to an atrium or at the
highest point of another space required to be
provided with smoke control. The installation of
smoke detectors shall comply with 780 CMR
918.0.
921.5 Standby power: All equipment required to
provide smoke control in floor openings connecting
three or more stories and stage areas in accordance
with 780 CMR 412.3.8.2 shall be equipped with a
standby source of power that complies with
527 CMR 12.00 as listed in Appendix A.
921.6 Acceptance: Any required smoke control
design that requires operation of mechanical
equipment shall be functionally tested in accordance
with 780 CMR 921.6.2 until proper operation of all
required mechanical equipment and controls is
demonstrated.
921.6.1 System operation report: Prior to
acceptance testing, a report of the required system
operations shall be provided to the code official.
(NOTE: also see 780 CMR 903. 1. 1.1. a., b. and c.
The following items shall be included in the
report if part of the required system:
1. Identify type(s) of smoke control activation
signal(s), such as sprinkler waterflow, smoke
detection, manual, etc., and associated smoke
control system operation(s) that are activated
by the signals.
2. Identify building area(s) where maximum
mechanical exhaust to the outside is
implemented and supply air is not provided.
3 . Identify building area(s) where maximum
air supply is unplemented and exhaust to the
outside is not provided.
4. Identify fan(s) which shall be "On" as
required to implement the smoke control
system. If multiple speed fans are used, the
capacity at which the fans shall operate in the
smoke control mode shall be identified.
5. Identify fan(s) which shall be "Off" as re-
quired to implement the smoke control system.
6. Identify damper(s) which shall be "Open"
to implement the smoke control system.
7. Identify damper(s) which shall be "Closed"
to implement the smoke control system.
166
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
8. Identify other functions required to
implement the smoke control system.
9. Identify building areas with smoke and
heat vents and method of operation of vents.
1 0. If required, identify the type(s) of standby
power and the equipment that is served.
921.6.2 Testing procedures: The acceptance test
procedure shall be approved. Acceptance testing
shall be conducted in the presence of the Building
ofBcial and fure official or their designees or shall
include documentation indicating that all mechanical
equipment, control sequences, devices and
components have been operationally tested and are
functioning properly in accordance with the system
operation report. Such documentation provided by
a registered professional engineer or other legally
recognized professional (M.G.L. c. 1 12, § 81R). All
documentation from operational testing shall be
available for inspection. Acceptance testing shall
include the following:
1 . Prior to beginning acceptance testing, all
building smoke control equipment shall be
placed m the normal operating mode.
2. Acceptance testing shall demonstrate that
each initiating device, fan, damper and other
required equipment is operational and performs
to the limits and capacity required.
3. Acceptance testing shall demonstrate that
correct control outputs are produced for a
given control input for each control sequence
specified by the system operation report.
4. If standby power is required for the
operation of the smoke control system,
acceptance tests shall be conducted while on
both normal building power and standby
power.
5. Opening of smoke/heat vents shall be
demonstrated if the vent is capable of being
opened in a manner that does not require
destructive testing.
921.7 Elevators: Except when otherwise required
by 524 CMR, where buildings are equipped with a
mechanical smoke control system that will restrict
smoke and hot gases from entering the elevator shaft
in the fire floor, hoistway venting is not required. In
high-rise buildings equipped with this system and
equipped throughout with an automatic fire
suppression system, the one-hour fireresistance rated
elevator lobby as specified in 780 CMR 403.8 is not
required.
780 CMR 9210 SMOKE AND HEAT VENTS
922.1 Geneiral: Where exit access travel distance is
increased in accordance with '780 CMR 1006.5.1,
smoke and heat vents shall be constructed and
installed in accordance with 780 CMR 922.0.
922.2 Vent size and spacing: The vent area and the
spacing of the vents shall comply with Table 922.2.
922JZ.1 Releasing devices: Smoke and heat vents
shall open automatically by activation of a heat-
responsive device rated at lOO'F (SS-'C) to 220"?
(104°C) above ambient The rdeasmg mechanism
shall be capable of operation such that the vent
shall fully open when the vent is exposed to a
time-temperature gradient that reaches an air
temperature of 500°F (260'C) within five
minutes. Vents shall be capable of being opened
by an approved manual operation.
9223 Cuartain board constniction: Curtain boards
shall be provided to subdivide a vented building.
Curtain boards shall be constructed of material that
will resist the passage of smoke and is consistent
with the building type of construction. Curtain board
location and depth shall comply with Table 922.2.
The bottom of the curtain board shall be level.
Tabk 922.2
SMOKE AND HEAT VENT SIZE AND
SPACING^
Use
Group
Hazard
classsification of
contents
Vent hei^t
above the
floor,//
(feet)
Minimum
curtain board
depth from
vent bottom
(feet)
Maximum
area formed
bycurtab
boards
(square feet)
Vent area to
floor area
ratio
Maximum
spacing of
vent centers
(feet)
Maximum
distance
from wall of
curtain
boards (feet)
Maximum
distance
between
curtain
boards
F-1
=
-
0.2XH
buta4
50,000
1:100
120
60
8XH
but s250 feet
S-I
I through IV
20 or less
6
10.000
1:100
100
60
8XH
S-I
I through IV
Over 20 to
40
6
8,000
1:75
100
55
8XH
but i250 feet
S-1
I through IV
20 or less
4
3,000
1:75
100
55
8XH
S-l
1 through IV
Over 20 to
40
4
3,000
1:50
100
50
8XH
but i250 feet
S-1
V
20 or less
6
6,000
1:50
100
50
8XH
S-l
V
Over 20 to
30
6
6,000
1:40
90
45
8XH
SA
V
'30 or more
4
2,000
1:30
75
40
8XH
but^OO.feet
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
167
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Note a. See NFiPA 23 1 C listed m Appendix A for classification of Contents Class I through IV Class V commodities
are products that present special fire hazards beyond those of Class I, II, 111 or IV, such as aerosols, foam plastic, PVC,
PU, PS and asphalt paper.
Note b. 1 foot = 304.8 mm; 1 square foot = 0.093 m .
780 CMR 923.0 SUPERVISION
923.1 Fire suppression systems: All automatic
fire suppression systems required by 780 CMR shall
be supervised by one of the following methods
below.
1 . AUL listed or FM approved Central Station
Service in accordance with NFPA 72 listed in
Appendix A,
2. a* Approved proprietary supervising station
system, in accordance with NFPA 72 in
accordance with NFPA 72 as listed in
Appendic A.
hi AippTOvedTemois station fire alarm system
supervising station in accordance with NFPA
72 as listed in Appendix A.
3. Alarm signals to an approved Auxiliary Fire
Alarm System in accordance with NFPA 72, with
supervisory signals supervised by one or two
above or at a constantly attended location
approved by the local fire department, having
personnel on duty trained to recognize the type of
signal received and to take prescribed action. This
shall be permitted to be a location different from
that at which alarm signals are received.
Exceptions:
1. Undergroimd gate valves with roadway
boxes.
2. Halogenated extinguishing systems that are
not an integral part of a required automatic fire
suppression system.
3. Carbon dioxide extinguishing systems that
are not an integral part of a required automatic
fire suppression system.
4. Dry- and wet-chemical extinguishing
systems.
5. Limited area sprinkler systems (see
780 CMR 907.0).
6. Occupancies in Use Group R complying
with 780 CMR 906.2.2 and supervised in
accordance with NFPA 13R listed in
Appendix A.
923.1.1 Re-transmission of alarm signals
received by central stations: In all cases, central
stations shall re-transmit alarm signals within 90
seconds of receipt, to the fire department having
jurisdiction.
923.2 Fire protective signaling systems and
automatic fire detection systems: All fire
protective signaling systems and automatic fire
detection systems required by 780 CMR shall be
supervised by one of the following methods below:
1 . AUL listed or FM approved Central Station
Service in accordance with NFPA 72 listed in
Appendix A.
2. a. Approved proprietary supervising station
system, in accordance with NFPA 72 in
accordance with NFPA 72 as listed in
Appendic A.
b. Approved remote station fire alarm system
supervising station in accordance with NFPA
72 as listed in Appendix A.
3. Alarm signals to an approved Auxiliary Fire
Alarm System in accordance with NFPA 72, with
supervisory signals supervised by one or two
above or at a constantly attended location
approved by the local fire department, having
personnel on duty trained to recognize the type of
signal received and to take prescribed action. This
shall be permitted to be a location different from
that at which alarm signals are received.
Exceptions:
1. For use group R see table 918
2. Single- and multiple-station detectors as
required by 780 CMR 919.0.
3. Smoke detectors m occupancies in Use
Group 1-3 (see 780 CMR 917.7.1).
4. Smoke detectors in patient sleeping rooms
in occupancies in Use Group 1-2 (see
780 CMR 409.5.1).
5. Fire protective signaling systems in
occupancies in Use Groups H.
923.2.1 Re-transmission of alarm signals
received by central stations: In all cases, central
stations shall re-transmit alarm signals within 90
seconds of receipt, to the fire department having
jurisdiction.
780 CMR 924.0 FIRE PUMPS
924.1 General: Where fire pumps are required to be
installed as part of a required or non-required
system(s)„ the fire pump(s) shall be designed and
installed in accordance with 527 CMR 12.00 and
NFPA 20 as listed in Appendix A.
924.2 Rooms: Fire pumps and all related equipment
shall be located in a dedicated room meeting the
physical and environmental features of NFPA 20
listed in Appendix A, and enclosed with not less
than two hours fire resistive construction. Fire
pumps rooms shall have either direct access to the
room fi'om grade or access by a two hour rated
passageway and shall be properly secured from
unauthorized entry.
9243 Emergency power: All fire pumps shall be
provided with emergency power when installed in
the following types of buildings or use groups.
Emergency power equipment installation shall
168
780 CMR -Sixth Edition
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
conform to 527 CMR 12.00 and NFPA 20 as listed 3. Buildings and structures of Use Group E, with
in Appendix A. a total occupant load of more than 300 occupants.
1. High-rise buildings as defined by M.G.L. 4. Buildings and structures of Use Group H.
c. 148 § 26A and 780 CMR. 5. Buildings and structures of Use Group I,
2. Buildings and structures of Use Group A, with having surgery or treatment areas,
a total occupant load of more than 300 occupants.
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97) 780 CMR = Sixth Edition
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGUl-ATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
170 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
CHAPTER 10
MEANS OF EGRESS
780 CMR lOOLO GENERAL
1001.1 Scope: The provisions of 780 CMR 10 shall
control the design, construction and arrangement of
building elements required to provide a reasonably
safe means of egress from all structures.
1001o2 ModiOcation of egress reqolremmts:
Where strict compliance with the provisions of
780 CMR is not practical, the code official shall
approve alternative means of egress which will
accomplish the same purpose, by the procedure
established in 780 CMR 1 for modification of
780 CMR, or by adoption of approved rules.
1001 J Mlroimum requiremesits: It shall be
unlawjful to alter any building or structure in any
manner that will reduce the number of exits or the
capacity of exits below the requirements of
780 CMR for new buildings of the proposed
occupancy.
780 CMR 10010 DEFimiONS
l§02ol G€n£ral: The following words and terms
shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR 10 and as used
elsewhere in 780 CMR, have the meanings shown
herein.
Aisle accessway: That portion of an exit access
which provides a path of travel to an aisle (see
780 CMR 1012 0^ .
780 CMR 1012.0).
ASiernaiing tread stairway: A stair that has a series
of steps between 50" and 70* (0.87 and 1.22 rad)
from horizontal, usually attached to a center
support rail in an alternating manner so that the
user of the stairs never has both feet on the same
level at the same time (see 780 CMR 1014.6.6).
Bleachers: A grandstand where the seats are not
provided with backrests (see 780 CMR 1013.0.)
C&ntmanpoA b/ travel: That portion of exit access
which the occupants are required to traverse
before two separate and distinct paths of travel to
two exits are available. Paths that merge are
common paths of travel. A common path of travel
is measured the same as travel distance but
terminates at that point where two separate and
distinct routes become available (see 780 CMR
1011.2.1).
Cmridor: An enclosed passageway which limits the
means of egress to a smgle path of travel (see
780 CMR lOI 1.0).
Exit. That portion of a means of egress which is
separated from all other spaces of a building or
structure by construction and opening protectives
as required for exits to provide a protected way of
travel to the exit discharge (see 780 CMR
1006.0). Exits include exterior exit doors, exit
stairways (see 780 CMR 1014.0 and 1015.0), exit
passageways (see 780 CMR 1020.0) and
horizontal exits (see 780 CMR 1019.0).
Exk access: Exit access is that portion of a means of
egress which leads to an entrance to an exit (see
780 CMR 101 1.0).
Ems discharge: That portion of a means of egress
between the termination of an exit and a public
way (see 780 CMR 1006.3).
Exit discharge, level of. The horizontal plane
located by the point at which an exit terminates
and an exit discharge begins (see 780 CMR
1006.3.1).
Exit, honwsttai: A way of passage from one
building to an area of refuge in another building
on approximately the same level, or a way of
passage through or around a wall or partition to an
area of refuge on approximately the same level in
the same building, which affords safety from fire
or smoke from the area of incidence and areas
communicating therewith (see 780 CMR 1019.0).
Fhmr area, gross: Gross floor area shall be the floor
area within the perimeter of the outside walls of
the building under consideration, vidthout
deduction for hallways, stairs, closets, thickness
of walls, columns or other features (see 780 CMR
1008.0).
Floor area, net: To determine the number of
persons for whom exits are to be provided, the net
floor area shall be the actual occupied area and
shall not include unoccupied accessory areas or
thickness of walls (see 780 CMR 1008.0).
Grade haMway, grade lobby, grade passageway: An
enclosed hallway or corridor that is an element of
Sin exit, and terminates at a street or an open space
or court communicating with a street (see
780 CMR 1020.0).
Grmtdstamd: A structure providing tiered or stepped
seating (see 780 CMR 1013.0).
Mes&dis of egress: A continuous and unobstructed
path of travel from any point in a building or
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 CMR - Skth Edition
171
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUE.DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
structure to a public way. A means of egress
consists of three separate and distinct parts: the
exit access, the exit; and the exit discharge. A
means of egress comprises the vertical aiid
horizontal means of travel and shall include
intervening room spaces, doors, hallways,
corridors, passageways, balconies, ramps, stairs,
enclosures, lobbies, horizontal exits, courts and
yards (see 780 CMR 1006.0).
Occupant load: The total number of persons that
are permitted to occupy a building or portion
thereof at any one time (see 780 CMR 1008.0).
Public way. Any street, alley or other parcel of land
open to the outside air leading to a public street,
which has been deeded, dedicated or otherwise
permanently appropriated to the public for public
use and which has a clear width and height of not
less than ten feet (3048 mm).
Slidescape: A straight or spiral chute, erected on the
interior or exterior of a building, which is
designed as a means of egress direct to a street or
othtr public way (see 780 CMR 1026.0).
Smokeproof enclosure. An enclosed stairway, with
access from the floor area of the building either
through outside balconies or ventilated vestibules,
opening on a street, yard or open court; and with
a separately enclosed direct exit to the street at the
grade floor (see 780 CMR 1015.0).
Stairway: One or more flights of stairs, and the
necessary landings and platforms connecting
them, to form a continuous and uninterrupted
passage from one floor to another (see 780 CMR
1014.0).
Winder: A step in a winding stairway (see
780 CMR 1014.6.3).
780 CMR 1003.0 CONCTRUCTION
DOCUMENTS
1003.1 Arrangement of egress: The construction
documents shall show in sufficient detail the
location, construction, size and character of all exits,
together with the arrangement of aisles, corridors,
passageways and hallways leading thereto in
compliance with the provisions of 780 CMR.
1003.2 Number of occupants: In other than
occupancies in Use Groups R-2, R-3 and I-l, the
construction documents and the application for a
permit shall designate the number of occupants to be
accommodated on every floor, and in all rooms and
spaces as required by the code official. Unless
otherwise specified, the minimum number of
occupants to be accommodated by the exits shall be
determined by the occupant load prescribed in
780 CMR 1008.0. The posted occupant load of the
building shall be limited to that number. The fire
prevention code official shall be informed in writing
of the calculated occupant load.
1003.3 Posted occupant load: Every assembly
room or space in an assembly occupancy shall have
the approved occupant load of the room or space
posted in a conspicuous place, near the main
entrance to the room or space. Rooms or spaces
which have multiple-use capabilities shall be posted
for all such occupancies. All posted signs shall be of
an approved legible permanent design.
780 CMR 1004.0 USE GROUP AND
OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS
1004.1 New buildings: Every building and
structure, and part thereof, hereafter erected shall
have the prescribed number of exits of one or more
of the approved types defined in 780 CMR 10.
Exits, in combination with the exit access and exit
discharge, shall provide safe and continuous means
of egress to a street or to an open space with direct
access to a street.
1004.2 Hazardous Means of Egress:
1004.2.1 Exit Order/Hazardous Means of
Egress: In any existing building or structure not
provided with exit facilities as herein prescribed
for new buildings and in which the exits are
deemed hazardous or dangerous to life and limb,
the building official shall declare such building
dangerous and unsafe in accordance with the
provisions of 780 CMR 121.0.
1004.2.2 Appeal from exit order: Any person
served with any order pursuant to 780 CMR
3400.5 shall have the remedy prescribed in
780 CMR 121.
1004.3 Multiple occupancies: Where a building is
occupied by two or more occupancies, the means of
egress requirements shall apply to each portion of
the building based on the occupancy of space.
1004.4 Multiple tenants: Where more than one
tenant occupies any one floor of a building or
structure, each tenant shall be provided with direct
access to approved exits.
780 CMR 1005.0 GENERAL UMTTATIONS
1005.1 Exits: An exit shall not be utilized for any
purpose that interferes with its fiinction as a means
of egress.
1005.2 Floor openings: Manholes or floor access
panels which reduce the clearance to less than 32
inches (813 mm) shall not be located in the line of
means of egress.
172
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BmLDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
MEANS OF EGRESS
1005.3 Protruding objects: A minimum headroom
of 80 inches (2032 mm) shall be provided for any
walking surface, including walks, halls, corridors,
aisles and passageways. Structural elements,
fixtures or furnishings shall not project from either
side more than four inches (102 mm) over any
walking surface between the heights of 27 (686 mm)
and 80 inches (2032 mm) above the walking surface.
A free-standing object mounted on a post(s) or
pylon(s) shall not overhang that post(s) or pylon(s)
more than 12 inches (305 mm) where the lowest
point of the leading edge is more than 27 inches (686
mm) and less than 80 inches (2032 mm) above the
walking surface. Door closers and stops shall not
reduce headroom to less than 78 inches (1981 mm).
1005.4 Floor surface: All floors of corridors and
lines of means of egress shall have a slip-resistant
surface.
1005.5 Open=sided floor areas: Guards shall be
located along open-sided walking surfaces,
mezzanines and landings which are located more
than 30 inches (762 mm) above the floor or grade
below. The guards shall be constructed in
accordance with 780 CMR 1021.0.
Exception: Guards are not required on the
loading side of loading docks and the auditorium
side of stages and raised platforms.
1005.6 Elevation change: Where changes in
elevation exist in exit access corridors, exits or exit
discharge, ramps shall be used where the difference
in elevation is less than 12 inches (305 mm).
Exception: A maximum step height of eight
inches (203 mm) shall be permitted for buildings
with occupancies in Use Groups F, H, R and S at
exterior doors not required to be accessible by
521 CMR, the Rules and Regulations of the
Architectural Access Board, referenced in
780 CMR 11, and listed in Appendix A.
1005.7 Egress elements for air movement: Exits
and exit access corridors shall not be used as supply
or return air ducts or plenums.
Exceptions:
1. The restriction on the use of the space
between the corridor ceiling and the floor or
roof structure above as a return air plenum
shall not apply where the corridor is not
required to be of fireresistance rated
construction or is separated from the plenum by
fireresistance rated construction or is located
within a dwelling unit.
2. This restriction shall not apply to exit
access corridors located within tenant spaces
that are 1,000 square feet (92 m* ) or less in
area.
780 CMR 1006.0 TYPES AND LOCATION
OF MEANS OF EGRESS
1006.1 General: All approved means of egress,
including doorways, passageways, corridors, interior
stairways, exterior stairways, smokeproof
enclosures, ramps, horizontal exits, bridges,
balconies, fire escapes and combinations thereof,
shall be arranged and constructed as provided for in
780 CMR.
1006.2 Arrangement: All required exits shall be so
located as to be discemable with unobstructed access
thereto,
1006.2.1 Egress through adjoining spaces:
Egress from a room or space shall not open into
an adjoining or intervening room or area, except
where such adjoining room or area is accessory to
the area served, is not a high-hazard occupancy
and provides a direct means of egress to an exit.
A maximum of one exit access shall be permitted
to pass through a kitchen, storeroom, restroom,
closet or similar space provided that passage
through such space is not the only means of access
to an exit. An exit access shall not pass through a
room subject to locking. Means of egress from
dwelling units, rooming units, guestrooms and
dormitory units shall not lead through other such
units, or through toilet rooms or bathrooms.
.2.2 Assembly buildings: All buildings
occupied for assembly purposes shall front on at
least one street on which the main entrance and
exit discharge shall be located. Where there is a
single main entrance, the entrance shall be capable
of serving as the main exit and shall provide an
egress capacity for at least one-half of the total
occupant load. In addition to having access to a
main exit, each level of an occupancy in Use
Group A shall be provided with additional exits
which shall provide a means of egress capacity for
at least one-half of the total occupant load served
by that level.
1006.2.2.1 Assembly A-2 minimum main
entrance/exit door size: The main entrance/
exit door shall be a minimum 72 inches
(nominal) width. This main entrance/ exit door
shall consist of a pair of side-hinged swinging
type doors without a center mullion and shall
be equipped with panic hardware - also see
780 CMR 1011.3.
1006.2.3 Skating rinks: Places of assembly used
for skating rinks shall not be located below the
floor nearest grade.
1006.2.4 Foyers and waiting spaces: The term
"foyer" shall mean an enclosed space surrounding,
or in the rear of, the auditorium of a theater or
other place of assembly which is completely
separated from the auditorium and is used as an
assembly or waiting space for the occupants. In
9/9/05 (Effective 8/26/05)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
173
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Use Group A-1, a foyer, waiting space or lobby
shall be provided with a net floor area, exclusive
of stairs or landings, of not less than Wi square
feet (0.14 m^) for each occupant having access
thereto. The use of foyers and lobbies and other
available spaces for harboring occupants until
seats become available shall not encroach upon
the clear floor area herein prescribed or upon the
required clear width of front exits.
1006.2.4.1 Egress: Where the foyer is not
directly connected to the public street through
the main lobby, an unobstructed corridor or
passage shall be provided which leads to, and
equals the required minimum width of, main
entrances and exits. A mirror shall not be
placed so as to give the appearance of a
doorway, exit or passageway.
1006.2.4.2 Gradient: The rear foyer shall be
at the same level as the back of the auditorium
and the means of egress leading therefrom shall
not have a steeper gradient than one unit
vertical in eight units horizontal (1:8).
1006.2.4.3 Construction: In occupancies in
Use Group A-1, other than motion picture
theaters, thefire separation assemblies separa-
ting the foyer from the auditorium and other
adjoining rooms and spaces shall be con-
structed with not less than a two-hour fire-
resistance rating. Where opening protectives
are constructed of noncombustible materials, a
fireresistance rating of the opening protectives
is not required.
1006.3 Exit Discharge: All exits shall discharge
directly at a public M>ay or at a yard, court or open
space of the required width and size to provide all
occupants with a safe access to a public way.
1006.3.1 Level of exit discharge protection: In
all buildings having habitable or occupiable
stories ox basements below grade, the floor/ceiling
assemblies and supports which are constructed
below the level of exit discharge shall provide a
fireresistance rating of not less than one hour.
Exceptions:
1 . Occupancies in Use Group R-3.
2. Buildings of Type 1 construction.
3. Where floor/ceiling assemblies and supports
are constructed of Type 4 construction.
4. Where the floor areas below the level of
exit discharge are equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
780 CMR 906.2.1 or 906.2.2.
5. Occupiable stories or basements below
grade which have exits that discharge directly
to grade.
1006.4 Remote location: Wherever more than one
exit is required from any room, space or floor of a
building, such exits shall be placed as remote from
each other as practicable, and shall be arranged and
constructed to provide direct access in separate
directions from any point in the area served so as to
minimize the possibihty that both exits will be
blocked by any one fire or other emergency
condition.
1006.4.1 Remoteness: Where two exits or two
exit access doors are required, each shall be
placed a distance apart equal to not less than one-
half of the length of the maximum overall
diagonal dimension of the building or area to be
served. Where exit enclosures are provided as a
portion of the required means of egress and are
interconnected by a corridor conforming to the
requirements for corridor construction, the exit
separation distance shall be measured along the
line of travel within the corridor. In all other
cases, the separation distance shall be measured in
a straight line between exits or exit access doors.
Exception: In buildings equipped throughout
with an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with 780 OvTR 906.2. 1 or 906.2.2,
the minimum separation distance shall be 14 of
the length of the maximum overall diagonal
dimension.
1006.4.1.1 Three or more: Where three or
more exits or exit access doors are required, at
least two exits or exit access doors shall be
separated as provided for in 780 CMR
1006.4.1..
1006.5 Length of travel: All exits shall be so
located that the maximum length of exit access
travel, measured from the most remote point to an
approved exit along the natural and unobstructed line
of travel, shall not exceed the distances given in
Table 1006.5.
Table 1006.5
LENGTH OF EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL^
Without
With
Use Group
sprinkler system
sprinkler system
(feetf
(feet)''
A,B,E,F-1.M,M, R,
200
250
S-1
F-2, S-2
300
400
H-1
25
75
H-2
50
100
H-3
100
150
H-4
125
175
1-2, 1-3
150
200
Note a. See the following sections for modification to
travel distance requirements.
780 CMR 402.5.1; For the exit access travel distance
in malls.
780 CMR 404.7; For the exit access travel distance
limitadon through an atrium space.
780 CMR 416.6; For the exit access travel distance
limitation in HPM use facilities.
780 CMR 1006.5.1: For increased limitadon in Use
Groups F-1 and S-1.
174
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
9/9/05 (Effective 8/26/05)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
MEANS OF EGRESS
780 CMR 1006.5.2: For increased limitation in Use Note b. Buildings equipped throughout with an
Group A-5 . automatic sprinkler system in accordance with 780 CMR
780 CMR 1010.3: For buildings with one exit. 906.2.1 or 906.2.2.
780 CMR 3104.9: For the exit access travel distance Note c. 1 foot = 304.8 mm.
limitation in temporary structures.
9/9/05 (Effective 8/26/05) 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 174.1
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
174.2 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 9/9/05 (Effective 8/26/05)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
MEANS OF EGRESS
1006.5ol Roof V€Et iMcrease: In buildings which
are one story in height, equipped with automatic
heat and smoke roof vents complying with
780 CMR 922.0 and equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
780 CMR 906.2.1, the exit access travel distance
lunitation in Table 1006.5 for occupancies in Use
Group F=l or 8=1 shall be increased to 400 feet
(122 m).
1006.S,2 Use Group A-5: Occupancies in Use
Group A-5, where all portions of the means of
egress are essentially open to the outside, shall
have an exit access travel distance of not more
than 400 feet (122 m), except that such
occupancies in buildings and structures of Type 1
or 2 construction shall not have an exit access
travel distance limitation.
1006.6 Elevators, escalators and moviEg walks:
Elevators, escalators and moving walks shall not be
accepted as a required element of the means of
egress.
Exceptioo: An elevator conforming to 780 CMR
S 007.3 shall be permitted for an accessible means
of egress.
1006o7 Common path of travel: The common path
of exit access travel distance for occupants to reach
a point where two separate and distinct paths of
travel are available to two exits shall not exceed 100
feet (30480 mm) in occupancies in Use Group 1-3.
78© CMR 1007,0 ACCESSIBLE MEANS
OF EGRESS
1007.1 General: All spaces required to be
accessible by 521 CMR, the Rules and Regulations
of the Architectural Access Boards referenced in
780 CMR n, and listed in Appendix A shall be
provided with not less than one accessible means of
egress that complies with 780 CMR 1007.0. Where
more than one means of egress is required from any
required accessible space, each accessible portion of
the space shall be served by not less than two
accessible means of egress. Each accessible means
of egress shall provide a continuous path of travel
from a required accessible space to a public way
which is usable by a mobility impaired person and
shall include accessible routes, ramps, exit
stairways, elevators, horizontal exits or smoke
barriers.
1007.2 Exit stairways: An exit stairway to be
considered part of an accessible means of egress
shall have a clear v^dth of at least 48 inches (1219
mm) between handrails and shall either incorporate
an area of refuge mHun an enlarged story-level
ianding or shall be accessed from an area of refuge
complying with 780 CMR 1007.5 or a horizontal
exit.
Exseptmns:
1. Stairs serving a single dwelling unit or
guestroom.
2. Occupancies equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
780 CMR 906.2.1.
3. The clear width of 48 inches (1219 mm)
between handrails is not required for exit
stairways accessed from a horizontal exit.
1007.3 Elevators: An elevator, to be considered
part of an accessible means of egress, shall comply
with 524 CMR and standby power shall be provided
in accordance with 527 CMR 12.00 as listed in
Appendix A. The elevator shall be accessed from an
area of refuge complying with 780 CMR 1007.5 or
a horizontal exit. In buildings where a required
accessible floor is four or more stories above or
below a level of exit discharge serving that floor, at
least one elevator shall be provided and shall serve
as one required accessible means of egress.
Exceptions:
L In buildings equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
780 CMR 906.2.1, the elevator shall not be
required to serve floors which are located at or
above the level of exit discharge and provided
with a horizontal exit complying with 780 CMR
1019.0.
2. Elevators are not required to be accessed from
an area of refuge or a horizontal exit in
occupancies equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
780CMR906.il.
1007.4 Platform lifts: Platform (wheelchair) liffe
shall not serve as part of an accessible means, of
egress except vidthin a dwelling unit.
1007.5 Areas of refMg«: Every required area of
fefiige shall be accessible from the space it serves by
an accessible means of egress. The maximum travel
distance from any accessible space to an area of
refuge shall not exceed the travel distance permitted
for the occupancy m accordance with 780 CMR
1006.5. Every required area of refuge shall have
direct access to an exit stairway complying with
780 CMR 1007.2 or an elevator complying with
780 CMR 1007.3. Where an elevator lobby is used
as an area of refuge, the shaft and lobby shall
comply with 780 CMR 1015.0 for smokeproof
enclosures except where the elevators are in an area
of refuge formed by a horizontal exit or smoke
barrier.
Exception: Areas of refiige are not required in
open parking structures
1007.5.1 Size: Each area of refuge shall be sized
to accommodate one wheelchair space of 30
inches (762 mm) by 48 inches (1219 mm) for
each 200 occupants or portion thereof, based on
the occupant load of the area of refuge and all
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
175
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
areas served by the area of refuge. Such
wheelchair spaces shall not reduce the required
means of egress width. Access to any of the
required wheelchair spaces in an area of refuge
shall not be obstructed by more than one
adjoining wheelchair space.
1007.5.2 Separation: Each area of refuge shall
be separated from the remainder of the story by a
smoke barrier complying with 780 CMR 712.0.
Each area of refuge shall be designed to prevent
the intrusion of smoke, except those areas of
refuge located within a stairway enclosure or
those areas of refuge where the area of refuge and
all areas served by the area of refuge are equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1.
■ 1007.53 Communication system: Every area of
refuge in buildings more than four stories in
height shall be provided with a two-way
emergency communication system between the
area of refuge and a central control point.
In each ar«a of refuge provided with a two-
way emergency communication system,
instructions on the use of the area under
emergency conditions shall be posted adjoining
the communication system. The instructions shall
include:
1 . Directions to other means ofegress\
2. Advice that persons able to use the exit
stairs do so as soon as possible unless they are
assisting others;
3. Information on how to summon planned
availability of assistance in the use of stairs or
supervised operation of elevators; and
4. Directions for use of the two-way
emergency communication system.
1007.5.4 Identincation: Each door providing
access to an area of refuge from an adjacent floor
area shall be identified by a sign complying with
521 CMR and CABO Al 17.4 listed in Appendix
A stating "Area of Refuge" and the International
Symbol of Accessibility. The sign shall be
illuminated as required for "Exit" signs where
"Exit" sign illumination is required. Additionally,
tactile signage complying witili 521 CMR listed in
Appendix A shall be located at each door to an
area of refuge.
1007.6 Signage: Signage indicating the location of
accessible means of egress shall be installed at all
exits and elevators that serve a required accessible
space, but which are not an approved accessible
means of egress.
780 CMR lOOaO OCCUPANT LOAD
1008.1 Design occupant load: In determining
required facilities, the number of occupants for
whom exit facilities shall be provided shall be
established by the largest number computed in
accordance
1008.1.3.
with 780 CMR 1008.1.1 through
1008.1.1 Actual number: The actual number of
occupants for vi^om each occupied space, floor or
building is designed.
1008.1.2 Number by Table 1008.1.2: The
number of occupants computed at the rate of one
occupant per unit of area as prescribed in Table
1008.1.2.
1008.13 Number by combination: The number
of occupants of any space as computed in
780 CMR 1008.1.1 or 1008.1.2 plus the number
of occupants similarly computed for all spaces
that discharge through the space in order to gain
access to an exit,
1008.1.4 Increased occupant load: The
occupant load permitted in any buildmg or portion
thereof is permitted to be increased from that
number established for the occupancies in Table
1008.1.2 provided that all other requirements of
780 CMR are also met based on such modified
number. Where required by the code official, an
approved aisle, seating or fixed equipment
diagram to substantiate any increase in occupant
load shall be submitted. Where required by the
code official, such diagram shall he posted.
Table 1008.1.2
MAXIMUM FLOOR AREA ALLOWANCES
PER OCCUPANT
Floor area in
Occupancy
square feet per
occupant
Assembly with fixed seats See780 CMR 1 008. 1 .6
Assembly without fixed seats
Concentrated (chairs only - not fixed)
7 net
Standing space
3 net
Unconcentrated (tables and chairs)
15 net
Bowling centers, allow 5 persons for
each lane including IS feet of
nmway, and for additional areas
7 net
Business areas
100 gross
Courtrooms - other than fixed seating
40 net
areas
Educational
Classroom area
20 net
Shops and other vocational room
50 net
areas
Industrial areas
100 gross
Institutional areas
Inpatient treatment areas
240 gross
Outpatient areas
100 gross
Sleeping areas
120 gross
Library
Reading rooms
50 net
Stack area
100 gross
Mercantile, basement and grade floor
30 gross
areas
Areas on other floors
60 gross
Storage stock, shipping areas
300 gross
176
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
MEANS OF EGRESS
Occupancy
Floor area in
square feet per
occupant
Parking garages
Residential
Storage areas, mechanical equipment
200 gross
200gFoss
300 gross
Note a. 1 foot = 304.8 mm; 1 square foot = 0.093 m*
- 1008.1«5 Maximum occupant load: The
occupant load of any space or portion thereof
shall not exceed one occupant per three square
feet (0.28 m^) of occupiable floor space.
1008.L5 Fixed seats: The occupant load for an
assembly or educational area having fixed seats
shall be detemuned by the number of fixed seats
installed. The capacity of fixed seats without
dividing arms shall equal one person per 18
inches (457 mm). For booths, the capacity shall
be one person per 24 inches (610 mm).
1008.2 Mezzanine levels: The occupant load of a
mezzanine level discharging through a floor below
shall be added to that floor's occupant load, and the
capacity of the exits shall be designed for the total
occupant load thus established.
1008.3 Roofs: Roof areas occupied as roof gardens
or for assembly, educational, storage or other
purposes, shall be provided with exit facilities to
accommodate the required occupant load, but there
shall not be less than two approved means of egress
fi*om roof areas of Use Groups A and E.
780 CMM 1009.0 CAPACITY OF EGKESS
COMPONENT
1009.1 General: The capacity of means ofe^ess
for a floor, balcony, tier or other occupied space
shall be sufficient for the occupant load thereof.
1009.2 Minimum width: The width of each means
of egress component shall not be less than the width
computed in accordance with Table 1009.2 for the
required capacity of the component, but not less than
the minimum width as prescribed by 780 CMR for
each such component.
Table 1009.2
EGRESS WIDTH PER OCCUPANT
Without sprinkler
system (inches per
person)
With sprinkler
system .
(inches per person)
Use group
Stairways
Doors
ramps and
corridors
Stairways
Doors
ramps and
corridors
A,B.E.F.M.
R.S
H
T-1
0.3
0.7
' oi
0.2
0.4
02 ''
0.7
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.15
0.2
0.2 ^
0.2
Note a. Buildings equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with 780 CMR
906.2.1 or 906.2.2.
Note b. 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
1009.3 Exit design per floor: Where exits serve
more than one floor, only the occupant load of each
floor considered individually shall be used in
computing the required capacity of the exits at that
floor, provided that the exit capacity shall not
decrease in the direction of means of egress travel.
1009.4 Egress convergence: Where means of
egress fi-om floors above and below converge at an
intermediate floor, the capacity of the means of
egress firom the point of convergence shall not be
less than the sum of the two.
780 CMR 1010.0 NUMBER OF EXTIS
1010.1 General: The general requirements of
780 CMR 1010.0 apply to buildings of all use
groups. Where more restrictive requirements are
provided in 780 CMR, such requirements shall take
precedence over the general provisions of 780 CMR
1010.0.
1010.2 Minimum number: Every floor area shall
be provided with the minimum number of approved
independent exits as required by Table 1010.2 based
on the occupant load, except as modified in
780 CMR 1010.3.
Exception: In buildings with occupancies in Use
Group R having multistory dwelling units, the
means of egress fi-om a dwelling unit to the
required exits is permitted to be provided fi-om
one level only. Within the dwelling unit access to
the means of egress fi-om the unit shall conform to
the applicable provisions of 780 CMR 10.
TaWe 1010.2
MINIMUM NUMBER OF EXITS FOR
OCCUPANT LOAD
Occupant load
Minimum number of exits
500 or less
501 - 1.000
over 1.000
2
3
4
11110.3 Buildings with owe ®xlt: Only one exit shall
be required in:
1. Occupancies in the use groups shown in Table
1010.3, provided that the building has not more
than one level below the level of exit discharge.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR = Sixth Edition
177
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Table 1010.3
BUILDINGS WITH ONE EXIT
Use Group
Maximum
height
above
grade
Max.
Size
Max.
Exit
access
travel
distance
Minimum fire-
resistance
rating of exit
enclosure"
Min. Fire-
resistance
rating of
opening
protection
B^
S-2"
2 Stories
3.500
sq.ft.
per
floor
75 ft.
1 hour
1 hour
Note a. For the required number of exits for open
parking structures, see 780 CMR 1010.5.
Note b. For the required number of exits for air traffic
control towers, see 780 CMR 414.0.
Note c. 1 foot = 304.8 mm.
1010.4 Emergency escape: Every sleeping room
below the fourth story in occupancies in Use Groups
R and I-l shall have at least one operable window or
exterior door approved for emergency egress or
rescue. The units shall be operable from the inside
without the use of special knowledge, separate tools
or force greater than that which is required for
normal operation of the window. Where windows
are provided as a means of egress or rescue, the
windows shall have the bottom of the clear opening
not more than 44 inches (1118 mm) above the floor.
All egress or rescue windows from "Sleeping rooms
shall have a minimum net clear opening of 5.7
square feet (0.53 m^. The minimum net clear
opening height dimension shall be 24 inches (610
mm). The minimum net clear opening width
dimension shall be 20 inches (508 mm).
Bars, grilles or screens placed over emergency
escape windows shall be releasable or removable
from the inside without the use of a key, tool or
force greater than that which is required for normal
operation of the window.
Exceptions:
1. The minimum net clear opening for grade floor
windows shall be five square feet (0.47 m^.
2. An outside window or an exterior door for
emergency escape is not required in buildings
where the sleeping room is provided with a door
to a corridor having access to two remote exits in
opposite directions.
3. An outside window or an exterior door for
emergency escape is not required in buildings
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1 or
906 2.2
1010.5 Open parking structures: Parking
structures shall not have less than two exits from
each parking tier, except that only one exit is
required where vehicles are mechanically parked.
Unenclosed vehicle ramps shall not be considered as
required exits unless pedestrian facilities are
provided. Interior exit stairways are not required to
be enclosed.
780 CMR 1011.0 EXrr ACCESS
PASSAGEWAYS AND CORRIDORS
1011.1 Access passageway: Direct exit access shall
be provided to required exits through continuous
passageways, aisle accessways, aisles or corridors
which are conveniently available to all occupants
and maintained free of obstruction. In every area
containing seating, displays, exhibits, counters,
shelving and other furnishings or fixtures, a path of
travel that connects with each of the means of egress
doorways serving the area and which complies with
the minimum v^dth requirements of aisles, shall be
provided.
1011.1.1 Use Groups 1-2 and 1-3: Every
sleeping room in occupancies in Use Group 1-2 or
1-3 shall have an exit access door leading directly
to an exit access corridor.
Exception: Direct corridor access is not
required:
1. Where there is an exit door opening directly
to the outside from the room at ground level.
2. In occupancies in Use Group 1-2, where one
adjacent room, such as a sitting room or
anteroom, intervenes and all doors along the
means of egress are equipped with nonlockable
hardware in accordance with 780 CMR
409.3.2, and the intervening room is not used
as an exit access for more than eight patients.
3. In occupancies in Use Group 1-2, where a
patient sleeping room is subdivided with
nonfireresistance rated, noncombustible
partitions, provided that the arrangement
allows for direct and constant visual
supervision by nursing personnel and the suite
complies with 780 CMR 101 1. 1 and 780 CMR
1017.0. Such rooms which are so subdivided
shall not exceed 5,000 square feet (465 m^).
4. In occupancies in Use Group 1-3, where a
dayroom or group activity space intervenes
between an in dividual occupant sleeping room
and the access to an exit, provided that the
sleeping room opens directly to the day space
and is not separated in elevation by more than
one story.
1011.1.2 Turnstiles and gates: Access through
turnstiles, gates, rails or similar devices shall not
be permitted unless such a device is equipped to
swing readily in the direction of exit travel under
a total force of not more than 15 pounds (73.23
N).
1011.1.3 Restrictions: The required width of
passageways, aisle accessways aisles and
corridors shall be maintained free of projections
and restrictions; except that the minimum clear
width resulting from doors opening into such
spaces shall be one-half of the required width.
When fully open, the door shall not project more
than seven inches (178 mm) into the required
178
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
MEANS OF EGRESS
width. Handrail projections are permitted in
accordance with 780 CMR 1 022.2. L
1011.2 Dead ends: exit access passageways and
corridors in all stories which serve more than one
exit shall provide direct connection to such exits in
opposite directions from any point in the passageway
or corridor insofar as practicable. The length of a
dead-end passageway or corridor shall not be more
than 20 feet (6096 mm).
Exceptions:
1 . In occupancies in Use Group 1-3 of Occupancy
Conditions H, HI or IV (see 780 CMR 308.4), the
dead end in a corridor, hallway or aisle shall not
exceed 50 feet (15240 mm).
2. In occupancies in Use Group B where
passageways are bounded by furniture, counters,
partitions or similar dividers not more than six
feet (1829 ram) in height, the length of a dead-end
passageway shall not be more than 50 feet (15240
mm).
3. Passageways or corridors within spaces with
one means of egress.
4. A dead-end passageway or corridor shall not
be limited in length where the length of the dead-
end passageway or corridor is less than 2.5 times
the least width of the dead-end passageway or
corridor.
.1011.2.1 Common path of travel: In
occupancies in Use Group B, the length of a
common path of travel shall not exceed 75 feet
(22860 mm).
Exceptions:
1 . The length of a common path of travel in an
occupancy in Use Group B shall not be more
than 100 feet (30480 mm), provided that the
building is equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system installed in
accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1.
2. Where a tenant space in an occupancy in
Use Group B has an occupant load of not more
than 30, the length of a common path of travel
shall not be more than 100 feet (30480 mm).
1011.3 Width: The minimum required width of
passageways, aisle accessways, aisles and corridors
shall be determined by the most restrictive of the
following criteria:
\. AA inches (1118 mm) where ser\'ing an
occupant load of greater than 50.
2. 36 inches (914 mm) where serving an occupant
load of 50 or less,
3. 96 inches (2438 mm) in an occupancy in Use
Group 1-2 used for the movement of beds.
4. 72 inches (1829 mm) in an occupancy in Use
Group E with more than 100 occupants.
5. The width required for capacity as determined
by 780 CMR 1009.0.
6: At least 72 inches (1829 mm) for the main
entrance/exit access in an occupancy in use group
A-2 with an occupant load of 50 or more - also
see 780 CMR 1006.2.2.1.
Aisles and aisle accessways shall conform to the
requh-ements of 780 CMR 1011.0 or 780 CMR
1012.0.
1011.3.1 Capacity: The required capacity of a
corridor shall be determined by dividing the
occupant load that utilizes the corridor for exit
access by the number of exits to which the
corridor connects, but not less than the capacity of
the exit element to which the corridor leads.
1011.4 Enclosure: All corridors shall be fireresis-
tance rated in accordance with Table 1011. 4 based
on the use group of the space and the total required
capacity of all of the exits from the corridor. The
corridor walls shall comply with 780 CMR 7 1 1 .0.
Exceptions;
1. A fireresistance rating is not required for
corridors in an occupancy in Use Group E where
each room that is occupied for instruction or
assembly purposes has at least one-half of the
required means of egress doors opening directly to
the exterior of the building at ground level.
2. A fireresistance rating is not required for
corridors contained within a dwelling unit or a
guestroom in an occupancy in Use Group R.
Table 1011.4
CORRIDOR FIRERESISTANCE RATING
Total required
capacity of all
exits from
corridor
Required fireresistance rating
(hours)
zUse Group
Without
sprinkler
system
With sprinkler
system
H-l,H-2,H-3
H-4
A, B, E, F, M,
S
1-2
1-3
All
>30
>30
>10
All
All
Not permitted
1
1
Vi .
Note a. For a reduction in the fireresistance rating for
occupancies in Use Group R, see 780 CMR 1011.4,
Exception 2.
Note b. For requirements for occupancies in Use
Group 1-2, see 780 CMR 409.3.
Note c. For a reduction in the fireresistance rating for
occupancies in Use Group 1-3, see 780 CMR 410.7.
Note d. buildings equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with 780 CMR
906.2.1 or 906.2.2.
1011.4.1 Corridor walls as separation walls:
Tenant and dwelling unit separation walls which
are also corridor walls shall comply with 780
CMR 101 1.0 and the requirements of Table 602.
Exception: Tenant separation and dwelling
unit separation walls which are also corridor
walls shall not be required to have a fireresis-
tance rating greater than that required by Table
1 1 1 .4 where the building is equipped through-
out with an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1 or 906.2.2.
9/9/05 (Effective 8/26/05)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
179
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGUI.ATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
1011.4.2 Opening protectives: All door
assemblies from rooms opening onto a corridor
that is required to be of fireresistance rated
construction shall be fire doors complying with
780 CMR 716.0.
1011.5 Exterior balconies: Exterior exit access
balconies shall conform to the requirements of
780 CMR 1011.0 for corridors and shall be
protected to prevent the accumulation of snow and
ice in climates subject to those elements.
1011.5.1 Wall separation: Exterior exit access
balconies shall be separated from the interior of
the building by walls and opening protectives as
required by 780 CMR 1011.4. A fireresistance
rating for the wall is not required where the
balcony is provided with not less than two
■ approved stairways or other approved means of
egress elements and a dead end does not require
travel past an unprotected opening for access to
the stairway or means of egress element.
780 CMR 1012.0 ASSEMBLY AISLES
AND AISLE ACCESSWAYS
1012.1 "Where required: In occupancies in Use
Group A which contain seats, tables, displays,
equipment or other material shall be provided with
aisle accessways and aisles in accordance with
780 CMR1012.0. These provisions shall also apply
to tiered or stepped seating facilities except as
modified by 780 CMR 1013.0.
1012.2 Aisle and aisle accessway width: The width
of aisle accessways and aisles shall provide
sufficient means of egress capacity for the number of
persons accommodated by the catchment area served
by the aisk accessway or aisle (see 780 CMR
1012.2.5). The catchment area served by an aisle
accessway or aisle is the portion of the total space
which is naturally served by that section of the aisle
accessway or aisle. In establishing catchment areas
the assumption shall be made that there is a balanced
use of all means of egress, with the number of
persons in proportion to means of egress capacity.
1012.2.1 Measurement of required minimum
width of aisles and aisle accessways: Where
seating is located at a table or counter and is
adjacent to an aisle or aisle accessway, the
measurement of required clear width of the aisle
or aisle accessway shall be made to a line 19
inches (483 mm) away from the edge of the table
or counter. The 19-inch (483 mm) distance shall
be measured perpendicular to the side of the table
or counter. In the case of other side boundaries
for aisles or aisle accessways the clear width shall
be measured to walls, edges of seating and tread
edges, except that handrail projections are
permitted.
1012.2.2 Converging aisles and aisle
accessways: Where aisle accessways or aisles
converge to form a single path oi means of egress
travel, the required means of egress capacity of
such path shall not be less than the combined
required capacity of the converging aisle
accessways or aisles.
1012.2.3 Uniform width of aisles: Those
portions of aisles where means of egress is
possible in either of two directions shall be
uniform in required width.
1012.2.4 Uniform width of aisle accessways:
Those portions of aisle accessways having a
required width exceeding 12 inches (305 mm),
where means of egress is possible in more than
one direction, shall be uniform in required width.
1012.2.5 Capacity of aisles and aisle
accessways: The width of aisles and aisle
accessways shall provide sufficient capacity in
accordance with the following criteria where clear
width is measured in accordance with 780 CMR
1012.2.1.
1. At least 0.3 inch (7.5 mm) of width for each
person served shall be provided on stairs
having riser heights of seven inches (178 mm)
or less and tread depths of 1 1 inches (279 mm)
or greater, measured horizontally between
tread nosings.
2. At least 0.005 inch (0.1 mm) of additional
stair width for each person shall be provided
for each 0.10 inch (2,5 mm) of riser height
above seven inches (178 mm).
3. Where a means of egress requires stair
descent, at least 0.075 inch (2 mm) of
additional width for each person shall be
provided on those portions of stair width not
having handrails within a horizontal distance of
30 inches (762 mm).
4. Level or ramped means of egress with
slopes less than one unit vertical in eight units
horizontal (1:8), shall have at least 0.2 inch (5
mm) of clear width for each person served.
1012.2.6 Minimum width of aisles: The
minimum clear width of aisles shaU be: 48 inches
(1219 mm) for stairs having seating on each side;
36 inches (914 mm) for stairs having seating on
only one side; 23 inches (584 mm) between a stair
handrail or guardrail and seating where the aisle
is subdivided by a handrail (see 780 CMR
1012.5); 42 inches (1067 mm) for level or ramped
aisles having theater-style seating on both sides;
36 inches (914 mm) for all other level or ramped
aisles; and 23 inches (584 mm) between a stair
handrail and seating where an aisle does not serve
more than five rows on one side.
1012.2.7 Minimum width of aisle accessways:
Aisle accessways shall conform to the
requirements of 780 CMR 1012.6 in the case of
theater-type seating and to the requirements of
180
780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
MEANS OF EGRESS
780 CMR 1012.7 in the case of all seating at
tables or counters.
1012.3 Termination: Each end of a cross aisle shall
terminate at an aisle, foyer, doorway or vomitory
giving access to an exit. Dead-end aisles which
terminate only at one end with a cross aisle, foyer,
doorway or vomitory giving access to an exit shall
not be greater than 20 feet (6096 mm) in length.
Exception: A longer dead-end aisle is permitted
where seats served by the dead-end msle are not
more than 24 seats from another aisle, measured
along a row of seats having a minimum clear
width of 12 inches (305 mm) plus 0.6 inch (15
mm) for each additional seat above seven in the
row.
1012.4 Walking surfaces: Aisles with a gradient of
one unit vertical in eight units horizontal (1:8) or
less shall consist of a ramp having a slip-resistant
walking surface. Aisles with a gradient exceeding
one unit vertical in eight units horizontal (1:8) shall
consist of a series of risers and treads which extend
across the full width of aisles and comply with
780 CMRs 1012.4.1 and 1012.4.2.
1012.4.1 Treads: Tread depths shall be a
minimum of 1 1 inches (279 mm) and be uniform
within each aisle. ""
Exception: Nonuniformities shall not exceed
3/16 inch (5 mm) between adjacent treads.
1012.4.2 Risers: Where the gradient of aisle
stairs is to be the same as the gradient of adjoining
seating areas, the riser height shall not be less
than 4 inches (102 mm) nor more than eight
inches (203 mm) and shall be uniform within each
flight.
Exception: Riser height nonuniformity shall
be limited to the extent necessitated by changes
in the gradient of the adjoining seating area to
maintain adequate sightlines. Where
nonuniformities exceed 3/16 inch (5 mm)
between adjacent risers, the exact location of
such nonuniformities shall be indicated with a
distinctive marking stripe on each tread at the
nosing or leading edge adjacent to the non-
uniform risers. Such stripe shall be a minimum
of one inch (25 mm) wide and a maximum of
two inches (5 1 mm) wide.
1012.S Handrails: Ramped aisles having a gradient
exceeding one unit vertical in 15 units horizontal
(1:15) and aisle stairs shall be provided with
handrails located either at the side or within the aisle
width.
Exceptions:
1. Handrails are not required if, at the side of the
msle, there is a guardrail that complies with the
requirements for handrails.
2. Handrails are not required for aisles with
seating on both sides unless there is more than
one riser per row of seating. The single riser shall
be indicated by a distinctive marking stripe on the
leading edge of the tread.
1012.5.1 BiscontiniEOus rails: Where there is
seating on both sides of the aisle, the handrails
shall be discontinuous with gaps or breaks at
intervals not exceeding five rows to facilitate
access to seating and to permit crossing from one
side of the aisle to the other. These gaps or breaks
shall have a clear width of at least 22 inches (559
mm) and not greater than 36 inches (914 mm),
measured horizontally, and the handrail shall have
rounded terminations or bends.
1012.5.2 Intermediate rails: Where handrails
are provided in the middle of aisle stairs, there
shall be an additional intermediate handrail
located approximately 12 inches (305 nmi) below
the main handrail.
1012.6 Row width: The minimum clear row width
shall not be less than 12 inches (305 mm) measured
as the clear horizontal distance from the back of the
row ahead and the nearest projection of the row
behind. Where chairs have automatic or self-rising
seats, the measurement shall be made with the seats
in the raised position. Where any chair in the row
does not have an automatic or self-rising seat, the
measurement shall be made with the seat in the
down position. Where tablet-arm chair seating is
used, the measurement shall be made with the tablet-
arm in the usable position.
1012.6.1 Dual access: For rows of seating served
by aisles or doorways at both ends, there shall not
be more than 100 seats per row. The minimum
clear width of 12 inches (305 mm) between rows
shall be increased by 0.3 inch (7.5 mm) for every
additional seat beyond 14 seats, but the minimum
clear width is not required to exceed 22 inches
(559 mm).
1012.6.2 Single access: For rows of seating
served by an aisle or doorway at only one end of
the row, the minimum clear width of 12 inches
(305 mm) between rows shall be increased by 0.6
inch (15 mm) for every additional seat beyond
seven seats, but the minimum clear width is not
required to exceed 22 inches (559 mm).
However, the path of travel shall not exceed 30
feet (9144 mm) from any seat to a point where a
person has a choice of two paths of travel to two
exits,
1012.7 aisle accessways for tabies and seating:
Aisk accessways serving arrangements of seating at
tables or counters, shall have sufficient clear width
to conform to the capacity requirements of 780 CMR
1012.2.5, but shall not have less than the appropriate
minimum clear width specified in 780 CMR
1012.7.1.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
181
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
1012.7.1 Width: In addition to the width required
by 780 CMR 1012.2, aisle accessways shall
provide a minimum of 12 inches (305 mm) plus
0.5 inch (13 mm) of width for each additional 1
foot (305 mm), or fraction thereof, beyond 12 feet
(3660 mm) of aisle accessway length measured
from the center of the seat farthest from an aisle.
Exception: Portions of an aisle accessway
having a length not exceeding six feet (1830
mm) and used by a total of not more than four
persons.
1012.7.2 Length: The length of travel along the
aisle accessway shall not exceed 36 feet (10973
mm) from any seat to the closest aisle. The path
of travel shall not exceed 30 feet (9144 mm) from
any seat to the point where a person has a choice
of two or more paths of travel to separate exits.
1012.8 Railings: Railings shall be provided on
balconies and galleries in accordance with 780 CMR
1021.4.
780 CMR 1013.0 GRANDSTANDS
1013.1 Scope: 780 CMR 1013.0 shall apply to all
structures with an occupancy in Use Group A which
provide permanent, temporary or portable tiered or
stepped seating facilities, such as grandstands,
bleachers, folding and telescopic seating. Except as
modified by 780 CMR 1013.0, 780 CMR 1012.0
shall apply to all such structures.
1013.2 Smoke-protected assembly seating:
Assembly seating which is served by a means of
egress that is not subject to blocking by smoke
accumulation within or under a structure shall be
considered smoke protected and shall comply with
the requirements of 780 CMR 1013.2.1 through
1013.2.3.
1013.2.1 Roof height: A smoke-protected
assembly seating area with a roof shall have the
lowest portion of the roof not less than 15 feet
(4572 mm) above the highest aisle or aisle
accessway.
1013.2.2 Automatic sprinklers: All areas
enclosed with walls and ceilings in structures
containing smoke-protected assembly seating
shall be equipped throughout with an automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with 780 CMR
906.0.
Exception: An automatic sprinkler system is
not required for either of the following:
1. The floor area used for a contest,
performance or entertainment provided that the
roof construction is more than 50 feet (15240
mm) above the floor level and the use of the
floor is restricted to low fire-hazard
occupancies.
2. Press boxes and storage facilities less than
1,000 square feet (9.3 m^) in area in
conjunction with outdoor seating facilities
where all means of egress in the seating area
are essentially open to the outside.
1013.2.3 Smoke control: All means of egress
serving a smoke-protected assembly seating area
shall be provided with a smoke control system
complying with 780 CMR 921.0 or natural
ventilation designed to maintain the smoke level
at least six feet (1829 mm) above the floor of the
means of egress.
1013.3 Travel distance: The exit access travel
distance shall comply with 780 CMR 1006.5 except
that in a smoke-protected assembly seating area, the
travel distance from each seat to the nearest entrance
to an egress vomitory portal or egress concourse
shall not exceed 200 feet (60960 mm). The travel
distance from the entrance to a vomitory portal or
egress concourse to an approved egress stair, ramp
or walk at the building exterior shall not exceed 200
feet (60960 mm). Where aisles are required, the
distance shall be measured along the aisles and aisle
accessways without travel over or on the seats.
1013.4 Minimum egress widths: The minimum
clear width of stairways, passageways, doorways,
ramps and other means of egress shall provide
sufiBcient capacity in accordance with the provisions
of 780 CMR 10, except as modified by Table
1013.4.
Table 1013.4
MINIMXJM EGRESS WIDTHS
SMOKE-PROTECTED ASSEMBLY
SEATING
Inches
of clear width per seat served
Aisles,
Number of
seats in the
Stairs
with
Stairs
without
accessways,
doorways
Ramps
space
handrails
handrails
and ramps
.than I in
10 slope
within 30
inches
within 30
inches
not steeper
than 1 in 10
slope
2.000 or less
0.300
0.375
0.200
0.220
5,000
0.200
0.250
0.150
0.165
10,000
0.163
0.100
0.U0
15,000
0.120-
Q.070
0.077
20,000
0.076
0.095
0.056
0.066
25.000 or more
0.060
0.075
0.044
0.048
Note a. If risers exceed 7 inches in height, the
minimum clear width of stairs determined from the table
shall be multiplied by factor A where A = 1 + [(Riser
Height- 7.0) -5].
Note b. 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
1013.5 Aisles: Aisles shall be provided in all
seating facilities except that an aisle is not required
where all of the following conditions exist.
1. Seats are without backrests.
2. The rise from row to row does not exceed six
inches (152 mm) per row.
182
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
MEANS OF EGRESS
3. The row spacing does not exceed 28 inches
(711 mm) unless the seatboards and footboards
are at the same elevation.
4. The number of rows does not exceed 16 in
height.
5. The first seatboard is not more than 12 inches
(305 mm) above the ground, floor surface or cross
aisle below.
6. Seatboards have a continuous flat surface.
7. Seatboards provide a walking surface with a
minimum width of 11 inches (279 mm).
8. Egress from seating is not restricted by rails,
guards or other obstructions.
1013J.1 Termination: Where seats are without
backrests dead ends in vertical dsles shall not
exceed a distance of 16 rows. For smoke-
protected assembly seating, the dead ends in
vertical aisles shall not exceed a distance of 21
rows. For smoke-protected assembly seating, a
longer dead-end aisle is permitted where seats
served by the dead-end aisle are not more than 40
seats from another aisle, measured along a row of
seats having an aisle accessway with a minimum
clear width of 12 inches (305 mm) plus 0.3 inch
(8 mm) for each additional seat above seven in the
row.
1013.5,2 Row width: For smoke protected
assembly seating, the maximum number of seats
in a row that has a minimum clear aisle accessway
width of 12 inches (305 mm) shall be as specified
in Table 1013.5.2.
Where the number of seats per row exceeds
that specified in Table 1013.5.2, the minimum
clear aisle accessway width for rows served by
aisles or doorways at both ends shall be 12 inches
(305 mm) plus 0.3 inch (7.5 mm) for every
additional seat beyond that specified in Table
1013.5.2 and there shall be not more than 100
seats per row; and for rows served by an aisle or
doorway at only one end of the row, the minimum
clear aisle accessway width shall be 12 inches
(305 mm) plus 0.6 inch (15 mm) for every
additional seat beyond that specified in Table
1013.5.2.
Table 1013.S.2
ROW LENGTH WITH 12-INCH AISLE
ACCESSWAY SMOKE-PROTECTED
ASSEMBLY SEATING
No. Ofseats
per row permitted to have a
Total number of
minimum
I2'inch dear width aisle
seats in the
accessway
space
Aisle or doorway at
Aisle
or doorway at
both ends of row
one
end of row
Less than 4.000
14
7
4.000
15
7
7,000
16
8
. 10,000 "
17
111111
S
13,000
18
iiSi
9
16.000
19
9
19,000
20
10
22.000 or more
2L„
_ 11
Note a. 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
1013.5.3 Single access row: For rows of seating
served by an aisle or doorway at only one end of
the row in smoke-protected assembly seating, the
common path of travel from any seat to a point
where a person has a choice of two directions of
egress travel shall not exceed 50 feet (15240 mm).
1013.6 Bleacher footboards: Bleacher footboards
shall be provided for all rows of seats above the
third row or beginning at such a point where the
seatboard is more than two feet (610 mm) above the
ground, floor surface or cross aisle below. A
separate footboard is not required where the same
platform is used for both seating and the footboard,
provided that each level or platform is not less than
24 inches (610 mm) v>nde. On a horizontally
projected plane, horizontal gaps between footboards
and seatboards shall not exceed % inch (6 mm).
Openings between footboards and seatboards which
are located more than 30 inches (762 mm) above the
floor or grade below shall be provided with
intermediate construction such that a sphere with a
diameter of four inches (102 mm) cannot pass
through the opening.
i§13.7 Spaces uBdemeath seats: Spaces
underneath grandstand seats shall be kept free of all
combustible and flammable materials and shall not
be occupied or used for other than exiis\ except that
where enclosed in not less than one-hour
fireresistance rated construction, the code official
shall approve the use of such spaces for other
purposes, provided that the ^ety of the public is not
endangered.
780 CMR 10140 STAIRWAYS
1014.1 General: All stairways shall comply with
the provisions of 780 CMR 1014.0. 780 CMR
1014.11 shall be applicable only to interior
stairwc^s. 780 CMR 1014.12 shall be applicable
only to exterior stairways.
1014.1,1 Walking surface: The maximum slope
of the walking surface of treads and landings shall
be one unit vertical in 48 units horizontal (1:48).
1§14<,2 Egress capacity: The egress capacity of
stairways and doors shall be computed in
accordance with 780 CMR 1009.0.
1014.3 Width: All means ofe^ess stairways shall
not be less than 44 inches (1118 mm) in width.
Exceptions:
1. Stairways serving buildings of single-exit
construction where permitted by 780 CMR 1010.3
shall not be less than 36 inches (914 mm) in
width.
2. Spiral stairways as provided for in 780 CMR
1014.6.4.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR = Sixth Edition
183
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
3. Stairways serving an occupancy in Use Group
R-3 shall not be less than 36 inches (914 mm) in
width.
4. Stairways serving and contained within a
single residential dwelling unit shall not be less
than 36 inches (914 mm) in width.
5. Stairways serving buildings having a total
occupant load of 50 or less shall not be less than
36 inches (914 mm) in width.
6. Where a stairway lift is installed on stairways
serving occupancies in Use Group R-3 or within
dwelling units in occupancies in Use Group R-2,
a clear passage width not less than 20 inches (508
mm) shall be provided.
1014.3.1 Restrictions: Means of egress stairways
shall not reduce in width in the direction of egress
travel. Projections into a required stairway width
are prohibited, except at and below handrail
height where, at each handrail, the projections
shall not exceed 314 inches (89 ntmi) into the
required width.
1014.3.2 Landing width: The least dimension of
landings and platforms in means of egress
stairways shall not be less than the required width
of the stairwayy except that the landing dimension
in the direction of egress travel is not required to
exceed four feet (1219 mm) where the travel from
one stair flight to the next stair flight is a straight
run.
1014.4 Headroom: The minimum headroom in ail
parts of a stairway shall not be less than 80 inches
(2032 mm) measured vertically from the tread
nosing or from the floor surface of the landing or
platform.
1014.5 Vertical rise: A means of egress stairway
shall not have a height of vertical rise of more than
12 feet (3658 mm) between landings and
intermediate platforms.
1014.6 Treads and risers: Maximum riser height
shall be seven inches (178 mm) and nunimum riser
height shall be four inches (102 mm). Minimum
tread depth shall be 1 1 inches (279 mm), measured
horizontally between the vertical planes of the
foremost projection of adjacent treads and at a right
angle to the tread's leading edge.
Exceptions:
1. Winders in accordance with 780 CMR
1014.6.3.
2. Spiral stairways in accordance with 780 CMR
1014.6.4.
3. Circular stairways in accordance with
780 CMR 1014.6.5.
4. Alternating tread stairways in accordance with
780 CMR 1014.6.6.
5. Stairways serving as aisles in assembly seating
areas where the stairway pitch or slope is set, for
sightline reasons, by the slope of the adjacent
seating area.
6. Any stairway replacing an existing stairway
within a space where, because of existing
construction, the pitch or slope cannot be reduced.
7. EidsXmg stairways.
8. In occupancies in Use Group R-3 and within
dwelling units in occupancies in Use Group R-2,
the maximum riser height shall be ZV* inches (210
mm) and the minimum tread depth shall be nine
inches (229 mm). A one-inch (25 mm) nosing
shall be provided on stairways with solid risers.
9. Stairways in penal facilities serving guard
towers, observation stations and control rooms not
more than 250 square feet (23 m^ ) in area shall be
permitted to have risers not exceeding eight
inches (203 mm) in height and treads not less than
nine inches (229 mm) in depth.
1014.6.1 Profile: The radius of curvature at the
leading edge of the tread shall not be greater than
54 inch (13 mm). Bevelling of nosings shall not
exceed V2 inch (13 mm). Risers shall be solid and
vertical or sloped from the underside of the
leading edge of the tread above at an angle not
more than 30° (0.52 rad) from the vertical. The
leading edge of tread shall not project more than
VA inches (38 mm) beyond the tread below.
Exception: Solid risers are not required for
stairways serving dwelling units which are not
required to be accessible or adaptable in
accordance with 521 CMR, the Rules and
Regulations of the Architectural Access
Board, referenced in 780 CMR 11, and listed
in Appendix A, provided that the opening
between treads does not permit the passage of
a sphere with a diameter of four inches (102
mm).
1014.6.2 Dimensional uniformity: There shall
not be variation exceeding 3/16 inch (5 mm) in the
depth of adjacent treads or in the height of
adjacent risers. The tolerance between the largest
and smallest riser or between the largest and
smallest tread shall not exceed % inch (10 mm) in
any flight of stairs.
Exceptions:
1. Where the bottom riser adjoins a sloping
public way, walk or driveway which has an
established grade and serves as a landing, a
variation in the height of the bottom riser shall
not exceed three inches (76 mm) in every three
feet (914 mm) oi stairway width.
2. On stairways serving as aisles in assembly
seating, where necessitated by changes in the
gradient of adjoining seating areas to maintain
adequate sightlines, the maximum
nonuniformity of riser heights within a flight
and the nonuniformity between adjacent risers
shall not apply. Where a nonuniformity
exceeds 3/16 inch (5 mm) between adjacent
risers, the exact location of the nonuniformity
184
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
MEANS OF EGRESS
shall be indicated with a distinctive marking stripe
on each tread at the nosing or leading edge
adjacent to the nonuniform risers.
1014.6.3 Winders: Winders shall not be
permitted in required means of egress stab-ways
except in occupancies in Use Group R-3 and
stah-ways serving a single dwelling unit. Such
winders shall have a tread depth of not less than
nine inches (229 mm) at a point not more than 12
inches (305 mm) from the side where the tread is
narrower and the minimum tread depth shall not
be less than six inches (152 mm).
1014.6.4 Spiral stairways: Spiral staii-ways shall
not be used as an element of a means of egress
except: in occupancies in Use Group R-3; within
a single dwelling unit; from a mezzanine area not
more than 250 square feet (23.25 m^) in area
which serves not more than five occupants; and in
penal facilities from a guard tower, observation
station or control room not more than 250 square
feet (23 m^) in area. The minimum width of all
spiral stairways shall be 26 inches (660 mm) with
each tread having a TVi-inch (191 mm) minimum
tread depth at 12 inches (305 mm) from the
narrow edge. All treads shall be identical and the
rise shall not be more than 9V2-inches (241 mm).
A minimum headroom of six feet six inches (198 1
mm) shall be provided.
1014.6.5 Circular stairways: Circular stairways
shall have a minimum tread depth and a
maximum riser height in accordance with
780 CMR 1014.6 and the smaller radius shall not
be less than twice the width of the stairway. The
minimum tread depth measured 12 inches (305
mm) from the narrower end of the tread shall not
be less than 1 1 inches (279 mm).
1014.6.6 Alternating tread stairways:
Alternating tread stairways are permitted as an
element of & means of egress in buildings from a
mezzanine area not more than 250 square feet (23
m^) in area and which serves not more than five
occupants; and in penal facilities, from a guard
tower, observation station or control room not
more than 250 square feet (23 m^) in area.
Alternating tread stairways are also permitted for
access to roofs as provided for in 780 CMR
1027.0.
L6.6.1 Handrails of alternating tread
stairways: Handrails shall be provided on
both sides of alternating tread stairways and
shall conform to 780 CMR 1022.0.
1014.6.6.2 Treads of alternating tread
stairways.- Alternating tread stairways shall
have a minimum projected tread of five inches
(127 mm), a minimum tread depth of 8'/2
inches (216 mm), a minimum tread width of
seven inches (178 mm) and a maximum riser
to the next surface of the alternating tread of
9V2 inches (241 mm). The initial tread of the
stairway shall begin at the same elevation as
the platform, landing or floor surface.
Exception: Alternating tread staii-waysus&d
as an element of a means of egress in
buildings from a mezzanine area not more
than 250 square feet (23 m^) in area which
serves not more than five occupants shall
have a minimum projected tread of 8'/2 inches
(216 mm) with a minimum tread depth of
IOV2 inches (267 mm). The rise to the next
alternating tread surface shall not be more
than eight inches (203 mm).
1014.7 Stairway guards and handrails: Stairways
shall have continuous guards and handrails on both
sides. Intermediate handrails are required so that all
portions of the required width of stairs are within 30
inches (762 mm) of a handrail. On monumental
stairs, handrails shall be located along the most
direct path of egress travel. Handrails shall be
provided for alternating tread stairways in
accordance with 780 CMR 1014.6.6. 1 . Guards shall
be constructed in accordance with 780 CMR 1 02 1 .0.
Handrails shall be constructed in accordance with
780 CMR 1022.0.
Exceptions:
1 . Stairv^>ays with fewer than three risers are not
required to have handrails where serving a single
dwelling unit or where such stairways are not in
an exit access corridor or aisle, exit or exit
discharge.
2. Aisle stairs provided with a center handrail or
serving seating on one side shall be equipped with
a minimum of one handrail.
3. Stairways within a dwelling unit shall be
equipped with a minimum of one handrail.
4. Spiral stairways shall be equipped with a
minimum of one handrail.
1.8 Egress doors: Means of egress stairway
doors shall provide an egress capacity of not less
than the required capacity of the stairway which
serves the floor or area from which the egress door
leads.
1014.8.1 Width: The minimum requu-ed width of
every door to or from a means of egress stairway
shall be determined by the most restrictive of the
following criteria:
1 . 29%-inch (756 mm) clear width within a
dwelling unit that is not required to be
accessible or adaptable.
2. 36-inch (914 mm) minimum width of door
leaf in an occupancy in Use Group 1-2.
3. 32-inch (813 mm) clear width in all other
cases.
Exception: When applicable for A-2 use
groups with an occupant load of 50 or greater
also see 780 CMR 1006.2.2.1 and 101 1.3
1014.8.2 Direction of swing: All means of egress
doors shall swing on a landing in the direction of
egress travel. When opening, egress doors shall
not reduce the width of landings to less than one-
9/9/05 (Effective 8/26/05)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
185
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
half of the required width. When fully open, means
of egress doors shall not project more than seven
inches (1 78 mm) into the required width.
Exception; Doors leading from a room or
tenant space to a stairway in buildings in which
only one exit is required are not required to
swing in the direction of egress travel.
1014.8.3 Door construction: AH doorway
opening protectives shall he fire doors complying
with 780 CMR 716.0. Labeled means of egress
fire doors shall have a maximum transmitted
temperature end point of not more than 450°F
(232 °C) above ambient at the end of 30 minutes
of standard fire test exposure.
1014.9 Stairway construction: All stairways shall
be built of materials consistent with the types of
materials permitted for the type of construction of
the building; except that wood handrails shall be
permitted for all types of construction. Such
stairways shall have solid treads and landing
platforms, and all finish floor surfaces shall be of
slip-resistant materials.
1014.9.1 Strength: All stain\'ays, platforms and
landings in other than occupancies in Use Group
R-3 shall be adequate to support a live load of 1 00
pounds per square foot (488.20 kg/m^) and a
concentrated load of 300 pounds (136:20 kg).
1014.10 Discharge identification: Exit staim'ays
which continue beyond the level of exit discharge
shall be interrupted at the level of exit discharge by
partitions, doors or other effective means of
preventing persons from continuing past the floor of
discharge while egressing.
1014.11 Interior stairway enclosures: Interior ex/7
stairn'ays shall be enclosed with fire separation
assemblies having a fu"eresistance rating of not less
than two hours except that such stairways in
occupancies in Use Group A, B, E, F, H-4, 1, M, R
or S which connect less than four stories shall be
enclosed v^ith fire separation assemblies having a
fireresistance rating of not less than one hour. An
exit stairway enclosure shall not be used for any
purpose other than means of egress. Openings in
exit enclosures, other than unexposed exterior
openings, shall be limited to those necessary for exit
access to the enclosure from normally occupied
spaces and for egress from the enclosure.
Exceptions:
1 . Stairways are not required to be enclosed in
occupancies in Use Group A-5 in which all
portions of the means of egress are essentially
open to the outside.
2. Stairwa)^s serving and contained within a
single residential dwelling unit in occupancies in
Use Group R-2 or R-3 are not required to be
enclosed.
3. StairM'oys that are not a required means of
egress element are not required to be enclosed
where such stairways comply with 780 CMR
713.3.
4. Stairways in open parking structures which
serve only the parking structure are not required
to be encloed.
5. Stairways in occupancies in Use Group 1-3 as
provided for in 780 CMR 410.3.7.
1014.11.1 Exterior walls: Exterior walls of an
enclosed exit stairway shall comply with the
requirements of 780 CMR 705.0 for exterior
walls. Where nonrated walls or unprotected
openings enclose the exterior of the stairway, the
building exterior walls within ten feet (3048 mm)
horizontally of the nonrated wall or unprotected
opening shall be constructed as required for
stairway enclosures, including opening
protectives, but are not required to exceed a one-
hour fireresistance rating with y4-hour opening
protectives. This construction shall extend
vertically from a point ten feet (3048 mm) above
the topmost landing of the stairway or to the roof
line, wliichever is lower, and down to the ground.
1014.11.2 Penetrations: Penetrations into and
openings through an exit enclosure assembly are
prohibited except for required exit doors,
ductwork and equipment necessary for
independent stair pressurization, required
ventilation sprinkler piping, standpipes and
electrical conduit serving the stairway and
terminating at a steel box that does not exceed 16
square inches (10323 mm^) in area. There shall
not be any penetrations or communicating
openings, whether protected or not between
adjacent stairway enclosures.
1014.11.3 Door locks: All interior stairway
means of egress doors shall be openable from
both sides without the use of a key or special
knowledge or effort.
Exceptions:
1 . Stairway discharge doors shall be operable
from the egress side and shall only be locked
from the opposite side.
2. 780 CMR 1014.0 shall not apply to doors
arranged in accordance with 780 CMR 403.10
and 1017.4.
1014.11.4 Exit signs: Each door to an enclosed
exit stairway shall be equipped with tactile
signage reading "Exit" complying with 521 CMR
listed in Appendix A and installed on the side of
the door from which egress is to be made.
1014.11.5 Stairway floor number signs: A sign
shall be provided at each floor landing in all inter-
ior exit stairways connecting more than three stor-
ies designating the floor level above and below
the level of exit discharge, the identification of the
stairway and the availability of roof access from
that stairway. The sign shall be located
186
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
MEANS OF EGRESS
approximately five feet (1524 mm) above the
floor landing in a position which is readily visible
when the doors are in the open and closed
positions.
1014„12 Exterior stairways: Exterior stairways
shall have openings on at least one side facing an
outer court, yard or public way. The openings shall
have an aggregate width of not less than 20% of the
stairway perimeter and an aggregate area on each
level of not less than 12% of the total perimeter wall
area of each level. In other than occupancies in Use
Group R-3, treads, platforms and landings which are
part of exterior stairways in climates subject to snow
or ice shall be protected to prevent accumulation of
same. Exterior stairways shall not be accepted as an
exit in the following cases:
. 1 . Occupancies in Use Groups 1-2 and 1-3 in
buildings that exceed four stories or 50 feet
(15240 mm) in height,
2. Floors that exceed five stories or 65 feet
(19812 mm) in height above the level of exit
discharge.
1014,12.1 Loeatioii: Exterior exit stairways shall
not project beyond the street lot line. Exterior
exit stairways shall be located at least ten feet
(3048 mm) from adjacent lot lines and from other
buildings on the same lot unless openings in such
buildings are protected by %-hour opening
protectives.
Exception: Noncombustible exterior
stairways constituting not more than 50% of
the required means of egress shall be exempt
from die ten=foot (3048 mm) j?re separation
distance requirement.
WUA22 Protection: Exterior exit stairs shall be
separated from the interior of the building by
walls v^th a fireresistance rating of not less than
one hour, with fixed or self-closing opening
protectives as required in 780 CMR 1014.11.
This protection shall extend vertically from a
point ten feet (3048 mm) above the topmost
landing or the roof line, whichever is lower, down
to the ground, and shall extend horizontally ten
feet (3048 mm) from each side of the stairway.
Openings vrithin the horizontal ten-foot (3048
mm) extension of the protected walls beyond the
stairway shall be equipped with fixed '/i-hour
opening protective assemblies.
Exseptions:
1 . Occupancies, other than those in Use Group
R-1 or R-2, in buildings that are two stories or
less above grade where the level of exit
discharge is the first story above grade.
2. Separation from the interior of the building
is not required where the exterior stairway is
served by an exterior exit access balcony that
connects two remote exterior stairways or
other approved exits, with a perimeter which is
not less than 50% open. To be considered
open, the opening shall be a minimum of 50%
of the height of the enclosing wall, with the top
of the openings not less than seven feet (2134
mm) above the top of the balcony.
3. Separation from the interior of the building
is not required for an exterior stairway located
in a building or structure that is permitted to
have unenclosed interior exit stairways in
accordance with 780 CMR 1014.1 1.
780 CMR lOlS J SMOKEPROOF
ENCLOSURES
lOlSol General: A smokeproof enclosure shall
consist of an enclosed interior exit stairway that
conforms to 780 CMR 1014.0 and an outside
balcony or a ventilated vestibule meeting the
requirements of 780 CMR 1015.0. Where access to
the roof is required by 780 CMR 1027.0, such access
shall be from the smokeproof enclosure where a
smokeproof enclosure is required.
1101S.2 Where reqisired: In buildings having a
height of 70 feet above the grade plane, at least one
exit stafrwell shall be protected by a smokeproof
enclosure serving all floor levels. In buildmgs
having exit stairwells more than 30 feet below the
level of exit discharge, at least one exit stairwell
shall be protected by a smokeproof enclosure
serving all floor levels located below the level of exit
discharge.
EsceptloBi: Occupancies in Use Group 1-2.
101S3 Access: Access to the stair shall be from
every stoiy and shall be by way of a vestibule or by
way of an open exterior balcony. The minimum
dimension of the vestibule shall not be less than the
required vwdth of the corridor leading to the
vestibule but shall not have a width of less than 44
inches (1118 mm) and shall not have a length of less
than 72 inches (1829 mm) in the direction of egress
travel.
1015.4 Coiastructioffi: The smokeproof enclosure
shall be separated from the remainder of the building
by not less than a two-hour fireresistance rated fire
separation assembly without openings other than the
required means of egress doors. The vestibule shall
be separated from the stairway by not less than a
two°hour fireresistance rated Jire separation
assembly. The open exterior balcony shall be
constructed in accordance vwth the fireresistance
rating requirements for floor construction.
1015.4.1 Door closers: All doors in a smokeproof
enclosure shall be self-closing or shall be
automatic-closing by actuation of a smoke
detector installed at the floor side entrance to the
smokeproof enclosure in accordance with
780 CMR 716.5. .The actuation of the smoke
detector on any door shall activate the closing
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
187
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
at all levels. Smoke detectors shall be installed in
accordance with 780 CMR 918.8.
1015.5 Natural ventilation alternative: The
provisions of 780 CMR 1015.5.1 through 1015.5.3
shall apply to ventilation of smokeproof enclosures
by natural means.
1015.5.1 Balcony doors: Where access to the
stairway is by way of an open exterior balcony,
the door assembly into the enclosure shall be a
fire door in accordance with 780 CMR 716.0.
1015.5.2 Vestibule doors: Where access to the
stairway is by way of a vestibule, the door
assembly into the vestibule shall be afire door
complying with 780 CMR 716.0. The door
assembly from the vestibule to the stairway shall
. have not less than a 20-minute fire protection
rating complying with 780 CMR 716.0.
1015.5J Vestibule ventilation: Each vestibule
shall have a minimum net area of 16 square feet
(1.49 m^ of opening in a wall facing an outer
court, yard or public way which is at least 20 feet
(6096 mm) in width.
1015.6 Mechanical ventilation alternative: The
provisions of 780 CMR 1015.6.1 through 1015.6.4
shall apply to ventilation of smokeproof enclosures
by mechanical means.
1015.6.1 Vestibule doors: The door assembly
from the building into the vestibule shall be afire
door complying with 780 CMR 716.0. The door
assembly from the vestibule to the stairway shall
have not less than a 20-minute fire protection
rating in accordance with 780 CMR 716.0. The
door from the building into the vestibule shall be
provided with gaskets or other provisions to
minimize air leakage.
1015.6.2 Vestibule ventilation: The vestibule
shall be supplied with not less than one air change
per minute, and the exhaust shall not be less than
150% of supply. Supply air shall enter and
exhaust air shall discharge from the vestibule
through separate, tightly constructed ducts used
only for that purpose. Supply air shall enter the
vestibule within six inches (152 nun) of the floor
level. The top of the exhaust register shall be
located at the top of the smoke trap but not more
than six mches (152 mm) down fVom the top of
the trap, and shall be entirely within the smoke
trap area. Doors in the open position shall not
obstruct duct openings. Diict openings with
controlling dampers are permitted where
necessary to meet the design requirements, but
dampers are not otherwise required.
1015.6.2.1 Engineered ventilation system:
Where a specially engineered system is used.
the systems shall exhaust a quantity of air
equal to not less than 90 air changes per hour
from any vestibule in the emergency operation
mode and shall be sized to handle three
vestibules simultaneously. Smoke detectors
shall be located at the fioor side entrance to
each vestibule and shall activate the system for
the affected vestibule. Smoke detectors shall
be mstalled in accordance with 780 CMR
918.8.
1015.63 Smoke trap: The vestibule ceiling shall
be at least 20 inches (508 mm) higher than the
door opening into the vestibule to serve as a
smoke and heat trap and to provide an upward
moving air column. The height shall not be
decreiised unless approved and justified by design
and test.
1015.6.4 Stair shaft air movement system: The
stair shaft shall be provided with a dampered
relief opening and supplied with sufficient air to
maintain a minimum positive pressure of 0.10
mch of water column (24.88 P) in the shaft
relative to the vestibule with all doors closed.
1015.7 Ventilating equipment: The activation of
ventilating equipment required by the altematives in
780 CMR 1015.6 shall be by smoke detectors
installed at each floor level at an approved location
at the entrance to the smofxproof enclosure. When
the closing device for the stair shaft and vestibule
doors is activated by smoke detection or power
failure, tlie mechanical equipment shall activate and
operate at the required performance levels. Smoke
detectors shall be installed in accordance with
780 CMR 918.8.
1015.7.1 Ventilation systems: Smokeproof
enclosure ventilation systems shall be
independent of other building ventilation systems.
The equipment and ductwork shall comply with
one of the following:
1. Equipment and ductwork shall be located
exterior to the building and shall be directly
coimected to the smokeproof enclosure or
connected to the smokeproof enclosure by
ductwork enclosed by two-hour fu'eresistance
rated fire separation assemblies.
2. Equipment and ductwork shall be located
witliin the smokeproof enclosure with intake or
exhaust directly from and to the outside or
through ductwork enclosed by two-hour
fireresistance rated fire separation assemblies.
3. Equipment and ductwork shall be located
within the building if separated from the
remainder of the building, including other
mechanical equipment, by two-hour
fireresistance rated //re separation assemblies.
188
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
MEANS OF EGRESS
IOIS.7.2 Standby power: Mechanical vestibule
and stair shaft ventilation systems and automatic
fire detection systems shall be powered by an
approved standby power system conforming to
780 CMR 403.9.1 and 527 CMR UM, She
Massachusetts Electrical Code, referenced m
780 CMR 2 7, and listed In Appendix A .
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97) 780 CMR = Sixth Edition 188.1
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
188.2 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
MEANS OF EGRESS
1015.7,3 Acceptance and testing: Before the
mechanical equipment is approved, the system
sha]] be tested in the code official's presence to
confirm that the sj'stem is operating in compliance
with these requirements.
780 CMR 1016.© RAMPS
1016.1 Capacit}': The capacity of a ramp used as a
means of egress component shall be computed in
accordance with 780 CMR 1009.0.
Note: For ramp design requirements related to
building access issues, refer to 780 CMR 1 1 .00
1016.2 Minimum dimensions: The minimum
dimensions oi means of egress ramps shall comply
with 780 CMR 1016.2.1 through 1016.2.3.
1016.2.1 Width: The minimum width of a means
of egress ramp shall not be less than that required
for corridors by 780 CMR 1011.3.
1016.2.2 Headroom: The minimum headroom in
all parts of the means of egress ramp shall not be
less than 80 inches (2032 mm).
1016.2.3 Restrictions: Means of egress ramps
shall not reduce m width in the direction of egress
travel. Projections into the required ramp and
landing width are prohibited except at and below
handrail height where, at each handrail, the
projections shall not exceed ZVi inches (89 mm)
into the required width. Doors opening onto a
landing shall not reduce the clear width to less
than 42 inches (1067 mm).
1016.3 Maximum slope: The maximum slope of
means of egress ramps in the dkection of travel shall
be one unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (1:12);
except the maximum slope shall be: one unit
vertical in eight units horizontal (1:8) if the rise is
limited to three inches (76 mm); one unit vertical in
ten units horizontal (1 : 1 0) if the rise is limited to six
inches (152 rmci). The maximum slope across the
direction of travel shall be one unit vertical in 48
units horizontal (1:48).
Exception: Aisles in areas of Use Group A shall
comply with 780 CMR 1012.0.
1016.4 Landings: Ramp slopes of one unit vertical
in 12 units horizontal (1:12) or steeper shall have
landings at the top, bottom, all points of turning,
entrance, exit and at doors. Ramps shall not have a
vertical rise greater than 30 inches (762 mm)
between landings. The maximum slope of landings
shall be one unit vertical in 48 units horizontal
(1 :48). The least dimension of a landing shall not be
less than the required width of the ramp except that
the landing dimension in the direction of travel is not
required to exceed four feet (1219 mm) where the
travel from one ramp to the next ramp is a straight
run.
Exception: Aisles in areas of Use Group A shall
comply with 780 CMR 1012.0.
.5 Guards and handrails: Guards shall be
provided on both sides of the ramp and shall be
constructed m accordance with 780 CMR 1021.0.
Handrails conforming to 780 CMR 1022.0 shall be
provided on both sides of every ramp having a slope
greater than one unit vertical in 20 units horizontal
(1 :20). Handrails are not required on ramps where
the vertical rise between landings is six inches (152
mm) or less.
Exception: Handrails in aisles in occupancies in
Use Group A shall comply with 780 CMR 1012.0.
1016.5.1 Drop-offs: The sides of ramps and
landings with a drop-off shall have a curb with a
minimum four-inch (102 mm) height above the
walking surface or shall be provided with a
guardrail.
1016.6 Ramp construction: Ramps used as an exit
shall conform to the applicable requirements of
780 CMR 1014.9 as to materials of construction and
enclosure.
1016.6.1 Surface: For all slopes exceeding one
unit vertical in 20 units horizontal (1:20) and
where the use is such as to involve danger of
slipping, the ramp shall be surfaced with approved
slip-resistant materials.
1016.6.2 Exterior ramps: Exterior ramps and
landings shall be designed and constructed to
prevent water from accumulating on the walking
surface.
im CMR 1017.0 MEANS OF EGRESS
BOORWAYS
1017.1 General: The requirements of 780 CMR
1017.0 shall apply to all doorways serving as a
component or element of a means of egress, except
as provided for in 780 CMR 1014.8, 1014.12.2,
1015.5.1.1015.5.2 and 1015.6.1.
1017.1.1 Floor surface: The floor surface on
both sides of a door shall be at the same elevation.
The floor surface over which the door swings
shall be at the same elevation as the floor level at
the threshold and shall extend from the door in the
closed position a distance equal to the door width.
Exception: This requirement shall not apply
to:
1 . Exterior doors, as provided for in 780 CMR
1005.6, which are not on an accessible route.
2. Variations in elevation due to differences in
finish materials, but not more than Vi inch (13
mm).
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
189
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Thresholds at doorways shall not exceed Va inch
(19 mm) in height above the finished floor surface
for exterior residential sliding doors or V2 inch (13
mm) for all other doors. Raised thresholds and floor
level changes greater than Va inch (6 mm) at
doorways shall be beveled with a slope not greater
than one unit vertical in two units horizontal (1:2).
1017.2 Number of doorways: Each occupant of a
room or space shall have access to at least two exits
or exit access doors from the room or space where
the occupant load of the space exceeds that listed in
Table 1017.2, or where the travel distance from any
point within the space to an exit or exit access door
exceeds that listed in Table 1017.2. Where the
occupant load of a room or space is between 501 and
1,000, a minimum of three exits or exit access doors
shall be provided. Where the occupant load of a
room or space exceeds 1 ,000, a minimum of four
exits or exit access doors shall be provided.
Exceptions:
1 . Boiler, incinerator and furnace rooms shall be
provided with two egress doorways where the area
exceeds 500 square feet (47 m^) and individual
fuel-fired equipment exceeds 400,000 Btuh (117
kW) input capacity. Door ways shall be separated
by a horizontal distance equal to not less than one-
half of the diagonal dimension of the room.
Where two doorways are required by this
exception, a fixed ladder access out of the room
shall be permitted in lieu of one doorway.
2. In an occupancy in Use Group 1-2, any room
and any suite of rooms as permitted in 780 CMR
1011.1.1, Exception No. 3, of more than 1,000
square feet (93 m^), shall have at least two exit
access doors remote from each other.
Table 1017.2
SPACES WITH ONE MEANS OF EGRESS
Use Group
Maximum
Maximum travel
occupant load
distance (feet)
A, B, E, F, M
50
75
H-l^H-2,H-3
3
25
H-4
10
75
I.R
10
75
s
30
100
Note a. For requirements for areas and spaces in Use
Group H-1, see 780 CMR 418.2.2.
Note b. 1 foot = 304.8 nun.
1017.2.1 Entrance and egress doorways: Where
separate doors are provided for entrance and
means of egress, the entrance door shall be clearly
marked "Entrance Only" in letters not less than six
inches (152 mm) in height and legible from both
inside and outside.
1017.2.2 Location of doors: The required door-
ways opening from a room or space within a
building and leading to an exit access shall be lo-
cated as remote as practicable from each other and
shall conform to 780 CMR 1006.4.1. The
distance of exit access travel from any point in a
room ,or space to a required exit door shall not
exceed the limitations of 780 CMR 1006.5.
1017.2.3 Door arrangement: The space between
doors in series shall not be less than seven feet
(2134 mm) as measured when the doors are in the
closed position.
Exception: Power-operated doors and
occupancies in Use Groups I-l and R-3.
1017.3 Size of doors: The minimum width of each
door opening shall be sufficient for the occupant
load thereof and shall provide a clear width of not
less than 32 inches (813 mm). Where 780 CMR
1017.0 requires a minimum clear width of 32 inches
(813 mm) and a door opening includes two door
leaves without a mullion, one leaf shall provide a
clear opening width of 32 inches (813 mm). The
maximum width of a swinging door leaf shall be 48
inches nominal. Means of egress doors in an occu-
pancy in Use Group 1-2 used for the movement of
beds shall be at least 44 inches (1118 mm) wide. The
height of doors shall not be less than 80 inches (2032
mm). For A-2 occupancies where the occupant load
is 50 or greater refer to 780 CMR 1006.2.2. 1
Exceptions:
1. A means of egress door serving a storage area
of not more than 800 square feet (74 m^) and
which is normally unoccupied shall have a
maximum width of ten feet (3048 mm).
2. The minimum and maximum width shall not
apply to doors that are not required for means of
egress in occupancies in Use Groups R-2 and R-3.
3. Door openings to resident sleeping rooms in
occupancies in Use Group 1-3 shall have a clear
width of not less than 28 inches (711 mm).
4. Door openings to storage closets less than ten
square feet (0.93 m^) in area shall not be limited
by the minimum width.
5. Width of door leafs in revolving doors that
comply with 780 CMR 1018.0 shall not be
limited.
6. Door openings within a dwelling unit shall not
be less than 78 inches (1981 mm) in height.
7. Exterior door openings in dwelling units, other
than the required exit door, shall not be less than
76 inches (1930 mm) in height.
8. Interior egress doorways within sl dwelling unit
not required to be adaptable or accessible shall
have a minimum clear width of 29%-inches (755
mm).
1017.4 Door hardware: Door handles, pulls,
latches, locks and other operating devices shall be at
a maximum height of 48 inches (1219 mm) above
the finished floor. The operating devices shall be
capable of operation with one hand and shall not
require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of
the wrist to operate. All means of egress doors shall
be of a side-swinging type. All doors shall swing in
the direction of egress where serving an occupant
190
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
9/9/05 (Effective 8/26/05)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
MEANS OF EGRESS
load of 50 or more persons or where serving a high-
hazard occupancy. The opening force for interior
sideswinging doors without closers shall not exceed
a five-pound (24 N) force. For aU other side-
sv\nn^g, sliding and folding doors, the door latch
shall release when subjected to a 15-pound (73 N)
force. The door shall be set in motion when
subjected to a 30-pound (146 N) force. The door
shall swing to a fiill-open position when subjected to
a 15-pound (73 N) force. Forces shall be applied to
the latch side.
Exceptions:
1. Doors to private garages, factory and storage
areas with an occupant load often or less.
2. Horizontal sliding-type doors complying with
780 CMR 410.4.2 shall be permitted in a means of
egress in occupancies in Use Group 1-3.
3. Doors witWn or serving a single dwelling unit
which is not required to be accessible or adaptable
by 780 CMR 11, are not required to be provided
with lever handled operating devices.
4. Revolving doors conforming to 780 CMR
1038.0.
5. Horizontal sliding doors complying with
780 CMR 1017.4.4 shall be permitted in a means'
of egress in areas of refuge as described in
780 CMR 1007.5 and areas, other than high-
hazard occupancies, that serve an occupant load
oflessthaaSO.
WllAA Locks and latches: All means of egress
doors shall be readily openable fi-om the side from
which egress is to be made without the use of a
key or special knowledge or qSoU. Refer to
MM.L & 143 § SRfor locking devices m the
exSenor doors of apartment houses.
Exceptions
1. Key operation shall be permitted Srom a
dwelling unit provided that ^e key cannot be
removed from the lock when the door is locked
from the side from which egress is to be made.
2. Locking devices conforming to 780 CMR
409.3.2 shall be permitted in occupancies in
Use Group 1-2.
3 . Locks conforming to 780 CMR 4 1 0.4 shall
be permitted in occupancies in Use Group 1-3.
4. Means of e^ess doors from individual
dwelling units and guestrooms of occupancies
in Use Group R having an occupant load often
or less shall be permitted to be equipped with
a night latch, dead bolt or securi^ chain,
provided that such devices are openable from
the inside without the use of a key or tool and
are mounted at a height not to exceed 48 inches
(1219 mm) above the finished floor.
5. Special locking arrangements conforming
to 780 CMR 1017.4.1.2 or 780 CMR
1017.4.1.3.
6. In occupancies in Use Groups B^ F, M and
S, the main exterior means of egress door is
permitted to be equipped with a key°operated
locking device from the egress side where in
compliance with the following three
conditions:
6. 1 . The locking device is of a type that is
readily distinguishable as locked.
6.2. A readily visible, durable sign is posted
on the egress side on or adjacent to the door
stating "This Door To Remain Unlocked
When This Building Is Occupied." The sign
shall be in letters not less than one inch (25
mm) high on a contrasting background.
6.3. The main exterior door is a single door
or a pair of doors which, when unlocked, the
door or both leafs of a pair of doors swing
free.
7- Locking arrangements conforming to
780 CMR 1017.4.5.
8. In occupancies in Use Group I-l and 1-2
locks shall be permitted under the following
conditions:
a. Patient sleeping room doors may be
provided with key locking devices that
restrict access to the room from the
corridor and thai are openable only by
staff from the corridor side, provided such
device shall not restrict egress from the
sleeping room.
k AH other means of egress doors may be
provided with key locking devices where
the cUnicaS needs of the patients require
specialized security measures for their
safety, or for the protection of the public,
provided keys are carried 24 hours per day
by staffing at all limes, who have been
trained in emergency evacuation
procedures.
I0i7o4.i.i Bush and surface bolts: Manually
operated edge or surface-mounted flush bolts
and surface bolts are proMbited. Where means
of egress doors are used in pairs and approved
automatic flush bolts are used, the door leafs
having the automatic flush bolts shall not have
a door knob or surface-mounted hardware.
The unlatching of any leaf shall not require
more than one operation.
1017 Ai.2 Special locking arrangements: In
buildings that are equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system installed in
accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1 or with an
automatic fire detection ^stem, doors in a
means of egress serving occupancies in Use
Group B, E, F, I, M, S or R, shall be unlocked
or shall be equipped with ^proved egress
control devices which shall unlock in
accordance with items 780 CMR 1017.4.1.2.1
through 7. A building occupant shall not be
required to pass through more than one door
equipped with a special locking device before
entering an exit.
1. Actuation of the automatic sprinkler
system or automatic fire detection system.
9/19/97 (Efrective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 CMR - Sbrth Edition
191
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
2. Loss of power to the egress control
device.
3. Loss ofpower to the building.
4. Capability of being unlocked manually
by a signal from an emergency control
station.
5. The initiation of an irreversible and
automatic process that will release the latch
within 15 seconds when a force of not more
than 15 pounds (73 N) is applied for one
second to the release device and not relock
until the door has been opened and returned
to the closed position for not less than 30
seconds. Any reopening of the door shall
restart the 30-second relocking cycle. Any
attempt to exit which exceeds one second
shall render the door openable. The time
delay and the minimum relocking cycle time
shall not be field adjustable.
Exceptions:
1 . An increase in the time delay to 30
seconds shall not be permitted except as
approved by the code official.
2. An increase in the relocking cycle
time to 45 seconds shall not be permitted
except as approved by the code official.
3. In Use Group B buildings where one
tenant occupies the entire floor and the
building has a security station staffed 24
hours each day, the installation of a
door release device described in
780 CMR 1017.4.1.2, item S, may be
omitted on egress doors in elevator
lobbies provided thai all other items in
780 CMR 1017.4.1.2 are met, and in
addition, the following items are met:
a. The building is equipped
throughout with both a supervised
automatic fire sprinkler system and a
supervised automatic fire alarm
system.
b. The supervised automatic fire
sprinkler system and the supervised
fire alarm system shall interface with
the access control system to unlock the
doors automatically upon activation of
either system.
c The elevator lobby shall be
equipped with a telephone connected
directly to the staffed security station
and a sign having block letters one
inch in height shall be provided
directly above the telephone and shall
state: "In case of emergency, pick up
telephone. You will be connected
directly to security personnel".
6. Initiation of the irreversible process shall
activate an audible alarm in the vicmity of
the door.
7. A sign having block letters of one inch
(25 mm) in height shall be provided on the
door above and within 12 inches (305 mm)
of the release device stating "Push until
alaiTO sounds. Door can be opened in 15
seconds."
1017.4.1^ Security locking arrangements in
penal facilities: In occupancies in Use Groups
A-3, A-4, B, E, F, 1, M and S within penal
facilities, doors in means of egress serving
rooms or spaces occupied by persons whose
movements must be controlled for security
reasons shall be permitted to be locked if
equipped with egress control devices which
shall unlock manually and by at least one of
the following means.
1. Actuation of an automatic fire
suppression system required by 780 CMR
904.1.
2. Actuation of a key-operated manual
alarm station required by 780 CMR 917.4.
3. A signal from a central control station.
1017.4.2 Panic hardware: All doors equipped
with latching devices in occupancies in Use
Groups A and E or portions of buildings occupied
for assembly or educational purposes and serving
rooms or spaces with an occupant load greater
than 100, shall be equipped with approved panic
hardware. Acceptable panic hardware shall be a
door latching assembly incorporating a device
which causes the door latch to release and the leaf
to open when a force of 15 pounds (73 N) is
applied in the direction of egress to a bar or panel,
the activating portion of which extends not less
than one-half of the width of the door leaf, and is
applied at a height greater than 30 inches (762
mm) but less than 44 inches (1118 mm) above the
floor. The force shall be applied at the lock side
of the door or 30 inches (762 mm) from the
hinged side, whichever is farther from the hinge.
Where ^re door assemblies are required to have
panic hardware, approved fire exit hardware shall
be used.
1017.4.3 Power-operated doors: Where means
of egress doors are operated by power, such as
doors with a photoelectric-actuated mechanism to
open the door upon the approach of a person, or
doors with power-assisted manual operation, the
design shall be such that in the event of power
failure, the door is capable of being opened
manually to peirmit means of egress travel or
closed where necessary to safeguard means of
egress. The forces required to open these doors
manually shall not exceed those specified in
780 CMR 1017.4 except that the force to set the
door in motion shall not exceed 50 pounds (244
N). The door shall be capable of swinging from
any position to the foil width of the opening in
which such door is installed when a force is
applied to the door on the side from which egress
is made.
192
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOAKD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
MEANS OF EGRESS
Esceptions:
1 . Occupancies in Use Group 1-3.
2. Horizontal sliding doors complying with
780 CMR 1017.4.4.
1017.4.4 Horizontal sliding doors: In other than
occupancies in Use Group H, horizontal sliding
doors that are considered a component of & means
of egress shall comply with aU of the following
criteria:
1 . The door serves an occupant load of less
than 50;
2. The door shall be power operated and be
capable of being operated manually in the
event of power failure;
3. The door shall be openable from both sides
without special knowledge or effort;
4. The force required to operate the door shall
not exceed 30 pounds (146 N) to set the door in
motion and 15 pounds (73 N) to close the door
or to open such door to the minunum required
width;
5. The door shall be openable with a force not
to exceed one ounds (73 N) when a force of
250 pounds (12220 N) is applied perpendicular
to the door adjacent to the operating device;
6. The door assembly shall comply with the
applicable fire protection rating and, where
rated, shall be self-closing or automatic°closing
by smoke detection, shall be installed in
accordance with NFiPA 80 listed in Appendix
A, and shall comply with 780 CMR 716.0;
7. The door assembly shall have a standby
power supply;
8. The door shall open to the minimum
required width within ten seconds after
activation of the operating de^ce; and
9. The door assembly power supply shall be
electrically supervised at a constantly attended
location.
1017.4.5 Accessocontrolled egress doors: The
entrance doors in a means of egress In buildings
ith an occupanQr in Use Group A, B, E, M, R-1 or
R-2 and entrance doors to tenant spaces in
occupancies in Use Groups A, B, E, M, R-1 and
R°2 are permitted to be equipped with an
approved entrance and egress access control
system which shall be installed in accordance
with items 780 CMR 1017.4.5. 1. through 6.
1. A sensor shall be provided on the egress
side arranged to detect an occupant
approaching the doors. The doors shall be
arranged to unlock by a signal from or loss of
power to the sensor.
2. Loss of power to that part of the access
control system which loclb the doors shall
automatically unlock the doors.
3. The doors shall be arranged to unlock from
a manual unlocking device located 40 inches
(1016 mm) to 48 inches (1219 mm) vertically
above the floor and mthm five feet (1524 mm)
of the secured doors. Ready access shall be
provided to the manual unlocking device and
the device shall be clearly identified by a sign.
When operated, the manual unlocking device
shall result in direct interruption of power to
the lock - independent of the access control
system electronics - and the doors shall remain
unlocked for a minimum of 30 seconds.
4. Activation of the building fire protective
signaling system, if provided, shall
automatically unlock the doors, and the doors
shall remain unlocked until the fire protective
signaling system has been reset.
5. Activation of the building automatic
sprinkler or fire detection system, if provided,
shall automatically unlock the doors. The
doors shall remain unlocked until the fire
protective signaling system has been reset.
6. Entrance doors in buildings with an
occupancy in Use Group A, B, E or M shall not
be secured from the egress side during periods
that the building is open to the general public.
1017.5 Security grilles: Horizontal sliding or
vertical security grilles which are part of a required
means of egress shall be openable from the inside
without the use of a key or special knowledge or
effort during periods that the space is occupied. The
grilles shall remain secured in the fiill-open position
during the period of occupancy by the general
public. Grilles shall not be brought to the closed
position when there are more than ten persons
occupying spaces served by a single exit or 50
persons occupying spaces served by more than one
exit. Where two or more exits are required, not more
than one-half of the exits shall be equipped with
horizontal sliding or vertical security grilles.
1017.6 Level of exit discharge doors: Where
glazed, doors at the level of exit discharge shall be
glazed with approved safety glazing. Approved
doors having one or more unframed edges shall be
constructed of safety glazing not less than Vz inch
thick. (Also see 780 CMR 2405)
780 CMR 1018.0 REVOLVING BOOKS
WU.l Geaeral: All revolving doors shall comply
with 780 CMR 1018.2 throug^h 1018.5. In other than
occupancies in Use Group H, revolving doors that
are considered a component of the means of egress
shall comply with 780 CMR 1018.2 through 1018.6.
WMJl Collapse: Each revolving door shall be
capable of collapsing into a book-fold position with
parallel egress paths having an aggregate width of
not less than 36 inches (914 mm). The revolving
door shall collapse when a force of not more than
180 pounds (880 N) is appEed withm 3 inches (76
mm) of the outer edge of a wing.
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition
193
780 CMR; STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
is reduced to not more than 130 pounds (635 N)
when:
1. There is a power failure or power is
removed to the device holding the wings in
position.
2. There is an actuation of the automatic
sprinkler system where such system is
provided.
3. There is an actuation of an automatic fire
detection system installed in accordance with
780 CMR 918.0 for all areas within the
building which are within 75 feet (22860 mm)
of the revolving doors. The collapse of the
door(s) shall not be delayed by the alarm
verification required by 780 CMR 918.7.
4. There is an actuation of a manual control
switch which reduces the holding force to not
more than the 130-pound (635 N) force level.
Such switch shall be in an approved location
and shall be clearly identified.
1018.3 Dispersal area: A revolving door shall not
be located within ten feet (3048 mm) of the foot or
top of stairwc^s or escalators. A dispersal area shall
be provided between the stairways or escalators and
the revolving doors.
1018.4 Speed control: The revolutions per minute
for a revolving door shall not exceed the speeds
indicated in Table 1018.4.
Table 1018.4
REVOLVING DOOR SPEED
Inside diameter
Power-driven type
speed control
(rpm)
Manual-type speed
control (rpm)
6'6"
11
12
7'0"
10
11
7'6"
9
11
B'^"
ilsi'lipiliiii
iiiiiiiiiiiii
B'fi"
111111111111
liiiiiiBi
9'0"
8
9
9'6"
7
8
lO'O"
7
8
Note a. 1 foot = 304.8 nun; 1 inch = 25 4 mm.
1018.5 Adjacent area: Each revolving door shall
have a conforming side-hinged swinging door in the
same wall as, and within ten feet (3048 mm) of, the
revolving door.
Exception: The adjacent s^^dnging door is not
required for street floor elevator lobbies if a
stainvqy, escalator or door from other parts of the
building does not discharge through the lobby and
the lobby does not have any occupancy other than
as a means of travel between the elevators and
street.
1018.6 Means of egress: A revolving door to be
considered as a component of a means of egress
shall comply with 780 CMR 1018.2 through 1018.5
and the following conditions:
1. Revolving doors shall not be given credit for
more than 50% of the required exit capacity of the
building.
2. Each revolving door shall not be credited with
more than a 50-person capacity.
3. Each revolving door shall be capable of being
collapsed when a force of not more than 130
pounds (635 N) is applied within three inches (76
mm) of the outer edge of a wing.
780 CMR 1019.0 HORIZONTAL EXITS
1019.1 General: Horizontal exits shall be accepted
as an approved exit element of a required means of
egress. The connection between an area of a
building which the horizontal exit serves and the
area of refuge as herein required shall be
accomplished by protected openings in a
fireresistance rated wall, or by an open-air balcony
or bridge.
1019.2 Separation: The separation between
buildings or areas of refuge connected by a
horizontal exit shall be provided by at least a two-
hour fireresistance rated ^re wall or fire separation
assembly with approved opening protectives
complying with 780 CMR 7 and Table 602.
1019.2.1 Doors: All doors shall swing in the
direction of egress travel. Where the horizontal
exit serves as an exit from both sides of the wall,
there shall be adjacent openings with swinging
fire doors opening in opposite directions.
Exception: Horizontal sliding doors
complying with 780 CMR 1017.4.4 where
serving an occupant load of less than 50.
1019.3 Area of refuge: The discharge area of a
horizontal exit shall be either public areas or spaces
occupied by the same tenant, and each such area of
refuge shall be adequate to hold the total occupant
load of both connected areas. The capacity of areas
of refiige shall be computed on a minimum net floor
area allov^ance for each occupant to be
accommodated therein, not including areas of
stairways, elevators and other shafts or courts, as
follows:
1 . 30 square feet (2.8 m^ per patient for hospitals
and nursing homes.
2. Six square feet (0.56 m^) per occupant on
stories not housing patients confined to a bed or
litter in an occupancy in Use Group 1-2.
3. Sue square feet (0.56 m^) per occupant in an
occupancy in Use Group 1-3.
4. Three square feet (0.28 m^) in all other cases.
1019.4 Egress from area of refuge: The path of
egress travel from the horizontal exit through the
area of refuge to another exit shall be continuously
available. In other than occupancies in Use Group
1-3, there shall be at least one exit on each side of the
horizontal exit which is not a horizontal exit. Any
194
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
MEANS OF EGRESS
area of refuge not having access to an exit, other
than a horizontal exit, shall be considered as part of
an adjoining area of refuge wnth such exit. In the
area(s) served by the horizontal exit, the length of
exit access travel distance to the horizontal exit or
another exit shall not exceed the requirements of
780 CMR 1006.5. Occupancies in Use Group 1-3
shall conform to 780 CMR 410.3.3.
780 OVm 1020.0 LEVEL OF EXIT
DISCHARGE PASSAGEWAYS USED
AS AN EXIT ELEMENT
1020.1 Passageways: Every required interior and
exterior exit element which does not adjoin ^public
way shall be directly connected to the public way or
to an open court leading to the public way by an
enclosed passageway at the level of exit discharge,
constructed in accordance with the requirements for
the enclosure of the exit it serves, or through lobbies
or vestibules as provided for in 780 CMR 1020.0.
Building areas below the level of exit discharge
shall be separated from the passageway in
accordance with the requirements for the enclosure
of exits.
1020.2 Vestibule: Where an exit discharges into an
interior vestibule, the vestibule shall be used for
ingress and means of egress only, and the vestibule
shall comply with 780 CMR 1020.2.1 and 1020.2.2.
1020.2.1 Depth and width: The vestibule depth
from the exterior of the building shall not be
greater than ten feet (3048 mm) and the width
shall not be greater than 20 feet (6096 mm).
1020.2.2 Separation: The vestibule shall be
separated from the remainder of the level of exit
discharge by self-closing doors and the equivalent
of Vi-inch-thick wired glass in steel frames.
1020.3 Lobby: Where an exit discharges into an
interior lobby located at the level of exit discharge,
the story containing the lobby shall be equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system
installed in accordance with 780 CMR 906.2. 1 or
906.2.2. Opening protectives shall be required in
accordance with Table 716. 1 at the point in which an
enclosed exit stairway discharges into a lobby.
Exceptiom: An automatic sprinkler system is not
required in areas that are separated &om the lobby
by fire separation assemblies (see 780 CMR
709.0) having a fireresistance rating of not less
than that required for exit enclosures.
1020.4 Width and height: The clear width of the
passageway shall not be less than the width required
for the capacity of the exit stairways leading thereto
and all required exit doorways opening into the
passageway. Such passageway shall have a
minimum width of 44 inches (1118 mm) and a
minimum clear ceiling height of eight feet (23438
mm).
1020.S Masioium stairway limitations: Not more
than 50% of the required stairways shall discharge
through the same passageway. Multiple lobbies
constructed in accordance with 780 CMR 1020.3
located adjacent to one another shall be separated
from each other in accordance with the requirements
for enclosure of exits.
780 CMR 1021.0 GUARDS
1021.1 General: Where required by the provisions
of780 CMR 406.5, 408.3.2, 1005.5, 1014.7, 1016.5
and 1825.5, guards shall be designed and
constructed in accordance wth the requirements of
780 CMR 1021.0 and 780 CMR 1615.5. A guardrail
system is a system of building components located
near the open sides of elevated walking surfaces for
the purpose of minimizing the possibility of an
accidental fall from the walking surface to the lower
level.
1021.2 Height: The guards shall be at least 42
inches (1067 mm) in height measured vertically
above the leading edge of the tread or adjacent
walking surface.
Esceptions:
1. In other than occupancies in Use Group E,
guards shall not be less than 34 inches (864 mm)
in height above the leading edge of the tread
along stairs v^ch are not more than 20 feet (6096
mm) in height or which reverse direction at an
intermediate landing with 12 inches (305 mm) or
less measured horizontally between successive
flights.
2. Guards along open-sided floor areas,
mezzanines and landings in occupancies in Use
Group R-3 shaU not be less than 36 inches (914
mm) in height.
10213 Opening limitations: In occupancies in Use
Groups A, B, E, H-4, I-l, 1-2, M and R, and in
public garages and open parking structures, open
guards shall have balusters or be of solid material
such that a sphere with a diameter of four inches
(102 nmi) cannot pass through any opening. Guards
shall not have an ornamental pattern that would
provide a ladder effect.
Esception: The triangular openings formed by
the riser, tread and bottom rail at the open side of
a. stairway shall be of a maximum size such that a
sphere sk inches (152 mm) in diameter cannot
pass through the opening.
In occupandes in Use Groups 1-3, F, H-1, H-2, H-
3 and S, other ihsn public garages and open parking
structures, balusters, horizontal intermediate rails or
other construction shall not permit a sphere with a
diameter of 21 inches (533 mm) to pass through any
opening.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR -Sixth Edition
195
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
1021.4 Railings: Metal or other approved
noncombustible railings shall be provided on
balconies and galleries as prescribed in 780 CMR
1021.4.1 through 1021.4.3.
1021.4.1 At fascia: Railings shall be provided:
at the fascia of boxes, balconies and galleries and
shall not be less than 26 inches (660 mm) in
height; at the end of aisles extending to the fascia
for the full width of the aisle and shall not be less
than 36 inches (914 mm) in height; and at the foot
of steps for the full width of the steps and shall
not be less than 42 inches (1067 mm) in height.
1021.4.2 At cross aisles: Railings shall be
provided along cross aisles, and shaU not be less
than 26 inches (660 mm) in height except that
railings are not required where the backs of the
seats along the front of the aisles project 24 inches
(610 mm) or more above the floor of the aisle.
1021.4.3 Successive tiers: Where seatings are
arranged in successive tiers, and where the height
of rise between platforms exceeds 18 inches (457
mm), railings not less than 26 inches (660 mm) in
height shall be provided along the entire row of
seats at the edge of the platform.
780 CMR 1022.0 HANDRAILS
1022.1 General: Where required by the provisions
of 780 CMR 1012.5, 1013.0, 1014.6.6.1, 1014.7 and
1016.5, handrails shall be designed and constructed
in accordance with 780 CMR 1022.0 and 780 CMR
1615.5. A handrail is a horizontal or sloping rail
grasped by hand for guidance or support, and for
arresting falls on the adjacent walking surface.
1022.2 Handrail details: Handrail-gripping
sur&ces shall be continuous, without interruption by
newel posts, other structure elements or
obstructions. A handrail and any wall or other
surface adjacent to the handrail shall be free of any
sharp or abrasive elements. The clear space between
the handrail and the adjacent wall or sur&ce shall
not be less than VA inches (38 mm). Edges shall
have a minimum radius of ^/fe inch (3 mm).
1022.2.1 Projection: Handrails shall not project
more than 3 'A inches (89 mm) into the required
passageway, aisle, corridor, stair or ramp width.
\mi.l.l Height: Handrails shall not be less than
34 inches (864 mm) nor more than 38 inches
(965 mm), measured vertically, above the leading
edge of the treads or above the finished floor of
the landing or walking surfaces.
Exceptions:
1. Handrails that form part of a guard shall
have a height not less than 34 inches (864 mm)
and not more than 42 mches (1067 mm).
2. Handrails within individual dwelling units
shall not be less than 30 inches (762 mm) nor
more than 38 inches (965 jnm), measured
vertically, above the leading edge of the treads
or above the finished floor.
1022.2.3 Handrails in guards: Handrails that
form part of a guard shall comply with 780 CMR
1021.3.
1022.2.4 Handrail ends: At locations where
handrails are not continuous between stairway
flights, including the top and bottom of a
stairway, the handrails shall extend horizontally
at least 12 inches (305 mm) beyond the top riser
and continue to slope for the depth of one tread
beyond the bottom riser. The handrail ends shall
be returned to a wall or post.
Where handrails are not continuous between
ramp segments, including the top and bottom of a
ramp, the handrails shall extend at least 12 inches
(305 mm) beyond the top and bottom of the ramp
segment and shall be parallel with the floor or
ground surface. The handrail ends shall be
returned to a wall or post.
Exception: Within a dwelling unit, the
horizontal extension beyond the top riser of the
jtoinvqy flight or top of the ramp segment, and
the extension beyond the bottom riser of the
5toffwqv flight or bottom of the ramp segment,
is not required.
1022.2.5 Handrail grip size: All stairway
handrails shall have a circular cross section with
an outside diameter of at least 1 '^-inches (32 mm)
and not gj'eater than two inches (5 1 mm).
Exceptions:
1. Any other shape with a perimeter dimension
of at least four inches (100 mm), but not
greater than &A inches (158 mm) with the
largest cross-sectional dimension not
exceeding IV* inches (57 mm).
2. Approved rails of equivalent graspability.
1022.2.6 Handrails of alternating tread
stairways: Stair handrails of alternating tread
stairways shall be of such a configuration as to
provide an adequate hand-hold for a person
grasping the handrail to avoid falling. A
minimum distance of sbc inches (152 mm) shall
be provided between the stair handrail and any
other object. A minimum distance of 12 inches
(305 mm) shall be provided between the stair
handrails of adjacent alternating tread stairways.
Handrails on alternating tread stairways shall be
spaced a minimum width of 17 inches (432 mm),
not to exceed 24 inches (610 mm), between the
handrails.
780 CMR 1023.0 EXIT SIGNS AND UGHTS
1023.1 Location: In all buildings, rooms or spaces
required to have more than one exit or exit access,
all required means of egress shall be indicated with
approved signs reading "Exit," visible from the exit
access and, where necessary, supplemented by
directional signs in the exit access corridors
196
780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Efifective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
MEANS OF EGRESS
indicating the direction and way of egress. AH
"Exit" signs shall be located at exit doors or exit
access areas, so as to be readily visible. Sign
placement shall be such that any point in the exit
access shall not be more than 100 feet (30480 mm)
from the nearest visible sign.
Exceptions:
1. "Exit" signs are not required in sleeping room
areas in occupancies in Use Group 1-3.
2. Main exterior exit doors which are obviously
and clearly identifiable as exits are not required to
have "Exit" signs where approved.
1023.2 Size and color: "Exit" signs shall have red
or green letters at least six inches (152 mm) high and
the minimum width of each stroke shall be % inch
(19 mm) on a white background or in other approved
distinguishable colors. The word "Exit," except the
letter I, shall have letters having a width of not less
than two inches (51 nmi) and the minimum spacing
between letters shall not be less than % inch (10
mm). Signs larger than the minimum size herein
required shall have letter widths and spacing in the
same proportions to the height as indicated in
780 CMR 1023.0. If an arrow is provided as part of
an "Exit" sign, the construction shall be such that the
arrow direction cannot be readily changed. The
word "Exit" shall be clearly discernible when the
sign illumination means is not energized.
Exception: All exit signs tested and listed to
UL-924 as listed in Appendix A and satisfying
the power source requirements of 780 CMR
1023.4 shall be permitted.
1023.3 Illumliiatlon: Each sign shall be illuminated
by a source providing not less than five footcandles
(54 lux) at the illuminated surface and shall have a
contrast ratio of not less than 0.5.
Exception: Approved self-luminous signs which
provide evenly illuminated letters shall have a
minimum luminance of 0.06 foot lamberts (0.21
cd/m^).
1023.4 Power source: All "Exit" signs shall be
illuminated at all times that the building is occupied.
To assure continued illumination for a duration of
not less than IVz hours in case of primary power loss,
the "Exit" signs shall be connected to an emergency
electrical system that complies with 527 CMR 12.00,
the Massachusetts Electrical Code, referenced in
780 CMR 27, and listed in Appendix A.
Exceptions:
1 . Approved self-luminous signs which provide
continuous illumination independent of external
power sources are not required to comply with
780 CMR 2706.0.
2. All exit signs tested and listed to 171^924 as
listed in Appendix A and satisfying the power
source requirements of 780 CMR 1023.4 shall be
permitted.
7m CMR 1024.0 MEANS OF EGRESS
LIGHTING
1024.1 Artificial lighting: All means of egress in
other than occupancies in Use Group R-3 shall be
equipped with artificial lighting facilities to provide
the intensity of illumination herein prescribed
continuously during the time that conditions of
occupancy of the building require that the exits be
available. Lighting shall also be provided to
illuminate the exit discharge. Means of egress
lighting in occupancies in Use Group R-2, other than
lighting within a dwelling unit, shall be wired on a
circuit independent of circuits within any dwelling
unit. The disconnecting means and overcurrent
protection device shall not be located within a
dwelling unit or such that access to such devices
must be obtained by going through a dwelling unit.
1024.2 Intensity of Illumination: The intensity of
floor lighting shall not be less than one footcandle
(1 1 lux) except as provided for in 780 CMR 1024.3.
1024.3 Use Groups A and £: In occupancies in
Use Groups A and E for the exhibition of motion
pictures or other projections by means of directed
light, the minimum required illumination of aisles
during such period of projection shall be 0.2
footcandle (2 lux).
1024.3.1 Control; The lighting of exits, aisles
and auditoriums shall be controlled from a
location that does not provide access to
unauthorized persons. Supplementary control
shall be provided as specified in 780 CMR 411 .4
in the motion picture projection room.
1024.4 Power source: Means of egress lighting in
all buildings, rooms or spaces required to have more
than one exit or exit access shall be connected to an
emergency electrical system that complies with
527 CMR 12.00, the Massachusetts Electrical
Code, referenced in 780 CMR 27, and listed in
Appendix A to assure continued illumination for a
duration of not less than Wt hours in case of
emergency or primary power loss.
780 CMR 1025.0 FERE ESCAPES
1025.1 Where permitted: Fire escapes shall be
permitted only as provided for in 780 CMR 1 025. 1 . 1
through 1025.1.4.
1025.1.1 New buildings: Fire escapes shall not
constitute any part of the required means of egress
in new buildings.
11/27/98-
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
197
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
1025.1.2 Existing fire escapes: Existing fire
escapes shall be continued to be accepted as a
component in the means of egress in existing
buildings only.
1025.1.3 New fire escapes: New fire escapes for
existing buildings shall be permitted only where
exterior stairs cannot be utilized due to lot lines
limiting stair size or due to the sidewalks, alleys
or roads at grade level. New fire escapes shall not
incorporate ladders or access by windows.
1025.1.4 Limitations: Fire escapes shall comply
with 780 CMR 1025.0 and shall not constitute
more than 50% of the required number of exits
nor more than 50% of the required exit capacity.
1025.2 Location: Where located on the fi-ont of the
building and where projecting beyond the building
line, the lowest landing shall not be less than seven
feet (2134 mm) or more than 12 feet (3658 mm)
above grade, and shall be equipped with a
counterbalanced stairway to the street. In alleyways
and thoroughi^es less than 30 feet (9144 mm) wide,
the clearance under the lowest landing shall not be
less than 12 feet (3658 nmi).
1025.3 Construction: The fire escape shall be
designed to support a live load of 100 pounds per
square foot (488.20 kg/m^ and shall be constructed
of steel or other approved noncombustible materials.
Fire escapes constructed of wood not less than
nominal two inches thick are permitted on buildings
of Type 5 construction. Walkways and railings
located over or supported by combustible roofs in
buildings of Types 3 and 4 construction are
permitted to be of wood not less than nominal two
inches thick.
1025.3.1 Dimensions: Stairs shall be at least 22
inches (559 mm) wide with risers not more than,
and treads not less than, eight inches (203 mm)
and landings at the foot of stairs not less than 40
inches (1016 mm) wide by 36 inches (914 mm)
long, located not more than eight inches (203 mm)
below the door.
1025.3.2 Opening protectives: Doors and
windows along the fire escape shall be protected
with '/i-hour opening protectives.
780 CMR 1026.0 SLIDESCAPES
1026.1 Where permitted: Existing slidescapes and
safety chutes shall be permitted in existing
occupancies in Use Groups E, H and I where
approved. Slidescapes and safety chutes shall be
permitted in occupancies in Use Groups H-1 and H-
2 where constructed in an approved manner.
1026.2 Location: The arrangement and location of
slidescapes shall conform to 780 CMR 10 for means
of egress and shall be designated by "Exit" signs and
lights as provided for in 780 CMR 1023.0.
1026.3 Construction: All chutes shall be
constructed of approved noncombustible materials
with a pitch in the line of travel of not less than 24
nor more than 42° (0.42 rad to 0.73 rad), measured
on the developed circumference of spiral chutes.
Straight chutes shall not be less than 24 inches (610
mm) and spiral chutes shall not be less than 28
inches (711 mm) in clear width; nor more than 44
inches (1118 mm) wide in any case. Where erected
on the interior of a building, the chutes shall be
enclosed as required in 780 CMR 1014.11 for
interior stairways with direct means of egress to a
street or other public way.
1026.4 Capacity: Slidescapes shall have a rated
egress capacity of 60 occupants per slide.
Slidescapes, except as permitted for occupancies in
Use Groups H-1 and H-2, shall not constitute more
than 25% of the required means of egress capacity
fi-om any building or structure or any individual
story.
780 CMR 1(127.0 ACCESS TO ROOF
1027.1 By stairway or ladder: In buildings more
than three stories in height except those with a roof
slope greater than four units vertical in 12 units
horizontal (4:12). access to the roof shall be
provided by means of a stairway, an alternating
tread stair in accordance with 780 CMR 1014.6.6 or
a ladder and trap door. The ladder shall not be on
the exterior of the building. Where the roof is used
as a roof garden or for other habitable purposes,
sufl^cient stairways shall extend to the roof to
provide the necessity exit facilities from the roof as
required for such occupancy. Roof trap doors shall
be constructed to comply wth 780 CMR 1510.2.
1027.1.1 Optional stairway or ladder: In
buildings not required to have a stairway,
alternating tread stair or ladder to the roof, such
devices, if provided, shall conform to the
provisions of 780 CMR 1027.0. Ladders placed
on the exterior of the building shall be of metal
and, if exceeding 20 feet (6096 mm) in height,
shall have a protective cage or other safety device.
The siderails of exterior ladders shall be carried
over the coping or parapet to serve as handrails.
Other design details of such exterior ladders are
subject to approval.
1027.2 Roof enclosures: stairways extending
through roofs shall be enclosed in roof structures of
fireresistance rated construction which conform to
the requirements of 780 CMR 1510.0.
198
780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
MEANS OF EGRESS
780 CMR 1028.0 MAINTENANCE OF EXITS
1028.1 Obstnictioas: It shall be unlawfiil to
obstruct, or reduce in any manner, the clear width of
any doorway, hallway, passageway or other means
of egress required by the provisions of 780 CMR.
1028.2 Maintenance: All exterior stairways and
fire escapes shall be kept free of snow and ice.
Exterior stairways and fire escapes constructed of
materials requiring the application of weather
protecting products, shall have these products
applied in an approved manner and shall be applied
as often as necessary to maintain the stairways and
fire escapes in safe condition where corrodible
structural parts of such stairways and fire escapes
tie directly into the building structural system, all
joints shall be sealed, as necessary, to prevent
water from damaging or corroding structural
elements,
1028 J Testing, and Certificaiiom All exterior
bridges, steel or wooden stairways, fire escapes and
egress balconies shall be examined and/or tested,
and certified for structural adequacy and safety
every five years, by a Massachusetts registered
professional engineer, or others qualified and
acceptable to the building official,' said engineer or
others shall then submit an affidavit to the building
official
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
199
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
200 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
CHAPTER 11
ACCESSIBILITY'
(780 CMR 11 is Entirely Unique to Massachusetts)
780 CMR llOLO MG.L c 22, § 13 A provides that Architectural Access Board, Executive Office €>/
all public buildings shall he designed to be Public Safety.
accessible to, fiinctional for and safe for the use by In accordance with M.G.L c 143, §3 and
physically handicapped persons, in. conformance 780 CMR 106.1, said regulations shall be enforced
with the Massachusetts Architectural Access by the municipal building code enforcement
Board's Rules and Regulations (521 CMR 1.00) official or state inspector, as applicable
listed in Appendix A and promulgated by the
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 201
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
202 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 2/27/97 (EflFective 2/28/97)
CHAPTER 12
INTERIOR ENVIRONMENT
780 CMR 1201.0 GENERAL
12§L1 Scope: The provisions of 780 CMR 12 shall
govern the means of light, ventilation, sound
transmission control and rat-proofing required in all
buildings.
1201.2 Buildings on same lot: Where more than one
building is hereafter placed on a lot, or where a
building is placed on the same lot with existing
buildings and the several buildings are treated as a
single structure for the purposes of 780 CMR 12,
equivalent uncovered lot area or other adequate
sources of light and ventilation shall be provided for
all occupied buildings.
780 CMR 12010 DEHNinONS
1202ol General: The following words and terms
shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR 12 and as used
elsewhere in 780 CMR, have the meanings shovm
herein,
Attic: The space between the ceiling beams of the
top story and the roof rafters.
Court: An open, uncovered and unoccupied space
on the same lot as a buOding where such space is
enclosed wholly or partly by buildings, walls or
other enclosing de\dces (see 780 CMR 1212.0),
Inner: Any court enclosed wholly by buildings,
walls or other enclosing devices.
Outer: A court extending to and opening upon a
street, public alley or other approved open
space that is not less than 15 feet (4572 mm)
wide, or upon a required yard.
Court height: The vertical distance firom the lowest
level of the court to the mean height of the top of
the enclosing walls.
Court width: As applied to an inner court, means
the least horizontal dimension. As applied to an
outer court, means the shortest horizontal
dimension measured in a direction substantiaUy
parallel with the principal open end of such court.
Habitable space: Space in a structure for living,
sleeping, eating or cooking. Bathrooms, toilet
compartments, closets, halls, storage or utility
spaces and similar areas are not considered
habitable spaces.
Occuplable space: A room or enclosed space
designed for human occupancy in which
individuals congregate for amusement.
educational or similar purposes, or in which
occupants are engaged at labor; and which is
equipped with means of egress and light and
ventilation facilities meeting the requirements of
780 CMR.
Vapor retarder: A material having a perm rating of
1.0 or less, such as foil, plastic sheeting, or
insulation facing, installed to retard the passage of
water vapor or moisture through the exterior
envelope.
Ventilffltion: The natural or mechanical process of
supplying conditioned or unconditioned air to, or
removing such air &om, any space.
Yard: An unoccupied open space other than a court
(see 780 CMR 1212.0 and 1213.0).
780 CMR 120S.0 CONSTRUCTION
DOCUMENTS
1203.1 General: Construction documents for all
buildings and structures that are designed for human
occupancy, other than buildings with occupancies in
Use Groups I-l, R-2 and R-3, shall designate the
number of occupants to be accommodated in the
various rooms and spaces; where means of artificial
lighting and ventilation are required, the application
shall include sufficient details and description of the
mechanical system to be installed as herein required
or as specified in the mechanical code listed in
Appendix A.
780 CMR 1204.0 ROOM DIMENSIONS
1204ol Ceiling heights: Habitable (spaces) rooms
other than kitchens shall have a ceiling height of not
less than seven fest six inches (2286 mm).
Hallways, corridors, bathrooms, toilet rooms,
kitchens, laundry rooms and habitable basements
that are only used as recreation rooms shall have a
ceiling height of not less than seven feet (2134 mm)
measured to the lowest projection fi-om the ceiling.
Exceptiora; In occupancies in Use Group R-3, the
maximum projection below the required ceiling
height of beams and girders spaced not less than
four feet (1219 mm) on center shall be six inches
(152 mm).
-1204.1,1 Use Groups A, B, E and M: A clear
height from the finished floor to the finished
cdling or lowest projection of not less than seven
feet six inches (2286 mm) shall be provided in all
exit access and occupiable rooms of structures of
Use Groups A, B, E and M.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/27/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
203
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
1204.1.2 Sloping ceilings: If any room in a
building has a sloping ceiling, the prescribed,
ceiling height for the room is required in one-half
the area thereof. Any portion of the room
measuring less than five feet (1524 mm) from the
finished floor to the finished ceiling shall not be
mcluded in any computation of the minimum area
thereof.
1204.13 Furred ceilings: If any room has a
furred ceiling, the prescribed ceiling height is
required in two-thirds of the area thereof, but the
height of the furred ceiling shall not be less than
seven feet (2134 mm).
1204.2 Floor area: Habitable rooms, except
kitchens, shall have an area of not less than 70
square feet (6.51 m*).
1204J Width: A habitable room other than a
kitchen shall not be less than seven feet (2134 mm)
in any dimension.
780 CMR 1205.0 UGHT AND VENTILATION
REQUIRED
1205.1 Light required: Every room or space
intended for human occupancy shall be provided
with natural or artificial light.
1205.1.1 Bathroom and toilet room lighting:
Every badiroom and toilet room shall be provided
v^th artificial light. The illumination shall have
an average intensity of three footcandles (32.29
lux) measured at a level of 30 inches (762 mm)
above the floor.
1205.2 Ventilation required: Every room or space
intended for human occupancy shall be provided
with natural or mechanical ventilation.
1205.2.1: Every bathroom containing a bathtub
and/or shower shall be equipped with a
mechanical exhaust fan and associated
ductwork with the fan exhausting, at such rates
as specified in the BOCA National Mechanical
Code/1993 as referenced in Appendix A. Passive
ventilation methods such as openable windows
shall not substitute for ventilation. Such
bathroom exhaust shall vent directly to the
outside and no exhaust vent shall terminate in
attics or other interior portions of the building.
Note: See also 105 CMR 410.000
780 CMR 1206.0 NATURAL UGHT
1206.1 General: Should natural lighting be chosen
as a lighting option^ in the application of the
provisions of 780 CMR 12, the standard of natural
light for all habitable and occupiable rooms, unless
otherwise specifically required by the provisions of
780 CMR 4 for special occupancies, shall be based
on 250 footcandles (2691 lux) of illumination on the
vertical plane adjacent to the exterior of the light-
transmitting device in the enclosure wall and shall
be adequate to provide an average illumination of six
footcandles (64.58 lux) over the area of the room at
a height of 30 inches (762 mm) above the floor
level.
1206.2 Minimum glazing area: Every room or
space intended for human occupancy shall have an
exterior glazing area of not less than 8% of the floor
area. Natural light shall be provided by glazing
areas that open onto courts or yards which comply
with the requirements of 780 CMR 1212.0, or by
other approved means.
1206.2.1 Adjoining spaces: Where natural light
for rooms or spaces without exterior glazing areas
is pro^nded through an adjoining room, the
unobstructed opening to the adjoining room shall
be at least 8% of the floor area of the mterior
room or space, but not less than 25 square feet
(2.33 m^). The exterior glazing area shall be
based on the total floor area being served.
1206.3 Stairways: Interior stairways shall be
provided with an exterior glazing area of not less
than ten square feet (0.93 m^) on every floor through
which the stairway passes.
1206.4 Hallways: Natural light shall be capable of
penetrating the full length of the hallway.
780 CMR 1207.0 ARTIFICIAL UGHT
1207.1 General: Should artificial lighting be
chosen as a lighting option, artiflcial light shall be
capable of providing the minimum illumination
specifled ibr natural light.
780 CMR 120&0 NATURAL
VENTILATION
1208.1 General: Should natural ventilation be
chosen as a ventilation option, natural ventilation of
an occupied space shall be through windows, doors,
louvers or other natural openings to the outdoor air.
Exception: All occupancies shall have
mechanical ventilation in bathrooms and toilet
rooms as specified in 780 CMR 1205.2.1.
1208.2 Ventilation area required: The minimum
openable area to the outdoors shall be 4% of the
floor area being ventilated.
1208.2.1 Adjoining spaces: Where rooms and
spaces without openings to the outdoors are
ventilated through an adjoining room, the
unobstructed opening to the adjoining room shall
be at least 8% of the floor area of the interior
room or space, but not less than 25 square feet
(2.33 m^). The ventilation openings to the
outdoors shall be based on the total floor area
being ventilated.
204
780 CMR -Sixth Edition
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
INTERIOR ENVIRONMENT
1208,2.2 Opeaifflgs beSow grade: Openings
below grade shall be acceptable for natural
ventilation provided that the outside horizontal
clear space measured perpendicular to the opening
is 1 '/2 times the depth below the average adjoining
grade.
12083 Contammants exhausted: Contaminants in
the breathmg atmosphere shall be exhausted to the
outdoor air in accordance with the mechanical code
listed in Appendix A.
1208.4 Openings onto yards or courts: Natural
ventilation shall be provided by openings onto yards
or courts which comply with the requirements of
780 CMR 1212.0, or by other approved means.
780 CMR 1209.0 MECHANICAL
VENTILATION
1209.1 General: Should mechanical ventUaiion-be
chosen as the ventilation option, mechanical
ventilation shall conform to the requirements of the
mechanical code listed \n Appendix A.
Note: Also see 780 CMR 1205.2.1
780 CMR ni0.0 VENTBLATION OF
SPECIAL SPACES
1210.1 Roof spaces: Enclosed attics and enclosed
rafter spaces formed where ceilings are applied
directly to the imderside of roof rafters, shall have
cross ventilation for each separate space by
ventilation openings that are protected against the
entrance of rain and snow. The openings shall be
covered with corrosion-resistant mesh not less than
% inch (6 mm) nor more than Vz inch (1 3 mm) in any
direction.
1210,1.1 VeQfllafiQg area: The minimum
required net free ventilating area shall be 1/150 of
the area of the space ventilated, except that the
minimimi required area shall be reduced to 1/300,
provided that: a vapor retarder having a
permeance not exceeding one perm Is installed on
the warm side of the ceiling; or at least 50%, and
not more than 80%, of the required ventilating
area is provided by ventilators located in the
upper portion of the space to be ventilated at least
three feet (914 mm) above eave or cornice vents,
with the balance of the required ventilation
provided by eave or cornice vents.
1210.2 Crawl spaces: Crawl space areas, other than
those used as an underfloor plenum, shall be
ventilated by an approved mechanical means or by
openings in extmot foundation walls. Openings
shall be located as close to comers as practicable and
shall provide cross ventilation on at least two
approximately opposite sides. The openings shall be
covered with corrosion-resistant mesh not less than
% inch (6 mm) nor more than V^ inch (13 mm) in any
direction.
1210.2,1 Opening sis@: Openings shall have a net
area of not less than one square foot (0.093 m^)
for each 150 square feet (13.95 m^) of foundation
space. Where an approved vapor retarder is
installed over the ground surface, the required net
area of openings shall be reduced to 0.1 square
foot (0.093 m^) for each 150 square feet (13.95
m^) and vents shall have manually operable
louvers.
1210.3 Alternative mechanical . ventilation:
Enclosed attic, rafter and crawl spaces which are not
ventilated ds herein required shall be equipped with
a mechanical ventilation system conforming to the
requirements of the mechanical code listed in
Appendix A.
78© CMR 1211,0 ACCESS TO CRAWL
SPACES AND ATnCS
1211,1 Access to crawl spaces: Access shall be
provided to crawl spaces by an opening not less than
18 inches (457 mm) by 24 inches (610 mm). Suck
accesSi if common to conditioned space, shall be
weatherstripped and shall close tightly,
1210 Access to attics: An opening not less than 22
inches by 30 mches (559 mm by 762 mm) with
ready access thereto shall be provided to any attic
area having a clear height of over 30 inches (762
nmi). Such access, if adjoining conditioned space,
shall be weatherstripped, and dose tightly. AH
such access opening framing Joints shall be
caulked, gasketed, weatherstripped, foamed or
otherwise sealed to limit infiliration/exjiltration.
Where doors or other openings are installed in attic
draftstopping, such doors shall be self-closing and
be of approved materials as specified in 780 CMR
121 1.0, and the construction shall be tightly fitted
aroimd all pipes, ducts or other assemblies piercing
the draftstopping.
780 CMR 1212,0 COURTS AND YARDS
1212.1 General: All courts and yards required to
serve rooms for natural light or ventilation purposes
shall comply with the requirements of 780 CMR
1212.0.
1212 J Mmimum width: Every such court or yard
shall have a minhnum width of three inches (76 mm)
for each one foot (305 mm) of height or fraction
thereof, but not less than five feet (1524 mm) for
outer courts and twice these values for inner courts.
1212.2.1 Irregular court or yard width: In the
case of irregular or gore-shaped courts or yards,
the average width shall not be less than the
required width of a court in accordance with
780 CMR 1212.2, but shall not be less than five
feet (1524 mm) at any point.
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
205
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
1212 J Area of court: The cross-sectional area of a
required court shall not be less than Wi times the
square of its width; nor shall the length of any court
be more than twice its width.
1212.4 Access to court: A door or other means of
access shall be provided at the bottom of every court
that is not otherwise provided with convenient
access for purposes of cleaning.
1212.5 Air intakes: Every court which serves one or
more habitable rooms and which does not open for
its full height on one or more sides to a street or
legal yard, shall be connected at or near the bottom
with a street or yard by a horizontal intake or
passage of fireresistance rated construction. Such
intake or passage shall have a cross-sectional area of
not less than 21 square feet (1.95 m^) and shall
remain fully open at both ends and unobstructed for
its &11 size and length, except that grilles of
noncombustible construction are permitted at the
ends of the intake.
1212.5.1 Fireresistance rating: The walls, floors
and ceilings of such intakes or passages shall have
a fireresistance rating of not less than two hours in
buildings of Type 1, 2, 3 or 4 construction and not
less than a one-hour fireresistance rating in
buildings of Type 5 construction.
1212.6 Court walls: Where, in the opinion of the
code ofiGcial, windows facing on courts do not
receive adequate direct light by reason of peculiar
arrangement or orientation, the code official shall
require the walls to be constructed of light-colored
masonry, or to be painted and maintained a light
color to furnish additional reflected light, or shall
require other approved means of providing
additional light.
1212.7 Court drainage: The bottom of every court
shall be properly graded and drmned to a public
sewer or other approved disposal system complying
with the plumbing code listed in Append A\ and
shall be paved v^th concrete or other non-absorbent
material where required by the code official.
780 CMR 1213.0 OBCTRUCnON OF
COURTS AND YARDS
1213.1 Permissible projections: Every required
court and yard shall remain unobstructed for its
required area and fiill height, except for the
projections permitted in 780 CMR 1213.2 through
1213.7.
1213.2 Maximum encroachment: A part of any
building or structure shall not extend into side
courts, inner courts or yards required for light and
ventilation oihabitahle and occupiahle rooms by the
zoning law or other statutes controlling building
construction. The encroachment shall not exceed
20% of the legal area of the yard or court which is
required for light and ventilation purposes.
1213J Accessories: In Use Groups R and I, clothes
poles, arbors, garden trellises and other such
accessories shall not be prohibited in the open
spaces at ground level.
1213.4 Roof eaves: Roof eaves shall not project
more than three feet (914 mm) beyond the face of
the wall.
1213.5 Steps and architectural features: Steps,
window sills, beh courses and similar architectural
features, as well as rain leaders and chimneys, shall
not project more than two feet (610 mm) beyond the
face of the wall,
1213.6 Exterior stairways and fire escapes:
Outside stairwo)^, smokeproof tower balconies, fire
escapes or other required elements of a means of
egress shall not projea more than four feet (1219
mm) beyond the face of the wall.
1213.7 Motor vehicle parking: Where approved,
required court and yard areas for automobile parking
spaces or private garages not exceeding one story in
hei^t where accessory to and only for the occupants
of a Use Group R occupancy are permitted, provided
that required windows for light and ventilation are
not obstructed thereby.
780 CMR 1214.0 SOUND TRANSMISSION
CONTROL IN RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS
1214.1 Scope: 780 CMR 1214.0 shall apply to all
common interior walls, partitions and floor/ceiling
assemblies between adjacent dwelling units or
between dwelling units and adjacent public areas
such as halls, corridors, stairs or service areas in all
occupancies in Use Group R.
1214.2 Air-bome noise: Walls, partitions and
floor/ceiling assemblies separating dwelling units
fi'om each other or fi'om public or service areas shall
have a sound transmission class (STC) of not less
than 45 for air-bome noise when tested in
accordance with ASTM E90 listed in Appendix A.
This requirement shall not apply to dwelling unit
entrance doors; however, such doors shall be tight
fitting to the fi-ame and sill.
1214.3 Structure-borne sound: Floor/ceiling
assemblies between dwelling units or between a
dwelling unit and a public or service area within the
structure shall have an impact insulation class (IIC)
rating of not less than 45 when tested in accordance
with ASTM E492 listed in Appendix A .
206
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
INTERIOR ENVIRONMENT
780 CMR 1215.0 RATPROOFING
1215.1 Eatproofing: All buildings or structures and
the wails enclosing habitable or occupiable rooms
and spaces in which persons live, sleep or work, or
in which feed, food or foodstuffs are stored,
prepared, processed, served or sold, shall be
constructed in accordance with the provisions of
780 CMR 1215.0.
1215.2 Grade protection: Buildings not provided
with a continuous foundation shall be provided with
protection against rodents at grade in accordance
with either 780 CMR 1215.2.1 or 1215.2.2.
1215.2.1 Apron: Where an apron is pro^aded, the
apron shall not be less than eight inches (203 mm)
above, nor less than 24 inches (610 mm) below
grade. In all cases the apron shall not terminate
below the lower edge of the siding material. The
apron shall be constructed of an approved
nondecayable, water-resistant and ratproofing
materia! of required strength and shall be installed
around the entire perimeter of the building.
Where constructed of masonry or concrete
materials, the apron shall not be less than four
inches (102 mm) in thickness.
1215.2.2 Grade floors; Where continuous
concrete grade floor slabs are provided, open
spaces shall not be left between the slab and
walls, and all openings in the slab shall be
protected.
1215.3 Opening protection: Openings shall be
protected in accordance with 780 CMR 1215.3.2
through 1215.3.3.
1215.3.1 Wall openings: Openings in the wall or
apron required for ventilation or other purposes
shall be guarded with corrosion-resistant ratproof
shields of not less than nominal 0.034-inch
perforated steeJ sheets, or No. 20 B&S Gage
aluminum (0.032 inch) or nominal 0.064-inch
expanded steel or wire mesh screens, with not
more than V^-inch (13 mm) mesh opemngs.
1215.3.2 Slab openings: Access openings in
grade floor slabs shall be protected with concrete,
masonry, metal or other corrosion-resistant
noncombustible cover of adequate strength to
support the floor loads.
1215.J.3 Pipe and conduit openings: All openings
for pipe, conduit, cable and similar purposes at or
near grade shall have snugly fitted collars to
eliminate all open spaces.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/27/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
207
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
208 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
CHAPTER 13
ENERGY CONSERVATION
(This Chapter is entirely unique to Massachusetts)
NOTE; The provisions of Chapter 13 specified herein apply to projects for which pennit applications are made after
January 1,2001.
Exception 1: Between January 1, 2001 and June 30, 2001, projects may utilize either the provisions of Chapter 13 as
specified herein, or the provisions of Chapter 13 specified in 780 CMR Sixth Edition effective 2/28/97.
Exception 2: Tables i305.3.3a through f (HVAC equipment performance requirements) do not take effect until
October 29, 2001-
780 CMR 1301.0 ADMIMSTRATCON
1301.1 Scope: 780 CMR 13 sets forth requirements
for the effective use of energy in structures other
than low rise residential buildings, which shall be
designed and constructed to comply with the
requirements of 780 CMR APPENDIX J.
ExceptioE: For the purposes of energy
conservation, Use Group R-1 buildings are to be
treated as commercial buildings.
1301.2 Compliance: Buildings shall be deemed to
be in compliance with 780 CMR 13 when built to
the provisions of 780 CMR 1301 and 1303, and
either:
1. 780 CMR 1303 through 1308; or
2, 780 CMR 1309.
Exceptloii: As an alternative to the provisions
of 780 CMR 1304, buildings with total floor
area not greater than 10,000 square feet may be
designed and constructed using the envelope
requirements of 780 CMR APPENDIX J.
1301^.1 Heating, Piiinpimg, Process Piping and
Refrigeration Systems: Heating, pumping,
process piping and refrigeration systems shall be
installed by contractors and personnel
appropriately licensed in the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts (Installing Contractor). Engineered
designs and specifications prepared by Registered
Professional Engineers shall identify systems
requiring compliance with appropriate sections of
M.G.L. c. 146 and 528 CMR. Shop drawings and
design layout prepared by licensed installing
contractors shall note the name(s), license
number(s) and license expiration date(s) of the
contractor(s) installing the heating, pumping,
process piping and refrigeration systems. (See
Installing Contractor Definition 780 CMR 202.0).
13013 Other Regulations: 780 CMR 23 is not
intended to abridge any safety or health provisions
required under any other applicable codes or
ordinances.
1301,4 Existing Biuldings: Nothing in 780 CMR 13
shall require the removal, alteration, or abandon-
ment, or prevent the continuance of the use and
occupancy of, a lawfully existing building, unless
provided othenvise specifically by 780 CMR 13.
1301J Additions to Existing Buildings: Additions
to existing buildings or structures shall be made
without making the entire building or structure
comply. The new construction shall conform to the
provisions of 780 CMR 13 as they relate to the
addition only.
13©lo6 Alterations to Existing Buildings: See
780 CMR 3407.
1301o7 Exempt BiiiMlngs: The following buildings
are exempt from the further provisions of 780 CMK
13, with the exception of 780 CMR 1308,0 dealing
with lighting requirements:
1. Buildings and structures or portions thereof
whose peak design rate of energy usage is less
than one watt per square foot or three and four
tenths (3.4) Btu/h per square foot of floor area for
all purposes;
2. Buildings and structures or portions thereof
which are neither heated nor cooled;
3. Greenhouses that arc free-standing, or
attached to a building and separated by a wall
having the same thermal value as an exterior wall,
and provided with a separate temperature control
system;
4. Buildings with less than 100 square feet of
gross floor area.
5. Portions of aircraft hangars where aircraft are
housed or stored and/or aircraft servicing, repairs
or alterations may occur. Such hangars are also
exempt from the lighting requirements of
780 CMR 1308.
BOlog Plans and Specifications
130U.1 General: Plans, specifications and
necessary computations shall be submitted to
indicate conformance with 780 CMR 1301.8 and
other applicable sections of 780 CMR. Submittals
shall include Mandatory Checklist approved by
the Board of Building Regulations and Standards.
1301,82 Constructloia Details: Compliance
documents shall show all pertinent data and
features of the buildings equipment, and systems in
sufficient detail to permit a determination of the
con^liance by the building official and to indicate
6/8/01 (Effective 4/26/Oi)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
209
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILX>ING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
compliance with the requirements of this standard.
Supplemental information necessary to verify
compliance with this standard, such as
calculations, worksheets, compliance forms,
vendor literature, or other data, shaU be made
available when required by the building official
1301.SJ Calculation Procedures: Calculation
procedures shall be in accordance with the
ASHRAE Handbook, 1997 Fundamentals Volume
or as otherwise specified in 780 CMR 13.
1301.8.4 Approval and Acceptance of Heating,
Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAQ;
Lighting; and Electric Distribution Systems:
1301.8.4.1 Construction Documents: The
constraction documents shall contain sufficient
information to completely describe the heating,
ventilation, and air conditioning (HVAC);
lighting; and electric power distribution
systems, including operational features and
controls. The information required for each
system shall include a summary of:
1. A description of the design intent
providing a detailed explanation of the ideas,
concepts and criteria that are defined by the
owner to be important.
2. A description of the basis of design of
the systems including all information
necessary to prepare a design to accomplish
the design intent.
3. A description of the sequence of
operation of the systems and their interaction
with other systems, including fire prevention
and fire protection systems.
4. A description of the systems including
the capacities of the equipment or systems.
5. A description of the testing requirements
and the criteria for passing to be used for
final systems acceptance.
6. A requirement for submittal of operation
manuals and maintenance manuals as a
condition of final acceptance, and a
description of their format and content The
operation manual shall provide all relevant
information needed for day-to-day operation
and management of each system. The
maintenance manual shall describe
equipment inventory and support the
maintenance program.
7. A requirement for submittal of record
drawings and control documents as a
condition of final acceptance, per 780 CMR
116.0.
1301.8.4^ Approval: Approval by the
building official of the design concepts, testing
procedures, and acceptance criteria of
780 CMR 1301.8.4.1, 1. through 7., is not
required, but the building official shall reject
the construction documents if these sections are
incomplete, or if they specify any design
elements that violate other requirements of
780 CMR.
1301.8.4 J Design: All HVAC, lighting, and
electric power distribution systems including
sequence of operation, controls and supporting
documentation shall be designed and specified
by a qualified Registered Professional Engineer
except as provided in M.G.L. c. 143, § 54A and
any profession or trade as provided in M.G.L.
c, 112, § 60L and M.G.L. c. 112, § 81R. The
Registered Professional Engineer(s) or other
legally recognized professional (M.G.L. c. 1 12,
§ 81R) shall be responsible for the review and
certification that all submittals and shop
drawings conform to the approved HVAC,
lighting, and electric power distribution
construction documents as submitted for the
building permit and approved by the building
official, per 780 CMR 11 6.0.
1301.8.4.4 Acceptance: hi accordance with the
provisions of 780 CMR 120, a certificate of
occupancy shall not issue until the building
official or his designees have witnessed a
satisfactory test of all HVAC, lighting control,
and electric power distribution systems
installed in accordance with the construction
documents. All systems shall be tested in
accordance with the applicable standards of
780 CMR and documents. In addition, the
following documents shall be simultaneously
submitted to the building official prior to the
issuance of a permanent certificate of
occupancy.
1. Certification from the Registered
Professional, as allowed in 780 CMR 1 16.2.
stating that the HVAC, lighting, and electric
power distribution systems have been
installed in substantial accord with the
approved construction documents.
2. Confirmation by the building owner/
developer or authorized representative that
they have received all HVAC, lighting, and
electric power distribution system record
drawings irom the installing contractors and
that the Registered Professional Engineer or
other legally recognized professional
(M.G.L. c. 112, § 81R) has reviewed their
reasonable accuracy.
3. Confinnation by the building owner/
developer or authorized representative that
they have received all construction
documents required in 780 CMR 1301 .8.4. 1
210
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
6/8/01 (Effective 4/26/01)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION
including reports, controls documentation,
operation manual(s) and maintenance
manual(s).
Exceptiou: In lieu of witnessing a
satisfactory functional test, the building
official or their designees may accept a final
performance acceptance test report from a
Registered Professional Engineer or other
legally recognized professional (M.G.L.
c. 112, § 81R). Said report shall certify that
the systems have been tested and
satisfactorily meet their performance
requirements.
1301<,8.4.5 Unsafe Lighting and Yentilatloiffi:
The building official may require or accept the
documentation required in 780 CMR
1301.8.4.4 in enforcing the provisions of
780 CMR 3400.6.
1301.8.4.6 Conditional Acceptance: The
requirements of 780 CMR 1301.8.4.4 shall not
preclude the issuance of a temporary certificate
of occupancy by the Building Official in
accordance with 780 CMR 120.3 as long as it
can be demonstrated that compliance can be
accomplished with the building occupied.
1301.9 Materials and Eqisipment
1301.9.1 Identification: Where practicable, all
materials and equipment referenced in 780 CMR
1301.8 shall be marked in order to show
compliance with 780 CMR 13.
1301.9.2 Maintenance Information: Service
systems which require preventive maintenance to
maintain efficient operation shall be furnished
with complete necessary maintenance
information. Required routine maintenance
actions, as specified by the manufacturer, shall be
stated clearly and incorporated on a. readily
accessible label on the equipment Such label may
be limited to identifying, by title or publication
number, the operation and maintenance manual
for that particular model and type of product.
1301.9.3" Fenestration and Doors: Product
samples used for determining fenestration
performance shall be production line units or
representative of units as purchased by the
consumer or contractor.
1301.9.3.1 U-Factor; U-factors shall be
determined in accordance with AAMA 1 503 or
NFRC 100. U-factors for skylights shall be
determined in accordance with NFRC 100.
U -factor shall be determined by an independent
laboratory accredited by a nationally
recognized accreditation organization and shall
be certified by the manufacturer.
Exceptions; If a manufacturer of windows,
window systems, skylights, glazed or unglazed
door has, not determined product U-value in
accordance with 1301.9.3.1, compliance with
the requirements of 780 CMR 13 shall be
determined only by assigning such products- a
default U-value in accordance with Table
1301.9.3.1a or 1301.9.3,1b. Product features
must be verifiable for the product to qualify for
the default value associated with those features.
Where existence of a particular feature cannot
be determined with reasonable certainty, the
product shall not receive credit for that feature.
Where a composite of materials from two
different product types is used, the product
shall be assigned the higher U-vaiue.
For garage doors, NAGDM 105 shall be an
acceptable alternate for determining U Factor.
Table 1301.93.1a
U-Value Default Table for Windows, Curtain Walls, and Skylights*
Frame Material and Product Type'*
Single
Glazed
T,^ ., Double
„„ , Glazed
Glazed ,
Low-e'
Triple
Glazed
Triple
Glazed
Low-e'
Meta! withoal Thermal Break
Windows
Curtain Walls
Skylight
Site-assembled sloped/overhead glazing
1.27
1.22
1.98
1.36
0.87
0.79
1.31
0.82
0.79
0.70
1.20
0.71
0.72
0.63
1.12
0.64
0.69
0.59
1.08
0.60
Metal with Thermal Break
Windows
Curtain Walls
Skylight
Site-assembled sloped/overhead glazing
1.07
1.11
1.89
1.25
0.63
0.68
1. 11
0.70
0.54
0.59
1.00
0.60
0.48
0.52
0.89
0.53
0.44
0.48
0.85
0.49
WoodA'inyl/Fiberglass
Windows
Skylight
0.98
1.47
0.56 0.48 0.41
0.84 0.74 0.64
0.37
0J9
Certain values in this table do not meet the limits of 780CMR 1304.2, Prescriptive Building Envelope Criteria, or
780 CMR 1305, Building Envelope Trade-Off Option, and may be used only when demonstrating compliance using
780CMR 1 309, Building Design by Systems Analysis.
"' Glass block assemblies with mortar but without reinforcing or framing shall have a default value of 0.60.
' Presence of low-e coating must be certified in writing by the manufacturer.
1/19/01
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2i;
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Table 1301.93.1b
U-value Default Table for Doors
Door Type
Opaque
0.70
Glass
0.92
Air Lock Entry
0.50
Revolving
0.50
Overhead
L45
1301.9.3.2 Solar Heat Gain Coefficient:
Solar heat gain coefficient (SHGC) for the
overall fenestration area shall be determined in
accordance with NFRC 200. Solar heat gain
coefficient shall be determined by an
independent laboratory accredited by a
nationally recognized accreditation
organization and shall be certified by the
manufacturer.
Exception: If a manufacturer of windows,
window systems, skylights, glazed or unglazed
door has not determined product Solar Heat
Gain Coefficient in accordance with 780 CMR
1301.9.3.2, compliance with the requirements
of 780 CMR 13 shall be determined only by
assigning such products a default SHGC in
accordance with Table 1301.9.3.2. Credit for
low-e coating may be taken only if presence of
such coating is certified in writing by the
manufacturer.
1301.9.3.3 Visible Light Transmittance:
When 780 CMR 1304.5 is used with
daylighting credit, visible light transmittance
shall be determined in accordance with NFRC
200. Visible light transmittance shall be
determined by an independent laboratory
accredited by a nationally recognized
accreditation organization and shall be certified
by the manufacturer.
Exception: If a manufacturer of windows,
window systems, skylights, glazed or unglazed
door has not determined product Visible Light
Transmittance in accordance with 780 CMR
1301.9.3.3, compliance with the requirements
of 780 CMR 13 shall be determined only by
assigning such products a default VLT in
accordance with Table 1301.9.3.2. Credit for
low-e coating may be taken only if presence of
such coating is certified in writing by the
manufacturer.
Table 1301.9.3.2
SHGC and VLT Default Table for Fenestration"
Glass Type
Metal Frame
Non-Metal Frame
SHGC VLT
SHGC VLT
Single Glazed i
Clear
Tinted
Reflective
0.78
0.67
0.53
0.80
0.61
0.37
0.76
0.65
0.52
0.78 1
0.59
0.36 I
Double Glazed ||
Clear
Tinted
Reflective
0.68
0.57
0.46
0.72
0.55
0.32
0.66
0.56
0.45
0.70 II
0.54
0.31 1
Double Glazed L
ow-e
fl
Clear
Tinted
Reflective
0.64
0.59
0.46
0.68
0.50
0.32
0.63
0.58
0.45
0.66
0.49
0.31 1
Triple Glazed |
Clear
Tinted
Reflective
0.61
0.42
0.36
0.66
0.22
0.25
0.60
0.41
0.35
0.64
0.22
0.25
Triple Glazed Lo
w-e
8
Clear
Tinted
Reflective
0.57
0.42
0.36
0.61
0.33
0.25
0.56
0.41
0.35
0.59
0.32
0.25
'Presence of low-e coating must be certified in writing by the manufacturer.
212
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
1/19/01
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUE.DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION
780 CMR 13010 DEFINITIONS
1302,,1 Meanmg: Unless otherwise expressly stated,
the following terms shall, for the purpose of
780 CMR Chapter 13, have the meaning indicated
below.
1302.2 TcMse, Gender and Number: Words used
in the present tense include the future; words used in
the masculine gender include the feminine and
neuter; the singular number includes the plural and
the plural the singular.
1302.3 Terms not Defined: Where terms are not
defined, they shall have their ordinarily accepted
meanings or such as the context may imply. Any
terms relating to plumbing and electrical wiring shall
have their terms as defined by the Regulations of the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts pertaining to
plumbing and electrical wiring.
Accessible (as Applied to Equipment): Admitting
close approach because not guarded by locked doors,
elevation or other effective means (see "Readily
accessible").
Air Conditioning, Comfort: The process of
treating air so as to control simultaneously its
temperature, humidity, cleanliness, and distribution
to meet requirements of the conditioned space.
Air Transport Factor: The ratio of the rate of
useful sensible heat removal from the conditioned
space to the energy input to the supply and return fan
motor(s), expressed in consistent units and under the
designated operating conditions.
Automatic: Self-acting, operating by its own
mechanism when actuated by some impersonal
influence, as, for example, a change in current
strength, pressure, temperature or mechamcal
configuration (see "Manual").
Ballast: A device used in conjunction with an
electric-discharge lamp to cause the lamp to start and
operate under the proper circuit conditions of
voltage, current, wave form, electrode heat, etc.
Electronic Ballast: A ballast constructed using
electronic circuitry.
HybrM Ballast: A ballast constructed using a
combination of magnetic core and insulated wire
winding and electronic circuitry.
Magnetic Ballast: A ballast constructed with
magnetic core and a winding of insulated wire.
Below-grade Wall: The opaque portion of a wall
which encloses one side of a basement and is
partially or totally below grade.
Boiler: An appliance designed to heat water or
generate steam (see "Packaged boiler".)
Building Area: The greatest horizontal area of a
building above grade within the outside surface of
exterior walls or within the outside surface of
exterior wall and the center line of fire walls.
Building Envelope: The elements of a building
which enclose conditioned spaces through which
thermal energy may be transferred to or from the
exterior or to or from unconditioned spaces or other
spaces exempted by the provisions of 780 CMR
1301.7.
Building Entrance: Any doorway, set of doors,
turnstiles, or other form of portal that is ordinarily
used to gain access to the building by its users and
occupants.
Building Grounds Lighting: Lighting provided
through a building's electrical service for parking lot,
site, roadway, pedestrian pathway, loading dock, and
security appUcations.
Building Project: A building or group of buildings,
including on-site energy conversion or
electric-generating facilities, which utilize a single
submittal for a construction permit or are within the
boundary of a contiguous area under one ownership.
Coefficient of Performance (COP) = Heat Pump °
Heating: The ratio of the rate of heat delivered to
the rate of energy input, in consistent units, for a
complete heat pump system under designated
operating conditions.
Comfort: The physical conditions represented in the
area on a psychometric chart enclosing all those
conditions described in Figure 1 in ASHRAE 55, as
listed in Appendix A, as being comfortable.
Commercial BulWing: For purposes of energy
conservation, a conmiercial building is any building
other than a low-rise residential building, as defined
in 780 CMR J2.0.
ConditloBned Floor Area: The horizontal projection
of that portion of interior space which is contained
within exterior walls and which is conditioned
directly or indirectly by an energy-using system,
Conditlomed Face: Space within a building which
is provided with positive heat supply (see definition),
or which has heated and/or cooled air or surfaces, or
where required, with humidification or
dehumidification means so as to be capable of
maintaining a space condition falling within the
comfort zone set forth in ASHRAE 55, as listed in
Appendix A.
1/19/01
780 CMR -Sixth Edition
213
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Continuous Insulation (ci): Insulation that is
continuous across all structural members without any
thermal bridges, excluding fasteners and service
openings. It is installed on the interior, exterior, r
integral to any opaque surface of the building
envelope.
Control Device: A specialized device used to
regulate the operation of equipment.
Dead Band: The temperature range in which no
heating or cooling is used.
Degree Day, Cooling (CDD): A unit, based upon
temperature difference and time, used in estimating
cooling energy consumption. For any one day, when
the mean temperature is more than 65 °F, there are as
many degree days as degrees Fahrenheit temperature
difference between the mean temperature for the day
and 65 °F. Annual Cooling Degree Days (CDD) are
the sum of the degree days over a calendar year.
Degree Day, Heating (HDD): A unit, based upon
temperature difference and time, used in estimating
fuel consumption and specifying nominal heating
load of a building in winter. For any one day, when
the mean temperature is less than 50°F, there exists
as many degree days as there are Fahrenheit degrees
difference in temperature between the meai?
temperature for the day and 50°F. Annual Heating
Degree Days (HDD) are the sum of the degree days
over a calendar year.
Design Conditions: Specified environmental
conditions, such as temperature and light intensity,
required to be produced and maintained by a system
and under which the system must operate.
Direct Digital Control (DDC): A type of control
where controlled and monitored analog or binary
data (e.g., temperature, contact closures) are
converted to digital format for manipulation and
calculations by a digital computer or microprocessor,
then converted back to analog or binary form to
control physical devices.
Distribution System: Conveying means, such as
ducts, pipes, and wires, to bring substances or energy
from a source to the point of use. The distribution
system includes such auxiliary equipment as fans,
pumps, and transformers.
Door: All operable opening areas (which are not
fenestration) in the building envelope, including
swinging and roll-up doors, fire doors, and access
hatches. Doors that are more than one-half glass are
considered fenestration. (See Fenestration.) For the
purposes of determining building envelope
requirements, the classifications are defined as
follows:
Non-swinging: Roll-up, sliding, and all other
doors that are not swinging doors.
Swinging: All operable opaque panels with
hinges on one side and opaque revolving doors.
Door Area: Total area of the door measured using
the rough opening and including the door slab and
the frame. (See "Fenestration area.")
Economizer, Air: A duct and damper arrangement
and automatic control system that together allows a
cooling system to supply outside air to reduce or
eliiTiinate the need for mechanical coojing during
mild or cold weather.
Economizer, Water: A system by which the supply
air of a cooling system is cooled indirectly with
water that is itself cooled by heat or mass transfer to
the environment without the use of mechanical
cooling.
Efficiency:
conditions.
Performance at specified rating
Efficiency, HVAC System: The ratio of useful
energy output (at the point of use) to the energy input
in consistent units for a designated time period,
expressed in percent.
Emergency Power System: A system that operates
in the event of primary system failure or provides
power to essential loads during power supply
outages.
Enclosed Space: A volume substantially
surrounded by solid surfaces such as walls, floors,
roofs, and openable devices such as doors and
operable windows.
Enclosure: The case or housing of an apparatus, or
the fence or walls surrounding an installation, to
prevent personnel from accidentally contacting
energized parts or protect equipment from physical
damage.
Energy: The capacity for doing work taking a
number of forms which may be transformed from
one into another, such as thermal (heat), mechanical
(work), electrical and chemical in customary units,
measured in kilowatt-hours (kWh) or British thermal
units (Btu).
Energy Efficiency Ratio (EER): The ratio of net
equipment cooling capacity in Btu/h to total rate of
electric input in watts (W) under designated
operating conditions. If the output capacity in Btu/h
is converted to watts (to create consistent units) the
result is equal to the cooling COP (EER 3.41 =
COP.) See also Coefficient of Performance.
214
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
1/19/01
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION
Energy, Recovered: (See "Recovered energy.")
Exfiltratlon: The uncontrolled outward air leakage
through cracks and interstices in any building
element and around windows and doors of abuilding
caused by the pressure effects of wind and/or the
effect of differences in the indoor and outdoor air
density.
Existing Buildiiigs: For purposes of energy
conservation, and existing building which has been
legally occupied and/or used for a period of at least
five years. (Also see 780 CMR 2.0 and 780 CMR
3400.3.1.)
Exterior Lightmg Power AMowamce:
"Lighting power allowance,")
(See
Facade Area, Vertical: Area of the facade,
including nonhorizontal roof area, overhangs, and
cornices, measured in elevation in a vertical plane
parallel to the plane of the face of the building.
.F-facton The perimeter heat loss factor for
slab-on-grade floors, expressed in Btu/h*ft*°F.
Fail System Energy Demand (or Fam System
power): The sum of the nominal power demand
• (nameplate horsepower ) of motors of all fans that
are required to operate at design conditions to supply
air from the heating or cooling source to the
conditioned space(s) and return it to the source or
exhaust It to the outdoors.
Fenestration: AH areas (including the frames) in
the building envelope that let in light, including
windows, plastic panels, clerestories, skylights, glass
doors that aie more than one-half glass^ and glass
block walls. (See Building envelope and Door.)
Skylight: A fenestration surface having a slo|^ of
less than 60" from the horizontal plane. Other
fenestration, even if mounted on the roof of a
building, is considered vertical fenestration.
Vertical Fenestratloii: All fenestration other
than sl^llghts.
Fenestratioffi Area: Total area of the fenestration
measured usmg the rough opening and including ^e
glazing, sash, and frame. For doors where the glazed
vision area is less than 50% of the door area, the
fenestration area is the glazed vision area. For all
other doors, the fenestration area is the door area.
(See "Door area.")
Fenestratloii, Vertical:
"SkyUght.")
(See "Fenestration" and
Fixture: The component of a luminaire that houses
the lamp or lamps, positions the lamp, shields it
from view, and distributes the light The fixture also
provides for connection to the power supply, which
may require the use of a ballast.
Floor: That lower portion of the building envelope,
including opaque area and fenestration, that has
conditioned or semiheated space above and is
horizontal or tilted at an angle of less than 60
degrees from horizontal but excluding slab-on-grade
floors. For the purposes of determining building
envelope requirements, the classifications are
defined as follows:
Mass Floor: A floor with a heat capacity that
exceeds (1) sevenBtu/ft^+'For (2) fiveBtu/ft^* T
provided that the floor has a material unit weight
not greater than 120 lb/ft'.
Steel Joist Floor: A floor that (1) is not a mass
floor and (2) which has steel joist members
supported by structural members.
Wood Framed and Other Floors: All other
floor types, including wood joist floors.
(See "Building envelope", "Fenestration", "Opaque
area", and "Slab-on-grade floor.")
Floor Area, Gross: The sum of the floor areas of
the spaces within the building including basements,
mezzanine and intermediate-floored tiers, and
penthouses with headroom height of 7.5 ft (2.3 m) or
greater. It is measured from the exterior faces of
exterior walls or from the centerline of walls
separating buildings, but excluding covered
walkways, open roofed-over areas, porches and
smular spaces, pipe trenches, exterior terraces or
steps, chimneys, roof oveAangs, and similar
features.
Gross Building Envelope Floor Area: The gross
floor area of the building envelope, but excluding
slab-on-grade floors.
Gross Conditioned Floor Area: The gross floor
area of conditioned spaces.
Gross Lighted Floor Area: The gross floor area
of lighted spaces.
Gmss Semiheated Floor Area: The gross floor
area of semiheated spaces.
(See "Buildmg envelope", "Floor", "Slab-on-grade
floor," and "Space.")
Floe Damper: A device in the flue outlet or in ILhe
inlet of or upstream of the draft control device of an
individual, automatically operated, fossil fiiel-fired
appliance that is designed to automatically open the
flue outlet during appliance operation and to
automatically close the flue outlet when the
appliance is in a standby condition.
Fossil Fed: An organic material, other than wood,
used as a fuel.
3/2/01 (Effective 1/19/01) -corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition
215
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Footcandle (fc): The illuminance on a surface one
ft^ in area on which there is a uniformly distributed
flux of one Im, or the illununance produced on a
surface all points of which are at a distance of one ft
from a directionally uniform point source of 1 cd.
(For SI users, one footcandle equals 10.76 lux.)
Furnace^ Duct: A furnace normally installed in
distribution ducts of air conditioning systems to
supply warm air for heating and which depends on a
blower not furnished as part of the duct furnace for
air circulation.
Furnace, Warm Air: A self-contained,
indirect-fired or electrically heated fumace that
supplies heated air through ducts to spaces that
require it.
Glazed Wall System: A category of site assembled
fenestration products used in the NFRC 100 and
NFRC 200 rating procedures which includes, but is
not liinited to, curtainwalls and solariums.
Grade: The finished ground level adjoining a
building at all exterior walls. '
Glazing Area: Interior surface area of all glazed
surfaces (such as windows, sliding glass doors,
skylights, etc.), sash, curbing, jambs, or other
framing elements that enclose conditioned spaces.
Gross Area of Exterior Walls: The normal
projection of the building envelope wall area
bounding interior space which is conditioned by an
energy-using systeih including opaque wall, window
and door area.
The gross area of exterior walls consists of all
opaque wall areas, including between floor
spandrels, peripheral edges of floors, roof and
basement knee waUs, walls enclosing a mansard
roof, window areas including sash, and door areas
when such surfaces are exposed to outdoor air,
unconditioned spaces, or mechanically cooled space,
including interstitial areas between two such spaces.
For each basement wall that encloses heated space,
if the average below-grade area is less than 50% of
the total area for that wall, including openings, the
entire wall, including the below-grade portion is
included as part of the gross area of exterior walls.
Non-opaque areas (windows, doors, etc.) of all
basement walls are included in the gross area of
exterior walls. (Note: if the basement is not heated
space, and if the basement ceiling is insulated, then
the basement walls are not included in the gross area
of exterior walls.
Gross floor area: The sum of the areas of the
several floors of the building, including basements,
cellars, mezzanine and intermediate floored tiers and
penthouses of headroom height, measured from the
exterior faces of exterior walls or from the center
line of walls separating buildings, but excluding:
1. covered walkways, open roofed-over areas,
porches and similar spaces.
2. pipe trenches, exterior terraces or steps,
chimneys, roof overhangs and similar features.
Heat: The form of energy that is transferred by
virtue of a temperature difference or a change in
state of a material.
Heated Space: Space within a building which is
provided with a positive heat supply. Space within
a basement with registers or heating devices
designed to supply heat to a basement space shall
automatically define that space as heated space.
Humidistat: An automatic control device used to
maintsiin humidity at a fixed or adjustable set point.
BTVAC: Heating, ventilating, and air conditioning.
HTVAC System: The equipment, distribution
network, and terminals that provide either
collectively or individually the processes of heating,
ventilating, or air conditioning to a building.
HVAC System Components: HVAC system com-
ponents provide, in one or more factory-assembled
packages, means for chilling and/or heating water
with controlled temperature for delivery to terminal
units serving the conditioned spaces of the building.
Types of HVAC system components include, but are
not limited to, water chiller packages, reciprocating
condensing units and water source (hydronic) heat
pumps (See "HVAC system equipment").
HVAC System EfGciency:
HVAC system.")
(See "Efficiency,
HVAC System Equipment: HVAC system
equipment provides, in one (single package) or more
(split system) factory-assembled packages, means for
air circulation, air cleaning, air cooling with control-
led temperature and dehumidification, and, option-
ally, either alone or in combination with a heating
plant, the functions ofheating and humidifying. The
cooling function may be either electrically or heat
operated and the refrigerant condenser may be air,
water or evaporatively cooled. Where the equipment
is provided in more than one package, the separate
packages shall by designed by the manufacturer to be
216
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
6/8/01 (Effective 4/26/01)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION
used together. The equipment may provide the
heating function as a heat pump or by the use of
electric or fossil-fuel-fired elements. (The word
"equipment" used without modifying adjective may,
in accordance with common industry usage, apply
either to HV AC system equipment or HV AC system
components.)
Indirectly Conditioned Space: (See "Space.")
In^ltratlon: The uncontrolled inward air leakage
through cracks and interstices in any building
element and around windows and doors of a building
caused by the pressure effects of wind and/or the
effect of differences in the indoor and outdoor air
density.
Installed Interior Lighting Power: The power in
watts of all permanently-installed general, task, and
fbmiture lighting systems and luminaires as
indicated on plans and specifications.
Integrated Part-load Value (IPLV): A single
number figure of merit based on part-load EER or
COP expressing part-load efficiency for
air-conditioning and heat pump equipment on the
basis of weighted operation at various load
capacities for the equipment.
Interior Lighting Power Alowance:
"Lighting power allowance.")
(See
Isolation Devices: Devices that Isolate HVAC
zones so that they can be operated independently of
one another. Isolation devices include, but are not
limited to, separate systems, isolation dampers, and
controls providing shutoff at terminal boxes.
Lighting Power Alowance:
Interior Lighting Power Alowance: The
maximum lighting power in watts allowed for the
interior of a building.
E3£terior Lighting Power Allowance: The
maximum lighting power in watts allowed for the
exterior of a building.
Llglitlng Power Density (LFB): The maximum
lighting power per unit area of a building
classification of space function.
Low-rise Residential Buildings: Residential
occupancy buildings (R-2, R-3, R-4, or R-5) three
stories or less in height (Exception: For purposes of
energy conservation, R-1 use group buildings shall
be treated as commercial buildings as defined in
780CMRJ2.0.)
Lumen (Im): The luminous flux emitted within a
unit solid angle (one steradian) by a point source
having a uniform Imninpus intensity of one cd.
Lumlnalre: A complete lighting unit consisting of
a lamp or lamps together with the housing designed
to distribute the light, position and protect the lamps,
and connect the lamps to the power supply.
Manufacturer: The company engaged in the
original production and assembly of products or
equipment or a company that purchases such
products and equipment manufactured in accordance
with company specifications.
Manual: Capable of being operated by personal
intervention (See "Automatic")
Multi-family dwelling: A building containing three
or more dwelling units.
Net Area of Exterior Walls: The gross area of
exterior walls, minus the total rough openmg area of
all windows and doors set in the exterior walls.
Nondepletable Energy Sources: Sources of energy
(excluding minerals and solid fuels) derived from
incoming solar radiation, including natural
daylighting and photosynthetic processes; from
phenomena resulting therefrom, including wind,
waves and tides, lake or pond thermal differences;
and from the internal beat of the earth, including
nocturnal thermal exchanges.
Nonredroilatlng System: A domestic or service
hot water distribution system that is not a
recirculating system.
Occupant Sensor: A device that detects the
presence or absence of people within an area and
causes lighting, equipment, or appliances to be
regulated accordingly.
Opaq[ise Areas: All exposed areas of a building
envelope which enclose conditioned space, except
openings for windows, skylights, doors and building
service systems.
Outdoor Air: Air taken from the outdoors, (i.e. -
not previously circulated through the HVAC
system.)
Packaged BoOen A boiler that is shipped complete
with heating equipment, mechanical draft
equipment, and automatic controls; usually shipped
in one or more sections.
Plenum: An enclosure that is part of the air
distribution system and is distinguished by having
almost uniform air pressure. A plenum often is
formed in part or in total by portions of the building.
1/19/01
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
217
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Pool: A body of non-potable water contained in a
human-made stracture intended and large enough for
substantial immersion of one or more people. The
term includes but is not limited to swimming pool,
whirlpool, spa, hot tub.
Positive Heat Supply: Heat deliberately supplied to
a space by design, such as a supply register, radiator
or heating element Also, heat indirectly supplied to
a space through uninsulated surfaces of service water
heaters and space heating components, such as
furnaces, boilers and heating and cooling distribution
systems which continually maintain air temperature
within the space of 50°F. or higher during normal
operation.
Projection Factor (PF): The ratio of the horizontal
depth of the external shading projection divided by
the sum of the height of the fenestration and the
distance from the top of the fenestration to the
bottom of the farthest point of the external shading
projection, in consistent units.
Proposed Design: A description of the proposed
building design used to estimate annual energy costs
for determining compliance based on 780 CMR
1309.
Rated R-value of Insulation: The theimal
resistance of the insulation alone as specified by the
manufacturer according to recognized trade and
engineering standards in units of h*ft2*'*F/Btu at a
mean temperature of 75 *F. Rated R-value refers to
the thennal resistance of the added insiilation in
framing cavities or insulated sheathing only and does
not include the thermal resistance of other building
materials or air films. (See "Thennal resistance.")
Readily Accessible: Capable of being reached
quickly for operation, renewal or inspections,
without requiring those to whom ready access is
requisite to climb over or remove obstacles or to
resort to portable ladders or access equipment (see
"Accessible.")
RecooUng: The removal of heat by sensible cooling
of the supply air (directly or indirectly) that has been
previously heated above the temperature to which
the air is to be supplied to the conditioned space for
proper control of the temperature of that space.
Record Drawings: Drawings that record the
conditions of the project as constructed. These
include any refinements of the construction or bid
documents.
Recovered Energy: Energy utilized which would
otherwise be wasted (i.e., not contribute to a desired
end use) from an energy utilization system.
Reheat: The application of sensible heat to supply
air that has been previously cooled below the
temperature of the conditioned space by either
mechanical refrigeration or the introduction of
outdoor air to provide cooling.
Reset: Adjustment of the set point of a control
instrument to a higher or lower value automatically
or manually to conserve energy.
Roof Assembly: A roof assembly shall be
considered as all components of the roofi'ceiling
envelope through which heat flows, thus creating a
building transmission heat loss or gain, where such
assembly is exposed to outdoor air and encloses a
heated or mechanically cooled space.
The gross area of a roof assembly consists of the
total interior surface of such assembly, including
skylights exposed to the heated or mechanically
cooled space.
Sequence: A consecutive series of operations.
Service Systems: All energy-using systems in a
building that are operated to provide services for the
occupants or processes housed therein, including
HVAC, service water heating, illumination,
transportation, cooking or food preparation,
laundering and similar functions.
Service Water Heating: Supply of hot water for
purposes other than space heating.
Setback: Reduction of heating (by reducing the set
pomt) or cooling (by increasing the setpoint) during
hours when a bmlding is unoccupied or during
periods when lesser demand is acceptable.
Slab-on-grade: A floor slab for which the top edge
of the perimeter is above the finished grade or 12
inches or less below the finished grade.
218
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
6/8/01 (Effective 4/26/01)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION
Solar Energy Source: Source of natural daylighting
and of thermal, chemical or electrical energy derived
directly from conversion oif incident solar radiation.
Solar Heat Gam Coefficient (SHGC): The ratio of
the solar heat gain entering the space through the
fenestration area to the incident solar radiation.
Solar heat gain includes directly transmitted solar
heat and absorbed solar radiation, which is then
reradiated, conducted, or convected into the space.
(See fenestration area.)
Standard Design: A version of the proposed design
that meets the minimum requirements of 780 CMR
1300 and is used to determine the annual energy
usage for determining compliance based on
780 CMR 1309.
System: A combination of central or terminal
equipment or components and/or controls,
accessories, interconnecting means, and terminal
devices by which energy is transformed so as to
perform a specific function, such as HVAC, service
water heating or illumination.
Thermal Conductance (C): Time rate of heat flow
through a body (frequently per unit area) from one of
its bounding surfaces to the other for a unit
temperature difference between the two surfaces,
under steady conditions (Btu/h*ft*2*°F).
Thermal Resistance (R): The reciprocal of thermal
conductance (h*fl*2*°F/Btu).
Thermal Resistance, Overall (Ro): The reciprocal
of overall thermal conductance (h*ft*2*°F /Btu)
[(m2.k)AVJ. The overall thermal resistance of the
gross area or individual component of the exterior
building envelope (roof/ceiling, exterior wall, floor,
crawl space wall, foundation, window, skylight,
door, or opaque wall, etc.) which includes the
weighted R-values of the component assemblies
(such as air-film, insulation, drywall, framing,
glazing, etc.).
Thermal Transmittance (U): The coefficient of
heat transmission (air to air). It is the time rate of
heat flow per unit area and unit temperature
difference between the warm side and cold side air
films (Btu/ h*ft*2*''F). The U-value applies to
combinations of different materials used in series
along the heat flow path, single materials that
comprise a building section, cavity air spaces and
surface air films on both sides of a building element.
The term F-value applies to U properties for concrete
slabs.
Thermal Transmittance, Overall (Uo): The
overall (average) heat transmission of a gross area of
the exterior building envelope (Btu/ h*fl*2*°F.)
The Uo value applies to the combined effect of the
time rate of heat flow through the various parallel
paths, such as windows, doors and opaque
construction areas, comprising the gross area of one
or more exterior building components, such as walls,
floors or roof^ceilings.
Thermostat: An automatic control device actuated
by temperature and designed to be responsive to
temperature.
Thermostatic Control: An automatic control
device or system used to maintain temperature at a
fixed or adjustable set point.
Transformer: A piece of electrical equipment used
to convert electric power from one voltage to another
voltage.
Dry-type Transformer: A transformer in which
the core and coils are in a gaseous or dry
compound.
Liquid-Immersed Transformer: A transformer
in which the core and coils are immersed in an
insulating liquid.
Unitary Cooling and Heating Equipment: One or
more factory-made assemblies which include an
evaporator or cooling coil, a compressor and
condenser combination, and may include a heating
function as well. When heating and cooling
equipment is provided in more than one assembly^
the separate assemblies shall be designed to be used
together.
Unitary Heat Pump: One or more factory-made
assemblies which include an indoor conditioning
coil, compressor(s) and outdoor coil or
refrigerant-to-water heat exchanger, including means
to provide both heating and cooling functions.
When heat pump equipment is provided in more
than one assembly, the separate assemblies shall be
designed to be used together.
VariaWe Air Volume (VAV) System: HVAC
system that controls the dry-bulb temperature within
a space by varying the volumetric flow of heated or
cooled supply air to the space.
Vent Damper: A device intended for installation in
the venting system of an individual, automatically-
operated, fossil fuel fired appliance in the outlet or
downstream of the appliance draft. control device
which is designed to automatically open the venting
system when the appliance is in operation and to
automatically close off the venting system when the
appliance is in a standby or shutdown condition.
1/19/01
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
219
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Ventilation: The process of supplying or removing
air by natural or mechanical means to or from any
space. Such air may or may not have been
conditioned.
Ventilation Air: That portion of supply air which
comes from outside (outdoors) plus any recirculated
air that has been treated to maintain the desired
quality of air within a designated space. (See BOCA
Mechanical Code, as listed in Appendix A, 780 CMR
J3, and definition of "Outdoor air.")
Voltage Drop; A decrease in voltage caused by
losses in the lines connecting the power source to the
load.
"Wall: That portion of the building envelope,
including opaque area and fenestration, that is
vertical or tilted at an angle of 60° from horizontal
or greater. This includes above- and below-grade
walls, between floor spandrels, peripheral edges of
floors, and foundation wails. For the purposes of
determining building envelope requirements, the
classifications are defined as follows:
Above-grade Wall: A wall that is not a
below-grade wall.
Below-grade Wall: That portion of a wall in the
building envelope that is entirely below the finish
grade and in contact with the ground.
Metal Building Wall: a wall whose structure
consists of metal spanning members supported by
steel structural members (i.e., does not include
spandrel glass or metal panels in curtain wall
systems).
Steel Framed Wall: A wall with a cavity
(insulated or otherwise) whose exterior surfaces
are separated by steel framing members (i.e.,
typical steel stud walls and curtain wall systems).
Wood Framed and Other Walls: All other wall
types, including wood stud walls.
Wall Area, Gross: The area of the wall measured
on the exterior face from the top of the floor to the
bottom of the roof.
Water Heater: Closed vessel in which water is
heated by the combustion of fuels, electricity, or any
other source and is withdrawn for use external to the
system at pressures not exceeding 160 psig,
including the apparatus by which heat is generated
and all controls and devices necessary to prevent
water temperatures from exceeding 210°F.
Zone: A space or group of spaces within a building
with heating and/or cooling requirements sufficiently
similar so that comfort conditions can be maintained
throughout by a single controlling device.
780 CMR 1303.0 DESIGN CONDITIONS
1303.1 Scope: 780 CMR 1303.0 applies to all
buildings.
1303.2 General: The criteria of 780 CMR 1303.0
establishes the minimum requirements for the
thermal design of the exterior envelope of buildings
and for HYAC systems and equipment.
1303.3 Design Parameters: The design parameters
listed in Tables 1303.1 and 1303.2 shall be used for
calculations required under 780 CMR 13.
1303.3.1 Interior Design Conditions: Indoor
design temperature and relative humidity shall be
determined in accordance with ASHRAE
Standard 55-92 listed in Appendix A, and shall be
selected for mimmum total HYAC system energy
use in accordance with accepted practice.
Exception: Buildings or portions of buildings
which require different temperatures and
humidity, such as, but not limited to, hospitals,
laboratories, museums, art galleries, supermarkets,
thermally sensitive equipment rooms, archival
storage facilities, and facilities for the elderly, may
require the use of alternative indoor design
conditions. Any such use of alternative indoor
design conditions shall be documented by a
licensed professional.
1303.4 Ventilation: Ventilation air shall conform to
the requirements specified in 780 CMR 2801.0.
Table 1303.1
CLIMATE ZONE BY COUNTY
County
Climate
Zone#
Barnstable
12a
Berkshiire
14a
Bristol
12a
Dukes
12a
Essex
13a
Franklin
14a
Hampden
14a
Hampshire
14a
Middlesex
13a
Nantucket
12a
Norfolk
13a
Plymouth
12a
Suffolk
13a
Worcester
14a
220
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
I/I9/01
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION
Table 1303.2
CXIMATE ZONE THERMAL
DESIGN CRITERIA
Climate Zone #
12a
, s
13a
14a
Heating Degrees (°F)
Winter
9
7
-1
Cooling Degrees (°F)
Dry Bulb
Summer
86
87
86
Cooling Degrees (*F)
Wet Bulb
Summer
74
74
73
Heating Degree Days
Base 65
5884
5641
6894
Heating Degree Days
Base 50
2553
2399
3448
Cooling Degree Days
Base 65
606
678
507
Cooling Degree Days
Base 50
2743
2897
2525
Cooling Degree Hours
Base 80
939
1299
409
780 CMR 1304.0 BUILDING ENVELOPE
SEQIHREMENIS
1304.1 General: Walls, roof assemblies, floors,
glazing, and floor slabs which are part of the
building envelope shall meet the requirements of
780 CMR 1304.1, 1304.3, 1304.4 and either.
1. 780 CMR 1304.2, Prescriptive Building
Envelope Criteria, provided that:
iL the building is less than four stories in
height above grade;
b. the vertical fenestration area does not
exceed 50% of the gross wall area for each
space conditioning category; and,
c. the skylight fenestration area does not
exceed 3% of the gross roof area for each
space-conditioning category; or,
2. 780 CMR 1304.5, Building Envelope
Trade-off Option.
1304.1.1. aassiflcafion ®f Walls: WaUs
associated with the building envelope shall be
classified In accordance with 780 CMR
1304.1.L1, 1304.1.1.2 or 1304.1.13.
1304.1.1.1 Above-grade Walls: Above-grade
walls are those walls covered by 780 CMR
1304.2,1 oa the exterior of the building and
completely above grade or the above-grade
portion of a basement or first-story wall that is
more than 15% above grade.
1304.1.1.2 Below»grade Walls: Below-grade
walls covered by 780 CMR 1304.2.9 are
basement or first-story waUs associated with
the exterior of the building that are at least 85%
below grade.
1304.1.13 Interior Walls: Interior walls
covered by 780 CMR 1304.2.10 are those walls
not on the exterior of the building and that
separate conditioned and unconditioned space.
1304.1.2 Moisture Control: The design of
buildings for energy conservation shall not create
conditions of accelerated deterioration from
moisture condensation.
A vapor barrier having a maximum
permeability of zero point one (0.1) perm or less,
per Chapter 24 in 1997 ASHRAE Fundamentals
Handbook, (equivalent to a 4 mil polyethylene
sheet) shall be installed on the winter warm side
of walls, ceilings and floors enclosing a
conditioned space. Batt/blanket insulation with a
vapor barrier attached shall be attached to the
winter warm sides or faces of wall studs, sole
plates, top plates, lintels and headers at intervals
of eight inches on center to prevent convection
loops through the insulation. Where batt/blanket
insulation is of a "fiiction fit" design and a sheet
vapor barrier is employed, the vapor barrier shall
be affixed to the interior face of the wall smds,
sole plates, top plates, lintels and headers winter
warm side in accordance with the vapor barrier
manufacturer's recommendations. All joints,
holes, imperfections and penetrations of the vapor
barrier shall be taped tight with a vapor barrier
tape recommended by the vapor barrier
manufacturer.
AH other envelope building materials and
finishes installed towards the cooler, exterior side
of the wall shall have water vapor permeability at
least ten times greater than the interior vapor
barrier material.
Exception 1: Materials to the exterior of a
ventilated rainscreen cavity may have any
permeability.
Exception 2: Envelope systems that maintain the
temperature of potential condensing surfaces
(typically the interface of exterior sheathing with
cavity insulation) above the dewpoint temperature
of the interior air. For calculation purposes use
Chapter 22 in 1997 ASHRAE Fundamentals
Handbook, "Steady State Design Tools." Assume
steady-state heat transfer, interior air temperature
and humidity specified in 780 CMR 1303.3, and
exterior air temperature indicated as "Heating
Degrees Winter" in Table 1303.2.
Exception 3: Envelope systems that noamtain the
moisture content of all building materials that
comprise the assembly below the equilibrium
moisture content the materials would achieve
when exposed to relative humidity of 80%. For
calculation purposes use Chapter 22 in 1997
ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook,
"Mathematical Models". Assimie interior air
temperature and humidity specified in 780 CMR
1303.3.
Exception 4: Pre-engineered metal buildings
need not satisfy the requirement for ten times
greater permeability on the exterior side of vapor
retarders.
6/8/01 (Effective 4/26/01)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
221
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Buildings with unusual interior design
conditions (such as continually refrigerated
buildings, ice rinks, cold storage) shall
demonstrate compliance by the method in
Exception 3.
1304.2 Prescriptive Building Envelope Criteria:
The building envelope components shall meet each
of the applicable requirements in Tables
1304.2.1-12, based on the climate zone and the
percentage of wall that is glazed. The climate zone
shall be determined based on the county in
accordance with 780 CMR 1302, Tables 1302.1 and
1302.2. The percentage of wall that is glazed shall
be determined by dividing the aggregate area of
rough openings or unit dimensions for fenestration
(windows and glazed doors) in all the above grade
walls associated with the building envelope by the
total gross area of all above grade exterior walls that
are part of the building envelope. In buildings with
multiple types of building envelope construction,
each building envelope consuuction type shall be
evaluated separately.
1304.2.1 Above Grade Walls: The minimum
thennal resistance (R-value) of the insulating
material installed in the wall cavity between the
framing members and continuously on the walls
shall be as specified in Tables 1304.2.1-12 based
on framing type and construction materials used in
the wall assembly. Where both cavity and con-
tinuous insulation values are provided in Tables
1304.2.1-12, both requirements shall be met.
Masonry walls shall be considered "framed walls"
when weighing less than 35 psf of wall area.
1304.2.2 Non-glazed Doors: When the total area
of non-glazed doors is greater than 5% of the total
opaque wall area, the area of non-glazed doors
above 5% shall be insulated as an opaque wall or
an adjustment shall be made in the thermal
resistance of the wall to address any thermal
deficiency created by the doors.
1304.2.3 Windows and Glass Doors: The
maximum solar heat gain coefficient (SHGC) and
thermal transmittance (U-value) of window
assemblies and glass doors located in the building
envelope shall be as specified in Tables
1304.2.1-12 based on the window projection
factor.
The window projection factor shall be
determined in accordance with equation 1304.2.3.
Equation 1304.2 J
PF = Am
PF= Projection factor (decimal).
A = Distance measured horizontally from the
extremity of any overhang, eave, or permanently
attached shading device to the vertical surface of
the glazing.
B = Distance measured vertically from the
bottom of the glazing to the underside of the
overhang, eave, or permanently attached shading
device.
Where different windows or glass doors have
different PF values they shall each be evaluated
separately or an area weighted PF value shall be
calculated and used for all windows and glass
doors.
1304.2.4 Roof Assembly: The minimum thennal
resistance (R-value) of the insulating material
installed either between the roof framing or
continuously on the roof assembly shall be as
specified in Tables 1304.2.1-12 based on
construction materials used in the roof assembly.
1304.2.5 Skylights: Skylights located in the
building envelope shall be limited to 3% of the
gross roof assembly area and shall have a
maximum thennal transmittance (U-value) of the
skylight assembly as specified in Tables
1304.2.1-12.
1304.2.6 Floors Over Outdoor Air or
Unconditioned Space: The minimum thermal
resistance (R-value) of the insulating material
installed either between the floor framing or
continuously on the floor assembly shall be as
specified m Tables .1304.2.1-12 based on
construction materials used in the floor assembly.
1304.2.7 Slabs on Grade: The minimum
thennal resistance (R-value) of the insulation
around the perimeter of the slab floor on grade
shall be R-5. The insulation shall be placed on the
outside of the foundation or on the inside of the
foundation wall. Insulation on the outside of the
foundation wall shall extend downward from the
top of the slab for a minimum of 48 in. Insulation
on the inside of the foundation wall shall extend
downward to at least the bottom of the slab and
then horizontally for a minimum total distance of
48 in. £d addition, the entire area of Uie slab on
grade shall be insulated with a minimum of R-S
rigid insulation in the following buildings:
buildings of use group E, including daycare;
buildings of use groups R-1, R-2, 1-l and 1-2, and;
college and university buildings of B and A use
groups.
Where:
222
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
6/8/01 (Effective 4/26/01)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION
Exceptioni For a monolithic slab on grade floor,
the insulation shall extend from the top of the slab
on grade to the bottom of the footing. Continuous
under-slab insulation shall be provided per
1304.2.8.
13042.B Slabs Below Grade: The entire area of
a floor slab which is below grade and is in contact
with the ground shall be insulated with a
minimum of R-5 rigid insulation in the following
buildings: buildings of use group E, including
daycare; buildings of use groups R-1, R-2, H and
I-2i and; college and university buildings of B and
A use groups.
1304.2.9 Below Grade Walls: The minimum
thermal resistance of the insulating material
installed in, or continuously on, below grade walls
of conditioned spaces shall be R-5, and shall
extend from the top of the wall to the depth of the
bottom of the floor slab.
1304.2.10 Interior Walls: The minimum thermal
resistance (R-value) of the insulating material
installed in the wall cavity or continuously on the
interior walls separating conditioned space from
unconditioned space shall be as specified in
Tables 1304.2.1, 1304.2.5, and 1304.2.9 for above
grade walls, regardless of glazing area, based on
framing type and construction materials used in
the wall assembly.
TABLE 1304.2,1
BUILDING ENVELOPE REQUIHEMENTS
Climate Zone 12a
Glazing Area 10% or less oJ Above Grade Wall Area
Aljove-Grade Wallsj
Framed or Masonry < 35 psf.
Condnuous Insulation
(or average msulatlon value)*
R-7
(cJ.>
Metal Framing
: continuous insulation)
R-ll+R-3c.i.
Wood Framing
R-ll
Masonry i. 35 psf.
R>5
R-lI+R-3c.i.
R-11
Window Assemblies:
SHGC (maximiim)
U-Value (maximum)
PF<0.25
Any
Any
0.25 vsPF< 0.50
Any
Any
PF i 0,50
Any
Any
Skylights - U-Value (maximum)
X
0.8
Roof Assemblies: (either/or)
Insulatioii Between Framing
Contimaoias Insulation
All-Wood Joist/Truss
R-19
R-16
Non-wood Joist/Truss
R-25
R-17
Concrete Slab or Deck
NA
R-16
Metal Purlin with Themial Break
R-25
R-17
Metal Purlin w/o Thennal Break
X
R-17
Floor Assemblies: (either/or)
Insolation Between Framing
Continuous Insulation
All-Wood Joist/Trass
R-19
R-16
Non-wood Joist/Truss
R-19
R-16
Concrete Slab or Deck
NA
R-16 '■ 1
Slab, Perimeter, and Below-Grade
Wall
R-
•5
* For masonry walls, average R-value shall be calculated based on the assumption of isothermal planes, using
methodology in 1997 ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook, Chapter 22.
6/8/01 (Effective 4/26/01)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
223
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
TABLE 1304J5J2
BUILDING ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS
Gimate Zone 12a
Glaring Area Over 10% but not greater than 25% of Above Grade Wall Area
Above-Grade Walls:
Continuous Insulation
(or average insulation value)*
Metal Framing
(c.i. = continuous insulation)
Wood Framing
Framed or Masonry < 35 psf.
R.7
R-ll+R-3c.i.
R-11
Masonry i. 35 psf.
R-5
R-ll+R-3c.i.
R-ll
Window AssembUes:
SHGC (maximum)
U- Value (maximum)
PF<0.25
0.6
0.6
0^5 iPF< 0.50
0.7
0.6
PF k 0.50
Any
0.6
Skylights - U-Value (maximum)
X
0.8
Roof Assemblies: (either/or)
Insulation Between Framing
Continuous Insulation
M-Wood Joist/Trass
R-25
R-19
Non-wood Joist/Tniss
R-25 . .
R-20
Concrete Slab or Deck
NA
R-19
Metal Purlin with Thermal Break
R-30
R-20
Metal Purlin w/o Thermal Break
X
R-20
Floor Assemblies: (either/or)
Insulation Between Framing
Continuous Insulation
All-Wood Joist/Truss
R-19
R-16
Non-wood Joist/Truss :
R-19
R-16
Concrete Slab or Deck
NA
R-16
Slab, Perimeter, and Below-Grade Wall R-5 I
TABLE 1304^3
BUILDING ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS
Climate Zone 12a
Glaring Area Over 25% but not greater than 40% of Above grade Wall Area
Above-Grade Walls:
Continuous Insulation
(or average insulation value)*
Metal Framing
(ci. g continuous insulation)
Wood Framing
Framed or Masonry < 35 psf.
R-7
R-Il+R-3c.i.
R-ll
Masonry ^ 35 psf.
R-5
R-ll +R-3c.i.
R-ll
Window Assemblies:
SHGC (maximum)
U-Value (maximum)
PF<0.25
0.5
0.5
QJ25sPF<0^Q
0.6
0.5
PFiO.50
0.7
0.5
Skylights - U-Value (maximum)
X
0.8
Roof Assemblies: (either/or)
Insulation Between Framing
Continuous Insulation
All-Wood Joist/Truss
R-30
R-23
Non-wood Joist/Truss
R-30
R-24
Concrete Slab or Deck
NA
R-23
Metal Purlin with Thermal Break
X
R-24
Metal Purlin w/o Thermal Break
X
R-24
Floor Assemblies: (either/or)
Insulation Between Framing
Continuous Insulation
All-Wood Joist/Truss
R-19
R-16
Non-wood Joist/Tniss
R-19
R-16
Concrete Slab or Deck
NA
R-16
Slab, Perimeter, and Below-Grade Wall
R-5 1
* For masonry walls, average R-vahie shall be calculated based on the assumption of isothermal planes, using
methodology in 1997 ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook; Chapter 22.
224
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
6/8/01 (Effective 4/26/01)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUEDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION
TABLE ldM2A
BUILDING ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS
Climate Zone 12a
Glazing Area Over 40% hut not greater than 50% of Above Grade Wall Area
Above-Grade Walls;
Continuous Insulation
(or average insulation value)*
Metal Framing
(ci. s continuous insuHatiom)
Wood Framing
Framed or Masonry < 35 psf.
R-7
R-13 + R-3c.i.
R-11
Masonry i. 35 psf.
R-5
R-n+R-3c.i.
R-n
Window Assemblies:
SHGC (maximum)
U° Value (maximum)
PF<0.25
0.4
0.4
0.25 sPF< 0.50
0.5
0.4
PFi0.50
0.7
0.4
Skylights - U-Value (maximum)
X
0.8
Roof Assemblies: (either/or)
Insulation Between Framing
. Continuous Insulation ^
All-Wood Joist/Tniss
R-30
R-23 1
Non-wood Joist/Truss
R-30
R-24
Concrete Slab or Deck
NA
R-23
Metal Purlin with Thermal Break
R-30
R-24
Metal Purlin w/o Thermal Break
R-38
R-24
Floor Assemblies: (either/or)
Insulation Between Framing
All-Wood Joist/Truss
R-19
R-16 1
Non-wood Joist^niss
R-19
R-16
Concrete Slab or Deck
NA
R-16 1
Slab, Perimeter, and Below-Grade Wall
R-5 1
TABLE 1304^ J
BUILDING ENVELOPS REQUIREMENTS
Climate Zone 13a
Glaring Area 10% or less of Above Grade Wall Area
Above-Grade Walls:
Continuous Insulation
(or average insulation value)*
Metal Framing
(cl. = continuous insulation)
Wood Framing
=^
Framed or Masonry < 35 psf.
R-7
R-13 + R-3c.i.
R-ll
Masonry i 35 psf.
R.5
R-ll+R-3c.i.
R-ll
Window Assemblies:
U-Value (maximum)
bairl, {maximum}
PF<0.25
Any
0.7
0.25 iPF< 0.50
Any
0.7
PF^0.50
Any
0.7
Skylights - U-Value (maximum)
X
0.8
Roof Assemblies: (either/or)
Insulation Between Framing
Continuous Insulation
AU-Wood Joist/Truss
R-19
R-14
Non-wood Joist/Truss
R-19
R-15
Concrete Slab or Deck
NA
R-14
Metal Purlin with Thermal Break
R-25
R-15
Metal Purlin w/o Thermal Break
X
R-15
Floor Assemblies: (either/or)
Insulation Between Framing
Continuous Insulation
AU-Wood Joist/Truss
R-19
R-16
Non-wood Joist/Truss
R-25
R-17
Concrete Slab or Deck
NA
R-17
Slib, Perimeter, and Below-Grade Wall
R.5 1
*■ For masoruy walls, average R-value shall be calculated based on the assumption of isothermal planes, using
mediodology in 1997 ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook, Chapter 22.
6/8/01 (Effective 4/26/01)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
225
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATTONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
TABLE 1304^.6
BUILDING ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS
Climate Zone 13a
Glaring Area Over 10% but not greater than 25% of Above Grade Wall Area
Above-Grade Wallsj
Continuous Insulation
(or average insulation value)*
Metal Framing
(cJ. = continuous insulation)
Wood Framing
Framed or Masonry < 35 psf.
R-7
R-13 + R-3c.i.
R-n
Masonry i 35 psf.
R-5
R-ll+R.3c.i.
R-11
Window Assemblies:
SHGC (maximum)
U- Value (maximum)
PF<0.25
0.6
0.6
0.25 iPF< 0.50
0.7
0.6
PF i 0.50
Any
0.6
Skylights - U-Value (maximum)
X
0.8
Roof Assemblies: (either/or)
Insulation Between Framing
Continuous Insulation
All-Wood Joist/Tmss
R-25
R-19
Non-wood Joist/Tmss
R-25
R-20
Concrete Slab or Deck
NA
R-19
Metal Purlin with Thermal Break
R-30
R-20
Metal Purlin w/o Thennal Break
X
R-20
Floor Assemblies: (either/or)
Insulation Between Framing
Continuous Insulation
AU-Wood JoistA'russ
R-19
R-16
Non-wood Joist/Truss
R-25
R-17
Concrete Slab or Deck
NA
R-17
Slab, Perimeter, and Below-Grade Wall
R.5 1
TABLE 1304J5.7
BUILDING ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS
Climate Zone 13a
Glazing Area Over 25% but not greater tban 40% of Above Grade Wall Area
Above-Grade Walls:
Continuous Insulation
(or average insulation value)*
Metal Framing
{cJ. = continuous insulation)
Wood Framing
Framed or Masonry < 35 psf.
R-7
R-13 + R-3c.i.
R-11
Masonry i 35 psf.
R-5
R.Il+R-3c.i.
R-11
Window Assemblies:
SHGC (maximum)
U-Value (maximum)
PF<.0;25
. J
0.5
0.25 iPF< 050
0.6
0.5
PF s JO
0.7
0.5
Skylights - U-Value (maximum)
X
0.8
Roof Assemblies: (either/or)
Insulation Between Framing
Continuous Insulation
All-Wood Joist^russ
R-30
R-23
Non-wood JoistA'russ
R-30
R-24
Concrete Slab or Deck
NA
R-23
Metal Purlin with Thermal Break
X
R-24
Metal Purlin w/o Thermal Break
X
R-24
Floor Assemblies: (either/or)
Insulation Between Framing
Continuous Insulation
All-Wood Joist/Truss
R-19
R-16
Non-wood Joist/Truss
R-25
R-17
Concrete Slab or Deck
NA
R-17
Slab,' Perimeter, and Below-Grade Wall
R.5 1
* For masonry walls, average R-value shall be calculated based on the assumption of isothermal planes, using methodology
in 1997 ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook, Chapter 22.
226
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
6/8/01 (Effective 4/26/01)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION
TABLE 1304^ J
BUILDING ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS
Climate Zone 13a
Glazing Area Over 40% but not greater than 50% of Above Grade Wall Area
Above-Grade Walls:
CoBtiniious Insulation
(or average Insulation value)*
Metal Framing
(ci, g continuous insulation)
Wood Framing
Framed or Masonry < 35 psf.
R-7
R-13 + R-3c.i.
R-11
Masomy i 35 psf.
R.5
R-ll+R-3c.i.
R-11
1 Window Assemblies:
SHGC (maximum)
U- Value (maximum) j
PF<0.25
0.4
0.4
0.25 sPF< 0.50
0.5
0.4
PFk0.50
0.7
0.4
Skylights - U-Value (maximum)
X
0.8
Roof Assemblies: (either/or)
Insulation Between Framing
Continuous Insulation
All-Wood Joist/Truss
R-30
R-23
1 Non-wood Joist/Truss
R-30
R-24
Concrete Slab or Deck
NA
R-23
Metal Purlin with Themal Break
R-30
R-24
Metal Purlin w/o Thermal Break
R-38
R-24 1
• Floor Assemblies: (either/or)
Insulation Between Framing
Continuous Insulation ^
All-Wood Joist/Truss
R-19
R-16 1
Non-wood Joist/Truss
R=25
R-17
Concrete Slab or Deck .
NA
R-17
Slab, Perimeter, and Below-Grade Wall
]
R-5
TABLE 1304^.9
BUILDING ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS
CIlEoate Zone 14a
Glazing Area 10% or less of Above Grade Wall Area
Above-Grade Walls:
Continuous Insulation
(or average insulation value)*
Metal Framing
(cJ. = continuous insulatiomi)
Wood Framing
Framed or Masonry < 35 psf.
R-7
R-n+R.3c.i
R-11
Masonry i 35 psf.
R-5
R-I1+R-3C.I.
R-11
Window Assemblies:
U- Value (maximum)
botyl^ (maxunmn)
PF<0.25
Any
0.7
0.25 <:PF< 0.50
Any
0.7
PF2O.5O
Any
0.7
Skylights - U-Value (maximum)
X
0.8
Roof Assemblies: (either/or)
Insulation Between Framing
Continuoas Insulation
All-Wood Joist/Truss
R-19
R-17
Non-wood Joist/Truss
R-2S
R-18
Concrete Slab or Deck
NA
R-17
Metal Purlin with Thermal Break
R-30
R-18
Metal Purlin w/o Thermal Break
X
R-18
Floor Assemblies: (either/or)
Insulation Between Framing
Continuous Insulation
All-Wood Joist/Tross
R-25
R-18
Non-wood Joist/Truss
R-25
R-19
Concrete Slab or Deck
NA
R-19
Slab, Perimeter, and Below-Grade Wall
R-3 1
* For masomy walls, average R-value shall be calculated based on the assumption of isothemia] planes, using methodology
in 1997 ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook, Chapter 22.
6/8/01 (Effective 4/26/01)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
227
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STAJTOARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
TABLE 1304^.1(11
BUILDING ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS
Climate Zone 14a
Glazing Area Over 10% but not greater than 25% of Above Grade Wall Area
Above-Grade Walls:
Continuous Insulation
(or average insulation value)'"
Metal Framing
(ci. s continuous insulation)
Wood Framing
Framed or Masonry < 35 psf .
R.7
R-13 + R-3c.i.
R-11
Masonry i 35 psf.
R-5
R-n+R-3ci.
R-11
Window Assemblies:
SHGC (maximiun)
U- Value (maximum)
PF<0.25
0.5
0.6
0.25 iPF< 0.50
0.6
0.6
PF2O.5O
0.7
0.6
Skylights - U-Value (maximum)
X
0.8
Roof Assemblies: (either/or)
Insulation Between Framing
Continuous Insulation
All-Wood Joist/Truss
-R-25
R-19
Non-wood Joist/Truss
R-25
R-20
Concrete Slab or Deck
NA
R-19
Metal Purlin with Thermal Break
R-30
R-20
Metal Purlin w/o Thermal Break
X
R-20
Floor Assemblies: (either/or)
Insulation Between B'ranung
Continuous Insulation
All-Wood Joist/Truss
R-25
R-18
Non-wood JoistTTruss
R-25
R-19
Concrete Slab or Deck
NA
R-19
Slab, Perimeter, and Below-Grade Wall
R-5 1
TABLE 1304.2.11
BUILDING ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS
Climate Zone 14a
Glazing Area Over 25% but pot greater than 40% of Above Grade Wall Are^
Above-Grade Walls:
Continuous Insulation
(or average insulation value)*
Metal Framing
(ci. = continuous insulation)
Wood Framing
Framed or Masonry < 35 psf.
R.7
R-13 + R.3 ci.
R-n
Masonry 2 35 psf.
R-5
R-ll+R-3c.i.
R-11
Window Assemblies:
SHGC (maximum)
U* Value (maximum)
PF<0.25
0.4
0.5
0.25 iPF< 0.50
03
0.5
PF2O.5O
0.6
0.5
Skylights - U-Value (maximum)
X
0.8
Roof Assemblies: (either/or)
Insulation Between Framing
Continuous Insulation
All-Wood Joist^rass
R.30
R-23
Non-wood Joist/Truss
R-30
R-24
Concrete Slab or Deck
NA
R-23
Metal Purlin with Thermal Break
X
R-24
Metal Purlin w/o Thermal Break
X
R-24
Floor AssembUes: (either/or)
Insulation Between Framing
Continuous Insulation
All-Wood Joist/Truss
R-25
R-18
Non-wood Joist/Truss
R-25
R-19
Concrete Slab or Deck
NA
R-19
Slab, Perimeter, and Below-Grade Wall
1
* For masonry walls, average R-value shall be calculated based on the assumption of isothermal planes, using methodology
in 1997 ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook. Chapter 22.
228
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
6/8/01 (Effective 4/26/01)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUHDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION
TABLE 1304^.12
BUILDING ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS
Oimate Zone 14a
Glazing Area Over 40% but not greater than 50% of Above Grade WalB Area
Above-Grade Walls.*
Framed or Masonry < 35 psf.
Continuous Insulation
(or average insulation value)*
R-7
Metal Framing
(cJ. s continuous Insulation)
R-13 + R-3c.i.
Wood Framing
R-11
Masonry s 35 psf.
R.5
R-11+R-3C.L
R-11
Window Assemblies:
SHGC (maximum)
U- Value (maximum)
PF<0.25
0.4
0.4
0.25sPF<0J0
OJ
0.4
PFi0.50
0.6
0.4
Skylights - U- Value (maximum)
X
0.8
Roof Assemblies^ (either/or)
Insulation Between Framing
Continuous Insulation
All-Wood Joist/Truss
R-30
R-23
Non-wood Joist/Tniss
R-30
R-24
Concrete Slab or Deck
NA
R-23
Metal Purlin with Thermal Break
R-38
R-24
Metal Purlin w/o Thermal Break
R-38
R-24
Floor Assemblies: (either/or)
Insulation Between Framing
Continuous Insulation
All-Wood Joist/Truss
R-25
R-18
Non-wood Joist/Truss
R-25
R-19
Concrete Slab or Deck
NA
R-19
Slab, Perimeter, and Below-Grade Wall
R-5 1
* For masonry walls, average R-value shall be calculated based on the assumption of isothermal planes, using
methodology in 1 997 ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook, Chapter 22.
13043 Air Leakage
13<M3.1 Air Barriers: The building envelope
shall be designed and constructed with a
continuous air barrier to control air leakage into,
or out of the conditioned space. An air barrier
shall also be provided for interior partitions
between conditioned space and space designed to
maintain temperature or humidity levels which
differ from those in the conditioned space by more
than 50% of the difference between the
conditioned space and design ambient conditions.
The air barrier shall have the following
characteristics:
1 . It must be continuous, with all joints made
air-tight.
2. It shall have an air permeability not to
exceed 0.004 cfin/ft^ under a pressure
differential of 0.3 in. water (1 .57 psf.) (equal to
OmUs/m^ @ 75 Pa.) .
3 . It shall be capable of withstaadmg positive
and negative combined design wind, fan and
stack pressures on the envelope without
damage or displacement, and shall tramfer the
load to the structure. E shal not displace
adjacent materials under full load.
4. It shall be durable or maintainable.
5. The air barrier shall be joined in an air-tight
and flexible maimer to the air banier material
of adjacent systems, allowing for the relative
movement of systems due So thermal and
moisture variations and creep. Connection
shall be made between:
a. Foundation and walls.
b. Walls and windows or doors.
c. Different wall systems.
d. Wall and roof.
e. Wall and roof over unconditioned space.
f . Walls, floor and roof across construction,
control and expansion joints.
g. Walls, floors and roof to utility, pipe and
duct penetrations.
13043^ Air Barrier PenetratJoBis: All
penetrations of the air barrier and paths of air
infiltration/exfiltration shall be made air-tight.
13M33 FenestiraitloB aai Doors: Air leakage
fot fenestration and doors shall be determined in
accordance with NFRC 400 or ASTM E 283 @
1 .57 psf (75 Pa.). Air leakage shall be determined
by an independent laboratory accredited by a
nationally recognized accreditation organization
and shall be certified by the manufacturer. Air
leakage shall not exceed 1.0 cfin/ft^ for glazed
swinging entrance doors and for revolving doors,
and 0,4 cftn/ft^ for ail other products under a
pressure differential of 0.3 inches of water (1.57
psf.)
6/8/01 (Effective 4/26/01)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
229
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Exceptions:
1. Field fabncaXQdfenestration and doors that
are weather-stripped.
2. For garage doors, air leakage determined by
test at standard test conditions in accordance
with NAGDM 105 shall be an acceptable
alternate for compliance with air leakage
requirements.
13043.4 Shaft, Chute, Access Opening,
Stairwell and Elevator Lobby Doors: Doors
and access openings leading to shafts, chutes,
stairwells, and elevator lobbies shall either meet
the requirements of 780 CMR 1304.3.3 or shall be
equipped with weatherseals.
Exception: Weatherseals on elevator lobby
doors are not required when a smoke control
system is installed in accordance with
780 CMR 921.7.
13043^ Loading Dock Weatherseals: Cargo
doors and loading dock doors shall be equipped
with weatherseals to restrict infiltration when
vehicles are parked in the doorway.
1304J.6 Vestibules: A ^or that separates
conditioned space from the exterior shall be
protected with an enclosed vestibule, with all
doors opening into and out of the vestibule
equipped with self-closing devices. Vestibules
shall be designed so that in passing through the
vestibule it is not necessary for the interior and
exterior doors to open at the same time. Interior
and exterior doors shall have a minimum distance
between them of not less than seven ft (2.1 m)
when in the closed position.
Exceptions:
1 . doors not intended to be used as a building
entrance door, such as doors for mechanical or
electrical equipment rooms;
2. doors opening directly from a dwelling
unit,
3 . doors that open directly from a space less
than 3000 ft^ m area;
4. revolving doors or doors adjacent to
revolving doors;
5. doors used primarily to facilitate vehicular
movement or material handling and adjacent
personnel doors.
13043.7 Air-tight Dampers: Air-tight operable
dampers shall be installed where the air barrier is
penetrated by:
1. fixed open louvers such as in elevator shafts
and machine rooms;
2. mechanical system components which allow
infiltration or exfiltration of air when the
systems are inactive, such as atrium smoke
exhaust systems and make-up air louvers;
3. outside air intakes, exhaust outlets, relief
outlets, stair shaft, elevator shaft smoke relief
openings, and other similar elements.
Such dampers shall have a leakage no greater than
3cfrn/ft^ at 1.0 in w.g. when tested in accordance
with AMCA Standard 500. They shall be set in
the closed position, and shall automatically open
upon:
1. the activation of any fire alarm initiating
device of the building's fire alarm system;
2. the interruption of power to the damper.
130^1.3.8 Recessed Lightmg Fixtures: When
inst(illed in the building envelope, recessed
lighting fixtures shall meet one of th& following
requirements:
1. Type IC rated, manufactured with no
penetrations between the inside of the recessed
fixture and ceiling cavity and sealed or
gasketed to prevent air leakage into the
unconditioned space.
2. Type IC rated, in accordance with ASTME
283 no more than 2.0 cfin air movement from
the conditioned space to the ceiling cavity. The
lighting fixnire shall be tested at 75 Pa or 1.57
IbsJft.^ pressure difference and shall be
labeled.
1304.3.9 Envelope Gaps and Cavities: All gaps
and cavities between rough framing and door and
window heads, jambs, and sills shall be made
air-tight, filled with insulation and covered with a
vapor barrier meeting the criteria for vapor
barriers.
1304.4 Insulation General: Where insulation is
required in 780 CMR 1304.2 or 780 CMR 1304.5, it
shall also comply with 780 CMR 1304.4.1 through
1304.4..5.
1304.4.1 Insulation Installation: Insulation
materials shall be mstalled in accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations as to achieve
and maintain rated R-value of insulation.
Where continuous wall insulation is required in
780 CMR 1304.2 or 780CMR 1304.5 m multi-
story buildings, the insulation must be continuous
across floor structures.
Open-blown or poured loose-fill insulation
shall not be used in attic roof spaces with eave
vents when the slope of the ceiling is more than
tiiree in 12 unless special provisions are made to
prevent setthng and maintain an air space for
ventilation above the insulation. Baffling of the
vent openings shall be provided to deflect the
incoming air above the surface of the insulation.
1304.4.2 Substantial Contact Insulation shall
be installed in a permanent manner in substantial
contact with adjacent surfaces in a manner which
will prevent convection of air around the
insulation. Flexible batt insulation installed in
floor cavities shall be supported in a permanent
manner by supports no greater than 24 in. on
center.
230
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
6/8/01 (Effective 4/26/01)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION
Batt insulation with integral vapor barrier shall be
attached to the winter warm sides or faces of wall
studs, sole plates, top plates, lintels and headers at
intervals of eight inches on center. Where
batt/blanket insulation is of a "friction fit" design and
a poly vapor hairier is employed, the vapor barrier
shall be affixed to the interior face of the wall studs,
sole plates, top plates, lintels and headers (winter
warm side) in accordance with the insulation
manufacturer's recommendations.
1304.43 Recessed Equipment Lighting
fixtures; heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning
equipment, including wall heaters, ducts, and
plenums; and other equipment shall not be
recessed in such a manner to affect the insulation
thickness'unless:
1 . the total combined area affected (including
necessary clearances) is less than one percent
of the opaque area of the assembly, or
2. the entire roof, wall, oi floor is covered with
insulation to the full depth required or
3. the effects of reduced insulation are included
in calculations using an area weighted average
method and compressed insulation values from
the ASHRAE 1997 Handbook of
Fundamentals. In all cases, air leakage through
the recessed equipment to the conditioned
space shall be prevented,
1304.44 Location of Rm)fliis0lagloms The roof
shall be insulated in a location other than directly
on a suspended ceiling with removable ceiling
panels.
13044J Insulation Protectlosi: Exterior
insulation shall be covered with a protective
material to prevent damage from sunlight,
moisture, landscaping operations, equipment
maintenance, and wind, ii fl«icjr and mechanical
rooms, a way to access equipment that prevents
damaging or compressing the insulation shall be
provided. Foundation vents shall not interfere
with the insulation.
Msulation materials In ground contact shall
have water absorption no greater than 0.3% when
tested in accordance with ASTM C272.
Exceptions Msulatioa materials that have a
water drainage system included.
13MS Bmldrng Envelope Trade^Off Optloe:
The building envelope complies with the standard if
the proposed building satisfies the provisions of
780 CMR 1304.1. 780 CMR 1304.3, and 780 CMR
1304.4, and the envelope performance factor of the
proposed building is less than or equal to the
envelope performance factor of the budget building.
The envelope performance factor considers only the
building envelope components. Schedules of
operation, Ughting power, equipment power,
occupant density, and mechanical systems shall be
the same for both the proposed building and the
budget building. Envelope performance factor shall
be calculated using computer programs accepted by
the Board of Building Regulations and Standards.
780 CMR 130SSI HEATING YENTttATEON
AND AIR CONDraONING
1305.1 General: 780 CMR 1305.0 covers the design
and construction of mechanical systems and
equipment serving the building heating, cooling, or
ventilating needs.
1305.1ol CompIIamce: Compliance with
780 CMR 1305.0 shall be achieved by meeting
either 780 CMR 1305.2 or 780 CMR 1305.3.
1305.2 Simple HVAC Systems and Equipmemt:
130S.2.1 Scope: 780 CMR 1305.2 applies to
buildings served by unitary or packaged air
conditioners or heat pumps, packaged terminal air
conditioners, and packaged liunaces each serving
one zone and controlled by a single thermostatic
control in the zone served. It also applies to
buildings served by packaged boilers and two-pipe
heating systems serving one or more zones.
780 CMR 1 305.2 does not apply to non-unitary
or non-packaged HVAC equipment and systems
or to chiller systems.
780 CMR 1305.2 does not apply to buildings in
which the outside air quantity capable of being
supplied by any individual fan system exceeds
3000 cfm or 70% of the total design supply air
quantity for the fan system.
13d522 CalculatiosB of Heating and Coolmg
Loads: Design loads shall be determined in
accordance with the procedures described in
Chapters 25 and 26 of the ASHRAE 1997
Handbook of Fundamentals or an approved
equivalent computation procedure.
1305.2^.1 Equipment and System Suing:
Heating and cooling equipment and systems
capacity shall not exceed the loads calculated
m accordance with 780 CMR 1305.2.2. A
single piece of equipment providing both
heating and cooling shall satisfy this provision
for one function with the edacity for the other
function as small as possible, within available
equipment options.
130S.2J HVAC Equipment Performamce
Mequirenients: Packaged air conditioners and
heat pumps with capacity greater than 240,000
Btu/h, ground-source and ground water source
heat pumps, and duct fumaces and unit heaters
shall meet the minimum efficiency requirements
of Tables 1305.3.3a, b, and d, when tested and
rated in accordance with the referenced test
procedure. The efficiency shall be verified through
data furnished by the manufacturer or through
certification under an approved certification
progranL Where multiple rating conditions and/or
6/8/01 (Effective 4/26/01)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
231
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
performance requirements are provided, the
equipment shall satisfy all stated requirements.
Other new equipment within the scope of
780 CMR 1305.2 is required to meet efficiency
standards administered by the federal government.
The efficiency of used equipment within the scope
of the federal standards shall be verified through
data furnished by the manufacturer.
Equipment not required to meet efficiency
standards administered by the federal govermnent,
and not in Tables 1 305.3.3a, b, and d may be used,
and have no minimum performance requirements.
1305.2.4 Temperature and Hmnidity Controls:
1305.2.4.1 Temperature Controls: Bach
heating and cooling system shall have at least
one progranmiable thermostat. The thermostat
shall have the capability to setback or shut-
down tiie .system based on day of the week and
time of day and a readily accessible manual
override that will return to the pre-setback or
shutdown schedule without reprogranoming.
Thermostatic controls shall be capable of
providing a temperature range or dead band of
at least 5T within which the supply of heating
and cooling energy to the zone is shut off or
reduced to a minimum.
Exception: Thermostats requiring manual
changeover between heating and cooling
modes.
Where heating and cooling to a zone are
controlled by separate -zone thermostatic
controls located within the zone, means (such
as limit switches, mechanical stops, or, for
direct digital control (DDC) systems, software
programming) shall be provided to prevent the
heating set point from exceeding the cooling
set point minus any applicable proportional
band.
Heat pumps having supplementary electric
resistance heal shall have controls that, except
during defrost, prevent supplemental heat
operation when the heat pump can meet the
heating load.
1305.2.4.2 Humidity Controls: When
himiidistats are Installed they shall prevent the
use of fossil fuel or electric power to achieve a
humidity below 60% when the system
controlled is cooling, and above 30% when the
system controlled is heating.
1305.2.5 Hydronic System Controls: Hydronic
heating systems of at least 300,000 Btu/h design
capacity suppl3dng heated water to comfort
conditioning systems shall include controls that
have the capability to automatically reset the
supply water temperatures by representative
building loads (including return water
temperature) or by outside air temperature.
Exception: systems which vary water flow in
compliance with 780 CMR 1305.3.5.4.
Hydronic heating systems comprised of
multiple packaged boilers and designed to
deliver conditioned water or steam into a
coiranon distribution system shall include
automatic controls capable of sequencing
operation of the boilers.
Hydronic heating systems comprised of asingle
boiler of greater than 500,000 Btu/h design
capacity shall include either a multi-staged or
modulating burner.
1305.2.6 Ventilation: Natural or mechanical
ventilation shall be provided in accordance with
the mechanical code listed in Appendix A. Any
mechanical ventilation system shall have the
capability to reduce the outdoor air supply to the
minimum required by the mechanical code listed
va Appendix A.
1305.2.6.1 Distributed Fan Systems: Where
mechanical ventilation is provided by multiple
fan systems located in a plenmn or other
enclosed space, outdoor air shall be ducted
directly to each individual fan system.
1305.2.6J& Shutoff Dampers: Outdoor air
supply ducts and exhaust ducts associated with
the mechanical ventilation system shall be
provided with automatic means to reduce and
shutoff airflow.
lException:
1. Systems serving areas designed for
continuous operation .
2. Individual systems with an outside air
Intake or exhaust capacity of 300 cfzn or
less.
3. Systems with readily accessible manual
dampers.
1305.2.7 Economizers: Each system over 65,000
Btu/h cooling capacity shall have an economizer
that will automatically shut off the cooling system
and allow 100% of the supply air to be outdoor
air.
1305.2.8 Duct and Plenum Insulation and
Sealing: All supply and return air ducts and
plenums shall be insulated with a minimum of
R-5 insulation when located in unconditioned
spaces and with a minimum of R-8 insulation
when located outside the buUding envelope. When
locate4 within a building envelope assembly the
duct or plenum shall be separated from the
building exterior or unconditioned or exempt
spaces by a minimum R-5 insulation. Required
R-values are the "labeled" Revalues for such
ducts.
Exception:
1 . When located within equipment
232
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
1/19/01
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION
2. When the design temperature difference
between the interior and exterior of the duct or
plenum does not exceed 1 5 **F.
3. Exhaust air ducts.
4. Outside air supply ducts located outside of
the building envelope.
All joints, longitudinal and transverse seams,
and connections in duct work, shall be securely
fastened and sealed with welds, gaskets, mastics
(adhesives), mastic-plus-embedded-fabric
systems, or tapes. Tapes and mastics used with
rigid fibrous glass ducts shall be listed and labeled
In accordance with UL 181 A. Tapes and mastics
used with flexible air ducts shall be listed and
labeled in accordance with UL 18 IB. Duct tape is
not permitted as a sealant on any metal ducts.
130So2.9- Piping Insuiatlon: All low pressure
side refidgerant piping shall be insulated with %
in. of insulation, hot water piping for comfort
conditioning shall be insulated with one in. of
Insulation, and steam system piping shall be
insulated with two in. of insulation. All insulation
shall have a conductivity not exceeding 0.27
Btu-inihr-ft^ **F.
130S3 Complex EVAC Systems aad Eqrapment:
13053ol Scope: This section applies to all
HVAC systenas and equipment other than those
covered in 780 CMR 1305,2.
1305 J.2 Calculation ojf Heating and Cooling
Loads: Design loads shall be determined in
accordance with the procedures described in
Chapters 25 and 26 of the ASHRAE 1997
Handbook of Fundamentals or an approved
equivalent computation procedure.
13053^.1 Eqmpment and System Sizing:
Heating and cooling equipment and system
capacity shall not exceed the loads calculated
in accordance with 780 CMR 1305.3.2.
130533 HVAC Eqmpment Ferfformance
Requirements: Equipment shall be newly
purchased or shall meet the nunimum efficiency
requirements of Tables 1305.3.3a. through f.,
when tested and rated in accordance with the
referenced test procedure. The efficiency shall be
verified through data furnished by the
manufacturer or through an approved certification
program. Where multiple rating conditions and/or
performance requirements are provided, the
equipment shall satisfy all stated requirements.
Other new equipment within the scope of
780 CMR 13053.3 is required to meet efficiency
standards administered by the federal government.
The efficiency of used equipment within the scope
of the federal standards shall be verified through
data furnished by the manufacturer.
Equipment not required to meet efficiency
standards administered by the federal government,
and not in Tables 1305.3.3a. through f. may be
used, and have no minimum performance
requirements.
130533.1 Duct Fiaiiiaccs and Unit Heatere:
Warm air duct furnaces and unit heaters shall
have an intermittent ignition device, maximum
jacket losses of 0.75% of the equipment input
rating, and power venting or a flue damper.
When combustion air is drawn from the
conditioned space a vent damper shall be
permitted to be used in lieu of the required flue
damper.
Table 130533a
Unitary Air Conditioners and Condensing Units, Electrically Operated,
Mimmum EMciesicy Reqiisirements
Equipment Type
Air Conditioners, Air Cooled
> 240,000 Btu/h and
^ 760,000 Btu/h
Size Category
> 760,000 Btu/h
Sub-Category or
Rating Condition
Split System and
Single Package
Split System and
Single Package
Minimum
Efficiency
PJEER**
9.7 IPLV
9.2 EER''
9.4IPLV^
11.0 EER"
103IPLV*
Test Procedure
ARI 210/240
Air Conditioners, Water and
Evaporatively Cooled
> 240,000 Btu/h
ARI 340/360
Condensing Units, Air Cooled
^135,000 Btu/h
Split System and
Single Package
10.1 EER
11.2 IPLV
ARI 365
Condensing Units, Water or , , . --^ „^ „ 113.1 EER
Evaporativdy Coded [^ 135,000 Btu/h [ [^3^^^
° IPLVs are only applicable to equipment with capacity modulation.
^ Deduct 0.2 from the required EERs and PLVs for units with a supplemental beating section other than electric
resistance.
1/19/01
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
233
. 780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUEDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STAHE BUILDING CODE
Table 1305J3b
Unitary and Applied Heat Pamps, Electrically Operated,
Mimmum Efficiency Requirements
Equipment Type
Size Category
Sub-Category or Rating
Condition
Mimmum
Efficiency"
Test
Procedure
Air Cooled,
(Cooling Mode)
> 240,000 Btu/h
Split System and Single
Package
9.0EER''9.2
IPLV
ARI 340/360
Air Cooled,
(Heating Mode)
> 240,000 Btu/h
47''Fdb/43''Fwb outdoor
IT'Fdb/lO^Fwb outdoor
3.1 COP
2.0 COP
ARI 340/360
Groundwater^ Source
(Cooling Mode)
< 135,000 Bni/h
70*F Entering Water
50°F Entering Water
13.5 EER
15.0 EER
ISO 13256-1
Ground Source
(Cooling Mode)
< 135,000 Btu/h
77°F Entering Brine
70°F Entering Brine
12.4 F.RR
12.8 BHR
ISO 13256-1
Groundwater- Source
(Heating Mode)
< 135,000 Btu/h
(Cooling Capacity)
70°F Entering Water
50'*F Entering Water
3.9 COP
3.4 COP
ISO 13256-1
Ground Source
(Heating Mode)
< 135,000 Btu/h
(Cooling Capacity)
32**F Entering Brine
4rF Entering Brine
2.8 COP
3,0 COP
ISO 13256-1
' IPLVs are only applicable to equipment with capacity modulation.
^ Deduct 0.2 from the required HERs and IPLVs for units with supplemental heating sections other than
electric resistance heat.
Table 130533c
Water ChiUing Packages, Minimum Efficiency Requirements
Equipment Type
Size Category
Minimum
Efficiency"
Test Procedure
Air Cooled, With Condenser,
Electrically Operated
All Capacities
2.80 COP
2.80 IPLV
ARI 550 or ARI 590 as appropriate
Air Cooled, Without Condenser,
Electrically Operated
All Capacities
3.10 COP
3.10 IPLV
Water Cooled, Electrically
Operated, Positive Displacement
(Reciprocating)
All Capacities
4.20 COP
4.65 PLV
ARI 590
Water Cooled, Electrically
Operated, Positive Displacement
(Rotary Screw and Scroll)
< 150 Tons
4.45 COP
4.50 IPLV
i 150 Tons and <
300 Tons
4.90 COP
4.95 IPLV
ARI 550 or ARI 590 as appropriate
i 300 Tons
5.50 COP
5.60 IPLV
< 150 Tons
5.00 COP
5.00 IPLV
Water Cooled, Electrically
Operated, Centrifugal
i 150 Tons and <
300 Tons
5.55 COP
5.55 IPLV
ARI 550
^300 Tons
6.10 COP
6.10 IPLV
Air Cooled Absorption Single
Effect
All Capacities
0.60 COP
Water Cooled Absorption Single
Effect
All Capacities
0.70 COP
ARI 560
Absorption Double Effect,
bdirect-Fired
All Capacities
1.00 COP
1.05 PLV
Absorption Double Effect,
Direct-Fired
All Capacities
1.00 COP
1.00 PLV
* The chiller equipment requirements do not apply for chillers used in low temperature applications
where the design leaving fluid temperature is less than or equal to 35° F.
234
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
6/8/01 (Effective 4/26/01)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION
TaWe- 1305.3,3d
Warm Air Duct Furnaces and Unit Heaters, Minimum Efficiency Requirements
Equipment Type
Size Category Sub-Category or Minimum Minimum
(Input) Rating Condition* Efficiency* Efficiency
Test Procedure
Warm Air Duct
Furnaces, Gas-Fired
All Capacities
Maximum Capacity
Minimum Capacity
78% Et 80% E, .
75% E,
ANSIZ83.9
Warm Air Unit
Heaters, Gas-Fired
All Capacities
Maximum Capacity
Minimum Capacity
78% E,
74% E,
80% E,
ANSIZ83.8
Warm Air Unit All Capacities
Heaters, Oil-Fired
Maximum Capacity
Minimum (Capacity
81% E,
81% El
80% E,
UL731
* Minimum and maximum ratings as provided for and allowed by the unit's controls.
' Eg = Combustion efficiency (100% less flue losses). See test procedure for detailed discussion.
"^ E, = Thermal efficiency. See test procedure for detailed discussion.
Table 1305.3.3®
Performance Requirements for Heat Rejection Equipment
Equipment Type
Total System
Heat Rejection
Capacity at Rated
Conditions
Sub-Category or Rating
Condition
Performance
Required
Test
Procedure'^
Propeller or Axial
Fan Cooling Towers
All
Centrifugal Fan
Cooling Towers
AH
95 °F Entering Water
85 T Leaving Water
75°Fwb Outdoor Air
95 °F Entering Water
85°F Leaving Water
75°Fwb Outdoor Air
^38.2
gpm/hp*
^20.0
gpm/hp"
CTIATC-105
CTIATC-105
Air Cooled
Condensers
All
125 °F Condensing Temperature
R22 Test Fluid
190°F Entering Gas T
emperature
15°F Subcooling
95 °F Entering Drybulb
^ 176,000
Btu/h*hp''
ARI460
" Maximum flow (gpm)/rated motor power (hp)
^ Heat rejected from the refrigerant (Btu/h)/rated motor power (hp).
Table 1305.33f
Boilers, Gas- and OU-Fired, Minimum Efficiency Requirements
Equipment Type Size Category
Sub-Category or Rating
Condition
Minimum
Efficiency''
Efficiency as of
l/l/200r
Test Procedure
Boilers, Gas-Fired
i 300,000 Bm/h and
2: 2.500,000 Bnj/h
Maximum Capacity"
Minimum Capacity'
80% E,
80% E,
75% E,
H-I.Htg Boiler
Std 86"
> 2,500,000 Btu/h
Hot Water
80% E,
80% E,
> 2,500,000 Btu/h
Steam
80% E,
80% E,
Boilers, Oil-Fired
i 300,000 Btu/h and
i 2,500.000 Bm/h
Maximum Capacity*
Minimum Capacity*
83% E,
83% E,
78% E,
H.L Htg Boiler
Std 86*
> 2.500;000 Btu/h
Hot Water
83% E.
83% E,
> 2,500,000 Btu/h
Steam
83% E,
83% E, -
Oil-Fired
(Residual)
s 300,000 Bhi/h and
^2,500,000 Btu/h
Maximum Capacity*
Minimum Capacity*
83% E,
83% E,
78% E,
HX Htg Boiler
Std 86"
> 2,500,000 Btu^
Hot Water
83% E.
83% E,
> 2,500,000 Bm/h
Steam
83% E,
83% E,
' Minimum and maximum ratings as provided for and allowed by the unit's controls.
'' Eg F Combustion efficiency (1(X)% less flue losses). See reference document for detailed information.
•^ E,= Thermal efficiency. See reference document for detailed information.
"• Alternate test procedures used at the manufacturer's option are ASME PTC-4.1 for units over
5,000,000 Btu/h input, or ANSI Z21.13 for units greater than or equal to 300,000 Btu/h and less than or
equal to 2,500.000 Btu/h input.
1/19/01
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
235
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
1305.3.4 Temperature and Humidity Controls
1305.3.4.1 Thermostatic Controls: The
supply of heating and cooling energy to each
zone shall be individually controlled by
thermostatic controls capable of responding to
temperature within the zone.
Exception: Independent perimeter systems
that are designed to offset only building
envelope heat losses and/or gains serving
one or more zones also served by an interior
system provided:
1. the perimeter system includes at least
one thermostatic control zone for each
building exposure of the building (face
within ± 45°) having exterior walls facing
only one orientation for more than 50.
contiguous feet and,
2. the perimeter system heating and cooling
supply is controlled by thermostatic controls
located within the zone(s) served by the
system.
1305.3.4.2 Zone Thermostatic Control
Capabilities:
1305.3.4.2.1 Set point Overlap
Restriction: Where used to control both
heating and cooling, zone thermostatic
controls shall be capable of providing a
temperature range or dead band of at least
5°F within which the supply of heating and
cooling energy to the zone is shut off or
reduced to a minimum.
Exception: TTiermostats requiring manual
changeover between heating and cooling
modes.
Where heating and cooling to a zone are
controlled by separate zone thermostatic
controls located within the zone, means
(such as limit switches, mechanical stops, or,
for direct digital control (DDC) systems,
software progranmfiing) shall be provided to
prevent thelieating set point from exceeding
the cooling set point minus any applicable
proportional band.
1305.3.4.2.2 Off-hour Controls: HVAC
systems shall have setback and automatic
controls.
Exception:
1. Systems that serve areas that operate
continuously, or
2. Systems with full load demands not
exceeding 2 kW when having a readily
accessible manual shut off switch.
Thermostatic setback controls shall have
the capability to setback or temporarily
operate the system to maintain zone
temperatures down to 55 °F or up to 85 °F.
HVAC systems shall be equipped with an
automatic timeclock or programmable
control that is capable of starting and
stopping the system for seven different daily
schedules per week, retaining progranmiing
and time setting during loss of power for a
period of at least ten hours, and has a manual
override that allows temporary operation of
the system for up to two hours; a manually-
operated timer capable of being adjusted to
operate the system for up to two hours; or an
occupancy sensor.
1305.3.4.3 Zone Isolation: Systems that
serve zones that will have the capability to
operate non- simultaneously shall include
isolation devices and controls to shut off or
set back the supply of ventilation air, heat-
ing, and cooling to each zone independently.
For offices, each isolation area shall be no
larger than 25,000 ft^ of conditioned floor
area nor include more than one floor. For all
other occupancies, isolation areas shall be no
larger than a single zone, a single tenant
space, or 5000 ft^ of conditioned floor area,
whichever is larger.
Exception: exhaust air and outside air
connections to fan systems of 5,000 cfm
and smaller.
1305.3.4.4 Humidifier Preheat:
Humidifiers with preheating jackets
mounted in the air stream shall be provided
with an automatic valve to shut off preheat
when humidificatidn is not required.
1305.3.4.5 Humidification and
Dehumidification: Where a zone is served
by a system or systems with both humidifi-
cation and dehumidification capability,
means (such as limit switches, mechanical
stops, or, for direct digital control (DDC)
systems, software programming) shall be
capable of preventing simultaneous opera-
tion of humidification and dehumidification
equipment.
Exception:
1. Zones served by desiccant systems,
used witii direct evaporative cooling in
series.
2. Systems serving zones where specific
humidity levels are required, such as
computer rooms, museums, and hospitals.
1305.3.4.6 Simultaneous Heating and
Cooling: Zone thermostatic and
humidistatic controls shall be capable of
operating in sequence the supply of heating
and cooling energy to the zone. Controls
shall be capable of preventing reheating;
recooling; mixing, or simultaneously
supplying air that has been previously
mechanically heated and air that has been
previously cooled either by economizer
operation or mechanical cooling.
236
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
1/19/01
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION
Exception:
L Variable air volume systems which,
during periods of occupancy, are designed
to reduce the primary air supply to each
zone to a minimum before reheating,
recooling, or mixing takes place.
2. Zones where special pressurization
relationships or cross-contamination
requirements are such that variable air
volume systems are impractical.
3. At least 75% of the energy for
reheating or for providing warm air m
mixing systems is provided from a
site-recovered or site-solar energy source.
4. Zones where special humidity levels
are required to satisfy process needs.
5. Zones with a peak supply air quantity
of 300 cfin or less and where the flow rate
is less than 10% of the total fan system
flow rate.
6. Zones where the volume of air to be
reheated, recooled, or mixed is no greater
than the volume of outside air required to
meet the minimum ventilation
requirements of 780 CMR 1305.3.6.
13053.4.7 Temperature Reset for Air
Systems: Air systems supplying heated or
cooled air to multiple zones shall include
controls that have the capability to
. automatically reset the supply airin response
to measured parameters representative of
building loads or by outside air temperature.
Temperature shall be capable of being reset
by at least 25% of the design supply air to
room air temperature difference.
Exceptlosi: Systems that comply with
780 CMR 1305.3.4.6 without using
Exceptions 1, 2 or 6.
13053 J Hydronic System Controls: The
heating of fluids that have been previously
mechanically cooled and the cooling of Suids that
have been previously mechanically heated shall be
limited in accordance with 780 CMR 1305.3.5.1
through 1305.3.5.3.
Hydronic heating systems comprised of
multiple packaged boilers and designed to deliver
conditioned water or steam into a common
distribution system shall include automatic
controls capable of sequencing operation of the
boilers.
Hydronic heating systems comprised of a single
boiler and greater than 500,000 Btu/h design
capacity shall include either a multi-staged or
modulating burner.
130S3J.1 Three-pipe System: Hydronic
systems that use a coinumon return system for
both hot water and chilled water are prohibited,
13053.5.2 Two°p!pe Changeover System:
Systems that use a common distribution system to
supply both heated and chilled water shall: be
designed to allow a dead band between
changeover from one mode to the other of at least
1 5 **? outside air temperature; be designed to and
provided with controls that will allow operation in
one mode for at least 4 hours before changing
over to the other mode; and be provided with
controls that allow heating and cooling supply
temperatures at the changeover point to be no
more than 30 "F apart
130S3J3 Hydronic (Water Loop) Heat
Pump Systems: Hydronic heat pumps
connected to a common heat pump water loop
with central devices for heat rejection and heat
addition shall have controls that are capable of
providing a heat pump water supply
temperature dead band of at least 20''Fbetween
initiation of heat rejection and heat addition by
the central devices. If a closed-circuit cooling
tower is used, either an automatic valve shall
be installed to bypass all but a minimal flow of
water around the tower, or low leakage positive
closure dampers shall be provided. If an
open-circuit cooling tower is used directly in
. the heat pump loop, an automatic valve shall be
installed to bypass all heat pump water flow-
around the tower. If an open-circuit cooling
tower is used in conjunction with a separate
heat exchanger to isolate the cooling tower
&om the heat pump loop, then heat loss shall
be controlled by shutting down the circulation
pump on the cooling tower loop. Each
hydronic heat pump on the hydronic system
having a total pump .system power exceeding
ten hp shall have a two-position valve.
Exception: Where a system loop temper-
ature optimization controller is installed and
can determine the most efficient operating
temperature based on real time conditions of
demand and capacity, dead bands of less
than 20'F shall be permitted.
130S3.5.4 Hydronic Variable Mow
Systems: HVAC pumping systems that include
control valves designed to modulate or step
open and closed as a function of load shall be
designed for variable fluid flow and be capable
of reducing pump Sow rates to 50% or less of
the design flow rate.
130535.5Maxiisnim Power Use: Individual
pumps serving variable flow systems having
pump motors greater than 50 hp shall include
controls that are capable of limiting pump
motor demand to no more than 30% of design
power input at 50% of design water flow.
1/19/01
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
237
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
1305.3.6 VentUation: Ventilation, either natural
or mechanical, shall be provided in accordance
with the mechanical code listed in Appendix A.
Where mechanical ventilation is provided the
system shall provide the capability to reduce the
outdoor air supply to the minimum required by the
mechanical code listed in Appendix A.
1305J.6.1 System Controls: Mechanical
ventilation systems shall be provided with
manual or automatic controls Uiat will allow
the fan system to operate whenever the spaces
served are occupied Air conditioning systems
that supply required ventilation ah: shall be
provided with controls designed to
automatically maintain the required outdoor ah:
supply rate during occupancy.
13053.6.2 Ventilation Controls for
High-Occupancy Areas: Systems with design
outside air capacities greater than 3000 cfin
serving areas having an average design
occupancy density exceeding 100 people per
1000 ft^ shall include means to automatically
reduce outside air mtake below design rates
when spaces are partially occupied.
Ventilation controls shall be in compliance
with the mechanical code listed in Appendix A.
Exception: fan systems with energy
recovery.
13053.63 Distributed Fan Systems: Where
mechanical ventilation is provided by multiple
fan systems located m a plenum or other
enclosed space, outdoor air shall be ducted
directly to each individual fan system.
13053.6.4 Outdoor Air Intake Control:
Variable au: volume systems shall have
controls that are capable of maintaining total
system outdoor airflow at not less than 90% of
the outdoor air supply rates required by
780 CMR 13053.6.
13053.63 Zone Mlnlmnm Air Flow:
Variable air volume zone controls shaU
maintain the hourly average outdoor supply air
rate at not less than the minimum supply rate
required by 780 CMR 1305.3.6 under any
thermal load condition expected to occur when
the spaces served are occupied.
13053.6.6 Shutoff Damper Controls: Bdth
outdoor air supply and exhaust ducts associated
with the mechanical ventilation system shall be
equipped with motorized dampers that will
automatically shut when the systems or spaces
served are not in use.
Exception:
1. Gravity (non-motorized) dampers
installed in buildings less than three stories
in height above grade.
2. Individual supply systems with an
outside an: intake or exhaust capacity of 300
cfm or less.
13053.7 Economizers: Each coolmg system
including the fan with a total cooling capacity of
at least 65,000 Btu/h shall have an air or water
economizer.
Cooling fan systems with a total cooling
capacity less than 65,000 Btu/hr shall have an air
or water economizer in buildings three stories and
taller where the total cooling capacity of all such
systems exceeds 2,400,000 Btu/h or 10% of the
total installed cooling capacity, whichever is
larger.
Exception:
1 . Systems that include gas phase air cleaning
in order to meet ventilation requirements.
■ ■ 2. Where more than 25% of the air designed
to be supplied by the system is to spaces that
are designed to be humidified above 35 °F
(2°Q dewpoint temperature in order to satisfy
process needs.
3., Systems that include a condenser heat
recovery system complying with 780 CMR
13053.12.
4. Systems that serve residential spaces where
the system capacity is less than 325,000 cfin.
5. Systems ^at serve spaces whose sensible
cooling load at design conditions, excluding
transmission and infiltration loads, is less than
or equal to transmission and infiltration losses
at an outdoor temperature of 60°F.
6. Systems expected to operate less than 20
hours per week.
7. Where the use of outdoor air for cooling
will affect supermarket open refrigerated
casework systems.
13053.7.1 Air Economizers: Air economizers
shall be designed to modulate outside air and
return air dampers to provide up to the design
supply air quantity as outside air.
Economizer dampers shall be capable of
bemg sequenced with the mechanical cooling
equipment and shall be controlled by other than
mixed air temperature alone. The use of mixed
air temperature limit control shall be permitted
for systems controlled fiom space temperature
. (such as singlcrzo/ie systems).
Air economizers shall be designed to
automatically reduce the minimum supply of
outside air to the minimum quantities required
by 780 CMR 13053.6 when the use of outside
ah- will no longer reduce cooling energy usage.
Means shaU be provided to relieve or exhaust
excess return air during air economizer
operation. The relief air outlet shall be located
to avoid reintroduction of exhaust air into the
building.
Controls shall be permitted to be installed to
reduce the quantity of outdoor air to prevent
coil frostmg at the lowest stage of compressor
unloadmg.
238
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
6/8/01 (Effective 4/26/01)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUttDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION
13053.8 Duct and Flenrnn Insolation smd
Sealing: All supply and return air ducts and
plenums shall be insulated with a minimum of
R-5 insulation when located in unconditioned
spaces and with a minimum of R-8 insulation
when located outside the building envelope.
When located within a building envelope
assembly the duct or plenum shall be separated
from the building exterior or unconditioned or
exempt spaces by a minimum R-5 insulation.
Required R-values are the "labeled" R-values
for such ducts.
Exception:
1. When located within equipment.
2. When the design temperature difference
between the interior and exterior of the duct
or plenum does not exceed 1 5 °F.
3. Exhaust air ducts.
4. Outside air supply ducts located outside
of the building envelope.
All joints, longitudinal and trmisverse
seams, and connections in duct work, shall be
securely fastened and sealed with welds,
gaskets, mastics (adhesives), mastic-plus-
embedded-fabric systems, or tapes. Tapes and
mastics used with rigid fibrous glass ducts shall
be listed and labeled in accordance with UL
1 8 1 A. Tapes and mastics used with flexible air
ducts shall be listed and labeled in accordance
with UL 18 IB. Duct tape is not permitted as a
sealant on any metal ducts.
Ducts designed to operate at static pressures
in excess of three in. w.c. shall be leak-tested in
accordance with the SMACNA HVAC air duct
leakage test manual with the rate of air leakage
less than or equal to 6.0 as determined in
accordance with Equation 1305.3.8.
Where:
h^^ =: the maximum permitted leakage in cfm
per 100 ft^ duct surface
Q = 6 for square/rectangular sheetmetal or
fibrous ducts, three for round/oval sheetmetal,
' fibrous or flexible ducts
P = test pressure which shall be equal to the
design duct pressure class rating in inches w.c,
1305.3.9 Piping Insulation: All piping serving
as part of a heating or cooling system shall be
thermally insulated in accordance with Table
1305.3.9.
Exception:
1. Factory-installed piping within HVAC
equipment tested and rated in accordance with
780 CMR 1305.3.3.
2. Piping that conveys fluids that have a
design operating temperature range between
55''Fandl05°F
3. Piping that conveys fluids that have not
been heated or cooled through the use of fossil
fuels or electrical power.
4. Hot water runout piping not exceeding 4 ft.
in length and 1 in. in diameter or less between
the control valve and HVAC coil.
Table 13053 J
Minimum Pipe Insulation Thickness"
Fluid Design Operating
Temp. Range ("F)
Insulation Conductivity
Nomina
Pipe or Tube Size (in.)
Conductivity
Btu*in./(h*ft2*°F)
Mean Rating
Temp. CD
<1
lto<m
l'/2tO<4
4to<8
^8
Heating Systems (Steam, Steam Condensate and Hot Water)
>350
0.32-0.34 250
2.5
3.0
3.0
4.0
4.0
251-350
0.29-0.32 200
L5
2.5
3.0
3.0
3.0
201-250
0.27-0.30 150
1.5
1.5
2.0
2.0
2.0
141-200
0.25-0.29 125
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.5
1.5
105-140
0.22-0.28 100
0.5
0.5
1.0
1.0
1.0
Domestic and Service Hot Water Systems
105 and Greater |0.22-0.28 flOO
0.5
0.5
1.0
1.0
1.0
Cooling Systems (Chilled Water, Brine, and Refrigerant)
40-60
0.22-0.28
100
0.5
0.5
1.0
1.0
1.0
Below 40
0.22-0.28
100
0.5
10
1.0
1.0
1.5
" For insulation outside the stated conductivity range, the minimum thickness (T) shall be determined as follows:
T=rf(l + t/rf/k
Where:
7= minimum insulation thickness (in.),
r = actual outside radius of pipe (in.),
t = insulation thickness listed in this table for applicable fluid temperature and pipe size,
K = conductivity of alternate material at mean rating temperature indicated for the applicable fluid temperature
[Btu*in.(h*ft^*''F)];and
k ^ the upper value of the conductivity range listed in this table for the applicable fluid temperature.
1/19/01
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
239
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
1305.3.10 Fan System Power: The ratio of the
nameplate^n system power to the supply fan air
flow rate of each HVAC system at design
conditions shall not exceed the requirements
shown in Table 1305.3.10. Fan system power
shall be adjusted in accordance with Equation
1305.3.10 for the additional power required by
process loads, air treatment or filtering systems
with design pressure drops over one in. w.c. when
filters are clean, heat recovery coils or devices, or
direct evaporative humidifiers/coolers.
Equation 13053.10
Adjusted fan system power = Fan systempower- HP
Credit
HP Credit (hp) = Sum of [CFM„ x (SP„ - 1 .0)737 1 8]
+ Sum of [CFM X SPhr/37 18]
Where:
CFM„ =Supply air volume of the unit with the
filtering system, cfm
SP„ = Air pressure drop of the filtering system
when filters are clean, in, w.c.
SPhr = Air pressure drop of heat recovery coils or
direct evaporative humidifier/cooler, in. w.c.
Table 1305.3.10
Fan Power Limitation
Supply Air
Allowable Nameplate Motor Power
Volume
Constant Air Volume Variable Air Volume
< 20,000 cfm
1 .2 hp/1 ,000 cfm 1 .7 hp/1 ,000 cfm
> 20,000 cfm
1 . 1 hp/1 ,000 cfm 1 .5 hp/1 ,000 cfm
1305.3.10.1 Variable Air Volume (VAV)
Fan Control; Individual VAV fans with
motors 25 hp and larger shall have controls or
devices that will result in fan motor demand of
no more than 30% of design wattage at 50% of
design air volume when static pressure set
point equals Vs of the total design static
pressure, based on manufacturer's certified fan
data.
Static pressure sensors used to control
variable air volume fans shall be placed in a
position such that the controller set point is not
able to exceed Vb the total design fan static
pressure. If this results in the sensor being
located downstream of splits in primary duct
runs, multiple sensors shall be installed in each
major duct.
For systems with direct digital control at the
zone level, static pressure set points shall be
capable of being reset based on the zone
requiring the most pressure.
1305.3.10.2 Fan-Powered VAV Boxes:
Fan-Powered VAV boxes shall be capable of
being controlled to shut off when the primary
system is off except as required to maintain the
zone at setback temperatures.
13053.11 Heat Rejection Equipment:
13053.11.1 General: 780 CMR 1305.3.11
applies to heat rejection equipment used in
comfort cooling systems covered in Table
1305.3.3e.
1305.3.11.2 Fan Speed Control: Each fan
associated with a heat rejection device covered
in Table 1305.3.3e and powered by a motor of
7.5 hp or larger shall have a fan speed control
with the capability to operate that fan at
two-thirds of full speed or less, and shall have
controls that are capable of automatically
changing the fan speed to control the leaving
fluid temperature or condensing temperature/
pressure of the heat rejection device.
Exception:
1. Condenser fans serving multiple
refrigerant circuits.
2. Condenser fans serving flooded
condensers.
3. Up to Va of the fans on a condenser or
tower with multiple fans where the lead fans
comply with the speed control requirement
1305.3.12 Exhaust Air Energy Recovery:
HVAC fan systems that have both a design supply
air capacity of 5000 cfm or greater and have a
minimum outside air supply of 70% or greater of
the design supply air quantity shall have an energy
recovery system that is capable of providing a
change in the enthalpy or dry-bulb temperature of
die outdoor air supply equal to at least 50% of the
difference between the outdoor air and return air
at design conditions. A heat recovery system
bypass shall be provided to permit air economizer
operation as required by 780 CMR 1305.3.7.
Exception:
1. Laboratory systems meeting
780 CMR 1305.3. 13.2.
2. Systems serving spaces which are not
cooled and which are heated to less than 60°F.
3. Systems exhausting toxic, flammable, paint
exhaust, corrosive fumes, or dust which makes
the installation of heat recovery equipment
impractical.
4. Commercial kitchen hoods (grease)
classified as Type 1 hy NFPA 96.
5. Where more than 60% of the outdoor
heating energy is provided from site-recovered
or site solar energy
13053.13 Exhaust Hoods:
1305.3.13.1 Kitchen Hoods: Individual
kitchen exhaust hoods larger than 5000 cfm
shall be provided with make-up air sized for at
least 50% of exhaust air volume that is
(a) heated to no more than 60 °F and
(b) uncooled or cooled without the use of
mechanical cooling.
240
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
1/19/01
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION
. Exception:
1. Where hoods are used to exhaust ventil-
ation air which would otherwise exfiltrate or
be exhausted by other fan systems.
2. Certified grease extractor hoods that
require a face velocity no greater than
60 fpm.
130S.3 .13.2 Fume Hoods: Buildings with
fume hood systems having a total exhaust rate
greater than 15,000 cfin shall include at least
one of the following features;
1. Variable air volume hood exhaust and
room supply systems capable of reducing
exhaust and make-up air volume to 50% or
less of design values.
2. Direct make-up (auxiliary) air supply
equal to at least 75% of the exhaust rate,
heated no warmer than 2^*? below room set
point, cooled to no cooler than 3°F above
room set point, no humidification added, and
no simultaneous heating and cooling used
for dehumidification control.
3. Heat recovery systems to precondition
make-up air from fume hood exhaust in
accordance with 780 CMR 1305.3.12
Exhaust Air Heat Recovery, without using
any exception.
780 CMR 1306.0 SERVICE
WATER HEATING
1306.1 General: 780 CMR 1306.0 covers
installation of service hot water piping and controls
for service water heating equipment.
1306.2 Temperature Controls: Service water
heating equipment shall be provided with controls to
allow a set point of 110°F for equipment serving
dwelling units and 90 °F for equipment serving other
occupancies. The outlet temperature of lavatories in
public facility restrooms shall be limited to 1 10°F.
1306.3 Heat Traps: Water heating equipment not
supplied with integral heat traps and serving non -
circulating systems shall be provided with heat traps
on the supply and discharge piping associated with
the equipment.
1306.4 Service Hot Water Piping InsulatioM:
Piping on return circulation hot water systems, shall
be insulated with 1 inch of insulation having a
conductivity not exceeding 0.28 Btu per
inch/h*ft^*°F. The first eight feet of piping in
nonrecirculating systems served by equipment
without integral heat traps shall be insulated with 1
inch of insulation having a conductivity not
exceeding 0.28 Btu per inch/h*ft^ *°F.
1306.5 Hot Water System Controls: Circulating
hot water systems or heat trace shall have automatic
time switches that are capable of being set to turn off
the system.
1306.6 Swfmming pools:
1306.6.1 Pool Covers: Heated pools shall be
equipped with a vapor retardant pool cover on or
at the water surface.
Exception: Pools deriving over 60% of the
energy for heating from site-recovered energy
or solar energy source.
1306.6.2 Pool Heaters: Pool heaters shall meet
the efficiency requirements for boilers. Pool
heaters fired by natural gas shall not have
continuously burning pilot lights.
1306.6.3 On-off Switch: Pool heaters shall be
equipped with a readily accessible on-off switch
to allow shutting off the heater without adjusting
the thermostat setting.
1306.6.4 Time Switches: Time switches shall be
installed on swimming pool heaters and pumps.
Exceptions:
1. Where public health standards require
24-hour pump operation.
2. Where pumps are required to operate solar
and waste heat recovery pool heating systems.
1306.6.5 Temperature Controls: Heated
swinmiing pools shall be equipped with conUrols
to limit heating water temperatures to not more
than 80°F.
Exception: Pools used for therapeutic
purposes are exempt when approved by the
building official,
1306.7 Space Heating and Water Heating: The
use of a gas-fired or oil-fired space heating boiler
system to provide the total space heating and water
heating for a building is allowed when one of the
following conditions is met:
1. The single space heating boiler, or the
component of a modular or multiple boiler system
that is heating the service water, has a standby loss
in Btu/h not exceeding
(13.3 xpmd + 400) /n
where pmd is the probable maximum demand in
gal/h determined in accordance with the
procedures described in generally accepted
engineering standards and handbooks and n is the
fraction of the year when the outdoor daily mean
temperature is greater than 64.9 ''F.
The standby loss is to be determined for a test
period of 24-hour duration while maintaining a
boiler water temperature of at least 90 ''F above
ambient, with an ambient temperature between
60''F and 90'*F. For a boiler with a modulating
burner, this test shall be conducted at the lowest
input.
1/19/01
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
241
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILEliNG REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
2. It can be demonstrated that the use of a single
heat source will provide energy savings compared
to separate units.
3. The energy input of the combined boiler and
water heater system is less than 150,000 Btu/h.
780 CMR 1307.0 ELECTRIC POWER
DlSTRIBUnON
1307.1 Scope: Electrical distribution systems shall
be designed for the efficient distribution of electrical
energy from the service entrance to the points of use.
Exceptions:
1 . Buildings in use groups R-3 and R-4 (one-and
two-family dwellings).
2. Emergency power systems.
1307.2 Electrical Metering: In all multi-family
dwellings, each dwelling unit shall be separately
metered. Also see 527 CMR 12.00.
Exceptions:
1 . Publicly financed housing for the elderly with
fuel fired heating systems, with centrally operated
air conditioning systems, or without air condition-
ing systems are exempt from this requirement.
2. Publicly financed housing for the elderly with
electric resistance or storage heating systems are
exempt from this requirement provided there is
informational metering of the individual dwelling
units.
1307.3 Voltage Drop:
1307.3.1 Feeders: Feeder conductors shall be
designed for a maximum voltage drop of 2% at
the design load calculated in accordance with
780 CMR 2701.0.
1307.3.2 Branch Circuits: Branch circuit
conductors shall be designed for a maximum
voltage drop of 3% at the design load calculated
in accordance with 780 CMR 2701.0.
1307.4 Transformers: Single-phase and
three-phase dry-tyi)e and liquid-filled distribution
transformers first installed after December 3 1 , 1 999
shall be selected based on rating as described in
780 CMR 1307.4.1 and.1307.4.2.
Exceptions:
1 . liquid-filled transformers below ten kVA or
dry-type transformers below 15 kVA
2. drive transformers, both AC and DC
3. all rectifier transformers and transformers
designed for high harmonics
4. autotransformers
5. non-distribution transformers, such as UPS
(Uninterruptible Power Supply) transformers
6. special impedance, regulation, and harmonic
transformers
7. sealed and non-ventilated transformers
8. retrofit transformers, machine tool transfor-
mers, or welding transformers
9. transformers with tap ranges greater than 15%
or frequency other than 60 Hz
10. grounding or testing transformers.
1307.4.1 Liquid-Immersed Transformers:
Liquid-immersed transformers shall comply with
the minimum efficiencies in Table 1307.4.1 as
tested and rated in accordance with Section 3 1 3 of
the Electric Utility Industry Restracturing Act of
November 25, 1997 ("NEMA TPl.")
Table 1307.4.1
NEMA Class 1 Efficiency Levels for Liquid-Filled Distribution Transformers
Reference Condition
Load Loss
No Load Loss
Temperature
85 *C
20''C
% of Nameplate Load
50%
50%
kVA
Single Phase Efficiency
kVA
Three Phase Efficiency
10
98.3
15
98.0
15
98.5
30
98.3
25
98.7
45
98.5
37.5
98.8
75
98.7
50
98.9
112.5
98.8
75
99.0
150
98.9
100
99.0
225
99.0
167
99.1
300
99.0
250
99.2
500
99.1
333
99.2
750
99.2
500
99.3
1000
99.2
667
99.4
1500
99.3
883
99.4
2000
99.4
2500
99.4
1307.4.2 Dry-Type Transformers:. Dry-type
transformers shall comply with the minimum
efficiencies in Table 1307.4.2 as tested and rated
in accordance with NEMA TP 1 :
242
780 CMR - Sixth EdiUon
1/19/01
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BIOLDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION
Table 1307.4.2
NEM A Class 1 Efficiency Levels for Dry-Type Distribution Transfo rmers
Reference
Temperature
% of Nameplate
Condition
Load
Low Voltage
IS'C
35%
Medium Voltage
75°C
50%
Single
Phase Efficiency
Three Phase Efficiency
kVa .
Low
Voltage
Medium
Voltage
kVa
Low
Voltage
Medium
Voltage
15
97.7
97.6
15
97.0
96.8
25
98.0
97.7
30
97.5
97.3
37.5
98.2
98.1
45
97.7
97.6
50
98.3
98.2
75
98.0
97.9
75
98.5
98.4
112.5
98.2
98.1
100
98.6
98.5
150
98.3
98.2
167
98.7
98.7
225
98.5
98.4
250
98.8
98.8
300
98.6
98.5
333
98.9
98.9
500
98.7
98.7
500
99:0
750
98.8
98.8
667
~
99.0
1000
98.9
98.9
833
~
99.1
1500
—
99.0
2000
—
99.0
'
2500
-
99.1
780 CMR 1308.0 UGHTING SYSTEMS
1308.1 General: The lighting criteria in 780 CMR
1308.0 shall apply to lighting for the following:
1. interior spaces of Z^MiWm^j;
2. exterior building features, including facades,
illuminated roofs, architectural features, entrances,
exits, loading docks, and illuminated canopies;
and,
3. exterior building grounds lighting provided
through the building's electrical service.
Exceptions:
1. emergency lighting that is automatically off
during normal building operation and is
powered by battery, generator, or other
alternate power source; and,
2. lighting within living units of residential
buildings;
3. lighting that is specifically designated as
required by. a health or life safety statute,
ordinance, or regulation;
4. decorative gas lighting systems.
1308.2 LIgfetIng Control: •
- 1308.2.1 Automatic Lighting Shutoff : Interior
lighting in buildings larger than 5000 ft^ shall be
controlled with an automatic control device to
shut off building lighting in all spaces. This
automatic control device shall function on either:
1. a scheduled basis using a time of day
operated control device that turns lighting off at
specific progranuned times. An independent
program schedule shall be provided for areas of
no more than 25,000 ft^ but not more than one
floor; or
2. an occupant sensor that shall turn lighting
off within 30 minutes of an occupant leaving a
space; or
3. an unscheduled basis by occupant
intervention.
Exception 1: Lighting intended for 24 hour
operation shall not require an Automatic
Control Device.
Exception 2: Automatic Control Devices
are not required in the following spaces:
corridors, hallways, stairways and lobbies
which are part of a required means of egress;
resU^ooms; mechanical rooms, and; electrical
rooms. If automatic control devices are used
in the spaces listed, they shall not reduce
illumination below the levels prescribed in
780 CMR 1024.0 (Means of Egress
Lighting.)
1308.2.2 Space ControL- Each space enclosed by
ceiling-height partitions shall have at least one
control device to independently control the
general lighting within the space. Each control
device shall be activated either manually by an
occupant or automatically by sensing an occupant.
Each control device shall:
1 . control a maximum of 2,500 ft^ area for a
space 10,000 ft^ or less, and a maximum of
10,000 ft^ area for a space greater than 10,000
2. be capable of overriding the shutoff con/ro/
required in 1308.2.1 for no more than two
hours, and
3. be readily accessible and located so the
occupant can see the controlled lighting.
1/19/01
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
242.1
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Exception 1: Remote location shall be
permitted for reasons of safety or security
when the remote control device has an
indicator pilot light as part of or next to the
control device and it shall be clearly labeled
to identify the controlled lighting.
Exception 2: Means of egress lighting
which provides the minimum illumination
identified in 780 CMR 1308.2.1 Exception
2 shall be controlled in accordance with
780 CMR 1024.
1308.2.3 Uniform Reduction: Each perimeter
office space enclosed by ceiling-height partitions
shall have a manual control to allow the occupant
to uniformly reduce the connected lighting load by
at least 50%
Exception: Spaces with automatic daylighting
controls.
1308.2.4 Additional Control:
1 . Display/Accent Lighting - display or accent
lighting shall have a separate control device.
2. Case Lighting - lighting in cases used for
display purposes shall be equipped with a
separate control device.
3. Hotel and Motel Guest Room Lighting -
hotel and motel guest rooms and guest suites
shall have a master control device at the main
room entry that controls all permanently
installed luminaires and switched receptacles.
4. Task Lighting - supplemental task lighting
including permanently installed undershelf or
undercabinet lighting shall have a control
device integral to the luminaires or shall be
controlled by a wall- mounted control device
provided the control device complies with
780 CMR 1308.2.2.
5. Nonvisual Lighting - lighting for nonvisual
applications, such as plant growth and
food-warming, shall be equipped with a
separate control device.
6. Demonstration Lighting - lighting
equipment that is for sale or for demonstrations
in lighting education shall be equipped with a
separate control device.
1308.2.5 Exterior Lighting Control: Lighting
for all exterior applications not exempted in
780 CMR 1308. 1 or 1308.7 shall be controlled by
a photosensor or astronomical time switch that is
capable of automatically turning off the exterior
lighting when sufficient daylight is available or
the lighting is not required.
Exception: Lighting for covered vehicle
entrances or exits irom buildings or parking
structures where required for safety, security or
eye adaptation.
1308.3 Tandem Wiring: Luminaires designed for
use with one or three linear fluorescent lamps greater
than 30 W each shall use two lamp tandem-wired
ballasts in place of single lamp ballasts when two or
more luminaires Jire in the same space and on the
same control device.
Exceptions:
1. recessed luminaires more than ten ft apart
measured center to center,
2. surface mounted or pendant luminaires which
are not continuous,
3. luminaires using single lamp high-frequency
electronic ballasts,
4. luminaires using three lamp high-frequency
electronic ballasts or three lamp electromagnetic
ballasts,
5. luminaires on emergency circuits,
6. luminaires with no available pair.
1308.4 Exit Signs: Exit sign luminaires operating at
greater than 20 watts shall have a minimum source
efficacy of 35 ImAV.
1308.5 Exterior Building Grounds Lighting: All
exterior building grounds luminaires which operate
at greater than 100 watts shall contain lamps having
a minimum efficacy of 60 Im/W unless the luminaire
is controlled by a motion sensor or qualifies for one
of the exceptions under 780 CMR 1308.1 or 1308.7.
1308.6 Interior Lighting Power: The installed
interior lighting power idtntified in accordance with
780 CMR 1308.6.1 shall not exceed the interior
lighting power allowance developed in accordance
with 780 CMR 1308.6.2.
1308.6.1 Installed Interior Lighting Power:
The installed interior lighting power shaH include
the power of all lighting. The installed interior
lighting power includes all power used by the
luminaires, including lamps, ballasts, current
regulators, and control devices.
Exceptions:
1. If two or more independently operating
lighting systems in a space are capable of being
controlled to prevent simultaneous user
operation, the installed interior lighting power
shall be based solely on the lighting system
with the highest wattage.
2. The following lighting equipment and
applications shall not be considered when
determining the interior lighting power
allowance developed in accordance with
780 CMR 1308.6.2, nor shall the wattage for
such lighting be included in the installed
interior lighting power. However, any such
lighting shall not be exempt unless it is an
addition to general lighting and is controlled by
an independent control device.
a. Lighting in spaces specifically designed
for use by the visually impaired.
242.2
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
1/19/01
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION
b. Lighting in retail display windows,
provided the display area is enclosed by
ceiling-height partitions.
c. Lighting in interior spaces that have been
specifically designated as a registered
interior historic landmark.
d. Athletic playing areas with permanently
installed lighting for television broadcasting.
e. Casino gambling areas.
3. The following lighting equipment shall noi
be included in the installed interior lighting
power. However, any such lighting shall not
be exempt unless it is an addition to general
lighting and is controlled by an independent
control device.
a. Display or accent lighting that is an
essential element for the function performed
in galleries, museums, and monuments.
b. Lighting that is integral to equipment or
instrumentation and is installed by its
manufacturer.
c. Lighting specifically designed for use
only during medical or dental procedures
and lighting integral to medical equipment.
d. Lighting integral to both open and glass
enclosed refrigerator and freezer cases.
e. Lighting integral to food warming and
food preparation equipment.
f. Lighting for plant growth or
maintenance.
g. Lighting that is an integral part of
advertising or directional signage.
h. Exit signs.
L Lighting that is for sale or lighting
educational demonstration ^y^remj.
j. Lighting for theatrical purposes,
including, performance, stage, and film and
video production.
I3O8.60U Luminaire Wattage: Luminaire
wattage incorporated into the installed interior
lighting power shall be determined in
accordance with the following criteria:
1. the wattage of incandescent or
tungsten-halogen luminaires with medium
screw base sockets and not containing
permanently installed ballasts shall be the
maximum labeled wattage of the luminaire.
Exceptions:
1. Luminaires for which lower wattage
lamps are specified in construction
documents, maintenance and operating
manuals, and reports specified in
780 CMR 1301.8.4.
2. the wattage of luminaires with
permanently installed or remotely installed
ballasts shall be the operating input
wattage of the specified lamp/ballast
combination based on values firom
manufacturers catalogs or values from
independent testing lab reports.
3. the wattage of line voltage lighting
track and plug-in busway that allow the
addition and/or relocation of luminaires
without altering the wiring of the system
shall be the lower of:
a. the specified wattage of the
luminaires included in the system with
a minimum of 30 W/lin ft.
b. the specified wattage of the circuit
protection device.
4, the wattage of low- voltage lighting track,
cable conductor, rail conductor, and other
flexible lighting systems that allow for the
addition and/or relocation of luminaires
without altering the wiring of the system
shall be the specified wattage of the
transformer supplying the system.
5. the wattage of all other miscellaneous
lighting equipment shall be the specified
wattage of the equipment.
1308.6.2 Interior Lighting Power AlJowance:
The interior lighting power allowance for a
building or a separately metered or permitted
portion of a building shall be determined by either
the building area method described in 780 CMR
1308.6.2.1 or the Space-by-Space method
described in 780 CMR 1308.6.2.2. Trade-offs of
interior lighting power allowance among portions
of the building for which a different method of
calculation has been used are not permitted.
1308.6.2.1 Building Area Metbod of
CalcolatSiig Interior Lighting Power
Allowance: The Building Area Method shall
be used only in the following cases: a) projects
involving the entire building, or b) projects
involving a single, independent, and separate
occupancy in a multi-occupancy building. Use
the following steps to determine the interior
lighting power allowance by the Building Area
Method:
1 . Determine the appropriate building type
from Table 1308.6.2.1 and the allowed
lighting power density (watts/unit area) from
the building area method column. For
building types not listed, selection of a
reasonably equivalent type shall be
permitted.
2. Determine the gross lighted floor area
(square feet) of the building.
3 . The interior lighting power allowance is
the product of the lighted floor area of the
building times the lighting power density.
1/19/01
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
242.3
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Table 1308.6.2.1
Lighting Power Densities Using the Building Area Method
Building Type
Lighting Power Density
(W/ft^)
Automotive Facility
1.5
Convention Center
1.4
Courthouse
1.4
Dining: Bar Lounge/leisure
1.5 ■
Dining: Cafeteria/fast Food
1.8
Dining: Family
L9
Dormitory
1.5
Exercise Center
1.4
Gymnasium
1.7
Hospital/healthcare
1.6
Hotel
1.7
Library
1.5
Manufacturing
2.2
Motel
2.0
Motion Picture Theatre
1.6
Multi-family
1.0
Museum
1.6
Office
1.3
Parking Garage
0.3
Penitentiary
1.2
Performing Arts Theater
1.5
Police/fire Station
1.3
Post Office
1.6
Religious Buildings
2.2
Retail
1.9
School/university
1.5
Sports Arena
1.5
Town Hall
1.4
Transportation
1.2
Warehouse
1.2
Workshop
1.7
1308.6.2.2 Space-by-Space Method of
Calculating Interior Lighting Power
Allowance: Use the following steps to determine
the interior lighting power allowance by the
space-by-space method:
1 . For each space enclosed by partitions 80%
or greater than ceiling height, determine the
gross interior floor area by measuring to the
center of the partition wall. Include the floor
area of balconies or other projections. Retail
spaces do not have to comply with the 80%
partition height requirements.
2. Determine the interior lighting power
allowance for each space from Table
1308.6.2.2. Multiply the floor area(s) of the
space(s) times the allowed lighting power
density for the space type that most closely
represents the proposed-use of the space(s).
The product is the lighting power allowance
for the space(s). For space types not listed,
selection of a reasonable equivalent category
shall be permitted.
3. The interior lighting power allowance is
the sum of lighting power allowances of all
spaces. Trade-offs among spaces are permitted
provided that the total installed interior
lighting power does not exceed the interior
lighting power allowance.
242.4
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
1/19/01
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION
Table 1308.6^.2
Lighting Power Densities Using the Space-by-Space
Method
Building Type
LPD
(W/ft2)
Area/Space Type
Common Space Types
Active Storage
LI
Atrium - First Three Floors
1.3
Atrium - Each Additional Floor
0.2
Classroom/Lecture/Training
1.6
Conference/Meetmg/Multipurpose
1.5
Corridor/Transition
0.7
Dining Area
1.4
Electrical/Mechanical
1.3
Food Preparation
2.2
Inactive Storage
0.3
Lobby . •-
1.8
Lounge/Recreation
1.4
Office - Enclosed
1.5
Office - Open Flan
1.3
Restroom
1.0
Stairway
0.9
Laboratory
1.8
Athletics
Audience/Seating Area
0.5
Court Sports Area
4:3
Dressing/Loeker/Fitting Room
0.8
Exercise Area
1.1
Indoor Playing Field
1.9
Playing Area
1.9
Ring Sports Area
3.8
Transportatioii
Baggage Area
1.3
Terminal Concourse
0.7
Ticket Counter
1.8
Transportation Seating Area
1.0
Hospitality & Food Service . .
Bar Lounge^isme Dining Area ,.
1.2
Cafeteria/Fast Food Dining Area
1.4
Family Restaurant Dming Area
2.2
Hotel Lobby
1.7
Goyernment & Public Safety
Confinement Cell
1.1
Court House/Police Station
Audience/Seating Area
1.6
_, '"
Courtroom
2.1
Fire Station Engine Room
0.9
Fire Station Sleeping Quartess
LI
Judges Chamber
LI
Penitentiary Audience/Seating Area
L9
Penitentiaiy Classroom/Lecture/Tiaining
1.4
Post Office Sorting Area
1.7
Hospital & Healthcare
Active Storage - Hospital
2.9
Corridors w/ Patient Waitings Exam
1.6
Emergency
3.2
6/8/01 (Effective 4/26/01)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
242.5
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Building Type
Area/Space Type
Retail & Banking
Banking Activity Area
General Retail Sales Area
Mall Concourse
Religious
Religious Audience/Seating Area
Fellowship Hall
Worship - Pulpit, Choir
Warehouse & Parking
Fine Material Storage
Garage Parking Area - Attendant Only
Garage Parking Area - Pedestrian
Medium/Bulky Material Storage
LPD
(W/ft2)
Hospital & Healthcare continued
Exam/Treatment
1.6
LaundryAVashing
0.7
Medical Supplies
3.0
Nurse Station
1.8
Nursery
1.0
Operating Room
7.6
Patient Room
1.2
Pharmacy
2.3
Physical Therapy
1.9
Radiology
0.4
Recovery
2.6
Industrial & Auto Service
Automobile Garage Service/Repair
1.4
Detailed Manufacturing
6.2
Manufacturing Control Room
0.5
Manufacturing Corridor/Transition
0.5
Manufacturing Equipment Room
0.8
Manufacturing General - High Bay
3.0
Manufacturing General - Low Bay
2.1
Workshop
2.5
Library
' & Museum
Library Card File & Cataloguing
1.4
Library Reading Area
1.8
Library Stacks
1.9
Museum Active Storage
1.4
Museum General Exhibition
1.6
Museum Inactive Storage
1.4
Museum Restoration
2.5
2.4
2.1
1.8
Public Assembly
Convention Center Audience/Seating Area
0.5
Convention Center Exhibit Space
3.3
Motion Picture Audience/Seating Area
1.3
Motion Picture Theatre Lobby
0.8
Perfonning Arts Audience/Seatmg Ai-ea
1.8
Performing Arts Theatre Lobby
1.2
3.2
2.3
5.2
1.6
0.1
0.2
LI
24^6
780 CMR - Sixtii Edition
6/8/01 (Effective 4/26/01)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION
1308.6.23 Additional Interior Lighting
Power: When using the Space-by-Space Method,
an • increase in the interior lighting power
allowance is allowed for specific lighting
functions. Additional lighting power shall be
allowed only if the specified lighting is installed,
shall be used only for the specified luminaires,
and shall not be used for any other purpose or in
any other space.
An increase in the interior lighting power
allowance is permitted in the following cases:
1 . for spaces in which lighting is specified to
be installed in addition to the general lighting
for the purpose of decorative appearance, such
as chandelier-type luminaries or sconces or for
highlightmg art or exhibits, provided that the
additional lighting power shall not exceed 1 .0
W/ft^ of such spaces.
2. for lighting equipment installed in retail
spaces that is specifically designed and
directed to highlight merchandise provided that
the additional lighting power shall not exceed:
a. 1.6 W/ft^ times the area of specific
display, or
b. 3.9 W/ft^ times the ares of specific
display for valuable merchandise such as
jewehy, fine apparel and accessories, china,
crystal and silver, art, and similar items
where the detailed display and examination
of merchandise are important
1308o7 Exterior Building Lightimg Power: The
exterior lighting power allowance is the simi of
lighting power allowances for all of the applicable
exterior applications permitted, other than buOding
facades, provided that the total installed exterior
lighting power does not exceed the exterior lighting
power allowance. Exterior lighting for all other
applications (except those included in the Exceptions
to 780 CMR 1308,7) shaH comply with the
requirements of 780 CMR 1308.5.
Table 130S.7
Lightiag Power Limits for Building Exteriors
Applications
Building entrance with
canopy or free standing
^SEL
Bailding entrance without
canopy
Building exit
Building facades
rOwer JLiliuiS
3 W/fe of canopied!
33 W/lin ft of door width'
20 W/lin ft of door width
0.25W/ft*ofiDuminated
facade area
Exceptions: Lighting used for the following
exterior applications is exempt when equipped
with an independent control device:
1. specialized signal, directional, and marker
lighting associated with transportation;
2. lighting used to highlight features of public
monuments and registered historic landmark
structures or buildings;
3 lighting that is integral to advertising
signage.
780CMR1309i) BUILDING DESIGN
BY SYCTEMS ANALYSIS
1309.1 General: 780CMR 1309.0 establishes design
criteria in terms of total energy use by. a building
including all of its systems.
A building designed in accordance with 780CMR
• 1309.0 will be deemed as complying with 780CMR
13 if the annual energy consumption is not greater
than, if the building were designed with enclosure
elements and energy consuming systems in
compliance with 780CMR 1304.0 through 1308.0.
1309o2 Analysis Procedure: The analysis of the
annual energy usage of the standard and the
proposed alternative building and system design
shal meet the following criteria;
L Energy Analysis: The calculation procedure
used to simulate the operation of the building and
its service systems through a Ml year operating
period shall be of sufficient detail to permit the
evaluation of the effect of system design, climatic
factors^ operational characteristics, and
mechanical equipment on annual energy usage.
The calculation procedure shall be based upon
8760 hours of operation of the building and its
service systems and shall utilize techniques
recommended in the ASHRAE Handbook, 1997
Fundamentals Volume.
2. Climatic data: Coincident hourly data for
temperatures, solar radiation, wind and humidity
of typical days in the year representing seasonal
variation, in accordance with Tables 1303.1 and
1303.2.
3. Energy Sources: Identical energy sources must
serve the same purpose in both the standard and
the proposed alternative design. If the proposed
alternative design faults in an increase in con-
sumption of one energy source and a decrease in
another energy source, each energy source shall be
converted to equivalent Btu units for purposes of
comparing the total eneigy used. Consumption of
electricity shall be converted at the rate of 10,000
Btu^Wh for the purpose of this comparison.
6/8/01 (Effective 4/26/01)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
242.7
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
4. Nondepletable Energy Sources: Energy
collected on site from nondepletable sources shall
be omitted from the comparison of total energy
used. Energy collected off site from nondeplet-
able sources shall be included in the comparison
of total energy used.
5. Building Operation: Building operation shall
be simulated for a full calendar year. Operating
schedules shall include hourly profiles for daily
operation and shall account for variations between
weekdays, weekends, holidays, and any seasonal
operation. Schedules shall model the time-
dependent variations of occupancy, illumination,
receptacle loads, thermostat settings, mechanical
ventilation, HVAC equipment availability, service
hot water usage, and any process loads.
Exception: Operating schedules shall be
permitted to differ between the proposed
design and the standard design to allow
simulation of the impact of any automatic
control provided in the proposed design beyond
the minimum requirements in 780 CMR 1304
through 1309.
6. Simulated Loads: The following systems and
loads shall be modeled in determining total
building performance: heating systems; cooling
systems; fan systems; lighting power, receptacle
loads; and process loads that exceed 1.0 watts per
square foot of floor area of the room or space in
which the process loads are located.
Exception: Systems required for emergency
power only.
7. Sendee Water Heating Systems: Service
water heating systems that are other than
combined service hot water/space heating systems
shall be permitted to be omitted from the energy
analysis provided all requirements of 780 CMR
1306 have been met.
8. Exterior Lighting: Where included in the
analysis the exterior lighting systems shall be the
same in the standard and proposed designs.
13093 Proposed Design: Building systems and
loads shall be simulated in the proposed design as
follows:
1. HVAC and Service Water Heating
Equipment: All HVAC and Service Water
Heating Equipment shall be simulated in the
proposed design using capacities, rated
efficiencies, and part-load performance data for
the proposed equipment as provided by the
equipment manufacturer.
2. Features Not Documented at Time of Permit:
Any feature of the proposed design not included in
the construction documents shall be assumed to be
equal to the corresponding feature in the standard
design.
3. Mandatory Requirements: The proposed
design shall meet the requirements of 'fe
following without exception:
£L 780 CMR 1304.1.2 Moisture Control
b. 780 CMR 1304.2.7 Slabs on Grade
c. 780 CMR 1304.2.8 Slabs Below Grade
d. 780 CMR 1304.3 Air Leakage
e. 780CMR 1304.4 Insulation General
f. 780 CMR 1305.3.4 Temperature and
Humidity Controls
g. 780 CMR 1305.3.8 & 9 Distribution System
Constiuction and Lisulation
L 780 CMR 1307.0 ELECTRIC POWER
DISTRIBUTION
i. 780 CMR 1308.2 Lighting Control
1309.4 Stendard Design: The standard design,
confoiming to the criteria of 780 CMR 1309, and the
proposed design, shall be designed on a conmion basis
as specified herein. The comparison shall be expressed
as Btu input per square foot of gross floor area per year.
The heating and cooling system zoning, orientation
of each building feature, number of floors, and the
gross enivelope areas of the standard design shall be the
same as those of the proposed design.
Exception: Pemoanent fixed or movable external
shading devices for windows and glazed doors shall
be excluded from the standard design.
1309 JI Documentation: Proposed alternative das%:a!t,
submitted as requests for exception to the standard
design criteria, shall be accompanied by an energy
analysis comparison report prepared by a professing -J!
registered engineer or registered architect The rep»>;*
shall provide sufficient technical detail on the two
buildings and systems designs, and on the data used in
and resulting from the comparative analysis, to verify
that both the analysis and the designs meet the criteria
of 780 CMR 13. The documentation shall demonstrate
that the analysis used is consistent with ASHRAE
calculation procedures and accepted engineering
practice.
. Exception: Proposed alternative designs for
buildings having an area of 5,000 square feet or less
and having the indoor ten^rature controlled from
a single point are exempted from the full year energy
analysis as described above. A comparison of energy
consumption between the alternative design and the
standard design shall be provided in a repoit
prepared by a registered professional engineer or
architect Such analysis shall follow the bin or
degree day methods or other simplified analysis
procedures in ASHRAE 1997 Handbook of
Fundamentals.
242.8
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
1/19/01
CHAPTER 14
EXTERIOR WALL COVERINGS
780 CMR 1401.0 GENERAL
1401.1 Scope: The provisions of 780 CMR 14 shall
establish the minimum requirements for exterior
walls. Exterior walls shall be designed and
constructed in accordance with ^780 CMR.
780 CMR 1402.0 DEFINniONS
1402.1 General: The following words and terms
shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR 14 and as used
elsewhere in 780 CMR, have the meanings shown
herein.
Exterior wall finish: A material or assembly of
materials applied on the exterior side of exterior
walls for the purpose of providing a weather-
resisting barrier, insulation or for aesthetics,
including veneers, siding, exterior insulation and
finish systems, architectural trim and
embellishments such as cornices, soffits, facias,
gutters and leaders.
Wall
Apron wall: That portion of a skeleton wall
below the sill of a window.
Skeleton or panel wall: A nonbearing wall
supported by each story on a skeleton frame.
Spandrel wall: That portion of a skeleton wall
above the head of a window or door.
Veneered wall: A wall having a facing of
masonry or other weather-resistant
noncombustible material that is securely
attached to the backing, but not so bonded as to
exert common action under load.
780 CMR 1403,0 PERFORMANCE
REQUIREMENTS
1403.1 General: The provisions of 780 CMR 1403.0
shall apply to exterior walls and components thereof
1403.2 Durability: All exterior walls and
components thereof shall be of approved materials
which maintain the performance characteristics
required herein for the duration of use.
1403.3 Weather resistance: The exterior walls shall
be faced with an approved weather-resistant
covering that is properly attached to resist wind and
rain. The cellular spaces shall be so ventilated as not
to vitiate the firestopping at floor, attic and roof
levels, or shall be provided with an approved interior
noncorrodible vapor retarder^ or other approved
means to avoid condensation and leakage of
moisture.
1403.4 Structural: Exterior walls shall be designed
and constructed to resist safely all superimposed
loads as required by 780 CMR 16.
1403.4.1 Structural strength against wind
forces: In all buildings required to resist the wind
pressures described in 780 CMR 1611.0, glazmg
in exterior window openings shall be designed to
resist the wind loads specified in 780 CMR
1 6 11. for components and cladding.
1403.4.2 Structural strength of sash or frames:
Mullions, sash and frames of glazed exterior
window openings shall be designed to resist the
wind loads specified in 780 CMR 1611.0 for
components and cladding.
1403.5 Fireresistance: All exterior walls shall
comply with the fireresistance rating requirements of
780 CMR 705.0.
1403.5.1 Fireresistance raited openings:
Openings in exterior walls, where required to
have a fire protection rating, shall comply with
the provisions of 780 CMR 7.
1403.6 Hood-resistant construction: Exterior walls
of structures that are erected in areas prone to
flooding shall comply with the provisions of
780 CMR 3 107.0.
1403.7 Ratproofing: Exterior walls of buildings that
are required to be ratproofed shall comply with the
provisions of 780 CMR 1215.0.
780 CMR 1404,0 MATERIALS
1404.1 Wood: Exterior walls of wood construction
shall be designed and constructed in accordance with
780 CMR 23.
1404.2 Masonry: Exterior walls of masonry
construction shall be designed and constructed in
accordance with 780 CMR 21 .
1404.3 Metal: Exterior walls of formed steel
construction structural steel or lightweight metal
alloys shall be assigned in accordance with
780 CMR 22 and 780 CMR 20, respectively.
1404.4 Concrete: Exterior walls of concrete
construction shall be designed and constructed in
accordance with 780 CMR 19.
1404.5 Structural glass: Exterior walls of structural
glass block shall be designed and constructed in
accordance with 780 CMR 21 15.0.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
243
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
1404.6 Plastics: Plastic panel, apron or spandrel
walls as defined in 780 CMR shall not be limited in
thickness, provided that such plastics and their
assemblies conform to the requirements of 780 CMR
26 and are constructed of approved weather-resistant
materials of adequate strength to resist the wind
loads specified in 780 CMR 1611.0.
1404.7 Other: Materials not prescribed herein shall
be permitted provided that any such alternative has
been approved. Exterior walls constructed of
alternative materials shall be shown to be durable,
weather resistant, structurally adequate, fireresistant,
flood resistant and ratproof as required herein.
780 CMR 1405.0 VENEERS
1405.1 General: All veneers consisting of
nonstructural facing of brick, concrete, stone, tile,
metal, plastic, synthetic stucco or other approved
exterior coverings attached to a backing, shall be
designed and constructed in accordance with the
applicable provisions of 780 CMR 1405.
1405.2 Structural support: Surfaces to which
veneer is attached shall be designed to support the
additional loads imposed by the veneer.
1405.2.1 Backing surfaces for veneers: Veneers
for other than buildings of Type 5 construction
shall be attached only to substantial, rigid and
noncombustible surfaces which are plumb,
straight and of true plane. Wood backing surfaces
shall not be used, except in buildings of Type 5
construction. The backing shall provide sufficient
rigidity, stability and weather resistance, and the
veneer shall be installed and anchored as required
in 780 CMR for the specific material.
1405.3 Materials: The materials of the minimum
nominal thickness specified in Table 140S.3 shall be
acceptable as approved weather coverings.
Table 1405.3
MINIMUM THICKNESS OF WEATHER
COVERINGS
Covering type
Minimum
thickness
Aluminum siding 0.019 inch
Asbestos cement boards Yo i^ch
Asbestos shingles 5/32 inch
Brick and concrete masonry veneers 2 inches
Ceramic veneer (architeclur^t terr& cotta^ 1 uttch
anchored type)
Clay tile (flatslab) V4 to 1 jhch
Clay tile (structural ^y^ ^,^^
Exterior plywood (with sheathing)
Exterior plywood (without sheathing)
Glass fiber reinforced concrete panels
Hardboard siding
5/16 inch
See 780 CMR 2307.0
% inch
'/« inch
Covering type
Minimum
thickness
■P{Bttcleb6ar$.0wth sheafiiingjiivf ;|
l^art^Iebo^jl^lwit^^
Precast stone facing
Protected fiber board siding
Rigid PVC siding*^
Steel (approved corrosion-resistive)
SttSQe (cast arliiicial)
Stone (natural)
Structural glass
Stucco or exterior portland cement plaster
three-coat work over
metal plaster base
unit masonry
cast-in-place or precast concrete
Two-coai" work over
unit masonry
cast-in-placc or precast concrete
Wood shingles
Wood siding (without sheathing)
■:':rKv./ :.;:-Aiyiivch-
:5ee:78d%IR.23|b8;5;
%inch
Vz inch
0.035 inch
0.017 inch
I VS inches
2 inches
iiminch
Vs inch
%inch
%inch
Hinch
%inch
%inch
Viinch
Note a. For wood siding of a lesser thickness, see
780 CMR 1405.3.5.
Noteb. Exclusive of texture
1405.3.1 Basic hardboard: Basic hardboard shall
conform to the requirements of AHA A135.4
listed \n Appendix A.
1405.3.2 Hardboard siding: Hardboard siding
shall conform to the requirements of AHA A
135.6 listed in Appendix A and, where used
structurally, shall be so identified by an approved
agency.
1405.3.3 Rigid PVC siding: Rigid PVC siding
shall conform to the requirements of ASTM
D3679 listed in Appendix A.
1405.3.4 Aluminum siding: Aluminum siding
shall conform to the requirements of AAMA 1402
listed in Appendix A.
1405.3.5 Wood siding: Wood siding of
thicknesses less than V2 inch shall be placed over
sheathing which conforms to 780 CMR 2305.13.
1405.3.6 Building paper: Where veneers of
brick, clay tile, concrete or natural or artificial
stone are used, 14-pound felt or paper shall be
attached to the sheathing with flashing wherever
necessaiy to prevent moisture penetration behind
the veneer.
1405.3.7 Nailing: All weather boarding and wall
coverings shall be securely nailed with aluminum,
copper, zinc, zinc-coated or other approved
corrosion-resistant nails in accordance with the
nailing schedule in Table 2305.2 or the approved
manufacturer's installation instructions. Shingles
and other weather coverings shall be attached
with appropriate standard-shingle nails to furring
strips securely nailed to studs, or with approved
mechanically bonding nails, except where
244
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
EXTERIOR WALL COVERINGS
sheathing is of wood not less than one-inch
nominal thickness or of wood structural panels
not less than 5/16 inch thick. Where wood
shingles or shakes are applied over fiberboard
shingle backer and fiberboard sheathing, such
shingles or shakes shall be attached with approved
corrosion-resistant annular-grooved nails and the
installation shall be done in accordance with the
approved manufacturer's installation instructions.
Where wood shingles or shakes and asbestos
shingles or siding are nailed directly to nail base
fiberboard sheathing, the sheathing shall not be
less than '/s-inch nominal thickness, the shingles,
shakes and siding shall be attached v^th approved
corrosion-resistant annular-grooved nails, and the
installation shall be done in accordance with the
approved manufacturer's installation instructions.
1405 J.8 Metal siding: Exposed metal siding or
sheathing shall be protected from corrosion at the
ground level by supporting the foundation channel
at sufficient height above grade on the concrete
apron or other approved water-resistant
foundation.
140S3.9 Exterior waO pockets: In exterior walls
of all buildings or structures, wall pockets or
crevices in which moisture can accumulate shall
be avoided or protected with adequate caps or
drips, or other approved means shall be provided
to prevent water damage.
140SJ.10 FlashiHgs: Approved corrosion-
resistant flashings shall be provided at the top and
sides of all exterior vraidow and door openings in
such a manner as to be leakproof Approved
conosion-resistant flashings shall be installed: at
the intersection of chinmeys or other masonry
construction with frame or stucco walls, with
projecting lips on both sides under stucco
copmgs; under and at the ends of masonry, wood
or metal copings and sills; continuously above ail
projecting wood trim; at the intersection of
exterior walls and porches and decks; at wall and
roof intersections; and at built-in gutters.
Exception: When approved, flashing is not
required where an approved water-resistant
sheathing is installed and an approved water-
resistant caulking is applied at the top and
sides of all window and door openings in such
& manner as to be leakproof.
1405o4 Metal vexieers: Veneers of metal shall be
fabricated from approved corrosion-resistant
materials or shall be protected front and back with
porcelain enamel or shall otherwise be treated to
render the metal resistant to corrosion. Such veneers
shall not be less than 0.017-inch nominal thickness
galvanized sheet steel mounted on wood or metal
furring strips or approved sheathing on the wood
construction.
1405.4.1 Constnactlon: Metal veneer for
buildings of other than Type 5 construction shall
be: securely attached to masonry; supported on
approved metal framing protected by painting,
galvanizing or other approved protection; or
supported by wood furring strips treated with an
approved preservative process that complies with
780 CMR 2311.3.
1405.4.2 Waterproofeg: All joints and edges
exposed to the weather shall be caulked with
approved durable waterproofing material or by
other approved means to prevent penetration of
moisture.
1405.43 Grounding metal veneers: Grounding
of metal veneers on all buildings shall comply
with the requirements of 780 CMR 27 and
527 CMR listed in Appendix A.
1405.5 Ancljored masonry veneer: Anchored
veneer is veneer secured with approved mechanical
fasteners to an approved backing. All masonry
units, mortar and metal accessories used in anchored
veneer shall meet the physical requirements of
780 CMR 21. Anchored veneer units shall not be
less than 1% inches (41 mm) in actual thickness for
solid masonry units and not less than 2% mches (67
mm) in actual thickness for hollow masonry units.
1405.5.1 Height ©f anchored veneer: Anchored
veneer shall be supported on footings, foundation
wails or other approved noncombustible structural
supports or on wood foundations meeting the
requirements of780 CMR 1808.3. The weight of
all anchored veneer installed on structures more
than 30 feet (9144 mm) in height above the
noncombustible foundation or support, with the
exception of concrete masonry veneers, shall be
supported by noncombustible construction. The
construction shall have horizontal supports
located at each story height above the initial 30
feet (9144 mm).
Exception: Height mcreases are permitted
where an engineering analysis is prepared by a
registered design professional and approved.
1405.5.2 Horizontal supports: Noncombustible
lintels and noncombustible supports shall be
provided over all openings. Beams and lintels
supporting unreinforced masonry veneer shall not
exceed 1/600 of the span nor 0.3 inches (8 mm).
1405.53 Wood frame: Masonry veneer anchored
to wood framing shall be attached with corrosion-
resistant corrugated sheet metal not less than
0.029 inch (No. 22 gage) by Vs inch v*dde, or
corrosion-resistant ties of strand wire not less than
0.148-inch (No.9 W&M gage) wire with the ends
of the wire bent to a 90-degree (1.57 rad) angle to
form a hook not less than two inches (5 1 mm)
long. The metal ties shall be embedded in the
mortar joint a minimum of one-half the veneer
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
245
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
thickness. Each metal tie shall support not more
than three square feet (0.28 m^) of wall area with
a maximum spacing of 16 inches (406 mm)
vertically and 32 inches (813 mm) horizontally.
Where anchored veneer is applied over wood
frame, the studs shall be spaced a maximum of 24
inches (610 mm) on center and be faced with
sheathing on both sides. A one-inch (25 mm)
minimum air space shall be maintained between
the anchored veneer and the sheathing. Moisture
protection shall be provided as required by
780 CMR 1405.3.6.
1405.5.4 Steel frame: Masonry veneer anchored
to corrosion-resistant steel framing shall be
attached with corrosion-resistant ties of strand
wire not less than 0. 148-inch (No. 9 W&M gage)
wire with the ends of the wire bent to a 90-degree
(1.57 rad) angle to form a hook not less than two
inches (51 mm) long. The wire ties shall be
embedded in the mortar joint a minimum of one-
half the veneer thickness. Each metal tie shall
support not more than 2.67 square feet (0.25 m^
of wall area with a maximum spacing of 16 inches
(406 mm) vertically and 24 inches (610 mm)
horizontally. Where anchored veneer is applied
over steel frame, the studs shall be spaced a
maximum of 24 inches (610 mm) on center and be
faced v^th sheathing on both sides. A one-inch
(25 mm) minimum air space shall be maintained
between the anchored veneer and the sheathing.
Moisture protection shall be provided as required
by 780 CMR 1405.3.6.
1405.5.5 Masonry or concrete walls: Masonry
veneer anchored to masonry or concrete walls
shall be attached with corrosion-resistant ties of
strand wire not less than 0. 148-inch (No. 9 W&M
gage) wire with the ends of the wire bent to a 90-
degree (1.57 rad) angle to form a hook not less
than two inches (51 mm) long. The metal ties
shall be embedded in the mortar joint a minimum
of one-half the veneer thickness. Each metal tie
shall support not more than three square feet (0.28
m^ of wall area vnth a maximum spacing of 16
inches (406 mm) vertically and 32 inches (813
mm) horizontally. A one-inch (25 mm)
minimum air space shall be maintained between
the anchored veneer and the supporting masonry
or concrete walls.
1405.5.6 Stone veneer: Stone veneer units not
exceeding ten inches in thickness are permitted to
be anchored directly to masonry, concrete or to
stud construction by one of the folloAving
methods.
1 . With concrete or masonry backing, anchor
ties shall not be less than No. 12 gage
corrosion-resistant wire formed beyond the
base of the backing. The legs of the loops shall
not be less than six inches (153 mm) in length
bent at right angles and laid in the mortar joint
and spaced so that the eyes or loops are 12
inches (305 mm) maximum on center in both
directions. There shall be provided not less
than a No. 12 gage corrosion-resistant wire tie
threaded through the exposed loops for every
two square feet (0.186 m^) of stone veneer.
This tie shall be a loop having legs not less
than 15 inches (381 mm) in length bent so that
the tie will lie in the stone veneer mortar joint.
The last two inches (51 mm) of each wire leg
shall have a right-angle bend. One inch (25
mm) of cement grout shall be placed between
the backing and the stone veneer.
2. With stud backing, a two-inch by two-inch
No. 16 gage corrosion-resistant wire mesh with
two layers of waterproof paper backing shall
be applied directly to wood studs spaced a
maximum of 16 inches (406 mm) on center.
On studs, the mesh shall be attached with two-
inch-long (51mm) corrosion-resistant steel
wire furring nails at four inches (102 mm) on
center providing a minimum 1 Vfe-inch (28 mm)
penetration into each stud and with 8d common
nails at eight inches (200 mm) on center into
top juid bottom plates. The corrosion-resistant
wire mesh is permitted to be attached to steel
studs with equivalent wire ties. There shall not
be less than a No. 12 gage corrosion-resistant
wire, looped through the mesh for every two
square feet (0. 186 m^ of stone veneer. This tie
shall be a loop having legs not less than 15
inches (38 mm) in length, so bent that the tie
will lie in the stone veneer mortar joint. The
last two inches (51 mm) of each wire leg shall
have a right-angle bend. One-inch (25 mm)
minimum thickness of cement grout shall be
placed between the backing and the stone
veneer.
1405.5.7 Slab-type veneer: Slab-type veneer
units not exceeding two inches (51 mm) in
thickness are permitted to be anchored directly to
masonry, concrete or stud construction. For
veneer units of marble, travertine, granite or other
stone units of slab form, ties of corrosion-resistant
dowels in drilled holes shall be located in the
middle third of the edge of the units spaced a
maximum of 24 inches (610 mm) apart around the
perimeter of each unit with not less than four ties
per veneer unit. Units shall not exceed 20 square
ifeet ( 1 . 86 m^ in area.
If the dowels are not tight fitting, the holes are
permitted to be drilled not more than 1/16 inch
(1.6 mm) larger in diameter than the dowel with
the hole countersunk to a diameter and depth
equal to twice the diameter of the dowel in order
to provide a tight-fitting key of cement mortar at
the dowel locations when the mortar in the joint
has set. All veneer ties shall be corrosion-
resistant metal capable of resisting in tension or
compression a force equal to two times the weight
of the attached veneer.
246
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
EXTERIOR WALL COVERINGS
Sheet metal veneer ties shall not be smaller in
area than No. 22 gage by one inch. Wire veneer
ties shall not be smaller in diameter than No. 9
gage wire,
1405.5.S Terra cotta or ceramic veneer:
Anchored terra cotta or ceramic units not less than
Wb inches thick are permitted to be anchored
directly to masonry, concrete or stud construction.
Tied terra cotta or ceramic veneer units shall not
be less than 1% inches thick with projecting
dovetail webs on the back surface spaced
approximately eight inches (203 mm) on center.
The facing shall be tied to the backing wall v^dth
corrosion-resistant metal anchors of not less than
No. 8 gage wire installed at the top of each piece
in horizontal bed joints not less than 12 inches
(305 mm) nor more than 18 inches (457 mm) on
center. These anchors shall be secured to %=inch
corrosion-resistant pencil rods which pass through
the vertical aligned loop anchors in the backing
wall. The veneer ties shall have sufficient
strength to support the full weight of the veneer in
tension. The facing shall be set with not less than
a two-inch (51 mm) space from the backing wall
and the space shall be filled solidly with portland
cement grout and pea gravel. Immediately prior
to setting, the backing wall and the facing shall be
drenched with clean water and shall be damp
when the grout is poured.
140S.6 Adhered masonry vemeer: Adhered veneer
is a veneer secured and supported through the
adhesion of an approved bonding material applied to
an approved backing. All masonry units used in
adhered veneer walls shall meet the physical
requirements of 780 CMR 2 1 . Adhered veneer units
shall be less than 1% inches thick and the units shall
not support any super-imposed loads. With the
exception of ceramic tile, adhered veneer and
backing shall be designed to provide a bond to the
supporting element sufficient to withstand a shearing
stress of 50 psi (344 kPa) after curing 28 days,
1405.6.1 Bacidng surface: Backing permitted for
adhered veneer shall be continuous and shall be of
any approved material. The backing shall have
surfaces prepared to secure and support the
imposed loads of the adhered veneer.
1405.6.2 Height of adhered veiseer: Exterior
adhered veneer shall not be attached to wood
frame construction at a point more than 30 feet
(9144 mm) in height above the noncombustible
foundation. Height increases are permitted where
an engineering analysis is prepared by a
registered design professional and approved.
1405.6.3 Sizing of adhered veneer: Adhered
veneer units shall not exceed 36 inches (914 mm)
in the greatest dimension nor more than 720
square inches (0.46 m^ in total area and shall not
weigh more than 15 pounds per square foot (73
kg/mm^) unless approved.
Exception: Adhered veneer units weighing
less than three pounds per square foot (15
kg/mm^ shall not be limited in dimension or
area.
1405.6.4 Construction: Adhered veneer units
shall be adhered directly to the backing by one of
the following methods.
1. A paste of neat portland cement shall be
brushed on the backing and the back of the
veneer unit. Type S mortar shall then be
applied to the backing and the veneer unit.
Sufficient mortar shall be used to create a
slight excess to be forced out the edges of the
units. The units shall be tapped into place so
as to fill completely the space between the
units and the backing. The resulting thickness
of mortar in back of the units shall not be less
than /4 inch (13 mm) nor more than 1 % inches
(32 mm).
2. Units of masonry, stone or terra cotta, not
over one inch in thickness shall be restricted to
81 square inches (0.052 m^) in area unless the
back side of each unit is ground or box
screened to true up any deviation from plane.
Those units not over two inches by two inches
by % inch in size are permitted to be adhered
by means of portland cement. Backing shall be
of masonry, concrete or portland cement
plaster on metal lath. Metal lath shall be
fastened to the supports in accordance with the
requirements of 780 CMR 25. Mortar that
complies with Table 1405.6.4 shall be applied
to the backing as a setting bed. The setting bed
shall be a minimum of % inch (9 mm) thick
and a maximum of % inch (19 mm) thick. A
paste of neat portland cement or half portland
cement and half graded sand shall be applied to
the back of the exterior veneer units and to the
setting bed and the veneer pressed and tapped
into place to provide complete coverage
between the mortar bed and veneer unit. A
Portland cement grout shall be used to point the
veneer.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
247
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Table 1405.6.4
ADHERED VENEER SETTING MORTAR
Wall
Coat
Volume
Type I
Portland
cement
Volume
Types
Portland
hydrated
lime
Volume
sand
Maximum
thickness
of coat
(inches)
Maximum
interval
between
coats
(hours)
Area
Dry
Damp
Walls
over
Scratch
1
1
'/2
4
3
5
4
%
24
24
10 sq.
ft.
Float or
level-
ing
1
1
1
4
6
5
7
%
%
24
24
Walls
10 sq.
ft. or
less
Scratch
& float
1
Vz
2'/2
3
%
Va
24
Note a. one inch = 25.4mm; one sq. Ft. = 0.093m^
1405.6.5 Adhered ceramic tile: Adhered veneer
of ceramic tile shall be bonded to the backing as
provided for in 780 CMR 2105.10.
1405.6.6 Building paper: Adhered veneer over
wood frame construction shall be backed by solid
sheathing covered with 14-pound felt building
paper as required by 780 CMR 1405.3.6.
1405.7 Structural glass veneers: The minimum
thickness of glass veneer shall be 11/32 inch and the
area of individual panels shall not exceed ten square
feet (0.93 m^), with a maximum length of four feet
(1219 mm). The edge of each unit shall be ground
square with a slight arise. All exposed external
comers and angles shall he rounded to a radius of
not more than 3/16 inch (5 mm).
1405.7.1 Backing surface: The glass veneer shall
be set in mastic cement on a float coat of 1 -inch-
thick (25 mm) cement mortar reinforced with wire
lath attached to noncombustible furring spaced
not more than 12 inches (305 mm) on center.
1405.7.2 Support of veneer: The base course of
glass units shall be supported on a corrosion-
resistant metal frame anchored to the backing and
caulked with a waterproof compound at grade.
1405.7.3 Reinforcement: Metal reinforcing of
cold-formed corrosion-resistant angles of not less
than 0.064-inch nominal thickness galvanized
sheet steel or other approved reinforcement shall
be provided in all horizontal joints anchored into
the masonry wall with expansion or toggle bolts.
1405.7.4 Expansion joints: Expansion joints
shall be provided at ends and at intermediate
sections which are caulked with an approved
waterproofing compound. Where necessary for
water tightness, exposed edges shall be protected
with corrosion-resistant metal or other approved
noncombustible flashing.
1405.7.5 Other loads: Signs, awning brackets or
other loads shall not be hung directly from glass
veneers, but shall be supported on framing
anchored to or otherwise supported by the
masonry wall, free from contact with the glass.
780 CMR 1406.0 COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS ON THE EXTERIOR SIDE
OF EXTERIOR WALL
1406.1 General: 780 CMR 1406.0 shall apply to
exterior wall finish, half-timbering, balconies and
similar appendages, and bay and oriel windows
constructed of combustible materials including light-
transmitting /j/as//c panels and foam plastic.
1406.2 Combustible exterior wall fmish:
Combustible exterior wall finish shall be tested and
installed in accordance with 780 CMR 1406.2.1
through 1406.2.4.
Exceptions
1. Light-transmitting plastic panels shall be
constructed and installed in accordance with
780 CMR 26.
2. Foam plastic installed in or on the exterior
side of walls of buildings in accordance with
780 CMR 2603.6 shall not be required to comply
with 780 CMR 1406.2.1 provided that the foam
plastic is protected on the out side by:
2.1. A thermal barrier complying with
780 CMR 2603.4;
2.2. A minimum one-inch (25 mm) thickness
of masonry or concrete;
2.3. A minimum %-inch (22 mm) thickness
of stucco complying with 780 CMR 2506.0;
2.4. A minimum 0.019-inch thickness of
aluminum; or
2.5. A minimum 0.016-inch thickness or
corrosion-resistant steel.
1406.2.1 Radiant heat exposure: Combustible
exterior wall finish shall be tested for exposure to
radiant heat. Test specimens shall be prepared in
accordance with 780 CMR 1406.2.1.1 and tested
in accordance with 780 CMR 1406.2.1.2. The
criteria for acceptance shall be as given by
780 CMR 1406.2.1.3.
Exceptions: The testing shall not be required
for:
1 . Wood or wood-based products.
2. Other combustible materials covered with
a material listed in Table 1405.3.
3. Aluminum having a minimum thickness of
0.019 inch.
4. Exterior wall finish on exterior walls of
Type 5 construction.
1406.2.1.1 Test specimen: The test specimen
shall be constructed to reflect the end-use
configuration. Where a material is intended to
be installed in more than one thickness, tests of
the minimum and maximum thickness intended
to be used shall be performed. Test specimens
shall consist of a minimum four-foot-wide by
248
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARDOF BUILDMG REGULATIONS AND STAI^tt^ARDS
EXTERIOR WALL COVERINGS
eight-foot-high assembly which shall be
mounted in a vertical position.
1406212 Test exposure and apparatus: The
test exposure and apparatus shall conform to
780 CMR 1406.2.1.2.1 through 1406.2.1.2.4.
1406.2.1.2.1 Apparatus: A three-foot by
three-foot propane-fired radiant panel shall
be provided and shall operate at a constant
temperature of 1,600°F (87rC) ± 50°F
(28X).
1406.2.1.2.2 Configuration: The radiant
panel and the test specimen shall be
configured in a parallel plate orientation
such that the axis perpendicular to, and
running through, the center of the radiant
panel face and the test specimen are
concurrent.
1406.2.1.2.3 Heat flux: The temperature of
the radiant heat panel shall be fixed to
produce an average heat flux of 12.5 ± 5%
kW/m^ over the center square foot of the test
assembly. Average heat flux shall be
determined as the average of four
calorimeter readings located at the comers
of the center square foot of the test
assembly.
1406.2.1.2.4 Exposure: The four-foot by
eight-foot test specimen shall be exposed to
a "square wave" exposure for a period of 20
minutes. A spark igniter shall be installed
and located at a point 18 inches vertically
above the center point of the test specimen
and % inch off the face of the test
specimen. The spark igniter shall be
operated throughout the 20-minute test
period. If the spark igniter is operated in an
intermittent mode, the "off* portion of the
cycle shall not be longer than two seconds
and the "on" portion of each cycle shall be
at least five seconds in duration.
1406.2.1.3 Conditions of acceptassce:
Materials shall qualify for installation under
the provisions of 780 CMR 1406.2. L3. 1 or
1406.2.1.3.2.
1406.2.1.3.1 Unrestricted installation: For
any Jfre separation distance, an assembly
shall be acceptable for installation in
accordance with 780 CMR 1406.0 and
780 CMR 1405.0 and 2603.6 if, during the
exposure described in 780 CMR 1406.2.1.2,
continuous flaming ignition does not occur
for a time period greater than five seconds.
Continuous flaming ignition shall be judged
to occur when continuous flaming is
visually observed by laboratory personnel
for greater than five seconds.
1406.2.1.3.2 Restricted Installation: For
Jire separation distances greater than five
feet (1524 mm), an assembly shall be
permitted with increased Jire separation
distance if a test specimen in accordance
v^nth 780 CMR 1406.2.1.1, while being
exposed to a reduced level of incident
radiant heat energy in accordance with
780 CMR 1406.2.1.2, meets the conditions
of acceptance in 780 CMR 1406.2.1. 3. L
The minimum Jire separation distance
required for the assembly shall be
determined fi-om Table 1406.2.1.3.2 based
on the maximum tolerable level of incident
radiant heat energy determined by 780 CMR
1406.2.1.3.2
1406.2.2 Construction requirements:
Combustible exterior wall finish^ other than
fireretardant-treated wood complying with
780 CMR 2310.0 for exterior installation, shall
not exceed 10% of an exterior wall surface area
where ihtfire separation distance is five feet or
less. In buildings of Types 1, 2, 3 and 4
construction, all architectural trim v^i'hich exceeds
40 feet (12192 mm) in height above grade plane
shall be constructed of approved noncombustible
materials and shall be secured to the wall with
metal or other approved noncombustible brackets.
Esception: Foam plastics, installed in
accordance with 780 CMR 2603:6, as required,
shall not be subject to these limitations.
Table 1406.2.1.3.2
MINIMUM FDRE SEPARATION DISTANCE
FOR COMBUSTIBLE VENEERS BASED
ON MAXIMUM TOLERABLE LEVEL OF
INCIDENT RADIANT HEAT ENERGY
Fire Separation
a
Distance (feet)
Tolerable level
incident radient
heat energy
(kW/m^)
Fire separation
a
distance (feet)
Tolerable level
incident radiant
heat energy
(kW/ml
5
6
7
12.5
ll.S
11.0
16
17
18
5.9
5.5
5.2
9
'iA3' '■■
89
8.3
7.7
4.6. : ,-
10
11
12
21
22
23
4.4
4.1
3.9
7J2-'
,'"7
15
6.3
Note a. one foot = 304. Snun.
1406.2.3 Locatlom: Where combustible exterior
wall finish is located along the top of exterior
walls, such trim shall be completely backed up by
the exterior wall and shall not extend over or
above the top of exterior walls.
1406.2.4 Firestopplng: Continuous exterior wall
finish constructed of combustible materials shall
hcfirestopped as required in 780 CMR 720.0.
1406.3 Combustible Jjalf-tiimberlng: In buildings
of Types 3 and 4 construction which do not exceed
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
249
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUEDING REGULATIONS A^fD STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
three stories or 40 ft (12192 mm) in height above
grade plane, exterior half-timbering and similar
architectural decorations are permitted to be
constructed of wood or other equivalent combustible
material, provided that such trim is backed up solidly
with approved noncombustible materials.
1406.4 Balconies and similar appendages: All
balconies, porches, decks and suppleiriental exterior
stairways attached to or supported by buildings of
Types 1 and 2 constmction shall be constructed of
approved noncombustible materials. Such
appendages attached to or supported by buildings of
Types 3, 4 and 5 construction shall be of either
noncombustible or combustible construction. Such
appendages of combustible construction, other than
fireretardant-treated wood, shall afford the
fireresistance rating required by Table 602 for floor
construction or shall be of Type 4 construction as
described in 780 CMR 2304.0 and the aggregate
length shall not exceed 50% of the building
perimeter on each floor.
Exceptions:
1. Untreated wood is permitted for pickets and
rails, or similar guardrail devices which are
limited to 42 inches ( 1 067 mm) in height.
2. Balconies and similar appendages on buildings
of Types 3, 4 and 5 construction shall be
permitted to be of Type 5 construction, and shall
not be required to have a fireresistance rating
where sprinkler protection is extended to these
areas.
1406.5 Bay and oriel wfaidows: A bay window is a
window that projects beyond the wall line of a
building and extends down to the foundation. All
bay and oriel windows attached to or supported by
walls in other than buildings of Type 5 construction,
shall be of noncombustible construction and be
framed with brackets of steel, concrete or other
approved noncombustible materials.
250
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
1/19/01
CHAPTER 15
ROOFS AND ROOF STRUCTURES
780 CMR 1501,0 GENERAL
1501.1 Scope: The provisions of 780 CMR 15 shall
govern the materials, design, construction and
quality of roofs and roof coverings.
1501.2 Applicability: All roofs and roof coverings
shall meet either the performance requirements of
780 CMR 1505.0 or the prescriptive requirements of
780 CMR 1507.0.
780 CMR 1SQ2.0 DEFINITIONS
1S02.1 General: The following words and terms
shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR 15 and as used
elsewhere in 780 CMR, have the meanings shown
herein.
Penthouse: An enclosed structure above the roof of
a buDding, other than a roof structure or bulkhead,
occupying not more than 33V3% of the roof area
(see 780 CMR 1510.3).
Roof: The roof slab or deck with its supporting
members, not including vertical supports.
Roof covering: The covering applied to the roof for
weather resistance, fireresistance or appearance.
Roof stnictiire: An enclosed structure on or above
the roof of any part of a building (see 780 CMR
1510.0).
780 CMR 1503.0 CONSriRUCTION
DOCUMENTS
1503.1 General: For all roofs and roof coverings
required by 780 CMR, the construction documents
shall illustrate, describe and clearly delineate the
type of roofing system, materials, fastening
requirements and flashing requirements which are to
be installed.
780 CMR 1504.0 WEATBER PROTECTION
1504.1 General: All roofs shall be covered with
approved roof coverings properly secured to the
building or structure to resist wind and rain. Roof
coverings shall be designed, installed and
maintained in accordance with approved
manufacturer's installation instmctions such that the
roof covering shall serve to protect the building or
structure.
780 CMR 1505.0 PERFORMANCE
REQUIREMENTS
1S05.1 Ferformanee requirements: AU roofs and
roof coverings approved under 780 CMR 1505.0
shall comply with 780 CMR 1505.2 through 1505.5.
1505.2 Wind resistance: All roofs' and roof
coverings shall be secured in place to the building or
structure to withstand the wind loads of 780 CMR
1611.0 in accordance with the requirements of
780 CMR 1505.2.1 through 1505.2.3.
1505.2.1 Ballasted systems: All loosely laid
ballasted roof coverings shall be designed to resist
the v^d pressures as determined by 780 CMR
1611.0.
I50S.2.'2 Low-slope systems other than
ballasted: The low-slope roof systems
(coverings) described in 780 CMR 1507.3 which
are mechanically attached or adhered to the roof
deck shall be designed to meet the design wind
load of 780 CMR 1611.0 and shall be tested in
accordance with ¥M 4450, FM 4470 or UL 580
listed in Appendix A.
ISOS.2.3 Steep-slope systems: The steep-slope
roof coverings described in 780 CMR 1507.2
which are mechanically attached to the roof slab
or deck in accordance with 780 CMR 1507.2.1
through 1507.2.9 shall resist the basic wind
speeds of Figure 1611.3, adjusted for building
height above grade and building exposure.
Exception: Asphalt shingles shall be tested in
accordance with ASTM D3161 or UL 997
listed in Appendix A.
1505.3 Bwr&Mlity: All roofs and roof coverings
shall be of approved materials such that those
properties which establish fire classification, wind
resistance and weather protection shall be
maintained in accordance with 780 CMR 1505.3.1
and 1505.3.2.
1505.3.1 Physical properties: Roof coverings
shall demonstrate physical integrity over the
working life of the roof based upon 2,000 hours of
exposure to accelerated weathering tests
conducted in accordance with ASTM E838, G23,
G26 or G53 listed in Appendix A. Those roof
coverings which are subject to cyclical flexural
response due to wind loads shall not demonstrate
any significant loss of tensile strength for
unreinforced membranes or breaking strength for
reinforced membranes when tested as herein
required.
15053.2 Impact resistaiace: Roof coverings shall
resist impact damage based on the results of tests
conducted in accordance with ASTM D3746 or
D4272, or CGSB 37-GP-52M or FM 4470 listed
m Appendix A.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMK - Sbcth Edition
251
780 CMR. STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
1505.4 Compatibility of materials: All roofs and
roof coverings shall be of materials that are
compatible with each other and with the building or
structure to which the materials are applied.
1505.5 Material specifications and physical
characteristics: All materials for roofs and roof
coverings shaU conform to the applicable standards
listed in 780 CMR 15. In the absence of applicable
standards or where materials are of questionable
suitability, testing by an approved testing agency
shall be required by the code official to determine
the character, quality and limitations of application
of the materials.
780 CMR 1506.0 FIRE CLASSIFICATION
1506.1 Classification: Roof covering materials shall
be classified in accordance with 780 CMR 1506. 1 . 1
through 1506.1.4 when tested in accordance with
ASTM EI08 listed in Appendix A.
1506.1.1 Class A roof coverings: Class A roof
coverings are those which are effective against
severe fire test exposure. Class A roof coverings
shall include the following: masonry, concrete,
slate, tile, cement-asbestos or assemblies listed
and identified as Class A by an approved testing
agency. Class A roof coverings shall be permitted
for use in buildings or structures of all types of
construction.
1506.1.2 Class B roof coverings: Class B roof
coverings are those which are effective against
moderate fire test exposure. Class B roof
coverings shall include metal sheets and shingles
or assemblies listed and identified as Class B by
an approved testing agency. Class B roof
. coverings shall be permitted as the minimum for
use in buildings or structures of Type 1
construction.
1506.1.3 Class C roof coverings: Class C roof
coverings are those which are effective against
light fire test exposure. Class C roof coverings
shall include assemblies listed and identified as
Class C by an approved testing agency. Class C
roof coverings shall be permitted as the minimum
for use in buildings or structures of Types 2, 3, 4
and 5A construction.
1506.1.4 Nonclassified roof coverings:
Nonclassified roof coverings shall not be
permitted.
Exceptions:
1. Buildings and structures of Type 5B
constniction with Sifire separation distance of
not less than 30 feet (9144 mm) fi-om the
leading edge of the roof
2. Occupancies in Use Group R-3 located in
detached buildings and accessory buildings
thereto which have difire separation distance
of not less than sbc feet (1829 mm) fi-om the
leading edge of the roof
1506.2 Testing: When testing wood shingles and
shakes in accordance with ASTM E 108 (including
the rain test) and ASTM D2898 listed in
Appendix A, the fire tests shall include the
intermittent flame test, spread of flame test, burning
brand test and fl>dng brand test; additionally, at the
conclusion of the rain test, test panels shall be
subjected to the intermittent flame test, burning
brand test and flying brand test.
15063 Fireretardant-treated shingles and shakes:
Fireretardant-treated wood shakes and shingles shall
be treated by impregnation with chemicals by the
fijU-cell vacuum-pressure process, in accordance
with AWPA CI listed in Appendix A. Each bundle
shall have two labels: one identifying the
manufactured unit and the manufacturer, and the
other identifying the classification of the material in
accordance with the testing required in 780 CMR
1506.2 (Class B or C), the treating company and the
quality control agency.
780 CMR 1507.0 PRESGRIFITVE
REQUIREMENTS
1507.1 Prescriptive requirements: The
requirements of 780 CMR 1507.2 and 1507.3 shall
apply to all roofs and roof coverings unless
specifically approved in accordance with 780 CMR
1505.0. Unless otherwise noted, all required
underiayment shall be of Type 15 asphalt-saturated
felt.
1507.2 Steep-slope roof coverings: Steep-slope roof
covering materials and installations shall comply
with 780 CMR 1507.2.1 through 1507.2.9. Where
there is a possibility of ice forming along the eaves
causing a backup of water, an ice shield that consists
of at least two layers of underiayment cemented
together or of a waterproofing membrane, shall
extend fi'om the eave's edge to a point at least 24
inches (610 nun) inside the exterior wall line of the
building.
1507.2.1 Asbestos-cement shingles: Asbestos-
cement shingles shall conform to ASTM C222
listed in Appendix A. Asbestos-cement shingles
shall not be installed on roof slopes below four
units vertical in 12 units horizontal (4:12).
Single-layer underiayment is required for all roof
applications. Asbestos-cement shingles shall be
secured to the roof with two fasteners per shingle.
1507.2.2 Asphalt roU roofing: Asphalt roll
roofing shall conform to ASTM D224, D249,
D371 or D3909 listed in Appendix A. Asphalt
roll roofing shall not be installed on roof slopes
below one unit vertical m 12 units horizontal
(1 : 12), and shall not be installed on roof slopes
below three units vertical in 12 units horizontal
(3:12) unless applied parallel to the eaves.
Single-layer underiayment is required or all roof
252
780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ROOFS AND ROOF STRUCTURES
slopes. Asphalt roll roofing shall be secured to
the roof in accordance with approved
manufacturer's installation instructions.
1507.2.3 Asphalt shingles: Asphalt shingles shall
conform to ASTM D225 or D3462 listed in
Appendix A. Asphalt shingles shall not be
installed on roof slopes below two units vertical in
12 units horizontal (2:12). Double-layer
underlayment shall be required on roof slopes
below four units vertical in 12 units horizontal
(4:12). Single-layer underlayment is required on
all other roof slopes. Asphah shingles shall be
secured to the roof with not less than four
fasteners per strip shingle, or not less than two
fasteners per individual shingle. Shingle headlap
shall not be less than two inches (51 mm).
1507.2.4 InteHocking clay or cement tile:
Intedocking clay or cement tile shall be installed
only over solid sheathing or spaced structural
sheathing boards. Interlocking clay or cement tile
shall not be installed on roof slopes below four
units vertical in 12 units horizontal (4:12).
Horizontal battens shall be required on roof slopes
over seven units vertical in 12 units horizontal
(7:12). Single-layer underiayment is required
over solid sheathing on all roof slopes.
Reinforced underlayment shall be required where
spaced sheathing is installed. Regardless of roof
slope, the first three tile courses and all tile within
three feet (914 mm) of roof edges, changes in roof
slope or changes in slope direction, shall be
fastened to the roof For the field of the roof,
fastening is not required on roof slopes below five
units vertical in 12 units horizontal (5:12); every
tile course shall be fastened on roof slopes five
units vertical in 12 units horizontal (5:12) to less
than 12 units vertical in 12 units horizontal
(12:12); and every tile shall be fastened on roof
slopes 12 units vertical in 12 units horizontal
(12:12) and over. Tile overlap shall be in
accordance with approved manufacturer's
installation instructions.
1507.2.5 Noninterlocking clay or cement tile:
Noninterlocking clay or cement tile shall not be
installed on roof slopes below two and one-half
units vertical in 12 units horizontal (2'/2:12).
Double-layer underlayment is required on roof
slopes below three units vertical in 12 units
horizontal (3:12). Single-layer underlayment is
required on all other roof slopes. Noninteriocking
clay or cement tile shall be secured to the roof
with two fasteners per tile. The minimum tile
overiap shall be three inches (76 mm).
1507.2.6 Metal shingles: Metal shingles shall not
be installed on roof slopes below four units
vertical in 12 units horizontal (4: 12). Single-layer
underiayment is required for all metal shingles
other than flat metal shingles on all roof slopes.
Metal shingles shall be secured to the roof in
accordance with approved
installation instructions.
manufacturer's
1507.2.7 Slat® shingles: Slate shingles shall
conform to ASTM C406 listed in Appendix A.
Slate shingles shall not be installed on roof slopes
below two units vertical in 12 units horizontal
(2:12). Double-layer underiayment shall be re-
quired on roof slopes below four units vertical in
12 units horizontal (4:12). Single-layer
underlayment shall be required on all other roof
slopes. Slate shingles shall be secured to the roof
with two fasteners per slate. The minimum slate
headlap shall be three inches (76 mm).
1507.2.8 Wood shingles: Wood shingles shall be
identified by a label and subject to a quality
control program administered by an approved
agency. Wood shingles shall not be installed on
roof slopes below three units vertical in 12 units
horizontal (3 : 12). A single layer of underiayment
is required at eaves, ridges, hips, valleys and all
other changes of roof slope or direction. Wood
shingles shall be secured to the roof with a
maximum of two approved fasteners per shingle.
The maximum weather exposures for wood
shingles shall be in accordance with Table
1507.2.8.
Table 1507.2.8
MAXIMUM WEATHER EXPOSURES
FOR WOOD SHINGLES
Grade
Shingle
length
(inches)
Exposure (inches) based on slope
(units vertical:units horizontal)
3:12 to 4:12
4:12 and sleeper
No. 1 grade
16
18
24
3V4
5V,
5
5'/2
VA
No. 2 grade
16
18
24
3'/2
4
5'/2
4
4'/2
6'/2
No. 3 grade
16
18
24
3
3'/2
5
3'/2
4
5Vi
Note a. 1 inch = 25.4 mm
1507.2.9 Wood shakes: Wood shakes, other than
preservative-treated southern yellow pine taper
sawn shakes, shall be identified by a label and
subject to a quality control program administered
by an approved agency. Preservative-treated
southern yellow pine taper sawn shakes shall be
identified by a label and subject to the TFS
Grading Rules for Preservative Treated Southern
Yellow Pine Tapersawn Shakes, listed in
Appendix A, administered by an approved
agency. Wood shakes shall not be installed on
roof slopes less than four units vertical in 12 units
horizontal (4:12). A single layer of felt
interiayment shall be shingled between each
course of wood shakes on all roof slopes. Wood
shakes shall be secured to the roof with a
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
253
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
maximum of two fasteners per shake. The maxi-
mum weather exposure shall be iVz inches (191
mm) for 18-inch-long shakes and ten inches (254
mm) for 24-inch-long shakes.
1507 J Low -Slope roof coverings: Low slope roof
covering materials and installation shall conform to
roofing material/roofing system manufacturer's
written installation and warranty requirements and
otherwise comply with 780 CMR 1507.3.1 through
1507.3.7. In the absence of manufacturer's written
installation and warranty requirements, roofs shall
have a design slope of a minimum of one-fourth unit
vertical in 12 units horizontal (14:12) for drainage
except for coal-tar built-up roofs which shall have a
design slope of a minimum one-eighth unit vertical
in 12 units horizontal (V8:12). The attachment of
insulation above the roof deck, the weight and
distribution of ballast, the fastener type and fastening
pattern, and the bitumen or adhesive application
utilized in the installation of low-slope roof
coverings shall meet the wind resistance
requirements of 780 CMR 1505.2.
1507.3.1 Built-up roofing: Built-up roof covering
materials shall comply with the standards in Table
1507.3. 1 . Provisions shall be made at deck edges,
terminations and penetrations for mechanical
fastening of the built-up roof covering and flash-
ing materials. On slopes greater than two units
vertical in 12 units horizontal (2:12), provisions
shall be made for blind nailing the built-up roof
covering to the roof to prevent slipping.
Aggregate surfacing shall not be installed, and
plies shall be applied parallel to the slope of the
deck (strapping method) on roof slopes above
three units vertical in 12 units horizontal (3:12).
Built-up roof coverings shall be installed in
accordance with approved manufacturer's
installation instructions.
Table 1507.3.1
BUILT-UP ROOFING MATERIAL
STANDARDS
Material
Standard
Aggregate surfacing
ASTMD1863
Asphalt-coated glass fiber venting base
ASTM D460I
sheet
ASTM D2178
Asphalt glass felt
Asphalt-saturated and asphalt-coated organic
ASTM D2626
fell base sheet
Asphalt-saturated organic felt (perforated)
ASTM D226
Asphalt used in roofing
ASTM D312
Coal-tar saturated organic felt
ASTM D227
Coal-tar used in roofing
ASTM D450
TVpes I or III
Mineral-surfaced inorganic cap sheet
ASTM D3909
Venting, asphalt-saturated and asphalt-
coated inorganic felt based sheet
ASTM D3672
Note a. Specific standards referenced are those listed
in Appendix A
1507.3.2 Thermoset single-ply roof coverings:
Thermoset single-ply roof coverings shall comply
with RMA RP-I, RP-2 or RP-3, or ASTM D4637
or CGSB 37-GP-52M listed in Appendix A.
Provisions shall be made at deck edges,
terminations and penetrations for mechanical
fastening of the thermoset single-ply roof covering
and flashing materials. Ballasted roof coverings
shall not be installed on roof slopes above two
units vertical in 12 units horizontal (2:12).
Thermoset single-ply roof coverings shall be
installed in accordance with approved
manufacturer's installation instructions.
1507.3.3 Thermoplastic single-ply roof
coverings: Thermoplastic single-ply roof
coverings shall comply with ASTM D4434 or
CGSB 37-GP-54M listed in Appendix A.
Provisions shall be made at deck edges,
terminations and penetrations for mechanical
fastening of the thermoplastic single-ply roof
covering and flashing materials. Ballasted roof
coverings shall not be installed on roof slopes
above two units vertical in 12 units horizontal
(2:12). Thermoplastic single-ply roof coverings
shall be installed in accordance with approved
manufacturer's installation instructions.
1507.3.4 Modified bitumen roof coverings:
Modified bitumen roof coverings shall comply
with CGSB 37-GP-56M listed in Appendix A.
Provisions shall be made at deck edges,
terminations and penetrations for mechanical
fastening of the modified bitumen roof covering
and flashing materials. Modified bitumen roof
coverings shall be installed in accordance with
approved manufacturer's installation instructions,
1507.33 Spray-applied polyurethane-foam roof
covering systems: Spray-applied polyurethane-
foam insulation shall comply with ASTM C1029
listed in Appendix A. A liquid-applied roof
coating that complies with 780 CMR 1507.3.6
shall be applied to the top surface of the cured
foam insulation in accordance with approved
manufacturer's installation instructions. Foam
plastics shall also conform to 780 CMR 2603.0.
1507.3.6 Liquid-applied roof coatings: Liquid-
applied roof coatings shall comply with ASTM
C836, C957, D1227 or D3468 listed in
Appendix A. Liquid-applied roof coatings shall
be applied in accordance with approved
manufacturer's installation instructions.
1507.3.7 Metal-sheet roof coverings: Metal-
sheet roof covering systems which incorporate
supporting structural members shall be designed
in accordance with 780 CMR 2206.0. Metal-sheet
roof coverings installed over structural decking
shall comply with ASTM A361, A755 or BlOl
listed in Appendix A . Metal-sheet roof coverings
shall be installed in accordance with approved
manufacturer's installation instructions.
780 CMR 1508.0 FLASHINGS
1508.1 General: Flashings shall be installed: at wall
and roof intersections; at gutters; wherever there is a
-254
780 CMR - Sixtb Edition
1 1/27/98
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ROOFS AND ROOF STRUCTURES
a change in roof slope or direction: and around all
roof openings.
780 CMR 1509,0 ROOF INSULATION
1509. 1 General: Rigid combustible roof insulation
shall be permitted, provided that the insulation is
covered v«th approved roof coverings directly
applied thereto (see 780 CMR 2603.4.1.5).
780 CMR 1510.0 ROOF STRUCTURES
ISlOol General: All construction, other than aerial
supports, clothes dryers and siriiilar structures less
than 12 feet (3658 mm) high, water tanks and
cooling towers as hereinafter provided and flag poles
erected above the roof of any part of any building or
structure more than 40 feet (12192 mm) in height,
shall be constructed of approved noncombustible
materials.
1510.2 Scuttles: Trap doors and scuttles as required
by 780 CMR 1027.0 shall not be less than two feet
by three feet (610 mm by 914 mm) in size. In
buildings of Types 1 and 2 construction, trap doors
and scuttles shall be of approved noncombustible
materials.
1510.3 PeiBthouises: Penthouses shall be considered
a part of the next lower story, and ihc enclosure shall
conform to the requirements for exterior walls of the
building type as regulated by Table 602 and
780 CMR 14 except as modified herein.
ISlOJ.l Recessed walls: Where the exterior wall
of & penthouse is recessed five feet (1524 mm) or
more from the exterior wall of the next lower
story and the exterior wall of the next lower story
is required to have a Sreresistance rating of
greater than 1 Vz hours, the penthouse exterior wall
shall be: constructed with a fireresistance rating of
not less than IY2 hours; covered on the outside
vnth noncombustible, weatherproof material; and
supported on protected steel or reinforced
concrete construction.
i5103o2 Unprotected openings: Where
protected opemngs are not required by 780 CMR
705.0, windows and doors shall be constructed of
any approved materials. Glazing shall conform to
the requirements of 780 CMR 14, 24 and 26.
1510.4 Other enclosed roof structures: Enclosed
roof structures, other than penthouses, shall be
considered a story of the building and shall conform
to the requirements for the building type as regulated
by Table 602 and 780 CMR 14.
1510.5 Mansards and other sloping roofs:
Mansards and other sloping roofs shall comply with
780 CMR 1510.5.1 and 1510.5.2.
1510.5ol High-slope roofs: Every mansard roof
or other sloping roof having a pitch of more than
60 degrees (1.05 rad) to the horizontal hereafter
erected on any building or structure of other than
Tj^e 5 construction which is more than three
stories or 40 feet (12192 mm) in height, shall be
constructed of noncombustible materials with a
fireresistance rating of not less than one hour.
Where the building is more than seven stories or
85 feet (25908 mm) in height, such roofs shall
afford the same fireresistance rating required for
the exterior walls of the building, but are not
required to exceed a IVS-hour fireresistance rating.
1510.5,2 Low-slope roofs: Where the pitch is 60
degrees (1.05 rad) or less to the horizontal, the
mansard or other sloping roof located on any
building shall be constructed of not less than the
same materials as required for the roof of the
building.
1510.6 Dormers: The sides and roofs of dormers
shall be of the same type of construction as the main
roof, except that where a side of the dormer is a
vertical extension of an exterior wall, that side of the
dormer shall be subject to the same fireresistance
rating requirements as apply to the wall of the
building. The roofs of dormers shall be protected
with approved roof coverings complying with
780 CMR 1506.0. The sides of dormers shall be
protected with approved roof coverings or with
material permitted for covering the exterior walls of
the building.
1510.7 Water tanks: Water tanks shall be
constructed and installed in accordance ^N\th
780 CMR 1510.7.1 through 1510.7.5.
SS10,7,1 Supports: Water tanks having a capacity
of more than 500 gallons (1.90 m') placed in or on a
building shall be supported on masonry, reinforced
concrete, steel or other approved noncombustible
framing or on timber conforming to Type 4
construction; provided that, where such supports are
located in the building above the lowest story, the
support shall be fireresistance rated as required for
Type I A construction.
1510.7.2 Emergency discharge: A pipe or outlet
shall be located in the bottom or in the side close
to the bottom, or the tank shall be fitted with a
quick-opening valve, to enable the contents to be
discharged in an emergency to a suitable drain
that complies with the 24S CMR 2.00: the
Massachusetts State Plumbing Code listed in
Append A.
1510.7.3 Location: A tank shall not be located
over or near a stairway or elevator shaft unless a
solid roof or floor deck is constructed underneath
the tank.
1510.7.4 Tank cover: All TooftSLtks exposed to
the weather shall have approved covers sloping
towards the outer edges.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR ° Sixth Edition
255
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
1510.7.5 Hoop and strap protection: Where
metal hoops are utilized in the construction of
wood tanks, such hoops shall be protected with
approved corrosion-resistant coatings or
manufactured from approved corrosion-resistant
alloys.
1510.8 Cooling towers: Cooling towers erected on
the roofs of buildings where the base of the tower is
more than 55 feet (16764 mm) above grade plane
shall be constructed of approved noncombustible
material or fireretardant-treated wood except that
drip bars are not required to be of noncombustible
material or fireretardant-treated wood
1510.9 Miscellaneous roof structures: Except as
here in specifically provided for, all towers, spires,
dormers or cupolas shall be erected of the type of
construction and fireresistance rating required for
the building to which such structures are accessory
as regulated by Tables 503 and 602. Where the
height of such appurtenant structures exceeds 85
feet (25908 mm) above grade plane or where the
area at any horizontal section of the tower, spire,
dormer or cupola exceeds 200 square feet (19 m^, or
where utilized for any purpose other than as a belfiy
or architectural embellishment, the structure and the
associated supports shall be of Type 1 or 2
construction, or of fireretardant-treated wood
complying with 780 CMR 2310.0. Radio and
television towers and antennas shall be constructed
to comply with 780 CMR 3108.0 and 3109.0.
780 CMR 1511.0 ROOFTOP HELIPORTS
1511.1 General: 780 CMR 1511.0 governs the
design and construction of rooftop facilities intended
to accommodate the landing of helicopters. The
utilization of a roof for landing shall be subject to
the approval of the Federal Aviation Administration.
1511.2 Structural loads: The roof and all pertinent
building components shall be designed for the dead
loads, live loads, impact loads and vibrations
imparted to the structure due to helicopter landing,
including the single-slcid point landing.
1511.3 Referenced standard: All rooftop heliports
shall comply with NFiPA 418 listed in Appendix A.
780 CMR 1512.0 REROOFING
1512.1 General: Materials and methods of
application used for recovering or replacing an
existing roof covering shall comply with the
requu-ements of 780 CMR 1505.0 or 1507.0. The
repair of existing roofs and roof coverings shall
comply with the provisions of 780 CMR 34, but
more than 25% of the roof covering of any building
shall not be removed and replaced within any 12-
month period unless the entire roof covering is made
to conform to the requirements for new roofing.
1512.2 Structural and construction loads: The
structural roof components shall be capable of
supporting the roof covering system and the material
and equipment loads that will be encountered during
installation of the roof covering system.
1512.3 Recovering vs. replacement: New roof
coverings shall not be installed without first
removing existing roof coverings where any of the
following conditions occur:
1. Where the existing roof or roof covering is
water soaked or has deteriorated to the point that
the existing roof or roof covering is not adequate
as a base for additional roofing.
2. Where the existing roof covering is wood
shake, slate, clay, cement or asbestos-cement tile.
3. Where the existing roof has two or more
applications of any type of roof covering.
Exception: Complete and separate roofing
systems, such as standing-seam metal roof
systems, which are designed to transmit all
roof loads directly to the buildmg's structural
system and which do not rely on existing roofs
and roof coverings for support, shall not
requue the removal of existing roof coverings.
1512.4 Reinstallation of materials: Existing slate,
clay or cement tile shall be permitted for
reinstallation, except that damaged, cracked or
broken slate or tile shall not be reinstalled. Existing
vent flashings, metal edgings, drain outlets, collars
and metal counterflashings shall not be reinstalled
where rusted, damaged or deteriorated. Aggregate
surfacing materials shall not be reinstalled.
1512.5 Flashings: Flashings shall be reconstructed
in accordance with approved manufacturer's
installation instructions. Metal flashings to which
bituminous materials are to be adhered shall be
primed prior to installation.
256
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
CHAPTER U
STRUCTURAL LOADS
(This Chapter is entirely unique to Massachusetts)
780 CMR 160L0 GENERAL
1601,1 Scope: The provisions of 780 CMR 16 shall
control the structural design of all buildings and
structures, or portions thereof, hereafter erected.
780 CMR 16010 ©EFTNTOONS
1602.1 General: The following words and terms
shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR 16 and as used
elsewhere in 780 CMR, have the meanings shown
herem.
Load: Forces or other actions that arise on structural
systems from the weight of all permanent
construction, occupants and their possessions,
environmental effects, differential settlement and
restrained dimensional changes.
Bead load: The weight of all permanent structural
and nonstructural components of a building, such
as walls, floors, roofs, ceilings, stairways and
fixed service equipment.
Duration of load: The period of continuous
application of a given load, or the aggregate of
periods of intermittent applications of the same
load.
Earthquake load: The assumed lateral load acting
in any horizontal direction on the structural frame
due to the dynamic action of earthquakes.
Impact load: The load resulting from moving
machinery, elevators, craneways, vehicles and
other smular forces and kinetic loads.
Internal had: The forces resulting from the
restraint of movement of construction materials or
differential movement of a combination of
materials caused by the effects of expansion or
contraction due to temperature changes,
shrinkage, moisture changes, creep, differential
settlement or combinations thereof
Lateral soil load: The lateral pressure in pounds
per square foot (psf) (kilograms per square meter
[kg/m^]) due to the weight of the adjacent soil,
including due allowance for hydrostatic pressure
and possible surcharge from Sxed or moving
loads.
Live load: Those loads produced by the
occupancy of the building, not including
environmental loads such as wind loads, snow
loads, earthquake loads or dead loads.
Mndload: The lateral pressure on the building or
structure in pounds per square foot (psf)
(kilograms per square meter [kg/m^) due to wind
blowing in any direction.
Fanel (part of a structure): The section of a floor
or wall comprised between the supporting frame
of two adjacent rows of columns and girders or
column bands of floor construction.
Wall
Loadbearing wall: A wall supporting any vertical
load in addition to its own weight.
Nonloadbearing wall: A wall which does not
support vertical loads other than its own weight.
780 CMR 16(B.O CONSIRUOION
DOCUMENTS
1603.1 General: Construction documents shall show
the size, and relative locations of all structural
members with foundation, floor and roof levels,
column centers and ail offsets dimensioned. The
design loads and other information pertinent to the
structural design required by 780 CMR 1603.2
through 1603.7 shall be clearly indicated on the
construction documents for all parts of the building
or structure.
1603.2 Floor live load: The uniformly distributed
floor live load utilized in the design shall be
indicated for all floor areas (780 CMR1606.0). Live
/ooff reduction (780 CMR 1608.0), if utilized, shall
be indicated.
1603.3 Roof live load: The toot live /oacf utilized in
the design shall be indicated for all roof areas
(780 CMR 1609.0).
1603.4 Roof snow load: The basic snow load shall
be indicated.
1603.5 Wind load: The following information
related to windlcxids shall be indicated, regardless of
whether wind loads govern the lateral design of the
building:
1. Wind Load Zone. If more than one wind
direction is exposed, the applicable wind direction
shall be indicated
2. Wind pressure, P.
3. Special exposures
1603.6 Earthquake design data: Where earthquake
loads are applicable, the following earthquake
design data shall be indicated on the construction
documents:
1. The Seismic Hazard Exposure Group in
accordance with 780 CMR 1612.2.5;
2. The Seismic Performance Category in
accordance with 780 CMR 1612.2.7;
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
257
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
3 . The soil-profile type in accordance with Table
1612.4.1;
4. The basic structural system and seismic-
resisting system in accordance with Table
1612.4.4;
5 . The response modification factor (R) and the
deflection amplification factor (CJ in accordance
with Table 1612.4.4; and
6. The analysis procedure utilized in accordance
with 780 CMR 1612.5 or 1612,6 as applicable.
1603.7 Other loads: Concentrated loads (780 CMR
1613.0), impact loads (780 CMR 1614,0) and
special loads (780 CMR 1615.0) which are
applicable to the design of the building or structure
shall he indicated.
780 CMR 1604.0 DESIGN SAFE LOAD
1604.1 Safe support required: Buildings or other
structures, and all parts thereof, shall be designed
and constructed to support safely all loads, including
dead loads, without exceeding the allowable stresses
(or specified strengths when appropriate load factors
are applied) for the materials of construction in the
structural members and connections.
1604.2 Progressive collapse: Buildings and
structural systems shall provide such, structural
mtegrity that the hazards associated with progressive
collapse are reduced to a level consistent with good
engineering practice. Structures shall be able to
sustain local damage or failure, with the structure as
a whole remaining stable. Compliance with the
applicable provisions of ASCE 7 listed in
Appendix A shall be deemed to meet the
requirements of 780 CMR 1 604,0.
1604.3 In-situ load tests: The code ofHcial is
authorized to require an engineering analysis or a
load test, or both, of any construction whenever
there is reason to question the safety of the
construction for the intended occupancy.
Engineering analysis and load tests shall be
conducted in accordance with 780 CMR 1707.0 or
1709.0,
780 CMR 1605.0 DESIGN DEAD LOAD
1605.1 Weights of materials and construction: In
estimating dead loads for the purposes of structural
design, the actual weights of materials and construc-
tions shall be utilized, but not less than the unit dead
loads prescribed in Appendix G, or ASCE 7 listed in
Appendix A. In the absence of definite information,
any values assumed by the designers shall be subject
to the approval of the code official,
1605.2 Weight of fixed service equipment: In
estimating dead loads for the purposes of design, the
weight of fixed service equipment such as plumbing
stacks and risers, electrical feeders, heating.
ventilating, air conditioning and fire protection
systems, shall be included,
160S3 Partition load: In of^ces and other buildings
in which subdividing partitions are subsequently
erected, rearranged or relocated, provisions shall be
made to support the actual weight of such partitions
where the partitions occur, or for an equivalent
uniform load, which shall be assumed to be not less
than 20 psf (97,64 kg/m^ of floor area in addition to
the specified uniformly distributed live load.
Provisions for partition weight shall be made
whether or not partitions are shovm on the
construction documents, unless the specified live
load exceeds 80 psf (390.56 kg/m^),
780 CMR 1606.0 UNIFORMLY
DISTTRIBUrED LIVE LOADS
1606.1 Uniform live load: The mmimum uniformly
distributed live load in pounds per square foot shall
be as provided for in Table 1606.1, and for all
concentrated loads wherever such loads occur as
provided for in 780 CMR 1613.0. The live loads in
Table 1606.1 are the minimum loads to be used for
the occupancies listed. Where the building will be
subjected to greater live loads, such loads shall be
utilized for design.
1606.1.1 Trucks and buses: Minimum live loads
for garages having trucks or buses shall be in
accordance with lane loads of AASHTO HB- 15
listed in Appendix A, but shall not be less than 50
psf(244kg'm^).
1606.1.2 Residential attics: All live load shall be
applied to joists or to bottom chords of trusses or
trussed irafters only in those portions of attic space
having a clear height of 42 inches (1067 mm) or
more between joist and rafter in conventional
rafter construction; and between bottom chord and
any other member in trusses or trussed rafter
construction. However, joists or the bottom
chords of trusses or trussed rafters shall be
designed to sustain the imposed dead load or ten
psf (49 kg/m^), whichever is greater, uniformly
distributed over the entire span.
A further ceiling dead-load reduction to a
minimum of five psf (24 kg/m^) or the actual dead
load, whichever is greater, applied to joists in
conventional rafter construction or to the bottom
chords of trusses or trussed rafters is permitted
under either or both of the following conditions:
1. Where the clear height is not over 30
inches (762 mm) between joist and rafter in
conventional construction and between the
bottom chord and any other member for trusses
or trussed rafter construction.
2. Where a clear height of greater than 30
inches (762 mm), as defined in 780 CMR
1606,1 item 1, does not exist for a horizontal
distance of more than 12 inches (305 mm)
along the member.
258
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
STRUCTURAL LOADS
Table Umi
MINIMUM UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED
LIVE LOADS .
Occupancy
Live load
ipsff
Occupancy
Live load
Apartments (see Residential)
Armories and drill rooms
Assembly areas & theafrfcs^
XFixedseats/^; ; j:
, I Movable seats./-;
150
;; ■: Platforms (asSembljOiiillMl^l^pp^^HlB^^
^I: ;Stage 'fl(k)rs^ ;;i ;i^j.^i^;^||:||^|^^^
Balcony, decks (exterior) 100
One-and two-family dwellings only 60
Bowling centers, poolrooms and billiard rooms 75
Cornices 60
Gorridors, excepVas btfienwsejndS
Dwellings (see Residential)^f|^|||;^||^^^:^^i|i|;|
Fire escapes' ^ ■ • .':■ ■ -'i - JiSl|t|5S|l;-WiM^j^ld(|te|
^ Single-family residential j)uildiDigs|!OT^
Garages:
Passenger cars 50
Trucks and buses - see also 780 CMR 1 606. 1,1 50
Grandstands (see Reviewing stands)
Gymnasiums, main floors and balconies 100
Operating Rooms,Lab<*at6rMM^vfi3|lTO
Private Rooms. •-. ' :'-v"'-6 1^- f iS^i|X€|;|iir;
Wards . ';/. \'- :■■ :^:;.;.-^'' ''■"'■'
Reviewing stands, grandstands and bleachers - see
780 CMR 1615.5
Schools
Classrooms
Corridors
Flexible open plan areas
100
50
80
100
Corridors above first floor
Hotels (see Residential)
Institutional - residential care (see Residential)
Libraries:
Reading Rooms
Stack rooms (books and shelves @ 40 pcf but
not less than)
Manufacturing'.'- .: V, ^? :-/;,i\ixjj,&-fe;:^i^'4l5^
■ Light; ■■•.■;
Heavy
Marquees
Office buildings:
Offices
Lobbies
Corridors, above first floor
File and computer rooms require heavier
loads based upon anticipated occupancy
Penal Institutions:
: Cell Blocks
r Corridors \i
Residential: ; ?:
Attics -see780CMItI<5(>6:ljZ
Multiple - family dwellings:
Dwelling units
Public rooms
Corridors
One-and two-family dwellings (areas other than
sleeping rooms)
Sleeping rooms
Decks, balconies, etc.
Hotels: •■
■ Guestrooms'
;; Public rooms; ;vv
■ Corridors serving
Corridors ' ;'
60
150
75
50
100
80
. . ^ ^____ ._^ -s'spi;
^m^mmom
40
100
80
40
30
60
Note a. 1 psf = 4.882 kg/ml
; 78© CMR 1607.0 DESIGN OVE IjOAD
1607.1 Required live load: The live loads to be
assumed in the design of buildings' and structures
shall be the greatest load produced by the intended
occupancy, but not less than the minimum uniformly
distributed unit loads required in 780 CMR 1606.0
for specific use groups.
1607.2 Loads not specified; The code official shall
approve the required live load for any occupancy not
specifically provided for in Table 1 606. 1 .
1607.3 Partial loading: The full intensity of the
appropriately reduced live load applied only to a
portion of the length of a structure or member shall
be considered if such applied load produces a more
unfavorable effect than the same intensity applied
over the full length of the structure or member.
780 CMR 1608.0 LIVE LOAD REDUCnON
1608.1 General: The design live loads specified in
780 CMR 1607.0 may be reduced as permitted and
specified herein, except that the design live load
shall not be reduced on the following types of
structure members:
1. One-way precast or cast-in-place solid, ribbed
and hollow core concrete slabs.
jg)|^|
Ribs of ribbed or hollow core
slabs may be treated as individual beams, and
live load may be reduced on the ribs the same
as for beams.
2. Two-way concrete flat slabs and grid slabs,
with or without capitals or drop panels.
Esceptlom: live load may be reducted on slab
panels if there are beams on all sides of the
1/19/01
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
259
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGUIATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
panels, and load is transferred to the columns
from these beams entirely by "beam shear".
3, Hangers
1608.2 Design live loads of 100 psf or less: Except
for places of public assembly (as defined in
780 CMR 210.) garages, and open parking
structures, a structural member having a tributary
area Aj that is greater than A^ may be designed for
a reduced live load determined by the foUowmg
formulas:
L = NLo
N = the largest of the following:
1. 1 -0.0008 (At -Ab)
2. 0.75 - 0.20 (D„/L^)
3. 0.50 for members supporting load from
more than one floor, or 0.60 for members
supporting load from one floor only, in which:
L = reduced design live load for the member
Lq = basic design live load
Dp = dead load on the member
Aj = loaded area tributary to the member, square
feet
Ag = basic tributary area, square feet, defined as
follows:
Ab = 100 square feet for members supporting
load from more than one floor
Ag = 250 square feet for members supporting
load from one floor only
1608.3 Design live loads greater than 100 psf and
design live loads for garages and open parking
structures: Structrual members supporting load from
more than one floor may be designed for a reduced
live load equal to 80% of the design live load.
1608.4 For determination of the number of floors
supported by a member in 780 CMR 1608.1, 1608.2
and 1608.3 a roof may be considered to be a floor if
the design live load of the roof is equal to or greater
than the design live load of the floor below.
780 CMR 1609.0 ROOF LOADS
1609.1 General: The structural supports of roofs and
marquees shall be designed to resist wind (see
780 CMR 1611.0) and, where applicable, snow (see
780 CMR 1610.0) and- earthquake loads (see
780 CMR 1612.0) in addition to the dead load of
construction and the appropriate live loads as
prescribed in 780 CMR 1609.0, or in Tablel 606.1
1609.2 Definitions: The following words and terms
shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR 1609.0 and as
used elsewhere in 780 CMR, have the meam'ngs
shown herein.
Fabric awning: A fabric awning is an architectural
projection that provides weather protection, iden-
tity or decoration and is wholly supported by the
building to which it is attached. An awning is
comprised of a lightweight, rigid or retractable
skeleton structure over which a fabric cover is
attached.
Fabric canopy: A fabric canopy is an architectural
projection that provides weather protection,,
identity or decoration and is ground supported in
addition to being supported by the building to
which the canopy is attached. A canopy is
comprised of a lightweight skeleton structure over
which a fabric cover is attached. A fabric canopy
is not a primary structure or a roof.
16093 Minimum roof loads: Ordinary roofs, either
flat, pitched or curved, shall be designed for the live
loads as specified in Table 1609.3 or the snow load,
whichever is greater.
1609.4 Overhanging eaves: In other than occupan-
cies in Use Group R-3, and except where the over-
hang framing is a continuation of the roof framing,
overhanging eaves, cornices and other roof pro-
jections shall be designed for a minimum uniformly
distributed live load of 60 psf (292.92 kg/m^.
Table 1609 J
MINIMUM ROOF LIVE LOADS^
Tributary.loaded area in
square feet
for any structural member
Roof slope
to 200
201 to 600
Over 600
FlapSriife^l^ Siad 4;^ ^ "
;™; :;''■.■■■•■:
ArcHlordbfiie wjtfi nse!less -
.:-;-ia.:-
16
12
^:^itifen%afspan^^h 5^^:. ■
Rise 4 inches per foot (1 :3)
to less than 12 inches per
foot (1:1)
Arch or dome with rise Vb of
16
14
12
span or less than % of
span
rS? 12 incfes per' foot (1:1)
:■>■ •' ^■:
Arch or dbine with iise:% of
-■'.M''
12
\T
=, jspari OT greEfteri:-^' W * V
"' ■' ■ "'■■■_
■-■.■■•:." - •
Note a: loads are expressed in pounds per square foot of
horizontal projection
Note b: 1 square foot = 0.093 m^i psf = 4.882 kg/m^
1609.5 Ponding: Roofs shall be designed for the
maximxmi possible depth of water that would pond
thereon as determined by the relative levels of roof
deck and overflow weirs, scuppers, edges or
serviceable drains in' combination with the deflected
structural elements. In determining the maximimi
possible depth of water, all primary roof drainage
means shall be assumed to be blocked.
1609.6 Special purpose roofs: Where occupied for
incidental promenade pmposes, roofs shall be
designed for a minimum live load of 60 psf (292.92
kg/m^); and 100 psf (488.20 kg/m^) where designed
for roof gardens or assembly or educational
occupancies.
260
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
STRUCTURAL LOADS
1609.6.1 Landscaped roofs: Where roofs are to
be landscaped, the uniform design live load in the
landscaped area shall be 20 psf (97.64 kg/m^). The
weight of the landscaping materials shall be
considered as dead load and shall be computed on
the basis of saturation of the soil.
1609.6.2 Fabric smmngs and canopies: Where
awnings and canopies are covered with 2l fabric
material, such awnings and canopies shall be
designed for a uniform live load of 5 psf (24.4
kg/m^) as well as for snow loads and wind loads
as specified in 780 CMR 1610.0 and 161 1.O.
1609.6.3 Special purpose roofs: Roofs to be
utilized for other special purposes shall be
designed for appropriate loads, or as otherwise
approved.
780 CMR 1610.0 SNOW LOADS
1610.1 General: Design snow loads shall be
determined in accordance with 780 CMR 1610.0 and
shall be applied to the roof and open decks of all
buildings and other structures.
1610.1.1 Application of loads: Buildings and
other structures shall be designed for the greater
of the effects from either a uniform snow load
over the whole roof or open deck (balanced snow
load) or an unbalanced snow load on the roof or
open deck (partial snow load). Buildings and
other structures shall also be designed for the
additional effects of drifting snow at changes in
roof elevation and at roof projections, and for the
additional effects of sliding snow. Snow loads
acting on a sloping surface shall be considered to
act on the horizontal projection of that surface.
When establishing unbalanced snow loads or
drifting snow loads, the effects of wind from any
direction shall be considered.
snow load: Figures 1610.1 A,
161 0. IB, 16 10.1 C, and 1610. ID define four snow
load zones in the state. The basic snow load for each
zone shall be a uniformly distributed load, Py, in
pounds per square foot of horizontal projection, as
follows:
Snow Load Zone
P^
1
25 psf
2
3
30 psf
35 psf
4
40 psf
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
261
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Figure 1610.1A
SNOW LOAD MAP - ZONE 1
C3 tS^a4i7iJCK£r-
List of Towns in Minimum Uniform
Snow Load Zones Zone I
Barnstable
Gay Head
Sandwich
Bourne
Gosnold
Brewster
Tisbuiy
Harwich
Truro
Qiatham
Chilmark
Mashpee
Vineyard Haven
Dennis
Nantucket
Welifleet
West Tisbuiy
Eastham
Oak Bluffs
Edgartown
Orleans
Yarmouth
Falmouth
Provincetown
262
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Eflfective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDrNG REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
. STRUCTURAL LOADS
Figure 161§,iB
SNOW LOAD MAP -= ZONE 2
Sum
r Load Zon^j?
Zsm2
Abington
Cambridge
Freetown
Lawrence
Milton
Randolph
Taunton
Acushnet
Carlisle
Lexington
Raynham
Tewksbury
Amesbury
Carver
Georgetown
Lowell
Nahant
Reading
Topsfield
Andover
Chemlsford
Gloucester
Lynn
New Bedford
Rehoboth
Tyngsborough
Arlington
Chelsea
Groveland
Lynnfield
Newbuiy
Revere
Attleboro
Cohasset
Newbuiyport
Rochester
Wakefield
Halifax
Newton
Rockland
Waltham
ISedford
Danvers
Hamilton
Maiden
N. Andover
Rockport
Wareham
Belmont
Dartmouth
Hanover
Manchester
N. Attleboro
Rowley
Watcrtown
Berkley
Dighton
Hanson
Mansfield
N. Reading
Wenham
Beverly
Dracut
Haverhill
Marblehead
Norton
Salem
W. Bridgewater
Billerica
Duxbury
Hingham
Marion
Norwell
Salisbury
W. Newbuiy
Boston
Holbrook
Marshfield
Saugus
Wcstpoit
Boxford
E. Bridgewater
Hull
Mattapoisett
Peabody
Scituate °
Weymouth
Braintrec
Easton
Medfoid
Pembroke
Seekonk
Whitman
Bridgewater
Essex
Ipswich
Melrose
Plymouth
Somerset
Wilmington
Brockton
Everett
Merrimac
Plympton
Somerville
Winchester
Brooktine
Kingston
Methuen
Stoneham
Winthrop
Burlington
Fairhaven
Middleborough
Quincy
Swampscott
Wobum
Fall River
Lakeville
Middteton
Swansea
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR " Sixth Edition
263
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Figure 1610.1C
SNOW LOAD MAP - ZONE 3
•:^^
, £>Han>.crt»STCri
sQK&offgJstM
List of Towns in Minimum Uniform
Snow T,nad Zones Zone 3
Acton
Chicopee
Greenfield
Lunenburg
Oakham
Sunderland
WendeU
Agawam
Clinton
Groton
Orange
Suttton
West Boylston
Amherst
Concord
Marlborough
Oxford
Sharon
West Brookfield
Ashbumham
Hadley
Maynard
Sherbom
W. Springfield
Ashby
Dedham
Hampden
Medfield
Palmer
Shirley
Westborough
Ashland
Deerfield
Hardwick
Millbury
Paxtoe
Shrewsbury
Westfield
Athol
Douglas
Harvard
MillviUe
Pelham
Shutesbury
Westford
Auburn
Dover
Hatfield
Medway
Pepperell
S. Hadley
Westminster
Avon
Dudley
Holland
Mendon
Petersham
Southampton
Weston
Ayer
Dunstable
HoUiston
Milford
Phillipston
Southborough
Westwood
Holden
Millis
Plainville
Wilbraham
Barre
E. Brookfield
Holyoke
Monson
Princeton
Templeton
Winchendon
Belchertown
Easthampton
Hopedale
Montague
Townsend
Whately
Bellingham
E. Longmeadow
Hopkinton
Royalston
Worcester
Berlin
Erving
Hubbardston
Natick
Rutland
Upton
Wrentham
Bemardston
Hudson
Needham
Uxbridge
Blackstone
Fitcbburg
New Braintree
Southbridge
Bolton
Foxborough
Lancaster
New Salem
Southwick
Wales
Boylston
Framingham
Leicester
Norfolk
Spencer
Walpole
Boxborough
Franklin
Leominster
North Brookfield
Springfield
Ware
Brimfield
Leverett
Northampton
Sterling
Warren
Brookfield
Gardner
Lincoln
Northborough
Stoughton
Warwick
Gill
Littleton
Northbridge
Stow
Wayland
Canton
Grafton
Longmeadow
Northfield
Sturbridge
Webster
Charlton
Granby
Ludlow
Norwood
Sudbury
Wellesley
264
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
STRUCTURAL LOADS
Figure Ml®.
LOAD
ZONE 4
ListjCtoms™
in Mmimum Uniform
SoQw LQad Zones Zone 4
Adams
Cokain
Hancock
Monterey
Plainfield
Tolland
Alford
Conway
Hawley
Montgomery
Tyringham
Ashfield
Cummington
Heath
Mount Washington
Richmond
Hinsdale
Rowe
Washbgton
lecket
Balton
Huntington
New Ashford
Russell
W. Stockbridge
Blandford
New Marlborough
Westhampton
Buckland
Egremont
ILanesborough
Sandisfield
Williamsburgh
Lee
North Adams
Savoy
Williamstown
Charlemont
Florida
Lenox
Sheffield
Windsor
Cheshire
L^den
Otis
Shelboume
Worthmgton
Chester
Goshen
Stockbridge
Chesterfield
Granville
Middlefield
Peru
Clarksburg
Great Barrington
Monrcw
Pittsfield
Symbols and notations: The following
symbols and notations apply to the provisions of
780 CMR 1610.0.
a = roof slope expressed in degrees
A = coefScient for amount of sliding snow
A^ crossectional area of drift surcharge,
expressed in square feet
Cs = slope factor (See 780 CMR 1610.5)
D = density of snow, expressed in pounds per
cubic foot (pcf)
hjj =height of uniform snow load on lower roof
or deck, expressed in feet
h^ =maximum height of drift surcharge,
expressed in feet
h^^ = reduced height of drift surchargfe,
expressed in feet
/f^/ = potential height of drift surcharge fi-om
snow blown from lower roof, expressed in
feet
if^/^=reduced height of drift surcharge fi-om snow
blown from lower roof, expressed in feet
^du ^potential height of drift surcharge from
snow blown from upper roof, expressed in
feet
/f^^=reduced height of drift surcharge from snow
blown from upper roof, expressed in feet
hj. = difference in height between the upper and
lower roof or deck, expressed in feet
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR -Sixth Edition
265
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Zj. =the dimension of an upper roof or
projecting element perpendicular to the wind flow
(perpendicular to (W bu and W bl), expressed in
feet
Pj= basic uniform snow load, expressed in
pounds per square foot (psf)
Py= intensity of sloped roof snow load,
expressed in pounds per square foot (psf)
P^g - maximum intensity of surcharge load from
sliding snow, expressed in pounds per
square foot (psf)
S = horizontal separation between adjacent
structures, expressed in feet (See Figure
1610.7)
W^ = horizontal dimension, in feet, of upper
sloping roof ( See Figure 1610.10)
Wjjj^ =horizontal dimension, in feet, of upper roof
normal to the line of change in roof level
(See Figure 1610.4)
Wfjl =horizontal dimension, in feet, of lower roof
normal to the line of change in roof level (See
Figure 1610.4)
W^ = width of snow drift, expressed in feet (See
Figure 1610.4)
Wg = width of sliding snow drift, expressed in
feet (See Figure 1610.10)
1610.4 Uniform Snow Loads
1610.4.1 Uniform snow load for flat and iow-
sloped roofs with planar panels: the snow load
on a flat roof or on a roof with planar panels
which have a slope less than 30 degrees shall be
equal to the basic snow load, Py
1610.4.2 Uniform snow load for sloped roofs
with planar panels: The sloped roof snow load
on roofs having a slope greater than 30 degress
shall be calculated using the following formula:
p. = c/>
(Equation 1)
where "Cj" is determined by the following
formula:
C - 1 - (g - 30)
40
(Equation 2)
and "a" is the slope of the roof expressed in
degrees.
1610.43 Uniform snow load for convex curved
roofs: Where the tangents to the surface of a
convex curbed roof have slopes greater than 70
degrees, the point at which the slope of the
tangent exceeds 70 degrees shall be considered
the effective eave. The surface of a convex
curved roof below the effective eave shall be
considered free of snow. The snow load on a
convex curved roof shall be determined by
Equation 1, with "a" equal to the effective roof
slope in degrees. The effective roof slope is
equal to the slope of a chord from the eave or
effective eave to the crown of the roof
1610.4.4 Uniform snow load for concave
curved roofs: The effective loaded area of a
concave curved roof shall be that area of the
surface of the roof where the tangents to the
surface have a slope of 50 degrees or less. The
total load on a concave curved roof shall be the
basic snow load, Py, multiplied by the total
horizontal projected area of the roof This total
load shall be applied uniformly over the effective
loaded area of the roof
1610.4.5 Uniform Snow Loads for multiple
roofs. For multiple folded-plate, sawtooth, and
barrel vault roofs, the snov/ load shall be equal to
the basic snow load, ? x, regardless of the slope of
the roof
1610.5 Unbalanced Snow loads: Except as
otherwise specifically provided in 780 CMR
1610.5.1 thi-ough 780 CMR 1610.5.3, unbalanced
snow loads shall be applied in patterns of 100% of
the uniform snow /oa<i alternating with 50% of the
uniform snow load. The location and extent of the
loadings in the patterns shall be such as to maximize
the various structural effects.
1610.5.1 Unbalanced snow load for hip and
gable roofs: For hip and gable roofs with slopes
between 1 5 degrees and 70 degrees, the structure
shall be designed to sustain an unbalanced
uniform snow load on the leeward side of the roof
equal to 1 SPg, where Pg is determined in accord-
ance with 780 CMR 1610.4.2. The windward side
of the roof shall be considered free from snow.
1610.5.2 Unbalanced snow load for convex
curved roofs. For convex curved roofs with
effective roof slopes between ten degrees and 60
degrees, determined in accordance with 780 CMR
1610.4.3, unbalanced snow loads shall be
determined in accordance with the loading
diagrams of Figure 1610.2. In all cases, the
windward side shall be considered free of snow,
and any portion of the leeward side of the roof
where the slope of the tangent to the roof surface
is greater than 70 degrees shall also be considered
free from snow. If the ground or another roof
abuts a Case-D or Case-Ill (see Figure 1610.2)
convex curved roof structure at, or within three
feet of its eave, the snow load distribution shall be
in accordance with the dashed lines on Figure
1610.2.
266
780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/1 9/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
STRUCTURAL LOADS
Figwre 1610.2
UNBALANCED LOADING CONDITIONS FOR CONVEX CURVED ROOFS
Case 1 - Slope of taagent
AteaveOO'*
Owmd
O.SP
Have
Crown
Have
Case!!- Slope of tangent
At eave 30" to70°
[:>Wlnd
Eave
O.SP
-2P,
X-30
40
30° Eave .Where x = slope of
PqIjj^ tangent at eave
Case HI - Slope of
At eave > 70'
C>W!nd
Eav©
30° 70°
Point Point
Eave
Crowa
**Bistr!bution of snow loacf where the groiamd or araother roof abuts at or less thaH 3'-0 from eave.
1610.§o3 Urabalanced snow load for mmltiple
roofs: For multiple folded-plate, sawtooth, and
barrel vault roofs, the unbalanced snow load shall be
as shown on Figure 1610.3. In the figures, P^ is the
basic snow load intensity. The snow depth above
the valleys need not exceed the level of the snow
above the ridges, and the maximum snow load
intensity in the valleys may be reduced accordingly.
Snow depth and reduced snow loads shall be
determined from the assumed density of snow, D, of
20 pcf
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR = Sixth Edition
267
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUE.DING REGULA'nONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Figure 1610.3
BALANCED AND UNBALANCED LOADS ON A SAWTOOTH ROOF
BALANCED
LOAD
UNBALANCED
LOAD
1610.6 Snow Drift loads at changes in roof
elevation and at roof projections: Multi-level
roofs, lower roofs and decks of adjacent structures,
and roofs adjacent to projections shall be designed in
accordance with 780 CMR 1610.6.1 through
1610.6.6.
1610.6.1 Design loads at changes in roof
devation: The drift load on lower roofs or decks
at changes in roof or deck elevation shall be taken
as the triangular loading surcharge superimposed
on the uniform roof snow load, Vj as shown in
Figure 1610.4
Two types of drifts shall be considered:
1. from wind blowing snow from the upper
roof
2. from wind in the opposite direction blowing
snow from the lower roof
The drift causing the more severe structural effect
shall be used for design
The density of snow, Z) in a snowdrift and in
the uniform layer of snow underlying the drift
shall be not less than:
D = 2(ipcf
(Equation 3)
The height, h^ , of the uniform snow layer
underlying the drift shall be:
* D
(Equation 4)
The intensity of snow load at any point shall be
the total depth, at that point, of the snowdrift and
the underlying uniform layer of snow, times the
density, D.
Figure 1610.4
DRIFTING SNOW ON LOWER ROOFS AND
DECKS AT CHANGES IN ROOF OR DECK
ELEVATIONS
Wi
bu
HIGH ROOF
r OR DECK
W
d .
DRIFT
ISURCHARCfE
1610.6.1.1 Drifting of snow from upper roof:
The height of drift, h^, and the ^^dth of drift,
W(], both in feet shall be determined as
follows:
a. Compute the potential drift height H^y, in
feet, and the cross-sectional areas of drift, A^,
in square feet, as:
H^ = L15(FFJ°-^' - 1.5 (Equations)
(Alternately, H^jy may be determined from
Figure 1610.5)
A^ = Zn^ (Equation 6)
268
780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/1 9/97 (EflFective llizm)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
STRUCTURAL LOADS
difference in roof elevations, hj. , then:
H,
= «..
(Equation
7)
^4
= WJ
(Equation
8)
c: If(Hj„ +
hjj) is greater than hj.:
''.■
-K-h,
(Equation
9)
^,
h. L.
(Equation 10)
W^ need not exceed \0 (h^-hf^
1610.6.1.2 Drifting of snow from lower roof:
The height of drift, h^j , and the width of drift,
W^ , both in feet shall be determined as follows:
a. Compute the potential drift height, H^ , in
feet, as:
H^ = 0.5[L15(FFj/^^ - 1.5] (Equationll)
(Alternatively, /f^/ may be determined from
Figure 1610.5)
b. If {H^i + hj,) is less than or equal to h j. ,
then:
h^ = Hj^ (Equation 12)
c. If ( Hji + hb) is greater than h^ , then:
hj = k^ ° h^ (Equation 13)
W, - i(^,)
(Equation 14)
Figure 16W3
HEIGHT OF DRIFT AT CHANGE :
ROOF ELEVATION
I-
U
H
o s
& )eo 200 iis 'SifD fsoo dx) 'SO dso ^To %teo
WIDTH OF UPPER ROOF, W^^. OR LOWER ROOF, ^n ,
PERPENDICULAR TO ROOF SEPARATION
1610,6.1.3 Multiple level roofs: For multiple
stepped roofs similar to that shown in Figure
16 10.6a, the sum of all the roof lengths upwind
above the drift under consideration shall be
considered as the length of upper roof for that
drift (as shown, for example, in Figure
1610.6a).
For multiple level roofs similar to that shown
in Figure 1610.6b, if the total calculated height
of a drift and the underlying uniform snow
layer on the upwind side of a higher roof ( h'j
+ hj,) is equal to or greater than 0.7hp then the
length, Wbu *, as shown in Figure 1610.6b,
shall be used in place of Wi,u in Equation 5.
1610.6.2 Drift loads on adjacent lower
structures: A drift surcharge shall be applied to
roofs of lower adjacent structures if these
structures are located within a distance of W^ , but
not greater than 20 feet, of the higher structure as
depicted in Figure 1610.7. The height of drift hj
and the width of drift Wj shall be computed for
wind in either direction, in accordance with
780 CMR 1610.6.1, assuming, for these
computations only that there is no space between
the higher and lower structures. The actual
triangular drift surcharge on the roof of the lower
structure shall be as shown in Figure 1610.7.
Figure 1610.6
DMFTING SNOW AT MULTIPLE
CHANGES IN ROOF ELEVATION
Figure 1610.6a
Figure 1610.6b
NOTE: Use Wj,u* when h'^j + \^ lh\
mm (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
269
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Figure 1610.7
DRBFTmG SNOW ON TO ADJACENT LOW
STRUCTURES
Ibi
If DRIFT
\ SURCHARGE
\
s
4b-
1
NOTE: Drift surcharge required only when S i
Wj and S ^ 20 Ft.
Figure 1610.8
SNOW DRIFTING AT ROOF PROJECTIONS
CWINDFROM
ROOF
FROJECnON
Figure 1610.9
INTERSECTING SNOW DRIFTS
Figure 1610.10
ADDITIONAL SURCHARGE DUE TO
SLIDING SNOW
CASEI jL
WIND ^
ai - 15* SMOOTH SURFACES
Q^flETAI. OR SLATE)
ftj - 23* OTHER SURFACES
1610.6.3 Very high roof separations: When the
ratio h/Lr is greater than 1.0, where Lp is the di-
mension in feet of the upper roof perpendicular to
the wind flow (perpendicular to W^u and Wy), the
drift surcharge load on the lower roof due to
drifting of snow from the upper roof may be
reduced. The reduced height of the drift
surcharge, H^up shall be not less than:
(Equation 15)
except that when h/Lr is greater than 2.0, Hj^^
shall be equal to zero.
1610.6.4 Limited extent of upper roof: When
Lf, the dimension in feet of an upper roof or
projecting element perpendicular to the wind
flow, (perpendicular to Wb„ and Wm) is less than
20 feet, the potential height of drift may be
reduced and shall not be less than:
(Equation 16)
(Equation 17)
1610.6.5 Parapets and other roof projections:
Design drift loads for roofs adjacent to parapets
and other roof projections, as shown in Figure
1610.8, shall be determined in accordance with
780 CMR 1610.6.1 and 1610.6.4. Drifts due to
snow from the top of a roof projection need only
be considered when Wt^ is ten feet or greater.
270
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
STRUCTURAL LOADS
1610,6,6 Intersecting drifts: When one snow
drift intersects another at an angle as shown in
Figure 1610.9, the unit snow load at any point
shall be not less than the greater of the unit loads
from the two individual drifts, plus the unit load
of the underlying umform snow layer.
16iQ,7 Sliding siaow from sloped upper roofs:
Two cases of drift loading shall be considered for
roofs which are located below upper sloped roofs, as
shown in Figure 1610. 10 and as follows:
(a) Case I Drift loading due to snow from the
upper roof computed in accordance with
780 CMR 1610.6.1, but without load firom sliding
snow (Wbu is the fiill width of the upper roof as
shown in Figure 1610.10.)
(b) Case II Drift loading due to snow from the
lower roof computed in accordance with
780 CMR 1610.6.1 and a sliding snow surcharge
load as specified below and as shown in Figure
1610.10.
The maximum intensity of the sliding snow load,
Pjs , shall be:
AW
&
W.
-ipf)
(Equation 18)
where W^ and W^ are defined in Figure 1610.10 and
the coefficient A is defined as follows:
(a) For roof surfaces of metal and slate, and for
other roof surfaces smoother than mineral
surfeced roofing: If the angle of slope of the upper
roof, "d\ as shown in Figure 1610.10 is equal to
or greater than 15 degrees (slope 3.2 in 12), A =
1.6; if "a" is less than 15 degrees, A = (no
sliding snow load).
(b) For roof surfaces of mineral surfaced roofing
or rougher surfaces:
If "a" is equal to or greater than 25 degrees
(slope5.6inl2), A=1.0;
if "a" is less than 25 degrees, A = 0.
The value of W^ , the width of the sliding snow
surcharge, shall be computed as follows:
(a) For "a" less than or equal to 45 degrees,
W = h (Equation 19)
or
W^ = —^ (Equation 20)
4-
whichever is greater.
(b) For "a" greater than or equal to 45 "
Wg + hjicot a) (Equation 21)
or
w - —^
whichever is greater
1610.7.1 Snow guards: Sliding snow fi-om an
adjacent sloping high roof need not be considered
on the low roof if proper snow guards are
provided on the high roof In this case, the
sloping roof vnth snow guards shall be designed
for the unit snow loads required for a flat roof
1610.S Snow pockets or wells: Account shall be
taken of the load effects of potentially excessive
snow accumulation in pockets or wells of roofs or
decks.
Snow storage and collection areas:
Consideration of potentially excessive snow
accumulation shall be given to portions of structures
which may be designed or used as snow collection
or storage areas during and after snow removal
operations.
780 CMR 1611.0 WIND LOAD
1611.1 Wind load zones: The locations of wind
load zones are shown in the Figures 161 1.1 A,
1611. IB, 161 1.1 C maps. Zone 1 consists of the
Counties of Berkshire, Franklin, Hampshire and
Hampden; Zone 2 consists of the County of
Worcester; and Zone 3 consists of the Counties of
Essex, Middlesex, Suffolk, Norfolk, Plymouth,
Bristol, Barnstable, Dukes and Nantucket.
sures: Exposure is defined as a
measure of terrain roughness and is classfied as
follows:
Exposwr® A: centers of large cities and very
rough, hilly terrain. Exposure A applies for
dowmtown areas only when the terrain for at least
one half mile up^yind of the structure is heavily
built up, with at least 50% of the buildings being
in excess of four stories, and when Exposure B
prevails beyond this boundary-
Exercise caution in using these reduced wind
pressures for buildings and structures on high
ground in the midst of cities or rough terrain.
(Equation 22)
sosur® B: suburban areas, towns, city
outskirts, wooded areas, and rolling terrain.
Exposure B applies only when the terrain for at
least one half mile upv^nd is a continuous urban
development, forest, wooded area, or rolling
terrain.
Exposure C: open level terrain with only
scattered buildings, structures, trees or
miscellaneous obstructions, open water, or
shorelines.
1611.2.1 Special eipos«3res: Consideration shall
be given to the application of a more severe
exposure (e.g.. Exposure C instead of Exposures
B or A) when the ground slope near the site of a
structure changes abruptly, in order to account for
9/19/97 (Efifective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition
271
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
the resulting higher wind speeds near ground
level.
1611.3 Reference wind velocities: The reference
wind velocity for each wind load zone is the
"fastest-mile" wind velocity, in miles per hour, at 30
feet about the ground ( V30) for Exposure C, as
shown in Table 1611.3:
Table 1611.3
Zone
V30 (mph)
1
70
2
80
3
90
Figure 1611.1 A
WIND LOAD MAP - ZONE 1
List of Towns: Wind Load Zones
Zonel
Adams
Chicopee
Granville
Lenox
North Adams
ShefiBeld
Wendell
Agawam
Clarksburg
Great Barrington
Leverett
Northampton
Shelboume
W. Springfield
Alford
Colrain
Greenfield
Leyden
Northfield
Shutesbury
W. Stockbridge
Amherst
Conway
Hadley
Longmeadow
Orange
S. Hadley
Westfield
Ashfield
Cummington
Hampden
Ludlow
Otis
Southampton
Westhampton
Becket
Dalton
Hancock
Middlefield
Pahner
Soufliwick
Whately
Belchertown
Deerfield
Hatfield
Monroe
Pelham
Springfield
Wilbraham
Bemardston
E. Longmeadow
Hawley
Monson
Peru
Stockbridge
Williamsburgh
Blandford
Easthampton
Heath
Montague
Pittsfield
Sunderland
Wiliamstown
Brimfield
Egremont
Hinsdale
Monterey
Plainfield
Tolland
Windsor
Buckland
Erving
Holland
Montgomery
Richmond
Tyringham
Worthington
Charlemont
Florida
Hoiyoke
Mount Washington
Rowe
Wales
Cheshire
Gill
Huntington
New Ashford
Russell
Ware
Chester
Goshen
Lanesborough
New Marlborough
Sandisfield
Warwick
Chesterfield
Granby
Lee
New Salem
Savoy
Washington
272
780 CMR - Sbcth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
STRUCTURAL LOADS
FIGURE UllAh
WIND LOAD MAP -> ZONE 2
^^
^TLlgBB»gg i;^Sii>fe
z20ri.B::2:
Asbumham
Athol
Auburn
Barre
Berlin
Blackstone
Bolton
Boylston
Brookfield
Charlton
Clinton
Douglas
Dudley
E. Brookfield
Fitchburg
Gardner
Grafton
Harvard
Hardwick
Holden
List ©f Towns; Wimia Load Zones
Zoffie2
Hopedale
Hubbardston
Lancaster
Leicester
Leominster
Lundenburg
Mendon
Milford
Millbury
Millville
New Braintree
N. Brookfield
Northborough
Northbridge
Oakham
Oxford
Paxton
Petersham
Phillipston
Princeton
'^^£^Q^2&
Royalston
Rutland
Shrewsbury
Southborough
Southbridge
Spencer
Sterling
Sturbridge
Sutton
Templeton
Upton
Uxbridge
Warren
Webster
W. Boylston
W. Brookfield
Westborough
Westminster
Winchedon
Worcester
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
273
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
FIGURE 16n.lC
WIND LOAD MAP - ZONE 3
LrTLErr=H
UOLLlCTT=
Listo
f Towns; Wind
Load Zones
Zone 3
Abington
Boston
Cohasset
Fall River
Hingham
Mansfield
Nahant
Acton
Boxborough
Concord
Falmouth
Holbrook
Marblehead
Nantucket
Accushnet
Boxford
Danvers
Foxborough
Holliston
Marion
Natick
Amesbury
Bourne
Dartmouth
Framingham
Hopkinton
Marlborough
Needham
Andover
Braintree
Dedham
Franklin
Hudson
Marshfield
New Bedford
Arlington
Brewster
Dennis
Freetown
Hull
Mashpee
Newbury
Ashby
Bridgewater
Dighton
Gay Head
Ipswich
Mattapoisett
Newburyport
Ashland
Brockton
Dover
Georgetown
Kingston
Maynard
Newton
Attleboro
Brookline
Dracut
Gloucester
Lakeville
Medfield
Norfolk
Avon
Burlington
Dunstable
Gosnold
Lawrence
Medford
N. Andover
Ayer
Cambridge
Duxbury
Groton
Lexington
Medway
N. Attleboro
Barnstable
Canton
E. Bridgewater
Groveland
LincoUt
Meb'ose
N. Reading
Bedford
Carlisle
Easthara
Halifax
Littleton
Merrimac
Norton
Bellingham
Carver
Easton
Hamilton
Lowell
Methuen
Nonvell
Belmont
Chatham
Edgartown
Hanover
Lynn
Middleborough
Norwood
Berkley
Chemlsford
Essex
Hanson
Lynnfield
Middleton
Oak Bluffs
Beverly
Chelsea
Everett
Harwich
Maiden
MilHs
Orleans
Billerica
Chilmark
Fairhaven
Haverhill
Manchtjster
Milton
Peabody
274
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
STRUCTURAL LOADS
Pembroke
Rehoboth
Scituate
Stow
Truro
Wellesley
Westwood
Pepperell
Revere
Seekonk
Sudbury
Tyngsborough
Wellfleet
Weymouth
Plainville
Rochester
Sharon
Swarapscott
Vineyard Haven
Wenham
Whitman
Plymouth
Rockland
Sherbom
Swansea
Wakefield
W. Bridgewater
Wihnington
Plympton
Rockport
Shirley
Taunton
Walpole
Westford
Winchester
Provincetown
Rowley
Somerset
Tewksbury
Waltham
W. Newbury
Winthrop
Quincy
Salem
Somerville
Tisbuiy
Wareham
Weston
Wobum
Randolph
Salisbury
Stoneham
Topsfield
Watertown
Westport
Wrentham
Raynham
Sandwich
Stoughton
Townsend
Wayland
W. Tisbuiy
Yarmouth
Reading
Saugus
1611.4 Reference wind pressures: Reference wind
pressures for the various exposures and wind zones
are given in the following Table 1611.4. The
tabulated pressures are combined windward and
leeward pressures representing the overall effect of
the wind on essentially rectangular structures, and
account for typical gust effects as found in ordinary
buildings. These pressures do not account for
buffeting or channeling caused by positions of
nearby stmctures, vortex shedding, or wind sensitive
dynamic properties of a particular structure.
161L5 Wind loads on structuires m si whole: All
buildings and enclosed or partially enclosed
structures shall be designed to withstand a total wind
load acting on the structure as a whole determined
by applying the appropriate reference wind pressures
given in Table 1611.4 or 16 11. 4a, to the vertical
projected area, normal to the wind direction of the
vertical surfaces of the structure, plus the
appropriate wind forces on the roof as specified in
780 CMR 1611. 8. Consideration shall be given to
wind acting in all directions.
i61i.5o! Simultoneoiis wM forces om
orthogonal sides: For structures which are
essentially rectangular in plan, or whose plan
shape is made up of rectangular parts, only wind
directions normal to the sides of the structure need
be considered, provided that 0.7 times the effects
of the wnd acting simultaneously normal to
adjacent orthogonal sides shall also be considered
when it produces more severe effects in the
structural support system. Factors other than 0.7
may be used if substantiated by appropriate wind
tunnel tests.
S61L5,2 Wind force distributtion: The total
wind force on the vertical surfaces of a structure
prescribed in 780 CMR 1611.5 shall be
distributed 6/10 to the windward surfaces (as a
positive pressure) and 4/10 to the leeward surfaces
(as a suction). Other distributions may be used if
substantiated by appropriate wind tunnel tests.
161L6 Vertical parts of structures: Vertical parts
of structures that are subjected directly to the wind,
and their local supporting elements, shall be
designed to resist the pressures listed in Table
1611.6, normal to the surface, inward or outward.
The pressures listed in the table represent the
combined internal and external pressures. A local
supporting element of a vertical part subjected
directly to the wind shall be defined as a wall
assembly, a stud, a muUion, a girt, or a similar item
which distributes the wind had from the vertical
part to the principal structural system of the
structure.
TABLE 1611o4
REFERENCHE WIND PRESSURE (POUNDS
I PER SQUARE FOOT)
Height
ip|w|^^iPiiiiPl
Zone 2
liiiliip^gj^iiiifcs^^
above grade
liiii^jiijiiiiiii;;
Exposure
liiiiiiMiiiMii
H(feet)
ilM
illlil
c
A
B
c
iiii
:;?s-B-:>
C '
0-50
Bill
v^:;;12-v-
12
n
17
17
mmm
:-^^:^^2r:-
2J
50-100
W&B
ilili
I&
n
17
24
will
'm-.
31 .
100-150
iiiii
ilii»
22
14
21
29
iiii
'^^>-26:::>::
37-
150-200
pill;
^>si8-:
25
17
24
33
iiiii
-^^■•30;;
41 ^
200-250
wm
i^i^ii
27
20
27
36
iiii
<m4^:
■45 •
250 - 300
iiiii
fiii*:;:'
29
22
30
39
iiiii
4:.rf-S:
48 ■
300-400
iii^
^mm
31
25
33
42
iisii
mAm
52 ^
400-500
mm
iiiiii
' 34
29
37
46
iiiii
Ba6^\:
5? ^
500-600
^l|3di':;;-
37
33
41
49
lii:li
-510
:6i
600-700
;ii%7iP
''4mP^^
39
36
44
52
Wmi
;..55::,:
65
700-800
li^gft
i:35.-^
41
39
47
55
t;-4»
"■■^58^'V^;'
. 68^
800-900
K0M
-/37-.
43
41
49
57
imi-^i^
62
72
900-1000
•■••■■■33*il?
wmw--
45
44
52
59
■-,.55^^^?
Wes^-^:'-
74
See table 1 6 1 1 . i a for empirical wind pressure formulas
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
275
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
TABLE 161L4a
EMPIRICAL WIND PRESSURE FORMULAS'
;;v::;^;.c.::;:::;:;f;:pi
mMfi^.'m!fmz£Mi^'mm^vm<'m
■■ ;Zone-3-
Exposure
Exposure
Exposure
A
B
C
A
B
C
A
B
C
p = 30
(h/800)°'^^
p = 36
(h/800)°'*^
p = 42
(h/800)°-^^
p = 40
Ch/SOO)^'^^
p = 48
(h/800)"'*^
p = 56
35
(h/800)
p = 50
(h/800)°"
p = 60
(h/800)°'^^
p = 70
(h/800)°'^^
Note a: Empirical wind pressure formulas may be used in lieu of the reference wind pressures in table 1 6 II . I
TABLE 161L6
WIND PRESSURES ON PARTS OF STRUCTURES
AND LOCAL SUPPORTING ELEMENTS
Tributary wind load area of part
or local supporting element
Required Design Pressures
Location of applied
wind pressure
Reference pressure of
780 CMR 1611.4
multiplied bv
But not less
than
But need not be
greater than
2
Within salient comer area
Anv
1.7
20psf
70psf
Beyond salient comer area
Less than or equal to 200 sf
1.2
20psf
50psf
Beyond salient comer area
Greater than 200 sf
0.8
ISpsf
50psf
Note 1: For partially enclosed structures, where any side is more than 35% open, add a factor of 0.3 to the coefficients
of this column of the table
Note 2: The salient comer shall be defmed as the vertical surface located within a distance of 1/10 the least width of
the structure, but not more than ten feet, from a prominent (salient) comer.
TABLE 1611.8
EXTERNAL WIND PRESSURES ON ROOFS
External Wind Pressure - ]
lat, gable, shed roofs (wind perpendicular to ridge)
Roof pitch
Multiples of reference wind pressure of 780 CMR 161 1.4
Degrees
Rise/run
Windward slope
Leeward slope
Positive pressure
Suction
Suction
0-20
Flat to 4/12
—
0.6
0.5
20-30
4/12 to 7/12
0.2
0.5
0.5
30-40
7/12 to 10/12
0.3
0.4
0.5
40-50
10/12 to 14/12
0.4
0.3
0.5
50-90
14/12 to vertical
0.6
—
0.5
External Wind Pressure
- arch shaped roofs (wind perpendicular to ridge)
Multiples of reference wmd i
aressure of 780 CMR 161 1.4
Rise to span ratio
Windward quarter
Center half
Leeward quarter
Positive pressure
Suction
Suction
Suction
Less than 2/10
0.2
0.7
0.7
0.4
2/10 to 3/10
0.3
0.8
0.4
3/10 to 6/10
0.6
—
1,0
0.4
External wind pressure - flat, gable, shed or arched shaped roofs (wind parallel to ridge)
All
Suction of 0.6 multiplied by the reference wind pressure of 780 CMR 1 6 1 1 .4
1611.7 Wind loads on roofs: Roofs and their
supporting structure shall be designed to resist the
combined effects of the external and internal wind
pressures specified in 780 CMR 1611.8 through
1611.11. All pressures specified shall be considered
to art normal to the roof surface. When applying the
reference wind pressures of 780 CMR 1611.4 to the
provisions of 780 CMR 1611.8 through 1611.11,
the reference wind pressures shall be for a height
equal to the average height of the roof eave above
grade.
1611.8 External wind pressures on roofs of
enclosed structures: Except as specified otherwise
in 780 CMR 1611.11, external wind pressures shall
be specified in Table 1611.8, or 780 CMR 161 1.8.
Where both positive pressure and suction are
specified, the effects of each shall be evaluated.
1611.8.1 Roof shapes not specified: For roof
shapes not specified herein, external wind
pressures shall be determined as specified in
780 CMR 1611.13 but the minimum suction
effert shall be equal to 0.6 times the reference
wind pressure of 780 CMR 1611.4.
1611.9 Internal wind pressures on roofs of
enclosed structures: Except as specified otherwise
in 780 CMR 1611.10, internal wind pressures shall
be 0.2 times the reference wind pressure given in
780 CMR 1611.4. The internal pressure shall be
276
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
STRUCTURAL LOADS
applied as a positive pressure or a suction,
whichever gives the greater structural effect when
added to the external pressure, for the design of each
structural component.
1611.10 Wind pressures offl roofs over
noneoclosed or partially enclosed stractures:
Except as specified otherwise in 780 CMR 1611.11,
wind pressures for roofs of partially enclosed or
nonenclosed structures shall be as follows:
1. When a structure is partially enclosed, with
each side not more than 35% open, the wind
pressure shall be the same as for an enclosed
structure.
2. When a structure is partially enclosed, with
openings essentially all on one side, and when
that side is more than 35% open, external wind
pressure shall be as specified in Table 1611.4 or
Table 161 1.4a and internal wind pressures shall
be as specified in 780 CMR 161 1 .9 except that the
value of internal wind pressure shall be equal to
0.5 times the reference wind pressure given in
Table 1611.3.
3. For all other cases of partially enclosed
structures, or for nonenclosed structures, the
combined effect of the wind pressures abSVe and
below roofs shall be equal to 1.25 times the values
specified in Table 1611.8 for the corresponding
roof shapes and wind directions.
I6O0II Wind pressures for parts of roofs: Parts
of roofs that are subject directly to the wind, and
their local supporting elements, shall be designed to
resist the following pressures in an outward
direction:
1 . Where parts of roofs subjected directly to the
wind are located vntldn a distance of l/io the least
width of a structure, but not more than ten feet,
from the ridge, eave, or cornice, they shall resist
a pressure 1.7 times the reference wind pressure
^ven in Table 161 1.4 (representing the combined
interna! and external pressures).
2. Where parts of roofs subjected directly to the
wind are located outside the zones specified in
780 CMR 1611.11.1 they shall resist pressures as
specified in 780 CMR 1611.8 through 1611.10
and Table 161 1.8.
A local supporting element of a part of a roof shall
be defined as a roof deck element, purlin, rafter, or
similar item which distributes the wind load fi-om the
roof part to the principal structural system of the
structure.
1 61 L 12 Wind load on signs$ towers, esposed
framing, tanks, stacks and chimneys: Signs,
towers, exposed fi-aming, tanks, stacks, chimneys,
and similar structures, or parts thereof, shall be
designed for wind forces determined by applying
coefficients given for the applicable structure in
Tables 12 through 16 of ASCE-7 for the applicable
reference wind pressures given in Table 1611.4,
multiplied by 0.75.
i61L12J Shielding: Shielding effect of one
element by another shall not be considered when
the distance between them exceeds four times the
projected smallest dimensions of the windward
element.
1611.12.2 Signs: For open or solid outdoor signs
v\ath ratios of dimensions with the limits stated
below, a wind load applied uniformly over the
area of the sign and determined by the lesser of
1,2P on the projected gross area within the outside
dimensions of the sign, or 1.6P on the net
projected area of the sign; whichever is less, may
be used in lieu of the loads given in ASCE 7,
where "P" is the reference wind pressure given in
Table 1611.4 for a height equal to the average
height of the sign above the ground.
1. Ground supported signs (whose bottom is
0.25 times the vertical height from the ground
to the top of the sign): height to width ratio less
than ten.
2. Above ground signs: largest to smallest
dunension ratio less than 20.
161 L13 Wind forces and pressures using wimd
tannel tests: Design wind forces and pressures may
be determined by appropriate wind tunnel tests on
specific structures as stipulated by the responsible
design engineer and approved by the building
official. The vnnd tunnel test program shall
adequately represent the relevant properties of the
structure and its surroundings and the oncoming
wind flow. The wmd tunnel tests may be combined
with a detailed statistical study of meteorological
records, including high level wind velocity and
direction, fi°om stations near the proposed structure.
The wind effects used for design of the structure
shall be not less than those corresponding to an
event having an annual probability of occurrence of
0.01. In lieu of a detailed statistical study of
meteorological records, the appropriate reference
wind velocity stipulated in 780 CMR 161 1,3 may be
used.
The wind forces and pressures so determined, plus
an appropriate allowance for stack effects and
internal pressures may be used for the design of the
structure as a whole, and its individual parts.
However, these values of forces and pressures shall
not be less than .8 of the values required by
780 CMR 1611.5, 1611.7 and 1611.12, as
applicable, for reference wind pressures for
Exposure A and the appropriate wind zone specified
in Table 161 1.4.
I6II0I4 Uplift, overturning and sliding:
161 1.14.1 Anchorage, roofs and walls: All
parts of a structure subjected directly to the wind
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
277
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STA>JDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
shall be anchored to the supporting structure, to
resist specified wind loads inwardly or outwardly.
1611.14.2 Anchorage, structural system: The
design of the structural system and its elements
for uplift, overturning moment, or horizontal
shear, or their combination, shall provide
anchorage resistance required by the load
combinations specified in 780 CMR 1616.0
1611.15 Eccentricity of wind forces:
Consideration shall be given to the efiects of
specified wind forces being applied eccentrically to
the center of rigidity of a structure.
780 CMR 1612.0 EARTHQUAKE LOADS
1612.1 Purpose: 780 CMR 1612.0 presents criteria
for the design and construction of buildings and
structures subject to earthquake ground motions.
The purposes of 780 CMR 1612.0 is to minimize the
hazard to life to occupants of all buildings and non
building structures, to increase the expected
performance of higher occupancy structures as
compared to ordinary structures, and to improve the
capability of essential facilities to function during
and after an earthquake. Because of the complexity
of and the great number of variables involved in
seismic design (e.g. the variability in ground motion,
soil tjrpes, dynamic characteristics of the structure,
material strength properties and construction
practices), 780 CMR 1612.0 presents only minimum
criteria in general terms. These minimum criteria
are considered to be prudent and economically
justified for the protection of life safety in buildings
subject to earthquakes. It must be emphasized that
absolute safety and prevention of damage, even in an
earthquake event with a reasonable probability of
occurrence, cannot be achieved economically for
most buildings.
The "design earthquake" ground motion levels
specified herein may result in both structural and
non structural damage. For most structures designed
and constructed according to 780 CMR 1612.0, it is
expected that structural damage fi'om a major
earthquake may be repairable but the repair may not
be economical. For ground motions larger than the
design levels, the intent of 780 CMR 1612.0 is that
there be a low likelihood of building collapse.
1612.2 General: Every building and structure shall
be designed and constructed to resist the effects of
earthquake motions determined in accordance with
this section. Additions and changes of occupancy to
existing buildings and structures shall be designed
and constructed to resist the effects of earthquake
motions determined in accordance with this section.
Special structures, including but not limited to
vehicular bridges, transmission towers, industrial
towers and equipment, piers and wharves, and
hydraulic stiuctures shall be designed for earthquake
loads utilizing an approved, substantiated analysis.
Exceptions:
1. Detached one- and two-family dwellings are
exempt firom the requirements of 780 CMR
1612.2.
2. . Agricultural storage buildings which are
intended only for incidental human occupancy are
exempt from the requirements of 780 CMR
1612.2
1612.2.1 Additions to existing buildings: An
addition to an existing building shall be designed
and constructed in accordance with the
requirements of 780 CMR 34.
1612.2.2 Change of occupancy: Where a change
of occupancy occurs in an existing building, the
building shall conform to the provisions of
780 CMR 34.
1612.2.3 Seismic ground acceleration maps:
The effective peak velocity-related acceleration
(Ay) and the effective peak acceleration (Ajj) shall
each be taken as 0. 12g throughout Massachusetts
for the purposes of seismic design in accordance
with 780 CMR.
1612.2.4 Site-specific response spectra: Where
site-specific response spectra are required for
buildings assigned to Seismic Performance
Category D in accordance with Table 1612.4.6.2.
the site-specific response spectra shall be
developed based on ground motions which have
a 90% probability of not being exceeded in 50
years.
1612.2.5 Seismic Hazard Exposure Groups: All
buildings shall be assigned to one of the Seismic
Hazard Exposure Groups in accordance with
Table 1612.2.5.
1612.2.5.1 Multiple occupancies: Where a
building is occupied for two or more
occupancies not included in the same Seismic
Hazard Exposure Group, the building shall be
assigned the classification of the highest
SeisnMC Hazard Exposure Group occupancy.
278
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BinLDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
STRUCTURAL LOADS
Table 1612.2.5
SEISMIC HAZARD EXPOSURE GROUP
Seismic Hazard
Exposxire Group type
Nature of occupancy
and description
Group I
Alt occupancies except those listed -
below
Group n
1. Use Group A in which more than
Seismic Hazard Expos-
300 people congregate in one area.
ure Group n buildings
2. Use Group E with an occupant
are those which have a
load greater than 250.
substantial public haz-
3. Use Group B used for college or
ard due to occupancy or
adult education with an occupant
use,, including build-
load grater than 500.
ings containing any one
4. Use Group 1-2 with an <xx;upant
or more of the indicated
load greater than 50, not having
occupancies
surgery or emergency treatment
facilities.
5. Use Group 1-3
6. Power generating stations and
other public utility facilities not
included in Seismic Hazard
Exposure Group III
7. Any other occupancy with an
occupancy load greater than 5,000
Group m
1. Ficc^rescufr and police stetions
SeisraicHazanl . .
2, UaieGfoupI-'ihavuigsutgeryor
Es<po!a»eGfOtij>ni
emergency treatment facilities
buildings are t&ose hdV'
3< Emergency preparednew centers
Ing essential jfk;iM«»
4. Post-eartbq«aI»recoveryiflBhicle
which «tc required for
garages^
post-earthqaake
5v Powcr-gMierating stations aoid ' '
re<tov«y, ipcludSng
other Utilities required as ^
buildings e()ntitauhg ^
emergency backup facilities* ^
any one ore more df the
6. Primary csoromuneation facttides, .
indicated occupancies.
7. Hi^toxicmatedalaasdeSnedby
780CMR3a7,Owhet«the
' •
quantij^ of the matmal exceeds .
' '
the exempt amounts of 7S0CMR.
' 307,S • '
161202.6 Group HI building protected access:
Where operational access to a Seismic Hazard
Exposure Group IH building is required through
an adjacent building, the adjacent building shall
conform to the requirements for Group III
buildings. Where operational access is less than
ten feet (30.48 m) from the interior lot line or
another building on the same lot, protection from
potential fallmg debris from adjacent property
shall be provided by the owner of the Seismic
Hazard Exposure Group III building.
1612.2.7 Seismic Ferforaaaisce Categ®?^: All
buildings shall be assigned a Seismic Performance
Category as follows;
Seismic Hazard Exposure Group
(from Table 1612.2.5)
Seismic Performance
CateROiy
I
C
11
c
in
D
16i23 Definitions: The following words and terms
shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR 1612.0 and as
used elsewhere in 780 CMR, have the meanings
shown herein.
Acceleration:
Effective peak; Coefficient Aa, in accordance
with 780 CMR 1612.2.3, for determining the
prescribed seismic forces.
EfTectlve peak velocity-related: Coefficient Av,
in accordance with 780 CMR 1612.2.3, for
determining the prescribed seismic forces.
Base: The level at which the horizontal seismic
ground mciions are considered to be imparted to
the building.
Base shear: Total design lateral force or shear at the
base of the building.
Bay (part of a structure): The space between two
adjacent piers or mullions or between two
adjacent lines of columns.
Desigm earthquake: The earthquake that produces
ground motions at the site under consideration
which has a 90% probability of not being
exceeded in 50 years.
Besignated seismic systems: The seismic-resisting
system and those architectural, electrical and
mechanical systems and their components that
require special performance characteristics.
Diaphragm: A horizontal, or nearly horizontal,
portion of the seismic-resisting system, which is
designed to transmit seismic forces to the vertical
elements of the seismic-resisting system.
Frame:
Braced: An essentially vertical truss, or its
equivalent, of the concentric or eccentric type that
is provided in a loadbearing wall, building frame
or dual system to resist seismic forces.
Concentrically braced frame (CBF); A braced
frame in which the members are subjected
primarily to axial forces.
Eccentrically braced frame (EBF): A diagonally
braced steel frame in which at least one end of
each brace frames into a beam a short distance
from a beam-column joint or from another
diagonal brace. These short beam segments are
called link beams. The following EBF definitions
apply:
Biagonal brace: A member of an EBF placed
diagonally in the bay of the frame.
Lateral support members: Secondaty
members designed to transmit seismic-resisting
system.
Link beam: The horizontal beam in an EBF
which has a length of the clear distance
between the diagonal braces or between the
diagonal brace and the column face.
Link beam end web stlfTeniers: Vertical web
stiffeners placed on the sides of the web at the
diagonal brace end(s) of the link beam.
Link beam intensiediate web stlfTesier:
Vertical web stiffeners placed within the link
beam.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
279
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Link beam rotation angle: The angle between
the beam outside of the link beam and the link
beam occurring at a total story drift of the
deflection amplification factor (Cj) times the
elastic drift at the prescribed design forces. The
rotation angle is permitted to be computed
assuming the EBF bay is deformed as a rigid,
ideally plastic mechanism.
Intermediate moment frame: A frame in which
members and joints are capable of resisting forces
by flexure as well as along the axis of the
members. Intermediate moment frames of
reinforced concrete shall conform to 780 CMR
1903.3.2.
Ordinary moment frame: A frame in which
members and joints are capable of resisting forces
by flexure as well as along the axis of the
members.
Space frame: A structural system composed of
interconnected members, other than loadbearing
walls, that is capable of supporting vertical loads
and, if so designed, resist the seismic forces.
Special moment frame: A frame in which
members and joints are capable of resisting forces
by flexure as well as along the axis of the
members. Special moment frames shall conform
to the applicable requirements of 780 CMR
1903.0 or 2204.0.
Frame system:
Building: A structural system ^\ith an essentially
complete space frame providing support for
vertical loads. Seismic force resistance is
provided by shear walls or braced frames.
Dual: A structural system with an essentially
complete space frame providing support for
vertical loads. A moment-resisting frame shall be
provided which shall be capable of resisting at
least 25% of the prescribed seismic forces. The
total seismic force resistance is provided by the
combination of the moment-resisting frame
together with shear walls or braced frames in
proportion to their relative rigidities.
Moment resisting: A structural system with an
essentially complete space frame providing
support for vertical loads. Seismic force
resistance is provided by special, intermediate or
ordinary moment frames capable of resisting the
total prescribed forces.
High-temperature energy source: A fluid, gas or
vapor whose temperature exceeds 220*'F (104°C).
Inverted pendulum-type structures: Structures that
have a large portion of their mass concentrated
near the top and thus have essentially one degree
of freedom in horizontal translation. The
structures are usually T-shaped with a single
column supporting the beams or slab at the top.
Light-framed wall with shear panels: Wood or
steel stud walls with flnishes other than masonry
veneer. Loadbearing wall system: A structural
system with loadbearing walls providing support
for all, or major portions of, the vertical loads.
Shear walls or braced frames provide seismic
force resistance.
P-Delta effect: The secondary effect on shears and
moments of frame members due to the action of
the vertical loads induced by displacement of the
building frame resulting from lateral forces.
Resilient stable-mounting system: A system
incorporating helical springs, air cushions, rubber-
in-shear mounts, fiber-in-shear mounts, or other
comparable approved systems. The force
displacement ratios are equal in the horizontal and
vertical directions
Restraining device: A device used to limit the
vertical or horizontal movement of the mounting
system due to earthquake motions.
Elastic: A fixed restraining device that
incorporates an elastic element to reduce the
seismic forces transmitted to the structure due to
impact from the resilient mounting system.
Fixed: A nonyielding or rigid type of restraining
device.
Seismic activated: An interactive restraining
device that is activated by earthquake motion.
Seismic-resisting system: That part of the structural
system that has been considered in the design to
provide the required resistance to the seismic
forces prescribed herein.
Shear wall: A wall, loadbearing or nonloadbearing,
designed to resist seismic forces, from other than
its own mass, acting in the plane of the wall.
Story drift ratio: The story drift divided by the
story height.
Story shear: The summation of design lateral forces
at levels above the story under consideration.
1612.4 Structural design requirements:
1612.4.1 Design Basis: The seismic analysis and
design procedures utilized in the design of
buildings and their structural components shall be
in accordance with the requirements of 780 CMR
1612.4. The design seismic forces and their
distribution over the height of the building shall
be in accordance with the procedures in 780 CMR
1612.5 or 1612.6. The corresponding internal
forces in the structural components of the building
shall be determined using a lineariy elastic model.
An alternate procedure using structural
concepts other than as specified in this section
may be used, if approved by the building offical,
to establish the design forces and their
distribution. Such an alternate procedure may be
permitted where evidence is submitted to the
building official showing that equivalent ductility
and energy dissipation are provided, and the
corresponding internal forces and deformations in
280
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
STRUCTURAL LOADS
the structural components are determined using a
model consistent with the approved procedure.
Individual structural members shall be
designed for the shear forces, axial forces and
moments determined in accordance with
780 CMR 1612.4. Connections shall be designed
to develop the strength of the connected members
or the analysis force, whichever is less. The
design story drift of the building, calculated as
specified herein, shall not exceed the allowable
story drift of 780 CMR 1612.4.8, when the
building is subjected to the design seismic forces.
A continuous load path, or paths, with adequate
strength and stifi&iess shall be provided to transfer
ail forces from the point of application to the final
point of resistance. The foundation shall be
designed to resist the forces developed and shall
accomodate the movements imparted to the
building by the design ground motions. The
foundation design criteria shall account for the
dynamic nature of the seismic forces, the design
ground motions and the design basis for strength
and ductility of the structure.
Consideration shall be given to the manner in
which the earthquake lateral force, computed in
accordance with 780 CMR 1612.5 or 1612.6 will
be transmitted from the soil or rock to the
structure. Transmission of the lateral force will
occur through one or more of the following
foundation elements:
a. Lateral soil pressure against foundation
walls, footings, grade beams and pile caps;
b. Lateral soil pressure against piles, piers or
caissons;
c. Side or bottom friction on walls, footings or
mats or;
d. Batter piles.
Bottom friction under pile caps shall be assumed
to be ineffective in transmitting horizontal forces.
The horizontal force shall be distributed among
the various elements in the foundation in
proportion to their estimated rigidities. Any
element which will participate in the transfer of
horizontal forces from the soil to the structure
shall be designed to resist forces in such a way
that its ability to sustain static load will not be
impaired.
1612.4.2 Site coeflRcieiit: The value of the site
coefficient (S) shall be determined from Table
1612.4.1. In locations where the soil properties
are not known in sufficient detail to detemune
the soil-profile type or where the soil profile does
not fit any of the four types indicated in Table
1612.4.1, a site coefficient (S) of 1.5 shall be
used. For determination of Site Coefficient, all
soil and rock below the final ground surface shall
be considered.
When a structure is located on soil deposits
meeting the criteria for two or more site
coefficient values, the largest applicable value
shall be used.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR = Sixth Edition
281
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUTLDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Table 1612.4.1
SITE COEFFICIENT
Soil-
profile
-Jffi£_
Description
a,b
Site
Coefiicient
S
A. profile consisting of:
Rock of Material Classes 1 through 4, or,
Rock of any characteristic, either shale-
like or crystalline in nature, which has a
shear wave velocity greater than 2,500
feet per second, or.
Stiff soil conditions where the soil depth
is less than 200 feet and the soil types
overlying rock are stable deposits of
weathered bedrock of Material Class 5;
S, dense to very dense till, gravel or sand 1.0
and gravel of Materials Classes 6 and 7;
dense to very dense sand of Material
Classes 8 and 9; dense inorganic silt of
Material Class 9; stiff to hard clay of
Material Class 10 with undrained shear
strength of 2,000 pounds per square foot
or greater, or, compacted granular fills
provided that the fill soils are compacted
throughout as required in 780 CMR
1804.1
A soil profile meeting the requirements
for S, except the soil depth exceeds 200
feet; or a soil profile which contains up
to 40 feet of medium stiff clay (Material
Class 10), with undrained shear strength
„ of 1,000 pounds per square foot or
^ greater, or a soil profile which contains
up to 40 feet of medium dense gravel,
sand and/or silt (Material Classes 7
through 10), that is not susceptible to
liquefaction in accordance with
780 CMR 1802.2
1.2
A soil profile containing 40 to 100 feet
in thickness of medium stiff clay
(Material Class 10) with undrained shear
strength of 1 ,000 pounds per square foot
or greater, with or without intervening
layers of granular soils; or up to 40 feet
of soft clay (Material Class 10) with
53 undrained shear strength of less than 1.5
1,000 pounds per square foot; or up to 40
feet of very loose to loose gravel, sand or
silt (Material Classes 7 through 9); or up
to 20 feet of organic soil (Material Class
1 1) or loose or soft fill which was not
placed in accordance with 780 CMR
1804.1
54 A soil profile containing more than 100 2.0
feet of medium stiff clay (Material Class
10) with tmdrained ^ear strength of
1,000 pounds per square foot or greater,
with or without intervening layers of
granular soils; or more than 40 feet of
soft clay (Material Class. 10) with
undrained shear strength of less than
1,000 pounds per square foot; or more
than 40 feet of very loose to loose sand
or silt (Material Classes 8 and 9); or
more than 20 feet of organic soil
(Material Class 11); or more than 20
feet of loose or soft fill which was not
placed in accordance with 780 CMR
1 804. 1 ; or more than 20 feet of soils of
any type having a shear wave velocity of
500 feet per second or less.
Notes:
a) 1 foot = 304.8 mm
b) See appendix G for guidance in selecting Material
Classes
1612.4.3 Soil-structure interaction: The design
base shear, story shears, overturning moments and
deflections determined by the requirements of
780 CMR 1612.5 or 1612.6 are permitted to be
modified in accordance with approved procedures
which account for the effects of soil-structure
interaction.
1612.4.4 Structural framing systems: The basic
structural framing systems to be utilized are
. indicated in Table 1612.4.4. Each type is
subdivided by the types of vertical structural
elements that will resist the design lateral forces.
The structural system utilized shall be in
accordance with the seismic performance category
and height limitations indicated in Table 1612.4.4.
The appropriate response modification factor (R)
and the deflection amplification factor (C^
indicated in Table 1612.4.4 shall be utilized in
determuiing the base shear and the design story
drift. Structural framing and seismic-resisting
systems which are not contained in Table
1612.4.4 shall be permitted if analysis and test
data are submitted that establish the dynamic
characteristics and demonstrate the lateral force
resistance and energy dissipation capacity to be
equivalent to the sthiaural systems listed in Table
1612.4.4 for equivalent response modification
factor (R) values.
1612.4.4.1 Dual system: For a dual system, the
moment firame shall be capable of resisting at
least 25% of the design seismic forces. The
total seismic force resistance is to be provided
by the combination of the moment frame and
the seismic-resisting elements in proportion to
their rigidities.
1612.4.4.2 Combinations of framing
systems: Different structural fi'aming systems
are permitted along the two orthogonal axes of
the building. Combinations of framing systems
shall comply with the requirements of
780 CMR 1612.4.4.2.1 and 1612.4.4.2.2
1612.4.4.2.1 Combination framing factor
(R): The response modification factor (R) in
the direction under consideration at any story
shall not exceed the lowest response
modification factor (R) obtained from Table
1612.4.4 or the seismic-resisting system in the
same direction considered above that story.
Exception: Supported structural systems with
weight equal to or less than 10% of the weight
of the building are not required to comply with
780 CMR 1612.4.4.2.1.
282
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
STRUCTURAL LOADS
1612A4.2.2 Combmation framisig detaMing
requirements: The detailing requirements of
780 CMR 1612.4.7 required by the higher
response modification factor (R) shall apply to
structural components common to systems
having different response modification factors.
1612.4.4J Seismic Performance Category C:
The structural fi-aming system for buildings
assigned to Seismic Performance Category C
shall comply with the building height and
structural system limitations in Table 1612.4.4.
1612.4.4.4 Seismic Performance Category D:
The structural fi-aming system for buildings
assigned to Seismic Performance Category D
shall comply with 780 CMR 1612.4.4.3 and the
additional provisions of 780 CMR 1612.4.4.
1612.4.4.4.1 Limited baiildmg height:
Buildings having a structural system of steel
or cast-in-place concrete-braced fi-ames or
shear walls are limited to a height of 240 feet
(73.15 m) where there are braced fi-ames or
shear walls so arranged that braced fi-ames or
shear walls in one plane resist not more than
the following proportion of the seismic
design force in each direction, including
torsional effects:
1 . 60% where the braced fi-ame or shear
walls are arranged only on the perimeter;
2. 40% where some of the braced fi-ames
or shear walls are arranged on the
perimeter; or
3. 30% for other arrangements.
1612.4.4.4.2 Interaction effects: Moment-
resisting fi-ames that are enclosed or
adjoined by more rigid elements not
considered to be part of the seismic-resisting
system shall be designed so that the action
or failure of the enclosing or adjoining
elements will not impair the vertical load
and seismic force-resisting capability of the
fi-ame. The design shall provide for the
effect of these rigid elements on the
structural system at building deformations
corresponding to the design story drift
(delta) as determined in 780 CMR 1612.5.5.
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition
283
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
TABLE 1612.4.4^"'
Structural Systems
Basic Structural system
Response
Modification
Factor (R)
Deflection
Amplification
Factor (Cd)
Structural system limitations
and building height (feet)
limitations (see Note b)
Seismic Performace Category
Seismic Resisting System
C
D
1. Loadbearing wall system
Light-framed walls with shear panels
6'/2
4
Not limited
160
Reinforced concrete shear walls
4'/i
4.
Not limited
160
Reinforced masonry shear walls
3'/2
3
Not limited
160
Concentrically braced frames
3'/2
314
Not limited
160
Unreinforced masonry shear walls
114
V/a
Not permitted
Not permitted
Plain concrete shear walls
V/2
114
Not permitted
Not permitted
2. Building Frame System
Eccentrically braced frames, moment resisting connections at
columns away from link beam
8
4
Not limited
160
Eccentrically braced frames nonmoment-resisting connections
at columns away from link beam
7
4
Not limited
160
Light-framed walls with shear panels
7
4'/2
Not limited
160
Concentrically braced frames
5
4/2
Not limited
160
Reinforced concrete shear walls
SVi
5
Not limited
160
Reinforced masonry shear walls
4'/2
4
Not limited
160
Unreinforced masonry shear walls
V/z
1/2
Not permitted
Not permitted
Plain concrete shear walls
2
2
Not permitted
Not permitted
3. Moment-resisting frame system
Special moment frames of steel
8
5/2
Not limted
Not limited
Special moment frames of reinforced concrete
8
5/2
Not limited
Not limited
Intermediate moment frames of reinforced concrete
5
4/2
Not limited
Not permitted
Ordinary moment frames of steel
4>/2
4
Not limited
160
Ordinary moment frame of reinforced concrete
3
2/2
Not permitted
Not permitted
4. Dual system with a special moment frame capable of resisting
at least 25% of the prescribed seismic forces Eccentrically
braced frames, moment-resisting connections at columns
away from link beam
8
4
Not limited
Not limited
Eccentrically braced frames, nonmoment-resisting
connections at columns away from link beam
7
4
Not limited
Not limited
Concentrically braced frames
6
5
Not limited
Not limited
Reinforced concrete shear walls
8
6/2
Not limited
Not limited
Reinforced masonry shear walls
6'/2
5/2
Not limited
Not limited
Wood-sheathed shear walls
8
5
Not limited
Not limited
5 . Dual system with an intermediate moment frame of reinforced
concrete or an ordinary moment frame of steel capable of
resisting at least 25% of the prescribed seismic forces
Concentrically braced frames
5
4/2
Not limited
160
Reinforced concrete shear walls
6
5
Not limited
160
Reinforced masonry shear walls
5
4/2
Not limited
160
Wood-sheathed shear walls
7
4/2
Not limited
160
6. Inverted Pendulum structures Special moment frames of
structural steel
2'/2
2/2
Not limited
Not Imiited
Special moment frames of reinforced concrete
2'/2
2/2
Not limited
Not hnited
Ordinary moment frames of structural steel
VA
VA
Not limited
Not permitted
Note a. Response modification factor(R) for application of 780 CMR 1612.5 and 1612.6: Deflection amplificaton factor
(Cd) for application of 780 CMR 1612.5 and 1612.6.
Note b. The building height shall not exceed the general height limitation of 780 CMR 503.0 and 502.0 based on the
type of construction
Note c. See 780 CMR 1612.4.4.4.1for description of building systems v^uch are limited to buildings with a height of
240 feet or less.
Note d. See 780 CMR 1612.4.4.5 for description of building systems which are limited to buildings with a height of
160 feet or less.
284
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
STRUCTURAL LOADS
1612AA33 Deformational compadbility:
Every structural component not included in
the seismic force-resisting system in the
direction under consideration shall be
designed to be adequate for the vertical
load-bearing capacity and the induced
moments resulting from the design story
drift (a) as determined in accordance with
780 CMR 1612.5.5 (see also 780 CMR
1612.4.8)
1612.4.4.4.4 Special moment frames: A
special moment frame that is utilized but not
required by Table 1612.4.4 is permitted to
be discontinuous and supported by a more
rigid system with a lower response
modification factor (R) provided that the
requirements of 780 CMR 1612.4.7.2.4 and
1612.4.7.4.2 are met. Where a special
moment frame is required by Table
1612.4.4, the frame shall be continuous to
the foundation.
1(512.4.5 Building configuration: Buildings shall
be classified as regular or irregular based on the
plan and vertical configuration.
1612.4.5.1 Flan irregularity: Buildings
having one or more of the features listed in
Table 1612.4.5. 1 shall be designated as having
plan irregularity and shall comply with the
requirements in the referenced code sections of
Table 1612.4.5.1.
1612.4.5.2 Vertical Irregmiarity: Buildings
having one or more of the features listed in
Table 1612.4.5.2 shall be designated as having
vertical irregularity and shall comply with the
requirements in the referenced code sections of
Table 1612.4.5.2.
Eiceptions:
1. Structural irregularities of Type 1 or 2 in
Table 1612.4.5.2 do not apply where the
building story drift ratio is less than 130% of
the story drift ratio of the next story above.
Torsional effects are not required to be
considered in the calculation of story drifts.
The story drift ratio relationship for the top
two stories of the building is not required to
be evaluated.
2. IrregularityTypes 1 and 2 of Table
1612.4.5.2 are not required to be considered
for one- and two-story buildings.
Table 1612.4.5.1
PLAN STRUCTURAL IRREGULARITIES
Irregularity type and description
Referenced
Section
Seismic
Performance
Category
Application
i Torsional irregularity — to be
considered where diaphragms
are rigid in relation to the
vertical structural elements
which resist the lateral seismic
forces.
Torsional irregularity shall be
considered to exist where the
maxixmum story drift com-
puted, including accidental
torsion, at one end of the
structure transverse to an axis
is more than 1.2 times the
average of the stoiy drifts at
the two ends of the structure.
780 CMR
1612.4.7.4.2
780 CMR
1612.5.3.1
D
CandD
2 Re-entrant comers
Plan configurations of a
structure and its lateral force-
resisting system contain re-
entrant comers, where both
projections of the structure
be}'ond a re-entrant comer are
greater than 15% of the plan
dimension of the structure in
the given direction.
780 CMR
1612.4.7.4.2
D
3 Diaphragm discontinuity
Diaphragms with abrupt
discontinuities or variations in
stifiiess, including those
havbg cutout or open areas
greater than 50% of the gross
enclosed area of diaphragm, or
changes in effective dia-
phragm stiffiiess of more than
50% from one stoiy to the
next.
780 CMR
1612.4.7.4.2
D
4 Out-of-plane vertical element
offsets
Discontinuities in a lateral
force-resistance path, such as
out-of-plane ofifsets of the
vertical elements which resist
the lateral seismic forces.
780 CMR
1612.4.7.4.2
D
5 Nonparallel systems
The vertical lateral force-
resisting elements are not par-
allel to, or are not symmetric
about, the major orthogonal
axes of the lateral force-
resisting system.
780 CMR
1612.4.7.3.1
CandD
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
285
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Table 1612.4o5.2
VERTICAL STRUCTURAL
IRREGULARrnES
Irregularity type and description
Referenced
Section
Seismic
Performance
Category
Application
1 Stiflhess irregularity — soft
story.
A soft story is one in which
the lateral stiffiiess is less than
70% of that in the story above
or less than 80% of the
average stifhess of the three
stories above.
780 CMR
1612.4.6.2
D
2 Weight (mass) irregularity
Mass irregularity shall be
considered to exist where the
effective masss of any story is
more than 150% of the
effective mass of an adjacent
story. A roof that is lighter
than the floor below is not
required to be considered.
780 CMR
1612.4.6.2
D
3 Vertical geometric irregularity
Vertical geometric irregularity
shall be considered to exist
where the horizontal dimen-
sion of the lateral force-
resisting system in any story is
more than 130% of that in an
adjacent story.
780 CMR
1612.4.6.2
D
4 In-plane discontinuity in ver>
tical lateral force-resisting ele-
ments.
An in-plane offset of the
lateral force-resisting elements
greater than the length of those
elements.
780 CMR
1612.4.7.4.2
D
5 Discontinuity in capacity —
weak story
A weak story is one in which
the story lateral strength is less
than 80% of that in the story
above. The story strength is
the total strength of all seismic
resisting elements sharing the
story shear for the direction
under consideration.
780 CMR
1612.4.7.2.4
CandD
1612.4.6 Analysis procedures: A structural
analysis shall be made for all buildings in
accordance with the requirements of 780 CMR
1612.4.6. An alternative generally accepted
procedure* including utilization of a site-specific
response spectrum, is permitted, where approved
by the code official. The limitations on the base
shear in 780 CMR 1612.6 apply to dynamic
modal analysis. When this alternative is used, the
site specific response spectrum shall be
considered in the required peer review.
1612.4.6.1 Seismic Perfonnance Category C:
Regular or irregular buildings assigned to
Category C shall be analyzed in accordance
with the procedures in 780 CMR 1612.5.
1612.4.6.2 Seismic Perfonnance Category D:
Buildings assigned to Seismic Performance
Category D shall be analyzed in accordance
with the referenced sections in Table
1612.4.6.2.
Table 1612.4.6.2
ANALYSIS PROCEDURES FOR SEISMIC
PERFORMANCE CATEGORY D
Building Description
Referenced
Section and
Procedures
1 Buildings designated as regular which
do not exceed 240 feet in height.
780 CMR 1612.5
2 Buildings that have only vertical
irregularities of Type 1, 2 or 3 in table
1612.4.5.2 and have a height exceeding
five stories or 65 feet, and all buildings
exceeding 240 feet in height.
780 CMR 1612.6
3 All other buildings designated as
having plan or vertical irregularities in
accordance with tables 1612.4.5.1 and
1612.4.5.2
780 CMR 1612.5
or
780 CMR 1612.6
1612.4.7 Design^ detailing requirements and
structural component load effects: The design
and detailing of structural components of the
seismic-resisting system shall comply with the
requirements of 780 CMR 1612.4. Foundation
design shall conform to the applicable
requirements of 780 CMR 18.
1612.4.7.1 Seismic Perfonnance Category A:
The design and detailing of buildings assigned
to Seismic Performance Category A shall
comply with the requirements of 780 CMR
1612.4.7.1.
1612.4.7.11.1 Ties and continuity: Except
for connections exempted by 780 CMR
1612.7, all parts of the building that transmit
seismic force shall be interconnected to form
a continuous path to the building's seismic-
resisting system. Any smaller portion of the
building shall be tied to the remainder of the
building with elements having a strength
capable of transmitting the seismic force
(Fp) determined in accordance with
780 CMR 1612.7, but not less than one-third
of the effective peak velocity-related
acceleration (Ay) times the weight of the
smaller portion (Wg) or 5% of the portion's
weight, whichever is greater. For a building
which is exempt from a full seismic analysis
by 780 CMR 1612.2 and is only required to
comply with 780 CMR 1612.4.7.1, the
building's main windforce-resisting system
in accordance with 780 CMR 1611.0 shall
be deemed to be the seismic-resisting
system. A positive connection for resisting
a horizontal force acting parallel to the
member shall be provided for each beam,
286
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
STRUCTURAL LOADS
girder or truss to its support. The connection
shall have a minimum strength of 5% of the
dead plus live load reaction.
1612o4.7.1.2 Concrete or masoory wall
anchorage: Concrete and masonry walls
shall be anchored to the roof and all floors
that provide lateral support for the wall. The
anchorage shall provide a direct connection
between the walls and the roof or floor
construction. Toe nailing or nails subject to
withdrawal forces is not permitted. Wood
ledgers shall not be subjected to cross°grain
bending or cross-grain tension. The
connections shall be capable of resisting a
lateral seismic force (Fp) in accordance with
either 780 CMR 1612.4.7.2.8 or 780 CMR
1612.7, for loadbearing and nonloadbearing
walls respectively, but not less than 1,000
times the effective peak velocity-related
acceleration (Ay) (pounds) per lineal foot of
wall. Walls shall be designed to resist
bending between anchors where the anchor
spacing exceeds four feet (1.22 m).
1612A7.2 Seismic Performance Category B:
Buildings assigned to Category B shall
conform to the requirements of 780 CMR
1612.4.7.1 for Category A and the
requirements of 780 CMR 1612.4.7.2.
1612.4.7.2.1 Compommt Load Effects:
Seismic load effects on components shall be
detemined &om the load analysis as required
by 780 CMR 1612.4.6, by other portions of
780 CMR 1612.4.7.2, and by 780 CMR
1616. The second order effects shall be
included where applicable. Where these
seismic load effects exceed the minimum
load path connection forces given in
780 CMR 1612.4.7.1.1 and 1612.4.7.2.2,
they shall govern.
1612.4.7.2.2 Openings: Where openings
occur in shear walls, diaphragms or other
plate-type elements, the edges of the
openings shall be designed to transfer the
stresses into the structure. The edge
reinforcement shall extend into the body of
the wall or diaphragm a distance sufficient
to develop the stress of the edge
reoiforcement member.
1612.4.7.2.3 Orthogonal effects: The
design seismic forces shall be applied
separately, and independently, in each of
two orthogonal directions.
161204.7.2.4 Discontinuities iiB wrtlcaB
system: Buildings with a discontinuity in
lateral capacity, vertical irregularity Type 5
as defined in Table 1612.4.5.2, shall not be
more than two stories or 30 feet (9.14 m) in
height where the "weak" story has a
calculated strength of less than 65% of the
storey above.
Exception: Where the "weak" story is
capable of resisting a total seismic force
equal to 75% of the deflection application
factor (Cd) times the design force prescribed
in 780 CMR 1612.5.
1612.4.7.2.5 Nonredundant systems: The
building design shall comply with 780 CMR
1604.2.
1612.4.7.2.6 Collector elements; Collector
elements shall be provided which are
capable of transferring the seismic forces
originating in other portions of the building
.to the element providing the resistance to
those forces.
1612.4.7.2.7 Diaphragms: The deflection in
the plane of the diaphragm, as determined
by engineering analysis, shall not exceed the
allowable deflection of the attached
elements. Allowable deflection shall be that
deflection which will permit the attached
element to maintain its structural integrity
under the individual loading and continue to
support the prescribed loads.
Floor and roof diaphragms shall be
designed to resist the follov^ng seismic
forces: a minimum force equal to 50% the
effective peak velocity-related acceleration
(Ay) times the weight of the diaphragm and
other elements of the building attached
thereto, plus the portion of the seismic shear
force at that level (V^ required to be
transferred to the components of the vertical
seismic-resisting system because of offsets
or changes in stiffness of the vertical
components above and below the
diaphragm.
Diaphragms shall provide for both the
shear and bending stresses resulting from
these forces. Diaphragms shall have ties or
stmts to distribute the wall anchorage forces
into the diaphragm. Connections within
diaphragms, connections of diaphragms to
lateral load resisting elements, and
connections of collectors such as ties and
struts, to the diaphragm and vertical
elements, shall be positive connections,
mechanical or welded.
1612.4.7.2.g Loadbearing wails: Exterior
and interior loadbearing walls and their
anchorage shall be designed for a force of
the effective peak velocity-related
acceleration (A^) times the weight of wall,
normal to the surface, with a minimum force
of 10% of the weight of the wall.
Interconnection of wall elements and
connections to supporting framing systems
shall have sufKcient ductility, rotational
capacity or sufficient strength to resist
shrinkage, thermal changes and differential
foundation settlement where combined with
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
287
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
seismic forces. The connections shall also
satisfy 780 CMR 1612.4.7. 1.2
1612.4.7.2.9 Inverted pendulum-type
structures: Supporting columns or piers of
inverted pendulum-type structures shall be
designed for the bending moment calculated
at the base determined by the procedures
given in 780 CMR 1612.5 and shall vary
uniformly to a moment at the top equal to
one-half the calculated bending moment at
the base.
1612.4.7.2.10 Anchorage of
Nonstructural Systems: When required by
780 CMR 1612.7, all portions or
components of the building shall be
anchored for the seismic force (Fp)
prescribed therein.
1612.4.7.3 Seismic Performance Category C:
Buildings assigned to Category C shall
conform to the requirements of 780 CMR
1612.4.7.2 for Category B and the
requirements of 780 CMR 1612.4.7.3.
1612.4.7.3.1 Plan irregularity: Buildings
that have plan structural irregularity Type 5
in Table 1612.4.5. 1 shall be analyzed lor the
critical load effect due to direction of
application of seismic forces. Alternatively,
the building shall be analyzed in any two
orthogonal directions. Structural elements
and foundations shall be designed for 100%
of the forces for one direction plus a
simultaneous load of 30% of the forces for
the perpendicular direction, except where
the amplified seismic load effects of
780 CMR 1616.4 are used.
1612.4.7.4 Seismic Performance Category D:
Buildings assigned to Category D shall
conform to the requirements of 780 CMR
1612.4.7.3 for Category C and to the
requirements of 780 CMR 1612.4.7.4.
1612.4.7.4.1 Orthogonal load effects:
Buildings shall be designed for 100% of the
seismic forces for one direction plus a
simultaneous load of 30% of the seismic
forces for the perpendicular direction. The
load combination requiring the maximum
structural component strength shall be used.
Exception: Where amplified seismic load
effects of 780 CMR 1616.4 are used, the
building may be designed for the load
effects based on analyses in any two
orthogonal directions. Diaphragms and
components of the seismic-resisting system
utilized in only one of the two orthogonal
directions are not required to be designed for
the combined load effects.
1612.4.7.4.2 Plan or vertical irregularities:
For buildings having a plan irregularity of
Type 1, 2, 3 or 4 in Table 1612.4.5.1 or a
vertical irregularity of Type 4 in Table
1612.4.5.2, the design forces determined
fi-om 780 CMR 1612.5 shall be increased
25% for connections of diaphragms to
vertical elements and to collectors and for
connections of collectors to the vertical
elements.
1612.4.7.4.3 Vertical seismic loads: The
vertical component of earthquake ground
motion shall be accounted for in the design
of horizontal cantilever and horizontal
prestressed components. Horizontal
prestressed components shall be designed
for load combination #8 of 780 CMR
1616.3.1, including the amplified seismic
efifects of 780 CMR 1616.4. Horizontal
cantilever structural components shall be
designed for a net upward force of 0.2 times
the dead load, as a separate loading case, in
addition to the applicable load combinations
of 780 CMR 1616.
1612.4.8 Deflection and drift limits: The design
story drift (a) as determined in 780 CMR
1612.5.5 or 1612.6.8, shall not exceed the
allowable story drift (Ajj) from Table 1612.4.8 for
any story. For structures with significant torsional
deflections, the maximum drift shall include
torsional effects. The total deflection of a building
due to seismic design forces shall not encroach on
an interior lot line. All portions of the building
shall be designed and constructed to act as an
integral unit in resisting seismic forces unless
separated structurally by a distance sufficient to
avoid contact causing damage to the structural
system of the building under total deflection (6,^)
as determined by 780 CMR 1612.5.5.1.
1612.4.9 Foundation walls and retaining walls:
Exterior foundation walls and retaining walls shall
be designed to resist at least the superimposed
efifects of the total static lateral soil pressure,
excluding the pressure caused by any temporary
surcharge, plus and earthquake force of
0.045 Yj rf for horizontal backfill surface. Where
Y^ is the total unit weight of the soil and H is the
height of the wall measured as the difference in
elevation of finished ground surface (or floor) in
front of and behind the wall. Surcharges which
are applied over extended periods of time shall be
included in the total static lateral soil pressure and
their earthqake lateral force shall be computed
and added to the force of 0.045Yt rf . The
earthquake force from the backfill shall be
distribute'd as an inverse triangle over the height
of the wall. The point of application of the earth-
quake force from an extended duration surcharge
shall be determined on an individual case basis.
If the backfill consists of loose saturated granular
soil, consideration shall be given to the potential
increase in lateral pressure due to liquefaction of
288
780 CMR - Sbcth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR; STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
STRUCTURAL LOADS
the backfill during the seismic loading in
accordance with 780 CMR 1805.2. For use in
wall strength design, a load factor of 1.43 times
the earthquake force calculated above shall be
applied.
1612.5 Equivalent lateral force procedure:
780 CMR 1612.5 provides requirements for the
equivalent lateral force procedure of seismic
analysis of buildings. For purposes of analysis, the
building is considered to be fixed at the base. See
780 CMR 1612.4.6 for limitations on the
applicability of this procedure.
Table 1612,4.S
ALLOWABLE STORY DRIFT (a^) ®
Building
Seismic Hazard Exposure
Group
I II m
One stoiy buildings without
equipment attached to the
seismic-resisting structural
system and with interior
walls, partitions, ceilings
and exterior wall systems
which have been designed
to accomodate the stoiy
drifts.
No Limit 0.020 hg^ 0.015 hj^
Buildings having four
stories or less with interior
walls, partitions, ceilings
and exterior wall systems
which have been designed
to accomodate the story
drifts.
0.025 hsx 0.020 hjx 0.015 h^^
All other buildings
0.020 hsx 0.015 hjx 0.010 hgx
Not® a: hgjj is the story height below level x
i6i2<.5<,i Seismic base shear: The seismic base
shear (V) in a given direction shall be determined
in accordance with the foUovwng formula:
qr
where:
Cy = The seismic design coefBcient determined in
accordance with 780 CMR 1612.5.1.1.
W= The total dead load and applicable portions
of other loads listed below:
L For occupancies in Use Group S, a
minimum of 25% of the floor live load shall
be applicable.
EsceptioBi: Floor live load in public
garages and open parking structures is
not applicable.
2. Where partitions will be present, whether
or not partitions are shovm on the
construction documents, the actual partition
weight or a minimum weight of 10 psf of
floor area, whichever Is greater, shall be
applicable.
3. Total operating weight of permanent
equipment.
4. Snow load reduction of 50% is
permitted.
1612 J.Ll Calculation of seismic coefficient
(Cg): The seismic design coefficient (Cg) shall
be determined in accordance with the
following formulas:
1.2^/
%
5 =
R
RT
where:
Ay =■ The coefficient representing effective peak
velocity-related acceleration from 780 CMR
1612.2.3.
The coefficient for the soil-profile
characteristics of the site in Table 1612.4.1.
= The response modification factor in Table
1612.4.3.
= The fundamental period of the building
determined in 780 CMR 1612.5.1.2.
A soil-structure interaction reduction is
permitted where determined firom an approved
procedure. Alternatively, the seismic design
coefficient (C^) is not required to be greater
than the following equation:
25A_
where:
A^-lldQ seismic coefficient representing the
elective peak acceleration as determined in
780 CMR 1612.2.3
R = The response modification factor in Table
1612.4.4
1612J,1,2 Period determinatiosa: The
fundamental period (7), in seconds, of the
building. In the direction under consideration,
shall be established based on the structural
properties and deformational characteristics of
the resisting elements in a properly
substantiated analysis. The fundamental period
(7) shall not exceed the product of the
coefficient for the upper limit on calculated
period (C^) firom Table 1612.5.1.2, and the
approximate fundamental period (Tjj).
Alternatively, the fundamental period (T)
shall be determined firom 780 CMR
1612.5.1.2.1.
Table 1612J.lo2
COEFFICIENT FOR UPPER LIMIT ON
CALCULATED PERIOD (Cj,)
Av
Coefficient representing effective
peak velocity related acceleration
Ca
0.12
1.6
16!2.S.i.2.l Approximate fundaenent^l
period (7^): The approximate fundamental
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
289
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
0;.= 0.035
period (rj, in seconds, shall be determined
from the following formula:
T. = CX'
where;
h^ = The height (in feet) from the base to the
highest level of the building.
For moment-resisting frame
systems of steel which provide 100% of
the required lateral force resistance,
where the frame is not enclosed or
adjoined by more rigid components.
Cj'^ 0.03 For moment-resisting frame systems
of concrete which provide 100% of the
required lateral force resistance, where
the frame is not enclosed or adjoined by
more rigid components.
Cj. = 0.03 For building frame systems wth an
eccentrically braced steel frame or dual
systems with an eccentrically braced
frame.
Cj = 0.02 For seismic-resisting systems with
shear walls, shear panels or
concentrically braced frames and all
other building systems.
Alternatively, the approximate fundamental
period (T^, in seconds, shall be determined
from the following formula for buildings in
which the lateral force-resisting system
consists of concrete or steel moment-
resisting frames capable of resisting 100%
of the required lateral force and where such
frames are not enclosed or adjoined by more
rigid components tending to prevent the
frames from deflecting when subjected to
seismic forces. Such buildings shall not
exceed 12 stories in height and shall have a
story height of not less than ten feet (3048
mm).
t; = o.ij\r
where:
N= Number of stories.
1612.5.2 Vertical distribution of seismic forces:
The lateral force (F^^ induced at any level shall be
determined from the following formulas:
F ^ C V
X vx
c =
z.*
where:
Cyjj = Vertical distribution factor
V = Total design lateral force or shear at the
base of the building
wj and Wjj = the portion of the total gravity load of
the building (W) located or assigned to
level i or x
hj and h^^ = the height (in feet) from the base to
level i or x
k = An exponent related to the building period
as follows;
For buildings having a period of 0.5 seconds
or less, k=l.
For buildings having a period of 2.5 seconds
or more, k=2
For buildings having a period between 0.5
and 2.5 seconds, k shall be 2 or shall be
determined by linear interoplation between
- 1 and 2.
1612.5.3 Horizontal shear distribution: The
seismic design story shear in any story (Vj^) shall
be determined from the following formula:
y. = E^,
where:
Fj - the portion of the seismic base shear (fO
induced at level /.
The seismic design story shear (fy shall be
distributed to the various vertical elements of the
seismic-resisting system in the story under
consideration based on the relative lateral stiffness
of the vertical resisting elements and the
diaphragm.
1612.5.3.1 Torsion: The design shall include
the torsional moment (M^) resulting from the
location of the building masses plus the
accidental torsional moments (A//^) caused by
assumed displacement of the mass each way
from its actual location by a distance equal to
5% of the dimension of the building
perpendicular to the direction of the applied
forces.
In buildings of Seismic Performance
Categories C, D and E, where Type 1 torsional
irregularity exists as defined in Table
1612,4.5.1, the effects shall be accounted for
by increasing the accidental torsion at each
level by a torsional amplification factor (A^)
determined from the following formula:
A^ -
1.26
evg
where:
5 „ax~ *^® maximum displacment at level x.
6 ^^ = the average of the displacments at the
extreme points of the structure at level x.
The torsional amplification factor (Aj^) is not
required to exceed 3.0.
1612.5.4 Overturning: The building shall be
designed to resist overturning effects caused by
290
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
STRUCTURAL LOADS
the seismic forces determined in 780 CMR
1612.5.2. At any story, the increment of
overturning moment in the story under
consideration shall be distributed to the various
vertical resisting elements in the same proportion
as the distribution of the horizontal shears to those
elements.
The overturning moments at level x (M^ shall
be determined from the following formula:
K = •^E^A -
where:
Fj = The portion of the seismic base shear (V)
induced at level /.
/},• and h^ = The height (in feet) from the base to
level i or x.
X = I.O for the top ten stories;
0.8 for the 20th story from the top and
below; and
a value between 1.0 and 0.8 determined by
a straight line interpolation for stories
between the tenth and 20th stories below the
top.
The foundations of buildings, except inverted
pendulum structures, shall be designed for the
foundation overturning design moment (Mj) at the
foundation-soil interface determined by the
equation for the overturning moment at level x
(M^ with an overturning moment reduction factor
(t) of 0.75 for all building heights.
I6I2.S0S Brift determinatlos
effects: Story drifts and, where required, member
forces and moments due to P°delta effects, shall
be determined in accordance with 780 CMR
1612.5.5.1 and 1612.5.5.2.
1612Jo5ol Story drift determlmatBoni: The
design story drift (a) shall be computed as the
difference of the deflections at the top and
bottom of the story under consideration. The
deflections of level x at the center of the mass
(5^) shall be determined in accordance with
the following formula:
where:
C^= The deflection amplification factor in
Table 1612.4.4.
6,g = The deflections determined by an elastic
analysis.
The elastic analysis of the seismic-resisting
system shall be made utilizing the required
seismic design forces of 780 CMR 1612.5.2.
For determining compliance with the story
drift Hmitation of 780 CMR 1612.4.8, the
deflection of level x at the center of mass (6^^.)
shall be calculated as required in this section.
For the purposes of this drift analysis or»Iy, the
computed fiindamental period (T) of the
building is not required to include the upper
bond limitation specified in 780 CMR
1612.5.1.2 when determining drift level
seismic design forces.
Where applicable, the design story drift (a)
shall be increased by the incremental factor
relating to the P-delta effects as determined in
780 CMR 1612.5.5.2.
1612.5,5.2 P-delte effects: P-delta effects on
story shears and moments, the resulting
member forces and moments, and the story
drifts induced by these effects are not required
to be considered where the stability coefficient
(0), as determined by the following formula, is
equal to or less than 0. 10:
S SX a
where:
Px= The total vertical design load at story
level X. In calculating the vertical design
load for the purpose of determining P-
delta effects, individual load factors are
not required to exceed 1.0.
A= The design story drift occurring
simultaneously with the story shear (Vj^)
V^ = The seismic shear force between levels x
and x-1 .
hjx = The story height below level x.
Cd= The deflection amplification factor in
Table 1612.4.4
The stability coeflScient (0) shall not exceed
®max determined as follows:
pc
-^0.25
where:
P = The ratio of shear demand to shear capacity
for the story between levels x and x-1. This
ratio is permitted to be considered as 1.0.
Where the stability coefficient (0) is greater
than 0.10 but less than or equal to O^ax. ^^^
incremental factor related to P-deka effects
shall be determined by rational analysis. To
obtain the story drift for including the P-delta
effect, the design story drift determined in
780 CMR 1612.5.5.1 shall be multipUed by
1.0/(1-0).
1612.6 Modal analysts procedure: 780 CMR
1612.6 provides required standards for the modal
analysis procedure of seismic analysis of buildings.
780 CMR 1612.4.6 specifies the limitations on the
applicability of this procedure.
1612.6.1 General: The symbols in this method of
analysis have the same meaning as those for
similar terms used in 780 CMR 1612.5, with the
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
291
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
subscript
mode.
"m" denoting quantities in the mth
1612.6.2 Modeling: The building shall be
modeled as a system of masses lumped at the
floor levels with each mass having one degree of
freedom; lateral displacement in the direction
under consideration.
1612.6.3 Modes: The analysis shall include, for
each of two mutually perpendicular axes, at least
the lowest three modes of vibration, or all modes
of vibration with periods greater than 0.4 seconds,
or sufficient modes to include 90% of the
participating mass of the structure, whichever is
greater. The number of modes shall equal the
number of stories for buildings less than three
stories in height.
1612.6.4 Periods: The required periods and mode
shapes of the building in the direction under
consideration shall be calculated by established
methods of structural analysis for the fixed base
condition utilizing the masses and elastic
stiflfiiesses of the seismic-resisting system.
1612.6.5 Modal base shear: The portion of the
base shear contributed by the m*^ mode (V^^ shall
be determined from the following formula:
where:
C.
'sm
W =
lit Jti tn
The modal seismic design coefficient
determined by the following formula.
The effisctive modal gravity load
determined by the following formula.
»'» =
i=l
1=1
where:
W;
®im-
the portion of the total gravity load of the
building at level i.
The displacement amplitude at the ith
level of the building when vibrating in its
mth mode.
The modal seismic design coefficient (C^jn) ^^^
be determined in accordance with the following
formula:
C-m =
1.2AJS
RT,
%
where:
Seismic coefficient representing the
effective peak velocity-related
acceleration as determined in 780 CMR
1612.2.3.
R =
T =
S = The coefficient for the soil-profile
characteristics of the site as determined
by Table 1612.4.1.
The response modification factor
determined from Table 1612.4.4.
The modal period of vibration, in
seconds, of the mth mode of the building.
The modal seismic design coefficient (Cj^^) is not
required to exceed 2/4 times the seismic
coefficient representing the effective peak
acceleration (A^) divided by the response
modification factor (R).
Exceptions:
1 . The limiting value of the modal seismic
design coefficient (Cg^j) is not applicable to
Category D and E buildings with a period of
0.7 seconds or greater located on type S4 soils.
2 For buildings on soil-profile characteristics
S3 or S4, the modal seismic design coefficient
(Cg^) for modes other than the fundamental
mode that have periods less than 0.3 seconds is
permitted to be determined by the following
formula:
am
A^jl.O ^ 5.0TJ
R
3. For buildings where any modal period of
vibration (Tj^j) exceeds 4.0 seconds, the modal
seismic design coefficient (Cgjj^) for that mode
is permitted to be determined by the following
fomtiula:
C^ =
3AS
Rt
4/3
where:
Ajj= Seismic coefficient representing the
effective peak acceleration as determined
in 780 CMR 1612.2.3.
A^ = Seismic coefficient representing the
effective peak velocity-related acceleration
as determined in 780 CMR 1612.2.3.
R = The response modification factor determined
fi-om Table 1612.4.4.
Tjjj = The modal period of vibration, in seconds,
of the mth mode of the building.
S= The coefficient for the soil profile
characteristics of the site as determined by
Table 1612.4.1.
1612.6.6 Modal forces^ deflections and drifts:
The modal force (F^^j,) at each level shall be
determined by the following formulas:
F = C V
xitt vxiti n
292
780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
STRUCTURAL LOADS
^A
where:
^vxm ~ ^^^ vertical distribution factor in the m
mode.
Vjjj = The total design lateral force or shear at
the base in the m* mode.
Wj and w^ = The portion of the total gravity load
of the building (W) located or assigned to
level i or x.
® xm ~ ^^^ displacement amplitude at the x
level of the building when vibrating in
the m* mode.
®im~ ^^^ displacement amplitude at the i*
level of the building when vibrating ip
the m''' mode.
The modal deflection at each level (S^m) ^^^^ ^^
determined by the foUowing formulas:
^^ = CA
xm
where:
C^= The deflection amplification factor
determined from Table 1612.4.4.
^xem ~ ^^® deflection of level x in the m*** mode
at the center of the mass at level x
determined by an elastic analysis,
g = The acceleration due to gravity (feet per
second^.
Tjjj= The modal period of vibration, in
seconds, of the m* mode of the buEdmg.
The portion of the seismic base shear in
the m* mode, induced at level x.
w^ = The portion of the total gravity load of
the building (W) located or assigned to
level X.
The modal drift in a story (A^ shall be computed
as the difference of the deflections (Sjun) *^ ^®
top and bottom of the story under consideration.
160,6J Modal stosy shears and momesits: The
story shears, stofy overturning moments, and the
shear forces and overturning moments in wails
and braced frames at each level, due to the
seismic forces determined from the appropriate
equation in 780 CMR 1612.6.6, shall be computed
for each mode by linear static methods.
16i2A8 Design vaSua: The design value for the
modal base shear (V^), each of the story shear,
moment and drift quantities, and the deflection at
each level shall be determined by combining their
modal values, obtained from 780 CMR 1612.6.6
and 1612.6.7. The combination shall be
determined by taking the square root of the sum of
the squares of each of the modal values (SRSS
method) or by using the Complete Quadratic
Combination (CQC) method. When the periods of
any two modes used in this analysis differ by less
than 25% the CQC method shall be used.
The base shear (V) utilizing the equivalent
lateral force procedure in 780 CMR 1612.5 shall
be calculated based on a fundamental period of
the building (T), in seconds, of 1.2 tunes the
coe^cient for the upper limit on the calculated
period (Cg) times the approximate fundamental
period of the building (Tg). Where the design
value for the modal base shear (V^ is less than the
calculated base shear (V) utilizing the equivalent
lateral force procedure, the design story shears,
moments, drifts and floor deflections shall be
multiplied by the following modification factor:
V
where:
V = The equivalent lateral force procedure base
shear, calculated in accordance . with
780 CMR 1612.6 and 780 CMR 1612.5.
V, = The modal base shear, calculated in
accordance with 780 CMR 1612.6
The model base shear (Vj) is not required to
exceed the base shear from the equivalent lateral
force procedure m 780 CMR 1612.5
U12o€3 MorizoEtal shear distrlbutBOis: The
distribution of horizontal shear shall be in
accordance with the requirements of 780 CMR
1612.5.3.
1612.6,10' Foumdatioffi overturaimg: The
foundation overturning moment at the foundation-^
soil mterface shall not be reduced by more than
10%.
1612.6.11 F-delta effects: The P-delta effects
shall be determined in accordance with 780 CMR
1612.5.5.2. The story drifts and story shears shall
be determmed in accordance with 780 CMR
1612.6.8.'
1612.7 Architecitural, .mechankai and electricaia
stQinposamts and systeims: All components and
systems in buildings shall be designed and
constructed to resist seismic forces as determined in
accordance with the provisions of 780 CMR 1612.7.
Architectural, mechanical and electrical components
and systems in buildings assigned to Seismic Hazard
Perfiinance Category C, and are in Seismic Hazard
Exposure Group I and have a Performance Criteria
Factor of 0.5, are exempt from the requirements of
780 CMR 1612.7.
Exceptions:
1. Individual electrical and mechanical
components which weigh more than 2,000 pounds
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR = Sixth Edition
293
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
and are located more than 15 feet above the base
shall be designed in accordance with 780 CMR
1612.7.4.
2. Elevator components and systems in buildings
assigned to Seismic Hazard Performance
Category C and are in Seismic Hazard Exposure
Group I buildings not more than 70 feet in height
are exempt from the requirements of 780 CMR
1612.7.
1612.7.1 Component force application: The
component seismic force shall be applied at the
center of gravity of the component
nonconcurrently in any horizontal direction.
Mechanical and electrical components and
systems shall be designed for a nonsimultaneous
vertical force of 33% of the horizontal force.
1612.7.2 Component force transfer:
Components shall be attached such that the
component forces are transferred to the structural
system of the building. Component seismic
attachments shall be positive connections without
consideration of frictional resistance.
1612.7.3 Architectural component design:
Architectural components and their attachments
shall be designed for seismic forces (Fp)
determined in accordance with the following
formula:
p. = ^CJ'W^
where:
Ay = The coefficient representing effective peak
velocity-related acceleration from 780 CMR
1612.2.3.
Cg = The seismic coefficient for architectural
components from Table 1612.7.3.
P = Performance . criteria factor from Table
1612.7.3.
Wg = The weight of the architectural component.
1612.7.3.1 Exterior wall panel connections:
The connections of exterior wall panels to the
building seismic-resisting system shall be
designed for the design story drift determined
in accordance with 780 CMR 1612.5.5.1 or in
accordance with 780 CMR 1612.6.6 and
1612.6.8.
1612.7.3.2 Architectural component
deformation: Architectural components shall
be designed for the design story drift of the
structural seismic-resisting system determined
in accordance v^th 780 CMR 1612.5.5.1 or in
accordance with 780 CMR 1612.6.6 and
1612.6.8. Architectural components shall be
designed for vertical deflection due to joint
rotation of cantilever structural members.
Exception: Architectural components
having a performance criteria factor of 0.5
shall be designed for 50% of the design
story drift.
1612.7.3.3 Ceilings: Provision shall be made
for the lateral support and interaction of other
architectural, mechanical and electrical
systems or components incorporated into the
ceiling which impose seismic forces into the
ceiling system.
Table 1612.7.3
ARCHITECTURAL COMPONENT SEISMIC
COEFFICIENT (CJ AND PERFORMANCE
CRITERIA FACTOR (P)
Component
Seismic
Coefficient
(Cc)
Performance
Criteria
Factor (P)
Architectural Component
Seismic Hazard
Exposure
Group
I
II
III
1 Exterior nonloadbearinp walls
0.9
1.5
1.5
1.5
2 Interior nonloadbearing walls ,
Exit, stair and elevator
enclosures.
Other vertical shaft enclosures
Other nonloadbearing walls
1.5
0.9
0.9
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.5
1.5
1.5
3 Cantilever elements; parapets,
chimneys or stacks
3.0
1.5
1.5
1.5
4 Wall attachments
3.0
1.5
1.5
1.5
5 Veneer connections
3.0
0.7
1.0
1.0
6 Penthouses*^
0.6
0.7
1.0
1.0
7 Membrane fire protection
0.9
1.0
1.0
1.5
8 Ceilings
Fireresistance rated membrane
Nonfireresistance rated mem-
brane
0.9
0.6
1.0
0.5
1.0
1.0
1.5
1.0
9 Storage racks, contents included
1.5
1.0
1.0
1.5
10 Access floor, supported equip-
ment included
2.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
1 1 Elevator and counterweight
guardrails and supports
1.25
1.0
1.0
1.5
Note a: See 780 CMR 1612.7 for general exceptions
Note b: See 780 CMR 1612.4.7.2.8 for exterior and
interior loadbearing wall requirements
Note c: The design seismic force for a penthouse shall be
the larger of the force determined in accordance with
780 CMR 1612.7,3, this table and the force determined in
accordance widi 780 CMR 1612.5 or 1612.6
1612.7.4 Mechanical, electrical component and
system design: Mechanical, electrical
components and systems and their attachments
shall be designed for seismic forces (Fp)
determined in accordance with the following
formula:
where:
Ay = The coefficient representing effective peak
velocity-related acceleration from 780 CMR
1612.2.3.
Cg= The seismic coefficient for mechanical,
electrical components and systems from
Table 1612.7.4(1).
294
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
STRUCTURAL LOADS
P = Performance criteria factor from
1612.7.4(1).
a = The attachment amplification factor
determined in accordance with Table
1612.7.4(2).
Wj; = The operating weight of the mechanical,
electrical component or system.
Alternatively, the seismic forces (Fp) shall be
determined by a properly substantiated dynamic
analysis subject to approval.
Esception: Bracing of fire sprinkler systems
shall be permitted to be in accordance with
NFiPA 13 listed m Appendix A.
Table 1612.7.4(1)
MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL
COMPONENT AND SYSTEM SEISMIC
COEFFICIENT (CJ AND PERFORMANCE
CRTTERIA FACTOR (P)^
Performance
Component
or system
Criteria Factor
(?)
Mechanical, electrical component
Sesimic
Hazard
or system
coefficient
Exposure
(Cc)
Group
I
11
111
1 Fire protection equipment and
2.0
1.5
1.5
1.5
systsns
2 Emei^gaicy or standby electrical
2.0
1.5
1.5
1.5
systons
3 Elevator drive, suspensiOT^stem
1.25
1.0
l.O
1.5
and COTtrollQ- anchorage
4 Goimil equipmsit
A Boila^ lumaces, indnerators.
walier healers and dher equip-
iTKnt utilizing combustible
aiCTgy sources ot high tai^«r-
ature sources.
B. Communication sySems
C. Electrical bus ducts and
primaiy cable ^stons?".
2.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
D. Electrical mc^or control cen-
tos, motor control devices.
switchgear, transfonners and
unit aibstations.
E Reciprocating or rotating
equzpment
F. Tanks, heat exchangers and
presaJTC vessels.
S Manufacturing and process
0.67
0.5
1.0
1.5
machineiy
6 Pipesystmis
Gas and hi^ hazard piping
2.0
1.5
1.5
1.5
Fire aippnsssion piping
2.0
1.5 1.5
1.5
Otha- pipe systems
0.67
0.5 1.0
1.5
7 HVAC ducts
0.67
0.5
1.0
1.5
S Electrical panel board
0.67
0.5
1.0
1.5
9 Lighting fixtures
0.67
0.5
1.0
1.5
Note a: Sec 780 CMR 1612.7 for general exceptions
Note b: Electrical conduit seismic restraints are not
required for any one of the following conditions
1. Conduit suspended by individual hangars 12
inches or less in length from the top of the conduit to
the supporting structure
2. Conduit which has less than 2"^ inches inside
diameter
c: Seismic restraints are not required for any one of
the following conditions for other pipe systems
1. Piping suspended by individual hangars 12 inches
or less in length from the top of the pipe to the
supporting structure
2. Piping in boiler and mechanical rroms which has
less than VA inches inside diameter.
3. Piping in other areas which has less than IVi inches
inside diameter.
Note d: Seismic restraints are not required for any one of
the following conditions for HVAC ducts:
1. Ducts suspended by individual hangars 12 inches
or less in length from the top of the duct to the
supporting structure
2. Ducts which have a cross-sectional area less than
6 square feet.
Note e: Pendulum lighting fixtures sahll be designed
based on a component seismic coefficient (C^ of 1.5.
The vertical supportshall be designed with a factor of
safety of 4.0
Table 1612,7.4(2)
ATTACHMENT AMPLIFICATION
FACTOR (a.)
Component mounting system
Attachment
amplification factor (a,)
Fixed of direct connection
1.0
Resilient-mounting system
Seismic-activated restraining
device
Elastic restraining device where:
T T
_£<0.6 or —>\A''
T T
1.0
— iO.6 or -^^1.4^
T T
2.0
Note a: T is the fundemental period of the building, in
seconds, determined by 780 CMR 1612.5.1.2 or
780 CMR 1612.6.4. T, is the ftmdemental period, in
seconds, of the component and its attachement
determined by 780 CMR 1612.7.4. 1
1612.7.4,1 CoimpoEcnt period: The
flindamental period of the component and its
attachments (TJ, in seconds, shall be
determined by the following formula:
e ■ y
where:
Wg = Weight of the component (lbs.).
For stable resilient-mounting attachments:
K = Spring stiffness constant (Ib./in.).
For other resilient-mounting attachments;
2'7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
295
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
K = Slope of the load vs deflection curve (Ib./in.)
at the point of loading.
Alternatively, the fundamental period of the
component (T^, in seconds, shall be determined
by experimental test data or by a properly
substantiated analysis.
1612.7.4.2 Component attachment: Systems,
components and the means of their attachment
shall be designed to accommodate relative
seismic displacements between points of
support. Displacements at points of support
shall be determined in accordance with
780 CMR 1612.5.5 or 1612.6.8. Relative
lateral displacements at points of support shall
be determined considering the difference in
elevation between the supports and considering
full out-of-phase displacements across portions
of the building that are capable of moving in a
differential manner such as at seismic and
expansion joints. Anchor bolts shall be
designed for combined shear and tension.
Restraining devices shall be provided to limit
the horizontal and vertical motions, to prevent
component resonance and to prevent
overturning.
1612.7.5 Elevator design requirements: The
design and construction of elevators and elevator
components in buildings assigned to Seismic
Performance Category D or E, in accordance with
780 CMR 1612.2, shall comply with the
requirements in Appendix F of ASME A17.1
listed in Appendix A.
780 CMR 1613.0 CONCENTRATED LOADS
1613.1 General: Floors and roofs of buildings in the
locations specified in Table 1613.1 shall be designed
to support the uniformly distributed live loads
prescribed in 780 CMR 1606.0 or the minimum
concentrated loads in pounds prescribed in Table
1613.1, whichever produces the greater stresses. If
the anticipated actual loads are higher, the actual
loads shall be utilized. Unless otherwise specified,
the indicated concentration shall be assumed to
occupy an area of IVi square feet and shall be so
located as to produce the maximum stress conditions
in the structural members.
Table 1613.1
MINIMUM CONCENTRATED LOADS
Location
Load (pounds)
Elevator machine room grating
(on area of 4 square inches) 300
i^sh;;ii|ht;piate;B
Garages See 780 CMR 1613.2
Greenhouse roof bars, purlins and rafters 1 00
Hospitals and ward rooms 1 ,000
Libraries J.OOO
Manufacturing and storage buildings 2.000
Mechanical equipment See780 CMR 1613.3
Mercantile areas 2,000
Office 2,000
Scfejols 1,000
Scuttles, skylight ribs and accessible
ceiling ribs and hangers (over an area of 200
one suare inch)
Sidewalks or vehicular driveways subject ^ 8,000
to trucking
Stair treads (over area of 4 square inches at 300
center of tread)
Note a: 1 pound = 4.448 N; 1 square inch=645.16 mm*
1613.2 Garages: Minimum concentrated /oacfe for
garages or portions of buildings occupied for
parking motor vehicles shall be:
1. For passenger cars accommodating not more
than nine passengers, 2,000 pounds (8896 N)
acting on an area of 20 square inches (12900
mm^);
2. Mechanical parking structures without slab,
passenger cars only, 1500 pounds (6672 N) per
wheel; and
3. For trucks or buses, on slabs, applicable wheel
loads and tire contact areas specified in AASHTO
Standard Specification for Highway Bridges with
interim revisions to 1995 (see Appendix A).
1613.3 Mechanical Equipment: The actual
concentrated loads of the machinery, shall be used
for buildings containing mechanical material
handling equipment, machines or other heavy
apparatus.
296
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
STRUCTURAL LOADS
780 CMR 16140 IMPACT LOADS
1614.1 General: The live loads specified in
780 CMR 1606.0 shall be assumed to include
adequate allowance for ordinary impact conditions.
Provisions shall be made in the structural design for
special occupancies and loads which involve
vibration and impact forces. Where dynamic effects
such as resonance and fatigue are likely to be
important as a result of cyclical loading, a dynamic
analysis shall be carried out.
1614.2 Elevators: Structural supports for elevators,
dumbwaiters, escalators and moving walks shall be
designed for the loads and within the limits of the
deflection specified in the Massachusetts State
Department of Public Safety, Board Elevator
Regulations (524 CMR 1.0 through 34.0), listed in
Appendix A. (In accordance with the Regulations,
all suspended elevator /oacfr shall be increased 100%
for impact.
1614.3 Machinery: For the purposes of design, the
weight of machinery and moving loads shall be
increased as follows to allow for impact;
Elevator machinery 100%
Light machinery, shaft- or motor-driven . . 20%
Reciprocating machinery or power-driven
units 50%
These percentages shall be increased where so
specified by the manufacturer.
.4 Hangers for floors and stairs: Live loads
on hangers supporting floors or stairs shall be
multiplied by an impact factor of 1 .33.
780 CMR 1615,0 SPECIAL LOADS
1615.1 General: Provisions shall be made for all
special loads herein prescribed and all other special
loads to which the building or structure is subjected.
1615.2 Hydrostatic uplift: All foundation slabs and
other footings subjected to water pressure shall be
designed to resist an uplift equal to the full
hydrostatic pressure. All foundation slabs, footings
and walls of buildings located in flood-hazard zones
(A Zones) and high-hazard zones (V Zones) shall be
designed to resist uplift and lateral loads associated
with hydrostatic pressure resulting fi'om flooding to
the base flood elevation. Counteracting weight shall
be reduced to 0.85 times the actual weight.
1615.3 Hydrodynamk loads: For buildings located
in flood-hazard zones (A Zones) or high-hazard
zones (V Zones), all structural components located
below the base flood elevation shall be designed to
resist hydrodynamic forces resulting firom velocity
waters during flooding to the base flood elevation.
1615.4 Partitions and Interior Finish: Partitions,
their components and other interior finish shall have
adequate strength to resist a horizontal load of not
less than 5 psf
1615.5 Guardrails and handrails: All required
guardrails and handrails shall be designed and
constructed to the structural loading conditions set
forth in Table 1615.5. without exceeding the
allowable design working stresses of the materials,
anchorage and connecting devices utilized. The
allowable working stresses shall be as defined by the
appropriate design standard. Each load shall be
applied so as to produce the maximum stress in each
of the respective components.
Each load shall be applied in the direction
indicated in the table. The concentrated load and
uniformly distributed loads need not be applied
simultaneously. The loads applied to in-fill areas
need not be applied simultaneously with the loads
applied on the top railing.
TABLE 1615.5
LOADS ON GUARDRAILS AND HANDRAILS
Type of Occupancy
Location of Load
Type of load
Direction of Load
Magnitude of Load
ISP;pili^ii|p;;|iip
iiiipiiiiaWM^ii
Ppioiiidlil^dliP
ilMliyiilii
iiiiibo'ifiiiiii
All, except dwelling units in
Use Groups R-2 and R-3
Handrails
Uniformly distributed
Any
50 lb/ft.
AJl;: esccept -as^-nbtiediliiM^^
Guardrails, top railing
|i|||n§i|«i|i|
iBIiBiiii
ilBftSIH
All, except dwelling units in
Use Groups R-2 and R-3
and as noted otherwise
Guardrails, top railing
members
Uniformly distributed
Vertical
simultaneously with
horizontal
100 lb/ft
50 lb/ft.
liiiWip^iiiii»
wwpliippai:
Guardrails, m-fiU areas
:;||0ig;jaigjiei|i
MiblS^T- sf- ^areaW
Grandstands, stadia, arenas,
and similar structures used
for public assembly
Guardrails, top railing
members
Concentrated
Any
3001b.
Grandstands^' stadia^ arenas^. .
and similar structures used..;
for public assembly
: Guardrails, top railing
members
Uniformly distributed
I — „ -__ ^
;:|:■■■v||■"^Axi5^";f':-^^
■vl^'ldo^ib/ft-^;:.'--::'-'
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
297
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
1615.6 Grandstands, stadia and similar structures
shall be designed to resist, in combination with
design wind loads, a horizontal swaying load applied
parallel to the row of seats of not less than 24
pounds per lineal foot of seats per row, or in
combination with wind, a horizontal swaying load
applied transversely of not less than ten pounds per
lineal foot of seats per row. Foot boards and seat
boards shall be designed for a minimum vertical load
of 120 lb. per lineal foot.
1615.7 Horizontal crane loads: A lateral force
shall be applied perpendicular (normal) to the span
of runway beams and a lateral force shall be applied
parallel (longitudinal) to the beam span.
(a) The lateral force acting normal to the runway
shall be applied at the top of the rail, and shall be
20% for power-operated crane trolleys, and 10%
for hand-operated trolleys, of the sum of the
weights of the maximum lifted load and of the
crane trolley. This force shall be distributed to
tributary supporting structural members based on
the relative lateral stiffness of each component
structure supporting the rails.
(b) The longitudinal force acting parallel to the
runway and applied at the top of the rail shall be
10% of the maximum wheel loads of the crane.
(c) Reductions in these loads may be permitted
if substantiating technical data acceptable to the
building official is provided.
(d) These loads need not be considered in
combination with wind loads.
1615.8 Temperature loads: Movements, and
forces resulting from restraint of movements,
produced by changes in temperature shall be
considered in the design of buildings and structures.
780 CMR 1616.0 COMBINATION OF LOADS
1616.1 General: Combinaitions of structural loads
shall be considered in accordance with 780 CMR
1616.0. Live loads may be reduced as appropriate in
accordance with 780 CMR 1616.0. In addition to
the load combinations listed, the following shall be
considered in design: structural effects of loads due
to fluids, loads due to the weight and lateral pressure
of soil and water in soil, rain loads including
ponding, and effects arising from contraction or
expansion resulting from temperature changes,
shrinkage, moisture changes, creep in component
materials, and movement due to differential
settlement.
1616.1.1 Design Methods: As permitted by the
structural design standards listed in Appendix A,
the structural designer may use either the
allowable stress design method (also called
working stress design) or the strength design
method (also called limit states design, load and
resistance factor design, or ultimate strength
design). The applicable load combinations given
in 780 CMR 1616.1 shall govern over the load
combinations given in the design standards in
Appendix A.
Exception: Use load combinations from design
standards in Appendix A which do not include
wind or seismic loads, if those combinations
produce a more unfavorable effect in the
structure or foundation.
1616.2 . Load Combinations Using Allowable
Stress Design
1616.2.1 Basic Combinations. All loads listed
herein shall be considered to act in the following
combinations, whichever produces the most
unfavorable effect in the building, foundation or
structural member being considered. The most
unfavorable effect may occur when one or more
of the contributing loads is not acting.
l.Dead
2. Dead + floor live + roof live (or snow)
3. Dead + floor live + 0.5 roof live (or 0.5
snow) + wind
4. Dead + floor live + roof live (or snow) + 0.5
wind
5. 0.67 Dead - wind
6. 0.67 Dead - 0.8 seisnuc
7. Dead + 0.9 floor live + 0.6 snow + 0.8
seismic
1616.3 Load Combinations Using Strength Design
1616.3.1 Basic Combinations. All loads listed
herein shall be considered to act in the following
factored load combinations, whichever produces
the most unfavorable effect in the building,
foundation or structural member being
considered. The most unfavorable effect may
occur when one or more of the contributing loads
is not acting.
1.1.4 Dead
2. 1.3 Dead + 1.6 floor live + 0.5 roof live (or
0.5 snow)
3. 1.3 Dead + 0.5 floor live + 1.6 roof live (or
1.6 snow)
4. 1.3 Dead + 0.5 floor live + 0.5 roof live (or
0.5 snow)+ 1.3 wind
5. 1.3 Dead + 1 .6 roof live (or 1 .6 snow) + 0.8
wind
6. 0.9 Dead- 1.3 wind
7. 1.3 Dead + 1.0 floor live + 0.7 snow + 1.0
seisnuc
8. (0.90 - 0.5 Ay) Dead - 1.0 seismic
Exception: The load factor on floor live
load in combinations 3 and 4 shall equal 1.0
for garages, areas occupied as places of
public assembly, and all areas where the
floor live load is greater than 100 pounds per
square foot.
298
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR; STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
STRUCTURAL LOADS
1616.4 AmpllflcatBomi of seismic load effects for
special conditions: Seismic load effects shall be
amplified by the factor 2R/5, where 2R/5 shall be
not less than 1.0, in allowable stress design
780 CMR 1616.2. 1, and in strength design 780 CMR
1616.3.1 for the following conditions. Note: In
allowable stress design load combinations 6 and 7,
the term "0.8 seismic" shall be replaced by
"0.8(2R/5) seismic".
1 . For computing the design forces in members
such as columns, girders or trusses which support
discontinuous lateral force-resisting elements
when using Load Combination 7 in 780 CMR
J 616.2.1 (Allowable Stress Design) or Load
Combination 7 in 780 CMR 1616.3.1 (Strength
Design). However, the computed forces in such
members need not exceed the capacity of other
elements of the structure to transfer such forces
into these members. The capacity of the other
elements to transfer such forces shall not be less
than 1.25 times the computed design strengths of
the other elements.
2. For computing the design forces in members
and connections that do not develop the full
strength of the weaker member connected when
using Load Combination 6 in 780 CMR 1616.2.1
(Allowable Stress Design) or Load Combination
8 in 780 CMR 1616.3.1 (Strength Design).
However, the design forces need not exceed the
limit determined by the capacity of the foundation
to resist overturning uplift.
1516.5 Coarateractlng Load: Where the eflfects of
design loads counteract one another in a structural
member or joint, the design shall account for and
shall ensure adequate safety for possible stress
reversals.
1616.6 Str«ss Increases: All allowable stresses and
soil load-bearing values specified in 780 CMR for
allowable stress design are permitted to be increased
one-third where wind load or seismic load
combinations are utilized.
1616.7 Crane hook loads are not required to be
combined with the roof live load, nor with seismic
load, nor v^th more than 0.75 of the snow load or
one-half of the wind load
780 CMR 1617.0 EXISIING BUILDINGS
1617.1 General: The repair, reconstruction,
alteration, addition to or change in use or occupancy
of existing buildings shall comply with 780 CMR
34.
Posted live load: When floor live loads
required by the Code have been increased from those
heretofore approved for a building or structure in a
particular use group and there is no change to a new
use requiring greater floor loads than those currently
required for the original use group, the floors so
affected may be posted for the originally approved
live loads, provided the building is structurally safe
in all its parts, is adequate for its existing use, and
the public safety is not endangered thereby.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
299
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
300 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
CHAPTER 17
STRUCTURAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
(A substantial portion of this Chapter is unique to Massachusetts)
780 CMR 170L0 GENERAL
1701.1 Scope: The provisions of 780 CMR 17 shall
govern the quality, workmanship and requirements
for all materials hereafter used in the construction of
buildings and structures. All materials of
construction and tests shall conform to the
applicable standards listed in 780 CMR.
170L2 New materials: All new building materials,
equipment, appliances, systems or methods of
construction not provided for in 780 CMR, and any
material of questioned suitability proposed for use in
the construction of a building or structure, shall be
subjected to the tests prescribed in 780 CMR 17 and
in the approved rules to determine character, quality
and limitations of use.
In accordance with 780 CMR 1093.4, the
building official may require that suck materials be
presented before the Construction Materials Safety
Board for approval
1701.3 Used materiaBs: The use of all second-hand
materials which meet the minimum requirements of
this code for new materials shall be permitted.
780 CMR 1702.0 BEFINmONS
1702.1 General; The following words and terms
shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR 1702.0 and as
used elsewhere in 780 CMR, have the meanings
shown herein.
Approved agency: An established and recognized
agency regularly engaged in conducting tests or
furnishing inspection services, when such agency
has been approved (see 780 CMR 1704.0).
Fabricated item: Structural, loadbearing or lateral
/oarf-resisting assemblies consisting of materials
assembled prior to installation in a building or
structure, or subjected to operations such as heat
treatment, thermal cutting, cold working or
reforming after manufacture and prior to
installation in a building or structure. Materials
produced in accordance with standard
specifications referenced by 780 CMR, such as
rolled structural steel shapes, steeUreinforcing
bars, masonry units and plywood sheets, shall not
be considered "fabricated items."
Inspection, structural: inspection as herein required
of the installation, fabrication, erection or
placement of components and connections
requiring special expertise to ensure adequacy
(see 780 CMR 1 16.0 and 1705.0).
A plate, tag or other device which is
permanently and prominently afiSxed to a product
or material indicating that it has been tested and
evaluated by an approved agency (see 780 CMR
1704.3).
Structural Engineer of Record (SER): The
registered professional engineer whose professional
seal of registration and signature appears on the
design documents submitted with the building
permit application, or the alternate (SEE) who
succeeds the (SER), as provided in 780 CMR
1705.3.3.
780 CMR 1703.0 INFORMATION REQUIRED
1703.1 Material performance; Where the quality of
materials is essential for conformance to 780 CMR,
specific information shall be given to establish such
quality; and 780 CMR shall not be cited, or the term
"legal" or the term's equivalent be used as a
substitute for specific information. This information
shall consist of test reports conducted by an
approved testing agency in accordance with the
standards referenced in Appendix A or isuch other
information as necessary for the code official to
determine that the material meets the applicable
code requirements.
1703.1.1 Labeling: Where materials or
assemblies are required by 780 CMR to be
labeled, such materials and assemblies shall be
labeled by an approved agency in accordance
with 780 CMR 1704.0.
1703.2 Research and investigation: Sufficient
technical data shall be submitted to substantiate the
proposed use of any material or assembly. If it is
determined that the evidence submitted is
satisfactory proof of performance for the use
intended, the code official shall approve the use of
the maternal or assembly subject to the requirements
of 780 CMR. The cost of all tests, reports and
investigations required under 780 CMR 17 shall
be paid by the permit applicant.
1703.2.1 Research reports: Supporting data,
where necessary to assist in the approval of all
materials or assemblies not specifically provided
for in 780 CMR, shall consist of valid research
reports fi"om approved sources.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
301
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
1703.3 Evaluation and follow-up inspection
services: Prior to the approval of a closed
prefabricated assembly, the permit applicant shall
submit an evaluation report of each prefabricated
assembly. The report shall indicate the complete
details of the assembly, including a description of
the assembly and the assembly's components, the
basis upon which the assembly is being evaluated,
test results and similar information, and other data as
necessary for the code official to determine
conformance to 780 CMR.
1703.3.1 Evaluation service: The code official
shall review evaluation reports from approved
sources for adequacy and conformance to
780 CMR.
1703.3.2 Follow-up inspection: The owner shall
provide for structural inspections oi fabricated
items in accordance with 780 CMR 1705.
1703.3.3 Test and inspection records: Copies of
all necessary test and inspection records shall be
filed with the code official.
780 CMR 1704.0 APPROVALS
1704.1 Written approvals: Where approvals by the
building official are required by the provisions of
780 CMR, such approvals shall be given in writing
within a reasonable time after satisfactory
completion of all the required tests and submissions
of required test reports.
1704.2 Approved record: For any material,
appliance, equipment, system or method of
construction that has been approved, a record of
such approval, including all of the conditions and
limitations of the approval, shall be kept on file in
the building official's office and shall be open to
public inspection at all appropriate times.
1704.3 Labeling: Products and materials required to
be labeled shall be labeled in accordance with the
procedures set forth in 780 CMR 1704.3.1 through
1704.3.3.
1704.3.1 Testing: An approved agency shall test
a representative sample of the product or material
being labeled to the relevant standard or
standards. The approved agency shall maintain a
record of all of the tests performed. The record
shall provide sufficient detail to verify compliance
with the test standard.
1704.3.2 Inspection and identification: The
approved agency shall periodically perform an
inspection, which shall be in-plant if necessary, of
the product or material that is to be labeled. The
inspection shall verify that the labeled product or
material is representative of the product or
material tested.
1704.3.2.1 Independent: The agency to be
approved shall be objective and competent.
The agency shall also disclose all possible
conflicts of interest so that objectivity can be
confirmed.
1704.3.2.2 Equipment: An approved agency
shall have adequate equipment to perform all
required tests. The equipment shall be
periodically calibrated.
1704.3.2.3 Personnel: An approved agency
shall employ experienced personnel educated
in conducting, supervising and evaluating
tests.
1704.3.3 Label information: The label shall
contain the manufacturer's or distributor's
identification, model number, serial number, or
definitive information describing the product or
material's performance characteristics and
approved agency s identification.
1704.4 Heretofore-approved materials: The use of
any ' material already fabricated or of any
construction already erected, which conformed to
requirements or approvals heretofore in effect, shall
be permitted to continue, if not detrimental to life,
health or safety of the public.
780 CMR 1705,0 REQUIREMENTS FOR
STRUCTURAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
1705.1 General: The permit applicant shall provide
special inspections where application is made for
construction as described in 780 CMR 1705.0.
Exceptions:
1. Structural tests and inspections are not
required for building components unless the
design involves the practice of professional
engineering or architecture as defined by M.G.L
c 112 § 60K and/or M. G.L c 112 § 81D.
2. Structural tests and inspections are not
required for occupancies in Use Group R-3.
1705.2 Purpose: The purpose of the structural tests
and inspections specified in 780 CMR 1 705 is to
provide assurance to the owner and the building
official that the construction complies with the
requirements of the structural design by the SER.
These tests and inspections are for quality
asurance audits and their implementation does not
relieve the contractor or sub-contractors of their
responsibility for quality control of the work and
any design for which they are responsible.
1705.3 Program for tests and inspections: The
SER shall establish a program of structural tests
and inspections which meets the requiremnts of
780 CMR 17. The SER shall direct the
implementation of this program and select any
structural inspectors required to undertake the
program. All fees and costs related to the
implementation of this program shall be borne by
the owner.
302
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
STRUCTURAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
1705.3.1 Building permit requirement: The
permit applicant shall submit the program of
structural tests and inspectiom prepared by the
SEE as a condition for permit issuance. This
program shall include a complete list of
materials and work requiring structural tests and
inspections by 780 CMR170SJ, the inspections
to be performed and a list of the individuals,
approved agencies and firms intended to be
retained for conducting such inspections.
1705.3.2 Report requirement: A final report
stating that the program of structural tests and
inspections has been satisfactorily completed
shall be submitted to the owner and ike building
official by the SER prior to the issuance of the
certificate of occupancy. As construction
progresses, inspection reports and records of
tests and measurements shall be maintained by
the SER. When these records are requested by
the building official, they shall be submitted
promptly, in accordance with procedures
established by the building official prior to the
start of construction. When deviations from
design requirements are determined during tests
or inspections, the SER shall promptly report
such to the contractor for correction. If the
contractor fails to correct any reported demotion,
it shall be reported to the building officio! by the
SER
1705.3.3 Alternate SER- If the SER cannot
continue with the project, the owner shall retain
an alternate qualified registered professional
engineer to review the design and assume the
full responsibilities of the former SER
1705.3.4 Performance specsfiactlons/ The SER
shall identify, in the program of structural tests
and inspections submitted with the building
permit application, any structural elements or
systems, that the SER has specified to be
designed by another registered professional
engineer. The SER shall review ^e design of
these structural elements or systems and shall
include them in the program of structural tests
and inspections.
17053.5 Waiver of structural inspection by the
SER: Where, in then opinion of the SEE, any
portion of the contractor's quality control
program, meets the inspection and test
requirements of 780 CMR 17 OB, the SER may
reduce the specified quality assurance stmctural
inspection and test program following approval
by the building official When this is done the
final inspection report shall also include
reference to the results of those inspections
performed by the contractor. As constmction
progresses, reports of inspectiom • and
measurements shall be submitted to ike SER
and, if requested, to the buUMng official
170S.4 Inspection of fabricators: Where fabrication
of structural loadbearing members and assemblies is
being performed on the premises of a fabricator's
shop, structural inspection of the fabricated items
shall be required. The fabricated items shall be
inspected as required by 780 CMR 1705.0 and as
required elsewhere in 780 CMR.
1705.4.1 Fabrication procedures: The special
inspector shall veriiy that the fabricator maintains
detailed fabrication and quality control procedures
which provide a basis for inspection control of the
workmanship and the fabricator's ability to
conform to approved drawings, project
specifications and referenced standards. The
special inspector shall review the procedures for
completeness and adequacy relative to the code
requirements for the fabricator's scope of work.
1705.4.2 Procedures mpIeimentatEOM: The
structural inspector shall verify that the fabricator
is properly implementing the fabrication and
quality control procedures outlined in 780 CMR
1705.4.1.
Exception: Stmctural inspections as required
by 780 CMR 1705.4 may be reduced by the
SER where the fabricator maintains an
agreement with an approved independent
inspection or quality control agency to
conduct periodic in-plant inspectiom at the
fabricator's plant, at a frequency that will
assure the fabricator^ conformance to the
requirements of the inspection agency's
approved quality control program.
17©5.S Steel constnaction: The structural
inspectiom for steel elements of buildings and
stmctures shall be as required by 780 CMR 1705.5. 1
through 1705.5.3.
1705.5.1 Inspection of steel fabricators: The
permit appUcant shall provide stntctral
inspection of st^\ fabricated items in accordance
with the provisions of 780 CMR 1705.2.
Exception: Structural inspection of the steel
fabrication process shall not be required where
the fabricator does not perform any welding,
thermal cutting or heating operation of any
kind as part of the ^brication process. In such
cases, the fabricator shall be required to submit
a detailed procedure for material control which
demonstrates the ^bricator's ability to maintain
suitable records and procedures such that, at
any time during the &brication process, the
material specification, grade and mill test
reports for the main stress-canying elements
and bolts are capable of being determined.
1705.5.2 Material receiving: All main stress-
carrying elements, welding material and bolting
material shall be inspected for conformance to
Table 1705.5.2.
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition
303
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Table 1705.5.2
INSPECTION FOR STEEL MATERIALS
Material
Inspection requuired
Reference for
criteria
Bolts,
nuts,
washers
1. Materia] identification
markings
2. ConfonnancetoASTM
standards specified by
the design engineer
Manufacturer's certifi-
cate of compliance is
required
Applicable ASTM
material
specifications; AISC
ASD, Section A3.4;
AISCLRFD,
Section A3.3
Structural
steel
1. Material identification
markings
2. ConfonnancetoASTM
standards specified in
the approved plans and
specifications
ASTM A6 or ASTM
A568
Provide certified test
reports in accord-
ance with ASTM A6
orASTMA568
Weld filter
materials
1. Conformance to AWS
specifications as speci-
fied in the approved
plans and specifica-
tions.
Manufacturer's certifi-
cate of compliance is
-jMuiisd
AISC ASD, Section
A3.6; AISCLRFD,
Section A3. 5
Note a. The specific standards referenced are those listed
m Appendix A
1705.5.3 Erection: Structural inspections are
required for bolts, welding and details as specified
in 780 CMR 1705.5.3.1 through 1705.5.3.3.
1705.5.3.1 Installatioin of high-strength
bolts: Inspection shall be as specified in
Section 9 of the RCSC Specification for
Structural Joints Using A325 or A490 Bolts
listed in Appendix A.
1705.5.3.2 Welding: Weld inspection shall be
in compliance with Section 6 of AWS DLl
listed in Appendix A. Weld inspectors shall be
certified in accordance with AWS Dl.l listed
mAppetuUxA.
1705.5.3.2.1 Welding of the structural
seismic-resisting system: Welding of the
structural seismic-resisting system of
buildings, shall be inspected in accordance
with 780 CMR 1705.5.3.2.2 and
1705.5.3.2.3. Each complete penetration
groove weld in joints and splices shall be
tested for the fiiU length of the weld either
by ultrasonic testing or by other ^proved
methods, for special moment fi-ames and
eccentrically braced fi'ames.
Exception: The nondestructive testing rate
for welds made by an individual welder is
permitted to be reduced to 25% of the welds,
with the approval of the SER, provided the
weld mspection reject rate is 5% or less.
1705.53.2.2 Column splice welds: Column
splice welds, which are partial penetration
groove welds, shall be tested by ultrasonic
testing or other approved methods at a
percentage rate established by SER. All
partial penetration column splice welds
designed for axial or flexural tension fi-om
seismic forces shall be tested.
1705.SJ.2.3 Base metal testing: Base metal
having a thickness more than 1.5 inches (38
mm) and subject to through-thickness weld
shrinkage strains shall be ultrasonically
tested for discontinuities behind and
adjacent to the welds after joint welding.
Any material discontinuities shall be
evaluated based on the criteria established in
the construction documents hy the SER.
1705.5.3.3 Details: The structural inspector
shall perform an inspection of the steel ft-ame
to verify compliance with the details shown on
the approved construction documents, such as
bracing, stiffening, member locations and
proper application of joint details at each
connection.
1705.6 Concrete construction: The structural
inspections for concrete structures and concreting
operations shall be as required by 780 CMR
1705.6.1 through 1705.6.6.
Exception: Structural inspections shall not be
required for:
1 . Concrete footings of buildings three stories
or less in height which are fully supported on
earth or rock.
2. Nonstructural concrete slabs supported
directly on the ground, including prestressed
slabs on grade, where the eflfective prestress in
the concrete is less than 150 psi (0. 1 1 kg/mm^).
3. Plain concrete foundation walls constructed
in accordance with Table 1812.3.2.
4. Concrete patios, driveways and sidewalks,
on grade.
1705.6.1 Materials: In the absence of sufficient
data or documentation providing evidence of
conformance to quality standards for materials in
Chapter 3 of ACI 318 listed in Appendix A the
code official shall require testing of materials in
accordance with the appropriate standards and
criteria for the material in Chapter 3 of ACI 3 1 8
listed in Appendix A. Weldability of
reinforcement that conforms to ASTM A706
listed in Appendix A shall be determined in
accordance with the requirements of 780 CMR
1906.5.2.
1705.6.2 Installation of reinforcing and
prestressing steel: The location and installation
details of reinforcing and prestressing steel shall
be inspected for compliance with the approved
construction documents and ACI 318 (such as
Sections 7.4, 7.5, 7.6 and 7.7) listed in
Appendix A. Welding of reinforcing of the
structural seismic-resisting system shall be
in^cted.
304
780 CMR - Sbrth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
STRUCTURAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
1705.63 Concreting operations: During placing
and curing of concrete, the special inspections
listed in Table 170S.6.3 shall be performed.
Table 1705.6.3
REQUIRED INSPECTIONS DURING
CONCRETING OPERATIONS
Required inspection
1. Evaluation of concrete
strength, except as exempted
by 780 CMRl 908.3. 1(3).
3. Inspection during concrete
placement, for proper
application techniques.
4. iaspedioafot atmHsDaBse of
spc»iEed curing temperBtores
J "
Reference for criteria
ACI 3 18 Section 5.6
llllll^|||p||ii|i
ACI 318 Sections 5.9 and
5.10
ACI 3t«6ecdQns 5.11,
5MsadSA3 ' ' '
Note a. ACI 3 1 8 listed in Appendix A
1705.6.4 Inspection during prestressing:
Inspection during the application of prestressing
forces shall be performed to determine
compliance with Section 18.18 of ACI 318 listed
')Si Appendix A.
1705.6.4.1 Inspection during grouting:
Inspection during the grouting of bonded
prestressing tendons in the structural seismic-
resisting system shall be performed.
1705.6.5 Manufacture of precast concrete: The
manufacture of precast concrete, as required by
780 CMR 1705.4, shall be subject to a quality
control program administered by an approved
agency.
1705.6.6 Erection of precast concrete: Erection
of precast concrete shall be inspected for
compliance with the approved plans and erection
drawings.
1705,7 Masonry construction: The structural
inspections listed in Table 1705.7 shall be required
for masonry construction.
Table 1705.7
SPECIAL INSPECTIONS FOR
MASONRY CONSTRUCTION
Referenced criteria
Inspection or test
ACI 530/
ASCE5/
TMS402
ACI 530. 1
ASCE 6/
TMS602
1. Material
2. Masonry strength
Sec.2.2
Sec. 1.6
liSill
See;iiM5.
b. Application of mortar grout
and masonry xmits
Sec. 2.3.3:3
Sec. 4.3.3
:;g||iiliiiii|ijiip|^
Siitii
If ;;^;; ::•■:::■•
d. Protection of masonry during
cold weather (temperature
below 40°F) or hot weather
(temperature above 100°F)
Sec. 2.3.2.2
Sec. 2.3.2.3
|iiM||i||||j
illiil
4. Inspection of welding of
reinforcement, grouting,
consolidation and reconsolidation
for buildings assigned to Seismic
Performance Categoiy Cor D in
accordance with 780 CMR
1612.2.7
Note b.
Note b.
Note a. The specific standards referenced are those listed
m Appendix A.
Note h. Referenced criteria not applicable.
1705.S Wood construction: Structural inspections
of the fabrication process of wood structural
elements and assemblies shall be in accordance with
780 CMR 1705.4. Structural inspection is required
for nailing, bolting, structural gluing or other
fastening of the structural seismic-resisting system.
1705.9 Prepared fill: The structural inspections for
prepared fill shall be as required by 780 CMR
1705.9.1 through 1705.9.3. The approved report,
required by 780 CMR 1804.1, shall be used to
determine compliance.
1705,9.1 Site preparation: Prior to placement of
the prepared fill, the structural inspector shall
determine that the site has been prepared in
accordance with the approved report.
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 CMR - Skth Edition
305
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
1705.9.2 During flll placement: During the
placement and compaction of the fill material, the
structural inspector shall determine that the
material being used and the maximum lift
thicknesses comply with the approved report.
1705.9.3 Evaluation of in-place density: The
structural inspector shall determine, at the
approved frequency, that the in-place dry density
of the compacted fill complies with the approved
report.
1705.10 Pile foundations: Structural inspections of
pile foundations are required as provided for in
780 CMR 1816.13.
1705.11 Pier foundations: Structural inspection is
required for pier foundations.
1705.12 Wall panels and veneers: Structural
inspection is required for exterior wall panels and
their attachment to the building structure.
1705.13 Light gauge metal framing: Structural
inspection is required for light gauge metal
framing systems fi>r roofs, floors, and load bearing
walls and for light gauge metal framing in exterior
curtain walls that have a story height greater than
ten feet
1705.14 Special cases: Structural inspections shall
be required for proposed work which is, in the
opinion of the code ofiBcial, unusual in its nature,
such as:
1. Construction of materials and systems which
are alternatives to materials and systems
prescribed by 780 CMR.
2. Unusual design applications of materials
described in 780 CMR.
3. Materials and systems required to be installed
in accordance with additional manufacturer's
instructions that prescribe requirements not
contained in 780 CMR or in standards referenced
by 780 CMR.
780 CMR 1706.0 DESIGN STUENGIHS
OF MATERIALS
1706.1 Conformance to standards: The design
strengths and permissible stresses of any structural
material that is identified as to manufacture and
grade by mill tests, or the strength and stress grade
is otherwise confirmed to the satisfaction of the code
official, shall conform to the specifications and
methods of design of accepted engineering practice
or the approved rules in the absence of applicable
standards.
1706.2 New materials: For materials which are not
specifically provided for in 780 CMR, the design
strengths and permissible stresses shall be
established by tests as provided for in 780 CMR
1708.0 and 1709.9.
780 CMR 1707.0 ALTERNATIVE TEST
PROCEDURE
1707.1 General: In the absence of approved rules or
other approved standards, the code official shall
make, or cause to be made, the necessary tests and
investigations; or the code official shall accept duly
authenticated reports from approved agencies in
respect to the quality and manner of use of new
materials or assemblies as provided for in 780 CMR
106.0. The cost of all tests and other investigations
required under the provisions of 780 CMR shall be
borne by the permit applicant.
780 CMR 1708.0 TEST SAFE LOAD
1708.1 Where required: Where proposed
construction is not capable of being designed by
approved engineering analysis, or where proposed
construction design method does not comply with
the applicable material design standard listed in
Appendix A, the system of construction or the
structural unit and the connections shall be subjected
to the tests prescribed in 780 CMR 1710.0. The code
official shall accept certified reports of such tests
conducted by an approved testing agency, provided
that such tests meet the requirements of 780 CMR
and approved procedures.
780 CMR 1709.0 IN-SrrU LOAD TESTS
1709.1 General: Whenever there is a reasonable
doubt as to the stability or loadbearing capacity of a
completed building, structure or portion thereof for
the expected loads, an engineering assessment shall
be required. The engineering assessment shall
involve either a structural analysis or an in-situ load
test, or both. The structural analysis shall be based
upon actual material properties and other as-built
conditions which affect stability or loadbearing
capacity, and shall be conducted in accordance with
the applicable design standard listed in Appendix A.
If the structural assessment determines that the
loadbearing capacity is less than that required by the
code, load tests shall be conducted in accordance
with 780 CMR 1709.2. If the building, structure or
portion thereof is found to have inadequate stability
or loadbearing capacity for the expected loads,
modifications to insure structural adequacy or the
removal of the inadequate construction shall be
required.
1709.2 Test standards: All structural components
and assemblies shall be tested in accordance with the
appropriate material standards listed in Appendix A.
In the absence of a standard listed in Appendix A
that contains an applicable load test procedure, the
test procedure shall be developed by a registered
professional engineer and approved. The test
procedure shall simulate the loads and conditions of
306
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
STRUCTURAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
application that the completed structure or portion
thereof wll be subjected to in normal use.
17093 Iii-situ load tests: All in°situ load tests shall
be conducted in accordance with 780 CMR 1709.3. 1
or 1709.3.2 and shall be supervised by a registered
professional engineer. The test shall simulate the
applicable loading conditions specified in 780 CMR
16 as necessary to address the concerns regarding
structural stability of the building, structure or
portion thereof
17(09.3ol Load test procedure specified: Where
a standard listed in Appendix A contains an
applicable load test procedure and acceptance
criteria, the test procedure and acceptance criteria
in the standard shall apply. In the absence of
specific load factors or acceptance criteria, the
load factors and acceptance criteria in 780 CMR
1709.3.2 shall apply.
1709.3.2 Load test procedure not specified: In
the absence of applicable load test procedures
contained within a standard referenced by this
code or acceptance criteria for a specific material
or method of construction, such existing structure
shall be subjected to a test load equal to two times
the design load. The test load shall be left in place
for a period of 24 hours. The structure shall be
considered to have met successfully the test
requirements if all of the following criteria are
satisfied:
1 . Under the design load, the deflection shall
not exceed the limitations specified by the
SER;
2. Wthin 24 hours after removal of the test
load, the structure shall have recovered not less
than 75% of the maximum deflection; and
3 . During and immediately after the test, the
structure shall not show evidence of failure.
780 CMR 17ia0 PRECX)NOTRUCI10N
IMAD TESTS
1710.1 General: In evaluating the physical
properties of materials and methods of construction
which are not capable of being designed by
approved engineering analysis or which do not
comply with the j^plicable material design standards
listed in Appen£x A, the structural adequacy shall
be predetermined based. on the load test criteria
established by 780 CMR 1710.2 through 1710.5.
i710o2 Load test procedures specified: Where
specific load test procedures, load factors and
acceptance criteria are included in the applicable
design standards listed in Appendix A, such test
procedures, loadfiuctors and acceptance criteria shall
apply. In the absence of specific test procedures,
loadhctoTS or acceptance criteria, the corresponding
provisions in 780 CMR 1710.3 shall apply.
17103 Load test procedures not specified: Where
load test procedures are not specified in the
applicable design standards listed in Appendix A,
the loadbearing capacity of structural components
and assemblies shall be determined on the basis of
load tests conducted in accordance with 780 CMR
1710.3.1 and 1710.3.2. Load tests shall simulate all
of the applicable loading conditions specified in
780 CMR 16.
1710J.1 Test procedure: The test assembly shall
be subjected to an increasing superimposed load
equal to not less than two times the superimposed
design load. The test load shall be left in place for
a period of 24 hours. The tested assembly shall be
considered to have met successfully the test
requirements if the assembly recovers not less
than 75% of the maximum deflection within 24
hours after the removal of the test load. The test
assembly shall then be reloaded and subjected to
an increasing superimposed load until either
structural failure occurs or the superimposed load
is equal to 2/4 times the load at which the
deflection limitations specified in 780 CMR
1710.3.2 were reached, or the load is equal to 2V4
times the superimposed design load. In the case of
structural components and assemblies for wMch
deflection limitations are not specified in
780 CMR 1710.3.2, the test specimen shall be
subjected to an increasing superimposed load until
structural failure occurs or the load is equal to 2^2
times the desired superimposed design load. The
allowable superimposed design load shall be
taken as the lesser of:
1 . The load at the deflection limitation given
by 780 CMR 1709.3.2;
2. The failure load divided by 2.5; or
3. The maximum load applied divided be 2.5.
17103,2 Beflectlon: The deflection of structural
members under the design load shall not exceed
the limitations in 780 CMR 1604.5.
Wall and partitiomi assemblies:
Loadbearing wall and partition assemblies shall
sustain the test load both mth and without window
fi'aming. The test load shaU include all design load
components.
17i0<,§ Tes^ specimens: All test specimens and
construction shall be representative of the materials,
workmanship and details normally used in practice.
The properties of the materials used to construct the
test assembly shall be determined on the basis of
tests on samples taken fi'om the load test assembly or
on representative samples of the materials used to
construct the load test assembly. All required tests
shall be conducted or witnessed by an approved
agency. Wall and partition assemblies shall be tested
both with and without door and window framing.
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) = corrected 780 CMR - Sbcth Edition
307
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
308 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
CHAPTER 18
FOUNDATIONS AND RETAINING WALLS
(This Chapter is unique to Massachusetts)
780 CMR 180L0 GENERAL
Scope: The provisions of 780 CMR 18 shall
control the foundation design and construction of all
buildings and structures hereafter erected to insure
adequate strength of all parts thereof for the safe
support of all superimposed live and special loads,
in addition to their own dead load, without
exceeding the allowable stresses or design
capabilities.
780 CMR 1802.0 FOUNDATION
INVESTIGATIONS
1802.1 Where required: Borings, test pits or other
soil investigations shall be required for all structures
except the following, unless specifically required by
the code official:
1. one- and two-family dwellings and their
accessory buildings;
2. structures less than 35,000 cubic feet in gross
volume; or
3. structures used for agricultural purposes.
The borings, test pits or other soil investigations
shall be adequate in number and depth and so
located to accurately define the nature of the
subsurface materials necessary for the support of the
structure. When it is proposed to support the
structure directly on bedrock, the code official shall
require core borings to be made into the rock; or
shaU require other satisfactory evidence to prove that
the structure shall be adequately founded on
bedrock.
1S02JJ Seismic lisvestigatlon: Where the
foundation investigation indicates subsoils of
Material Classes 8 or 9, as defined in Table
1804.3, a soil investigation report which evaluates
the potential hazards due to liquefaction and slope
instability during an earthquake shall be submitted
to the code official. The liquefaction evaluation
shall be performed in accordance with 780 CMR
1805.3
1802.2 Soil samples and boring reports: Samples
of the strata penetrated in test borings or test pits,
representing the natural disposition and conditions at
the site, shall be available for examination by the
code official. Wash or bucket samples shall not be
accepted. Duplicate copies of the results obtained
from all borings and of all test results or other
pertinent soil data shall be filed with the code
official.
780 CMR 1803.0 SOIL BEARING TESTS
1S03,1 General: Whenever the allowable bearing
pressure on bearing materials is in doubt, the code
official may require soil bearing tests. The tests
shall be performed under the direction of a
registered design professional. A complete record
of the test results together with a soil profile shall be
filed by the registered design professional who shall
have a representative on the site during all boring
and test operations.
iS03.2 Loaded areas: The loaded area shall be
approximately four square feet for all bearing
materials; except that when the footing overlies wet
clay or other soft materials, the test load shall be
applied to an area of not less than ten square feet.
Bearing tests shall be applied at the elevations of the
proposed bearing surfaces of the structure; except
that the load may be applied directly on the surface
of compacted granular material. The excavation
within three feet (1 m) surrounding an area to be
tested shall be made not deeper than one foot (0.3 m)
above the plane of application of the test. The test
plate shall be placed with uniform bearing.
1503.3 Loading procedure: The application of the
test load shall be in steps equal to not more than Vz
the contemplated design bearing pressure, to at least
twice the contemplated design bearing pressure. The
unloading shall be at least two steps, to the design
pressure and then to zero load. The contemplated
design pressure and twice the contemplated design
pressure shall be maintained constant for at least 24
hours and until the movement does not exceed two
hundredths of an inch (0.5 mm) during a 24-hour
period. The load for all other load and unload steps
including the zero load at the end of the test shall be
maintained constant for a period of not less than four
hours. Sufficient readings for each load step shall be
made to define property the time-deflection curve.
1503.4 Acc&iracy of loading: Test loads applied by
mechanical devices shall be automatically controlled
so as to insure not more than a 5% variation in
applied load. Such devices shall be calibrated prior
to the test.
1803.5 Test acceptance: The proposed design load
shall be allowed provided that the requirements of
780 CMR 1805.5 are fulfilled and the settlements
under the design bearing pressure and twice the
design bearing pressure do not exceed % of an inch
(10 mm) and one inch (25 mm), respectively.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
309
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
780 CMR 1804.0 LOAD BEARING
VALUE OF SOILS
1804.1 Soils report: All applications for permits for
the construction of new buildings or structures, and
for the alteration of permanent structures which
require changes in foundation loads and distribution,
shall be accompanied by a report describing the soil
in the ultimate loadbearing strata, including
sufficient data to establish its character, nature and
loadbearing capacity. The report shall be prepared
by a registered design professional.
1804.2 Satisfactory foundation materials:
Satisfactory bearing strata to provide structural
support shall be considered to include the following:
natural strata of rock, gravel, sand, inorganic silt,
inorganic clay, or combination of these materials
provided that they do not overlie an appreciable
amount of peat, organic silt, soft clay or other
objectionable materials. Compacted fills, when
designed and monitored by a registered design
professional, may be accepted by the code official.
Other conditions of unsatisfactory bearing materials
which are improved in accordance with the
recommendations of, and monitored by, a registered
design professional may be accepted by the code
official.
1804.2.1 Loading interaction: Wherever bearing
strata are subject to interaction from other
loadings or strata reactions, such conditions shall
be incorporated in the evaluation of the design
bearing capacity of the support strata.
1804.2.2 Protection of bearing strata: Bearing
strata which may be adversely affected by
conditions within the structure, such as
evaporation and shrinkage due to excess heat or
cold, shall be adequately protected.
1804.3 Presumptive load bearing values: The
maximum allowable pressure on supporting soils
under spread footings at or near the surface shall not
exceed the values specified in Table 1804.3 or the
maximum allowable pressure shall be determined by
load tests conducted in the field or as otherwise
provided herein. Presumptive loadbearing values
shall apply to all materials with similar physical
characteristics. Surface values shall be adjusted for
deep footings and for weaker loadbearing strata
below piles, as provided for in 780 CMR 1817.8.
Higher allowable bearing pressures may be approved
by the code official when substantiated by the results
of investigations, analyses or testing prepared by a
registered design professional.
1804.3.1 Classification of bearing materials:
The terms used in 780 CMR 1804 shall be
interpreted in accordance with generally accepted
engineering nomenclature. Refer to commentary
in Appendix D for guidelines regarding soil and
rock classification and description.
1804.3.2 Prepared fill: Materials fi*om Classes 6
through 8, Table 1804.3, or dense graded crushed
stone or slag, which contain no plastic fines, shall
have a maximum allowable bearing pressure of up
to five tons per square foot when compacted to
95% or greater of the ma^dmum dry density as
determined by ASTM D1557 listed in Appendix
A. For compacted fills which do not meet the
above criteria or materials which cannot be tested
as above, a registered design professional shall be
engaged to provide recommendations for
compaction and maximum allowable design
bearing pressures.
1804.3.3 Field Control: The code official will
require that a registered ensign professional or his
representative be on the project at all times while
fill is being placed and compacted. The
representative shall make an accurate record of
the types of materials used, including grain-size
curves, thickness of lifts, densities, percent
compaction, type of compacting equipment and
number of coverages, the use of water and other
pertinent data.
310
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FOUNDATIONS AND RETAINING WALLS
Table 1804.3
ALLOWABLE BEARING PRESSURES FOR
FOUNDATION MATERIALS
Material r\ • .■ vt ♦ o ■ . ■ m ^ Allowable Net Bamng
Class Descnption Notes Consistency m Place Pressure (tons/?)
la Massive bedrock: 3 Hard, sound rock, minor 100
Granite, diorite gabbro, basalt, gneiss J9l|^^>°8
2 Foliated bedrcxk: slate, schist 3 Medium hard rock, minor 40
jointing
illliiiiiiiiioil^iiiiglSil^
4 Weakly cemented sedimentary 3 Very soft rock 10
bedrock: compaction shale or other
similar rock in sound condition
i^liiiliiiiiiililijiM
6 Slightly cemented sand and/or gravel, ^g Verv dense 10
glacial till (basal or lodgement),
hardpan
iip:iiiiii!SiiJiiii|iiii^i^^
iiiliiiMpiii?iliiPllli^
o Sands and non-plastic silty sands with 6, 7, 8, Dense ^
little or no gravel (except for Class 9 9 Medium dense 3
"^«"^s) Loose 2
Veiy loose Note 11
^ Fbesai«t5B%feiesaiKl.andmm- 6,7,$ Dense - 3
plastic inorganic5tU Medium dense 2
ioose I
' ' ' VetyJoQse ^ Note 11
jQ Inorganic sandy or silty clay, clayey 5,6, Hard ^
sand, clayey silt, clay, or varved clay; 10 sti£f 7
low to high plasticity ^^^ j
Soft Note 1 1
II Orgaaicsoily jjest.OTgaaacadt, - , li ^^l^ , ^ , ,. „ ' Note 1 J
'. organic cky >~~^ ^ ^-^^ ^
Notes for Table 1804.3:
1 . Refo* to commentaiy in Appendix D regarding typical index test values that may be helpful as guides for evaluation
of consistency in place.
2. Refer to 780 CMR 1 807.0 for determination of design loads and for special cases.
3. The allowable bearing pressures may be increased by an amount equal to 10% for each foot of depth below the
surface of sound rock; however, the increase shall not exceed two times the value given in the table.
4. For limestone and dolomite, the bearing pressures given are acceptable only if an exploration program performed
imder the direction of a registered design professional demonstrates that titiere are no cavities within the zone of
influence of the foimdations. If cavities exist, a special study of the foundation conditions is required.
5. Weathered shale and/or weathered compaction shale shall be included in Material Class 10. Other highly
weathered rocks and/or residua! soils shall be treated as soil under the q}propriate description in Material Classes
6 to 10. Where the transition between residual soil and bedrock is gradual, a registered design professional shall-
make a judgment as to the appropriate bearing pressure.
6. Settlement analyses in accordance with 780 CMR 180S.5 should be performed if the ability of a given structure
to tolerate settlements is in question, particularly for, but not limited to, soft or veiy soft clays and silts and loose
granular materials.
7. Allowable bearing pressures may be increased by an amount equal to 5% for each foot of depth of the bearing area
below the minimum required in 780 CMR 1806.0; however, fbe bearing pressure shall not exceed two times the
value given in the table. For foundation bearing areas having a least lateral dimension smaller than three feet, the
allowable bearing pressure shall be Vs of the tabulated value times the least dimension in feet
8. Refer to 780 CMRl 804.3 when these materials are used as compacted fills.
9. These materials arc subject to the provisions in 780 CMR 1 805.3 (Liquefaction).
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 311
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
10
11.
Alternatively, the allowable bearing pressure may be taken as 1.5 times the peak unconfined compressive strength
of undisturbed samples for square and round footings or 1.25 times that strength for footings with length to width
ratio of 4 or greater. For intermediate cases, interpolation may be used.
A registered design professional shall be engaged to provide recommendations for these special cases. Direct
bearing on organic soils is not permitted. Organic soils are allowed imder foundations for those cases defined in
780 CMR 1804.4.2, Preloaded materials.
1804.4 Lightweight structures: One-story
structures \^dthout masonry walls and not exceeding
800 square feet in area may be founded on a layer of
satisfactory bearing material not less than three feet
(1 m) thick, which is underlain by highly
compressible material, provided that the stresses
induced in the unsatisfactory material by the live and
dead loads of the structure, and the weight of any
new fill vithin or adjacent to the building area, will
not exceed 250 pounds per square foot (250 psf).
1804.4.1 Bearing capacity for lightweight
structures: Lightweight structures and accessory
structures, such as garages and sheds, may be
founded on normally unacceptable bearing strata,
providing such material is determined by a
registered design professional as being
satisfactory for the intended use.
1804.4.2 Preloaded materials: The code official
may allow the use of certain otherwise
unsatisfactory natural soils and uncompacted fills
for support of one-story structures after these
materials have been preloaded to effective stresses
not less than 150% of the efifective stresses which
will be induced by the live and dead loads of the
structure.
1804.4.3 Load test: The code official may
require the loading and unloading of a sufficiently
large area, conducted under the direction of a
registered design professional approved by the
code official, who shall submit a report containing
a program which will allow sufficient time for
adequate consolidation of the material based on
an analysis of the preloaded material and of the
probable settlements of the structure.
780 CMR 18QS.0 ALLOWABLE
FOUNDATION LOADS
1805.1 General: The maximum allowable pressures
on foundation materials shall be in accordance with
780 CMR 1804.0 and as modified herein.
1805.2 Soil Capacity: For the load combinations,
including seismic as specified in 780 CMR 1616.0,
the soil loadbearing strength shall be sufficient to
resist loads at acceptable strain, considering both the
duration of the loading and the dynamic properties
of the soil. For foundations supported on or in
Material Classes 1 through 6, as defined in Table
1804.3, or medium dense to very dense soils of
Material Classes 7 through 9, or stifif to hard soil of
Materials Class 10, the allowable bearing pressure or
pile or pier capacity may be increased by up to 33%
for load combinations that include wind or seismic
loading.
1805.3 Liquefaction:
1. The earthquake liquefaction potential of
saturated clean medium to fine sands shall be
evaluated on the basis of Figure 1805.3 for cases
where lateral sliding cannot occur.
Figure 1805.3
LIQUEFACTION SUSCEPTABILnY
2o e>o
S SOL
l|
no
SS<4oL
CO.
NOTSUSCEPTTBLE
TOUQUEFACnON
£5 ") DEPTH
( TO
aoV-GROUND-
r WATER
STAKDARD PENETRATION
RESISTANCE, N OBLOWS/FT.)
If the Standard resistances, N, in all strata of
medium to fine sand lie above the applicable
curve in Figure 1805.3 the sands at the site shall
not be considered subject to liquefaction.
Liquefection below a depth of 60 feet (18 m) fi^om
final grade need not be considered for level
ground. For pressure-injected footings, the ten-
foot (3-m) thickness of soil immediately below
the bottom of the driven shaft shall not be
considered subject to liquefaction.
2. Compacted granular fills shall not be
considered subject to liquefaaion provided they
are systematically compaaed to at least 93% of
maximum dry density as determined in
accordance with ASTM Standard Method D1557,
listed in Append y4 or to a relative density of at
least 60% in the case of granular soils having less
than 10% by weight material passing the No. 200
U.S. Sieve.
3. For sites not meeting the above criteria,
studies by a registered design professional shall
be made to determine that the structural loads can
be safely supported. Such studies might include
the following:
• Investigations to establish that the soils at
the site are not subject to liquefaction during
the design earthquake as specified in
780 CMR 1612.0.
312
780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected- 9/1 9/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FOUNDATIONS AND RETAINING WALLS
<» Design of foundations that will not fail
either by loss of bearing capacity or
excessive settlement if liquefaction occurs.
° Replacement or densification of
liquefaction-susceptible soils such that
liquefaction will not occur.
4. For sites underlain by saturated sands where
lateral sliding (slope instability) may occur,
studies by a registered design professional shsll
be made to establish the safety against sliding
during an earthquake with a peak acceleration of
0.12 g and a frequency content similar to that
implied by the modal seismic design coefficient
set forth in 780 CMR 1612.0
5. For sites underlain by saturated silty sands and
inorganic non-plastic silts, studies shall be made
by a registered design professional to determine
the susceptibility to liquefaction of these soils.
1805.4 Vertical pressure: The computed vertical
pressure at any level beneath a foundation shall not
exceed the allowable bearing pressure for the
material at that level. Computation of the vertical
pressure in the bearing materials at any depth below
a foundation shall be made on the assumption that
the load is spread uniformly at an angle of 30° with
the vertical; but the area considered as supporting the
load shall not extend beyond the intersection of 30"
planes of adjacent foundations.
1805.5 Settlement analysis: Whenever a structure
is to be supported by medium or soft clay (materials
of Class 10) or other materials which may be subject
to settlement or consolidation, the settlements of the
structure and of neighboring structures due to
consolidation shall be given careful consideration,
particularly if the subsurface material or the loading
is subject to significant variation. The code official
may require a settlement analysis to be made by a
registered design professional when the live and
dead loads of the structure, as specified in this
article, minus the weight of the excavated material,
induce a maximum stress greater than 300 pounds
per square foot at mid-depth of the underlying soft
soil layer.
Settlement analysis will be based on a
computation of the new increase in stress that will be
induced by the structure and realistically appraised
live loads, after deducting the weight of excavated
material under which the soil was fully consolidated.
The effects of fill loads within the building area or
fill and other loads adjacent to the building shall be
included in the settlement analysis. The appraisal of
the live loads may be based on surveys of actual live
loads of existing buildings with similar occupancy.
The soil compressibility shall be determined by a
registered design professional.
1805o6 Disturbance of bearing materials:
Whenever the bearing materials are disturbed from
any cause, for example, by the inward or upward
flow of water and/or by construction activities, the
extent of the disturbance shall be evaluated by a
registered design professional and appropriate
remedial measures satisfactory to the code official
shall be taken.
1S05.7 Mock foundations: Where subsurface
explorations at the project site indicate variations or
doubtful characteristics in the structure of the rock
upon which it is proposed to construct foundations,
a sufficient number of borings shall be made to a
depth of not less than ten feet below the level of the
foundations to provide assurance of the soundness of
the foundation stratum and its bearing capacity.
Refer to Table 1804.3 for allowable bearing
pressures and special conditions.
The maximum presumptive loadbearing capacity
of Class 1 or Class 2 rock may be increased where
the surface is leveled or benched, provided that such
increased safe capacity is determined by load tests on
an area of not less than one square foot (0.093 m^ in
accordance with the provisions of 780 CMR 1 803.0.
780 CMR 1806.0 DEPIH OF FOOTINGS
1806.1 Frost protection: All permanent supports of
buildings and structures larger than 100 square feet
(9.3 m^) in area or ten feet (3 m) in height shall
extend to a minimum of four feet (1.2 m) below
finished grade except when erected upon sound
bedrock or when protected from frost, or when the
foundation grade is established by a registered
design professional and as approved by the code
official. Spread footings of adequate size shall be
provided where necessary to distribute properly the
load within the allowable load bearing value of the
soil. Footings shall not bear on frozen soils.
,2 Isolated footings: Footings on granular soil
of Classes 7, 8 and 9 of Table 1804.3 and compacted
fill shall be so located that the line drawn between
the lower edges of adjoining footings shall not have
a steeper slope than 30° (0.52 rad) with the
horizontal unless the material supporting the higher
footing is braced or retained or otherwise laterally
supported in an approved manner or a greater slope
has been properly established by a registered design
professional.
1806,3 Deptli of spread foundations: The bottom
surface of any footing resting on material of
Classes 5 through 10 of Table 1804.3, shall be at
least 18 inches (460 mm) below the lowest ground
surface or the top surface of a floor slab bearing
direcdy on the soil immediately adjacent to the
footing.
780 CMR 1807.0 FOOTING DESIGN
18®7,1 Design loads: The loads to be used in
computing the pressure upon bearing materials
directly underlying foundations shall be the live and
1/19/01
780 CMR -Sixth Edition
313
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
dead loads of the structure, as specified in 780 CMR
1616.0 including the weight of the foundations and
of any immediately overlying material, but
deducting fi-om the resulting pressure per square foot
the total weight of a one-foot-square column of soil,
including the water in its voids, which extends fi^om
the lowest immediately adjacent surface of the soil
to the bottom of the footing, pier or mat.
Foundations shall be constructed so as to resist the
maximum probable hydrostatic pressures.
1807.2 Vibratory loads: Where machinery
operations or other vibrations are transmitted
through the foundation, consideration shall be given
in the footing design to prevent detrimental
disturbances of the soil.
1807.3 Vailing unit pressures: Footings shall be
so deagned that the unit soil pressure under the dead
load shall be as uniform as possible under all parts
of the building structure. When necessary for
stability in the structure due to settlement or varying
soil conditions, approved variations are permitted in
the unit pressure under different footings.
1807.4 Eccentric loads: Eccentricity of loadings in
foundations shall be fully investigated, and the
maximum pressure on the basis of straight-line
distribution shall not exceed the allowable bearing
pressures.
1807.5 Protection of footings: Trenching installed
parallel to footings shall not extend below, the line of
a 45° (0.79 rad) angle downward fi^om the
loadbearing plane of the footing.
780 CMR 1808.0 TIMBER FOOTINGS
AND WOOD FOUNDATIONS
1808.1 Timber footings: Timber footings are
permitted for buildings of Type 5 construction and
as otherwise approved. Such footings shall be
treated in accordance with AWPA C2 or C3 listed in
ApperuSxA. Treated timbers are not required where
placed entirely below permanent water level, or
where used as capping for wood piles which project
above the water level over submerged or marsh
lands. The compressive stresses perpendicular to
grain in untreated timber footings supported upon
piles shall not exceed 70% of the allowable stresses
for the species and grade of timber as specified in
NFoPA NDS listed in Appendix A.
1808.2 Pole buildings: Pole-type buildings shall be
designed and erected in accordance with AWPI Pole
Building Design listed in Appendix A. The poles
shall be treated in accordance with AWPA C2 or C4
listed in Appendix A.
1808.3 Wood foundations: Wood foundation
systems shall be designed and installed in
accordance with NFoPA TR7 listed in Appendix A.
All lumber and plywood shall be treated in
accordance with AWPA C22 listed in Appendix A
and shall be identified in accordance with 780 CMR
2311.3.1.
780 CMR 1809.0 STEEL GRILLAGES
1809.1 General: All steel grillage beams shall be
separated with approved steel spacers and shall be
entirely encased in at least three inches (76 mm) of
concrete, and the spaces between the beams shall be
completely filled with concrete or cement grout.
Where used on yielding soils, steel grillages shall
rest on approved concrete beds not less than sbc
inches (152 mm) thick.
780 CMR 18ia0 CONCRETE FOOTINGS
1810.1 Concrete strength: Concrete in footings
shall have a specified compressive strength of not
less than 2,500 psi (1.76 kg/mm^ at 28 days.
1810.2 Design: Concrete footings shall comply with
780 CMR 19 and ACI 318 or ACI 318.1 listed in
Appendix A.
1810.2.1 Footing seismic ties: Individual spread
footings, located on soil profile type S2, S3 or S4,
in accordance with 780 CMR 1612.4.2, and
supporting buildings assigned to Seismic
Performance Category D, in accordance with
780 CMR 1612.2.7, shall be interconnected by
ties. All ties shall be capable of resisting, in
tension or compression, a force equal to 10% of
the larger column dead plus live load. Individual
tie beams are not required when it is demonstrated
that equivalent restraint will be provided by
structural members within slabs on grade or
r^nforced concrete slabs on grade or confinement
be competent rock, hard cohesive soils, very
dense granular soils or other approved means.
1810.3 Thickness: The thickness of concrete
footings shall comply with 780 CMR 1810.3.1 and
1810.3.2,
1810.3.1 Plain concrete: In plain concrete
footings, the edge thickness shall not be less than
eight inches (203 mm) for footings on soil; except
that for occupancies of Use Group R-3 and
buildings less than two stories in height of Type 5
construction, the requu'ed edge thickness shall be
six inches (152 mm) provided that the footing
does not extend beyond four inches (102 mm) on
either side of the supported wall.
1810.3.2 Reinforced concrete: In reinforced
concrete footings, the thickness above the bottom
reinforcement shall not be less than six. inches
(152 mm) for footings on soil. The clear cover on
reinforcement where the concrete is cast against
the earth shall not be less than three inches
(76 mm). Where concrete is exposed to soil after
314
780 CMR - Sbrth Edition corrected- 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BIHLDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FOUNDATIONS AND RETAINING WALLS
it has been cast, the clear cover shall not be less
than IV2 inches (38 mm) for reinforcement of
No. 5 bars or %-inch (16 mm) diameter wire or
smaller, nor less than two inches (51 mm) for
larger reinforcement.
1310.4 Deposition: Concrete footings shall not be
placed through water unless otherwise approved.
Where placed under or in the presence of water, the
concrete shall be deposited by approved means to
insure minimum segregation of the mix and
negligible turbulence of the water.
1810.5 Protection of concrete: Concrete footings
shall be protected from freezing during depositing
and for a period of not less than five days thereafter.
Water shall not be allowed to flow through the
deposited concrete.
1810.6 Forming of concrete: Concrete footings
shall not be cast agamst the earth where, in the
opinion of the code official, soil conditions warrant
forming. Where forming is required, forming shall
be in accordance with Chapter 6 of ACI 318 listed in
Appendix A.
780 CMR 1811,0 MASONRY-UNIT
FOOTINGS
ISli.l Dimensions: Masonry°unit footings shall be
laid in Type M or S mortar complying with
780 CMR 2105.7, and the depth shall not be less
than twice the projection beyond the wall, pier or
column. The width shall not be less than eight
inches (203 mm) wider than the wall supported
thereon.
1811.2 Offsets: The maximum offset of each course
in brick foundation walls stepped up from the
footings shall be 114 inches (38 mm), if laid in single
courses, and three inches (76 mm), if laid in double
courses.
780 CMR 1812.0 FOUNDATION WALLS
1812.1 Design: Foundation walls shall be designed
to resist frost action and to support safely all vertical
and lateral loads as provided for in 780 CMR 16.
The maximum stresses caused by combined loads
shall be within the values specified for the materials
used in the construction. Unless properly reinforced,
tensile stresses shall not exceed those permitted in
plain masonry.
1812.2 Definitions: The following words and terms
shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR 1812 and as used
elsewhere in 780 CMR, have the meanings shown
herein.
Foundation wall: A wall below the ioor nearest
grade which serves as a support for a wall, pier,
column or other structural part of a building.
Retaining wall: A wall designed to resist the lateral
displacement of soil or other material.
.3 Minimum thickness: The thickness of
foundation walls shall not be less than the thickness
of the wall supported, and the minimum thickness
shall be limited for the various materials of
construction as herein specified. Eight-inch
foundation walls shall be permitted under brick-
veneered frame and under ten-inch cavity walls
where the total height of the wall supported,
including gables, is not more than 20 feet (6 m).
1812.3.1 Reinforced concrete: Reinforced
concrete exterior foundations and exterior and
interior basement walls which retain or support
the lateral pressure of earth or water shall not be
!ess than TA inches (191 mm) thick.
1812.3.2 Hollow and solid masonry and plain
concrete: The thickness of masonry foundation
walls shall not be less than shown m Table
1 8 1 2. 3 .2 for the type of foundation used. Where
the height of the unbalanced fill (height of
finished ground level above the basement floor or
inside ground level) exceeds eight feet (2.4 m) or
where the equivalent fluid weight of the
unbalanced fill exceeds 30 pounds per cubic foot
(pcf) (146 kg/m ) or where the height of the
foundation wall between lateral supports exceeds
eight feet (2.4 m), the foundation wall thickness
shall be determined by structural analysis in
accordance with ACI 530/ASCE 5/ TMS 402 or
ACI 318.1 listed in Appendix A.
Table 1812,3.2
THICKNESS OF FOUNDATION WALLS
Foundation wall
construction
Thickness
(inches)
Maximum depth of
unbalanced fill
(feet)
Masonry of hollow units
Ungrouted
8
10
12
4
5
6
leinfiwced verticatfy with
• #lbarsaDdgroBl3t24"
OJi. Bars locatednot less
Ihan 4W feom pre^ure
side of wall*''*'
8 ■
7 ■
Masonry of solid units
8
10
12
5
6
7
Plaiftcotwreteor
' laasonryofk^owor
solid units, fblh miated
to
12
7
8
8
Note a. Maximum depths of unbalanced fill shall be
permitted to be mcreased with the approval of the code
official where soil conditions or local experience warrant
such increase.
Note b. The actual thickness shall not be more than
'/2 inch less than the required nominal thickness specified
in the table.
Note c Other bar sizes and spacings shall be
permitted as determined by structural analysis as required
in ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402 listed in Appendix A.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sbrth Edition
315
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Note d 1 inch = 25.4 mm; 1 foot = 304.8 mm.
18123J HoIIow-unit walls: Foundation walls of
approved hollow masonry units shall be provided
with not less than four inches (102 mm) of solid
masonry at girder supports, or shall be
strengthened with buttresses.
1812.3.4 Rubble stone: Foundation walls of
rough or random rubble stone shall not be less
than 16 inches (406 mm) thick.
1812.3.5 Bonding: All foundation walls shall be
bonded as required for superstructure walls in
780 CMR 2110.0.
1812.4 Increased thickness with depth: Where any
foundation wall, other than a wall that is designed as
a retaining wall, extends more than 12 feet (3.7 m)
below the top of the first floor beams, the thickness
of the wall shall be increased four inches (102 mm)
for each additional 12 feet (3.7 m) or fi-action thereof
in depth.
1812.5 Corbels on eight-inch walls: Where an
eight-inch (203 mm) wall is corbelled, the top corbel
shall be a foil course of headers at least six inches
(152 nrni) in length, extending not higher than the
bottom of the floor fi"aming. The maximum
projection of one unit shall exceed neither V^ of the
depth of the imit nor Va of its width at right angles to
the face which is offset.
1812.6 Lateral stability: Foundation walls of
buildings and structures which serve as retaining
walls shall conform to the applicable requirements
of 780 CMR 1825.0, and shall be strengthened with
buttresses or additional wall thickness to resist
lateral soil and hydrostatic pressure where subjected
thereto, and to resist seismic loads as required by
780 CMR 1612.4.9.
780 CMR 1813.0 WATERPROOFING
AND DAMPPROOFING
1813.1 Where required: Walls or portions thereof
that retain earth and enclose interior spaces and
floors below grade shall be waterproofed and
dampproofed in accordance with 780 CMR 1813.0,
with the exception of those spaces containhig use
groups other than residential and institutional where
such omission is not detrimental to the building or
occupancy.
1813.1.1 Story above grade: Where a basement
is considered a story above grade and the finished
ground level adjacent to the basement wall is
below the basement floor elevation for 25% or
more of the perimeter, the floor and walls shaU be
dampproofed in accordance with 780 CMR
1813.3 and a foundation drain shall be installed in
accordance with 780 CMR 1813.5.2. The
foundation drain shall be installed around the
portion of the perimeter where the basement floor
is below ground level. The provisions of
780 CMR 1813.2, 1813.4 and 1813.5.1 shall not
apply in this case.
1813.1.2 Underfloor space: The finished ground
level of Jui underfloor space such as a crawl space
shall not be located below the bottom of the
footings. Where there is evidence that the ground
water table rises to within six inches (152 mm) of
the ground level at the outside building perimeter
or where there is evidence that the surface water
does not readily drain fi-om the building site, the
ground level of the underfloor space shall be as
high as the outside finished ground level, unless
an approved drainage system is provided. The
provisions of 780 CMR 1813.2, 1813.3, 1813.4,
1813.5 and 1813.6 shall not apply in this case.
1813.2 Ground water table investigation: The
owner or applicant shall perform a subsurface soil
investigation in accordance wdth 780 CMR 1802.0 to
determine the possibility of the ground water table
rising above the proposed elevation of the floor or
floors below grade.
Exception: A subsurface soil investigation shall
not be required where:
1 . Waterproofing is to be provided;
2. Satisfactory data fi-om adjacent areas are
available which demonstrate that ground water
has not been a problem; or
3 . Floodproofing is to be provided in accordance
with 780 CMR 3 107.0.
1813.2.1 Ground water control: Where the
ground water table is lowered and maintained at
an elevation not less than six inches (152 mm)
below the bottom of the lowest floor, the floor and
walls shall be dampproofed in accordance with
780 CMR 1813.3. The design of the system to
lower the ground water table shall be based upon
accepted principles of engineering which shall
consider, but not necessarily be limited to:
permeabDity of the soil; rate at which water enters
the dnunage system; rated capacity of pumps;
head against which pumps are to pump; and the
rated capacity of the disposal area of the system.
The design shall also take into account any
adverse impacts on utilities, structures or other
facilities in the ^^cinity which would result fi-om
the lowering of groundwater levels.
18133 Dampprooing required: Where hydrostatic
pressure will not occur as determined by 780 CMR
1813.2, floors and walls for other than wood
foundation systems shall be dampproofed in
accordance with 780 CMR 1813.0. Wood
foundation systems shall be constructed in
accordance wth NFoPA TR7 listed in Appendix A.
1813.3.1 Floor applications: The required
dampproofing materials shall be installed between
the floor and the base course required by
316
780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected- 9/1 9/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FOUNDATIONS AND RETAINING WALLS
780 CMR 1813.5.1, except where a separate floor
is provided above a concrete slab.
1813.3.1.1 Floor dampprooflng mMerlals:
Where installed beneath the slab,
dampproofing shall consist of not less than
6-mil (.006 inch; 152 fxm) polyethylene with
joints lapped not less than sbc inches
(152 mm), or other approved methods or
materials. Where permitted to be instaUed on
top of the slab, dampproofing shall consist of
mopped-on bitumen, not less than 4-mil
(.004 inch; 102 ixm) polyethylene, or other
approved methods or materials. Joints in the
membrane shall be lapped and sealed in
accordance with the manufacturer's installation
instructions.
1813.3.2 Wails: Dampproofing materials shall be
installed on the exterior surface of walls and shall
extend fi-om the top of the footing to above
ground level.
1813.3.2.1 Surface preparation of walls:
Prior to application of dampproofing materials
on concrete walls, all holes and recesses
resulting fi"om the removal of form ties shall be
sealed with a bituminous material or other
approved methods or materials. Unit masonry
walls shall be parged on the exterior surface
below ground level with not less than % inch
(10 mm) of Portland cement mortar. The
par^g shall be coved at the footing.
Exception: Parging of unit masonry walls is
not required where a material is approved
for direct application to the masonry.
1813.3.2.2 Wall dampproofing materials:
Dampproofing shall consist of a bituminous
material, three pounds per square yard of
acrylic modified cement, %-inch coat of
surface-bonding mortar complying with ASTM
C887 listed in Appendix A, any of the
materials permitted for waterproofing by
780 CMR 1813.4.2.2, or other approved
methods or materials.
1813.4 Waterproofing required: Where the ground
water investigation required by 780 CMR 1813.2
indicates that a hydrostatic pressure condition exists,
walls and floors shall be waterproofed in accordance
with 780 CMR 1813.4.
1813.4.1 Floors: Floors required to be
waterproofed shall be of concrete, designed and
constructed to withstand the hydrostatic pressures
to which the floors will be subjected.
1813.4.1.1 Floor waterproofing materials:
Waterproofing shall be accomplished by
placing a membrane of rubberized asphalt,
butyl rubber, neoprene, or not less than 6-mil
(.006 mch; 152 fjm) polyvinyl chloride or
polyethylene with joints lapped not less than
six inches (152 mm) or other approved
materials under the slab. Joints in the
membrane shall be lapped and sealed in
accordance with the manufacturer's installation
mstructions.
1813.4.2 Walls: Walls required to be
waterproofed shall be of concrete or masonry and
shall be designed and constructed to withstand the
hydrostatic pressures and other lateral loads to
which the walls will be subjected.
1813.4.2.1 Surface preparation of walls:
Prior to the application of waterproofing
materials on concrete or masonry walls, the
walls shall be prepared in accordance with
780 CMR 1813.3.2.1.
1813.4.2.2 Wall waterprooSiiig materials:
Waterproofing shall be applied fi"om the
bottom of the wall to not less than 12 inches
(305 mm) above the maximum elevation of the
ground water table. The remainder of the wall
• shall be dampproofed in accordance with
780 CMR 1813.3.2.2. Waterproofing shall
consist of two-ply hot-mopped felts, not less
than 6-mil (.006-inch; 152-jam) polyvinyl
chloride, 40-mil (.040-inch; 1 mm) polymer-
modified asphalt, 6-mil (.006-inch; 152-//m)
polyethylene or other approved methods or
materials capable of bridging nonstructural
cracks. Joints in the membrane shall be lapped
and sealed in accordance with the
manufacturer's installation instructions.
1813.43 Joints and penetrations: Joints in walls
and floors, joints between the walls and floor, and
penetrations of the wall and floor shall be made
water tight utilizing approved methods and
materials.
I.S Subsoil drainage system: Where a
hydrostatic pressure condition does not exist,
dampproofing shall be provided and a base shall be
installed under the floor and a drain installed around
the foundation perimeter. A subsoil drainage system
designed and constructed in accordance with
780 CMR 1813.2.1 shall be deemed adequate for
lowering the groundwater table.
1813.5.1 Floor base: Floors of basements, except
as provided for in 780 CMR I8I3.1.1, shall be
placed over a base course not less than four inches
(102 mm) in thickness that consists of gravel or
crushed stone containing not more than 10% of
material that passes through a No. 4 sieve.
Exception: Where a site is located in well-
drained gravel or sand/gravel mixture soils, a
floor base is not required.
1813.5.2 Foundation drain: A drain shall be
placed around the perimeter of a foundation that
consists of gravel or crushed stone containing not
more than 10% material that passes through a
No. 4 sieve. The drain shall extend a minimum of
2/7/97 (EflFective 2/28/97)
780 CMR = Sbcth Edition
317
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
12 inches (102 mm) beyond the outside edge of
the footing. The thickness shall be such that the
bottom of the drain is not higher than the bottom
of the base under the floor, and that the top of the
drain is not less than six inches (152 mm) above
the top of the footing. The top of the drain shall
be covered with an approved filter membrane
material. Where a drain tile or perforated pipe is
used, the invert of the pipe or tile shall not be
higher than the top of the lowest floor elevation.
The top of joints shall be protected vwth an
approved filter membrane material. The pipe or
tile shall be placed on not less than two inches
(51 mm) of gravel or crushed stone complying
with 780 CMR 1813.5.1, and shall be covered
with not less than six inches (152 mm) of the
same material.
1813.5.3 Drainage disposal: The floor base and
foundation perimeter drain shall discharge by
gravity or mechanical means into an approved
drainage system that complies with the plumbing
code (248 CMR) listed in Appendix A.
Exception: Where a site is located in well-
drained gravel or sand/gravel mbcture soils, a
dedicated drainage system is not required.
1813.6 Placement of backfill: The excavation
outside the foundation shall be backfilled with soil
that is firee of organic material, construction debris
and large rocks. The backfill shall be placed in lifts
and compacted in a manner which does not damage
the foundation, the waterproofing or the
dampproofing material.
1813.7 Site grading: The ground immediately
adjacent to the foundation shall be sloped away fi'om
the building at a slope of not less than one unit
vertical in 12 units horizontal (1: 12) for a minimum
distance of eight feet (2.4 m) measured perpendicu-
lar to the face of the wall or an approved alternate
method of diverting water away fi"om the foundation
shall be used. The procedure utilized to establish the
final ground level adjacent to the foundation shall
account for all additional settlement of the backfill.
1813.8 Erosion protection: Where water impacts
the ground fi-om the edge of the roof, downspout,
scupper or other rainwater collection or diversion
device, provisions shall be made to prevent soil
erosion and direct the water away firom the
foundation.
780 CMR 1814.0 MAT, RAFT AND
FLOAT FOUNDATIONS
1814.1 General: Mat, raft and float foundations
shall only be used where the applied loads of the
building or structure are so arranged as to result in
practically uniformly balanced loading, and the soil
immediately below the mat is of uniform
loadbearing capacity. The characteristics of the soil
under the mat or raft shall be considered in the
analysis of loading on mats and other continuous
footings, and due allowance shall be made for
possible concentrated soil pressures under heavily
loaded columns.
1814.2 Settlement Analysis: The design of floating
foundations shall include a settlement analysis in
accordance with the provisions on 780 CMR
1805.5.
780 CMR 1815.0 PIER FOUNDATIONS
1815.1 General: A foundation pier is here defined
as a structural member which extends to satisfactory
bearing materials to develop support by end bearing
and/or firiction in those materials. The pier shall be
constructed by advancing a hole to the required
depth using non-displacement methods and filling
the hole with reinforced or plan concrete. 780 CMR
1815.0 includes foundation types referred to as
drilled piers, drilled shafts and caissons, including
both circular and non-circular foundation elements.
Uncased piles installed by the hollow stem auger
method are included in 780 CMR 1820.2, Augered
uncased piles.
The minimum dimension of the pier shall be no
less than 12 inches (305 mm). The base may be
enlarged by belling to increase the bearing area.
1815.1.1 Special types of piers: Types of piers
not specifically covered by the provisions of
780 CMR 1815.0 may be permitted, subject to the
approval of the code oflScial, upon the submission
of acceptable test data and design and
construction information prepared by a registered
design professional stating that the pier
installation is adequate to fulfill the design
requirements.
1815.2 Seismic design:
1815.2.1 Foundation ties: Pier foundations shall
be intercoimected by ties capable of resisting, in
tension or compression, a force equal to 10% of
the larger column dead plus live load. Individual
tie beams sire not required when it is demonstrated
that equivalent restraint will be provided by
structural members within slabs on grade or
ndnforced concrete slabs on grade or confinement
by conipetent rock, hard cohesive soils, dense
granular soils or other approved means.
1815.2.2 Sebmic reinforcement: Cast in place
concrete piers shall have minimum reinforcement
of 0.25% of the minimum pier design cross-
sectional area for buildings assigned to Seismic
Performance Category C, and a minimum
reinforcement of 0.50% for buildings assigned to
Seismic Performance Category D in accordance
with 780 CMR 1612.2.7. The minimum pier
dedgn croiss-sectional area is that area determined
in accordance with 780 CMR 181 5.6. (The actual
318
780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected- 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FOUNDATIONS AND RETAINING WALLS
constructed cross-sectional area maybe larger.) The
reinforcing shall be placed in the top Va of the pier
length or extend ten feet (3 m) from the top of the
pier, whichever is the longer length.
For Seismic Performance Category C
buildings, the pier reinforcing shall be a minimum
of four longitudinal bars with closed ties, or
equivalent spirals, having a minimum diameter of
Va inch. The ties shall be provided at a maximum
spacing of 16 times the longitudinal reinforcing
bar diameter and shall enclose an area of concrete
sufficient to conjfine the minimum design cross-
sectional concrete area. The maximum tie spacing
in the top two feet (0.6 m) of the pier length shall
be four inches (102 mm). Tie detailing shall be in
accordance with 780 CMR 1903.4.
For Seismic Performance Category D
buildings, the pier reinforcing shall be a minimum
of four longitudinal bars with closed ties, or
equivalent spirals, having a minimum diameter of
% inch, for piers with a diameter of 20 inches
(508 mm) or less; and a minimum tie diameter of
Vz inch, for piers with a diameter more than 20
inches (508 mm). The ties shall be provided at a
maximum spacing of eight times the longitudinal
reinforcing bar diameter. The maximum tie
spacing in the top four feet (1.2 m) of the pier
length shall be three inches (76 mm). Tie
detailing shall be in accordance with 780 CMR
1903.5.
• Exception: Pier ties or spirals are not required
where permanent metal casing (steel pipe, steel
tube or spiral-welded steel shell) is used,
provided the casing has minimum thickness as
follows: for seismic Performance Category C
buildings, 0.058 inch (1.5 mm), and for
Category Performance Category D buildings,
0.070 inch (1.8 mm). The steel casing must be
adequately protected from corrosion due to
soil, changing water levels, or other subgrade
conditions indicated by the site soil
investigation.
1815.2.3 Fier cap conisectloia: All piers shall be
connected to the pier cap so that pier
reinforcement is embedded in the cap for a
distance equal to the development length as
specified in ACI 318 listed \n Appendix A, Field-
placed dowels anchored in the concrete piers are
acceptable. The development length to be
provided is the full development length of the
reinforcement for compression without reduction
in length for excess area.
1815.2.4 Alternative detailing: Alternative
measures for laterally confining concrete and
maintaining toughness and ductile-like behavior at
the top of the pier shall be permitted provided
consideration is given to forcing the hinge to
occur in the confined region.
IM.5.3 loslallatioii: In unstable soils, a temporary
casing or slurry shall be used to stabilize the
excavation. When a slurry is used to stabilize the
excavation, the level and quality of the slurry shall
be monitored and controlled to maintain stability of
the shaft and the bearing surface.
1515.4 Enlarged bases: Bell-shaped bases shall
have a minimum edge thickness of four inches
(102 mm). The bell roof shall slope not less than
60° with the horizontal unless the base is designed
in accordance with ACI 336 listed in Appendix A
(hereinafter AQ 336).
1815.5 Placement of concrete: Concrete may be
dropped into the pier from the ground surface
provided no more than three inches (76 mm) of
water remains in the bottom and the concrete will
free-fall vertically without obstruction. The concrete
shall be placed in a rapid, continuous operation and
controlled such that the concrete does not segregate.
1815J.1 No piers shall be installed near a
concreted pier until the concrete has set
sufficiently to avoid damage to the concreted pier.
1815.5.2 For piers without enlarged bases,
concrete or grout may be placed through still
water or slurry. A properly operated tremie or
pumping method shall be used. Samples of the
slurry shall be tested to determine the properties
prior to placing concrete in each pier. The quality,
consistency, and density of the slurry shall be
controlled to ensure that there will be free-flow of
concrete from the tremie pipe. The concrete must
be placed such that all water, slurry and
contaminated concrete below design cutoff level
is displaced.
1815.53 For piers with enlarged bases, the
concrete may be placed under slurry, based upon
the recommendations of a registered design
professional and with the approval of the code
official. The specific soil or rock conditions,
equipment and procedures used shall be taken into
account.
1815.5.4 A suitable method shall be employed to
verify that the entire length of the shaft is
completely filled with concrete. Such means shall
include the ability to determine the incremental
volumes of concrete installed in relation to
calculated shaft volume.
1815.6 Design stresses: Foundation piers may be
designed as concrete columns with continuous lateral
support below the soil level. The unit compressive
stress in the concrete shall not exceed 33% of the 28
day strength of the concrete or 1,600 psi, whichever
is less. The unit compressive stress in the steel
reinforcement or the permanent steel casing shall not
exceed 40% of the yield strength of the steel or
24,000 psi, whichever is less. Permanent steel
casing which is used as structural reinforcement
shall be protected against corrosion in accordance
with 780 CMR 1816.4.L
1/19/01
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
319
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGU1.ATI0NS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
1815.7 Alignment: When the center of the cross
section of a foundation pier at any level deviates
from the resultant of all forces more than 1/50 of its
height, or more than 1/10 of its diameter, it shall be
reinforced as provided in ACI 336. The restraining
effect of the surrounding soil may be taken into
account.
1815.8 Allowable bearing pressure: The allowable
bearing pressure on the bottom of the pier shall be in
accordance with 780 CMR 1804.3 Additional load
may be carried by using higher bearing pressures
than allowed by 780 CMR 1804.3 and/or by friction
on the sides of the pier embedded in suitable bearing
material based on recommendations by a registered
design professional and subject to the approval of
the code official. Such recommendations shall be
based on the results of load tests or other suitable
tests or analyses carried out to measure side friction
and/or end bearing of piers installed in the same
bearing stratum.
1815.9 Minimum spacing: The minimum center-to-
center spacing between adjacent piers designed for
friction support shall be not less than two times the
shaft diameter.
1815.10 Special provisions: For piers with shaft
diameter less than 24 inches (610 mm), the
following special provisions shall apply:
1815.10.1 For piers with temporary casing
extending to the bottom, the concrete may be
poured from the top in accordance with 780 CMR
1815.5.
1815.10.2: For all other cases, piers shall be filled
from the bottom upward through a trenue or
concrete pump tube in accordance with 780 CMR
1815.5.2
1815.11 Records: The owner shall engage a
registered design professional to monitor the
installation of the piers. The design professional or
his representative, qualified by training and
experience, shall be present at all times while
foundation piers are being installed, to observe and
test the bearing material in place, to verify the pier
dimensions and to observe concrete placement.
When direct inspection of the bearing surface is
impossible, a suitable method shall be employed to
verify the condition of the bearing material and to
make the measurements and tests. Records of all
observations, tests and dimensions shall be signed by
the registered design professional and a copy shall
be filed in the office of the code official.
780 CMR 1816.0 PILE FOUNDATIONS
1816.1 InvesUgation: Pile foundations shall be
designed and installed on the basis of a foundation
investigation and report conducted in accordance
with 780 CMR 1802.0. The investigation shall
include borings, test pits or other subsurface
explorations at locations and depths sufficient to
determine the position, thickness and adequacy of
the loadbearing soils and demonstrate that there are
no compressible soil deposits below the bearing
stratum which would adversely affect the structure,
except where sufficient data upon which to base the
design and installation are available fi^om other
sources. In addition, the building site shall be
investigated for all conditions which might promote
deterioration of pile foundations, in order to satisfy
the requirements of 780 CMR 1816.4. The
investigation and report shall include, but not be
limited to, the following:
1. Recommended pile types and installed
capacities;
2. Driving criteria;
3. Installation and field inspection procedures;
4. Pile load test requirements;
5. Durability of pile materials; and
6. Designation of loadbearing stratum or strata.
1816.2 Special piles: Types of piles not specifically
covered by the provisions of 780 CMR 1 8 1 6.0 may
be permitted, subject to the approval of the code
official, upon the submission of acceptable test data
and design and construction information prepared by
a registered design professional stating that the pile
installation is adequate to fulfill the design
requirements.
1816.3 Seismic Design
1816.3.1 Seismic reinforcement: Piles shall have
minimum longitudinal reinforcement and
confining reinforcement in accordance with the
provisions for specific pile types set forth in
780 CMR 1818.0 through 780 CMR 1824.0.
Where a minimum length for reinforcement or
the extent of closely spaced confinement
reinforcement is specified at the top of the pile,
provisions shall be made so that those specified
lengths or extents are maintained after pile cutoff.
Where seismic reinforcement at the top of the
pile is required, alternative measures for laterally
confining concrete and maintaining toughness and
ductile-lilce behavior at the top of the pile shall be
permitted provided consideration is given to
forcing the hinge to occur in the confined region.
18163.2 File bending seismic design: Piling for
buildings assigned to Seismic Performance
Category D, in accordance with 780 CMR
1612.2.7, shall be designed for the maximum
imposed curvatures resulting from seismic forces
on free-standing piles where the piles are located
in loose granular soils or in soil-profile type S3 or
S4, in accordance with 780 CMR 1612.4.1. The
piles shall be designed and detailed in accordance
with the special moment frame requirements of
780 CMR 1903.3.3 or 780 CMR 2203.2 for a
length equal to 120% of the flexural length. The
flcxural length shall be the distance from the point
of fixity to the pile cap.
320
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
1/19/01
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FOUNDATIONS AND RETAINING WALLS
1816.33 Pile cap seismic coimectloiii: Piles shall
be connected to the pile caps in accordance with
the provisions for specific pile types set forth in
780 CMR 1818.0 through 780 CMR 1824.0.
1816.3.4 File foundation seismic ties: Piles or
pile caps shall be interconnected by ties capable of
resisting, in tension or compression, a force equal
to 10% of the larger column dead plus live load.
Individual tie beams are not required when it is
demonstrated that equivalent restraint will be
provided by structural members within slabs on
grade or reinforced concrete slabs on grade or
confinement by competent rock, cohesive soils,
dense granular soils or other approved means.
1816.4 Protection of pile materials: Where boring
records, previous experience, or site conditions
indicate possible deleterious action on pile materials
because of soil constituents, changing water levels or
other factors, the pile materials shall be adequately
protected by approved materials, methods or
processes. Protective materials shall be applied to
the piles so as not to be rendered ineffective by
driving.
1816.4.1 SteeS and steel-concrete piles: At
locations where steel and steel-concrete piles will
be in contact with any material which is corrosive
to the steel, one of the following procedures shall
be used for protection, or any other method which
will satisfy the requirements of the code official:
1 . Remove all objectionable material.
2. Effectively protect the steel surface from
pile cutoff grade to a grade 15 feet (4.6 m)
below the bottom of the objectionable material
by means of:
a. cathodic protection as approved by the
code official;
b. an approved encasement of not less than
three inches (76 mm) of dense concrete;
c. an effective protective coating subject to
the approval of the code official; or
d. providing an excess steel thickness of Vs
inch (3.2 mm) beyond design requirements
on all exposed steel surfaces.
1816.4.2 . Timber plies: The preservative
treatment of timber piles shall comply with the
provisions of 780 CMR 1 822.2.
18165 Lateral support:" Any soil shall be deemed
to afford sufficient lateral support to permit the
design of any type of pile as a short column. When
piles are driven through soil which will be removed
subsequent to the completion of the foundation, the
resistance offered by such material shall not be
considered to contribute to the lateral supporting
capacity.
1816.5.1 Column action: The portion of a pile
that is not laterally supported shall be designed as
a column in accordance with 780 CMR 19 taking
into consideration the conditions of end fixity.
1816.6 Group action: In cohesive soils, the
compressive load capacity of a group of friction piles
shall be analyzed by a generally accepted
engineering method, and, where such analysis
indicates, the individual allowable pile load shall be
reduced accordingly.
1816.7 Stability:
1816.7.1 Wall foundations: All piles in wall
foundations shall be staggered about the center of
gravity of the wall load at a minimum distance of
Vi the pile top diameter therefrom. A foundation
wall restrained laterally so as to ensure stability
both during and after construction may be
supported by a single row of piles.
1516.7.2 Columns; Individual columns supported
on piles shall be designed for eccentricity between
the column and the centroid of the supporting
piles equal to a minimum of three inches (76 mm)
or the actual eccentricity, whichever is greater.
The design shall account for such eccentricity
through one of the following methods:
a. By supporting the colunm on a minimum of
three piles in a triangular pattern.
b. By designing walls, grade beams or
structural floors to resist the bending moment
induced by the eccentricity.
c. By designing the piles, column or both to
resist the bending moment induced by the
eccentricity and providing adequate lateral
restraint at the top of the piles to resist the
lateral thrust due to the bending moment.
1816.8 Structural integrity: Files shall be installed
in such a manner and sequence as to prevent
distortion or damage to piles being instjJled or
already in place, to the extent that such distortion or
damage affects the structural integrity of the piles.
When piles have been damaged in driving, or have
been driven in locations and alignment other than
those indicated on the plans, or have capacities less
than required by the design, the affected pile groups
and pile caps shall be investigated, and if necessary,
the pile groups or pile caps shall be redesigned or
additional piles shall be driven to replace the
defective piles.
.9 Spacing: The minimum center-to-center
spacing of piles shall be not less than twice the
average diameter of a round pile, nor less than 1%
times the diagonal dimension of a rectangular pile.
When driven to or penetrating into rock, the spacing
shall be not less than 24 inches (610 mm). When
receiving principal support firom end-bearing on
materials other than rock or through frictional
resistance, the spacing shall be not less than 30
inches (762 mm) or as provided in 780 CMR
1820.4.6 for Pressure Injected Footings.
1816.10 Splices: Splices shall be avoided insomuch
as practicable. When used, slices shall be
constructed so as to provide and maintain true
1/19/01
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
321
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGUILATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
alignment and position of the component parts of the
pile during installation and subsequent thereto, and
shall be of adequate strength to transmit the vertical
and lateral loads and moments occurring at the
location of the splice during driving and under
service loading. Splices shall develop not less than
50% of the capacity of the pile in bending.
Additionally, all pile splices occurring in the upper
ten feet (3 m) of the embedded portion of the pile
shall be capable of resisting at allowable working
stresses the moment and shear that results from an
assumed eccentricity of the pile load of three inches
(76 mm); or the pile shall be braced in accordance
with 780 CMR 1816.7 to otherpiles that do not have
splices in the upper ten feet (3 m) of embedment.
1816.11 Pile caps: Pile caps shall be of reinforced
concrete. The soil immediately below the pile cap
shall not be considered as carrying any vertical load.
The tops of all piles shall be embedded not less than
three inches (76 mm) into pile caps, and the caps
shall extend at least four inches (102 mm) beyond
the edges of all piles. The tops of all piles shall be
cut back to sound material before capping.
1816.12 Pre-excavation: Jetting, augering and other
methods of pre-excavation must be approved by the
code official and carried out in the same manner as
used for piles subject to load test and in a manner
which will not impair the carrying capacity of the
piles already in place or the safety of existing
adjacent structures. Pre-excavation shall be of the
same method as carried out on piles subject to load
tests. Immediately after completion of jetting or
augering, the pile shall be advanced to the maximum
depth of pre-excavation and driven below this depth
to the required load resistance. Where load tests are
required, pre-excavation of test piles will be of the
same manner as proposed for production piles.
1816.13 Inspection: The owner shall engage a
registered design professional who shall submit his
qualifications in writing to the code official. This
design professional, or his representative, who must
be qualified by experience and training, shall be
present at all times while piles are being driven to
observe all work in connection with the piles. The
design professional or his representative shall make
an accurate record of the material and the principal
dimensions of each pile, of the weight and fall of the
ram, the type, size and make of hammer, cushion
blocks, the number of blows per minute, the energy
per blow, the number of blows per inch for the last
six inches (150 mm) of driving, together with the
grades at point and cutoff and any other pertinent
details. A copy of these records shall be signed by
the registered design professional, and filed in the
office of the code official.
1816.14 Identification: All pile materials shall be
identified for conformity to the specified grade with
this identification maintained continuously from the
point of manufacture to the point of installation or
shall be tested by an approved agency to determine
conformity to the specified grade and the approved
agency shall furnish an affidavit of compliance to the
code official .
1816.15 File location plan: A plan showing the
location and designation of all piles by an
identification system shall be filed with the code
official prior to installation of such piles. All
detailed records for individual piles shall bear an
identification corresponding to that shown on the
plan.
1816.16 Use of existing piles: Piles that have
previously supported a partially or fully demolished
stmcture shall not be used for support of new
construction unless satisfactory evidence is
submitted to the code official which indicates that
the piles have not been adversely impacted by the
demolition, are sound, have adequate capacity to
support the new design loads, and meet all of the
requirements of 780 CMR. The capacities of such
piles shall be detennined by analyses, load testing or
redriving. The design load applied to such piles
shall not exceed the greater of the following values:
a. actual sustained load determined to have been
previously supported satisfactorily by the piles, up
to a maximum of 120 tons
b. the documented, as-built design capacity of
the piles, as confirmed by prior load testing
c. design capacity determined by analyses and
confirmed by new load testing or by redriving per
780 CMR 1817.3.1 on one or more piles
representative of each configuration (s) of pile and
subsurface conditions.
1816.17 Pile driveability: Pile cross sections shall
be of sufficient size and strength to withstand
handling and driving stresses without damage to the
pile and to provide sufficient stiffness to transmit the
required driving forces. Driven piles of uniform
cross section or tapered piles shall have a minimum
nominal diameter of eight inches (200 mm) except as
provided in 780 CMR 1820.6.4 for small diameter
grouted piles, 780 CMR 1822.3.3 for timber piles
and 780 CMR 1821.1 for precast concrete piles.
Tapered shoes or points of lesser dimensions may be
attached to the pile unit.
1816.18 Pile heave: Adequate provision shall be
made to observe pile heave. Accurate reference
points shall be established on each pile immediately
after installation; for cast-in-place piles with unfilled
corrugated shells, the reference point shall be at the
bottom of the pile. If, following the installation of
other piles in the vicinity, heaving of V2 inch (13
mm) or more occurs, the heaved piles shall be re-
driven to develop the required capacity and
penetration, or the capacity of the pile may be
verified by load tests in accordance with
780 CMR 1817.4.
322
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
1/19/01
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FOUNDATIONS AND RETAINING WALLS
1816.19 Settlement analysis: The settlement of
individual piles or groups of piles shallbe estimated
based upon approved methods of analysis and in
accordance with 780 CMR 1805.2.2. The predicted
settlement shall neither cause harmful distortion of
or instability in the structure, nor cause any stresses
to exceed allowable values.
1816.20 Use of vibratosy drivers: Vibratory drivers
shall only be used to install piles where the pile load
capacity is verified by load tests in accordance with
780 CMR 1817.4. The installation of production
piles shall be controlled according to power
consumption, rate of penetration or other approved
means that assure pile capacities equal to or
exceeding those of the test piles.
1816.21 Installation sequence: Piles shall be
installed in such sequence as to avoid compacting
the surrounding soil to the extent that other piles
cannot be installed properly, and to prevent ground
movements that could damage adjacent structures.
780 CMR 1817.0 ALLOWABLE PILE LOADS
1817ol General: The allowable load on piles shall
be determined by the applicable formulas complying
with accepted engineering practice or load tests as
stated herein. The maximum load capacity shall be
limited by the supporting capacity as obtained from
bearing upon or embedment in bearing materials as
defined in 780 CMR 1804.0 and 1805.0, but the load
shall not exceed the capacity of the pile designed in
accordance vnth the provisions of 780 CMR 1817.0
and the Code provisions for the construction
materials involved.
The allowable load on a pile shall not be limited
to load obtained by multiplying its point area by the
allowable bearing pressure given in 780 CMR
1804.3.
1817.2 Files in subsiding areas: Where piles are
driven through subsiding fills or other subsiding
strata and derive support fi"om underiying firmer
materials, the downward finction forces which are
imposed on the piles by the subsiding upper strata
shall be included in the design.
1817.3 Determination of allowabBe load: In the
absence of pile load tests performed in accordance
with 780 CMR 1817.4, the load on a single pile,
except for the pile types covered in 780 CMR 1820.2
(augered uncased piles), 780 CMR 1820.4 (pressure
injected footings) and 780 CMR 1824.0 (steel-core
caissons), shall not exceed the higher of the two
values determined in accordance with 780 CMR
1817.3.1 (driving formula) or 780 CMR 1817.3.2
(firiction formula in clay). Loads on jacked piles
shall be determined in accordance with 1817.3.3.
IS17.3.1 Driving formula:
1 . Where the design load capacity of the pile
does not exceed 50 tons, the allowable load
may be computed by means of the following
driving formula:
R =
IE
S ^ C
where—
R = allowable pile load in pounds;
E = energy per blow in foot-pounds;
S = penetration of last blow or average
penetration of last few blows expressed in
inches; and
C = constant equal to 1 .0 for drop hammer
and 0. 1 for steam or air hammer.
2. When the design load capacity of a pile
exceeds 50 tons, the required driving resistance
shall be increased above that required by the
driving formula in 780 CMR 1817.3.1 based on
load tests or past experience under similar
conditions.
3. The value of S must be determined with the
hammer operating at 100% of the rated number
of blows per minute for which the hammer is
designed.
4. Any driving resistance developed in strata
overlying the bearing material shall be
discounted.
5. If the driving of the pile has been
interrupted for more than one hour, the value
of S shall not be determined until the pile is
driven at least an additional 12 inches
(305 mm), except when it encounters refiisal
on or is in a material of Classes 1 through 6.
6. When any pile is driven througli a layer of
gravel, sand or hard clay exceeding five feet in
thickness, and through an underlying soft
stratum to reach the bearing stratum, the
bearing capacity shall not be determined in
accordance with the driving formula, unless
jetting is used during the entire driving of the
pile through the layer of gravel, sand or hard
clay or unless a hole is pre-excavated through
said layer for each pile.
1817.3.2 Friction formula in clay: Where the
design load does not exceed 22 tons, the
allowable load on a pile stopped in soil of
Material Class 10 (Table 1804.3) of medium to
hard consistency may be based on a fiiction value
of 500 psf of embedded pile surface. Higher
design loads or other friction values shall be
determined by pile load tests in accordance with
780 CMR 1817.4 or 1817.7.
The embedded length shall be the length of the
pile below the surface of the Class 10 soil or
below the surface of immediately overlying
satisfactory bearing material. The area of
embedded pile surface shall be computed by
multiplying the embedded length by the perimeter
of the smallest circle or polygon that can be
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
32:
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
circumscribed around the average section of the
embedded length of the pile. The method of
determining the allowable load described in
780 CMR 1817.3.2 shall not be used for a pile in
which the drive pipe is withdrawn or for piles
which are driven through the clay to or into firmer
bearing materials.
In case these piles are in clusters, the allowable
load shall be computed for the smaller of the
following two areas: the sum of the embedded
pile surfaces of individual piles; or the area
obtained by multiplying the perimeter of the
polygon circumscribing the cluster at the surface
of the satisfactory bearing material by the average
embedded length of the piles.
1817.3.3 Jacked piles:
1. Not less than 10% of jacked piles shall be
load-tested to twice the design load (load test
piles). All other jacked piles shall be founded
in the same bearing stratum as the load test
piles and shall be proof-loaded to 125% of
design load (production piles).
2. For production piles, the 125% of design
load shall be maintained for at least 30
minutes. Acceptability criteria: during final
15 minutes of load, the rate is not progressive
(plot is linear or decreasing when settlement is
plotted against logarithm of time); and the rate
of settlement is equal to or less than that
observed for load test piles during the
corresponding time period under 125% of
design load.
3. Settlement readings shall be plotted after
one, two, four, eight, and 15 minutes, and at
15-minute intervals thereafter. Load shall be
maintained on production piles until
acceptability criteria are met.
4. For load test piles, the load shall be applied
directly to 125% of design load and maintained
for not less than 30 minutes, and until the
settlement rate is not progressive (as defined
above). Load shall then be increased to twice
the design load and maintained constant for not
less than four hours. Settlement during the
four hour period shall not exceed 0.050 inches
(1.3 mm).
In the event that settlement exceeds 0.050
inches (1.3 mm) in four hours, the pile shall be
deemed unacceptable for V^ of the final load.
The allowable load on the rejected pile may be
established by performing an additional load
test at the lesser design load. The design load
shall not exceed '/2 the load maintained for a
four hour period during which time settlement
did not exceed 0.050 inches (1.3 mm).
1817.4 Compression load test: Where the design
load for any pile is in doubt or where the proposed
design load for any pile, including pressure injected
footings, exceeds 50 tons or exceeds the value
determined in accordance with 780 CMR 1817.3.2
(fiiction formula in clay), one or more pile load tests
shall be performed on representative piles in
accordance with 780 CMR 1 8 1 7.0.
The results of the load test can be applied to other
piles within the area of substantially similar subsoil
conditions as that for the test pile, providing the
performance of the test pile has been satisfactory and
the remaining piles are of the same type, shape and
size as the test pile and are installed using the same
methods and equipment and are driven into the same
bearing strata as the load-tested pile to an equal or
greater penetration resistance.
For design loads between 50 and 120 tons, pile
load tests may be waived by the code official, where
justified, upon submittal of substantiating data
prepared by a registered design professional which
include experience and/or performance records for
the proposed pile installation under similar soil and
loading conditions.
1817.4.1 Required test load: A single pile shall
be load-tested to not less than Vmct the allowable
design load. When two or more piles are to be
tested as a group, the total load shall be not less
than 1 Vi times the allowable design load for the
group.
In no case should the load reaching the top of
the bearing stratum under maximum test load for
a single pile or pile group be less than the
following:
Case A-piles designed as end-bearing piles:
100% of the allowable design load.
Case B-piles designed as fiiction piles:
150% of the allowable design load.
For piles designed as combination end-bearing
and fiiction piles. Case A applies if the pile is
designed to support more than 50% of its design
in bearing; otherwise. Case B applies.
1817.4.2 Internal instrumentation: The test pile
shall be instrumented in accordance with the
requirements in paragraph 4.4.1 of ASTM Dl 143
listed in Appendix A (hereinafter ASTM D 1 143)
to enable measurement or computation of the load
in the pile where it enters the bearing stratum.
For piles containing concrete, instrumentation
shall be installed in the test pile to permit direct
measurement of the elastic modulus of the pile.
This requirement is waived for the following
cases:
1. The test pile is installed within a casing
that extends to within ten feet above the
bearing stratum.
2. The pile to be tested has been ftinctioning
satisfactorily under load for a period of one
year or more.
3. The pile is 30 feet long or less and no
appreciable load will be supported above the
bearing stratum.
1817.4.3 Loading procedure: Pile load tests shall
be conducted in accordance with ASTM Dl 143,
324
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FOUNDATIONS AND RETAINING WALLS
Standard Method of Testing Piles Under Static
Axial Compressive Load, except that Section 5,
Loading Procedures, shall be deleted and replaced
by the following pro\^sions:
L Apply 25% of the allowable design load
every !^ hour. Longer time increments may be
used, but each time increment should be the
same. In no case shall a load be changed in the
rate of settlement is not decreasing with time.
2. At 200% of the allowable design load (or
150% for pile groups), maintain the load for a
minimum of one hour and until the settlement
(measured at the lowest point on the pile at
which measurements are made) over a one-
hour period is not greater than 0.01 in.
3. Remove 50% of the desigji load every 15
minutes until zero load is reached. Longer
time increments may be used, but each should
be the same.
4. Measure rebound at zero load for a
minimum of one hour.
5. For each load increment or decrement, take
readings at the top of the pile and on the
internal instrumentation at one, two, four, eight
and 15 minutes and at 15-minute intervals
thereafter.
A load greater than 200% of the allowable design
load (or 150% of the allowable design load for
pile groups) may be applied at the top of the pile,
using the above loading procedure, to ensure that
780 CMR 1817.4.1 is fulfilled. Other optional
methods listed in ASTM Dl 143 may be approved
by the code ofiBcial upon submittal in advance of
satisfactory justification prepared by a registered
design professional who is qualified in this field.
1817,4.4 Selectioii of desiga load: Provided that
the allowable design load does not exceed the
load allowed in 780 CMR 1817.0 for the type of
pile and pro\aded that the allowable design load
does not exceed 100% of the load supported in the
bearing stratum (or % of the load supported in the
bearing stratum for fiiction piles or pile groups)
when the maximum test load is applied, then the
allowable design load shall be the greater of the
following:
L Allowable design load based on settlement
during loading: 50% of the applied test load
which causes a gross settlement at the pile
cutoff grade equal -to the sum of: a) the
theoretical elastic compression of the pile in
inches assuming all the load on the butt is
transmitted to the tip, plus b) 0.15 inch
(3.8 mm), plus c) 1% of the pile tip diameter or
pile width in inches. If the settlements are so
small that the load-settlement curve does not
intersect the failure criterion, the allowable
design load shall be 50% of the maximum test
load.
2. Allowable design load based on the net
settlement after rebound: 50% of the applied
test load which results in a net settlement at the
top of the pile of '/4 inch (13 mm) after rebound
for a minimum of one hour at zero load.
1817.5 Use of higlier allowable stresses: Higher
stresses than those permitted in 780 CMR 1817 for
various pile materials may be approved by the code
official based upon the submission of substantiating
data and analyses which justify such higher stresses.
The data shall be presented in a report prepared by
a registered design professional experienced in
geotechnical aspects of foundation design and shall
include, as applicable: the results of the soil
investigation, dynamic analyses of the pile behavior,
pile load tests, analyses of load transfer during
testing and prediction of pile performance during
long term service.
1517.6 Lateral load tests: The allowable load on
piles subject to lateral load shall be verified by test
unless it is waived by the code official. Pile load
tests may be waived by the code official, where
justified, upon submittal of substantiating data which
include experience and/or performance records for
pile installations under similar soil and loading
conditions prepared by a registered design
professional experienced in geotechnical aspects of
foundation design.
1817.^.1 Reqeired test load; A single pile shall
be load tested to not less than 200% of the design
lateral load.
1817.6.2 Test setup ajud loadiirag procedure: The
load test setup instrumentation and loading
procedure shall be in accordance with ASTM
D3966 listed m Appendix A.
1817.6.3 Selection of desBgn load: The design
load shall be selected by the responsible
registered design professional, based upon
interpretation of the load-deflection data fi"om the
load test.
1817.7 Temsion load tests: The allowable load on
piles in tension shall be verified by test unless it is
waived by the code official. File load test may be
waived by the code ofGcial, where justified, upon
submittal of substantiating data which includes
experience and/or performance records for pile
installations under similar soil and loading
conditions prepared by a registered design
professional experienced in the geotechnical aspects
of foundation design.
hi A Required load test: A single pile or a
pile group shall be load tested to not less than
200% of the design load for transient loads (i.e.:
earthquake and wind) and 250% for sustained
loads.
,7.2 Test setup and loading procedure: The
load test setup, instrumentation and loading
procedure shall be in accordance with ASTM
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
325
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
1817.7.3 Selection of design load: Provided the
allowable design load does not exceed the
allowable stresses in the pile materials, the
allowable design load shall be the lower of the
following:
1. 50% (for transient loads) or 40% (for
sustained loads) of the applied test load which
results in a net upward movement of V2 inch :at
the top of the pile after removal of the
maximum test load (The gross upward
movement minus the rebound movement).
'^ 2. 50% (for transient loads) or 40% (for
sustained loads) of the applied test load which
results in continuous upward movement with
no increase in load.
1817.8 Bearing capacity: Individual piles and
groups of piles shall develop ultimate load capacities
of at least twice the design working loads in the
designated bearing layers. Where weaker materials
underlie the load bearing material into which the
piles are driven, the allowable pile load shall be
limited by the provision that the vertical pressures in
such underlying materials produced by the loads on
all piles in a foundation shall not exceed the
allowable bearing pressures of such materials as
provided in Table 1804.3 or as established by
analysis, applying accepted principles of soil
mechanics. Piles or pile groups shall be assumed to
transfer their loads to the underlying materials by
spreading the load uniformly at an angle of 60° with
the horizontal, starting at a polygon circumscribing
the piles at the top of the satisfactory bearing
material in which they are embedded; but the area
considered as supporting the load shall not extend
beyond the intersection of the 60° planes of adjacent
piles or pile groups.
1817.9 Bent piles: The load bearing capacity of piles
discovered to have a sharp or sweeping bend shall be
determined by an approved method of analysis or by
load testing a representative pile.
1817.10 Overloads on piles: The maximum
compressive load on any pile due to mislocation
shall not exceed 1 10% of the allowable design load.
780 CMR 181&0 STRUCTURAL
STTEELPILES
1818.1 Materials: Structural steel piles and fiilly
welded steel piles fabricated from plates shall
conform to ASTM A36, A252, A283, A572 or A588
listed in Appendix A,
1818.2 AOowable stress: The allowable design
compressive stress shall not exceed 35% of the
minimum specified yield strength of the steel nor
12,600 psi. The maximum allowable design stress
shall be limited to 50% of the minimura specified
yield strength of the steel where higher stresses are
substantiated by 780 CMR 1817.5.
1818 J Pile cap seismic connection: All structural
steel piles shall be connected to the pile cap with a
connection detail designed for a minimum tensile
force equal to 10% of the pile compression design
had.
1818.4 Dimensions of H-piles: Sections of H-piles
shall comply with the criteria of 780 CMR 1818.4.1
through 1818.4.4.
1818.4.1 Flanges: The flange projections shall not
exceed 14 times the minimum thickness of metal
in either the flange or the web, and the flange
widths shall not be less than 80% of the depth of
the section.
1818.4.2 Depth: The nominal depth in the
direction of the web shall not be less than eight
inches.
1818.4.3 Thickness: Flanges and webs shall have
a minimum nominal thickness of % inch
(9.5 mm).
1818.4.4 Tip reinforcement: The tips of all steel
H piles having a thickness of metal less than 5/10
inches (12.7 mm) which are driven to end bearing
on rock of Classes 1 through 3 by an impact
hammer shall be reinforced. The installation of
all steel H piles by impact hammer to end bearing
on rock of Classes 1 through 3 shall be conducted
so as to terminate driving when the pile reaches
refusal on the rock surface.
780 CMR 1819.0 CONCRETE-FILLED
STEEL PIPE AND TUBE PILES
1819.1 Material: Steel pipe and tube piles shall
conform to ASTM A252 or A283 listed in
Appendix A. Concrete shall conform to 780 CMR
1820.1.1.
1819.2 Allowable stress:
1819.2.1 Top driven piles: The allowable design
compressive stress in the concrete shall not
exceed 25% of the 28-day compressive strength of
the concrete or 1,100 pounds per square inch
whichever is smaller. The maximum allowable
compressive stress in the steel shall not exceed
9,000psi.
1819.2.2 Mandrel driven piles: For piles
installed with mandrels which transmit driving
stresses to the bottom of the steel pipe, the
allowable design compressive stress in the
concrete shall not exceed 33% of the 28-day
specified compressive strength. The allowable
design compressive stress in the steel shall not
exceed 35% of the minimum specified yield
strength of the steel. The maximum allowable
design stress shall be limited to 50% of the
minimum specified yield strength of the steel
where higher stresses are substantiated by
780 CMR 1817.
326
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
1/19/01
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FOUNDATIONS AND RETAINING WALLS
1819.3 MeinforcemeEit: Except for steel dowels
embedded five feet (1.5m) or less in the pile and as
provided for in 780 CMR 1802.2 and 1802.6,
reinforcement, where required, shall be assembled
and tied together and shall be placed in the pile as a
unit before the reinforced portion of the pile is filled
with concrete.
1819.3.1 Seismic reinforcement: All pipe piles
shall have over their full length a minimum area
of steel, after allowance for corrosion, of 0.25
percent of the pile cross-sectional area for
buildings assigned to Seismic Performance
Category C, and a minimum area of steel of 0.50
percent for buildings assigned to Seismic
Performance Category D, in accordance with
780 CMR 1612.2.7.
1819.3.2 File cap seismic conDectlon: All
concrete-filled steel pipe and tube piles shall be
connected to the pile cap by providing
longitudinal reinforcement at the top of the pile
equal to 1 % of the pile cross-sectional area. The
reinforcement shall extend into the pile for a
length equal to two times the required embedment
anchorage into the pile cap. The embedment in
the pile cap shall equal the development length as
specified in ACI 318 as listed in Appendix A.
The development length to be provided in the cap
is the full development length for compression
without reduction in length for excess area. Field-
placed dowels anchored in the concrete are
acceptable.
1/19/01
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
326.1
780 GMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
326.2 780 CMR- Sixth Edition 1/19/01
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FOUNDATIONS AND RETAINING WALLS
1819.4 Minimum dimensions: Piles shall have a
nominal outside diameter of not less than eight
inches (203 mm) and a minimum wall thickness of
1/10 inch (2.5 mm), except that for piles driveii open
ended, the nominal outside diameter shall not be less
than ten inches (254 ram) and the wall thickness not
less than Va inch (6,4 mm) for diameters less than 14
inches (356 mm) and % inch (9.5 mm) for diameters
greater than 14 inches. Pipe of lesser wall thickness
may be used if a suitable cast steel cutting shoe is
provided.
1819.5 Placing concrete: The placement of concrete
shall conform to 780 CMR 1820.1.3 and 1820.5.
780 CMR 1820.0 CAST-IN-PLACE
CONCRETE POLES
1820.1 General: 780 CMR 1 820.0 includes augered
uncased piles, pressure injected footings (enlarged
base piles), cased poured piles, and small diameter
grouted piles. Unless otherwise noted, the materials,
reinforcing and installation shall conform to
780 CMR 1820.1.1 through 1820.1.3.
1820.L1 Material: All concrete shall have a
28-day specified compressive strength (J\) of not
less than 3,000 psi (2. 1 1 kg/mra^). The maximum
size of coarse aggregate for all concrete shall be Va
inch (19 mm), and the concrete shall have a slump
of four to seven inches (102 mm to 178 nmi). If
concrete is to be pumped, the mix design
including slump shall be adjusted to produce a
pumpable concrete.
1820.1.2 Reinforcement: Except for steel dowels
embedded five feet (1 .5 m) or less in the pile and
as provided for in 780 CMR 1820.2 and 1820.6,
reinforcement, where required, shall be assembled
and tied together and shall be placed in the pile as
a unit before the reinforced portion of the pile is
filled with concrete.
1820.1.2.1 SelsmJc reinforcemeiit: All
cast-in-place concrete piles shall have
minimum reinforcement of 0.25% of the pile
cross-sectional area for buildings assigned to
Seismic Performance Category C, and a
minimum reinforcement of 0.50%foT buildings
assigned to Seismic Performance Category D
m accordance with 780 CMR 1612.2.7. The
reinforcing shall be placed in the top Vz of the
pile length or extend ten feet (3 m) from the top
of the pile, whichever is the longer length.
For Seismic Performance Category C
buildings, the pile reinforcing shall be a
minimum of four longitudinal bars with closed
ties, or equivalent spirals, having a minimum
diameter of Va inch. The ties shall be provided
at a maximum spacing of 16 times the
longitudinal reinforcing bar diameter. The
maximum tie spacing in the top two feet
(6 1 nun) of the pile length shall be four inches
(102 mm). Tie detailing shall be in accordance
with 780 CMR 1903.4
For Seismic Performance Category D
buildings, the pile reinforcing shall be
minimum of four longitudinal bars with closed
ties, or equivalent spirals, having a minimum
diameter of % inch, for piles with a diameter of
20 inches (205 mm) or less; and a minimum tie
diameter of Vi inch, for piles with a diameter
more than 20 inches (508 mm). The ties shall
be provided at a minimum spacing of eight
times the longitudinal reinforcing bar diameter.
The maximum tie spacing in the top four feet
(1.2 m) of the pile lengUi shall be three inches
(76 mm)
Exception: Pile ties or spirals are not
required where permanent metal casing
(steel pipe^ steel tube or spiral-welded steel
shell) is used, provided the casing has
minimum thickness as follows: for Seismic
. Performance Category C buildings, 0.058
inch (1.5 mm), and for Seismic Performance
Category D buildings, 0.070 inch (1.8inm).
The steel casing must be adequately
protected from corrosion due to soil,
changing water levels or other subgrade
conditions indicated by the site soil
investigation.
2820.1.2.2 Pile cap seismic connection: All
cast-in-place concrete piles shall be connected
to the pile cap by extending the pile reinforcing
into the pile cap for a distance equal to the
development length as specified in ACI 318
listed in Appendix A. The development length
to be provided in the cap is the full
development length for compression without
reduction in length for excess area. Field-
placed . dowels anchored at least twice the
required cap development length are
acceptable.
1820.1J Installation: For all cased piles, the
inside of the pipe or casing shall be thoroughly
cleaned to the bottom and visually inspected prior
to filling with concrete. The piles shall be poured
in such a manner as to exclude all foreign matter
and to assure a well-formed unit of full cross-
section. The concreting shall be subject to the
following limitations.
1 . The diameter shall not vary more than 20%
from the specified value.
2. Concrete shall not be placed through water
except where tremie methods are approved.
3. "When depositing concrete from the top of
the pile, the concrete flow shall be rapid and
continuous, and centered at the top of the pile.
1/19/01
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
327
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
4. After filling with concrete, the top ten feet
(3 m) shall be thoroughly rodded.
5. No pile shall be installed within a distance
of nine feet (2.7 m) from a pile which has been
filled with concrete for less than 12 hours,
unless approved.
1820.2 Augered uncased piles:
1820.2.1 Deiinition: An augered uncased pile is
defined as a structural member installed utilizing
a hoDow-stem auger no less than 12 inches
(305 mm) in outside diameter which extends to
satisfactory bearing materials to develop support
by end bearing and/or fiiction in those materials.
1820.2.2 Pile diameter: The design pile
diameter shall be taken as the outside diameter of
the hollow stem auger.
1820.2.3 Allowable design stresses: Except as
provided in 780 CMR 1817.5, the design stresses
shall not exceed the following values:
1. For compression loads: The maximum
allowable design stress on the cement grout or
concrete shall be 33% of the specified 28- day
unconfined compressive strength, but not
exceeding 1,600 psi. The maximum allowable
design stress on the steel reinforcing, including
permanent steel casing, shall be 40% of the
minimum specified yield strength, but not
exceeding 24,000 psi.
2. For tension loads: The maximum allowable
design tensile stress on the steel reinforcing
shall be 60% of the minimum specified yield
strength. The allowable design tensile stress
on the cement grout shall be zero.
1820.2.4 Reinforcement: Reinforcement shall
be as required in 780 CMR 1820.1., except
reinforcement may be placed after withdrawal of
the auger where approved by the code official.
1820.2.4.1 Concrete cover: The minimum
concrete cover shall be IVt. inches (64 mm) for
uncased shafts and one inch (25 mm) for cased
shafts.
1820.2.4.2 Corrosion protection: Corrosion
protection shall be as detailed in 780 CMR
1820.6.6.
1820.2.5 Minimum spacing: The minimum
center-to-center spacing between adjacent piles
shall not be less than 30 inches (760 mm) or two
times the pile diameter. Whichever is greater. In
addition, for groups of fiiction piles, the overall
circumference of a pile group shall exceed the
sum of the circumferences of all of the individual
piles within the group.
1820.2.6 Installation: Augered uncased piles
shaD be formed by advancing a closed-end
continuous-flight hollow-stem auger of uniform
diameter through unsuitable material and into a
satisfactory bearing material followed by removal
of the tip closure and pumping cement grout or
concrete through the hollow-stem while the
hollow-stem auger is extracted. During
advancement, the hollow-stem auger shall be
rotated rapidly such that the material through
which the auger is being advanced is removed by
the auger flights and is not displaced laterally by
the auger. During wthdrawal, if the hollow stem
auger is rotated, it shall be rotated in a positive
(advancing) direction.
1. The grout or concrete shall be pumped
under continuous pressure and in one
continuous operation. Grout or concrete pump
pressures shall be measured and maintained at
all times sufficiently high to offset hydrostatic
and lateral earth pressures. The rate of
withdrawal of the auger shall be carefiilly
controlled to exclude all foreign matter and
ensure that the augered hole is completely
filled with grout or concrete as the auger is
withdrawn. The actual volume of grout or
concrete pumped into each hole shall be equal
to, or greater than , the theoretical volume of
the augered hole.
2. If the grouting or concreting process of any
pile is interrupted, or a loss of concreting
pressure occurs, the pile shall be redrilled to its
ori^al depth plus six inches (152 mm) (unless
bearing on rock) and filled from the bottom.
3.. Augered uncased piles shall not be installed
within six pile diameters (center-to-center) of
a pile filled with grout or concrete less than 24-
hours old except where approved by the code
official.
1820.2.7 Records: The owner shall engage a
registered design professional to monitor the
installation of augered uncased piles in
accordance with 780 CMR 1816.13. The design
professional or his representative shall make an
accurate Kscord of the installation equipment used,
pile dimensions, grout or concrete volumes,
reinforcement, interruptions or delays in pile
installation, and all other pertinent installation
data.
1820.2.8 Instrumentation: The continuous-
flight auger rig utilized to install augered uncased
piles shall be equipped with data logging
equipment that automatically monitors and
produces a real-time printout of depth, grout or
concrete pressure, grout or concrete flow, and rate
of auger withdrawal. . The automatic monitoring
equipment shall immediately indicate to the
equipment operator, and record on the printed
record, any instance during the withdrawal of the
hoUow-stem auger where the rate of auger
withdrawal times the theoretical pile cross-
sectional area exceeds the rate of grout or
concrete placement. A printed instrumentation
readout for each pile shall be provided to the
328
780 CMR - Sbrth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FOUNDATIONS AND RETAINING WALLS
design professional's representative upon
completion of each pile.
1820.3 Driven uncased pile: No provisions.
1820.4 Pressure-injected footings: (Enkrged base
piles)
1820.4.1 Materials: Concrete shall satisfy the
provisions of 780 CMR 1820.LL Compacted
concrete shall have a zero slump. Reinforcement
shall be as provided in 780 CMR 1820. 1.2.
1820.4.2 Allowable design stresses: The
maximum allowable design stress on shaft
concrete shall be 33% of the 28-day strength, but
not exceeding 1,600 psi. The maximum allowable
design stress on permanent steel casing, if at least
1/10-inch (2.5 nmi) thick, and on steel reinforcing
shall be 40% of the minimum specified yield
strength, but not exceeding 24,000 psi.
1820.4.3 Installation: The installation of
pressure-injected footings shall fulfill the
following requirements:
1820.4.3.1 Base:
1 . The enlarged base of a pressure-injected
footing shall be formed on or in bearing
materials of Classes 1 to 9 inclusive. The
Class 9 material (fine sand) shall have a
maximum of 15% by weight finer than the
No. 200 mesh sieve and shall be non-plastic,
unless satisfactory load test results or other
substantiating data are submitted to, and
approved by, the code official.
2. The compacted concrete placement shall
be in measured batches, to establish impact
energy required per unit volume of concrete.
A minimum of one Standard Batch Volume
of concrete, as defined in Table 1820.4,
shall be injected in the base, after expulsion
of the concrete plug or boot used to close
the tube during the driving process.
1820.4.3.2 Shaft installaition:
1820,4.3.2,1 Uncased compacted-concrete
1. Concrete shall be placed at zero
slump, in small batches, and shall be
compacted in place in a controlled
manner as the drive-tube is withdrawn.
2. Pressure injected footings formed
through soils of Classes 10 and 11,
located less than nine feet or v^thin the
heave range from an uncased shaft, shall
be pre-drilled through such soil.
3. An uncased compacted-concrete shaft
shall not be formed through veiy soft to
soft soils of Classes 10 and H. The code
official may waive this requirement based
upon satisfactory evidence prepared by a
registered design professional that the
soil has sufficient strength for proper
shaft construction.
4. A suitable method shall be employed
by the contractor and the design
professional to verify and record that the
entire length of the shaft is completely
filled mth concrete. Such means shall
include the ability to determine the
incremental volume of concrete installed
in relation to the calculated shaft volume.
1820.4.3.2.2Uncased high-slump concrete
1 . Concrete shall be placed at not less
than eight-inch slump, except that slump
as low as four inches may be allowed if
adequate vibration is applied to the drive-
tube during the entire withdrawal process.
During withdrawal, the level of concrete
within the tube shall have a positive
differential head over external soil and
water pressures at all times.
2. The shaft shall be provided with full-
length reinforcing steel anchored in the
enlarged base. At a minimum, provide a
cage with four, fiill length, number five
reinforcing bars evenly spaced near the
shaft perimeter.
3. Pressure injected footings located less
than nine feet (2.7 m) from a completed
uncased high-slump shaft shall not be
installed until at least 12 hours after shaft
pour.
4. A suitable method shall be employed
by the contractor and the design
professional to verify and record that the
entire length of the shaft is completely
filled with concrete. Such means shall
include the ability to determine the
incremental volume of concrete installed
in relation to the calculated shaft volume.
1S20.4.3.2.3 Cased shaft:
1. The permanent metal casing shall be
fastened to the enlarged base in such a
manner that the two will not separate.
2. Concrete shall be placed in the same
manner as for cased poured concrete
piles. The requirements of 780 CMR
1820.1.3 shall apply.
1820.4.4 Loadbearsmg capacity:
1 . Pile loadbearing capacity shall be verified
by load tests as required in 780 CMR 18 17.4.
2. For loads up to 120 tons, the allowable load
may be computed by the following formula:
Where:
R = allowable load in pounds;
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
329
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
B =average number of blows required to
inject one cubic foot of concrete, during
injectioii of the last batch;
E =Energy per blow in foot-pounds;
C =constant; and
V =total volume of base concrete in cubic
feet.
The values of R, E, and C shall conform to
Table 1820.4 unless other values are
determined by load test, in which case the
lattervalues shall control. Use of Table 1820.4
is limited by the provisions of 780 CMR
1817.4.
The value of V shall include an allowance of
one Standard Batch Volume of concrete, if
concrete is used in the tube during the driving
process, plus the additional volume of concrete
injected during formation of the base.
3. During injection of the last batch of concrete
in the base, the height of concrete within the
drive tube shall not be more than Va of the
drive-tube inside diariieter.
TABLE 1820.4
R
(tons)
Energy, E
(foot-pounds)
c
Standard Batch
Volume
(cubic feet)
over 100
25 to 50
ill
18
iiiiil
30
5
2
1820.4.5 Loading: The load on pressure-injected
footings shall be limited by the provisions of
780 CMR 1817.8 except that the circumscribing
polygon shall start at the junction of the shaft and
the enlarged base, and the bearing area shall be
taken at planes six feet or more below the
junction, or at the top of weaker material,
whichever is higher.
1820.4.6 Spacing: The center-to-center spacing
of pressure-injected footings with uncased shafts
shall be not less than 2VS times the outside
diameter of the drive tube and not less than 3'/2
feet. The center-to-center spacing of pressure-
injected footiiigs with cased shafts shall be not
less than three times the shaft diameter.
1820.5 Cased poured concrete piles: Steel-cased
piles shall comply with the requirements of
780 CMR 1820.5.1 through 1820.5.4.
1820.5.1 Materials: Concrete shall satisfy the
provisions of 780 CMR 1820.1.1. Pile shells or
casings shall be of steel and shall be sufticiently
strong to resist collapse and sufticiently water
tight to exclude any foreign materials during the
placing of concrete. The shape of the pile may be
cylindrical, or conical, or a combination thereof,
or it may be a succession of cylinders of equal
length, with the change in diameter of adjoining
cylinders not exceeding one inch.
1820.5.2 Allowable design stresses: The load on
cased poured concrete piles shall be as provided
in 780 CMR 1817.0 and shall not exceed the load
computed on the basis of 33% of the 28-day
strength of the concrete, nor 1,600 psi when
applied to the cross-sectional area computed on
the following basis:
1 . For metal-cased piles driven to and into
materials of Classes 1 to 4 inclusive, using the
diameter measured one foot (0.3 m) above the
point, except that when the rock is immediately
overiain by a bearing stratum consisting of one
or a combination of bearing materials of
Classes 5, 6, and 7, using the diameter at the
surface of the bearing stratum.
2. For metal-cased piles, driven through
compressible materials including Classes 10
and 1 1 and into a bearing stratum consisting of
one or a combination of bearing materials of
Classes 5-9 inclusive, using the diameter at the
surface of the bearing stratum.
1820.5.3 Installation: Piles shall have steel shells
or casings which are mandrel-driven their ftill
length in contact with the surrounding soil, left
permanently in place and filled with concrete.
The requirements of 780 CMR 1820.1.3 shall
apply.
1820.6 Small diameter grouted piles:
1820.6.1 General: 780 CMR 1820.6 covers
grouted cast-in-place piles which are less than 12
inches (305 mm) in diameter and in which all or
a portion of the pile is cast directly against the soil
without permanent casing.
1820.6.2 Materials: Concrete or sand-cement
grout shall satisfy the provisions of 780 CMR
1820.1.1.
1820.6.3 Allowable load: The load on small
diameter grouted piles shall not exceed the
allowable load computed on the basis of the
allowable stresses given in 780 CMR 1820.2.3
and the requirements of 780 CMR 1820.6.3.1 and
1820.6.3.2.
1820.6.3.1 Minimum reinforcing: The steel
reinforcing shall be designed to carry the
following minimum percentage of the design
compression load:
1 . For a pile or a portion of a pile grouted
inside a temporary casing, grouted inside a
hole drilled into rock, or grouted with a
hollow-stem auger, the reinforcing steel
shall be designed to carry not less than 40%
of the design compression load.
2. For a pile or a portion of a pile grouted
in an open drill hole without temporary or
permanent casing or grouted within
materials of Classes 1 through 5, the pile
shall be designed to carry the entire design
330
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FOUNDATIONS AND RETAINING WALLS
compression load on the reinforcing stee!.
If a steel pipe section is used for reinforcing,
any portion of the cement grout enclosed
within the pipe may also be included at the
allowable stress for the grout.
1820.6.3.2 Load test: For all design loads, the
allowable load shall be determined by load
tests in accordance with 780 CMR 1817.4.
Load tests may be waived by the code official
based on substantiating data and analyses
prepared by a registered design professional.
1820.6.3.3 Alternative load test procedure
for friction piles: For piles designed as friction
piles, the friction capacity in compression may
be verified by load testing in tension. The
tension load test shall be performed in
accordance with 780 CMR 1817.7, with the
following exceptions:
1. The test pile must be cased or left
ungrouted down to the top of the bearing
stratum in a manner which will ensure that
no friction resistance is developed above
the bearing stratum.
2. The maximum design load shall be
taken as 50% of the applied test load which
results in a movement under load of 14 inch
(13 mm) at the pile tip. The movement at
the pile tip shall be a.) measured directly by
a tell-tale or b.) computed by deducting the
theoretical elastic elongation of the pile
from the displacement measured at the top
of the pile.
1820.6.4 lastallatloii: The pile may be formed in
a hole advanced by rotary or rotary percussive
drilling methods (with or without temporary
casing), by a hollow-stem auger, or by driving a
temporary casing. The pile shall be grouted with
a fluid cement grout. The grout shall be pumped
through a tremie pipe extending to the bottom of
the pile until grout of suitable quality returns at
the top of the pile.
The foUownng requirements apply to specific
installation methods:
1. Piles grouted with temporary casing: For
piles grouted inside a temporary casing, the
reinforcing steel shall be inserted prior to
withdrawal of the casing. The casing shall be
withdrawn in a controlled manner with the
grout level maintained at the top of the pile, to
ensure that the grout completely fills the driU
hole. During withdrawal of the casing, the
grout level inside the casing shall be monitored
to che<^ that the flow of grout inside the casing
is not obstructed.
2. Piles grouted without temporary casing:
For a pile or portion of a pile grouted in an
open drill hole in soil without temporary
casing, the minimum design diameter of the
drill hole shall be verified by a suitable device
immediately prior to grouting. The reinforcing
steel shall be inserted prior to grouting.
3. Piles grouted with hollow-stem augers: For
piles installed with a hollow-stem auger, the
grout shall be pumped under continuous
pressure, and the rate of withdrawal of the
auger shall be carefoUy controUed to ensure
that the hole is completely filled with grout as
the auger is withdrawn. The actual volume of
grout pumped for each one foot (0.3 m) of
withdrawal of the auger shall be recorded and
must be equal to or greater than the theoretical
volume. The reinforcing steel shall be inserted
prior to withdrawal of the auger.
4. For piles designed for end bearing, a.
suitable means shall be employed to verify that
the bearing surface is properly cleaned prior to
grouting.
5. Subsequent piles shall not be drilled or
driven near piles that have been grouted until
the grout has had sufficient time to harden.
S 820.6.5 Pile diameter: The design pile diameter
shall be taken as:
L The outside diameter of the temporary
casing; or
2. The diameter of a fiiU circumferential drill
bit attached to the bottom of the temporary
casing; or
3. The outside diameter of the hollow-stem
auger; or
4. The borehole diameter veriified by suitable
measurements made immediately prior to
grouting.
1820.6.6 Corrosion protection:
1. Nfinimum grout cover: Where steel
reinforcing is not enclosed inside a permanent
casing, centralizers shall be provided on the
reinforcing to ensure a minimum grout cover of
one inch (25 mm) in soil and 14 inch (13 mm)
in rock. Grout cover requirements may be
reduced when the reinforcing steel is provided
with a suitable protective coating.
2. Permanent steel casing that is used as
structural reinforcing shall be protected in
accordance with the provisions of 780 CMR
1816.4.2.
3. For piles subjected to sustained tension
loading in corrosive environments, the
reinforcing steel shall be protected by a
suitable protective coating or encapsulation
method.
S §20,6.7 Records: The owner shall engage a
registered design professional to observe the
installation of the piles in accordance with
780 CMR 1816.13. The design professional or
his representative shall make an accurate record
of the installation equipment used, pile
dimensions, grouting volumes and procedures
used and all other pertinent instaUation data.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
331
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
780 CMR 1821.0 PRECAST CONCRETE
PILES
1821.1 Design and manufacture: All piles shall be
designed and manufactured in accordance with
accepted engineering practice to resist all stresses
induced by handling, drivmg and service loads. The
minimum lateral dimension shall be ten inches
(254 mm). All comers of square piles shall be
chamfered. Longitudinal steel shall be arranged in a
symmetrical pattern and shall be laterally tied with
steel ties or wire spiral spaced not more than three
inches (76 mm) apart, center to center, for a distance
of two feet (610 nmi) from the ends of the pile; and
not more than six inches (152 mm) elsewhere except
that at the ends of each pile,, the first five ties or
spirals shall be spaced one inch (25 mm) center to
center. When driven to or into bearing materials of
Classes 1 to 6 inclusive, or through materials
containing boulders, piles shall have metal tips of
approved design.
1821.1.1 Installation: All piles shall be handled
and driven so as not to cause injury or
overstressing which affects durability or strength.
1821.2 Reinforced piles: Reinforced precast
concrete piles shall conform to 780 CMR 1821.2.1
through 1821.2.5.
1821.2.1 Design: The minimum amount of
longitudinal reinforcement shall be 2% of the
concrete section and shall consist of at least four
bars.
1821.2.2 Material: All concrete shall have a
28-day specified compressive strength {j'^ of not
less than 4,000 psi (2.81 kg/mm^).
1821.2.3 Allowable stress: The allowable
compressive stress in the concrete shall not
exceed 33% of the 28-day specified comjpressive
strength {f'^ nor 1,600 psi applied to the gross
cross-sectional area of the pile.
1821.2.4 Concrete cover: All pile reinforcement
shall have a concrete cover of not leiss than two
inches (51 mm), except that piles exposed to sea
water shall have a minimum protective concrete
cover of three inches (76 mm).
1821.2.5 Installation: A precast concrete pile
shall not be driven before the concrete has
attained a compressive strength of at least 3,000
psi (2.1 1 kg/mm^), but not less than such strength
sufficient to withstand handling and driving
forces.
1821.2.6 Pile cap seismic connection: Precast
concrete piles shall be connected to the pile cap in
accordance with the requirements of 780 CMR
1820.1.2.2.
1821.3 Prestressed piles: Prestressed concrete piles
shall conform to the requirements of 780 CMR
, 1821.3.1 through 1821.3.6.
18213.1 Design: The effective prestress in the
pile shall not be less than 700 psi (0.49 kg/mm^).
1821.3.2 Material: Prestressing steel shall
conform to ASTM A416 listed in Appendix A.
All concrete shall have a 28-day specified
compressive strength (J'^ of not less than 5,000
psi (3.52 kg/mm^).
1821.33 Allowable stress: The maximum
allowable design compressive stress (/j) in
concrete shall be determined as follows:
/, = 0.33/',- 0.27 /p,
where /', is the 28-day compressive strength and
/pc is the effective prestress on the gross area of
the pile section; however, 0.33 /'(. shall not
exceed 1,600 psi.
1821.3.4 Installation: A prestressed pile shall not
be driven before the concrete has attained a
compressive strength of at least 4,000 psi (2.81
kg/mm2), but not less than such strength sufficient
to withstand handling and driving forces.
1821.3.5 Pile cap seismic connection:
Prestressed concrete piles shall be connected to
the pile cap in accordance with the requirements
of 780 CMR 1 820. 1 .2.2 Or by extension of the pile
reinforcing strand into the pile cap. The
embedment of reinforcing into the pile cap shall
develop the strength of the reinforcing strand.
Prestressed pile cap connections in buildings
assigned to Seismic Performance Category D, in
accordance with 780 CMR 1 612.2.7, shall not be
by development of exposed strand.
1821.3.6 Spiral seismic reinforcing: The upper
two feet of the pile immediately below the pile
cap shall have No. 3 ties minimum at not over
four-inch spacing, or equivalent spirals. The
spiral reinforcement in prestressed piles for
buildings assigned to Seismic Performance
Category D, in accordance with 780 CMR
1612.2.7, shall not be less than 0.6% for the full
length of the pile where subjected to vertical loads
only or where the design bending moment does
not exceed 20% of the unfactored ultimate
moment capacity at balanced strain conditions
computed in accordance with ACI 318 listed in
Appendix A.
780 CMR 1822.0 TIMBER PILES
1822.1 Materials: Round timber piles shall conform
to ASTM D25 listed in Appendix A. Round timber
piling shall be new longleaf, shortleaf, loblolly or
slash species of Southern pine, oak, Douglas fir or
other woods of similar strength and physical
characteristics.
1822.2 Preservative treatment: Timber piles used
to support permanent structures shall be pressure
treated in accordance with AWPA C3 listed in
Appendix A for round timber piles. Preservative-
332
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
1/19/01
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
FOUNDATIONS AND RETAINING WALLS
treated timber piles shall be subject to a quality
control program administered by an approved
agency. Pile cutoffs shall be treated in accordance
with AWPA M4 listed m Appendix A.
1822.3 Aiowable load:
1822.3J Allowabk stress: The allowable stress
in the timber shall not exceed 1,000 psi in
compression at the critical cross-sectional area
taken at the top of the bearing stratum. Piles
designed for end bearing on materials of Classes 1
through 5 shall be designed for a maximum stress
of 500 psi in compression on the pile cross-
sectional area at the tip.
]1 822.3.2 Maximum Load: The load on timber
piles shall not exceed the allowable load specified
in 780 CMR 1817.0 nor 35 tons, whichever is
smaller.
1822.33 Minimum dimensions: Timber piles
shall be sized to conform to the minimum tip sizes
as specified in ASTM D25 but no less than six
inches (152 mm) in diameter at the tip.
1822.4 Precautions doring driving:
1822.4.1 Hammer energy: Pile hammer energy
shall be selected to prevent damage to the pile, but
in no case shall the maximum hammer energy, as
rated by the manufacturer, exceed 18,000 ft. lbs.
For end bearing piles, on materials of Class 1
through 5, the maximum hammer energy shall be
reduced.
1822.4.2 Driving resistance: Driving shall be
stopped immediately when abrupt high resistance
to penetration is encountered. Any sudden
decrease in driving resistance of an end-supported
timber pile shall be investigated with regard to the
possibility of damage. If the sudden decrease in
driving resistance cannot be correlated to
loadbearing data, the pile shall be removed for
inspection or rejected.
780 CMR 1823.0 COMPOSITE PILES
1823.1 Design: Composite piles consisting of two or
more approved pile types shall be designed to meet
the conditions of installation.
1823.2 Lismtatlon of load: The maximum allowable
load shall be limited by the capacity of the weakest
section incorporated in the pile.
1823.3 Splices: Splices between concrete and steel
or wood sections shall be designed to prevent
separation both before and after the concrete portion
has set, and to insure the alignment and transmission
of the total pile load. Splices shall be designed to
resist uplift caused by upheaval during driving of
adjacent piles, and shall develop the ftjll compressive
strength and not less than 50% of the tension and
bending strength of the weaker section.
780 CMR 1824.0 CONCREIE>FILLED PIPE
Wrra STEEL COSE CAISSONS
1824.1 Constnicllon: These units shall consist of a
shaft section of concrete-filled pipe extended to and
firmly seated in bedrock of Classes 1 or 2 with an
uncased socket drilled into the bedrock which is
filled with cement grout. A steel core shall be
centered in the shaft and shall extend through the
cement grout to the bottom of the socket.
1824.2 Rock socket: A socket, approximately the
inside diameter of the pipe, shall be made in bedrock
of Classes I or 2 to a depth that will assure load
transfer when computed for bearing on the bottom
surface of the socket in accordance with 780 CMR
1803.0, 1807.0 and 1817.0 acting together with a
bond stress on the perimeter surface of the socket.
The socket design stress shall be determined by a
registered design professsional based upon
foundation investigation study in accordance with
780 CMR 1816, but in no case will the design bond
stress on the perimeter of the socket exceed 200 psi.
Load tests, in accordance with 780 CMR 1817.4,
may be required by the code official if foundation
investigation data are judged insufficient to verify
the selected bond stress. The minimum socket depth
shall be at least equal to the diameter of the pipe.
Before placement of concrete, the socket and pipe
shall be thoroughly cleaned and the rock inspected
by a registered design professional or his qualified
representative.
1824.3 Seismic design: All caisson piles shall meet
the seismic design requirements of 780 CMR
1819.3.
1824.4 Material: Pipe and steel cores shall conform
to the material requirements in 780 CMR 1818.0.
Pipe shall have a minimum diameter of 18inches
(457 mm) and a minimum wall thickness of % inch
(9.5 mm) and shall be fitted with a suitable steel
driving shoe welded to the bottom of the pipe. All
concrete shall have a 28-day specified compressive
strength (/'j.) of not less than 4,000 psi (2.81
kg/mm ). The concrete mix shall be designed and
proportioned so as to produce a cohesive workable
mix with a slump of four inches (102 mm) to six
inches (152 mm).
1824.5 Stmctural core: The gross cross-sectional
area of the structural steel core shall not exceed 25%
of the gross area of the caisson. The minimum
clearance between the structural core and the pipe
shall be two inches (51 nmj). If cores are to be
spliced, the ends shall be milled or ground to provide
full contact and shall be full-depth welded.
1824.6 Allowable stress: The allowable design
compressive stresses shall not exceed the following:
concrete, 0.33 f'^,; steel pipe, 0.35 /„; and structural
steel core, 0.50 /y.
1/19/01
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
333
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
1824.7 InstaUation: The rock socket and pile shall
be thoroughly cleaned of all foreign materials before
filling with cement grout and concrete. Steel cores
shall be bedded in cement grout at the base of the
rock socket.
1824.8 Spacing: The minimum center-to-center
spacing shall be not less than 2Vz times the outside
diameter of the steel shell.
overtunung, sliding, excessive foundation pressure
and water uplift. Retaining walls shall be designed
to resist seismic loads in accordance with 780 CMR
1612.4.9.
18253 Hydrostatic pressure: Unless drainage is
provided, the hydrostatic head of the water pressure
shall be assumed to be equal to the height of the
wall.
780 CMR 1825.0 RETAINING WALLS
1825.1 General: Walls buik to retain or support the
lateral pressure of earth or water or other
superimposed loads shall be designed and
constructed of approved masonry, reinforced
concrete, steel sheet piling or other approved
materials within the allowable stresses specified in
780 CMR 231 1.7.
1825.2 Design: Retaining walls shall be designed to
resist the pressure of the retained material, including
both dead and live load surcharges to which such
walls are subjected, and to insure stability against
1825.4 Coping: All masonry retaining walls, other
than reinforced concrete walls, shall be protected
vrith an approved coping.
1825.5 Guards: Where retaining walls with
differences in grade level on either side of the wall
in excess of four feet (1 .2 m) are located closer than
two feet (0.6 m) to a walk, path, parking lot or
driveway on the high side, such retaining walls shall
be provided with guards that are constructed in
accordance with 780 CMR 1021.0 or other approved
protective measures.
334
780 CMR - Skth Edition corrected- 9/1 9/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
CHAPTER 19
CONCRETE
780 CMR 190L0 CONCRETE DESIGN
STANDARDS
1901.1 Reinforced and prestressed concrete:
Structural members of reinforced concrete, including
prestressed concrete, shall be designed and
constructed in accordance with the provisions of
780 CMR19 and ACI 318 listed in Appendix A,
hereafter referred to in 780 CMR 19 as ACI 318.
1901.2 Plain concrete: Structural members of plain
concrete shall be designed and constructed in
accordance with the provisions of 780 CMR 19 and
ACI 3 18. 1 listed in Appendix A. Concrete that is
either unreinforced or contains less reinforcement
than the minimum specified for reinforced concrete
by ACI 318 shall be classified as plain concrete.
Plain concrete shall not be used for structural
members where special design considerations are
required for blast forces, unless specifically
approved.
780 CMR 1902.0 DEFINniONS
1902.1 General: The following words and terms
shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR 19 and as used
elsewhere in 780 CMR have the meanings shown
herein.
Admisture: Material other than water, aggregate or
hydraulic cement, used as an ingredient of
concrete and added to concrete before or during
mixing to modiiy the properties of the concrete.
Cementitlous material: A material specified in
780 CMR 1906.0 which has cementing value
when used in concrete either by itself, such as
pordand cement or blended hydraulic cements, or
when used in combination with portland cement
or blended hydraulic cement, such as fly ash, raw
or calcined natural pozzolans or ground-
granulated blast-fiimace slag.
Concrete: A mixture of portland cement or any
other hydraulic cement, fine and course
aggregates and water, with or without admixtures,
of such proportions and manipulation as to meet
specific requirements.
Concrete, reinforced: Concrete with no less
reinforcement than required by 780 CMR,
prestressed or nonprestressed, and designed on the
assumption that the two materials act together in
resisting forces (see 780 CMR 1901.1).
Member
Primary; Any member of the structural fi-ame of
a building or structure used as a column or
grillage beam, or to support masonry walls and
partitions, including trusses, isolated lintels
spanning an opening of eight feet (2438 mm) or
more, and any other member required to brace a
column or a truss.
Secondary: Any member of the structural
fi-amework other than a primary member,
including fill-in beams of floor systems.
780 CMR 1903.0 SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS
FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE
1903.1 General: The design and construction of
reinforced concrete components that resist seismic
forces shall conform to the requirements of
780 CMR 1903.0 and ACI 318 except as modified
by 780 CMR 1903.1.1.
1903.L1 Modifications to ACI 318: The sections of
ACI 318 shall be modified as indicated in 780 CMR
1903.1.1 items 1 through 13.
1 . Modify Section 8. 1 .2 to read: "except where
load combinations of 780 CMR 1616, including
seismic forces, are used, design of nonprestressed
reinforced concrete members using Appendix A,
Alternate Design Method, is permitted."
2. Replace ACI 318 Seaion 9.2.3 with 780 CMR
1616.
3 . Add the following definitions to Section 21.1
of ACI 318:
"Confined region: That portion of a reinforced
concrete component in which the concrete is
confined by closely spaced special transverse
reinforcement restraining the concrete in
directions perpendicular to the applied stress."
"Joint: That portion of a column bounded by the
highest and lowest surfaces of the other
members framing into it."
"Special transverse reinforcement: Reinforcement
composed of spirals, closed stirrups, or hoops
and supplementary cross ties provided to
restrain the concrete and qualify the portion of
the component, where used, as a confined
region."
4. Replace ACI 318 Sections 21.2.1.3 and
21.2.1.4 with the requirements of 780 CMR
1903.3 through 1903.6.
5. Modify Section 21.2.1.5 to read: "A
reinforced concrete structural system not
satisfying the requirements of 780 CMR 19,
including those composed of precast elements, is
allowed if it is demonstrated by experimental
evidence and analysis that the proposed system
will have strength and toughness equal to or
exceeding that provided by a comparable
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
335
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
monolithic reinforced concrete structure satisfying
780 CMR 19."
6. Add the following to the end of Section
21.2.5.1: "Post-tensioning tendons are allowed in
flexural members of frames provided the average,
prestress {jp^) calculated for an area equal to the
member's shortest cross-sectional dimension
multiplied by the perpendicular dimension, does
not exceed 350 psi."
7. Add a new Section 21.3.2.5 to read: "For
members in which prestressing tendons are used
together with ASTM A706 or A615 (Grades 40 or
60) reinforcement to resist earthquake-induced
forces, prestressing tendons shall not provide
more than one-quarter of the strength for both
positive moments and negative moments at the
joint face. Anchorages for tendons shall be
demonstrated to perform satisfactorily for seismic
loadings. Anchorage assemblies shall withstand,
without failure, a minimum of 50 cycles of
loading ranging between 40 and 85% of the
minimum specified strength of the tendon.
Tendons shall extend through exterior joints and
be anchored at the exterior face of the joint or
beyond."
8. Modify Section 21.3.3.4 to read: "Where
hoops are not required, stirrups with 135-degree
or greater hooks with six bar diameter but not less
than three-inch extensions shall be located
throughout the length of the member and spaced
not more than one-half the distance from the
extreme compression fiber to the centroid of
tension reinforcement id)."
9. Add a new Section 21 .4.4.7 to read: "At any
section where the nominal strength {^Pfi) of the
column is less than the sum of the shear {V^
computed in accordance with Section 21.4.5.1 for
all of the beams framing into the column above
the level under consideration, special transverse
reinforcement shall be provided. For beams
framing into opposite sides of the column, the
moment components are allowed to be assumed to
be of opposite sign. For determination of the
nominal strength (/*^) of the column, these
moments are allowed to be assumed to result from
the deformation of the frame in any one principal
axis."
10. Add to the end of Section 21,6.1: "A cast-in-
place topping on a precast floor system is allowed
to serve as a diaphragm provided that the cast-in-
place topping is proportioned and detailed to
resist the design shear forces. Where untopped
precast elements are used as diaphragms, the
strength reduction factor ((})) for connections
between elements shall be 0.5 except that for
connection elements that form a continuous tie
across and through the untopped element,
extending across the diaphragm, the strength
reduction factor (({)) shall be 0.7."
11. Modify Section 21.6.3 to read: "The design
shear force {V^ shall be obtained from the lateral
load analysis in accordance with the factored
loads and combinations of loads specified in
780 CMR 1616.0.
12. Renumber existing Sections 21.6.6 through
21.6.8 to Sections 21.6.7 through 21.6.9,
respectively, and add a new Section 21.6.6 to
read:
21.6.6 Coupling beams: A coupling beam (beam
which interconnects two shear walls in their own
plane) Avith clear-span-to-efFective-depth ratio
{ly/^ 0^ Isss than four and with factored shear
force (Fy) exceeding AJf^Jbjd shall be
provided with shear reinforcement as specified in
Sections 21.6.6.1 through 21.6.6.3.
21.6.6.1 Factored shear force (K„) shall be
resisted by two intersecting groups of symmetrical
diagonally placed bars extending across the full
length of the member and adequately anchored
within the shear walls. Each group shall consist
of a minimum of four bars providing an area {A^^
not less than that calculated by the following
formula:
v.,
Ayd"
2/y sin a
where: a is the angle between the diagonal
reinforcement and the longitudinal axis of the
member.
21.6.6.2 Contribution of the diagonal
reinforcement to nominal flexural strength of the
coupling beam shall be mcluded.
21.6.6.3 Each group of diagonally placed bars
shall be enclosed in special transverse
reinforcement conforming to Sections 21.4.4.1
through 21.4.4.3. For the purpose of computing
Ag in accordance with Equations 10-5 and 21-3,
minimum cover as specified in Section 7.7 shall
be assumed over each group of diagonally placed
reinforcing bars."
13. Modify the title of Section 21.8 to read:
"Requirements for Intermediate Moment Frames"
1903.2 Headed bolts and headed stud anchors in
concrete: Headed bolts and headed stud anchors
shall be solidly cast in concrete. The factored loads
on embedded headed bolts and headed stud anchors
shall not exceed the design strengths determined by
780 CMR 1903.2.2.
1903.2.1 Load factor multipliers: In addition to
the load factors in 780 CMR 1616. 1, a multiplier
of 2 shall be used if special inspection is not
provided, or a multiplier of 1.3 shall be used if
special inspection is provided. Where anchors are
embedded in the tension zone of a member, the
load factors in 780 CMR 1616.1 shall have a
multiplier of 3 if special inspection is not
provided or of 2 if it is provided.
336
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/27/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR; STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
CONCRETE
1903.2.2 Strength of anchors: The strength of
headed bolts and headed stud anchors solidly cast
in concrete shall be taken as the average of ten
tests for each concrete strength and anchor size or
calculated in accordance with 780 CMR
1903.2.2.1 through 1903.2.2.3. The loadbearing
area of headed anchors shall be at least lYz times
the shank area for anchors of not more than
60,000 psi yield strength.
1903.2.2,1 Strength In tension: The strength
of anchors in tension shall be the minimum of
P^ or (j) P^ where:
P^ = 0.9.^4. fs
and
where:
(1)P^ = 4)X /r;(2.8As + 4At)
Afj = Area (in square inches) of bolt or stud.
Must be used with the corresponding steel
properties to determine the weakest part of the
assembly in tension. In shear, the insert leg is
not required to be checked.
A^ = The sloping area (in square inches) of an
assumed failure surface. For a single anchor or
anchors in a group where the distance between
anchors is equal to or greater than twice their
embedment length, the surface is assumed to
be that of a truncated cone radiating at a 45-
degree slope from the loadbearing edge of the
anchor to the surface (i.e., Af = 0).
For anchors in a group where the distance
between anchors is less than twice their
embedment length, the failure surface is
assumed to be that of a truncated pyramid
radiating at a 45-degree slope from the
loadbearing edge of the anchor group to the
surface. Additionally, for thin sections with
anchor groups, the failure surface shall
assumed to follow the extension of this slope
through to the far side rather than truncate as in
A( , (i.e., Af = 0), and the failure mode resulting
in the lower value of (j)P^ shall control.
Af = The area (in square inches) of the flat
bottom of the truncated pyramid of an assumed
concrete failure surface. Where anchors in a
group are closer than twice their embedment
length, the failure surface pyramid is assumed
to truncate at the anchor loadbearing edge
rather than form separate cones.
/'g = Specified compressive strength of
concrete (psi), which shall not be taken greater
than 6,000 psi.
/'g = Ultimate tensile strength (in psi) of the
bolt, stud or insert leg wires, which shall not be
taken greater than 60,000 psi. For A307 bolts
or A108 studs, f'^ shall be permitted to be
assumed to be 60,000 psi.
Pj^ = Tensile strength required due to factored
loads (pounds).
Fy = Shear strength required due to factored
loads (pounds).
A. = One for normal-weight concrete, 0.75 for
all lightweight concrete, and 0.85 for sand-
lightweight concrete.
(}) = Strength reduction factor shall be taken as
0.65, except (j) is permitted to be taken as 0.85
where the anchor is attached to or hooked
around reinforcing steel or otherwise
terminated so as to transfer effectively forces
to reinforcing steel that is designed to
distribute forces and avert sudden local failure.
Where the edge distance is less than
embedment length, reduce (}) P^.
proportionately. For multiple edge distances
less than the embedment length, use multiple
reductions.
1903.2,2.2 Strength an shear: The strength of
anchors in shear shall be the minimum of V^ or
^ V^ where:
F- = 0.7SA /'
and where loaded toward an edge greater than
ten diameters away:
^V,-^800At,X {f,
or where loaded toward an edge less than ten
diameters away:
;2
^Vc = $2%< X ^^
where:
Jg = Edge distance from the anchor axis to the
free edge.
For groups of anchors, the concrete design
shear strength shall be taken as the smallest of:
1 . The strength of the weakest anchor times
the number of anchors;
2. The strength of the row of anchors
nearest the free edge in the direction of shear
times the number of rows; or
3. The strength of the row farthest from the
free edge in the direction of shear.
For shear loading toward an edge less than ten
diameters away, or tension or shear not toward
an edge less than four diameters away,
reinforcing sufficient to carry the load shall be
provided to prevent failure of the concrete in
tension. In no case shall the edge distance be
less than Vh diameters for shear loading
toward an edge, or XVz diameters for tension or
shear not toward an edge.
1903.2.2.3 Combined tension and shear:
Where tension and shear act simultaneously,
both of the following shall be met;
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
337
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGU1.ATI0NS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
'^''
.^«/
/ T, \2
^1
and
-^ il
1903.2.3 Special provisions for anchor bolts in
tops of columns: Anchor bolts at the tops of
columns shall be enclosed with not less than two
#4 ties located within four inches from the top of
the column. Bolts in the tops of columns shall be
embedded not less than nine bolt diameters.
1903.3 Moment frames: Moment frames shall
comply with 780 CMR 1903.3.1, or 1903.3.2.
1903.3.1 Intermediate moment frames:
Intermediate moment frames shall comply with
the requirements of Section 21.8 of ACI 318,
except as follows:
1903.3.1.1 Transverse reinforcement for frame
members subjected principally to bending,
where the factored axial compressive force on
the members do not exceed {AJ'J\0\ shall
comply with Section 21.3.3 of ACI 318.
1903.3.1.2 Transverse reinforcement for frame
members subjected to bending and axial load,
where the factored axial compressive force on
the members exceeds (Ag/yiO), shall comply
with Section 21.4.4 of Atll 318.
1903.3.1.3 Transverse reinforcement as
specified in Section 21.4.4 of ACI 318 shall be
provided within joints of frames, for the fiill
height of the joints, except that it may be
omitted over the depth of the shallowest beam
where beams frame into all four sides of
columns.
1903.3.1.4 Moment frames composed of two
way slabs without beams shall not be used to
resist lateral seismic forces. Delete Section
21.8.6 of ACI 318.
1903.3.2 Special moment frames: Special
moment frames shall comply with the
requirements of Sections 21.2 through 21.5 of
ACI 318 as modified in 780 CMR 1903.1.1, and
with the requirements of 780 CMR 1903.3.1 for
intermediate moment frames.
1903.4 Seismic Performance Category C:
Buildings assigned to Seismic Performance
Category C shall conform to all of the requirements
of ACI 3 1 8 as listed in Appendix A and to 780 CMR
1903.4.1, 1903.4.2 and 1903.4.3.
1903.4.1 Moment frames: All moment frames
that are part of the seismic-resisting system shall
be intermediate moment frames conforming to
780 CMR 1903.3.1, or special moment frames
conforming to 780 CMR 1903.3.2.
1903.4.2 Discontinuous members: Columns
supporting reactions from discontinuous stiff
members, such as walls, shall be provided with
special transverse reinforcement at the spacing
{s^) as defined in Section 21.9.5.1 of ACI 318
over their full height beneath the level at which
the discontinuity occurs. This special transverse
reinforcement shall be extended above and below
the column as required by Section 21.4.4.5 of ACI
318.
1903.4.3 Shear walls: The design shear strength
of shear walls shall be calculated as the maximum
shear obtained from design load combinations
which include twice the earthquake effect
calculated in accordance with the provisions of
780 CMR.
1903.4.4 Shear walls in Dual Systems: Shear
walls acting in combination with a moment frame
in a Dual System shall conform to sections 21.2
through 21.6 in ACI 318 as modified by
780 CMR 1903.1.1.
1903.5 Seismic Performance Category D:
Buildings assigned to Seismic Performance
Category D shall conform to all of the requirements
for Seismic Performance Category C, and to the
requirements of 780 CMR 1903.5.1 through
1903.5.3.
1903.5.1 Moment frames: All moment frames
that are part of the seismic-resisting system,
regardless of height, shall be special moment
frames conforming to 780 CMR 1903.3.2.
1903.5.2 Seismic-resisting system: All materials
and components in the seismic-resisting system
shall conform to Sections 21.2 through 21.6 in
ACI 3 18, as modified by 780 CMR 1903. 1. 1.
1903.5.3 Frame members not proportioned to
resist earthquake forces: All frame components
which are not part of the seismic-resisting system
shall conform to 780 CMR 1612.4.4.3.3 and to
Section 21.7.1.1 or21.7.1.2, and Section 21.7.2
of ACI 318.
780 CMR 1904.0 SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS
FOR PLAIN CONCRETE
1904.1 General: The design and construction of
plain concrete components that resist seismic forces
shall conform to the requirements of ACI 318,1
listed in Appendix A except as modified by
780 CMRl 904.0.
1904.2 Seismic Performance Category C:
Structural members of plain concrete in buildings
assigned to Seismic Performance Category C shall
conform to the requirements of ACI 318.1 listed in
338
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/27/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BtniLDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
CONCRETE
Appendix A and the additional provisions and
limitations of 780 CMR 1904.0.
1904.2.1 Footings: Plain concrete footings
supporting walls shall be provided with not less
than two continuous longitudinal reinforcing bars.
Bars shall not be smaller than #4, and shall have
a total area of not less than 0.002 times the gross
cross-sectional area of the footing. Continuity of
reinforcement shall be provided at comers and
intersections.
1904.2.2 Pedestals: Plain concrete pedestals shall
not be used to resist lateral forces due to
earthquake.
1904.2.3 Walls: Basement and foundation walls
shall be reinforced as specified in ACI 318.1
listed in Appendix A. Other walls shall be
reinforced vertically and horizontally as required
by 780 CMR 1904.2.3.1 and 1904.2.3.2.
1904.2.3.1 Vertical reinforcememt: Vertical
reinforcement consisting of at least one #4 bar
shall be provided continuously from support to
support at each comer, at each side of each
opening and at ends of walls or panels.
1 904.2.3.2 Horizontal reinfcBrcement:
Horizontal reinforcement consisting of at least
one #4 bar shall be provided as follows:
1. At the top and bottom of each wall
opening, extending not less than 24 inches
(610 mm) beyond the sides of the opening;
and
2. Continuously at structurally connected
roofs and floors, at the top of walls, at the
bottom of the wall or in the top of the
foundation where the foundation is doweled
to the wall, and at a maximum vertical
spacing often feet (3048 mm).
Reinforcement at the top and bottom of wall
openings shall be continuous to qualify as
reinforcement required by 780 CMR
1904.2.3.2 item 2.
1904.3 Seismic Performance Categoay B:
Structural members of plain concrete are not
permitted in buildings assigned to Seismic
Performance Category D.
Exceptions:
1. For occupancies in Use Group R=3 in
buildings of wood frame construction, plain
concrete footings without lon^tudinal
reinforcement supporting walls, and plain
concrete column footings are permitted.
2. In all other buildings, plain concrete footings
supporting walls shall be permitted provided that
such footings are reinforced longitudinally as
specified in 780 CMR 1 904.2. L
3. For occupancies in Use Group R-3, plain
concrete foundation or basement walls having a
thickness of not less than 714 inches (191 mm)
and retaining four feet (1219 mm) or less of
unbalanced fill shall be permitted.
780 CMR 1905.0 MINIMUM SLAB
TfflCKNESS
11 90S. 1 General: The thickness of concrete floor
slabs supported directly on the ground shall not be
less than 3'/2 inches (89 mm). A 6-mil (0.006 inch;
152 ^m) polyethylene vapor retarder with joints
lapped not less than six inches (152 mm) shall be
placed between the base course or subgrade and the
concrete floor slab, or other approved equivalent
methods or materials shall be used to retard vapor
transmission through the floor slab.
Esception: A vapor retarder is not required:
1. For detached structures accessory to
occupancies in Use Group R-3, such as garages,
utility buildings or other unheated facilities;
2. For unheated storage rooms having an area of
less than 70 square feet (6.5 m^) and carports
attached to occupancies in Use Group R-3;
3. For buildings of other use groups where
migration of moisture through the slab from
below will not be detrimental to the intended
occupancy of the building;
4. For driveways, walks, patios and other
flatwork which will not be enclosed at a later
date; or
5. Where approved based upon local site
conditions.
780 CMR 1906.0 MATERIA!^
1906.1 Genersil: Materials used to produce concrete
and admixtures for concrete shall comply vnth the
requirements of 780 CMR 1906.0 and ACI 318.
5.2 Cements: Cement shall conform to ASTM
CI 50 listed m Appendix A, or to such other cements
as listed in ACI 3 18.
.3 Aggregates: Concrete aggregates shall
conform to ASTM C33 or to ASTM C330 listed in
Appendix A.
1906 J. I Special tests: Aggregates failing to meet
the specifications listed in 780 CMR 1906.3 shall
not be used unless approved and shown by special
test or actual service to produce concrete of
adequate strength and durability.
1906.3.2 Nominal size: Nonunal maximum size
of coarse aggregate shall not be larger than:
1. 1/5 of the narrowest dimension between
sides of forms;
2. Vs of the depth of slabs; nor
3. % of the minimum clear spacing between
individual reinforcing bars or wires, bundles of
bars, or prestressing tendons or ducts.
Exception: These limitations shall not apply
where information is submitted by the engineer
and is approved showing that the workability and
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
339
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
methods of consolidation are such that concrete
will be placed without honeycomb or voids.
1906.4 Water: Water used in mixing concrete shall
be clean and free from injurious amounts of oils,
acids, alkalis, salts, organic materials or other
substances that are deleterious to concrete or
reinforcement.
1906.4.1 Chloride ions: Mixmg water for
prestressed concrete or for concrete that will
contain aluminum embedments, mcluding that
portion of mixing water contributed in the form of
free moisture on aggregates, shall not contain
deleterious amounts of chloride ion (see
780 CMR 1 907. L4).
1906.4.2 Potability: Nonpotable water shall not
be used in concrete unless the specific
requirements of ACI 318 allowing the use of
nonpotable water are satisfied.
1906.5 Metal reinforcement: Reinforcement and
welding of reinforcement to be placed in concrete
construction shall conform to the requirements of
780 CMR 1906.5
1906.5.1 Reinforcement Type: Reinforcement
shall be of the deformed type, except for plain
reinforcement used for spirals or tendons and
reinforcement consisting of structural steel, steel
pipe or steel tubing as specified in ACI 318.
Reinforcement shall conform to the applicable
ASTM standards listed in ACI 318.
1906.5.2 Wdding: Reinforcing bars to be welded
shall be indicated on the drawings, and the
welding procedure to be used shall be specified.
ASTM reinforcing bar specifications, except for
ASTM A706 listed in Appendix A, shall be
supplemented to require a report of material
properties necessary to conform to welding
procedures specified in AWS D1.4 listed in
Appendix A.
1906.5^ Tests: Where unidentified reinforcement
is approved for use, not less than three tension and
three bending tests shall be made on
representative specimens of the reinforcement
from each shipment and grade of reinforcing steel
proposed for use in the work.
1906.6 Admixtures: Admixtures used in concrete
shall comply with 780 CMR 1906.6.1 through
1906.6.4.
1906.6.1 Chloride: Calcium chloride or
admixtures containing chloride from other than
impurities from admixture ingredients shall not be
used in prestressed concrete, in concrete
containing embedded aluminum, in concrete cast
against stay-in-place galvanized metal forms, or
in concrete to be exposed to severe or very severe
sulfate-containing solutions as defined in ACI 3 1 8
(see 780 CMR 1907.1.3 and 1907.1.4).
1906.6.2 Standards: Air-entraining admixtures
shall conform to ASTM C260 listed in
Appendix A. Water-reducing admixtures,
retarding admixtures, accelerating admixtures,
water-reducing and retarding admixtures, and
water-reducing and accelerating admixtures shall
conform to ASTM C494 listed in Append A.
1906.6.3 Pozzolans: Fly ash or other pozzolans
used as admixtures shall conform to ASTM C61 8
XiSlQfi'in Appendix A.
1906.6.4 Blast-furnace slag: Ground-granulated
blast-furnace slag used as an admixture shall
conform to ASTM C989 listed in Appendix A.
1906.7 Tests of materials: Tests of concrete and the
materials used in concrete shall be in accordance
with ACI 318.
780 CMR 1907.0 DURABILITY
REQUIREMENTS
1907.1 Durability requirements: Where concrete
is exposed to special conditions as described in
780 CMR 1907.1.1 through 1907.1.5, the
requirements set forth in 780 CMR 1907. 1 . 1 through
1907.1.5 shdl be met.
1907.1.1 Freezing and thawing and deicer
chemicals: Normal weight and lightweight
concrete exposed to freezing and thawing or
deicer chemicals shall be air entrained with the air
content indicated in Table 1 907. 1.1. Tolerance on
air content as delivered shall be ± 1.5%. For a
specified compressive strength (/ '^) greater than
5,000 psi (34475 kPa), the required air content
indicated in Table 1907.1.1 shall be reduced by
1%. Where finely divided materials of fly ash or
natural pozzolans are used as mineral admixtures
(see 780 CMR 1906.6.3) in air-entrained portland
cement concrete, air content tests shall be made in
accordance with ASTM C231 listed in
Appendix A, to assure compliance with the air
content requirements of Table 1907.1.1. The
frequency of air content tests shall be the same as
that for strength tests required by 780 CMR
1908.3.1.
340
780 CMR - Sbcth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
CONCRETE
Table 1907.1,1
TOTAL Am CONTENT FOR FROST-
RESISTANT CONCRETE
Nominal
Air content, percent
maximum ,
aggregate size
(inches)
severe exposure
Moderate
exposure
%
VA
6
Vi
7
5'/2
liilllllilli
iliiiiHiiiiii
lilliiilHiwi
wmmSmmm.
iiiiiiiiii
f
5
4
3'
4'/2
3!/2
Note a. The severe and moderate exposures
referenced in this table are not based upon the weathering
regions shown in figure 1907.1.2. For the purposes of
780 CMR 1907, severe and moderate exposures shall be
defmed as follows:
Severe exposure occurs when concrete will be in
almost continuous contact with moisture prior to freezing,
or where deicing salts are used. Examples are pavements,
bridge decks, sidewalks, parking garages and water tanks.
Moderate exposure occurs when concrete will be only
occasionally exposed to moisture prior to freezing, and
where deicing salts are not used. Examples are certain
exterior walls, beams, girders and slabs not in direct
contact with soil.
Note b. See ASTM €33 listed in Appendix A for
oversize tolerances for various nominal maximum size
designations.
Note c. These air contents apply to total mix, as for
the preceding aggregate sizes. When testing these
concretes, however, aggregate larger than I'/j inches is
removed by handpicking or sieving and air content is
determined on the minus- 1/4-inch fraction of mix.
(Tolerance on air content as delivered applies to this
value.) Air content of the total mix is computed from the
value determined on the minus- iV^-inch fraction;
1907oL2 Water-cementitlous material ratio and
strength: For occupancies and appurtenances
thereto in Use Group R-3, and occupancies in Use
Group R-2 that are in buildings less than four
stories in height, normal-weight aggregate
concrete that is subject to weathering (freezing
and thawing), as detemuned from Figure
1907.1.2, or deicer chemicals shall comply with
the requirements of Table 1907.1.2(1). In all
other buildings, concrete that is intended to have
a low permeability to water, or concrete that will
be subject to freezing and thawing in a moist
condition or that will be exposed to deicing salts,
brackish water, sea water or spray from these
sources, shall conform to the requirements of
Table 1907.1.2(2). Additionally, concrete that
will be exposed to deicing chemicals shall
conform to the limitations of 780 CMR1907. 1.2.2.
Figure 1907J.2
Weathering Probability Map for Concrete
Severe • (Over 300°)
Moderate -(too to 300°)
Negligible (Under 100°) ^^^^^1
WcaUtcring Regiohs (Weathering Index)
a. Lines defming areas are approximate only. Local conditions
can be more or less severe than indicated by the region classillcation.
Note b. Data needed to determine the weathering index for any locality
can be found or estimated from the Tables of Local Climatological Data,
published by the National Oceanic & Atmospheric Administration, U.S.
Department of Commerce.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixtii Edition
341
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDrNG REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Table 1907.1.2(1)
MINIMUM SPECIFIED COMPRESSIVE
STRENGTH {f'^f
Type of location of concrete
Minimum specified
compressive strength
(/'^ at 28 days, psi)
Negligible
exposure
Moderate
exposure
Severe
exposure
Basement walls and founda-
tions not exposed to the
weather
2,500
2,500
2,500°
Basement slabs and interior
slabs on grade, except garage
floor slabs
2.500
2,500
2.500"
Basement walls, foundation
walls, exterior walls and
other vertical concrete
surfaces exposed to the
weather
2,500
3,000*'
3,000*'
Driveways, curbs, walks,
patios, porches, carport
slabs, steps and other flat-
work exposed to the weather,
and giara^e floor slabs
2,500
3,000''
3,500''
Note a. Concrete in these locations which can be
subjected to freezing and thawing during construction
shall be of air-entrained concrete in accordance ^vith
Table 1907.1.1.
Note b. Concrete shall be air entrained in accordance
with Table 1907.1.1.
Notec. 1 psi = 6.895 kPa.
Table 1907.1.2(2)
REQUIREMENTS FOR SPECIAL
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS
Exposure condition
Maximum water
cementitious
materials ratio
(by weight),
normal-weight
aggregate
concrete
Minimum f\
normal-weight
and lightweight
aggregate ^
concrete (psi)
Concrete mtended to
have low permeability
when exposed to water
0.50
• 4.000
Concrete exposed to
freezing and thawing in
a moist condition
0.45
4.500
For corrosion protection
for reinforced concrete
exposed to deicing salts,
brackish water, sea-
water or spray from
these sources
0.40
5,000
Note a. 1 psi = 6.895 kPa.
1907.1.2.1 Calculation orwater-cementitious
material ratio: To determine compliance with
the maximum water-cementitious material ratio
requirement of Table 1907.L2(2), the weight
of cementitious material shall include weights
of any of the following if contained in the
concrete mixture: cement conforming to the
requirements of ASTM C150 or C595; fly ash
or other pozzolan conforming to the
requirements of ASTM C618; and ground-
granulated blast-fiimace slag conforming to the
requirements of ASTM C989 listed in
Appendix A.
1907.1.2.2 Limitations on use of certain
cementitious materials: For concrete exposed
to deicing chemicals, the maximum weight of
fly ash or other pozzolan, or ground granulated
blast-furnace slag that is included in the
calculation of water-cementitious material
ratio,, shall not exceed the percentages of the
total weight of cementitious material specified
in 780 CMR 1907.1.2.2.1 through 1907.1.2
2.3.
1907.1.2.2.1 Concrete containing fly ash
or pozzolan: The combined weight of fly
ash and other pozzolan conforming to
ASTM C618 listed in Appendix A. shall not
exceed 25% of the total weight of
cementitious materials. Fly ash or other
pozzolan used to manufacture Type IP or
IPM blended hydraulic cement conforming
to ASTM C595 listed in Appendix A shall be
included with fly ash or other pozzolan
added as an admixture.
1907.1.2.2.2 Concrete containing ground-
granulated blast-furnace slag: The weight
of ground-granulated blast-flimace slag
conforming to ASTM C989 listed in
Appendix A shall not exceed 50% of the
total weight of cementitious materials. Slag
used to manufacture Type IS or ISM
blended hydraulic cement conforming to
ASTM C595 listed in Appendix A shall be
included with slag added as an admixture.
1907.1.2.2.3 Concrete containing fly ash
or pozzolan and slag: If fly ash or other
pozzolan and slag are used in concrete,
Portland cement conforming to ASTM C 1 50
listed in Appendix A shall constitute not less
than 50% of the total weight of cementitious
materials. Fly ash or other pozzolan shall
constitute not more than 25% of the total
weight of cementitious materials. See
780 CMR 1907.1.2.2.1.
1907.1.3 Protection from sulfate: Concrete that
will be exposed to sulfate-containing solutions or
soils shall conform to the requirements for such
exposure in ACI 318.
1907.1.4 Corrosion resistance: For corrosion
resistance, the maximum water-soluble chloride
ion concentrations in concrete shall not exceed
the limitations established in ACI 318.
1907.1.5 Protection from salt: Where reinforced
concrete will be exposed to deicing chemicals,
salts, brackish water, sea water or spray from
these sources, the requirements of Table
1907.1.2(2) for the water-cementitious material
342
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/27/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
CONCRETE
ratio, or the concrete strength and minimum
concrete cover requirements of 780 CMR 1910.6,
shall be satisfied.
780 CMR 1908.0 CONCRETE QUALITY,
MIXING AND PLACING
1908.! General: Concrete shall be proportioned to
provide an average compressive strength as
prescribed by ACI 318, and to satisfy the durability
criteria of 780 CMR 1907.0. Concrete shall be
produced to minimize frequency of strengths below
f'c as prescribed in 780 CMR 1908.3.2. The
specified compressive strength (/'j, ) for concrete
designed and constructed in accordance with this
chapter shall not be less than 2,500 psi (17238 kPa).
Unless otherwise specified, /'^ shall be based on
28-day strength. If other than 28 days is used in the
design, the length of time to reach /'^ shall be
indicated on the construction documents.
1908.2 Selection of concrete proportions: Concrete
proportions shall be determined in accordance with
ACI 318 and as modified in 780 CMR1908.
1908.2.1 Proportioning by water-cememtitaous
material ratio: If data based on field experience
or trial mixture as required by ACI 3 1 8 are not
available, concrete proportions shall be based on
the water-cementitious material ratio limitations
shown in Table 1908.2.1, subject to approval.
The specified compressive strengths in Table
1908.2.1 are 28-day strengths for cements
conforming to the strength limitations of ASTM
CI 50 listed in ACI 3 1 8, Type I, lA, II or II A and
seven-day strengths for Types III and IIIA. For
strengths above 3,500 psi (24133 kPa), concrete
proportioned by the water-cementitious material
ratio shall be established by the methods listed in
ACI 3 18.
Table 1908.2.1
MAXIMUM WATER-CEMENTITIOUS
MATERIAL RATIOS ANB MINIMUM
CEMENT CONTENTS
Specified
compressive
strength
(psi)
2,500
3,000
3.500
Minimum
sacks of
cement
per cubic
yard of
concrete
5
5'/2
6
Maximum permissible water-
cementitious material ratios
Nonair-entrained
concrete
Absolute
ratio by
weight
0.67
0.58
0.51
US
gallon
per 94
pound
bag of
cement
7.6
6.6
5.8
Air-entrained
. concrete
Absolute
ratio by
weight
0.54
0.46
0.40
US
gallon
per 94
pound
bag of
cement
6.1
5.2
4.5
T
Note a. 1 psi -6.895 kPa; 1 gallon = .00379 m ; 1
pound = 0.454 kg.
1908.2.2 Limitation on use: Table 1908.2.1 shall
be used only for concrete to be made with
cements conforming to the strength requirements
for Type I, I A, II, IIA, III, IIIA or V of ASTM C
150 listed in Appendix A or Type IS, IS- A
IS(MS), IS-A(MS), I(SM), I(SM)-A, IP, IP-A
I(PM), I(PM)-A IPO^S), IP-.A(>1S) or P of
ASTM C595 listed in Appendix A and shall not
be applied to concrete containing lightweight
aggregates or admixtures other than those for
entraining air.
1908.2.3 Durability requirements: Concrete
proportioned by the water-cementitious material
ratio limitations prescribed in Table 1908.2. 1 shall
also conform to the durability requirements of
780 CMR 1907.0 and to compressive strength test
criteria of 780 CMR 1908.3.
L3 Evaluation for acceptance of concrete: For
evaluation and acceptance of concrete, the
procedures established in 780 CMR 1908.3.1
through 1908.3.4 shall be followed.
1908.3.1 Frequency of testing: Testing shall be
conducted as required by the following:
• 1 . Samples for strength tests of each class of
concrete placed each day shall be taken not less
than once a day, nor less than once for each
150 cubic yards (1 15 m ) of concrete, nor less
than once for each 5,000 square feet (465 m )
of surface area for slabs or walls.
2. On a given project, if the total volume of
concrete is such that the frequency of testing
required by 780 CMR 1908.3.1, item 1,
provides less than five strength tests for a given
class of concrete, tests shall be made fi-om at
least five randomly selected batches or from
each batch if fewer than five batches are used.
3. Where total quantity of a given class of
concrete is less than 50 cubic yards (38 m'),
strength tests are not required when approved
and evidence of satisfactory strength is
provided. Satisfactory evidence shall include,
but not be limited to, certification fi"om the
concrete supplier that the concrete to be
provided will be proportioned to achieve the
specified compressive strength based on "field
experience" or "trial batches" in accordance
with ACI 318. In the absence of satisfactory
evidence, concrete shall be proportioned in
accordance with Table 1908.2. 1.
4. A strength test shall be the average of the
strengths of two cylinders made from the same
sample of concrete and tested at 28 days or at
the test age designated for determination of /'j.
2 Laboratory°curedl specimens:
Laboratory=cured specimens shall conform to the
following criteria:
1. Samples for strength tests shall be taken in
accordance with ASTM CI 72 listed in
Appendix A.
2. Cylinders for strength tests shall be molded
and laboratory cured in accordance with
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
343
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
ASTM C3 1 listed in Appendix A, and tested in
accordance with ASTM C39 listed in
Appendix A.
3. Strength level of an individual class of
concrete shall be considered satisfactory if both
of the following requirements are met:
3.1. Average of all sets of three consecutive
strength tests equals or exceeds /'(.; and
3.2. All individual strength tests (average
of two cylinders) shall not fall below f'^ by
more than 500 psi (3448 kPa).
4. If either of the requirements of 780 CMR
1908.3.2, item 3, is not met, steps shall be
taken to increase the average of subsequent
strength test results. The requirements of 780
CMR 1908.3.4 shall apply if the requirement
in 780 CMR 1908.3.2, item 3.2, is not met.
1908.3.3 Field-cured specimens: Where the code
official requires strength tests of cylinders cured
under field conditions to check adequacy of
curing and protection of concrete in the structure,
the field-cured specimens shall conform to the
following criteria:
1 . Field-cured cylinders shall be cured under
field conditions in accordance with ASTM C3 1
listed in Appendix A.
2. Field-cured test cylinders shall be molded
at the same time and fi^om the same samples as
laboratory-cured test cylinders.
3. Procedures for protecting and curing
concrete shall be improved where the strength
of field-cured cylinders at the test age
designated for determination of /'^ is less than
85% of that of companion laboratory-cured
cylinders. The 85% criterion is not required
where the field-cured strength exceeds /'^ by
more than 500 psi (3448 kPa).
1908.3.4 Investigation of low-strength test
results: If the investigation of concrete indicates
low-strength conditions, the following procedures
shall apply:
1 . If any strength test (see 780 CMR 1908.3. 1,
item 4) of laboratory-cured cylinders falls
below the specified value of f^ by more than
500 psi (3448 kPa) (see 780 CMR 1908.3.2,
item 3.2) or if tests of field-cured cylinders
indicate deficiencies in protection and curing
(see 780 CMR 1908.3.3, item 3), steps shall be
taken to assure that the loadbearing capacity of
the structure is not jeopardized.
2. If the likelihood of low-strength concrete is
confirmed and computations indicate that the
loadbearing capacity will be significantly
reduced, tests of cores drilled from the area in
question shall be made in accordance with AC!
318.
3. Concrete in an area represented by core
tests shall be considered structurally adequate
if the average of three cores is not less than
85% of /j, and if a single core is not less than
75% of /'^. Where necessary to check testing
accuracy, locations represented by erratic core
strengths shall be retested.
4. If the criteria of 780 CMR 1908.3.4, item 3,
are not met, and if structural adequacy remains
in doubt, load tests shall be ordered at the
discretion of the engineer or the code official
as outlined in Chapter 20 of ACI 318 for the
questionable portion of the structure, or other
appropriate action taken.
1908.4 Preparation of equipment and place of
deposit: Preparation before concrete placement shall
include the following criteria:
1. All equipment for mixing and transporting
concrete shall be clean.
2. All debris and ice shall be removed from
spaces to be occupied by concrete.
3. Fonns shall be properly coated.
4. Masonry filler units that will be in contact
with concrete shall be well drenched.
5. Reinforcement shall be thoroughly clean of
ice or other deleterious coating.
6. Water shall be removed from the place of
deposit before concrete is placed, unless a
extreme is to be used or unless otherwise
approved by the code official.
7. All laitance and other unsound material shall
be removed before additional concrete is placed
against hardened concrete.
1908.5 Mixing: All concrete shall be mixed until
there is a uniform distribution of materials, and shall
be discharged completely before the mixer is
recharged.
1908.5.11 Ready-mixed concrete: Ready-mixed
concrete shall be mixed and delivered in
accordance with ASTM C94 or ASTM C685
listed in Appendix A.
1908.5.2 Job-mixed concrete: Job-mbced
concrete shall be mixed in accordance with ACI
318.
1908.6 Conveying: Concrete shall be conveyed
from the mixer to the place of final deposit by
methods that will prevent separation or loss of
materials. Conveying equipment shall be capable of
providing a supply of concrete at the site of
placement without separation of ingredients and
without interruptions sufficient to permit loss of
plasticity between successive increments.
1908.7 Depositing: Concrete shall be deposited as
nearly as practicable in its final position to avoid
segregation caused by rehandling or flowing.
1908.7.1 Placement timing: Concrete placement
shall be carried on at such a rate that the concrete
is at all times plastic and flows readily into spaces
between reinforcement.
344
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/27/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUH-DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
CONCRETE
1908.7.2 Unacceptable concrete: Concrete that
has partially hardened or has been contaminated
by foreign materials shall not be deposited in the
structure.
1908.7.3 Retempering: Retempered concrete or
concrete that has been remixed after initial set
shall not be used unless approved by the
registered design professional.
1908.7.4 Continuous concreting: Once started,
concreting shall be carried on as a continuous
operation until the placement of a panel or
section, as defined by panel or section boundaries
or predetermined joints, is completed except as
provided for in 780 CMR 1909.4.
1908.7.5 Placement in walls: Top surfaces of
vertically formed lifts shall be generally level.
1908.7.6 Constnictiois Joints: Where
construction jomts are required, such joints shall
be made in accordance with 780 CMR 1909.4.
1908.7.7 Consolidation: All concrete shall be
thoroughly consolidated by suitable means during
placement and shall be thoroughly worked around
reinforcement and embedded fixtures and into
comers of forms.
1908.8 Curing: Concrete (other than high-early-
strength) shall be maintained above SCF (lO'C)
and in a moist condition for at least the first seven
days after placement, except when cured in
accordance with 780 CMR 1908.8.2.
190SoSJ High-eariy-strength eoiagrete: High-
^r]y°strength concrete shaU be maintained above
50°F (lO'C) and in a moist condition for at least
the first three days after placement, except when
cured in accordance with 780 CMR 1908.8.2.
1908.8.2 Accelerated cusisig: If curing Is to be
accelerated, such curing shall be done in
accordance vdth ACI 318.
1908.9 Cold-weather requirement!: Adequate
equipment shall be provided for heating concrete
materials and protecting concrete during ft-eezing or
near-freezing weather.
1908.9.1 Frost: All concrete materials and all
reinforcement, forms, fillers and ground with
which concrete is to come in contact shall be free
from frost.
1908.9.2 Ice: Frozen materials or materials
containing ice shall not be used.
1908.10 Hot>weather requirements: During hot
weather, attention shall be given to ingredients,
production methods, handling, pacing, protection
and curing to prevent excessive concrete
temperatures or water evaporation that would impair
required strength or serviceability of the member or
structure.
780 OVIR 1909.© FORMWORK, EMBEDDED
PIPES AND CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
1909.1 Design of formwork: The design,
fabrication and erection of forms shall result in a
final structure that conforms to shapes, lines and
dimensions of the members as required by the
construction documents.
1909olol Form strength: Forms shall be
substantial and shall be sufficiently tight to
prevent leakage of concrete.
1909.L2 Form bracing: Forms shall be properly
braced or tied together to maintain position and
shape.
I909J,3 Form placement: Forms and their
supports shall be designed so as not to damage
previously placed structures.
1909 J Removal of forms and shores: Construction
loads shall not be supported on, nor any shoring
removed from, any part of the structure under
construction except where that portion of the
structure, in combination with the remaining
forming and shoring system, has sufficient strength
to support safely its weight and loads placed
thereon.
1909.2.1 Structural amalysis: Sufficient strength
shall be demonstrated by structural analysis
considering proposed loadSi strength of the
forming and shoring system, and concrete strength
data. Concrete strength data shall be based on
tests of field-cured cylinders or, where approved,
oil other procedures to evaluate concrete strength.
Structural analysis and concrete-strength test data
shall be fiimished to the code official when so
required.
1909.2.2 Construction loads: Construction loads
exceeding the combination of superimposed dead
load plus specified live load shall not be
supported on any unshored portion of the
structure under construction, unless analysis
indicates adequate strength to support such
additional loads.
1909.2.3 Safety: Forms shall be removed in such
a manner so as not to impair safety and
serviceability of the structure. All concrete to be
exposed by form removal shall have sufficient
strength not to be damaged thereby.
1909.2.4 Prestressed members: Form supports
for prestressed concrete members shall not be
removed unless sufficient prestressing has been
applied to enable prestressed members to carry
their dead load and anticipated construction
loads.
19093 Conduits and pipes embedded in concrete-.
Where conduits, pipes and sleeves of any material
not harmfiil to concrete and within limitations of
9/1 9/97 (Effective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 CMR ° Sixth Edition
345
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
780 CMR 1909 are embedded in concrete with the
approval of the engineer, such embedments shall not
be considered to replace structurally the displaced
concrete, except as provided for in 780 CMR
1909.3.5.
19093.1 Aluminum conduit and pipe: Conduits
and pipes of aluminum shall not be embedded in
structural concrete unless effectively coated or
covered to prevent aluminum concrete reaction or
electrolytic action between aluminum and steel.
1909 J.2 Structural effect: Conduits, pipes and
sleeves passing through a slab, wall or beam shall
not impair significantly the strength of the
construction.
1909 J J Columns: Conduits and pipes, including
fittings, embedded within a colunm, shall not
displace more than 4% of the area of the cross
section on which strength is calculated or which
is required for fire protection.
1909J.4 Slabs, walls or beams: Except where
construction documents for conduits and pipes are
approved by the registered design professional
and the code official, conduits and pipes
embedded within a slab, wall or beam (other than
those merely passing through) shall:
1 . Not be larger in outside dimension than Va
of the overall thickness of the slab, wall or
beam in which such conduits and pipes are
embedded.
2. Not be spaced closer than three diameters
or widths on center.
3. Not impair significantly the strength of the
construction.
19093.5 Displaced concrete: Conduits, pipes and
sleeves shall not be considered in compression as
replacing structurally the displaced concrete
unless such conduits, pipes and sleeves:
1. Are not exposed to rusting or other
deterioration.
2. Are of uncoated or galvanized iron or steel
not thinner than standard Schedule 40 steel
pipe.
3. Have a nominal inside diameter not over
two inches and are spaced not less than three
diameters on center.
19093.6 Additional considerations: In addition
to the other requirements of 780 CMR 1909.3,
pipes that will contain liquid, gas or- vapor which
are embedded in structural concrete shall conform
to the following conditions:
1 . Pipes and fittings shall be designed to resist
effects of the material, pressure and
temperature to which the pipes and fittings will
be subjected.
2. Liquid, gas or vapor except water not
exceeding 90°F (32°C) or 50 psi (345 kPa)
pressure, shall not be placed in the pipes until
the concrete has attained design strength.
3. In solid slabs, piping that is not used for
radiant heating or snow melting shall be placed
between top and bottom reinforcement.
4. Concrete cover for pipes, conduit and
fittings shall not be less tiian I'/a inches (38
mm) for concrete exposed to earth or weather
conditions or V* inch (19 m) for concrete not
exposed to weather conditions or in contact
with pound.
5. Reinforcement with an area ofnot less than
0.002 times the area of the concrete section
shall be provided normal to piping.
6. Piping and conduit shall be fabricated and
installed so that cutting, bending or
displacement of reinforcement fi-om the proper
location will not be required.
1909.4 Construction joints: Construction joints
shall be created using the procedures set forth in
780 CMR 1909.4.1 through 1909.4.6.
1909.4.1 Surface cleaning: Surface of concrete
construction joints shall be cleaned and laitance
removed.
1909.4.2 Preparation of joint: Immediately
before new concrete is placed, all construction
joints shall be wetted and standing water shall be
removed.
1909.43 Effect on strength: Construction joints
shall be so made and located as not to impair the
strength of the structure. Provisions shall be
made for the transfer of shear and other forces
through construction joints.
1909.4.4 Location of joints: Construction joints
in floors shall be located within the middle third
of the spans of slabs, beams and girders. Joints in
girders shall be offset a minimum distance of two
times the width of intersecting beams.
1909.4.5 Support conditions: Beams, girders or
slabs supported by columns or walls shall not be
cast or erected until concrete in the vertical
support members is not in a plastic state.
1909.4.6 Monolithic pours: Beams, girders,
haunches, drop panels and capitals shall be placed
monolithically as part of a slab system, unless
otherwise shown on the construction documents.
780 CMR 1910.0 DETAILS OF
REINFORCEMENT
1910.1 General: Details of reinforcement shall
comply with the requirements of 780 CMR 1910.0
and ACI 318. Where unidentified reinforcement is
approved for use, such reinforcement shall be tested
in accordance with the following:
Not less than three tension and three bending tests
shall be made on representative specimens of the
reinforcement fi^om each shipment and grade of
reinforcing steel proposed for use in the project.
346
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
CONCRETE
1910.2 Bending reinforcement: All reinforcement
shall be bent cold, unless otherwise permitted by the
registered design professional and approved.
Reinforcement partially embedded in concrete shall
1 2/1 2/97 (Effective 8/28/97) 780 CMR = Sixth Edition
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
346.2 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
CONCRETE
not be field bent, except as shown on the
construction documents or as authorized by the
registered desi^ professional and approved.
1910.3 Surface conditions of reisiforcemesat At
the time concrete is placed, metal reinforcement
shall be free from mud, oil or other nonmetallic
coatings that adversely affect bonding capability.
1910.3.1 Rust or miM scale: Metal reinforcement,
except prestressing tendons, with rust or mill
scale, or a combination of both, shall be
considered satisfactory, provided that the
minimum dimensions (including height of
deformations) and the weight of a hand-wire-
brushed test specimen are not less than the
specification requirements of the applicable
ASTM standard referenced by ACI 318.
1910.3.2 Prestressing tendons: Prestressing
tendons shall be clean and free of oil, dirt, scale,
pitting and excessive rust. A light oxide is
permissible.
members where the tolerance shall be Vi inch
(13
mm).
Tabk 1910.4.1
TOLERANCES^
Tolerance
T^ .u'/js Toleramce
Depth {d) ,
ond
minimum
concrete
cover
d less than or equal to 8 inches
d greater than 8 inches
±% inch -% inch
±/4 inch ='/2 inch
Placing reinforcement: Reinforcement,
prestressing tendons and ducts shall be accurately
placed and supported before concrete is placed, and
shall be secured against displacement within the
tolerances permitted in 780 CMR 1910.4.1 through
1910.4.3.
Exception: Embedded items (such as dowels or
inserts) of precast concrete members that either
protrude fi'om concrete or remain exposed for
inspection shall not be embedded while the
concrete is in a plastic state unless authorized by
the registered design professional and the
following conditions are met:
1. Embedded items are not required to be
hooked or tied to reinforcement.
2. Embedded items shall be maintained in the
correct position while concrete remains plastic.
3. Embedded items shall be properly anchored
to develop required factored loads.
1910.4.1 Reinforcement, prestressing tendons
and pretressing ducts: Unless othenvise
specified by the engineer, reinforcement,
prestressing tendons and prestressing ducts shall
be placed within the following tolerances:
1. The tolerance for depth (d) and the
minimum concrete cover in flexural members,
wails and compression members shall be as
specified in Table 1910.4.1, except that the
tolerance for the clear distance to formed
soffits shall be minus V* inch (6 mm) and the
tolerance for cover shall not exceed minus one=
third of the minimum concrete cover required
in the design drawings or specifications.
2. The tolerance for longitudinal location of
bends and ends of reinforcement shall be ± 2
inches (51 mm) except at discontinuous ends of
Note a. 1 inch = 25.4 mm
1910.4.2 Welded wire fabric: Where welded
wire fabric (with wire size not greater than W5 or
D5) used in slabs not exceeding ten feet (3048
mm) in span is curved fi"om a point near the top of
slab over the support to a point near the bottom of
slab at midspan, such reinforcement shall be
either continuous over, or securely anchored at,
the support.
1910.4.3 Welding: Welding of crossing bars shall
not be permitted for assembly of reinforcement
unless authorized by the engineer.
h§ Spacing limitations for reinforcement: The
clear distance between reinforcing bars, bundled
bars, prestressing tendons and ducts shall be in
accordance with the limitations of ACI 318.
).6 Concrete protection for reinforcement:
Reinforcement shall be provided with the protection
required by 780 CMR 1910.6.1 through 1910.6.5.
1910.6,1 Cast-in-place concrete: In cast-in-place
conaete (nonprestressed), the minimum concrete
cover for reiriforcement shall be as indicated in
Table 1910.6.1.
Table 1910.6.1
MINIMUM COVER
Structural element and condition
Minimum
cover
(inches)
1 . Concrete cast against and permanently
exposed to earth
2. Concrete exposed to earth or weather:
#6 through #18 bars
#5 bar, W3 1 or D3 1 wire and smaller
3
2
3. Concrete not exposed to weather or in
contact with ground
Slabs, walls, joists
#14 and #18 bars
#11 bar and smaller
Beams, columns;
^ , „ Primary reinforcement, tie$, stirrups,
spirals^
Shells, folded plate members:
#6 bar and larger
#5 bar, W3 1 or D3 1 wire, and smaller
V2
Note a. 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
• 780 CMR - Sixth Edition
347
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
1910.6.2 Precast concrete: The minimum cover
for reinforcement in precast concrete
manufactured under plant control conditions and
for prestressed concrete shall be in accordance
withACI318.
1910.6.3 Corrosive environments: In corrosive
environments or other severe conditions, the
amount of concrete protection shall be suitably
increased, and the density and nonporosity of
protection concrete shall be considered, or other
protection shall be provided.
1910.6.4 Future extensions: Exposed
reinforcement, inserts and plates intended for
bonding with future extensions shall be protected
from corrosion.
1910.6.5 Fire protection: Where this code
requires a thickness of cover for fire protection
greater than the minimum concrete cover
specified in 780 CMR 1910.6.1 or ACI 318, such
greater thickness shall be used.
780 CMR 1911.0 SHOTCRETE
1911.1 General: Except as specified in 780 CMR
911.0, shotcrete shall conform to the requirements
for plain concrete or reinforced concrete. Shotcrete
is mortar or concrete which is pneumatically
projected at a high velocity onto a surface.
1911.2 Proportioning: Shotcrete proportions shall
be selected that allow suitable placement procedures
using the delivery equipment selected, and that
results in in-place hardened shotcrete conforming to
the strength requirements of 780 CMR.
1911.3 Aggregate: Coarse aggregate, if used, shall
not exceed % inch (19 mm) in size.
1911.4 Reinforcement: Reinforcement shall comply
with 780 CMR 1911.4.1 through 1911.4.3.
1911.4.1 Size: The maximum size of
reinforcement shall be No. 5 bars. The code
official shall approve the use of larger bars where
it is demonstrated that adequate encasement of the
larger bars will be achieved.
1911.4.2 Spacing: The minimum clearance
between parallel reinforcing bars shall be 2'/i
inches (64 mm). Welded wire fabric shall have
a minimum wire spacing of two inches (5 1 mm)
by two inches (5 1 mm).
1911.4.3 Splices: Lap splices of reinforcing bars
shall be by the noncontact lap-spIice method with
at least two inches (5 1 mm) of clearance between
bars. The code official shall permit the use of
contact lap splices where necessary for the
support of the reinforcing and provided that it is
demonstrated that adequate encasement of the
bars at the splice will be achieved.
1911.5 Rebound: Any rebound or accumulated
loose aggregate shall be removed from the surfaces
to be covered prior to placing the initial or any
succeeding layers of shotcrete. Rebound shall not be
reused as aggregate.
1911.6 Joints: Except where permitted herein,
unfinished work shall not be allowed to stand for
more than 30 minutes unless all edges are sloped to
a thin edge. For structural elements which will be
under compression and for construction joints shown
on the approved (construction documents, square
joints are permitted. Before placing additional
material adjacent to previously applied work,
sloping and square edges shall be cleaned and
wetted.
1911.7 Damage: Shotcrete that exhibits sags,
sloughs, segregation, honeycombing, sand pockets
or other obvious defects, shall be removed and
replaced.
1911.8 Curing: During the curing periods specified
herein, shotcrete shall be maintained above 40°F
(4°C) and in a moist condition.
1911.8.1 Initial curing: Shotcrete shall be kept
continuously moist for 24 hours after shotcreting
is completed or shall be sealed with an approved
curing compound.
1911.8.2 Final curing: Final curing shall continue
for seven days after shotcreting, or for three days
if high-early-strength cement is used, or until the
specified strength is obtained. Final curing shall
consist of the initial curing process or the
shotcrete shall be covered with an approved
moisture-retaining cover.
1911.8.3 Natural curing: Natural curing shall not
be used in lieu of that specified in this section
unless the relative humidity remains at or above
85%, and is authorized by the registered design
professional, and approved by the code official.
1911.9 Strength test: A strength test of shotcrete
shall be made in accordance with the quality
assurance provisions of ACI 506.2 listed in
Appendix A.
780 CMR 1912.0 CONCRET1E-FILLED
PIPE COLUMNS
1912.1 General: Concrete-filled pipe columns shall
be manufactured from standard, extra-strong or
double-extra-strong steel pipe or tubing which is
filled with concrete so placed and manipulated as to
secure ma:dmum density and to insure complete
filling of the pipe without voids.
1912.2 Design: The safe supporting capacity of
concrete-filled pipe columns shall be computed in
348
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/27/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
CONCRETE
accordance with the approved rules or as determined
by a test.
1912.3 Connections: All caps, base plates and
connections shall be of approved types and shall be
positively attached to the shell and anchored to the
concrete core. Welding of brackets without
mechanical anchorage shall be prohibited. Where
the pipe is slotted to accommodate webs of brackets
or other connections, the integrity of the shell shall
be restored by welding to insure hooping action of
the composite section.
1912.4 Reinforcement: To increase the safe load-
supporting capacity of concrete-filled pipe columns,
the steel reinforcement shall be in the form of rods,
structural shapes or pipe embedded in the concrete
core with sufficient clearance to insure the
composite action of the section, but not nearer than
one inch (25 mm) to the exterior steel shell. All
structural shapes used as reinforcement shall be
milled to insure bearing on cap and base plates.
1912.5 Flreresistance ratSng protection: Pipe
columns shall be of such size or so protected as to
develop the required flreresistance ratings specified
in Table 602. Where an outer steel shell is used to
enclose the fireresistive covering, the shell shall not
be included in the calculations for strength of the
column section. The minimum diameter of pipe
columns shall be four inches (102 mm) except that
in structures of Type 5 construction not exceeding
three stories or 40 feet (12192 mm) in height, pipe
columns used in the basement and as secondary steel
members shall have a minimum diameter of three
inches (76 mm).
1912.6 Approvals: All details of column
connections and splices shall be shop fabricated by
approved methods and shall be approved only after
tests in accordance with the approved rules. Shop-
fabricated concrete-filled pipe columns shall be
inspected by the code official or by an approved
representative of the manufacturer at the plant.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
349
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACPIUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
350 • 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 2/27/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
LIGHTWEIGHT METALS
780 CMR 2001.0 GENERAL 780 CMR 2002.0 MATERIALS
2001.1 Scope: The provisions of 780 CMR 20 shall 2002.1 General: Aluminum used for structural
govern the materials, design, construction and purposes in buildings and structures shall comply
quality of aluminum and other lightweight metal with AA SAS 30 and AA ASM 35 listed in
alloys. Appendix A. Other lightweight metal alloys used
for structural purposes in buildings and structures
shall be of approved materials.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 351
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
352 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
lASONI
780 CMR 2101.0 GENERAL
210L1 Scope: The provisions of 780 CMR 21 shall
govern the materials, design, construction and
quality of masonry.
21(111. 1.1 Engineered masonry design: All
masonry shall conform to the engineered masonry
design requirements of Chapters 1 through 8 of
ACI 530/ASCE S/TMS 402 listed in Appendix A.
Exception: Where permitted by 780 CMR
2104.3, empirically designed masonry shall
conform to 780 CMR 21 and Chapters 1
through 4 and Chapter 9 of ACI 530/ASCE
5/TMS 402 listed m Appendix A.
Seismic requirements: Masonry shall
comply v/ith the requirements of 780 CMR 2104.
780 CMR 2102.0 DEFDOTIONS
2102.1 General: The following v^ords and terms
shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR 21 and as used
elsewhere in 780 CMR, have the meanings shown
herein.
Anchor: Metal rod, wire or strap that secures
masonry to its structural support.
Architectural terra cotta: Plain or ornamental hard-
burned plastic clay units, larger in size than brick,
with glazed or unglazed ceramic finish.
Area, gross cross-sectional: The areas delineated by
the out-to-out dimensions of masonry in the plane
under consideration.
Bed joint: The horizontal layer of mortar on which
a masonry unit is laid
Brack
Calcium silicate brick (sand lame brick): A
building unit made of sand and lime.
Qay or shale: A solid masonry unit made of clay
or shale, usually formed into a rectangular prism
while in the plastic state and burned or fired in a
kiln.
Concrete brick: A solid masonry unit having the
approximate shape of a rectangular prism and
composed of inert aggregate particles embedded
in a hardened cementitious matrix.
Hollow brick: A masonry unit made of clay or
shale whose net cross-sectional area in any plane
parallel to the loadbearing surface is not less than
75% of its gross cross-sectional area measured in
the same plane.
Biattress: A projecting part of a masonry wall built
integrally therewith to furnish lateral stability
which is supported on proper foundations.
Chimney: A primarily vertical enclosure containing
one or more passageways.
Chimney, masonry: A field-constructed chimney of
solid masonry units, stones or reinforced concrete
(see 780 CMR 21 14.0).
Vertical longitudinal joint between
W5^hes of masonry or between masonry and back-
up construction which is permitted to be filled
with mortar or grout.
Connector: A mechanical device for securing two or
more pieces, parts or members together, including
anchors, wall ties and fasteners.
Diaphragm: A roof or floor system designed to
transmit lateral forces to shear walls or other
vertical resisting elements.
Dimensions, nominal: Equal to the actual dimension
plus the width of the mortar joint. Dimensions
and thicknesses specified in this chapter are
nominal dimensions.
Effective height: Clear height of a braced member
between lateral supports and used for calculating
the slendemess ratio of a member. Effective
height for unbraced members shall be calculated.
Head joint: Vertical mortar joint placed between
masonry units within the wythe at the time the
masonry units are laid.
Header (Bonder): A masonry unit that connects two
or more adjacent wythes of masonry.
Height, walls: The vertical distance from the
foundation wall or other immediate support of
such wall to the top of the wall.
Masoniy: A built-up construction or combination of
building units or materials of clay, shale, concrete,
glass, gypsum, stone or other approved units
bonded together with mortar or monolithic
concrete. Reinforced concrete is not classified as
masonry.
Ashlar facing masonry: Facing of solid
rectangular units larger in size than brick and
made of burned clay or shale, natural or cast
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
353
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
stone, with sawed, dressed and squared beds and
mortar joints.
Ashlar masonry: Masonry composed of bonded,
rectangular units, larger in size than brick, with
sawed, dressed or squared beds and mortar joints.
Solid masonry: Masonry consisting of solid
masonry units laid contiguously with the joints
between the units filled with mortar, or consisting
of plain concrete.
Masonry unit
Clay; A building unit larger in size than a brick,
composed of burned clay, shale, fire clay or
mixtures thereof
Concrete: A building unit or block larger in size
than 12 by 4 by 4 inches (305 mm by 102 mm by
102 mm) made of cement and suitable aggregates.
Hollow: A masonry unit whose net cross-
sectional area in any plane parallel to the
loadbearing surface is less than 75% of its gross
cross-sectional area measured in the same plane.
Solid: A masonry unit whose net cross-sectional
area in every plane parallel to the loadbearing
surface is 75% or more of its gross cross-sectional
area measured in the same plane.
Mortar: A plastic mixture of approved cementitious
materials, fine aggregates and water used to bond
masonry or other structural units (see 780 CMR
2105.0).
Mortar, surface-bonding: A mixture used to bond
concrete masonry units which contains: hydraulic
cement; glass fiber reinforcement v^dth or without
inorganic fillers or organic modifiers; and water
(see 780 CMR 2105.8).
Rubble masonry: Masonry composed of roughly
shaped stones.
Coursed rubble: Masonry composed of roughly
shaped stones fitting approximately on level beds
and well bonded. Random rubble; Masonry
composed of roughly shaped stones laid without
regularity of coursing but well bonded and fitted
together to form well-defined joints.
Rough or ordinary rubble: Masonry composed
of unsquared field stones laid without regularity
of coursing but well bonded.
Running bond: The placement of masonry units
such that head joints in successive courses are
horizontally offset at least one-quarter the unit
length.
Stack bond; The placement of masonry units in a
bond pattern is such that head joints in successive
courses are vertically aligned. For the purpose of
this code, requirements for stack bond shall apply
to all masonry laid in other than running bond.
Stone masonry: Masonry composed of field,
quarried or caststone units bonded by mortar.
1. Stone masonry, ashlar: Stone masonry
composed of rectangular units having sawed,
dressed or squared bed surfaces and bonded by
monar.
2. Stone masonry, rubble: Stone masonry
composed of irregular-shaped units bonded by
mortar.
Tile, wall: Metal connector that connects wythes of
masonry walls together.
Tile: A ceramic surface unit, usually relatively thin
in relation to facial area, made fi-om clay or a
mixture of clay and other ceramic materials,
called the body of the tile, having either a
"glazed" or "unglazed" face and fired above red
heat in the course of manufacture to a temperature
sufficiently high enough to produce specific
physical properties and characteristics (see
780 CMR 2105.0).
Tile, structural clay: A hollow masonry unit
composed of burned clay, shale, fire clay or
mixtures thereof, and having parallel cells (see
780 CMR 2105.0).
Wall
Cavity wall: A wall built of masonry units or of
plain concrete, or a combination of these
materials, arranged to provide an air space within
the wall, and in which the inner and outer parts of
the wall are tied together with metal ties.
Composite wall: A wall built of a combination of
two or more masonry units of different materials
bonded together, one forming the backup and the
other the facing elements.
Dry-stacked, surface-bonded walls: A wall built
of concrete masonry units where the units are
stacked dry, without mortar on the bed or head
joints, and where both sides of the wall are coated
with a surface-bonding mortar (see 780 CMR
2106.3).
Faced wall: A wall in which the masonry facing
and backing are so bonded as to exert common
action under load.
Hollow wall; A wall built of masonry units so
arranged as to provide an air space within the
wall, and in which the facing and backing of the
wall are bonded together with masonry units.
Parapet wall: That part of any wall entirely
above the roof line.
Wythe: Each continuous, vertical section of a wall,
one masonry unit in thickness.
354
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
MASONRY
780 CMR 2103.0 CONSTRUCTION
DOCUMENTS
2103.1 Drawings: The drawings and details shall
show all the items required to be shown on the
drawings by 780 CMR including the following:
L Specified size, grade, type and location of
reinforcement, anchors and wall ties;
2. Reinforcing bars to be welded and welding
procedure;
3. Size and location of all structural elements;
and
4. Provision for dimensional changes resulting
from elastic deformation, creep, shrinkage,
temperature and moisture.
2103.2 Fireplace drawings: The construction
documents shall describe in sufficient detail the
location, size and construction of all masonry
fireplaces. The thickness and characteristics of all
material and the clearances from walls, partitions
and ceilings shall be clearly indicated.
780 CMR 2104.0 SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS
2104.1 Scope: Seismic design requirements apply to
the design of masonry and the construction of
masonry building elements, except masonry veneers.
Seismic requirements for masonry veneers shall
comply with Chapter 12 of the AC! 530/ASCE
5/TMS 402 Masonry Code listed in Appendix A.
All masonry shall be designed to comply with the
requirements of Chapter 7 of the ACI 530/
ASCE 5/TMS 402 Masonry Code listed in
Appendix A, except as otherwise permitted herein.
2104.2 General: Masonry structures and masonry
elements shall comply with the requirements of
780 CMR 2104.3 through 2104.5. In addition,
masonry structures and masonry elements shall
comply with either the allowable stress design
requirements of Section 5.1 of the ACI 530/ASCE
5/TMS 402 Masonry Code, listed in Appendix A and
with 780 CMR 2104.2.2 and 2104.2.3, or the
strength design requirements of 780 CMR 2104.2.1
and 780 CMR 2104.2.3.
2104,2.1 Strength requarements: For masonry
structures that are not designed in accordance
with Section 5.1 of the ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS
402 Masonry Code listed in Appendix A, the
provisions of 780 CMR 2104.0 shall apply. The
design strength of masonry structures and
masonry elements shall be at least equal to the
required strength determined in accordance with
this section except for masonry elements designed
in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 9 of
the ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402 Masonry Code
listed in Appendix A.
1. Required strength: Required strength, U,
to resist seismic forces in such combinations
with gravity and other loads including load
factors shall be as required in 780 CMR 1616
except that non-bearing masonry walls shall be
designed for the seismic force applied
perpendicular to the plane of the wall and
uniformly distributed over the wall area.
2. Nominal strength: The nominal strength
of masonry shall be taken as 214 times the
allowable stress value. The allowable stress
value shall be determined in accordance with
Chapter 7 of the ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402
Masonry Code listed in Appendix A.
3. Design strength: The design strength of
masonry provided by a member, its
connections to other members and its cross
sections in terms of flexure, axial load, and
shear shall be taken as the nonainal strength
multiplied by a strength reduction factor O, as
follows;
a. Axial load and flexure except for flexural
tension in unreinforced masonry ^ = 0.8.
b. Flexural tension in unreinforced masonry
^=0.4
c. Shear ^ = 0.6
d. Shear and tension on anchor bolts
embedded in masonry = 0.6
2104.2.2 Shear Factor: When calculating shear
or diagonal tension stresses using allowable stress
design, shear walls and beams which resist
seismic forces shall be designed to resist 1.33
times the seismic shear forces obtained from an
analysis of the building.
2104.2.3 Drift limits: The design story drift of
masonry structures due to the combination of
seismic forces and gravity loads shall not exceed
0.007 times the story height. The drift shall be
calculated using load combinations 7 or 8 for
strength design in 780 CMR 1616.3 1 with the
seismic deflections multiplied by the seismic
amplification factor, Cj, given in Table 1612.4.4.
2104.3 Design of elements that are not part of
lateral force resisting system:
2104.3.1 Masonry elements that are listed in
780 CMR 2104.3 and isolated from the structure
so that vertical and lateral forces are not imparted
to these elements and that are not part of the
lateral force resisting system shall comply with
the provisions of 780 CMR 2104.3 and may be
designed in accordance with the provisions of
Chapter 9 of the ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402
Masonry Code listed in Appendix A.
2104.3.2 looof bearing frames or columns that are
not part of the lateral force resisting system shall
be analyzed as to their effect on the response of
the system. Such frames or columns shall be
adequate for vertical load carrying capacity and
induced moment due to the design story drift.
2104.3.3 Anchorage Of Masoniry "Walls:
Masonry walls shall be anchored to the roof and
all floors that provide lateral support out of plane
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
355
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
for the wall. The anchorage shall provide a direct
connection between the walls and the floor or roof
construction. The connections shall be capable of
resisting the greater of the seismic lateral force
induced by the wall or 120 pounds per lineal foot
of wall (allowable stress design), or 200 pounds
per lineal foot of wall (strength design).
2104.3.4 Masonry partition walls 16 feet or less
in height, masonry screen walls and other
masonry elements, except those listed in
780 CMR 2 104.3 .6, that are not designed to resist
vertical or lateral loads, other than those induced
by their own mass, shall be isolated from the
structure so that vertical and lateral forces are not
imparted to these elements. Isolation joints and
connectors between these elements and the
structure shall be designed to accommodate the
design story drift. Masonry elements listed in
780 CMR 2104.3.4 shall be reinforced in either
the horizontal or vertical direction in accordance
with the following;
1. Horizontal reinforcement: Hori2ontal
reinforcement shall consist of at least two
longitudinal W1.7 wires spaced not more than
16 in. (vertically) for walls greater than four
inches in width and at least one longitudinal
W1.7 wire spaced not more than 16 inches for
walls not exceeding four inches in width; or at
least one No. 4 bar spaced not more than 48
inches Where two longitudinal wires of joint
reinforcement are used, the space between
these wires shall be the widest that the mortar
joint will accommodate. Horizontal
reinforcement shall be provided within 16
inches of the top and bottom of these masonry
elements; OR
2. Vertical reinforcement: Vertical
reinforcement shall consist of at least one
No. 4 bar spaced not more than 48 inches
Vertical reinforcement shall be located within
16 inches ofthe ends of masonry walls.
2104.3.5 Masonry partition walls, greater than 16
feet in height, masonry screen walls and other
masonry elements except those listed in 780 CMR
2104.3.6, that are not designed to resist vertical or
lateral loads, other than those induced by their
own mass, shall be isolated from the structure so
that the vertical and lateral forces are not imparted
to these elements. Isolation joints and connectors
between these elements and the structure shall be
designed to accommodate the design story drift.
Masonry elements listed in 780 CMR 2104.3.5
shall be reinforced in accordance with the
following:
1. Vertical reinforcement: Vertical re-
inforcement of at least 0.2 square inches in
cross-sectional area shall be provided at
comers, within 16 inches of each side of
openings, within eight inches of each side of
movement joints, within eight inches of the
ends of walls, and at a maximum spacing of
eight feet.
2. Horizontal reinforcement: Horizontal
reinforcement shall consist of at least two
wires of W1.7 spaced not more than 16 inches.
Horizontal reinforcement of at least 0.2 square
inches in cross sectional areas shall also be
provided at the bottom and top of wall
openings and shall extend not less than 24
inches nor less than 40 bar diameters past the
opening; continuously at structurally connected
roof and floor levels; within 16 inches ofthe
top of walls; and at a maximum spacing of
eight feet.
2104.3.6 Nonstructural masonry partition walls
that are isolated from the structure in accordance
with 780 CMR 2104.3.4, and 2104.3.5, which
enclose stairwells, exit discharges, exits and
elevator shafts shall be designed for the code
required lateral loads and at a minimum in
accordance with the following:
1. Vertical reinforcement: Vertical
reinforcement 0.31 square inches in cross
sectional area shall be provided at comers,
within 16 inches of each side of openings,
within eitght inches of each side of
movements joints, and within eight inches of
the ends of walls and at a maximum spacing of
six feet,
2. Horizontal reinforcement: Horizontal
reinforcement shall consist of at least two
wires of W1.7 spaced not more that 16 inches
Horizontal reinforcement of at least 0.20
square inches in cross-sectional area shall also
be provided at the bottom and top of wall
openings and shall extend not less than 24
inches nor less than 40 bar diameters past the
opening; continuously at structurally connected
roof and floor levels; and within 16 inches of
the top of walls; or
3. Walls spanning horizontally: Walls which
are designed to span horizontally, shall comply
with 780 CMR 2104.3.6 and the following:
horizontal reinforcement shall consist of at
least two wires of W. 1 .7 spaced not more than
16 inches. Horizontal reinforcement of at least
0.3 1 square inches in cross-sectional area shall
also be provided at the bottom and top of wall
openings and shall extend not less than 24
inches nor less than 40 bar diameters past the
opening. Horizontal reinforcement of at least
0.31 square inches shall be provided
continuously at structurally connected roof and
floor levels, within 16 inches of the top of
walls and at a maximum of six feet.
2104.3.7 Masonry walls listed in 780 CMR
2104.3, that are NOT isolated from the structure
as required in 780 CMR 2104.3.4 and 2104.3.5,
shall be designed to withstand the induced forces.
356
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
MASONRY
2104,4 Design of elements which are part of the
lateral force resisting system, bearing walls, exterior
walls, parapets and chimneys.
2104.4.1 Connections to masonry shear walls:
Connectors shall he provided to transfer forces
between horizontal elements and masonry walls in
accordance with the requirements, of Section
5.11 of the ACT 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402 Masonry
Code listed in Appendix A. Connectors shall be
designed to transfer horizontal design forces
acting either perpendicular or parallel to the wall,
but not less than 200 pounds per lineal foot of
wall (allowable stress design) or 335 pounds per
lineal foot of wall (strength design). The
maximum spacing between connectors shall be
four feet.
2104.4.2 Connections to masonry columns:
Connectors shall be provided to transfer forces
between masonry columns and horizontal
elements in accordance with the requirements of
Section 5.11 of AC! 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402
Masonry Code listed in Appendix A. Where
anchor bolts are used to connect horizontal
elements to the tops of columns, anchor bolts
shall be placed within lateral ties. Lateral tics
shall enclose both the vertical bars in the column
and the anchor bolts. There shall be a minimum of
two No. 4 lateral ties provided in the top five
inches of the column.
2104.4.3 Minimum reimforcement
requirements for bearing walls, exterior wails,
shear walls, parapets and chimneys: These
walls shall be reinforced in both the vertical and
horizontal direction. The sum of the cross-
sectional area of horizontal and vertical
reinforcement shall be at least 0.002 times the
gross cross-sectional area of the wall, and the
minimum cross-sectional area in each direction
shall he not less than 0.0007 times the gross cross-
sectional area of the wall. Reinforcement shall be
uniformly distributed. The maximum spacing of
reinforcement shall be 48 inches The maximum
spacing of reinforcement for stack bond masonry
shall be 24".
2104.4.4 Shear wall additional reinforcing
requirements for buOdings classified m Seismic
Performance Category D: The maximum
spacing of vertical and horizontal reinforcement
shall be the smaller of; one-third the length of the
shear wall, one-third the height of the shear wall,
or 48 inches The minimum cross-sectional area of
vertical reinforcement per horizontal foot of shear
wall shall be one-third of the required shear
reinforcement per vertical foot of shear wall.
Shear reinforcing shall be anchored around
vertical reinforcing bars with a standard hook.
2104.4.5 Minimum reinforcement for masonry
columns: Lateral ties in masonry columns shall
be spaced not more than eight inches on center
and shall be at least % inches diameter. Lateral
ties shall be embedded in grout.
2104.4.6 Material requirement: Neither Type N
mortar nor masonry cement shall be used as part
of the lateral force resisting system.
2104.4.7 Lateral tie anchorage: Standard hooks
for lateral tie anchorage shall be either a 135
degree standard hook or a 180 degree standard
hook.
2104,5 Inspection: Masonry shall be inspected in
accordance with 780 CMR 1705.7.
780 CMR 210S.0 MASONRY
CONCTRUCnON MATERIALS
2105.1 Concrete masonry units: Concrete masonry
units shall conform to the following standards listed
in Appendix A: ASTM C55 for concrete brick;
ASTM C73 for calcium silicate face brick; ASTM
C90 for loadbearing concrete masonry units; or
ASTM C744 for prefaced concrete and calcium
silicate masonry units.
2105.2 Clay or shale masonry units: Clay or shale
masonry units shall conform to the following
standards listed in Appendix A: ASTM C34 for
structural clay loadbearing wall tile; ASTM C56 for
structural clay nonloadbearing wall tile; ASTM C62
for building brick (solid masonry units made from
clay or shale); ASTM C1088 for solid units of thin
veneer brick; ASTM CI 26 for ceramic-glazed
structural clay facing tile, facing brick and solid
masonry units; ASTM C212 for structural clay
facing tile; ASTM C216 for facing brick (solid
masoniy units made from clay or shale); and ASTM
C652 for hollow brick (hollow masonry units made
from clay or shale).
Exception: Structural clay tile for nonstructural
use in fireproofing of structural members and in
wall furring shall not be required to meet the
compressive strength specifications. The
fireresistance rating shall be determined in
accordance with ASTM £119 listed in
Appendix A and shall comply with the
requirements of Table 602.
2105.3 Stone masonry umits: Stone masonry units
shall conform to the following standards listed in
Appendix A: ASTM C503 for marble building stone
(exterior); ASTM C568 for limestone building stone;
ASTM C615 for granite building stone; ASTM
C616 for sandstone building stone; or ASTM C629
for slate building stone.
2105.4 Ceramic tile: Ceramic tile shall be as
defined in ANSI A137,l listed in Appendix A and
shall conform to the requirements of ANSI A137.1
listed in Appendix A.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
357
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
2105.5 Glass block: Glass block shall be partially
evacuated, hollow masonry units made of clear,
colorless glass (with or without a highly reflective
oxide surface coating), having a thickness of not less
than 3Vb inches or shall be solid glass-block units,
having a thickness of not less than three inches.
2105.6 Second-hand units: Second-hand masonry
units shall not be reused unless the units conform to
the requirements for new units. The units shall be of
whole, sound material and be free from cracks and
other defects that will interfere with proper laying or
use. All old mortar shall be cleaned from the units
before reuse.
2105.7 Mortar: Mortar for masonry construction
shall conform to ASTM C270 listed in Appendix A.
2105.8 Surface-bonding mortar: Surface-bonding
mortar shall comply with ASTM C887 listed in
Appendix A. Surface bonding of concrete masonry
units shall comply with ASTM C946 listed in
Appendix A.
2105.9 Metal reinforcement and accessories:
Metal reinforcement and accessories shall conform
to 780 CMR 2105.9.1 through 2105.9.7. Where
unidentified reinforcement is approved for use, such
reinforcement shall be tested in accordance v^th
780 CMR 2208.1.
2105.9.1 Deformed reinforcing bars: Deformed
reinforcing bars shall conform to the following
standards listed in Appendix A : ASTM A6 1 5 for
deformed and plain billet-steel bars for concrete
reinforcement; ASTM A616 for rail-steel
deformed and plain bars for concrete
reinforcement; ASTM A617 for axle-steel
deformed and plain bars for concrete
reinforcement; and ASTM A706 for low-alloy-
steel deformed bars for concrete reinforcement.
2105.9.2 Joint reinforcement: Joint reinforcing
wire shall conform to the following standards
listed in Appendix A: ASTM A82 for steel wire,
plain, for concrete reinforcement; and ASTM
A167, Type 304, for stainless and heat-resisting
chromium-m'ckel steel plate, sheet and strip.
Longitudinal wires shall be deformed. One set
of two deformations shall occur around the
perimeter of the wire at a maximum spacing of
0.7 times the diameter of the wire but not less
than eight sets per one inch (25 mm) of length.
The overall length of each deformation within the
set shall be such that the sununation of gaps
between the ends of the deformations shall not
exceed 33% of the perimeter of the wire. The
indentation depth of the deformations shall be
0.006 inch (0.15 mm) plus or minus 0.003 inch
(0.08 mm).
2105.9.3 Deformed reinforcing wire: Deformed
reinforcing wire shall conform to ASTM A496
listed in Appendix A.
2105.9.4 Wire fabric: Wire fabric shall conform
to ASTM A 185 listed in Appendix A for plain
steel-welded wire fabric for concrete
reinforcement or ASTM A497 listed in
Appendix A for welded deformed steel wire fabric
for concrete reinforcement.
2105.9.5 Anchors, ties and accessories:
Anchors, ties and accessories shall conform to the
following standards listed in Appendix A. ASTM
A3 6 for structural steel; ASTM A82 for plain
steel wire for concrete reinforcement; ASTM
A 185 for plain steel-welded wire fabric for
concrete reinforcement; ASTM A167, Type 304,
for stainless and heat-resisting chromium-nickel
steel plate, sheet and strip; and ASTM A3 66 for
cold-rolled carbon steel sheet, commercial
quality.
2105.9.6 Corrosion protection: Joint
reinforcement anchors, wall ties and accessories,
except those of Type 304 stainless steel
complying with ASTM A 167 listed in
Appendix A, shall be protected from corrosion by
galvanizing as follows.
Metal accessories for use in exterior wall
construction shall be hot-dipped galvanized after
fabrication with a minimum coating of 1.5 ounces
per square foot (458 g/m^) in accordance with
ASTM A153 listed in Appendix A. Metal
accessories for use in interior wall construction
shall be mill galvanized with a minimum coating
of 0.1 ounce per square foot (31 g/m^) in
accordance with the standards listed in
Appendix A as follows: ASTM A64 1 for joint
reinforcement, v^re anchors and ties; and ASTM
A525, Class G-60, for sheet metal anchors and
ties.
2105.9.7 Tests: Where unidentified reinforcement
is approved for use, not less than three tension and
three bending tests shall be made on
representative specimens of the reinforcement
from each shipment and grade of reinforcing steel
proposed for use in the work.
2105.10 Mortars for ceramic wall and floor tile:
Portland cement mortars for installing ceramic wall
and floor tile shall comply with ANSI A108. 1 listed
in Appendix A and be of the compositions indicated
in Table 2105. 10.
2105.10.1 Dry-set portland cement mortars:
Premixed prepared portland cement mortars,
which require only the addition of water and
which are used in the installation of ceramic tile,
shall comply with ANSI All 8.1 listed in
Appendix A The shear bond strength for tile set in
such mortar shall be as required in accordance
with ANSI Al 1 8. 1 listed in Appendix A. Tile set
358
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR; STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
MASONRY
in dry-set portland cement mortar shall be
installed in accordance with ANSI A108.5 listed
m Appendix A.
2100.10,2 Electrically coaductive dry-set
mortars: Premixed prepared portland cement
mortars, which require only the addition of water
and which comply with ANSI A118.2 listed in
Appendix A, shall be used in the installation of
electrically conductive ceramic tile. Tile set in
electrically conductive dry-set mortar shall be
installed in accordance with ANSI A108.7 listed
in Appepidix A.
Table 2105.10
CERAMIC THE MO RTAR COMPQSmONS
1 cement; 1/5 hydrated lime;
Floors
Ceilings
4 dry or 5 damp sand
Setting bed and
leveling coat
1 cement; '/i hydrated lime;
5 damp sand; to 1 cement;
1 hydrated lime; 7 damp sand
Setting bed
Scratchcoat and
1 cement; I/IO hydrated lime;
S dry or 6 damp sand; or 1
cement; 5 diy or 6 damp sand
1 cement;'/* hydrated lime; 2'/a
ldn/sandor3dampsand •
2105.10.3 Latei-modifled portland cement
BMortars: Latex-modified portland cement thin»
set mortars-in which latex is added to dry-set
mortar as a replacement for all or part of the
gauging water-which are used for the installation
of ceramic tile shall comply with ANSI A118.4
listed in Appendix A. Tile set in latex-modified
Portland cement shall be installed in accordance
with ANSI A108.5 listed in Appendix A.
2105.10.4 £po^ mortar: Ceramic tile set and
grouted with chemical-resistant epoxy shall
comply with ANSI Al 1 8.3 listed in Appendix A.
Tile set and grouted with epoxy shall be installed
in accordance with ANSI A108.6 listed in
Appendix A.
2105.10.5 Furan mortar and grout: Chemical-
resistant furan mortar and grout which are used to
install ceramic tile shall comply with ANSI
A1I8.5 listed in Appendix A. Tile set and
grouted with fijran shall be installed in accordance
with ANSI A108.8 listed in Appendix A.
2105.10.6 Modified epoiy^esaulsion mortar and
grout: Modified epoxy-emulsion mortar and
grout which are used to install ceramic tile shall
comply with ANSI Al 18.8 listed in Appendix A.
Tile set and grouted with modified epo?^-
emulsion mortar and grout shall be installed in
accordance with ANSI A108.9 listed in
Appendix A.
2105.10.7 Organic adheslves: Water-resistant
organic adhesives used for the installation of
ceramic tile shall comply with ANSI A136.1 listed
in Appendix A. The shear bond strength after water
immersion shall not be less than 40 psi (0.028
kg/mm^) for Type I adhesive, and not less than 20
psi (0.014 kg/mm^) for Type 11 adhesive, when
tested in accordance with ANSI A136.1 listed in
Appendix A. Tile set in organic adhesives shall be
installed in accordance with ANSI AI08.4 listed in
Appendix A.
2105.10.8 Portland cemeEt grouts: Portland
cement grouts used for the installation of ceramic
tile shall comply with ANSI A 118.6 listed in
Appendix A. Portland cement grouts for tilework
shall be installed in accordance with ANSI A 108. 10
listed in Appendix A.
2105,11 Grout: Grout shall conform to ASTM C476
listed in Appendix A.
780 CMR 2106.0 LATERAL STABBLJTY
2106.1 Shear walls: Where the structure depends
upon masonry walls for lateral stability, shear walls
shall be provided parallel to the direction of the
lateral forces resisted.
2106.1.1 Shear wall tHiickness: Minimum
nominal thickness of masonry shear walls shall be
eight inches.
Esception: Shear walls of one-story buildings
are permitted to be a minimum nominal
thickness of sk inches.
2106.1.2 Cumulative length of shear walls: In
each direction in which shear walls are required
for lateral stability, the minimum cumulative
length of shear walls provided shall be 0.4 times
the long dimension of the building. Cumulative
length of shear walls shall not include openings.
2106.1.3 Maximum diapliragim ratio: Masonry
shear walls shall be provided so that the span-to-
width (or depth) ratio of floor or roof diaphragms
does not exceed that indicated in Table 2106. 1 .3.
Table 2106.1.3
MAXIMUM SPAN-l^WIDlH (DEPTH)
RATIO OF FLOOR AN© ROOF
DIAPHRAGMS
Floor orroof
dit^hragm construction
Cast-in-place concrete
Precast concrete
Metal ded;;'vnit«oQarete
mi " ..,
Metaidfickwi&outSli
Wood diaphragm
Maximum span-to-width
(depth) ratio of Diaphragm
5:1
4:1
3:1\
2:>
2:1
2106.2 Roofs: The roof construction shall be
designed so as not to impart out-of-plane lateral
thrust to the walls under roof gravity load.
2106.3 Surface-bomded walls: Dry-stacked,
surface-bonded concrete masonry walls shall comply
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition
359
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
with the requirements of 780 CMR for masonry wall
construction, except where otherwise noted in
780 CMR 2106.
2106.3.1 Strength: Dry-stacked, surface-bonded
concrete masonry walls shall be of adequate
strength and proportions to support all
superimposed loads without exceeding the
allowable stresses listed in Table 2106.3.1.
Allowable stresses not specified in Table 2106.3.1
shall comply with the requirements of ACI
530/ASCE SATk^S 402 listed in Appendix A.
Table 2106.3.1
ALLOWABLE STRESS GROSS CROSS-
SECTIONAL AREA FOR DRY-STACKED,
SURFACR-BONDED CONCRETE
MASONRY WALLS
Compression
standard block 45 psi
JOpa
18 psi
30 psi
Flexural tension
Vertical span
Horizontal span
2106.4 Construction: Construction of dry-stacked,
surface-bonded masonry walls, including stacking
and leveling of units, mixing and application of
mortar, and curing and protection, shall comply with
ASTM C946 listed in Appendix A.
780 CMR 2107.0 COMPRESSIVE STRESS
REQUIREMENTS
2107.1 Vertical dead plus live loads: Compressive
stresses in masonry due to vertical dead plus live
loads (excluding wind or seismic loads) shaU be
determined in accordance with 780 CMR 2107.2.1.
Dead and live loads shall be in accordance with
780 CMR 16, with such live load reductions as are
permitted in 780 CMR 1608.0.
2107.2 Maximum values: The compressive stresses
in masonry shall not exceed the values given in
Table 2107.2. Stress shall be calculated based on
actual rather than nominal dimensions.
2107.2.1 Calculated compressive stresses:
Calculated compressive stresses for single-wythe
walls and for multiple-wythe composite masonry
walls shall be determined by dividing the design
load by the gross cross-sectional area of the
member. The area of openings, chases or recesses
in walls shall not be included in the gross cross-
sectional area of the wall.
2107.2.2 Multiple-wythe walls: The allowable
stress shall be as given in Table 2107.2 for the
weakest combination of the units and mortar used
in each wythe.
Table 2107.2
ALLOWABLE COMPRESSIVE STRESSES
FOR EMPIRICAL DESIGN OF MASONRY
Allowable compressive stresses
Construction; compressive
strength of iinit, gross
area, psi
gross cross-sectional area, psi
Type M or S
TypeN
mortar
mortar
Solid masonry of brick
and other sohd units of
clay or shale; sand-lime or
concrete brick:
8,000 or greater
350
300
iiiiiliiliiiiiilii'i
ii:-::piili
ii::;:;;i20i;;--s::;:-:
i^liiiiiiiliiiiisiii
mmmmm
wsii^m
1,500
115
100
Grouted masonry of clay
or shale, sand-Lime or
concrete:
4,500 or greater
225
200
2.500
160
140
1,500
115
100
Solid masonry of solid
concrete masonry umts:
3.000 or greater
225
200
2,000
160
140
1.200
115
100
Masonry of hollow
loadbearing units:
2,000 or greater
140
120
J,50O
115
100
i/)00
75
70
750
60
55
Hollow walls
(noncomposite masonry
bonded")
Solid units;
2,500 or igreater
160
140
1,500
115
100
Hollow units
75
70
Stone ashlar masonry:
Granite
720
640
Limestone or marble
450
400
Sandstone or cast stone
360
320
Rubble stone masonry
Coursed, tou^ or
random
120
100
Note a . Linear interpolation for determining allowable
stresses for masonry units having compressive strengths
which are intennediate between those given in the table
is permitted.
Note b. Where floor and roof loads are carried upon
one ^vythe, the gross cross-sectional area is that of the
wythe under load; if both wythes are loaded, the gross
CToss-sectional area is that of the wall minus the area of
the cavity between the wythes. Walls bonded with metal
ties shall be considered as noncomposite walls unless
collar joints are filled with mortar or grout.
780 CMR 2108.0 LATERAL SUPPORT
2108.1 General: Masonry walls shall be laterally
supported in either the horizontal or the vertical
360
780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
MASONRY
direction at intervals not exceeding those given in
Table 2108. L
2108,1.1 Thickness: Except for cavity walls and
cantilever walls, the thickness of a wall shall be
the nominal thickness measured perpendicular to
the face of the wall. For cavity walls, the
• thickness shall be determined as the sum of the
nominal thicknesses of the individual wythes. For
cantilever walls, except for parapets, the ratio of
height to nonunal thickness shall not exceed 6: 1
for solid masonry or 4: 1 for hollow masonry. The
thickness and height of parapets shall conform to
780 CMR 2109.2.
2108.2 Lateral support: Lateral support shall be
provided by cross walls, pilasters, buttresses or
structural frame members where the limiting
distance is taken horizontally, or by floors, or roofs
acting as diaphragms or structural frame members
where the limiting distance is taken vertically.
Table 2108.1
WALL LATERAL SUPPORT
REQUIREMENTS
Maximum ratio of wall length
Construction to thickness or wall height to
thickness
Loadbearing walls
i|iip^lliliilili
Nonloadbearing walls
Exterior
interior
wm
liii
18
36
780 CMR 2109.0 TfflCKNESS OF MASONRY
2109.1 Thickness of walls: The nominal thickness
of masonry walls shall conform to the requirements
of 780 CMR 2 109.
2109.1.1 Minimiiin thickness: The minimum
thickness of masonry loadbeaiing walls more than
one story high shall be eight inches. The
minimum thickness of masonry loadbearing walls
of one-story buildings shall not be less than six
inches.
2109.1.2 Rubble stone walls: The minimum
thickness of rough or random or coursed rubble
stone walls shall be 16 inches.
2109.1.3 Cliange in thickness: Where a wall of
masonry of hollow units or a masonry-bonded
hollow wall is decreased in thickness, a course or
courses of solid masonry shall be Interposed
between the wall below and the thinner wall
above, or special units or construction shall be
used to transmit the loads from face shells or
wythes above to those below.
2109.2 Pai^pet walls: Parapet walls shall be at least
eight inches thick, and the height shall not exceed
three times the thickness. Parapet walls shall be
reinforced in accordance with 780 CMR 2104.4.3.
780 CMR 2110.0 BOND
2110.1 General: The facing and backing of
multiple-wythe masonry walls shall be bonded in
accordance with 780 CMR 2110.2, 2110.3 or
2110.4.
2110.2 Bonding with masonry headers: Bonding
with solid or hollow masonry headers shall comply
with 780 CMR 21 10.2.1 and 2110.2.2.
2110.2.1 Solid units: Where the facing and
backing (adjacent wythes) of solid masonry
construction are bonded by means of masonry
headers, not less than 4% of the wall surface of
each face shall be composed of headers extending
not less than three inches (76 mm) into the
backing. The distance between adjacent full-
length headers shall not exceed 24 inches (610
mm) either vertically or horizontally. In walls in
wiuch a single header does not extend through the
wall, headers from the opposite sides shall overlap
at least three inches (76 mm), or headers from
opposite sides shall be covered with another
header course overlapping the header below at
least three inches (76 mm).
2110.2.2 Hollow units: Where two or more
hollow units are used to make up the thickness of
a wall, the stretcher courses shall be bonded at
vertical intervals not exceeding 34 inches (864
mm) by lapping at least three inches (76 mm) over
the unit below, or by lapping at vertical intervals
not exceeding 17 inches (432 mm) with units
which are at least 50% greater in thickness than
the units below.
21 to Bonding with wall ties or joint
relBsforceoneni: Bonding with wall ties or joint
reinforcement shall comply with 780 CMR 21 10.3.1
through 21 10.3.2.
2110,3ol Bonding with wall ties: Except as
required by 780 CMR 2110.3.1.1, where the
facing and backing (adjacent wythes) of masonry
walls are bonded with 3/1 6-inch diameter wall ties
or metal wire of equivalent stififtiess embedded in
the horizontal mortar joints, there shall be at least
one metal tie for each 414 square feet (0.42 m^) of
wall area. Ties in alternate courses shall be
staggered. The maximum vertical distance
between ties shall not exceed 24 inches (610 mm),
and the maximum horizontal distance shall not
exceed 36 inches (914 mm). Rods or ties bent to
rectangular shape shall be used with hollow
masonry units laid with the cells vertical, bi other
walls, the ends of ties shall be bent to 90-degree
(1.57 rad) angles to provide hooks not less than
two inches (51 mm) long. Additional bonding ties
^all be provided at all openings, spaced not more
than three feet (914 mm) apart around the
perimeter and within 12 inches (305 mm) of the
opening.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
361
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
21103.1.1 Bonding with adjustable wall ties:
Where the facing and backing (adjacent
wythes) of masonry are bonded with adjustable
wall ties, there shall be at least one tie for each
1 .77 square feet (0. 16 m^ of wall area. Neither
the vertical nor horizontal spacing of the
adjustable wall ties shall exceed 16 inches (406
mm). The maximum vertical offset of bed
joints from one wythe to the other shall be VA
inches (32 mm). The maximum clearance
between connecting parts of the ties shall be
1/16 inch (1 .6 nun). Where pintle legs are used,
ties shall have at least two 3/16-inch (5 mm)
diameter legs.
2110.3.2 Bonding with prefabricated joint
reinforcement: Where the facing and backing
(adjacent wythes) of masonry are bonded with
prefabricated joint reinforcement, there shall be at
least one cross wire serving as a tie for each 2%
square feet (0.25 m^) of wall area. The vertical
spacing of the joint reinforcement shall not
exceed 16 inches (406 mm). Cross wires on
prefabricated joint reinforcement shall not be
smaller than No. 9 gage. The longitudinal wires
shall be embedded in the mortar.
2110.4 Bonding with natural or cast stone:
Bonding with natural or cast stone shall conform to
780 CMR 21 10.4.1 and 2110.4.2.
2110.4.1 Ashlar masonry: In ashlar masonry,
uniformly distributed bonder units shall be
provided to the extent of not less than 10% of the
wall area. Such bonder units shall extend not less
than four inches (102 mm ) into the backing wall.
2110.4.2 Rubble stone masonry: Rubble stone
masonry 24 inches or less in thickness shall have
bonder units with a maximum spacing of 3 feet
(914 nun) vertically and three feet (914 mm)
horizontally. Rubble stone masonry greater than
24 inches in thickness shall have one bonder unit
for each six square feet (0.515 m^ of wall surface
on both sides.
2110.5 Masonry bonding pattern: Masonry laid in
running and stack bond shall conform to 780 CMR
2110.5.1 and 21 10.5.2.
2110.5.1 Masonry laid in running bond: In each
wythe of masonry laid in running bond, head
joints in successive courses shall be ofifset by not
less than one-fourth the unit length, or the
masonry walls shall be reinforced longitudinally
as required in 780 CMR 21 10.5.2.
2110.5.2 Masonry laid in stack bond: Where
unit masonry is laid with less head joint offset
than in 780 CMR 21 10.5.1, the minimum area of
horizontal reinforcement placed in mortar bed
joints or in bond beams spaced not more than 48
inches (1219 mm) apart shall be 0.0007 times the
vertical cross-sectional area of the wall.
780 CMR 2111.0 ANCHORAGE
2111.1 General: Masonry elements shall be
anchored in accordance with 780 CMR 211 1 .0.
2111.2 Intersecting walls: Masonry walls
depending upon one another for lateral support shall
be anchored or bonded at locations where the walls
meet or intersect by one of the following methods
indicated in 780 CMR 211 1 .2. 1 through 21 1 1 .2.5.
2111.2.1 Bonding pattern: 50% of the units at
the intersection shall be laid in an overlapping
masonry bonding pattern, with alternate units
having a bearing of not less than three inches (76
mm) on the unit below.
2111.2.2 Steel connectors: Walls shall be
anchored by steel connectors having a minimum
cross section of Vi-inch by l'/2 inches with ends
bent up at least two inches (5 1 mm), or with cross
pins to foiTTi anchorage. Such anchors shall be at
least 24 inches (610 mm) long and the maximum
spacing shall be four feet (1219 mm).
2111.2.3 Joint reinforcement: Walls shall be
anchored by joint reinforcement spaced at a
maximum distance of eight inches (203 mm).
Longitudijial reinforcement shall be at least No. 9
gage and shall extend at least 30 inches (762 mm)
in each direction at the intersection.
2111.2.4 Interior nonloadbearing walls:
Interior nonloadbearing walls shall be anchored at
the intersection of the walls at vertical intervals of
not more than 16 inches (406 mm) with joint
reinforcement or Vi-inch galvanized mesh
hardware cloth.
2111.2.5 Ties, joint reinforcement and anchors:
Other metal ties, joint reinforcement or anchors,
if used, shall-be spaced to provide equivalent area
of anchorage to that required by 780 CMR
2111.0.
21113 Floor and roof anchorage: Floor and roof
diaphragms proNading lateral support to masonry
shall comply with 780 CMR 1612.4.7.1.2 and shall
be connected to the masonry by one of the methods
specified in 780 CMR2111.3.1 through 2111.3.3.
2111.3.1 Wood floor joists: Wood floor joists
supported by masonry walls shall be anchored to
the wall at intervals not to exceed six feet (1829
mm) by metal strap anchors. Joists parallel to the
wall shall be anchored with metal straps spaced
not more than six feet (1829 mm) on centers
extending over or under and secured to at least
three joists. Blocking shall be provided between
joists at each strap anchor.
362
780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
MASONRY
211L3.2 Steel floor joists: Steel floor joists shall
be anchored to masonry walls with %-inch round
bars, or their equivalent, spaced not more than six
feet (1829 mm) on center. Where joists are
parallel to the wall, anchors shall be located at
joist cross bridging.
2111.3.3 Roof structures: Roof structures shall
be anchored to masonry walls with V^-inch bolts
six feet (1829 mm) on center. Bolts shall extend
and be embedded at least 15 inches (381 mm) into
the masonry, or be hooked or welded to not less
than 0.2 square inches (129 mm^) of bond beam
reinforcement placed not less than six inches (152
mm) from the top of the wall.
2111.4 Walls adjoining structural framing: Walls
that are dependent upon the structural frame for
lateral support shall be anchored to the structural
members with metal anchors or otherwise keyed to
the structural members. Metal anchors shall consist
of V^-inch bolts spaced at four feet (1219 mm) on
center embedded four inches (102 mm) into the
masonry, or of other bolts of equivalent area.
780 CMR 2112.0 MASONRY
CONSTRUCTION
2112.1 Masonry construction: Masonry
construction shall comply with the requirements of
780 CMR 21 12.1.1 through 21 12.5.
2112.1.1 Tolerances: Masonry shall be
constructed within the tolerances specified in ACI
530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 listed in Appendix A.
2112.1.2 Placing nsortar and units: Placement of
mortar and units shall comply with 780 CMR
2112.1.2.1 through 21 12.1.2.4.
2212.1.2.1 Bed and Iiead joints: Unless
otherwise required or indicated on the project
drav\^ngs, head and bed joints shall be % inch
(10 mm) thick, except that the thickness of the
bed joint of the starting course placed over
foundations shall not be less than */4-inch (6
mm) and not more than %-inch (19 mm).
2112.1.2.2 Hollow units: Hollow units shall be
placed such that face shells of bed joints are
fiilly mortared, webs are fully mortared in all
courses of piers, column and pilasters, in the
starting course on foundations, where adjacent
cells or cavities are to be grouted and where
otherwise required, and head joints are
mortared a minimum distance from each face
equal to the face shell thickness of the unit.
2112.1.2.3 Solid units: Unless otherwise
required or indicated on the project drawings,
solid units shall be placed in fully mortared bed
and head joints. The ends of the units shall be
completely buttered. Head joints shall not be
filled by slushing with mortar. Head joints
shall be constructed by shoving mortar tight
against the adjoining unit. Bed joints shall not
be furrowed deep enough to produce voids.
2112.1.2.4 All units: Units shall be placed
while the mortar is sofl and plastic. Any unit
disturbed to the extent that the initial bond is
broken after initial positioning shall he
removed andrelaid in fresh mortar.
2112.1.3 Installation of wall ties: The ends of
wall ties shall be embedded in mortar joints. Wall
tie ends shall engage outer face shells of hollow
units by at least V^-inch (13 mm). Wire wall ties
shall be embedded at least V/i inches (38 mm)
into the mortar bed of solid masonry units or
solid-grouted hollow units. Wall ties shall not be
bent after being embedded in grout or mortar.
2112.1.4 Chases: Chases shall be constructed as
masonry units are laid;
2112.1.5 Bracing of masonry: Bracing that will
assure stability of masonry during construction
shall be provided and installed.
2112.1.6 Construction loads: Construction loads
shall not exceed the superimposed loads that the
masonry, with supplemental supports, is capable
of supporting safely.
2112.1.7 Masonry protection: The top of
unfinished masonry work shall be covered to
protect the masonry from the weather
2112.2 Corbeled masonry: Solid masonry units
shall be used for corbeling. The maximum corbeled
projection beyond the face of the wall shall not be
more than Vi of the wall thickness nor 14 the wythe
thickness for hollow walls. The maximum
projection of one unit shall neither exceed Y2 the
height of the unit nor Va the thickness at right angles
to the wall.
2112.2.1 Molded cornices: Unless structural
support and anchorage are provided to resist the
overturning moment, the center of gravity of all
projecting masonry or molded cornices shall lie
within the middle one-third of the supporting
wall. Terra cotta and metal cornices shall be
provided vAth a structural frame of approved
noncombustible material anchored in an approved
manner.
2112.3 Cold-weather construction: The follov^ng
cold-weather procedures shall be implemented when
either the ambient temperature falls below 40 "F
(4°C) or the temperature of masonry units is below
40"F (4°C):
1. Temperatures of masonry units shall not be
less than 20 "F (-7*'C) when laid in the masonry.
Visible ice on masonry units shall be removed
before the unit is laid in the masonry.
2. Mortar sand or mixing water shall be heated to
produce mortar temperatures between 40°F (4°C)
and 120*'F (49*'C) at the time of mixing. Mortar
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
363
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDE^IG CODE
shall be maintained above freezing until used in
masonry.
3. Heat sources shall be used where ambient
temperatures are between 20 °F (-7°C) and 25 °F
(-4*'C) on both sides of the masonry under
construction and wind breaks shall be installed
when wind velocity is in excess of 15 mph (6.7
m/s).
4. Where ambient temperatures are below 20 °F
(-7''C), an enclosure for the masonry under
construction shall be provided and heat sources
shall be used to maintain temperatures above
32°F (O'C) within the enclosure.
5. Where mean daily temperatures are between
32°F (CC), and 40 °F (4°C), completed masonry
shall be protected from rain or snow by covering
with a weather-resistant membrane for 24 hours
after constniction.
6. Where mean daily temperatures are between
25°F H'C) and 32°F (O'C), completed masonry
shall be completely covered with a weather-
resistant membrane for 24 hours after
construction.
7. Where mean daily temperatures are between
20^ (-7''C) and 25''F (-4°C), completed masonry
shall be completely covered with insulating
blankets or equal protection for 24 hours after
construction.
8. Where mean daily temperatures are below
20''F (-7°C), masonry temperature shall be
maintained above 32°F (0°C) for 24 hours after
construction by enclosure with supplementary
heat, by electric heating blankets, by infrared heat
lamps or by other approved methods.
2112.4 Hot-weather construction: The following
hot-weather procedures shall be implemented when
either of the following conditions exist: the ambient
temperature equals or exceeds lOOT (SS'C) or the
ambient temperature equals or exceeds 90°F (32°C)
with a wind velocity greater than eight mph (3.6
m/s).
1 . Mortar beds shall not be spread more than
four feet (1219 mm) ahead of masonry.
2. Masonry units shall be laid within one minute
after mortar placement.
2112.5 Wetting of brick: Brick (clay or shale) at the
time of laying shall require wetting if the unit's
initial rate of water absorption exceeds 30 grams per
30 square inches per minute (30 g/323 mm^) or
0.035 ounces per square inch (0.0015 g/mm^), as
determined by ASTM C67 listed m Appendix A.
780 CMR 2113.0 MISCELLANEOUS
REQUIREMENTS
2113.1 Chases and recesses: Masonry directly
above chases or recesses wider than 12 inches (305
mm) shall be supported on lintels.
2113.2 Lintels: The design for lintels shall be in
accordance with the engineered masonry design
provisions of 780 CMR 2101.1.1. Minimum length
of end support shall be four inches (102 mm).
2113.3 Support on wood: Masonry shall not be
supported on wood girders or other form of wood
construction. .
Exception: Glass-block panels complying with
780 CMR 21 15.0 are permitted to be supported by
wood members.
780 CMR 2114.0 FIREPLACES AND
CHIMNEYS
2114.1 Scope: The provisions of 780 CMR 2114.0
shall govern the design, installation, maintenance,
repair and approval of all masonry fireplaces and
chimneys.
2114.2 Mechanical code: All masonry fireplaces
and chimneys shall conform to the applicable
requirements of the BOCA national mechanical code
listed in Appendix A.
2114.3 Dimensions: The firebox of a masonry
fireplace shall have a minimum depth of 20 inches
(508 mm). The size of the chimney connection shall
have a minimum cross-sectional area of 50 square
inches (32258 mm^). The minimum cross-sectional
area of the fireplace shall equal the cross-sectional
area of the chimney connection.
2114.3.1 Rumford fireplaces: Rumford
fireplaces shall be permitted provided that the
depth of the fireplace is at least 12 inches (305
mm) and is at least Va of the width of the fireplace
opening; and that the throat is at least 12 inches
(305 mm) above the lintel, and is at least i/20th of
the cross-sectional area of the fireplace opening.
2114.4 Wall construction: Fireplace walls lined
v^ath a minimum of two inches (51 mm) of approved
low-duty refractory brick shall have a minimum total
thickness of eight inches (203 mm) of solid
masonry. Approved medium-duty fire-clay mortar
or an equivalent shall be utilized with the low-duty
refractory brick. Unlined fireplace walls shall be
constructed of solid masonry having a minimum
total thickness of 12 inches (305 mm).
2114.4.1 Extension of liners: The liner of the
fireplace walls shall extend a minimum of four
inches (102 mm) into the throat of the fireplace.
2114.4.2 Throat and smoke chamber: The walls
of the throat and smoke chamber shall be
constructed of solid masonry having a minimum
thickness of eight inches (203 mm). The throat
and smoke chamber walls are permitted to be
reduced in thickness to four inches (102 mm) of
solid masonry provided that such walls are lined
with at least one inch (25 mm) of insulating
364
. 780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
MASONRY
refectory masonry so that the heat traasferred
through this wall is not more than the heat
transferred through eight inches (203 mm) of solid
masonry.
2114,43 Heat exchanger: Gravity=fed heat
exchangers mstailed in the walls of masonry
fireplaces shall not reduce the total thickness of
solid masonry.
2114J Foimdation and hearth: The foundation of
a fireplace shall be constructed of noncombustible
materials and shall conform to the requirements of
780 CMR 1 8. The hearth and hearth extension shall
be constructed of solid masonry having a minimum
thickness of four inches ( 1 02 nmi).
21i4.5ol Hearth extension: The hearth shall
extend a minimum of 16 inches (406 mm) beyond
the face of the fireplace opening and a minimum
of eight inches (203 mm) on each side of the
fireplace opening for fireplaces having an opening
of less than six square feet (0.56 m°). The hearth
of larger-sized fireplaces shall extend a minimum
of 20 inches (508 mm) beyond the face of the
fireplace opening and a minimum of 12 inches
(305 mm) on each side of the fireplace opening.
Combustible forms used during construction of
the hearth and hearth extension shall be removed.
2il4o6 Clearance to combustibles (also see
780 CMR 3610 as applicable):
1 . Fireplaces - the exterior surface of fireplace
walls shall have a minimum of four inches
(102mm) clearance to combustibles.
2. Fireplaces - combustible materials attached to
a fireplace face, such as .trim and mantels, shall
have a minimum clearance of six inches (152 mm)
from a fireplace opening.
3. Fireplaces - combustible materials above and
projecting more than V/s inches (38mm) from a
fireplace face shall have a minimum clearance of
12 inches (305mm) above a fireplace opening.
4. Chimneys - combustible materials, including
framing and sheathing shall have a minimum
clearance of two inches (51mm) fiora the exterior
surface of smoke chamber walls and chimney
walls.
2114<,7 Opening to the shimney: Means shall be
provided to shut off the opening to the chimney
when the fireplace is not in operation.
2114,7,1 Dampers: Dampers shall be constructed
of metal having a minimum thickness of No. 12
Manufacturer's Standard Gage (0.105 inch).
2114.8 Chimneys with metal hoods: Metal hoods
shall extend a minimum of six inches (152 mm)
beyond the firebox. The hoods shall comply with
the requirements for metal chimneys.
2114,9 Existmg masoniry chimneys: Existing
masonry chinmeys are pennitted to vent open fire°
places oniy'^ven if the existing chimneys lack the
ciearsmces to combustibles as required by the BOCA
national mechanical code listed in Appendix A -
provided that such chimneys otherwise conform to
the requirements of the BOCA national mechanical
code listed m Appendix A or are made to conform to
such requirements through repair or relining.
780 CMR 211S.0 GLAS^BLOCK WALLS
2115.1 General: Masonry of glass blocks used in
nonloadbearing exterior or interior walls and in
window openings, either isolated or in continuous
bands, shall have a minimum thickness of three
inches at the mortar joint and all the mortared
surfaces of the glass block shall be treated for mortar
bonding. Sizes of structural members supporting
glass-block panels shall be determmed by structural
analysis to avoid excessive o^ harmful defiection.
Maximum defiection of such members shall not
exceed 1/600 of the span of the supporting members.
Solid or hollow approved glass blocks shall not be
used in Jire wails, party walls, fire separation
assemblies or fire partitions, or for loadbearing
construction. Such blocks shall be erected with
mortar and reinforcement in metal-channel-type
fi^mes, structural fiames, masonry or concrete
recesses or embedded panel anchors as provided for
both exterior and interior walls or other approved
joint materials. Wood strip firaming shall not be
used mfire separation assemblies that are required
to be fireresistance rated.
Exceptions:
1 . Glass-block assemblies having a fireresistance
rating of not less than '/< hour shall be permitted
as opening protectives in fire separation
assemblies or in fire partitions which have a
required fireresistance rating of 1 hour or less and
do not enclose exit stairwc^s or exit passageways.
2. Glass-block assemblies as permitted in
780 CMR 404.5, Exception 2.
2115.2 Size of panels: The maximum dimensions of
all hollow glass-block wall panels in both exterior
and interior walls, where used singly or in multiples
to form continuous bands of glass blocks between
structural supports, shall be 25 feet (7620 mm) in
length and 20 feet (6096 mm) in height between
structural supports and expansion joints; and the area
of each individual panel shall not be more than 144
square feet (13.39 m^) for exterior panels and 250
square feet (23.25 m^) for interior panels.
Intermediate structural supports shall be provided to
support the dead load of the wall and all other
superimposed loads. Where individual panels are
more than the maximum area permitted for those
panels, a supplementary structural stifFener shall be
provided to anchor the panels to the structural
supports.
2/20/98 (Effective 3/1/98)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
365
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
The maximum area of ail solid glass-block wall
panels in both exterior and interior walls shall not be
more than 100 square feet (9.3 m^).
21153 Joint materials: Glass block shall be laid up
in Type S or N mortar. Both vertical and horizontal
mortar joints shall be at least Vt, inch (6 mm) and not
more than Vi inch (13 mm) thick and shall be
completely filled. The sills of glass-block panels
shall be coated with approved water-based asphaltic
emulsion, or other elastic waterproofing material,
prior to laying the first mortar course. All
individually filmed glass-block panels shall be
provided with ys-inch-thick (10 mm) expansion
joints at the sides and top. Expansion joints shall be
entirely fi-ee of mortar and shall be caulked to a
depth of not less than 14 inch (13 mm) with
nonhardening caulking compoimd on both faces, or
other approved expansion joints shall be provided.
2115.4 Reinforcement: Glass-block panels shall
have joint remforcement in every other mortar bed
joint, extending the entire length of the panel, but
not across expansion joints. Joint reinforcement is
permitted to be spliced by lapping longitudinal wires
at least six inches (152 mm). Joint reinforcement
shall be placed in the bed joint immediately below
and above any opening in the panel. Joint
reinforcement shall be hot-dipped galvanized after
fabrication.
2 115 J Wind and earthquake loads: Exterior wall
panels shall be held in place in the wall opening to
resist both the internal and external pressures due to
wmff and earthqmke loads as specified in 780 CMR
1611.0 and 1612.0, with metal-chaimel-type fiames,
structural frames, masonry or concrete recesses or
embedded panel anchors at the sides and top. Where
recess type of firaming is used, glass block shall be
recessed within the firaming not less than one inch
(25 nun).
366
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/20/98 (Effective 3/1/98)
CHAPTER 22
STEEL
780 CMR 220L0 GENERAL
220 LI Scope: The provisions of 780 CMR 22 shall
govern the materials, design, construction and
quality of structural steel members.
780 CMR 2202.0 DEFINTnONS
2202.1 General: The foUovwig words and terms
shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR 22 and as used
elsewhere in 780 CMR, have the meanings showTi
herein.
Steel construction, cold-formed: That type of
construction made up entirely, or in part, of steel
structural members cold formed to shape from
sheet or strip steel such as roof deck, floor and
wall panels, studs, floor joists, roof joists and
other structural elements.
Steel joist: Any steel structural member of a
building or structure made of hot-rolled or cold-
formed solid or open-web sections, or riveted or
welded bars, strip or sheet steel members, or
slotted and expanded, or otherwise deformed
rolled sections
Steel member, structural: Any steel structural
member of a building or structure consisting of a
rolled steel structural shape other than cold-
formed steel, light-gage steel or steel joist
members.
780 CMR 22(B,0 STRUCTURAL STEEL
CONCTRUCnON
2203.1 General: Structural steel construction used
in all buildings and structures shall be fabricated
from materials of uniform quality which are free
from defects that vitiate the strength or stability of
the structure. All structural steel shall be designed
and constructed in accordance with either the AISC
Specification for Structural Steel Buildings-
Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design,
hereafter referred to AISC ASD, or the AISC Load
and Resistance Factor Design Specification for
Structural Steel Buildings, hereafter referred to as
AISC LRFD, listed in Appendix A, except as
modified by the provisions of 780 CMR 2204.0.
2203.2 Stnictural steel seismic requirements: The
design of structural steel members and connections
to resist seismic forces shall be in accordance with
780 CMR 2203. 1 and the AISC Seismic Provisions
for Structural Steel Buil^ngs, listed \n Appendix A,
except as modified by 780 CMR ll^'ilA and
780CMRI6I6.
2203.2.1 Modifications to AISC seismic
provisions: The AISC Seismic Provisions for
Structural Steel Buildings shall be modified as
indicated in items 1 through 8.
L In Part 1, Section 2.1 of the AISC
Provisions, replace the entire paragraph with
the following: ''All buildings assigned to
Category C shall be designed in accordance
with these provisions".
2. 780 CMR Table 1612.2.5 shall be used in
lieu of Table 2-1 in Part I of the AISC
Provisions.
3. In Part 1, Section 2.1, of the AISC
Provisions, delete the entire section, except
for Load Combinations 3-7 and 3-8 and
replace with 780 CMR 1616.3. Replace load
combinations 3- 7 and 3-8 as follows;
1.3 Dead-i-L Floor Live+0. 7 Snow
+/-(2R/5) Seismic (3-7)
(0. 9-O.S AJDead +/- (2R/S) Sessmic(3-8)
The term (2M/S) shall be greater than or equal
ioLO
4. In Part I, Section 6.1, of the AISC
Provisions, replace equation 6-1 with She
following:
L3 Dead+L0 Uve+0. 7Snow+(2E/S)
Seismic ^ 0J^^ (6-1)
§. In Part I, Section 6.1, of the AISC
Provisions, replace equation 6-2 with the
following:
(0.9 " O.SAJ Bead- (2R/S)Selsmlc
^ ^tPn (6-2)
6. In Part 1, Sections 6.2, 7.1, 8.1 md 9.1 of
the AISC Provisions, replace all references to
Load Combinations 3-1 through 3-6 with the
foUawing; "...Load Combinations I through
8 of780 CMR 1616.3.1".
7. In Part 1, Sections 8.3a, 9.4a, 9.4b and
10.8, and in Part 11, Section 7.1 of the AISC
Provisions, replace all references to Load
Comhlnadons 3-5 and 3-6 with the following;
"...Load Combinations 7 and 8 of 780 CMR
1616.3.1".
8. In Part 1, Sections 8. 7b of the AISC
Provisions replace the reference to Load
Combination 3-5 with the following; "...Load
Combination 7 of 780 CMR 1 616.3. 1 ".
9. Special provisions for Welded Steel
Moment Frames: Recent experience has
shown that prequalified, welded beam-to-
column moment connections used for
Moment Resisting Frames are much more
susceptible to damage than originally thought
when the AISC Provisions were published
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
367
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
The current state of knowledge indicates that
the welded beam-to-column moment
connections depicted in the AISC Provisions,
Commentary Section 8, do not provide the
level of ductility required by the Provisions
for buildings that will be subjected to repeated
cycles of inelastic deformation during an
earthquake.
Welded beam-to-column moment
connections for Special Moment Resisting
Frames, Eccentrically Braced Frames and
Dual Systems with Special Moment Resisting
Frames shall be designed in accordance with
780 CMR 2203.2.1, Item 10.
Welded beam-to-column moment
connections for Ordinary Moment Resisting
Frames shall be designed in accordance with
780 CMR 2203.2.1, Item 11.
10. Design of Special Moment Resisting
Frames: The design of Special Moment
Resisting Frames, Eccentrically Braced
Frames and Dual Systems with Special
Moment Resisting Frames shall follow the
procedures of the Interim Guidelines:
Evaluation, Repair, Modification and Design
of Welded Steel Moment Frame Structures
(FEMA 267/August, 1995), except as noted
herein. Chapter 7 of this document offers
guidance for the design of new buildings with
welded moment frames and Chapter 8
addresses metallurgy and welding. The
following exceptions and clarifications shall
apply to FEMA 267/August, 1995.
1. All buildings with welded beam-to-
column moment connections, including
light single story buildings, shall be
considered to be susceptible to connection
failure. The welded beam-to-column
connections depicted in the AISC Seismic
Provisions, Section 8, Commentary shall
be prohibited for Special Moment Resisting
Frames.
Exceptions: Buildings that will remain
elastic when subject to dead and live
loads, together with full seismic load,
computed with R-L An analysis that
demonstrates that all components of the
structure and its connections • have
adequate strength to resist these loads
shall be submitted and approved In
addition, the requirements of 780 CMR
2203.2.1, Item 11, shall be applicable.
2. Welded steel beam-to-column moment
connection details used in the design of
buildings with Special Moment Resisting
Frames shall be sufficiently verified by
tests of connections with similar geometry
and member size. The example designs
shown in Section 7.9 of FEMA 267/August
1995 shall not be permitted unless
adequate data shoM'ing acceptable
performance has been submitted and
approved.
3. The construction documents shall set
forth the connection geometry and specific
design procedures demonstrating that the
connections meet the design intent and
comply with all requirements of 780 CMR.
11. Design of Ordinary Moment Resisting
Frames: Welded beam-to-column connections
depicted in the AISC Provisions, Section 8
Commentary shall be allowed for Ordinary
Moment Resisting Frames provided the
following provisions are met:
1. Filler metal used in critical welds,
including all full penetration welds, in
beam-to-column connections shall have a
minimum Charpy V-Notch value of 20ft-
Ibs at 40 "F for fully enclosed and heated
buildings and 20 ft-lbs at z/ero degrees
Fahrenheit for other buildings or
structures.
2. Backer bars shall be removed at ail
bottom flange welds made in the down
hand position, and the root pass shall be
back gouged and re-welded A reinforcing
fillet weld shall be added at the top and
bottom of bottom flange full penetration
welds.
3. A reinforcing flllet weld shall be added
at the top of top flange full penetration
welds.
4. The construction documents shall set
forth, in sufficient detail, the connection
geometry and specific design procedures
demonstrating that the connections meet
the design intent and comply with all
requirements of 780 CMR
2203.3 Temporary and special sirtssts: Provision
shall be made in the design of structural steel
construction for temporary stresses that occur during
erection, and for the influence of special loads
producing impact or vibrations as provided for in
780 CMR 1614.0. Stresses caused by eccentric
loading shall be fully provided for and eccentric
details shall be shown on the design and shop
drawings.
2203.4 Shop drawings: Complete shop drawings
shall be prepared in compliance with the best
modem practice in advance of the actual fabrication.
Such drawings shall cleariy distinguish between
shop and field rivets, bolts and welds in all
connections and details.
2203.5 Painting and special protection: All
painting shall comply with the requirements
contained in AISC ASD or AISC LRFD listed in
Appendix A. Where exposed to highly corrosive
fumes or vapors, or where subject to destruction
from other highly hazardous industrial processes, all
368
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
structural steelwork shall be protected by an
approved method.
780 CMR 2204.0 SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS
FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL
2204.1 General: Steel structural elements that resist
seismic forces shall be designed in accordance with
the applicable provisions of 780 CMR 2203.0,
2205.0, 2206.0 and 2207.0.
780 CMR 2205.0 OPEN-WEB STEEL JOIST
CONSTRUCTION
2205.1 General: Steel joists and joist girders used as
structural members in floor and roof construction
shall be designed and constructed in accordance with
SJI Standard Specifications, Load Tables and
Weight Tables for Steel Joists and Joist Girders
listed m Appendix A.
2205.2 Partitions: The joists shall be designed to
support the dead load of partitions, wherever they
occur, in addition to all other imposed dead and live
loads.
2205.3 Protection: Painting of steel joists shall be in
accordance with the requirements of 780 CMR
2206.4 for formed steel construction.
2205.4 Tests: Where not subject to approved
engineering analysis as regulated by 780 CMR
2205.1, the assembly shall meet the load test
requirements specified in 780 CMR 1709.0 and
1710.0.
780 CMR 2206.0 FORMED STEEL
CONSTRUCTION
2206,1 Besign: The design of all cold-formed
carbon and low-alloy steel structural members and
assembled wall, floor and roof panels, used alone or
in combination with other structural members, or
with component materials, shall be in accordance
with the AISI Specification for the Design of Cold-
Formed Steel Structural Members, allowable stress
design, hereafter referred to as AISI CFSD-ASD or
the AISI Load and Resistance Factor Design
Specification for Cold -Formed Steel Structural
Members hereafter referred to as AISI CFSD-LRFD,
listed in Appendix A, except as modified by the
provisions of 780 CMR 2206.0. The design of all
cold-formed stainless steel structural members and
components shall be based on a load and resistance
factor design method or an allowable stress design
method and maximum deflections in accordance
with the ASCE Specification for the Design of Cold
Formed Stainless Steel Structural Members,
hereafter referred to as ASCE 8-SSD-LRFD, or
ASCE 8-SSD-ASD listed in Appendix A, except as
modified by the provisions of 780 CMR 2206.3 and
2206.3.1.
STEEL
2206.1.1 Composite slabs: Composite slabs of
concrete on steel deck shall be designed and
constructed in accordance with ASCE 3 listed in
Appendix A.
2206.2 Secondary structural systems: Formed
steel floor, wall and roof systems are permitted to
be designed and constructed to resist all vertical
and horizontal moments and shears resulting from
lateral forces. Such members, where designed to
transmit horizontal shears due to wind or other
lateral forces, shall be connected to the supporting
structure so as to resist adequately all primary and
secondary stresses. Where concrete topping or
other approved decking is installed and strength
of the composite member is included in the
calculations, the concrete topping or decking shall
be installed in such a manner as to insure
composite action of the assembly
2206.3 Cold-formed steel structural member
seismic requirements: The AISI CFSC-LRFD
and ASCE 8-SSD-LRFD listed in Appendix A for
the design based on the load and resistance factor
design method, and the AISI CFSD-ASD and
ASCE 8-SSD-ASD listed in Appendix A for the
design based on the allowable stress design
method, shall be modified as indicated in this
section. The references to sections and paragraph
numbers are to those of the particular
specification modified.
1. AISI CFSD-ASD: The nominal strength of
members and connections shall be in
accordance with AISI CFSD-ASD, except that
the nominal strength for shear and web
crippling shall be determined by multiplying
the allowable strength by 1.7. Design strengths
shall be determined by multiplying the nominal
strengths by the following resist ance factors;
Shear strength for h/t > (EkyT )|^' ... 0.9
Shear strength for h/t < (Ek^^) ... 1.0
Web crippling for members witli single
unreinforced webs 0.75
Web crippling for "I" sections 0.80
All other cases .... I.55/Factor of Safety
The notation shall have the same meaning as in
AISI CFSD-ASD.
2. Load factors: Modify Section A5.1.4 in
AISI CFSD-LRFD by substituting a load factor
of 1.0, in place of L5, for nominal earthquake
loads.
3. The strength of stainless steel structural
members and connections subject to seismic
forces in combination with other prescribed
loads shall be determined by the provisions of
ASCE 8-SSD-LRFD, except that combinations
of load effects shall comply with the
requirements of 780 CMR 1616.0.
2206.3.1 Steel deck diaphragms: Steel deck
diaphragms shall be made from materials
conforming to the requirements of AISI CFSD-
2/7/97 (EflFective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
369
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
ASD, AISI CFSD-LRFD or ASCE 8-SSD- ASD
listed in Appendix A. Nominal strengths shall be
determined in accordance with approved test
procedures developed by a registered design
professional. Design strengths shall be determined
by multiplying the nominal strength by a
resistance factor of 0.60.
The steel deck installation for the building,
including fasteners, shall comply with the test
assembly arrangement.
2206.3.2 Light gage steel-framed walls: Cold-
formed steel stud walls in buildings assigned to
Seismic Performance Category D in accordance
with 780 CMR 1612.2.7 shall comply with
780 CMR 2206.0 and the following requirements:
2206.3.2.1 Boundary members: All boundary
members, chords and collectors shall be
designed to transmit the induced axial force.
2206.3.2.2 Connections: Connections for
diagonal bracing members, top chord splices,
boundary members and collectors shall be
designed to develop the tensile strength of the
member or, in those cases where (2R/5) is
equal to or greater than 1 .0, (2R/5) multiplied
by the design seismic force, where R is the
response modification factor determined from
Table 1612.4.4. The pull-out resistance of
screws shall not be used to resist seismic
forces.
2206.3.2.3 Braced bay members: Vertical and
diagonal members in braced bays shall be
anchored such that the bottom track is not
required to resist uplift forces by bending of
the track web. Both flanges of studs shall be
braced to prevent lateral torsional buckling.
2206.4 Protection: Formed steel shall be protected
in accordance with 780 CMR 2206.4.1 through
2206.4.4.
2206.4.1 Shop coat: All individual structural
members and assembled panels of light gage and
formed steel construction, except where fabricated
of approved corrosion-resistant metallic steel or of
steel having a corrosion-resistant or other
approved coating, shall be protected against
corrosion with an approved shop coat of paint,
enamel or other approved protection.
2206.4.2 Field coat: After erection where directly
exposed to the weather, except where encased in
concrete made of non-corrosive aggregates, or
where fabricated of approved corrosion-resistant
steel, or of galvanized or otherv^dse adequately
protected steel, individual structural members and
assembled panels of light gage and formed steel
construction shall be given an additional coat of
approved protection.
2206.4.3 Siding: Exposed siding or sheathing
shall be fabricated of approved corrosion-resistant
steel or otherwise protected at the ground level for
sufficient height above grade as determined by the
depth of average snowfall in the locality, but not
less than eight inches (203 mm).
2206.4.4 Protection at exterior walls: Floor or
roof construction which extends into an exterior
wall shall be adequately waterproofed and
protected fi-om the weather to prevent corrosion.
2206.5 Tests: Where not capable of design by
approved engineering analysis, the code official
shall require tests of the individual or assembled
structural units and the connections as prescribed in
780 CMR 1709.0 and 1710.0. At least three
specimens truly representative of the construction to
be used in practice shall be subjected to the
prescribed test and the mean of the results shall
determine the safe working value; provided that any
individual test varying more than 10% from the
mean value shall cause rejection of the series.
2206.6 Identification: Each structural member,
siding panel and roof panel of a metal building
system, other than hardware items such as bolts,
nuts, washers, shims and rivets, shall be identified
by the manufacturer. The identification shall include
the manufacturer's name or logo, and the part
number or part name consistent with assembly
instructions.
780 CMR 2207.0 SPECIAL STEEL AND
STEEL CABLE STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS
2207.1 Special steels: Alloy, high-carbon or other
special high-strength steels not covered in 780 CMR
22, where used in the design and construction of
buildings and structures, shall conform to 780 CMR
1706.0.
2207.2 Structural steel cable systems: The design,
fabrication and erection of steel cables used as
loadbearing members in buildings and structures
shall be in accordance with the AISI Criteria for
Structural Applications of Steel Cables for Buildings
listed in Appendix A, except as modified by the
provisions of 780 CMR 2207.2.1.
2207.2.1 Steel cable seismic requirements: The
AISI Criteria for Structural Applications of Steel
Cables for Buildings listed in Appendix A shall be
modified as indicated in 780 CMR 2207,2. The
references to sections are those of the AISI
Criteria for Structural Applications of Steel
Cables for Buildings listed in Appendix A.
1. Z,<9a^ combination "d." of Section 5 shall be
modified by substituting I.5T4 instead of
2.OT4, where T4 is the net tension in the cable
due to dead load, prestress, live load and
seismic /<?a^.
2. A load factor of 1 . 1 shall be applied to the
prestress forces to be added to the load
combination in Section 3 of the steel cable
specification.
370
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (EflFective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
STEEL
3. The effective design breaking strength in
Section 6 shall be multiplied by the following
resistance factors:
Members, connections and base plates
that develop the strength of the mem-
bers of structural systems 0.90
Connections that do not develop the
strength of the member or structural
system, including connections to base
plates, and anchor bolts 0.67
780 CMR 2208.0 CACT-CTEEL
CONSTRUCnON
2208.1 Materials: Carbon steel casting for building
construction shall be cast &om steel conforming to
AISC ASD or AISC LRFD listed m Appendix A. All
castings shall be free from injurious blow holes or
other defects which will impair the structural
strength.
2208.2 Higher strcngtli cast steel: Higher strength
cast steel shall not be used unless approved.
2208.3 Welding cast steel: Cast steel designed for
use in welding shaU be of weldable grade.
780 CMR 2209.0 CAST-IRON
coNsmucnoN
2209.1 Materials: Cast iron for building
construction shall be a good foundry mixture
providing clean, tough, gray iron that is free from
serious blow holes, cinder spots and cold shuts, and
that conforms to ASTM A48 listed in Appendix A
for medium gray-iron castings.
2209.2 LDinltations of use: Cast-iron columns shall
not be used where subjea to eccentric ioads that
produce a net tension in the section, nor in any part
of a structural fi-ame that is required to resist stress
due to wind. The maximum stresses for cast iron
shall be as indicated in Table 2209.2.
Table 2209.2
CAST-IRON STRESSES
Type of stress
Maximum stress
(psi)"
Extreme compression (fiber stress in
bending)
Extreme tension (fiber stress in
bending)
Shear , ., ' . '
Tension
16,000
3,000
9,660jBk«s4G(i»->
3,000
2209.3 Multistoiy columns: Cores of superimposed
columns shall be of the same dimensions above and
below a splice. Where a column of smaller diameter
is superimposed over one of larger diameter, the
larger colunm shall be tapered down to the smaller
diameter over a length of not less than six inches
(152 mm).
2209.4 Thickmess of metal: The minimum thickness
of cast iron shall not be less than specified in
780 CMR 2209.4.1 through 2209.4.3.
2209.4.1 Columns: In columns, the metal shall
not be less than one-twelfth of the smallest
dimension of the cross section and not less than %
inch (19 mm).
2209.4.2 Bases and brackets: In bases and
flanges, the metal shall not be less than one inch
(25 mm) thick, and shall be reinforced with fillets
and brackets.
2209.4.3 Lintels: In lintels, the metal shall not be
less than Va inch (19 mm) thick, and shall be
limited to use on spans of not more than six feet
(1829 mm).
2209.5 Inspection: A cast-iron column shall not be
erected in place before such column has been
inspected and approved. The use of any cast-iron
column in which blow holes or imperfections reduce
the effective ar^ of the cross section more than 10%
shall be prohibited. Where required by the code
ofScial, %-inch (10 mm) round inspection holes
shall be drilled in the section to expose the thickness
of metal for inspection purposes.
78® CMR 22ia0 EXTERIOR STEEL FRAME
CORROSION PROTTEOION UNDER
MASONRY
2210.1 Reqsiired: Exterior steel columns and
girders, before embedment in masonry of the
required fireresistance rating specified in Table 602,
shall be protected from moisture by an approved
waterproofing material, a parging coat of cement
mortar or by a minimum of eight inches of weather-
tight masonry.
Ratio I/r not to exceed 70
Notea. Ipsi = 6.895kPa.
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition
371
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
372 780 CMR -Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
CHAPTER 23
WOOD
780 CMR 230L0 GENERAL
2301.1 Scope: The provisions of 780 CMR 23 shall
govern the materials, design, construction and
quality of wood.
780 CMR 2302,0 DEFINITIONS
2302.1 Genera!: The following words and terms
shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR and as used
elsewhere in 780 CMR, have the meanings shown
herein.
Naiive lumber: Native lumber is wood processed in
the Commonwealth of Massachusetts by a mill
registered in accordance with 780 CMR, Such
wood may be ungraded but is stamped or
cerdfiedin accordance with the requirements of
780 CMR R^. Nattve lumber shall be restricted
to use im one" and two^story dwellings, barns,
sheds, agricultural and accessory hmldings and
other structures when permitted by 780 CMR
2303.
HoHsiiiial dimension (iumber): A dimension that
varies &om actual dimensions in accordance with
DOC PS 20 Med in Appendix A.
Partideboard: Particieboard is a mat-formed panel
consisting of particles of wood or a combination
of wood particles and wood fibers bonded
together with synthetic resins or other suitable
bonding systems (see 780 CMR 2308.0).
Preservative treatmesit (treated iBatenal): Unless
otherwise noted, means impregnation under
pressure with a wood preservative. A wood
preservative is any suitable substance that is toxic
to fungi, insects, borers and other living wood-
destro3fing organisms.
780 CMR 2303.0 PERFORMANCE
REQUIREMENTS
2303.1 Stnsctural design: All structural wood
members and connections shall be of sufficient size
or capacity to carry all design loads as required by
780 CMR 16 without exceeding the allowable
design values specified in AFPA NDS listed in
j^penMscA. Trusses and long-span ^ders shall be
designed with sufficient camber, or other provision
shall be made to counteract any deflection other than
that permitted in 780 CMR 1606.5. Design values
shaU be adjusted for wood that is pressure
impregnated with £reretardant chemicals. Such
adjustment shall be in accordance with 780 CMR
2310.2.1.
2303.1.1 Identificatioo: All lumber utilized for
/(Ooaf-supporting purposes, including end-jointed
or edge-glued lumber, shall be identified by the
grade mark of an approved lumber grading or an
approved inspection agency. Grading practices
and identification shaU be in accordance with
rules published by an approved agency. In lieu of
a grade mark on the material, a certificate of
inspection as to species and grade which is issued
by an approved lumber grading or an approved
inspection agency shall be accepted for precut,
remanufactured or rough-sawn lumber, and for
sizes larger than three inches nominal in
thickness. Fireretardent-treated wood shall be
labeled m accordance with 780 CMR 2310.2.2.
2303.2 Native lumber: Native iumber, as defined in
780 CMR 23011 shall be acceptable for use in one
emd two story dwellings, bams, sheds, agricultural
and accessory structures. Native lumber shall also
be acceptable for use in other one and two story
structures as columns when the design loads are
2§% gm^er than required elsewhere by 780 CMR;
m joists, principal beams, and girders in floor
comstructiom when the design loads are IS%
greater than required elsewhere by 780 CMR; and
as other elements when the design loads are as
required elsewhere by 780 CMR
Each piece of native lumber produced shall be
simnped with the name and registration number of
the producer in accordance with the 780 CMR In
addition, all native lumber shall bear an approved
mmk identifying the species of wood In lieu of the
stamp bearing the name and registration number
ami species identification, a certification bearing
the same information may be provided by the
producer for precut or re-manufactured lumber in
accordance with 780 CMR When native lumber is
used, k shall be subject to the following
requirements:
L Sidng criteria: For lumber, sized in
accordance with the DOC F&-2O-70, figures for
maximum fiber stress and modulus of elasticity
for framing grade No. 2 will be used in
establishing span and spacing characteristics for
ail structural members.
2. Stress criteria: Lumber which is sized in
(sxcess of the dimensions established by the DOC
FS~2&-70for the given nominal size referenced
shaM he aUowed.io have a maximum fiber stress
increase above that provided in 780 CMR 2303.2
'item I in proportion to the increased bearing
capacity of the cross section as provided in Table
2303.2 or as calculated.
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition
373
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUE.DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
TABLE 2303.2
NATIVE LUMBER - ALLOWABLE
STRESSES
Actual Lumber Size
Closest size which does not
exceed the size shown)
Multiplier factor
based on lumber
width
Factor to be added to multiplier
factor for lumber oversized in
thickness
Nominal Size
Actual Size
(thickness x width)
Thickness
increaseof 14" to
1/2"
Thickness
increase of over
'/2" to 1"
3x8
2'x8
1.0 xFs
1.07
1.14
+0.10
+0.20
3x10
2^^x10
1.0
1.05
1.11
+0.10
+0.20
3x12
2' X 12
1.0
1.04
1.09
+0.10
+0.20
3x14
2'^^xl3'^'
2 .xU'^
2^x14
1.0
1.04
1.07
+0.10
+0.20
4x10
3'^^x9'^^
3 x9
3 'xlO
1.0
1.05
1.11
+0.07
+0.14
4x12
3 .^11
3^'xl2
1.0
1.04
1.09
+0.07
+0.14
4x14
,'/2 „72
3i/^xl3
1.0
1.04
1.08
+0.07
+0.14
2303..3 Fireresistance: All wood structural
elements shall comply with Table 602.
2303.4 Flameresistance: All wood surfaces used as
interior finishes and all exposed surfaces as
described in 780 CMR 801.1 shall conform to the
requirements of 780 CMR 803.0.
2303.5 Combustibility: Wood used as stiuctural
elements or portions thereof shall be limited to
combustible structural elements as required by
780 CMR.
Exceptions:
1. Fireretardant-treated wood as permitted by
Table 602, Note d, and which complies with
780 CMR 23 10.0.
2. As specifically permitted by 780 CMR
602.4.1.
780 CMR 2304.0 HEAVY TIMBER
CONSTRUCnON
2304.1 Material grade and design: All structural
wood members, sawn or glued-laminated, which are
mstalled in buildings and structures of Type 4
construction shall be stress-grade timbers identified
as to grade and strength by approved manufacturing,
testing or in spection agencies or bureaus. All
structural timber members shall have the minimum
dimensions specified in 780 CMR 2304.3 through
2304.6 for buildings and structures of Type 4
construction and shall be designed, fabricated and
installed in accordance with AFPA NDS and AITC
108, 1 12, 1 17, 1 19 and A190. 1 listed in Appendix A.
2304.2 Steel or concrete: Structural steel or
rdnforced concrete members shall not be substituted
for timber in any part of the structural fi-ame unless
protected to develop the required fireresistance
rating specified in Table 602, but not less than a one-
hour fireresistance rating. Structural members that
support walls shall be protected to afford the same
fireresistance rating as the wall supported.
2304.3 Columns: Wood columns shall be sawn or
glued-laminated and shall not be less than eight
inches nominal in any dimension where supporting
floor loads; not less than six inches nominal in
width, and not less than eight inches nominal in
depth where supporting only roof and ceiling loads.
Columns shall be continuous or superimposed
throughout all stories by means of reinforced
concrete or metal caps with brackets, or shall be
connected by properly designed steel or iron caps,
with pintles and base plates, or by timber splice
plates afi^ixed to the columns by means of metal
374
780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOAJRD OF BUE.DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
connectors housed within the contact faces, or by
other approved methods. Girders or trusses which
support columns shall have at least a one-hour
fireresistance rating.
2304.4 Floors: Floors shall be without concealed
spaces and shall be constructed of sawn, glued-
laminated, splined or tongue-and-groove planks not
less than three inches nominal in thickness and
covered with a one-inch nominal dimension tongue-
and-groove flooring, laid crosswise or diagonally, or
15/32-inch wood structural panel or Vz-inch
partjcleboard; or of planks not less than four inches
nominal in width that are set on edge close together
and securely spiked, and covered with one-inch
particleboard. The lumber shall be laid so that a
continuous line of joints will not occur except at
points of support and so that planks are not spiked to
supporting girders that are parallel to the lamination
of the floor. Floors and flooring shall not extend
closer than '/4-inch (13 mm) to walls so as to provide
an expansion joint. Such V4-inch (13 mm) spaces
shall be covered by a molding fastened to the wall
either above or below the floor and arranged such
that the molding will not obstruct the expansion or
contraction movements of the floor, or, as an
alternative, corbeling of masonry walls under floor
shall be utilized in place of molding.
2304.4ol Moor Joists, beams and girders: Joists,
beams and girders of wood shall be constructed of
sawn or glued-laminated timber and shall not be
less than six inches nominal in width, and not less
than ten inches nominal in depth. Framed sawn or
glued-laminated timber arches that spring from
the floor line and support floor loads shall not be
less than eight inches nominal in any dimension.
Framed timber trusses supporting floor loads shall
have members of not less than eight inches
nominal in any dimension.
1M43 Roofs: Roofs shall be without concealed
spaces and roof decks shall be constructed of: sawn,
glued-laminated, splined or tongue-and-groove
pianks not less than two inches nominal in thickness;
P/fe-inch-thick interior wood structural panel
(exterior glue); or of planks not less than three
inches nominal in width that are set on edge close
together and laid as required for floors in 780 CMR
2304.4.
2304.S.1 Arches: Framed or glued-laminated
arches for roof construction which spring from the
floor line or from grade and do not support floor
loads shall have members not less than six inches
nominal in width, not less than eight inches
nominal in depth for the lower half of the height
and not less than six inches nominal in depth for
the upper half Framed or glued-laminated arches
for roof construction which spring from the top of
walls or wall abutments, framed timber trusses
and other roof framing which does not support
WOOD
floor loads shall have members not less than four
inches nominal in width and not less than six
inches nominal in depth. Spaced members shall
be composed of two or more pieces not less than
three inches nominal in thickness where blocked
solidly throughout their intervening spaces or
where such spaces are tightly closed by a
continuous wood cover plate of not less than two
inches nominal in thickness, secured to the
underside of the members. Splice plates shall not
be less than three inches nominal in thickness.
Where equipped with an automatic sprinkler
system installed in accordance with 780 CMR
906.2.1, 906.2.2 or 907.0 under the roof deck,
framing members shall not be less than three
inches nominal in width.
2304.6 Interior wall construction: Walls shall be of
solid wood construction formed by not less than two
layers of one-inch matched boards, laminated
construction four inches in thickness, or of one-hour
fireresistance rated construction.
2304.7 Esterior structural members: Wood
columns and arches conforming to heavy timber
sizes shall only be installed externally where difire
separation distance of 20 feet (6096 mm) or more is
provided. Where Zifire separation distance of less
than 20 feet (6096 mm) is provided, columns and
arches shall be permitted where located inside an
exterior wall, and the exterior wall has a
fireresistance rating not less than required by Table
602, for exterior walls.
2304.S Beams and girders: Beams and girder
supports and connections shall comply with
780 CMR 2305.6.3 and 2305.6.4.
2304.9 Colymn connections: Girders and beams
shall be closely fitted around columns and adjoining
ends shall be cross tied to each other, or inter-tied by
caps or ties, to transfer horizontal loads across the
joint. Wood bolsters shall not be placed on tops of
columns unless the columns support roof loads only.
2304.10 Maintenance: All connections in the joints
of timber trusses and structural frames shall be
inspected periodically. Bolts and other connectors
shall be maintained tight.
2304.11 Framing aroimd Hues and chimneys:
Clearances for combustible framing members from
all flues, chimneys and fireplaces shall be in
accordance with 780 CMR 2305.12.
780 CMR 230S.0 WCX)D FRAME
CONSTRUCTION
230SJ Design and construction: Exterior walls,
interior partitions, floors and roofs of wood
construction shall be designed and constructed in
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR -Sixth Edition
375
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
accordance with 780 CMR 2305.0, 780 CMR 2303.0
and 780 CMR 2307.0 through 2312.0.
2305.2 Fastening: The quantity and size of fasteners
connecting wood frame members together and
sheathing materials to wood frame members shall
not be less than that specified in Table 2305.2.
2305.3 Cutting and notching: It shall be unlawful
to notch, cut or pierce wood beams, joists, rafters or
studs in excess of the limitations herein specified,
unless proven safe by structural analysis or suitably
reinforced to transmit all calculated loads.
2305.3.1 Notches: Notches in joists, rafters and
beams shall not exceed 1/6 of the depth of the
member, shall not be longer than Va of the depth
of the member and shall not be located in the
middle Vs of the span. Notch depth at the ends of
the member shall not exceed Vi of the depth of the
member.
Exceptions:
1. A notch over the support is permitted to
extend the fiill width of the support.
2. Notches on cantilevered portions of the
member are permitted to extend the fiill length
of the cantilever if the strength and deflection
of the cantilever is calculated based on the
reduced member section.
3. The tension side of beams, joists and rafters
which are four inches or greater in nominal
thickness, shall not be notched, except at ends
of members.
Table 2305.2
FASTENING SCHEDULE
Building element
Nail or staple size and tyT^ e
Number and location
1. Floor construction
Built up to girders and beams
Bridging to joists
Floor joists to studs (no ceiling joists)
FloetJcM:^ to Studs C^^^diing joists)
Floorjoist^tosittar^da' -
Ledger sttip
r subflooriflg (6" or less)
I " subflooring (8" or more)
2" subflooring
, Particlel>oard«Rde«%infi!ttt(K''-%^
Particleboard subflooring (% or greater)
^ Woodstroctoralpiatadt^ufaliootkig
CH^orless)
(19/32" - %")
(VS" or less)
(19/32", ys")
2. Wall construction
Stadtoto1e|>lttB
Slttdlfejc^l^ate . /
Double studs
Comer studs
Sole plate to joist or blocking
£atatQr4»aced v/eSk &tAt {>}ate to pac^d
DoabKcap|i}9te ,.
expiate Japs
Ribbon strip 6" or less
Ribbon strip 6" or more
Diagonal brace (to stud and plate)
20d common
8d common
lOd common
lOd common
lOdcoouacm
8dc<}Bnxton
t6di(>c»Bm(m
8d common
8d common
16d common
'6d annular threaded
8d common
32" o.c. direct
2 each direct end
5 direct or
3 direct
Idirect
Stoenatt
3 each direct joist
2each direct joist
3 each direct joist
2 each direct joist
€^ 0.C direct edges and 12" o.c intermediate
6" o.c direct edges and 12" o.c. intermediate
^cmamott^r ^annular or ^itdt 5"o.cdiiectedgesaitdl2"o,c.int«msediate
thiead
8d common or 6d annular or spiral 6" o.c direct edges and 12" o.c. intermediate
thread
iddconanan<7r^ringshaiit;;»r 5^* e.c direct edges and 6** o.c. inteimediate
"8^ affl»il»^of s|»Mli)yreail
16 gage galvanized wire stales 4" o.c. edges and 7" o.cintermediate
%" minimum crown, 1%" lenjgth iVz' o.c. edges and 4" o.c. intermediate
lOd common
16d common
16d common
l^commoa
lOdcoHRUBcm
|{)d<!onua«t'
lOd common
lOd common
Sdconmion
4'toeniiftar
'2(fixectaait
2 li» oatl or 2 direct nail
12" o.c. direct
24" o.c. direa
16" o.c.
16" oxc. direct nail
2 direct:iiait
2 each direct bearing
3 each direct bearing
2 each direct bearing
376
780 CMR - Sbrth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
WOOD
Building element
Continuous header to stud
Continuous header, two pieces
3. Roof and ceiling construction
iiiiiiiii^isiitiiiii^illiB^
Collar beam
Roof lafler to plate
Roofrafter to ridge
JTac^taSerto&p
1" roof decking (6" or less in width)
r roof decking (over 6" in width)
Nail or staple size and.fiTJe
iifc^iiipiliiiillii^^^
8d common
16d common
iiSdcbmnwn^
iCMconunOi
lOd common
$d common
16d common
I{)dcomm^<»t
1^ common
8d common
8d common
Nimiber and location
4 toe nail
16" o.c. direct
3 direct
3 toe nail
2 toe nail or direct nail
3toeaa«lor
2 direct mil
2 each direct rafter
3 each direct rafter
4. Wall and roof sheathing
i^wall sheading O" ot iess. la width) M common
r«atlsh^aRg<(jv^S'^|ni)ridth) Mconanqa
.Diagonal v;a8ikiatMag<seia»k; S^ Table 2306A5
bracing^
Vz" fiberboard sheathing
2 each direct stud
3 each direct stud
25^32" Sbetboard slieadui^
Gypsum sheathing
Gypsum sheathing (seismic bracing)
Pa)rtk:ltl)oatid roof and watt d^ieatitittg
(H"orless> '
Wood structural panel roof and wall
sheathing
(14" or less)
(19/32" or greater)
(19y32", %")
Shingles, wood
Weatherboarding
1 V2" galvanized roofing nail or 6d 3" o.c. exterior edge, 6" o.c. intermediate
common nail or 16 gage staple,
1 Vb" long with minimum crown
of7/16"
VA" galvanizedioc^g adl or Si ^* oc exteriw edge, €" o.c. inteftnecBate
4;^ntm€B nail 47? 1^ gage staple,
l¥^^ jk»ig\tdt& sffidmom at)wB
<dr7/|e* ^ ■ ,
12 gage 1 V^" large head corrosion 4" o.c. on edge, 8" o.c. intermediate
resistant
1 1 gage 1%" long 7/16" head, ^" °-^- ^ ^^^^ P°*"^
diamond point, galvanized
6d common
gd common
6^o.c. duectedgK and 11^ o.c. intermediate
"&* O.C. direct tigss and i2* o.c. intennediate
6" o.c. direct edges and 12" o.c. intermediate
6" o.c. direct edges and 12" o.c. intermedite
A6 gaiie gdvardzed wizfe stages, ^^ ^'<^- edges ^d 8" o,c< ititermetSate
^" QUtttmom <!(0vm; fe^igflj of
Same as immediately above
No. 14 B&S Gage corrosion
resistant
Sd corrosion resistant
2V2" o.c. edges and 5" o.c. intermediate
2 each bearing
2 each bearing
Note a. Single nails shall penetrate not less than !^ inch into nailing strips, sheathing or supporting construction except
as otherwise provided for in 780 CMR 1507.0
2305.3,2 Holes: Holes bored or cut into Joists,
rafters or beams shall not be closer than two
inches (51 mm) to the top or bottom of the joist,
or to any other hole located in the member.
Where the member is notched, the hole shall not
be closer than two inches (51 mm) to the notch.
The diameter of the hole in joists shall not exceed
Vs of the depth of the member.
230So3,3 Studs: In studs of loadbearing walls or
partitions, notches or bored holes shall not be cut
or bored more than Va of the depth of the stud
unless reinforced in accordance with 780 CMR
2305.3.4.
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) = corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition
377
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
23053.4 Reinforcement: Where the stud is cut or
bored in excess of/s of its depth, the stud shall be
reinforced to be equal in loadbearing capacity to
a stud that is notched not more than Va of its
depth.
2305.4 Loadbearing walls: Posts and studs in
loadbearing walls and partitions shall be designed as
columns, with due allowance for lateral support
furnished by sheathing, intermediate bracing,
horizontal bridging, wall coverings and the floor and
roof assemblies. The walls shall be fabricated in
such a manner as to provide adequate support for the
materials that enclose the building and to provide for
transfer of all lateral loads to the foundation in
accordance with 780 CMR 1710.4.
2305.4.1 Wall framing: Studs shall be placed
with the wide dimension perpendicular to the
wall. Not less than three studs shall be installed
at each comer of an exterior wall.
Exception: At comers, a third stud is not
required where wood spacers or backup cleats
of %-inch-thick: wood structural panel, %-inch
Type 2-M particleboard, one-inch-thick
lumber or other approved devices which serve
as an adequate backing for the attachment of
facing materials are used. Where fireresistance
ratings or shear loads apply, wood spacers,
backup cleats or other devices shall not be
installed unless specifically approved.
2305.4.2 Double top plates: Stud walls shall be
capped with double top plates installed to provide
overlapping comers and wall intersections. Top
plate joints shall be offset not less than 48 inches
(1219 mm).
Exc^ftion: Detached one- and two-family
dwellings and agricultural storage buildings
that are intend^ only for incidental human
occupancy are permitted to have a single top
plate provided dtat the plate is adequately tied
at joints, corners and intersecting walls by at
least the equivalent of galvanized steel that is
three inches (76 mm) by six inches (152 mm)
by 0. 036 inches thick and nailed to each wall
or segment of wall by three 8d nails or the
equivalent, and the rafters, joists or trusses
are centered over the studs with a tolerance of
not more than one inch (25 mm).
2305.4.3 Bottom plates: Studs shall have full
support by a plate or sill. The sill shall have not
less than a two-inch nominal thickness and a
^^adth at least equal to the width of the studs.
2305.5 Nonloadbearing walls: Studs in
nonloadbearing walls and partitions shall not be
spaced more than 48 inches (1219 mm) o.c, and are
permitted to be erected with the long dimension
parallel to the wall, unless otherwise approved as an
integrated assembly by testing. A single top plate
shall be prohibited except where such plate is
installed in accordance with 780 CMR 2305.4.2.
2305.6 Support and anchorage: Support and
anchorage of members on girders, walls and beams
shall conform to 780 CMR 2305.6.1 through
2305.6.4.
2305.6.1 Support and anchorage on girders: All
members framing into girders shall be anchored or
tied to secure continuity. The ends of all wood
beams that rest on girders shall bear not less than
four mches (102 mm) or shall be supported in
approved metal stirrups, hangers or on wood clips
or ribbon strips. Beams framing from opposite
sides shall either lap at least six inches (152 mm)
and be bolted or spiked together or, where framed
end-to-end, the beams shall be secured together
by approved ties, straps, dogs, plates or sheathing.
2305.6.2 Support and anchorage on walls or
beams: Except where supported on a I x 4 ribbon
strip and nailed to the adjoining stud, joists shall
bear on walls or beams of wood or steel not less
than XVi inches (38 mm) or shall be supported by
metal stirrups, hangers or a nominal 2-inch wood
ledger strip. The rmnimum bearing on concrete
or masonry shall be three inches (76 mm). Joists
framing over beams from opposite sides shall
either lap at least three inches (76 mm) and be
securely fastened together or, where framed end-
to-end, the joists shall be secured together by
approved ties, straps, dogs, plates or sheathing.
2305.6.3 Girder supports: Wall plate boxes of
the self-releasing type, or approved hangers, shall
be provided where beams and girders are
supported by masonry. An air space of Vi inch
(13 mm) shall be provided at the top, end and
sides of the member unless approved naturally
durable or preservative-treated wood in
accordance with 780 CMR 2311.0 is installed.
Wood beams and girders supported by walls
required to have a fireresistance rating of two
hours or more shall have not less than four inches
(102 mm) of solid masonry between their ends
and the outside face of the wall and between
adjacent beams.
2305.6.4 Fire cuts: All wood and other
combustible floor, roof and other stmctural
members framing into masonry walls shall be cut
to a bevel of three inches (76 mm) in depth and
shall project not more than four inches (102 mm)
into the wall.
2305.7 Wind bracing: In buildings more than one
story in height and where necessary for strength in
one-story buildings, the comer posts shall be the
equivalent of not less than two pieces of two-inch by
four-inch studs, braced by not less than one piece of
one-inch by four-inch contmuous-diagonal brace let
into the studs. Bracing is not required where
378
780 CMR - Sbrth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
WOOD
diagonal wood sheathing, wood structural panels or
particleboard panels are installed, or where other
sheathing as specified in 780 CMR 2305.13 is
applied vertically in panels of not less than four feet
by eight feet with approved fasteners complying
with Table 2305.2. Other sheathing materials shall
be permitted when tested in accordance with ASTM
£72 listed va. Appendix A.
The lateral /oo^ resistance shall be established by
the lesser of: the values determined by dividing the
maximum load reported in the test by 2.5; or the
load at which the deflection reported in the test
exceeds /i/480, where h is the height of the test
assembly.
2305.8 Seismic foraeing: Where structural analysis
of the seismic force=resisting system is not provided,
buildings shall meet the provisions of 780 CMR
2305.0 and shall have roof and exterior wall dead
loads less than or equal to 15 psf (73 kg/ra^) and
floor dead loads less than or equal to 10 psf (49
kg/m^).
Table 2305.g
WALL SPACING AND HEIGHT
LIMITATIONS FOR WOOD AND FRAME
CONTRUCTION
Seismic Performance
Category
Maximum distance
between interior
bracing walls (feet)
Maximum Stories
(height) pennitted
C
25
2 (30 feet)
D^
25
1 (20 feet)
Note a: Applies only to Seismic Hazard Exposurs Group
I; engineering analysis required for Seismic Hazard
Exposure Group II
230S.8.1 Wall bracing required: All exterior
walls and required interior bracing wails shall be
braced by one of the types of sheathing prescrided
m table 2305.8.1 for each 25 lineal feet (or 7.6 m)
of exterior wall or required interior bracing wall
length. The required length ofsheathing shall be
distributed along the length of the bracing wall
with a minimum four foot panel of sheathing at,
or within four feet of, each end. Construction of
bracing walls shall comply with the requirements
of 780 CMR 2305.9
Table 2305.8.1
MINIMUM SEISMIC WALL BRACING PER
25 LINEAL FEET OF INTERIOR AND
EXTERIOR WALL LENGTH®'®
Stoiy location
Sheathing
Av = 0.12
Top or only
story
GP
W/SP
7'-0"
4*.0"
First of two
stories or second
of three stories
GP
W/SP
13'-0"
7'-0"
First of three
stories
GP
W/SP
Note c.
Note a. Interpolation of the tabular values is permitted
where the length of wall between exterior walls or
interior-braced walls is less than 25 feet.
Note b. GP = Gypsum or pflr//cte6oar<f sheathing; W/SP
= Diagonal wood boards or wood structural panels.
Note iE. Analysis of the seismic force-resisting system
required.
Noted. One foot = 304.8 mm.
230S.8o2 Double-siieatlied walls: Where braced
walls are sheathed on both sides with identical
sheathing, the required length of sheathing in
Table 2305.8.1 is permitted to be taken as V2 the
tabular length. Where different sheathing
materials are used on either side of a wall, the
required length ofsheathing in Table 2305.8.1 is
permitted to be taken as V2 of the tabular length
for the material requiring the greater length.
Double-sheathed walls shall have a minimum
length of four feet (1219 mm).
23§5.8J Stud walls: Stud walls that are less than
the full height of the story shall be braced as
required for exterior walls or interior-braced
walls and shall be considered an additional story.
230§.8o4 Sheathing installatioD: Sheathing shall
be installed in accordance with the provisions of
Table 2305.13 where acting as wall bracing. To
be considered effective as bracing, the sheathing
shall be at least 48 inches in width covering three
16=inch stud spaces or two 24-inch stud spaces
and be fastened to the wall studs in accordance
with Table 2305.2. Sheathing shall be fastened to
the wall studs, sole plate and top plate in
accordance with Table 2305.2. All vertical joints
of panel sheathing shall occur over studs and all
horizontal joints shall occur over blocking at least
equal in size to the studs. All framing in
connection with sheathing used for bracing shall
not be less than two inches nominal in thickness.
2305.9 Braced wall: All exterior walls and interior-
braced walls reqmred by Table 2305.8, shall be
constructed to transfer forces from roofs and floors
to braced walls and from the braced walls in upper
stories to the braced walls in the story below.
Braced wall lines from the story above to the story
below are pennitted to be offset a maximum of 24
inches (610 mm). Blocking, where required by
780 CMR 2305.9, need only be provided for the
length of the wall specified in Table 2305.8.1,
230§.9oi Roof to brased wall connectioEs: Roof
to mterior-braced wall connections for buildings
with maximum dimensions not over 50 feet
(15240 mm) are pennitted to be made at the
intersection of exterior walls. Double top plates
shall be lapped at the intersection and nailed in
accordance with Table 2305.2. For buildings with
maximum (Umensions greater than 50 feet (15240
mm), the interior-braced walls shall be fastened
directly to the ceiling joist in accordance with
780 CMR 2305.9.2 or 2305.9.3.
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
379
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
2305.9.2 Parallel floor joist and braced wall
connections: Where the floor framing is parallel
to the braced wall line, joists shall be doubled
directly beneath the braced wall line and nailed in
accordance with Table 2305.2.
Where the upper and lower braced walls are
offset, the joist spaces between the offset braced
walls shall be blocked with a minimum blocking
size of two inches by six inches, spaced at 32
inches (813 mm) on center, within the joist cavity
under the braced wall, and positioned in the upper
portion of the cavity. The upper braced wall is
permitted to be nailed to the blocking with two
16d nails at each piece of blocking. The lower
braced wall shall be toe n^ed, in accordance with
Table 2305.2, to a joist located directly above the
top plates.
2305.9.3 Perpendicular floor joist and braced
wall connections: Where the floor firaming is
perpendicular to the braced wall line, solid
blocking for the full depth of the floor joist shall
be provided for the length of bracing required.
The interior-braced wall shall be nailed to the
blocking in accordance -mth Table 2305.2.
Where the upper and lower braced walls are
offset, a minimum of two-inch by six-inch
blocking shall be located in the upper portion of
the joist space, directly beneath the upper braced
wall and in the lower portion of the joist space,
directly above the lower braced wall.
2305.10 Multiple stories: Where the frame is more
than one story in height and studs and posts are not
continuous from sill to roof, the members shall be
secured together with approved clips, splices or
other connections to insure a continuous, well-
integrated structure. Sheet metal clamps, ties or
clips shall be formed of galvanized steel or other
approved corrosion-resistant material equivalent to
0.040-inch nominal thickness steel sheets for two-
inch framing members and not less than 0.052-inch
nominal thickness steel sheets for three-inch
structural members. For four-inch and larger
members, column splices and beam and girder
supports shall comply with 780 CMR 2304. 1 .
2305.11 Framing over openings: Headers, double
joists, trusses or other approved assemblies which
are of adequate size to transfer all superimposed
loads to the vertical members shall be provided over
all window and door openings in loadbearing walls
and partitions.
2305.12 Framing around flues and chimneys:
Combustible framing shall be a minimum of two
inches (51 mm), but shall not be less than the
distance specified in 780 CMR 2114.0 and the
mechanical code listed in Appendix A, from all
flues, chimneys and fireplaces, and six inches (152
mm) away from flue openings.
2305.13 Wall sheathing: Except as provided for in
780 CMR 1405.3 for weatherboarding or where
stucco construction that complies with 780 CMR
2506.0 is installed, all enclosed buildings shall be
sheathed with one of the materials of the nominal
thickness specified in Table 2305.13 or any other
approved material of equivalent strength and
durability.
Table 2305.13
MBOMUM TfflCKNESS OF WALL
SHEATHING
Sheathing type
Minimum
thickness
Maximum shear
wall stud spacing'
Wood boards
%inch
24 inches on center
Fiberboard
7/16 inch
16 inches on center
Wood structural panel
In accordance with Table 2307.3.5
2-M-lor2-M.W
Particleboard "
[n accordance with Table 2308.5(2)
Gypsum sheathing
54 inch
16 inches on center
Gypsum wallboard
14 inch
24 inches on center
Reinforced cement
mortar
I inch
24 inches on center
Note a. 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
2305.13.1 Wood structural panel wall bracing:
In buildings assigned to Seismic Performance
Category D, where wood structural panel
sheathing is installed structurally as covering on
the exterior of outside walls, such sheathing shall
be of the exterior type. Where used elsewhere
structunilly, wood structural panel sheathing shall
be bonded by intermediate or exterior glue.
2305.13.2 Paper-backed lath sheathing: In
occupancies in Use Group R-3 and one-story
commercial buildings with brick or similar
veneers, the sheathing shall conform to 780 CMR
2305.13 or shall consist of a layer of paper-
backed kth complying with 780 CMR 2505.0 and
a one-inch (25 nun) intermediate space which
shall be mortar filled as each course of veneering
is applied.
2305.14 Flooring: The flooring of wood frame
construction shall be of adequate strength and
stiffness to support required loads and, where
necessary for strength and for lateral support of the
building, subflooring shall be provided.
2305.14.1 Floor spans: Design stresses of floor
joists shall be determined in accordance with
AFPA NDS listed in Appendix A. Metal-plate-
connected floor trusses shall be designed in
accordance with TPI Design Specifications for
Metal Plate Connected Parallel Chord Wood
Trusses and AFPA NDS listed in Appendix A.
380
780 CMR - Sbrth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
230S.14.2 Bridging: In all floor, attic and roof
framing, except as hereafter noted, there shall not
be less than one line of bridging for each eight
feet ( or 2450 mm) of span. The bridging shall
consist of not less than one-inch by three-inch
lumber, double nailed at each end, or of
equivalent metal bracing of equal rigidity. A line
of bridging shall also be required at supports
where adequate lateral support is not otherwise
provided. Midspan bridging is not required for
floor, attic or roof framing in occupancies in Use
Groups R-2 and R-3, except where the joist depth
exceeds 12 inches nominal or where the minimum
uniformly distributed live load exceeds 40 psf
(195 kg/m^).
2305.15 Roof spans: Design stresses of rafters shall
be determined in accordance with AFPA NDS listed
in Appendix A. Metal-plate-connected roof trusses
shall be designed in accordance with TPI Design
Specifications for Metal Plate Connected Wood
Trusses and AFPA NDS listed in Appendix A, and
shall be braced to prevent rotation and provide
lateral stability.
2305.15,1 Roof decking and sheathing: Roof
deck sheathing shall consist of not less than %-
inch boards, wood structural panel of the
thickness specified in 780 CMR 2307.3,
particleboard of the grade and thickness specified
in 780 CMR 2308.4, or other approved materials
of equivalent strength and rigidity. Where open
deck sheathing is used on pitched roofs, such
sheathing shall consist of not less than one-inch
by four-inch roofers spaced not more than six
inches (152 mm) on center, or of material of
equivalent strength and rigidity.
2305.16 Fowidatlon anchorage: Wall sill plates,
minimum of two-inch by four-inch members, shall
be sized and anchored to foundation walls or piers
and at intermediate intervals as required to resist
wind uplift. Foundation anchorage shall be provided
by the installation of anchor bolts or other approved
anchoring method. Anchor bolts shall be of a
minimum diameter of '/a inch. The bolts shall be
embedded in foundations to a depth of not less than
eight inches (203 mm) of cast-in-place concrete, and
not less than 15 inches (381 mm) in grouted unit
masonry. There shall be a minimum of two anchor
bolts per section of plate and anchor bolts shall be
placed 12 inches (305 mm) from the end of each
section of plate, with intermediate bolts spaced a
maximum of six feet (1829 mm) on center for one-
and two-story buildings and not more than four feet
(1219 mm ) on center for buildings over two stories
in height.
Exception: Agricuiturai storage hmldmgs which
are iniended aniy for incidental human
occupancy, are permitted to have maxsmum
WOOD
intermediate bolt spacings of eight feet (or 2450
mm).
2305.17 Fire cuts: All wood structural members
which frame into masonry walls shall conform to
780 CMR 2305.6.4.
780 CMR 2306.0 SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS
FOR WOOD AND TIMBER
2306.1 General: All buildings for which a seismic
analysis is required, in accordance with 780 CMR
1612.2, and which are constructed partially or
wholly of wood or wood-based materials shall be
designed in accordance with the provisions of
780 CMR 2306.0 and 780 CMR 2305.0.
2306.2 Definitions: The following words and terms
shall apply to the provisions of 780 CMR 2306.0 and
have the following meanings:
BBocked diaphragm: A diaphragm in which all
sheathing edges not occurring on a framing
member are supported on and connected to
blocking.
ragm: A horizontal or nearly horizontal
system designed to transmit lateral forces to the
vertical elements of the seismic-resisting system.
Wood shear panel: A wood floor, roof or wall
component sheathed to act as a shear wall or
diaphragm.
2306.3 Strength of members and connections: The
allowable /ota^ capacities of 780 CMR 2306.0 are to
be utilized with allowable stress design load
combinations.
2306.4 Engineered timber construction: Where
seismic analysis is required in accordance with
780 CMR 1612.2, the proportioning and design of
wood systems, members and connections shall be in
accordance with 780 CMR 2306.4 and AFPA NDS
listed m Appendix A.
2306.4.1 Cohsmn framing requirements: All
wood columns shall be provided with fiill end
support. Columns shall be provided with
adequate support to maintain stability. Positive
connections shall be provided to resist uplift and
lateral displacement.
2306.4.2 Wood shear paneJs: Wood shear panels
shall comply with 780 CMR 2306.4.2.1 through
2306.4.2.6. Diaphragm construction shall
comply with 780 CMR 2306.4.3. Shear wall
construction shall comply with 780 CMR
2306.4.4. The construction of wood shear panels
shall comply with 780 CMR 2306.4.5 for
diagonally sheathed lumber shear panels,
780 CMR 2306.4.6 for wood structural panel
sheathed shear panels, 780 CMR 2306.4.7 for
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
381
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
particleboard sheathed shear panels, or 780 CMR
2306.4.8 for other shear panel sheathing.
2306.4.2.1 Framing members: All framing
members stalled in shear panel construction
shall be at least two inches nominal in
thickness. Boundary members, and chords in
diaphragms and shear walls and collectors
transferring forces to such elements shall be
designed and detailed for the axial forces.
Boundary members shall be connected at all
comers.
2306.4.2.2 Opening deitails: Openings in shear
panels shall be designed and detailed to
transfer the shear and axial forces induced by
the discontinuity created by the opening and
the details shall be shown on the approved
plans.
2306.4.2.3 Connection and anchorage
details: Positive connections and anchorages,
capable of resisting the design forces, shall be
provided between the shear panel and the
attached components. Concrete or masonry
wall anchorage shall not be accomplished by
installation of toe nails, or nails subject to
withdrawal and wood ledgers shall not be
installed in cross-grain bending or tension.
2306.4.2.4 Torsion: The diaphragms in
buildings having torsional irregularity, where
the lateral stiffness ratio of the structural
members is greater than four to one, or in
buildings with one line of resistance in either
orthogonal direction, shall be sheathed with
diagonal boards or wood structural panels. The
length of the diaphragm normal to the soft side
shall not exceed 25 feet (or 7600 mm) nor shall
the diaphragm length-to-width ratio exceed 1.0
for one-story buildings or 0.67 for buildings
over one story in height.
Exception: Where calculations demonstrate
that the diaphragm deflections will be
tolerated, the length limitation of 25 feet (or
7600 mm) does not apply and the length-to-
width ratio of 1.5 is permitted for
diaphragms sheathed with single diagonal
boards; and a ratio of 2.0 is permitted where
sheathed with double diagonal boards or
wood structural panels.
2306.4.2.5 Panel height-to-width ratio: The
width of a shear panel in a diaphragm or shear
wall shall not be less than two feet and the hAv
ratio of a shear wall shall not be greater than
two, where h is the height of a shear panel or
shear wall an w is the width of a shear panel or
shear wall.
2306.4.3 Diaphragms: Wood diaphragms shall
not be installed to resist torsional forces induced
by concrete or masonry construction in buildings
of Seismic Performance Category D which are
more than two stories in height.
2306.4.3.1 Ties and splices: Diaphragm
sheathing shall not be installed as the ties and
splices required by 780 CMR 1612.3.6.1.1 and
780 CMR 1612.3.6.1.2.
Exception: Diaphragm
buildings of Seismic
Category C
in
sheathing
Performance
2306.4.4 Shear walls: Shear wall construction
shall comply with the requirements of 780 CMR
2306.4.4
2306.4.4.1 Design shear increases: The design
shear capacity is permitted to be doubled
where identical materials are applied to both
sides of the wall. Where the shear capacities of
the materials are not equal, the allow able shear
shall be considered to be equal to either the
shear for the side with the higher capacity or
twice the shear for the side with the lower
capacity.
2306..4.4.2 Material limitations: Shear walls
shall be sheathed with wood structural panels
in Seismic Performance Category C and D
buildings.
Exceptions:
1. In Seismic Performance Category C
buildings: particleboard, gypsum sheathing,
gypsum wallboard, fiberboard and wire lath
and cement plaster shear walls are permitted.
2. In Seismic Performance Category D
buildings: particleboard, gypsum sheathing,
gypsum wallboard and wire lath and cement
plaster shear walls in one-story buildings
and the top story of buildings two stories or
more in height are permitted
2306.4.5 Diagonally sheathed lumber shear
panels: Diagonally sheathed lumber shear panels
shall be nailed in accordance with Table 2306.4.5.
Table 2306.4.5
DIAGONALLY SHEATHED SHEAR PANEL
NAH,ING SCHEDULE
Sheathing
nominal
Nailing to intermediate
and end-supported studs
Nailing at the shear
panel boundaries
Number of nails per board and nail size
dimension
Common
nails
Box nails
Common
nails
Box nails
l"x6"
(2)8d
(3)8d
(3)8d
(5)8d
r-xS"
(3)8d
(4)8d
(4)8d
(6)8d
2"x6"
(2) 16d
(3) 16d
(3) 16d
(5) 16d
2"x8"
(3) 16d
(4) 16d
(4) 16d
(6) I6d
2306.4.5.1 Single diagonal construction:
Single diagonally sheathed lumber shear panels
shall be constructed of minimum one-inch-
thick nominal sheathing boards laid at an
angle of approximately 45 degrees (0.78 rad)
382
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
WOOD
to the supports. The shear capacity for single
diagonally sheathed lumber shear panels of
Southern pine or Douglas fir-larch shall not
exceed 200 pounds per lineal foot (298 kg/m)
of width. The shear capacities shall be
adjusted by a reduction factor of 0.82 for
species with a specific gravity of 0.42 or
greater but less than 0.49 and a reduction factor
of 0.65 for species with a specific gravity of
less than 0.42, as contained in AFPA NDS
listed in Appendix A.
2306.4.5.1.1 End Joints: Joints in adjacent
boards shall be separated by not less than
one stud or joist space and there shall not be
less than two boards between joints on the
same support.
2306.4.5.1.2 Two-inch isominall lumber:
Wood shear panels made up of two-inch-
thick diagonal lumber sheathing fastened
with I6d nails shall be designed with the
same shear capacities as shear panels using
one-inch boards fastened with 8d nails,
provided that there are not splices in
adjacent boards on the same support and the
supports are not less than four inches
nominal in depth or three inches nominal in
thickness.
2306.4.5.2 Double diagonal construction:
Double diagonally sheathed lumber shear
panels shall be constructed of two layers of
diagonal sheathing boards laid at 90 degrees
(1.57 rad) to each other on the same face of the
supporting members. Each chord shall be
considered as a beam loaded with uniform load
per foot equal to 50% of the unit shear due to
diaphragm action. The load shall be assumed
as acting normal to the chord in the plane of
the diaphragm in either direction. The span of
the chord or portion thereof shall be the
distance between fi-aming members of the
diaphragm such as the joists, studs and
blocking that serve to transfer the assumed
load to the sheathing. The shear capacity of
double diagonally sheathed diaphragms of
Southern pine or Douglas fir-larch, shall not
exceed 600 pounds per lineal foot (893 kg/m)
of width. The shear capacity shall be adjusted
by a reduction factor of 0.82 for species with a
specific gravity of 0.42 or greater but less than
0.49 and a reduction factor of 0.65 for species
with a specific gravity of less than 0.42 as
contained in AFPA NDS listed in Appendix A.
2306.4.6 Wood stractiaral pane! shear panels:
The design and shear capacity of wood structural
panel shear panels shall be in accordance with
780 CMR 2306.4.6.1 for diaphragms and
780 CMR 2306.4.6.2 for shear walls, or shall be
calculated by using the nail strengths in AFPA
NDS and the wood structural panel shear
capacities as given in DOC PS I listed in
Appendix A.
Shear panels shall be constructed of wood
structural panels manufactured with exterior glue
not less than four feet by eight feet, except at
boundaries and changes in fi-aming. Wood
structural panels shall be designed to resist shear
only, and chords, collector members and
boundary members shall be designed to transfer
the axial forces. Boundary members shall be
connected at all comers. Wood structural panels
less than 12 inches (305 mm) wide shall be
blocked.
2306.4.6.1 Wood structural panel floor and
roof diaphragm construction: The nail size
and spacing at diaphragm boundaries and at the
edges of each sheet of wood structural panel
shall be provided as shown in Table 2306.4.6. 1
and Figure 2306.4.6.1, and by the provisions of
780 CMR 2306.4.6.1.1 through 2306.4.6.1.4.
Nails of the same size shall be placed along all
intermediate fi^aming members at 12 inches
(305 mm) on center.
2306.4.6.L1 Other wood species: Shear
capacities for fasteners in fi-aming members
of other wood species, shall be calculated by
multiplying the shear capacities for
Structural I panels by 0.82 for species with
a specific gravity of 0.42 and greater but less
than 0.49 and 0.65 for species with a
specific gravity of less than 0.42. as
contained in AFPA NDS listed in
Appendix A.
2306.4.6.1.2 Framing and panel layout:
The orientation of the structural fi-aming and
wood structural panels shall comply with
Case 1,2,3,4,5 or 6 of Table 2306.4.6.1 and
with Figure 2306.4.6.1. For blocked
diaphragms, the maximum shear for Cases 3,
4, 5 and 6 shall not exceed 1,200 pounds per
lineal foot (1787 kg/m).
2306.4.6.1.3 Fastener spacings of two and
2Vz inches: Where either two-inch (5 1 mm)
or 2V2-inch (64 mm) fastener spacings are
installed with two-inch-wide fi"aming
members in accordance with Table
2306.4.6.1, the fi-aming member adjoining
panel edges shall be three inches nominal in
width and nails at panel edges shall be
placed in two lines.
2306.4.6.1.4 Panels IVfe inch thick:
Unblocked IVa-inch panels with tongue-and-
groove edges are permitted to use the
blocked diaphragm shear capacities for
19/32-inch minimum nominal panel
thickness values, where one-inch by %-inch
crown by No. 16 gage staples are driven
through the tongue-and-groove edges %inch
(10 mm) fi-om the panel edge so as to
penetrate the tongue. Staples shall be
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
383
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDrNG REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
spaced at one-half the boundary nail spacing
for Cases I and 2 and at Va the boundary nail
spacing for Cases 3, 4, 5 and 6.
2306.4.6.2 Wood structural panel shear wall
construction: The nail size and spacing at the
edge of each wood structural panel shall be
provided as shown in Table 2306.4.6.2 and by
the provisions of 780 CMR 2306.4.6.2.1
through 2306.4.6.2.3. For %-inch and 7/16-
inch panels, installed on studs spaced 24 inches
(610 mm) on center, nails shall be spaced at six
inches (152 mm) on center along intermediate
framing members. For all other thicknesses
and spacing of studs, intermediate framing
members shall have nails of the same size
spaced at 12 inches (305 mm) on center. All
panel edges shall be backed with two-inch or
wider framing members.
Table 23Q6.4.6.1
HORIZONTAL WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL DLVPHRAGM ALLOWABLE SHEAR
WITH FRAMING MEMBERS OF DOUGLAS FIR-LARCH OR SOUTHERN PINE
Fastener
type
Fastner
minimum
penetration
inflaming
(inches)
specified
panel
thickness
(inch)
Minimum
nominal
width of
framing
member
(inches)
Lines of
fasteners
Allowable shear (pounds per foot)
Blocked diaphragms
Unblocked^
diaphragms
Panel grade
Fajitener spacing (inches) at diaphragm
boundaries (all cases), at continuous
panel edges parallel to load (Cases 3 and
4), and at all panel edges (Cases 5 and 6)
Fastener
spacing at 6
inches at
supported
edges
6
4
2'/2
2 -
Casel
Cases
Spacing (inches) per line at other panel
edges (cases 1,2,3 and 4)
2.3,
4.5
6 6
4
4
3
3
2
and 6
6d common
IVa
5/16
2
3
185
210
250
280
375
420
420
475
165
185
125
140
8d common
VA
%
2
3
270
300
360
400
530
600
600
675
240
265
180
200
Structural 1
lOd common
1%
• 15/32
2
3
320
360
425
480
640
720
730
820
285
320
215
240
lOd common
1%
23/32
3
4
4
2
2
3
650
755
940
870
980
1,305
940
1,080
1,375
1,230
1.410
1.810
14-gage
staples
2
23/32
3
4
2
3
600
840
600
900
840
1,140
900
1,350
1,040
1,440
1,200
1,800
6d common
VA
5/16
2
3
170
109
225
250
335
380
380
430
150
170
110
125
C-D, C-C
%
2
3
185
210
250
280
375
420
420
475
165
185
125
140
and other
similar
8d common
VA
%
2
3
240
270
320
360
480
540
545
610
215
240
160
180
grades
7/16
2
3
255
285
340
380
505
570
575
645
230
255
170
190
15/32
2
3
270
300
360
400
530
600
600
675
240
265
180
200
lOd common
1%
15/32
2
3
290
325
385
430
575
650
655
735
255
290
190
215
C-D, C-C
and other
similar
grades
19/32
2
3
320
360
425
480
640
720
730
820
285
320
215
240
23/32
3
4
4
2
2
3
645
750
935
870
980
1.305
935
1,075
1,390
1,225
1,395
1,510
14-gage
staples
2
23/32
3
4
2
3
600
820
600
900
820
900
1,350
1,020
I..4P0
1.200
1.510
Note a. For sheathing and framing configuration Cases 1 through 6, see Figure 2306.4.6. 1 .
Note b. 1 inch = 25.4 nun; 1 pound per foot = 1 .489 jg/m.
384
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
Fsgure 2306.4.6.1
SHEATHING AND FRAMING CONFIGURATIONS
WOOD
SHEATHINC •
CASE ^
*- CONTINUOUS
PANEL JOINTS
1 CASES
"^eOMTIMUOUS
PANa JOINTS
Table 2306.4.6.2
ALLOWABLE SHEAR FOR WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL SHEAR WALLS WITH FRAM-
ING OF DOUGLAS FIR-LARCH OR SOUTHERN PINE FOR WIND OR SEISMIC LOADING
Minimum
nominal
panel
thickness
(inch)
Minimum
nail
penetration
in framing
(inches)
Panels applied direct to framing
Panels applied over Vi-inch or %-inch
gypsum sheathing
Panel Grade
Nail Size
(common or
galvanized
box)
Allowable shear (pounds per foot)
based on nail spacing at panel
edges (inches)
Nail size
(common or
galvanized
box)
Allowable shear (pounds
per foot) based on nail
spacing at panel edges
(inches)
6
200
4
3
2
6
4
3
2
5/16
1%
6d
300
390
510
8d
200
300
390
510
7/16
Wz
8d
230
255
360
395
460
505
610
lOd
280
430
550
Structural I
670
730
15/32
280
430
550
730
15/32
1%
lOd
340
510
665
870
-
-
-
-
5/16
l'/4
6d
180
270
350
450
8d
180
200
270
300
380
350
390
450
%
200
300
390
510
510
Sheathing,
%
l'/2
8d
220
320
410
530
lOd
260
490
Plywood
7/16
240
350
450
585
640
siding,
15/32
260
380
490
640
15/32
1%
lOd
310
460
600
770
-
-
-
19/32
340
510
665
870
Nail size
(galvanized
casing)
Nail size
(galvanized
casing)
Plywood
5/16
iva
6d
140
210
275
360
8d
140
210
275
360
siding
1
VA
8d
160
240
310
410
lOd
160
240
310
410
Note &. 1 inch = 25.4 mm; 1 pound per foot = L489 kg/m.
2306.4.6.2.1 Other wood spedes: Shear
capacities for fasteners in framing members
of other wood species shall be calculated by
multiplying the shear capacities for
Structural ! panels by 0.82 for species with
a specific gravity of 0.42 or greater but less
than 0.49 and 0.65 for species with a
specific gravity of less than 0.42, as
contained in AFPA NDS listed
Appendix A.
in
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
385
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
2306.4.6.2.2 Three-inch nominal width
framing: Framing shall be three inches
nominal or wider and the nails shall be
staggered where nails are spaced two inches
(51 mm) on center or where lOd nails
having a penetration into framing of more
than Wb inches (41 mm) are used with a
three-inch (76 mm) nail spacing.
2306.4.6.2.3 Panels % inch and 7/16 inch
thick: The shear capacity for %-inch and
7/16-inch panels applied direct to framing
with 8d nails is permitted to be increased to
the values shown for 1 5/32-inch panels with
the same nailing where the framing studs are
spaced a maximum of 16 inches (406 mm)
on center or the panels are applied with the
long dimension across the studs.
Shear capacity for %-inch and 7/16-inch
panels shall be as indicated in Table
2306.4.6.2.
2306.4.7 Partideboard shear panels: The design
shear capacity of partideboard panels shall be in
accordance with 780 CMR 2306.4.7.1 for
diaphragms and 780 CMR 2306.4.7.2 for shear
walls.
Shear panels shall be constructed with
partideboard sheets not less than four feet by
eight feet, except at boundaries and changes in
framing, partideboard panels shall be designed to
resist shear only, and chords, collector members
and boundary members shall be designed to
transfer the axial forces. Boundary members shall
be connected at all comers. Partideboard panels
less than 12 inches (305 mm) wide shall be
blocked.
2306.4.7.1 Partideboard floor and roof
diaphragm construction: The nail size and
spacing at diaphragm boundaries and the edges
of each sheet of partideboard shall be as
shown in Figure 2306.4.6.1 and Table
2306.4.7. 1 and shall be designed in accordance
with the provisions of this section. Nails of the
same size shall be placed along all intermediate
framing members at 12 inches (305 mm) on
center.
2306.4.7.1.1 Other wood species: Shear
capacities for fasteners in framing members
of other wood species shall be calculated by
multiplying the shear capacities by 0.82 for
species with a specific gravity of 0.42 or
greater but less than 0.49, and by 0.65 for
species with a specific gravity of less than
0.42, as contained in AFPA NDS listed in
Appendix A.
Table 2306.4.7.1
ALLOWABLE SHEAR FOR PARTICLEBOARD DLiPHRAGMS WITH FRAMING MEMBERS
OF DOUGLAS FIR-LARCH OR SOUTHERN PINE FOR SEISMIC LOADING
Common
nail size
Minimum
nail
penetration
in framing
(inches)
Minimum
nominal
panel
thickness
(inch)
Minimum
nominal width
of framing
member
(inches)
Allowable shear (pounds per foot)
Blocked Diaphragms
Unblocked
diaphragms
Panel
Nail spacing (inches) at diaphragm
boundaries (all cases), at continuous
panel edges parallel to load (Cases 3 &
4), and all panel edges (Cases 5 & 6)
Nails spaced 6 inches
ma.ximum at
supported edges
grade
6
4
lYi
2
Case 1 (No
unblocked
edges or
continuous
joints
parallel to
load)
All other
configur-
ations
(Cases 2,
Nail spacing (inches) at other panel
edges (Cases 1,2. 3 & 4)
6
6
4
3
3,4.5&
6)
6d
P/4
5/16
2
3
170
190
225
250
335
380
380
430
150
170
110
125
%
2
3
185
210
250
280
375
420
420
475
165
185
125
140
8d
l'/2
%
2
3
240
270
320
360
480
540
545
610
215
240
160
180
2.M-W
7/16
2
3
255
285
340
380
505
570
575
645
230
255
170
190
Vi
2
3
270
300
360
400
530
600
600
675
240
265
180
200
lOd
1%
Yl
2
3
290
325
385
430
575
650
655
735
255
290
190
215
%
2
3
320
360
425
480
640
720
730
820
285
320
215
240
2-M-3
lOd
1%
Va
2
3
320
360
425
480
640
.J2Q_J
730
8?0
285
320
215
240
Note a. For sheathing and framing configuration Cases 1 through 6, see Figure 2306.4.6. 1
Note b. I inch = 25.4 mm; I pound per foot = 1.489 kg/m.
386
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
2306.4.7.1.2 Framing and paraei layout:
The orientation of the stmctural framing and
particle board panels shall comply with
Figure 2306.4.6.1 and Case 1, 2, 3, 4,5 or 6
in Table 2306.4.7.1.
2306.4.7.1.3 Fastener spaciogs of two and
lYz inches: Where either two-inch (51 mm)
or 2'/2-inch (64 mm) fastener spacings are
installed with 2-inch-wide framing members
in accordance with Table 2306.4.7.1, the
framing member adjoining panel edges shall
be three inches nominal in width and nails at
panel edges shall be placed in two lines.
2306.4.7.1.4 Panel edge framing: Framing
at adjoining panel edges shall be three
inches nominal or wider and nails shall be
staggered where lOd nails having
penetration into framing of more than IVs
inches (41 mm) are spaced three inches (76
mm) or less on center.
2306.4,7.2 Particleboard shear wall
construction: The required nail size and
spacing in Table 2306.4.7.2 apply to panel
edges only. All pane! edges shall be backed
with two-inch nominal or wider framing.
Sheets are permitted to be installed either
horizontally or vertically. For %-inch
particleboard sheets installed with the long
dimension parallel to studs spaced 24 inches
(610 mm) on center, nails shall be spaced at six
inches (152 mm) on center along intermediate
framing members. For all other conditions,
nails of the same size shall be spaced at 12
inches (305 mm) on center along intermediate
framing members.
2306.4,7,2.1 Other wood species: Shear
capacities for fasteners in framing members
of other wood species, shall be calculated by
multiplying the shear capacities by 0.82 for
species with a specific gravity of 0.42 or
greater but less than 0.49 and 0.65 for
species with a specific gravity of less than
0.42 as contained in AFPA NDS listed in
Appendix A.
WOOD
2306.4.7.2.2 Three-incli nominal width
framing: Framing shall be three inches
nominal or wider and the nails shall be
staggered where nails are spaced two inches
(51 mm) on center or where lOd nails
having a penetration into framing of more
than Wb inches (41 mm) are installed with a
three-inch (76 mm) nail spacing.
2306.4.7.2.3 Particleboard of % and 7,^
inch thicknesses: The shear capacities for
%-inch and Vj^-inch particleboard applied
direct to fi-aming with 8d nails, are permitted
to be increased to the V2-'mch particleboard
shear capacities of Table 2306.4.7.2 where
the framing studs are spaced a maximum of
16 inches (406 mm) on center or the
particleboard is applied with the long
dimension perpendicular to the studs.
2306.4.7.2.4 Double-sided wall: Where
particleboard is applied to both faces of a
wall and the nail spacing is less than six
inches (152 mm) on center on either side,
panel joints shall be offset to be placed on
different framing members, or framing shall
be three inches nominal or thicker and nails
on each side shall be staggered.
2306,4.8 Shear panels sheathed with other
materials: Wood stud walls sheathed with lath
and plaster, gypsum sheathing board or
gypsum wallboard, constructed in accordance
with 780 CMR 2502.0, or fiberboard sheathing
constructed in accordance with 780 CMR
2309.8, shall be permitted to be used to resist
earthquake forces in wood firame buildings.
Nails shall be spaced at least % inch (10 mm)
from the edges and ends of boards and panels.
The maximum height-to-width ratio shall be
1.5. The shear capacities utilized in design
shall not be cumulative with the shear
capacities of other materials applied to the
same wall.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
387
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Table 2306.4.7.2
ALLOWABLE SHEAR FOR PARTICLEBOARD SHEAR WALLS WITH FRAMING OF
DOUGLAS FIR-LARCH OR SOUTHERN PINE FOR SEISMIC LOADING
Minimum
nominal
panel
thickness
(inch)
Minimum nail
penetration in
framing
(inches)
Panels applied direct to framing
Panels applied over '/2-inch gypsum sheathing
Panel
grade
Nail size
(common or
galvanized
box)
Allowable shear (pounds per
foot)* nail spacing at panel
edges (inches)
Nail size
(common or
galvanized
box)
Allowable shear (pounds per
foot) nail spacing at panel
edges (inches)
6
4
3
, 2
6
4
3
2
%
l'/4
6d
180
270
350
450
8d
180
270
350
450
%
200
300
390
510
200
300
390
510
%
Wi
8d
220
320
410
530
lOd
260
380
490
2-M-W
\.
240
350
450
585
640
Vt
260
380
490
640
Vi
1%
lOd
310
460
600
770
NA*"
na"
NA*"
NA*"
NA*"
Va
340
510
665
870
Note a. 1 inch = 25.4 mm; 1 pound per foot = 1.489kg/m.
Note b. NA = Not Applicable
780 CMR 2307.0 WOOD STliUCTURAL
PANELS
2307.1 Standards'. All wood structural panels that
are utilized structurally shall comply with the
requirements of DOC PS 1, DOC PS 2, HPMAHP
and HPMA HP-SG listed in Appendix A for the
type, grade and span rating or species group of wood
structural panels involved, and shall be so identified
by an approved agency.
2307.2 Types: Wood structural panels for interior
installations shall be of the interior type, moisture-
resistant type or exterior type. Wood structural
panels for exterior installations shall be of the
exterior-waterproof type, except that wood structural
panel roof sheathing exposed to the outdoors on the
underside is permitted to be of the interior type and
bonded with exterior glue. Exterior wood structural
panels shall not be applied directly to the fi-aming as
a siding unless the wood structural panel has a
minimum nominal thickness of % inch. Joints shall
occur over framing members, unless wood or wood
structural panel sheathing is used or joints are lapped
horizontally a minimum of VA inches (38 mm) or
otherwise made waterproof in an approved manner.
Where a wood structural panel is utilized as lapped
siding without sheathing, the wall framing to which
such wood structural panel is attached shall be
diagonally braced.
23073 Spans: The maximum spans for wood
structural panel sheathing shall be limited by the
allowable stresses and deflections for the design live
load, but shall not be greater than the spans specified
in Tables 2307.3.1(1), 2307.3.1(2), 2307.3.3 and
2307.3.5. The spans specified in these tables shall
apply to wood structural panels not treated with fire
retardant chemicals. The design criteria for fire
retardant-treated wood structural panels shall be
provided by valid research reports fi'om approved
sources.
2307.3.1 Floor and roof sheathing: Allowable
spans for floor and roof sheathing shall be as
specified in Tables 2307.3.1(1) and 2307.3.1(2).
The values in Table 2307.3.1(1) apply to
Structural I, C-D and C-C sheathing and single
floor grades only, and are limited to the spans
shown because of the possible effects of
concentrated loads.
2307.3.2 Floor sheathing: Edges of wood
structural panel floor sheathing shall have
approved tongue-and-groove joints or shall be
supported wth blocking, unless !4-inch minimum
thickness underlayment or Wi inches (38 mm) of
approved cellular or lightweight concrete is
installed, or unless the fiiush floor is of %-inch
wood strip. The allowable uniform load based on
a deflection of 1/360 of the span is 100 pounds per
square foot (psf) (488 kg/m^ at maximum span.
2307.3.3 Wood structural panel combination
subfloor underlayment: Allowable spans for
combination subfloor underlayment shall be as
specified in Table 2307.3.3.
388
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUE.DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
WOOD
Table 2307.3.1(1)
ALLOWABLE SPANS AND LOADS FOR WOO© STRUCTURAL PANEL SHEATHING
GRADES AND SINGLE FLOOR GRADES CONTINUOUS OVER TWO OR MORE SPANS
WnH LONG DIMENSION PERPENDICULAR TO SUPPORTS"''''^
Sheathing grades
Roof
Floor
Span rating
Panel thickness
(inch)'
Maximum span (inches)
Load (pounds per square foot)
Maximimispan
(inches)
Roof/floor span
Withed|e
support
Without edge
support
Total load
Live load
12/0
16/0
20/0
l^Blli
■^^«
32/16
40/20
48/24
5/l6.%
5/16.%
iiiftiiililii
15/32.%.%
23/32.% y4.V8
23/32.K%
12
16
20
iiiiipiiiii
Wi::>>Wv¥:::;.^>>i>:::¥x::¥xW:
32
40
48
12
16
20
iiiiiiiii
mMmmmmmim-
28
32
36
40
40
40
iiililiiil
40
40
45
30
30
30
30
30
35
. '<:.'M. ■■:.
20*=''
24
Single flo
or grades
Roof
Floor
Span rating
Panel thickness
(inches)
Maximum span (inches)'
Load (pounds per square foot)'
Maximum span
(inches)
With edge
support''
Without edge
support
Total load
Live load
16 o.c.
20 o.c.
'U.ty.a.
32 ac.
48 o.c.
i'/32.%
^V%.%
1^^32:11^
24
32
60
24
32
36
48
50
40
mmmmmmMM
mmmmmsm
50
40
30
25
40
40
48
Note a. The allowable loads were detennined based on a dead load of 10 psf. If the dead load exceeds 10 psf, then
the live load shall be reduced accordingly.
Note lb. For limitations on the applicability of this table to wood structural panel grade, see 780 CMR 2307.3. 1
Note t. Tongue-and-groove edges, panel edge clips (one midway between each support, except two equally spaced
between supports 48 inches on center), lumber blocking, or other. Only lumber blocking shall satisfy blocked
diaphragm requirements.
Note d. 24 inches for '/4-inch panels.
Note e. Maximum framing space shall be 24 inches on center for floors where IVt inches of cellular or lightweight
concrete is applied over the panels.
Note f. Maximum frame spacing shall be 24 inches on center where %°inch wood strip flooring is installed a right
angles to joist
Note g. Shall apply only to panels 24 inches or wider.
Note Si. Span rating shall appear on all panels in the constmction grades Usted in 780 CMR 2307.3. 1.
Note n. 1 inch = 25.4 mm; 1 psf = 4.882 kg/ml
Table 23073,1(2)
ALLOWABLE LOADS FOR WOOD STRUOURAL PANEL ROOF SHEATHING
CONTINUOUS OVER TWO OR MORE SPANS ANB LONG DIMENSION PARALLEL TO
SUPPORTS
(Plywood Structural Paueis are 5 ply/S layer unless otherwise noted)
a
Thickness (inch)
Span rating
Maxunumspan
(mch)
Load at maximimi span (psf)
Panel grade
Live
Total
^/16
24/0. 24/16
24
20
30
Strwtotall ^
3m6\ ■
32/1'^ ^ ^
^ 'A^m'" ,
24
24
24 ^ ^
iiiilisllliiiiii
23/32,%
48/24
24
90
100
\ ^
24/0,24/16
32/16
16
24
40
20
50
25
^^H
4'
2*0, $2^6
40/20
24
24
25
40^^
^^fcli-
s/a 32/16,40/20
23/32,5/4 40/20,48/24
24
24
45^
60"
55"
65"
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition
389
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Note a. Uniform load deflection limitations: 1/180 of span under live load plus dead load, 1/240 under live load only.
Edges shall be blocked with lumber or other approved type of edge supports.
Note b. For composite and 4-ply plywood panels, load shall be reduced by 15 psf
Note c. 1 inch = 25.4 mm; 1 psf = 4.882 kg/m .
Table 2307.3.3
ALLOWABLE SPANS FOR WOOD
STRUCTURAL PANEL COMBINATION
SUBFLOOR UNDERLAYMENT" PANELS
CONTINUOUS OVER TWO OR MORE
SPANS AND LONG PANEL DIMENSION
Table 2307.3.5
ALLOWABLE STUD SPACING FOR WOOD
STRUCTURAL PANEL WALL SHEATHING
PERPENDICULAR TO SUPPORT
(THICKNESS IN INCHES)''
Identification
Maximum spacing of joists (inches)
Species
groups
16
20
24
32
48
1
2.3
4
%
%
1
-
- -
Single floor
?p«i rating"
16o.c.
20 o.c.
24 O.C.
32 o.c.
48 o.c.
Note a. For limitations on the use of Table 2307.3.3 sec
780 CMR 2307.3.4.
Note b. Applicable to all grades of sanded exterior-type
plywood.
Note c. Applicable to underlayment grade and C-C
(plugged) plywood and single-floor grade panels.
Note d. 1 inch = 25.4 mm; 1 psf = 4.882 kg/ml
2307.3.4 Limitations: Table 2307.3.3 is
applicable to under layment grade, C-C (plugged),
single-floor grade and all grades of sanded
exterior-type plywood. For panels with a span
rating of other than 48 inches (1219 mm) on
center (o.c), the allowable uniform /oa<i based on
a deflection of 1/360 of the span is 100 psf (488
kg/m^). Panels with a span rating of 48 inches
o.c. are limited to a total load of 65 psf (317
kg/m^) at the maximum span. Wood structural
panel edges shall have approved tongue-and-
groove joints or shall be supported with blocking,
unless %-inch minimum thickness underlayment
or Vh inches (38 mm) of approved cellular or
lightweight concrete is installed, or unless the
finish floor is of %-inch wood strip. If wood
strips are perpendicular to the supports,
thicknesses or span ratings shown for 16-inch
(406 mm) and 20-inch (508 mm) spans shall be
used on 24-inch (610 mm) spans. Spans are
limited to the values shown in Table 2307.3.3
because of the possible effects of concentrated
loads.
2307.3.5 Vertical maximum stud spacing: Stud
spacing for vertical sheathing shaU be as specified
in Table 2307.3.5.
Panel span rating
Panel
thickness
(inch)'' and
construction
Maximum stud spacing
(inches)
Exterior coverings nailed to:
Stud
Sheathing
12/0,16/0.20/0
or wall- 16 o.c.
5/16. %
16
16''
24/0,24/16,32/16
or wall - 24 o.c.
24
24^
Note a. Blocking of horizontal joints shall not be
required-
Note b. Plywood sheathing % inch thick or less shall be
applied with long dimension across studs.
Note c. ThretJ-ply plywood panels shall be applied with
long dimension across studs.
Noted. 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
2307.4 Stressed skin panel: For use in stressed skin
or other prefabricated construction, wood structural
panel design shall be determined by approved
engineering jmalysis or by the tests prescribed in
780 CMR 1710.0 for prefabricated assemblies.
780 CMR 2308.0 PARTICLEBOARD
2308.1 Standards: Particleboard shall conform to
ANSIA208.1 Xx^^dm Appendix A. Particleboard
shall be identified by the grade mark or the
certificate of inspection issued by an approved
agency.
2308.2 Floor underlayment: Underlayment shall
conform to Type 1-M-l or sanded Type 2-M-W of
ANSI A208.1 listed in Appendix A. Underlayment
shall not be less than Va inch in thickness and shall
be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
installation instructions.
2308.3 Subfloor or combination subfloor
underlayment: Allowable spans and grades for
combination subfloor underiayment shall be as
specified in Table 2308.3. All panels shall be
continuous over two or more spans and the tongue-
and-groove panels shall be installed with the long
dimension perpendicular to the supports. Uniform
deflection limitation shall be 1/360 of the span under
a minimum had of 100 psf Edges shall have
tongue-and-gi^oove joints or shall be supported with
blocking unless %-inch minimum thickness
underiayment is installed, or unless the finish floor
is of 25/32-inch wood strip.
390
780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
Table 2308.3
ALLOWABLE SPANS FOR
PARTICLEBOARD SUBFLOOM AND
COMBINATION SUBFLOOR
UNDERLAYMENT ^
Thickness
(inches)
Maximum spacing of supports (inches)
Grade
Subfloor
Combination subfloor
underlayment
2-M-W
V2
16
20
24
16
24
2-M-3
%
20
20
No4e a. For limitations on the use of Table 2308.3, see
780 CMR 2308.3
Note b. I inch = 25.4 mm.
2308=4 Roof sheaShmg: Allowable loads for roof
sheathing shall be in accordance with the spans and
grades specified in Table 2308.4. Panels shall be
continuous over two or more spans. Uniform load
deflection limitations shall be 1/I8O of the span under
live load phis dead load and 1/240 of the span under
live load oriiy. Edges of all %-inch panels and edges
of 7/16-inch panels with 24 inches (610 mm) o.c.
spacing shall be supported with blocking or edge
clips.
Table 2308.4
ALLOWABLE LIVE LOADS FOR
PARTICLEBOARD ROOF SHEATHING'''''
Grade
2Mrm
Thickness
(inches)
%
mm
iljl
Maximum on-
center spacing
of supports
(inches')
16
24
Live load
(pounds
per square
foot)
45
$m
iii
40
Total load
(pounds per
square foot)
65
mm
iii
55
Note a. For limitations on the use of Table 2308,4, see
780 CMR 2308.4.
Note b. 1 inch = 25.4 ram; 1 pound per square foot =
4.882 kg/m^.
1308.5 Siding and sheathing: Allowable spans and
grades of particleboard siding and sheathing shall be
as specified in Tables 2308.5(1) and 2308.5(2).
Table 2308.5(1)
ALLOWABLE SPANS FOR EXPOSED
PARTICLEBOARD PANEL SIDING
Grade
Stud
spacing
(inches)
Minimum thickn
Siding
ess (inches)
Exterior ceilings
and sofiits
Direct to
studs
Continuous
support
Direct to
supports
2-M-W
16
24
3/8
Vz
3/16
5/16
5/16
%
2-M-l and
2-M-2
16
24
-
WOOD
Table 2308.5(2)
ALLOWABLE SPANS FOR
PARTICLEBOARD WALL SHEATHING^
Thickness
(inches)
Stud spacing (inches)
Grade
Siding nailed
to studs
Sheathing under
coverings parallel or
perpendicular to
studs
2.M-W
3/16
3/8
7/16
16
24
24
16
24
2-M-l and
2-M-2
3/8
•/2
16
16
16
Note a. Where not exposed to the weather and where the
long dimension of the panel is parallel or perpendicular
to the studs.
Note b. 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
780 CMR 2309.0 FIBERBOARD
2309.1 Standards: Insulating boards manufactured
with wood or other vegetable fibers which are used
as buildmg boards for sheathing, roof decks, interior
wall and ceiling finishes, roof insulation or sound
deadening, shall be vermin-proof, resistant to rot-
producing fungi, water-repellent and shall conform
to the strength and durability tests specified in
ASTM C208 and C532 and AHA A 194.1 listed in
Appendix A. Sheathing that is utilized structurally
shall be so identified by an approved agency. Where
required under the provisions of 780 CMR 7 or 8,
the boards shall be protected or treated to develop
the required fireresistance rating or flameresistance
as determined by test.
2309.2 JJoDBting: To insure tight-fitting assemblies,
edges shall be manufactured with square,
shiplapped, beveled, tongue-and-groove or U-shaped
joints.
2309.3 Roof insulation: Where used as roof
insulation in all types of construction, fiberboards
shall be protected with an approved roof covering.
Where installed and
firestoppedXQ comply with 780 CMR 7, fiberboards
are permitted as wall insulation in all types of
construction. In fire wall and fire separation wall
constructions, unless treated to comply with
780 CMR 803.2 for Class 1 materials, the boards
shall be cemented directly to the masonry or other
noncombustible base and shall be protected with an
approved noncombustible veneer anchored to the
base without intervening air spaces.
2309.5 Drywall constnictioiii: Where fireresistance
ratings are required, provision shall be made for
interlocking, lapping or otherwise protecting the
joints between adjacent boards to insure smoke and
flame tightness.
Note a. 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
391
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDrNG REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
2309.6 Insulating roof deck: Where used as roof
decking in open beam construction, fiberboard
insulating roof deck siiali have a nominal thickness
of not less than one inch.
2309.7 Siding: Hardboard siding shall comply with
AHA A135.6 listed in Appendix A.
2309.8 Shear capacity: Wood stud walls sheathed
with fiberboard sheathing are permitted to resist
horizontal loads provided that such walls comply
with Table 2309.8. Fiberboard shear walls shall not
be utilized to resist horizontal loads from concrete or
masonry walls.
Table 2309.8
ALLOWABLE SHEAR CAPACITY FOR
WIND OR SEISMIC LOADING ON SHEAR
WALLS OF FIBERBOARD SHEATHING
BOARD
Thickness and
grade
Fastener type
Shear capacity for 3-
inch nail spacing
around perimeter and
6>inch at intermediate
studs (poundsLper foot
of wall) '
'/2-inch Regular
density
No. 1 1 ga. galv.
Roofing nail 1 '/z"
long 7/i6"head
50
'/2-inch
Intermediate
density
No. 1 1 ga. galv.
Roofing nail I'/i"
long 7/i6"head
60
2J/32-inch
Regular density
No. 1 1 ga. galv.
Roofing nail iVi"
lonp7/i6"head
60
Note a. Fiberboard sheathing is permitted to be stapled
using 16-gage galvanized staples IVs inch long for Vi-
inch sheathing and IVi inch long for 2S/32-inch sheathing.
Staples shall have a minimum cro\vn of 7/i6 inch and
shall be spaced three inches o.c. at edges and sbc inches
o.c. at studs.
l^ote b. Where studs are permitted to be located at 24
inches o.c., the shear capacity shall not be greater than 50
pounds per linear foot (plf).
Note c. 1 inch = 25.4 mm: 1 plf = 1.489 kg/m.
2309.8.1 Framing: Four-foot by eight-foot
fiberboard sheathing shall be applied vertically to
wood studs not less than two inches nominal in
thickness spaced 16 inches (406 mm) on center.
Exception: Studs on 24-inch centers are
permitted for "/2-inch intermediate density
sheathing and 25/32-inch regular density
sheathing in accordance with Table 2309.8.
2309.8.2 Nailing: Nailing shall be in accordance
with Table 2309.8. Nails shall be spaced not less
than % inch (10 mm) from edges and ends of
sheathing.
780 CTVIR 2310.0 FIRERETARDANT-
TREATEDWOOD
2310.1 Applications: Fireretardant-treated wood
shall comply with 780 CMR 23 10.0. Where Table
602 permits fireretardant-treated wood in Types 1
and 2 construction, fireretardant-treated wood shall
not be utilized in loadbearing walls or in assemblies
with a required fireresistance rating of more than one
hour.
2310.2 General: Fireretardant-treated wood shall be
any wood product which, when impregnated with
chemicals by a pressure process in accordance with
AWPA C20 or AWPA C27 listed in Appendix A, or
other means during manufacture, shall have, when
tested in accordance with ASTM E84 listed in
Appendix A, a flame spread rating not greater than
25 when the test is continued for a period of 30
minutes, without evidence of significant progressive
combustion; and the flame front shall not progress
more than 10'/2 feet (3048 nun) beyond the
centerline of the burner at any time during the test.
Fireretardant-treated wood shall be dried to a
moisture content of 19% or less for lumber and 15%
or less for plywood before use.
2310.2.1 Strength modifications: Design values
for untreated lumber, as specified in 780 CMR
2303.1, shall be adjusted for lumber that is
pressure impregnated with fireretardant
chemicals. Adjustments to the design values
shall be based upon an approved method of
investigation which takes into consideration the
effects of the anticipated temperature and
humidity to which the fireretardant-treated wood
will be subjected, the type of treatment and
redrying procedures.
2310.2.2 Labeling: Fireretardant-treated lumber
and plywood shall bear the label of approved
agencies in accordance with 780 CMR 1704.3.2.
Such labels shall indicate compliance with the
appropriate treating standard in accordance with
780 CMR 2310.2 and indicate compliance with
780 CMR 23 10.2.1.
2310.3 Exposure to weather: Where fireretardant-
treated wood is to be exposed to the weather, the
material shall be fiirther identified to indicate that
there is not an increase in the listed flame spread
classification afrer being weathered in accordance
with ASTM D2898 listed in Appendix A.
Fireretardant-treated wood subjected to high-
humidity conditions shall be identified to indicate
that the treated wood has a moisture content of not
over 28% when tested at 92% relative humidity m
accordance with ASTM D3201 listed in
Appendix A.
392
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
780 CMR 2311.0 NATURALLY DURABLE
AND PRESERVATWE-TREATEB WOOD
2311.1 Required: Where protection of wood
members is required because of exposure to soil or
weather, protection shall be provided by using
naturally durable or preservative-treated wood as
required by 780 CMR 23 1 1 .0.
2311.2 Naturally durable wood: The term
"naturally durable wood" refers to the heartwood of
the following species with the exception that an
occasional piece with comer sapwood is permitted if
90% or more of the width of each side on which it
occurs is heartwood
Decay resistant: Redwood, cedar, black locust
and black walnut.
Termite resistant: Redwood and Eastern red
cedar
231 L3 Preservative-treated wood: The term
^* preservative-treated wood" refers to wood
(including plywood) pressure treated with
preservatives, that conforms to retention, penetration
and other requirements applicable to the species,
product, treatment and conditions of use in AWPA
C 1, C2 and C9 listed m Appendix A. Preservatives
shall conform to AWPA P1/P13, P2, P5, P8 and P9
\isXedm Appendix A. Lumber and plywood in wood
foundation systems shall conform to 780 CMR
1808.3.
2311.3.1 Identiilcadon: All piles, poles, lumber
and plywood which are required to be
preservative-treated shall bear the quality mark of
an approved agency that maintains continuing
supervision, testing and inspection over the
quality of the product. Quality-control inspection
agencies for preservative-treated wood shall be
certified as to competency and performance by an
approved organization. Said mark shall include
the following information in a legible format:
identification of the inspection agency; the
standard to which the product is treated; the
identification of the treating plant; and the
purpose for which the product has been treated.
The mark shall be permanently affixed to each
piece unless specifically waived by the code
ofUciai.
2311.3.2 Moisture mntent Where wood that is
pressure treated with a water-borne preservative
is used in enclosed locations where drying in
service cannot readily occur, such wood shall be
at a moisture content of 19% or less before being
covered with insulation, interior wall finish, floor
covering or other material.
2311.3.3 Fasteners: Fasteners for preservative-
treated wood shall be of hot-dipped, zinc-coated,
galvanized stainless steel, silicon bronze, copper
or other corrosion-resistant materials. Fasteners
WOOD
for wood foundations shall be as required in
AFPA TR7 listed in Appendix A.
231 L4 Wood used above ground: Wood installed
above ground in the locations specified in 780 CMR
23 11 .4, 1 through 23 11 .4.6 shall be naturally durable
wood or preservative-treated v/ood that uses water-
borne preservatives, and shall be treated in
accordance with AWPA C2 or C9 listed in
Appendix A for above-ground use.
2311.4.1 Joists and girders: Where wood joists
or the bottom of a wood structural floor without
joists are closer than 18 inches (457 mm), or
wood girders are closer than 12 inches (305 mm),
to the exposed ground in crawl spaces or unex-
cavated areas located v^athin the perimeter of the
building foundation, the floor assembly (including
posts, girders, joists and subfloor) shall be of
approved naturally durable or preservative-treated
wood.
2311.4.2 Framing: All wood framing members,
including wood sheathing, which rest on exterior
foundation walls and are less than eight inches
(203 mm) from exposed earth shall be of
approved naturally durable or preservative-treated
wood.
2311.4.3 Sleepers and sills: Sleepers and sills on
a concrete or masonry slab which is in direct
contact with earth shall be of approved naturally
durable or preservative-treated wood.
2311.4.4 Girder ends: The ends of wood girders
entering exterior masonry or concrete walls shall
be provided with a Va-inch (13 mm) air space on
top, sides and end, unless approved naturally
durable or preservative-treated v/ood is used.
2311.4.5 Clearance: Clearance between wood
siding and earth on the exterior of a building shall
not be less than sk inches (152 mm) except where
siding, sheathing and wall firaming are of
approved preservative-treated wood.
231L4.6 Posts or columns: Posts or columns
supporting permanent structures and supported by
a concrete or masonry slab or footing which is in
direct contact with the earth shall be of approved
naturally durable or preservative-treated v/ood
Exceptions:
1 . Posts or columns which are either exposed
to the weather or located in basements or
cellars, supported by concrete piers or metal
pedestals projecting at least one inch (25 mm)
above the slab or deck and six inches (152 mm)
above exposed earth, and are separated
therefrom by an impervious moisture barrier.
2. Posts or columns in enclosed crawl spaces
or unexcavated areas located v^dthin the
periphery of the building, supported by a
concrete pier or metal pedestal at a height
greater than eight inches (203 mm) from
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
393
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
exposed ground, and are separated therefrom
by an impervious moisture barrier.
23U.5 Wood in contact with the ground: All
wood in contact with the ground (exposed earth)
which supports permanent structures that are
intended for human occupancy, shall be of approved
naturally durable ot preservative-treated v/ood using
water-borne preservatives and shall be treated in
accordance with AWPA C2 or C9 h'sted in
Appendix A for ground contact, where used in the
locations specified in 780 CMR 2311.5.1 and
2311.5.2.
Exception: Untreated wood is permitted where
such wood is entirely below the ground water
level or where continuously submerged in fresh
water.
2311.5.1 Posts or columns: Sawn posts and
columns supporting permanent structures that are
intended for human occupancy and which are
embedded in concrete in direct contact with the
earth or embedded in concrete exposed to the
weather, or in direct contact with the earth, shall
be of approved preservative-treated wood.
2311.5.2 Wood structural members: Wood
structural members that support moisture-
permeable floors or roofs which are exposed to
the weather - such as concrete or masonry slabs -
shall be of approved naturally durable or
preservative-treated wood unless separated from
such floors or roofs by an impervious moisture
barrier.
2311.6 Geographical areas: In geographical areas
where experience has demonstrated a specific need,
approved naturally durable or preservative-treated
wood shall be utilized for those portions of wood
members which form the structural supports of
buildings, balconies, porches or similar permanent
building appurtenances where such members are
exposed to the weather without adequate protection
from a roof, eave, overhang or other covering to
prevent moisture or water accumulation on the
surface or at joints between members. Depending
on local experience, such members include, but are
not limited to, the following:
1. Horizontal members such as girders, joists and
decking;
2. Vertical members such as posts, poles and
columns; or
3. Both horizontal and vertical members.
2311.7 Wood used in retaining walls: Wood
installed in retaining or crib walls shall be of
approved preservative-treated wood treated in
accordance with AWPA C2 or C9 listed in
Appendix A for ground contact, except as indicated
in 780 CMR 23 1 1.7. 1 through 23 1 1 .7.3.
2311.7.1 Untreated wood: Where the wall is not
more than two feet (610 mm) in height and is
separated from the lot line or a permanent
building by a minimum distance equal to the
height of the wall, the wall is permitted to be of
untreated wood.
2311.7.2 Naturally durable wood on the lot
line: Wliere a retaining wall or a crib wall is not
more than two feet (610 mm) in height and is
located on the lot line, approved naturally durable
wood is permitted.
2311.7.3 Naturally durable wood separated:
Where a retaining wall or a crib wall is not more
than four feet (1219 mm) in height and is
separated from the lot line or a permanent
building by a minimum distance equal to the
height of the wall, approved naturally durable
wood is permitted.
780 CMR 2312.0 JOIST HANGERS
2312.1 Test standard: The vertical loadbearing
capacity, torsional moment capacity, and deflection
characteristics of joist hangers shall be determined
in accordance with ASTM D1761 listed in
Appendix A, using lumber having a specific gravity
of 0.49 or greater but not greater than 0.55 as
determined in accordance with AFPA NDS listed in
Appendix A for the joist and headers.
2312.2 Vertical load capacity: The vertical load
capacity for the joist hanger shall be determined by
testing three joist hanger assemblies as specified in
ASTM D 1 76 1 listed in Appendix A. If the ultimate
vertical load for any one of the tests varies more
than 20% from the average ultimate vertical load, at
least three additional tests shall be conducted. The
allowable vertical load for a normal duration of
loading of the joist hanger shall be the lowest value
determined from the following:
1. The lowest ultimate vertical load from any
test divided by 2.5 (where three tests are
conducted and each ultimate vertical load does
not varj' more than 20% from the average ultimate
vertical load).
2. The average ultimate vertical load for all tests
divided by six (where sbc tests are conducted).
3. The vertical load at which the vertical
movement of the joist with respect to the header
is 0.125 inch (3 mm) in any test.
4. The allowable design load for nails or other
fasteners utilized to secure the joist hanger to the
wood members.
5. The allowable design load for the wood
members fomung the connection.
2312.3 Torsional moment capacity: The torsional
moment capacity for the joist hanger shall be
determined by testing at least three joist hanger
assemblies as specified in ASTM D1761 listed in
Appendix A. The allowable torsional moment for
394
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
WOOD
normal duration of loading of the joist hanger shall
be the average torsional moment at which the lateral
movement of the top or bottom of the joist with
respect to the original position of the joist is 0.125
inch.
2312.4 Design vafye modifications: Allowable
design values for joist hangers which are determined
by failure of the metal-to-wood connection shall be
permitted to be modified by the appropriate duration
of loading factors as specified in AFP A NDS listed
m Appendix A. Allowable design values determined
by failure of the metal joist hanger shall not be
modified by duration of loading factors.
780 CMR 2313.0 PREFABRICATED
COMPONENTS
2313.1 Structural glued-Iaminated members:
Buildings and structures designed and erected of
glued-laminated structural members or of composite
members of dimension lumber and wood structural
panels shall comply with 780 CMR 23 13.0.
23i3.Ll Exposed structural glued°lamiEated
timber: Those portions of glued-laminated
timbers which form the structural supports of a
building or other structure and are exposed to
weather and not properly protected by a roof, eave
overhang or similar covering, shall be treated in
accordance with AITC 109 listed in Appendix A
or shall be manufactured fi-om approved naturally
durable woods.
2313.1.2 Glued-Iamlnated members: Design and
fabrication of built-up beam and column sections,
which consist of one or more webs with glued-
lumber flanges and stiffeners, shall be based upon
an approved method which takes into
consideration the conditions of use. Glued-
Iaminated elements shall be subject to a quality
control program administered by an approved
agency and shall bear a label in accordance with
780 CMR 1704.3. Such label shall contain the
information required by 780 CMR 1704.3.3.
2313J.3 Gluing surfaces: In glued-lumber
constructions, the surfaces to be giued shall be
worked to a smooth, flat surface without sanding
and shall be free from wax, grease or oil to insure
a complete glue bond over the entire contact.
Factory-sanded wood structural panels shall be
permitted.
2313.2 Sandwich panels: Design and fabrication
of sandwich panels or other integrated assemblies
which are fabricated of dimension lumber with
wood stress coverings glued thereto, or which
consist of structural units of metal-covered or
molded wood structural panels or other approved
plastics formed and molded into prefabricated
loadbearing members, shall be based upon an
approved method which takes into consideration
the conditions of installation or meets the test
requirements of 780 CMR 1704.0, 1709.0 and
1710.0. Sandwich panels shall be subject to a
quality control program administered by an
approved agency and shall bear a label in
accordance with 780 CMR 1704.3. Such label
shall contain the information required by
780 CMR 1704.3.3
2313.2.1 Splices: Splices and connections
between panels shall be weather tight and shall
be of sufficient strength to resist two and one-
half times the design live load to which such
splices v^ll be subjected in normal installation.
The fastening of coverings to structural studs,
ribs or joists shall provide a rigidity equivalent
to approved gluing. Nailing shall not be
acceptable for that purpose.
2313.3 Prefabricated trusses: Prefabricated trusses
shall be designed to resist all superimposed design
loads.
2313.3.1 Roof trusses: Metal-plate-connected
roof trusses shall be designed in accordance with
TPI Design Specifications for Metal Plate
Connected Wood Trusses and AFPA NDS listed
in Appendix Ay and shall be braced to prevent
rotation and provide lateral stability.
2313.3.2 Floor trusses: Metal-plate-connected
floor trusses shall be designed in accordance with
TPI Design Specifications for Metal Plate
Connected Parallel Chord Wood Trusses and
AFPA NDS listed in Appendix A.
2313.4 Special inspectiou: The fabrication process
for prefabricated wood components shall be subject
to special inspection as required by 780 CMR
1705.4.
2313.5 Prefabricated wood I-joists: Structural
capacities and design provisions for prefabricated
wood I joists shall be established and monitored in
accordance with ASTM D5055 listed in
Appendix A.
211 m (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
395
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
396 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
CHAPTER 24
GLASS AND GLAZING
780 CMR 240L0 GENERAL
240L1 Scope: The provisions of 780 CMR 24 shall
govern the materials, design, construction and
quality of glass and glazing in vertical and sloped
applications. For the definition of approved light-
transmitting plastic, see 780 CMR 2604. 1. Safety
gladng materials shall conform to the
requirements of M.G.L c. 143, §§ 3T, 3U, and3V,
as amended and CPSC 16 CFR; 1201, as
applicable,
780 CMR 2402.0 GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS FOR GLASS
2402.1 Marking: Each lite shall bear the
manufacturer's mark designating the type and
thickness of glass. The mark shall not be omitted
unless approved and an affidavit is furnished by the
glazing contractor certifying that each lite is glazed
in accordance with approved plans and
specifications in accordance with the provisions of
780 CMR 24. Safety glazing shall be marked in
accordance with 780 CMR 2405.1.1 and shall
conform to the requirements of M.G.L, c 143,
§§3T, 3U, and3V, as amended. The mark shall not
be omitted from tempered glass. Each unit of
tempered glass shall be permanently identified by
the manufacturer's mark. The identifying mark shall
be etched or ceramic fired on the glass and shall be
visible when the unit is glazed. Tempered spandrel
glass is exempted from permanent marking, but shall
be provided with a removable paper marking by the
manufacturer.
2402.2 Glass supports: Where one or more sides of
any Hie of glass is not firmly supported, or is
subjected to unusual load conditions, detailed
construction documents, detailed shop drawings and
analysis or test data assuring safe performance for
the specific installation shall be prepared by a
registered design professional and approved.
Analysis shall be based on the wind loads required
by 780 CMR 1611.6. The elevation of the glazed
openings shall be computed by adding the distances
from grade to the head and sill, respectively, and
dividing the sum by two.
2402.3 Interior glaxed areas: Where interior
glazing is installed adjacent to a walking surface, the
differential deflection of two adjacent unsupported
edges shall not be greater than the thickness of the
panels when a force of 50 pounds per linear foot
(730 N/m) is applied horizontally to one panel at any
point up to 42 inches (1067 mm) above the walking
surface.
2402.4 Glass dlmensioitsail tolerance: Glass
thickness tolerances shall comply with those
established in Table 2402.4. Where the thickness is
to be controlled, nominal values are stated subject to
the tolerances shown in Table 2402.4.
Table 2402.4
MINIMUM GLASS THICKNESS
Nominal thickness
(inches)
Plate glass
minimum thici<ness
(inches)
Sheet glass
minimum thickness
(inches)
Single strength (SS)
Double strength (DS)
Vs
Vie
13/64
mi
%.
5/16
%
'A
%
-. ."'^^ " ■
Vs
I
iva
0.094
iieipiiiiiiii
0.218
0.281
0.343
0.468
0.562
0:689
0.750
0.875
1.125
0.085
0.115
0.182
^0.205
0.236
0.357
■IliBI
ii-iiiiiliifiiiiffl:
Notes. One inch = 25.4 mm.
2402.5 Louvered wkdows or Jalousies: Regular
float, wired and patterned glass in louvered windows
and jalousies shall not be thinner than nominal 3/16
inch and not longer than 48 inches (1219 mm).
Where other glass types are used, design shall be
submitted to the code official for approval. Exposed
glass edges shall be smooth. Wired glass with wire
exposed on longitudinal edges shall not be used in
jalousies or louvered windows.
780 CMR 2403.0 WIND, SNOW AND DEAD
LOADS ON GLASS
2403.1 Vertical glass: All glass within 15 degrees
(0.26 rad) of vertical in windows, curtain and
window walls, doors and other exterior applications
shall be designed to resist the wind loads in
780 CMR 1611.6 for components and cladding.
Maximum allowable sizes shall be based on Figure
2403.1. The equivalent load for use in the figure
shall be determined by dividing the design wind load
by the applicable factor from Table 2403.1. Figure
2403.1 is for rectangular glass firmly supported on
all four edges.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
397
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
2403.2 Sloped glass: All glass sloped more than 15
degrees (0.26 rad) from vertical in skylights,
sunspaces, sloped roofs and other exterior
applications shall be designed to resist the
combination of wind loads in 780 CMR 1611.6 for
components and cladding, the snow loads in
780 CMR 1610.0, and the glass dead load.
Maximum allowable sizes shall be based on Figure
2403.1. Figure 2403.1 is for rectangular glass firmly
supported on all four edges.
The combined load shall be calculated as follows.
The largest of 1, 2 or 3 shall be used:
1 . Negative wind load; -Fx dead load
2. Positive w/W/ook/; + Fx (dead load + Vj wind
load)
3.Fx (snow load+ dead load) + '/: positive wind
load
where:
F=2.0 where any pane or ply is regular glass.
F = 1.5 where any pane or ply is heat-
strengthened glass and the remainder are fully
tempered glass.
F - 1.2 where all panes and plies are fiilly
tempered glass.
The glass dead load is equal to the cosine of the
slope from horizontal x the total glass thickness in
inches X 13.
The equivalent load for use in Figure 2403. 1 shall
be determined by dividing the combined load by the
applicable factor from Table 2403.2.
Table 2403.1
FACTORS FOR VERTICAL GLASS
Factor
Glass type for use with figure
2403.1
Single Glass
Regualr (annealed)
Heat strengthened
Fully tempered
Wired
Patterned'*
Sandblasted*
Laminated; regular piles:
Laminated, heat strengthened pli^
Lamktatedt fully tempered plies '
Insulating Glass
Regular, (annealed)
Heat sU'engthened
Fully tempered .
Laminated, rcgtilar piles
Laminated, heat strengthened plies '^
Laminated. ftiUv tempered plies
a.b
1.0
2.0
4.0
0.5
1.0
0.5
0.75
1.5
,3.0
1.8
3.6
12
L4
2J
Note a. For laminated glass, use the line in Figure
2403. 1 for total glass thickness (after adjusting wind load
by the factor in Table 2403. 1 ).
Note b. For laminated glass, values are based on two
pones of identical thickness and type.
Note c. For insulated glass, values are based on two
panes of identical thickness and type. Utilize thickness
for one pane. For example, tha maximum allowable area
for an insulating glass unit consisting of two plies of fully
tempered '/4-inch glass is determined using the line for
Vi-inch glass.
Note d. Values for patterned glass are based on the
thinnest part of the pattern. Interpolation between lines
in the figure is permitted.
Note e. Value for sandblasting glass is minimum and
depends on severity and depth of sandblast.
Figure 2403.1
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE AREA FOR
VERTICAL AND SLOPED GLASS
30 40 60 80 100 150 200
Equivalent Load Deteimined from 780 CMR 2403. 1 and
Table 2403.0 or 780 CMR 2403.2 and 2403.2 on psf
Table 2403.2
FACTORS FOR SLOPED GLASS
Factor
Glass type
for use with figure
2403.1
Single Glass
Regualr (annealed)
HeJ»t strengthened
folly tempered
0.72
U
3.6
Wired
0.36
Laminated, regular piles .
Laminatedrheat strengthened piies *
Laminated, X&atpeted pUes^
0^4
I.J
2,1
Insulating Glass
Regular, (annealed)
Heat strengthened
1.3
3.1
Fully tempered
Laminated, regular piles** -
Laminated, heat strengthened plies**
6.6
1.0
2.3
Laminated. fiiHv temnered nlies^
4.9
Note a. For laminated glass, use the line in Figure
2403.1 for total glass thickness (after adjusting wind
load by the factor in Table 2403.2).
Note b. For laminated glass, values are based on
two panes of identical thickness and type.
Note c. For insulated glass, values are based on
two panes of identical thickness and type. Utilize
thickness for one pane. For example, tha maximum
allowable area for an insulating glass unit consisting
of two plies of fiilly tempered Vi-inch glass is
determined using the line for Vi-inch glass.
398
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
GLASS AND GLAZING
780 CMR 2404.0 SLOPED GLAZING AM)
SKYLIGHTS
2404ol Sloped glazing: Any installation of glass or
other transparent, translucent or opaque glazing
material which is installed at a slope of 15 degrees
(0.26 rad) or more from the vertical plane
— including skylights, roofs and sloped walls — shall
comply with 780 CMR2404.0.
2404.2 Allowable glazing materials: Sloped
glazing shall be any of the following materials,
subject to the limitations specified in 780 CMR
2404.3 and the exceptions specified in 780 CMR
2404.4:
1 . For monolithic glazing systems, the glazing
material of the single light or layer shall be
laminated glass with a minimum 30-mil (762 ^m)
polyvinyl butyral interlayer, v^red glass,
approved plastic materials, heat-strengthened
glass or fully tempered glass.
2. For multiple-layer glazing systems, each light
or layer shall consist of any of the glazing
materials specified in 780 CMR 2404.2 item 1.
For additional requirements for plastic skylights,
see 780 CMR 2608.0. Glass-block construction shall
conform to the requirements of 780 CMR 21 15.0.
24043 Limltatiosis: Where used in monolithic
glazing systems, heat-strengthened glass and fully
tempered glass shall have screens installed below the
glazing material, subject to the exceptions in
780 CMR 2404.4, to protect building occupants
from falling glass should breakage occur. The
screens shall be capable of supporting the weight of
the glass and shall be substantially supported below
and installed within four inches (102 mm) of the
glass. The screens shall be constructed of a
noncombustible material not thinner than No. 12
B&S Gage (0.0808 inch) with a mesh not larger than
one inch by one inch (25 mm by 25 mm). In a
corrosive atmosphere, structurally equivalent
noncorrosive atmosphere, structurally equivalent
noncorrosive screening materials shall be used.
Where used in multiple-layer glazing systems as the
bottom glass layer over the walking surface, heat-
strengthened glass, fiilly tempered glass and wired
glass shall be equipped with screening that conforms
to the requirements specified for monolithic glazing .
systems.
2404.4 Esceptions: In monolithic and multiple-layer
sloped glazing systems, the following exceptions
apply:
1. Fully tempered glass installed without
protective screens where glazed between
intervening floors at a slope of 30 degrees (0.52
rad) or less from the vertical plane shall have the
highest point of the glass ten feet (3048 mm) or
less above the walking surface.
2. Screens are not required below any glazing
material, including annealed glass, where the
walking surface below the glazing material is
permanently protected from the risk of falling
glass or the area below the glazing material is not
a walking surface.
3. Any glazing material, including annealed
glass, is permitted to be installed without screens
in the sloped glazing systems of commercial or
detached greenhouses used exclusively for
growing plants and not open to the public,
provided that the height of the greenhouse at the
ridge does not exceed 20 feet (6096 mm) above
grade. (jreenhouse frames shall be
noncombustible if the height of the sloped glazing
exceeds 20 feet (6096 mm) above grade.
4. Screens shall not be required within dwelling
units of occupancies in Use Groups R-2 and R-3
where fully tempered glass or laminated glass
with a IS mil polyvinyl butyral interlayer is used
as single glazing or as both panes in an insulating
glass unit, and all of the following conditions are
met:
4.1. Each pane of glass is 16 square feet (1.5
m^) or less in area;
4.2. The highest point of the glass is 12 feet
(3658 mm) or less above any walking surface
or other area having access thereto; and
4.3. The glass thickness is 3/16 inch (5 mm)
or less.
2404J Framing: In Types I and 2 construction, all
sloped glazing and slQ'light frames shall be
constructed of noncombustible materials. In
buildings where acid fumes deleterious to metal are
incidental to the occupancy of the buildings,
approved pressure-treated woods or other approved
noncorrosive materials shall be permitted for sash
and frames. All sloped glazing and skylights shall be
designed to meet all structural requirements for roofs
specified in 780 CMR 16. AH skylights set at an
angle of less than 45 degrees (0,79 rad) from the
horizontal plane shall be mounted at least four
inches (102 mm) above the plane of the roof on a
curb construction as required for the frame.
Skylights shall not be installed in the plane of the
roof where the roof pitch is less than 45 degrees
(0.79 rad) from the horizontal
Exception: Curbs for skylights are not required
on roofs with a minimum slope of three units
vertical in 12 units horizontal (3:12) in
occupancies in Use Group R-3.
780 CMR 2405,0 SAJFETY GLAZING
2405.1 Hsiuian impact loads: Individual glazed
ar^s, inducing glass mirrors, in hazardous locations
such as those indicated in 780 CMR 2405.2 shall
pass the test requirements of CPSC 16 CFR; 1201
and shall conform to the requirements ofM.G.L,
c, 143, §§ 3T, 3U and 3V, as applicable, listed in
Appendix A. The requirements of 780 CMR 2405. 1
and 780 CMR 2405.2 and 2407.0 shall apply equally
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
399
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUTLDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
to replacement glass and new glass installation.
Additional requirements as specified in 780 CMR
2407.2 are to be satisfied for glass used in locations
where the hazard is of a continuous nature, such as
glass enclosures for sporting activities as identified
in 780 CMR 2407.1.
Exceptions;
1. Polished wired glass used in required fire
resistance rated assemblies or polished wire glass
used in hazardous locations such as those
indicated in 780 CMR 2405.2, items 6, 7, 8 and
9 shall comply with ANSI Z97.1 listed in
Appendix A.
2. Plastic glazing shall meet the weathering
requirements of ANSI Z97.1 listed in
Appendix A.
3. Glass-block walls shall comply with 780 CMR
2115.0.
2405.1.1 Marking: Each light of safety glazing
material installed in hazardous locations as
defined in 780 CMR 2405.2 shall bear a
permanent identifying mark issued by an
approved agency which specifies the marking
agency, whether manufacturer or mstaller, and
the test standard.
Exceptions
1. Polished wire glass is exempt from a
permanent identifying mark provided that
the distributor or the installer provides an
affidavit certifying that the polished wire
glass complies with ANSI Z9 7.1 listed in
Appendix A.
2. Laminated glass is exempt from a
permanent identifying mark provided that
the distributor or installer provides an
affidavit certifying that the laminated glass
complies with CPSC 16 CFR 1201, listed in
Appendix A.
2405.2 Specific hazardous locations: The following
shall be considered specific hazardous locations for
the purposes of glazing:
1 . Glazing in ingress and means ofegjress doors
except jalousies (see 780 CMR 2402.5).
2. Glazing in fixed and sliding panels of sliding
(patio) door assemblies and panels in swinging
doors.
3. Glazing in storm doors.
4. Glazing in all unfi-amed swinging doors.
5. Glazing in doors and enclosures for hot tubs,
whirlpools, saunas, steam rooms, bathtubs and
showers. Glazing in any portion of a building wall
enclosing these compartments where the bottom
exposed edge of the glazing is less than 60 inches
(1525 mm) above a standing surface.
6. Glazing in an individual fixed or operable
panel adjacent to a door where the nearest
exposed edge of the glazing is v^thin a 24-inch
(610 mm) arc of either vertical edge of the door in
a closed position and where the bottom exposed
edge of the glazing is less than 60 inches (1525
mm) above the walking surface.
7. Glazing in an individual fixed or operable
panel, other than in those locations described in
preceding items 5 and 6, which meets all of the
following conditions:
7.1. Exposed area of an individual pane
greater than nine square feet (0.84 m2);
7.2. Exposed bottom edge less than 18 inches
(460 mm) above the floor:
7.3. Exposed top edge greater than 36 inches
(915 mm) above the floor; and
7.4. One or more walking surface(s) within 36
inches (915 mm) horizontally of the plane of
the glazing.
8. All glazing in guards and railings regardless of
area or height above a walking surface. Included
are structural baluster panels and nonstructural in-
fill panels.
9. Glazing in walls and fences enclosing indoor
and outdoor swimming pools where the bottom
edge of the glazing on the pool side is less than 60
inches (1525 nmi) above a walking surface and
within 36 inches (914 mm) horizontally of a
walking surface. This shall apply to single glazing
and all panes in multiple glazing.
Exception: The following products, materials
and uses shall not be considered specific
hazardous locations:
1. Openings in doors through which a 3-inch
(76 mm) sphere is unable to pass.
2. Assemblies of leaded glass or faceted glass
and items of carved glass used for decorative
purposes in locations described in 780 CMR
2405.2, items 1,6 or 7.
3. Glazing materials used as curved glazed
panels in revolving doors.
4. Commercial refiigerated cabinet glazed
doors.
5. Glazing as described in 780 CMR 2405.2,
item 6, where there is an intervening wall or
some other permanent barrier that will prevent
a person approaching the door fi*om
accidentally striking the glazing.
6. Glazing as described in 780 CMR 2405.2,
item 7, where a protective bar is installed 34
inches to 38 inches (864 mm to 965 mm) above
the floor on the side of the glazing having
access thereto. The bar shall be capable of
withstanding a horizontal load bf 50 pounds
per linear foot (730 N/m) without contacting
the glass and be a minimum of Vh inches (38
mm) in height. The protective bar may be an
applied bar or an integral part of the glazed
framing dividing an upper lite from a lower
lite.
7. Outboard panes in insulating glass units
and other muhiple-glazed panels as described
in 780 CMR 2405.2, item 7, where the bottom
exposed edge of the glass is 25 feet (7620 mm)
or more above any grade, roof, walking surface
400
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
GLASS AND GLAZING
or other horizontal or sloped (within 45
degrees of horizontal) surface adjacent to the
glass exterior.
8. Louvered windows and jalousies complying
with the requirements of 780 CMR 2402.5.
9. Glazing which is mounted or hung on a
surface that provides a continuous backing
support.
2405.3 Giass In lire-fighter access panels: -In cases
where tempered glass is required in fire-fighter
access panels, both panes in double glazing shall be
tempered glass.
780 CMR 2406.0 GLASS IN HANDRAH^ AND
GUARDRAILS
2406.1 Materials: Glass used as structural
balustrade panels in railings shall be constructed of
either single flilly tempered glass, laminated fiilly
tempered glass or laminated heat-strengthened glass.
Glazing in railing in-fili panels shall conform to
ANSI Z97.1 listed in Appendix A or shall be of an
approved safety glazing material that conforms to
the provisions of 780 CMR 2405. L For all glazing
types, the minimum nominal thickness shall be V*
inch. Fully tempered glass and laminated glass shall
comply with Category n of CPSC 16 CFR; 1201,
listed in Appendix A. Wired glass shall comply with
ANSI Z97. 1 listed in Appendix A
2406.1.1 Loads: The panels and their support
system shall be designed to withstand the loads
specified in 780 CMR 1606.4. A safety factor of
4 shall be used.
2406.1.2 Support: Each handrail or guardrail
section shall be supported by a minimum of three
glass balusters or shall be otherwise supported to
remain in place should one baluster panel fail.
Glass balusters shall not be installed without an
attached handrail or guardrail.
2406.1.3 Parking garages: Glazing materials
shall not be installed in railings in parking
garages except for pedestrian areas not exposed
to impact from vehicles.
780 CMR 2407.0 GLA2!ING IN
MACQUETBALL AND SQUASH COURTS
2407.1 Continuiously hazardous locations: The
following shall be considered continuously
hazardous locations for the purposes of glazing:
1. Glazing in squash and racquetball courts
which forms whole or partial wall sections.
2. Glazing in squash and racquetball courts
which is used as a door or part of a door.
2407.2 Testing: Test methods and loads for
individually glazed areas such as those described in
780 CMR 2407.1 shall conform to those of CPSC 16
CFR; 1201, listed in Appendix A, with impacts
being applied at a height from ground level of 59
inches (1499 mm) to an actual or smiulated glass
wall installation with fixtures, fittings and methods
of assembly, identical to those used in practice.
In order to be deemed acceptable, the following
conditions shall be achieved for glass walls:
1 . Any glass wall in a squash or racquetball court
shall remain intact following a test impact.
2. The deflection of such walls shall not be
greater than IV2 inches (38 mm) at the point of
impact.
In order to be deemed acceptable, the following
conditions shall be achieved for glass doors:
1. Glass doors shall remain intact following a
test impact at the prescribed height in the center
of the door.
2. The relative deflection between the edge of a
glass door and the adjacent wall shall not exceed
the following values for the impact test bag-drop
heights:
2.1. The thickness of the wall plus Ve inch (3
mm) for a drop height of 24 inches (610 mm).
2.2. The thickness of the wall plus V4 inch (6
mm) for a drop height of 36 inches (914 mm).
2.3. The thickness of the wall plus Vz inch (13
mm) for a drop height of 48 inches (1219 mm).
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
401
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUE^DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
402 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
CHAPTER 2S
GYPSUM BOARD AND PLASTER
780 CMR 2501.0 GENERAL
250L1 Scope: The provisions of 780 CMR 25 shall
govern the materials, design, construction and
quality of gypsum and plaster.
780 CMR 2502.0 SHEAR WALLS
2S02ol General: Wood frame shear walls
constructed in accordance with the materials and
provisions of Table 2502.1 are permitted to resist
wind and seismic forces. Where such construction
is designed to resist seismic forces, the panel size
and arrangement provisions of 780 CMR 2306.4.7
shall be met in addition to 780 CMR 2502.0.
2502.1.1 Nailing: All studs, top and bottom
plates and blocking shall be nailed in
accordance with Table 2502.1.
2502.1.2 Limitations: Shear walls shall not be
used to resist horizontal loads from masonry or
concrete walls.
Table 2S02.1
SHEAR CAPACITY FOR SHEAR WALLS OF LATH AND PLASTER, .
GYPSUM SHEATHING BOARD, AND GYPSUM WALLBOARD WOOD FRAME ASSEMBLIES
Type of material
Thickness
of material
(inch)
Wall
construction
Nail spacing
maximum
(inches)
Allowable
shear
pounds per
foot of wall
Fastener size
Woven or welded wire lath and
Portland cement plaster
%
Unblocked
6
180
No. 1 1 gage, 1 Vz inches
ling, 7/16-inch head, or
No. 16 gage staples
having %-inch-long legs
Gypsum lath, plain or
perforated
% lath and
Vz plaster
Unblocked
5
100
No. 13 gage, iVe inches
long, 1 9/64- inch head,
plasterboard blued nail
Gypsum
2 feet X 8 feet
Vt
Unblocked
. 4
75
175
No 1 1 gage. l'/4 inches
sheathing
4 feet X 8 feet
Blocked
4
long, 7/16-inch head,
diamond point.
board
4 feet X 8 feet
Unblocked
7
100
galvanized
Unblocked
7
100
Unblocked
4
125
Vi
Blocked
7
125
5d cooler nails
Gypsum wallboard
Blocked
4
150
%
Blocked
4
175
6d cooler nails
Blocked
two ply
Base ply 9 inches
Face plv 7 inches
250
Base ply - 6d cooler nails
Face ply - 8d cooler nails
Noie a. Shear values are based on a maxinium framing spacing of 16 inches (406 mm) on center.
Note 1j. 1 inch = 25.4 mm; 1 foot - 304.8 mm; 1 pound per foot = 1,489 kg/m.
780 CMR 2S03oO GYPSUM BOARD
MATERIALS
2S03.1 General: All gypsum board materials and
accessories shall be marked to indicate the
appropriate standards referenced in 780 CMR 2503
and stored so as to protect such materials &om the
weather.
2503.2 Sita^dlards: All gj^sum board materials shall
conform to the appropriate standards listed in Table
2503.2 and Append A.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR = Sixth Edition
403
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGU1.ATI0NS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Table 2503.2
GYPSUM BOARD MATERIALS AND
ACCESSORIES
Material
Standard
Gypsum sheathing
Gypsum wallboard
ASTM C79
ASTM C36
Joint xetoforcing tape and
compound
Mails fyt gypsum boards
Steel screws
ASTMC474;C475
ASTMC514
ASTMCt002;C9S4
Steel studs, nonloadbearing
Water-resistant gypsum
backing board
ASTM C645
ASTM C630
2503.3 Installation: Installation of these materials
shall conform to 780 CMR 2504.0 and Table 2503.3,
except as otherwise required by 780 CMR.
2503.4 Water-resistant gypsum backer board: In
all areas subjected to repeated damp conditions and
moisture accumulation such as bathtub and shower
compartments, water-resistant gypsum backer board
complying with ASTM C630 listed in Appendix A
shall be used as a substratum unless protected with
a moistureproof and vaporproof covering.
Table 2503.3
MAXIMUM SPACING OF GYPSUM WALLBOARD FASTNERS
Thickness of
Plane of
framing
surface
Long dimension
of gypsum
wallboard sheets
in relation to
direction of
framing members
Maximum
spacing of
framing members
(center-to-center
in inches)
Ma>dmum spacing of
fasten«TS (center-to-center
in inches)
Nails to wood
wallboard (inch)
Nails'-''
Screws
Horizontal
Either direction
16
7
12
No 13 gage, l%"long
Vi
Horizontal
Perpendicular
24
7
12
19/64" head. /0.098 inch
diameter, iVilong,
Vertical
Either direction
24
8
12
Annular ringed, 5d cooler
nail
Horizontal
Either direction
16
7
12
No. 13 gage, 1%" long.
%
Horizontal
Perpendicular
24
7
12
19/64" head, 0.098 mch
diameter, l%"long.
Vertical
Either direction
24
8
12
Annular ringed, 6d cooler
nail.
Fastening required with adhesive application
or
Horizontal
Either direction
16
16
16
As required for Vi" and
Horizontal
Perpendicular
24
12
16
%" gypsum wallboard.
%
Vertical
Either direction
24
16
24
2 layers each
Horizontal
Perpendicular
24
16
16
Base ply nailed as
required for Vi" gypsum
wallboard and face ply
placed with adhesive
%" (y* total)
Vertical
Either direction
24
24
24
Note a. Where the metal firaming has a clinching design formed to receive the nails by two edges of metal, the
nails shall not be less than % inch longer than the wallboard thickness, and shall have ringed shanks. Where the metal
firaming has a nailing groove formed to receive the nails, the nails shall have barbed shanks or be 5d cooler nails (No
13'/x gage, 1% inches long, 15/64-inch head) for '/i-mch gypsum wallbosird (No. 13 gage, 1% mches long, 15/64-inch
head) for %-inch gypsum wallboard.
Note b. Two nails at two inches to 2Vi inches apart are permitted to be used if the pairs are spaced 12 inches
center-to-center except around perimeters.
Note c. Screws shall be No. 6 with tapered head and long enough to penetrate into wood framing not less than
% inch and metal fi-aming not less than V* inch.
Note d. For fireresistance rated construction assemblies, see the pertinent fu'e test information.
Note e. I inch = 25.4 mm.
404
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
GYPSUM BOARD AND PLASTER
780 CMR 2504„0 GYPSUM
CONSTRUCTION
2504.1 General: Gypsum board and plaster
construction shall be of the materials listed in Table
2503.2 and Table 2505.2. These materials shall be
assembled and installed in compliance with the
appropriate standards listed in Table 2504.1 and
Appendix A.
Table 2504.1
INSTALLATION OF GYPSUM
CONSTRUCTION
Material
Gypsum plaster
Gypsum veneer base
Standard
ASTM C842
ASTM C844
(^sora veneer plaster ASTMC843
Ulterior lalbinf and fiirring - ' ASTM C84]
Steel framing for gypsum
boards
ASTMC754;C1007
2504.2 Limitations: Gypsum construction shall not
be used in any exterior location where such gj/psum
construction will be exposed directly to the weather.
2504.3 Inspection: The building official shall be
notified not less than 24 hours in advance of all
plastering work or installation of any gypsum board
except gypsum lath. Plaster shall not be applied
until after the lathing or other plaster base has been
inspected and approved.
2504.4 Weather protection: When plastering work
is in progress, the building or structure shall be
enclosed and conditioned to provide proper
ventilation and temperatures not less than 40 °F
(4°C) nor more than 80 "F (27X) from one week
prior to the plastering operation and until one week
following or until the plaster is dry.
780 CMR 2505.0 INTERIOR LATHING
AND GYPSUM PLASTERING
2505.1 General; All interior lathing and gypsum
plastering materials and accessories shall be marked
to indicate the appropriate standards referenced in
780 CMR 2505.0 and stored in such a manner as to
protect them from the weather.
2505.2 Standards: All interior lathing and gypsum
plastering materials shall conform to the standards
listed in Table 2505.2 and Appendix A and, where
required for fire protection, shall also conform to the
provisions of780 CMR 7.
Table 2505.2
PLASTERING MATERIALS AND
ACCESSORIES
Material
Standard
Exterior plaster bonding compounds
Gypsum base for veneer plasters
Gypsum casting and molding plaster
ASTM C932
ASTMC588
ASTMC59
(jlypsum Keene's cement
<3yp3uro lath
ASTMC61
ASTMC37.
Gypsum plaster
Gypsum veneer plaster
Interior bonding compounds, gypsum
ASTM C28
ASTM C587
ASTMC631
Umepla$ters '
Metallath . . '
A$TMC5;C20$
ASTMC847
Plaster aggregates
Sand
Perlite
Vermiculite
ASTMC35;C897
ASTM C35
ASTMC35
.Portland cement
Steel studs and track
ASTMC150
ASTMC645;C955 '
Steel screws
Welded wire lath
ASTM C 1 002; C954
ASTMC933
2505.3 Installation: Installation of interior lathing
and gypsum plastering materials shall conform to
780 CMR 2504.0.
780 CMR 2506,0 PORTLAND CEMENT
STUCCO LATHING AND PLASTERING
2506.11 General: All exterior and interior portland
cement stucco lathing and plastering shall be done
with the appropriate materials listed in Table 2505.2
and Appendix A.
2506.2 Weather protection: All materials shall be
stored in such a manner as to protect such materials
from the weather.
2506.3 Installation: Installation of these materials
shall be in compliance with ASTM €926 and ASTM
C 1063 listed in and 780 CMR 2506.4.
2506.4 Protection after application: At all times
during application and for a period of not less than
48 hours after application of each coat, provisions
shall be made to keep stucco work above 40°F
(4"'C).
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
405
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
406 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
PLASTIC
780 CMR 260L0 GENERAL
2601.1 Scope: The provisions of 780 CMR 26 shall
govern the design, construction and quality of light-
transmitting plastic materials and foam plastics.
780 CMR 2601.0 shall apply to all light-transmitting
plastic materials and foam plastics. 780 CMR
2603.0 shall only apply to foam plastics. 780 CMR
2604.0 through 2608.0 shall only apply to light-
transmitting p/a5//c materials.
260i<,2 Approved materials: The use of all plastics
that conform to the strength, durability, sanitary and
fireresistive requirements of this code and ASTM
D635, D1929, D2843 and E84 listed m. Appendix A,
shall be permitted subject to the limitations of
780 CMR 26.
2601.3 Application for approval: Applicants for
approval of a plastic material shall furnish, in
accordance with 780 CMR 1704.0 all necessary
technical data required by the code official. The
data shall include, if necessary: chemical
composition; applicable physical, mechanical and
thermal properties, such as fireresistance,
flammability and flame spread; weather resistance;
electrical properties; products of combustion; and
coefficients of expansion.
2601.4 IdentificatloBi: All plastic materials
approved for use under 780 CMR shall be identified
by the trade formula number or name or other
acceptable identification. Each unit or package shall
bear the approval number or other identification
mark of the approving authority.
2601.5 Interior finish and trim: Light-transmitting
plastic materials installed as interior finish or trim
shall comply with 780 CMR 803.0. Foam plastics
shall only be installed as interior finish in
accordance with 780 CMR 2603.8. Foam plastics
instaUed as interior trim shall comply with 780 CMR
2603.7.
780 CMR 2602,0 DEFINmONS
2602.1 General: The following words and terms
shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR 26 and as used
elsewhere in 780 CMR, have the meanings shovra
herein.
Plastic glazing: Plastic materials which are
glazed or set in fi-ame or sash and not held by
mechanical fasteners which pass through the
glazing material.
Plastic roof panels: Plastic materials which are
fastened to structural members, or to structural
panels or sheathing, and which are used as light-
transmitting media in roofs.
Plastic wall panels: Plastic materials which are
fastened to structural members, or to structural
panels or sheathing, and which are used as light-
transmitting media in exterior walls.
Reinforced plastic, glass fiber: Plastic
reinforced vAx\{ glass fiber having not less than
20% of glass fibers by weight.
Thermoplastic material: A plastic material
which is capable of being repeatedly softened by
increase of temperature and hardened by decrease
of temperature.
Thermosetting material: A plastic material
which is capable of being changed into a
substantially nonreformable product when cured.
780 CMR 2603.0 FOAM PLASTIC
2603.1 General: The provisions of 780 CMR
2603.0 shall govern the requirements and uses of
foam plastic in buildings or structures.
2603. LI Urea based foamed-m-place insuiatiom
Use of this material has been, banned by the
Massachusetts Department of Public Health,
2603.2 Labeling: Foam plastics or their packages of
foam plastics, and containers of foam-in-place
plastic system ingredients, shall be labeled in
compliance with 780 CMR 1704.3.
2603.3 Surface-burning characteristics: Unless
otherwise, indicated in 780 CMR 2603.0, all foam
plastic and foam plastic cores of manufactured
assemblies shall have a flame spread rating of not
more than 75 and a smoke-developed rating of not
more than 450 when tested in the maximum
thickness intended for use in accordance with ASTM
E84 listed in Appendix A
tions:
Llght-difTusing system: A suspended
construction consisting in whole or in part of
lenses, panels, grids or baffles suspended below
independently mounted electrical lighting sources.
1 . Smoke-developed ratings for interior trim as
provided for in 780 CMR 2603.7.4.
2. Flame spread ratings for exterior wall
installations as provided for in 780 CMR 2603.6.3
and 2603.6.8.
3. Eame spread and smoke-developed ratings for
roof applications as provided for in 780 CMR
2603.4.1.5.
4. Where foam plastic is tested in a thickness of
four inches (102 mm) and is used in a thickness of
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
407
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
greater than four inches (102 mm) up to ten inches
(254 mm), the building shall be equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1 and the foam
plastic shall be protected by a thermal barrier.
2603.4 Thermal barrier: Except as provided for in
780 CMR 603.4.1, all foam plastic shall be separated
from the interior of a building by an approved
thermal barrier of V^-inch gypsum wallboard or
equivalent thermal barrier material which will limit
the average temperature rise of the unexposed
surface to not more than 250°F (12rC) after 15
minutes of fire exposure, complying with the
standard time-temperature curve of ASTM Ell 9
listed in Appendix A. The thermal barrier shall be
installed such that said thermal barrier will stay in
place for a minimum of 15 minutes under the same
test conditions.
2603.4.1 Thermal barrier not required: The
thermal barrier specified in 780 CMR 2603.4 is
not required under the conditions set forth in any
one of780 CMR 2603.4. 1.1 through 2603.4.1.8.
2603.4.1.1 Siding backer board: Foam
plastic to be used as siding backer board, or
where applied as insulation with re-siding over
existing exterior wall construction, shall have
a maximum thickness of '/2 inch (13 mm) and
shall be separated from the interior of the
building by not less than two inches (5 1 mm)
of mineral fiber insulation or other approved
materials.
2603.4.1.2 Walk-in coolers: Where foam
plastic is used in a maximum thickness of four
inches (102 mm) in walk-in coolers or in
freezer units less than 400 square feet (37.2 m^)
in floor area, the foam plastic shall be covered
by a metal facing of not less than 0.032-inch-
thick aluminum or corrosion-resistant steel
having a minimum base metal thickness of
0.016 inch.
2603.4.1.3 Masonry or concrete
construction: Where the foam plastic is
protected by a one-inch (25 mm) minimum
thickness of masonry or concrete, a thermal
barrier is not required.
2603.4.1.4 Attics and crawl spaces: Within
an attic or crawl space where entry is made
only for service of utilities, foam plastic shall
be protected against ignition by VA inch-thick
(38 mm) mineral fiber insulation, '/^-inch-thick
wood structural panel, particleboard or
hardboard, %-inch gypsum wallboard,
corrosion-resistant steel having a base metal
thickness of 0.016 inch, or other approved
material installed in such a manner that the
foam plastic is not exposed. The protective
covering shall be consistent with the
requirements for the type of construction.
2603.4.1.5 Roofing: Foam plastic used in a
roof covering assembly that employs a wood
roof deck without the thermal barrier shall
have the foam plastic separated from the
interior of the building by wood structural
panel sheathing or tongue-and-groove wood
plank sheathing not less than 15/32 inch in
thickness or other approved materials. All
wood structural panel roof sheathing shall be
bonded with exterior glue with edges supported
by blocking, tongue-and-groove joints or other
approved type of edge support.
The requirements of 780 CMR 2603.3 and
2603.4 are not applicable to foam plastic roof
insulation used in roof deck construction that
complies as an assembly with FM 4450 or UL
1256 listed in Appendix A.
For all roof applications, the smoke-
developed rating shall not be applicable.
2603.4.1.6 Doors not required to have a
fireresistance rating: Where doors are
permitted vathout a fireresistance rating and
foam plastic is used as a core material, the door
facing shall be of metal having a minimum
thickness of 0.032-inch aluminum or 0.016-
inch steel.
2603.4.1.7 Exterior doors in buildings of Use
Group R-3; In buildings of Use Group R-3,
foam-filled exterior entrance doors that do not
require a fireresistance rating shall be faced
v^th wood or other approved materials.
2603.4.1.8 Exterior walls, one-story
buildings: A thermal barrier is not required in
the exterior wall application provided for in
780 CMR 2603.6.8.
2603.5 Exterior applications: Foam plastic
installed in or on the exterior side of walls of
buildings shall also comply with the applicable
requirements of 780 CMR 1405.0.
2603.6 Exterior walls: Foam plastic installed in or
on the exterior side of exterior walls in buildings of
Type 1, 2, 3 or 4 construction shall comply with the
requirements of 780 CMR 2603.6.1 through
2603.6.7 or, in one-story buildings, shall comply
with the requirements of 780 CMR 2603.6.8.
2603.6.1 Fireresistance rating: Foam plastic is
permitted within exterior walls provided that the
wall assembly affords the required fireresistance
rating.
2603.6.2 Thickness: The foam plastic shall be
limited to a maximum thickness of four inches
(102 mm).
2603.6.3 Flame spread: The foam plastic core,
coatings and facings, when tested individually,
shall each have a flame spread rating of 25 or less
408
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
when tested in accordance with ASTM E84 listed
in Appendix A.
2603.6.4 Fastening: Facing, coating and core
materials shall be fastened to each other, and the
overall assembly shall be fastened to the building
frame to prohibit failure in bond due to
temperatures that occur in a building fire, wind
loads or other conditions.
2603.6.5 Full-scale tests: Results of full-scale
fire tests, which reflect an end-use configuration
and which demonstrate that the assembly in its
final form does not show any tendency to
propagate flame over the surface or through the
core when exposed on the exterior face to a fire
source, shall be submitted to the code official.
Such testing shall be performed on the finished
manufactured foam plastic assemblies and on the
maximum thickness intended for installation.
2603.6.6 Thermal barrier: Any foam plastic
shall be separated from the building interior by a
thermal barrier unless specific approval is
obtained on the basis of 780 CMR 2603.8.
2603.6.7 Identification: The edge or face of each
piece of foam plastic insulation shall be labeled in
accordance with 780 CMR 1704.3.
2603.6.S Exterior walls, one-story buildings:
Foam plastic insulation having a flame spread
rating of not more than 25 and installed without a
thermal barrier in or on exterior walls of one-
story buildings, shall have a thickness of not more
than four inches (102 mm). The foam plastic
shall be covered by a thickness of not less than
0.032-inch aluminum or corrosion- resistant steel
having a base metal thickness of 0.016 inch and
the building area shall be equipped throughout
with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance
with 780 CMR 906.2.1.
2603.7 Interior trim: Foam plastic used as interior
trim shall comply -mth 780 CMR 2603.7.1 through
2603.7.4.
2603.7.1 Density: The minimum density of the
interior trim shall be 20 pounds per cubic foot
(320 kg/m').
2603.7.2 Thickness: The maximum thickness of
the interior trim shall be Vi inch (13 mm) and the
maximum width shall be four inches (102 mm).
2603.7.3 Area limitation: The interior trim shalf
not constitute more than 10% of the aggregate
wall and ceiling area of any room or space.
2603.7.4 Flame spread: The flame spread rating
shall not exceed 75 when tested in accordance
with ASTM E84 listed in Appendix A. The
smoke-developed rating shall not be limited.
2603.S Alternative approval: Foam plastic is not
required to comply with the requirements of
PLASTIC
780 CMR 2603.4 through 2603.7 when specifically
approved based on tests such as FM Procedure 4880,
UL Subject 1040 or UL 1715 listed \n Appendix A
Such testing shall be performed on the finished
manufactured foam plastic assemblies and on the
maximum thickness intended for use. Foam plastics
which are used as interior finish on the basis of
diversified tests shall also conform to the flame
spread requirements of 780 CMR 803.0. All
assemblies tested shall include seams, joints and
other typical details used in the installation of the
assembly and shall be tested in the manner intended
for use.
780 CMR 2604.0 GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS FOR
UGHT-TRANSMrrniNG PLASUCS
2604.1 Approved light°transmitting plastics: An
approved light-transmitting plastic shall be: any
thermoplastic, thermosetting or reinforced
thermosetting plastic material which has a self-
ignition temperature of 650''F (343 °C) or greater
when tested in accordance with ASTM D1929 listed
in Appendix A\ a smoke density rating not greater
than 450 when tested in the manner intended for use
in accordance v^th ASTM E84 listed in Appendix A,
or not greater than 75 when tested in the thickness
intended for use in accordance with ASTM D2843
listed in Appendix A; and which conforms to one of
the follov^nng combustibility classifications:
Qass CI: Plastic materials which have a burning
extent of one inch (25 mm) or less when tested at
a nominal thickness of .060 inch, or in the
thickness intended for use, in accordance v^th
ASTM 0635 listed in Appendix A, or
Qass O: Plastic materials which have a burning
rate of 2.5 inches per minute (1 .06 mm/s) or less
when tested at a nominal thickness of .060 inch,
or in the thickness intended for use, in accordance
with ASTM D635 listed in Appendix A.
2604.2 Structural requirements: All plastic
materials and associated assemblies shall be of
adequate strength and durability to vinthstand the
loads and forces specified in 780 CMR 16 for the
approved application.
2604.3 Connections and supports: All fastenings,
connections and supports shall be proportioned to
transmit safely two and one-half times the design
live load. Adequate allowance shall be made in the
fastenings and supports for differential expansion
and contraction of the connected materials.
2604.4 Other applicable requirements: Light-
transmitting p/aj//c5 installed as exterior wall panels
shall conform to 780 CMR 2605.0. Light-
transmitting plastics installed in glazing of un-
protected openings shall conform to 780 CMR
2606.0. Light-transmitting /7/aj//c5 installed as roof
panels shall conform to 780 CMR 2607.0. Light-
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
409
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
transmitting plastics installed in skylight assemblies
shall conform to 780 CMR 2608.0.
2604.5 Light-diffusing systems: Light-diffusing
systems shall not be installed in occupancies in Use
Group 1-2 or 1-3, nor in exits, unless the building is
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1.
Plastic diffusers shall be supported directly or
indirectly from ceiling or roof construction by use of
noncombustible hangers. Hangers shall be at least
No. 12 steel-wire gage (0.106 inch) galvanized wire
or equivalent.
2604.5.1 Installation: Approved light-
transmitting plastic difflisers shall comply with
780 CMR 803.0 unless the plastic panels will fall
from the mountings before igniting and at an
ambient temperature of at least 200 °F (93 "C)
below the ignition temperature of the panels. The
panels shall remain in place at an ambient room
temperature of 175"? (79 °C) for a period of not
less than 15 minutes
2604.5.2 Size limitations: Individual panels or
units shall not exceed ten feet (3048 mm) in
length nor 30 square feet (2,79 m^) in area.
2604.5.3 Fire suppression system: In buildings
that are equipped throughout with an automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with 780 CMR
906.2.1, plastic light-diffusing systems shall be
protected both above and below unless the
sprinkler system has been specifically approved
for installation only above the light-diffusing
system. Areas of light-diffusing systems that are
protected in accordance with 780 CMR 2604.0
shall not be limited.
2604.5.4 Electrical lighting fixtures: Plastic
light-transmitting panels and light diffuser pands
which are installed in approved electrical lighting
fixtures shall comply with the requirements of
780 CMR 803.0 unless the plastic panels conform
to the requirements of 780 CMR 2604.5. 1. The
area of approved /?/as//c materials that are used in
required exits or corridors shall not exceed 30%
of the aggregate area of the ceiling in which such
panels are installed, unless the building is
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with 780 CMR 906.2. 1 .
2604.6 Partitions: Approved light-transmitting
plastics used in or as partitions shall comply with the
requirements of 780 CMR 603.2 and 803.0.
2604.7 Bathroom accessories: Approved plastics
shall be permitted as glazing in shower stalls,
shower doors, bathtub enclosures and similar
accessory units (see 780 CMR 2405.0).
2604.8 Awnings and similar structures: Approved
light-transmitting plastics used on awnings and
similar structures shall comply with the general
performance provisions of 780 CMR.
780 CMR 2605.0 UGHT-TRANSMTmNG
WALL PANELS
2605.1 General: Approved light-transmitting
plastic materials shall not be used as wall panels in
exterior walls in occupancies in Use Groups A-1, A-
2, 1-2 and 1-3. In all other use groups approved
light-transmitting p/as//c materials shall be permitted
to be used as wall panels in exterior walls provided
that the walls are not required to have a
fireresistance rating and the installation conforms to
the requirements of 780 CMR 2605.0. Such panels
shall be erected and anchored on a foundation coat,
waterproo:fed or otherwise protected from moisture
absorption and sealed with a coat of mastic or other
approved waterproof coating. Refer to 780 CMR
2604.0 for requirements for approved light-
transmitting plastics.
2605.2 Installation: Exterior wall panels installed
as provided for herein shall not alter the type of
construction classification of the building.
2605.3 Height limitation: Light-transmitting
plastics shall not be installed more than 70 feet
(21336mm) above mean grade, except as allowed by
780 CMR 2605.7.
2605.4 Area limitation and separation: The
maximum area of a single wall panel and minimum
vertical and horizontal separation requirements for
exterior plastic wall panels shall be as provided for
in Table 2605.4. The maximum percentage of wall
area of any story in plastic wall panels shall not
exceed that indicated in Table 2605.4 or the
percentage of unprotected openings permitted by
780 CMR 705.3, whichever is smaller.
Exception: Veneers of approved weather-
resistant plastics used as exterior siding in
buildings of Type 5 construction in compliance
with 780 CMR 1405.2.
2605.5 Spandrel separation: Vertical spandrel wall
separation shall be in accordance with Table 2605.4.
See 780 CMR 2604.1 for the definition of CI and
C2 light-transmitting p/arf/C5,
2605.6 Fire canopies: In structures which are
provided on any floor above the first with
continuous architectural projections constituting an
effective fire canopy extending at least 36 inches
(914 mm) from the surface of the wall in which
plastic wall panels are installed, vertical separation
at that floor is not required except as provided by the
vertical thickness of the projection.
2605.7 Automatic sprinkler system: Where the
building is equipped throughout with an automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with 780 CMR
410
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR; STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
906.2.1, the maximum percentage area of exterior
wall in any story in plastic wall panels and the
maximum square footage of a single area given in
Table 2605.4 shall be increased 100%, but the area
of plastic wall panels shall not exceed 50% of the
wall area in any stoiy, or the area permitted by
780 CMR 705.3.1 for unprotected openings,
whichever is smaller. These installations shall be
exempt from height limitations.
Table 2605,4
AREA LIMITATION AND SEPARATION
REQUIREMENTS FOR LIGHT-
TRANSMITTING PLASTIC WALL PANELS^
Fire
separation
Class
of
plastic
Maximum
percentage
area of
exterior
wall in
plastic
panels
Maximum
single
area
(square
feet)
Minimum
separation of
panels (feet)
distance
(feet)^
Vertical
Horizontal
<6
-
^fp^
NP
-
-
6 or more
but less
than 11
CI
C2
10
NP
50
NP
8
4
1 1 or more
but less
than 30
CI
C2
25
15
90
70
6
8
4
4
>30
CI
C2
50
50
Not
limited
100
3^
6^
3
Note a. For combination of glazing and wall panel
areas permitted, see 780 CMR 2605.8.
Note b. For reductions in vertical separation
allowed, see 780 CMR 2605.0.
Notec. NP = Not permitted.
Note d. 1 foot = 304.8 mm; 1 square foot = 0.093
m\
260S.S Combinations of glazing and plastic wall
panels: Combinations of plastic glazing and plastic
wall panels shall be subject to the area, height and
percentage limitations and the separation
requirements applicable to the class of plastic
asprescribed for plastic wall panel installations.
780 CMR 2606,0 LIGHT=TRANSMITI1NG
PLASTIC GLAZING OF UNPROTECTED
OPENINGS
2606,1 Where permitted: Plastic glazing is
permitted in doors, sashes and framed openings
where protected openings are not required in
accordance with 780 CMR 705.0 and the installation
conforms to the requirements of 780 CMR 2606.2 or
780 CMR 2606.3.
PLASTIC
such glaang is installed or the area of unprotected
openings permitted by 780 CMR 705.3,
whichever is smaller.
Exception: Where the building is equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system
in accordance with 780 CMR 906.2. 1, the area
of the glazing shall not exceed 50% of the wall
face of the story in which such glazing is
located or the area of unprotected openings
permitted by 780 CMR 705.3.1, whichever is
smaller.
2606.2.2 Size: The area of a unit or pane of
glazing installed above the first story shall not
exceed 16 square feet (1.49 m^) and the vertical
dimension of a unit or pane shall not exceed four
feet (1219 mm). There shall be a minimum three-
foot (914 mm) vertical spandrel wall between
stories.
2606.2.3 Height: Approved plastic glazing shall
not be installed more than 70 feet (21336 mm)
above mean grade.
2606,2 Approved plastic glazing: Approved
plastic glazing shall comply with 780 CMR 2606.2. 1
through 2606.2.3.
2606.2.1 Area: The area of the glazing shall not
exceed 25% of the wall face of the story in which
2606,3 Approved thermoplastic
Approved thermoplastic materials installed in areas
up to 50% of the wall area of each story, but not
exceeding the area of unprotected openings
permitted by 780 CMR 705.3, are permitted in
structures less than 150 feet (45720 mm) in height
provided that each floor above the first floor is
equipped with continuous architectural projections
constituting an effective fire canopy extending at
least three feet (914 mm) from the surface of the
wall in which the glazing is installed. The size and
the dimensions of individual units shall not be
limited in such installations except as required to
meet structural loading requirements.
780 CMR 2607.0 LIGHT-'raANSMnTING
PLASTIC ROOF PANELS
2607.1 General: Approved light-transmitting
plastic roof panels shall not be installed in
occupancies in Use Groups H, 1-2 and I°3. In all
other use groups, approved light-transmitting /7/as/ic
roof panels shall not be installed unless one of the
following conditions applies:
1. The building is equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
780 CMR 906.2.1;
2. The roof construction is not required to have a
fireresistance rating by Table 602; or
3. The roof panels meet the requirements for roof
coverings.
2607.2 Separations: Individual roof panels shall be
separated from each other by a distance of not less
than four feet (1219 mm) measured in a horizontal
plane, except that the separation between roof panels
is not required in a building equipped throughout
with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance
with 780 CMR 906.2.1.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
411
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
2607.3 Location: Where exterior wall openings are
required to ht protected by 780 CMR 705.0, a roof
panel or unit shall not be installed within six feet
(1829 mm) of such exterior wall.
2607.4 Area limitations: Roof panels or units shall
be limited in area and the aggregate area of panels
shall be limited by a percentage of the floor area of
the room or space sheltered in accordance with
Table 2607.4.
Exceptions:
1 . The area limitations of Table 2607.4 shall be
increased by 100% in buildings equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with 780 CMR 906.2. 1 .
2. Low-hazard occupancy buildings, such as
swimming pool shelters and greenhouses, are
exempt from the area limitations of Table 2607.4
provided that the buildings do not exceed 5,000
square feet (465 m^) in area and have a minimum
fire separation distance of four feet (1219 mm).
3. Roof coverings over terraces and patios in
occupancies in Use Group R-3 are exempt from
the area limitations of Table 2607.4 and shall be
permitted with approved plastics.
Table 2607.4
AREA LEVHTATIGNS FOR ROOF PANELS
Class of plastic
Maximum area
individual unit or
panel (square feet)
Maximum
aggregate area
(% of floor area)
CI
C2
300
100
30
25
Note a. 1 square foot = 0.093 m^
780 CMR 2608.0 UGHT-TRANSMrmNG
SKYUGHT GLAZING
2608.1 Light-transmitting plastic glazing of
skylight assemblies: Skylight assemblies glazed
with approved light-transmitting plastic materials
shall conform to the provisions of 780 CMR 2608.0.
Exceptions:
1. 780 CMR 2608.1 shall not apply to a skylight
of approved light-transmitting plastic on a
building which is not more than one story in
height, has zl fire separation distance of at least 30
feet (9144 mm) and the room or space sheltered
by the roof is not classified as Use Group 1-2 or I-
3 or as a means of egress.
2. 780 CMR 26.08.1 shall not apply to skylights
in which the approved light-transmitting plastic
conforms to the required roof covering class in
accordance with 780 CMR 1506.0.
2608.2 Mounting: The plastic shall be mounted
above the plane of the roof on a curb constructed in
accordance with the requirements for the type of
construction classification, but at least four inches
(102 mm) above the plane of the roof Edges of
plastic skylights or domes shall be protected by
metal or other approved noncombustible material, or
the plastic dome or skylight shall be shown to be
able to resist ignition when exposed at the edge to a
flame from a Class B brand as described in ASTM
El 08 listed \n Appendix A.
Exceptions:
1 . Curbs are not required for skylights used on
roofs having a minimum slope of three units
vertical in 12 units horizontal (3:12) in
occupancies in Use Group R-3 and on buildings
with an unclassified roof covering.
2. The metal or noncombustible edge material is
not required where unclassified roof coverings
are permitted.
2608.3 Slope: Flat or corrugated plastic skylights
shall slope at least four units vertical in 12 units
horizontal (4:12). Dome-shaped skylights shall rise
above the mounting flange a minimum distance
equal to 10% of the maximum span of the dome, but
not less than three inches (76 mm).
Exception: Skylights that pass the Class B
Burning Brand Test specified in ASTM El 08
listed in Appendix A.
2608.4 Maximum area of skylight units: Each
skylight unit shall have a maximum area within the
curb of 100 square feet (9.30 m^ except that the area
of skylight units shall not be limited in buildings
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1.
2608.5 Aggregate area of skylights: The aggregate
area of sk;/Iights shall not exceed 33% of the floor
area of the room or space sheltered by the roof in
which such skylights are installed where Class CI
materials are utilized, and 25% where Class C2
materials are utilized.
Exception: The aggregate area limitations of
approved plastic skylights shall be increased
100% beyond the limitations set forth in
780 CMK 2608.0 where the building is equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with 780 CMR 906.2. 1
2608.6 Separation: Skylights shall be separated
from each other by a distance of not less than four
feet (1219 mm) measured in a horizontal plane,
except that the separation shall not be required
where the building is equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
780 CMR 906.2.1.
2608.7 Location: Where exterior wall openings are
required to be protected by 780 CMR 705.0, a
skylight shall not be installed within six feet (1829
mm) of such exterior wall.
2608.8 Combinations of roof panels and skylights:
Combinations oi plastic roof panels and skylights
shall be subject to the area and percentage
412
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
PLASTIC
limitations and separation requirements applicable to
roof panel installations.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 413
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
414 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
CHAPTER 27
ELECTRIC WIRING, EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS
(780 CMR 27 is Entirely Umque to Massachusetts)
2701.0: M.aL, c 143, § 3L, provides that all Code (527 CMR 12.00) listed in Appendix A amd
instaJiation, repair and maintenance of wiring and promulgated by the Board of Fire Prevention
electrical fixtures used for light, heai and power Regulations of the Commonwealth of
purposes in buildings and structures shall be in Massachusetts, Department of Fire Services.
conformance with the Massachusetts Electrical
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97) 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 415
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
416 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
CHAPTER 28
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
780 CMR 2801.0
2801.1 Scope: The provisions of 780 CMR 28 shall
control the construction, inspection and maintenance
of all mechanical equipment and systems with re-
spect to structural strength, fire safety and operation.
Note: Also see 780 CMR 9, 12 and 13.
2801.2 Mechanical code: All mechanical equipment
and systems shall be constructed, installed and
maintained in accordance with the BOCA National
Mechanical Code listed in Appendix A .
• • 2801.2.1 Heating, Pumping, Process Piping
and Refrigeration Systems: Heating, pumping,
process piping and refrigeration systems shall be
installed by contractors and personnel appro-
priately licensed in the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts (Installing Contractor). Engineered
designs and specifications prepared by Registered
Professional Engineers shall identify systems
requiring compliance with appropriate sections of
M.G.L. c. 146 and 528 CMR. Shop drawings and
design layout prepared by licensed installing
contractors shall note the name(s), license
number(s) and license expiration date(s) of the
contractor(s) installing the heating, pumping,
process piping and refrigeration systems. (See
Installing Contractor Definition 780 CMR 202.0).
2801.2.2 Location of Air Intakes and Outlets:
2801.2.2.1 Location of Outdoor Air Intakes:
Outdoor air intakes shall be located such that
the distance measured from the closest point of
the intake opening to the object, or point, listed
in Table 2801.2.2,1 exceeds the minimum
separation distance listed in Table 2801.2.2.1.
Exception: Shorter separation distances are
acceptable if it can be shown that an
equivalent rate of introduction of outdoor air
contaminants will be attained using an
alternative design, and if approved by the
authority having jurisdiction.
Table 2801.2.2.1
AIR INTAKE MINIMUM SEPARATION
DISTANCE
Object
Minimum
Distance, ft
Property line
3
Garage entrj', loading area, or drive-in queue
(Note I)
25
Driveway or street
10
Limited access highway
25
Mantles or ledges (Note 2)
3
Landscaped grade (Note 3, 4)
6
Roof or grade (Note 4)
0.75
Cooling towers (Note 5)
15
Note I: These areas are likely locations where vehicles will be
paused and idling, such as while paying parking fees or wait-
ing for traffic in the case of the garage entry, while loading or
unloading materials in case of the loading area, or waiting in
line for drive-in restaurant or bank service in the case of the
drive-in queue.
Larger separation distances may be needed if the intake is
located directly above the likely location of idling vehicles.
Note 2: Applies to mantles or ledges that are sloped less than
45 degrees from the horizontal and that are more than six in.
wide.
Note 3: Landscaped grade is soil, lawn, shrubs, or any plant
life within 1.5 ft horizontally of intake.
Note 4: Intake must be at least eight in. above the average
maximum snow depth at the intake.
Note 5: Applies to closest wetted surface of tower, such as
intake or basin. See Section 5.5 for separation distance from
tower discharge.
2801.2.2.2 Exhaust outlets and air intakes:
Exhaust air and vent outlets shall be located
no closer to outdoor air intakes than the
minimum separation distance determined in
accordance with Equation 2801.2.2.2:
Equation 2801.2.2.2
S = 0.09 X Q^UD"-^ - V/400)
Where:
Q = Exhaust air volume, cfm. The value used in
Equation 2801 .2.2.2 shall not be less than 1 50 cfm
nor exceed 3000 cfm regardless of actual volume.
For gravity vents such as plumbing vents, use an
exhaust rate of 1 50 cfm. For flue vents from fuel
burning appliances, assume a value of 250 cfm per
million Btu/hr of combustion input (or obtain
actual rates from the combustion appliance
manufacturer).
D = Dilution factor:
1 . Dilution factor shall be five for exhaust air
outlets from spaces without unusual sources of
contaminants.
2. Dilution factor shall be ten for exhaust air
outlets with mild contaminants including copy
rooms, printer rooms, dining area and break
rooms, cafeterias, laundry rooms, locker rooms
and residential kitchens and bathrooms.
3. Dilution factor shall be 15 for plumbing
vents and exhaust air outlets from spaces with
significant contaminant intensity including
public toilets or toilets in health care facilities,
commercial kitchens, laboratories, dry-cleaning
establishments and indoor swimming pools.
4. Dilution factor shall be 25 for air with
noxious or toxic fumes or gases including spray
paint booths, garages, tunnels, kitchen grease
9/9/05 (Effective 8/26/05)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
417
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
hoods, laboratory fume hoods, chemical stor-
age, refrigerating machinery rooms, soiled
laundiy storage and natural gas and propane
burning appliance vents.
5. Dilution factor shall be 50 for air with a
high concentration of dangerous particles
including vents from fuel burning appliances
other than namral gas or propane burning appli-
ances, uncleaned fume hood exhaust, evapora-
tive condenser and cooling tower outlets.
V = Exhaust air discharge velocity, fpm . V shall
have a positive value when the exhaust is directed
away from the object, and shall have a negative
value when the exhaust is directed towards the
object. V shall be set to in Equation 2801.2.2.2
for vents from gravity (atmospheric) fuel fired
appliances, plumbing vents, and other non-
powered exhausts, or if the exhaust discharge is
covered by a cap or other device that dissipates
the exhaust air stream. For hot gas exhausts such
as combustion products, an effective additional
500 fpm upward velocity shall be added to the
actual discharge velocity.
2801.2.2.3 Exhaust outlets and windows:
Exhaust air and vent outlets shall be located no
closer to operable windows than one-half the
minimum separation distance determined in
accordance with Equation 2801.2.2.2.
For exhaust air with a dilution factor greater
than ten the horizontal distance between outlets
and operable windows shall be at least the
minimum separation distance determined in
accordance with Equation 2801.2.2.2.
2801.2.2.4 Exhaust outlets and property
lines: Exhaust air outlets shall be located at
least ten feet from property lines for air with a
dilution factor greater than ten, in accordance
with Equation 2801.2.2.2.
Exception: exhausts located ten ft. or more
above grade where the property line abuts a
street or public way.
780 CMR 2802.0 CONSTRUCnON
DOCUMENTS
2802.1 General; The construction documents for the
installation, repair, extension or removal of any
mechanical equipment or system shall be submitted
in accordance with 780 .CMR 110.0 and a building
permit shall be secured prior to the commencement
of any work.
2802.2 Matter covered: The construction
documents shall show in sufficient detail all
applicable features and clearances of the appliances
and systems, including: size and type of apparatus;
construction of flue, stack or chimney; stack
connections; type of fuel; method of operation; and
the method of compliance with all regulations for the
class and type of equipment installed.
2802.3 Details: An application for a building permit
for- mechanical systems shall be accompanied by
construction documents complying with the
provisions of the mechanical code listed in Appendix
A before a permit shall be issued for the mechanical
equipment or system. The construction documents
shall be drawn to a scale of not less than Vs inch to
the foot (1:100). and shall show the location and
arrangement of all equipment and distribution
elements including safeties and pressure-controlling
devices.
Note: /Jso see 780 CMR 2803.1.
780 CMR 2803.0 FEES
2803.1 General: Fees for mechanical work, shall be
included in the building permit application (see
780 CMR 1 14.0).
780 CMR 2804.0 INSPECnONS AND TESTS
2804.1 Inspection: All mechanical equipment and
systems requiring a permit shall be inspected in
accordance with the BOCA National Mechanical
Code listed in Appendix A and shall not be placed in
operation until having been tested and approved.
2804.2 Concealment: It shall be unlawful for
owners, contractors or workers to lath over or in any
way conceal any piping, outlet boxes or other parts
of the mechanical equipment or system requiring a
permit until an inspection has been made thereof and
due notice has been given that the work has been
approved.
2804.3 Defects and repairs: Upon inspection or
reinspection of a mechanical system, any defects or
deficiencies which require repair to insure safe
operation shall be rectified before the system is
placed in service.
2804.4 Power to deem unsafe: A system or any part
thereof that is found to be unsafe to life or property,
shall be deemed unsafe and shall not be restored to
service until such system has been made safe and
approved.
780 CMR 2805.0 PLENUMS
2805.1 General: The term "plenum" shall mean an
enclosed portion of the building structure which
forms part of an air distribution system and is
designed to allow the movement of air. Supply,
return, exhaust, relief and ventilation air plenums
shall be limited to uninhabited crawl spaces, areas
above a ceiling or below the floor, or attic spaces
and mechanical equipment rooms. The location of
supply and return air plenums shall also comply with
780 CMR 1005.7. Plenums shall be limited to one
fire area. Fuel-fired equipment shall not be installed
within a plenum. In buildings of Type I or 2
construction, all plenums shall be noncombustible
and shall comply with 780 CMR 2805.2. In build-
418
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
1/19/01
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
ings of Type 3, 4 or 5 construction, noncombustible
plenums in accordance with 780 CMR 2805.2,
combustible plenums in accordance with 780 CMR
2805.3, and stud and joist space plenums in
accordance with 780 CMR 2805.4, shall be
permitted.
2805.2 NoncombustiMe plenums: Plenums shall be
constructed with noncombustible material.
Combustible material shall not be exposed within a
plenum except as permitted in 780 CMR 2805.2.1
through 2805.2.6.
2805.2.1 Pipe: Pipe shall be noncombustible
except that plastic fire sprinkler piping in wet pipe
systems shall be permitted where the piping has a
peak optical density not greater than 0.50, an
average optical density not greater than 0.15 and
a flame spread not greater than 5.0 feet (1524
mm) when tested in accordance with UL 1887
listed in Appendix A . Piping shall bear the label
of an approved agency,
2805.2.2 Ceiling and thermal material: Thermal
and acoustical materials and pipe insulation shall
have a flame spread of 25 or less and a smoke-
developed rating of 50 or less when tested in
accordance with ASTM E84 listed inAppendixA.
2805.2.3 Ducts: Rigid or flexible ducts and
connectors shall conform to the mechanical code
listed in Appendix A.
2805.2.4 Duct coverings: Duct coverings, linings,
tape and connectors shall conform to the BOCA
National Mecham'cal Code listed inAppendixA.
)5.2.S Wire: Wire shall be low-voltage or
power-limited wire or cable. Wire shall have a
peak optical density not greater than 0.50, an
average optical density not greater than 0.15 and
a flame spread of not greater than five feet (1524
mm) when tested in accordance with UL 910
listed in Appendix A. Wire shall bear the label of
an approved agency and shall be marked in
accordance with 527 CMR 12.00 listed in
Appendix A.
2805.2.6 Combustible pneumatic tubing:
Combustible pneumatic tubing shall have a peak
optical density not greater than 0.50, an average
optical density not greater than 0.15 and a flame
spread of not greater than five feet (1524 mm)
when tested in accordance with UL 1 820 listed in
Appendix A, and shall bear the label of an
approved agency.
2805.3 Combustible plenums: The plenum shall be
constructed with approved material. Combustible
material, pipe or wire exposed within the plenum
shall be permitted.
2805.3.1 Size: Combustible plenums shall be
draftstopped every 3,000 square feet (279 m2) in
area.
Exception: Plenums shall be limited to onefire
area without draftstopping in buildings
equipped throughout with an automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with 780 CMR
906.2.1.
2805.4 Stud and joist spaces: The space between
studs or joists shall not be utilized as a plenum for
supply air. The space between studs or joists utilized
as a plenum for return ^r shall not be part of a
required fireresistance rated assembly. Air shall be
removed from one floor level only. All connections
shall hcfirestopped and draftstopped.
780 CMR 2806.0 DRYING ROOMS
2806.1 General: A drying room or dry kiln installed
within a building shall be constructed entirely of
approved noncombustible materials or assemblies of
such materials with the required fireresistance rating
based on the fire hazard of the contents and the
process, as required in 780 CMR 4.
J.2 Piping clearance: All overhead heating
pipes shall have a clearance of not less than two
inches (51 mm) from combustible contents of the
dryer.
2806.3 Insulation: Where the operating temperature
of the dryer is 175 °F (79°C) or more, metal
enclosures shall be insulated from adjacent
combustible materials by not less than 12 inches
(305 mm) of air space, or the metal walls shall be
lined with 14-inch insulating mill board or other
approved equivalent insulation.
2806.4 Fire protection: Drying rooms designed for
high-hazard materials and processes, including
special occupancies as provided for in 780 CMR 4,
shall be protected by an approved automatic fire
suppression system conforming to the provisions of
780 CMR 9.
780 CMR 2807.0 WASTE. AND LINEN-
HANDLING SYSTEMS
2807.1 General: Waste (refuse) and linen (laundry)
systems shall be installed in accordance with
780 CMR 2807.0 and the provisions of Chapters 3
and 4 of NFiPA 82 listed in Appendix A.
Exception: Systems serving and contained within
a single dwelling unit.
2807.2 Wast© and linen chute enclosures: A shaft
containing a refuse or linen chute shall not be used
for any other purpose and shall be enclosed in
accordance with 780 CMR 710.0. All openings into
the shaft, including those from access rooms and
termination rooms, shall be protected with approved
1/19/01
780 CMR - Sbcth Edition
418.1
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
418.2 780 CMR - Sixth Edition . 1/19/01
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AlvID STANDARDS
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
fireresistance rated assemblies. Such opening
protectives shall be self-closing or automatic-closing
upon detection of smoke, except that a heat-activated
device for closing the opening protective betv^^een
the shaft and the termination room is permitted.
2S07.3 Waste and linen chute access rooms:
Access openings for waste and linen chutes shall be
located in rooms or compartments which are
completely enclosed by fire separation assemblies
having a fireresistance rating of not less than one
hour; and openings into the access rooms shall be
protected hy fire doors that comply with 780 CMR
716.0. Access openings to waste and linen chutes
shall not be located in exit access corridors or exit
enclosures.
2807o4 Termination room: Waste and linen chutes
shall discharge into an enclosed room that is
completely separated from the remainder of the
building by fire separation assemblies having a
fireresistance rating of not less than one hour; and
openings into the termination room shall be
protected hyfire doors that comply w\X\\ 780 CMR
716.0. Waste chutes shall not terminate in an
incinerator room.
2807.5 Incinerator room: Where located within a
building, incinerators shall be enclosed v^thin a
room that is separated from the remainder of the
building by fire separation assemblies having a
fireresistance rating of not less than two hours; and
openings into the incinerator room shall be protected
hy fire doors that comply with 780 CMR 716.0.
2807.6 Automatic fire suppression: An approved
automatic fire suppression system shall be installed
at the top and at alternate fioor levels in a waste or
linen chute and in the termination and incinerator
rooms.
780 CMR 2808,0 REFUSE VAULTS
2808.1 Refuse vault enclosures: A vault for
receiving combustible refuse from an exhaust system
shall be enclosed with fire separation assemblies
having not less than a three-hour fireresistance
rating.
2808.2 Openings to boiler rooms: The opening
between a vault and a boiler room shall not exceed
nine square feet (0.84 m^) in area and shall be
located at least eight feet (2438 mm) from the firing
door of the boiler, and the bottom of the opening
shall not be less than six inches (152 mm) above the
boiler room floor. All openings shall be equipped
vAihfire doors having a fire protection rating of not
less than 1 14 hours and complying with 780 CMR
716.0.
2808.3 Location: Where located within a building,
a refuse vault shall extend above the roof or shall be
directly vented to the outer air with ducts that
comply with the BOCA National Mechanical Code
listed in Appendix A.
%A Fire protection: A vault for combustible
refuse which exceeds 360 cubic feet (10 m^) in
volume shall be protected by an approved automatic
fire suppression system that conforms to 780 CMR
9.
780 CMR 2809.0 MEDICAL GASES
2509.1 Nonflammable medical gases:
Nonflammable medical gas systems shall be
designed and installed in accordance with Chapter 4
of OTiPA 99 listed m Appendix A.
2509.2 Anesthetic systems: Inhalation anesthetic
systems shall be designed and installed in
accordance v^th Chapters 3 and 4 of NFiPA 99
listed in Append A.
780 CMR 2810.0 OXYGEN SYSTEMS
2^10.1 General: Noimiedical oxygen systems shall
be designed and installed in accordance with NFiPA
50 and NFiPA 5 1 listed in Appendix A.
780 CMR 281 1.0 EXISTING BUILDINGS
2@il.l Unsafe orders: All existing mechanical
equipment and systems shall be maintained and
operated in accordance v^ath the requirements of this
code and the BOCA National Mechanical Code
listed in Appendix A. Any such equipment which
does not comply with the requirements, and the
operation of which is deemed unsafe to the building
occupants, shall be altered as ordered by the code
oSicial to secure adequate safety.
Note: Also see 780 CMR 3400.6.
780CMR281Z0 POWER VENTERS
2812,1 Power vented systems used for the vend fig
&f comfort heating and/or comfort cooling
&ppUances: Power venters are a portion of a
venting system using a fan or other mechanical
means to cause the removal of flue or vent gases
mmder positive static vent pressure. Power venting
of comfort heating and/or comfort cooling
appliances may be accomplished via the use of
power venting systems that are separately listed
systems or are an integral part of the listed heating
OF cooling appliances. Such listed systems are
equipment that have been tested for intended
design conditions by established and recognized
agencies regularly engaged in conducting tests or
furnishing testing/listing services. Such listed
equipment will typically bear a plate, lobe! or other
means of idendfication indicating the listing
agency, conditions of operation and other pertinent
information.
211 m (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
419
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
281 Z 1.1 Regulations of the Specialized Codes
impacting the acceptable design, installation,
operation and maintenance of power vented
equipment: The Specialized Codes (780 CMR
101.5) including 248 CMR: BOARD OF STATE
EXAMINERS OF PLUMBERS AND GAS
FITTERS, and 527 CMR: BOARD OF FIRE
PREVENTION REGULATIONS, and not
enforced by Building Officials but rather
enforced by Plumbing/Gas Inspectors and Fire
Service Personnel, respectively, have specific
criteria imposed on power vented appliances
beyond those regulations included herein.
2812.2 Automatic safe shutoff: Power venters
shall operate in such a manner and be electrically
connected to the comfort heating and/or comfort
cooling appliances in such a way as to prevent the
operation of such appliances when the power
venter is not in operation or is not providing
sufficient draft for the appliance being vented
2812.3 Installation of power vented equipment:
Power vented equipment shall be installed in
accordance with the manufacturer's installation
manual and instructions (typically, only personnel
trained in the installation of such equipment are
accepted by the manufacturer as qualified to
install). Power venters shall be selected to match
the venting requirements of the equipment being
vented in accordance with the manufacturers'
requirements.
2812.4 Termination: The vent system shall
terminate so that proper clearances are maintained
in accordance with the requirements of 248 CMR
or 527 CMR when applicable or in accordance with
the manufacturer's listed requirements when
248 CMR or 527 CMR are not applicable.
2812.5 Other applications of power exhausters:
For applications of power exhausters for other
than the venting of comfort heating appliances
and/or comfort cooling appliances, the
requirements of the BOCA Mechanical Code, listed
in Appendix A, shall apply, as well as any
additional regulatory criteria set forth in any of the
Specialized Codes.
2813.0 SOLID FUEL-FIRED APPLL4NCES
2813.1 Solid fuel-fired appliances, general: For
requirements addressing solid fuel-fired appliances
see 780 CMR 3610.6.
420
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
CHAPTER 29
PLUMBING SYSTEMS
(780 CMR 29 is Entirely Unique to Massachusetts)
290L0 M.G.L c 142, § 13 provides that all 2901.1 Other Laws and Regulations: Fire
construction, alteration, repair and inspection of protection, heating, pumping, process piping and
plumbing and gasfitting shall be in conformance rejrigeraiion systems are required to be installed by
with the Massachusetts State Plumbing Code contractors and personnel appropriately licensed m
(248 CMR 2.00) and the Massachusetts Fuel Gas the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (Installing
Code (248 CMR 3.00 through 8.00), listed in Contractor). (See Installing Contractor Definition
Appendix A, and promulgated by the Board of 780 CMR, 202,0).
State Examiners of Plumbers and Gasfitters.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 CMR = Sixth Edition 421
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
422 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
CHAPTER 30
ELEVATORS
(This Chapter is Entirely Unique to Massachusetts)
780 CMR300L0 GENERAL Elevator Regulations of the Commonwealth of
3001.1 M.G.L c. 143, § 69 as amended, provides Massachusetts, Department of Public Safety,
that elevators and similar equipment shall conform
to the Elevator Regulations 524 CMR as listed in ^^^^-^ ^^""fi construction shall be in accordance
Appendix A and promulgated by the Board of ^'^^ the applicable provisions of 780 CMR.
211191 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 423
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
424 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2828/97)
CHAPTER 31
SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
780 CMR 3101.0 GENERAL
3101.1 Scope: In addition to the general
requirements of 780 CMR governing the design and
construction of all structures, the provisions of
780 CMR 3 1 shall control the special structures and
construction features as herein provided.
780 CMR 3102.0 SIGNS
3102.1 General: The provisions of 780 CMR 3102.0
shall govern the construction, alteration, repair and
maintenance of all signs together with the associated
appurtenant and auxiliary devices in respect to
structural and fire safety.
3102.2 Definitions: The following words and terms
shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR 3 102.0 and as
used elsewhere in 780 CMR, have the meanings
shown herein.
Sign: Any febricated sign or outdoor display
structure, including its structure, consisting of any
letter, figure, character, mark, point, plane,
marquee sign, design, poster, pictorial, picture,
stroke, stripe, line, trademark, reading matter or
illuminating device, which is constructed,
attached, erected, fastened or manufactured in any
manner so that the same shall be used for the
attraction of the public to any place, subject,
person, firm, corporation, public performance,
article, machine or merchandise, and displayed in
any manner out of doors for recognized
advertising purposes.
Closed sign: A sign in which more than 50% of
the entire area is solid or tightly enclosed or
covered.
Ground sign: A sign supported by uprights or
braces in or upon the ground surface.
Marquee sign: Ksign attached to or hung fi-om a
marquee, canopy or other covered structure,
projecting fi'om and supported by the building and
extending beyond the building wall, building line
or street lot line.
Open sign: A sjgw in which at least 50% of the
enclosed area is uncovered or open to the
transmission of wind.
Portafok sign: A si^, usually of a temporary
nature, not securely anchored to the ground or to
a building or structure and which obtains some or
all of its structural stability with respect to wind
or other normally applied forces by means of its
geometiy or character.
Projecting sign: A display si^ which is attached
directly to the building wall, and which extends
more than 15 inches (381 mm) fi'om the face of
the wall.
Eoof sign: A sign which is erected, constructed
and maintained above the roof of the building.
Temporary sign: A sign constructed of cloth,
fabric or other lightweight temporary material
with or without a structural fi-ame intended for a
limited period of display; including decoration
displays for holidays or public demonstrations.
Wall sign: Ksign which is painted on or attached
directly to a fence or on the surface of masonry,
concrete, fi"ame or other approved building walls,
and which extends not more than 15 inches (381
mm) fi"om the face of the fence or wall.
L3 Zoning Haw: Where more restrictive in
respect to location, purpose, size or height of signs,
the limitations of zoning laws that affect occupancy
of land shall take precedence over the regulations of
780 CMR.
Im ike absence of approved rules governing
details of construction, the provisions of the
applicable standards listed in Appendix A shall be
deemed to conform to She requirements of
7B0 CMR unless otherwise specified in 780 CMR
SL
Outdoor advertising subject to 711 CMR 3.00:
Control and Restriction of Billboards, Signs and
Other Advertising Devices (the Outdoor
Advertising Board) as Ibted in Appendix A, and in
accordisnce with Massachusetts Genera! Laws
Annotated, as amended, requires approval of said
Board prior to the issuance of a permit
3W2A Permits and construction documents:
Permits for signs shall be required as specified in
780 CMR 3 102.4.1 and 3102.4.2 except as provided
for in 780 CMR 3 1 02.4.3 . Construction documents
shall be prepared and filed in accordance with
780 CMR 3102.4.4 and 3102.4.5.
3102.4.1 New signs: A new sign shall not
hereafter be erected, constructed, altered or
maintained except as provided for herein, and
until a permit has been issued by the code oflScial.
3102.4.2 Alterations: A sign shall not be
enlarged or relocated unless such sign conforms
to the provisions of 780 CMR 3102.0 for new
signs, or until a proper permit has been secured.
The changing of movable parts of an approved
sign that is designed for such changes, or the
repainting or reposting of display matter, shall not
be deemed an alteration, provided that the
conditions of the original approval and the
requirements of 780 CMK 3 102.0 are not violated.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
425
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
3102.4.3 Permit exemptions: A permit shall not be
required for the signs specified in 780 CMR
3102.4.3.1 through 3102.4.3.5. Such exceptions,
however, shall not be construed to relieve the owner
of the sign from responsibility for the sign's erection
and maintenance in a safe manner.
3102.4.3.1 Wall signs: A permit shall not be
required for a sign painted on the surface of a
fence or approved building wall, or any
nonilluminated wall sign on a building or
structure which is not more than ten square feet
(0.93 m^) in area.
3102.4.3.2 Sale or rent: A permit shall not be
required for ground signs erected to announce
the sale or rent of property, provided that such
signs aire not more than 25 square feet (2.33
m^) in area.
3102.4.3.3 Transit directions: A permit shall
not be required for the erection or maintenance
of a ground sign designating the location of a
transit line, a railroad station or other public
carrier provided that such signs are not more
than three square feet (0.28 m^) in area.
3102.4.3.4 Street signs: A permit shall not be
required for ground signs erected by a
jurisdiction for street direction.
3102.4.3.5 Projecting signs: A permit shall
not be required for a projecting sign not
exceeding IVi square feet (0.23 m^) of display
surface.
31014.3.6 Government building signs: Signs
erected on a municipal, state or federal
building which announce the name, nature of
the occupancy and information as to use of,
or admission to the premises.
3102.4.4 Construction documents and owner's
consent: Before any permit is issued for the
erection of a sign, construction documents shall
be filed with the code official showing the
dimensions, materials and required details of
construction, including loads, stresses and
anchorage. The applications shall be
accompanied by the written consent of the owner
or lessee of the premises upon which the si^ is to
be erected.
3102.4.5 Identification: Every sig^ for which a
permit has been issued and which is hereailer
erected, constructed or maintained, shall be
plainly marked with the name of the person, firm
or corporation owning, erectmg, maintaining or
operating such si^. The method and location of
this identification shall appear on the construction
documents filed with the code official.
3102.5 Maintenance and inspection: Sign
maintenance and inspection shall comply with
780 CMR 3102.5. 1 through 3102.5.4.
3102.5.1 Removal: The code official is
authorized to order the removal of any sign that is
not maintained in accordance with the provisions
of780 CMR 3102.0.
3102.5.2 Maintenance: All signs for which a
pennit is required, together with all supports,
braces, guys and anchors, shall be kept in repair in
accordance udth the provisions of 780 CMR
3102.0 and 780 CMR 1. Where not galvanized or
constructed of approved corrosion-resistant
noncombustible materials, signs shall be painted.
3102.5.3 Housekeeping: The owner or lessee of
every sign shall maintain the immediate premises
occupied by the sig^ in a clean, sanitary and
healthfiil condition.
3102.5.4 Inspection: Every sign shall be subject
to inspection and approval.
3102.6 General requirements: All signs shall be
designed and constructed to comply with the
provisions of 780 CMR for materials, loads and
stresses, and with the requirements of 780 CMR
3102.6.1 through 3 102.6.5.
3102.6.1 Wind load: All signs shall be designed
and constructed to withstand wind pressure as
provided for in 780 CMR 161 1.12.2.
3102.6.2 Earthquake load: Signs designed to
withstand wind pressures shall be considered
enable of withstanding earthquake loads, except
as provided for in 780 CMR 1612.0 and 1616.0.
3102.6.3 niumination: A sign shall not be
illuminated by other than electrical means, and
electrical devices and wiring shall be installed in
accordance with the requirements of 527 CMR
12.00 listed in Appendix A. Any open spark or
flame shall not be used for display purposes
unless spedfically approved.
3102.6.4 Use of combustibles: The requirements
of 780 CMR 3102.6.4.1 and 3102.6.4.2 shall
apply to combustible material for signs.
3102.6.4.1 Ornamental features: Wood or
approved plastic as provided for in 780 CMR
26, or other materials of combustible
characteristics similar to wood, used for
moldings, cappings, nailing blocks, letters and
latticinjj, shall comply with 780 CMR 3 102.7,
and shall not be used for other ornamental
features of signs, unless approved.
3102.6.4.2 Internally illuminated signs:
Except as provided for malls in 780 CMR
402. 14, where internally illuminated signs have
sign facings of wood or approved combustible
plastic, the area of such facing section shall not
be more than 120 square feet (11.16 m^ and
the wiring for electric lighting shall be entirely
enclosed in the sign cabinet with a clearance of
not less than two inches (51 nmi) from the
426
780 CMR - Sbcth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
facing material. The dimensional limitation of
120 square feet (11.16 m^) shall not apply to
sign facing sections made from flameresistant-
coated fabric (ordinarily known as "flexible
sign face plastic") that weighs less than 20
ounces per square yard (678 g/m^)and which,
when tested in accordance with NFiPA 701
listed in Appendix A meets the requirements of
both the small-scale test and the large-scale
test, or which, when tested in accordance with
an approved test method, exhibits an average
bum time for ten specimens of two seconds or
less and a burning extent of 15 centimeters or
less.
3102.6.5 Animated devices: Signs that contain
moving sections or ornaments shall have fail-
safe provisions to prevent the section or
ornament from releasing and falling or shifting
its center of gravity more than 15 inches (381
mm). The fail-safe device shall be in addition
to the mechanism and the mechanism's housing
which operate the movable section or
ornament. The fail-safe device shall be
capable of supporting the full dead weight of
the section or ornament when the moving
mechanism releases.
3102.7 Ground signs: The structural frame of
ground signs shall not be erected of combustible
materials to a height of more than 35 feet (10668
mm) above the ground. In all locations, where
constructed entirely of noncombustible material,
ground signs shall not be erected to a height of
greater than 100 feet (30480 mm) above the ground.
Greater heights are permitted where approved and
located so as not to create a hazard or danger to the
public.
3102.8 Roof signs: Roof signs shall comply with
780 CMR 3102.8.1 through 3102.8.4.
3102.5.1 Materials: All roof signs shall be
constructed entirely of metal or other approved
noncombustible material except as provided for in
780 CMR 3 1 02.6.4. Provisions shall be made for
electric grounding of all metallic parts. Where
combustible materials are permitted in letters or
other ornamental features, all wiring and tubing
shall be kept free and insulated therefrom.
3102.8.2 Bott€im ckaramc®: There shall be a
clear space of not less than six feet (1829 mm)
between the lowest part of the sign and the roof
level, except for necessary structural supports.
3102.5.3 Closed signs: A closed roof sign shall
not be erected to a height greater than 50 feet
(15240 mm) above the roof of buildings of
Types i and 2 construction, nor more than 35 feet
(10668 mm) above the roof of buildings of
Types 3, 4 and 5 construction.
3102.8.4 Open signs: An open roof sign shall not
exceed a height of 100 feet (30480 mm) above the
roof of buildings of Types 1 and 2 construction;
and not more than 60 feet (18288 mm) above the
roof of buildings of Types 3, 4 and 5 construction.
3102.9 Wall signs: Wall signs shall comply with
780 CMR 3102.9.1 and 3102.9.2.
3102.9.1 Materials: Wall signs which have an
area exceeding 40 square feet (3.72 m^) shall be
constructed of metal or otiier approved
noncombustible material, except for nailing rails
and as provided for in 780 CMR 3 102.6.4.
3102.9.2 Extension: Wall signs shall not be
erected to extend above the top of the wall, nor to
extend beyond the ends of the wall to which the
signs are attached unless such signs conform to all
of the requirements for roof signs, projecting
signs or ground signs.
3102.10 Projecting signs: Projecting signs shall
comply with 780 CMR 3102.10.1 through
3102.10.4.
3102.10.1 Materials: Projecting signs shall be
constructed entirely of metal or other approved
noncombustible material except as provided for in
780 CMR 3102.6.4.
3102.10.2 MsximuESi projection: A projecting
sign shall not extend beyond a vertical plane that
is two feet (610 mm) inside the curb line.
3102.103 Clearance: A vertical clearance of not
less than eight feet (2438 mm) shall be provided
below ail parts of projecting signs.
3102.10.4 Additional loads: Projecting sign
structures which will be used to support an
individual on a ladder or other servicing device -
whether or not specifically designed for the
servicing device - shall be capable of supporting
the anticipated additional load, but not less than a
100-pound (45.4 kg) concentrated horizontal load
and a 300-pound (136.2 kg) concentrated vertical
load applied at the point of assumed or most
eccentric loading. The building component to
lA^ch the projecting sign is attached shall also be
designed to support the additional loads.
3102oM Marquee signs: Marquee signs shall
comply with 780 CMR 3102.11.1 through
3102.11.3.
3102oiLl Materials: Marquee signs shall be
constructed entirely of metal or other approved
noncombustible material except as provided for in
780 CMR 3102.6.4.
3102.11.2 Attachment: Marquee signs shall be
attached to approved marquees that are
constructed in accordance with 780 CMR
3203.11,
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
427
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
3102.11.3 Dimensions: Marquee 5/^715 shall not
project beyond the perimeter of the marquee.
3102.12 Temporary signs: Temporary signs shall
comply with 780 CMR 3102.12.1 through
3102.12.4.
3102.12.1 Banner and cloth signs: Temporary
signs and banners which are attached to or
suspended from a building, and which are
constructed of cloth or other combustible
material, shall be constructed in an approved
manner and shall be securely supported. Such
signs and banners shall be removed as soon as
torn or damaged, and not later than 60 days after
erection. Permits for temporary signs that are
suspended from or attached to a canopy or
marquee shall be limited to a period often days.
3102.12.2 Maximum size: Temporary signs of
combustible construction shall not be more than
10 feet (3048 mm) in one dimension nor more
than 500 square feet (46.5 m^ in area.
3102.12.3 Supports: Where more than 100 square
feet (9.3 m^ in area, temporary signs and banners
shall be constructed and fastened to supports that
are capable of withstanding the design loads listed
in 780 CMR 1610.0.
3102.12.4 Special permits: Temporary signs used
for holidays, public demonstrations or promotions
of civic welfare or charitable purposes, which
extend across streets or other public spaces shall
be subject to special approval of the authority
having jurisdiction.
3102.13 Illuminated signs: Illuminated signs shall
comply with 780 CMR 3102.13.1 through
3102.13.3.
3102.13.1 Certificates: All electrically
illuminated signs shall be certified as to electric
wiring and devices by the agency having
jurisdiction, and all wiring and accessory
electrical equipment shall conform to the
requirements of 527 CMR 12.00 listed in
Appendix A.
3102.13.2 Additional permits: Electrical permits
shall be issued for the erection or maintenance of
illuminated signs.
3102.133 Relettering signs: The requirements of
780 CMR 3102.13 shall not apply to the
relettering of illuminated signs, except where such
relettering requires a change of wiring or piping
of the sign.
3102.14 Portable signs: Portable signs shall
conform to all requirements for ground, roof,
projecting, flat and temporary signs where such
signs are used in a similar capacity. The
requirements of 780 CMR 3102.14 shall not be
construed to require portable signs to have
connections to surfaces, tie-downs or foundations
where provisions are made by temporary means or
configuration of the structure to provide stability for
the expected duration of the installation.
3102.14.1 Electrical: Portable signs that require
electrical service shall have a positive connecting
device on the sign. Electrical service lines to the
sign shall be protected from damage from all
anticipated traffic.
780 CMR 3103.0 MEMBRANE STRUCTURES
3103.1 (General: The provisions of 780 CMR 3 103.0
shall apply to air-supported, air-inflated, membrane-
covered cable and membrane-cowered frame
structures, collectively known as membrane
structures, erected for a period of 90 days or longer.
Those erected for a shorter period of time shall
comply with the applicable provisions of the fire
prevention code, 527 CMR, listed in Appendix A
and 780 CMR 3104.0. Membrane structures
covering water storage facilities, water clarifiers,
water treatment plants, sewage treatment plants and
similar facilities not used for human occupancy, are
required to meet only the requirements of 780 CMR
3103.3.2 and 3103.6.
3103.2 Definitions: The following words and terms
shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR 3103.0 and as
used elsewhere in 780 CMR, have the meanings
shown herein.
Membrane: As it pertains to membrane structures, a
thin, flexible, impervious material capable of
being supported by an air pressure of 1 .5 inches of
water column (373 P).
Membrane structures
Air-inilated structure: A building where the
shape of the structure is maintained by air
pressuiization of cells or tubes to form a barrel
vault over the usable area. Occupants of such a
stiuctuie do not occupy the pressurized area used
to support the structure.
Air-supported structure: A building wherein the
shape of the structure is attained by air pressure
and occupants of the structure are within the
elevated pressure area. Air-supported structures
are of two basic types:
Double skin: Similar to a single skin, but v^th
an attached liner that is separated from the
outer skin and provides an air space which
serves for insulation, acoustic, aesthetic or
similar purposes.
Single skin: Where there is only the single
outer skin and the air pressure is directly
against that skin.
Cable-restrained, air-supported structure: A
structure in which the uplifl is resisted by cables
or webbings which are anchored to either
428
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
foundations or dead men. Reinforcing cable or
webbing is attached by various methods to the
membrane or is an integral part of the membrane.
This is not a cable-supported structure.
Membrane-covered cable stnscture: A
nonpressurized structure in which a mast and
cable system provides support and tension to the
membrane weather barrier and the membrane
imparts structural stability to the structure.
Membrane-covered frame stnicturs: A
nonpressurized building wherein the structure is
composed of a rigid framework to support
tensioned membrane which provides the weather
barrier.
Noncombustible membrane stnicture: A
membrane structure in which the membrane and
all component parts of the structure are
noncombustible.
Tent: Any structure, enclosure or shelter which is
constructed of canvas or pliable material
supported in any manner except by air or the
contents it protects.
3103.3 Comstruction requirements: Construction
of membrane structures shall comply with 780 CMR
3103.3.1 through 3103.3.5.
31033.1 Type of constructaois: All
noncombustible membrane structures shall be
classified as Type 2C Noncombustible fi-ame- or
cable-supported structures covered by an
approved membrane in accordance with 780 CMR
3103.3.2 shall be classified as Type 2C
construction. Heavy timber fi-ame-supported
structures covered by an approved membrane in
accordance with 780 CMR 3103.3.2 shall be
classified as Type 3B construction. A
noncombustible membrane structure that is used
exclusively as a roof and is located more than 20
feet (6096 mm) above any floor, balcony or
gallery, is deemed to comply with the roof
construction requirements for Type 1 and Type 2
construction, provided that such a structure
complies with the requirements of 780 CMR
3103. All other membrane structures shall be
classified as Type 5B construction.
3103.3.2 Membrane material: Membranes shall
be dther noncombustible as defined by 780 CMR
704.4, or flameresistant as determined in
accordance with both the small-scale and large-
scale tests in NFiPA 701 listed in Appemdix A.
Esceptlon: Plastic less than 20 mil (500 (im)
in thickness, used in greenhouses where
occupancy by the general public is not
permitted and for aquaculture pond covers, is
not required to be flameresistant.
3103.3.3 Applicability of other provisions:
Except as otherwise specifically required by
780 CMR 3103.3, membrane structures shall meet
all applicable provisions of 780 CMR. The
membrane shall meet the roof covering
requirements of 780 CMR 1506.0.
3103.3.4 Allowable floor areas: The area of a
membrane structure shall not exceed the
limitations set forth in Table 503, except as
provided for in 780 CMR 506.0.
31033.5 Maximum height: Membrane structures
shall not exceed one story nor shall such
structures exceed the height limitations in feet set
forth in Table 503.
Exception: Noncombustible membrane
structures that serve as roof construction only.
1.4 Inflation systems: Air-supported and air-
inflated structures shall be provided with primary
and auxiliary inflation systems to meet the minimum
requirements of 780 CMR 3 103.4.1 and 3103.4.2.
3103.4.1 Equipment requirements: The inflation
system shall consist of one or more blowers and
shall include provisions for automatic control to
maintain the required inflation pressures. The
system shall be so designed as to prevent
overpressurization of the system.
In addition to the primary inflation system, in
buildings exceeding 1,500 square feet (140 m^) in
area, an auxiliary inflation system shall be
provided with sufficient capacity to maintain the
inflation of the structure in case of primary system
failure. The auxiliary inflation system shall
operate automatically when there is a loss of
internal pressure and when the primary blower
system becomes inoperative.
Blower equipment shall meet the following
requirements:
1. Blowers shall be powered by continuous-
rated motors at the maximum power required
for any flow condition as required by the
structural design.
2. Blowers shall be provided with inlet
screens, belt guards and other protective
devices as required by the code official to
provide protection from injury.
3 . Blowers shall be housed within a weather-
protecting structure.
4. Blowers shall be equipped with backdraft
check dampers to minimize air loss when
inoperative.
5. Blower inlets shall be located to provide
protection fi-om air contamination. The
location of inlets shall be approved.
3103.4.2 Standby power: Wherever an auxiliary
inflation system is required, an approved standby
power-generating system shall be pro\aded. The
system shall be equipped with a suitable means
for automatically starting the generator set upon
failure of the normal electrical service and for
automatic transfer and operation of all of the
required electrical functions at full power within
60 seconds of such service failure. Standby
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
429
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
power shall be capable of operating independently
for a minimum of four hours.
3103.5 Support provisions: A system capable of
supporting the membrane in the event of deflation
shall be provided for in all air-supported and air-
inflated structures having an occupant load of more
than 50 or where covering a swimming pool
regardless of occupant load. The support system
shall be capable of maintaining membrane structures
used as a roof for Type 1 or Type 2 construction not
less than 20 feet (6096 mm) above floor or seating
areas. The support system shall be capable of
maintaining all other membranes at least seven feet
(2134 mm) above the floor, seating area or surface
of the water.
3103.6 Engineering design: All membrane
structures shall be structurally designed in
accordance with approved criteria that are developed
by a registered design professional.
780 CMR 3104.0 TEMPORARY
STOUCTURES
3104.1 General: The provisions of 780 CMR 3 104.0
shall apply to tents, membrane structures and other
structures erected for a period of less than 180 days.
Those erected for a longer period of time shall
comply with 780 CMR 3 103.0 or vwth all applicable
sections of 780 CMR where 780 CMR 3103.0 is not
applicable.
3104.1.1 Permit required: All temporary
structures that cover an area in excess of 120
square feet (11.16 m^, including all connecting
areas or spaces with a common means of egress
or entrance which are used or intended to be used
for the gathering together often or more persons,
shall not be erected, operated or maintained for
any purpose without obtaining a permit from the
code official. Tents used exclusively for
recreational camping purposes shall be exempt
from the above requirements. Special permits
required by 780 CMR shall be secured from the
code official.
3104.2 Construction documents: A permit
application and construction documents shall be
submitted for each installation of a temporary
structure. The construction documents shall include
a site plan indicating the location of the temporary
structure and information delineating the meani of
egress and the occupant load.
3104.3 liOcation: All temporary structures shall be
located in accordance with the requirements of Table
705.2 based on the fireresistance rating of the
exterior walls for the proposed type of construction.
3104.4 Construction: Tents and air-supported
structures shall be constructed as required by this
code and NFiPA 102 listed in Appendix A.
3104.5 Membrane material: The membrane
material for all tents shall be of approved
noncombustible material as defined in 780 CMR
704.4; flameresistant material as determined in
accordance with both the small-scale and large-scale
tests in NfiPA 701 listed in Appendix A, or material
treated in an approved manner to render the material
flameresistant.
3104.6 Certification: An affidavit or affirmation
shall be submitted to the code official and a copy
retained on the premises on which the tent or air-
supported structure is located. The affidavit shall
attest to the following information relative to the
flameresistance of the fabric:
1 . Names and addresses of the owners of the tent
or air-supported structure.
2. Date the fabric was last treated with flame-
resistant solution.
3. Trade name or kind of chemical used in
treatment.
4. Name of person or firm treating the material.
5. Name of testing agency and test standard by
which the fabric was tested.
3104.7 Inflation pressure: Operating pressure shall
be maintained at the design pressure specified by the
manufacturer to assure structural stability and to
avoid excessive distortion during high wind or snow
loads.
3104.8 Door operation: In high winds over 50 mph
(80.45 km/h) or in snow conditions, the doors in air-
supported structures shall be controlled to avoid
excessive air loss. Doors shall not be left open
under any conditions.
3104.9 Means of egress: All temporary structures
including tents and membrane structures shall
conform to the means of egress requirements of
780 CMR 10 and shall have a ma^mum exit access
travel distance of 1 00 feet (30480 mm).
780 CMR 3105.0 CANOPIES AND AWNINGS
3105.1 General: Rigid canopies or awnings
supported in whole or in part by members resting on
the ground and used for patio covers, car ports,
summer houses or other similar uses shall comply
with the requirements of 780 CMR 3105.2 through
3 105;4 for design and construction. Such structures
shall be braced as required to provide rigidity.
3105.2 Design and construction: Fixed awnings,
canopies and similar structures shall be designed and
constructed to withstand wind or other lateral loads
and live loads as required by 780 CMR 16 with due
allowance or shape, open construction and similar
430
780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/1 9/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
. features that relieve the pressures or loads.
Structural members shall be protected to prevent
deterioration.
3105.3 Canopy materials: Canopies shall be
constructed of a metal framework wth an approved
covering, that is flameresistant as determined by
both the small-scale and large-scale tests in
accordance with NFiPA 701 listed in Append A or
that has a flame spread rating not greater than 25
when tested in accordance with ASTM E84 listed in
Appendix A. Canopies shall be attached to the
building at the inner end and supported at the outer
end by not less than two stanchions, with braces
anchored in an approved manner. The stanchions
shall be placed not less than 44 inches (1118 mm)
apart. The horizontal portion of the framework shall
not be less than eight feet (2438 mm) nor more than
12 feet (3658 mm) above the walking surface and
the clearance between the covering or valance and
the walking surface shall not be less than seven feet
(2134 mm).
3105.4 Projections: In addition to 780 CMR 3 105.0,
awnings and canopies that are constructed in the
public right-of-way shall conform to the
requirements of 780 CMR 32.
780 CMR 3106.0 PEDESTRIAN WALKWAYS
3106.1 General: An exterior elevated pedestrian
walkway that connects buildings shall comply with
780 CMR 3 106.0. The walkway shall not contribute
to the building area or the number of stories or
height of connected buildings.
3106.1.1 Separate structures: Connected
buildings shall be 'considered to be separate
structures.
Exception: Buildings on the same lot in
accordance with 780 CMR 503.1.3.
3106.2 Construction: The walkway shall be of
noncombustible construction.
Exception: Combustible construction shall be
permitted where all connected buildings are of
combustible construction.
3106.3 Occupancy: The walkway shall not be
occupied for other than low lire-hazard uses and
only approved materials and decorations shall be
located in the space.
3106.4 Separation assemblies between walkways
and buildings: Walkways shall be separated from
the interior of the building hyfire separation walls
with a fireresistance rating of not less than two
hours. This protection shall extend vertically from
a point ten feet (3048 mm) above the walkway roof
surface or the connected building roof line,
whichever is lower, down to a point ten feet (3048
mm) below the walkway and horizontally ten feet
(3048 mm) fi-om each side of the walkway.
Openings within the ten-foot (3048 mm) horizontal
extension of the protected walls beyond the
walkway shall be equipped with fixed %-hour
opening protectives.
Exception: The walls separating the walkway
from a connected building are not required to
have a fireresistance rating by 780 CMR 3106.4,
given compliance with one of the following:
1 . Where the distance between the connected
buildings is more than ten feet (3048 mm), the
walkway and connected buildings are equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with 780 CMR 906.2.1, and the wall
is constructed of a tempered, wired or laminated
glass wall and doors subject to the following:
1.1. The glass shall be protected by an
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
780 CMR 906.2.1 and the sprinkler system
shall completely wet the entire surface of
interior sides of the glass wall when actuated.
1 .2. The glass shall be in a gasketed frame
and installed in such a manner that the framing
system will deflect without breaking (loading)
the glass before the sprinkler operates.
1.3. Obstructions shall not be installed
between the sprinkler heads and the glass;
2. Where the distance between the connected
buildings is more than ten feet (3048 mm), and
both sides are at least 50% open with the open
area uniformly distributed to prevent the
accumulation of smoke and toxic gases;
3. Buildings on the same lot, in accordance with
780 CMR 503. 1.3; or
4. Where exterior walls of connected buildings
are required by 780 CMR 705.0 to have a
fireresistance rating greater than two hours, the
walkway shall be equipped throughout with an
cmtomatic sprinkler system installed in accordance
with 780 CMR 9.
31®6.S Public way: The installation of a pedestrian
walkway over a public way shall be subject to the
approval of local authorities. Construction criteria
for approved walkways shall meet the requirements
of780CMR3106.0.
1.6 Egress: Access shall be provided at all times
to a pedestrian walkway that serves as a required
exit.
.7 Width: The unobstnicted vndth of pedestrian
walkways shall not be less than 36 inches (914 mm).
The total width shall not exceed 30 feet (9144 mm).
3106.8 Exit access travel: The length of exit access
travel shall not exceed 200 feet (60960 mm).
Exceptions:
1. Exit access travel distance on a walkway
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
431
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
system in accordance with 780 CMR 9 shall not
exceed 250 feet (76200 mm) in length.
2. Exit access travel distance on a walkway
constructed with both sides at least 50% open
shall not exceed 300 feet (91440 mm) in length.
780 CMR 3107.0 FLOOD-RESISTANT
CONSTRUCTION
3107.1 General: All buildings and structures erected
in areas prone to flooding shall be constructed and
elevated as required by the provisions of 780 CMR
3107.0.
3107.2 DefiiMons: ThefoUmving words and terms
shall for the purposes of 780 CMR 3107, and as
used dsewhers in 780 CMR, have the meanings
shown herein:
A'Zones: Flood-hazard zones- all areas which
have been determined to be prone to flooding,
but not subject to high-velocity waters or wave
action.
Base Flood Elevation: The flood having a 1%
chance of being equalled or exceed in any given
year and shall be used to define areas prone to
flooding, and describe at a minimum, the depth
or peak elevation of flooding.
Basement/cellar: Any area of the building having
its floor subgrade (Below ground level) on all
sides.
Breakaway Wall: A wall that is not part of the
structural support of the building and intended,
through its design and construction, to collapse
under specific lateral loading forces, without
causing damage to the elevated portion of the
building or supporting foundation system.
Elevation: The placement of a structure above
flood level to minimize or prevent flood damages.
Flood Hazard Zones: Areas which have been
determined to be prone to flooding but not to
high velocity waters or wave action. (A ZONES)
Floodproofing: Any combination of structural and
non^structural additions, changes or
adjustments to structures which reduce or
eUminate flood damage to new or substantially
improved structures.
F.E.M.A: Federal Emergency Management
Agency.
Flood Insurance Rate: Flood insurance rate map
(FIRM) means an official map of a community,
which delineates both the special hazard areas
and the risk premium zones applcable to the
community.
Flood Proofing: Any combination of structural
and nonstructural additions, changes, or
adjustments to structures which reduce or
eliminate flood damage to non-residential
structures.
High-hazard Zones (V Zones) Areas of tidal
influence which have been determined to be
subject to wave run heights in excess of three
feet or subject to high-velocity wave run-up or
wave-induced erosion (V Zones).
Highest Adjacent Grade: The highest natural
elevation of the ground surface, prior to
construction, adjoining the proposed foundation
walls of a structure.
Impact Loads: Loads induced by the collision of
solid objects on a structure carried by
floodwater.
Lowest Floor: The lowest floor of the lowest
enclosed area (including basement/cellar). An
unfinished or flood resistant enclosure, usable
solely for parking of vehicles, building access, or
incidental storage in an area other than a
basement/cellar with appropriate hydrostatic
openings as required in 780 CMR 3107.5.3 is
not considered a building's lowest floor.
Manufactured Home:
780 CMR 3502.
See DEFINITIONS,
Scouring: The erosion or washing away of slopes
or soil by velocity waters.
Special Hazard Zones: An area having special
flood, and/or flood-related erosion hazards and
shown on a Flood Hazard Boundry Map or
FIRM as Zone A, AO, Al-30, AE, A99, AH, VO,
V1.30, VE, V.
Start of Construction: The date the building permit
was issued, provided the actual start of
(instruction, repair, reconstruction, placement,
or other improvement was within 180 days of the
permit date. The actual start means the first
placement of permanent construction of a
structure on a site, such as the pouring of slab or
footings, the installation of piles, the
construction of columns, or any work beyond the
stage of excavation or the placement of a
manufactured home on a foundation.
Structure: A walled and roofed building, including
a gas or liquid storage tank, that is principally
above ground and affixed to a permanent site, as
well as a manufactured home.
432
780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
SPECL^ CONSTRUCTION
Si&bstandai Improvements: Subsiantial
Improvement means any recomtruction,
rehabiiitation, addition, repair or improvement
of a structure, the cost of which equals or
exceeds 50% of the market vahte of the structure
before the "start of construction^' of the
improvement This term includes structures
which have incurred "Substantia! damage",
regardless of the actual repair work performed
Substantial improvement does not, however,
include either:
L any project for improvement of a structure to
correct existing violations of state or local-
heabk sanitary, or safety codes which have been
identified by the load code enforcement official
and which are the minimum necessary to assure
safe living conditions or
2 isny alteration of a "Historic structure",
provided that the alteration will not preclude the
structure's continued designation as a "historic
structure. "
Note 1: The following items cam be excluded
from the cost of improvement or repair: plans,
specifications, survey, permits, and other items
which we separate from or incidental to the
repmr of the damaged or improved building, i e,
debris removal/cartage.
Note 2: The latest Assessors'sSmcture value may
be used, provided thai the Assessors certify that
said value is based on 100% valuation, less
depreciation,
V Zones: Areas of tidal influence which have been
detemmned to be subject to wave run heights in
excess of three feet or subject to kigh-^velocity
wave run-up or wav&'induced erosion. (V Zones)
Vammce: A grant of relief by a community and
the Commonwealth, via the Boards of Appeal,
from the terms of the Floodplain Management
Regulations,
Venting A system designed to allow flood waters to
enter an enclosure, usually the interior of
foundations walls, so that the rising water does
not create a dangerous dijferential in hydrostatic
pressure,' usually achieved through openings in
the walk. Vents mt^ be installed in garage doors
to satisfy this requirement, provided suck vents
are installed consistent with 780 CMR 3107.
The necessity of human interventiom, such as
opening garage doors, does not satisfy this
requirement
310?;3 Base flood elevation: The base iood
elevation shall be used to deine areas prone to
flooding, and shall describe, at a minimum, the
depth or peak elevation of flooding (including wave
height) which has a 1% (100-year flood) or greater
chance of occurring in any given year.
The 100-year flood elevation shall be determined
as follows:
1. In Al-30, AH, AE, Vl-30 and VE, the Base
Flood Elevation is provided on the community's
Flood Insurance Study and the Flood Insurance
Rate Map (FIRM).
2. In AO zones, add the depth provided on the
Flood Insurance Rate Map to the highest
adjacent grade. If no depth is provided, add at
least two feet to the highest adjacent grade.
3. In A, A99 and V zones, the building official,
design professional, or surveyor shall obtain,
review and reasonably utilize and Base Flood
Elevation Data available from a federal, state or
other reliable sources.
3107.4 Hazard zones: Areas which have been
determined to be prone to flooding shall be classified
as either flood-hazard zones (A Zones) or high-
hazard zones (V Zones) in accordance with
780 CMR 3107.5 and 3107.6.
3107.5 Flood-hazard zones (A Zones): All areas
which have been determined to be prone to flooding
but not subject to high-velocity waters or wave
action shall be designated as floodhazard zones. All
buildings and structures as defined in 780 CMR
3107.2 erected or substantially improved in
floodhazard zones shall be designed and constructed
in accordance with 780 CMR 3107.5.1 through
3107.5.4. Plans for such construction or
improvements shall be prepared by a qualified
registered professional engineer or architect to
emure the compliance with 780 CMR 3107.5.
Exception: a proposed addition that triggers the
substantial improvement requirements shall be
constructed according to the provisions of
780 CMR 31&7.S. However, the existing
structure is not required to be brought into
compliance with 780 CMR 3107. 5, provided that
the addition IS NOT an additiomsl stofy(s) which
relies on the support oftke'existing strucmre.
Should the construction of an additional
story(s) meet the substantial improvement
definition, the existing structure shall then meet
aU the applicable provisions of 780 CMR 3107.5.
3107o5.1 Elevation: All buildings or structures
erected 'v^thin a flood-ha^rd zone shall be
elevated so that the lowest floor is located at or
above the base flood elevation. All basement/
cellar ioor surfaces shall be located at or above
the base flood elevations.
Exceptions:
1. Floors of occupancy in any use group,
other than use group R, below the base flood
elevation shall conform to 780 CMR3107.5.4.
2. Floors of occupancies in any use group
which are utilized solely for structure means
of egress, incidental' storage garages and
parking, and which are located below the base
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) -• corrected 780 CMR - Skth Edition
433
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
flood elevation, shall conform to 780 CMR
3107.5.3.
3107.5.2 Anchorage: The structural systems of
all buildings or structures shall be designed,
connected and anchored to resist flotation,
collapse or permanent lateral movement due to
structural loads and stresses from flooding equal
to the base flood elevation and shall be designed
in accordance with 780 CMR 1615.3 and 1615.4.
3107.5.3 Enclosures below base flood elevation:
Enclosed spaces below the base flood elevation
shall not be used for human occupancy with the
exception of structure means of egress, entrance
foyers, stairways and incidental storage. Fully
enclosed spaces shall be designed to equalize
automatically hydrostatic forces on exterior walls
by allowing for the entry and exit of floodwaters.
Designs for meeting this requirement shall either
be certified by a registered design professional in
accordance with 780 CMR 3 107. 12 or conform to
the following minimum criterion: a minimum of
two openings having a total net area of not less
than one square inch (645 mm^) for every one
square foot (0. 1 m^) of enclosed area subject to
flooding shall be provided. The bottom of all
openings shall not be higher than 12 inches (305
mm) above grade immediately adjacent to the
location of the opening. Openings shall not be
equipped with screens, louvers, valves or other
coverings or devices unless such devices permit
the automatic entry and discharge of floodwaters.
3107.5.4 Water-resistant construction:
Occupancies in any use group other than Use
Group R shall, in lieu of meeting the elevation
provisions of 780 CMR 3 107.5. 1, be erected with
floors usable for human occupancy below the base
flood elevation provided that the following
conditions are met:
1 . All space below the base flood elevation
shall be constructed with walls and floors that
are substantially impermeable to the passage of
water.
2. All structural components subject to
hydrostatic and hydrodynamic loads and
stresses during the occurrence of flooding to
the base flood elevation shall be capable of
resisting such forces, including the effeas of
buoyancy.
3. All openings below the base flood
elevation shall be provided with water-tight
closures and shall have adequate structural
capacity to support all flood loads acting upon
the closure surfaces
4. All floor and wall penetrations for
plumbing, mechanical and electrical systems
shall be made water tight to prevent floodwater
seepage through spaces between the
penetration and wall construction materials.
Sanitary sewer and storm drainage systems that
have openings below the base flood elevation
shall be provided with shutoff valves or closure
devices to prevent backwater flow during
conditions of flooding.
3107.6 High-hazard zones (V 2^nes): Areas of
tidal influence which have been determined to be
subject to wave heights in excess of three feet (914
mm) or subject to high-velocity wave run-up or
wave-induced erosion shall be classified as high-
hazard zones. All buildings or structures erected in
a high-hazard zone shall be designed and
constructed in accordance with 780 CMR 3 1 07.6. 1
through 3 107.6.4. Plans for such construction shqll
be prepared by a registered professional engineer
or architect to ensure compliance with 780 CMR
3107.6
Exception: a proposed addition that triggers the
substantial improvement requirements shall be
constructed according to the provisions of
780 CMR 3107.6. However, the existing
structure is not required to be brought into
compliance with 780 CMR 3107. 6, provided thai
the addition IS NOT an additional story(s) which
relies on the support of the existing structure.
Should the construction of an additional
story(s) meet the substantial improvement
definition, the existing structure shall then meet
all the applicable provisions of 780 CMR 3107. 6.
Note: Areas shown as V Zones on the most recent
Flood Insurance Rate Map published by the
Federal Emergency Management Agency shall be
considered in establishing high-hazard zones.
3107.6.1 Elevation: All buildings or structures
erected within a high-hazard zone shall be
elevated so that the lowest portion of all structural
members supporting the lowest floor, with the
exception of mat or raft foundations, piling, pile
caps, columns, grade beams and bracing, is
located at or above the base flood elevation.
3107.6.2 Enclosures below base flood elevation:
All spaces below the base flood elevation in a
high-hazard zone shall not be used for human
occupancy and shall be fi-ee of obstruction except
as permitted herein:
1. Mat or raft foundations, piling, pile caps,
bracing, grade beams and columns which
provide structural support for the building.
2. Entrances and exits which are necessary for
required ingress and means of egress.
3. Incidental storage of portable or mobile
items readily moved in the event of a storm.
4. Walls and partitions are permitted to
enclose all or part of the space below the
elevated floor provided that such walls and
partitions are not part of the structural support
of the building and are constructed with insect
screening, open wood lattice, or nonsupporting
walls designed to break away or collapse
without causing collapse, displacement or other
434
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (EflFective 2/28/97)
780 CMR; STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
structural damage to the elevated portion of the
building or supporting foundation system due
to the effect of wind loads as specified in
780 CMR 161 1.0 and water loads as specified
in 780 CMR 1615.0 acting simultaneously.
Any such nonsupporting solid wall shall be
certified as specified in 780 CMR 3 107. 12.3.
3107.6.3 Foundations: All buildings or structures
erected in high-hazard zones shall be supported
on pilings or columns and shall be adequately
anchored to such pilings or colunms. The piling
shall have adequate soil penetrations to resist the
combined wave and wind loads (lateral and uplift)
to which such piles are likely to be subjected
during a flood to the base flood elevation. Pile
embedment shall include consideration of
decreased resistance capacity caused by scour of
soil strata surrounding the piling. Pile system
design and installation shall also be made in
accordance with the provisions of 780 CMR
1 8 1 6.0 and 1 8 1 7.0. Mat or raft foundations which
support columns shall not be permitted where soil
investigations required in accordance with
780 CMR 1802.1 indicate that soil material under
the mat or raft is subject to scour or erosion fi"om
wave-velocity flow conditions.
3107.6.4 Repair or Replacement of Existing
Foundations: Existing foundations may be
repaired without further compliance with
780 CMR 3107 unless She work required is
determined to be substantial as defined herein.
Exception: Existing foundation systems
.which are replaced in total or which are
replaced so as to constitute new construction
shall meet the requirements of 780 CMR
3107.6 regardless of whether the work
required is substantial
3107.7 ProtectioBS of mechainkal and dectrlcal
systems: New and replacement electrical equipment
and heating, ventilating, air conditioning and other
service equipment shall be either placed above the
base flood elevation or protected so as to prevent
water from entering or accumulating within the
system components during floods up to the base
flood elevation in accordance with the mechanical
code listed in Appendix A. Installation of electrical
wiring and outlets, switches, junction boxes and
panels below the base flood elevation shall conform
to the provisions of 527 CMR 12.00 listed in
Appendix A for location of such items in wet
locations. Duct insulation subject to water damage
shall not be installed below the base flood elevation.
3107.8 Construction materiais, methods and
practices: All buildings or structures erected in
flood-hazard zones (A Zones) or in high-hazard
zones (V Zones) shall be constructed with materials
resistant to flood damage and be constructed by
methods and practices that minimize flood damage.
Construction materials shall be resistant to water
damage in accordance with the provisions of
780 CMR 1808.0, 1810.2,1813.4, 2307.2, 2309.1,
231 1.4, 231 1.6 and 2503.4.
3107.9 Mobile units: New or replacement mobile
units to be located in any hazard zone shall be
placed in accordance with the applicable elevation
requirements of 780 CMR 3107.5.1 and 3107.6.1
and the anchor and tie-down requirements of
780 CMR 35.
3107.10 Alterations, renovations and repairs:
Alterations, renovations and repairs to existing
buildings located in any hazard zone shall comply
with all applicable provisions of 780 CMR
Compliance with 780 CMR 3107 is not required
unless such alteration, renovation or repairs
constitute substantial improvements as defined in
780 CMR 3107.2.
Exception: Repair or replacement of existting
foundations shall comply with 780 CMR
3107.6.4.
3107.11 Increases in buiSding height and floor
fflrea: See 780 CMR 3107.5 Exception and 3107.6
Exception.
3107.12 Certifications: Certifications shall be
submitted in accordance with 780 CMR 3107.12.1
through 3107.12.3.
3107.12.1 As-built devation certifications: A
licensed land surveyor or registered design
professional shall certify the actual elevation (in
relation to base flood elevation) of the lowest
structural member required to be elevated by the
provisions of 780 CMR 12.
3107.12.2 Waterresistant construction: Where
buildings or structures are to be constructed in
accordance with 780 CMR 3107.5.4, the code
official shall require that a registered design
professional provide construction documents
showing proposed details of floor, wall and
foundation support components, loading
computations and other essential technical data
used in meeting the conditions of 780 CMR
3107.5.4. The construction documents shall be
accompanied by a statement bearing the signature
of the registered design professional indicating
that the design and proposed methods of
construction are in accordance with all applicable
provisions of 780 CMR 3107.5.4.
3107.12.3 High-hasard construction: Where
buildings or structures are to be constructed in
accordance with 780 CMR 3107.6, the code
official shall require that a registered design
professional provide construction documents
showing proposed details of foundation support
and connection components which are used in
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
435
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
meeting the requirements of 780 CMR 3107.6.3.
Where solid walls or partitions are proposed
below the base flood elevations, wall, framing and
connection details of such walls shall be provided,
including loading computations for the wall and
foundation system used in meeting the conditions
of 780 CMR 3107.6.2. The construction
documents shall be accompanied by a statement
bearing the signature of the registered design
professional indicating that the design and
proposed methods of construction are in
accordance with all applicable provisions of
780 CMR 3107.6.
780 CMR 3108.0 RADIO AND TELEVISION
TOWERS
3108.1 General: Subject to the structural provisions
of 780 CMR 1611.0 for wind loads and the
requirements of 780 CMR 1510.0 governing the
fireresistance ratings of buildings for the support of
roof structures, all radio and television towers shall
be designed and constructed as herein provided.
3108.2 Location and access: Towers shall be
located and equipped with step bolts and ladders so
as to provide ready access for inspection purposes.
Guy wires or other accessories shall not cross or
encroach upon any street or other public space, or
over any electric power lines, or encroach upon any
other privately owned property without written
consent of the owner.
3108.3 Construction: All towers shall be
constructed of approved corrosion-resistant
noncombustible material. The minimum type of
construction of isolated radio towers not more than
100 feet (30480 mm) in height shall be Type 4.
3108.4 Loads: Towers shall be designed to resist
wind loads in accordance with EIA 222-E listed in
Appendix A. Consideration shall be given to
conditions involving wind load on ice-covered
sections in localities subject to sustained freezing
temperatures.
3108.4.1 Dead load: Towers shall be designed for
the dead load plus the ice load in regions where
ice formation occurs.
3108.4.2 Uplift: Adequate foundations and
anchorage shall be provided to resist two times
the calculated wind uplift.
3108.5 Grounding: All towers shall be permanently
and effectively grounded.
780 CMR 3109.0 RADIO AND TELEVISION
ANTENNAS
3109.1 Permits not required: A building permit is
not required for roof installation of antennal
structures not more than 12 feet (3658 mm) in height
for private radio or television reception. Such a
structure shall not be erected so as to injure the roof
covering, and when removed from the roof, the roof
covering shall be repaired to maintain weather and
water tightness. The installation of any antennal
structure mounted on the roof of a building shall not
be erected nearer to the lot line than the total height
of the antennal structure above the roof, nor shall
such structure be erected near electric power lines or
encroach upon any street or other public space.
3109.2 Permits required: Approval shall be secured
for all roof-mounted antennal structures more than
12 feet (3658 mm) in height above the roof The
application shall be accompanied by detailed
drawings of the structure and methods of anchorage.
All connections to the roof structure shall be
properly flashed to maintain water tightness. The
design and materials of construction shall comply
vdth the requirements of 780 CMR 3108.3 for
character, quality and minimum dimension.
3109.3 Dish antennas: An antenna consisting of a
radiation element which transmits or receives
radiation signals generated as electrical, light or
sound energy, and supported by a structure with or
without a reflective component to the radiating dish,
usually in a circular shape with a parabolic curve
design constructed of a solid or open mesh surface,
shall be known as a dish antenna.
3109.3.1 Permits: The approval of the code
official shall be secured for all dish antennal
structures more than two feet (610 mm) in
diameter erected on the roof of or attached to any
building or structure. A permit is not required for
dish antennas not more than two feet (610 mm) in
diameter erected and maintained on the roof of
any building.
3109.3.2 Structural provisions: Dish antennas
larger than two feet (610 mm) in diameter shall be
subject to the structural provisions of 780 CMR
1610.0,1611.0 and 3108.4. The snow load
provisions of 780 CMR 1610.0 shall not apply
where the antenna has a heater to melt falling
snow.
780 CMR 3110.0 WINDOW-CLEANING
SAFEGUARDS
3110.1 General: All buildings and structures over
50 feet (15240 mm) or four stories in height, in
which the windows are cleaned from the outside,
shall be provided with anchors, belt terminals or
other approved safety devices for all window
openings. Such devices shall be of an approved
design, and shall be constructed of corrosion-
resistant materials securely attached to the window
frames or anchored in the enclosure walls of the
building. Cast-iron or cast-bronze anchors shall be
prohibited.
436
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
CHAPTER 32
CONSTRUCTION IN THE PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY
780 CMR 320L0 GENERAL
3201.1 Scope: The provisions of 780 CMR 32 shall
govern encroachment and projection of structures
into the public right-of-way.
780 CMR 3202.0 STREET
ENCROACBDVIENTS
3202.1 General: Except as herein provided, a part of
any building hereafter erected and additions to an
existing building heretofore erected shall not project
beyond the lot lines or beyond the building line
where such lines are established by the zoning law or
any other statute controlling building construction.
3202.2 Below grade: A part of a building hereafter
erected below grade that is necessary for structural
support of the building shall not project beyond the
lot lines, except that the footings of street walls or
their supports which are located at least eight feet
(2438 nun) below grade shall not project more than
12 inches (305 mm) beyond the street lot line.
3202.3 Above grade: All projections hereafter
permitted beyond the street lot line or the building
line above grade shall be so constmcted as to be
readily removable without endangering the safety of
the building.
3202.4 Projections necessary for safeity: In any
specific application, the code official is authorized to
designate by approved rules such architectural
features and accessories which are deemed desirable
or necessary for the health or safety of the public as
well as the maximum extent to which such features
shall project beyond the street lot line or the building
line where established by statute, subject to all
provisions and restrictions that are otherwise
prescribed by law, ordinance or mle of the
authorities having jurisdiction over streets or public
spaces.
3202.5 Permit revocable: Any permit granted or
permission expressed or implied in the provisions of
this code to construct a building so as to project
beyond the street lot line or building line shall be
revocable by the jurisdiction at will.
3202.6 Existing encroachments: Parts of existing
buildings and structures which already project
beyond the street lot line or building line are not
required to be altered until their removal is directed
by the proper authorities Tof the jurisdiction.
780 CMR 3203.0 PERMISSIBLE STREET
PROJECTIONS
3203.1 General: Subject to such provisions as are
otherwise prescribed by law or ordinance, or by
rules of the authorities having jurisdiction over
streets, highways and public spaces, the projections
described in 780 CMR 3203.3 through 3203.12.1
shall be permitted beyond the street lot line or the
building line.
3203.2 Definitions: The following words and terms
shall for the purposes of 780 CMR 3203.0 and as
used elsewhere in 780 CMR, have the meanings
shown herein.
Aremvay (form of construction): An uncovered
subsurface space adjacent to a building (see
780 CMR 3203.12.1).
CasrlJ kveB: The elevation of the street curb as
established in accordance with law.
Building or wall height: The elevation of the
street grade opposite the center of the wall nearest
to and facmg the street lot line.
Oris! windmv: A window projected beyond and
suspended ftom the wall of the building or
cantilevered therefrom (see 780 CMR 3203.7).
3203.3 Cornices and eaves: Main cornices or roof
eaves located at least 12 feet (3658 mm) above the
cuEb level shall not project more than three feet (914
mm).
3203.4 Architectural decorations: Belt courses,
lintels, sills, architraves, pediments and similar
architectural decorations shall not project more than
four inches (102 mm) where less than ten feet (3048
mm) above the curb level, and not more than ten
inches (254 mm) where ten feet (3048 mm) or more
above the curb level.
3203.5 Ornamental columns: Ornamental columns
or pilasters, including the bases and moldings which
emphasize the main entrance of the building, shall
not project more than 12 inches (305 mm).
3203.6 Entrance steps: Entrance steps and doors
shall not project more than 12 inches (305 mm) and
shall be guarded by check pieces not less than three
feet (914 mm) high, or shall be located between
ornamental columns or pilasters.
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition
437
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
3203.7 Oriel windows: Oriel windows with the
lowest portion at least ten feet (3048 mm) above the
curb level shall not project more than IVi feet (762
mm).
3203.8 Balconies: Balconies located at least ten feet
(3048 mm) above the curb level shall not project
more than three feet (914 mm), except that where the
balcony is required in connection with a fire escape
or exterior stairway as an element of a means of
egress, the projection shall not exceed four feet
(1219 mm).
3203.9 Awnings: Retractable or fixed awnings shall
have clearances above grade and shall be installed in
accordance with the requirements of 780 CMR
3105.0 and 3205.0.
3203.10 Awning covers or boxes: Awning covers
or boxes located at least eight feet (2438 mm) above
the curb level shall not project more than three feet
(914 mm).
3203.11 Marquees: For the purposes of 780 CMR
3203.11, a marquee shall include any object or
decoration attached to, or part of, said marquee.
3203.11.1 Projection and clearance: The
horizontal clearance between a marquee and the
curb line shall not be less than two feet (610 mm).
A marquee projecting more than % of the distance
fi-om the property line to the curb line shall not be
less than ten feet (3048 mm) above the ground or
pavement below.
3203.11.2 Thickness: The maximum height or
thickness of a marquee measured vertically fi-om
its lowest to its highest point shall not exceed
three feet (914 mm) where the marquee projects
more than % of the distance fi-om the property
line to the curb line, and shall not exceed nine feet
(2743 mm) where the marquee is less than % of
the distance fi-om the property line to the curb
line.
3203.113 Roof construction: Where the roof or
any part thereof is a skylight, the materials shall
consist of approved plastics or wired glass not
less than Va inch thick with a single pane not more
than 18 inches (457 mm) wide. Every roof and
skylight of a marquee shall be sloped to
downspouts that shall conduct any drainage fi-om
the marquee in such a manner so as not to spill
over the sidewalk.
3203.11.4 Location prohibited: Every marquee
shall be so located as not to interfere with the
operation of any exterior standpipe, and such that
the marquee does not obstruct tiie clear passage of
stairway or exit discharge fi-om the building or the
installation or maintenance of street lighting.
3203.11.5 Construction: A marquee shall be
supported entirely fi-om the building and
constructed of noncombustible materials.
Marquees shall be designed and constructed to
withstand wind or other lateral loads and live
loads as required in 780 CMR 16. Structural
members shall be protected to prevent
deterioration.
3203.12 Vaults: Vaults below the sidewalk level
shall not extend closer than three feet (914 mm) to
the curb line. The construction and utilization of
such vaults shall be subject to the terms and
conditions of the authority or legislative body having
jurisdiction.
3203.12.1 Areaways: Areaways shall not project
beyond the street lot line more than four feet
(1219 mm), provided that every such areaway
shall be covered over at the street grade by an
approved grating of metal or other
noncombustible material.
780 CMR 3204.0 SPECIAL AND
TEIMPORARY PROJECTIONS
3204.1 Alliey projections: The permissible
projection beyond street lot lines shall apply in
general to building projections into alleyways,
except as modified by the authority having
jurisdiction or by special deed restriction.
3204.2 Special permits: Where authorized by
special permit, vestibules and storm doors shall be
erected for periods of time not exceeding seven
months in any one year, and shall not projea more
than three feet (914 mm) nor more than Vi of the
width of the sidewalk beyond the street lot line.
Temporary entrance awnings shall be erected with a
minimum clearance of seven feet (2134 mm) to the
lowest portion of the hood or awning where
supported on removable steel, or other approved
noncombustible supports.
780 CMR 3205.0 AWNINGS AND CANOPIES
3205.1 Permit: A permit shall be obtained from the
code official for the erection, repah" or replacement
of any fixed awning, canopy or hood, except as
provided for in 780 CMR 3205.1.1, and for any
retractable awning located at the first-story level and
extending over the public street or over any portion
of a court or yard beside a building serving as a
passage from a required exit or exit discharge to a
public street.
3205.1.1 Exemption from permit: A permit shall
not be re-quired: for the erection, repair or
replacement of fixed or retractable awnings
installed on occupancies in Use Group R-3 unless
such awnings project over public property; for
retractable awnings installed above the first story;
or where the awning does not project over the
public street or over any court or yard serving as
a passage from a required exit to a public street.
438
780 CMR -Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
CONSTRUCTION IN THE PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY
3205,2 Retractable awnings: There shall be a
minimum clearance of seven feet (2134 mm) from
the sidewalk to the lowest part of the framework
or any fixed portion of any retractable awning,
except that the bottom of the valance of canvas
awnings shall have a minimum clearance of six
feet nine inches (2057 mm) above the sidewalk.
Retractable awnings shall be securely fastened to
the building and shall not extend closer than 12
inches (305 mm) in from the curb line.
Retractable awnings shall be equipped with a
mechanism or device for raising and holding the
awning in a retracted or closed position against
the face of the building.
3205.3 Fised or permanent awnings: The
clearance from the sidewalk to the lowest part of
any fixed or permanent awning shall be the same
as required in 780 CMR 3205.2 for retractable
awnings. Fixed or permanent awnings installed
above the first story shall not project more than
four feet (1219 mm).
3205.4 Canopies: Stanchions that support
canopies shall be placed not less than two feet
(610 mm) in from the curb line. The horizontal
portion of the canopy framework shall not be less
than eight feet (2438 mm) nor more than 12 feet
(3658 mm) above the sidewalk and the clearance
between the covering or valance and the sidewalk
shall not be less than seven feet (2134 mm).
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
439
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
440 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
CHAPTER 33
SITE WORK, DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION
780 CMR 3301.0 GENERAL
330L1 Scope: The provisions of 780 CMR 33 shall
apply to all construction in connection with work
requiring a permit for structures in accordance with
780 CMR.
3301.2 Other laws: Nothing herein contained shall
be construed to nullify any rules, regulations or
statutes of state or federal agencies governing the
protection of the public or workers from health or
other hazards.
When not covered by the provisions of 780 CMR,
454 CMR 10.00: Construction Industry Rules and
Regulations, shall apply.
330L3 Combustible and explosive hazards: The
provisions of 780 CMR which apply to the storage,
use or transportation of explosives, \\igYiy flammable
and combustible substances, gases and chemicals
shall be construed as supplemental to the
requirements of the federal laws, the regulations of
the Department of Transportation (DOTn) and 527
CMR 13.00, Keeping, Storage, Use, Manufacture,
Sale, Handling, and Transportation of Explosives,
as listed In Appendix A.
780 CMR 3302.0 CONSTRUCTION
DOCUMENTS AND SPECIAL PERMTTS
3302.1 Temporary construction: Before any
construction operation is started, construction
documents shall be filed with the code official
showing the design and construction of all sidewalk
sheds, temporary vehicular passageways, trestles,
foot bridges, guard fences and other similar devices
required in the operation. Approval shall be secured
from the code official before the commencement of
any work.
3302.2 Special permits: All special licenses and
permits for the storage of materials on sidewalks and
highways, for the use of water or other public
facilities and for the storage and handling of
explosives, shall be secured from the administrative
authorities having jurisdiction.
3302.3 Temporary encroachments: Sidewalk
sheds, underpinning and other temporary protective
guards and devices shall not project beyond the
interior and street lot lines except where required to
insure the safety of the adjoining property and the
public, subject to approval. Where necessary, the
consent of the adjoining property owner shall be
obtained.
780 CMR 3303.0 TESTS
3303.1 Loading: It shall be unlawful to load any
structure, temporary support, sidewalk bridge or
sidewalk shed or any other device during the
construction or demolition of any building or
structure in excess of its safe working capacity as
provided for in 780 CMR 16 for allowable loads and
working stresses.
780 CMR 3304.0 PROTECHON OF PUBLIC
3304.1 General: Wherever a building or structure is
erected, altered, repaired, removed or demolished,
the operation shall be conducted in a safe manner
and suitable protection for the general public shall
be provided.
3304.2 Fences: Every excavation or area of
construction on a site located five feet (1524 mm) or
less from the street lot line shall be enclosed with a
barrier not less than six feet (1829 mm) high to
prevent the entry of unauthorized persons. Where
located more than five feet (1524 mm) from the
street lot line, a barrier shall be erected where
required by the code official. All barriers shall be of
adequate strength to resist wind pressure as specified
in 780 CMR 1611.0.
3304.3 Sidewalk bridge: Wherever the ground is
excavated under the sidewalk, a sidewalk bridge
shall be constructed at least four feet (1219 mm)
wide, or a protected walkway of equal v»ndth shall be
erected in the street, provided that the required
permit for such walkway is obtained from the
administrative authority.
3304.4 Sidewalk shed: Sidewalk sheds shall be as
provided for in accordance with 780 CMR 3304.4. 1
through 3304.4.4 except where sidewalks are closed
by the authority having jurisdiction.
3304.4.1 Within ten feet of street lot line: Where
any building or part thereof which is located
within ten feet (3048 mm) of the street lot line is
to be erected or raised to exceed 40 feet (12192
mm) in height, or wherever a building which is
more than 40 feet (12192 mm) in height and is
within ten feet (3048 mm) of the street lot line is
to be demolished, a sidewalk shed shall be erected
and maintained for the full length of the building
on all street fronts for the entire time that work is
performed on the exterior of the building.
3304.4.2 Within 20 feet of street lot line: Where
the building being demolished or erected is
located within 20 feet (6096 m) of the street lot
mm (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR = Sixth Edition
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUE.DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
TPIE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
line and is more than 40 feet (12192 mm) in
height, exterior flare fans or catch platforms shall
be erected at vertical intervals of not more than
two stories.
3304.4.3 Buildings higher than six stories:
Where the building being demolished or erected
is more than six stories or 75 feet (22860 mm) in
height, unless set back from the street lot line a
distance of more than Vi of the height of the
building, a sidewalk shed shall be provided.
3304.4.4 Walkway: An adequately lighted
walkway at least four feet (1219 mm) wide and
eight feet (2438 mm) high in the clear shall be
maintained under all sidewalk sheds for
pedestrians. Where ramps are required, the ramps
shall conform to the provisions of 780 CMR 33
and 780 CMR 1016.0.
3304.5 Thrust-out platforms: Thrust-out platforms
or other substitute protection in lieu of sidewalk
sheds shall not be used unless approved and deemed
adequate to insure the public safety. Thrust-out
platforms shall not be used for the storage of
materials.
3304.6 Watchman: Wherever a building is being
demolished, erected or altered, a watchman shall be
employed to warn the general public when
intermittent hazardous operations are conducted
across the sidewalk or walkway.
780 CMR 3305.0 FIRE HAZARDS
3305.1 General: The provisions of 780 CMR and of
the 527 CMR: the Massachusetts State Board of
Fire Prevention Regulations, listed in Appendix A
shall be strictly observed to safeguard against all fire
hazards attendant upon construction operations.
3305.2 Portable fire extinguishers: Alt buildings
under construction, alteration or demolition shall be
provided with at least one portable fire extinguisher
with a minimum 2-A:20-B:C rating at each exit on
all floor levels where combustible materials have
accumulated. A portable fire extinguisher with a
minimum 2-A:20-B:C rating shall also be provided
in every storage and construction shed. Additionally,
at least one portable fire extinguisher shall be
provided in accordance with the 527 CMR: the
Massachusetts State Board of Fire Prevention
Regulations, listed in Appendix A where special
hazards, such as flammable or combustible liquid
storage, exist.
3305.2.1 Steam boilers: All temporary or
permanent high-pressure steam boilers shall be
operated, or be in charge of an individual in
possession of a current engineers orftremans
license in accordance with the provisions of
M.G.LC 146 and 522 CMR the Board of Boiler
Rules as listed in Appendix A. When such
boilers are located within a building or within
ten feet thereof, all such boilers shall be
enclosed with approved noncombustible
construction.
3305.3 Standpipes: Standpipes required in buildings
by 780 CMR 914.0 shall be installed when the work
of the building progresses more than 40 feet (12192
mm) above the lowest level of fire department
vehicle access. The standpipes shall be either
temporary or permanent in nature, and with or
without a water supply, provided that such
standpipes conform to the requirements of 780 CMR
914.0 as to number of risers, capacity, outlets and
materials. Access from the street to such standpipes
shall be maintained at all times.
3305.3.1 Height: The standpipe system shall be
carried up with each floor and shall be installed
and ready for use as each floor progresses.
Standpipes shall be extended as construction
progresses to within onie floor of the highest point
of construction having secured decking or
flooring.
3305.3.2 Outlets: Hose outlets shall be provided
with caps and attachment chains.
3305.3.3 Fire department connections: For each
temporary or permanent standpipe installation,
there shall be provided, at the street level, one or
more two-way fire department inlet connections.
Access shall be provided to fire department inlet
connections at all times, and such connections
shall be prominently marked (see 780 CMR
915.8).
3305.3.4 Buildings under demolition: Where a
building is being demolished and a standpipe is
existing within such a building, such standpipe
shall be maintained in an operable condition so as
to be available for use by the fire department.
Such standpipe shall be demolished with the
building but shall not be demolished more than
one floor below the floor being demolished.
780 CMR 3306.0 MAINTENANCE
3306.1 General: It shall be unlawful to remove or
render inoperative any structural, fire protection or
sanitary safeguard or device herein required except
where necessary for the actual installation and
prosecution of the work.
780 CMR 3307.0 HEALTH HAZARDS
3307.1 General: Every construction or maintenance
operation which results in the diffusion of dust,
stone and other small particles, toxic gases or other
harmful substances in quantities hazardous to health
shall be safeguarded by means of local ventilation or
other protective devices to insure the safety of the
public as required by the regulations of the
administrative authority.
442
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
SITE WORK, DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION
3307.2 Removal of dust: Dust, sand blasts or other
harmful agents which are used or which occur in
construction operations shall be disposed of at or
near the point of origin to prevent diffusion over
adjoining premises or streets.
3307J Protective equipment: Facilities shall be
provided in approved closed containers for housing
the necessary vision, respiratory and protective
equipment required in welding operations, and in
accordance with the regulations of the administrative
authority.
780 CMR 330a0 PROTECnON OF
ADJOINING PROPERTY
3308.1 General: Adjoining property shall be
completely protected from any damage caused by
the construction of a structure when the owner of the
adjoining property permits free access to the
structure at all reasonable times to provide the
necessary safeguards m accordance with 780 CMR
3310.0.
780 CMR 3309.0 EXISTING BUILDINGS
3309.1 Protection: All adjoining public and private
property shall be protected from damage caused by
construction.
3309.2 Chimney, soil and vent stacks: Wherever a
new building or structure is erected to greater or
lesser heights than an adjoining building, the
construction and extension of new or existmg
chimneys shall conform to- the provisions of the
mechanical code listed in Appendix A, and the
construction and extension of soil and vent stacks
and the location of window openings shall comply
with the provisions of 248 CMR.
3309.3 Adjoining walls: The owner of the new or
altered structure shall preserve al] adjoining
independent and party walls from damage as
provided for herein. The owner shall undeipin where
necessary and support the adjoining building or
structure by proper foundations to comply with
780 CMR 33 10.0.
3309.3.1 Maintenance: In case an existing party
wall is intended to be used by the person who
causes an excavation to be made, and such party
wall is in good condition and sufficient for the use
of both the existmg and proposed building, such
person shall preserve the party wall from injury
and shall support the party wall by proper
foundations at said person's ovm expense, so that
the wall is and remains as safe and useful as the
party wall was before the excavation was
commenced. During the demolition, the party wall
shall be maintamed weatherproof and structurally
safe by adequate bracing until such time as the
permanent structural supports have been provided.
3309J.2 Beam holes: Where a structure
involving a party wall is being demolished, the
owner of the demolished structure shall, at his or
her own expense, bend over all wall anchors at the
beam ends of the standing v^l and shall brick up
all open beam holes and otherwise maintam the
safety and usefulness of the wall.
3309 J.3 Party wall salts: A party wall balcony
or horizontal exit shall not be destroyed unless
and until a substitute means of egress has been
provided and approved.
3309.4 Adjoining roofs: Where a new building or
- demolition of an existing building is bemg
conducted at a greater height, the roof, roof outlets
and roof structures of adjoining buildings shall be
protected against damage vdth adequate safeguards
by the person doing the work.
780 CMR 3310.0 BEMOLmON AND
EXCAVATION
3310.1 Notice of intent: The person intending to
cause a demolition or an excavation shall deliver
written notice of such intent to the owner of each
potentially affected adjoining lot, building or
structure at least one week prior to the
commencement of work. The notice shall request
license to enter the potentially affected lot, building
or structure prior to the commencement of work and
at reasonable intervals during the work to inspect
and preserve the lot, building or structure from
damage.
3310.2 Protection of adjoining property: If
afforded the necessary license to enter the adjoining
lot, building or structure, the person causing the
demolition or excavation to be made shall at all
times and at his or her own expense preserve and
protect the lot, building or structure from damage or
injury. If the necessary license is not afforded, it
shall be the duty of the ovraer of the adjoining lot,
building or structure to make safe his or her own
property, for the prosecution of which said owner
shall be granted the necessary license to enter the
premises of the demolition or excavation.
3310.2.1 Removal of debris: All waste materials
shall be removed in a manner which prevents
injury or damage to persons, adjoining properties
and public rights-of-vray.
33103 Notke to the sod® ofTickl: If the person
sausmg a demolition or excavation to be made is not
afforded license to enter an adjoining structure, that
person shall inunediately notify in writing both the
code official and the owner of the adjoining property
that the responsibility of providing support to the
^adjoining lot building or structure has become the
exclusive responsibility of the owner of the
adjoining property.
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
443
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
3310.4 Grading of Eot: Where a structure has been
demolished or removed and a building permit has
not been approved, the vacant lot shall be filled,
graded and maintained in conformity to the
established elevation of the street grade at curb level
nearest to the point of demolition or excavation.
Provision shall be made to prevent the accumulation
of water or damage to any foundations on the
premises or the adjoming property.
3310.5 Utility connections: All service utility
cormections shall be discontinued and capped in
accordance with the approved rules and the
requirements of the authority having jurisdiction.
780 CMR 3311.0 RETAINING WALLS AND
PARTTTION FENCES
3311.1 General: Where the adjoining grade is not
higher than the legal level, the person causing an
excavation to be made shall erect, where necessary,
a retaining wall at his or her own expense and on his
or her own land. Such wall shall be built to a height
sufficient to retain the adjoining earth, shall be
properly coped as required in 780 CMR 1825.0 and
shall be provided with a guardrail or fence not less
than 42 inches (1067 nrai) in height.
780 CMR 3312.0 STORAGE OF MATERULS
AND CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT
3312.1 General: The term "construction equipment"
shall mean the machinery, tools, derricks, hoists,
scaffolds, platforms, runways, ladders and all
material-handling equipment, safeguards and
protective devices used in construction operations.
The term "runway" shall mean an aisle or walkway
constructed or maintained as a temporary
passageway for pedestrians or vehicles. All
construction materials and equipment required for
the permitted construction shall be stored and placed
so as not to endanger the public, the workers or
adjoining property.
3312 J Design capacity: Construction materials and
equipment stored within the building, or on
sidev^ks or sheds, shall be placed so as not to
overload any part of the construction beyond the
design capacity, nor interfere vdth the safe
prosecution of the work.
3312.3 Pedestrian walkways: Construction
materials and equipment shall not be stored on the
street without a permit issued by the administrative
authority having jurisdiction. Where so stored, such
materials or equipment shall not unduly interfere
with vehicular traffic or the orderly travel of
pedestrians on the highway or street. The piles shall
be arranged to maintain a safe walkway not less than
four feet (1219 nun) wide, unobstructed for its full
length, and adequately lighted at night and at all
necessary times for the use of the Public.
3312.4 Obstructions: Construction materials and
equipment shall not be placed or stored so as to
obstruct access to fire hydrants, standpipes, fire or
police alium boxes, utility boxes, catch basins or
manholes, nor shall such material and equipment be
located within 20 feet (6096 mm) of a street
intersection, or placed so as to obstruct normal
observations of traffic signals or to hinder the use of
public transit loading platforms.
780 aVlR 3313.0 REMOVAL OF WASTE
MATERIAL
3313.1 General: Material shall not be dropped by
gravity or thrown outside the exterior walls of a
buildmg during demolition or erection. Wood or
metal chutes shall be provided for the removal of
such materials. Where the removal of any material
will cause an excessive amoimt of dust, such
material shall be wet down to prevent the creation of
a nuisance.
780 CMR 3314.0 STAIRWAYS
3314.1 Temporary stairways: Where a building has
been constructed to a height greater than SO feet
(15240 mm) or four stories, or where an existing
building exceeding 50 feet (15240 mm) in height is
altered, at least one temporary lighted stairway shall
be provided unless one or more of the permanent
stairways are erected as the construction progresses.
780 CMR 3315.0 UGHTTNG
3315.1 General: All stairways and parts of
buildings under demolition, erection or repair shall
be adequately lighted while persons are engaged at
work, in accordance with the provisions of
780 CMR 1024.0 and S27 CMR 12.00.
444
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
CHAPTER 34
REPAIR, ALTERATION, ADDITION, AND CHANGE OF USE
OF EXISTING BUILDINGS
(780 CMR 34 is entirely unique to Massachusetts)
780 CMR 3400.0 SCOPE
3400.1 General: The provisions of 780 CMR 34 are
intended to maintain or increase public safety,
health, and general welfare in existing buildings by
permitting repair, alteration, addition, and/or change
of use without requiring full compliance with the
code for new construction except where otherwise
specified in 780 CMR 34.
3400.2 Compliance: Repairs, alterations, additions,
and changes of use shall conform to the requirements
of 780 CMR 34. Where compliance with the
provisions of this code for new construction is
required by 780 CMR 34, and where such
compliance is impractical because of construction
difficulties or regulatory conflicts, compliance
alternatives as described in 780 CMR 3406.0 may be
accepted by the building official.
Note: Specialized codes, rules, regulations, and
laws pertaining to repair, alteration, addition, or
change of use of existing buildings promulgated
by various authorized agencies may impact upon
the provisions of 780 CMR 34. Specialized state
codes, rules, regulations, and laws include, but are
not limited to those listed in Appendix A,
3400.3 Applicability: The provisions of 780 CMR
34 apply to repair, alteration addition or change in
use to existing buildings which qualify to use
780 CMR 34 (see 780 CMR 3400.3.1), based on the
proposed continuation of, or change in use group, as
follows:
1. Continuation of the same use group, or a
change in use group which results in a change in
hazard index of one or less as determined by
780 CMR 3403 shall comply with 780 CMR
3404.0.
2. Change in use group to a use group with
liazard index of two or more greater than the
hazard index of the existing use shall comply with
the requirements of 780 CMR 3405,0 and the
code for new construction.
3. Part change In use (Mixed Use): Portions of
the building is changed to a new use group, shall
be separated from the remainder of the building
. with fire separation assemblies complying with
780 CMR 313, or with approved compliance
alternatives. The portion of the building changed
shall be made to conform with the applicable
provisions of 780 CMR 34.
4. Additions: Additions to existing buildings
shall comply with all code requirements for new
construction, except as otherwise provided in
780 CMR 34. The combined height and area of
the existing building and the addition shall not
exceed that allowed by 780 CMR 503.0 and Table
503 as modified by 780 CMR 504 and 506.
Where afire wall complying with 780 CMR 707.0
and 708.0 is provided, the addition shall be
considered as a separate building.
5. Ordinary repairs: Ordinary repairs confonmng
to 780 CMR 1 10.3 (4), 780 CMR 2 and 780 CMR
902 may be performed without a building permit.
6. Assembly use groups: A change from any
other use group to an assembly use group (A) or
any alteration or change in occupancy within an
assembly use group shall comply with the
requirements of the code for new construction,
except that earthquake requirements need only
conform to 780 CMR 3408.
6.1 Existing A=2 use means off egress: For
existing buildings or portions thereof that are
classified as A-2 use and which have an occupant
load of 50 or greater; which have a single main
exit door, such egress system shall conform to the
requirements of 780 CMR 1006.2.2.1 and the exit
access to such single main exit door shall be sized
in accordance with 780 CMR 1011.3. Non-
compliance with these requirements shall be cause
for the issuance of an Exit Order in accordance
with 780 CMR 3400.5.1.
As an alternative, or where construction,
regulatory or other conditions exist which would
preclude the installation of said main entrance/exit
door and associated exit access, the owner shall
cause the existing means of egress system to be
evaluated by a Massachusetts registered architect
or Massachusetts registered professional engineer.
Such evaluation shall determine whether the
existing means of egress is sufficient to
accommodate the occupant load or whether the
existing means of egress requires improvement to
accommodate safely the occupant load. If the
existing means of egress is insufficient to
accommodate the occupant load, such inadequate
means of egress will, as a minimum, be deemed in
violation of 780 CMR 3400.4.1.2. Calculation
methodologies based on alternative approaches to
life safety may be utilized in orider to effect said
egress evaluation.
7. Institutional use groups: A change from any
other use group to an institutional use group (I) or
any alteration or change in occupancy within an
institutional use group shall comply with the
requirements of the code for new construction,
5/1 9/06 (Effective 9/9/05) - corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition
445
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
except that earthquake requirements need only
conform to 780 CMR 3408.
8. Residential use groups: A change from any
other use group to a residential use group (R) or
any alteration or change in occupancy within an
residential use group shall comply with the
requirements of the code for new construction,
except that earthquake requirements need only
conform to 780 CMR 3408.
9. Historic buildings: Buildings which qualify
as totally or partially preserved historic buildings
in accordance with 780 CMR 3409 shall meet the
provisions of 780 CMR 3409.
10. Structural requirements: Structural require-
ments for additions, and for existing buildings
subject to repair, alteration, and/or change of use,
shall be in accordance with 780 CMR 3408,
except:
a. Totally Preserved Historic Buildings need
not comply with the wind load and seismic
load requirements of 780 CMR 3408; and
b. Partially Preserved Historic Buildings
need not comply with the seismic load
requirements of 780 CMR 3408.
3400.3.1 Buildings which qualify: The
provisions of 780 CMR 34 shall apply to existing
buildings which have been legally occupied and/or
used for a period of at least five years. Any
building for which there exists an outstanding
notice of violation or other order of the building
official shall not qualify to use 780 CMR 34
unless such proposed work includes the abatement
of all outstanding violations and compliance with
all outstanding orders of the building official.
Buildings which do not qualify as existing
buildings for the purposes of 780 CMR 34 shall
comply fiilly with the applicable provisions of this
code for new construction.
Exceptions:
(1) Existing buildings or portions thereof
which are changed in use from any other use
group to day care centers (1-2 or E) shall not
qualify as existing buildings for the purposes of
780 CMR 34, but shall comply with the
requirements of 780 CMR 4, as applicable.
(2) Existing buildings or portions thereof,
which are changed in use from any use to a
Group Residence, Limited Group Residence or
Group Dwelling Unit shall not qualify as
existing buildings for the purposes of 780 CMR
34, but shall comply with the provisions of
780 CMR 4, as applicable.
3400.4 Special Provisions for Means of Egress:
3400.4.1 Existing Non Conforming Means of
Egress: The following conditions, when observed
by the building official, shall be cited, in writing
as a violation. Said citation shall order the
abatement of the non conformance and shall
include such a time element as the building
official deems necessary for the protection of the
occupants thereof, or as otherwise provided for by
statute.
L Less than the number of means of egress
ser^ang every space and/or story, required by
780 CMR 1010.0 and Table 1010.2, or
780 CMR 36 for one and two family dwelUngs.
2. Any required means of egress component
which is not of sufficient width to comply with
780 CMR 1.009, or is not so arranged as to
provide safe and adequate means of egress,
including exit signage and emergency lighting.
3400.5 Hazardous Means of Egress:
3400.5.1 Exit Order/Hazardous Means of
Egress: In any existing building or structure not
provided with exit facilities as herein prescribed
for new buildings and in which the exits are
deemed hazardous or dangerous to life and limb,
the building official shall declare such building
dangerous and unsafe in accordance with the
provisions of 780 CMR 121.0.
3400.5.2 Appeal from exit order: Any person
served with any order pursuant to 780 CMR
3400.5 shall have the remedy prescribed in
780 CMR 121.
3400.6 Unsafe Lighting and/or Unsafe
Ventilation: In any existing building , or portion
thereof, in which (a) the light or ventilation do not
meet the applicable provisions of 780 CMR 12.0 and
(b) which, in the opinion of the building official, are
dangerous, or hazardous, to the health and safety of
the occupants, the building official shall order the
abatement of such conditions to render the building
or structure occupiable or habitable as applicable for
the posted use and occupant load.
In enforcing the provisions of 780 CMR 3400.6
the building official may require or accept
engineering or other evaluations of the lighting
and/or ventilation systems in order to evaluate
possible dangerous or hazardous conditions and
acceptable solutions.
Where full compliance with 780 CMR for new
construction is not practical for structural and/or
other technical reasons, the building official may
accept compliance alternatives, or engineering or
other evaluations which adequately address the
building or structure livability for the posted use and
occupant load.
446
780 CMR - Sixth Edition 5/19/06 (Effective 9/9/05) - corrected
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
REPAIR, ALTERATION, ADDITION AND CHANGE OF USE OF EXISTING BUILDINGS
780 CMR 3401.0 DEFINmONS
340L1 General: Definitions shall, for the purposes
■ of 780 CMR 340L0, have the meaning shown
herein;
Building System: Any mechanical, structural, egress,
electrical, plumbing, building enclosure and/or
fire protection system, or fire resistive
construction system, or portion thereof.
Building System Component: A part or portion of a
building system.
Compliance Alternative: An alternative life-safety
construction feature which meets or exceeds the
requirements or intent of a specific provision of
780 CMR. The Building Official is authorized to
approve or disapprove compliance alternatives.
Compliance alternatives are only permitted for
existing buildings.
Existing building or structure: Any building or
structure qualifying under 780 CMR 3400.3.1.
Hazard Index: A numerical value, between 1 and 8,
which is assigned to a specific Use Group in order
to determine which of the provisions of 780 CMR
34 apply to the proposed work on the existing
building. The Hazard Index is a relative scale
used only to; determine applicable provisions of
780 CMR 34. Hazard indices are listed in Table
3403 and Appendix F.
Historic buildings: (a) Any building or structure
individually listed on the National Register of
Historic Places or (b) any building or structure
evaluated by MHC to be a contributing building
within a National Register or Stale Register
District, (c) any building or structure which has
been certified by the Massachusetts Historical
Commission to meet eligibility requirements for
individual listing on the National Register of
2/24/06 (Effective 8/26/05)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
446.1
• 780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE .
446.2 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 2/24/06 (Effective 8/26/05)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING EE0ULATIONS AND STANDARDS
REPAIR, ALTERAHON, ADDITION Am CHANGE OF USE OF EXISTING BUILDINGS
Historic Places. Historic building shall b@ further
defined as totally or partially preserved buildings.
All entries into the totaUy preserved buflding list
shall be certified by the Massachusetts Ifistorical
Commission. The Board of Building Regulations
and Standards shall ratify all buildings ©r
structures certified by the Massachusetts
Historical Commission to qualify for ioiaify
preserved listing (see Appendix H).
Partially p-eserved buildings: (a) Any bidlding or
structure indi^dually listed on the Niiional
Register of Historic Places or (b) any building
or structure certified as a historic building by
the Massachusetts Historical (Commission/t
and not designated a totally preserved building
m Appendix li.
Restoration: Restoration is the process of
accurately reconstructing or repairing the
forms and details of a building or structure or
portion thereof as it appeared at a particular
period or periods of time by means of removal
of later work/or the replacement of missing
ori^unai woric
Totally preserved buildings: A totally preserved
building is an historic building or structure.
The principal use of such a building or
structure must be as an esdubit of the building
or the structure itself which is open to the
public not less than 12 days per year, although
additional uses, original and/ or ancillary to the
principal use shall be permitted within the
same building up to maximum of 40% of the
gross floor area. Totally preserved buildings
shall be those listed in Appendix H. All entries
into the totally preserved building Est shall be
certified by tiie Massachusetts Historical
Commission. The Board of Building
Regulations and Standards shall ratify all
buildings or structures certified by the
Massachusetts Historical Commission to
qualify for totally preserved listing (See
Appendix H).
Seismic Hazard Category: A numerical value,
between I and 3, which is based on a proposed
change in use, change in occupancy and cost of
alterations in order to determine which of the
provisions of 780 CMR 3408 apply to the
proposed work on the existing building. The
Seismic Hazard Category is a relative scale used
only to determine applicable provisions of
780 CMR 34. Seismic Hazard Categories are
listed in Table 3408.1
Substantial Renovation, or Substantial Alteration:
The terms substantial renovation and substantial
alteration are defined herein for the specific
purpose of determining whether fire protective
systems are required in existing buildings, when
such buildings undergo renovations or alterations.
diange In use or occupancy or additions. As
Eased in 780 CMR 34, substantia! renovation or
substantial alteration shall have the following
mi^nings; Substantial renovation and substantial
alteration is work which is major in scope and
expenditure when compared to the work and
expenditure required for the installation of a fire
protection system, when such system is required
by 780 CMR 9 for a particular use group. The
building official. shaSl make such determination
aid may request the owner or applicant to provide
such supporting information as is necessary to
make such determination
780 CMR 3402.0 IMPLEMENTATION
3402,1 BuUdIng Permit Appllentlon
Requirements for Existing Buildings: A building
permit shall be required for any work regulated by
780 CMR 34.
Eseepiion: Ordinary repairs may be performed
without a building permit
3402.1.1 InvestlgatloD aad evalisation: For any
proposed work regulated by 780 CMR 34, which
is subject to 'TSO CMR 1 16, as a condition of the
Issuance of a building permit the building owner
shall cause the existing building (or portion
t^ereoQ to be investigated and evaluated in
accordance with the provisions of 780 CMR 34
(see Appendbc F).
The investigation and evaluation shall be in
sufficient detail to ascertain the effects of the
proposed work (if any) on the structural, egress,
fire protection, energy conservation systems and
light and ventilation systems of the space under
consideration and, where necessary, the entire
building or structure.
3402.1.2 Submittal: The results of the
investigation and evaluation, along with any
proposed compliance alternatives, shall be
submitted to the building official in written report
form.
3402.1.3 Non Conformities and CampUance
Alternatives: The appUcation for a building
permit shall identify all items of non or partial
compliance with the requirements of 780 CMR
34, and compliance alternatives, if any are
proposed, for approval by the building official.
The building official shall respond to the
acceptability of any proposed compliance
alternatives within 30 days of the filing of the
building permit application.- Where proposed
compliance alternatives are, in the opinion of the
building official, unacceptable, or where issues of
non-compliance remain, the permit applicant shall
have tiie remedies prescribed by 780 CMR 122.0.
3402.1.5 DocumeniatBom of compliance
alternatives: Whenever action is taken on any
building permit application to repair, make
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
447
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE M.\SSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
alterations or additions, or change the use or
occupancy of an existing building, and when said
application proposes the use of compliance
alternatives^ the building official shall ensure that
one copy of the proposed compliance alternatives^
including applicable plans, test data, or other data
for evaluation, be submitted to the BBRS,
together witl^ a copy of the building permit
^plication and the building official's decision
regarding the proposed compliance alternatives.
780CMR3403.0 HAZARD INDEX
3403.1 Hazard Index:. In the implementation of the
provisions of 780 CMR 34, the hazard index
associated with a particular use group shall be as
identified in table 3403 and Appendix F. In order
to determine the applicable provisions of 780 CMR
34 the hazard index of the existing use group shall
be subtracted from the hazard index of the proposed
use The algebraic difference shall be used to
determine the applicable provisions of 780 CMR 34.
Table 3403
HAZARD INDEX
USE
GROUP^*^
DESCRIPTION
HAZARD
INDEX
N0.<2>
A-1
Theater with stage
6
A-2
NiehtCIub
7
A-3
Theater without sta^e
5
A-3
Hestaurant
5
A-3
Lecture halls, recreations centers,
museums, libraries, similar
assembly buildines
4
A-4
Churches
4
B
Business
2
E
Educational (K through 12)
4
F
Factory and industrial
3
H
High hazard
8
I-U 1-3
Institutional restrained
5
1-2
Institutional incapacitated
4
M
Mercantile
3
R-1
Hotels, motels
2
R-2
Multi-fiunily
2
R-3
One and two femily
2
S-I
Storage, moderate hazard
3
S-2
Storage, low hazard
1
Notes to Table 3403:
(1 ) See 780 CMR 3 and 4 and Appendix F.
(2) Hazard Index Modifier for selected construction
types as follows:
(a) When a building is classified in construction Type
1 A, 1 B, 2A, or 2B, subtract one from the Hazard index
shown in Table 3403 for the applicable proposed new
use group only.
(b) When a building is classified in construction Type
2C or 5B, add one to the Hazard index shown in
Table 3403 for the applicable proposed new use group
only. Exception: Partially Preserved Historic
Buildings (780 CMR 3409).
780cmr3404.0 requirements for
conthnuation ofthe same use
group or change to a kse group
resulting in a change in a4z4ad
j7vd£x of one or less
3404.1 General: The requirements of 780 CMR
3404.0 and iapplicable provisions of 780 CMR 3408
shall apply to all repairs and alterations to existing
buildings having a continuation of the same use
group or to existing buildings changed in use group
of one or less hazard index (Table 3403).
3404.2 Requirements exceeding those required
for new construction: Existing buildings \Mz\i, in
part or as a whole, exceed the requirements of
780 CMR may be altered, in the course of
compliance with 780 CMR 34, so as to reduce or
remove, in part or completely, features not required
by this code for new construction.
Exception: Pursuant to M.G.L. c. 148, § 27A,
fire protection devices, shall not be disconnected
(temporaicily or permanently), obstructed,
removed or shut off or destroyed without first
procuring a written permit firom the head of the
local fire department.
34043 New building systems: Any new building
system or portion thereof shall conform to 780 CMR
for new construction to the fullest extent practical.
However, individual components of an existing
building system may be repaired or replaced without
requiring that system to comply fully with the code
for new construction unless specifically required by
780 CMR 3408
3404.4 Alterations and repairs: Alterations or
repairs to existing buildings which maintain or
improve the performance of the building may be
made with ^e same or like materials, unless
required otlierwise by 780 CMR 3408. Alterations
or repairs which have the effect of replacing a
building system as a whole shall comply with
780 CMR 3404.3
3404.5 Number of Means of Egress: Every floor or
story of any existing building shall provide at least
the number of means of egress as required by
780 CMR 3400.4 and which are acceptable to the
building official.
3404.6 Capacity of exits: All required means of
egress shall comply with 780 CMR 1009.0. Existing
means of egress may be used to contribute to die
total egress capacity requirement based on the imit
egress widths of 780 CMR 1009.0.
3404.7 Exit signs and lights; Exit signs and
lighting shall be provided in accordance with
780 CMR 1023.0.
448
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/20/98 (Effective 3/1/98)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUtt^DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
REPAIR, ALTERATION, ADDITION AND CHANGE OF USE OF EXISTING BUILDINGS
3404.8 Means of egress lighting: Means of egress
lighting shall be provided in accordance with
780 CMR 1024.0.
3404.9 Height and Area iiimitations: The height
and area requirements of 780 CMR 5 shall apply to
existing buildings when such existing buildings are
modified by addition and/or change in use.
Modifications to the height and area requirements as
provided in 780 CMR 504.0 and 506.0 are permitted.
3404.10 Existing Fire and party walls: No further
compliance is required with 780 CMR 707.0. The
height above the roof of existing fire, party and
exterior walls need not comply with 780 CMR
3404.0
3404.11 Fire Protection Systems: Fire Protection
Systems: Design, installation and maintenance of
fire protection systems shall, be provided in
accordance with 780 CMR 3404.3 and 780 CMR
3404.12 as applicable.
3404.12 Fire protection systems are required for
the following cases:
1 . Additions where required by 780 CMR 9.0 for
the specific use group.
2. For existing buildings and additions to existing
buildings, where required by 780 CMR 9 or
where required by 780 CMR 506 to satisfy height
and area requirements.
3. Existing buildings, or portions thereof which
are substantially altered or substantially
renovated, and where otherwise required by
780 CMR 9.0 for the specific use group.
4. Existing buildings or portions thereof when
changed in use to an A-2 occupancy shall be
protected with an automatic fire suppression
system. Where the A-2 occupancy is created in a
mixed-use building, the A-2 occupancy, including
all ingress and egress portions shall require
automatic fire suppression when the A-2 occupant
load is 50 or greater; additionally in such mixed
use, the A-2 occupancy shall be separated from
adjacent uses by one hour horizontal and vertical
fire separation assemblies in accordance with
780 CMR 709.
Note: Notwithstanding the provisions of
780 CMR 3404.12, automatic Fire Suppression
systems are required in municipalities which have
adopted the provisions of M.G.L. c. 148, § 26G, H
or I; also see M.G.L. c. 143, § 97A, M.G.L.
c. 148, § 26G'/2 and M.G.L. c. 148A relative to
statutory prospective and retroactive sprinkler
requirements for nightclubs and similar USES.
3404.13 Enclosure of stairways: Open stairways
are prohibited except in one- and two-family
dwellings or unless otherwise permitted by ,
780 CMR 10. There shall be no minimum
fireresistance rating required for an existing
enclosure of a stairway. Partitions or other new
construction which is added in order to fully and
solidly enclose a stairway shall provide a minimum
fireresistance rating of one hour. All doors in the
enclosure shall be self-closing and tight-fitting with
approved hardware. All doors in those portions of
the stairway which are fireresistance rated shall
comply to the applicable provisions of 780 CMR 9.
3404.14 Assembly Use Groups: Notwithstanding
the provisions of 780 CMR 3404, Assembly Use
Groups shall comply with the provisions of
780 CMR 3400.3, item 6.
3404.15 Institutional Use Groups: Notwithstanding
the provisions of 780 CMR 3404, Institutional Use
Groups shall comply with the provisions of
780 CMR 3400.3, item 7.
3404.16 Residential Use Groups: Notwithstanding
the provisions of 780 CMR 3404, Residential Use
Groups shall comply with the provisions of
780 CMR 3400.3, item 8.
3404.17 Fire hazard to adjacent buildings: Any
proposed change in the use or occupancy of an
existing building which has the effect of increasing
the fire hazard to adjacent buildings shall comply
with the requirements of Table 705.2 for exterior
wall fire resistance rating requirements, or with
approved compliance alternatives.
3404.18 Accessibility for Persons with
Disabilities: Accessibility requirements shall be in
accordance with 521 CMR as listed in Appendix A.
^ Energy Conservation: Energy
conservation requirements shall be in accordance
with 780 CMR 3407.0.
780 CMR 3405.0 REQUIREMENT FOR
CHANGE IN USE GROUP TO TWO OR
MORE HAZARD INDICES GREATER
3405.1 General: When the existing use group is
changed to a new use group of two or more hazard
indices higher (as provided in Table 3403), the
existing building shall conform to the requirements
of the code for new construction, except as provided
in 780 CMR 3408 or as otherwise allowed in
780 CMR 3407.0.
3405.2 Accessibility for Persons with Disabilities:
Accessibility requirements shall be in accordance
with 521 CMR as listed in Appendix A.
9/9/05
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
449
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
780 CMR 3406.0 COMPLIANCE
ALTERNATIVES
3406.1 General: Where compliance with the
provisions of the code for new construction, required
by 780 CMR 34, is impractical because of
construction difficulties or regulatory conflicts,
compliance alternatives may be accepted by the
building official.
Examples of compliance alternatives which have
been used are provided in Appendix F. The
building official may accept these compliance
alternatives or others proposed,
3406.2 Documentation: In accordance with
780 CMR 3402. 1.5, the building official shall ensure
that the BBRS is provided with information
regarding compliance alternatives accepted or
rejected by the building official.
780 CMR 3407.0 ENERGY PROVISIONS
FOR EXISTING BUILDINGS
Implementation date: Note that commencing
January 1, 1999, replacement windows for existing
low-rise residential buildings are required to have a
maximum thermal transmittance of 0.44 and such
windows must be NFRC listed/labeled.
Exception 1: Criteria for NFRC listing/labeling
and maximum U-0.44 are not required if the
existing window (s) are true divided light (i.e. -
single thickness multi-pane sashes with structural
muntin bars) and being replaced with "like kind"
units. This Exception additionally requires that a
storm window be installed over the replacement
window. The storm window may be installed
internally, externally, or integrated with the
primary window.
Exception 2: Criteria for NFRC listing/labeling
and maximum U-0.44 are not required for
basement windows with a unit height up to 24
inches, whether or not the basement is a
conditioned space.
3407.1 General: 780 CMR 3407.0 establishes the
energy provisions for existing buildings governed by
780 CMR 3404.0 or 780 CMR 3405.0.
3407.2 Compliance: Alterations to any building
component affecting the energy conservation
performance of an existing building shall comply
with the applicable requirements of::
(a) 780 CMR, Table 3407 (COMPONENT
VALUES FOR ALTERED ELEMENTS) and all
applicable subsections of 780 CMR 13.0, or:
(b) 780 CMR 1304.2 for thermal envelope
requirements and all other applicable requirements
of 780 CMR 13.0, or:
(c) 780 CMR 1304.5 for thermal envelope
requirements and all other applicable requirements
of780CMR13.0,or:
(d) 780 CMR 1309, or:
(e) 780 CMR Appendix J, as applicable.
3407.3 Exempt buildings: Refer to 780 CMR
1 30 1 .4 for thermally exempt buildings and780 CMR
1308.1 for lighting exemptions.
3407.4 Compliance exceptions
3407.4.1 Fenestration: When alterations to a
wall assembly include only altering the
fenestration component, the areas of fenestration
may be decreased or replaced with an opaque wall
element made to comply with the thermal
transmittance value of the existing wall,
3407.4.2 Ordinary repairs: Ordinary repairs
need not comply with the energy provisions.
Note that in the repair of broken windows,
broken doors or. broken skylights, like-kind
replacement shall be allowed, but the complete
replacement of windows, doors or skylights in
an existing building shall require compliance
with the applicable requirements of 780 CMR
3407.2. Any window replacement that
includes new jambs or new jamb liners does
not qualify as an "ordinary repair," and such
replacement is subject to the energy
performance criteria of 780 CMR, 3407.2.
3407.4.3 Roofs: Comphance of the roof/ceiling
assembly is not required unless the existing
roofing material is stripped off the roof deck.
However, if a structural analysis by a registered
professional engineer shows that the roof will not
support the additional live loads imposed by
compliance of the roof/ceiling assembly, or, if
such analysis shows that addition of the required
amount of insulation will cause ponding of water,
then compliance of the roof/ceiling assembly is
not required.
450
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
9/9/05
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
REPAIR, ALTERATION, ADDITION AND CHANGE OF USE OF EXISTING BUH-DINGS
TABLE 3407
COMPONENT VALUES FOR ALTERED ELEMENTS
WALLS
Foundation Walls
Including Band
Roo&Ceiling Assembly
All wall construction containing heated or mechanically cooled space
Containing heated or mechanically cooled space
Containing unhealed space
Wood plank and beam construction containing heated or
mechanically cooled space
Roof/Ceiling Assembly
U-0.08
U-0.08
U-0.17
6^
4
Note 1. Wood plank and beam assemblies are constructions in which the finished interior surface is the underside of
the roof deck.
Note 2o For existing low-rise residential buildings, commencing January 1, 1999, the maximum allowed thermal
transmittance of replacement windows, with or without a storm window, shall be 0.44 and such windows and window
with storm window combinations will be NFRC listed labeled. For all other existing building types (commercial/high-
rise), window thermal transmittance requirements shall conform to the requirements of 780 CMR 13 generally and
780 CMR 1304.2 or 1304.5 or 1309, as applicable. Refer also to 780 CMR 3407.0 Exceptions 1 and 2.
Note 3. Insulation may be omitted from floors overunheated areas when foundation walls are provided with a U value
ofO.17.
Note 4. The U value requirement of 0.17 for foundation walls may be omitted when floors over unheated spaces are
provided with a U value of 0.08.
Note So Refer to 780 CMR Appendix J Table J4.3.2 for allowable air infiltration rates for residential doors and
windows. Allowable rate for commercial doors is 1 1 cfin/lin. ft of operable sash crack.
1/19/01
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
450.1
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
450.2 780 CMR -Sixth Edition 2/20/98 (Effective 3/1/98)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
REPAIR, ALTERATION, ADDITION AND CHANGE OF USE OF EXISTING BUILDINGS
Note 6. The first floor exterior envelope of business and mercantile use groups shall have an overall thermal
transmittance value not greater than .65 in lieu of individual component values for walls and fenestration.
Note 7. When the glass area is increased, the glass and wall components which are altered shall comply with the
component values in Table 3407. The extent of wall made to comply shall be equivalent to the decreased opaque wall
area.
Note 8. When any alterations to the exterior wall component exposes the wall cavity or, when a fmished system is
added to a wall having no cavity, the wall must comply with the values in Table 3407.
Note 9. When mechanical system compliance is required on an existing system, only the portions of the system altered
and any other portions which can reasonably be incorporated need comply.
780 CMR 3408.0 STRUCTURAL
REQUIREMENTS FOR EXISTING
BUILDINGS
3408.1 General Requirements:
3408.LJ1 Buildings Constructed on or after
January 1, 1975: The structural systems of
existing buildings which were constructed under
a building permit issued on or afler January 1,
1975 shall conform to the requirements for new
construction of either the current edition of
780 CMR (the Massachusetts State Building
Code), or to the edition in effect on the date of the
permit plus applicable provisions of 780 CMR
3408.0 of the current edition of the code.
Provisions of 780 CMR 3408.0 which are less
stringent than the code in effect on the date of the
permit shall not apply.
3408.1.2 Buildings Constructed prior Xq
January 1, 1975: The structural systems of
existing buildings constructed under a building
permit issued prior to January 1, 1975 shall
conform to 780 CMR 3408.0 and the building
code applicable at the time of the original building
permit. In the event of conflict between the prior
code and 780 CMR 3408.0, the provisions of
780 CMR 3408.0 shall govern.
3408oL3 Structural Engineering Services: For
buildings subject to construction control, as
determined in 780 CMR 116, the Owner shall
retain a registered professional engineer qualified
in the structural design of buildings (hereinafter
called the structural engineer) to perform all
structural engineering required by 780 CMR. For
purposes of determining applicability of
construction control, the volume of enclosed
space shall include the entire existing building
and all proposed additions. (See 780 CMR 1 16. 1
for buildings exempt from construction control.)
3408.2 Evaluation of Existing Buildings: The
structural engineer shall make a structural evaluation
of the existing building to determine the adequacy of
all structural systems that are affected by alteration,
addition, change of use, or damage to be repaired.
The evaluation shall include review of relevant
available documentation about the building design
and construction, a field investigation of the existing
conditions, and a structural analysis. When deemed
necessary by the structural engineer, the evaluation
shall also include detailed field surveys, testing, and
laboratory analysis. Refer to 780 CMR F-104 in
Appendix F. When new structural elements or
strengthening of existing elements is necessary, the
evaluation shall include the effects of such new
elements and strengthening. A report on the
structural evaluation shall be submitted to the
building official with the application for the building
permit.
3408.2.1 Field Iravestigation: The field
investigation of an existing building shall be
sufficient to determine the location, size, details,
and conditions of existing structural elements, and
to verify structural information on the drawings of
the existing building, if said drawings exist.
3408.2.2 Structural Analysis: The structural
analysis shall include analysis of all structural
systems affected by the proposed alteration,
addition, change in use or repair, or for which
design loads are specified in 780 CMR 3408, and
shall be adequate to demonstrate the ability of
new and existing systems to support the required
loads.
3408.2.3 Field Observations
Construction: The structural engineer shall make
periodic field visits during the progress of the
construction work on the existing building in
order to observe and verify the assumed
conditions on which the structural design was
based, and shall modify the design should the
observed conditions differ in any significant
manner fi-om those on which the structural design
was based. The structural engineer shall provide
a written notification to the building official of
changes to the contract documents as shown on
the permit application.
.4 Geotechnicai
Explorations shall be performed as necessary to
determine the subsoils and the type and condition
of existing foundations for the lateral load
analysis of foundations required in 780 CMR
3408.3.4 and for the liquefaction evaluation
required in 780 CMR 3408.7.
3408.3 General Structinral Design Requirements:
The provisions of 780 CMR 3408.3 shall apply to
the structural analysis and design of additions,
alterations, changes in use, and repairs to existing
buildings. Specific requirements for additions, and
for alterations or changes of use, or repairs are
prescribed in 780 CMR 3408.4 and 3408.5
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
451
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
respectively. Additional requirements for
earthquake analysis and design are prescribed in
780 CMR 3408.6.
3408.3.1 New Structural Members and
Systems: All new structural elements and
systems, whether in new additions or in existing
construction, shall be designed and constructed in
accordance with the code requirements for new
construction using the loads and criteria specified
in 780 CMR 3408.0.
3408.3.2 Existing Structural Members and
Systems: Strength of existing systems, elements,
and connections shall be determined in
accordance with current accepted en^neering
practice, using the actual strength and other
physical properties of the existing materials.
Alternatively, except for earthquake design,
applicable design codes at the time of
construction may be used to determine the
strength of existing systems, elements and
connections, provided that the allowable stresses
specified in those codes are not exceeded, and
provided the applicable provisions of those codes
have not since been found to endanger public
safety.
3408.3.2.1 Strength of Existing Materials:
The strength of existing materials shall be
determined by tests or from generally accepted
historical records.
3408.3.2.2 Reuse of Existing Structural
Members: Existing structural members in
sound structural condition may be reused,
providing analysis in accordance with
780 CMR 3408.3.2 demonstrates adequate
capacity to support the loads required by
780 CMR 3408.0.
3408.33 Reinforcement and Repair of Existing
Construction: Repair or reinforcement of
existing structural elements or systems shall be
designed and constructed in accordance with the
code requirements for new construction, using the
loads and criteria specified in 780 CMR 3408.0,
and in the case of existing materials, using the
actual physical properties of the existing
materials. Alternatively, for other than
earthquake design, design codes applicable at the
time of construction of the existing building may
be used, provided that the allowable stresses
specified in those codes are not exceeded, and
provided the applicable provisions of those codes
have not since been found to endanger public
safety.
3408.3.4 Lateral Load Analysis: Lateral load
analysis of a building required by the provisions
of780 CMR 3408.0 shall:
1. Consider all walls, frames, diaphragms, and
other structural elements that may contribute to
lateral load resistance.
2. Consider eccentricity of center of applied
wind load from center of rigidity of the
structure.
3. Consider relative stiffnesses of resisting
elements.
4. Consider flexibility of diaphragms where
appropriate.
5. Include calculations of total lateral
earthquake force as prescribed in 780 CMR
3408.6.1.
6. Include calculations of distribution of
lateral earthquake force as in 780 CMR
1612.5.2, of horizontal torsional moments as in
780 CMR 1612.5.3, of overturning as in
780 CMR 1612.5.4, and of lateral forces on
foundations and retaining walls as in 780 CMR
1612.4.9.
3408.3.5 Existing Lateral Load Capacity:
Alterations shall not be made to elements or
systems contributing to the lateral load resistance
of a building which would reduce their capacity to
resist lateral loads, unless a structural analysis
conforming to 780 CMR 3408.3.4 shows:
1 . That the lateral load resisting system of the
building as altered conforms to 780 CMR
1611.0 and 1612.0 of the code for new
constmction, or
2. That the lateral load resisting system as
altered conforms to all applicable minimum
load requirements of 780 CMR 3408, and that
there is no reduction in the lateral load capacity
of the building as a whole.
Existing elements or systems may be reinforced or
replaced with new elements or systems of
equivalent strength and stiffness, in order to meet
these requirements.
A building which complies with 780 CMR
1611.0 and 1612.0 except that the lateral load
resisting system does not conform to the detailing
requirements of 780 CMR 19 through 23 for the
structural materials and seismic load resisting
system employed, may be considered to be in
compliance with 780 CMR 3408.3.5 if the lateral
load resisting system can safely resist a lateral
force calculated in accordance with the formulae
in 780 CMR 1612.4, but with lateral force factors
(R) and force modification factors as stipulated in
Tables 3408.2 and 3408.3, respectively.
3408.3.6 Load Combinations: The loads
specified in 780 CMR 3408.0 shall be combined
in accordance with 780 CMR 1616.0.
3408.3.7 Live Load Reduction: Live loads
specified in 780 CMR 3408.0 may be reduced as
permitted in 780 CMR 1608.0.
3408.3.8 Deficient or Damaged Structural
Members: Existing structural members that are
found to be deficient or damaged, either prior to
or during an alteration or addition, shall be
repaired, replaced, or reinforced so that their load
452
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/10/97 (EfiFective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
REPAIR, ALTERATION, ADDITION AND CflANGE OF USE OF EXISTING BUILDINGS
capacities confonn to the requirements of
780 CMR 3408.5. Existing structural members
shall be considered deteriorated or damaged if
their capacity is less than 85% of the strength
required by 780 CMR 3408.1.1 or 3408. L2, as
applicable.
3408o4 Additions:
3408.4 J Live, Dead, Snow and Special Loads:
Additions shall be designed to support the live
load, dead, snow and special loads specified in
780 CMR 1605.0 through 1610.0 and 1613.0
through 1615.0, inclusive. Where additions are
supported on existing construction, the existing
structural elements shall be reinforced or
replaced, if necessary, to support these loads.
3408.4.1.1 Snow Drifts and Sliding Snow:
Where the geometry of an addition may cause
snow drifting or sliding snow on existing
adjacent construction, the affected existing
construction shall be reinforced so that it will
support the snow loads specified in 780 CMR
1610.0.
3408.4.2 Wind Loads:
3408.4.2.1 Structure-As-A-Whole: When the
aggregate of all additions made to a building
since January 1, 1975 produce effects due to
the wind loads specified in 780 CMR 1611.0
that are more than 10% of the capacity of the
existing lateral load resisting system of the
building, a lateral load resisting system shall be
provided so that the stmcture=as-a-whole will
resist the wind loads specified in 780 CMR
161 1 .0. When such effects due to wind are less
than 10% of the capacity of the existing lateral
load resisting system, a lateral load resisting
system shall be provided, where necessary, so
that the structure-as-whole will resist the wind
loads specified for Exposure A in 780 CMR
1611.0. Where portions of a building are
structurally independent, the above
requirement shall af^iy to each structurally
independent portion.
3408.4.2.2 Walls and Roofs: New parts of
enclosure walls and roofs that are subjected
directly to the wind, and their local supporting
structural elements, shall be designed to resist
the wind loads specified in 780 CMR 1611.0.
Existing local supporting structural elements of
enclosure walls and roofs that are not altered
need not comply with 780 CMR 161L0.
340$.4J Earthquake Loads: All new materials
and portions of the structure shall conform to all
applicable provisions of 780 CMR 1612.0.
Compliance of existing portions of the structure to
780 CMR 1612.0 is not required, except as
stipulated in 780 CMR 3408.4.3. 1 and 3408.4.3.2.
3408.4J.i Stnictiarally Separated Additions:
Additions which are structurally separated
fi'om the existing portion of the building in
accordance with 780 CMR 1612.4.8 shall be
considered as separate structures for
earthquake design purposes, and shall conform
to all provisions of 780 CMR 1612.0. Existing
portions of the structure need conform only to
780 CMR 3408.5.
3408.4.3.2 Additions Not Structurally
Separated: Existing portions of buildings with
new additions which are not structurally
separated from the existing structure shall meet
the following seismic design criteria:
1 . If both the area and the weight of the
building are increased by less than 10%,
earthquake resistance of the existing portion
of the building need only comply with
requirements of 780 CMR 3408.3.5.
2. If either the area or weight of the building
is increased by 10% or more, but neither is
increased by more than 100%, the following
seismic design criteria shall apply:
a. The structure shaU be designed to resist
a percentage of the base earthquake force,
calculated in accordance with the
requirements of 780 CMR 3408.6. 1. 1, not
less than that given in Figure 3408 . 1 .
h. Existing structural elements not
conforming to the detailing requirements of
780 CMR 19 through 23 may be
considered effective in resisting lateral
seismic loads, providing that their design
seismic force is calculated in accordance
with 780 CMR 3408.6.1.
c. The existing building shall be
investigated for the presence of special
earthquake hazards as described in
780 CMR 3408.6.3, and all such hazards as
are present shall be corrected in accordance
with the provisions of 780 CMR 3408.6.3.
3. Ifeither the area or weight of the building
is increased by more than 100%, the structure
as a whole shall comply with the code for
new construction. Existing elements that do
not confonn to the requirements of 780 CMR
19 through 23 shaU not be considered
effective in resisting lateral seismic loads.
4. For the purposes of 780 CMR 3408.4.3.2,
"area" shall mean the total of all gross floor
and roof areas supported by the building
structure, and "weight" shall have the same
meaning as "W as defined in 780 CMR
1612.5.1. Percentage changes in building
area and weight shall be calculated by
dividing the total area or weight of the
structure after the proposed addition by the
total area and weight existing five years prior
to the date of the current building permit
application.
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition
453
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Figure 3408.1
MINIMUM PERCENTAGE OF LATERAL
EARTHQUAKE LOAD
Percent Increase in
Weight or Area
Percentage of Lateral
Force from 3408.6.1
10
40
20
50
30
60
40
70
50
80
60
90
70
100
80
100
90
100
100
100
3408.4.4 Change in Use: If an addition is
accompanied by a change in use, the more
stringent requirements for addition or change in
use shall apply.
FIGURE 3408.1
MINIMUM PERCENTAGE OF LATERAL
EARTHQUAKE LOAD
20 30 40 so 60 70
Pircsnt Incmse kiViteigM xAm
90 100
3408.5 Alterations, Repairs and Changes of Use:
The following requirements apply to existing
buildings which are altered or repaired, or for which
there is a change of use.
3408.5.1 IFIoor Loads: Except as provided in
780 CMR 3408.5.2, the load capacity of all floors
affected by alterations, repairs or changes in use
shall be adequate to support the loads required by
780 CMR 1605.0 through 1608.0, 1613.0 and
1614.0, inclusive, or the floors shall be reinforced
or replaced with new structural members.
3408.5.2 Posted Live Load: Except for Use
Groups, F, I, and S, any existing building in
which a new use requires greater live loads may
be posted for the originally approved live loads,
provided that the use is controlled in a way
acceptable to the buUding official, and so that the
public safety is not endangered thereby.
3408.5J3 V^ind Loads: The wind load capacity of
the structure-as-whole shall not be less than that
required for Exposure A in 780 CMR 1611.00.
The existing lateral load resisting system shall be
reinforced or new lateral load resisting elements
or systems shall be added, as necessary, to meet
this requirement.
Exceptiion: The building official may waive
this requirement if the alterations are minor
and if there is not change in use, and if the
structural engineer certifies that there are no
alterations to structural elements.
3408.5.4 Earthquake Loads:
3408.5.4.1 Seismic Hazard Category for
Existing Buildings: The Seismic Hazard
Category for existing buildings shall be
determined from Table 3408.1 on the basis of
the proposed, change in use, change in
occupancy and cost of alterations.
Table 3408.1
SEISMIC HAZARD CATEGORY
CHANGE IN USE
(1)
Occupancy increased by more than 25% and to
a total occupancy of 100 or more; or total cost
of alterations exceeds 50% of the assessed
(2)
valuation of the building.
CHANGE IN OCCUPANCY OR COST OF ALTERATIONS
All other changes in occupancy, and
total cost of alterations less than or equal
to 50% of assessed valuation of the
(2)
buildinp.
Change from Use Group with Hazard
Index less than 4 to Use Group with
Hazard Index of 4 or greater, or
Seismic Hazard Exposure Group m
per Table 1612.2.5.
All other changes in Use Group, or no
change in Use Group.
,(3)
(3)
Note 1. Refer to Table 3403 and Appendix F, Table F-1 for the Hazard Index of any use group. Adjustments to the
Hazard Index indicated in the footnotes to Table 3403 shall not be s^iplied for determination of Seismic Hazard
Category.
454
780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
REPAIR, ALTERATION, ADDITION AND CHANGE OF USE OF EXISTING BUILDINGS
Note 2. Total cost of alterations shall include the cost of alterations proposed under the current building permit
application, plus the cost of any alterations covered by building pennits in die two-year period preceding the date of
the current pennit application. The assessed valuation shall be as of the date of the current building permit application.
Note 3. When there is no change in use, the following costs msy be excluded from the total cost of alterations:
a. Costs incurred by requirements for compliance with the following:
i. Americans With Disabilities Act
ii. Massachusetts Architectural Access Board Regulations, 52 1 CMR
iii M.G.Lc. 148, §26A'A requiring sprinklers in existing high-rise structures.
b.Costs incurred for improvements in:
i. Sprinklering
ii. Smoke and heat detection
iii. Fire alarm systems
iv. £xit enclosures
3408.5.4.2 Partial Change of Use: For
buildings in which more than 33% of the total
floor area is classified as Seismic Hazard
Category 2 or 3, the earthquake design of the
entire building shall be governed by the
requirements appljmig to that higher Seismic
Hazard Category.
3408.5.43 For Seismic Hazard Category 1:
Earthquake resistance need only comply with
the reqmrements of 780 CMR 3408.3.5.
3408.5.4.4 For Seismic Hazard Category 2:
Earthquake resistance shall comply with the
requirements of 780 CMR 3408.3.5, and the
existing building shall be investigated for the
presence of speda! earthquake hazards as
described in 780 CMR 3408.6.3, and all such
hazards that are present shall be corrected in
accordance with the provisions of 780 CMR
3408.6.3.
3408.5.4.5 For Sdstmc Hazard Category 3:
Full compliance with 780 CMR 1612.0 is
required, except as provided in 780 CMR
3408.5.4.6 and 3408.6.4, and except that
existing structural systems not conforming to
the requirements of 780 CMR 19 through 23
may be considered to partidpate m resisting
lateral seismic loads, but only if the seismic
design force is calculated In accordance with
780 CMR 3408.6.1.1.
3408.5.4.6 Maximum Lateral Earthquake
Force: When the provisions of 780 CMR
3408.5.4 require compliance with the code for
new construction, or otherwise require design
for minimum lateral seismic force, and the
building is not being extended in area or
hdght, the design lateral seismic force need not
exceed 75% of the base earthquake force
calculated in accordance with 780 CMR
3408.6.1.1.
3408.6:
3408.6.1 R Factors and Force ModlfDcatlon
Factors for Existing Construction:
3408.6.1.! Base Earthquake Force: Where
the provisions of 780 CMR require calculation
of earthquake design forces on existing
buildings, a base earthquake force shall be
calculated in accordance with one of the
following methods:
1. Where the lateral load resisting system
conforms to the requirements of 780 CMR
1612., the base earthquake force shall be
calculated using 780 CMR 1612.4 and the
appropriate response modification factor R
fi-om Table 1612.4.4.
2. Where the lateral load resisting system
does not conform to the requirements of
780 CMR 1612:0, the base earthquake force
shall be calculated in accordance with
780 CMR 1612.4 except that the appropriate
response modification factor R fi-om Table
3408.2 shall be used.
3. Where the lateral load resisting system
does not conform to the requirements of
780 CMR 1612.0, and is not adequately
described by one of the systems identified in
Table 3408.2, the base earthquake force shall
be determined by a properly substantiated
analysis which takes into account the
dynamic and ductility characteristics of the
existing structure, and ground motion
characteristics consistent vAxh the
requirements of 780 CMR 1612.0. The
ductility characteristics used in the analysis
shall be confirmed by physical tests. If the
ductility characteristics of the existing
stiucture cannot be determined, the structure
shall be analyzed on the basis of an R factor
of 1.25.
3408.6.1.2 Earthquake Desige Force: The
earthquake design force for the existing lateral
load resisting system shall be equal to the base
earthquake force calculated in accordance with
780 CMR 3408.6.1.1, multiplied by the
appropriate reduction factor fi-om 780 CMR
3408.4.3.2 or 780 CMR 3408.5.4.6, where
applicable.
3408.6.O Earthqisake Force on
Components of Lateral Resisting System:
The earthquake design forces for components
of the lateral load resisting system shall be
determined firom the lateral load analysis,
based on the earthquake design force
9/19/97 (Efifective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition
455
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUE.DING REGULA'nONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
calculated in accordance with 780 CMR
3408.6.1.2.
Exception: When the design earthquake
force is derived from a base earthquake force
calculated in accordance with 780 CMR
3408.6.1.1, Method 2, design forces for
components of structural systems which are
listed in Table 3408.3 shall be multiplied by
a force modification factor as set forth in that
Table.
3408.6.2 Existing Rigid Elements in
Earthquake Analysis: Existing rigid elements
may be assumed not to participate in the lateral
load resisting system, provided that their effect on
the action of the system is considered and
provided for in analysis and design. In addition,
the effects of the lateral deflection on such rigid
elements themselves and on their attachment to
the building structure shall be considered. Where
the existing rigid elements are load-bearing
elements, such as walls or braced frames, which
do not conform to the detailing requirements of
780 CMR 1903, 2104, 2203 or 2306, as
applicable:
1 . The value of R used in design shall not be
greater than 4, and,
2. The lateral stifihess of the building in any
story, based on the elements assumed in the
design to resist lateral loads, shall not be less
than '/2 of the stifBiess that would pertain if all
• new and existing elements were considered to
be fully effective in resisting lateral loads.
780 CMR 3408.6.2 shall not apply to buildings
where the required lateral load resistance is
controlled by 780 CMR 3408.3.5.
3408.6.3 Reduction of Earthquake Hazards:
Where the provisions of 780 CMR 3408.0. require
correction of special earthquake hazards, the
following measures shall be taken to reduce
hazards from parapets, masonry walls, and/or
precast concrete structural elements which do not
conform to the requirements of 780 CMR 1612.0:
1. Parapets: AH parapets not meeting the
requirements of 780 CMR 1612.0 shall be
removed, or braced so as to meet the
requirements of 780 CMR 1612.7 and, for
unreinforced masonry parapets, 780 CMR
3408.6.4.
2. Masonry walls: All masonry walls shall be
connected to floor or roof diaphragms, or other
elements providing their lateral support, so as
to conform to the requirements of 780 CMR
1612.7. The design force for the connection
shall not be less than 100 pounds per linear
foot of wall. Connections shall not produce
cross-grain bending in wood members.
3. Pi-ecast concrete structural elements:
Interconnections of precast concrete structural
elements shall be investigated, and reinforced
if necessary. Connections shall conform to the
requirements of 780 CMR 19.
Table 3408.2
RESPONSE MODinCATION FACTOR «R''
FOR EXISTING BUILDINGS ^^'^^
BUILDING LATERAL FORCE RESISTING
SYSTEM
R
Cd
Wood Systems
Light Framed Plywood Shear Walls 3 Stories or Less
Other Wood Buildings
6.5
5
4
3
Steel Systems
Steel Moment Frame
Steel Braced Frame without Gravity Loads in Braces
Steel Braced Frame with Gravity Loads in Braces
Steel Frame witii Concrete Shear Walls
4.5
5
4
5.5
4
4.5
3.5
5
Cast-in-PIace or Precast Concrete Systems
Concrete Moment Frame
Concrete Frame with Concrete Shear Walls
Unreinforced Concrete Shear Walls
3
4.5
1.5
2.5
4
1.5
Unreinforced Masonry Systems
Infill Shea^Walls in Complete Steel or Concrete
Frame
Shear Wall Systems with Partial Steel or Concrete
Frame
Bearing Wall Systems
1.5
1.38
1.25
1.5
1.38
1.25
Note 1. See Table 3408.3 for Force Modification Factors
applicable to Components of Lateral Force Resisting
Systems.
Note 2. For buildings deriving lateral load resistance
from a combination of structural systems:
a. For verlical combinations with a regular flexible
upper portion above a rigid lower portion, perform a
two-stage analysis. Evaluate the flexible upper portion
as a separate structure supported laterally by the rigid
base. Evaluate the base structure as a separate
structure, adding the base shear and overturning
moment from the upper structures as lateral forces
applied at the top of the base structure.
b. For combinations along different horizontal axes,
use values of R and C^ for the principal system in the
respective directions, except in buildings deriving a
significant portion of lateral resistance from bearing
walls. For these buildings, use the values of R and C ^
associated with the bearing wall system for all
directions.
c. For other combinations, use the lowest value of R
(and corresi>onding value of C^ of all systems
participating in lateral /oac/ resistance.
Note 3. To qualify for a R factor of 1.50, infill walls
must bear tightly on surrounding fi-ame members on all
four sides. In ail other cases, use a R factor of 1.38.
456
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/10/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUEJDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
REPAIR, ALTERATION, ADDITION AND CHANGE OF USE OF EXISTING BUILDINGS
Table 34083
FORCE MODinCATION FACTORS FOR
COMPONENTS OF LATERAL LOAB
RESISTING SYSTEMS
STRUCTURAL COMPONENT
<^^cba£Ksdmi£^^IK^^CMS^'2204^tl^
Cast°m*Place sod Precast Concrete
Systems
Moment at any cross-section of a flex-
ural member where the reinforcing
ratio is less than ZOOffy, or where the
reinforcing consists of less than two
bars, or is iess than Va of the amount
of reinforcing in the opposite face of
the member.
Moment and shear in any beam without
closed stinups at a maximum spacing
. of d/4 over a distance of 1 '/sd from
sadi end of the clear ^aa
Moment and shear in asy column
without ties as a spacing not exceed-
ing the smaller of times the diam-
eter of the smallest enclosed bar. 24
tie bar diameters, or !4 the smallest
dimension of the member, over a dis-
tance from each end of the member
not less than 1/6 the clear height of
the column, the largest dimension of
the member, or 18 inches.
Force in concrete shear wall reinforcing
with slices that do not develop the
full yield stress of the reinforcing in
tension.
Shear in shear walls not confonning with
minimum wall reinforcing
requirements.
Axial force in any column supporting a
discontinuous stiff element, such as a
shear wall, resisting axial loads,
unless the colunm has special trans-
verse reinforcement over its full
height.
All forces in precast concrete cotuiec-
tions not conforming to the require-
mentsof780CMR19.
Slwarirtan|'^^;w1^ of'
^v Vrallsheair rasis^
•■FUiarieS^qf?^ shear,
rcdsting elements in dic-story above.
FORCE
MODinCATION
FACTOR ^^^
0.8R
0.4R
0.8R
0.8R
0.4R
0.8R
0.8R
■o:8r;:;
Note 1.
1.0.
Force Modification Factor shall not be less than
3498o6.4 Existimg Uffirelnforeed Masonry
Walls: Where compliance with the code for new
coastmction is required by 780 CMR 3408.0,
existing unreinforced masoniy walls in sound
condition may continue in service, pro\dding:
1 . Th^ are adequately tied to the structural
elements providing their lateral support; and,
2. The ratio of unbraced height or length to
nominal thickness in at least one direction does
not exceed 20 for walls spanning laterally
between two supports, nor 4 for cantilever
walls and parapets; and,
3. The wall is of sufScient strength to resist
the required earthquake forces firom 780 CMR
1612.7.
Masonry walls allowed to be unreinforced by the
provisions of the code for new construction and
which satisfy all provisions of the code for new
construction need not satisfy 780 CMR 3408.6.4
item 2. Additional bracing or structural ties may
be provided to meet these requirements.
Unreinforced walls continuing in service under
780 CMR 3408.6.4 shall not be considered
elective as shear walls resisting lateral
earthquake force specified in 780 CMR 16, except
where the provisions of 780 CMR .3408.0
specifically permit use of structural systems not
conforming to 780 CMR 2104,
340S.6 J Changes In Buidlng Maiss: A reduction
in the weight of a building shall not be considered
to ofi^ a reduction in lateral load capacity of the
biiilding, in evaluating compliance with 780 CMR
3408.3.5, except that the weight of the building as
altered shall be used in evaluating compliance
with 780 CMR 1612.0. An increase in the weight
of the building shall be considered as an addition,
for purposes of determining earthquake resistance
requirements (see 780 CMR 3408.4).
L7 Liquefaction Evalaiatiom for Existing
Buslldiags: The subsoils supporting the existing
building shall be evaluated to determine the potential
for liquefaction, and if necessary the subsoils and/or
foundations shall be improved to prevent ^ure in
the event liquefaction occurs, as required below:
1. Existing buildings "with Seismic Hazard
Category 1 (see 780 CMR 3408.5.4 and Table
3408.1) shall not require evaluation of
liquefaction potential or compliance with
780 CMR 1805.3.
2. Existing buildings with Seismic Hazard
Category 2 or 3 (see 780 CMR 3408.5.4 and
Table 3408. 1) shall comply with the requirements
of 780 CMR 1805.3.
3. Existing buildings with structurally separate
additions shall comply with 3408.7 item 1 or 2,
based on the Seismic Hazard Category of the
existing building.
4. Existing buildings with structurally attached
additions which meet the requirements of
780 CMR 3408.4.3.2, item 1, and which are
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
457
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUEDING CODE
classified as Seismic Hazard Category I (see
780 CMR 3408.5.4 and Table 3408.1), shall not
require evaluation of liquefaction potential or
compliance with 780 CMR 1805.3.
5. Existing buildings with structurally attached
additions vdiich meet the requirements of
780 CMR 3408.4.3.2, item 2, and which are
classified as Seismic Hazard Category I or 2,
shall comply with the requirements of 780 CMR
1 805.3, except that the blow count scale in Figure
1805.3 may be multiplied by the appropriate
reduction factor from Figure 3408.1.
6. Existing buildings with structurally attached
additions which meet the requirements of
780 CMR 3408.4.3.2, item 3, shall comply with
the requirements of 780 CMR 1805.3.
780 CMR 3409.0 HISTORIC BUILDINGS
3409.1 Scope: The provisions of 780 CMR 3409.0
shall govern all buildings and structures in the
Commonwealth which are legally designated as
historic buildings. 780 CMR 3409.0 shall preempt
all other regulations of 780 CMR governing the
reconstruction alterations change of use and
occupancy, repairs maintenance and additions for
the conformity of historic buildings and structures to
780 CMR, with the exception of 780 CMR 122.0 for
appeals, or unless otherwise specified (see
Appendix H). There is no obligation for owners of
historic properties to apply for 780 CMR 3409.0.
3409.1.1 Key Definitions: The following five
definitions are found in 780 CMR 3401.1, but are
also presented here as such definitions form a
significant portion of 780 CMR 3409.
Historic buildings: (a) Any building or structure
individually listed on the National Register of
Historic Places or (b) any building or structure
evaluated by MHC to be a contributing
building within a National Register or State
Register District (c) any building or structure
which has been certified by the Massachusetts
Historical Commission to meet eligibility
requirements for individual listing on the
National Register of Historic Places. Historic
building shall be ftirther defined as totally or
partially preserved buildings. All entries into
the totally preserved building list shall be
certified by the Massachusetts Historical
Commission. The Board of Building
Regulations and Standards shall ratify all
buildings or structures certified by the
Massachusetts Historical Commission to
qualify for totally preserved listing (see
Appendix H).
Partially preserved buildings: (a) Any building
or structure individually listed on the
National Register of Historic Places or (b)
any building or structure certified as a
historic building by the Massachusetts
Historical (Commission/t and not designated
a totally preserved building in Appendix H.
Restoration: Restoration is the process of
accurately reconstructing or repairing the
forms and details of a building or structure or
portion thereof as it appeared at a particular
peritxi or periods of time by means of
removal of later work/or the replacement of
missing original work
Totally preserved buildings: A totally
preserved building is an historic building or
structure. The principal use of such a
building or structure must be as an exhibit of
the building or the structure itself which is
open to the public not less than 12 days per
year, although additional uses, original and/
or ancillary to the principal use shall be
pemnitted within the same building up to
maximum of 40% of the gross floor area.
Totally preserved buildings shall be those
listed in Appendix H All entries into the
totally preserved building list shall be
certified by the Massachusetts Historical
Conunission. The Board of Building
Regulations and Standards shall ratify all
buildings or structures certified by the
Massachusetts Historical Commission to
qualify for totally preserved listing (See
Appendix H),
3409.2 Totally preserved buildings:
34092.1 State Building Code exceptions: A
totally preserved building shall be subject to the
followii^5 exceptions:
1. Repairs, maintenance and restoration shall be
aillowed wthout conformity to 780 CMR
generally, if the provisions of 780 CMR
3409.2.2 have been met
2. In case of fire or other casualty to a totally
preserved building, said building may be rebuilt,
in total or in part, using such techniques and
materiials as are necessary to restore it to its
original condition and use group.
3. If a historic building or stracture, as a result
of proposed work, would become eligible for
certification as a totally preserved building and
the Massachusetts Historical Commission so
certifies by affidavit, such afifidadit is submitted
to the building official with the permit
application, and the building official shall then
allow the woric to proceed under the provisions
of780 CMR 3409.2.
3409.2.2 Mandatory safety requirements: All
totally preserved buildings shall comply to the
following requirements:
34092 Ji.l Fire protection equipment: Fire
protection equipment shall be provided
according to the following requirements.
458
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/20/98 (Effective 3/1/98)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
REPAIR, ALTERATION, ADDITION AND CHANGE OF USE OF EXISTING BUILDINGS
1 . Manual fire extinguishing equipment: All
use groups, other than Residential R-3 and R-4,
shall have approved manual fire extinguishing
equipment, as determined by the head of the
local fire department.
2. Fire Protective Signaling Systems (Fire
Alarm Systems): All residential buildings in
use groups R-1, R-2 and R-3 shall conform to
the applicable requirements of 780 CMR 918
and 919 as applicable. All other use groups
shall comply with 780 CMR 3409.2.2.1 items
2.(a) and (b):
(a) Locations: Provide smoke detectors in
accordance with manufacturers listing and
spacing requirements, but not less than one,
for every 1200 square feet of floor area per
level. In addition, all lobbies, common
corridors, hallways and exitway access and
discharge routes shall be provided with
approved smoke detectors installed in
accordance with the manufacturers listing and
spacing requirements but not more than 30
feet spacing between detectors. All required
smoke detectors shall have an alarm audible
throughout the structure or building.
(b) Single station and mniltipie station
smoke detection devices: Smoke detectors
of single station and multiple station types
shall meet the requirements of UL 2 1 7 and be
listed or approved by a nationally-recognized
fire-testing laboratoiy. All other smoke
detectors shall be listed in accordance with
UL 268 as listed in Appendix A.
3. Manual puU stations: A manual fire alarm
pull station shall be provided in the natural path
of egress in all use groups except R-3 and R-4.
Manual pull stations shall be connected to the
building fire warning system in conformance
with NFPA 72 as listed in Appendix A.
3409.2.2.1.1 Supervision: Fire protective
signaling systems required by 780 CMR
3409.2.2.1 shall be supervised in accordance
with the requirements of 780 CMR 923.2.
Exception: Residential single and multiple
station smoke detectors.
3409.2.2.2 Exit signs and emergency lights:
Approved exit signs and emergency lighting,
where designated by the local building official,
shall be provided in compliance with 780 CMR
1023.0 and 780 CMR 1024.0.
Exception: All totally preserved buildings
need not comply with 780 CMR 1023.0 and
780 CMR 1024.0 if not occupied after daylight
hours, except that paths of egress shall have
exit signs.
3409.2.2.3 Maximum occupancy: Occupancy
shall be limited by the actual sUuctural floor load
capacity as certified by a qualified Massachusetts
registered professional engineer or architect or in
accordance with 780 CMR 1008.0, whichever is
less. Said floor load shall be posted in
accordance with the procedures set forth in
780 CMR 120.0, 780 CMR 1003.3 and
780 CMR 1617.2. The owner shall submit
evidence of this certification and related
computations to the building official upon
request.
34®9.2.2.4 Limited egress: Where one or more
floors of a totally preserved building arc limited
to one means of egress, the occupancy load shall
be computed as follows:
1 . IFlooirs below the first story: Not more than
one occupant per 100 square feet of gross floor
area with a maximum occupancy of 49.
2. First story: Not more than one occupant per
50 square feet of gross floor area.
3. Second story and above: Not more than
one occupant per 100 square feet of gross floor
a area, or 30 occupants per unit of egress width,
whichever condition results in the lesser
occupancy load.
34092.2J Inspections: The building official and
the fu:e official shall inspect all totally preserved
buildings not less frequently than once every year
in order to determine that the building or structure
continues to conform to 780 CMR 3409.2. A
qualified Massachusetts registered professional
engineer or architect shall certify every five years
thereafter as to the exact floor load capacity of the
building or suucture. The building official shall
certify all totally preserved buildings not less
frequently than once every year. Fees shall be
established at $25.00 per building per inspection.
34©9.2.2.6 Accessibility for Persons with
Disabilities: Accessibility requirements shall be
in accordance with 521 CMR as listed in
Appendix A.
3409.2.2.7 Energy Conservation: Totally
preserved buildings are exempt from the
requirements of 780 CMR 13 and the energy
conservation rewuirements of 780 CMR 36.
3409.3 Partially preserved buildings:
3409.3,1 State Building Code provisions: A
partially preserved building shall be subject to the
following provisions:
1 . Existing Systems - individual components of
an existing building system may be repaired or
replaced in kind without requiring that system to
comply fully with the code for new construction.
(See 780 CMR 34, 780 CMR 3404.3: New
Systems)
2. Replacement in kind - when the repair of
historic materials including patching, splicing,
piecing-in, consolidating or reinforcing is not
possible, compatible materials may be
substituted which closely convey the form and
design as well as the visual appearance of the
existing feature.
1 1/27/98 (Effective 2/28/97) -.corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Editioji
459
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
3409.3.2 State Building Code exceptions: A
partially preserved building shall be subject to the
following exceptions: Repairs or in kind
replacement of the following features will be
allowed on partially preserved buildings so as not to
compromise the architectural integrity of the
historical characteristics and qualities which
contributed to the eligibility for listing in the
National Register of Historic Places.
1 . Roofing ' repair or in kind replacement of an
existing historic roof system (i.e., slate, wood,
clay, tile, metal) shall be permitted without
requiring structural compliance for equivalent
new consuiiction providing that dead and live
loading requirements have not changed.
2. Windows - repair or in kind replacement of
existing historic windows (i.e., frames, sash,
muntins, glazing, sills, molding, shutters) shall be
permitted without requiring energy code
compliance.
3. Entries/Porches - repair or in kind
replacement of existing individual decorative
features of an existing system (i.e. columns,
balustrades, stairs, pilasters, doors, sidelights)
shall be permitted.
4. Wood Siding/Decorative Elements - Repair
or in kind replacement of an existing system
including such items as clapboards, shingles,
cornices, brackets, and window and door
surrounds shall be permitted.
5. Masonry - repair or in kind replacement of
masoniy units as part of an existing system (i.e.,
brick, stone, terra cotta, concrete and stucco)
shall be permitted.
6. Metals - repair or in kind replacement of
existing architectural metals (i.e. cast and
wrought iron, steel, tin, copper and copper alloys,
aluminum, zinc) shall be permitted.
7. Interior features - repair or in kind
replacement of non-structural interior features
that are important in defining the overall historic
character of a building (i.e., columns, cornices,
baseboards, fireplace mantels, paneling, window
trim, doors, moldings, railings, flooring,
plasterwork) shall be permitted.
3409.3.3 Applicability: 780 CMR 3409.3 and
780 CMR 34 shall apply to all partially preserved
Historic buildings.
34093.4 Continuation of use and occupancy: The
legal use and occupancy of any partially preserved
building may be continued without change or further
compliance to 780 CMR. The provisions of
780 CMR 3409.2 shall be required for Historic
buildings accessible to the public on more than 50
days per year.
3409JJ Inspection certification and fees:
Partially preserved buildings shall not require
annual inspection unless otherwise stipulated in
780 CMR 106.5 and Table 106.
34093.6 Fire damage: If a building or structure is
damaged from fire or other casualty it niay be
restored to its original construction or it shall meet
the requirements of 780 CMR provided these
requirements do not compromise the features for
which the building was considered Historic when
listed in the National Register of Historic Places.
34093.7 Change in occupancy: See 780 CMR 34.
34093.8 New systems: See 780 CMR 34.
34093.9 Lesser and equal hazard: See 780 CMR
34. A partially preserved building classified under
unprotected consUiiction Type 3C or 5B shall have
waived the requirement to add one to the Hazard
Index number (See 780 CMR 34, Table 3403).
34093.10 Greater hazard: See 780 CMR 34. A
partially preserved building classified under
unprotected construction Type 3C or 5B shall have
waived the requirement to add one to the Hazard
Index number (See 780 CMR 34, Table 3403).
34093.11 Energy Conservation: Partially
preserved buildings are exempt from the energy
requirements of 780 CMR 13 and the energy
requirements of 780 CMR 36.
Exception: Additions to partially preserved
buildings shall comply with the energy
provisions of 780 CMR 13 or of 780 CMR 36, as
applicable,
3409.3.12 Accessibility for Persons with
Disabilities: Accessibility requirements shall be in
accordance with 521 CMR as listed in Appendix A.
460
780 CMR -Sixth Edition corrected- H/27/98 (Effective 2/28/97)
CHAPTER 35
MANUFACTURED BUILDINGS^ MANUFACTURED BUILDING COMPONENTS
AND MANUFACTURED HOUSING
(This Chapter is entirely unique to Massachusetts)
780 CMR 35OL0 GENERAL
3501,1 Scope: The provisions of 780 CMR 35 shall
govern the materials, design, manufacture, handling,
storage, transportation, assembly, construction
and/or installation of manufactured buildings and
manufactured building components intended, for
installation in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
Manufactured buildings or manufactured building
components shall not be installed in any jurisdiction
of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts unless such
manufactured buildings or manufactured building
components have been approved and certified in
accordance with 780 CMR 35, applicable provisions
of 780 CMR, and the Rules and Regulations for
Manufactured Buildings, Manufactured Building
Components and Manufactured Housing, 780 CMR
R3, as listed m. Appendix A.
3500 Manufactured housing: When constructed
in accordance with the Code of Federal Regulations
(CFR) Title 24, Chapter XX = Office of Assistant
Secretary for Housing - Federal Housing
Commissioner, Department of Housing and Urban
Development, Parts 3280,. Manufactured home
construction and safety standards, and 3282,
Manufactured home procedural and enforcement
regulations; manufactured housing shall be exempt
from the provisions of 780 CMR 35.
Exceptions:
1 . Foundations for manufactured housing shall
conform to 780 CMR 1806 through 1813, or
780 CMR 3604 as applicable;
2, Additions, (when not a manufactured home as
defined herein) and site built modifications shall
conform to 780 CMR in its entirety, as applicable.
780 CMR 35010 DEFINrnONS
3502.1 General: The following words and terms
shall, for the purposes of 780 CMR 35 and as used
elsewhere in 780 CMR, shall have the meaning
shown herein.
Approved: Approval by the State Board of Building
Regulations and Standards (BBRS).
Manufactured Building Component Any
manufactured subsystem, manufactured sub-
assembly, or other manufactured system designed
for use in or part of a structure having concealed
elements such as electrical, mechanical, plumbing
and fire protection systems and other systems
affecting health and safety, including variations
which are submitted as part of the building
systems.
Certification: Any manufactured building,
manufactured building component or
manufactured housing which meets tiie provisions
of applicable codes and 780 CMR R3 pursuant
thereto, as listed in Appendix A; which has been
labeled accordingly.
Cede: 780 CMR (The Commonwealth of
Massachusetts State Building Code) or
specialized codes as defined herein, and as listed
m Appendix A.
Bepartmeofi (DPS): The Department of Public
Safety, Division of hispections.
laspection Agency: An independent agency,
sometimes referred to as the '*third-party agency",
irstained by the manufacturer and approved by the
BBRS to perform inspections and evaluations of
manufactured building systems, compliance
assurance programs, manufactured buildings and
manufactured building components.
Imstollation: The process of affixing, or assembling
and affixing a manufactured building,
manufactured building component or
manu&ctured housing unit(s) on the building site,
and connecting it to utilities, and/or to an existing
building. Installation may also mean the
connecting of two or more manufactured housing
units designed and approved to be so connected
for use as a dwelling.
Imtaller of Manufactured Building: An individual,
who on the basis of training and experience, has
been certified by a specific manufacturer of
manufactured homes as competent to supervise
the placement and connection required to install
the manufactured homes of that manufacturer.
Said certification by the manufacturer shall be in
writing; additionally, the certified installer shall
possess picture identification in the form of a
driver's license or other picture identification
acceptable to the building official.
Label: An approved device or seal evidencing
certification in accordance with the applicable
codes and rules and regulations promulgated
pursuant thereto, and as listed in Appendix A.
2/20/98 (Effective 3/1/98)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
461
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Local Enforcement Agency: A department or
agency in a municipality charg^ with the
enforcement of 780 CMR and appropriate
specialized codes which include, but are not
limited to, 248 CMR (the State Fuel Gas and
Plumbing Code) and 527 CMR 12.00 (the State
Electrical Code), as listed in AppemSx A.
Manufactured Building: Any manufactured
building which has concealed elements, such as
electrical, mechanical, plumbing, fire protection,
insulation, and other ^sterns affecting health and
safety, and which is manu&ctured or assembled in
accordance with 780 CMR and pertinent
regulations, in manu&cturing facilities, on or off
the building site. Also, any manufactured
building as defined above which does not have
concealed elements, but which has been approved
by the BBRS at the request of the manu&cturer.
"Manufactured building" does not mean
"manufeictured home".
Manufactured Homes (Housing): As defined in 24
CFR, Part 3280.2; a structure, transportable in
one or more sections, which in the traveling
mode, is eight body feet or more in width or forty
body feet or more in length, or, when erected on
site, is 320 or more square feet, and which is built
on a permanent chassis and designed to be used as
a dwelling with or without a permanent
foundation when connected to the required
utilities, and includes the plumbing, heating, air-
conditioning, and electrical systems contained
therein. Calculations used to detennine the
number of square feet in a structure will be based
on the structure's exterior dimensions measured at
the largest horizontal projections when erected on
site. These dimensions will include all
expandable rooms, cabinets, and other projections
containing interior space, but do not include bay
windows. (See 24 CFR, Part 3280.2 for a more
detailed description of manufactured homes as
defined by the Department of Housing and Urban
Development.)
Specialized Code: All building codes, rules or
regulations pertaimng to building construction,
reconstruction, alteration, repair, or demolition
promulgated by and under the authority of the
various agencies which have been authorized
fi'om time to time by the General Court of the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts. The
specialized codes shall include, but are not limited
to, 248 CMR (the State Fuel Gas and Plumbing
Code) and 527 CMR 12.00 (the Electrical Code),
as listed in Appendix A.
780 CMR 3503.0 CONSTOUCnON
DOCUMENTS
3503.1 Building System Plans: The building
system plans shall show in sufficient detail the
approved system to \duch the manu&ctured building
or building component was produced; including
foundation connection detdls, component
connection detdls, emergency escape window
locations and sizes, structural design loads, the
manufacturer's data plate, the location of all labels
required of 780 CMR 35 and 780 CMR R3, and
other details as may be required by the Division of
Inspection. The building system plan shall bear
evidence of the approval of the Division of
Inspection and evidence of third party engineering
review.
780 CMR 3504.0 APPROVAL
3504.1 General: The Commonwealth of
Massachusetts, Department of Public Safety,
Division of ][nspeaion (hereinafter referred to as the
"Division of Inspection" in 780 CMR 35) shall
evaluate manufactured buildings and building
components and recommend approval to the BBRS
of those wliich it determines to be in compliance
with applicable sections of 780 CMR 35, other
applicable sisctions of 780 CMR, and 780 CMRR3,
as listed in Appendix A.
All approvals of plumbmg, electrical or gas
systems shjill be made by the appropriate state
agencies having jurisdiction, as specified in
780 CMR F3, as listed in Appendix A.
3504.2 Approved tests: The Division of Inspection
may utilize the results of approved tests to determine
whether a manufactured building or manu&ctured
building component meets the requirements of this
chapter and the 780 CMR R3 as listed in
Appendix A, if that determination cannot be made
fi'om evaluation of plans, specifications and
documentation alone.
3504.3 Approval of compliance assurance
programs: 'fhe Division of Inspection shall evaluate
manufacturers' compliance assurance programs and
make recommendations for approval to the BBRS
of those which it determines to be in compliance
with this chapter and 780 CMR R3, listed in
Appendix A.
3504.4 Authorization to vary: A manufactured
building, manufactured building component or a
compliance assurance program heretofore approved
in accordance with 780 CMR 3503.3, shall not be
varied in any way without prior authorization by the
BBRS in accordance with 780 CMR R3, as in
Appendix A.
462
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STAI^TOARDS
MANUFACTURED BUILDINGS, MANUFACTURED COMPONENTS
AND MANUFACTURED HOUSING
780 CMR 3S0S,0 CERTIFICATION
3505.1 Labeling: Any manufactured building or
manufactured building component heretofore
approved, in accordance with 780 CMR 3504.0,
shall have an approved device or seal affixed as
certification of such approval.
780 CMR 3506.0 REdPRCKaTY
3506.1 General: If the BBRS finds that the
standards for manufacture and inspection of
manufactured buildings or manufactured building
components prescribed by the statutes or the rules
and regulations of another state or other
governmental agency meet the objectives of
780 CMR 35 and 780 CMR R3, listed in
Appendix A, and such standards are enforced
satisfactorily by such other state or governmental
agency or by its agents, the BBRS may grant
approval and the Division of Inspection shall accept
all manufactured buildings or manufactured building
components which have been approved in
accordance with this section by such other state or
governmental agency and shall insure that the
product is properly labeled. ""
3506,1.1 Condition of reciprocity: The standards
of another state shall not be -deemed to be
satisfactorily enforced unless such other state
provides for notification to the BBRS of
suspensions or revocations of approvals issued by
that state, in a manner satisfactory to the BBRS.
3506.2 Suspension of reciprocal approval: Upon
recommendation fi'om the Division of Inspection,
the BBRS shall suspend or cause to be suspended
reciprocal approval for the following reasons:
1. Determination that the standards for the
manufacture and inspection of such manufactured
buildings or manufactured building components
of another state or other governmental agency do
not meet the objectives of this chapter and
780 CMR R3, listed in Appendix A, or that the
standards are not being enforced to the
satisfaction of the Division of Inspection or
BBRS; and
2. if another state or governmental agency, or its
agent, suspends or revokes said approval, the
approval granted under 780 CMR 3506.2 shall be
suspended or revoked accordingly.
780 CMR 3507,0 ASSURANCE INSPEOION
3507,1 General: Any person or firm producing
manufactured buildings or manufactured building
components applying for certification shall agree in
vmting that the Division of Inspection or the BBRS
has the right to conduct unannounced inspections at
any reasonable time.
3507.2 Responsibilities of Division of Inspectiom:
The Division of Inspection shall carry out the
following responsibilities:
1. Periodically make, or cause to be made,
inspections of the entire process of the production
of manufactured buildings or manufactured
building components in order to verify the
reliability of the compliance assurance program
and of the approved inspection agency.
2. In addition to other on-site inspection
provided for in 780 CMR 3507.2, the Division of
Inspection shall inspect, or cause to be inspected,
certified manufactured buildings or manufactured
building components which it determines to have
been sufficiently damaged after certification to
warrant such action with regard to such
manufactured buildings or manufactured building
components as is authorized hereof, or as is
otherwise necessary to eliminate dangerous
conditions.
Note: An inspection entailing disassembly,
damage to or destruction of certified
manufactured buildings or manufactured building
components shall not be conducted except to
implement the provisions of this chapter.
780 CMR 3508.0 RESPONSIBILITY OF
TBE LOCAL ENFORCEMENT AGENCIES
3508.1 Issuance of building permsts: Upon
application and in conformity with the provisions of
780 CMR, the building o^cial shall issue building
permits for installation of certified manufactured
buildings, manufactured building components or
manufactured housing.
3508,1.1 Licensed Construction Stmpervlsors
and Certified Installers: A construction
supervisor, duly licensed in accordance with
780 CMRR5, shall, in accordance with 780 CMR
108.3.5, act as the agent for the owner for the
purpose of applying for and obtaining any and all
building permits required for the field erection of
all one or two family manufactured dwellings
subject to the provisions of 780 CMR 35 and
applicable 780 CMR R3.
As part of the building permit application
process, the licensed construction supervisor shall
submit to the building ofBcial, in writing, the
name of the installer, who shall be duly certified
by the manufacturer to install said manufacturer's
product, and is identified as a certified imtaller of
manufactured buildings (certified installer) by
said manufacturer. The certified installer shall be
responsible for the safe and proper placement and
connection of the manufactured home units in
accordance with 780 CMR 35, 780 CMR R3 and
specialized codes as listed in Appendix A.
The licensed construction supervisor shall be
responsible for the construction of the foundation
system, and ail pertinent site work, in accordance
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
463
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
with 780 CMR 35 and 780 CMR R3 listed in
Appendix A. The licensed construction
supervisor shall provide at least 48 hours notice to
the building official before the placement and
connection of such units shall begin.
3508.2 Inspection: The local enforcement agency
shall make the following inspections:
1. The site preparation work, including
foundations, installation of any certified
manufactured buildings or manufactured building
components or approved homes; and for all utility
service connections, including plumbing,
electrical, gas, water and sewer; for compliance
with the applicable codes.
2. Inspect aU certified manufactured buildings or
manufactured building components or approved
manufactured homes upon, or promptly after,
installation at the building sites to determine
whether all applicable instructions or conditions
have been followed. This may include tests for
tightness of plumbing and mechanical systems,
for malfunctions in the electrical system, and a
visual inspection for obvious violations of
780 CMR R3. Destructive disassembly of
certified manufactured buildings or manufactured
building components or approved manufactured
homes shall not be performed in order to conduct
such inspections. Nondestructive disassembly
may be performed only in accordance with
780 CMR R3.
Note: Notification to the BBRS. When any
local enforcement agency finds a violation or
suspects a violation exists, said violation or
suspected violation shall be reported to the
BBRS in accordance with 780 CMR R3.5.6.
3508.3 Issuance of certificates of occupancy: The
building official shall issue a certificate of
occupancy for all certified manufactured buildings
or approved manufactured homes that have been
installed and inspected and that meet the
requirements of 780 CMR.
780 CMR 3509.0 SUSPENSION OR
REVOCATION OF CERTBFIC ATION
3509.1 General: The Board shall suspend or revoke
the approval of any manufactured building or
manufactured building component which does not
comply with the provisions of 780 CMR or with
780 CMR R3.
3509.2 Labels of certification: The Division of
Inspection shall remove or cause to be removed the
label of certification firom any such manufactured
building or building component not in compliance
until such time as it is brought into compliance with
780 CMR 35 and 780 CMR R3.
3509.3 Notice of suspension or revocation: Notice
shall be submitted in writing to the affected parties
stating the reason for the suspension or revocation.
3509.4 Appeals Procedure: All appeals fi'om
suspension or revocation shall be heard by the State
Building Code Appeals Board as specified in the
pertinent provisions of 780 CMR 122.0.
464
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUrLDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
(780 CMR 36.00: RESERVED)
1/25/08 (Effective 1/1/08) - corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 465
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
(PAGES 467 THROUGH 648 ARE RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE.)
466 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 1/25/08 (Effective 1/1/08) - corrected
APPENDIX A
REFERENCED STANDARDS
Parti
The following is a listing of the standards referenced in 780 CMR, the effective date of the standard, the
promulgating agency of the standard and the section(s) of 780 CMR that refer to the standard.
AA Alummum Assodatlois
900 19th Street, N,Wo
Suite 300
WftshingtoBi, D,Co 20006
Standard reference
number
Referenced in
Title 780 CMR Section
number
ASM 35-80 Specification for Aluminum Sheet Metal Work in Building Construction 2002. 1 , 3609.5.2
SAS 30-94 Specification for Aluminum Structures 2002.1. 3608.4.3
AAMA American Architectural Manufactures Association
Suite 310
1540 Dundee Road
FaIatiiie,IL 60067
Standard reference
number
Referenced in
Title 780 CMR Section
number
1402-86 Standard Specifications for Aluminum Siding, Soffit and Fascia 1405.3.4
1 01 -88 Voluntary Specification for Aluminum Prime Windows and Glass Doors 3606.8. 1 , 3606.9. 1
AASHTO American Association of State Highway amd Transportation Officials
444 North Capitol Street^ N.W.
Suite 225
Washington, DXo 20001
Standard reference
number
Referenced in
Title 780 CMR Section
number
HB-15-92 Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges 1606.1 . 1
ACI American Concrete Institute
P.O. Bos 191S0
Detroit, Michigan 48219
Standard reference
number
Referenced in
Title 780 CMR Section
number
3 1 8-95 Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete 1 705.6. 1 , 1 705.6.2, 1 705.6.4
Table 1705.6.3, 1810.2,
1810.6,1815.2.3, 1821.3.6,
1901.1,1901.2,1903.1,
1903.4, 1903.5.2, 1904.1,
1904.2, 1904,2.3
1906.1,1906.2,1906.4.2,
1906.5.1, 1906.6.1, 1906.7,
1907.1.3,1907.1.4,1908.1,
1908.2, 1908.2.1, 1908.3.1,
1908.3.4, 1908.5.2, 1908.8.2,
1910.1,1910.3.1,1910.5,
1910.6.2,1910.6.5,3604.4,1
336 Concrete Code 1815.4, 1815.7
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97) 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 649
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Standard reference Referenced in
mmiber ^'"*^ 780 CMR Section
number
3 1 8.1-89 Building Code Requirements for Structural Plain Concrete-with 1992 Revisions. 1 810.2, 1 812.3.2,
1901.2. 1904.1,
1904.2,3604.4.]
506.2-90 Specification for Materials, Proportioning, and Application of Shortcrete 191 1.9
AC! 530/ASCE Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures 707.3
5/TMS402-95 1812.3.2, Table 1812.3.2,
2101.1.1,2101.1.2,2104.2,
2104.2.1.2104.3,2104.4,
2106.3.1,3604.4.1,3606.4.1
ACI 530.1/ Specifications for Masonry Structures Table 1705.7.
ASCE6/TMS 2112.1.1
602-95
AFPA
American Forest and Paper Association
1111 19™Street, NW, Suite 800
Washington, D.C. 20036
Standard reference
Title
Referenced in
number
780 CMR Section
number
NDS.91
TR-7
(National Design) Specification for Wood Construction Design Values
for Wood Construction 3608.2.2. 2312.1, 2312.4,
2313.3.1.2313.3.2
Basic Requirements for Permanent Wood Foundations Systems 3603.22.3.4
AHA American Hardboard Association
520 N. Hicks Road
Palatine, Illinois 60067
Standard reference .... , Referenced in
Tiber ™' 780 CMR Section
number
A135.4-95 Basic Hardboard • 1405.3.1
A135.6-90 Hardboard Siding 1405.3.2. 2309.7,
Table 3607.3.4
A194.1-85 Cellulosic Fiber Board 2309.1,
Table 3606.2.3(a)
AISC American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc.
Suite 3100
One East Wacker Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60601-2001
Standard Referenced in
reference Title 780 CMR Section
number number
ASD-89 Specification for Structural Steel Buildings - Allowable Stress Design and
Plastic Design Table 1705.5.2, 2203.1,
2203.5,2208.1
LFRD-93 Load and Resistance Factor Design Specifications for Structural Steel
Buildings Table 1705.5.2, 2203.1.
2203.5, 2208.1
AISC-92 Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings 2203.2, 2203.2.1
650
780 CMR -Sixth Edition
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDIX A
AISI American Iroo and Steel Institute
Suite 1300
1010 17th Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C 20036-4700
Standard reference _. . Referenced in
number ^ 780 CMR Section number
AISI-73 Criteria for Structural Applications of Steel Cables for Buildings 2207.2
CFSD-ASD-86 Specification for Design of Cold- Formed Steel Structural Members -
with 1989 Addendum 2206.1, 2206.3 2206.3.1
CFSD-LRFD-91 Load and Resistance Factor Design Specification for Cold-Formed
Steel Structural Members 2206.1, 2206.3. 2206.3.1
AITC
American Institute of Timber Constractioii
Suite 407
1818 S. £. MiU Piain Blvdo
Vancouver, Washington 98684
Standard reference
number
108-9r
109-90
112-93
117-93
119-96
A190.1-92
Referenced in
Title 780 CMR Section
number
Standard for Heavy Timber Construction 2304.1
Standard for Preservative treatment of Structural Glued Laminated Timber 23 1 3. 1 . 1
Standard for Tongue and Groove Heavy Timjier Roof Decking 2304.1
Standard Specifications for Structural Glued Laminated Timber of Softwood
Species (Design) 2304.1
Standard Specifications for Hardwood Glued Laminated Timber 2304.1
Structural Glued Laminated Timber 2304.1
ANSI
American National Standards
11 West 42nd Street
New York, New York 10036
Standard reference
number
Title
Referenced in
780 CMR Section
number
Al 08. 1-92 Specifications for the installation of Ceramic Tile with Portland Cement
Mortar 2105.10, 3607.2.4
A 1 08.4-92 Installation of Ceramic Tile with Organic Adhesives or Water Cleanable Tile
Setting Epoxy Adhesive 2105.10.7, 3607.2.4
A108.5-92 Installation of Ceramic Tile with Dty-Set Portland Cement Mortar or Latex-
Portland Cement Mortar 2105.10.1, 2105.10.3,
3607.2.4
A 108.6-92 Installation of Ceramic Tile with Chemical Resistant, Water Cleanable Tile
Setting and Grouting Epoxy 2105.10.4 3607.2.4
Al 08.7-92 Specifications for Electrically Conductive Ceramic Tile Installed with
Conductive Diy-Set Portland Cement Mortar 2105.10.2,
A117.1 426.14
A 1 08.8-92 Installation of Ceramic Tile with Chemical Resistant Furan Mortar and Grout 21 05. 1 0.5
Al 08.9-92 Installation of Ceramic Tile with Modified Epoxy Emulsion Mortar/Grout 2105.10.6
A108.10-92 Installation of Grout in Tilework 2105.10.8
A108.1 1-90 Installation of Interior Cementitious Backer Units 3607.2.4
Al 18.1-92 Specifications for Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar 2105.10.1, 3607.2.4
Al 18.2-92 Specifications for Conductive Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar 2105.10.2
Al 18.3-92 Specifications for Chemical Resistant Water Cleanable Tile Setting and
Grouting Epoxy and Water Cleanable Tile Setting Epoxy Adhesive 2105.1 0.4, 3607.2.4
Al 18.4-92 Specifications for Latex-Portland Cement Mortar 2105.10.3
Al 18,5-92 Specifications for Chemical Resistant Furan 2105.10.5
Al 18.6-92 Specifications for Ceramic Tile Grouts 2105.10.8
Al 18.8-92 Specifications for Modified Epoxy Emulsion Mortar/Grout 2105.10.6
A 136. 1-92 Specification for Organic Adhesives for Installation of Ceramic Tile, Types
I and n 2105.10.7, 3607.2.4
A137.1-88 Specifications for Ceramic Tile 2105.4, 3607.2.4
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
651
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Standard reference ^,, ,fnI^M?? 1"
. Title 780 CMR Section
number .
number
A208.I-93 Wood Particleboard 2308.1, 2308.2,
3605.3.3.1,
3606.11.1.3608.3.3.1
Z97.1>84 Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test for Safety Glazing
Materials Used in Buildings 2406.1, 3603.20,1,
3603.20.4.1.1
Z2 1 .66-85 Electrically Operated Automatic Vent Damper Devices for Use with Gas-fired
Appliances 3621.2.2.2
NWWDA Industry Standard for Wood Window Units 3606.8.1
I.S.2.87
NWWDA • Industry Standard for Wood Sliding Doors 3606.9.1
LS.3-88
APA
American Plywood Association
P.O. Box 11700
Tacoma^WA 98411
Standard reference
number
Title
Referenced in
780 CMR Section
number
£30-90
Design and Constructiqn Guide: Residential and Commercial 3608.3.2.3
ASCE
American Society of Civil Engineers
345 East 47th Street
New York, NY 10017
Referenced in
Title 780 CMR Section
number
Specifications for the Design and Construction of Composite Slabs 2206.1.1
Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures 707.3, 1705.7,
Table 1705.7, 1812.3.2
Table 1812.3.2,
2101.1.1,2104.2,
2104.3,2104.4,
2106.3.1
Specifications for Masonry Structures 21 12.1.1
Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures 1604.2, 1605.1, 1611. 12,
1611.12.2
Specifications for Design of Cold-Formed Stainless Steel Structural
Members 2206.1, 2206.3, 2206.3.1
Standard reference
number
ASCE 3-84
ASCE 5/ACI
530/TMS 402-95
ASCE 6/ACI
530.iyTMS 602-95
ASCE 7-95
ASCE 8-SSD-
LRFD/ASD-90
ASHRAE
American Society of Heating,
Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineeni
1791 Tullie Circle, N.E.
Atlanta, Georgia 30329-2305
Standard reference
number
Title
Referenced in
780 CMR Section
number
90.1-1989 Energy Code for Commercial and High Rise Residential Buildings 1314.5.2
652
780 CMR -Sixth Edition
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDDC A
ASM£ American Society of Mechanical Engineers
■ 34S East 47th Street
New York, New York BOH 7
„ . . , Referenced in
Standard reference ^.^,^ 780 CMR Section
number
number
A13. 1-81(85) Scheme for Identification of Piping Systems 416.15.3
B31.3-93 Chemical Plant and Petroleum Refinery Piping 416.15
ASTM American Society for Testing Materials
1916 Race Street
Philadelphia, PenosylvauiE 19103
Standard
reference
number
„- -p.^, Referenced m
reference Title ^©/vo^aoc. .• u
780 CMR Section number
A6-95c Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Steel Plates, Shapes, Sheet
Piling, and Bars for Structural Use Table 1705.5.2
A36-94 Specification for Structural Steel 1818.1, 2105.9.5,
3606.4.14
A82-95 Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement 2105.9.2, 2105.9.5,
3606.4.14
A153-95 Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware 2105.9.6,
Table 3606.4.14.1
A167-94a Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel steel Plate,
Sheet, and Strip 2105.9.2, 2105.9.5,
2105.9.6, 3604.. 14,
Table 3606.4.14.1
A 1 85-94 Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement
2105.9.4, 2105.9.5
{Noie: ASTMA2S6 ° 82 has been disconiinued and mi replaced by ASTM)
A252-93 Specification for Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe Piles 1818.1,1819.1
A283-93a Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates 1818.1,1819.1
A3 6 1-94 Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by Hot-Dip Process for
Roofing and Siding 1507.3.7, 3609.5.2
A366-91 Specification for Steel, Sheet, Carbon, Cold-Rolled Commercial Quality 2105.9.5
A416-94a Specification for Steel Strand, Uncoated Seven Wire for Prestressed Concrete 1 821.3.2
A496-95 Specification for Steel Wire, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement 2105.9.3
A 497-95 Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Deformed, for Concrete
Reinforcement 2105.9.4
A5 10-82 Specification for Wire Rods and Course Round Wire, Carbon Steel 3606.4.14
A 525-9 lb Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc - Coated
(Galvanized) by the Hot - Dip Process 2105.9.6,
Table 3606.4.14.1,
3619.1.1.1.3
A 568-95 Specificat:
Rolled
A 572 -94c Specificati
on for Steel Sheet, Carbon and High - Strength, Low - Alloy, Hot -
and Cold - Rolled, General Requirements for Table 1 705.5.2
ion for High - Strength Low Alloy Columbium - Vanadium Steels of
A 588 -94 Specificati
Structural Quality 1818.1
on for High - Strength Low Alloy Structural Steel with 50 ksi (345
Mpa) Minimum Yield Point to 4 in. (100 mm) Thick 1818.1
A 61 5 -95c Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet - Steel Bars for Concrete
Reinforcement 2105.9.1
A 616 -95b Specification for Rail = Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete
Reinforcement 21 05.9.1
A 61 7 -95 b Specification for Axle - Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete
Reinforcement 2105.9.1
A 641 -92 Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Carbon Steel Wire 21 05.9.6,
Table 3606.4.14.1
A 706 -95b Specification for Low - Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement 1705.6.1, 1906.5.2,
2105.9.1
A 755 -95 Specification for Steel Sheet, Metallic - Coated by the Hot - Dip Process and
Prepalnted by the Coil - Coating Process for Exterior Exposed Building
Products 1507,3.7
BlOI-92 Specification for Lead - Coated Copper Sheets 1507.3.7
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97) 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 653
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Standard
reference
number
_. . Referenced in
780 CMR Section number
Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate 3609.S.2
Specifiation for Hard-Drawn Copper-Clad Steel Wire 3606.4.14
Specification for Quicklime for Structural Purposes (Re-approved 1992) Table 2505.2, 3607.2.2
Specifications for Gypsum Plasters Table 2505.2, 3607.2.2
Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field 1908.3.2, 1908.3.3
Specifications for Concrete Aggregates 1906.3, Table 1907.1.1
Specifications for Structural Clay Load-Bearing Wall Tile 2105.2,
Specifications for Inorganic Aggregates for Use in Gypsum Plaster Table 2505.2, 3607.2.2
Specifications for Gypsum Wallboard Table 2503.2,
3607.2.3.1
Specifications for Gypsum Lath Table 2505.2, 3607.2.2
Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens 1908.3.2
Specification for Concrete Building Brick 2105.1
Specification for Structural Clay Non-Load-Bearing Tile 2105.2
Specifications for Gypsum Casting and Molding Plaster Table 2505.2, 3607.2.2
Specifications for Gypsum Keene's Cement Table 2505.2, 3607.2.2
Specifications for Building Brick (Solid Masonry Units made fi-om from Clay or
Shale) 2105.2, 3602.2
Test Methods of Sampling and Testing Brick and Structural Clay Tile 21 12.5
Specifications for Calcium Silicate Face Brick (Sand Lime Brick) 2105.1
Specifications for Gypsum Sheathing Board Table 2503.2,
Table 3606.2.3(a)
Hollow Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units ^ 3602.2
Specifications for Ready-Mix Concrete 1908.5.1
Specifications for Ceramic Glazed Structural Clay Facing Tile, Facing Brick and
Solid Masonry Units 2105.2
Nonload-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units 3602.2
Solid Load-Bearing Concrete Masoniy Unit 3602.2
Specification for Portland Cement 1906.2, 1907.1.2.1,
1907.1.2.2.3,1908.2.1,
1908.2,2, Table 2505.2,
3604.2.2
Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete 1908.3.2
Specification for Finishing Hydrated Lime Table 2505.2
Specification for Cellulosic Fiber Insulating Board 2309.1,
Table 3606.2.3(a)
Specification for Structural Clay Facing Tile • 2105.2
Specification for Facing Brick (Solid Masonry Units Made fi-om Clay or Shale) 2105.2
Specifications for Asbestos-Cement Roofing Shingles 1 507.2. 1
Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method 1 907. 1 . 1
Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete 1906.6.2
Specification for Mortar for Unit 2105.7, 3606.7.1.1
Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Structural Concrete 1906.3
Specification for Roofing Slate 1507.2.7, 3609.4.2
Test Methods for Joint Treatment Materials for Gypsum Board Construction Table 2503.2
Specification for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for Finishing Gypsum Board Table 2503.2,
3607.2.3.1
Specification for Grout for Masoniy 2105.1 1, 3606.7.1.1
Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete 1906.6.2
Specification for Marble Dimension Stone (Exterior) 2105.3
Specification for Nails for the Application of Gypsum Wallboard , Table 2503.2,
3607.2.3.1
Specification for Structural Insulating Formboard (Cellulosic Fiber) 2309.1
Specification for Adhesives for Fastening Gypsum Wallboard to Wood Framing 3607.2.3.1
Specification for Limestone Dimension Stone 2105.3
Specification for Preformed Cellular Polytyrene Thermal Insulation 3604.3.3
Specification for Gypsum Veneer Plaster Table 2505.2,
3607.2.2
Specification for Gypsum Base for Veneer Plasters Table 2505.2,
3607.2.2
Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements 1907.1.2.1,
1907.1.2.2.1,
1907.1.2.2.2, 1908.2.2,
3604.2,2
B 209-89
B 227-80
C5-79
C 28-92
C 31-95
C 33-93
C 34-93
C 35-95
C 36-92
C 37-92
C 39-94
C 55-95
C 56-93
C 59-91
C 61-95
C 62-95a
C 67-94
C 73-95
C 79-95
C 90-85
C 94-95
C 126-95
CI 29-85
C145-85
CI 50-95
C 172-90
C 206-84
C 208-95
C 212-93
C2l6-95a
C 222-91
C231-91b
C 260-95
C 270-95
C 330-89
C 406-89
C 474-94
C 475-94
C476-95
C494-92
C503-89
C5 14-94
C532-88
C 557-93
C 568-89
C 578-87
C 587-91
C 588-95
C 595.95a
654
780 CMR -Sixth Edition
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDDC A
Standard
reference
number
„. J Referenced in
780 CMR Section number
Specification for Granite Dimension Stone 2105.3
Specification Quartz- Based Dimension Stone 2105.3
Specification for Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a
Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete 1906.6.3, 1907.1.2.1,
1907.2.2.1
Specification for Slate Dimension Stone 2105.3
Specification for Water - Resistant Gypsum Backing Board Table 2503.2, 2503.4
3607.2.4.1
Specification for Bonding Compounds for Interior Plastering Table 2505.2, 3607.2.2
Specification for Non-Load (Axis) Bearing Steel Studs, Runners (Track), and
Rigid Furring Channels for Screw Application of Gypsum Board Table 2503.2,
Table 2505.2,
3607.2.3.3
Specification for Hollow Brick (Hollow Masonry Units Made from Clay or
Shale) .'. 2105.2
Specification for Concrete Made by Volumemc Batching and Continuous
Mixing 1908.5.1
Specification for Prefaced Concrete and Calcium Silicate Masoniy Units 2105.1
Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw-
Attached Gypsum Board Table 2504.1
Specification for High- Solids Content, Cold Liquid- Applied Elastometric
Waterproofing Membrane for Use With Separate Wearing Course 1 507.3.6
Specification for Installation of Interior Lathing and Furring Table 2504.1
Specification for Application of Interior Gypsum Plaster Table 2504.1
Specification for Application of Gypsum Veneer Plaster Table 2504.1, 3607.2.2
Specification for Application of Gypsum Base to Receive Gypsum Veneer
Plaster Table 2504.1, 3607.2.2
Specification for Metal Lath (Re-approved 1992) Table 2505.2, 3607.2.2
Specification for Packaged, Dry, Combined Materials for Surface Bonding
Mortar 1813.3.2.2, 2105.8,
3604.6.1
Specification for Aggregate for Job-Mixed Portland Cement-Based Plastere . . .. Table 2505.2, 3607.2.2
Specification for Application of Portland Cement Based-Plaster 2506.3
Specification for Surface-Applied Bonding Agents for Exterior Plastering Table 2505.2
Specification for Welded Wire Lath (Re-approved 1990) Table 2505.2, 3607.2.2
Practice for Construction of Dry-stacked, Surface=Bonded Walls 2105.8, 2106.4
Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Board or
Metal Plaster Bi^es to Steel Studs firom 0.033 in. (0.84 mm) to 0.1 12 in. (2.84
mm) in Thickness Table 2503.2,
Table 2505.2,
3607.2.3.5
Specification for Load Bearing (Transverse and Axial) Steel Studs, Runners
(Track), and Bracing or Bridging for Screw Application of Gypsum and Metal
Plaster Bases Table 2505.2,
3607.2.3.3
Specification for High- Solids Content, Cold Liquid- Applied Elastometric
Waterproofmg Membrane with Integral Wearing Surface 1507.3.6
Specifications for Predecorated Gypsum Board 3607.2.3.1
Specification for Ground Granulated Blast - Furnace Slag for Use in Concrete
and Mortars 1906.6.4. 1907.1.2.1,
1907.1.2.2.2,
Specification for Drill Scs^ws for the Application of Gypsum Board or Metal
Plaster Bases Table 2503.2,
Table 2505.2,
3607.2.3.1.3607.2.3.5
Specification for Installation of Load Bearing (Transverse and Axial) Steel Studs
Accessories and Related Accessories Table 2504.1
Specification for Spray - Applied Rigid Cellular Polyurethane Thermal
Insulation 1507.3.5
Specification for Woven Wire Plaster Base (Re-approved 1990) 3607.2.2
Specification for Accessories for Gypsum Wallboard and Gypsum Veneer Base
(Re-approved 1990) 3607.2.2, 3607.2.3.1
Specification for Installation of Lathing and Furring for Portland Cement - Based
Plaster 2506.3, 3607.2.2
C 615-92
C 616-95
C 618-95
C 629-89
C 630-95
C 631 -95a
C 645-95a
C 652-95C
C 685-95
C 744-95a
C 754-95a
C 836-89a
C 841-90
C 842-85
C 843-94
C844-85
C847-93
C887-95
C897-95a
C926.95
C932-85
C933-85
C946-91
C954-93
C955-95b
C957-93
C960-91
C989-95
CI 002-93
C 1007-83
CI 029-90
Ci032-86
CI 047-85
C1063-95a
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
655
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Standard _ „ . .
reference Title Referenced in
'"®'^!"" ^"'® 780 CMR Section number
number
CI 088-94 Specification for Thin Veneer Brick Units Made from Clay or Shale 2105.2
D1586
D25-91 Specification for Round Timber Piles 1822.1
D56-93 Test Method for Flash Point by Tag Closed Tester 307.2
D86 Test Method for Distillation of Petroleum Products 307.2
D93-94 Test Methods for Flash Point by Pensky-Martens Closed Tester 307.2
D224-89 Specification for Smooth- Surfaced Asphalt Roll Roofing (Organic Felt) 1507.2.2
D225-95 Specification for Asphalt Shingles (Organic Felt) Surfaced With Mineral
Granules 1507.2.3
D226-95 Specification for Asphalt- Saturated Organic Felt Used in Roofing and
Waterproofing Table 1507.3.1
D227-95 Specification for Coal-Tar Saturated Organic Felt Used in Roofing and
Waterproofing Table 1507.3.1
D249-89 Specification for Asphalt Roll Roofing (Organic Felt) Surfaced with Mineral
Granules 1507.2.2
D3 12-95 Specification for Asphalt Used in Roofing Table 1507.3.1,
3609.7.4.2
D323-94 Test Method for Vapor Pressure of Petroleum Products (Reid Method) 307.2
D368 Tension Load Test , , -^.-^-r
D371-89 Specification for Asphalt Roll Roofing (Organic Felt) Surfaced with Mineral
Granules; Wide- Selvage 1507.2.2
D450-91 Specification for Coal-Tar Pitch Used in Roofing, Dampproofmg, and
Waterproofing \ Table 1507.3.1
(Note 568- 77 has been discontinued and not replaced by ASTM)
D635-91 Test Method for Rate of Burning and/or Extent and Time of Burning of Self-
Supporting Plastics in a Horizontal Position 2601.2, 2604.1
Dl 143-81 Test Method for Piles under Static Axial Compressive Load 1817.4.2, 1817.4.3
Dl 227-87 Specification for Emulsified Asphalt Used as a Protective Coating for Roofing 1 507.3.6
D1248-84 Specification for PolysQrene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials 3619.1.1.2
(1989)
D1557 Test methods for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil Aggregate
Mixtures Using 10-Ib. (4.54-kg) Rammer and 18-in. (457-mm) Drop 1804.3.2, 1805.3
D 1586-84 Method for Penetration Test and Split Barrel Sampling of Soils Table 1804.3, App. D
D1761-88 Test Methods for Mechanical Fasteners in Wood 2312.1, 2312.2, 2312.3
D 1 784-90 Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PFC) Compounds and Chlorinated
Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds 3619.1.1.2
Dl 863- 86 Specification for Mineral Aggregate Used on Built-Up Roofs Table 1507.3.1
D 1929-93 Test Method for Ignition Properties of Plastics 2601 .2, 2604.2
D21 78-89 Specification for Asphalt Glass Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing Table 1507.3. 1
D24 12-87 Test Method for Determination of External Loading Ch^uracteristics of Plastic
Pipe by Parallel-Plate Loading 3619.1.1.2
D2487 Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classjfication
System) Appendix D
D2488 Practice for description and Identification ofSoils (Visual-Manual Procedure) Appendix D
D2626-95 Specification for Asphalt-Saturated and Coated Organic Felt Base Sheet Used in
Roofing Table 1507.3.1
(Note: D22 77-87 has been discontinued and not replaced by ASTM)
D2843-93 Test Method for Density of Smoke from the Burning or Decomposition of
Plastics 2601.2, 2604.1
D2898-94 Methods for Accelerated Weathering of Fire-Retardant Tested Wood for Fire
Testing 1506.2, 2310.3
D2938 Table 1804.3, App. D
D3161-81 Test Method for Wind Resistance of Asphalt Shingles 1505.2.3
D3201-94 Test Method for Hygroscopic Properties of Fire-Retardant Wood and Wood-
based Products 2310.3
D3462-93a Specification for Asphalt Shingles Made from Glass Felt and Surfaced with
Mineral Granules 1507.2.3
D3468-90 Specification for Liquid- Applied Neoprene and Chlorosulfonated Polyethylene
Used in Roofing and Waterproofing 1507.3.6
D3672-86 Specification for Venting Asphalt • Saturated and Coated Inorganic Felt Base
Sheet Used in Roofing table 1507.3.1
D3679-88 Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Siding ; Table 3607.3.4
D3689-90 Test Method Individual Piles under Static Axial Tensile Load 1 81 7.7.2
D3746-85 Test Method for Impact Resistance of Bituminous Roofing Systems 1505.3.2
656
780 CMR -Sixth Edition
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDDC A
Standard
reference
number
D3909-95a
D3966-90
D4099-89
D4272-90a
D4434-87
D4601-95
D4637-87
D5055-95a
E72-95
E84-95b
E90-90
E96-90
El 08-95
EII9-95a
El 36-95
E152-81a
El 63-84
E283-91
E492-90
E648-95
E814-94b
£838-81
E970-89
El 509-
G23-95
G26-95
G53-95
_,. . Referenced in
""® 780 CMR Section number
Specification for Asphalt Roll Roofing (Glass Felt) Surfaced with Mineral
Granules 1507.2,2,
Table 1507.3.1
Test Method for Piles Under Lateral Loads 1817.6.2
Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Prime Wndows 3606.8.1
Test Method for Total Energy Impact of Plastic Films by Dart Drop 1 505.3.2
Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) Sheet Roofing 1507.3.3
Specification for Asphalt Coated Glass Fiber Base Sheet Used in Roofing Table 1507.3.1
Specification for Vulcanized Rubber Sheet Used in Single-Ply Roof Membrane 1507.3.2
Specification for Establishing and Monitoring Structural Capacities of
Prefabricated Wood I-Joists 2313.5
Methods of Conducting Strength Tests of Panels for Building Construction 2305.7
Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 412.3.6.3, 428.1 1,
704.4.1.2,722.2,722.3,
803.2,803.3.2,2310.2,
2601.2,2603.3,
2603.6.3,2603.7.4,
2604.1,2805.2.2,
3105.3,3603.17.1.1,
3603.17.2.6,3603.17.3,
3603.18.3,3603.19.1,
3603.19.2, 3612.2
Test MeAod for I^oratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss
of Building Partitions 1214.2, 3603.4.3.1
Standard Test for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials
TestMetiiods for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings 1506.1, 1506.2,
2608.2, 2608.3
TestMefliods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials 412.3.6.2,704.1.1,
705.2.4 705.4, 707.7.2,
707.7.3,707.8.1.2,
709.6.1, 709.6.2,
709.6.4, 709.7.1.2,
713.4.2, 2105.2, 2603.4,
3603.4.1
Test Method for Behavior of Materials m Vertical Tube Furnace at 750°C 704.4.1.1, 3612.2
Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies 716.1, 716.1.1,
3603.17.3
Methods of Fire Tests of Window Assemblies 718.1, 719.1
Test Method for Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls,
and Doors Under Specified PressureDifTerences Across the Specimen 3606.8.2, 3606.9.2
Test MeAod for Laboratory Measurement of Impact Sound Transmission
Through Floor-Ceiling Assemblies Using the Tapping Machine 1214.3, 3603.4.3.3
Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor=Covering Systems Using a
Radiant Heat Energy Source 805.2
Test Method for Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Fire Stops 707.7.2, 707.7.3,
709.6.1, 709.6.2,
713.4.1
Practice for Performing Accelerated Outdoor Weathering Using Concentrated
Natural Sunlight : 1505.3.1
Test Method for Critical Rdiant Flax of Exposed Attic Floor Insulation Using a
Radiant Heat Energy Sources 3603.19.4
Specification for Room Heaters, Pellet Fuel-Burning Type
Ptactice for Operating Light- Exposure Apparatus (Carbon- Arc Type) With and
Without Water for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials 1505.3.1
Practice for Operating Light- Exposure Apparatus (Xenon- Arc Type) With and
Without Water for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials 1 505.3.1
Practice for Operating Light- and Water- Exposure Apparatus (Fluorescent UV -
Condensation Type) for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials 1505.3.1
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR -Skth Edition
657
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUE.DING CODE
AWPA
American Wood Preservers Association
P.O. Box 5690
Granbury, TX 76049
(1-817-326-6300)
Standard _ , Referenced in
reference number 780 CMR Section number
Cl-95 All Timber Products -Preservative Treatment by Pressure Processes 1506.3, 23 1 1 .3,
3603.22.3.1
C2-95 Lumber, Timber, Bridge Ties and Mine Ties -Preservative Treatment by
Pressure Processes 1808.1, 1808.2, 231 1.3,
2311.4,2311.5,2311.7,
3603.22.3.1,3603.22.4
C3-97 Piles - Preservative Treatment by Pressure Processes 1808.1, 1822.2,
3603.22.3.1
C4-95 Poles - Preservative Treatment by Pressure Processes 3603.22.3.1
C9-95 Plywood- Preservative Treatment by Pressure Processes 23 1 1 .3, 23 1 1 .4, 23 1 1 .5,
2311.7,3603.22.3.1,
3603.22.4
C 1 5-90 Wood for Commercial-Residential Constrruction Preservative Treatment
by Pressure Process 3603.22.3.1
C18-90 Standard for Pressure-treated Material in Marine Construction 3603.22.3.1
C20-93 Structural Lumber - Fire- Retardant Treatment Pressure Processes 2310.2, 3603.22.3.1
C22-93 Lumber and Plywood for Permanent Wood Foundations - Preservative
Treatment by Pressure Processes 1808.3, 3603.22.3,1,
3604.2.1.2,3605.4.3
C23-84 Round Poles and Posts Used in Building Consuoiction, Preservative
Treatment by Pressure Process 3603.22.3.1
C24-86 Sawn Timber Piles Used for Residential Commera; Building 3603.22.3.1
C27-93 Plywood- Fire-Retardant Treatment by Pressure Process 2310.2, 3603.22.3.1
C28-90 Standard for Preservative Treatment of Stiuctuial Glues-Laminated
Members and Laminations Before Cluing of Southern Pine, Pacific
Coast Douglas Fir, Hem-fir and Western Hemlock by Pressure Process
M4-95 Standard for the Care of Preservative- Treated Wood Products 1822.2
P1/P13-95 Standard for Coal Tar Creosote for Land and Fresh Water and Marine
(Coastal Water) Use 2311.3, 3603.22.3.1
P2-95 Standard for Creosote Solutions 231 1.3, 3603.22.3.1
P3-89 Standard for Creosote - Petroleum Oill Solution 3603.22.3.1
P5-95 Standards for Waterbome Preservatives 231 1.3, 3603.22.3.1,
3604.2.1.2
P8-95 Standards for Oil- Borne Preservatives 231 1.3, 3603.22.3.1
P9-92 Standards for Solvents and Formulations for Organic Preservative
Systems ....2311.3,3603.22.3.1
AWS
American Welding Society
550 N.W. Lejeune Road
P.O. Box 351040
Miami, Florida 33135
Standard
reference number
Tifle
Referenced in
780 CMR Section
number
Dl.1-92 Structural Welding Code- Steel
D 1.4-92 Structural Welding Code- Reinforced Steel
1705.5.3.2.1
... 1906.5.2
658
780 CMR -Sixth Edition
1/19/01
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDDC A
BOCA
Building OfOciais and Code Administrators International
4051 West FSossmoor Road
Coumtny Club Hils, Illinois 60477-S795
Standard reference
number
Title
Referenced in
780 CMR Section number
BNFOC-93 BOCA National Fire Prevention Code
Note: 527 CMR is the Fire Prevention
code for Massactiusetts
BNMC"93 BOCA National Mechanical Code 201.3. 307.8, 408.4.1, 408.5, 41 1.3, 416.9, 417.1,
417.3,418.3.1.4,418.3.2,418.3.2.3,418.3.3,
418.3.4, 419.2, 419.2.1, 602.4.2, 602.4.3, 717.2,
722.2,913.1, 1203.1, 1208.3, 1209.1, 1210.3,
21 14.2, 21 14.9, 2305.12, 2801.2, 2802.1, 2802.3,
2804.1,2805.2.3,2805.2.4,2808.3,2811.1,3107.6,
3309.2, 3603.6.7.1
BNPC-93 BOCA National Plumbing Code
Note: 248 CMR is the Plumbing Code for
Massachusetts ._____________^
CGSB Canadian Genera! Standards Board
Technical Information Unit
PCI, Phas® HI, Place Du Portage
Hull, Ottawa, Canada KIA IG6
c»a<>./4o~4 .>.£>»«...> Referenced in
^£ Title 780 CMR Section
number
37°GP-52M-84 Roofing and Waterproofing Membrane, Sheet Applied, Elastometric 1505.3.2, 1507.3.2
37-GP-54M=79 Roofing and Waterproofing Membrane, Sheet Applied, Flexible, Polyvinyl
Chloride . , 1507.3.3
37GP-56M-80 Membrane, Modified, Bituminous, Prefabricated, and Reinforced for Roofing --
with Dec. 1985 levision 1507.3.4
CPSC Consumer Product Safety CoEsimlssiosi
OfHce of the Secretary
Washington, BoC. 20207
«».«y4.n..4 «.«>«>»<> Referenced in
tliber ™^ 780 CMR Section
number
16CFR Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing 2405.1, 2406,1,
Part 1201-77 2407.2, 3603.20.4.1,
3603.20.4.1.1
16CFR Interim Safety Standard for Cellulose Insulation 722.4
Part 1209-86
16CFR Part 1404-86 Cellulose Insulation 722.4
16CFR Part 1 500-84 Hazardous Substances and Articles; Administration and Enforcement
Regulations 307.2
16CFR, Fart 1630 Standard for the Surface Flammabillty of Carpets and Rugs 805.3, 805.5
(DOC FF-l)-70
CSA
Canadian Standards Associaitioii
178 Rei Dak Boulevard
Rex Pale, Ontario, Canada M9W1R3
Standard reference
number
Title
Referenced in
780 CMR Section number
CSA 0437-M92
OSB and Waferboard
3605.3.2.1.2, 3608.3.2.1.3
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
659
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
CSSB Cedar Shake and Shingle Bureau
515 116™ Avenue, NE, Suite 275
Bellevue,WA 98004
Standard Title Referenced in
reference number 780 CMR Section
^____^^___^____^___^_^^______^______^______^^_________^ number
CSSB-84 Grading and Packing Rules for Certigrade Red Cedar Shingles (Revised
February 1, 1984) 3609.8.2
CSSB-8S Grading and Packing Rules for Cert-Split Red Cedar Shakes (Revised
October 1, 1985) 3609.9.2
CSSB-90 Grading Rules for Shake Hip and Ridge based on the Standards of the Cedar
Shake and Shingle Bureau 3609.8.3.3, 3609^9.3.4
CSSB-90 Grading Rules for Certi-Sawn Taper-Sawn Cedar Shakes (Revised May 30 3609.9.2
1990)
CSSB-90 Wood Shakes (Preservative Treated) based on Grading and Packing Rules for
Treated Southern Pine Ti^r-Sawn Shakes of the Cedar Shake and Shingle
Bureau 3609.9.3
CSSB-93 Grading Rules for Wood Shakes and Shingles 3607.2.6, 3607.3.5
Exterior and Interior Walls - Design and Application Manual for, 1 989
New Roof Coverings - Red Cedar Shingle and Shake Design and
Application Manual for, 1989
Red Cedar Shingles - Grading Rules for Certi-Grade, 1984
Wood Shakes -
Grading Rules for Certi-Sawn Taper Sawn Red Cedar Shakes, 1981
Grading Rules for Certi-Split Red Cedar Shakes, 1985
Wood Shingles •
Grading Rules for Certi-Grade Shingles, 1984 «„,,,_^____^.^_^_____^___
cwc
Canadian Wood Council
1730 St. Laurent Boulevard - Suite 350
Ottawa, Ontario^ Canada KIG 5L1
Standard reference
number
Title
Referenced in
780 CMR Section
number
CWC-87
Canadian Dimension Lumber Data Book 3608.2.2
DOC United States Department of Commerce
National Institute of Standards and Technology
Gaitbersburg, MD 20899
Standard reference >.... Referenced in
number 780 CMR Section number
PS 1-95 Construction and Industrial Plywood 2306.4.6, 2307.1, 3606.10.1,
3608.3.2.1, Table 3604.4.3.3
PS 2-95 Performance Standard for Wood- Based Structural- Use Panels 2307.1, 3604.4.3.3,
3605.3.2.1,3605.3.2.1.2,
3606.10.1 3608.3.2.1
PS 20-94 American Softwood Lumber Standard -with 1991 Amendments 2302.1, 3604.4.3.1,
3605.2.1,3606.2.1,3608.2.1
FF-1(CPSC 16 CFR, Standard for the Surface Flammability of Carpet and Rugs 805.3, 805.5
Part 1630) -70
DOTn U.S. Department of Transportation
c/o Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington, D.C. 20402-9325
Referenced in
Standard reference number Title 780 CMR Section
number
49 CFR, Part 1 00- 1 78 Specification for Transportation of Explosive and Other Dangerous Articles,
& 179-199 -88 Shipping Containers 307.2
660 780 CMR -Sixth Edition 12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDIX A
EIA Electronics Indrntrtss Assocktsosi
2001 Pfiosssylvamiffl Avemiie, NW
Washington, DoC. 20006
c»a«^<»^ *>A><»>..^o Referenced in
Standard reference ^.^,^ 780 CMR Section
°"°^^'' number
222-E ' 91 Structural Standards for Steel Antenna Towers and Antenna Supporting Structures 3108.4
FM Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation
Standards Lshomtories Department
liSl Boston Providence Tunspike
Norwood, Massaclmsetts 02062
c«an^o«4 .««..<>.,.» Referenced in
Ui^r ™^ 780 CMR Section
number
4450-90 Approval Standard for Class I Insulated Steel Deck Roofs ->with Supplement (July
1992) 1505.2.2, 2603.4.1.5
4470-86 Approval Standard for Class 1 Roof Coverings -with Supplement 3 (August 1992) .... 1505.2.2, 1505.3.2
4880-94 Test Procedure for Building Comer Fire Test 2603.8. 3603.17.3
GA Gypsum AssociatSom
103 Orrington Avenue, Suite UW
Evanstop, !L 60201
Standard reference Title Referenced in
number 780 CMR Section
number
GA 253-93 Recommended Specification for the Application of Gypsum Scathing Table 3606.2.3(a)
MPMA Hardwood PEyvyood Manufactures Associatioss
1825 Michael F@ni(9&y Drive, P.O. los 2789
Restm, Virgiah 22090-2789
'--"■"-'■"' ' ■■afc.,r,iBg-iHj. II I • 14— ■ill! e-g°--~ ■ —
Standard reference Titip Referenced in
number 780 CMR Section number
HP-83 Hardwood and Decorative Plywood 2307. 1, 3607.2.5
HP-SG-86 Structural Design Guide for Hardwood Plywood Wall Panels 2307.1, 3605.3.2.1,
3606.10.1
12/12/97 (Eflfective 8/28/97) 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 661
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
MASSACHUSETTS, COMMONWEALTH OF
CODE OF MASSACHUSETTS REGUL.VTIONS (CMR)
Specific numbers have been established by the Massachusetts Office of the Secretary of State to identify for reference purposes all
rules and regulations promulgated by agencies of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. These numbers are designated as "Code
of Massachusetts Regulations" (CMR's). Although they may not be cited in the text of 780 CMR, the CMR 's listed below are
pertinent to building construction and design or maintenance.
Board of State Examiners of Plumbers and Gas Fitters
100 Cambridge Street
Boston, MA 02202
CMR number
Title
780 CMR Section number
248 CMR 2.00
248 CMR 4.00 -7.00
104 CMR 17.13
115 CMR 7.00 -8.00
711 CMR 3.00
310 CMR
105 CMR 130.000
105 CMR 140.000
105 CMR 151.000
105 CMR
105 CMR 400.000
105 CMR 410.000
105 CMR 420.000
105 CMR 430.000
105 CMR 435.000
105 CMR 440.000
105 CMR 590:000
454 CMR 2.00
454 CMR 10.00
454 CMR 11.00
454 CMR 12.00
454 CMR 16.00
454 CMR 19.00
Massachusetts State Plumbing Code
Massachusetts Fuel Gas Code
Department of Mental Health
25 Staniford Street
Boston, MA 02114
201.3,408.4,418.3.4,421.7,
602.4.3, 1212.7, 1813.5.3
429.1,429.1.6
Department of Mental Retardation
160 North Washington Street
Boston, MA 02114
Outdoor AdvertisingBoard
100 Cambridge Street, Floor 20
Boston, MA 02002
Control and Restriction of Billboards, Signs and Other Advertising Devices
Department og Emvironmental Protection
One Winter Street
Boston, MA 02208
423.1.1,427.1.1.1
401.2
Department of Public Health
150 Tremont
Boston, MA 02111
Hospital Licensure
Licensure of Clinics
Designer's Guide (Bureau of Planning and Construction) Dispensaries and Clinics, December 21,
1966-
General Standards of Construction for Long Term Care Facilities in Massachusetts
Intensive Care Unit Amendment, October 1, 1972
State Sanitary Code Chapter I: General Administrative Procedures
Minimum Standards of Fitness for Human Habitation (State Sanitary Code: Chapter II):
Housing and Sanitation Standards for Farm Labor Camps (State Sanitary Code: Chapter III)
Minimum Sanitation and Sa&ty Standards for Recreational Camps for Children (State Sanitary Code:
Chapter IV)
Minimum Standards for Swimming Pools (State Sanitary Code: Chapter V) 421.7
Minimum Standards for Developed Family Type Campgrounds (State Sanitary Code: Chapter VI)
State Sanitary Code Chapter X - Minimum Sanitation Standards for Food Establishments
Division of Industrial Safety
100 Cambridge Street, lltb Floor
Boston, MA 02202
Toilets in Industrial Establishments
Industrial Bulletin No. 4
Construction Industry Rules and Regulations
Industrial Bulletin No. 12
Structural Painting Safety Code
Industrial Bulletin No. IS
Requirements for the Care of Employees Injured or Taken 111 in Industrial Establishments
Industrial Bulletin No. 14
Lighting Code for Factories, Workshops, Manufacturing, Mechanical and Mercantile Establishments
Industrial Bulletin No. 18
Window Cleaning
Industrial Bulletin No. 2 1
662
780 CMR -Sixth Edition
12/1 2/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
Standard reference
number
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDIX A
Architectural Access Board
Department of Public Safety
One Ashburton Place, 13 th Floor
Boston, MA 02208
Referenced in
Title 780 CMR Section
number
521 CMR 1.00-47.00 Architectural Access Board Regulations 401.2, 421.5.5, 424.4.10
Board of Boiler Rules
Department of Poblic Safety
One Ashburton Place, Roon 1301
Boston, MA 021 OS
522 CMR 2.00 Construction of Power Boilers
522 CMR 3.00 Power Boilers, Power Reactor Vessels and Piping and Unfired Pressure Vessels
as Used in Atomic Energy Installations 401 .2
522 CMR 4.00 Steam and Hot Water Boilers and Heat Storage Sources 401.2
522 CMR 5.00 Heating Boilers 401.2
522 CMR 6.00 Low Pressure Heating Boilers 401.2
522 CMR 7.00 Air Tanks 401.2
522 CMR 8.00 Air Tanks 401.2
522 CMR 9.00 Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Systems 401 .2
522 CMR 1 0.00 Material Specifications 401 .2
522 CMR 1 1.00 Welding Specifications 401.2
522 CMR 12.00 Fiberglass-reinforced Plastic Pressure Vessels 401.2
524 CMR
Board of Elevator Regulations
One Ashburton Place, Eoon 1301
Boston, MA 02108
The Massachusetts State Elevator Code 403,
527 CMR :
527 CMR 3.00
527 CMR 4.00
527 CMR 5.00
527 CMR 6.00
527 CMR 7.00
527 CMR 9.00
527 CMR 10.00
527 CMR 12.00
527 CMR 14.00
527 CMR 21.00
527 CMR 49.03
Board of Fire Prevention and Regulation
1010 Commonwealth Avenue
Boston, MA 02215
Dry Cleaning and Dry Dyeing and the Keeping, Storage and
Use of Cleaning and Dyeing Fluids 401 .2
Oil Burning Equipment 401.2
Operation and Maintenance of Buildings or Other Structures
Used as Garages, Service Stations and the Related Storage,
Keeping and Use of Gasoline or Other Motor Fuel 401.2, 408.6
Liquefied Petroleum Gas Containers and Systems 401.2, 418.3.3
Manufacture and Handling of Plastics 401 .2
Tanks and Containers 401.2, 3 103.1
Prevention of Fire in Buildings and in or on Ships 401.2, 426.15
1993 National Electrical Code (Amendments) 401.2, 403.9.1, 405.8, 405.9,
410.4.5,414.5,416.11,416.14.6,
416.15.2,417.5.4,421.7,426.14.
3102.6.3,3102.13.1,3107.7
Flammable and Combustible Liquids, Flammible Solids or
Flammable Gases 401.2, 417.1, 417.2.1, 417,3, 417.5,
417.5.1,417.5.2,417.5.3,417.6,
417.6.1,417.6.3,418.3.2,418.1,
418.2,418.2.1,418.3,418.3.1,
418.4,418.5,705.2.1
Decorations, Curtains, Draperies, Blinds and Other Window
Treatments 401 .2
426.5, 426.6, 429.1, 429.1.6
2/20/98 (Effective 3/1/98)
780 Cr^lR - Sixth Edition
663
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NCMA
National Concrete Masonry Association
2302 Horse Pen Road, P.O. Box 781
Herndon, VA 22070
Standard
reference number
Title
Referenced in
780 CMR Section number
NCMA
TR68-A-75
Design and Construction of Plain and Reinforced Concrete Masonry
Basement and Foundation Walls 3604.4.1
NFPA National Fire Protection Association
Batterymarch Park
Quincy, Massachusetts 02269
Standard reference Referenced in
number 780 CMR Section number
10-94 Portable Fire Extinguishers 920.2
11-02 Low, Medium and High Expansion Foam 911.1, 911.5
llA-94 Medium and High Expansion Foam Systems 911.1, 911.5
12-93 Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems 909.1, 909.5
12A-92 Halon 1301 Fire Extinguishing Systems 912.1, 912.5
123-90 Halon 1211 Fire Extinguishing Systems 912.1, 912.5
13-02 Installation of Sprinkler Systems 412.7, 416.4, 426.3, 426.6,
„,,^ ■ f 706.2.906.2.1.906.9.1.
231Dnowpartof
NFPA 13-02 y<".^.i, vi/./.j
1 3D-02 Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One- and Two- Family Dwellings and Mobile
Homes 423.6, 427.3.5. 906.2.3
1 3 R-02 Installation of Sprinkler Systems in Residential Occupancies Up to Four Stories
in Height 426.7, 906.2.2, 923.1
14-03 Standpipe and Hose Systems 914.1, 914.3, 914.4, 914.5.
914.6
15-01 Water Spray Fixed Systems for Fire Protection 908.1, 908.4
16-03 Deluge Foam- Water Sprinkler and Spray Systems 91 1.1, 911.5
17-94 Dry Chemical Extinguishing System 910.1, 910.5
17A-94 Wet Chemical Extinguishing Systems 913.1, 913.5
20-03 Standard for the Installation of Sanitary Pumps for Fire Protection 924.1, 924.2, 924.3
22-02 Standard for Water Tanks for Private Fire Protection
24-02 Installation of Private Fire Service Mains 417.6.3. 906.9.1, 914.6.1
25-02 Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance of Water-based Fire Protection Systems 901.4
30-00 Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code 307.8. 416.14. 418.3.2.
419.2.3.426.3.426.5.426.11
30A-00 Automotive and Marine Service Station Code 408.6. 417.6.6
30B-94 Manufacture and Storage of Aerosol Products 426.3, 426.12
31-92 Oil Burning Equipment 3612.1
32-96 Dry Cleaning Plants 418.3.4
33-95 Spray Application Using Flammable and Combustible Materials 307.8, 419.1
34-95 Dipping and Coating Processes Using Flammable or Combustible Liquids 307.8, 419.1
40-94 Cellulose Nitrate Motion Picture Film 411.1
50-96 Bulk Oxygen Systems at Consumer Sites 2810.1
51-92 Oxygen-Fuel Gas Systems for Welding, Cutting and Allied Processes 2810.1
54-92 National Fuel Gas Code 3612.1.1
61-95 Prevention of Fire and Dust Explosions in Agricultural Food Products Facilities 418.3.1
65-93 Processing and Finishing of Aluminum 418.3.1
69-92 Explosion Prevention Systems 417.5.1.2
70-96 National Electrical Code (527 CMR 12.00: Massachusetts Amendments) 416.1 1, 416.14.6,
416.15.2,602.4.4,
1405.4.3.3102.6.3.
3102.13.1.3107.7
See also 527 CMR 12.00
72-02 National Fire Alarm Code 403.6, 417.5.3. 426.14,
427.3.7,427.3.8.428.12.1.
428.16,906.5.917.1,
917.7.1.1,917.6.917.7,
917.7.3.917.8.1,917.9.
917.10.918.1.918.2.1.
918.8.919.1.919.6,921.4,
923.1.923.2, 923.2.1,
923.2.2, 923.2.3
80-95 Fire Doors and Windows 716.2, 716.5,
1017.4.4
80A-96 Protection of Buildings from Exterior Fire Exposures
664
780 CMR -Sixth Edition
9/9/05 (Effective 8/26/05)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDIX A
Standard reference „. . Referenced in
number 780 CMR Section number
Incinerators, Waste and Linen Handling Systems and Equipment 2807.1
Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilation Systems
Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems
Smoke Control Systems
Smoke Management System in Malls, Atria and Alrge Areas
Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations
Health Care Facilities 2809.1, 2809.2
Life Safet)' Code
Assembly Seating, Tents and Membrane Structures 3104.4
Coal Preparation Plants 418.3.1
Standard for Fixed Guideway Systems
Chimney, Fireplace and Vents 3610.4
General Storage 426.3, 426.6
Rack Storage of Materials 507.1, 426.3, Table 922.2
Now also part of NFPA 13-02 Installation of Sprinkler Systems
Safeguarding Construction, Alteration and Demolition Operations 903.1.5, 915.1, 914.7.2
Standard Test Method for Potential Heat of Building Materials 3603.17.2.5
Aircraft Hangers 426.3, 426.5, 426.6
Construction and Protection of Airport Terminal Buildings
Roof-top Heliport Construction and Protection 151 1.3
Storage of Liquid and Solid Oxidizers 426.3, 426.5, 426.6
Explosive Material Code 417.5.1 See also 527 CMR
Access Highways, Tunnels, Bridges, Air Right Structures
Manufacture of Aluminum or Magnesium Powder 418.3.1
Prevention of Fire, and Dust Explosions in the Chemical, Dye, Pharmaceutical,
and Plastics Industries 418.3.1
Prevention of Sulfur Fires and Explosions " 418.3.1
Prevention of Fires and Explosions in Wood Processing and Woodworking
Facilities 418.3.1
Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Hame Resistant Textiles and Films 807.2, 807.2.2,
3102.6.4.2.3103.3.2,
3104.5,3105.3
Identification of the Fire Hazards of Materials 416.2, 416.15.1
Installation of Water Mist Fire Protection Systems
Pulverized Fuel Systems 418.3.1
82-94
90A-96
906-96
92A-96
92B-95
96-01
99-96
101-94
102-95
120-94
130-95
211
231-95
231C-95
231D-94
241-96
259-87
409-01
416-93
418-01
430-95
495-96
502-96
651-93
654-94
655-93
664-93
701-96
704-96
750-03
8503-96
(AFPA)
American Forest and Paper Association^
1250 Connecticut Avenue, N.W./ Suite 200
Washington, D.C. 20036
Standard reference
number
Title
Referenced in
780 CMR Section number
NDS-97
TR7-87
National Design Specification for Wood Construction -with 1997
Supplement; Design Values for Wood Construction
Basic Requirements for Permanent Wood Foundation System
1801.1,2303.1,2304.1,
2305.14.1,2305.15,2306.4,
2306.4.5.1, 2306.4.5.2, 2306.4.6,
2306.4.6.1.1.2306.4.6.2.1.
2306.4.7.1.1,2306.4.7.2.1,
2312.1,2312.4,2313.3.1,
2313.3.2
1808.3,1813.3,2311.3.3
*The National Forest Products Association (NFoPA) has changed their name to the American Forest and Paper Association
(AFPA). The referenced standard in this code may be identified with the designation AFPA.
9/9/05 (Effective 8/26/05)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
665
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGU1.ATI0NS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
RCSC
Research Council On Structural Connections
c/o American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc.
Suite 3100
One East Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60601-2001
Standard reference
number
Title
Referenced in
780 CMR Section
number
RCSC-85
RCSC-88
Specifications for Structural Joints Using A325 or A490 Bolts
Specification for Load and Resistance Design
1705.5.3.2.1
RjVLA Rubber Manufacturers Association
1200 K Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20005
Referenced in
Title 780 CMR Section
number
RP-1- 90 Minimum Requirements for Non- Reinforced Black EPDM Rubber Sheets 1507.3.2
RP-2-90 Minimum Requirements for Fabric- Reinforced Black EPDM Rubber Sheets : . 1507.3.2
RP-3-85 Minimum Requirements for Fabric- Reinforced Black Polychlorprene Rubber Sheets 1507.3.2
Standard reference
number
SJI
Steel Joist Institute
1205 48th Avenue North
Suite A
Myrtle Beach, South Carolina 29577
Standard reference
number
Title
Referenced in
780 CMR Section
number
SJI-94
Standard Specifications, Load Tables and Weight Tables for Steel Joists and Joist Girders
2205.1
SMACNA
Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors
National Association, Inc.
4201 Lafayette Center Drive
Chantilly, VA 22021
Standard reference
number
Title
Referenced in
780 CMR Section
number
SMACNA-88 Installation Standards for Residential Heating and Air Conditioning Systems 3619.1.3.1
TFS
Texas Forest Ser\'ice
Forest Products Laboratory
P.O. Box 310
Lufkin, Texas 75902-0310
Standard
reference
number
Title
Referenced in
780 CMR
Section number
TFS-90
Grading Rules for Preservative Treated Southern Yellow Pine Tapersawn Shakes 1507.2.9
666
780 CMR -Sixth Edition
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDDC A
IMS
The Masonry Cptamcil
SuUe B
2619 Spruce Sts-est
Bouidier, CO 80302°3S0§
Standard reference
number
Title
Referenced in
780 CMR Section number
TMS 402/ACI 530/ Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures
ASCE 5-95
707.3, Table 1705.7, 1812.3.2,
Table 1812.3.2, 2101.1.1. 2104.1,
2104.2.2104.3, 2104.4.1,2104.4.2,
2106.3.1
TMS 602/ACI
530.1/ASCE6-95
Specifications for Masonry Structures Table 1705,7, 2104.2, 21 12.1.1
TFI
Truss Plate Iiistlitate Issc
Suite 200
§83 D'Onofrlo Drive
MadisoQ, Wisconsin §3719
Standard reference
number
•njfi. Referenced in
^ 780 CMR Section number
Design Specification for Metal Plate Connected Parallel Chord Wood Trusses
2305.14.1, 2313.3.2,
3605.2.10,3608.2.11
National Design Standard for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction 2305.15 , 2313.3.1,
3605.2.10, 3608.2.1 1
Bracing Wood Trasses: Commentary and Recommendations 3605,2.10, 3608.2.1 1
Quality Standard for Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses 360S.2.10. 3608.2.1 1
PCT-80
TPI 1-95
TPI BWT-76
TPI QST°89
UL
Underwriters Laboratories, Hne.
333 Pflngsteia Rosd
Nortbbrook, Illlsaois 60062
Standard reference
number
Referenced in
Title 780 CMR Section
^ number
Standard for Safety Tin- Clad Fire -with Revisions through May 1985 716.2
Standard for Safety Sliding Hardware for Standard, Horizontally Mounted Tin-Ciad Fire
Doors -with Revisions through October 1984 716.2
Standard for Safety Swinging Hardware for Standani Tin-Clad Fire Doors Mounted
Singly and in Pairs -with Revisions through October 1984 716.2
Material for Built-up Roof Coverings (Revised 1989) 3609.7.2
Standard for Safety Chimneys, Factory Built, Residential Type and Building Heating
Appliance -with Revisions through February 1989 720.6.4,3612,2
Standard for Safety Factory-Built Fireplaces -with Revisions through June, 1992 720.6,4
Factory-Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors (Revised November, 1 990) 36 1 9. 1 ,2
Closure System for Use with Rigid Air Ducts and Connectors 3619,1.2
Standard for Safety Single and Multiple Station Smoke Detectors -with Revisions
through Februaiy 1989 409,5.1
Standard for Safety Smoke Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling Systems -with
Revisions through May 1989 409.5. 1
Gas Vents 3612.2
Fire Dampers 717.1
Heat Pumps (Revised December, 1987) 3614,2,1
Standard for Safety Tests for Uplift Resistance of Roof Assemblies -with Revisions
through December 1989 1505,2.2
Low-Temperature Venting Systems, Type L 3612.2
Tests for Fine Resistance of Roof Covering Material (Revised, 1989) 3609. 1,3
Standard for Safety Test for Flame Propagation and Smoke-Density Values for Electrical
and Optical-Fiber Cables used in Spaces Transporting Environmental Air 2805.2.5
Standard for Safety Wind Resistance of Prepared Roof Covering Materials -with
Revisions through July, 1981 1505.2,3
Outline of Investigation for Insulated Wall Construction 3603,17.3
Electric Central Air Heating Equipment (Revised Januaty, 1988) 3614,1,12
Standard for Safety Fire Test of Roof Deck Constructions J603,4,1.5
Fire Test of Interior Finish Material -with Revisions through March 1991 2603.8, 3603,17.3
Chimney Liners (Revised November. 1989) % 3610.2.84
lOA-93
14B-93
14C-93
55A.83
103-94
127-88
181-90
181A-90
217-93
268-89
441-86
555-95
559-85
580-94
641-86
790-83
910-95
997-81
1040-71
1096-86
1256-85
1715-94
1777-88
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
667
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE •
Standard reference ^. , Referenced in
nlber ^«'« 780 CMR Section
number
1040-89 Outline of Proposed Investigation for Insulated Wall Construction 2603.8
1820-94 Standard for Safety Fire Test Pneumatic Tubing for Flame and Smoke Characteristics -
with Revisions through April 1991 2805.2.6
1 887-95 Fire Tests of Plastic Sprinkler Pipe for Flame and Smokt; Characteristics 2805.2. 1
use
United States Code
c/o Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington, D.C. 20402-9325
Standard reference
number
Title
Referenced in
780 CMR Section
number
Title 18; Importation, Manufacture, Distribution and Storage of Explosive Materials 307.2
Chapter 40-70
WWPA
Western Lumber
Standard reference
number
Title
Referenced in
780 CMR Section
number
WWPA-92
Western Lumber Span Tables for Floor and Ceiling Joists and Roof Rafters 3608.2.2
668
780 CMR -Sixth Edition
1 2/1 2/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR Appendix B
Appendix B contains the following information and documentation;
Appendix B-l
A) Sample Unifonn Building Pemut Application Fonn for One and Two Family Dwellings and Accessory
Buildings. This application form is not mandated by 780 CMR, however, the information requested on the
form is the minimum information required to satisfy 780 CMR 1 10.4.
B) Sample Uniform Building Pennit Application Form for Any Building Other than One and Two Family
Dwellings and Accessory Buildings. This application form is not mandated by 780 CMR, however, the
information requested on the form is the minimum information required to satisfy the requirements of
780 CMR 110.4.
Appendix 3-2
Application Forms required to file an appeal with the State Building Code Appeals Board in accordance
with 780 CMR 122.0.
Appendix E-S
0;fficial Interpretations of the Building Code issued by the BBRS under authority of M.G.L. c 143, § 94(e).
These interpretations have been made over the period since the promulgation of the first Edition of
780 CMR on January 1, 1975. Interpretations are identified by number, in order of interpretation, followed
by the year of the interpretation. The edition of 780 under which the interpretation was made is indicated
for each Official Interpretation.
2/1191 (Eflfective 2/28/97) 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 669
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
APPENDIX B-1
SAMPLE BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION FORMS
The following sample building permit application forms have been developed to simplify the building permit
application process for the applicant and provide the building department with sufBcient detail, in a
standardized and concise form. Wherever possible the forms utilize a check off process for ease of use.
The sample application forms also reference certain Massachusetts General Laws which impact the issuance
of the building permit.
The primary objective in the development of these application forms is to promote standardization throughout
the Commonwealth. Standardization will benefit both the building permit applicant and the building
department.
The sample application forms are not mandatory, but their use is strongly suggested. The information
contained on the sample application forms, however, is the minimum required to be contained on a building
permit application consistent with 780 CMR 1 10.4.
Application forms have been developed for;
• One and two family dwellings and accessory buildings thereto and;
• All other buildings and structures.
670 780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/1 9/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULAHONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDIX B
The Coiomosawefiitli ®f Massachusetts
State Boaid of Buildimg RegiilatioBS amd
Standards
Massachusetts State Building CMe
78© CMR
FOR MUNICIPALITY USE
.^PmCATION TO CONSTRUCT, REPAIR. RENOVATE OR DEMOLISH A ONE OR TWO FAMILY DWELLING
This Section Fori Official Use Only
Pililliliiffilllllffl^
Pate issued*
!:^ttatui!iKl |:i|:plp
|!^|||ippiaiiit^|(^^
Miaie:
Required
SECTIOSr 1 > BITS INFORMATION
1.1 Proper^ Address:
1.S Zoning Information:
2^nlng District
Proposed Use
1.2 Afissessora Map & Parcel Nuxuiber:
Map Number
Parcel Number
,.4 PsropeHy Dbinensions:
Lot Area (sf)
Frontage (ft)
l.B BnUding Setbacks (ft)
Front Yard
Required
1.6 Wate? Snpply CM.G.L. e. 40. § S4)
Public D Private D
Side Yards
1.? Mood Zone Information:
Zone: Outside Flood Zone □
Rear Yard
Provided
1.8 Sewage Disposal System:
Municipal D On site disposal system D
SEC?T10N 2 H l»ROmiTT OWNE^HIP/AirrHORIZEp AGENT
2. 1 Owner mi Record:
Ncune (Print}
Address for Service:
Signature
Telephone
2.2 Antliosised Agent:
Name (Pxint)
Address for Service:
Signature
Telephone
SECTION ^^CXm^^
3.1 Licensed Constniction SuperTisor:
Licensed Construction Supervlson
Address
Signature
3.2 Registeied Home Improvement Contractor.
Telephone
Company Name
Address
Signature
Telephone
Not Applicable D
Ucense Number
Expiration Date
Not Applicable D
Registration Number
Expiration Date
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) = corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition
671
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
SECTION 4 - WORKERS' COMI%;NSATtONINSIJR(^ 1S2. § 25C(6})
Workers Compensation Insurance affidavit must be completed and submitted with this application. Failure to provide this
affidavit will result in the denial of the issuance of the building permit
Signed Affidavit Attached Yes D
No.
SECTION 5 • DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED WORK (check aU applicaUe)
New Construction
Existing Building D
Repair(s)
D Alteration(s)
Addition
Accessory Bldg.
Demolition
Other D Specify:
Brief Description of Proposed Work:
SECTION 6 ' ESTDIATED CCMSTBUCTION COSTS
Item
Estimated Cost (Dollars) to be
completed by permit applicant
omclal Use Only
1. Building
(a) Building Permit Fee
liiiiiMiiliillii
2. Electrical
Si^illiiiiiuiilca^iim^
3. Plumbing
4. Mechanical (HVAC)
5. Fire Protection
Bnflding Pennit Fee
iiiipililiiii
6. Total = (1+2 + 3 + 4 + 5)
Check Number
SECTK»r7ft-OWNEaEt;»UTB<^IZAt»»i'-TOBEC0MPi;£TEa> WBENI
OWNERS iUSENT OR CONTRACTOR AF^JES FOR BlQLDINGPBRiiii
I,
hereby authorize
my behalf, in all matters relative to work authorized by this building permit application.
as Owner of the subject property
to act on
Signature of Owner
Date
SBCTtOH 71^ • OWNE»/AUTH<»aZSl> ilGENT IXBCLARATION
I, , as Owner/Authorized Agent
hereby declare that the statements and information on the foregoing applitsation are true and accurate, to the best of my
knowledge and belief.
Signed tmder the pains and penalties of perjury.
Print Name
Signature of Owner/Agent
Date
672
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDIX B
Tlie ComsuonweaStb of Massacliiisetts
State Board of BuMdiag Regulatioss and
Stamiards
Massachusetts Stat® Building Code
780CBIR
FOR MUNICIPALOY USE
APPLICATION TO CONSTRUCT. REPAIR, RENOVATE. CHANGE THE USE OR OGCUPANCT OF. OR DEMOLISH ANY
BUILDING OTHER THAN A ONE OR TWO FAMILY DWELLING
TltidSecdKOLFoa' Official Use Onl^
Building Pcanslt Number
Ddte Issued:
JS^atuns
BnJldlng Comnjtesioner/lnapector of Bufidbigs
Date
SBCTIOff 1 > «ITE INFORMATION
1 . 1 Psopestf AAdsKBB:
1.2 Assessors Map & Parcel Number:
Map Number
Parcel Number
1.3 Zoziisag Infosmatiom:
E.4 Wsopstty Dimensions:
Zoning District
Proposed Use
Lot Area (sf)
Frontage (ft)
1.5 Building Setbacks (ft)
FJiontYard
Side Yards
Rear Yard
Required
Provided
Required
Provided
Required
Provided
l.B Water Supply (M.G.L. c. 40, § 54}
Public D Private o
1^7 Flood Zone Infonsation:
Zone: Outside Flood Zone n
1.8 Sewage Disposal System:
Municipal a On site disposal system Q
2.1 Own@s ©f EecoM:
Name (Print)
Address:
Signature
Telephone
2.2 Anthoslsed Age^t:
Name (Print)
Address:
Signature
Telephone
wmmmmmm
S THAN 3S;pod CUBIC M^or^^^
3.1 Licensed Constmction Supervisor.
Licensed Construction Supervisor
Address
Signature
Telephone
Not Applicable D
Ucense Number
Expiration Date
3.2 Registeired Home Imp? oven&eat Contractor:
Not Applicable □
Company Name
RegistraUon Number
Address
EKplration Date
Signature
Telephone
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition
673
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
SECTION 4 -WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE AFFIDAVIT (MGL. c. 152 g 25C(6))
Workers Compensation Insurance affidavit must be completed and submitted with this application. Failure to provide this
affidavit will result in the denial of the issuance of the building permit
Signed Affidavit Attached Yes D No d
SECTION 5- PR<»"ESSIONALDBSIC}N AND CONSTRUCTION SERVICES - FOR BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES SUBJECT
to CONSTRUCTION CONTROL PURSUANT TO 780 CMR 116 (CONTA»JINQ MORE THAN 35.OO0 C.F. OF ENCLOSED
5.1 Registered Architect:
Not Applicable a
Name (Registrant):
Registration Number
Address
Expiration Date
Signature Telephone
5.2 Registered Professional Eiigineer(s): |
Name
Area of Responsibility
Address
Registration Number
Signature Telephone
Expiration Date
Name
Area of Responsibility
Address
Registration Number
Signature Telephone
Expiration Date
Name
Area of Responsibility
Address
Registration Number
Signature Telephone
Expiration Date
Name
Area of Responsibility
Address
Registration Number
Signature Telephone
Expiration Date
5.3 General Contractor
Not^plicable D
Company Name:
Responsible In Charge of Construction
Address
Signature Telephone
674
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDIX :
■■SECTIpPri;6iPESCRIi>TipN^
New Construction D
Accessory Bldg. a
Existing Building o
Demolition D
Repair(s) o
Alteratlon(s) a
Addition a
Other D Specify:
Brief Description of Proposed Work:
fSBCTiOSMiiA^
USE GROUP (Check as appIicAbie)
A Assembly
B Business
£ Educational
F Factoiy
H High Hazard
I Institutional
M Mercantile
R Residential
S Storage
U Utility
M Mixed Use
S Special Use
A-1
A-4
A-2
A-5
A-3
F-1
F-2
M
1-2
1-3
R-1
R-2
R-3
S-1
S-2
CONSTRUCTION TYPE
lA
IB
2A
2B
2C
3A
3B
5A
5B
Specify:
Specify:
Specify:
' CDMPLET^1HI5 SECUON IF EXISTING BUIt33lNG I3N0EKGOING RENOVATIONS. ADDHIONS AND/OR CHANGE IN USE
Existing Use Group:
Existing Hazard Index 780 CMR 34)f
Proposed Use Group:
Proposed Hazard Index 780 CMR 34):
SECTION 8 BUILDING HEIGHT AN1> AREA
BUILDING AREA
Number of Floors or stories include
basement levels
Floor Area per Floor (si)
Total Area (si)
Total Height (ft)
Existing (if applicable)
Proposed
SECTION.O'.aTRUCTURAL FEERREVIEW (780 CBilK. llO^Xl)
Independent Structural Engineering Structural Peer Review Required
SECTION 10a - OWNER AQTHORI2ATION -TO BE COMFLETED WHEN
OWNERS AGENT OR CONTRACTOR APPLIES FOR BUILDING PERMIT
I.
hereby authorize
my behalf, in all matters relative to work authorized by this building permit application.
.. as Owner of the subject properly
to act on
Signature of Owner
Date
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
675
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGUI.ATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
SECTION iOb - OWNER/AUTHORIZBD AGENT DECLARATION ;
I. , . as Owner/Authorized Agent
hereby declare that the statements and Information on the foregoing application are true and accurate, to the best of my
knowledge and belief.
Signed under the pains and penalties of perjury.
Print Name
Signature of Owner/Agent
Date
||Eci|cw|i^
Item
Estimated Cost (Dollars) to be
completed by permit applicant
OlficI^ Use Only
1. Building
(a) Building ffennit Fee
Multiplier
;iii»iii»iliiiisil
2. Electrical
(b) £:st1mated Total Cost of
ConstructioD from (6}
j|iliiiiliiiillS;
:fiiiiiiiiPiiiiiii
3. Plumbing
Building; Peimlt Fee (a) x (b)
liliiPiiiiiHiiiiiliB;:
;ililBIIIIBHI
ilSMllilliill
4. Mechanical (HVAC)
5. Fire Protection
6.Total = (I +2 + 3 + 4+5)
Cheidc Number
ii;iii|ii|||l|iiiiiip|
676
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 cmr: state board of building regulations and standards
appendix:
Appendix 3-2
State Building Code Appeals Board Filing Instructions and Application Forms
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 CMR » Sixth Edition 677
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
KATHLEEN M. OTOOLE THOMAS L. ROCEBS
S-wuty TEL: (617) 727-3200 FAX: (817) 227-1754 A*ni««n««
STATE BUILDING CODE APPEALS BOARD - FILING INSTRUCTIONS
Note: Appeals are held pursuant to 801 CMR 1.02 Informal/Fair Hearing Rules
The procedure outlined below must be followed when filing a Building Code Appeal:
1. The appellant must be in receipt of a letter of denial from the local Building Official as required under
780 CMR 1 11 . 1 of the State Building Code. An appeal must be filed within 45 davs of the date of the letter
of denial. An appeal may be filed either with the local Building Code Appeals Board, if one has been
established, or directly with the State Building Code Appeals Board.
2. Two documents are required to be completed by the appellant or his/her representative - the Appeal
Application Form (2 pages) and the Service Notice (I page).
The Service Notice, which gives notice to the building official that an appeal is being filed, should include
the date appearing on the appeal form and the name and address of the Building Official under the section
"PERSON/AGENCY SERVED".The Method of Service should list one of the following procedures as
set forth in Section 121.2. 1 of the State Building Code.
A. Personally; or
B. Registered or Certified Mail, return receipt requested; or
C. By any person authorized to serve civil process.
The Date of Service is the date when a copy of the appeal is delivered or mailed to the Building Official
or other party entitled.
The Service Notice must be signed by the appellant or his/her representative and the signature must be
notarized.
The Appeal Application Form (2 pages) must be completed in total . The application will be reviewed
for completeness prior to a hearing being scheduled. Applications determined to be incomplete will be
returned to the applicant for correction. Questions relating to completing the application should be
directed to your local building department or this office.
3. One complete copy of the appeal filing, including the original of the Service Notice, must be delivered
to the Building Official or the official entitled. Four complete copies of the appeal filing, including the
original plus three copies of the Appeal Application form, four copies of the Service Notice and four copies
of the letter of denial, together with a check for $150.00 (filing fee)payable to the Commonweahh of
Massachusetts must be filed with this office, if the appeal is made directly to the State Building Code
Appeals Board. (Filing fee requirements for filings before a local Building Code Appeals Board may differ
from the fees prescribed for submission to the State Building Code Appeals Board).
ALL CASES W n J. BE HFARD ON THE SrHEDTTT.ED DATE
POSTPONEMENTS WnX NOT BE GRANTED.
678 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDIX B
WSLUAM F.WELD ^o.£a^, JL^^ocAm^ OM^OS ^'""^Z^"''
KATHLEEN M.OTOOLE THOMAS L. SOCERS
TEL: (817) 727-3200 FAX: (817) 227-1754
STATE BUILDING CODE APPEALS BOARD
APPEAL APPLICATION FORM
STATE USE ONLY
Fee Received:
Check No.:
Received By:
DOCKET NUMBER: DATE:
(State Use Only)
The undersigned hereby appeals to the State Board of Building Regulations and Standards from the decision
of the:
Building Official from the City/Town of:
Board of Appeals from the City/Town of:
Other Municipal Agency/Official entitled:
State Agency/Official entitled:
OTHER:
Dated: 19 , having been aggrieved by such (check as appropriate)
Interpretation o Order o Requirement o Direction o
Failure to Act o Other o Explai n
All app ro priate code sections must be identified. Ai wriittem supporting documemtatioBS must b©
submitted with this apph'cation. Parties may present written material at the hearingo However, the
Board reserves the right to continue the proceeding if such material warrants extensive revleWo
State Briefly desired relief:
APPELLANT:
ADDRESS FOR SERVICE:
Telephone No.
ADDRESS OF SUBJECT PROPERTY:
APPELLAhJTS CONNECTION TO SUBJECT PROPERTY:
SIGNATURE OF APPELLANT/REPRESENTATIVE (NAME - PLEASE PRINT)
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 679
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
DESCRIPTION OF BUILDING OR STRUCTURE RELATIVE TO THE MASSACHUSETTS
STATE BUILDING CODE (780 CMR 6th EDITION): (Check as appropriate)
Check Here if Building is a One or Two Family Dwelling o Proceed to section entitled "^Brief Description
of the Proposed Wor}^' - Do not complete the tables below
^fiEicRiiTK>N:;C^::«^
New ConstructioiD
Existing Buildlngn
Repalr(s) a AJteratlon(s) a | Addition a
Accessory Bldg. a
Demolition a
Other D Specify:
Brief Description of Proposed Work:
,
VSEi GROUP AND CONSTRUCTION TTF&
USE GROUP (Check as appUcable)
CONSTRUCTION TYPE
A Assembly
o A-1 D A-2 D A-3 D
A-4 D A-5 D
lA
IB
D
a
B Business
O
2A
2B
2C
a
D
a
£ Educational
□
P Factoiy
O F-1 D F-2 D
H High Hazard
D
3A
3B
n
a
I InsUtutlonal
□ I-l D 1-2 D 1-3 n
M Mercantile
D
4
a
R Residential
D R-1 D R-2 n R-3 D
5A
5B
a
a
S Storage
D S-1 O S-2 D
U Utility
n Specllv:
M Mixed Use
D Specify:
S Special Use
D Speclfv:
COMPLETE THIS SECnON IF EXISTING BUn J)ING UNDERGOING RENOVATIONS, ADDITIONS
' AND/OR CHANGE IN USE
Existing Use Group:
Proposed Use Croup:
Existing Hazard Index (780 CMR 34):
Proposed Hazard Ind
ex (780 CMR 341:
^^m^^l^^^si^Pii^j^Bsip^
BUILDING AREA
Existing {If appUcable)
Proposed
Number of Floors or stories include
basement levels
Floor Area per Floor (si)
Total Area (sfl
Total Height (ft)
Brief Description of the Proposed Work:
680
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDIX B
WILU/IM F. WELD
KATHLEEN M. OTOOLE
TEL: (817) 727-3200 FAX; (8X7) 227-1754
S£NTARO TSUTSUMI
-mOMASL-ElOCEItS
STATE BUILDING COBE APPEALS BOAKB - SERVICE NOTICE
^as.
for the
Appellant/Petitioner
in an appeal filed with the
State Building Code Appeals Board on
.19.
HEREBY SWEAR UNDER TEIE PAINS AND PENALTIES OF PERJURY THAT IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE PROCEDURES ADOPTED BY THE STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULAHONS AND
STANDARDS AND SECTION 122.3.1 OF THE STAIE BUILDING CODE, I SERVED OR CAUSED TO
BE SERVED, A COPY OF TfflS APPEAL APPLICATION ON THE FOLLOWING PERSON(S) IN IHE
FOLLOWING MANNER:
NAME AM) ADDRESS OF
persqn/aqency s ervk;)
METHOD OF SERVICE
DATE OF SERVICE
Signature: APPELLANT/PETTIIONER
On the
_Day of _
BEFORE ME THE ABOVE NAMED
19
^ PERSONALLY APPEARED
(Type or Print the Name of the Appellant)
AND ACKNOWLEDGED AND SWORE TEE ABOVE STATEMENTS TO BE TRUE.
NOTARY PUBLIC
MY COMMISSIONEXPIRES
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR -Sixth Edition
681
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
ENERGY CONSERVATION MANDATORY CHECKLIST FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION
(OTHER THAN LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL) 780 CMR, 1301.8.1
Owner/Agent Name: Phone:
Owner/Agent Address:
City/State/Zip:
Project Name:
Site Address: City/Town
Applicant's Name: Signature:
Applicant's Phone: Date of Application:
I. Envelope Compliance Option (check ONE)
D Trade-Off (1304.5) - Attach software Compliance Report (COMcheck-EZ)
D Appendix J (1301.2 - For buildings up to 10,000 sf only) - Attach Appendix J compliance documentation
D Systems Analysis (1309) - Attach Registered Architect's or Engineer's report
D Prescriptive (1304.2) - Complete this section, and attach copy of applicable Table (1304.2.1 through 13.4.2.12)
Climate Zone (from Table 1303,1) D Zone 12a D Zone 13a D Zone 14a
a. Gross above-grade wall area ^sq.ft.
b. Total window & glass door area sq.ft.
c. Glazing % (100 x b^a) % Table # utilized: -
ELHVAC (check ONE)
D Simple Systems & Equipment (1305.2) D Conq>lex Systems & Equipment (1305.3)
D Systems Analysis (1309) - Attach Registered Architect's or Engineer's report
m. Lighting (check ONE)
D Building Area Method (1308.6.2.1) >.
D Space-by-Space Method (1308.6.2.2) / ^"^^ CompUance Documentation (COMcheck-EZ or other)
D Systems Analysis (1309) - Attach Registered Architect's or Engineer's report
IV. Approval & Acceptance Construction Documents (1301.8.4.1)
Attach a narrative report describing the HVAC, Lighting, and Electric Distribution systems, including:
ForOfficial Use.QNLY:
check off cbraijletediin:
^^s^tipns'crfTCpoit
1. Design Intent
2. Basis of Design
3. Sequence of operation / systems interaction
4. Description of the systems (capacities, etc.)
5. Testing requirements / criteria acceptance
6. Requirement for submittal of operation manuals and maintenance manuals
7. Requirement for submittal of record drsiwings and control documents
682 780 CMR -Sixth Edition 1/19/01
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDIX B
This Side For Use by Building Department Only
Official's Name: Title: „
I. Flams Reyiew
Date Application Received:
D Complete Narrative Report Received (1301.8.4.1)
□ Design and Specification Documents prepared by legally recognized professional (1301.8.4.3)
Application is: Approved D Date: Signature:
Denied D Date:
Reason(s) for Denial: (provide additional details as needed on separate sheet)
Ho Acceptance (130UA4)
D Successful system tests witnessed by Building Official, OR D satisfactory test report received (check one)
D Certification by Registered Professional (per 780 CMR 116.2) that systems are installed in accordance with
construction documents
D Confirmation by owner (or their authorized representative) that they have received record drawings, reviewed for
reasonable accuracy
D Confirmation by owner (or their authorized representative) that they have received reports, controls documentation,
operations manual(s), maintenance mianual(s), and other documents specified in 1301.8.4.1
Building Official's Signature:
1/19/01 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 682. 1
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
CONSUMER INFORMATION FORM - "SUNROOMS"
assachiisetts State Bmlding Code (780 CMR, Appendix J, Section Jl.1.23.1)
The Massachusetts State Bmlding Code (780 CMR) includes provisions to ensure that houses and house
additions meet energy efficiency standards. This supplemental CONSUMER INFORMATION FORM is to be
filed as part of the building permit application when a builder/contractor or homeowner, constructing/installing
a house addition with very large percentage of glass to opaque wall, seeks to utilize a special energy conservation
exemption option for "sunroom" additions to an existing house (780 CMR, Appendix J, Section Jl, 1.2.3.1).
This FORM is not intended to prevent a homeowner from selecting a "sunroom" of any size, configuration,
orientation, form of construction or percent glazing, but rather is only intended to. assist homeowners in
becoming aware of some of the important energy conservation and year-round comfort considerations involved
in selecting and utilizing a "sunroom" addition.
The connection of "sunroom" structures to residential buildings may create comfort and energy consumption
issues due to uncontrolled solar gain or uncontrolled radiation cooling of the main house. In the selection and
construction/installation of "sunrooms", included below is a non-required, open-ended list of product and design
considerations that a homeowner may wish to consider before actually constructing/installing a "sunroom". It
is recommended that consumers carefully review these options with their designer, builder, or contractor, in
order to minimize potential energy consumption and/or house discomfort issues. In addition, the qualifications
and reputation of the company or individuals to be hired are important considerations.
PRODUCT AND DESIGN CONSmERATIGNS RELATED TO ^'SUNROOMS"
• Solar Orientation and Natural Shading
• Type of Glazing
• Insulating value
• Solar heat gain
• Frame materials
• Glazing to frame sealing and gasketing materials/ seal durability and/or weather
tightness of the sunroom
• Adequate ventilation - Operable windows and fans
• Applied Shading Systems
• Insulation level in floors, walls, and ceilings
• Possible Sunroom isolation from the main house via a wall and/or door or slider
• Heating and Cooling Methods: Efficiency, Ztoning and Controls
Homeowner Acknowledgment
The Massachusetts State Building Code, Section Jl. 1.2.3.1, requires that the actual propertv owner (not tht
owner's agent or representative) acknowledge receipt of this Consumer Information Form prior to issuance
of a Building Permit for a project that includes "sunroom" additions to an existing residential building. In
accordance with this requirement, the undersigned hereby acknowledges that she/he has read the information
in this document concerning sunroom comfort and energy consarvation.
Signature of Actual Building Owner Date
Print Name Address of Permitted Project
Owner Address (if different than project location) Owner's telephone number
682.2 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 1/19/01
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDIX B
Official Interpretation No. 1-85
DATE: October 30, 1985
SUBJECT: State Building Code Section 108.5. 1
Question 1: Section 108.5.1 requires the periodic inspection of certain buildings, and the issuance of Certificates of
Inspection for these buildings on a regular basis. The standard form Certificate of Inspection which was
developed by the Commonwealth states that *The means of egress are sufficient for the following number
of persons:" and provides space for the listing of permitted occupancy load by story and by place of
assembly. Is it the intent of the Code to require a complete periodic reinspection of the entire building or
is such an inspection limited to the building's egress system?
Answer 1: No. Section 108.5. 1 states in part "A Certificate of Inspection as herein specified shall not be issued until
an inspection is made certifying that the building or structure or parts thereof complies with ALL the
applicable requirements of this Code ..." (emphasis supplied). The periodic reinspection is not necessarily
limited to the building's egress system but may extend throughout to the entire building, or parts thereof
requiring certification. The Certificate of Inspection serves as a spot check to ensure that other Code
mandated procedures have been followed (e.g. permits obtained for alterations) and that the building has
been maintained in a safe condition. The building has been maintained in a safe condition. The building
official is free to use his judgment in determining how extensive a periodic inspection need be.
Question 2: Do Code requirements for periodic reinspection include a requirement to reinspect by wiring, plumbing, gas
fitting and elevator inspectors for compliance with the various applicable specialized codes?
Answer 2: No. The Massachusetts State Building Code does not include a requirement for periodic reinspection by
plumbing, wiring, gas fitting or other various specialized code enforcement officials. However, periodic
inspections conducted by the building official may reveal conditions that would require further attention by
local wiring, plumbing, gas or elevator inspectors.
Question 3: May a professional consultant assume or be granted the powers and duties of the Building Official to issue
permits and certificates or may he merely submit a report for the Building Official's review and acceptance?
Answer 3'. Section 1 1 4. i states in part, 'The Building Commissioner or Inspector of Buildings shall examine or cause
to be examined all applications for permits and annendments thereto within 30 days after filing. ... If he is
satisfied that the proposed work conforms to the requirements of this Code and all pertinent law applicable
thereto, he shall issue a permit." Only a Building Official, appointed in accordance with Section 107 to
enforce the building code may issue building permits and/or related certificates. A professional consultant
may submit a report for the Building Official's review, but the issuance or denial of the permit or certificate
is ultimately the Building Official's responsibility.
Question 4: May such a professional consultant be hired by a municipality to perform inspections in the absence of any
"unusual technical issues" as described in Section 108.5, or should the consultant more properly be engaged
by the building owner in the absence of unusual technical issues?
Answer 4: A professional consultant or expert retained by a municipality in the absence of any "unusual technical
issues" to perform inspections would be required to meet the criteria and qualifications outlined in M.G.L.
c. 143, § 3, and would be deemed a local inspector, and subject to all pertinent requirements of Code and
law. However, a Building Official may review and/or accept reports from other qualified personnel, per
Section 111.2.1 (see Question 3),
Question 5: What, if any, liability under the Code would a municipality assume in utilizing a professional consultant for
the various functions described above?
AtiswerS: Opinions relative to broad legal questions of liability are beyond the purpose and scope of the Board of
Building Regulations and Standards. Therefore, we must decline to answer this question, and would direct
the municipality to its legal advisor(s) for such and opinion.
Official Interpretations- No. 2-85
DATE: October 30, 1985
SUBJECT: State Building Code Section 1 19.3
Question I: Do All existing buildings have a legal use group classification , whether in use or not?
Answer I: Yes. Section 202. 1 states "All buildings and stmctures shall be classified with respect to use in one (1) of
(he use groups listed...". The use group classification is based on the purpose for which a building or
structure is designed, used or intended to be used. A use group classification is required to be assigned to
a building or structure whether in actual use or'not.'
n/27/98 . 780 CMR - Sixth Edition ...... . • 683
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Question 2: On what is the legal use based?
Answer 2: The Massachusetts State Building Code defines use as "The purpose for which the building or structure is
designed, used or intended to be used." The lawful use and/or use group classification of an existing
building may be based upon the Building Official's records pertaining to the particular structure. In the case
of a vacant structure, the last legal use of record would apply.
Question 3: Does the legal use change or cease to exist when ownership changes?
Answer 3: No. A change in ownership of a building would not change the use group classification of the building or
cause the use to cease. A change of use and/or occupancy may take place regardless of ownership when
done in accordance with a permit issued by the Building Official.
Does the use have any relationship with ownership?
The use and ownership are only related in that the owner, as defined by Code, is responsible to comply with
the applicable sections of the Code as regard to use, and must obtain a permit to change the use of a
building.
Question 4: Is there ever any such thing as "abandonment" of a use group classification, so that an existing building has
no use group?
Answer 4: No. All buildings are required to be classified with respect to their use. The discontinuance or
"abandonment" of the actual using of a building or structure would not change the use group classification.
For example, a vacant office building (formerly legally occupied) would remain in use group "B" (Business
Buildings), the last lawful use of the building, until a permit was obtained to change that use.
Question 5: Upon request by an owner for a certificate of use and occupiuicy, is the Building Official obligated to cite
in writing any violation of law or orders pending?
Answer 5: Yes. If there are violations of law or orders pending, the provisions of Section 1 2 1 .0 would apply. Section
121 .2. 1 states that every notice or order authorized by this Code shall be in writing and shall be served on
the person responsible.
Question 6: Can the use of a building or portion of a building, subsequent to January 1, 1975, legally change without the
issuance of a building permit and a certificate of use and occupancy?
AnsH'er 6: No. Section 11 3.0 and Section 113.1 state that a permit is required "...to change the use or occupancy of a
building or structure. J'.
Section 1 19.0 and Section 1 19.2 state " A building or stmcture, in whole or in part, altered to change from
one use group to another: to a different use within the same use group...shaIl not be occupied or used until
the certificate shall have been issued certifying that the work has been completed in accordance with the
provisions of the approved permits...".
The Massachusetts State Building Code became effective on January 1, 1975. All changes of use or
occupancy subsequent to January 1, 1975 would be subject to the provisions of the Code.
Official Interpretation No. 3-85
DATE: October 30, 1985
SUBJECT: . State Building Code Section 609.3
Massachusetts State BuildingCode Section 609.2 requires not less than two approved independent exitways
serving every building except as modified in Section 609.3.
Massachusetts State Building Code Section 609.3 also allows one exitway in a building of the use group and
characteristics as specified in Table 609.
Massachusetts State Building Code Section 609.3 also allows one exitway from the first storv of a building
when the first story is 2,(XX) square feet or less in area and with an occupancy load not exceeding 50 persons.
Egress from other stories shall comply with Article 6.
Massachusetts State Building Code Section 609.2 also specifies not less than two approved independent
exitways serving every story, except in one and two family dwellings and as modified in Section 609.3.
It is our interpretation that Section 609.3 deals with two distinct and separate building design configurations.
In its first essence. Section 609.3 provides for certain buildings (those complying with Table 609)which are
required to have only one exitway. The remaining sentences in Section 609.3 describe conditions (less than
50 occupants and less than 2,000 square feet in area) in which the first story only of any building is required
to have only ohe exitway. Table 609 does not relate to the latter case.
684 . • 780 CMR - Sixth Editioii •. 11/27/98
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDIX B
Offidal Interpretation No. 4°85
DATE: October 30, 1985
SUBJECT: State Building Code Table 214 and Section 217.4
An existing three story building is proposed to be of type 3-C constriction. The exterior walls have a fire separation
of 30 feet or more and the walls themselves are non-bearing. The loads are carried by a structural steel frame and
there are structural beams and columns within the exterior wall which are part of the load bearing system.
Therefore, the steel frame is load bearing. The walls themselves are essentially curtain walls.
Question: Are the beams and columns which are on the exterior part of the building, required as load bearing numbers,
to have a two hour fire rating?
Answer: No. Table 2 14, line 8 of the State Building Code establishes the fire resistance rating required for the col-
umns and framing(beams) and does not require a fire resistance rating for columns or beams for the proposed
condition. However, it should be noted that, per Section 91 1.6, beams which support walls required to be
fire resistance rated must be protected to afford not less than the fire resistance rating of the wall supported
and, when supporting masonry walls, must carry a minimum fire resistance of one hour. Further, it should
be noted that, if the framing supports a required fire separation wall such as an exitway enclosure. Section
909.4 would require this framing to be protected to afford a fire resistance rating equal to the wall supported.
OfflclaJ fnterpreeadon No. §'86
DATE: January 28, 1986
SUBJECT: State Building Code Section 2101.10.4.2
Question: In a single family dwelling, the (nominal) width of a second means of egress doorway is required by Section
2101.10.4.2 to be a minimum of 32 inches. Does a six foot wide sliding glass door providing a net clear
opening of 29 % inches comply with this requirement?
Answer: Yes. Section 2101.10.2 allows the use of sliding glass doors for egress. Section 612.3 of the Code allows
means of egress doorways to have a minimum clear width of 28 inches in one- and two-family dwellings.
Per Sections 857.5.6.1 (Item 2) and 2101.7.2 (Item 2) of the Code, and Massachusetts General Laws
(M.G.L.) Chapter 143, Section 3T, safety glass must be used in these sliding glass doors. M.G.L., c. 143,
§ 3U requires that safety glazing be etched or otherwise permanently identified as such.
OfUclal lEiterpretatioED No. 6'86
DATE: January 28, 1986
SUBJECT: State Building? Code Section 909. 1 .2
Question: Is it the intent to require a fire separation wall and/or fireresistive floor-ceiling assembly between units which
has a fire rating of one hour, that is, an assembly with one face in one unit and the opposite face in another
unit, with an assembly between the two faces producing a fireresistance rating of one hour, or, a one hour
fire rated assembly for each dwelling unit, which in effect, produces a two hour fire rated assembly between
the two dwelling units?
Answer: It is the intent of Section 909. 1 .2 to require a one hour rated dwelling unit separation between dwelling units,
rather than a one Iwur rated assembly ger dwelling unit.
Official Interpretation No. 7-86
DATE: January 28, 1986
SUBJECT: State Building Code Table 214. Line 7 "Dwelling Unit Separations and other Non-Bearing Partitions"
Question: Does Table 214, Line 7, control the fireresistance rating of only the vertical dwelling unit separations, with
Line 10 controlling the horizontal separation?
Answer: No. Table 2 1 4, Line 7, regulates the fireresistance rating required between.dwelling units. A rating of not
less than one hour is required to be provided between dwellings regardless of their orientation and type of
construction. If a certain type of construction is required by Table 214, Line 10 to provide a greater
fireresistance rating for floor-ceiling assemblies, this assembly may also serve as the dwelling unit separation
required by Table 214, Line 7,
Official Interpretation No. 8*S6
DATE: August 19. 1986.
SUBJECT: State Building Code Section 607.3
1 1/27/98
.780 CMR -Sixth Edition
685
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Question: Section 607,3 requires that building exitways be "...as remote from each other as practicable." Do so-called
"scissor stairways" which are constructed side-by-side, usually located in the center of a building, violate
this requirement?
Answer: No. Section 607.3 also states that exit stairways must be "...arranged to provide direct access in separate
directions from any point in the area served." Scissor stairways, especially when located in a center core,
may well satisfy Section 607,3. The exit access passageways or corridors must provide direct access to the
stairways in separate directions. Because the entrances to the scissor stairways are usually at opposite sides
of the core, they may, in fact, be as remote as practicable and accessible in separate directions. Table 214,
Line 4, provides fire resistance requirements for enclosure of the exitways, and Table 214, Line 6, and
Section 610.4 specifies fireresistance requirements for exitway access corridors.
Official Interpretation No. 9-86
DATE: August 26, 1986
SUBJECT: State Building Code Sections 504.2 and 1009.2
Question: Does the Code allow the usage of flexible duct and duct connector in forced hot air heating systems for
residential construction?
Answer: Yes. Sections 504,2 and 1009.2, which speak to the use of ductwork for heating and ventilating, make
reference to the mechanical code listed in Appendix B of die State Building Code, which is the BOCA Basic
Mechanical Code, 1 978 edition. In Sections M-30 1 ,4,3 through M-30 1 .4,5 flexible duct and duct connector
are permitted for all occupancies except one and two family dwellings when conforming to the UL 181
standards, and subject to other limits stated therein. Section M-302,2, 1 allows non-metallic supply ducts in
one and two family dwellings when in conformance with the applicable standard (UL 1 8 1 or SMACNA-75)
listed in the appendix of the Mechanical Code.
OfTicial Interpretation No. 10-86
DATE: August 27, 1986
SUBJECT: State Building Code Sections 1004.0 and 1006.0
Question: Must condensing type oil-fired fiimaces (central heating appliances) always be vented into masonry
chimneys?
Answer: No. The purpose of the masonry chimney requirement is to provide safe venting of the high temperature
exhaust gasses generated by conventional type oil-fired central heating appliances. However, certain
condensing type oil-fired fumaces generate low temperature exhaust gases which also contain corrosive
products that can adversely effect masonry. Consequently, condensing type oil-fired fumaces which operate
to produce vent gas temperatures of no greater than 1 50 °F are to be approved for through-wall and/or
through-roof venting with polyvinylchloride or similar pipe when installed according to the manufacturer's
recommendations. The appliance and its venting system must have been tested together and "listed" or the
provisions of Section 1006.0 for "unlisted appliance" apply.
Offlcial Interpretation No. U-87
DATE: December 30, 1986
SUBJECT: State Building Code Section 2108.3.2
Question: Do chimney lining and/or re-lining systems which do not use fire-clay flue lining (ASTM C315) require
specific approval by the State Board of Building Regulations and Standards?
Answer: No. Section 2108.3.2 of the Code permits the use as chimney lining of, "...other approved material that will
resist corrosion, softening or cracking from flue gasses at temperatures up to 1700" Fahrenheit."
Materials and/or systems which satisfy the high temperature provisions of the Underwriters' Laboratory Test
Standard 1 03 (UL- 103 HT) satisfy this performance requirement for lining of masonry chimneys contained,
in Section 2108.3.2.
Since each system is tested in the configuration required by the manufactures' installation instructions, these
instructions become the requirements for installation of the chimney lining system.
OfTicial Interpretation No. 12-87
DATE: February 24, 1987.
SUBJECT: State Building Code Sections 616 and 2101
686
780 CMR -Sixth. Edition
1 1/27/98 •.
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDIX B
Question: Are alternating tread stairways, such as the Lapeyre Stair, permitted by Massachusetts State Building Code
as an element of required means of egress?
Answer: No. The exit stairway requirements described in Sections 6 1 6 and 2 1 1 of the Code are intended to provide
a stairway of certain minimum exit capacity, with the full width being available for occupant egress, at an
incline that results in motion familiar to the occupants. Alternate tread stairways are intended for use where
floor space is limited and therefore a steeper than usual incline is required. The steeper incline, when
descending the stairway, requires an unfamiliar foot motion more downward and less outward than that
typically required. Imposing such an unfamiliar motion on occupants exiting the building during a life
threatening situation is unwarranted.
The Lapeyre Alternating Tread Stair exceeds the maximum incline permitted by Sections 6 1 6 and 2101 and
will, therefore, require an unfamiliar motion by the occupants.
In addition, the overall width of these stairs does not meet the minimum width requirement of Sections 616
and 2101 , nor would the exit capacity be equal to that of a full stairway if the minimum width were satisfied
since these stairs do not permit parallel egress of individuals.
The Lapeyre Alternating Tread Stair is, therefore, not permitted as an element of a required means of egress.
Official Interpretation No. IJ-SS
DATE: October 25, 1988
SUBJECT: State Building Code Section 2108
Question: A single family dwelling is to be constructed with a fuel-fired water heater in the basement and a fireplace
lined with a 2 inch thick refractory brick on the first floor. What construction is required to separate the
water heater flue from the firebox and smoke chamber of the fireplace at the first floor? What separation is
required within the chimney?
Answer: Section 2108.7.2 requires that the firebox of a fireplace constructed of solid masonry and lined with
refractory brick have back and side walls of at least 8 inches total thickness.
Section 2108.7.4.5 requires that the walls of the snuike chamber be a minimum of eight inches thick. Thus
a minimum of eight inches of solid masonry is required in these locations. Once the elevation of the fire-
place flue is reached. Section 2108.3.2.4 allows two adjoining flues to be contained in the same chimney,
so long as the flue liner joints are staggered at least seven inches. If this staggering of flue liner joints is not
provided, or if more than two flues are present. Section 2108.3.2.5 requires that masonry flue partitions of
at least four inch thickness, bonded into the chimney walls, be constructed to separate the flues.
Official InlerpretatioBi No. 14=89
DATE: March 28, 1989
SUBJECT: State Building Code Section 437 and 616.8
Question 1: Section 437. 1 .3.2 provides that "At least one required exitway shall be accessible without passage through
an atrium." Section 437.2.2, which speaks to the enclosure of atriums, contains an exception which provides
that "The adjacent spaces of any three (3) floors of the atrium shall not be required to be separated from the
atrium; however, these spaces shall be included in the atrium volume according to Section 437.2." Is it the
intent of Section 437. 1 .3.2 to require at least one required exitway to be accessible without passage through
an atrium "on those floors exempted by Section 437.2.2 frorii the requirement for separation from the atrium?
Answer 1: No. The exception in Section 437.2.2 allows the designer toeliminate atrium separations on any three floors
so long as the additional spaces on these floors are added to the atrium volume for purposes of sizing the
smoke control requirements of the atrium. What this allowance essentially does is to add these adjacent
spaces to the atrium. It is impossible to provide an exit which is accessible without passage through an
atrium for spaces within that atrium. The provisions of Section 437. 1 .3.2 are intended to ensure that spaces
outside the atrium need not depend on the viability of the atrium in order to gain access to an exitway.
Therefore, these provisions are not applicable for any spaces which are already included in the atrium space,
including those spaces added when 'the exception in Section 437.2.2 is applied.
Question 2: Is it the intent of the Code that stairways conforming to Section 616.8 and escalators conforming to Article
16 be subject to the requirements of Section 437.3.1?
Answer 2: Not necessarily. It is intended that unenclosed supplemental stairways be prohibited from connections with
(required) exit stairways and exitway access corridors, and that these unenclosed supplemental stairways be
equipped with a draft stop conforming to Section 437.3. 1 . While there are no provisions in the Code text
to require that escalators be classified and protected as floor openings, it is possible that escalators can.be
1 1/27/98
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
687
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
so classified. However, escalators may also be enclosed in fire resistance rated construction, or may be
located within an atrium. A supplemental stairway may also be enclosed in fire resistance rated construction,
or may be located in an atrium, and may therefore not be classified as a fioor opening.
Sequential Gap - Official Interpretation Number 15
Official Interpretation No. 16-89
DATE: August 29, 1989
SUBJECT: State Building Code Sections 616
Question: Does the installation of a handicapped stair lift in a required exit stairway constitute an obstruction to the
means of egress?
Answer: Yes. Section 616 of the State Building Code makes the following provisions:
"Stairways shall not reduce in width in the direction of exit travel. Projections into a stairway are prohibited
except for handrails as indicated in Section 616.5.1 and for stairway stringers which may project not more
than one and one-half inches." (616.2.3)
"The least dimension of landings and platforms shall be not less than the required width of stairway."
(616.3,1)
"Stairways shall have continuous guards and handrails on both sides..." (616.5)
"An exitway enclosure shall not be used for any purpose other than means of egress." (616.9.2)
Moreover, Section 605 states that "It shall be unlawful to obstruct, or reduce in any manner, the clear widths
of any doorway, hallway, passageway or any other exitway required by the provisions of this code." Section
605 also requires that "All required means of egress components shall at all times be maintained in a safe
usable condition."
Handicapped stair lifts installed in required egress stairs can conceivably violate all of the above sections.
When in use, such lifts render at least a portion of a stainvay unusable. Even when not in use, the lift
equipment projects into the required width, interferes with the use of handrails, and presents a potential
tripping hazard to persons using the stair. Also, the introduction of this equipment into a stair enclosure
does, in a sense utilize an exitway enclosure as an elevator shaft, and there is the possibility that the
equipment, motor, and wiring can catch fire, thereby rendering the exitway unusable. There is also reason
to expect that loss of primary electrical power in an emergency situation could disable the lift in a position
where it would present a greater obstruction than when not in use. For these reasons, we conclude that the
installation of inclined stairway chairlifts in required exitway stairways is potentially hazardous, and is
therefore not permitted. However, the building official may allow the installation of such lifts in stairways
which are not a component of the required means of egress, so long as the building official determines that
the particular installation is not hazardous. It is the policy of the Department of Public Safety, Division of
Inspection, Elevator Section to require a letter of approval from the building official before granting a permit
for an inclined stairway chairiift.
OfTicial Interpretation No. 17-89
DATE: October 24, 1989
SUBJECT: State Building Code Section 1216
Question: Under the new (ASME/ANSI A 17. 1) elevator code, smoke detectors are required in the elevator lobby for
elevator control. Are these same smoke detectors required to be tied into the fire alarm system?
Answer: Yes. NfiPA 72A, the applicable fire protection standard referenced in Section 1216.1, requires that these
detectors be tied into the fire alarm system.
Official Interpretation No. 18-90
DATE: February. 27, 1990
SUBJECT: State Building Code Section 1006.2
Question: Is the "direct venting" (through-the-sidewall combustion product exhaust venting) of "listed" comfort heating
and comfort cooling appliances allowed in lieu of venting to a masonry chimney as required in Section 1 004
of the State Building Code?
Answer: Yes, Section 1006 of the State Building Code (the Code) defines "listed appliances" and Section 1006.2
addressing appliances to be vented states:
68a
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
1 1/27/98
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDIX B
- "Appliances shall be connected to a listed venting system or provided with other nieans for exhausting
the flue gasses to the outside atmosphere in accordance with the venting system selection chart
contained in the mechanical code listed in Appendix B."
In Section 1001.2, the Code recognizes that appliances required to be vented "shall be connected to a vent
or chimney..." and in Section 1002 addresses the performance test and acceptance criteria to insure safe and
proper performance of the venting system.
Direct venting systems that are "listed" or are part of a listed appliance conform to the requirements of the
Code.
OfTaclai Interpretation No. 19-90
DATE: December 11, 1990
SUBJECTS: of Section 602. 1 of the Fifth Edition of the State Building Code and. BBRS Approval of the Use of
Power Venters
In order to immediately correct an inadvertent oversight in Section 602. 1 of the Fifth Edition of the State Building
Code, at is meeting of November 20, 1990, the Board unanimously voted that it should reflect the provisions of
M.G.L c. 148, §§ 26A and 26AVz and, therefore, should read -
602. 1 Applicability: the provisions of this section shall apply to all buildings more than 70 feet above mean
grade, except that the provisions of this section shall not apply to airport traffic control towers conforming
to the requirentents of Section 616.0.
By way of clarification, Section 602. i , as cited in the Fifth Edition, is in conflict with statutory requirements
of 2 counts:
1 . It ties high rise provisions to floors used for human occupancy and located more than 70 feet above the
lowest level of fire department vehicle access; whereas, the governing statues identify high rise buildings
as sll buildings of more than 70 feet in height above the mean grade; and
2. The cited section in the Fifth Edition measures from the lowest level of fire department vehicle access;
whereas, the statutes measure from mean grade.
As you know, statutory requirements govern and in this case also reference the high rise provisions of the
State Building Code.
POWER VENTERS
Power Venters, as contained in Section 25 13 of the Fifth Edition, are ONLY allowed for use WITH GAS
OR OIL FIRED comfort heating and/or cooling appliances. Approval from the BBRS is required for use
with solid fuel burning appliances.
Official InterpretatioM No. 21-91
DATE: July 30, 1991
SUBJECT: Section 908.1 of the Fifth Edition of the State Building Code as related to attached dwelling units (Use
Group R-3). in whiqh the units are separated bv interior lot lines.
Question: a) When side by side attached single family dwelling units (Use Group R-3) are constructed such that the
exterior wail of each is located at the lot line which divides them, will two one-hour rated wood stud walls
comply with Section 908. 1 (Fire Walls and Party Walls) of the 5th Edition of the Code?
b) Could the two walls referred to in question a) above be supported on a single foundation wall.
Atiswer: a) For multiple attached single family dwelling units, (Use Group R-3), which are separated by interior lot
lines, the intent of section 908. 1 is satisfied by the construction of a single fire separation wall having a
fireresistance rating of one-hour. Such fire separation walls may be used between attached dwelling units
providing that the wall construction meets the requirements of Section 910 and the sound transmission
ratings of Section 714. and that the allowable area limitations .between fire walls of Table 501 are not
exceeded. Fire walls, constructed in accordance with Section 908, are required when the allowable area
limitations of table 501 are reached, (e.g. 4800 sf per floor for multiple attached single family dwelling units.
Use Group R-3).
b) The wall referenced in answer a) above may be supported one a single concrete or masonry foundation
wall of equivalent or greater fire resistance rating.
Discussion: Section 908. 1 of the Code requires party walls to be constructed as fire walls if an interior lot line is present.
Furthermore, the fire walls "....shall be constructed of any approved noncpmbustible materials providing
11/27/98 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 689
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
the required strength and fireresistance rating specified in Table 40 1 for the type of construction, but not less
than the fire grading of the use group specified in Table 902. Strength ".
The argun)ent can be made that such party walls can be considered to be exterior walls, thus causing the
requirennents of section 908. 1 to be in conflict with the exterior wall fireresistance requirements of Table
906.2 (for fire separations of five feet or less).
Table 906.2 requires an exterior wall fireresistance rating of one hour for a fire separation distance of zero
feet. If two dwelling units were constructed on adjacent lots and each were constmcted on the common lot
line, such that the fire separation distance of each unit was zero, Table 906.2 would require each extenor
wall to have a fireresistance rating of one hour. However, Code requirenients for multiple single family
attached dwelling units when interior lot lines are not present, table 401 would simply require the
construction of dwelling unit separation walls with a fireresistance rating of one hour, between dwelling
units. It would appear to be inconsistent to require the same R-3 structure to have a greater degree of fire
safety due simply to the separation of the dwelling units by an imaginary lot line.
Official Interpretation No. 22>91
DATE: September 24, 1991
SUBJECT: Section 2102.4(0 of the Fifth Edition of the State Building Code as it relates to reconstruction in Coastal
High Hazard Areas following Storm Damage.
At a regular meeting of the Board of Building Regulations and Standards held on Tuesday 24, September 1991, the
Board approved the following interpretation of Section 2102.4(1) of the 5th Edition of the Massachusetts State
Building Code, effective immediately.
Question: When a structure is located in a Coastal High Hazard Area ("V" zone) and is swept from its foundations
during a storm, and the building remains intact but the foundation system is completely destroyed, does the
code require that the structure be constructed on an elevated pile foundation, in accordance with Section
2102.4?
Answer: Yes. The structure, as described would be considered to be substantially damaged and as such would be
required to be provided with a new foundation system. Section 3203.3, the foundation system would
constitute a "new system", as defined in Section 3201 and therefore would be required to be constructed to
meet the requirements for new construction. Since the structure is located within a "V" zone. Section
2102.4(1) would require the structure to be elevated on piles.
Question: When a structure is located in a Coastal High Hazard Area ("V" zone) and is swept from its foundations
during a storm, and both the building and foundation system remain intact and if the costs associated in
relocating the building onto its existing foundation system are less than 50% of the market value of the
structure prior to the damage, does the code require that the structure be constructed on a raised pile
foundation, in accordance with Section 2102.4 ?
Answer: No. If both the foundation system and structure are intact and the cost associated in relocating the structure
to its pre-damaged condition, then the structure is permitted to be relocated on the existing foundation unless,
in the opinion of the building official, under Section 1 1 .3, the proposed reconstruction would constitute an
unsafe structural condition, in which case the structure should be elevated in accordance with Section
2102.4(1).
Official Interpretation No. 23-91
DATE: September 30, 1 99 1
SUBJECT: Section 816 of the Fifth Edition of the Sta^e Building Code as It Relates to Requirements for Stairwavs
Date of Interpretation:
The State Board of Building Regulations and Standards, at it's regular monthly meeting of September 24, 1991,
affirmed the following requirements:
Question: To what extent are the provisions of Massachusetts State Building Code, Section 816, .applicable to a
stairway providing access to an attic area in a business establishment; said attic area used for the storage of
stock used in conjunction with that business?
Answer: Section 8 1 6, INTERIOR STAIRWAYS, (in conjunction with Section 819, EXTERIOR STAIRWAYS), of
the Fifth Edition of the Massachusetts State Building Code requires that all stairways, whether interior or
exterior, required or supplemental, must be so constructed to satisfy the applicable requirements imposed
for jnterior exit stairways.
690
780 GMR- Sixth Edition. .
11/27/98
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDIX B
This means that for interior or exterior, required or supplemental stairways, the width, headroom, stairway
allowed width restrictions, the allowed dimensions of platforms and landings, the acceptable vertical rise
between landings and platforms, riser height and tread depth and the dimensional uniformity required
between adjacent risers and treads and the requirements for stairway guards and handrails are controlled by
the requirements of Section 816.
Note 1: If classified as a mezzanine, then the subject attic area would fall under the requirements of Section 60S of
the State Building Code; otherwise such area would be treated as an additional story of the building, with
the resulting classification determining what applicable State Building Code requirements apply.
Note 2: Only fixed interior or exterior, required or supplemental stairways (dimensions and handrail/guardrail
requirements) are controlled by Section 8 1 6 - ladder type stairs and "pull-down", non-fixed stair systems are
not explicitly regulated by the Building Code.
Note 3: Article 34, Section 340 1 , still controls dimensions and handrail/guardrail requirements for fixed stairways
in one and two family detached dwellings.
Offncial Imterpretadon No. 24-92
DATE: January 28, 1992
SUBJECT: Section 1205 of the Fifth Edition of the State Building Code as it relates to Frost Protection for Fence Posts
At a regular meeting of the Board of Building Regulations and Standards held on Tuesday 28, January, 1992, the
Board approved the following interpretation of Section 1 205 of the 5th Edition of the Massachusetts State Building
Code, effective immediately.
Question: Is it the intent of the Code to require a four foot deep concrete footing to the posts of a fence up to six feet
in height ?
Answer: No. The requirement of section 1205, which requires protection against frost for footings for permanent
structures is not applicable to minor fences such as described in the above question.
In certain fence applications, post embedment depths of four feet or more may indeed be required for fences
of unusual size, or fences which are subjected to unusual loading conditions (such as a prison security fence,
for instance which, in addition to wind loads, may also be subjected to vehicle impact loads). However, it
is not the intent of the Code to require frost protection for fences which are only four feet in height.
As an example consider the construction of a four foot high chain link fence, erected as a property line
demarcation. The required post embedment depth is determined by a number of factors including; the
height of the fence; the applied horizontal loads; the nature of the soil and; the intended function of the
fence. Specific reference related to post embedment depths can be found in ASTM F 567-84 " Standard
Practice for Installation of Chain Link Fence", and although not specifically referenced in the Code, is a
recognized national standard of practice. Sections 4. 1 and 4.8 of ASTM F 567-84 specify minimum post
embedment depths of 24 inches and 36 inches, for concrete encased and driven posts, respectively, when
used in the construction of a four foot high chain link fence. For this particular type of fence, it is unlikely
that movement due to frost heave would result in a life safety hazard or cause serious damage. However,
it is incumbent upon the designer to make this determination on a site specific basis (and to submit his
determination to the local building official for approval) and prepare the design accordingly.
_In summary, the intent of the Code relating to these issues is expressed in Section 3 11 .0, USE GROUP U,
UTILITY AND MISCELLANEOUS USES, which states ..."Buildings and Structures of an accessory
character ... shall be constructed equipped and maintained to meet the requirements of this code
commensurate with the fire and life hazard incidental to their use, [emphasis added] Utility and
miscellaneous uses shall include fences over 6 feet high,, tanks, cooling towers, retaining walls and buildings
such as private garages, carports, sheds and agricultural buildings". The phrase "commensurate with the
fire and life hazard incidental to their use" is the key phrase to consider, as it provides the necessary
guidance to the designer and building code official to avoid the "blanket" literal interpretation of the
requirements of Section 1205 and other inappropriate sections of the Code.
Officiaa Interpretation No. 2S-92
DATE: January 28, 1992
SUBJECT: Section 92 1 .6.2 of the Fifth Edition of the State Building Code as it relates to Firestoppine.
At a regular meeting of the Board of Building Regulations and Standards held on Tuesday 28 January, 1992, the
Board approved the following- interpretation of Section 921.6.2 of the 5th Edition of the Massachusetts State
Building Code, effective immediately.
11/27/98 • . . 780 CMR r Sixth Edition •. .691
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Question: In a building which has suspended ceilings and vertical partitions extending to the underside or suspended
horizontal membrane of the ceiling, is it the intent of Section 92 1 .6.2 to require firestopping at the top of the
partitions to eliminate the open connection between the vertical wall openings and the horizontal ceiling
space ?
If firestopping is required, is the requirement applicable to combustible and noncombustible construction?
Answer: If the vertical partition does not penetrate the ceiling membrane, (i.e. if the partition terminates at the
underside of the plane of the ceiling) there is effectively no connection between the horizontal space above
the ceiling and the vertical space within the partition, therefore firestopping is not required. If, however, the
vertical partition penetrated the plane of the ceiling, firestopping would be required at the interface of the
ceiling and partition. For this situation, the firestopping would be required whether the partition and ceiling
materials were combustible or noncombustible.
OfTicial Interpretation No. 26-92
DATE: January 28, 1992
SUBJECT: Sections 706. 1 and 707. 1 of the Fifth Edition of the State Building Code as related to Mechanical Ventilation
of Non Public Bathrooms
At a regular meeting of the Board of Building Regulations and Standards held on Tuesday 28, January, 1992, the
Board approved the following interpretation of Section 706.1 aiui 707.1 of the 5th Edition of the Massachusetts
State Building Code, effective immediately.
Question: Can a bathroom exhaust fan exhaust into an enclosed ventilated attic space which has soffit vents in
conjunction with continuous ridge vents or eaves vents.
Answer: No. Section 707. 1 requires that " Mechanical ventilation, when provided, shall conform to the requirements
of the BOCA National Mechanical Code listed in Appendix A, unless expressly defined within this Code,
and may be substituted for the requirements for natural ventilation."
Article 16 of the BOCA National Mechanical Code (1987) lists the required mechanical ventilation air in
Table 1602.2.
Section M-1604. 1 (Mechanical Exhaust) of the BOCA National Mechanical Code (1987) states, in part, that
".... The exhaust shall discharge directly to an approve<i location on the exterior of the building".
Warm, moist air exhausted from bathroom spaces would condense in the cooler attic space, even if the attic
space were adequately ventilated. Moisture from condensation will eventually cause damage to wood
framing members (or sheathing), insulation and ceiling materials and may pose a threat of fire if electrical
circuitry is contacted.
Sequential Gap 27 and 28
Official Interpretation No. 29-92
DATE: January 12, 1993
SUBJECT: Articles 6. 8 and 9 - Smoke Protection in Egress Corridors of Fully Suppressed Buildings
Question J: In a fully sprinklered building, is it the intent of Section 810.4.1 of the Fifth Edition of the Massachusetts
State Building Code (the Code) that egress corridors be constructed so as to serve as an effective barrier to
limit the transfer of smoke?
Answer I: Yes, for USE GROUPS where "sleeping uses" are involved.
The BOCA National Building Code/1987 Commentary, for Section 810.4.1- (the Massachusetts Code,
utilizes the BOCA Building Code language for this Section) states that Section 810.4. 1 "...acknowledges that
an automatic fire suppression system can serve to control or eliminate fire development which could threaten
the exit access corridor. The nonsleeping occupancies are permitted to have nonrated corridors if the
suppression system is installed throughout the area served by the corridor as well as the corridor itself. "In
the sleeping uses ...the corridor fireresistance is reduced to one-half hour. The purpose of the fireresistance
rated corridor is riot only to provide a fire endurance capability, but mainlv to provide a quality of
construction that would ensure such walls would serve effectively as barriers to smoke. The dwelling unit
(sleeping uses) separation walls, while reduced to Vi hour, are to be constmcted tight to the ceiling above
(tight to the underside of the floor/roof deck above or tight to the rated fioor/ceiling assembly above), to
complete the barrier to smoke function."
The interpretation provided above is QOi meant to imply that Section 8 10,4 requires satisfying Section 911-
"SMOKE BARRIERS", as "SMOKE BARRIERS" are unique to certain "defend-in-p)ace" concepts, '
specifically associated with Section 610.5, 1-2 USE.
692 . 780 CMR -Sixth Edition 11/27/98
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUE^DE^G REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDIX B
Note that Section 810.4.1 does allow that when an approved fire suppression system is installed and
supervised in accordance with Section 1020. 1 , parts 1 , 2 or 3, and has its water flow alarm device connected
to an approved central station system, proprietary system or remote station system of the jurisdiction, a fire
resistance rating for exit access corridors, and tenant separation walls which are also corridor walls, is not
required in USE GROUPS A, B, E, F, M and S.
Question 2: In a fiilly sprinklered building of USE GROUP 1-2, is it the intent of Section 610.4 of the Fifth Edition of
the Massachusetts State Building Code (the Code) that egress corridors be constructed so as to serve as an
effective barrier to limit the transfer of smoke?
Answer 2: Yes - Section 610.4 clearly states that "...in buildings equipped throughout with an approved automatic fire
suppression system, the corridor wall fireresistance rating is not required provided the corridor walls form
a barrier to limit the transfer of smoke."
The BOCA National Building Code/ 1 987 Commentary, for Section 6 1 0.4 (the Massachusetts Code, utilizes
the BOCA Building Code language for this Section) states that "...if the building is protected throughout with
an automatic fire suppression system, thereby reducing the possibility that a fire will develop which is life-
threatening to persons outside the room of origin, the corridor walls need only be able to resist the passage
of smoke."
"...when the building is protected with an automatic fire suppression system, the primary concern is to
contain the smoke since the suppression system is expected to suppress and thereby contain the fire."
The interpretation provided above is not meant to imply that Section 6 10.4 requires satisfying Section 911-
"SMOKE BARRIERS", unless a wall of the exit access corridor is intended to be a "SMOKE BARRIER"
wall. "SMOKE BARRIERS" are unique to certain "defend-in-place" concepts, specifically associated with
Section 610.5, 1-2 USE.
Question 3: In fully sprinklered buildings of USE GROUPS R-1, R-2 and 1-2, is it the intent of the Code that smoke
dampers be provided at duct penetrations through the unrated corridor walls?
Answers: No, provided in the case of the 1-2 USE, the corridor wall is not a portion of a "SMOKE BARRIER"
(Section 91 1.5 would require a smoke damper in a "SMOKE BARRIER"/I-2 USE).
Note that the Code is effectively silent on the use of "smoke dampers", but does provide guidance in Section
918, on the use of "fire dampers". Section 918.2 states that "fire dampers" shall be provided at locations
where air distribution systems penetrate assemblies required to have a fireresistance rating", thus the R- 1 and
R-2 USES, having a one-half hour rating would require "fire dampers" but not smoke dampers" - the 1-2 USE
corridor walls, if not a portion of a "SMOKE BARRIER" - Section 9 1 1 - would not be rated and would not
require a "fire damper".
Exceptions to Section 918.2 "fire damper" requirements include exception no. 3 to Section 918.2, where:
Exception 3 states that a fire damper is not required "...at penetrations of tenant separation and corridor walls
in buildings equipped throughout with an approved automatic fire suppression system." Here, the 1987
Commentary states that "since an automatic fire suppression system reduces the potential for duct collapse,
fire dampers are not required to protect penetrations of tenant separation and corridor walls in buildings
protected throughout with an approved automatic suppression system."
Utilizing this same reasoning, a smoke damper would not be required as it is not expected that a fire can
develop sufficiently in R-1 and R-2 or 1-2 buildings that, are fully suppressed, thus the level of "passive
defense"" required in corridor construction (where such corridor walls are not part of a "SMOKE
BARRIER"/I-2 USE), is limited to the corridor walls being constructed tight to the ceiling above (tight to
the underside of the fioor/roof deck above or tight to the rated floor/ceiling assembly above), to complete
the barrier to smoke function and thus limit the transfer of smoke in the exit corridors of these "sleeping
occupancies.
Question 4: In fully sprinklered buildings of USE GROUP 1-2, is it the intent of the Code to allow the use of flexible duct
(designed, listed and installed per the requirements of Section M-303 of the BOCA National Mechanical
Code/ 1 987)?
Answer 4: Yes. As is noted in answers #1, #2, and #3 above, the Code now places great emphasis on "active defense"
in the form of full suppression and would allow the use of flexible duct when designed, listed and installed
per the BOCA National Mechanical Code/1987 and additionally satisfies the requirements of NFiPA-90A
in the case of the 1-2 USE.
•Offficlffil Interpretation No. 30=93
DATE: March 9. 1993
1.1/27/98
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
693
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
SUBJECT: of Table 401. Item 12 of the Fifth Edition of the State Building Code as it relates to the Use of Skylights in
Fire resistance Rated RoorConstruction
Question: Is it the intent of the Code to allow the use of unrated skylights in roof construction that is required to have
a fire resistance rating under the provisions of item 12 of table 401, by virtue of the type of construction and
height from the floor to the lowest stroctural member ?
Answer: Yes. The intent of the fire resistance rating requirements of tJible 40 1 are (in protected construction) to offer
a degree of protection to the structural members of the roof system in order to prevent premature structural
collapse of the roof.
For a particular type of constmction, the degree of fire resistance required by table 401 to be provided for
the roof construction is consistent with the protection required for the remainder of the stmctural elements
of the building. Damage caused to a skylight during a fire event will not promote premature structural
collapse of a rated roof system.
Question: Is it the intent of the code to allow a roof assembly, which is required to be rated under table 401 (item 12),
to be constructed wholly of non rated skylights.
Answer: Yes. Provided that the following conditions exist:
a. the structural members of the roof system are protected in accordance with the requirements of table 40 1 ;
b. the subject building does not require the roof to be rated under the provisions of section 906.5. If the roof
system is required to be rated due to vertical protection issues of section 906.5, unrated skylights are
prohibited from being located within 15 feet of the adjacent building.
Question: Are opening protectives required, in accordance with Section 906.5, for exterior wall openings which are
located less than 15 feet vertically above the roof of an adjacent lower building, if the adjacent lower
building has a roof assembly fire resistance rating of one hour or greater and the roof assembly contains
unrated glass skylights ?
Answer: Yes. Section 906.5 requires opening protectives for exterior wall openings in an adjacent higher building
if the openings are located less than 15 feet vertically above the lower roof and the adjacent buildings are
separated horizontally by a distance less than 15 feet, unless the roof construction of the lower roof has a fire
resistance rating of one hour or greater. Fire in the lower building may be a source of exposure to openings
in an adjacent higher building if the fire were to breech the roof construction. If the roof of the lower
building has a fire resistance rating which affords the degree of safety against collapse of the roof, the
potential for spread of fire to the adjacent (and taller) building would exist if fire penetrated the skylights
and if the skylights were located within 15 feet vertically and 15 feet horizontally of the skylight. Section
906.5 does not require exterior wall opening protectives, even if the lower adjacent roof assembly is unrated
provided that the buildings are separated horizontally by a fire separation distance of over 15 feet.
Therefore skylights would be permitted in rated roof constmction of the lower roof without the need for
exterior wall opening protectives if either the buildings were separated horizontally 15 feet greater, if the
skylights were a distance of 15 feet or more from the adjacent exterior wall, or if the adjacent exterior wall
openings were greater than 15 feet above the lower roof level.
Official Interpretation No. 31-93
DATE: April 13,1993
SUBJECT: of Section 1 13.3 and Section 201.0 Definitions (ownerl of the Fifth Edition of the State Building-Code as
it relates to the definition of owner.
Question /: If a contractor is hired by an owner, is the contractor considered an agent under the definition of owner
(Section 201.0)?
Answer 1: Yes
Question 2: What information would be necessary to qualify that the contractor was an agent ?
Answer 2: The contractor would need to produce ( 1 ) a letter stating that he/she has been granted the authority to act
as an agent or (2) a copy of a written contract signed by the owner and the contractor as specified.
Question 3: Can a city or town refuse to issue a permit to a contractor with (1) a letter stating that they may act as an
agent or (2) with a signed contract between the two parties to remodel or construct a structure simply
because he/she is not the owner of the structure or property ?
Answer 3: No. The definition of owner (Section 201 .0 owner) states " Every person who alone or jointly or severally
with others
694
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
11/27/98
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUE^DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
• APPENDIX B
(b) has care, charge or control of any building or structure in any capacity ". The contractor is considered
to have control, care or charge of the building during the time of construction as ling as the contractor has
a letter stating that he/she is authorized to take out a permit ( act as an agent of the owner) or the contractor
has a signed contract with the owner.
OfTicial InterpretatioBi No., 32-93
DATE: May 14, 1993
SUBJECT: of Section 827.1 of the Fifth Edition of the Massachusetts State Building Code as it relates to when
guardrails are required.
Question 1: Is the 30 inch elevation intended to be the limit above which guardrails are required to be installed in
accordance with Section 827.1 ?
Answer ]: Yes. It is generally established in the BOCA National Building Code (1987) that when the height difference
between the walking surface and the adjacent lower walking surface or grade is 30 inches or greater,
guardrails are required to be provided.
Question 2: Is the 30 inch difference in elevation intended to be the point at which guardrails are required for ramps in
addition to stairs or walking surfaces ?
Answer: No. Ramps are required to be provided with guardrails (if the ramp has an open side) irrespective of the
difference in elevation between the ramp and the adjacent walking surface.
OfTicIai Interpretation No. 33-93
DATE: May 14, 1993
SUBJECT: Section 1 14.3 of the Fifth Edition of the Massachusetts State Building Code as i^ relates building permit
extensions
Question: May a building official, if work has not begun as required under a building permit, within the six month
period after the issuance of such permit, issue an extension of time for a period of more than six months.
Answer: No. Section 1 14.3 states that the building permit shall be considered abandoned unless the work authorized
by it shall have commenced within six months after its issuance. Section 1 14.3 permits the building
commissioner or inspector of buildings, for cause, to grant one or more extensions of time, for periods not
exceeding six months , {emphasis added}.
Building permit extensions may be granted for periods of greater than six months by variance from a local
or State Building Code Appeals Board pursuant to sections 126 of the Building Code.
Official InterpretatioE No. 34-93
DATE: September 28, 1 993
SUBJECT: Requirements of the Fifth Edition of the Massachusetts State Building Code for "Permanent Foundations".
"Frost-Protected Foundations" and the Building Inspector's Responsibilities Under "Doubtfiil Use
Classification"
Question 1: Do Sections 1205.1 or 3402.3.4 of the Massachusetts State Building Code (the Code) mandate that aU
buildings and structures that are constructed, be placed on "permanent", frost-protected foundation systems?
Answer I: No. Neither Section 1 205. 1 , nor 3402.3.4 mandate permanent supports for aJl buildings and structures, but
rather state that where permanent supports exist, they shall be frost-protected in a certain way (in order for
supports to be considered "permanent", they must satisfy the requirements of either Section 1205.1 or
3402.3.4 of the Code).
Question 2: Does the State Building Code allow for other than frost-protected foundation systems or permanent
foundation systems for new construction building and structures?
Answer 2: Yes.
(The issue of when such non-permanent foundation systems should be allowed, often arises when the
Building Official is confronted with a "Doubtftjl Use" or "Utility Use" building - typically, storage sheds,
carports, landscape type stmctures such as detached gazebos, etc.).
Question 3: As the Code does allow for other than frost-protected or permanent foundation systems in buildings and
structures, what Code guidance is provided to assess whether or not frost-protected/permanent foundation
systems are required for. new construction buildings and structures?
11/27/98 •. . ' ■ 78.0 CMR- Sixth Edition • . • • • 695
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Answer 3: Article 3 of the Code, Sections 301 through 313, address USE classification, and review of same will lead
the reader to Sections 3 1 1 . 1 and 3 12. 1 of the Code.
Section 311.1, in part, states: "Buildings and structures of an accessory character and miscellaneous
structures not classified in any specific use group shall be constructed, equipped and maintained to meet the
requirements of this code commensurate with the fire and life hazard incidental to their use. Utility and
miscellaneous uses shall include... carports, sheds and agricultural buildings." (note underlining emphasis
added).
Section 3 12. 1 , in part, states: "When a building or structure is proposed for a use not specifically provided
for in this code, or the classification of which is doubtful, such building or structure shall be included in the
use group which it most nearly resemWes in respect to the existing or proposed life and fire hazard , and it
shall be so classified by the building official." (note underlining emphasis added).
Review of these. Article 3 subsections, reveals that use classification, under utility or doubtful use, allows -
in fact, mandates - that the Building Official make a judgement call and that the classification of use be
commensurate with the fire and lift*- h ?yar d incidental to the use of the structure. On this basis, if, in the
judgement of the Building Official (which is required to be made under Section 312.1), a utility type
structure, such as a shed, would have a low fire and life hazard, the Building Official could allow a non-frost-
protected, non-permanent foundation system.
Official Interpretation No. 35-94
DATE: April 12, 1994
SUBJECT: Referenced Standards adopted as listed jn Appendix A.
Question: Some of the reference standards, as listed in Appendix A, give the local authority having jurisdiction the
power to amend or vary the requirements of certain provisions contained within the standard. Does this
mean that a building official may, (or the fire official, when reviewing plans pursuant to article 10) when
requested, or on his or her own initiative, waive or vary said requirements.
Answer: No. The Board adopts the technical content of the reference standards, as written, but retains jurisdiction to
adjudicate all variance requests pursuant to M.G.L. c. 143, § 100. The variance must be pursued through
the appeals process pursuant to Section 126 of the Building Code and must be heard at the State level or by
local or regional Building Code Appeals Board if local or regional boards exist within your jurisdiction.
Official Interpretation No. 36-94
DATE: April 12, 1994
SUBJECT: Design of Connections in Stmctural Steel Braced Frames - Sections 1 1 13.5.2.2(a'> and 1 1 13.5.7.2
Question: What design force should be considered for the members of a braced frame constructed of structural steel?
Answer: The connection of members in a structural steel braced frame shall be designed for not less than the lesser
of the following forces;
a. 1.25 times the force determined in accordance with Section 1 1 13.4.1, without the allowable Va (one
third) stress increase or;
b. The fiill axial capacity of the member, based on 0.6 Fy multiplied by the member gross cross sectional
area.
This is a minimum requirement and may be followed in lieu of Section 1 1 13.5.7.2.
DATE: April 12, 1994
SUBJECT: Formal Interpretation Number 36-94
The seismic advisory committee, at its meeting of April 7, 1994, voted to approve the attached formal interpretation
number 36-94 relating to the design of connections in structural steel frames. The request for the interpretation
was submitted by Weidlinger Associates, Inc. on December 6, 1993.
Advisory Ruling No. 1-94
DATE: April 14, 1994
SUBJECT: Section 11 9.1 of the Fifth Edition of the Massachusetts State Building Code as it relates to the Issuance of
the Certificate of Occupancv
Question: If a conflict occurs between a building official and other local agencies as to whether or not a certificate of
use and occupancy (c/o) is to issue for a building or structure, what action should the building official take
pursuant to Section 1 1 9. 1 of the Fifth Edition of the Massachusetts State Building Code?
696
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
1/27/98
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDIX B
Answer The building official has the authority to issue a c/o pursuant to Section 1 1 9. Uf a conflict is created with
other local agencies as a result of the issuance of the c/o, the aggrieved party/parties may, in accordance with
M.G.L. c. 143, § iOO, appeal to the State Building Code Appeals Board. Any person aggrieved by a decision
of the State Building Code Appeals Board may appeal to a court of law or equity in conformance with
M.G.L.c.30A,§14.
OfTicial ImterpretatioiB No. 38-94
DATE: August, 16, 1994
SUBJECT: Use of a Registered Professional Engineers Seal as Required under Section s 1 13.5.2 and 127
Discussion: Section 1 13.5.2 requires the seal of a qualified registered professional engineer or architect be con-tained
on all plans and specifications for buildings and structures containing over 35,000 cubic feet of enclosed
space. Additionally section 127.2.1 requires that all plans computations and specifica^tions involving new
construction, alterations repairs, expansions or additions shall be prepared by ... a registered professional
architect or engineer and shall bear his signature and seal ...
The Board of Registration of Professional Engineers and Land Surveyors (the Board of Registration) is the
Board having statutory authority to register professional engineers in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
The Board of Registration registers engineers by discipline, perhaps the those most related to the
construction of buildings and structures being civil, mechanical, HVAC, structural, sanitary, electrical and
fire protection.
Question 1: Consider the situation where a set of plans and specifications are filed with the building official at the permit
application stage for an automatic fire suppression (sprinkler) system. The plans and specifications bear the
seal and signature of a Massachusetts Registered Professional Structural (or any other discipline) Engineer.
Do the plans, as filed comply with section 1113.5.2 and 127.2.1? Additionally, is it required that the
discipline of the engineer to be shovim on the plans?
Answer 1: The plans and specifications may be sealed by an engineer of any discipline with the following conditions;.
The Board of Registration's regulations 250 CMR are the rules and regulations relating to the practice of
engineering and land surveying.
The Board of Registration initially registers an engineer in one branch of engineering only, following a
determination that the engineer has been found competent by education, experience and specific examination
passed by the registrant. The branch of engineering in which the engineer is registered shall either be
included as part of the seal, or shall be handwritten above the registrant's signature (250 CMR 3.05(2).
The Board of Registration's regulations 250 CMR 3.05(7) requires the engineer to limit professional practice
to areas of professional competence as demonstrated to and approved bv (emphasis added} the Board of
Registration.
The Board of Registration does not limit the engineer to the discipline in which he/she is registered but
allows the registrant to practice in branches of engineering outside that indicated on his/her seal provided
that he he/she has demonstrated competence to the Board of Registration. (250 CMR 3.05(6) A registrant
who wishes to practice engineering in an area of competence other than that in which registered may request
a determination of competence by submitting such evidence as may be required by the Board of
Registration). The Board of Registrations regulations mandate that the burden of proof of competence rests
with the registrant should a question be raised as to that competence. The Board of Registration is the only
authority empowered to determine competency and will do so if requested by the registrant or any person
or entity. The entity could be a city or town and an individual could be the building official acting in his
official capacity or acting as a private citizen.
Question 2: Under the requirements of construction control (section 127), does the building official (or the fire official
when reviewing plans pursuant to Article 10) have to accept the seal of any Massachusetts registered
professional engineer even if the discipline noted on said seal is not the discipline associated with the reports,
design, plans or specifications under the building permit review 7 . .
Answer 2: No, the building official (or the fire official when reviewing plans pursuant to Article 10) does not have to
accept the seal. In the case where the seal is a different discipline than the work contained in the report,
design, plans or specifications, or where the reviewing official believes there is a question of competency,
the building official, may require that the registered professional engineer demonstrate competence, in
accordance with the Board of Registration's regulations (250 CMR 3.05(6) or (7)). When the registrant's
competency is questioned, it is incumbent upon the registrant to apply to the Board of Registration for a
determination of competency. It is not the responsibility of the building (or fire) official to make a
determination relative to competency, but it is perfectly permissible for a building (or fire) official to request
that the registrant prove , .. . .
11/27/98
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
697
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
OfTicial Interpretation No. 39-94
DATE: July 12. 1994
SUBJECT: The Impact on the State Building Code Due to the Mav 17. 1994 Emergency Updating of Reference
Standards in Appendix A (NFiPA Reference Standards)
Question 1: At its May 17, 1 994 Public Hearing, the Board, via emergency adoption, updated numerous NFiPA reference
standards in Appendix A of the Code - did the Board, by this action, intend to cause substantive changes to
the explicit regulatory requirements of the Code proper?
Answer 1: No. The Board was simply updating Appendix A reference standards to reflect currently available NFiPA
reference standards; there was no intention to change explicit requirements of the Code proper.
Question 2: As NFiPA 72-1993, the "NATIONAL FIRE ALARM CODE" is one of the reference standards that was
updated at the May 17, 1994 Public hearing and as Section 2-2.1.1.1 of NFiPA 72-93 requires that in new
residential construction, there be smoke detectors installed in each sleeping room, would this requirement
supersede smoke detector requirements historically mandated by the Code?
Answer 2: No. As indicated in the response to the first question, above, there was no intention on the part of the Board
to cause substantive changes to the explicit requirements of the Code when Appendix A reference standards
were updated in May of 1994.
Also, Section 1 01. 4 of Article 1 ofthe Code states that: "Wheredifferencesoccurbetween provisions of this
Code and referenced standards, the provisions of this Code shall apply."
In the case of smoke detector requirements for residential occupancies. Section 10 1 8 of the Code is explicitly
prescriptive relative to the required location for smoke detectors and therefore supersedes the installation
requirements of NFiPA 72-93.
OfTicial Interpretation No. 41-94
DATE: August 15, 1994
SUBJECT: Section 109.1 .1 .1 - The Use of Municipal Construction Supervisor Licenses in Municipalities Where Such
Licensing was Established Prior to January 1. 1975
Background/Discussion:
Section 1 09. 1 . 1 . 1 does not prohibit a municipality from requiri,ng a license for individuals engaged in directly
supervising persons engaged in construction, reconstruction, alteration.. .in those categories of buildings and
structures for which the BBRS is not requiring a license.
Section 109.1.1.1 goes on to say; provided that those municipalities which have established licensing
requirements for construction supervisors prior to January I, 1975 may maintain their existing licensing
requirements.
As a result of a Building Code Appeal, a BBRS Appeals Board, on March 1 8, 1 992, unanimously agreed that
no municipality can implement building licensing regulations that conflict with those promulgated by the
Commonwealth. The City of Boston was ordered: ( 1 ) "to immediately issue appropriate building permits to
the appellants, provided such work falls within the scope of their State Construction Supervisor's Licenses";
(2) "to immediately cease the illegal activity of denying building permits to holders of valid State
Construction Supervisor's Licenses, provided such work falls within the scope of such State Construction
Supervisor's Licenses"; and (3) to immediately cease the illegal activity of issuing building permits to holders
of Boston Builders Licenses, but who do not hold a valid State Constmction Supervisor's License, where
such work falls within the scope of the State Construction Supervisor's License program."
Question: Considering the current practice of many Building Departments requiring a State Construction Supervisor's
License (CSL) or a Municipal Construction License (of that Municipality, only) and where such Municipal
License was established prior to January 1 , 1 975, is the Board, via the Board of Appeal ruling of March 1 8,
1 992, ruling that all building permits awarded to holders of such Municipal Licenses are invalid and illegal?
Also, is it the Board's intent to propose a Code Change to Section 109.1.1.1 eliminating Construction
Licensing by Municipalities when such Municipal Licensing was established prior to January 1, 1975?
Answer: The Board decision of March 1 8, 1992 was tied to the City of Boston refusing to issue building permits to
holders of State CSL's and was based on the language of St. 1972, c. 802, § 75, which states "All by-laws
and ordinances of cities and towns in conflict with the state building code shall cease to be effective on
January 1, 1975."
The Board is charged with promulgating a single uniform building code for the Commonwealth and Section
109. 1 . 1 . 1 of the Code is an explicit portion of said Code and may be formally interpreted by the Board. To
this end, it is.the Board's position that Section 109. 1 . 1 . 1 , for Municipalities that had appropriate construction
698 . • .: 780 CMR - Sixth Edition ' 11/27/98
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDDC B
supervisor licensing programs in effect prior to January 1, 197S, such Municipalities may maintain their
existing practices of accepting either their local Municipal construction supervisor license or the State CSL -
Note that a building permit may not be denied to holders of valid State CSLs (provided such work falls
within the scope of the State CSL) even though such holders of the State CSL do not have the Municipal
construction supervisor's license; also note that the holder of a local Municipal construction supervisor
license may not utilize that license in another Municipality but must possess the State CSL when performing
building permittable work within the scope of the State CSL in a community without a valid, local Municipal
construction supervisor license program.
Official Interpretatiosi No. 42-94
DATE: September 13, 1994
SUBJECT: Section 101 1 .2 - Acceptable Discharge Testing of Wet Chemical Range Hood Extinguishing Systems
Background/Discussion:
Section 101 1.2, "TESTS", in part, states that: "a completed system shall be tested by a discharge of wet
chemical in sufficient amounts to verify that the system is properly installed and functional."
In reality, that portion of the sprinkler installation industry installing specialized commercial kitchen
suppression tests the various pre-engineered wet chemical systems, not by discharging wet chemical, but
rather by utilizing pressurized gas - this industry approach allows for determination that piping to spray
nozzle integrity exists and that nozzles are not blocked, but does not create a clean-up problem nor does
such testing wet up the intemals of the piping /nozzle system.
NfiPA 17A, "STANDARD ON WET CHEMICAL EXT!NGU!SHING SYSTEMS"
and which is referenced in Section 1011 defmes pre-engineered wet chemical extinguishing systems as those
having predetermined flow rates, nozzle pressures, and quantities of liquid agent. Such systems may have
specific pipe sizes, maximum and minimum pipe lengths, flexible hose specifications, number of fittings,
and number and types of nozzles prescribed by a testing laboratory. The hazards protected by these pre-
engineered systems are specifically limited as to type and size by a testing laboratory. Limitations on hazards
that can be protected and piping and nozzle configurations are contained in the manufacturer's listed
installation and maintenance manual which is part of the listing.
NfiPA 17A also notes that where required by the authority having jurisdiction, the approval tests shall
include a discharge of wet chemical (such a test is not mandated, however, by NFiPA I7A) - the Standard
further notes that the method of verification shall be acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction.
Discussions with a major manufacturer of pre-engineered wet chemical range hood extinguishing systems
indicates that since the basic system is a pre-engineered listed product, acceptance testing of the entire wet
chemical/piping/nozzle system need only consist of ensuring piping integrity and further ensuring that the
installed nozzles are not blocked and a fiill, wet chemical discharge for acceptance testing of a pre-
engineered system is not necessary and a simplified gas discharge test would suffice.
Question: For pre-engineered wet chemical range hood extinguishing systems as discussed inSection 101 1 of the Code,
is it acceptable to substitute a pressurized gas discharge test for the full wet chemical discharge test as
required by Section 101 1.2?
Answer: YES, for pre-engineered systems, since such systems are tested, listed systems, it is sufficient for acceptance
testing that a simple gas discharge test that ensures down stream piping integrity and further ensures that
spray nozzles are not blocked, would be an acceptable test approach since the intent of the Code is to ensure
that the installed range hood extinguishing system is functioning.
Note that it would also be acceptable to test in accordance with the pre-engineered system manufacturer's
recommendations.
Official Interpretation No. 43=95
DATE: May 9, 1995
SUBJECT: Section 600.3 - Impact of Section 600.3 on Egress Require ments of Sections 631. 636 and 638
Background/Discussion:
Section 600.3 is language excerpted directly from the 1987 BOCA National Building Code and directly
adopted into the Fifth Edition of the Massachusetts State Building Code - it's noted that the requirements
of Section 600.3 of the 1 987 BOCA National Building Code were dropped in the 1 990 version of the BOCA
National Building Code and additionally, such requirements are also absent in the latest, 1993 BOCA
National Building Code.
1 1/27/98
780 CMR -Sixth Edition
699
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
In the current Massachusetts State Building Code, Section 600.3 , "MEANS OF EGRESS" states: 'The
means of egress for buildings of special uses and occupancies shall conform to the requirements of Article
8, except as is modified by more restrictive provisions of this article for specific uses."
This language is sufficiently broad so that one current inteipretation of this Section is to require in Section
631, 636 and 638 residences EXIT SIGNS and LIGHTS in accordance with Section 823 of Article 8 and
MEANS OF EGRESS LIGHTING in accordance with Section 824 of the Code.
Section 63 1 , "GROUP RESIDENCE"; Section 636, "LIMITED GROUP RESIDENCE"; and Section 638,
"GROUP DWELLING UNITS" are sections of the Code that were developed on a consensus basis in
conjunction with DMR'DMH/OFC** input and the specific requirements contained within these sections
are intended to stand alone as express life-safety requirements for these special uses .
The adoption of Section 600.3 of the 1987 BOCA National Building Code was not intended to impose
additional signage and lighting requirements in these dwelling units although should certain of these dwelling
units be located, for example, in an R-2 USE apartment building, the common egress areas of the apartment
building would be required by Code to possess exit signage and lighting appropriate to the building but exit
signage and/or lighting for the dwelling unit proper and not expressly required by Section 63 1 or 636 or 638
would not be required in the dwelling unit .
** Department of Mental Retardation (DMR); Department of Mental Health (DMH); Office for Children
(OFC)
Question: Does Section 600.3, "MEANS OF EGRESS" of the Code require that the requirements of Section 823,
"EXIT SIGNS AND LIGHTS" and/or Section 824, "MEANS OF EGRESS LIGHTING" automatically be
imposed on dwelling units falling under Sections 631, 636 and 638 respectively?
Answer: No. Numerous dwelling units with respect to Sections 631, 636 or 638 are found in one- or two-family
buildings of R-4 or R-3 USE and it is not the intention of the Code to require exit signage or means of egress
lighting in such dwelling units unless expressly required by the special Section. For example, the specific
requirements of Section 636.3.3. 10 requires MEANS OF EGRESS LIGHTING in accordance with Section
824, but nowhere in Section 636 is there a requirement for EXIT SIGNS and EXTT LIGHTS.
Residences licensed under Sections 631, 636 and 638 are defined as RESIDENTIAL USES and are not
classified as INSTITUTIONAL USE; therefore only the lighting/signage requirements of 63 1 , 636 and 638
proper are to be imposed on the dwelling units of these residences - note the deliberate term " dwelling unit "
as opposed to the term "building". . A Section 638 "GROUP DWELLING UNIT' , for example, could be
found in an R-2 USE apartment building, and by Code, the common egress areas of the R-2 building would
require exit signage, lights and means of egress lighting, but the Section 638 dwelling unit proper would not
require such signage and lighting unless expressly required by Section 638 and /or other sections of Code
expressly referenced in Section 638.
Official Interpretation No. 44-95
DATE: June 13, 1995
SUBJECT: Use Group Cla.ssification - Warehouse-Mercantile Buildings and Structures.
Discussion: Recent trends in retail marketing and sales have seen an upsurge in the numbers of the "warehouse-
mercantile" type stores. These kinds of facilities utilize bulk storage on the actual sales floor area in racks.
Commodities stored and sold range from hardware and household items through floorcoverings, cabinetry,
lumber paint, adhesives and other building materials, flammables, aerosols, pool chemicals and fertilizers.
The building typically functions as both a warehouse and a retail establishment, and the amounts of each type
of product stored is typically orders of magnitude greater than a typical mercantile establishment.
Furthermore, there is usually no, dedicated storage area separate from gross sales area. Aisles are used for
staging product prior to storage in the high rack storage system, in addition to nnerchandizing. Typically,
mercantile stores which utilize separated storage and sales areas are designed as mixed use buildings, and
conform to the separated or non separated requirements of the code. The increasingly popular trend of the
warehouse-mercantile occupancies has raised a question as to which use group is most appropriate for such
occupancies. Depending upon the amounts and types of product stored, it is possible that the building could
consist of a variety of uses such as; Mercantile (A/), Low Hazard Storage (5-2), Moderate Hazard Storage
(5-7) and High Hazard (//) and/or other uses.
Question: Since the State Building Code does not specifically address warehouse retail (retail warehouse) type
occupancies or use groups (occupancies consisting of open type floor plan utilizing rack storage type
structures con.sisting of any combination of horizontal, vertical or diagonal members that support stored
material or displayed material generally exceeding 12 feet in height), is it the intent of the code to classify
such uses as Mercantile, Use Group M, based on the stock of goods for sale and accessibility to the public?
700
780 CMR- Sixth Edition
1 1/27/98
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDDC B
Answer: No. Due to the life and fire hazard as noted in Section 312, Doubtful Use Classification, this type of
occupancy should be classified Doubtiiil Use Group until sufficient information is provided to the
satisfaction of the Building Official in order that the Building Official can determine the appropriate use (or
uses) which it most resembles in terms of life and fire hazard in accordance with section 312.
Regardless of the Use Group classifications determined by the Building Official, it is the responsibility of
the permit applicant in accordance with section 113 {Applicationfor Permit), to provide sufficient informa-
tion to show the nature and character of the work. As part of this section, the Building Official shall forward
the available information to the Head of the Fire Department for review and approval of the applicable
sections of Article 6, Special Use and Occupancy Requirements and Article 10, Fire Protection Systems.
As addressed in Article 10, Section 1001.2, the information presented must be "... of sufficient detail to
evaluate the hazard and the effectiveness of the system. The details of the hazards shall include materials
involved, the location and arrangement, and the exposure to the hazard."
To properly address the particular issues and acquire the required information for such a review as identified
in Section 1001.2, any plans, documents and reports which are submitted to the Building Official in
accordance with sections 1 13 and 127 must bear the seal of a qualified professional engineer or architect
when required by the building code or statute. Since Section 1001 .2 addresses special fire protection features,
it shall be noted that the Building Official and the Head of the Fire Department should refer to the official
interpretation No. 38-94 Relating to the Use of Registered Professional Engineers Seal as required under
Section 113.5,2 and 127, to determine whether the information submitted is sufficient and properly
documented and sealed by engineers qualified in fire protection concerns, (see Official Interpretation No.
38-94)
Unless the necessary information and documentation is properly submitted in sufficient detail per Section
1001 .2, the Head of the Fire Department will not hQ capable of proper evaluation and analysis of the hazards
and exposures to property and life and any associated fire and life safety systems provided and therefore can
not approve the plans. In order for the Head of the Fire Department to approve plans and specifications per
Section 1 13.5( Plans and Specifications).
Sufficient details and supporting documentation should be included to address, as a minimum, the following;
® Material storage/display arrangement
® Segregation/separation of incompatible/hazardous materials
® Emergency evacuation plans (number and location of exits)
® Warehousing operations (open and closed)
® Employee training and drills
® Management participation (housekeeping)
® Fire initiation and development
® Spread of smoke and toxic products
® Smoke exhaust venting
® Fire Suppression Systems
® Standpipe systems (2"^" vs. 1 ^' outlets)
* Requirements for rack sprinklers (NFiPA 23 IC)
® Adequacy of water supplies
« Egress relative to rack aisles (blockage/obstructions)
* Occupant evacuation time
® Fire alarm systems (automatic and manual)
® Fire Department notification (master box/central station service)
® Occupant notification
® Fire Department site and building entry access
® Seasonal changes in merchandising (introduction of additional fiammable and hazardous material)
® Access to floor/merchandising plan (periodic review)
® Review of other agency requirements (CMR 527, Fire Prevention Regulations)
® Review of other nationally recognized engineering standards relative to fire hazards and life safety
If sufficient client information is not provided to the Head of the Fire Department as identified above, then
the Building Official shall classify the building as Doubtful Use Group per Section 312, Doubtful Use
Classification, and the structure shall be included in the use group it most nearly resembles, (such as a Use
Group H, High Hazard Uses, Section 306 or as described in Section 308, Mercantile Uses, Use Group A^,
or as the Building Official so deems until adequate information is provided as per Section 1001.2, to
determine otherwise.
n/27/98
780.CMR- Sixth Edition
■16\
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
If sufficient information is submitted in detail satisfactory to the Building Official and the Head of the Fire
Department to achieve the desired level of life safety and fire: hazard protection, then the building could be
classified Use Group M or other as determined by the Building Official in cooperation with the Head of the
Fire Department.
OfHcial Interpretation No. 45-96
DATE: June 27, 1996
SUBJECT: Impacts of M.G.L. c. 148,
26G, 26H and 261
At a regular meeting of the Board of Building Regulations and Standards held on Thursday 27, June 1996, the
Board approved the following interpretation of the application of M.G.L c. 148, § 26G, 26H and 261 as they
impact the building permit process.
Discussion: M.G.L. c. 148, §§ 26G, 26H and 261 are "local option statutes". These are state laws which are not
applicable in a municipality until a municipality elects to adopt them, at which time they become law in
that municipality. The statutes are "Fire Safety Statutes", and require the installation of automatic
sprinkler systems in specific buildings identified in the statutes. Once adopted, they are enforced by the
Head of the Local Fire Department (the Fire Chief).
In summary, the statutes require the following
Statute fM.G.L.)^'')
Reouirements
ADoeal Provision
c.l48,§26d^^
Automatic Sprinkler System in:
1) New buildings over 7,500 sf
2) Additions to existing buildings (addition only) over
7,500 sf
3) Major alterations to existing buildings over 7,500 sf
Automatic Sprinkler Appeals Board
c. 148, § 26H
Automatic Sprinkler System in lodging and boarding
houses
Automatic Sprinkler Appeals Board
c. 148, § 261
Sprinkler system installation in;
1) New multiple family dwellings containing four or
more dwelling units.
2) Substantially rehabilitated buildings in multi family
dwellings containing four or more dwelling units.
State Fire Marshal
Notes:
(a) Refer to statute for exact wording
(b) Residential uses exempted
In some municipalities, the adoption of these statutes has created an apparent regulatory conflict and has,
in extreme cases resulted in omission of sprinkler systems at the outset of construction resulting in
lawsuits and courtjudgments requiring the installation ofthe sprinkler systems after occupancy. Needless
to say, such cases have proved to be extremely costly.
Question: How do these particular statutes affect the responsibilities of the Building Official in the enforcement of
the State Building Code? In particular, what action does the Building Official take at the building permit
application stage?
Answer: In accordance with the provisions of M.G.L c. 143, § 3, the Building Official is empowered to enforce
the provisions of the State Building Code and the Architectural Access Board Regulations (521 CMR).
The Fire Chief is empowered to enforce the provisions of M.G.L c. 148, §§ 26G, 26H and 261.
■ The statutes link the requirement to install the automatic sprinkler to the building code by requiring the
installation to be "....in accordance with the provisions ofthe state building code " . This language shall
be properly interpreted as "....in accordance with standards referenced for the installation of an automatic
sprinkler system", e.g. NFiPA 13, 13R or 13D, etc. Such interpretation would also extend to the
■ permitting requirements of Article 1 .
The Building Official's approach in municipalities which have adopted said statutes shall be;
The Building Official should become generally aware ofthe requirements of M.G.L c. 148, §§ 26G, 26H
and 261.
If a building permit application is made which may trigger the enforcement of the statutes, the
determination is (by law) made by the Fire Chief. It is clear in the subject statutes that the Fire Chief is
• the sole authority to determine whether or not a particular construction activity. is subject to said statutes
. and the municipality and its agents, including the Building Official are bound by. this determination. The
702
780 CMR ■- Sixth Edition
1 1/27/98
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDIX B
permit applicant is provided avenues of administrative appeal from the Fire Chiefs determination, by way
of the State Fire Marshal or the Automatic Sprinkler Appeals Board. Once a determination has been made
by the Fire Chief that the statute is applicable, the Building Official must ensure, at the building permit
a pplication stage, that provision has been made for the design and installation of the automatic sprinkler
system. If plans submitted at the building permit application stage do not include the sprinkler system,
the application shall be denied based on non compliance v/ith Section 1 13 of the Massachusetts State
Building Code, i.e. incomplete plans and/or application materials.
If an appeal is taken, the Building Official, pending the outcome of the appeal, may issue a permit in part
arid shall, in writing, concurrently notify the Fire Chief and the permit applicant. Said notification must
clearly identify the limits placed on the construction.
In communities which have adopted the provisions of M.G.L. c. 148, § 26H, a certificate of inspection,
as required by Table 108 for a lodging or boarding house, shall not be issued if an automatic sprinkler
system has not been installed within the time provided for by said statute, providing that the Building
Official has been notified by the Fire Chief of the date of the adoption of said statute. If an appeal is
pending a temporary certificate of inspection may be issued and renewed, each for periods not exceeding
30 days, pending the outcome of the appeal.
This interpretation is made to foster cooperation between building and fire officials in this particular area
of law which has caused some confusion in the past.
Official iMterpretatioE Noo 46-96
DATE: June 27, 1996
SUBJECT: Handrails and Guardrails in One and Two Family Dwellings
Section 3401.1 1 of the Fifth Edition of the State Building Code
At a regular meeting of the Board of Building Regulations and Standards held on Thursday 27, June 1996, the
Board approved the following interpretation of the application of Section 3401. 1 1 of the Fifth Edition of the State
Building Code.
Section 340 1 . 11 states that ". . . Handrails having [a] minimum and maximum height of thirty (30) inches
and 34 inches, respectively, measured vertically from the nosing of the treads shall be provided on at
least one side of stairways of three or more risers. Open sides of all stairs shall be similarly protected
by guards. . . "
Question 1: Is it the intent of Section 3401. 11 to require both handrails and guardrails set at different heights on the
open sides of stairs in a one or two family dwelling?
Answer 1: No. It is the opinion of the Board that the word similarly refers to the handrail description, which means
that the open side of the stair must be protected with a guardrail that also acts as a handrail. It is not
necessary to provide a guardrail set at 36 inches in height with a handrail set between 30 and 34 inches.
Question 2: At what height should the guardrail be set?
Answer 2: The guardrail may be set between 30 and 34 inches in height measured vertically from the nosing of the
tread. If a handrail is provided on the opposite side of the stair, it shall be set at the same height.
Official Interpretation No. 4,1-9%
DATE: March 10, 1998
SUBJECT: Application of 780 CMR 3408.6.3 (2) and 2305.6.4 of the Sixth Edition of the State Building Code.
At a regular meeting of the Board of Building Regulations and Standards held on Tuesday 10, March, 1998,
the Board approved the following interpretation of the application of 780 CMR 3408.6.3 (2) and 2305.6.4 of
the Sixth Edition of the State Building Code.
Discussion: Chapter 34, See 780 CMR 3408.6.3(2), under certain conditions during the renovation of an existing
building, requires masonry walls to be connected to floors and/or roofs in order to improve (or affect)
lateral support of the walls.
All masonry walls shall be connected to floor or roof diaphragms, or other elements providing their
lateral support, so as to conform to the requirements of 780 CMR 1612.7. The design force for the
connection shall not be less than 1 00 pound per linear foot of wall. Connections shall not produce cross-
. grain bending in wood members.
11/27/98 • • "780 CMR -- Sixth Edition . 703
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
In existing buildings with wood framed floor and roof systems and masonry loadbearing walls, building
codes have traditionally required (based on traditional construction methods) wood floor and roof
members framing into masonry walls to be "fire cut".
2305.6.4: Fire Cuts: All wood and other combustible floor, roof and other structural members framing
into masonry walls shall be cut to a bevel of three inches (76 mm) in depth and shall project not more
than four inches (102 mm) into the wall.
Fire cuts are representative of traditional construction detailing methods stemming principally from older
"mill" type buildings which, in the event of a fire resulting in the their collapse of a floor or roof are
intended to allow the framing members to rotate at supports allowing the floors to collapse without
causing the collapse of the wall systems.
Question: Does the seismic requirement for connection of masonry walls to floors override or negate the
requirement to preserve existing fire cuts in wood structural members ?
Answer: No. The provision for fire cuts and lateral support of masonry walls serve different purposes and are
independent requirements. Compliance with both code provisions is required.. The designer of the lateral
support details requirement must exercise care in the detaihng of such connections. The connections must
be detailed to allow the framing members at the wall connection to rotate in the event of a fire while
additionally providing the lateral support for the walls in the event of an earthquake.
Official Interpretation No. 48*98
DATE: March 10, 1998
SUBJECT: Application of 780 CMR 1012.6 and 101.6 of the Sixth Edition of the State Building Code.
At a regular meeting of the Board of Building Regulations and Standards held on Tuesday 10, March, 1998,
the Board approved the following interpretation of the application of 780 CMR 1012.6 and 101.6 of the Sixth
Edition of the State Building Code.
Discussion: 780 CMR 1012.6 of the Sixth edition of the Massachusetts State Building Code governs the requirements
for assembly aisles and aisle accessways. 780 CMR 1012.6 specifically addresses the required width of
an aisle accessway (row) and states;
780 CMR 1012.6: Row Widths: The minimum clear row width shall not be less than 12 inches (305 mm)
measured as the clear horizontal distance from the back of the row ahead and the nearest projection of
the row behind. Where chairs have automatic of self rising seats, the measurement shall be made with
the seat in the raised position. Where any chair in the row does not have an automatic or self rising seat,
the measurement shall be made with the seat in the down position. Where tablet arm seating is used the
measurement shall be made with the tablet- arm in the useable position.
The state building code appendix A references the Life Safety Code NFPA 101 (1994), which, in section
8-2.5.7.6, states;
Rows of seating utilizing tablet-arm chairs shall be permitted only if the clear width of aisle accessways
complies with the requirements of 8-2.5.7 where the tablet is in the useable position.
Exception: Tablet arms shall be permitted to be measured in the stored position where the tablet arm automatically
returns to the stored position when raised manually to a vertical position in one motion and falls to the
stored position by force of gravity.
Question: Is the life safety code section applicable? Can the exception in NFPA 101 8-2.5.7.6 be utilized ?
Answer: The State Building Code 780 CMR 101.6 explains under what circumstances referenced standards are
applicable;
101.6 Referenced Standards: The standards referenced in 780 CMR and listed in Appendix A shall be
considered part of the requirements of 780 CMR to the prescribed extent of each such reference. Where
differences occur between the provisions of 780 CMR and referenced standards, the provisions of 780
CMR shall apply
Therefore the answer to the forgoing questions is in the negative, for the following reasons;
780 CMR 1012.6 provides no direct reference to NFPA 101 and therefore the provisions of NFPA 101
as they relate to the measurement of row widths are inapplicable. It is incorrect to assume that simply
because NFPA 101 is referenced in 780 CMR that it is referenced in its entirety, and;
• If NFPA 101 were referenced in the subject section, the provisions of NFPA 101, section 8-2.5.7.6
(exception) is in conflict with 780 CMR 1012.6 relative to the measurernent of row widths where tablet-
7.04.
. . 780 CMR -Sixth Edition
1 1/27/9.8
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDIX B
arm seating is present ( 780 CMR contains no such exemption for automatic return of tablets). In such
instances 780 CMR 101.6 directs that the provisions of 780 CMR are applicable should a conflict occur
between a provision of 780 CMR and a referenced standard.
In order to use this section of NFPA 101, an applicant must apply for and receive a variance from the
State Building Code Appeals Board in accordance with 780 CMR 126.
Official Interpretation No. 49=98
DATE: March 23, 1998
SUBJECT: Smoke Detector and Heat Detector Requirements in One- and Two-Family Dwellings - 780 CMR 3603. 16
of the Sixth Edition of the State Building Code.
At a regular meeting of the State Board of Building Regulations and Standards held on Tuesday, March 10,
1998, the Board approved the following interpretation of the application of 780 CMR Chapter 36, 780 CMR
3603. 16. "FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS" of the Sixth Edition of the Massachusetts State Building Code.
Background/Discussion:
The Sixth Edition of the Massachusetts State Building Code (the Code), 780 CMR 3603.16 is titled:
"FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS" and specifies all required fire protection system requirements for new
construction one-and two-family dwellings that are single or two-fanuly detached buildings; additionally,
780 CMR 3603. 16. 13 sets requirements for when smoke detector requirements for new construction will
apply to additions, alterations and/or repairs.
The Sixth Edition One- and Two-Family fire protection system requirements, differ from those of the
Fifth Edition Code in several ways.
The Sixth Edition reflects the philosophy of NFPA 72-1996', "National Fire Alarm Code" in that:
1 . Household fire warning systems may consist of either ac primary powered single and multiple station
smoke detectors complying with ANSI/UL 217, or;
2. Household fire warning systems (note that these household fire warning systems could be referred
to as "a fire alarm panel with low voltage connection to detectors, etc."), may consist of a listed control
unit complying with UL 864 or UL 985 with automatic smoke detectors complying with UL 268 and
occupant notification appliances complying with UL 464 or UL 197 1 if such notification appliances incor-
porate strobe lights - if supplementary visual signals are utilized they should comply with UL 1638, and;
3. All household fire warning systems shall have secondary power supplied from monitored batteries,
and;
4. Massachusetts provisions require the use of photo electric smoke detectors, rather than the ionization
type smoke detectors when such smoke detectors are on the same floor and within 20 feet of a kitchen or
bathroom containing a tub or shower (to prevent nuisance false alarms characteristic of ionization type
smoke detectors in proximity to kitchens and tub or shower areas), and;
5. Electrical compatibility (listed for intended purpose - see 780 CMR 3603.16.2) between smoke
detectors and/or notification appliances to ensure that all portions of the household fire warning system
will operate properly, and;
6. In addition to smoke detector requirements, the Sixth Edition of the Code has been structured to
address heat detector requirements but at this timg. and until 780 CMR 3603. 16.4 is othenvise amended.
HEAT DETECTORS ARE NOT REQUIRED IN ONE- AND TWO-FAMILY DWELLINGS , and;
7. 780CMR 3603. 16.8. 1 addresses "non-required" alarm notification appliances and non-required smoke
or heat detectors and requires that such are to be installed so that the actuation of any non-required
detector shall cause the alarm in all required and non-required detectors in the dwelling unit to sound, and;
8. 780 CMR 3603.16.13 requires fire waming systems for new construction throughout an existing
dwelling when one or more sleeping rooms are added or created in an existing dwelling.
Answers to some frequently asked questions about smoke detectors and heat detectors
Question 1: Are ionization type smoke detectors still allowed in new construction one- and two-family dwellings?
Answer 1: Yes, provided such smoke detectors satisfy the applicable general listing requirements of 780 CMR
3603, 1 6 and are not located (on the same floor) within 20 feet of a kitchen or a bathroom containing a tub
or shower (780 CMR 3603.16.11). Ionization smoke detectors that otherwise satisfy the general
requirements of 780 CMR 3603.16 shall be allowed within 20 feet of a kitchen or bathroom containing
a tub or shower when the ionization detector is on a different floor than the subject kitchen or bathroom.
11/27/98" . ■■ 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 705-
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Question 2: Would ionization smoke detectors be allowed in bedrooms when the bedrooms are separated from the
kitchen or bath by both a bedroom door and a kitchen or bath door, even if such ionization smoke
detectors are within 20 feet of a kitchen or bath door?
Answer 2: No. Once the smoke detector is within 20 feet of a kitchen or bath, then a photo-electric type smoke
detector must be utilized.
Question 3: How does one measure the 20 foot distance from a kitchen or from a bathroom containing a tub or
shower?
Answer 3: Refer to the sketches and note that the 20 foot rule applies to smoke detectors only on the same floor as
kitchens or bathrooms containing a tub or shower and that the 20 foot distance from the smoke detector
(ceiling or wall mounted) to the kitchen or bath shall be "true length", measured from:
the centerline of the smoke detector to the nearest edge, front face of the doorway separating the kitchen
or bath from the area in which the smoke detector is located (in "two room" layouts), and;
in "open plan" areas where no doorway separates the kitchen from the detector, the 20 foot rule shall be
the shortest, "true length" 20 foot distance measured from centerline of ceiling-mounted or wall-mounted
smoke detector to nearest edge of fixed smoke-producing appliance (stove, oven, broiler, etc.-note that
movable appliances and/or microwave ovens are not to be considered relative to the 20 foot distance).
Ceiling or wall
mounted smoke
detector
Kitchen
on
Bathroom
doorway
Section view of a "two room" layout with the ceiling-mounted or wall-mounted smoke detector (•) shown in the
room on the left and the kitchen or bathroom represented by the room on the right.
If true length of "x" is less than or equal to 20 feet, then a photo electric smoke detector must be utilized. The true
length of "x" is the actual distance from the centerline of the ceiling-mounted or wall-mounted smoke detector to the
nearest edge of detector-side, front face of doorway.
Kitchen
or
Bathroom
_ Doorway
Plan view of a "two room" layout with either a ceiling-mounted or a wall-mounted smoke detector (B) shown in the
room to the left and the kitchen or bathroom represented by the room on the right.
If true length of "x" is less than or equal to 20 feet, then a photo electric smoke detector must be utilized. The true
length of "x" is the actual distance from the centerline of the ceiling-mounted or wall-mounted smoke detector to the
nearest edge of detector-side, front face of doorway.
706
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
1 1/27/98
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDK :
Section view of an "open plan" layout with the ceiling-mounted or wall-mounted smoke detector (H) shown on the
left and the kitchen represented to the right.
If true length of "x" is less than or equal to 20 feet, then a photo electric smoke detector must be utilized. The true
length of "x" is the actual distance from the centerline of the ceiling-mounted or wall-mounted smoke detector to the
nearest edge of fixed, smoke-producing appliance.
Plan view of an "open plan" layout with the ceiling-mounted or wall-mounted smoke detector (H) shown on the
left and the kitchen represented to the right.
If true length of "x" is less than or equal to 20 feet, then a photo electric smoke detector must be utilized. The true
length of "x" is the actual distance from the centerline of the ceiling-mounted or wait-mounted smoke detector to the
nearest edge of fixed, smoke-producing appliance.
Question 4: Are bedrooms now the only areas in which smoke detectors are required to be located?
Answer 4: No. 780 CMR 3603. 16. 10 defines all required smoke detector locations.
1 1/27/98
.780 CMR.- Sixth Edition
707-
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Question 5: 780 CMR 3603. 1 6.7 titled "Secondary electric power" states that all household fire warning systems shall
have secondary (standby) power supplied from monitored batteries in accordance with the household fire
warning equipment requirements of NFPA 72. Does this mean that all smoke detector systems must have
a battery room providing standby power?
Answer 5: No. Single and multiple station, hard-wired smoke detectors that are ac primary powered are now
available with attached, replaceable battery and similar to battery-only single station smoke detectors, the
battery is monitored via the detector circuitry.
For "alarm panel systems" (listed control unit with automatic detectors and occupant notification
appliances), the monitored battery schemes tested and listed via the manufacturer's compliance to NFPA
72, suffice.
Question 6: 780 CMR 3603. 16. 10 (5) states that fixed temperature heat detectors shall be installed in accordance with
the requirements of 780 CMR 3603.16.4. Does this mean that as of March 1, 1998, heat detectors are
required in one- and two-family dwellings controlled by the requirements of 780 CMR Chapter 36 of the
Sixth Edition of the Code?
Answerd: No. AsofMarch 1, 1998. heat detectors are still not required by 780 CMR Chapter 36 of the Sixth Edition
of the Code as 780 CMR 3603.16.4 is currently "RESERVED" , thus, at this time and until 780 CMR
3603. 16.4 is otherwise amended, heat detectors are not required by Chapter 36 of the Sixth Edition of the
Code.
Question 7: 780 CMR 3603. 16.13 requires that an existing one- or two-family dwelling be provided with a household
fire warning system for new construction when one or more sleeping rooms are added or created in the
existing dwelling. What constitutes a bedroom under this Section?
Answer 7: The State Board of Building Regulations and Standards (BBRS), as the Agency promulgating the
Massachusetts State Building Code, is the "AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION" (AHJ) regarding
the interpretation of regulations of the State Building Code and has determined that it is the responsibility
of the building owner or the agent of the building owner to identify any new or newly created bedrooms
or other space USES. If submitted plans and/or narratives that describe the work intended identify such
new additions or newly created spaces as other than bedrooms then 780 CMR 3603. 1 6. 1 3 does not apply
(note that it is the "REGULATED COMMUNITY" and not the "REGULATOR" who identifies, on plans
and/or narratives submitted as part of the building permit application to the Building Department, if a
bedroom is being added or created).
' Note that although NFPA 72-1996 is titled the "National Fire Alarm Code", NFPA 72 is a national reference
standard and where Massachusetts State Building Code regulations explicitly differ from the requirements set forth
in the reference standard, the requirements of the State Building Code govern.
708 . 780. CMR -Sixth Edition . . 11/27/98.
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
OfHcial Interpretatson No. S0°98
DATE: January 28, 1999
SUBJECT: Height and Area Requirements for Type 5B, One and Two-Family Dwellings as Defined by the Sixth
Edition of the Code
Background:
A one- or two-family dwelling designed and constructed as an R-4 Use in accordance with the provisions
of Chapter 36 of the Sixth Edition of the Code is typically built of Type 5B Construction. Chapter 36
does not define a one- or two- family structure in terms of its construction type. Referencing the
definition section of this chapter, we learn only the number of lodgers and/or boarders legally allowed
to occupy each dwelling, but do not learn much about the structure itself. However, the materials
generally employed in one- and two-family dwelling construction most closely resemble those used in
a Type 5B building as defined in Chapter 6 of the base code.
Also, Chapter 36 does not provide guidance in respect to the maximum size of a one-or two-family
dwelling in terms of its height above grade (number of stories, and dimensional height) or in terms of
its square foot area per fioor.
Question: Absent this information, how does one determine the maximum size of a one and two-family dwelling
building (both in terms of stories above grade and maximum square foot area per floor) if it is designed
and constructed as an R-4 Use according to the provisions of Chapter 36?
Answer. Since Chapter 36 does not provide the answers we seek, we must first turn to Chapter 3, Section 3 1 0.6
which defines an R-4 structure as a "detached one- or two-family dwelling(s) not more than three stories
in height, and (its) accessory structures. " This section states further that "All such structures shall be
designed in accordance with 780 CMR 36 (Chapter 36 of the Sixth Edition) or in accordance with the
requirements of 780 CMR (this code) applicable to Use Group R-3".
This section provides the code user with two distinct options for the design and construction of R-4
structures (detached one or two family dwellings and their accessory structures). Option 1; design in
accordance with Chapter 36. Option 2; design in accordance with the requirements applicable to R-3
structures.
Questioni
Answen
Does this mean that such buildings may be designed and constructed with habitable fioors 1
above the exterior grade plane?
uree stories
Yes. However, one must assure that all applicable code requirements are satisfied for all inhabited fioors
including the upper-most floor (i.e.: light, ventilation, means of egress requirements, etc.).
At times, depending upon the configuration of the exterior grade, it may be difficult to determine the
number of stories above which a building projects. Therefore, we have provided examples of buildings
correctly configured xinder this definition. (See Figures la and lb).
Fjgnre la.
Habitable
Habitable
Figure,
1/19/01
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
708.1
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUEDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Note: Figures la and lb illustrate typical gable roof, single family dwellings. Figure la depicts a dwelling
consisting of three floors of habitable space and a basement. Figure lb shows a dwelling consisting of
three floors of habitable space, a basement and attic space above the third floor. Assuming requirements
set by local zoning ordinances are met, each stracture as depicted satisfies building code requirements
in terms of its allowable number of stories above grade. However, be cautioned that the attic area shown
in Figure lb shall only be used as storage (not habitable or occupiable) space.
Question: Figure lb illustrates a stmcture with attic space as the upper-most level. How does one distinguish
habitable space from attic space?
Answer: Habitable space is defined in Chapter 2 of the code as "space in a structure for living, sleeping, eating,
or cooking. Bathrooms, toilets compartments, closets, halls, storage or utility space and similar areas
are not considered habitable space". Attic is defined in Chapter 12 as '7Ae space between the ceiling
beams of the top story and the roof rafters" .
Attic space may only be provided if it does not constitute an additional story (i.e.: the head height and
other conditions of this area do not allow for human occupancy. Remember that by deflnltion, the
structure may only be three stories in height above the exterior grade plane.
Question: Since bathrooms are not considered habitable space, is it permissible to locate a bathroom in this attic
level?
Answer. No. The upper-most level, as illustrated in Figure lb, is intended to be used as storage or utility space
only and is limited by one or more construction features which fall short of that required for habitable
or occupiable space (i,e.: ceiling height measures less than seven (7) feet, structural members will
support only loads that are less than that required for habitable space, or room dimensions measure less
than required, etc.).
Question'. What about an existing, two story home with attic space; may it be converted into a three story structure
with each floor made habitable?
Answer. Again, the key to this question is, does the attic comply with all applicable sections of Chapter 36 for
habitable spaces (i.e.: design loads, light, ventilation, means of egress, etc.). If the answer is yes, then
the structure may be converted. If portions of the third story do not satisfy code requirements (i.e.: the
access stair is too narrow or rise and run dimensions are not satisfactory) the building official must reject
the permit application. However, an applicant may seek relief through administrative appeal procedures
(the Building Code Appeals Board) as defined in Chapter 1, Section 126, or offer compliance alternatives
as defined in Chapter 34 of the code.
Question: Is a walk-out basement defined as a story above grade, and is it considered to contribute to the height of
the building?
Answer. Chapter 5, Section 502.1 defines a story above grade as "Any story having its finished floor surface
entirely above grade except that a basement shall be considered as a story above grade where the
finished surface of the floor above the basement is:
1 . More than six feet (1829mm) above [the] grade plane;
2. More than six feet (1829 mm) above the finished ground level for more than 50% of the total
building perimeter, or
3. More than 12 feet (3658mm) above the finished ground level at any point".
As demonstrated by the definition above, the answer to this question is dependent upon exterior grade
conditions; which makes sense. The code limits the numl)er of stories above grade which a building may
be constructed as a direct function of an occupant's ability to exit the building in the event of an
emergency. The higher up in the building one resides, the farther one must travel to exit the building.
In a fire condition, the code is concerned with smoke conditions in open stairwells and other factors that
may limit one's ability to escape from a building. Consequently, a walk-out basement (or any basement
meeting a part of the definition identified above) may very well contribute to the height of the building
above grade, if it is constructed according to one of the methods defined above.
Figures 2a through 2c illustrate conditions where a basement contributes to the number of stories above
grade.
708.2
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
1/19/01
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUELDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDIX B
Figure 2z.
Flgiiir€2c.
Note: Both Figures 2a and 2b depict a single family dwelling which is four stories above grade (in reference
to the definition for story above grade). Since the definition of an R-4 limits the building to three stories
in height, these buildings (Figures 2a and 2b), erected of Type 5B constraction, would be in violation
of building code provisions. However, as is illustrated in Figure 2c, if the upper-most floor is designed
and used as an attic (as defmed in 780 CMR 202), it shall not be considered an additional story).
Question: To this point, only the height of the building has been addressed. What about the maximum area per
floor for an R-4 structure?
Answer, Unlike the number of stories above grade, the code is silent on the issue of floor area for these structures.
Essentially, the area is unlimited. This is not to imply that the code is not concerned with the size of the
building in terms of its area, and that additional safeguards should not be considered in the design and
construction of very Jarge R-4 structures. However, these safeguards are built into the code in that very
large buildings will be afforded additional smoke detection (see Chapter 36, Section 3603.16) and large
structures are generally designed with egress capacity well in excess of what the code would normally
require; usually with many exterior decks and balconies providing additional means of egress and/or
routes of escape from the building.
Question: At the start of this interpretation, it was mentioned that Section 3 10.6 affords the code user two options
when designing and building R-4 structures. We spoke of Chapter 36 requirements, but what about the
option of designing the building as an R-3 using code provisions applicable to that use group?
Answer. It is clear that the code allows one to utilize this option. In doing so, however, one must recognize that
different code requirements apply. Why? The Sixth Edition of 780 CMR is based on two separate
national model codes; the 1993 BOCA National Building Code and the 1995 CABO One and Two
Family Dwelling Code. As one might expect, uniting these two codes into a single document (as was
done with the Sixth Edition of the Massachusetts State Code) sometimes results in conflicts between the
two texts. The subject matter this interpretation illustrates one of these conflicts.
In explanation, R-3 structures are typically designed as multiple, smgle family, attached units (what are
commonly referred to as row houses). Because these units are adjoined, the code is more concerned with
conflagration and other safety issues, and therefore restricts the design of these structures more
rigorously than it does for detached one and two-family dwellings.
1/19/01
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
708.3
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
We know that Chapter 36 is silent on height and area limitations for one and two family structures.
Reviewing code provisions relative to R-3 structures, we find that 780 CMR Chapter 5, Table 503
defines height and area limitations for the R-3 Use Group Classification, but does not include reference
to detached one and two-family buildings, as does the 1993 BOCA National Code. This reference was
purposely deleted in the Massachusetts code to illustrate that the intended height limitations for detached
one and two-family dwellings is to be three stories above grade as defined herein (and 780 CMR 3 10.6).
708.4 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 1/19/01
APPENDIX C
RECOMMENDED FASTENING SCHEDULE
Building element
- Nail size and £ype
Number and locatiots
Stud to sole plate
8d common
16d common
4 toe-nail or 2 direct-nail
Stud to cap plate
16d common
2 toe-nail or 2 direct-nail
Double studs
lOd common
12" o.c. direct
Comer studs
I6d common
24" o.c. direct
Sole plate to joist or blocking
16d common
16" o.c.
Double cap plate
lOd common
16" o.c. direct
Cap plate laps
lOd common
2 direct-nail
Ribbon strip, 6" or less
lOd common
2 each direct bearing
Ribbon strip, 6" or more
lOd common
3 each direct bearing
Roofrafter to plate
8d common
3 toe-nail
Roof rafter to ridge
I6d common
2 toe-nail or direct nail
Jack rafter to hip
lOd common
16d common
3 toe-nail or 2 direct-nail
Fl(X)rjoists to studs
(No ceiling joists)
lOd common
lOd common
5 direct or 3 direct
Floor joists to studs
(With ceiling joists)
lOd common
2 direct
Floor joists to sill or girder
^ 3d common
3 toe-nail
Ledger strip
16d common
3 each direct
Ceiling joists to plate
16d common
3 toe-nail
Ceiling joists (laps over partition)
~ lOd common
3 direct-nail
Ceiling joists (parallel to rafter)
lOd common
3 direct
Collar beam
lOd common
3 direct
Bridging to joists
8d common
2 each direct end
Diagonal brace (to stud & plate)
Sd common
2 each direct bearing
Tail beams to headers
(When nailing permitted)
20d common
1 each end 4 sq. ft. floor area
Header beams to trimmers
20d common
1 each end 8 sq. ft. floor area
r roof decking
(over 6" in width)
8d common
8d common
2 ea. direct rafter
3 each direct rafter
1 " subflooring (6" or less)
8d common
2 each direct joist
1 " subflooring (8" or more)
8d common
3 each direct joist
2" subflooring
16d common
2 each direct joist
1 " wall sheathing (8" or less in width)
Sd common
2 each direct stud
i " wall sheathing (over 8" in width)
8d common
3 each direct stud
Plywood roof & wall sheathing
C/s" or less)
(%" or greater)
($/16",%".or'/a")
(%")
6d common
8d common
16 gauge galvanized wire staples, %"
minimum crown; length of 1 " plus
plywood thickness
Same as immediately above
6" o.c. direct edges & 12" o.c intermediate
6" o.c. direct edges & 12" o.c. intermediate
4" o.c. edges & 8" o.c. intermediate
254" o.c. edges & 5" o.c. intermediate
('/,")
(%".%")
(r, 1%")
('/,")
(%")
common or 6d annular or spiral thread
common or 8d annular or spiral thread
lOd common or 8d ring shank or 8d
annular or spiral thread
16d galvanized wire staples
%" minimum crown, 1%° length
Built-up girders and beams
Continuous header to stud
Continuous header, two pieces
20d common
8d common
16d common
6" o.c. direct edges & !0" o.c. intermediate
6" o.c. direct edges & 10" o.c. intermediate
6" o.c. direct edges & 6" o.c. intermediate
4" o.c. edges & 7" o.c. intermediate
IYt' o.c. edge 4" o.c. intermediate
32" o.c. direct
4 toe nail
16" o.c. direct
'/i" flber board sheathing
I 'A" galvanized roofing nail or 16 gauge
staple, 1 'A" long with min. crown of 7/16"
3" o.c. exterior edge 6" o.c. intermediate
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR = Sixth Edition
709
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGUIATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Building element
Nail size and type
Number and location
25/32" fiber board sheathing
W*' galvanized roofmg nail or 8d common
nail or 16 gauge staple, 1 Vi" long with
min. crown of 7/16"
3" o.c. exterior edge 6" o.c. intermediate
Gypsum sheathing
12 gauge 1%" large head corrosion-
resistant
4" o.c. on edge 8" o.c. intermediate
Particle board underlayment ('/i"-Vi")
6d annular threaded
6" o.c. direct edges 10" o.c. intermediate
Particle board roof and wall sheathing
'/j" or less
6d common
6" o.c. direct edges 12" o.c. intermediate
%" or greater
8d common
6" o.c. direct edges 12" o.c. intermediate
Particle board subilooring
(%" or greater)
8d common
6" o.c. direct edges 12" o.c. intennediate
Shingles, wood"
No. 14 B«feS Gage corrosion resistive
2 each bearing
Weather boarding
8d corrosion
2 each bearing
Note a: Shingle nails shall penetrate not less than '/«" into nailing strips, sheathing or supporting construction except
as otherwise provided in 780 CMR 1225.4.4.
Table C-1
Maximum Spacing of Gypsum Wallboard Fasteners
(For nonfireresistance rated construction assemblies)
Thickness of
gypsum
wallboard
(inch)
Plane of
framing
surface
Long dimension of
gypsum wall-board
sheets in relation to
direction of framing
members
Maiimum
spacing of
framing members
(center-to-center
in inches)
Ma'ximum spacing
of fasteners
(center-to- center
in inches)
Nails Screws
Nails to wood
•/i
Horizontal
Horizontal
Vertical
Either direction
16
24
24
7 12
No. 13 gage, 1%"
long. 19/54" head
No. 098 gage, 1'//
long. Annular ringed
Sd cooler nail
Perpendicular
7 12
Either direction
8 12
%
Horizontal
Horizontal
Vertical
Either direction
16
24
24
7 12
No. 13 gage, 1%"
long, 19/64" head
No ,098 gage, 1%"
long. Annual ringed 6d
cooler nail
Perpendicular
Either direction
7 12
8 12
Fastening required with adhesive application
14
Horizontal
Either direction
16
16
16
As required for Vi"
or
Perpendicular
24
12
16
and %" gypsum
%
Vertical
Either direction
24
wallboard, see
above
2 layers
Horizontal
Perpendicular
24
16
16
Base ply nailed as
each%"
required for 54"
(%" total)
Vertical
Either direction
24
24
24
gypsum wallboard
and face ply placed
with adhesive
Notes to Table C-1:
Note a. Where the metal framing has a clinching design formed to receive the nails by two edges of metal, the nails
shall be not less than Vs inch longer than the wallboard thickness, and shall have ringed shanks. Where the metal
framing has a nailing groove formed to receive the nails, the nails shall have barbed shanks or be 5d cooler nail (No.
13 Vi gage, 1% inches long, is/64 inch head) for Vi inch gypsum wallboard; 6d cooler (No. 13 gage, 1% inches long,
15/64 head) for %-inch gypsum wallboard.
Note b. Two nails at 2 inches to 214 inches apart may be used if the pairs are spaced 12 inches center-to-center except
aroimd perimeters.
Note c Screws shall be No. 6 with tapered head and long enough to penetrate into wood framing not less than % inch
and metal framing not less than % inch
Note d. All nails shall meet ASTM C5 14 or Federal Specification FF-N- 1 05C.
Note e. For fireresistance rated construction, see the pertinent fire test information.
Note f. 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
710
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDIX C
Table C=2
Allowable Shear for Wind or Seismic Forces in Founds Per Foot
For Vertical Diaphragms of Lath and Piaster or Gypsum Board Frame Wall Assemblies
Type of material
Thickness of
Material
%" Lath and
'/j" Plaster
WaU
Construction
Nai! spacing
maumum
(in inches)
Shear
value
100
MinimuDn nai! size
Gypsiim lath, plain or perforated
Unblocked
5
No. 13 gage, VA' long, 19/64° head,
plasterboard blued nail.
Gypsum sheathing board
'/2"x2'x8'
!4''x4'
Unblocked
Blocked
Unblocked
4
7
75
No. 1 1 gage, I'/i" long, 7/64" head,
diamond point, galvanized.
Gypsum Wallboard
or Veneer base
1/2"
5/8"
Unblocked
Blocked
Blocked
Two ply
7
4
7
4
4
Base ply 9
Face ply 7
175
100
100
125
150
175
250
5d Cooler nails
6d cooler nails
Base ply-6d cooler nails
Face plv-8d cooler nails
a^
Note a. These vertical diaphragms shall not be used to resist loads imposed by masonry or concrete construction.
Values are for short time loading due to wind or earthquake and must be reduced 25% for normal loading
Note b. Applies to nailing at all studs, top and bottom plates and blocking.
Note c. Values shown are for gypsum board applied to one side only. The shear values may be doubled when identical
materials are applied to both sides of wall
Note d. 1 inch=25.4 mm.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR = Sixth Edition
711
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
712 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Eflfective 2/28/97)
APPENDIX D
GUIDANCE FOR SELECTION OF FOUNDATION MATERIAL CLASSES
IN TABLE i804c3
D-aOloO Purpose: The purpose of Appendix D is to
provide guidance for the selection of the material
class and consistency in place when usmg Table
1804.3.
I>°102.0 Application: Appendix D is provided only
as a general guide to engineering judgment. All
available data should be evaluated and professional
engineering judgment exercised in selection of the
^propriate material classification for use with Table
1804.3. The references on soil and rock
classification and typical ranges of index properties
provided in this appendix should not be considered
to be code requirements.
1>°1L03.0 CiassiOcatioii of Soil: Guidelines for
generally accepted engineering practice in the
description and classification of soils are provided in
ASTM D2488-84 Description and identification of
Soils (Visual-Manual Procedure) and ASTM D2487-
85 Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes.
B°104.0 Oassification of Rock: Guidelines for
generally accepted engineering practice in the
description and classification of rocks are provided
in Chapter 1 of Design Manual 7. 1 - Soil Mechanics,
Naval Facilities Engineering Command, May 1982
(NAVFACDM-7.1)
D=10S.O Typical Index Properties: Typical ranges
of index properties for the Material Classes listed in
Table 1804.3 are provided in Table D-1.
TABLE ©-I
TYPICAL RANGE OF INBEX PROPERTIES
Material
Class
la
lb
BescriptioBD
CoBslsSeocy
istWl&cs
Rock Quality
Designation
(RQD%)
Unconfioed
Compressive
Strengtii
(PSF)
Stamdard
Penetration
Resistance
(Blows/Foot)
Massive bedrock - granite, diorite, gabbro,
basalt, gneiss.
quaitzite, well-cemented conglomerate
Hard rock, minor
jointing
Hard sound rock,
moderate jointing
>75
50 to 75
>50
>8000
2
3
FoUiatedbednxsk
Medium hard rock minor
jointing
>8000
-
Sedimentaiy bedrock-cementation shale, silt-
stone, sandstone, limestone, dolomite,
conglomerate
Soft rock, moderate
jointing
>50
"
4
Weakly cemented sedimentary bedrock <■
compaction shale or other similar rock in
sound condition
Veiy soft rock
<50
5
6
Weathered bedrock - any of the above except
shale
Very soft rock,
weiihered and/or major
jointing and fracturing
<50
"
Slightly cemented sand and/or gravel, glacial
till (basal or lodgement), haropan
Very dense
-
>50
7
8
9
Gravel, widely graded sand and gravel, and
granular abiation till
Very dense
Dense
Medium dense
Loose
Veiy loose
>50
41-50
16-40
8-15
<8
Sands and non-plastic stity sands with little
or no gravel (except for Class 9 materials
Fine sand, silty sand and non-plastic
inorganic silt
Dense
Medium dense
L<K>se -
Veiy loose
Den.«!e
Meditmi dense
loose
Veiy loose
-
>30
11-30
6-10
<6
>30
11-30
6-10
<6
.0
Inorganic sandy or silty clay, clay^ sand,
clayey slit, clay or varved clay low to bigji
plasticity
Hard
Stiff
Medium
Soft
>20
9-20
4-8
<4
9/19/97 (Effeaive 2/28/97) - correaed 780 CMR - Sbcth Edition
713
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
|l 1 1 lO reanic soils - peat organ ic silt, organic clav
Notes to table D-1
Note 1: For discussion of RQD values see Deere, D.U., Rock Mechanics in Engineering Practice (Chapter 1), Slagg
and Zinkiewicz, Eds., 1968, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
Note 2: For determination of Unconfmed Compressive Strength see ASTM D2938.
Note 3:For determination of Standard Penetration Resistance N-value see ASTM D1586. The presence of large
particles (coarse gravel, cobbies, boulders) may cause N-values to be unrealistically high. Such values should not be
used. Also standard penetration resistance should not be used over depths less than five feet.
714 780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
APPENDIX E
PROCEDURE FOR ACCOUNTING FOR SERIES
AND PARALLEL HEAT FLOW PATHS
£1: For envelope assemblies contaSiiiog metal
framing: The Ui shall be determined by using one
of the following methods:
1. Results from laboratory or field test
measurements. One of the procedures specified in
780 CMR 3 108.2 shall be used.
2 . The thermal resistance of those roof and wall
assemblies listed in Tables E-i and E-2 shall be
corrected using the following procedures:
The total resistance of the heat flow path (Rt)
is determined from the Equation E-1 :
Rt = Ri + Re
Where:
R = 1/U
Rt = the total resistance of the envelope
assembly.
Ri for: i = 1 to n, is the resistance of the series
elements.
Re is the equivalent resistance of the element
containing the parallel path, and the value of
Re is:
Re = R value of insulation x Fc
(where Fc is the parallel path correction factor)
The Parallel Path correction Factors (Fc) may be
obtained from tests conducted using procedures
listing in 780 CMR 3 1 08.2. Parallel Path Correction
Factors for some envelope assemblies are listed in
Tables E-1 and E-2.
Table E-1
ROOFS: PARALLEL PATH
CORRECTION FACTORS'
10 15 20 25 30 40 45 50 55
1.0 0.96 0.92 0.88 0.85 0.79 0.76 0.73 0.71 0.69 0.67
Bndged
R-Va!ue
Conec-
tion
Factor
Note L Table E-i values are based upon: Metat trusses
with 4-ft spacing that penetrate the insulation, and 0.66
inch diameter crossmembers eveiy one ft.
Table E-2
WALL SECTIONS WITH METAL STUDS:
PARALLEL PATH CORRECTION FACTORS
Size of
Members
2x4
2x4
2x6
2x6
Cavitv
Gauge of Spacing of . . ."' Correctio
Stud Framing n y i ^ Factor
18-16 16"o.c. R-11 0.50
18-16 24''o.c. R-ll 0.60
18-16 16"o.c. R-11 0.40
18-16 24''o.c. R-ll 0.45
Table E-3
CALCULATION PROCEDURES FOR
EVALUATING ALL SERIES
AND PARALLEL HEAT FLOW PATHS
Metal
BRIDGE TYPE
Metal
Non-Metal
Type of Material
to whuch bridge
is attached
Thermal
Bridges in
Sheet Metal
Construction
Method
Parallel Path
Non-Metal
Zone Method
Parallel Path
3. For elements with internal metallic structures
bonded on one or both sides to a metal skin or
covering, the "Thermal Bridges in Sheet Metal
Construction," the calculation procedure as
specified in "Thermal Bridges in Sheet Metal
Construction," Studies in Building Physics
(Johannesson, Gudni. 1981. Division of Building
Technology, Lund Institute of Technology, Lund,
Sweden. Report of TVBH-3007) shall be used.
4. For elements other than those covered above,
the zone method described in Chapter 23 of the
ASHRAE Handbook, 1985 Fundamentals Volume
shall be used. The formulas on pages 23. 13-. 14
shall be used for calculation.
£2: For envelope assemblies contalmisig Non°
met&l Framing, the Ui shall be determined from
results from one of the laboratory or field test
measurements specified in 780 CMR 3108.2 or from
the ASHRAE series parallel method. Formulas in
Chapter 23, page 23.2 of the ASHRAE Handbook,
1985 Fundamentals Volume shall be used for these
calculations.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - SiKth Edition
715
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
.716 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
APPENDIX F
REFERENCE DATA FOR REPAIR, ALTERATION, ADDITION AND
CHANGE OF USE OF EXISTING BUILDINGS •
PART ONE- GUIDELINES FOR
APPLICATION
F401 PURPOSE
F-1§1,1 Intent of 780 CMR 34: The purpose of
Appendix F is to provide guidance to users of
780 CMR (the Massachusetts State Building Code)
as to techniques of acceptable practice which can be
used to assess the acceptability of various methods
of meeting the intent of code provisions of 780 CMR
34 on a case-by-case basis. The purpose of the
provisions in 780 CMR 34 and Appendix F is to
allow the repair, alteration addition, and change of
use of existing buildings without requiring the entire
building to be brought up to new construction
requirements, while still providing for the public
health, safety and general welfare. The provisions of
780 CMR 34 and Appendix F recognize that the
provisions of 780 CMR for new construction reflect
the latest improvements in materials, construction
techniques, standards of living and safety and,
therefor, may preclude the repair, alteration,
addition, or change of use of existing buildings that
have demonstrated their usefulness and safety.
F402J SCOPE
F-102.1 Techniques: Appendix F is intended to
demonstrate techniques of analysis and compliance
with 780 CMR 34 in the repair, alteration, addition,
and change of use of existing buildings.
F403«0
F°103.1 GeneraB conditions: Conceptually, it is
the intent of 780 CMR 34 and Appendix F to allow
repair, alteration, addition, or change of use of
existing buildings v\nthout meeting all new
construction requirements under the following
general conditions:
1 . all hazardous conditions must be corrected;
2. the existing building becomes the minimum
performance standard; and
3 . the degree of compliance of the building after
changes must not be below that existing before
the changes, except that nothing in 780 CMR 34
will require compliance with requirements more
stringent than that required for new construction.
F404.0 IMPLEMENTATION
F-104J Framework: Implementation of the above
concept requires that a framework be established for
evaluating the condition of the building; determining
the potential for modification; and establishing the
acceptability of proposed changes.
F°104.2 Evaluation of existing building:
Evaluation of existing conditions in a structure is
required to determine the existence of any hazardous
conditions, which must be corrected; and to provide
a basis for evaluating the impact of the proposed
changes on the performance of the building.
The following list of evaluation tools described in
Appendix F-104.1.1 through F-104.2.7 can be used
for determining the condition of the structure.
However, this list is not necessarily complete and
the use of other methods should not be precluded.
F'>i04,2.1 Available documentatiosi of esisting
fouildirag: Prime sources of design information for
existing buildings are the architectural and
engineering drawings and specifications used in
the construction of the building. Although the
passing of time often obscures depositaries of
such documents, the foUoAving are likely
prospects in attempting to locate such
information:
1. If the building is currently in use, an
individual or office responsible for its
management may have retained drawings and
specifications to facilitate maintenance. A
building manager, resident engineer,
superintendent, custodian, stationary engineer
or plant engineer may be the most direct
contact at the building site.
2. Other potential sources (especially if the
building is not in use) include the original
designer-architect or engineer.
3. The building department which issued the
permit for construction may have
documentation.
4. Documentation may have been retained by
the general contractor or numerous
subcontractors; i.e.: the mason, carpenter,
plumber, electrician, HVAC installer, steel
erector, etc., as well as manufacturers of
component parts, as potential sources of
documentation.
5. In the case of large corporations or
government agencies, a separate contracting
officer may have developed a technical file on
the erection of a building.
6. In some cases, individual consultants are
contracted to serve as "clerk-of-the-works" and
pursue the inspection of a building project
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
717
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
from start to finish with the keeping of a file
likely.
7. Insurance companies sometimes maintain
drawings or records of their insured buildings.
8. Historical or archaeological societies may
have considered a building to be important
enough to develop a file of documentation.
F-104.2.2 Field surveys: Having drawn upon
available documentation to help evaluate a
building's condition, such documentation may be
augmented by on-site data acquired through field
survey. The most obvious approach is to make
use of detailed visual examination to confirm
and/or alter any previously available information
pertaining to the building.
F-104.2.3 Testing: Testing is a tool that may be
used in evaluating the condition of a building or
structure or parts thereof when other methods of
evaluation will not suffice. Testing may be
initiated voluntarily on the part of the permit
applicant or may be required by the building
official in the absence of approved rules as
indicated in 780 CMR 109.0. 1 16.0, and 34. The
costs of all such tests are to be borne by the
permit applicant and should, therefore, be
required by the building official only when other
methods of evaluation prove inadequate or
insufficient. Such testing should be conducted by
an approved testing agency under the supervision
of a registered architect or engineer. The report of
the tests shall be submitted to the building official
and shall include the details of test procedures,
references to any accepted test standards used, the
results of the tests and any conclusions drawn
fi"om the test results.
F-104.2.4 Nondestructive testing: This includes
techniques where the structural integrity of the
building is not aiTected, such as the following:
1. analyzing various portions of the building
to determine dimensions, types and condition
of materials, etc.;
2. portable apparatus for impact testing;
3. load application short of failure to
determine capacity of materials and
components;
4. magnetic methods for detecting fiaws in
ferrous metal;
5. proximity magnetometers (locating rebars
in concrete, concealed ferrous fasteners, etc.);
6. electronic means for measuring the sonic
modulus of elasticity of concrete and masonry
in assessing its soundness;
7. ultrasonic transmission or reflective
methods in detecting flaws in various
materials; and
8. x-ray or infi-ared-ray photographic
techniques used to evaluate portions of
elements whose integrity is questionable.
F-104.2.6 Destructive testing: In destructive
testing a sample of the building could be removed
and tested (e.g., concrete core), or components of
the building could be reconstructed and tested in
the laboratory.
F-104.2.7 Laboratory analysis: In some cases,
tests can be performed in the laboratory. Such
tests might include the following:
1 . chemical or metallurgical test;
2. optical or electronic microscopic examin-
ation which can help identify and evaluate the
soundness of materials where decay or other
molecular degradation is involved;
3. conventional laboratory tests for deter-
mining physical properties (strength, ductility,
abso)rption, solubility, permeability, stifftiess,
etc.; and/or
4. testing of a scale model of the building
(computer model, wind tunnel model, etc.).
F-104.3 Evaluation of change in performance
level: It is necessary to determine if the level of
performance of the building after alteration is below
that which existed before the change. The hazard
level could be increased for certain attributes (such
as fire safety) while decreased for other attributes
(such as floor loads) for a given alteration. The
evaluation of the change in hazard levels of each
attribute can be accomplished using various tools
singly or in combination as described below in
Appendix F -104.3. 1 through F-104.3.5.
F-104.3.1 Data on archaic systems: Performance
data on architectural and structural systems
encountered are tabulated in Appendix F, Part
Four. This data can be compared to the proposed
altered isystems to determine if the performance is
adversely affected.
F-104.3.2 Compliance alternatives: Alternate
solutions tabulated in Appendix F, Part Two were
developed firom appeal data and firom accepted
practice. The list is not all-inclusive and should
not preclude consideration of other alternatives.
F-104.33 Analysis methods: Analytical methods
based on good engineering practice may be used
to determine changes in performance levels.
F-104.3.4 Test methods: Test procedures as
discussed in Appendix F-104.2.3 through F-
104.2.6 can be used to evaluate the performance
of existing construction.
F-104.3.5 Professional judgement: Professional
judgement based on previous experience with
similar buildings should be used to the fijllest
extent possible.
718
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDIX F
FART TWO- SUGGESTED COMPLIANCE
ALTERNATIVES
F-20L0 PURPOSE AND SCOPE
F-201.1 Purpose: The purpose of Appendix F-201.0
is to assist the building official and those regulated
by 780 CMR in judging the acceptability of
compliance alternatives to specific provisions
required by 780 CMR.
F-20i.2 Application: Appendix F-201.0 contains
generally acceptable compliance alternatives and
examples. The examples are solely for the purpose
of illustrating principles which can be applied to the
solution of code compliance problems and are not
necessarily acceptable under all circumstances. It is
recognized that all building systems interact with
each other. Therefore, any consideration of
compliance alternatives must take into account all
existing and proposed conditions to determine their
acceptabiliQ^. The principles applied can be used for
the solution of similar compliance problems in other
buildings and occupancy groups. Commentaries are
provided where the philosophy in establishing the
alternatives is not obvious. The examples were
developed from appeal data and accepted practice.
They are not all-inclusive and should not preclude
consideration of other alternatives.
Note: It is anticipated that additional compliance
alternatives v^rill be added to Appendix F-201.0
through the mechanism of appeal decisions and
from results of research bemg conducted by
various organizations in the field of relative
permanence of life safety systems.
F°2Q10 COMPLIANCE ALTERNATIVES
FOR EGRESS REQUIREMENIS
F-202J Nismber of exits:
F°202Jol General compliance alteroativss:
1 . Provide connecting fire balconies.
2. Provide alternate egress facilities (windows,
etc.).
3 . Provide a fire escape.
4. Provide fire-rated areas of refuge.
F=202J.2 Examples:
Example 1 involves a five-story Building of Use
Group B v^thout a fire suppression system and
with only one meam of egress.
Soletlon A. Add one or more fire escapes as
may be necessary to provide all tenants with
reasonable access to two meam of egress m
separate directions. Access to a street, public
way or area of refuge shall be provided at the
termination of the fire escape.
Solution B. Add connecting fire balconies
across fire walls if the above solution is
impractical due to construction difSculties.
Example 2 involves a building of Use Group R-2
occupancy with an apartment in the basement.
There is only one means of egress fi-om the
basement.
Solution A. Provide egress windows in each
apartment that comply with 780 CMR 10.
F=202.2 Travel Distance:
F-202,2.1 General Compliance Alternatives:
1 . Add detection system.
2. Add a partial fire suppression system.
3. Add smoke doors.
4. Increase fireresistance rating of corridor
walls and doors.
F-202.2.2 Example: This example mvolves a four
story building of Use Group R-2 v\^thout a fire
suppression system. The length of exitway access
travel is 150 feet.
Solution A. Add a partial fire suppression
system off the domestic water supply (if
adequate) in the exit access corridor.
Solution B. Subdivide corridor into segments,
if less than 100 feet, v\dth smoke doors.
Solution C. If not required by other sections
of 780 CMR, install smoke and fire detectors
with audible alarms in the corridor.
Solution D. Increase the fireresistance rating
of the exit access corridor from one hour to
two hours and provide "B" label self-closing or
automatic closing fire doors in all openings
into the corridor.
F°202.3 Enclosure of exitways:
F-'202.3.1 General Compliance alternatives:
1 . Improve enclosure of exitway.
2. Add a partial fire suppression system.
3. Add a detection system.
F=2©2o3.2 Examples: This example involves a
four story row buildmg of Use Group R-2 v^th
connecting fire balconies and an interior stair.
The stair is enclosed with lath and plaster, wood
stud partitions and paneled doors.
Solution A. Cover partitions on the apartment
side with %" Type X gypsum wallboard or its
equivalent. Replace or build up panel doors
until minimum solid portion is P/s" and install
self-closers.
Solution B. Provide a heat and smoke
detection system in the stairwell with an alarm
audible to all tenants. Provide self-closers on
all stairwell doors.
Solution C. Provide a partial fire suppression
system in the stairwell off the domestic water
supply (if adequate). Provide self-closers on
all stairwell doors.
F-202,3.3 Commentaiy: The above example,
while pertaining to a four story, Use Group R-2
building, can also be applied to other buildings of
occupancies and floor levels. The principle that
the degree of code compliance may not be
reduced should be remembered. If the existing
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
719
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
enclosure is of fireresistive construction, it must
be maintained. Tlie primary principle to
remember, in the required enclosure of exitway, is
that an enclosure must be provided, whether
fireresistive or not, so as to provide a smoke
barrier. The purpose of providing a smoke barrier
is to prevent the passage of smoke fi-om a fire on
one floor to the exitways and exit access corridors
of other floors and thus render them unusable for
egress. This principle is illustrated by solutions
A, B, and C in the above example.
F-203.0 COMPLIANCE ALTERNATIVES
FOR FIRE HAZARDS
F-203.1 Fire separations and partitions;
F-203.1.1 General compliance alternatives:
1. Improve fire separation.
2. Add a fire suppression system.
3. Add a detection system.
F-203.1.2 Examples: Example 1 involves a
three story building of Type 3A construction,
containing a Mercantile (M) Use Group, on the
first floor and occupancy Business (B) Use on the
second and third floors. The required separation
is three hours. -
Solution A. Add a fire suppression system to
the first and second floors.
Solution B. Add % inch Type X gypsum
v/allboard or its equivalent to the underside of
the second floor and install a system of smoke
and heat detectors with audible alarms on the
first and second floors.
Example 2 involves the separation between two
tenants of wood lath and plaster on a wood studs
partition. The required separation is one hour.
Solution A. Add % inch Type X gypsum
wallboard or its equivalent to either side of the
existing partition.
Example 3 involves a building of Use Group B
with unrated exit access corridors.
Solution A. Install a partial fire suppression
system in the exit access corridors.
Solution B. Add % inch Type X gypsum
wallboard or its equivalent to either side of the
corridor partition and install self-closers on all
corridor doors.
Solution C. Install a smoke and heat detection
system in the corridor v^th and alarm audible
to all tenants on the floor and install self-
closers on all corridor doors.
F-203.2 Openings and exterior .wall protection:
F-203.2.1 General compliance alternatives:
1 . Add fire suppression system.
2. Improve fireresistance.
3. Remove or improve openings.
F-203.2.,2 Examples: Example 1 involves a two
story of Type 5B construction building, with Use
Group M, on the first floor the basement and
upper floors. The distance between the building
and the side lot line is five feet and ten feet
between it and the adjacent building. The
adjacent building is of Type 5B construction and
Use Group R-2. The former occupant was a
grocery store; the new occupant is a hardware
store.
Solution A. Install a deluge sprinkler system
along the interior side of the wall affected.
Solution B. Add % inch Type X gypsum
wallboard to interior side of the wall affected.
Example 2 is the same as example 1 but with
double-hung wood windows in affected wall.
Solution A. Remove windows and close
opening vwth one hour fireresistive
construction.
Solution B. Remove Avindows and install fire
windows.
Solution C. Install a deluge sprinkler system
as in solution A to example 1.
PART THREE- DETAILED CLASSIFICATION
OF OCCUPANCY BY HAZARD
INDEX NUMBER AND USE
GROUP
Appendix F, Part Three provides a more detailed
guide for users of 780 CMR to determine hazard
index numbers and use groups for various types of
occupancies. It supplements 780 CMR 3 and Table
34 contained in 780 CMR 3404,
720
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDIX :
TABLE F-1
HAZARD DWEX AND USE GROUP CLASSIFICATION
Use of Structure
Hazard Lades No.
Use Group
Advertising Displays Manufacture including billboards
3
S-1
Airport or other aircraft landing or ser\'ice facility (see also: Helicopter
rooftop landing facility
3
F
Amusement park, indoor
4
A-3
Animal
Crematorium
3
F.2
Hospital, kennel, pound
2
B
Apartment (see Residences)
Appliances
Manufacture
3
F-1
Sales
3
M
Arenas
4
A-3
Asphalt
Processing and products manufacture
8
H
Athletic equipment
Manufacture
3
F-l
Sales
3
M
Auditoriums
6
A-1 with stage
5
A-1 without stage
4
A-3
Automobile and other motor vehicles
Gasoline service station
3
M
Rental agency within a building
2
B
Repair
3
S-1
Repair incidental to auto sales with limitation
3
S-1
Sales within a building
3
M
Wrecking
3
F
Washing
3
S-1
Awning manufacturer
3
F-1
Baked goods shop
3
M
Bakeries
3
F-1
Banks
2
B
Banquet halls
5
A-3
Barber shops
2
B
Beauty shops
2
B
Beverages
2
Bottling
F-l
Manufacture
Alcoholic
8
H
Less than 0.5% alcohol @ 60»
3
F-l
Bicycle
Manufacture
3
F-l
Rental or repair conducted within a building
3
S-1
Sales
3
M
Billiard Parlor
4
A.3
Blacksmith shops
3
F-l
Blueprinting, etc. establishments
3
F-l
Boarding house
2
R-lorR.2
Boats or ships
Building or repair of boats
3
F-l
Bone distillation
3
F-l
Bowling alleys
4
A-3
Broom or brush manufacture
3
F-l
Building materials
Wholesale business in roofed structures
3
MorS-l
Bus terminals or stations
4
A.3
Business schools or colleges
A-4. B or dependent
4,2 or other
upon use
Camera and other photo equipment
Manufacture except iihn sales
3
M
Sales
3
M
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
721
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGUIATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
TABLE F-1 (continued)
HAZARD INDEX AND USE GROUP CLASSIFICATION
Use of Structure
Hazard Index No.
Use Group
Canvas or canvas products
Manufacture or repair
Carpet and rug
Cleaning establishments
Manufacture or repair
Catering for outside consumption
Cemeteries
Crematoiy in cemetery
Mausoleiun, crypt, columbarium
Mortuary chapel in cemetery
Ceramics products manufacture, including pottery, small glazed tile and
similar items
Charcoal, fuel, briquettes, or lampblack manufacture
Chemicals
Packaging
Manufacture
Churches or other places of worship
Circuses, temporary
Cleaning (see Diycleaning & dying; Laundries; Automobiles, washing)
Clothing
Manufacture
Rental establishment
Retail sales
Tailoring, custom manufacture or repair (see also Feathers; Felt; Fur,
Leather)
Clubs
Private
Nightclubs (see Eating & drinking establishments)
Coal, coke or tar products
Manufacture
Colleges and Universities
Classroom buildings
Dormitories
Fraternities or sororities
Community centers
Convalescent homes (see Nursing homes)
Convents
Cosmetics or toiletries manufacture
Cotton ginning
Cotton wadding or linters manufacture
Courthouses
Crematoriums
Aniinal
Human
Dance halls
Day care agencies
Day nurseries
Dental offices (see Medical & dental)
Department stores
Dormitories
Dressmaking shops, custom
Drinking places (see Eating & drinking establishments)
Drive-in restaurants
Drug stores
Dry cleaning and dying establishments
Dwellings (see Residences)
F-l
8or3
H.F-1
3
F-l
3
F-l
3
F-2
1
S-2
4
A-4
3
F-2
8
H
H or F- 1 depending on
8 or 3
nature of material
H or F-l depending on
8 or 3
nature of material
4
A-4
4
A.3
H or F- 1 depending on
8 or 3
nature of material
3
M
3
M
3
M
4
A-3 without residence
8
H
4
A-3
2
R-2
2
R-2
4 or 2
A-3, or B
2
R-2
8
H
8
H
8
H
2or4
B or A-3
3
F-2
3
F-2
7
A-2
4
1-2 or E
4
1-2
3
M
2
R- 1 or R-2
8
H
5
A-3
3
M
H or F- 1 depending on
8or3
solvents used
722
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDIX F
TABLE F-1 (continued)
HAZARD INDEX AND USE GROUP CLASSIFICATION
Use of Structure
Haxard lodes No.
Use Group
Eating or drinking establishments
Lunchrooms, restaurants, cafeterias, etc., primarily enclosed
Drive-in
With entertainment or dancing
5
4
7
A-3
A-3
A.2
Electric =.
Power or steam generating plants
Substation
3
3
F-1
F-1
Electrical appliances, bulbs, wiring, supplies, etc.
Manufacture
Sales
3
3
F-1
M
Electronic components & supplies
Manufacture or repair
3
F-l
Feathers
Curing, dyeing, washing or bulk processing
Manufacturing exclusive of above
Felt
Curing, dyeing, washing or bulk processing
Products manufacture, exclusive of above
8
8
3
3
H
H
F-1
F-l
Fertilizer manufacture
8
H
Film, photographic, manufacture
Storage and studios
Fire stations
3 or 8
3 or 8
2
F-lorH
F-lorH
B
Fish processing
Florida shops
Food
Product processing except meat & fish ^
Retail sales
3
3
3
3
F-l
M
F-l
M
Fraternities or sororities ^
2
R-lorR-2
Funeral establishments
4
A.3
Fur
Curing, dyeing, finishing, tanning
Products manufacture exclusive of above
8
3
H
F-l
Garage (see Parking garage)
Garbage incineration or reduction
3
F-l
Gas
Manufacture
Public utility stations for metering or regulating
Storage
2500 cu. ft. or less
more than 2500 cu. ft.
8
2
3
8
H
B
• S-1
H
Gasoline service station (see Automobiles)
Gelatin manufacture
3
F-l
Generating plants, electric or steam
Gift shops
Glass products from previously manufactured
Glue manufacture
3
3
3
3
M
F-2
F-l
Golf
Indoor courses or driving ranges
Gymnasiums
Grain storage
Hair
Curing, ^eing, washing, bulk processing
Product manufacture exclusive of above
4
4
8
3
3
A-3
A-3
H
F-l
F-l
Hardware
Manufacture
Retail sales
3
3
F-l
M
Hat bodies manufacture
3
F-I
Helicopter landing facility, rooftop
Home occupations
Homes for the aged
Hosiery manufacture
3
2
4
3
S-1
B
r-2
F-l
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR -Sixth Edition
723
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
TABLE F-1 (continued)
HAZARD INDEX AND USE GROUP CLASSIFICATION
Use of Structure
Hazard Index No.
Use Group
Hospitals
Including convalescent, nursing, or rest homes and sanitariums, provided
custodial care is not provided for drug addicts, alcoholics, mentally ill
or mentally deficient
For care of drug addicts, mentally ill, or mentally deficient
Research or teaching laboratories
(see also Animal hospitals)
Hotels
Ice manufacturing (dry or natural)
Ice skating rinks
Incineration or reduction of garbage, offal, or dead animals
Industiy uses (see specific items)
Without resulting noise, vibration, special danger, hazard, dust, smoke,
fumes, etc.
Other than above
Ink or inked ribbon manufacture
Jewelry
Kennels (see Animal)
Laboratories
Research laboratory not accessory to school or hospital
Scientific research or teaching laboratory, non-profit, accessoiy to school,
or hospital, subject to limitations
Laundries
Hand laundry
Self service; pick-up and delivery station of laundiy or diy cleaner
Steam laundries without limitations
Leather
Curing, dyeing, finishing or tanning
Product manufacture exclusive of above
Libraries
Linoleum or oilcloth manufacture
Liquor sales, package
Luggage manufacture
Lumber (see Wood)
.Manufacturing
Matches manufacture
Mattress manufacture and renovation
Meat Markets
Slaughtering or packaging
Medical & dental offices
(see also Laboratories; Orthopedic & medical appliances; Hospitals)
Meeting hall
Metals, manufacture
Reduction, refming or smelting
Monasteries
Motels
Motor freight stations (see trucking terminals)
Museums
Musical instruments manufacture
Newspaper publishing
Newsstands
Novelty products manufacture
Nursing Homes
Offices
Oilcloth manufacture
Optical equipment or similar precision instruments manufacture
Orphanages
Orthopedic or medical appliance manufacture
Paint, turpentine or varnish
Manufacture
Spraying booths
4
1-2
5
1-3
2
B
2
R-1
3
F-2
4
A-3
3
F-l
3
F-2
3or8
F-1 or H
3
F-1
3
F-1
2
B
2
B
2
B
3
F-1
3
F-1
3
F-l
4
A-3
3
F-1
3
M
3
F-1
3or8
F-1 or H
8
H
3
F-1
3
M
3
F-1
2
B
4
A-3
3
F-2
8
H
2
R2
2
R-1
3
F-I
3
F-1
3
M
3
F-I
4
1-2
2
B
3
F-1
3
F-1
3
1-2
3
F-1
8
H
8
H
724
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDIX F
TABLE F-1 (coatlnued)
HAZARD INBEX AND USE GROUP CLASSIFICATION
Use of Structure
Hazard Indes No.
Use Group
Paper products manufacture
3
F-1
Parish houses
4
A-3
Parking garages
Group 1
3
S-1
Group 2
1
S-2
Petroleum or petroleum products
Refining
8
H
Storage
3
S-1
Pharmaceutical products manufacture
3
F-l
Photography studio
2
B
Plastics
Product manufacture
8
H
Raw, manufacture
8
H
Police stations
2
B
Poolrooms
4
A-3
Post offices
2
B
Printing
Plant
3
F-l
Printing or newspaper publishing
3
F-1
Prisons & other correctional or detention institutions
5
1-3
Pumping station or substation, water or sewage
3
F-2
Radio
3
Sales
5
M
Studios with audience
2
A-l-B
Studios without audience
B
Railroad
Freight terminal
4
A-3
Passenger station
3
S-1
Recreation
Center, indoor
4
A-3
Community center building
4
A-3
Rectories
2
R-2
Residences
One-family
2
R.3,orR-4
Two-family
2
R.3,orR-4
Apartment
2
R.2
Temporary dwelling structure
2
R-3
Boarding or lodging house
2
R-I or R-2
Dormitoiy
2
R"IorR-2
Frateniity or sorority
2
R-1 or R-2
Hotel, motel apartment with accessory services
2
R-1
Convents, monasteries, rectories
2
R-2
Research laboratories ( see Laboratories)
Restaurant, lunch room, cafeteria or other establishments primarily for eating
5
A-3
Retail business
3
M
Stores with combustible or flammable goods constructing a high hazard
8
H
Rubber
Manufacture (natural or synthetic), including tires, tubes, or similar
products
8
H
Products (exclusive or processing) including washers, gloves, footwear
bathing caps and the like
3
F-l
Sanatariums
Not providing custodial care for drug addicts, alcoholics, mentally ill, or
mentally deficient
4
1-2
Providing care for the above
5
1-3
Schools
4
E
Seminaries
4or2
A-4&R.1
Settlement houses (depending on nature of activities)
4 or 2
A-3 or B
Sewage
Disposal plant
3
F-l
Pumping station
3
F-l or F-2
Shoddy manufacture
8
H
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR = Sixth Edition
725
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
TABLE F-1 (continued)
HAZARD INDEX AND USE GROUP CLASSIFICATION
Use of Structure
Hazard Index No.
Use Group
3
2
F-I
B
3
F-1
3
A.3
4
A-3
8
3
H
F-1
8
H
3
3
F-1
M
3
S-1
4
A-5
3orl
S-lorS-2
depending on nature of
materials
Shoes
Manufacture
Repair shop
Silverware manufacture, plate or sterling
Size manufacture
Skating rinks
Soap and detergents
Manufacturing, including fat rendering
Packaging
Solvent extracting
Sporting or athletic goods
Manufacture
Stores
Stables
Stadiums
Wholesale business, including accessory storage other than flammable liquids,
gases and explosives, in roofed structures
Stores (see Retail stores; or specific items)
Tailor shops, custom
Tarming (see leather. Fur)
Taxidennist shops
Telephone exchanges
Automatic
Non-automatic
Television
Sales
Studios
Textiles
Manufacture, including knit & yard goods, thread or cordage, spinning,
weaving, dyeing & printing, shoddy manufacture
Theaters
Tires, manufacture
Tobacco products manufacture including curing
Tools & hardware
Manufacture
Sales
Toys
Manufacture
Trailer park (see Mobile homes)
Truck
Repairs
Sales
Trucking terminals
Turpentine manufacture
Warehouses
Waterpumping stations
Wax products manufacture
M
2
2
B
B
3
3
6
5
2
M
M
A-1 with scenery
A-1 np scenery
B no audience
3
F-1
6
5
8
A-1 with scenery
A-1 no sceneiy, motio
picture
H
3
F-1
3
3
F-1
M
F-1
3
3
S-1
M
3
S-1
8
H
8, 3, or 1
H, S-1, or S-2 depending
on nature of materials
2
F-2
8
H
726
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDIX F
PART FOUR- ARCHAIC CONSTRUCTION
SYSTEMS
F-401.0 PURPOSE AND SCOPE
F-401.1 Purpose: The puq)Ose of of Appendix F,
Part Four is to assist the building official and those
regulated fay780 CMR in evaluating the properties
of archaic construction systems.
F-40L2 Scope: Appendix F, Part Four contains data
on construction systems no longer in general use but
which may be encountered in older existing
buildings. It is meant to be used for assessing
existing conditions when evaluating how proposed
changes will impact upon the performance of the
building.
F-40L3 Application: In any given problem, all
available data should be collected and professional
judgement exercised in aniving at decisions.
Evaluative judgment should be used when test data
does not exist or when applying the data contained
in this standard.
F-402.0 ARCHAIC FIRERESICTIVE
SYSTEMS
F-402.1 General: Appendix F, Part Four contains a
list of fireresistive materials and construction which
are not necessarily currently in common use. Some
of the hourly ratings contained in the listing predate
ASTM E-119 that is in current use. The hourly
ratings may be higher or lower if tested according to
ASTM E 119. In addition to the data contained
herein, see Report BMS92, Building Materials and
Structures, dated October 7, 1942, National Bureau
of Standards. The data listed below is extracted
from the Boston Building Code, circa 1943.
F-402.2 Fireresistive materials and coiBstruction:
F=402.2.1 Minimum qualities: Materials, to be
given the fireresistive ratings specified in this
part, shall have the following minimum qualities
set forth in Appendix F F-402.2.2 through F-
402.2.19.
.F-402.2.2 Class 1 comcrete: Concrete of Class 1
shall be so proportioned as to have a strength of at
least 1500 pounds per square inch (psi) and the
coarse aggregate shall consist of limestone, trap
rock, blast furnace slag, cinders containing not
more that 20% of combustive material, burned
clay or shale.
F-402.2.3 Class 2 concrete: Concrete of Class 2
shall be so proportioned as to have a strength of at
least 1500 pounds psi, the coarse aggregate
consisting of sandstone, granite, quartzite,
siliceous gravel or other similar material not over
one inch in size.
F-402.2.4 Masonry: Masonry shall be laid in
lime-cement or cement mortar, or approved
masonry cement mortar, except that masonry of
gypsum tile shall, and masonry of structural clay
tile may, be laid in gypsum mortar. Masonry shall
be thoroughly bonded by breaking joints in
successive courses or by the use of metal ties.
F-4§2.2.5 Brick: Brick shall be burned clay or
shale, concrete or sand-lime brick of Grade C or
better.
F-402,2.6 Stone: Stone shall be limestone,
marble, slate or equally fireresistive natural stone.
Sandstone, granite or other stone which, because
of its crystalline structure or for other reason, is
less fireresistive, shall not be considered fire
protection for structural metal, but may be used in
a masonry wall not less that 12 inches thick
required to have fireresistance. Stone masonry
shall have the same fireresistive rating as brick
masonry.
F=402.2.7 Cast stone: Cast stone masonry shall
have the same fireresistive rating as brick
masonry.
F-402.2,S Concrete blocks: Concrete blocks,
whether solid or hollow, shall have as coarse
aggregate limestone, trap rock, blast furnace slag,
cinders containing not more than 20% of
combustible material, burned clay or shale.
F-402.2.9 Structural day tile: Structural clay tile
shall conform to the specifications for load-
bearing tile, floor tile or partition tile. Where
partition tile is specified load-bearing tile may be
used.
F°402.2.10 Gypsum: Gypsum tile or pre-cast
gypsum concrete, whether solid or hollow, shall
conform to Standard Specifications for Gypsum
Partition Tile or Block of the American Society
for Testing Materials and shall not contain more
than 3% by weight of wood or other combustible
binder or filler.
F°402.2.11 Gypsum concrete: Gypsum concrete
shall not contain more than 12/4 by weight of
wood or other combustive binder or filler and
shall have a compressive strength of at least 500
psi. It shall not be used where exposed to the
elements.
F-402.2.I2 Lath: Expanded metal or wire lath as
a base or reinforcement for plastering shall weigh
not less that 2.2 pounds per square yard and shall
have not less than IVz meshes per inch.
F-402.2.13 Metall mesh for masonry: Metal
mesh reinforcement specified for masonry fire
protection of structural metal shall consist of wire
lath strips the full thickness of the masonry, laid
in the beds thereof, or its approved equivalent.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR " Sixth Edition
727
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
F-402.14 Metal mesh for concrete: Metal mesh
reinforcement specified for concrete fire
protection of structural metal shall consist of wire
mesh weighing not less than 1/4 pounds per
square yard with wire spaced not over four inches,
or not less than No. 1 1 gauge steel wire spaced
not over four inches apart, or its approved
equivalent.
F-402.2.15 Cement plaster: Cement plaster
shall be proportioned of one part Portland cement,
and not more than two parts of sand measured by
volume dry and loose to which may be added lime
putty or hydrated lime not exceeding 15% of the
cement.
F-402.2.16 Gypsum plaster: Gypsum plaster,
except where otherwise specified, may contain
sand, not in excess of three times the weight of
the gypsum.
F-402.2.17 Lime plaster: Lime plaster shall
consist of a mixture of one part lime, not over
three parts sand, and water.
F-402.2.18 Pneumatically projected mortar:
Pneumatically projected mortar made of Portland
cement, sand nd water shall be rated for fire
protection the same as Class 1 concrete.
F-402.2.19 Concrete fill: Concrete fill, where
specified in this appendbc in connection with
hollow masonry umts shall consist of Class I or
Class 2 concrete poured in the hollow spaces of
the units as they are laid.
F-402.2.20 Reinforced concrete: Portland
cement concrete or gypsum concrete poured in
place as fire protection for beams, trusses and
other horizontal or inclined members of structural
steel and pneumatically projected mortar applied
to structural steel as fire protection shall be
reinforced with metal mesh reinforcement.
Concrete protection for vertical columns of
structural metal shall have reinforcing consisting
of No. 5 wire spaced not over eight inches apart
or its equivalent. Reinforcement shall be wrapped
around the structural member and so arranged as
to be completely embedded in the fire protection
material and to ensure its integrity.
F-402.2.21 Reinforced plaster: Plaster used as
fire protection or to resist the spread of fire shall
be reinforced v^th metal lath, except plaster less
than one inch thick or masonry or concrete.
F-402.2.22 Replacement material: In the
protection of structural metal including
reinforcement, /4 inch of cement or gypsum
plaster may replace an equal thickness of poured
concrete or pneumatically projected mortar as
protective material; and one inch of cement or
gypsum plaster reinforced with metal lath may
replace an equal thickness of poured concrete.
pneumatically projected mortar or masonry
protection.
F-402.2.23 Plaster: Where plaster is required
wdthout other specification, it shall consist of V2
inch of cement or gypsum plaster, except that only
gypsum plaster shall be used on "gypsum masonry.
F-402.2..24 Thickness: In this appendix, except
where otherwise specifically stated, the thickness
given m a list of materials applies to the next
following item only, and not to the total thickness
where additional materials are specified.
F-402.2.25 Embedding limitations: Pipes, wires,
conduits and ducts shall not be embedded in or
placed behind the fire-protective materials
required for the protection of structural steel or
iron except as otherwise provided in this
paragraph. Above fire-protective hung ceilings
and within the enclosed space in building of
Type 1 and Type 2 construction within which,
other than the enclosure, fire protection of steel is
not required, pipes, wires, conduits and ducts may
be placed, provided they are so arranged and so
secured that they will not, either by expanding in
the event of fire, or otherwise impair, the
effectiveness of the enclosing protective
materials. Electric conduits and wires and gas
pipes may be embedded in concrete or masonry
fire protection of structural steel where the
protective material is reinforced with ware mesh,
provided they shall have protective covering
except over the tops of beams and girders, at least
as thick as required for the steel.
F-402.2.26 Damage protection: In factories,
garages, warehouses and other buildings in which
the fire-protective covering required for steel or
iron columns may be damaged by the movement
of vehicles, materials or equipment, such covering
shall be protected by metal or other material in a
manner satisfactory to the building ofGcial.
F-402.2.27 Firestopping: Firestopping shall
mean the stopping off or enclosure at the ends and
wherever else specified of the spaced between
studs of partitions, joists of floors and roofs and
other similar spaces to prevent drafts of air and
the communication of fire fi-om one such space to
another. Fire-stopping shall consist of wood not
less than ll4 inches thick, of sheet metal not less
than No. 24 gauge or of masonry, or a
combination of such materials. Firestopping shall
be tightly fitted in the space to be filled, about
pipes, wires and ducts and, if cut or disturbed in
the placement of pipes, wires and ducts, shall be
repaired.
F-402.3 Fire protection of steel columns:
F-402.3.1 Protective thickness: Structural steel
columns required to have fire protection of a
given rating shall be covered on all sides with
728
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDIX F
protective material having not less than the
thickness necessary for the required rating.
Except where "no fill" is specified, re-entrant and
other accessible spaces behind the specified outer
protection shall be filled with concrete or brick
masonry or the material of the outer protection.
F°402 ,3.2 Firereslstance rating: Materials shall
be assumed to afford to steel columns fire
protection of the rating indicated in the following
Appendix F-402.3.3 through F-402.3.6:
F-402.3.3 Four hour rating:
1 . Two inches Class 1 concrete.
2. Three inches Class 2 concrete, .metal mesh
reinforcement.
3 . 3/4 inches brick masonry.
4. Two layers two inch structural clay
partition tile masonry, metal mesh in beds.
5. Two inches structural clay partition tile
masonry, concrete fill, metal mesh in beds, ^
inch gypsum plaster.
6. Four inches structural clay partition tile
masonry, concrete fill, metal mesh in beds, %
inch lime plaster.
7. Four inches structural clay partition tile or
concrete block masonry, concrete fill, plaster.
8. Three inches hollow gypsum tile masonry
and plaster.
9. Two inches gypsum concrete, metal mesh
reinforcement.
10. Two inches solid gypsum tile masonry
and plaster.
1 1. Three inches solid cinder concrete block
masonry and plaster.
12. Four inches hollow cinder concrete block
masonry and plaster
F=402.3.4 Three iioor rating:
L PA inches Class 1 concrete.
2. Two inches Class 2 concrete, metal mesh
reinforcement.
3. Two inches gypsum concrete.
4. Two inches solid cinder concrete block
masonry and plaster.
5. Two inches structural clay partition tile
masonry, concrete fill.
6. Four inches structural clay partition tile
masonry, concrete fill, metal mesh in beds, %
inch lime plaster.
F=402.3.S Two hmr rating:
1. 1/4 inches Class 1 concrete.
2. Two inches Class 2 concrete, metal mesh
reinforcement.
3. One inch Class 1 or Class 2 concrete
encased in standard weight steel or wrought
iron pipe.
4. Two inches structural clay partition tile
masonry and plaster.
5. Two layers plaster, each on metal lath, with
Va inch air space between, two inches total
thickness.
6. Two inches gypsum concrete.
7. Two inches solid or three inches hollow
gypsum tile masonry.
F-402.3.6 One hour rating:
1. One inch Class 1 concrete.
2. IV2 inches Class 2 concrete with metal
mesh reinforcement.
3 . 2% inches brick masonry.
4. Two inches structural clay partition tile or
concrete block masonry.
5. One inch cement or gypsum plaster on
metal lath.
F-402.3o7 Thickness: The thickness of protection
on the outer edges of lugs or brackets need not
exceed one inch.
F=402.4 Fire protection of cast iron coMmns:
F-402.4.i Protective thickness: Cast iron
columns required to have fire protection of a
given rating shall be covered on all sides with
protective materials having not less than the
thickness necessary for the required rating. Re-
entrant spaces, if any on the exterior of cast iron
columns, and other accessible spaces behind the
specified protection, shall be filled with Class 1
concrete or brick masonry or the material of the
outer protection.
F-402,4.2 FireresEstance rating: Materials shall
be assumed to afford to cast iron columns fire
protection of the rating indicating in the following
Appendk F-402.4.3 through F-402.4.5:
F-402.4o3 Four hour rating: Cast iron columns
shall not be used where the protection of a four
hour rating is required.
F=402,4.4 Three hour raiting:
1 . Two inches Class 2 concrete.
2. Three inches Class 2 Concrete, metal mesh
reinforcement.
3. Two inches structural clay partition tile or
concrete block masonry concrete fill.
4. 1 Ys inches cement or gypsum plaster on
metal lath and metal furring to form V2 inch air
space.
5. 1/4 inches Class 1 concrete.
6. Two inches Class 2 concrete with metal
mesh reinforcement.
F-402.4.5 One hour rating:
1. One inch Class 1 concrete.
2. iVi inches Class 2 concrete with metal
mesh reinforcement.
3. One inch cement or gypsum plaster on
metal lath.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
729
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
F-402.5 Fire protection of steel in reinforced
concrete columns:
F-402.5.1 Protection thickness: The main steel
reinforcement, including spiral reinforcement and
ties larger than V2 inch, in reinforced concrete
columns required to have fire protection of a
given rating shall be covered with concrete having
not less than the thickness listed in Appendix F-
402.5 for the rating indicating in the following
Appendix F-402.5. 2 through F-402.5.6.
F-402.5.2 Four hour rating:
1. 1/4 inches Class 1 concrete.
2. Two inches Class 2 concrete.
F-402.5.3 Three hour rating: VA inches Class 1
or Class 2 concrete.
F-402.5.4 Two hour rating:
1. One inch Class 1 concrete.
2. IV^ inches Class 2 concrete.
F-402.5.5 One hour rating: One inch Class 1 or
Class 2 concrete.
F-402.5.6 Ties less than V^ inch: The thickness
of protection on column ties not larger than 14
inch may be 14 inch may be V2 inch thinner than
that listed above.
F-402.6 Fire protection of steel beams, girders,
and trusses:
F-402.6.2 Protective thickness: Steel beams,
girders and trusses or the members of trusses,
required to have fire protection of a given rating,
shall be covered on all sides with material having
not less than the thickness necessary for the
required rating.
F-402.6.3 Four hour rating:
1 . Two inches Class 1 concrete.
2. Three inches Class 2 concrete.
3. Three inches structural clay partition tile or
concrete block masoniy and plaster.
4. Three inches hollow gypsum tile masonry
and plaster.
5. Two inches gypsum concrete.
6. Two inches solid gypsum tile masoniy and
plaster.
F-402.6.4 Three hour rating:
1 l'^ inches Class 1 concrete.
2. 2V2 inches Class 2 concrete.
3. Two inches gypsum concrete.
4. Two inches structural clay partition tile, or
concrete block masonry and plaster.
5. Two inches solid, or three inches hollow
gypsum tile masonry.
F-402.6.5 Two (2) hour rating:
1 . 1 14 inches of Class 2 concrete.
2. Two inches gypsum concrete.
F-402.6.6 One hour rating:
1 . One inch Class 1 concrete.
2. I V2 inches Class 2 concrete.
3. Ve inch or cement or gypsum plaster on
metal lath.
F-402.7 Fire protection of steel in reinforced
concrete beams:
F-402.7. 1 Protective thickness: The main steel
reinforcement, including stirrups larger than '/i
inch, in reinforced concrete beams, girders and
trusses, including the ribs of reinforced concrete
ribbed floors or roofs where one or both sides of
the ribs, in addition to the sofBt, are exposed to
fire, required to have fire protection of a given
rating, shall be covered on all sides with concrete
having not less than the thickness listed in
i^pendix F-402.7 for the required rating. Where
a reinforced concrete floor or roof has a flush
ceiling formed with approved permanent masonry
filler between ribs, the reinforcement shall have
the protection required for reinforcing steel of
floors and roofs in Appendix F-402.8.
F-402.7.2 Four hour rating:
1 . 1 1/2 inches Class 1 concrete.
2. Two inches Class 2 concrete.
F-402.7,3 Three hour rating: \Vi inches Class 1
or Class 2 concrete.
F-402.7.4 Two hour rating:
1. One inch Class I concrete.
2. 1 Vz inches Class 2 concrete.
F-402.7.5 One hour rating: One inch Class 1 or
Class 2 concrete.
F-402.7.6 Stirrups less than Vt. inch: The
thickness of protection on stirrups not larger than
Vi inch may be less than that listed by not more
than Vz inch.
F-402.8 Fire protection of steel reinforcing in
floors and roofs:
F-402.8.1 Protection thickness: The steel
reinforcement in reinforced concrete floors and
roofs with flush or plane ceiling, such that the
exposure to fire is on the soffit only, required to
have fire protection of a given rating, shall be
covered with concrete having not less than the
thickness listed in Appenfix F-402.8 for the
required rating. In floors or roofs having
reinforced concrete ribs where the concrete
surrounding the steel reinforcement is exposed to
fire on one or both sides in addition to the soffit,
such reinforcement shall have the protection
specified in Appendix F-402.7 for steel in
reinforced concrete beams.
F-402.8.2 Four hour rating:
1. One inch Class 1 concrete.
730
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDIX F
2. 1 1/4 inches Class 2 concrete.
F-402.8.3 Three hour rating: One inch Class 1
or Class 2 concrete.
F-402.8.4 Two hour rating:
1 . Vi, inch Class 1 concrete.
2. One inch Class 2 concrete.
F-402.8.5 One hour rating: Va inch Class 1 or
Class 2 concrete.
F-402.9 FIreresistive floor and roof construction:
F-402=9.1 Protective thiciaiess: Floors and roofs
required to have resistance of a given rating to the
spread of fire shall have such thickness of the
materials of which it is constructed, as shall be
necessary for the required rating, and structural
metal forming a part of such floors or roofs shall
have protection against fire of such required
rating. Floors and roofs required to have two hour
or longer resistance to fire be constructed of
noncombustible materials. Granolithic, burned
clay tile, ceramic tile or other similar
incombustible floor finish of a given thickness
may be substituted for an equal thickness, and
sand, cinder or other incombustible filling
material, with or without embedded wooden
screeds, may be substituted for % its thickness, of
the floor or roof construction material specified in
Appendix F-402.9, provided that such floors and
roofs shall have adequate thickness for structural
purposes.
F-402.9,2 Fireresistance rating: Floor or roof
construction shall be assumed to afford resistance
to the spread of fire of the rating indicated in the
following Appendix F-402.9.3 through F-4029.6:
F-402.9.3 Four hour rating:
1. Four inches solid slab of reinforced
Portland cement concrete or reinforced precast
gypsum concrete.
2. Four inches solid masonry arched or slabs.
3. Four inches structural clay floor tile
masonry arches or slabs with top covering of
not less than two inches of solid masonry or
reinforced concrete.
4. Five inches combination reinforced
Portland cement concrete slab consisting of
permanent fillers of concrete block, gypsum or
structural clay tile and VA inches of concrete
topping; but if structural clay partition tiles are
used for fillers, they shall be plastered on the
soffit.
F"402.9c4 Three hoMr rating:
1. Three inches solid slab of reinforced
Portland cement concrete or reinforced precast
gypsum concrete.
2. Three inches solid masonry arches or slabs.
3. Four inches structural clay floor tile
masonry, arches or slabs with top covering of
not less than 1 Vz inches of solid masonry or
reinforced concrete.
4. Four inches combination reinforced
Portland cement concrete slab consisting of
permanent fillers of concrete block, gypsum or
structural clay tile and one inch concrete
topping; but if structural clay partition tiles are
used for fillers, they shall be plastered on the
soffit.
F-402.9.5 Two hour rating:
1. 2/4 inches solid slab of reinforced Portland
cement concrete or reinforced precast gypsum
concrete.
2. 2V2 inches solid masonry arches or slabs.
3. Three inches structural clay floor tile
masonry, arches or slabs with top covering of
not less than one inch of solid masonry or
reinforced concrete.
F-402,9.6 One hour rating:
1. Three inches structural clay floor tile
masonry, arches or slabs with all joints
thoroughly filled with cement or gypsum
mortar.
2. Wood floor or roof construction vinth joists
not less than 1% inches in least dimension,
firestopped, double board floor, approved
asbestos felt between lay of boards, and v^ath a
ceiling of at least % inch cement or gypsum
plaster on metal lath.
3 . Steel beams or steel joists not more than 3 6
inches apart on centers with noncombustible
floor and a ceiling of at least % inch cement or
gypsum plaster on metal lath furring.
F=402.10 Fireresistive ceiling construction:
F-402.1§.i Protective thickness: Ceilings
required to afford fire protection of a given rating
to the floor or roof fi-aming under which it is
supported shall be of fireresistive materials of at
least the thickness necessary for the given rating.
A fireresistive ceiling and all hangers and
fastenings necessary for its support to the
protected framing shall be of noncombustible
materials. It shall be capable of sustaining its own
weight without exceeding allowable stresses.
Metal reinforcement in such a ceiling shall be
protected firom fire as specified in Appendix F=
402.8 for reinforcing in a floor.
F=402.1Cli.2 Fireresistarace rating: Ceiling
construction shall be assumed to afford to floor or
roof framing fire protection of the rating indicated
in the following Appendix F-402. 10.3 through F=
402.10.6.
F-402,10.3 Four hoar rating:
\. lYi inches solid slab of reinforced Portland
cement concrete or reinforced precast gypsum
concrete.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR = Sixth Edition
731
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
2. Two inches precast reinforced gypsum
concrete, plastered.
F-402.10.4 Three hour rating:
1. Two inches solid slab of reinforced
Portland cement concrete or reinforced precast
gypsum concrete.
2. Two inches precast reinforced gypsum
concrete, lapped or rabbeted joints.
F-402.10.5 Two hour rating: iVi inches solid
slab of reinforced Portland cement concrete or
reinforced precast gypsum concrete.
F-402.10.6 One hour rating: Va inch cement or
gypsum plaster on metal lath.
F-402.11 Fireresistive bearing walls and
partitions:
F-402.11.1 Protective thickness: Bearing walls
and partitions required to have resistance to fire or
the spread of fire of a given rating shall be
constructed of fireresistive materials and shall
have at least the thickness necessary for the
required rating. Walls required to have two hour
or longer rating shall be of noncombustible
materials. Steel reinforcement in reinforced
concrete walls shall have the same protection for
the given rating as is required in Appendix F-
402.9 for floors.
F-402.1L2 Fireresistance rating: Bearing walls
and partitions shall be assumed to have resistance
to fire and the spread of fire of the rating indicated
in the following Appendix F-402. 11.3 through F-
40211.6:
F-402.11.3 Four hour rating:
1 . Eight inches solid brick masonry.
2. 12 inches hollow wall of brick masonry,
minimum eight inch masonry thickness.
3. 12 inches structural clay load-bearing tile
masonry with two units and not less than three
cells in the thickness of the wall.
4. Eight inches structural clay load-bearing
tile masonry with one unit and not less than
two cells in the thickness of the wall, plastered
both sides.
5. 12 inches concrete block masonry with one
unit and not less than two cells in the thickness
of the wall.
6. Eight inches one piece concrete block
masonry with shells and webs at least lYz
inches thick, plastered both sides.
7. 12 inches total thickness of brick masonry
facing bonded to structural clay load-bearing
tile masonry backing.
8. Eight inches solid concrete.
9. Six inches solid reinforced concrete.
10. A steel or reinforced concrete fi'ame
bearing wall in which the steel has fire
protection of four hour rating, with panel
filling as specified in Appendix F-402. 12 for a
nonbearing wall of four hour rating.
F-402.1L4 Three hour rating:
1. Eight inches structural clay load-bearing
tile masonry with two units and not less than
four cells in the thickness of the wall.
2. 12 inches structural clay load-bearing tile
masonry with one unit and not less than three
cells in the thickness if the wall.
3. Eight inches one piece concrete block
masonry with shells and webs not less than 1 Vz
inches thick, plastered both sides.
4. Eight inches one piece concrete block
masonry with shells and webs not less than two
inches thick.
5. Five inches solid reinforced concrete.
6. A steel or reinforced concrete fi'ame
bearing wall in which the steel has fire
protection of three hour rating, with panel
filling as specified in Appemdix F-402. 12 for
a nonbearing wall of three hour rating.
F-402.11,5 Two hour rating:
1. Eight inches structural clay load-bearing
tile masonry with not less than three cells in
the thickness of the wall.
2. Eight inches concrete block masonry with
shells and webs not less than 1 Yi inches thick.
3. A steel or reinforced concrete fi-ame
bearing wall in which the steel has fire
protection of two hour rating, with panel filling
as specified in Appendix F-402. 12 for a
nonbeeiring wall of two hour rating.
F-402.11. 6 One hour rating:
1. A steel or wooden stud bearing wall
covered on both sides with one inch cement or
gypsum plaster on metal lath, firestopped if of
wood.
2. A steel or reinforced concrete fi'ame
bearing wall in which the steel has fire
protection of one hour rating, with panel filling
as specified in Appendix F-402. 12 for a
nonbearing wall of one hour rating.
F-402. 12 Fireresistive nonbearing walls and
partitions:
F-402.12.1 Protective thickness: Nonbearing
walls and partitions required to have resistance to
fire and the spread of fire of a given rating shall
be constriicted of fireresistive materials and shall
have at least the thickness necessary for the
required rating. Walls required to have two hour
or longer rating shall be of incombustible
materials. Steel reinforcement in reinforced
concrete walls shall have the same protection for
the given rating as is required in Appendix F-
402.8.
732
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDIX F
F-402.12o2 Fireresistance rating: Nonbearing
walls and partitions shall be assumed to have
resistance to fire and the spread of fire of the
rating indicated in the following Appendix F-
402.12.3 through F=402. 12.6.
F-402.12.3 Four hour rating:
1 . Eight inches solid brick masonry.
2. 3/4 inches solid brick masonry, plastered
goth sides.
3 . Six inches structural clay load-bearing tile,
plastered both sides.
4. Six inches solid concrete.
5. Four inches solid reinforced concrete.
6. Any wall which, as a bearing wall, has a
three hour or four hour rating in Appendix F=
402.1 1, except the steel or reinforced concrete
fi-ame bearing wall.
F=402.12.4 Three hour rating:
1 . 3 V2 inches solid brick masonry.
2. Four inches structural clay load-bearing
tile, plastered both sides.
3. Four inches solid concrete.
4. Three inches reinforced concrete.
5. Any wall which, as a bearing wall, has a
two hour rating in Appendix F-402. 1 1 except
the steel or reinforced concrete fi-ame bearing
wall.
F=402.12„S Two hour rating:
1. Three Inches gypsum tile masonry
plastered both sides except in exterior walls.
2. Eight inches structural clay partition tile
masonry, plastered both sides.
3. Eight inches structural clay load-bearing tile,
with three cells in the thickness of the wall.
4. 1V% inches solid cement or sanded gypsum
plaster on metal lath and noncombustible
studding.
5. Three inches total thickness of hollow wall, Vs,
inch cement or gypsum plaster on metal lath and
noncombustible studding.
6. Three inches total thickness of hollow wall, %
inch cement or gypsum plaster on metal lath and
wooden studding, firestopped.
F-402.13 Fjrereslstlvc doors:
F-402J3.I General: Doors which are required to
be fire doors, fireresistive doors, or of fireresistive
construction shall conform to the requirements of
Appendix F-402.13 and Appendix F-402.14
1-402.13.2 Classificatioii: Fire doors shall be
classified for the proposes of this code as Class A,
Class B, and Class C.
F-402,13.3 Qass A lire doors: Class A fire doors
shall be doors of the following construction and as
specified in Appendix F-402. 14:
1 . Tin-clad, three ply wood core, sliding.
2. Tin-clad, three ply wood core, swinging
single leaf, doorway not over six feet wide.
3. Tin-clad, three ply wood core, swinging in
pairs, doorway not over feet wide.
4. Hollow metal, springing single leaf,
doorway not over four feet wide.
5. Hollow metal, swinging in pairs, doorway
not over eight feet wide.
6. Sheet metal, sliding, single, doorway not
over ten feet v^ade.
7. Sheet metal, sliding in pairs, doorway not
over 12 feet v^ade.
8. Sheet metal, swinging single leaf, doorway
not over feet wide.
9. Sheet metal, swinging in pairs, doorway
not over ten feet wide.
10. Steel rolling doorway not over 12 feet
wide.
1 1 . Steel plate, doorway not over four feet
v«de.
12. Any other construction equal or superior
to a tin-clad three ply wood core door in a
standard fire test, for resistance to fire, the
spread of fire and smoke, and transmission of
heat.
F-402.i3,4 Qass B fire doors: Class B fire doors
shall be doors of the following construction and as
specified in Appendix F-402.14:
1 . Tm-clad, three ply wood core.
2. Tm-<:lad, two ply wood core, sliding,
doorway not over ten feet wide.
3. Tin-clad, two ply wood core, swinging
single leaf, doorway not over six fQet wide.
4. Tin-clad, two ply wood core, swinging in
pairs, doorway not over ten feet wide.
5. Hollow metal, sliding, doorway not over
eight feet vwde.
6. Metal-clad, paneled, swinging single leaf,
doorway not over three feet wide.
7. Metal-clad, paneled, swinging in pairs,
doorway not over six feet wide.
8. Any other construction equal or superior to
a tin-clad two ply wood core door in a standard
fire test, for resistance to fire, the spread of fire
and smoke, and transmission of heat.
F-402. 13.5 Class C fire doors: Class C Fire
doors shall be doors of the following construction
and as specified in Appendix F-402. 14:
1. Metal-clad, paneled, swinging single leaf,
doorway not over four feet wide.
2. Metal-clad, paneled, swinging in pairs,
doorway not over eight feet wide.
F'402,13,6 SubstitutJoffl: A Class A door may be
used where Class b or Class C is specified; a
Class B door may be used where Class C is
specified. Two Class B or Class C doors on
opposite sides of the wall may be used where a
single Class A or Class B door is specified.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
733
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
F-402.13.7 Overlap: Fireresistive doors, when
closed, shall completely cover the doorways in the
walls and partitions or the openings in the floors
or roofs to which they ar fitted. A swinging fire
door shall either overlap both jambs and the head
of the opening not less than four inches or be
fitted to a fireresistive fi^ame with a rabbet the fiill
thickness of the door and with not less than 14
inch overlap on the door. A sliding fire door,
except in enclosures about passenger elevators,
shall overlap both jambs and the head of the
opening not less than four inches. A sliding fire
door in an enclosure about a passenger elevator
shall overlap jambs, head and adjoining panels not
less than Vi inch. Fire doors shall fit closely at the
floor with clearance of not over '/< inch.
F-402.13.8 Thresholds: In buildings with
combustible floors, doorways required to have
fire doors shall have noncombustible thresholds
the fiill thickness of the wall, extending at least
four inches fi"om the face of the wall where a door
is hung and extending laterally at least sbc inches
behind each jamb of the doorway. Thresholds
may be flush with the floor.
F-402.13.9 Kabbeted frame: The rabbeted fi-ame
of a swinging fire door shall be constructed of
structural steel built into the concrete, masonry or
other fireresistive material of the wall about the
opening and secured thereto, except that the
rabbeted fi-ame of a Class B or C door may be of
wood, covered with sheet metal not less than No.
26 gauge in thickness, secured to the wall in the
opening.
F-402.13.10 Fit: Fire doors when closed shall fit
tightly against the wall or firame so as to provide
an effective stop for fire and smoke. Except for
the metal-covered wooden fi-ame specified in
Appendix F-402.10, combustible material shall
not intervene between the door and the
fireresistive material of the wall, floor or roof to
which it is fitted.
F-402.13.11 Hardware: Hinge hardware for fire
doors shall be of malleable iron or rolled
structural steel not less than % inch thick except
that tubular steel track for sliding doors may be
not less than Vb inch thick. Equivalent thickness
of solid bronze or brass may be used. Fire doors
shall not depend upon cords, cables or chains to
support them in closed position except in elevator
shafts.
F-402.13.12 Tracks: Tracks for sliding fire doors
shall be so supported that a track hanger comes at
each door hanger when the door is closed. Track
hangers shall be secured to wood stud walls by
through bolts and to concrete walls by through
bolts or approved built-in inserts. Expansion
shields shall not be used to support fire doors.
F-402.13.13 Hinges: Hinges for swinging fire
doors, except in wooden stud walls, shall be
riveted or through-bohed to the structural steel
fi"ame of the opening, through-bolted to the wall
if of masonry or concrete or secured by approved
inserts in the concrete or built into masonry in an
approved manner
F-402.13.14 Strap hinges: Strap hinges and
sliding door hangers shall be secured to fire doors
by thi-ough-bolting, riveting or welding.
Swinging fire doors in rabbeted fi^ames, except
tin-clad, wood core doors, may be hung on butts.
Other SNvinging fire doors shall have strap hinges.
F-402.13.15 Straps, locks and latches: Sliding
■fire doors shall have adequate stops for the closed
position. Svrtnging Class A fire doors shall have
surface ilathes or unit locks. Class B and C doors
shall have surface latches, unit or mortise locks.
The latch bolts of unit or mortise locks on fire
doors shall have a throw of Va inch. When
mounted in pairs, fire doors shall be rabbeted by
means of an astragal or otherwise where they
come together. One of a pair of swinging fire
doors shall have push bolts at top and bottom with
a throw of ^/^ inch and the other shall be held by
latch to the first.
F-402.13.16 Opening hardware: Except in
detention buildings, fire doors hung in required
exits shall be so fitted with hardware that they can
be opened fi-om inside without use of a key when
the building is occupied.
F-402.14 Fire door construction:
F-402.14. 1 Fastening: In the construction of fire
doors, solder shall not be used except for filling
joints. Sheet metal shall be fastened to wood by
nailing and to metal fi-ame by bolting, riveting or
welding.
F-402.14.2 Glass: Class A doors shall not have
glass panels. Class B doors may have glass
panels not larger than 100 square mches in
exposed area nor more than 12 inches in width or
height. Class C doors amy have glass panels not
larger titan 2,016 square inches in total exposed
area, and any single light shall not have an
exposed area exceeding 1,296 square inches.
Glass in fire doors shall be wire glass not less than
Va inch thick and shall be set % inch in grooves
Va ofan inch deep.
F-402.14.3: Deleted
F-402.14. 4 Tin-clay, two ply: In-clad, two ply
wood core doors shall be shall be constructed in
accordance with the specifications of the National
Board of Fire Underwriters for such doors in
Class B openings and shall bear the label of the
Underwriters' Laboratories to this effect.
734
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDIX F
F=402,14.5 Hollow metals: Hollow metal doors
shall have substantial stiles and rails of heavy
pressed steel, reinforced for hinges and other
hardware. Panels shall be of sheet filled with
asbestos board or other approved insulating
materials. The door shall be assembled by
welding or riveting.
F-402,14.6 Sheet metals: Sheet metal doors
shall be constructed with a rolled steel rigid frame
covered both sides with V,j inch asbestos board
and No. 26 gauge corrugated steel metal, with
corrugations vertical on one side and horizontal
on the other, bound on the edges with rolled steel
or pressed steel shapes.
F-402.14.7 Steel rolling: A steel rolling fire door
shall be constructed of sheet steel interlocking
slats, sliding in grooves, counterweighted by
springs, vAth the roller and mechanism enclosed
in heavy sheet metal.
F-402.14.8 Steel plate: A steel plate fire door
shall be constructed of not less than No. 12 gauge
steel plate mounted on a rolled steel frame,
assembled by weldmg or riveting.
F=402.14.9 Metal dad: A metal dad, paneled
fire door shall have a wood core with stiles and
rails not less than 1% inches thick covered with
No. 26 gauge sheet steel; panels % inch thick
covered with No. 26 gauge sheet steel, set % inch
in grooves; joints of metal lapped and well nailed.
F=.402ol4,10 Class A label: A door properly
bearing the Underwriters' label certifying that it is
suitable for the protection of a Class A opening
shall be acceptable as a Class A door.
F=402J4.11 Class B label: A door properly
bearing the Underwriters' label certifying that it is
suitable for the protection of a Class B opening
shall be acceptable as a Class B door, except that
metal clad doors wider than three feet shall not be
accepted as Class B doors.
F-402.14.12 Qass C label: A door properly
bearing the Underwriters' label certifying that it is
suitable for the protection of a Class C opening
shall be acceptable as a Class C door.
F-402.iS Flreresistave shutters: Shutters required
to be fire shutters or fireresistive shutters shall be
constructed and hung as specified for Class B
fireresistive doors in Appendbc F-402.13 and F-
402.14.
F-4®2o!6 FSreresistave windows:
F"402,16.1 General: Windows which are
required to be fire windows, fireresistive
windows, or of fireresistive construction shall
conform to the requirements of Appendix F-
402.16.
F-402,16,2 Moveable: Firereisistive windows
may be fixed or arranged to open and close.
Fixed fireresistive windows shall be so secured in
the walls in which they are placed that they may
expand in case of fire without buckling.
Moveable firereisitive v/indows shall be opened
or closed in one of the follov/ing manners:
1. One or more sashes may slide horizontally
in a fireresistive frame.
2. One or more sashes may slide vertically
with counterweights or with tow sashes
counterbalanced and hung on chains. If a sash
is closed in raised position, it shall have a
fastening.
3. A sash may be hinged at top, bottom, or
either side.
4. A sash may be pivoted at top and bottom or
at the sides.
5. A sash may be arranged to open and close
in any other approved maimer, with approved
hardware.
F=402.16.3 Sash: Moveable sashes in
fireresistive windows shall be furred to
fireresistive frames of the same or similar
construction. Both sashes and frames, and metal
mullions between wndow units, shall be so fitted
in the walls in which they are placed as to be
continuous with the fireresistive material of the
wall and so secured that they may expand in case
of fire without buckling.
F°402,16.4 Glass: Glass in firereisistive
windows shall be mred glass not less than Va
inch thick and the area of a single light shall not
exceed 720 square inches. Glass shall be set %
inch grooves at least Vz inch deep. Glass shall be
secured by glazing angles or molding screwed to
the sash and forming continuous grooves for the
glass.
F-402,16.5 Construction: Fireresistive windows
shall be of the follovk'ing construction:
1. Hollow sheet metal sashes and frames
fabricated by pressing, welding, riveting or
crimping vHthout the use of solder or other
fusible alloy, except for filling joints, and
bearing the label of Underwriters' Laboratories.
2. Rolled steel or pressed steel sashes
fabricated by pressing, welding, riveting or
crimping, of a make and style approved by the
commissioner.
3. Any other approved constructions as
fireresistive as that specified in Appendix F-
402.16.5 item. .
F=402.!6.6 Hollow sheet metal: Fired
fireresistive windows of hollow sheet metal
construction shall not exceed seven feet in width
not ten feet in height. Fireresistive windows of
hollow sheet metal construction with moveable
sashes shall not exceed six feet in width nor ten
feet in height.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
735
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
TEE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
F-402.16.7 Rolled steel: Fireresistive windows
of rolled steel construction shall not exceed 84
square feet in area not 12 feet in either height or
width.
F-402.16.8 "Wind pressure: Fireresistive
windows and their fastenings shall be capable of
resisting the wind pressure on the wall of the
building applied either on he inside or the outside
of the window exceeding allowable stresses.
F-402.16.9 Substitution: Where fireresistive
windows are required, wooden windows and plain
glass may be substituted provided the openings
are protection by fireresistive doors or shutters,
or, in buildings of approved occupancy and
construction, by an approved system of open
sprinklers.
F-402.17 Fireresistive roof covering:
F-402.17.1 Qassiflcation: Roof covering allowed
under this code shall be classified as fire-retardant
or ordinary, according to resistance to fire outside,
as provided in Appendix F-402. 17. Fire-retardant
roof covering is the more firereisistive and may be
used where fire-retardant roofing is specified.
Roof covering less fireresistive than ordinary roof
covering shall not be used on any building.
F-402. 17.2 Fire-retardant roofing: Fire-
retardant roofing shall be any roof covering than
meets the requirements of Class A or Class B
roofing under the specifications of the
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. The following
roof covering shall be assumed to meet the
requirements for fire-retardant roofing:
1. Built-up roofing consisting of successive
layers of roofing felt impregnated with asphalt;
a final layer of asphalt in which, while molten,
is embedded a continuous layer of roofing
gravel or slag.
2. Built-up roofing consisting of successive
layers of roofing felt impregnated with coal tar;
a final layer of tar in which, while molten, is
embedded a continuous layer of roofing gravel
or slag.
3. Built-up roofing consisting of successive
layers of roofing felt impregnated with asphalt;
a final layer of asbestos roofing felt
impregnated with asphalt weighing not less
than 14 pounds per 100 square feet, or a final
layer of asphalt-saturated prepared roofing
coated with granulated slate or other similar
material.
4. Built-up roofing consisting of successive
layers of roofing felt impregnated with tar or
asphalt and a finish of burned clay floor tile,
stone flagging, cement concrete or other
similar material.
5. Sheet metal with locked and soldered joints
not less than No. 26 gauge in thickness.
6. Shingles of natural slate.
7. Shingles of burned clay tile.
8. Singles of sheet metal not less than No. 26
gauge in thickness.
9. Shingles of asbestos board not less than Va
inch thick.
10. Shingles of asphalt saturated felt surfaced
with granulated slate or other similar material
and carrying the Underwriters Class "C" label.
1 1. Corrugated sheet metal with lapped joints
not less than No. 26 gauge in thickness.
12. Corrugated asbestos board not less than
Vis) inch thick.
F-402. 17.3 Ordinary roofing: Ordinary roofing
shall be of any roof covering which meets the
requirements of Class C roofing under the
specifications of the Underwriters' Laboratories,
Inc. The following roof covering shall be
assumed to meet the requirements for ordinary
roofing:
1. Built-up roofing consisting of successive
layers of roofing felt impregnated with asphalt,
coal tar or other approved material, not equal
in fireresistance to a fire-retardant roofing.
2. Prepared roofing consisting of felt or fabric
impregnated or coated, or both, with asphalt,
tar or other approved material or shingles of
such prepared roofing, not equal in
fireresistance to fire-retardant roofing.
3. Canvas stretched tightly and coated with
paint.
F-402.17.4 Means of securing: Built up roofing
shall be secured to the roof deck in the following
manner:
1. Over masonry slab, the first layer shall be
laid in molted asphalt or tar mopped on the
roof deck, after the deck is properly primed, or
by muling a layer of building paper to nailing
inserts other than wood placed in the deck.
2. 0^'er wood decks, the built-up roofing shall
be secured by nailing a layer of building paper
to the roof deck over which the prepared
roofing is to be laid with the first layer laid in
molten asphalt or tar.
3. Roofings other than built-up roofings, such
as shingles, slates, and tile roll roofing shall be
well secured to the deck by nailing, bolting,
wiring, or other approved methods.
736
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
APPENDIX G
UNIT DEAD LOADS FOR DESIGN PURPOSES
The intent of 780 CMR Appendix G"is to assist the designer and building of5icial in establishing the
minimum weights for materials commonly used in building construction. Some material assemblies have
a range in weight. A typical figure is indicated, but when there is reason to suspect a considerable
deviation, the actual weight should be determined.
Note on use of 780 CMR Appendix G tables: When making calculations based on the tables in 780 CMR
Appendix G, the weights of masonry include mortar but not plaster. For plaster, add 5 psf for each face
plastered. Values given represent averages. In some cases there is a considerable range of weight for the
same construction. For metric conversion, 1 psf equals 4.882 kg/m'.
Table G-1
UNIT DESIGN DEAD LOADS FOR CONCRETE SLABS
Concrete slabs
1
Pounds per square foot
Concrete, reinforced stone, per inch of thickness
Concrete, reinforced lightweight sand, per inch of thickness
Concrete, reinforced, lightweight, per inch of thickness
Concrete, plain stone, per inch of thiclgiess
Concrete, plain, lightweight, per inch of thickness
12^/2
9'/2
9
12
8V2
Table G=2
UNIT DESIGN DEAD LOADS FOR RIBBED SLABS
Pounds per square foot |
Ribbed slabs
Width of rib, in inches
Depth in inches
(rib depth plus slab
thickness)*
9
4
5
6
7
8
12-inch clay tile fillers
(normal
weight concrete)
4 plus 2
49
51
52
54
=
6 plus 2
60
63
65
67
-
8 plus 2'/2
79
82
85
87
=
=
10 plus 3
96
100
103
106
°
=
12 plus 3
108
112
116
120
-
-
20=inch wide
forms:
45
48
50
50
..
»
6 plus 2'/3
51
54
57
60
-
=
8 plus 2'/2
57
60
64
68
-
-
10 plus 2'/2
63
67
72
76
-
-
12 plus 2'/2
=
74
79
84
-
-
14 plus 2'/2
-
=
88 93
98
»
16plus2'/2
-
=
111
118
=
20 plus 2'/2
"
Make appropriate allowances for tapered ends
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
737
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Table G-2 (continued)
UNIT DESIGN DEAD LOADS FOR FMBBED SLABS
Ribbed slabs
Depth,, in inches
(rib depth plus slab
thickness)*
Pounds Per square foot
Width of rib, in inches
4
5 .
6
7
8
9
30-inch wide
forms:
6 plus 2'/2
8 plus 2'/2
10 plus 2 V2
12 plus 2'/2
14 plus 2'/2
16plus2'/2
20 plus 2'/2
41
45
49
53
43.
47
52
57
62
45
50
55
60
66
72
47
53
58
64
70
76
90
80
95
101
Two-way clay tile fillers
(12x12):
4 plus 2'
6 plus 2
8 plus 2V2
10 plus 3
12 plus 3
,61
87
100
121
136
62
89
103
126
141
64
90
107
131
146
-
-
Table G-3
UNIT DESIGN DEAD LOADS FOR WAFFLE SLABS
Waffle slabs
Depth, in inches
(Rib depth plus slab thickness)
Pounds per square foot
19x19, 5 @ 24
6 plus 2'/2
8 plus 2'/2
10 plus 2»/2
12 plus 2»/2
30x30, 6 @ 36
8 plus 3
10 plus 3
12 plus 3
14 plus 3
16 plus 3
20 plus 3
66
78
84
101
73
83
95
106
114
135
738
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STA>JDARDS
APPENDIX G
Table G»4
UNIT DESIGN DEAD LOADS FOR FLOOR FINISH
Floor finish
Pounds per square foot
Double Ve-inch wood on sleepers, light concrete fill
19
Double Va-inch wood on sleepers, stone concrete fill
28
Single %-inch wood on sleepers, light concrete fill
16
Single Va-inch wood on sleepers, light concrete fill
25
3 -inch wood block on mastic, no fill
10
1-inch cement finish on stone concrete fill
32
1-inch terra2zo on stone concrete fill
32
Marble and mortar on stone concrete fill
33
Linoleum on stone concrete fill
32
Linoleum on light concrete fill
22
r/2-inch asphalt mastic flooring
18
3-inch wood block on i4-inch mortar base
16
Solid flat tile on 1-inch mortar base
23
2-inch asphalt block, 14- mortar
30
1-inch terrazzo, 2-inch stone concrete
32
Floor finish tile per inch depth
12
Cement finish per inch depth
12
Gypsum slabs per inch depth
4
Precast concrete plank per inch
(as determined by test)
Hardwood flooring per inch depth
4
Underflooring per inch depth
3
Linoleum
2
Asphalt tile
2
Brick pavers per inch thickness
10
Table G=5
UNIT DESIGN DEAD LOADS FOR WATERPROOFING
Waterproofing
Pounds per square foot
Five-ply membrane
Table G-6
UNIT DESIGN DEAD LOADS FOR FLOOR FILL
Floor Fill
Pounds per square foot
Cinder fill, per inch
Cinder concrete per inch
Lightweight concrete, per mch
Sand, per inch
Stone, concrete, per inch
5
9
7
8
12
Table G°7
UNIT DESIGN DEAD LOADS FOR WOOD JOIST FLOORS
1
Wood joist floors (no plaster)
° double wood floor joist sizes in inches
Pounds per square foot
12-inch 16-inch
spacing spacing
2x6
6
5
2x8
6
6
2x10
7
6
2x12
8
7
3x6
7
6
3x8
8
7
3x10
9
8
3x12
11
9
3x14
12
10
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
739
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUD-DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Table G-S
UNIT DESIGN DEAD LOADS FOR MATERIALS
Materials Pounds per cubic foot
Cast stone masonry (cement, stone, sand) 144
Cinder fill 57
Concrete, plain:
Cinder 108
Expanded slag aggregate 100
Haydite (burned clay aggregate) 90
Slag 132
Stone (including gravel) 144
Vermiculite and perlite aggregate,
nonloadbearing 25-50
Other light aggregate, loadbearing 70-105
Concrete, reinforced:
Cinder Ill
Slag 138
Stone (including gravel) 150
Earth (dry) 96
Earth (damp) 108
Earth (wet) 120
Cork 15
Masonry, ashler:
Granite ^ 168
Limestone, crystalline 168
Limestone, oolitic 135
Marble - 173
Sandstone 144
Masonry, rubble mortar:
Granite 153
Limestone, crystalline 147
Limestone, oolitic 138
Marble 156
Sandstone 137
Rubble stone masonry 156
Terra cotta, architectural:
Voids filled 120
Voids unfilled 72
Timber, seasoned:
Ash, commercial white 41
Cypress, southern 32
Fir, Douglas, Coast region 34
Oak, commercial reds and whites 45
Redwood 28
Spruce, red, white, and Sitka 28
Southern pine, short leaf 39
Southern pine, long leaf 48
Timber, hemlock 30
740 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUE.DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDDC G
Table G=9
UNIT DESIGN DEAD LOADS FOR ROOF AND WALL COVERINGS
Roof and wall coverings
Pounds per square foot
Asphalt shingles
Cement asbestos shingles
Cement tile
2
4
16
Clay tile (for mortar add 10 lb):
2-inch book tile
12
3 -inch book tile
20
Roman
12
Ludowici
19
Composition:
Three-ply ready roofing
Four-ply felt and gravel
Five-ply felt and gravel
Copper or tin
Corrugated asbestos cement roofing
Fiber board, '/a inch
10
1
5'/2
6
1
1-3
Formed sheet steel
Formed steel decking
Gypsum sheathing, '/4 inch
Rigid insulation, 54 inch
Sheet lead
(see manufacturer)
2
%
3
8
Skylight, metal fi-ame, %-inch wired glass
Slate 3/16-inch
7
10
Slate "A inch
20
Spanish tiie
Wood sheathing, per inch thickness
Wood shingles
3
3
Table G°10
UNIT DESIGN DEAD LOADS FOR SUSPENDED CEILINGS
Suspended ceilings
Pounds per square foot
Cement on wood lath
12
Cement on metal lath
15
Gypsum on wood or metal lath
10
Plaster on tile or concrete
5
Suspended metal lath and gypsum plaster
Suspended metal lath and cement plaster
1 Plaster on wood lath
10
15
8
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR = Sixth Edition
741
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Table G-11
UNIT DESIGN DEAD LOADS FOR UNPLASTERED WALLS AND PARTITIONS
Walls and partitions (unplastered) Pounds per square foot
4 -inch clay brick, high absorption 34
4 -inch clay brick, medium absorption 39
4 -inch clay brick, low absorption 46
4 -inch sand/lime brick 38
4 -inch concrete brick, heavy aggregate 46
4 -inch concrete, light aggregate 33
8 -inch clay brick, high absorption 69
8 -inch clay brick, medium absorption 79
8 -inch clay brick, low absorption 89
8 -inch sand/lime brick 74
8 -inch concrete brick, heavy aggregate 89
8 -inch concrete brick, light aggregate 68
12 -inch common brick 120
12 -inch pressed brick 130
12 -inch sand/lime brick 105
I2V2 - inch concrete brick, heavy aggregate 130
1214 - inch concrete brick, light aggregate 98
1 7 -inch clay brick, high absorption 134
17 -inch clay brick, medium absorption 155
17 -inch clay brick, low absorption 173
17 -inch sand/lime brick 138
17 -inch concrete brick, heavy aggregate 174
17 -inch concrete brick, light aggregate 130
22 -inch clay brick, high absorption 168
22 -inch clay brick, medium absorption 194
22 -inch clay brick, low absorption 216
22 -inch sand/lime brick 173
22 -inch concrete brick, heavy aggregate 216
22 -inch concrete brick, light aggregate 160
4 -inch brick, 4 inch load bearing structural clay - tile backing 60
4 -inch brick, 8 inch loadbearing structural clay - tile backing 75
8 -inch brick, 4 inch loadbearing structural clay - tile backing 102
8 -inch combination brick and concrete block 72
12 -inch combination brick and concrete block 90
8 -inch loadbearing structural clay tile 42
12 -inch loadbearing structural clay tile 58
8 -inch concrete block, heavy aggregate 55
12 -inch concrete block, heavy aggregate 85
8 -inch concrete block, light aggregate 38
12 -inch concrete block, light aggregate 55
2 -inch furring tile, one side of masonry wall, - add to above figures 12
4 -inch hollow concrete block - stone aggregate 30
-lightweight 20
6 -inch hollow concrete block - stone aggregate 42
-lightweight 30
8 -inch hollow concrete block 55
-lightweight 38
10 -inch hollow concrete block - stone aggregate 62
-lightweight 46
12 -inch hollow concrete block - stone aggregate 85
-lightweight 55
4 -inch solid concrete block - stone aggregate 45
-lightweight 34
6 -solid concrete block - stone aggregate 50
-lightweight 37
742 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUE.DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDIX G
Table G-IS (continued)
UNIT DESIGN DEAD LOADS FOR UNPLASTERED WALLS AND PARTITIONS
Walls and partitions (unplastered) Pounds per square foot
8 -inch solid concrete block - stone aggregate 67
-lightweight 48
10 -inch solid concrete block - stone aggregate 84
-lightweight 52
12 -inch concrete block - stone aggregate 108
-lightweight 72
4 -inch loadbearing clay tile 24
6 -inch loadbearing clay tile 36
2 -inch nonloadbearing clay tile 11
3 -inch nonloadbearing clay tile 18
4 -inch nonloadbearing clay tile 20
6 -inch nonloadbearing clay tile 30
8 -inch nonloadbearing clay tile 36
10 -inch nonloadbearing clay tile 40
4 -inch nonloadbearing hollow concrete block 20
6 -inch nonloadbearing hollow concrete block 30
8 -inch nonloadbearing hollow concrete block 40
T.C. I'/a-inch split terra cotta furring 8
2 -inch split terra cotta furring 10
3 -inch split terra cotta furring 12
2 -inch hollow gypsum block 9.5
3 -inch hollow gypsum block 10
4 -inch hollow gypsum block 15
5 -inch hollow gypsum block 18
6 -inch hollow gypsum block 24
2 -inch solid gypsum block 12
3 -inch solid gypsum block 18
4 -inch solid gypsum block 24
2 -inch facing tile 15
4 -inch facing tile 25
6 -inch facing tile 38
2 -inch solid plaster 20
4 -inch solid plaster 32
4 -inch hollow plaster 22
Wood studs 2x4, unplastered 4
Wood studs 2x4, plastered one side 12
Wood studs 2x4, plastered two sides 20
4 -inch glass block 18
Table G=12
UNIT DESIGN DEAD LOADS FOR LATH AND PLASTER PARTITIONS
Lath and plaster partitions Pounds per square foot
2 -inch solid cement on metal lath 25
2 -inch solid gypsum on metal lath 18
2 -inch solid gypsum on gypsum lath 18
2 -inch metal studs, gypsum and metal lath both sides 18
3 -inch metal studs, gypsum and metal lath both sides 19
4 -inch metal studs, gypsum and metal lath both sides 20
6 -inch wood studs, plaster and wood Jath both sides 18
6 -inch wood studs, plaster and metal lath both sides 18
6 -inch wood studs, plaster and plaster boards both sides 18
6 -inch wood studs, unplastered gypsum board both sides (dry wall) 10
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 743
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Table G-13
UNIT DESIGN DEAD LOADS FOR PLASTER WORK
Plaster Work Pounds per square foot
Gypsum (one side) 5
Cement (one side) 10
Gypsum on wood lath 8
Gypsum on metal lath 8
Gypsum on plaster board or fiber board 8
Cement on wood lath 10
Cement on metal lath 10
744 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
APPENDIX H
HISTORIC STRUCTURES
Historic structures eligible for individual listing in the National Register of Historic Places, qualifying as
totally preserved buildings (see 780 CMR 3409.0).
Acton Faulkner Homestead, High Street
Agawam Capt. Charles Leonard House, Main Sti'eet
Amesbury Rocky Hill Meetinghouse, Portsmouth Road
Amherst: Emily Dickinson Museum, 280 Main Street
Arlington Fowle-Reed-Wyman House, 64 Old Mystic Street
Jason Russell, 7 Jason Street
Old Schwamb Mill, 17 Mill Lane
Barre Barre Historical Society, Common Street
Barnstable Barnstable Custom House, Route 6A
Bedford Job Lane House, 295 North Road
Beverly John Balch House, 448 Cabot Street
Capt. John Cabot House, 1 17 Cabot Street
Rev. John Hale House. 39 Hale Street
Boston Gleason House, Beacon Street
James Blake House, E. Cottage Street (Dor.)
Clapp Plouses, 105 Boston Street (Dor.)
Loring-Greenough House, 12 South Street (JP)
Old State House, 15 State Street
Pierce House, 24 Oakten Avenue (Dor.)
South End Historical Soc, 532 Mass. Avenue
Isabella Stewart Gardner Museum, 280 The Fenway
Boxford Holyoke-French House, Elm Street
Sylvanius-Thayer Birthplace, 786 Washington St
Brookline Edward Devotion House, 347 Harvard Street
Burlington Francis Wyman House, Francis Wyman Road
Cambridge Cooper-Frost- Austin House, 21 Linnaean St.
Charlton Ryder Tavern, Stafford Street
Chelmsford Old Chelmsford Garrison House, 105 Garrison Road
Chelsea Gov. Bellingham-Cary House, 34 Parker Street
Cohasset Caleb Lothrop House, 14 Summer Street
Cuimnington William Cullen Biyant Homestead, Bryant Road
Danvers Fowler House, 166 High Street
Rebecca Nurse House
Glen Magna House
Dennis Josiah Dennis Manse, Nobscuset Road
West Schoolhouse
5/1 8/07 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 745
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Duxbury Gershom Bradford House, 931 Tremont Street
King Caesar House, King Caesar Road
Nathaniel Winsor House, 479 Washington Street
Gloucester Beauport, Eastern Pt. Blvd.
Hammond Castle, 80 Hesperus Avenue
Hadley Hadley Farm Museum, Russell Street
Porter Phelps Huntinghouse, 130 River Drive
Haverhill The Whittier House, 305 Whittier Road
Holyoke Wisteriahurst, 238 Cabot Street
Ipswich Castle Hill, Argilla Road
Lee Merrell Tavern, Route 102
Lenox Ventfort Hall, 104 Walker Street
Lexington JBuckman Tavern, 1 Bedford Street
Sanderson House, 314 Massachusetts Ave,
Monroe Tavern, 1332 Massachusetts Ave.
Lincoln The Grange, Codman Road
Lowell Whistler House, Worthen Street
Lynnfield Meetinghouse
Medford Peak House, 347 Main Street
Milton Dr. Amos Holbrook House, 203 Adams Street
Daniel Vose House, 1370 Canton Avenue
Nantucket Whaling Museum, Broad Street
Fire Hose Cart House, 8 Gardner Street
Greater Light, 8 Howard Court
Old Gaol, 15 Vestal Street
1800 House, 4 Mill Street
Old Mill, 50 Prospect Street
Hawden House, 96 Main Street
Nathaniel Macy House, 12 Liberty Street
Thomas Macy Warehouse, 10 Straight Wharf
Fair Street Museum, 7 Fair Street
Quaker Meeting House, 7 Fair Street
New Bedford Benjamin Rodman House, 50 North Second Street
New Salem Whitaker-Claiy House, Elm Street
Newbury Tristram Coffin House, 16 High Road
Spencer-Pierce-Little House, Little Lane
Newton Jackson Homestead, 527 Washington Street
No. Andover Parson Barnard House, Osgood Street
No. Easton Old Colony Railroad Station, Oliver Street
Norwood Fred Holland Day, 93 Bay Street
Orleans French Cable Station, Cove Road
746 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 1/19/01
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BLHLDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDIX H
Oxford Clara Barton Homestead, Clara Barton Road
Peabody Gen. Gideon Foster House, 35 Washington Street
Pittsfield Herman melville House, 78 Holmes Road
Plymouth Plymouth Antiquarian Society, 126 Water Street
Harlow Old Ft. House, 19 Sandwich Street
Pilgrim Hall, 75 Court Street
Richard Sparrow House, 42 Summer Street
Quincy . Adams Academy, 8 Adams
Quincy Homestead, 34 Butler Street
Josiah Quincy House, 20 Muirhead Street
Randolph Johnathan Belcher House, 360 N. Main
Reading Parker Tavem, 103 Washington Street
Rockport Old Castle, Castle Lane
Salem House of 7 Gables, 46-54 Turner Street
Essex Institute, Essex Street
The Norbone House
Witch Museum
Crowningshield Bently, Essex Street
Gardner-Pingree House, 128 Essex Street
Gedney House, 21 High Street
Cox House, 19 High Street
Sandwich Hoxie House, 18 Water Street
Eldred House, 4 Water Street
Wing Fort House, Spring Hill Road
Sheffield Col. John Ashley House, Cooper Hill Road
Shrewsbury Gen. Artemas Ward Homestead, Main Street
Springfield Alexander House, State Street
George Walter Vincent Smith Art Museum
Stockbridge Naumkeag, Prospect Hill
Swansea The Luther Store, 160 Old Warren Road
The Martin House, 22 Stoney Hill Road
Taunton Old Colony Historical Society, 66 Church Green
Parson Capen House
Waltham Robert Treat Paine House, 577 Beaver Street
Watertown Edmimd Fowle House, 26 Marshall Street
Wenham Claflin-Richard House, 132 Main
West Springfield Josiah Day House, 70 Park Street
Weston Gold Ball Tavem, Old Post Road
Wobura Loammi Baldwin Mansion, 2 Alfred Street
Wilmington Harden Tavem, 436 Salem Street
1/19/01 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 747
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Worcester Timothy Paine House, 140 Lincoln Street
National Historic Landmarks
Amesbury John Greenleaf Whittier Home, 86 Friend Street
Boston Afiican Meeting House, 8 Smith Court
Mchols House, 55 Mt. Vernon Street
Brook Farm, 678 Baker Street (Rox.)
Christ Church, 191 Salem Street
Faneuil Hall, Dock Square
1st Harrison Gray Otis House, 141 Beacon Street
Paul Revere House, 19 North Street
Concord Ralph Waldo Emerson House, 28 Cambridge Tpk.
The Old Manse
Orchard House, 299 Lexington Road
Dedham Fairbanks House
Deerfield Old Deerfield Village Historic District
Hancock Hancock Shaker Village
Harvard Fruitlands, Prospect Street
Hingham Old Ship Meetinghouse, Main Street
Ipswich John Whipple House, 53 S. Main Street
Lexington Hancock Clarke House, 35 Hancock Street
Marblehead Jeremiah Lee House, Washington Street
King Hooper Mansion, Hooper Street
Marshfield Daniel Webster Law OflBce, Webster Street
Medford Peter Tufts House, 350 Riverside Drive
Isaac Royal House, 15 George Street
Milton Capt. R. B. Forbes House, 215 Adams
Nantucket Nantucket Historic District
Jethro Coffin House, Sunset Hill
New Bedford New Bedford Historic District
Newburyport Caleb Cushing House, 98 High Stieet
Quincy John Adams Birthplace, 133 Franklin Street
John Quincy Adams Birthplace, 141 Franklin Street
Peabody Museum
The Custom House, 178 Derby Street
Scotch Boardman House, 1 17 HoAvard Street
Chesterwood, Williamsville Road
The Mission House, Main Street
The Vale, Lyman Street
Salem"
Saugus
Stockbridge
Waltham
748
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
APPENDIX H
Gore Place, 52 Gore Street
Wobum Count Rumford Birthplace, 90 Elm Street
Worcester American Antiquarian Society, 185 Salisbury Street
Historic structures determined eligible for listing in the National Register of Historic Places not qualifying
as totally preserved buildings (see Partially preserved buildings, 780 CMR 3409.0). Refer to:
1 . National Register of Historic Places,
U.S. Federal Register, February 1, 1978, Part II.
2. National Register of Historic Place (additions). Contact the Massachusetts Historical
Commission at the Massachusetts Archives Building, 220 Morrissey Boulevard, Boston, MA
02125.
Historic districts listed in the National Register of Historic Places. Refer to:
1 . National Register of Historic Places, U. S. Federal Register, February 1 , 1 979, Part II.
2. National Register of Historic Place (additions). Contact the Massachusetts Historical
Commission at the Massachusetts Archives Building, 220 Morrissey Boulevard, Boston, MA
02125.
Structures proposed for certification as partially preserved not listed in the national register of historic places.
Refer to Massachusetts Kstorical Commission Inventory Forms.
Contact the Massachusetts Historical Commission at the Massachusetts Archives Building, 220
Morrissey Boulevard, Boston, MA 02125.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 CMR = Sixth Edition 749
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGU1.ATI0NS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
750 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
APPENDIX I
INDEPENDENT STRUCTURAL ENGINEER REVIEW
I-l Primary structure: For the purposes of the
independent structural engineering review, the
primary structure shall be defined as the structural
frame, the load supporting parts of floors, roofs, and
walls, and the foundations. Cladding, cladding
framing, stairs, equipment supports, ceiling supports,
non-load bearing partitions, and railings are
excluded from this definition of primary structure.
I°2 Reviewing engineer: The reviewing engineer
shall be engaged by the owner.
1-2.1 Qualiflcations: The reviewing engineer
shall be a registered professional engineer,
registered in Massachusetts, qualified by
experience and training and who shall have had
structural design experience with buildings or
structures similar to that covered by the
application for the building permit. The reviewing
engineer shall be impartial, and shdl be
independent of the architect of record, structural
engineer of record, and contractors and suppliers
who will be involved in the construction of the
structure.
1-3 Criteria for review: The reviewing engineer
shall review the plans and specifications submitted
with the application for the building permit for
compliance with the structural and foundation design
provisions of the Code. The reviewing engineer shall
perform the following tasks:
1 . Check to assure that the design loads conform
with 780 CMR;
2. Check that other design criteria, and design
assumptions, conform to 780 CMR and are in
accordance with accepted engineering practice;
3. Review geotechnical and other engineering
investigations that are related to the structural
design to determine if the design properly
incorporates the results and recommendations of
the investigations;
4. Check that the organization of the structure is
conceptually correct ; and
5. Make independent calculations for a
representative fraction of systems, members, and
details to check their adequacy. The number of
representative systems, members, and details shall
be sufficient to form a basis for the reviewer's
conclusions.
I-3.I Structural Calculations: The structural
calculations prepared by the structural engineer of
record shall be submitted to the reviewing
engineer, upon the reviewing engineer's request,
for his or her reference only. The reviewing
engineer shall not be obligated to review or check
these calculations. If the design criteria and
design assumptions are not shown on the
drawings or in the computations, the structural
engineer of record shall provide a statement of
these criteria and assumptions for the review.
1-4 StnicturaS engineer of record: The structural
en^eer of record shall retain sole responsibility for
the structural design, and the activities and reports of
the reviewing engineer shall not relieve the
structural engineer of record of this responsibility.
IS Report and follow-up:
1. The reviewing engineer shall prepare a report
to the building official stating whether or not the
structural design shown on the drawings and the
specifications conform with the structural and
foundation requirements of 780 CMR. Said
report shall be based on the review as prescribed
in this appendix and shall include a summary of
all deficiencies, if any, which cannot be resolved
with the structural engineer of record.
2. The structural engineer of record shall review
the report of the reviewing engineer, and notify
the building official in writing, whether or not he
agrees with or disputes the conclusions and
recommendations of the reviewing engineer.
3. Unresolved disputes between the structural
engineer of record and the reviewing engineer
shall be submitted by the building official, the
owner, the structural engineer of record or the
reviewing engineer to the Structural Peer Review
Advisory Board for resolution.
4. Any changes to the structural design
subsequent to the original submission of the plans
and specifications shall be shown on revised
drawings and specifications, submitted with an
amendment to the application for permit. The
reviewing engineer shall review the changes on
the revised drawings and specifications, and, if
the original report does not account for the
changes in said drawings and specifications, a
supplementary report relating to the changes and
prepared by the reviewing engineer shall be made
to the building official.
1-6 Foundation permits: When the plans and
specifications are partially complete and an
application is made for a foundation permit, the
reviewing engineer may review the foundation plans
and specifications on a conditional basis, provided
that the reviewing engineer is given sufficient
documentation so that he can perform Appendix 1-3
Tasks 1, 2, 3, and 4 for the whole structure, and so
that he can perform Appendix 1-3 Task 5 for that
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
751
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
part of the foundation covered by the application for specifications as prescribed in Appendix 1-3, the
foundation permit. The reviewing engineer shall reviewing engineer shall reperform Tasks 1, 2, 3,
prepare a report on that part of the foundation and 4, as necessary, to include all the revisions to the
covered by the application for foundation permit, as design subsequent to the application for the
prescribed in Appendix 1-5, stating all conditions foundation permit,
upon which the report is based. When the reviewing
engineer reviews the completed plans and
752 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
APPENDIX,
ENERGY CONSERVATION FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION
LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS
(780 CMR Appendix J is based upon the Council of American Building Officials
Model Energy Code 1995 Edition.)
780 CMR JLO ADMINISTRATION AND
ENFORCEMENT
Jl.l Scope and Geeeral Requirements:
Jlol.l Title: Appendix J reflects tiie technical
requirements of the Model Energy Code 1995
Edition, but also contains material which reflects
the unique requirements of Massachusetts.
J1.L2 Scope: 780 CMR Appendix J sets forth
minimum requirements for the design and
construction of new residential occupancy
buildings and additions to existing residential
occupancy buildings three stories or less in height
by regulating the design and construction of
building envelopes for adequate thermal resistance
• and low air leakage, and by the design, selection,
and installation of mechanical, electrical, and
service water heating systems and equipment to
enable efficient use of energy. It is mtended that
these provisions provide flexibility to permit the
use of innovative approaches and techniques to
achieve effective utilization of energy. 780 CMR
Appendix J is not intended to abridge safety,
he^th, or environmental requirements under other
applicable code sections or ordinances.
Note: For alterations to existing buildings, see
780 CMR Jl. 1.2.3 and Chapter 34.
Jl.1.2.1 Building Types:
11.1.2.1.1 Group R resldentlalbiilldings: -
New construction buildings, or new portions
thereof, that must comply with the
requirements of Appendix J are:
1. Detached one- and two-family dwel-
lings (Use Groups R-4 or R-5 in 780 CMR
310); and,
2. All other residential buildings, three
stories or less in height (Use Groups R-2,
R-3, or R-5 in 780 CMR 310). Note that
Use Group R-;l buildings are to be treated
as commercial buildings.
Jl.1.2.1.2 Other BuUdlngs: New construc-
tion buildings and structures not included in
780 CMR Jl.1.2.1.1. shall be classified as
Commercial/High-Rise Buildings and shall
be designed and constructed to comply with
the requirements of 780 CMR 13.
JI0I22 Exempt boildimgs: The following
buildings or structures shall be exempt from the
requirements of 780 CMR Appendix J:
1. Buildings and structures or portions thereof
whose peak design rate of energy usage is less
than 3.4 Btu/h per square foot (10.7 W/m^) or
1.0 watt per square foot (10.7 W/m^) of floor
area for all purposes;
2. Greenhouses that are free-standing, or
attached to a building and separated by a wall
having the same thermal value as an exterior
wall, and provided with a separate temperature
control system;
3. Buildings with less than 100 square feet of
gross floor area, and;
4. Buildings and structures or portions thereof
which are neither heated nor cooled.
Jl.1.23 Appllcatloin to existleg buildings:
Jl.1.23.1 Additions to existing buildlngsi
Additions to existing buildings or structures
shall comply with one of the applicable
criteria below:
1. The new addition, by itself, shall
conform to the applicable provisions of
Appendix J, orj
2. The new addition plus the existing
building/dwelling unit may be considered
together to ensure compliance with all
applicable provisions of Appendix J, or;
3. Additions that are open to or separated
by an exterior wall from the existing house/
dwelling unit shall meet the prescriptive
envelope component criteria of Table
J 1.1.2.3.1. The total area (rough opening or
unit dimensions) of glazed fenestration
products (windows, skylights, and glazed
portion of doors) shall not exceed 40% of
the gross wall and gross ceiling area of the
addition combined. If any individual fenes-
tration component exceeds the maximum U-
value listed in Table J 1.1. 2.3.1, then the
area-weighted average U-value for all
fenestration components must be less than or
equal to the listed value. The R-value
requirements for opaque thermal envelope
1/19/01
780 CMR -Sixth Edition
753
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASS ACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
components indicate insulation products
(cavity and/or insulating sheathing), and shall
be equal to or exceed the applicable listed
values found in Table Jl.1.2.3.1. If such
additions are separated firom the main house by
a wall and are conditioned, then a readily
accessible manual or automatic means shall be
provided to partially restrict or shut off the
heating and/or cooling input to the addition
space. That portion of a wall that separates the
addition from the existing building/dwelling
unit, if an existing exterior wall, shall be
allowed to remain and neither that portion of
said wall or any fenestration within said portion
of wall common to the addition need comply
with the thermal envelope requirements of
Appendix J.
TABLE JL1.2^.1
Prescriptive Envelope Component Criteria
Additions to Existing Low-Rise Residential
Buildings
^lAXIMlJM
MINIMUM
Fenestration
U-value
Ceiling
R-Value
Wall
R-Value
Roor
R-Value
Basement
Wall
R-Value
Slab
Perimeter
R-Value
and Depth
0.39
R-37'
R-13
R-19
R-10
R-10. 4 ft
' R-30 ceiling insulation may be used in place of R-
37 if the insulation achieves the full R-value over the
entire ceiling area (i.e. - not compressed over
exterior walls, and including any access openings.)
Exception: Sunroom Additions / Consumer
Notification: Sunrooms, as defined in 780 CMR
Appendix J2.0 DEFINITIONS, shall be exempt
from the compliance requirements set forth in 780
CMR Jl.1.2.3.1 and Jl.1.3 provided that the
actual property owner (not the owner's agent or
representative) of the structure onto which the
sunroom addition is being made, provides a
signed copy of the Sunroom "CONSUMER
Information Form" (found in 780 CMR,
Appendix B) to the Building Department. This
signed "Consumer Information Form" shall
be submitted to the building official as a require-
ment of building permit issuance, and shall remain
as part of the construction documents. If such
sunroom additions are separated from the main
house by a wall and are conditioned spaces, then
a readily accessible manual or automatic means
shall be provided to partially restrict or shut off
the heating and/or cooling input to the sunroom
addition space. That portion of a wall that
separates the sunroom addition from the existing
building/dwelling unit, if an existing exterior wall,
shall be allowed to remain and neither that portion
of said wall or any fenestration within said portion
and common to the sunroom addition, need
comply with the thermal envelope requirements of
Appendix J.
Jl.1^.3.2 Historic buildings: Historic
buildmgs, as defined in 780 CMR 3409, are
exempt from Appendix J.
31.1.233 Change of occupancy: A
change in the occupancy or change in use of
an existing building or structure shall be
permitted, subject to the provisions of
780 CMR 3407.
Jl.1.2.4 Mixed occupancy: When a building
houses more than one occupancy, each portion
of the building shall conform to the
requirements for the occupancy housed therein.
Where minor accessory uses do not occupy
more than 10% of the area of any floor of a
building, the major use shall be considered the
building occupancy.
31J.3 Compliance: Compliance with Appendix
J shall be determined by one of the following
alternatives:
1. 780 CMR J5.0, Residential Building
Design by Prescriptive Practice (or Default
Package Approach) in which the U and R
values are given for the thermal envelope.
Additional requirements are stated in 780 CMR
J4.0, or;
2.. 780 CMR J6.0, Residential Building
Design by Component Performance (or Manual
Trade-off Approach) which allows trade-offs
between building envelope components and
heating and cooling equipment efficiencies to
minimize cost. Additional requirements are
stated in 780 CMR J4.0, or;
3. 780 CMR J7.0, Residential Building
Design by MAScAec^ Software which achieves
similar results as the Manual Trade-off
Approach. Additional requirements are stated
in780CMRJ4.0,or;
4. 780 CMR J8.0, the Systems Approach or
Total Energy Analysis for the entire building
and its energy using sub-systems, or;
5. 780 CMR J9.0, Buildings Utilizing
Renewable Energy Resources.
6. 780 CMR Jll.O, a Home Energy Rating
issued for the home with a score of 83.0 or
more points
J1.2 Construction Documents:
J1.2»l General: Construction documents
including necessary computations shall be submit-
ted to the building official as part of the building
permit application process. Such construction
documents shall indicate conformance with
780 CMR J 1.2 and other applicable sections of
780 CMR, and in accordance with 780 CMR 1 10.
Jl.2.2 Details: The construction documents shall
show in sufficient detail pertinent data and
features of the building project and the equipment
and systems as herein govemed, including, but not
limited to, design criteria, exterior envelope
component materials, C/-values of the envelope
systems, /{-values of insulating materials, size and
type of apparatus and equipment, equipment and
754
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
1/19/01
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUtt^DINGS
systems controls, energy calculations if applicable,
and other pertinent data to indicate conformance
with the requirements of the Building Code.
When HVAC equipment sizing information is
not available at the time of initial building permit
application, such information shall be submitted
prior to the installation of said equipment, and
supporting calculations shall demonstrate compli-
ance with 780 CMR J4.4. Installed equipment
must meet or exceed the efficiency rating listed in
the submitted construction documents.
Jlo3 Inspections
Jl.3.1 General: Construction or work for which
a permit is required shall be subject to 780 CMR
111 and 115.
J1.4 Precedence: When provisions of 780 CMR
Appendix J and a section of a referenced standard
specify different materials, methods of construction,
or other requirements, the explicit provisions of
780 CMR shall govern.
JU MMeriaEs and Equipment
Jl.S.l Identification:
Jl.5.1.1 General: Materials and equipment
shall be identified in a manner that will allow
a determination of their compliance with the
applicable provisions of Appendix J.
Jl.S.1.2 Building envelope Insulation: A
thermal resistance {R) identification mark shall
be required on each piece of building envelope
insulation 12 inches (305 mm) or greater in
width.
Alternatively, the insulation installer shall
provide a signed and dated certification for the
insulation installed in each element of the
building envelope, listing the type of insula-
tion, the manufacturer and the /?-vaIue. For
blown-in or sprayed insulation, the installer
shall also provide the initial installed thickness,
the settled thickness, the coverage area and
number of bags installed. The installer shall
post the certification in a conspicuous place on
the job site.
Jl.S.1.3 Insulation Installation: Roof-ceiling,
floor and wall cavity insulation shall be
installed in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions, and in a manner which will permit
inspection of the manufacturer's /f- value
identification mark.
Alternatively, the thickness of roof-ceiling
insulation that is either blown or sprayed shall
be identified by thickness markers that are
labeled in inches installed at least one for every
300 square feet (28 m^) through the attic space.
The markers shall be affixed to the trusses or
joists, and marked with the minimum initial
installed thickness and the minimum settled
thickness with numbers at least LO inch (25
mm) in height. Each marker shall face the attic
access. The thickness of installed insulation
shall meet or exceed the minimum initial
installed thickness shown by the marker.
JU.2 Maintenance information: Required
regular maintenance actions shall be clearly
stated and incorporated on a readily accessible
label on the equipment or made otherwise
available for permanent reference. Such label
may be limited to identifying, by title or pub-
lication number, the operation and maintenance
manual for that particular model and type of
product. Maintenance instructions shall be
furnished for equipment which requires
preventive maintenance for efficient operation.
J1J.3 Fenestration product rating,
certification and labeling: U-values of
fenestration products (windows, doors and
skylights) shall be determined in accordance
with the NFRC 100, as listed in Appendix A,
and labeled (see Figure J 1.5.3 below) and
certified by the manufacturer. Such certified
and labeled values shall be accepted for
purposes of determining compliance with the
building envelope requirements of Appendix J.
Note 1: NFRC certification and labeling
requirements take effect January 1, 1999.
Prior to January 1, 1999, window, door, and
skylight U-values may be assigned using
manufacturers' calculations or the default
values in Tables J 1.5.3a and J 1.5.3b.
Note 2: After January 1, 1999, when a
manufacturer of windows, glazed and un-
glazed doors or skylights has not determined
product U-value in accordance with
Ji.5.3for a particular product line,
compliance with the building envelope
requirements of Appendix J shall be
determined only by assigning such products
a default U-value in accordance with Tables
J 1.5.3a and J 1.5.3b. Product features must
be verifiable for the product to qualify for
the default value associated with those
features. Where the existence of a particular
feature cannot be determined with
reasonable certainty, the product shall not
receive credit for that feature. Where a
composite of materials from two different
product types are used, the product shall be
assigned the higher U-value.
1 1/27798
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
755
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
FIGURE Jl.5.3
National Fenestration
Rating Council
naiuDA
AeersdKad
Cartlfleatlon
Program
Manufacturer stipulatas that ttwsa rating* wero dotenninvd
In accordant with NFRC 100-91f''
U'Value
Upvalue
AA
BB
36"x60"
48''x72"
0.33
0.31
With 5/8" HP 5-Argon Filled
Low-E Glazing
NFRCnllnsfiandatwmlntdk)rMlb»d8alofmtv6amantateonittlonsMnimayi)otbt
$Pfnfitiat» lor cte(«nnMn0 saawnif «M<ty p«rfomianea. For adbWwu/ Infonnatfon
eentact: /VWWDA 1400 Eut TouhyAvtnut, SuHt G-S* Dm Plakm. Onols 60018;
Phono (TOO) 299-3200, Fax: (TOO) 299-1200
Meets or exceeds C.E.C. Air Infiltration Standards
Table J1.5.3a
U-value Default Table for Windows, Glazed Doors, and Skylights
Single Glazed
Double Glazed and
Single Glazed with Storm
Metal Without Thermal Break
Operable
Fixed
1.30
1.17
0.87
0.69
Door
1.26
0.80
Skylight
1.92
1.30
Metal with Thermal Break
Operable
Fixed
1.07
1.11
0.67
0.63
Door
1.10
0.66
Skylight
1.93
1.13
Metal-Clad Wood
Operable
Fixed
0.98
1.05
0.60
0.58
Door
0.99
■ 0.57
Skylight
1.50
0.88
WootWinyl
Operable
Fixed
0.94
1.04
0.56
0.57
Door
0.98
0.56
Skvliuht
1.47
0.85
For SI: I inch = 25.4 mm.
Glass block assemblies shall have a U-value of 0.60.
756
780 CMR T Sixth Edition
. 11/27/98
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS
Table Jh§3h
U°value Default Table for Non-giazed Doors
With Foam Core
Without Foam Core
Steel Doors {!-% Inches Thick)
0,35
0.60
Without Storm Door
With Storm Door
Wood Doors (1-% Inches Thick)
Panel with 7/16-inch panels
0.54
0.36
Hollow core flush
0.46
0.32
Panel with l-Vs-inch panels
0.39
0.28
Solid core flush
0.30
0.26
For SI: I inch =: 25.4 mm.
J1.6 Alternate Materials — Method of
Construction, Design Or Insulating Systems: The
provisions of Appendix J are not intended to prevent
the use of any material, method of construction,
design or insulating system not specifically
prescribed herein, provided that such construction,
design or insulating system has been approved, if
necessary, by the BBRS as meeting the intent of
Appendix J.
780 CMR J2.0 DEFINniONS
7S0 CMR J2.i Genera! DeOnltions
J2,2 Meaning: Unless otherwise expressly stated,
the following terms shall, for the purpose of
780 CMR Appendix J, have the meaning indicated
in780CMRJ2.0.
J2.3 Tense, gender and number: Words used in
the present tense include the future; words used in
the masculine gender include the feminine and
neuter; the singular number includes the plural and
the plural the singular.
J2.4 Terms not defined: Where terms are not
defined, they shall have their ordinarily accepted
meanings or such as the context may imply. Any
terms relating to plumbing and electrical wiring shall
have their terms as defined by the Regulations of the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts pertaining to
plumbing and electrical wiring.
ACCESSIBLE (AS APPLIED TO
EQUIPMENT): Admitting close approach
because not guarded by locked doors, elevation or
other effective means (see "Readily accessible").
AIR CONDITIONING, COMFORT: The process
of treating air so as to control simultaneously its
temperature, humidity, cleanliness, and
distribution to meet requirements of the
conditioned space.
AIR TRANSPORT. FACTOR: The ratio of the
rate of useful sensible heat removal from the
conditioned space to the energy input to the
supply and return fan . motor(s), expressed in
consistent units and under the designated
operating conditions.
ANNUAL FUEL UTILIZATION EFFICIENCY
(AFUE): The ratio of annual output energy to
annual input energy which includes any non-
heating season pilot input loss, and for gas or oil-
fired furnaces or boilers, does not include
electrical energy.
AUTOMATIC: Self-acting, operating by its own
mechanism when actuated by some impersonal
influence, as, for example, a change in current
strength, pressure, temperature or mechanical
configuration (see "Manual").
BASEMENT WALL: The opaque portion of a wall
which encloses one side of a basement and is
partially or totally below grade.
BOILER CAPACITY: The rate of heat output in
Btu/h (W) measured at the boiler outlet, at the
design inlet and outlet conditions and rated
fuel/energy input.
BUILDING ENVELOPE: The elements of a
building which enclose conditioned spaces
through which thermal energy may be transferred
to or from the exterior or to or from spaces
exempted by the provisions of 780 CMR J 1 . 1 .2.2.
BUILDING PROJECT: A building or group of
buildings, including on-site energy conversion or
electric-generating facilities, which utilize a single
submittal for a construction permit or are within
the boundary of a contiguous area under one
ownership.
COEFFICIENT OF PERFORMANCE
(COP)— COOLING: The ratio of the rate of
heat removal to the rate of energy input in
consistent units, for a complete cooling system or
factory assembled equipment, as tested under a
nationally recognized standard or designated
operating conditions.
COEFFICIENT OF PERFORMANCE
(COP)— HEAT PUMP— HEATING: The ratio
of the rate of heat delivered to the rate of energy
input, in consistent units, for a complete heat
pump system under designated operating
conditions. Supplemental heat shall not be
considered when checking compliance with the
heat pump equipment (COPs listed in the tables in
780 CMR J4.4).
COMFORT: The physical conditions represented in
the area on a psychometric chart enclosing all
those conditions described in Figure I in
ASHRAE 55, as listed in Appendix A, as being
comfortable.
COMMERCIAL BUILDINGS: For purposes of
energy conservation, a commercial building is any
11/27/98
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
.757
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
building other than a low-rise residential building,
as defined in 780 CMR J2.0.
CONDITIONED FLOOR AREA: The horizontal
projection of that portion of interior space which
is contained within exterior walls and which is
conditioned directly or indirectly by an energy-
using system.
CONDITIONED SPACE: Space within a building
which is provided with positive heat supply (see
definition), or which has heated and/or cooled air
or surfaces, or where required, with
humidification or dehumidification means so as to
be capable of maintaining a space condition
falling within the comfort zone set forth in
ASHRAE 55, as listed in Appendix A.
COOLED SPACE: Space within a building which
is provided with a positive cooling supply.
CRAWL SPACE WALL: The opaque portion of a
wall which encloses a crawl space and is partially
or totally below grade.
DEADBAND: The temperature range in which no
heating or cooling is used.
DEGREE DAY, COOLING: A unit, based upon
temperature difference and time, used in
estimating cooling energy consumption. For any
one day, when the mean temperature is more than
65 °F (18°C), there are as many degree days as
degrees Fahrenheit (Celsius) temperature
difference between the mean temperature for the
day and 65°F. (18°C.). Annual Cooling Degree
Days (CDD) are the sum of the degree days over
a calendar year.
DEGREE DAY, HEATING: A unit, based upon
temperature difference and time, used in
estimating fuel consumption and specifying
nominal heating load of a building in winter. For
any one day, when the mean temperature is less
than 65 °F (IS'C), there exists as many degree
days as there are Fahrenheit degrees difference in
temperature between the mean temperature for the
dayand65°F(18°C).
DWELLING UNIT: A single housekeeping unit
comprised of one or more rooms providing
complete independent living facilities for one or
more persons, including permanent provisions for
living, sleeping, eating, cooking and sanitation.
EFFICIENCY, HVAC SYSTEM: The ratio of
useful energy output (at the point of use) to the
energy input in consistent units for a designated
time period, expressed in percent.
ENERGY: The capacity for doing work taking a
number of forms which may be transformed from
one into another, such as thermal (heat), mechani-
cal (work), electrical and chemical in customary
units, measured in kilowatt-hours (kWh) or Brit-
ish thermal units (Btu) (J) (see "New Energy").
ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATIO (EER): The
ratio of net equipment cooling capacity in Btu/h to
total rate of electric input in watts (W) under
designated operating conditions. If the output
capacity in Btu/h is converted to watts (to create
consistent units) the result is equal to the cooling
COP (EER 3.41 = COP.) See also Coefficient of
Perfonriance.
ENERGY, RECOVERED: See "Recovered
energy."
EXISTING BUILDINGS: For purposes of energy
conservation, and existing building which has
been legally occupied and/or used for a period of
at least five years. (Also see 780 CMR 2.0 and
780 CMR 3400.3.1.)
EXTERIOR ENVELOPE: See "Building
envelope."
FURNACE, DUCT: A furnace normally installed
in distribution ducts of air conditioning systems to
supply warm air for heating and which depends on
a blower not furnished as part of the duct furnace
for air circulation.
FURNACE, WARM AIR: A self-contained,
indirect-fired or electrically heated furnace that
supplies heated air through ducts to spaces that
require it.
GLAZINC; AREA: Interior surface area of all
glazed surfaces (such as windows, sliding glass
doors, skylights, etc.), sash, curbing, jambs, or
other framing elements that enclose conditioned
spaces.
GROSS AREA OF EXTERIOR WALLS: The
normal projection of the building envelope wall
area bounding interior space which is conditioned
by an energy-using system including opaque wall,
window and door area.
The jpross area of exterior walls consists of all
opaque wall areas, including between floor
spandrels, peripheral edges of floors, roof and
basement knee walls, walls enclosing a mansard
roof, window areas including sash, and door areas
when such surfaces are exposed to outdoor air,
unconditioned spaces, or mechanically cooled
space, including interstitial areas between two
such spaces. For each basement wall that encloses
heated space, if the average below-grade area is
less than 50% of the total area for that wall,
including openings, the entire wall, including the
below-grade portion is included as part of the
gross aiea of exterior walls. Non-opa.que areas
(windows, doors, etc.) of all basement walls are
included in the gross area of exterior walls.
(Note: if the basement is not heated space, and if
the basement ceiling is insulated, then the
basement walls are not included in the gross area
of exterior walls.
GROSS FLOOR AREA: The sum of the areas of
the several floors of the building, including
basements, cellars, mezzanine and intermediate
floored tiers and penthouses of headroom height,
measured from the exterior faces of exterior walls
or from the center line of walls separating
buildings, but excluding:
1 . Covered walkways, open roofed-over areas,
porches and si.nilar spaces.
2. Pipe trenches, exterior terraces or steps,
chimneys, roof overhangs and similar features.
758
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
11/27/98
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS
GROUP R RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS: For the
purpose of Appendix J, Group R residential
buildings include:
1. Detached one and two family dwellings
(Use Groups R-4 and R-5 in 780 CMR 310);
and,
2. All other residential buildings, three stories
or less in height (Use Groups R-1, R-2, R-3, R-
5 in 780 CMR 310).
HEAT: The form of energy that is transferred by
virtue of a temperature difference or a change in
state of a material.
HEATED SLAB: Slab-on-grade construction in
which the heating elements or hot air distribution
system is in contact with or placed within the slab
or the sub-grade.
HEATED SPACE: Space within a building which
is provided with a positive heat supply. Space
within a basement with registers or heating
devices designed to supply heat to a basement
space shall automatically define that space as
heated space.
HEATING SEASONAL PERFORMANCE
FACTOR (HSPF): The total heating output of a
heat pump during its normal annual usage period
for heating, in Btu, divided by the total electric
energy input during the same period, in watt
hours, as determined by Code of Federal
Regulations, 10 CFR Part 430, Subpart B, Test
procedures and based on Region 4, as listed in
Appendix A.
HUMIDISTAT: A regulatory device, actuated by
changes in humidity, used for automatic control of
relative humidity.
HVAC: Heating, ventilating, and air conditioning.
HYAC SYSTEM: The equipment, distribution
network, and terminals that provide either collec-
tively or individually the processes of heating,
ventilating, or air conditioning to a building.
HVAC SYSTEM COMPONENTS: HVAC system
components provide, in one or more factory-
assembled packages, means for chilling and/or
heating water with controlled temperature for
delivery to terminal units serving the conditioned
spaces of the building. Types of HVAC system
components include, but are not limited to, water
chiller packages, reciprocating condensing units
and water source (hydronic) heat pumps (see
"HVAC system equipment")-
HYAC SYSTEM EFFICIENCY: See "Efficiency,
HVAC system."
HVAC SYSTEM EQUIPMENT: HVAC system
equipment provides, in one (single package) or
more (split system) factory-assembled packages,
means for air circulation, air cleaning, air cooling
with controlled temperature and dehumidification,
and, optionally, either alone or in combination
with a heating plant, the functions of heating and
humidifying. The cooling function may be either
electrically or heat operated and the refrigerant
condenser may be air, water or evaporatively
cooled. Where the equipment is provided in more
than one package, the separate packages shall by
designed by the manufacturer to be used together.
The equipment may provide the heating function
as a heat pump or by the use of electric or fossil-
fuel-fired elements. (The word "equipment" used
without modifying adjective may, in accordance
with common industry usage, apply either to
HVAC system equipment or HVAC system
components.)
INFILTRATION: The uncontrolled inward air
leakage through cracks and interstices in any
building element and around windows and doors
of a building caused by the pressure effects of
wind and/or the effect of differences in the indoor
and outdoor air density.
INTEGRATED PART=LOAD VALUE (IPLV):
A single number figure of merit based on part-
load EER or COP expressing part-load efficiency
for air-conditioning and heat pump equipment on
the basis of weighted operation at various load
capacities for the equipment.
LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS:
Residential occupancy buildings (R-2, R-3, R-4,
or R-5) three stories or less in height. (Exception:
For purposes of energy conservation, R-1 use
group buildings shall be treated as commercial
buildings as defined in 780 CMR J2.0.)
MANUAL: Capable of being operated by personal
intervention (see "Automatic").
MULTIFAMILY DWELLING: A building
containing three or more dwelling units.
NET AREA OF EXTERIOR WALLS: The gross
area of exterior walls, minus the total rough
opening area of all windows and doors set in the
exterior walls.
NEW ENERGY: Energy, other than recovered
energy, utilized for the purpose of heating or
cooling (see "Energy").
OPAQUE AREAS: All exposed areas of a building
envelope which enclose conditioned space, except
openings for windows, skylights, doors and
building service systems.
OUTDOOR AIR: Air taken from the outdoors, (i.e.
- not previously circulated through the HVAC
system.)
PACKAGED TERMINAL AIR CONDITIONER
(PTAC): A factory-selected wall sleeve and
separate unencased combination of heating and
cooling components, assemblies or sections
1 1/27/98
780 CMR -Sixth Edition
759
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
(intended for mounting through the wall to serve
a single room or zone). It includes heating
capability by hot water, steam, or electricity. (For
the complete technical definition, see ARI
Standard 310 listed in Appendix A.)
PACKAGED TERMINAL HEAT PUMP: A
FT AC capable of using the refrigeration system in
reverse cycle or heat pump mode to provide heat.
(For complete technical definition, see ARI 380
listed in Appendix A.)
POSITIVE COOLING SUPPLY: Mechanical
cooling deliberately supplied to a space, such as
through a supply register. Also, mechanical
cooling indirectly supplied to a space through
uninsulated surfaces of space-cooling
components, such as evaporator coil cases and
cooling distribution systems which continually
maintain air temperatures within the space of
85 °F (29°C) or lower during normal operation.
To be considered exempt from inclusion in this
definition, such surfaces shall comply with the
insulation requirements of Appendix J4.
POSITIVE HEAT SUPPLY: Heat deliberately
supplied to a space by design, such as a supply
register, radiator or heating element. Also, heat
indirectly supplied to a space through uninsulated
surfaces of service water heaters and space
heating components, such as furnaces, boilers and
heating and cooling distribution systems which
continually maintain air temperature within the
space of SCF (10°C) or higher during normal
operation. To be considered exempt from
inclusion in this definition, such surfaces shall
comply with the insulation requirements of
Appendix J4.
READILY ACCESSIBLE: Capable of being
reached quickly for operation, renewal or
inspections, without requiring those to whom
ready access is requisite to climb over or remove
obstacles or to resort to portable ladders or access
equipment (see "Accessible).
RECOOLING: The removal of heat by sensible
cooling of the supply air (directly or indirecdy)
that has been previously heated above the
temperature to which the air is to be supplied to
the conditioned space for proper control of the
temperature of that space.
RECOVERED ENERGY: Energy utilized which
would otherwise be wasted (i.e., not contribute to
a desired end use) from an energy utilization
system.
REHEAT: The application of sensible heat to
supply air that has been previously cooled below
the temperature of the conditioned space by either
mechanical refrigeration or the introduction of
outdoor air to provide cooling.
RENEWABLE ENERGY SOURCES: Sources of
energy (excluding minerals and solid fuels)
derived from incoming solar radiation, including
natural daylighting and photosynthetic processes;
from phenomena resulting therefrom, including
wind, v/aves and tides, lake or pond thermal
differences; and from the internal heat of the
earth, including nocturnal thermal exchanges.
RESET: Adjustment of the set point of a control
instrument to a higher or lower value
automatically or manually to conserve energy.
RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS: For the puiposes of
Appendix J, Group R residential buildings
include:
1. Type I (R-4, R-5): Detached one and two
family dwellings; and,
2. Type H (R-1, R-2, R-3, R-5): All other
residential buildings, three stories or less in
height.
ROOF ASSEMBLY: A roof assembly shall be
considered as all components of the roof/ceiling
envelope through which heat flows, thus creating
a building transmission heat loss or gain, where
such assembly is exposed to outdoor air and
encloses a heated or mechanically cooled space.
The gross area of a roof assembly consists of
the totJil interior surface of such assembly,
including skylights exposed to the heated or
mechanically cooled space.
ROOM AIR CONDITIONER: An encased
assembly designed as a unit for mounting in a
window or through a wall, or as a console. It is
designed primarily to provide free delivery of
conditioned air to an enclosed space, room or
zone. It includes a prime source of refrigeration
for cooling and dehumidification and means for
circulating and cleaning air, and may also include
means for ventilating and heating.
SASH CRACK: The sum of all perimeters of all
window sashes, based on overall dimensions of
such pajis, expressed in linear feet. If a portion of
one sash perimeter overlaps a portion of another
sash perimeter, only count the length of the
overlapping portions once.
SEASONAL ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATIO
(SEER): The total cooling output of an air
conditioner during its normal annual usage period
for cooling, in Btu/h (W), divided by the total
electric energy input during the same period, in
watt-hours, as determined by Code of Federal
Regulations, 10 CFR Part 430, Subpart B, Test
procedures, as listed in Appendix A.
SEQUENCE: A consecutive series of operations.
SERVICE SYSTEMS: All energy-using systems in
a building that are operated to provide services for
the occupants or processes housed therein,
including HVAC, service water heating,
illumination, transportation, cooking or food
preparation, laundering and similar functions.
760
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
1 1/27/98
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUBLDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS
SERVICE WATER HEATING: Supply of hot
water for purposes other than space heating.
SLAB.ON=GRADE FLOOR INSULATION:
Insulation around the perimeter of the floor slab or
its supporting foundation when the top edge of the
floor perimeter slab is above the finished grade or
12 inches (305 mm) or less below the finished
grade.
SOLAR ENERGY SOURCE: Source of natural
daylighting and of thermal, chemical or electrical
energy derived directly from conversion of
incident solar radiation.
SUNROOM; An addition to an existing
building/dwelling unit where the total area (rough
opening or unit dimensions) of glazed fenestration
products of said addition exceeds 40% of the
combined gross wall and ceiling area of the
addition.
SYSTEM: A combination of central or terminal
equipment or components and/or controls,
accessories, interconnecting means, and terminal
devices by which energy is transformed so as to
perform a specific function, such as HVAC,
service water heating or illumination.
THERMAL CONDUCTANCE (C): Time rate of
heat flow through a body (frequently per unit area)
from one of its bounding surfaces to the other for
a unit temperature difference between the two
surfaces, under steady conditions (Btu/hft.^°F)
[W/(m^k)].
THERMAL RESISTANCE (iJ): The reciprocal of
thermal conductance (hft.^°F/Btu) [(m^K)AV].
THERMAL RESISTANCE, OVERALL (R^ ):
The reciprocal of overall thermal conductance
(hft.^°F/Btu) [(m^k)AV]. The overall thermal
resistance of the gross area or individual
component of the exterior building envelope
(roof/ceiling, exterior wall, floor, crawl space
wall, foundation, window, skylight, door, or
opaque wall, etc.) which includes the weighted R-
values of the component assemblies (such as air-
film, insulation, drywall, framing, glazing, etc.).
THERMAL TRANSMITTANCE (U): The
coefficient of heat transmission (air to air). It is
the time rate of heat flow per unit area and unit
temperature difference between the warm side and
cold side air films (Btu/h- ft.^ °F) [W/(m^ k)]. The
(/-value applies to combinations of different
materials used in series along the heat flow path,
single materials that comprise a building section,
cavity air spaces and surface air films on both
sides of a building element. The term F-value
applies to U properties for concrete slabs.
THERMAL TRANSMITTANCE, OVERALL
iU,): The overall (average) heat transmission of
a gross area of the exterior building envelope
(Btu/h ft.^°F) [W/(m^k)]. The C/„ value applies to
the combined effect of the time rate of heat flow
through the various parallel paths, such as
windows, doors and opaque construction areas,
comprising the gross area of one or more exterior
building components, such as walls, floors or
roof/ceilings.
THERMOSTAT: An automatic control device
actuated by temperature and designed to be
responsive to temperature.
UNITARY COOLING AND HEATING
EQUIPMENT: One or more factory-made
assemblies which include an evaporator or cooling
coil, a compressor and condenser combination,
and may include a heating function as well. When
heating and cooling equipment is provided in
more than one assembly, the separate assemblies
shall be designed to be used together.
UNITARY HEAT PUMP: One or more factory-
made assemblies which include an indoor
conditioning coil, compressor(s) and outdoor coil
or refrigerant-to-water heat exchanger, including
means to provide both heating and cooling
functions. When heat pump equipment is
provided in more than one assembly, the separate
assemblies shall be designed to be used together.
VENTILATION: The process of supplying or
removing air by natural or mechanical means to or
from any space. Such air may or may not have
been conditioned.
VENTILATION AIR: That portion of supply air
which comes from outside (outdoors) plus any
recirculated air that has been treated to maintain
the desired quality of air within a designated
space. (See BOCA Mechanical Code, as listed in
Appendix A, 780 CMR J3, and definition of
"Outdoor air.")
WATER HEATER, NON-STOIRAGE: A water
heater with an input rating of at least 4,000 Btu/h
per gallon (310 W/L) stored water and a storage
capacity of less than ten gallons (38 L).
WATER HEATER, STORAGE: A water heater
with an input rating of less than 4,000 Btu/h per
gallon (310 W/L) of stored water or storage
capacity of at least ten gallons (38 L).
ZONE: A space or group of spaces within a
building with heating and/or cooling requirements
sufficiently similar so that comfort conditions can
be maintained throughout by a single controlling
device.
1 i/27/98-
780 CMR -Sixth Edition
760.1
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
780 CMR J3.0 DESIGN CONDITIONS
J3.1 Design Criteria:
J3.1.1 General: The criteria of 780 CMR J3.0
establish the design conditions for use with
780CMRJ5,J6,J7,J8andJ9.
J3.2 Thermal Design Parameters
J3.2.1 Exterior design conditions. As
applicable, the design parameters in Table J3.2.1
shall be used for calculations required under
Appendix J.
TABLE J3.2.1
Exterior Design Conditions
Heating Degree Days Base 65 (HDD55 )
Outside Ambient
Heating
Cooling
Cooling
Heating
Degrees
Degrees
Degrees
Degree
Location
(»F)
CF)
CF)
Days'
Dry Bulb
Wet Bulb
Winter'
Summer'
Summer'
Base 65
Boston
9
88
74
5641
Clinton
2
87
73
6698
Fall River
9
84
73
5774
Framingham
6
86
73
6262
Gloucester
5
86
74
-
Greenfield
-2
85
73
-
Lawrence
87
74
6322
Lowell
1
88
74
6339
New Bedford
9
82
73
5426
Pittsfield
-3
84
72
7578
Springfield
87
73
5754
Taunton
9
86
74
6346
Worcester
4
84
72
6979
ForSI:°F=1.8°C.+32.
1 The outdoor design temperature shall be selected from
the columns of 97'/2% values for winter and 2'/4% values
for summer from tables in the ASHRAE Handbook of
Fundamentals, as listed in Appendix A. Adjustments
may be made to reflect local climates which differ from
the tabulated temperatures, or local weather experience
determined by the building ofTicial.
2 The Degree Days Heating (base 65°F.) and cooling
(base 65°F.) shall be selected from "NOAA Annual
Degree Days to Selected Bases Derived from the 1961-
1990 Normals," ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals,
as listed in Appendix A, data available from adjacent
military installations. Table J3.2.1, or other source of
local weather data acceptable to the building official.
J3.2.2 Interior design conditions.
J3.2.2.1 Indoor design temperature: Indbor
design temperature shall be 72 °F for heating
and 78 °F for cooling,
J3.2.2.2 Design humidity: Indoor design
relative humidity for heating shall not exceed
30%. For cooling, the actual design relative
humidity within the comfort envelope as
defined in ASHRAE Standard 55-92 listed in
Appendix A shall be selected for minimum
total HVAC system energy use in accordance
with accepted practice.
J3.3 Living Space Ventilation Criteria.
J3.3.1 Ventilation: Living space fresh air
ventilation shall conform to the requirements of
780 CMR 12 and the BOCA Mechanical Code, as
listed in Appendix A.
Exception: If outdoor air quantities other than
those specified in the BOCA Mechanical Code
are used or required because of special
occupancy or process requirements, source
control of air contamination, health and safety,
or other standards, the required outdoor air
quantities shall be used as the basis for
calculating the heating and cooling design
loads.
780 CMR J4.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
J4.1 Scope.
J4.1.1 General: All buildings that are
mechanically heated or cooled and meet the
provisions of Appendix J using the compliance
paths of 780 CMR J5.0, J6.0, or J7.0 shall also
meet tlie requirements of 780 CMR J4.0.
Buildings that meet the provisions using the
compliance paths of 780 CMR J8.0 or J9,0 are
exempt from the requirements of 780 CMR J4.0.
Exception: All buildings must comply with the
requirements of 780 CMR J4.2.1
J4.2 Building Envelope Requirements.
J4.2.1 Vapor Retarder: The design shall not
create conditions of accelerated deterioration fi-om
moisture condensation. In all firame walls, floors,
and ceilings not ventilated to allow moisture to
escape, an approved vapor retarder having a
maximum rating of 1.0 perm, when tested in
accordance with Standard ASTM E 96, as listed
in Appendix A, shall be installed on the warm-in-
winter side of the thermal insulation.
Exception: In construction where moisture or
its fireezing will not damage the materials or
adversely affect the performance of the
insulation.
J4.2.2 Basements: The exterior walls of
basements below uninsulated floors shall be
insulated fi'om the top of the foundation wall to a
depth of ten feet (3048 mm) below the outside
finish ground level, or to the level of the basement
floor, whichever is less. Basement walls shall be
insulated if the basement is a conditioned space.
J4.23 Slab-on-grade floors: Insulation shall be
placed on the outside of the foundation or on the
inside of a foundation wall. In climates with less
than 6,000 annual Fahrenheit heating degree days
(HDDgj), the insulation shall extend downward
from the elevation of the top of the slab for a
760.2
780 CMR -.Sixth Edition
2/20/98 (Effective 3/1/9.8)
780 CMR: STAITE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS
minimum distance of 24 inches (610 mm), or
downward to at least the bottom of the slab and
then horizontally to the interior or exterior for a
minimum total distance of 24 inches (610 mm)
and shall be an approved type. Ixi climates equal
to or greater than 6,000 annual Fahrenheit heating
degree days (HDDgj), the insulation shall extend
downward from the elevation of the top of the
slab for a minimum of 48 inches (1219 mm), or
downward to at least the bottom of the slab and
then horizontally to the interior or exterior for a
minimum total distance of 48 inches (1219 mm).
In all climates, the horizontal insulation extending
outside of the foundation shall be covered by
pavement or by soil a minimum often inches (254
mm) thick. The top edge of the insulation
installed between the exterior wall and the edge of
the interior slab shall be permitted to be cut at a
45-degree angle away from the exterior wall, (see
Figure J4.2.2.)
Figure J4.2,2
Typical SIab°on-grade Imuiatlon Examples
a = Insulation depth
'f f f rV ii f fi T
a<j-b3fnsiJlaiiondepUi
J4.2,4 Crawl spaces: The floor above a crawl
space shall be insulated to a minimum of R-19.
See also 780 CMR 3603.6.8.2
J4.2 J Access openings: Access doors, hatches,
scuttles, pull down staircases and . similar
constructions that are part of the building
envelope shall be insulated to a level equivalent to
the insulation of the surrounding floor, wall, and
ceiling.
Exception: If the access opening has less
insulation than the surrounding area, for
calculation purposes the U-value of the
surrounding floor, wall, and ceiling shall be
increased accordingly.
J4.2.6 Masonry veneer: When insulation is
placed on the exterior of a foundation supporting
a masonry veneer exterior, the horizontal
foundation surface supporting the veneer is not
required to be insulated to satisfy the foundation
insulation requirement.
J4.2.7 Retnra-AIr Ceiling Pleniims: When
return-air ceiling plenums are employed, the
roof/ceiling assembly shall:
1. For thermal transmittance purposes, not
include the ceiling proper nor the plenum space
as part of the assembly; and,
2. For gross area purposes, be based upon the
interior face of the upper plenum surface.
780 CMR J43 Air leakage.
J43,l The requirements of 780 CMR J4.3 shall
apply to those locations separating outdoor
ambient conditions or exempted portions of the
building (e.g.- attics, unconditioned basements)
from interior conditioned spaces.The require-
ments are not applicable to the separation of
interior conditioned spaces from each other.
J43.2 Window and Door Assemblies: Exterior
doors and windows shall be designed to limit air
leakage into and from the building envelope.
Manufactured doors and windows shall comply
with the maximum allowable infiltration rates in
Table J4.3.2,
Exception: Site constructed windows and
doors sealed in accordance with 780 CMR
J4,3.3.
Alowable Air InfilitraiSon Rates^
Frame Type
Windows
(cfm per ft of
operable sash
crack)
Doors
(cfm per ft^ of door
area)
Wood*
Alum'
PVC
1. When tested in accordance with Standard ASTM E
283, as listed in Appendix A.
2. See Standard ANSI/NWWDA I.S.2, as listed in
Appendix A.
3. See Standard ANSI/AAMA 101, as listed in
Appendix A.
4. See Standards AAMA 101 V and ASTM D 4099, each
as listed in Appendix A.
5. Requirement based on door area specified in Standard
ANSI/NWWDA I.S.3, as listed in Appendix A.
6. Requirement based on assembly area; except for
manufactured (mobile) housing for which the
requirement shall be 1.0 cfm/ft^ (5.08 L/s/m^ ) of door
area; in accordance with Standard AAMA 1701.2 as
listed in Appendix A.
J4.33 Joints, seams or penetrations in the
building envelope that are sources of air leakage
shall be sealed with durable caulking materials,
closed with gasketing systems, taped or covered
with moisture vapor permeable house-wrap per
manufacturer's directions. Air leakage locations
1 1/27/98 (Effective 3/1/98) -corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition
760.3
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
to be treated shall include openings, cracks and
joints between framing members and window or
door frames; between wail assemblies or their sill-
plates and foundations; between walls and
roof/ceilings or attic/ceiling seals and between
separate wall panels; between walls and floor
assemblies; penetrations of utility services through
walls, floors and roof assembhes, penetration
through the wall cavity of top and/or bottom
plates; and all other such openings in the building
envelope. Sealing materials shall be compatible
with the construction materials, location, and
anticipated conditions. Sealing materials
spanning joints between dissimilar construction
materials shall allow for differential expansion
and contraction of the construction materials.
This includes sealing around tubs and showers,
at the attic and crawl space access panels, at
recessed lights and around all plumbing,
electrical, and HVAC penetrations. These are
openings located in the building envelope between
conditioned space and unconditioned space or
between the conditioned space and the outside.
J4.3.4 Recessed lighting Hxtures: When
installed in the building envelope, recessed
lighting fixtures shall meet one of the following
requirements:
1. Type IC rated, manufactured with no
penetrations between the inside of the recessed
fixture and ceiling cavity and sealed or
gasketed to prevent air leakage into the
unconditioned space.
2. Type IC rated, in accordance with Standard
ASTM E 283, as listed in Appendix A, with no
more than 2.0 cfrn (0.944 I7s) air movement
from the conditioned space to the ceiling
cavity. The lighting fixture shall have been
tested at 75 Pa or 1.57 lbs/ft.^ pressure
difference and shall be labeled,
J4.4 Building Mechanical Systems
J4.4.1 General: 780 CMR J4.4 covers the
determination of heating and cooling loads, design
requirements, system and component performance
control requiresments, insulating systems and duct
construction.
Note: 780 CMR 14.4 addresses, in depth,
requirements for "simple" heating and cooling
systems. "Simple" systems are characterized as
those typically found in one-and two-family
hoiises (such as standard design boilers, furnaces,
air conditioners, or heat pumps that provide
heating and/or cooling). 780 CMR J4.4 also
covers requirements for more "complex" systems
(such as those designed to deliver heating and
(»oling simultaneously, evaporative coolers,
water chillers, and others,) but such "complex"
systems are only cited in this section, with
reference to the other sections of 780 CMR
where detailed criteria are given.
34.42 Calculation of heating and cooling loads:
J4.42.1 Calculation procedures: For the
purpose of sizing HVAC systems, heating and
cooling design loads shall be determined in
accordance with techniques recommended in the
ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals or the Air
Conditioning Contractors Association's Manual
".r', or other procedure ^proved by the Board of
Building Regulations and Standards. The design
parameters specified in 780 CMR .J3.0 shall
apply for all computations.
J4.42.1.1 System heating/cooling capacity: The
rated output capacity of the heating/cooling
S5'Stem at design conditions shall not be greater
than 125% of the design load calculated in
accordance with this article. Equipment designed
for standby purposes is not included in the
capacity limitation requirement. For a single
pi'sce of equipment which has both heating and
cooling capability, only one function, either the
heating or the cooling, need meet the
re<iuirements of 780 CMR J4.4. Capacity for the
otlier function shall be, within available
equipment options, the smallest size necessary to
meet the load.
Exception 1: If the rated output capacity of
available equipment options exceeds 125% of the
design load, then equipment with the smallest
output capacity above 125% of the load shall be
utilized.
Exception 2: Where the HVAC system for the
building uses mterconnected equipment designed
to sequence with the load and it can be shown
that such design will use less energy on an annual
basis than one large unit
J4.4^.U Simultaneous heating and cooling:
Set; 780 CMR 1305.3.5.
J4.4J2^ Infiltration: Infiltration for heating and
cooling design loads shall be calculated for all
buildings except one- and two-family dwellings
by the procedures in Chapter 22 of the ASHRAE
Haidbook of Fundamentals. Calculations for
one and two family dwellings may use the
methods identified above or other accepted
engineering practices.
J4.4.3 HVAC equipment performance
requirements.
J4.43.1 Equipment and components:
760.4
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
1/19/01
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION LOW-RISE RESIDENTLy. BUILDINGS
J4.4J«L1 The requirements of 780 CMR
J4.4.3.1 apply to equipment and mechanical
component performance for heating, ventilating,
and air-conditioning systems. Equipment
efficiency levels are specified. Data fumished
by the equipment supplier or ceitifled under a
nationally recognized certification program or
rating procedure shall be used to satisfy these
requirements.
MA3A2 Where components from more than
one manufacturer are assembled into systems
regulated under 780 CMR J4.4.3, compliance
shall be as specified m 780 CMR J4.4.3.2
through J4.4.3.6.
MA313 Omission of minimum perfonnance
requirements for certain classes of HVAC
equipment does not preclude use of such
equipment where appropriate.
J4.43,>2 HVAC system combustioiin
eqisipment: Gas^ and oil-fired comfort heating
equipment shall have minimum efficiency levels
not less than the values in Table J4.4.3.2a
through J4.4.32C.
TABLE J4.43 Ja
GAS" AND OIL-FIRED STEAM ANB HOT WATER BOILERS-
STANDARD RATING CONDITIONS AND MINIMUM PERFORMANCE
REFERENCE
STANDARD
CATEGORY
RATING CONDITION
MINIMUM
PERFORMANCE
Code of Federal Regulations, 10 CFR
Gas-Fired
<30O,0O0 Btu/h
Seasonal Rating
AFUE 80%'-^
Part 430, Subpart B, Appendix N
Oil-Fired
<300,000 Btu/h
Seasonal Rating
AFUE 80%'
ANSI Z21.13, as listed in Appendix A
ANSI/ASMEPTC4.1,
UL 795, each as listed in Appendix A
Gjs-Fired
^300,000 Btu/h
1. Maximum Rating CapaciQ^'
Steady-State
2. Minimum Rating Capacity'
Steady-State
£,» 80%
UL 726, as listed in Appendix A
Oil-Fired
^300,000 Btu/h
Oil-Fired
(Residual)
^300,000 Btu/h
1 . Maximum Rating Capacity'
Steady-State
4* 83%
ANSI^ASME PTC 4.1, as listed in
Appendix A
2. Minimum Rating Capacity'
Steady-State
Hydronics Institute, Testing & Ratings
Standard for Heating Boilers, 1982
ANSI/ASME PTC 4.1, as listed in
Appendix A
I. Maximum Rating Capacity*
Steady-State
£/ 83%
2. Minimum Rating Capacity'
Steadv-State
FcrSI: 1 Btu/h = 0.293 IW.
1 Provided and allowed by the controls.
2 £c = combustion efficiency, 100% minus flue losses. See reference standard for detailed information.
3 To be consistent with National Appliance Energy Conservation Act of 1987 (Public Law 100-12).
4 Except for gas-fired steam boilers for which minimum AFUE is 75%.
TABLE J4.4o3 Jb
WARM AIR BUCT FURNACES AND UNIT HEATERS-
STANDARD RATING CONDITIONS AND MINIMUM PERFORMANCE
REFERENCE
STANDARD
CATEGORY
RATING CONDITION
MINIMUM
PERFORMANCE
ANSI Z83.9, as listed in
Appendix A
Duct Furnaces
Gas-Fired
1 . Maximum Rating Capacity'
Steady-State
£,^ 78%
2. Minimum Rating Capacity'
Steady-State
£,' 75%
ANSI Z83.8, as listed in
Appendix A
Unit Heaters
Gas-Fired
1. Maximum Rating Capacity'
Steady-State
£/ 78%
2. Minimum Rating Capacity'
Steady-State
E- 74%
UL 731, as listed in
Appendix A
Unit Heaters
Oil-Fired
I. Maximum Rating Capacity'
Steady-State
£,^ 81%
2. Minimum Rating Capacity'
Steadv-State
E,' 81%
1 Provided and allowed by the controls.
2 E,= thernia/ efficiency, 100% minus flue losses. See reference standard for detailed definition.
2/20/98 (Effective 3/1/98)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
760.5
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
TABLE J4,43Jc
WARM AIR FURNACES AND COMBINATION WARM AIR FURNACES/AIR-CONDrnONING
UNITS- STANDARD RATING CONDITIONS AND MINIMUM PERFORMANCE
REFERENCE
STANDARD
CATEGORY
RATING CONDITION
MINIMUM
PERFORMANCE
Regulaticms, lOCFR
<^'s,mBtaJh
Seasonal Rating
AFUE 78%'
V 80%
!lrpen¥ix^^"''P^ ^'
mM^mlH
Seasonal Rating
AFUE 78%'
V 80%
ANSI Z21.47. as listed in
Appendix A
Gas-Fired
i225,000 Btu/h
1. Maximum Rating Capaci^'
Steady-State
£,' 80%
2. Minimum Rating Capacity'
Steady-State
E; 78%
UL 727, as listed in
Appendix A
Oil-Fired
i225,000 Btu/h
1. Maximum Rating Capacity'
Steady^State
£/ 81%
2. Minimum Rating Capacity'
Steadv-State
E; 81%
For SI: "F. = 1 .8*C. + 32, 1 Btu/h = 0.293 1 W.
1 Minimum and maximum ratings as provided for and allowed by the unit's controls.
2 These requirements apply to combination units not covered by NAECA (three phase power or cooling capacity > 65,000
Btu/h).
3 This is used to be consistent with National Appliance Energy Conservation Act (NAECA) of 1987 (Public Law 100-12).
These values apply to furnace and combination units covered by NAECA.
4 See referenced standard for detailed definition of thermal efficiency (£,) = (100% minus flue losses).
34.433 HVAC system heating equipment,
heat pump, heating mode. Heat pumps whose
purchased energy input is entirely electric shall
have efficiency levels for heating not less than
the values in Table J4.4.3.3a through J4.4.3.3d.
(NOTE: When more than one rating condition is
listed by the manufacturer for a single piece of
equipment, the rating type closer to the intended
design conditions should be chosen.)
J4A33.1 780 CMR J4.4.3 applies to, but is not
limited to, unitary (central) heat pumps (air
source and water source) in the heating mode, to
water-source (hydronic) heat pumps as used in
multiple-unit hydronic HVAC systems, and to
heat pumps in the packaged terminal air-
conditioner and room air-conditioner fomis in
the heating mode.
TABLE J4.433a
HEAT PUMPS - AIR COOLED, ELECTRICALLY-0PER4.TED, <135,000 Btu/h COOLING
CAPACITY STANDARD RATING CONDITIONS AND MINIMUM PERFORMANCE
REFERENCE
STANDARD'
CATEGORY
SUB-CATEGORY & RATING
CONDITIONS
(Outdoor Temperature °F.)^
MINIMUM
PERFORMANCE
ARI 2 10/240, as
listed in Appendix A
<65,000 Btu/h
Cooling Capacity
Heating Mode
(Heat Pump)
Sea.sonal Rating'
Split systems
Single Package
5.8 HSPF
6.6 HSPF
>65,000 Btu/h
< 1 35,000 Btu/h
Cooling Capacity
Heating Mode
Split Systems & Single Package
High Temperature Rating
(47<'Fdb/43'Fwb)
Low Temperature Rating
(17Tdb/15°Fwb)
3.0 COP
2.0 COP
For SI: ''F= 1.8'C + 32, 1 Btu/h = 0.293 1 W.
1 For multi-capacity equipment, the minimum performance shall apply to each capacity step provided. Multi- capacity
refers to manufacturer published rating for more than one capacity mode allowed by the products' controls.
2 db = dry bulb; wb = wet bulb.
760.6
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/20/98 (Effective 3/1/98)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS
TABLEJ4.4JJfe
PACKAGED TERMINAL HEAT PUMPS - AIR COOLED, ELECTRICALLY OPERATED
STANDARD RATING CONDITIONS AND MINIMUM PERFORMANCE
REFERENCE STANDARD
CATEGORY
PTAC
HEAT PUMPS
SUB-CATEGORY & RATING
CONDITIONS
(Outdoor Temperature °F)'
EFFICIENCY
RATING
MINIMUM
PERFORMANCE-
■<i'(0-(yy-6yC^r^l.(m^
ARfma5;liftfedinA^penriivA
For SI: °F= 1.8*C + 32, 1 Btu^ = 0.293I W.
1 db = dry bulb; wb = wet bulb.
2 Capacity (Cap) means the rated cooling capacity of the product in Btu/h in accordance with Standard ANSI 221.13, as
listed in Appendix A. If the unit's capacity is less than 7,000 Btu/h, use 7,000 Btu/h in the calculation. If the unit's
capacity is greater than 15,000 Btu/h, use 15,000 Btu^ in the calculation.
TABLE J4.4J3€
WATER^OURCE AND GROUNDWATER SOURCE HEAT PUMPS =
ELECTRICALLY-OPERATED <135,000 Btu/h COOLING CAPACITY
STANDARD R ATING CONDITIONS AND MINIMUM PERFORMANCE
REFERENCE STANDARDS
RATING CONDITION T'
MINIMUM PERFORMANCE
Water Source Heat Pumps:
ARI 320, as listed in Appendix A
Standard Rating
TO'F entering water
3.8 COP
Groundwater-Source Heat Pumps:
ARI 325, as listed in Appendix A
1. High Temperature Rating
TO'F entering water'
3.4 COP
2. Low Temperature Rating
3.0 COP
ForSI:'*F=l.8"C + 32.
1 Air entering indoor section 70"*F db/60**F wb (max.).
2 Water flow rate per manufecturer's specifications.
TABLE J4.4J3d
LARGE UNITARY HEAT PUMPS - AIR COOLED HEATING MODE-ELECTRICALLY^
OPERATED > 135,000 Btu/li COOLING CAPACITY
STANDARD RATING CONDITIONS AND MINIMUM PERFORMANCE
REFERENCE STANDARDS
EFFICIENCY RATING
MINIMUM PERFORMANCE
ARI 340, as listed in Appendix A
Unitary Heat !>iimpF<^uinment
COPjAVF)
2.9
C0P-n7°Fl.
MA332 Heat Pump Supplementary heater.
The rated output capacity of a heat pump
supplementary heating source shall not be
greater than 125% of the design load as
calculated in accordance with 780 CMR
J4.4.2.1. The heat pump shall be installed with
a control to prevent supplementary heater
operation when the operating load can be met
by the heat pump alone.
Supplementary heater operation is permitted
during transient periods, such as start-ups,
following room thermostat set-point advance
and during defrost.
A two-stage thermostat, which controls the
supplementary heat on its second stage, shall
be accepted as meeting this requirement. The
cut-on temperature for the compression heating
shall be lower than the cut-on temperature for
the supplementary heat, and the cut-off
temperature for the compression heating shall
be lower than the cut-off temperature for the
supplementary heat. Supplementary heat may
be derived from any source including, but not
limited to, electric resistance, combustion
heating or solar or stored-energy heating.
J4A3A HVAC system equSpment,
electricaliy operated, coolisig mode. HVAC
system equipment whose energy input in the
cooling mode is entirely electric, shall have
efficiency levels not less than the values in
Tables J4.4.3.4a through J4.4.3.4f
2/20/98 (Effective 3/1/98)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
760.7
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGUL/iTIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
TABLE J4.43.4a
UNITARY AIR CONDITIONERS AND HEAT PUMPS - AIR COOLED, ELECTRICALLY
OPERATED, <135,000 Btn/h COOLING CAPACITY -
EXCEPT PACKAGED TERMINAL AND ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS
STANDARD RATING CONDITIONS AND MINIMUM PERFORMANCE
REFERENCE
STANDARD
CATEGORY
SUB-CATEGORY & RATING
CONDITIONS
(Outdoor Tcmiwrature 'F)'
MINIMUM
PERFORMANCE
ARI 2 10/240. as listed
<65,000 Bni/h
Cooling Capacity
Cooling Mode
Seasonal Rating^
in Appendix A
Split systems
Single Package
10.0 SEER ^
9.7 SEER
1.65,000 Btu/h and
<135,000 Bni/b
Cooling Capacity
Cooling Mode
Standard Rating (95»F db)
8.9 EER
Integrated Part Load Value (80°F db)
8.3 IPLV
For SI: °F = 1.8°C + 32, 1 Btu/h = 0.2931 W.
ldb = dry bulb.
2 This is consistent with the National Appliance Energy Conservation Act of 1987 (Public Law 100-12).
TABLE J4.4.3.4b
UNITARY AIR CONDITIONERS AND HEAT PUMPS - EVAPORATIVELY COOLED,
ELECTRICALLY OPERATED,
AND COOLING MODE <135,000 Btu/h COOLING CAPACITY EXCEPT PACKAGED
TERMINAL AND ROOM AIR CONDltTIONERS
STANDARD RATING CONDITIONS AND MINIMUM PERFORMANCE
REFERENCE
STANDARD
CATEGORY
(Cooling Capacity)
RATING CONDITIONS
INDOOR OUTDOOR
(Temperatuni °F)'
MINIMUM
PERFORMANCE
ARI 210/240, as listed
in Appendix A
<65,000 Btu/h
Standard Rating
SO'Fdb/eT'Fwb
9.3 EER
95°F db/75»F wb
<65,000 Btu/h
Integrated Part Load Value (SOT db/67°F wb)
8.5 IPLV
CTl Standard 201, as
listed in Appendbc A
>65,000 but
<135,000 Btu/h
Standard Rating
80°F db/67°F wb
10.5 EER
95»F.db/75'Fwb
>65,000 but
<l 35,000 Btu/h
Integrated Part Load Value (80* F db/67°F wb)
9.7 IPLV
For SI: »F = 1.8 "C + 32, 1 Btu/h = 0.2931 W.
1 db = dry bulb; wb = wet bulb.
TABLE J4.4J.4c
WATER COOLED AIR CONDITIONERS AND HEAT PUMPS - ELECTRICALLY
OPERATED, AND COOLING MODE <135,000 Btu/h COOLING CAPACITY
STANDARD RATING CONDITIONS AND MINIMUM PERFORMANCE
RATING CONDITIONS 1
REFERENCE
CATEGORY
(Cooling Capacity)
INDOOR AIR
ENTERING WATER 1
MINIMUM
STANDARD
(Temperamre 'F)'
PERFORMANCE
Water Source
Heat Pump
<65,000 Btu/h
Standard Rating
80«Fdb/67''Fwb
85»F
9.3 EER
ARI 320, as listed in
Appendix A
Low Temperature Rating
80°Fdb/67»Fwb
75'F
10.2 EER
CTI Standard 201, as
listed in Appendix A
i 65,000 but
< 135.000 Bhi^
Standard Rating
80''Fdb/67''Fwb
85'F
10.5 EER
Groundwater Cooled
Heat Pumps
ARI 325, as listed in
Appendix A
< 1 35,000 BUi^
Standard Rating
10"?
ll.OEER
Low Temperature Rating
50°F
1 1.5 EER
Water Cooled
Unitary
<65,000 Bni/h
Standard Rating
80"F db/67»F wb
85°F
9.3 EER
Air Conditioners
ARI 210/240, as listed in
Appendix A
CTl Standard 201, as
licfcH in Ann^nriix A
Integrated Part Load Value
75»F
8.3 IPLV
1.65,000 but
< 135.000 Btu/h
Standard Rating
80'Fdb/67°Fwb
RVF
10.5 EER
For SI: °F= 1.8''C + 32, 1 Btu^ = 0.293l W
1 db = dry bulb; wb = wet bulb.
760.8
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/20/98 (Effective 3/1/98)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS
TABLE J4.43.4«i
PACKAGED TERMINAL AIR CONDITIONERS = AIR COOLED, ELECTRICALLY OPERATED
STANDARD RATING CONDITIONS AND MINIMUM PERFORMANCE
REFERENCE
STANDARD
ARI Standard 310, as
listed in Appendix A
CATEGORY
PTAC's&PTAC
HEAT PUMPS
SUB-CATEGORY & RATING
CONDITIONS
(Outdoor Temperature)'
Cooling Mode
Standard Rating (95 "F db)
Low Temperature Ratine (82''F db)
EFFICIENCY
RATING
EER
EER
MINIMUM
PERFORMANCE'
lO.O- (0.16 X Cap/1,000)
12.2 - (0.20 xCap/l. OOP)
For SI: "F = 1 .8 "C + 32, 1 Btu/h = 0.293 1 W.
1 db = diy bulb.
2 Capacity (Cap) means the rated cooling edacity of the product in Btu/h in accordance with the cited ARI Standard.
If the unit's edacity is less than 7,000 Btu/h, use 7,000 Btu/h in the calculation. If the unit's capacity is greater than
1 5,000 Btu/h, use 1 5,000 Btu/h in the calculation.
TABLE MA3.4e
ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS AND ROOM AIR CONDITIONER HEAT PUMPS
STANDARD RATING CONDITIONS AND MINIMUM PERFORMANCE
REFERENCE
STANDARDS
CATEGORY
MINIMUM
PERFORMANCE'
ANSI/AHAM
RAC-1-, as
listed in
Appendix A
Without Reverse Cycle and With Louvered Sides
<6,000 Btu/h
>6,000 Btu/h and <8,000 Btu^
>8,000 Btu/h and <14,000 Btu/h
>14,000 Btu/h and <20,000 Btu/h
>20,000 Btu/h
8,0 EER
8.5 EER
9.0 EER
8.8 EER
8.2 EER
Without Reverse Cycle and Without Louvered Sides
<6,000 Btu/h
>6,000 Btu/h and <20,000 Btu/h
>20,000 Btu/h
8.0 EER
8.5 EER
8.2 EER
With Reverse Cycle and With Louvered Sides
8.5 EER
With Reverse Cvcle and Without Louvered Sides
?.0EER
ForSI: 1 Btu/h = 0.293 IW.
1 To be consistent with National Appliance Energy Conservation Act of 1987 (Public Law 100-12).
TABLE MA3Af
LARGE UNITARY AIR CONDITIONERS AND HEAT PUMPS ELECTRICALLY-
OPERATED >13S,0D0 Btu/h COOLING CAPACITY
STANDARD RATING CONDITIONS AND MINIMUM PERFORMANCE
REFERENCE STANDARDS
EFFICIENCY
RATING
EER
IPLV
EER
MINIMUM PERFORMANCE
Air-Conditioners
<760,000 Btu/h:
8.5
>760,000 Btu/h:
8.2
Air Cooled ARJ 360, as listed in
Appendix A
Air<Conditioners
7.5
9.6
Water/Evjq). Cooled
CTI Standard 201, ARI 360, each
as listed in Appendix A
IPLV
EER
0.9
Heat Pumps"
Air Cooled-Cooling .
<760,000 Btu/h
8,5
^760,000 Btu/h
8.2
ARI 340, as listed in Appendix A
IPLV
7.5
Condensing Units^
EER
9.9
Air Cooled ARI 365, as listed in
Appendix A
IPLV
11.0
Condensing UmV
Water/Evap. Cooled
CTI Standard 201, ARI 365, each
as listed in Appendix A
EER
IPLV
12.9
12.9
ForSI: lBtuAi = 0.293 IW.
1 For units that have a heating section, deduct 0.2 from all required EER's and IPLV's,
2 Condensing unit requirements are based on single-number ratings defmed in paragraph 5.1.3.2 of UL 731, as listed
in Appendix A
2/20/98 (Effective 3/1/98)
780 CMR -Sixth Edition
760.9
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
J4.4J.5 Mechanical Ventilation: Each
mechanical ventilation system (supply and/ or
exhaust) shall be equipped with a readily
accessible switch or other means for shutoff or
volume reduction and shutoff when venti-lation
is not required. Automatic or gravity dampers
that close when the system is not operating, or
other acceptable method to prevent air leakage
through ducts, shall be provided for outdoor
air intake and exhausts.
J4.4.3.5.1 780 CMR J4.4.3.5 applies to, but is
not limited to, unitary (central) cooling
equipment (air cooled, water cooled and
evaporatively cooled), the cooling mode of
unitary (central) and packaged terminal heat
pumps (air source and water source), and
packaged terminal air conditioners and room
air conditioners.
J4.4.3.6 Applied ETVAC system components,
electrically operated, cooling mode: See
780 CMR 1305.3.3c.
J4.4.4 Transport energy: See 780 CMR
1305.3.9.
J4.4.5 Balancing: The HVAC system design
shall provide means for balancing air and water
systems. In doing so, the considerations shall
include, but not be limited to, dampers,
temperature and pressure test connections and
balance valves.
J4.4.6 Controls.
J4.4.6.1 Temperature control: Each system
shall be provided with at least one adjustable
thennostat for the regulation of temperature.
Each thermostat shall be capable of being set
by adjustment or selection of sensors as
follows:
J4.4.6.1.1 When used to control heating only:
55to75'F(12.8to23.9°C).
J4.4.6.1^ When used to control cooling only:
70to85°F(21.1to29.4°C).
J4.4.6.13 When used to control both heating
and cooling, it shall be capable of being set
from 55 to 85 *F (12.8 to 29.4''C) and shall be
capable of operating the system heating and
cooling in sequence. The thermostat and/or
control system shall have an adjustable
deadband of lO'^F (5.6''C) or more.
J4.4.6.2 Humidity control:See 780 CMR
1305.2.4.2, 1305.3.4.5, and 1305.3.4.6.
J4.4.6.3 Zoning for temperature control.
J4.4.6.3.1 One and two family dwellings: At
least one thermostat for regulation of space
temperature shall be provided for each separate
HVAC system. In addition, a readily
accessible manual or automatic means shall be
provided to partially restrict or shut off the
heating and/or cooling input to each zone or
floor.
J4.4.6.3.2 Multifamily dwellings three
stories or less in height: For multifamily
dwellings, each individual dwelling unit shall
have at least one thermostat for regulation of
space temperature. A readily accessible
manual or automatic means shall be provided
to partially restrict or shut off the heating
and/or cooling input to each room. For spaces
other than living units at least one thermostat
for regulation of space temperature shall be
provided for
1. Each separate system.
2. Each separate zone as defined in 780 CMR
J2. As a minimum, each floor of a building
shall be consid-ered as a separate zone. In a
multi-story building where the perimeter
system offsets only the transmission losses of
the exterior wall, an entire side of uniform
exposure may be zoned separately. A readily
accessible manual or automatic means shall be
provided to partially restrict or shut off the
heating and/or cooling input to each floor.
34A.633 Control setback and shutoff: The
thennostat required in 780 CMR J4.4.6.3. 1 and
J4.4.6.3.2 or an alternate means, including, but
not limited to, a switch or a clock, shall provide
a readily accessible manual or automatic means
for reducing the energy required for heating
and cooling during periods of non-use or
reduced need including, but not limited to,
unoccupied periods and sleeping hours.
Lowering thermostat set points to reduce
energy consumption of heating systems shall
not cause energy to be expended to reach the
reduced setting.
J4.4.7 Air-handling duct system insulation:
Ducti>, plenums, and enclosures installed in or on
buildings shall be thermally insulated as follows:
J4.4.7.1 Duct systems, or portions thereof,
shall be insulated to provide thermal resistance,
as specified in Table J4.4.7.1.
Exceptions: Duct insulation, except as
required to prevent condensation, is not
required in the following cases:
1. When supply- or retum-air ducts are
installed in basements or cellars having
insulated walls.
2. When the heat gain or loss of the ducts,
without insulation, will not increase the energy
requirements of the building.
3. Within HVAC equipment.
4. Exhaust air ducts.
760.10
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
1/19/01
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS
TABLE J4A7.1
MINIMUM DUC'l' INSULATION^
COOLING^
HEATING^
Duct location
Annual Cooling Degree Insulation /{-Value^
Days base 65"? CDD (hft^'IO/Btu
Annual Heating Degree
Days base 65 °F
Insulation /J-Value'
(hft^'F)/Btu
Exterior of building
below 500
3.3
4,501 to 7,500
6.5
500 to 1,150
5.0
above 7,500
8.0
Inside of building envelope
or in unconditioned spaces*
TD'<15
Not Required —
Not Required
40>TD*>15
3.3 —
3.3
TDS40
—
5.0« _
For SI: °F = 1.8°C + 32, 1 (h-ft''F)/Btu = 0.176 m^kAV, 1 ft = 304.5 mm.
L Insulation /?- values shown are for the insulation as installed and do not include film resistance. The required
minimum thicknesses do not consider water vapor transmission and condensation. Where control of condensation
is required, additional insulation, vapor retarders, or both, shall be provided to limit vapor transmission and
condensation. For ducts which are designed to convey both heated and cooled air, duct insulation shall be as required
by the most restrictive condition. Where exterior walls are used as plenum walls, wall insulation shall be as required
by the most restrictive condition of 780 CMR J4.4.7.
2. Cooling ducts are those designed to convey mechanically cooled air or return ducts in such systems.
3. Heating ducts are those designed to convey mechanically heated air or return ducts in such systems.
4. Unconditioned spaces include basements, crawl spaces, and attics.
5. TD is denned as the temperature difference at design conditions between the space within which the duct is located
and the design air temperature in the duct.
6. Insulation resistance for runouts to terminal devices less than ten feet in length is not required to exceed an R- value
ofR-3.3. [(h-ft'-°F)/Btu.]
7. Insulation resistance measured on a horizontal plane in accordance with ASTM C 5 1 8-85, Test Method for Steady
State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus,
at a mean temperature of 75 °F at the installed thickness.
J4.4oS Duct constructioffl: As applicable,
ductwork shall be constructed and erected in
accordance with:
ACCA Manual D.-
BOCA National Mechanical Code:
ASHRAE Handbook HVAC Systems and Equipment:
SMACNA. Installation Standards for Residential
Heating and Air Conditioning Systems:
SMACNA. HVAC Duct Construction Standards • Metal
and Flexible:
SMACNA Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards:
ASHRAE HVAC AoDlications Handbook:
NAIMA Fibrous Class Duct Construction Standards.
each as listed in Appendix A.
J4.4.8.1 EQgh<-pressure aisd medium-
pressure ducts: See 780 CMR 1305.3.13.2.
J4.4.8.2 Duct sealing: The accessible joints,
seams, and connections of all low-pressure
supply and return ductwork that is located
outside conditioned space, including stud bays
or joist cavities/spaces used to transport air,
shall be sealed using mastic with :&brous
backing tape installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's installation instructions. Other
sealants may be approved by the Board of
Building Regulations and Standards. For
fibrous ducts, pressure sensitive tape may be
used if installed in accordance with NAMA
Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards, as
listed 'm Appendix A. Duct tape is not
permitted as a sealant on any ducts.
Exception 1: Fibrous backing tape need not
be used in the following cases:
1. On duct connections which are
overlapped.
2. Where gaps are less than 1/8" in any
dimension.
3. On flex duct connections with properly
installed tension straps.
Exception 2: Lengthwise snap-lock joints
on round or rectangular ducts need not be
sealed if they are tight fitting.
J4.4o9 Piping insulation: Piping installed for
space conditioning shall be thermally insulated in
accordance with Table J4.4.9. For service water-
heating systems, see 780 CMR J4.5.
Exceptions: Piping insulation is not required in
the following cases:
1 . Piping installed within HVAC equipment.
2. Piping at fluid temperatures between 55 "F
and 120°F (12.7°C and 48.9'*C) when not
required for energy conservation purposes.
3. When the heat loss and/or heat gain of the
piping without insulation does not increase die
energy requirement of the building.
4. When piping is installed in basements or
cellars having insulated walls in one and two
family dwellings.
1/19/01
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
760.11
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
TABLE J4.4.9
MINIMUM PIPE INSULATION' (Tliickness in Inches)
PIPING SYSTEM TYPES
FLUID
TEMPERATURE
RANGE, 'F
Pipe Sizes
Run Outs 2»2
r and Less
l'/4"to2"
2'/2"to4"
5" to 6"
8" and Larger
HEATING SYSTEMS
Steam and hot water
High pressure/temp
30M5O
VA
254
m
3
3yj
31/2
Med. pressure/temp
251-305
V/2
2
214
2'/2
3
3
Low pressure/temp
201-250
1
1!4
1/2
2
2
2
Low temperature
120-200
Vz
1
1
l'/2
V/2
1/2
Steam condensate (for
feed water)
Any
1
1
V/i
2
2
2
COOLING SYSTEMS
Chilled water,
40-55
V2
V2
Va
1
1
1
Refrigerant or brine
below 40
1
]
\Yt
VA
VA
]V,
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, "F = l.S'C + 32, 1 ft = 304.8 mm.
1 . For piping exposed to outdoor air, increase insulation thickness by !4 inch.
2. Runouts not exceeding 12 feet in length to individual terminal units.
J4.4.9.1 Other insulation thicknesses:
Insulation thicknesses in Table J4.4.9 are based
on insulation having thennal resistivity in the
range of 4.0 to 4.6 hft^'T/Btu per inch (0.704
to 0.810 m^k/W per 25 mm) of thickness on a
flat surface at a mean temperature of 75**?
(24°C).
Minimum insulation thickness shall be
increased for materials having values less than
4.0, or may be reduced for materials having
values greater than 4.6 as follows.
For materials with thermal resistively greater
than 4.6, the minimum insulation thickness
may be reduced as follows:
4.6 X Table 503.9 Thickness
Actual Resistivi^
New Minimum Thickness
For materials with thermal resistively less
than 4.0, the minimum insulation thickness
shall be increased as follows:
4.0 X Table 503.9 Thickness
New Minimum Thickness
Actual Resistivi^
J4.5 Service Water Heating
J4.5.1 Scope: The purpose of 780 CMR J4.5 is to
provide criteria for design and equipment
selection that will produce energy savings when
applied to service water heating. Water supplies
to ice making machines, refrigerators, and toilets
shall be taken from a cold-water line of the water
distribution system.
J4.5.2 Water heaters, storage tanks and boilers.
J4.5^.1 Performance efficiency: Water heat-
ers and hot water storage tanks shall meet the
minimum performance of water heating equip-
ment specified in Table J4.5.2. Where multiple
criteria are listed, all criteria shall be met.
Excption: Storage water heaters. Storage
water heaters and hot water storage tanks
having more than 140 gallons (530L) of
storage capacity need not meet the standby
loss (SL) or heat loss (HL) requirements of
table J4.5.2 if the tank surface area is
thermally insulated to R-12.5 and if a standing
pilot light is not used.
J4.S22 Insulation: Heat loss from unfired hot-
water storage tanks shall be limited to a
maximum of 6.5 Btu/h/ft.^ (20.5 W/m^) of
external tank surface area, based on 80 °F
(176°C) water-air temperature difference.
Exception: Unfired hot water storage tanks
having more than 500 gallons (1893 L) of
storage capacity thermally insulated to R-\2.5.
J4.5.2 J Combination service water heating/
space heating boilers: Service water-heating
equipment shall not be dependent on year-round
operation of space heating boilers; that is, boilers
that have as another function winter space
heating.
Exceptions:
1 . Systems for which the input rating of the
combined system is less than 150,000 Btu.
2. Systems for which the combined system
capacity (input rating or storage volume) is
less than twice that of the smaller of the
separate heaters required in a system with
separate space and water heating.
3. Systems with service/space heating boilers
having a standby loss (Buj/h) (W) less than:
133 pmd 400
n
determined by the fixture count method where:
pmd =probable maximum demand in
gallons/hour as determined in accordance with
Chapter 37 of the ASHRAE HVAC Systems
and Applications Handbook, as listed in
Appendix A.
n =fraction of year when outdoor daily mean
temperature exceeds 64.9°F (18.3°C)
The standby loss is to be determined for a test
period of 24 hour duration while maintaining
a boiler water temperature of 90°F (32.2^*0
above an ambient of 60 to 90**F (15.6 to
32.2°C) and a five-foot (1524 mm) stack on
appliance.
760.12
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/20/98 (Effective 3/1/98)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS
TABLE J4S.2
MINIMUM PERFORMANCE OF WATER HEATING EQUIPMENT
CATEGORY
TYPE FUEL
all electric
INPUT
RATING
Vt'
INPUT TO
7, RATIO
(Btu/h/gal)
TEST
METHOD
ENERGY
FACTOR'
THERMAL
EFFICIENCY
STANDBY
LOSS
%/hr'
NAECA
<I2kW
all*
Code of
>0.93-0.00132K
Covered
storage gas
<75,000 Btuh
all*
Federal
>0.62-0.0019F
Water Heating
instantaneous
gas
<200,000 Btuh*
all
Regulations,
>0.62-0.0019F
Equipment*
storage
oil
<1 05,000 Btuh
all
lOCFRPart
>0.59-0.0019F
instantaneous
oU
^10,000 Btuh
all
430 Subpart
B, Appendix
>0.59-0.0019K
gal/oil
aU
all
E
>78%
pool heater
ANSIZ21.56.
as listed in
Appendix A
Other Water
storage
electric
all
all
ANSI
<p.3Q+27/V,
Heating
>1 55,000 Btuh
all
Z21.10.3,as
Equipment*
storage/
gas/oil
>155,000 Btuh
all
<4,000
listed in
>78%
kl.3+II4/F,
instantaneous
<10
>10
<4,000
>4,000
Appendix A
>78%
>80%
S1.3+95/J;
>4,000
>77%
5.3+67/r.
Unfired
all
<6.5 Btuh/ ■
Storage Tanks
Spuare foot*
For SI: I Btuh/ft^ = 3.155 W/m^ 1 Btuh = 0.2931 W, 1 gallon = 3.785 L, °F. = 1.8°C + 32.
1 . PV Is the storage volume in gallons as measured during the standby loss test. For the purpose of estimating the
standby loss requirement using the rated volume shown on the rating plate, Vj- should be no less than 0.95 V for gas
and oil w^ater heaters and no less than 0.90 F for electric water heaters.
3. V is rated storage volume in gallons as specified by the manufacturer.
4. Consistent with National Appliance Energy Conservation Act (NAECA) of 1 987.
5. All except those water heaters covered by NAECA.
6. Code of Federal Regulations, 10 CFR Part 430 Subpart B, Appendix E, as listed in Appendix A, applies to electric
and gas storage water heaters with rated volumes 20 gallons and gas instantaneous water heaters with input ratings of
50,000 to 200,000 Btuh.
7. When testing an electric storage water heater for standby loss using the test procedure of Section 2.9 of ANSI
Z2 1.1 0.3-1 990 Gas Water Heaters, Volume HI, Circulating Tank, Instantaneous and Large Automatic Storage-Type
Water Heaters, the electrical supply voltage shall be maintained within ±1% of the center of the voltage range specified
on the voltage range specified on die water heater nameplate. Also, when needed for calculations, the thermal
efficiency (Et) shall be 98%.
When testing an oil water heater using the test procedures of Section 2.8 and 2.9 of ANSI 221.10.3, as listed in
Appendix A, ^e following modifications will be made:
A vertical length of flue pipe shall be connected to the flue gas outlet of sufficient height to establish the minimum
draft specified in the manufacturer's installation instructions. All measurements of oil consumption will be taken by
instruments with an accuracy of ±1% or better.
The burner rate shall be adjusted to achieve an hourly Btu input rate within ±2% of the manufacturer's specified input
rate with the COj reading as specified by the manufacturer with smoke no greater than 1 and the fuel pump pressure
within +1% of the manufacturer's specification.
8. Heat loss of tank surface area (Btuh/ft.^ based on 80°F. water-air temperature difference.
J4.5.3 Automatic controls: Service water-
heating systems shall be equipped with automatic
temperature controls capable of adjustment &om
the lowest to the highest acceptable temperature
settings for the intended use. Temperature setting
range shall be in accordance with Table 2 in
Chapter 37 of ASHRAE HVAC Systems and
Applications Handbook, as listed in Appendix A.
J4.S.4 Shutdown: A separate switch shall be
provided to permit turning off the energy supplied
to electric service water-heating systems. A
separate valve shall be provided to permit turning
off the energy supplied to the main bumer(s) of
all other types of service water-heating systems.
M.5.S Pump operation: Circulatmg hot-water
systems shall be arranged so that the circulation
pump(s) can be conveniently turned off,
automatically or manually, when the hot-water
system is not in operation.
J4,S.6 Pipe imsulatloBi: For re-circulating
systems, piping heat loss shall be limited to a
maximum of 17.5 Btu/h per linear foot (5.13 W
per m^) of pipe in accordance with Table J4.5.6,
which is based on design external temperature no
lower than SS^F (18.3 "C). Other design
tempera:tures must be calculated.
Exception: Piping insulation is not required
when the heat loss of the piping, without
insulation, does not increase the annual energy
requirements of the building.
2/20/98 (Effective 3/1/98)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
760.13
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
TABLE J4J.6
MINIMUM PIPE INSU1.ATI0N
(Thickness in Inches)
SERVICE WATER
HEATING
TEMPERATURES °F
PIPE SIZES'
Noncirculating
Runouts
Circulating Mains and Runouts
Up tor
• Up to l»/4"
IVi" to 2"
Over 2"
170-180
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
140-160
0.5
0.5
1.0
1.5
100-130
0.5
0.5
0.5
1.0
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, °F = 1.8X + 32.
1. Nominal iron pipe size and insulation thickness. Conductivity K = 0.27
J4.5.7 Swimming pools.
J4^.7.1 All pool heaters shall be equipped
with an ON-OFF switch mounted for easy
access to allow shutting off the operation of the
heater without adjusting the thermostat setting
and to allow restarting without re-lighting the
pilot light.
J4.5.7.2 Pool covers: Heated swimming pools
shall be equipped with a pool cover.
Exception: Outdoor pools deriving over
20% of the energy for heating from
renewable sources (computed over an
operating season) are exempt from this
requirement.
J4.5.7^ Time clocks: Time clocks shall be
installed so that the pump can be set to run in
the off-peak electric demand period and can be
set for the minimum time necessary to maintain
the water in a clear and sanitary condition in
keeping with applicable health standard.
J4.5.8 Conservation of hot water.
J4.5.8.1 Showers: Shower heads shall have a
maximum flow rate of 2.5 gallons per minute
(gpm) (0.158 L/s) at a pressure of 80 pounds
per square inch (psi) (551 kPa) when tested in
accordance with ASME Al 12.18.1, as listed in
Appendix A.
J4.6 Electrical Power and Lighting.
J4.6.1 Electrical energy consumption: In
multifamily dwellings, provisions shall be made
to determine the electrical energy consumed by
each tenant by separately metering individual
dwelling units.
Exception: Motels, hotels, college dormitories
and other transient facilities.
J4.6.2 Lighting power budget: The lighting
system shall meet the applicable provisions of
780 CMR 1308.
Exception: One-and Two-Family dwellings
and the dwelling portion of multifamily
residential buildings.
780 CMR J5.0 RESIDENTIAL BUILDING
DEHGN BY PRESCRIPTIVE PACKAGE
(Also see 780 CMR JLU)
Compliance Approach #i
Notes:
1. The Prescriptive Package Approach is
expectedly the most conservative for building
envelope compliance. It does not require
calculation of a building's thermal performance,
but jillows the user to simply select a set of
components from a pre-determined group after
establishing the weather site and glazing area of
the building.
2. There is no interpolation or extrapolation
allowed between packages in Table J5.2.1b.
3. The Prescriptive Package Approach
(780 CMR J5.0) is intended for one and two-
family detached buildings heated with fossil fuels
and having glazing representing no more than
18% of the gross wall area. Also, such buildings
must be either wood frame or mass wall
constniction (concrete, masonry, log): metal frame
buildings are excluded.
4. For one and two-family buildings that do not
meet the requirements in Note 3, and for all multi-
family buildings, refer to 780 CMR Jl.1.3.
compliance alternatives 2. through 5.
5. Table J5.2.1b is based on a number of
assumptions about the buildings it covers. These
assumptions are stated fully in the Footnotes to
that table, and should be reviewed to assure that
the Table is suitable for use with any given
proposed building.
J5.1 Scope.
J5.1.1 General: Buildings constructed to
780 CMR J5.0 that are heated and/or
mechanically cooled shall meet the applicable
requirements of 780 CMR J5.0 and 780 CMR
J4.0.
J5.2 Exterior Envelope Requirements
J5.2.1 General: The various building assemblies
(window, wall, ceiling, floor, etc.) shall conform
to the thermal transmittance and resistance values
inTableJ5.2.1b.
760.14
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
1/19/01
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUELDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION LOW=RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS
TABLE JSo2ols
HEATING DEGREE DAYS BASE 65 (HDD,^)
Note 1 : Table J5.2. 1 a is only utilized to support Table J5.2« ! b.
Note 2: The heating degree day value for Springfield is only to be used for the cities and towns of Chicopee, Holyoke,
West Springfield, Springfield, Agawam and Longmeadow. For all other surrounding towns of Springfield, design to
the HDD value of Amherst.
Table JS^Jb
Prescriptive Packages for One- and Two°Family Residential Buildings Heated with Fossil Fuels
MAXIMUM
MINIMUM
Package
Glazing
Area' (%)
Glazing
U-vaiue*
Ceiling
R-value'
Wall
R-value^
Floor
R-value'
Basement
Wall
R-value'
Slab
Perimeter
R-valu«'
Heating/Cooling
Equipment Efficiency^
Less than 5501 Heatine Decree Davs'
A
UP to 12%
up to 12%
0.50
38
13
19
10
6
minimum from J4 Tables
B
0.52
30
13
19
10
6
82 AFUE
C
12.1 to 15%
0.42
0.50
38
38
38
13
13
13
19
19
10
6
minimum from J4 Tables
D
12.1 to 15%
10
6
N/A
85 AFUE
E
15.1 to 18%
0.39
25
N/A
minimum from J4 Tables
F
15.1 to 18%
0.42
38
13
19
10
6
85 AFUE
5501 to 5700 Heating Deeree Davs'
G
up to 12%
0.46
38
13
19
10
6
minimum from J4 Tables
H
up to 12%
0.52
30
13
19
10
6
85 AFUE
I
12.1 to 15%
0.41
38
13
25
N/A
N/A
minimum from J4 Tables
J
12.1 to 15%
0.50
38
19
19
10
6
minimum from J4 Tables
K
12.1 to 15%
0.46
38
13
19
10
6
85 AFUE
L
15.1 to 18%
0.36
38
13
25
N/A
N/A
minimum from J4 Tables
M
15.1 to 18%
0.43
38
19
19
10
6
minimum from J4 Tables
N
15.1 to 18%
0.42
38
13
25
N/A
N/A
85 AFUE
15.1 to 18%
0.46
38
13
19
10
6
90 AFUE
P
15.1 to 18%
0.50
30
19
19
10
6
87 AFUE
5701 to 6500 Healing Degree Days'
Q
up to 12%
0.40
38
13
19
10
6
minimum from J4 Tables
R
UP to 12%
0.52
30
19
19
10
6
minimum from J4 Tables
2/20/98 (Effective 3/1/98)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
760.15
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
MAXIMUM
MINIMUM
Package
Glazing
Area' (%)
Glazing
U-vaiue-
Ceiling
R-value'
Wall
R-value*
Floor
R-value*
Basement
Wall
R-value*
Slab
Perimeter
R-value^
Heating/Cooling
Equipment Efficienc/
S
up to 12%
0.50
38
13
19
10
6
85AFUE
T
12.1 to 15%
0.36
38
13
25
N/A
N/A
minimum from J4 Tables
U
12.1 to 15%
0.46
38
19
19
10
6
minimum from J4 Tables
V
12.1 to 15%
0.44
38
13
25
N/A
N/A
85AFUE
W
12.1 to 15%
0.52
30
19
19
10
6
85AFUE
X
15.1 to 18%
0.32
38
13
25
N/A
N/A
minimum from J4 Tables
Y
15.1 to 18%
0.42
38
19
25
N/A
N/A
minimum from J4 Tables
Z
15.1 to 18%
0.42
38
13
19
10
6
90AFUE
AA
15.1 to 18%
0.50
30
19
19
10
6
90AFUE
Greater Than 6500 Heatin? Degree Days'
BB
up to 12%
0.31
38
13
25
N/A
N/A
minimum from J4 Tables
CC
up to 12%
0.43
38
19
19
10
6
minimum from J4 Tables
DD
UP to 12%
0.45
38
13
19
10
6
90AFUE
EE
up to 12%
0.50
30
19
19
10
6
85 AFUE
FF
12.1 to 15%
0.40
38
13
25
N/A
N/A
90AFUE
GG
12.1 to 15%
0.50
38
19
19
10
6
90 AFUE
HH
12.1 to 15%
0.43
38
19
19
10
6
85 AFUE
II
15.1 to 18%
0.35
38
13
25
N/A
N/A
90 AFUE
JJ
15.1 to 18%
0.35
30
19
19
10
6
90 AFUE
KK
15.1 to 18%
0.42
38
19
19
10
6
90 AFUE
N/A - This package may not be used for buildings with insulated Basement Walls or Slabs.
Footnotes to Table J5.2. i b:
1 . Glazing area is the ratio of the rough opening area of the glazing assemblies (including sliding-glass doors,
skylights, and basement windows if located in walls that enclose conditioned space, but excluding opaque doors) to
the exterior wall gross area, expressed as a percentage. Up to 1% of the total glazing area may be excluded from the
U-value requirement. For example, 3 ft' of decorative glass may be excluded from the U-value requirement of a
building design with 300 f\? of glazing area.
2. After January 1, 1999, glazing U-values must be tested and documented by the manufacturer in accordance with
the National Fenestration Rating Council (NFRC) test procedure, or taken from Table J1.5.3a. U-values are for whole
units: center-of-glass U-values cannot be used.
3. The ceiling R-values do not assume raised or oversized framing construction. If the insulation achieves the ftill
insulation thickness over the exterior wails without compression, or if n(}n-compressible insulation is used to achieve
full R-value, R-30 insulation may be substituted for R-38 insulation. Ceiling R-values represent the sum of cavity
insulation plus insulating sheathing (if used). For ventilated ceilings, insulating sheathing must be placed between the
conditioned space and the ventilated portion of the roof.
4. Wall R-values represent the sum of the wall cavity insulation plus insulating sheathing (if used). Do not include
exterior siding, structural sheathing, and interior drywall. For example, an R-19 requirement could be met EITHER
by R-19 cavity insulation OR R-13 cavity insulation plus R-6 insulating sheathing. Wall requirements apply to wood-
frame or mass (concrete, masonry, log) wall constructions, but do not apply to metal-frame construction.
5. The floor requirements apply to floors over unconditioned spaces (such as unconditioned crawlspaces, basements,
or garages). Floors over outside air must meet the ceiling requirements.
6. The entire opaque portion of any individual basement wall with an average depth less than 50% below grade must
meet the same R-value requirement as above-grade walls. Windows and sliding glass doors of conditioned basements
must be included with the other glazing. Basement doors must meet the door U-value requirement described in Note
b.
7. The R-value requirements are for unheated slabs. Add an additional R-2 for heated slabs.
8. If the building utilizes electric resistance heating use the compliance approaches found in 780 CMR J6, 7, 8, or 9.
If you plan to install more than one piece of heating equipment or more than one piece of cooling equipment, the
equipment with the lowest efficiency must meet or exceed the efficiency required by the selected package.
9. For Heating Degree Day requirements of the closest city or town see Table J5.2. 1 a
NOTES:
a) Glazing areas and U-values are maximum acceptable levels. Insulation R-values are minimum acceptable levels.
R-value requirements are for insulation only and do not include structural components.
b) Opaque doors in the building envelope must have a U-value no greater than 0.35. Door U-values must be tested and
documented by the manufacturer In accordance with the NFRC test procedure or taken from the door U-value in Table
J 1 .S.3b. If a door contains glass and an aggregate U-value rating for that door is not available, include the glass area
of the door with your windows and use the opaque door U-value to determine compliance of the door. One door may
be excluded from this requirement (i.e., may have a U-value greater than 0.35).
760.16
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/20/98 (Effective 3/1/98)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUDDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS
c) If a ceiling, wall, floor, basement wall, slab-edge, or crawl space wall component includes two or more areas with
different insulation levels, the component complies if the average R-value is greater than or equal to the R-value
requirement for that component Average R°value must be calculated by applying area-weighted Upvalues to the
components, and determining the reciprocals. Glazing or door components comply if the area-weighted average U-
yalue of all windows or doors is less than or equal to the U°value requirement (0.35 for doors).
780 CMR J6.0 RESIDENTIAL BUILDING
DESIGN BY COMPONENT PERFORMANCE
(Manual Trade-off or
"Paper and Pencil " Approach)
(Also see 780 CMR J LIJ)
Compliance Approach #2
Notes:
1. The Component Performance Approach
shown in 780 CMR J6.0 is a design-specific
alternative to the Prescriptive Package Approach
of780CMRJ5.0.
2. The Component Performance Approach
ailov/s for trade-offs between all building
envelope components, and heating and cooling
equipment efficiencies. This approach allows
greater flexibility than that allowed in the
Prescriptive Packages listed in Table J5.2.ib.
3 . The Component Performance Approach may
be used only for wood or metal framed buildings,
1 6" or 24" on center. For other framing materials
or configurations, use 780 CMR J7.0, J8.0, or
J9.0.
J6,l Scope
J6.L1 General: Buildings constructed to
.780 CMR J6.0 that are heated and/or
mechanically cooled shall meet all applicable
requirements of 780 CMR J6.0 and 780 CMR
J4.0.
M2 Exterior Envelope RequtremeHts
J6.2.1 General: To determine thermal
transmittance compliance with the various wall,
roof and floor assemblies, the Trade-Off
Worksheet must be completed using the figures
and tables provided.
J6.2.2 Instructions for Using the Trade-off
Approach:
STEP 1 : Find your climate zone based on the
county in which your building is to be located
shovra in Figure J6.2.2.
STEP 2: Complete the general information at
the top of the Trade-off Worksheet.
STEP 3: Complete the PROPOSED section
of the Trade-off Worksheet. Provide the area,
R-value and U-value of each component. Use
net areas for walls and roof assemblies that
contain windows, doors, or skylights. U-
values can be found in Tables J6.2.2a through
J6.2.2g. R-values in tables are based on cavity
insulation plus insulating sheathing (if used).
If more than one type of insulation or glass
is used for a building component (i.e. two
different R-values in the ceiling) use the
additional blank lines for each R or U value
provided in each block of the proposed section.
(Note: Remember that, for heated
basements, foundation walls that are 50%
and greater above grade are considered
. "Walls" while foundation walls less that
50% above grade are considered "Basement
Walls."
STEP 4: Compute the total Proposed UA.
Multiply all proposed U-values by their
corresponding area. Enter the results in the
UA column. Sum the proposed UAs for all
components and enter this sum in the Total
Proposed UA box. Also sum the areas for
Ceilings and Walls, and enter in the "Total
Area" boxes. Transfer these "Total Areas" to
the respective Required "Area" boxes.
STEP 5: Complete the REQUIRED section
of the Trade-Off Worksheet. Table J6.2.2h
lists building component U- value requirements
for each climate zone in Massachusetts. Enter
the required U-values in the appropriate
Required U-value column. Copy the total
areas to the Area column of the Required side.
STEP 6: Multiply U-values in the Required
column by their corresponding area; enter
results in the UA column. Sum the UAs on the
right side of the worksheet.
STEP 7: If high efficient HVAC is to be
taken into account, complete the HVAC Trade-
off Worksheet. Replace Total Required UA
with HVAC adjusted UA (the new required
UA mix increase) from HVAC Trade-off
worksheet.
STEPS: Check for compliance. If the Tom/
Proposed UA is less than or equal to the Total
Required UA then your building complies with
the thermal envelope requirements of
Appendix J. If not, you must adjust insulation
R-values, areas, and/or HVAC system
efficiency in your proposed building.
2/20/98 (Effective 3/1/98)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
760.17
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
FIGURE J6.2.2
State Map with Climate Zones
CO
H
I-
LJJ
CO
O
<
CO
CO
<
9 ^^ k.
g eM-<rcvjcMc«)<*^'*«ojncMn'*
760.18
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/20/98 (Effective 3/1/98)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION LOW°RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS
TABI
Cellin
g U-vaines
Insulation
R-Vaiue<^'
Standard Framing
U-Value
Raised Framing
U-Value*>
—
Insulation
R-Value^'^
Standard
Framing
U-Value
Raised Framing
U-Value''>
R-0
0.568
0.119
0.568
R-33
R-34
0.033
0.032
0.029
R-7
0.119
0.028
R-8
0.108
0.108
R-35
R-36
0.032
0.028
R-9
0.098
0.098
0.031
0.027
R-IO
0.089
0.089
=
R-37
0.031
0.026
R-ll
0.082
0.082
R-38
0.030
0.025
R-12
0.076
0.076
R-39
0.030
0.025
R-13
0.070
0.070
R-40
0.029
0.024
R-14
0.066
0.066 .
R-41
0.029
0.024
R-I5
0.062
0.061
R-42
0.028
0.023
R-16
0.059
0.056
0.058
0.055
0.052
R-43
0.028
0.023
R-17
»^
R-44
0.027
0.022
R-.18
0.053
0.051
R-45
0.027
0.022
R-19
0.049
^
R-46
0.027
0.021
R-20
0.048
0.047
R.47
0.026
0.021
R-2r
0.047
0.045
0.043
0.041
-.
R-48
0.026
0.020
R-22
0.045
R-49
0.026
0.020
R-23
0.043
R-50
0.026
0.020
R-24
0.042
0.040
R-51
0.025
0.019
R-25
0.040
0.038
R-52
0.025
0.019
R-26
0.039
0.037
R-53
0.025
0.019
R-27
0.038
0.035
1 R.54
0.025
0.018
R.28
0.037
0.036
0.034
R-55
0.024
0.018
R-29
0.033
R-56
0.024
0.018
R-30
0.035
0.032
R.57
0.024
0.018
R-31
0.034
0.031
R-58
0.024
0.024
0.017
R-32
0.O34
0.030
R-59
0.017
(a) R-values represent the sum of the ceiling cavity insulation plus the R-value of insulating sheathing (if used.) For
example, R-19 cavity insulation plus R-5 sheathing is reported as R-24 ceiling insulation. For ventilated ceilings,
insulating sheathing must be placed betvi/een the conditioned space and the ventilated portion of the roof (typically
applied to the trusses or rafters immediately behind the diywal! or other ceiling flnish material.)
(b) To receive credit for raised framing, the insulation must achieve its full thickness over the exterior walls, or non-
compressible insulation must be used to achieve full R-value.
TABLE J6.2^b
Frame Wail U-vataes
Insulation R- Value®
16-in.O.C.
Wall U- Value
2'i'in. O.C.
Wall U-Value
R-0
0.238
0.241
R-7
0.105
0.104
R-8
0.099
0.097
R-9
0.094
0.092
R-10
0.090
0.088
R-ll
0.089
0.087
R-12
0.085
0.083
R.13
0.082
0.080
R-14
0.079
0.077
R-15
0.077
0.074
R-16
0.066
0.064
R-17
0.064
0.062
R-18
0.062
0.060
R-19
0.060
0.059
R-20
0.059
0.057
R-21
0.057
0.056
2/20/98 (Effective 3/1/98)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
760.19
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Insulation R-Valuc"
16-in. O.C.
Wall U-Value
24-in. O.C.
Wall U-Value
R-22
0.056
0.054
R-23
0.055
0.053
R-24
0.054
0.052
R-25
0.053
0.051
R-26
0.052
0.050
R.27
0.051
0.049
R-28
0.050
0.048
(a) U-va!ues are for uncompressed insulation.
(b) Wall R-values are the sum of the cavity insulation plus insulating sheathing (if used.)
TABLE J6.2.2C
16 inches O.C. Metal Frame Wall U-values
Insulatin.? Sheathing R-Value
Cavity
R-Value
R-0
R'2
R-3
R-4
R-5
R-6
R-7
R-8
R-9
R-10
R-0
0.270
0.205
0.170
0.146
0.127
0.113
0.101
0.092
0.084
0.078
R-ll
0.120
0.106
0.096
0.087
0.080
0.074
0.069
0.065
0.061
0,057
R-I3
0.114
0.100
0.091
0.084
0.077
0.072
0.067
0.063
0.059
0.056
R-15
0.109
0.096
0.088
0.081
0.075
0.070
0.065
0.061
0.058
0.054
R-19-
0.101
0.090
0.083
0.077
0.071
0.066
0.062
0.059
0.055
0.052
R-21
0.098
0.088
0.081
0.075
0.070
0.065
0.061
0.058
0.054
0.052
R-9S
094
n,0R5
on?}?
071
068
0,061
0,060
056
0.051
nn^i
TABLE J6.2.2d
24 inches O.C. Metal Frame Wall U-values
Insulating Sheathing R-Value
Cavity
R'Value
R-0
R-2
R-3
R-4
R-5
R-6
R-7
R-8
R-9
R-10
R-0
0.270
0.205
0.170
0.146
0.127
0.113
0.101
0.092
0.084
0.078
R-Il
0.106
0.104
0.086
0.080
0.074
0.069
0.064
0.060
0.057
0.054
R-13
0.100
0.98
0.082
0.076
0.071
0.066
0.062
0.058
0.055
0.052
R-15
0.094
0.093
0.078
0.073
0.068
0.063
0.060
0.056
0.053
0.051
R-19
0.088
0.086
0.074
0.069
0.064
0.060
0.057
0.054
0.051
0.049
R-21
0.085
0.084
0.072
0.067
0.063
0.059
0.056
0.053
0.050
0.048
R.^^;
081
nosn
069
064
060
nn-??
0,0M
OO*?!
049
046
TABLE J6.2.2e
Floor U-values
Insulation R-Value
Floor U-Value
R-0
0.249
R-7
0.096
R-ll
0.072
R-13
0.064
R-15
0.057
R-19
0.047
R-21
0.044
R-26
0.037
R-30
0.033
760.20
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/20/98 (Effective 3/1/98)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION LOW=RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS
TABLE J6.2o2ff
Basement U-vaiues
Insulation
Basement Wall
Insulation
Basement Wall
R-Value
CAFfl/ttc
—
R-Value
U' Value
R-0
0.360
R-IO
0.072
R-1
0.244
R»ll
0.067
R-2
0.188
R.12
0.062
R-3
0.155
R-13
0.059
R-4
0.132
R-14
0.055
R»5
0.115
R-I5
0.052
R-6
0.102
R-I6
0.050
R.7
0.092
R-17
0.047
R-8
0.084
R-1 8
0.045
R-9
0.077
R-19
R.2n
0.043
0.041
(a) Insulation R-values represent the sum of exterior and/or interior insulation. Basement walls must be insulated from
the top of the basement wall to ten ft. below ground level, or to the floor of the basement, whichever is less.
Slab F-valyes
Slab U-Value
Perimeter Insulation
R-Value
24-in.
Insulation Depth
48-in.
Insulation Depth
R-0
1.04
1.04
R-l
0.91
0.89
R-2
0.86
0.83
R-3
0.83
0.79
R-4
0.82
0.76
R-5
0.80
0.74
R-6
0.79
0.73
R-7
0.79
0.71
R-8
0.78
0.70
R-9
0.77
0.69
R-10
0.77
0.68
R-ll
0.68
R.12
0.67
R-13
0.66
R-I4
0.66
R-l 5
0.65
R-16
0.65
R.17
0.65
R-l 8
0.64
R-19
0.64
R.20
0.64
TABLE J6,2«2h
U-value Requirements by Climate Zone
Climate
Zone
Ceiling U-
value
|'"g.!« Multi-
^-'^ PamilyWall
,, , , U-value
U-value
Floor U-
value
Basement
Wall
U-value
Unhealed
Slab
F-value
Heated
Slab
F-value
12
0.026
0.13 0.22
0.05
0.079
0.80
0.79
13
0.026
0.12 0.20
0.05
0.078
0.74
0.71
14
0.026
0.11 0.18
0.05
0.077
0.73
0.70
Note I : Buildings heated by electric resistance require a U=0. J 05 for a Single Family Wall U-value in all zones.
2/20/98 (Effective 3/1/98)
780 CMR - Si.xth Edition
760.21
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Manual Trade-Off Worksheet
Buiider Name
Builder Address
Site Address
Submitted By
Date-
Zoneni2 DlS DM
Phone .
Permit #
Checked By
Date
PROPOSED
Ceilings. Skylights, and Floors Over Outside Air
Description
Insulation
R-Value
xNetArea
U-Value
Ceiling
(Table J6.2.2a)
Floor Over Outside Air
(Table J6.2.2a)
Walls. Windows, and Doors
Description
Insulation
R-Value
Total Area
U-Value
le
te
fe
te
ft^
x Net
Area
Walls
(Table J6.2.2b.c.d)
Windows
(NFRC or Table J 1.5.3a)
Doors
(NFRC or Table Jl. 5.3b)
Sliding Glass Doors
(NFRC or Table J 1.5.3a)
Total Area
tf
fe
tf
tf
f^
te
te
Floors and Foundations
Statement of Compliance: The proposed building design represented in
these documents is consistent with the building plans, specifications,
and other calculations submitted with the pennit application.
UA
UA
REQUIRED
Required
U-Value
(Table J6.2.2h)
X Area
UA
Description
Insulation
Depth
Insulation R-
Value
U-Value
X Area or
Perimeter
'=UA
Floor Over Unconditioned (Table
Space J6.2.2e)
f^
Basement Wall (Table J6.2.2n
te
Unhealed Slab
(Table J6.2.2p)
in.
ft
Heated Slab
(Table J6.2.2g)
in.
ft
ft^
ft^
Total Proposed I
than or equal to Total (oi
lA must be less
■Adjusted) Req
tired UA
T
Propo
Otal
sedUA
Required
U-Value
X Area
UA
Required
U-Valuc
X Area
= UA
Total
'.quired UA
Adjusted
quired UA
OR Rt
1
Re
Builder/Designer
Company Name
Date
760.22
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/20/98 (Effective 3/1/98)
7S0 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS
HVAC Trade-Off Worksheet
1 . Calculate efficiency Increase in percent:
EFFj^itd - EFFaandani = "/<> Jncrcase — ^ — =„„__
•fci'i' standard
2. Adjust the % increase according to Trade-off Ratio (Table 1 below):
{Vo increase X Trade-off Ratio) + 1 = Adjusted Ratio ■
3. Adjust Total Required UA (from Manual Trade -Off Worksheet):
Total Required UA X Adjusted Ratio = Adjusted Required UA-
4. Use Adjusted Required UA as new Total Required UA, and check if
Total Proposed UA is now less than or equal to it.
Total Proposed UA
(from Manual Trade-Off Worteheet)
Work Space:
Total Required UA
Trade-off Ratios
|City/Town
HDD.,
Ratio, fi
City/Town
HDD,,
Ratio. B
Amherst
6404
1.15 •
-
Hyannis
6137
1.13
Bedford
6521
1.15
Lawrence
6322
1.14
Blue Hill
6398
1.15
Middleton
6268
1.14
Boston
Brocton
5641
1.11
Nantucket
5848>
1.12
6225
1.14
New Bedford
5426
1. 10
Chatham
6058
1.13
-
Plymouth
6333
1.14
Clinton
6698
1.16
Provincetown
6044
1.13
1.14
East Wareham
6297
1.14
Rochester
6267
Edgartown
5916
1.13
Springfield
5754
1.12
Falmouth
Framingham
5713
1.12
Stockbridge
7060
1.17
6262
1.14
Taunton
6346
1.14
Haverhill
6413
1.15
Tully Lake
Worcester
7552
6979
1.19
1.17
NAECA Minimum Equipment Efftciencles'
1 Equipment Tvpe
Minimum
Equipment Type
Minimum
Furnace
78 AFUE
Heat Pump: Heating Mode
6.8 HSPF
Boiler: Except Gas Steam
80 AFUE
_
Heat Pump: Cooling Mode
10 SEER
Boiler Gas Steam
75 AFUE
Air Conditioner
10 SEER
1 . Note: No Trade-off available for electric Resistance Heating.
2/20/98 (Effective 3/1/98)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
760.23
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
780 CMR J7.0 RESTOENTIAL BUILDING
DESIGN BY MAScheck SOFTWARE
(Also see 780 CMR JL 1.3)
Compliance Approach #5
Notes:
1. The lAAScheck Software produces similar
results to the Component Performance Approach
stated in 780 CMR J6.0. However, the software
produces results in less time, performs trade-offs
quickly, and creates a spread sheet of building
components and an inspection report
2. Installation and operating mstructions are
contained in the Users Guide, which comes with
MAScheck Software.
3. Minimum computer requirements for
operating MAScheck Software are:
(a) a personal computer with the Intel 80386
(386) processor (or higher),
(b) a 3/2" diskette drive,
(c) 530 kilobytes (KB) of conventional RAM
memory,
(d) a hard disk with 1 megabyte (MB) of free
disk space,
(e) VGA or Super VGA monitor,
(f) MS-DOS Version 3. 1 or later,
(g) Microsoft-compatible mouse is highly
recommended but not required.
J7.1 Scope
J7.1.1 General: Buildings constructed to
780 CMR J7.0 that are heated and/or
mechanically cooled shall meet the applicable
requirements of 780 CMR J7.0 and 780 CMR
J4.0.
J7.2 Exterior Envelope Requirements
J7.2.1 General: To determine thermal
transmittance compliance with the various wall,
roof and floor assemblies, the MASc/iecfc
Software analysis must be completed, and the
"Your Home" UA value must be less than or
equal to the "Required" UA value calculated by
the software.
780 CMR J8.0 RESIDENTIAL BUIUDING
DESIGN BY SYSTEMS ANALYSIS
("Total Energy Analysis ")
(Also see 780 CMR J 1.1. 3)
Compliance Approach U4
Notes:
1. The Systems Design Analysis outlined in
780 CMR J8.0 is the most refined means for
Energy Code compliance.
2. If the proposed design takes credit for reduced
air changes per hour (below 0.5 ACH),
documentation of post-construction testing to
verify air change rate shall be provided.
3. Calculation tools shall be approved by the
BBRS.
J8.1 Scope
J8.1.1 General: 780 CMR J8 establishes design
criteria in terms of total energy use by a
residentid building, including all of its systems.
J8.2 Systems Analysis
J8.2.1 Energy Analysis: Compliance with
780 CMR J8 will require an analysis of the annual
energy uiaige, hereinafter called an annual energy
analysis.
Exception: 780 CMR J4 and J6 establish
criteria for different energy-consuming and
enclosure elements of the building which, if
followed, will eliminate the requirement for an
annual energy analysis while meeting the intent
of Appendix J.
A building designed in accordance with 780
CMR J8 will be deemed as complying with
Appendix J if the calculated annual energy
consumption is not greater than a similar
building (defined as a "standard design")
whose enclosure elements and energy-
consuming systems are designed in accordance
with 780 CMR J4 and J6.
For a proposed alternate building design to
be considered similar to a "standard design," it
shall utilize the same energy source(s) and
equipment types for the same functions and
have equal floor area and the same ratio of
thermal envelope area to floor area, exterior
design conditions, occupancy, climate data,
and usage operational schedule.
Building designs and energy calculations
shall he supported by documentation consistent
with Massachusetts registration laws for engin-
eers aind architects, and otherwise consistent
with the requirements of Appendix J.
J8.2.1.1 Input values for Group R
buildmgs: The following input values shall be
used in calculating annual energy performance.
The requirements of 780 CMR J8 specifically
indicate which variables shall remain constant
between the standard building and the
proposed building calculations. The standard
building shall be a base-version of the design
that directly complies with the provisions of
Appendix J4 and J6. The proposed building
may utilize a design that is demonstrated,
through calculations satisfactory to the
building official, to have equal or lower annual
energy use than the standard design.
760.24
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/20/98 (Effective 3/1/98)
• 780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUE.DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION LOW=RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS
Glazing Systems
Orientation of the standard design
Shading, standard design
Equal area on north, south, east and west exposures.
Draperies shall be assumed to be closed during periods of
mechanical air conditioning operation.
Glazing areas in the standard design shall not be provided with
extra exterior shading beyond shading that is provided by typical
construction practices — such as roof overiiangs. Energy
performance Impacts of added exterior shading for glazing areas
may be accounted for in the proposed design for a specific
building, provided that the actual installation of such systems is
approved by the building official Results from exterior shading
calculations on one proposed building shall not be used for groups
of buildings.
Heat Storage (Thermal Mass)
Internal mass .8 pounds per square foot (39 kg/m^
Structural mass ^ 3.5 pounds per square foot ( 1 7 kg/m*)
Passive solar building designs shall utilize at least 45 Btu/'F (26 kJ/'C) of additional thennal mass, per square foot (m^
of added glass area, when added south-facing glass area exceeds 33% of the total glass area in walls.
Building Thermal Envelope — Surface Area and Volume
Floor, walls, ceiling
Foundation and floor type:
Glazings, including sl^rlights
Doors of TYPE I structures
Building volume
PARAMETER
The standard and proposed designs shall have equal areas.
The foundation and floor type for both the standard and the
proposed design shall be equal.
The area of glazing in the standard design shall not be greater than
the area of glazing in the proposed design. The U^-value of the
standard design shall be selected to permit calculated U.-wall
compliance of the standard design.
The standard design shall have at least 40 square feet (3.7 m*) of
door area.
The volumes of both the standard and proposed design shall be
VALUE
Thermostat (constants)
Heating set point
Cooling set point
Night set back
Set back duration
Number of set-back periods
h/Iaximum number of zones
Number of thermostats per zone
Internal Sensible Heat Gains (constants)
TYPE I Units
TYPE II Units
Domestic Water Heater (calculate, then constants)
Temperature set point laO'F (49*0)
Daily hot water consumption Gallons = (30 x «* - units) +
(10 x«- bedrooms)
a units = number of living units in proposed design (n).
b bedrooms = number of bedrooms in each living unit.
eS^F. (20»C.)
78°F. (26*C.)
60°F. (16°C.)
7 hours
l(n)'
2
1
1,500 Bni/hr (440 W)
3,000 Btu/hr (879 W)
Site Weather Data (constaBts)
The typical meteorological year (TMY), or its
"Ersatz" equivalent, from the National Oceanic
and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Table
J3.2.1, or an approved equivalent, for the closest
available location shall be used.
Distribution System Loss Factors
Ouct Location
Mode Outside inside
Heating 0.75 1. 00
Cooling 0.80 1.00
The Heating and Cooling Systems Efficiency
shall be proportionally adjusted for those portions
of the ductwork located outside or inside the
conditioned space using the values shown above,
in the following equation:
AdJMSted System Efficiency =
Equipment Efficiency x Distribution Loss
Factor x percent of ducts outside + Equipment
Efficiency x Distribution Loss Factor x percent
of ducts inside.
2/20/98 (Effective 3/1/98)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
760.25
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGUL«lTIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Note: Ducts located in a space which
contains a positive heat supply shall be
considered as in an inside location.
Air Infiltration
Air changes per hour (ACH) for the standard
design is 0.50 (for purposes of calculation only).
If the proposed design takes credit for ACH
levels below 0.50, results of a post-construction
blower-door test shall be provided to the building
official using Standard ASTM E 779, as listed in
Appendix A.
J8.2.2 Design: The standard design, conforming
to the criteria of Residential Building Design by
Component Performance Approach or Residential
Building Design by Acceptable Practice and the
proposed alternative design shall be designed on
a common basis as specified herein:
1 . The comparison shall be expressed as Btu
input per square foot of gross floor area per
year .at building site.
2. If the proposed alternative design results in
an increase in consumption of one energy
source and a decrease in another energy source,
even though similar sources are used for
similar purposes, the difference in each energy
source shall be converted to equivalent energy
units for purposes of comparing the total
energy used.
3. The different energy sources shall be
compared on the basis of energy use at the site
where: lkWh = 3,41 3 Btu.
J8.2.3 Analysis Procedure: The analysis of the
annual energy usage of the standard and the
proposed alternative building and system design
shall meet the following criteria:
1. The building heating and cooling load
calculation procedures used for annual energy
consumption analysis shall be detailed to
permit the evaluation of effect of factors
specified in 780 CMR J8.2.4.
2. The calculation procedure used to simulate
the operation of the building and its service
systems through a full-year operating period
shall be detailed to permit the evaluation of the
effect of system design, climatic factors,
operational characteristics, and mechanical
equipment on annual energy usage.
Manufacturer's data or comparable field test
data shall be used when available in the
simulation of systems and equipment. The
calculation procedure shall be based upon
8,760 hours of operation of the building and its
service systems and shall utilize the design
methods specified in ASHRAE Handbook of
Fundamentals, ASHRAE HVAC Systems and
Applications Handbook, ASHRAE, Energy
Calculations I, ASHRAE, Energy Calculations
II, each as listed in Appendix A.
J8 J.4 Calculation Procedure: The calculation
procedure shall cover the following items:
1. Design requirements — Environmental
requirements as reqtiired in 780 CMR J3.
2. Climatic data — Coincident hourly data for
temperatures, solar radiation, wind and
humidity of typical days in the year
representing seasonal variation.
3. Building data — Orientation, size, shape,
mass, air, moisture, and heat transfer
characteristics.
4. Operational characteristics ~ Temperature,
humidity, ventilation, illumination, control
mode for occupied and unoccupied hours.
5. Mechanical equipment — Design capacity,
part load proflle.
6. Building loads - Internal heat generation,
lighting, equipment, number of people during
occupied and unoccupied periods.
J8.2.4.1 Use of Approved Calculation Tool:
The same calculation tool shall be used to
estimate the aimual energy usage for space
heating and cooling of the standard design and
the proposed design.
J8.2.5 Documentation: Proposed alternative
designs, submitted as requests for exception to the
standard design criteria, shall be accompanied by
an energ;^^ analysis comparison report. The report
shall provide technical detail on the two building
and system designs and on the data used in and
resulting from the comparative analysis to verify
that botli the analysis and the designs meet the
criteria of 780 CMR J8 of Appendix J.
Exception: Proposed alternative designs for
one and two family dwellings and multifamily
buildings having a conditioned floor area of
5,000 square feet (464 m-) or less are exempted
from the full-year analysis described in
780 CMR J8.3 and J8.4. However, comparison
of heating, cooling and service water heating
equipment energy consumption between the
alternative design and the standard design shall
be provided.
780 CMR J9.0 RESIDENTIAL BUILDING
DESIGN UTILIZING RENEWABLE
ENERGY SOURCES
(Also see 780 CMR JI. 1.3)
Compliance Approach #5
Notes:
1 . The Renewable Energy approach outlined in
780 CMR J9.0 allows for portions of a proposed
building's energy use to be discounted when
performing energy compliance calculations.
2. 780 CMR J9.0 must be used in conjunction
with 780 CMR J8.0.
li
760.26
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/20/98 (Effective 3/1/98)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
ENERGY CONSERVATION FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION LOW-RISE RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS
J9.0 Renewable Energy Source Analysis
J9ol General: A proposed building utilizing solar,
geothermal, wind or other renewable energy sources
for all or part of its energy source shall meet the
requirements of 780 CMR J8.0, except such
renewable energy may be excluded from the total
annual energy consumption allowed for the building
by780CMRJ8.0.
J9.1,l To qualify for this exclusion, such
renewable energy must be derived from a specific
collection, storage, and distribution system. The
solar energy passing through windows shall also
be considered as quaUiying if such windows are
provided with:
Operable insulation shutters or other devices
which, when drawn or closed, shall cause the
window area to reduce maximum outward heat
flows to those in accordance with 780 CMR
J4.3.2.
J9.1<,2 Exclusion shall be granted for solar energy
passing through windows provided:
1 . The glass is double or triple pane insulating
glass with a low emittance coating on one or
more air space surfaces of the glass, or
insulating glass with a low-emittance plastic
film suspended in the air space, and
2. The glass areas are shaded from direct solar
radiation during periods when mechanical
cooling is requested.
J9.13 Other criteria covered in 780 CMR J8.0
shall apply to the proposed altemative designs
utilizing renewable energy sources of energy.
J9.2 Documentation: Proposed altemative designs
submitted as requests for exception to the standard
design criteria shall be accompanied by an energy
analysis, as specified in 780 CMR J8.0. The report
shall provide technical detail on the altemative
building and systems designs and on the data
employed in and resulting from the comparative
analysis as to verify that both the analysis and the
designs meet criteria of 780 CMR J8.0.
The energy derived from renewable sources and
the reduction in conventional energy requirements
derived from nocturnal cooling shall be separately
identified from the overall building energy use.
Supporting documentation on the basis of
performance estimates for the aforementioned
renewable energy sources or nocturnal cooling
means must be submitted.
ExcepMon: Proposed altemative designs for
residential buildings of less than 20,000 square
feet (1858 m^) that derive a minimum of 30% of
their total annual energy usage from renewable
energy sources or from nocturnal cooling shall be
exempt from the requirement of a full-year energy
system analysis, providing that the annual input of
such renewable sources or the extent of such
nocturnal cooling can be expected to meet the
demands imposed by the proposed altemative
design.
780C3ViRjm(D VAUDHY
if a section, subsection, sentence, clause or phrase of
Appendix J is, for any reason, held to be
unconstitutional, such section shall not affect the
validity of the remaining portions of 780 CMR.
J11.0 Home Eoesigy Hating
Jllol General: A proposed building, for which the
builder or the buyer obtains a Home Energy Rating
by an accredited Home Energy Rating System
(HERS), will be considered to comply with the
intent of Appendix J if the rating score on the
building is 83.0 or more points.
JILU Accreditatloii: Accreditation of the rating
organization or agency with the Residential
Energy Services Network (RESNET) or the
Massachusetts Division of Energy Resources is
required for acceptance of the energy rating as a
compliance tool for Appendix J.
J1llolo2 Rating Score: The minimum compliance
score of 83 points will be based on the national
HERS Council's guidelines for Home Energy
Ratings, and the rating score shall be determined
with an acceptable software analysis program as
required by I5^SNET accreditation procedures, on
a scale of 0-100 points.
J11.2 Dociunentatlon: Compliance report which
includes a proposed Energy Rating score of 83.0 or
more points, a description of the building's energy
features, and a statement that the rating score is
"based on plans" will be required for issuance of a
building permit. A copy of the final rating certificate
indicating the score of 83.0 or more points for the
finished building will be submitted to the building
official before the Certificate of Occupancy is issued.
1/19/01
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
760.27
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS A>D STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
APPENDIX J
REFERENCED STANDARDS
Standard Reference Number
Where Referenced in Appendix J (by Section Number)
ACCA Manual D
J4.4.8
ANSI/ASMEPTC4.1
Table J4.4.3.2a
ANSI/AHAM RAC-1
Table J4.4.3.4e
ANSIZ21.10.3
J4.5.2
ANSIZ21.47
Table J4.4.2.2c
ANSIZ21.56
J4.5.2
ANZI Z21.13
Tables J4.4.3.2a; J4.4.3.3b
ANZIZ83.8
Table J4.4.3,2b
ANZIZ83.9
Table J4.4.3.2b
ASHRAE HVAC Applications Handbook
J4.4.8
ASHRAE Handbook HVAC Systems and
Equipment
J4.4.8
ASHRAE 55
J2.0
ASTME779
J8.2.1.1
ARI 210/240
Tables J4.4.3. 3a; J4.4.3.4a-d
ARI320
Tables J4.4.3.3c;J4.4.3.4c
ARI 325
Tables J4.4.3.3d;J4.4.3.4d
ARI 340
Tables J4.4.3.3d;J4.4.3.4f
ARI 360
Table J4.4.3.4f (also see 780 CMR 13, Table 131 1.6)
ARI 365
Table J4.4.3.4f
ARI 380
J2.0; Table J4.4.3.3b
ARI 550
Table J4.4.3.4f (also see 780 CMR 13, Table 131 1.6)
CTI Standard 201
Tables J4.4.3.4b,c £ind f (also see 780 CMR 13, Table 131 1 .6)
Code of Federal Regulations,
10 CFR Part 430, Subpart B,
Test Procedures
J2.0; Tables J4.4.3.2a and c; Table J4.5.2
NAIMA Fibrous Glass Duct Construction
Standards
J4.4.8
SMACNA Duct Construction Standards,
Metal and Flexible
J4.4.8
SMACNA Fibrous Glass Duct Construction
Standards
J4.4.8
UL726
Table J4.4.3.2a
UL727
Table J4.4.3.2c
UL731
Tables J4.4.3.2b; J4.4.3.4f
UL795
Table J4.4.3.2a
ACCA Air Conditioning Contractors of America, Washington, DC
ANSI American National Standards Institute, Inc., New York, NY
ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc., Atlanta, GA
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia, PA
ARI Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute, Arlington, VA
CTI Cooling Tower hstitute, Houston, TX
NAIMA North American Insulation Manufacturers Association, Alexandria, VA
SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc., Chantilly, VA
UL Underwriters Laboratories, Northbrook, IL
760.28
780 CMR -Sixth Edition
2/20/98 (Effective 3/1/98)
APPENDIX K
■ FLOOR PROTECTOR THERMAL CONDUCTIYITY CALCULATIONS
(Reference 780 CMR 3610J.1 and 3610.6.7.1.1)
OVERVIEW
Floor protection requirements for heat producing
appliances are typically included as part of the
tested/listed installation criteria for such appliances.
Such floor protection, listed as a thermal
conductivity factor is often developed utilizing
NFPA SUBJECT 1618, "OUTLINE OF
INVESTIGATION FOR WALL PROTECTORS,
FLOOR PROTECTORS, AND HEARTH
EXTENSIONS". (Note that an NFPA SUBJECT is
not treated nor maintained in the same manner as an
NFPA STANDARD).
When floor protection is developed utilizing OTPA
SUBJECT 1618, or developed via "good Engineer^
ing Practice", such methodology will typically estab-
lish floor protection based on % inch millboard.
As the thermal conductivity of such millboard can
vary from manufacturer to manufacturer, it will be
necessary to obtain the thermal conductivity value
from a specific manufacturer for a specific millboard
product.
Typical thermal conductivity values can range from:
k = 0.21 (Btu) (inch) / (foot^) (hour) ("F)
to
k = 0.84 (Btu) (inch) / (foot^) (hour) ("F)
Thus the necessity for product specific themial
conductivity.
Note that the lower the algebraic value of "k", the
lower the thermal conductivity and the less heat per
given time that is transferred across the floor
protector.
Note that in the following discussions it is necessary
to maintain consistent dimensions ° i.e.; in dealing
with the thickness of materials, do not mix feet with
inches, but rather keep all dimensions in inches.
COMPLIANCE
If the manufacturer of the appliance specifies an
acceptable material and thickness- for floor
protection it is necessary, utilizing that specific
material with specific thermal conductivity, k, to
meet or exceed the thickness specified in order to
assure compliance with the listed floor protection
requirements of the appliance.
ESTTABUSHING EQUIVALENCY
If it is determined that another material of different
thermal conductivity is desired to be utilized for
floor protection (i.e., perhaps for aesthetic reasons or
in order to minimize the thickness of the floor
protector) and noting that the thermal conductivity,
k, is linear as a frmction of thickness (for a given
single material) then:
k,/t,=k2/t2,
where:
k = thermal conductivity in
(Btu) (inch) / (foot^) (hour) ("F) and
t = thickness in inches
and therefore knowing any three of the variables of
k and t allows one to solve for the remaining
variable; i.e., :
Knowing kj, ti and t2, one can solve for k^:
k2=(k,)(t2)/(t,)
Knowing k,, %i and ki, one can solve for t2:
t2 = (k2)(t,)/(k,)
COMPOSITE FLOOR PROTECTOR
ASSEMBLIES
When an assembly consists of more than one
material, the assembly is defined as a composite
'•material".
When a floor protector is constructed of more tkm
one material; i.e., some form of backer board with
decorative tile over, it is helpful to first establish the
thermal resistance, r, of each material as thermal
resistances may be directly added together and then
convert the resulting total R to an equivalent
thermal conductivity.
r = (foot^) (hour) (°F)/(Btu) (inch) and;
R = (r)(t)
where r is for a particular material in the composite
and t is the thickness of that particular material.
Thus for the two-material example of backer board
plus decorative tile,
R total ~ ^ backer Board "*" ^ decorative tile
and;
^backerboard "(^ backer board) ( ^ backer board)
and;
R tile ~ ( f tile ) ( ^ tile )
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN k AND R
By definition:
R = ( 1/k) ( t ) for each distinct material
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
761
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
762 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
APPENDIX L
SCHEDULE OF FEES
L lo® Fee Schedule: In accordance with the author-
ity conferred by M.G.L. c 143, § 94, the State Board
of Building Regulations and Standards hereby estab-
lishes the following fees as specified in Table L-1.
Excepltions:
1 . Fees for projects which are under the jurisdic-
tion of a city or town shall be as duly established
by said city or town in accordance with 780 CMR
1 14.0.
2. Fees for construction related licenses issued by
a city or town shall be in accordance with fee
schedules established by said city or town.
3. Fees for administrative appeals hearings in
cities of towns having duly established building
code appeals boards in accordance with 780 CMR
122 shall be as established by said city or town.
Table L=l
Fee Item
Period of
Certification or
Licensure
L
(Doliars)
Concrete Testin g Laboratory
Initial license . .
Renewal
^ Concrete Test TcchniclaB - Class A
Initial license
Renewal ;
Initial license & Renewal Fees for employees of: municipalities,
counties, Federal Government, Commonwealth of
Massachusetts or any department, commission, agency or
authority of, or created by the Commonwealth
Examination
Manufactured Buildings
Manufacturer - initial certification (per system)
Manufacturer -renewal of certification
Labels per unit
Replacement label
Labels per component
Inspection Agency - initial certification
Inspection Agency - certification renewal
Registration of Producers of Native Lumber
Initial registration fee
Registration renewal .
Construction Supervisor License (CSL)
Unrestricted license (any building enclosing up to 35,<
ctablc feet of space)
Initial license
Renewal
Examination fee
Restricted License (one and two family dwellings)
Initial license
Renewal
Examination fee
Restricted License - Masonry only
Initial license
Renewal
Examination fee
780 or M.G.L.
Authority or
Reference
780 CMR Rl
50.00
50.00
No Fee
Note 1
780 CMR R2
780 CMR R2. 1.9
780 CMR R2. 1.11
780 CMR R2. 1.9
780 CMR R2. 1.7
780 CMR R3
One year
One year
Per label
Per label
Per label
One year
One year
1200.00
650.00
50.00
2.00
2.00
500.00
500.00
780 CMR R3. 18.1
780 CMR R3. 18.3
780 CMR R3. 18.4
780 CMR R3. 18.4
780 CMR R3. 18.4
780 CMR R3. 18.2
780 CMR R3. 18.3
780 CMR R4
780 CMR R4. 1.4
780 CMR R4. 1.5
780 CMR R5
780 CMR R5.2.5
780 CMR R5.2.5
780 CMR R5.2.5
780CMRR5.2.5
780CMRR5.2.5
780CMRR5.2.5
780CMRR5.2.5
780CMRR5.2.5
780 CMR R5.2.5
1 1/27/98
780 CMfl.-Sixth.Ediiion
.762.1
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Fee Item
Period of
Certification or
Licensure
Fee
(Dollars)
780 or M.G.L.
Authority or
Reference
Home Improvement Contractor Registration
M.G.L. c 142A &
780 CMR R6
Initial Certiflcatlon (applicants holding CSL License)
Two years
Two years
Two years
Two years
Note 2
Note 2
Note 2
Note 2
No fee
100.00
No fee
100.00
100.00
200.00
300.00
500.00
Initial Application (all other applicants)
Renewal (applicants holding CSL License)
Renewal (all other applicants)
Guaranty Fund Payment (upon Initial registration - all
applicants)
0-3 employees
4-10 employees
1 1-30 employees
over 30 employees
Certification of Building Commissioners, Inspectors of
Bulldiiigs and Local Inspectors.
M.G.L. c 143 § 3 &
780 CMR R7
Certification fee
no fee
Notel
Reserved
Examination registration
Continuing education programs provided directly by
the Board of Building Regulations and Standards
State Building Code Appeal Board
M.G.L. c 143 § 100
Administrative Hearing
Per hearing
150.00
780 CMR 122.3.1
Structural Peer Review Advisory Board
780 CMR 125
Mediation Hearing
No fee
780 CMR 125.3
Building Permits and Construction Inspection for State
Projects (except Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority
Projects) subject to 780 CMR and under the Jurisdiction of
M.G.L. c 143 §§ 93 &
94
M.G.L. c 143 § 3A
Plans examination, construction inspection, issuance of building
permit and certificate of and occupancy
Note: This fee structure shall be deemed to include, but not be
limited to, electrical, plumbing mechanical and fire protection
work. Fees shall not be permitted to be levied by local
jurisdictions.
Per building or
structure.
0.001 times
the contract
amount
(Note 3)
M.G.L. c 143 §§ 93 &
94
Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority Projects
M.G.L.cl61A§18
Massachusetts Bay Transportation Authority Projects subject to
780 CMR
No fee
M.G.L. cl6IA§ 18
Periodic Inspections of Existing Buildings under the
Public Safety
780 CMR 106.5 &
M.G.L. c 111
Hospitals and Clinics (certificate of inspection)
First 1 00 beds
Two years
Two years
Two years
50.00
10.00
50.00
M.G.L. c 11 1§ 51
M.G.LC1115 71
Each additional 25 beds
Infirmaries; Convalescent Homes; Nursing Homes; Charitable
Homes for the Aged; Rest Homes; Intermediate Care Facilities
for the Mentally Retarded, (certificate of insnection)
762.2
780 CMR - Sixth Edition.
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
SCHEDULE OF FEES
T
Notes;
1 . Examination fees established by examining institution.
2. M.G.L. c 142 A § 11 provides that additional payments into the guaranty fund may be required if the fund
administrator determines that the amount of the fund is insufficient to maintain it at a level commensurate with
claims made against said fund.
3. Contract amount, for the basis calculation of permit fees, shall include the entire scope of work of the
project and shall include all incidental constructions. Contract amount, for the basis of calculation of permit
fees, shall not be deemed to include design fees or any other professional fees associated with construction
observation or supervision or construction management.
4. Fees for continuing education of building officials and building code training will be established by the
agency and may vary due to costs associated with each individual training session. Cost of materials, space
rental, and contracted instructors, may influence fees.
1 1/27/98
780 CMR -Sixth Edition
762.3
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
.762.4 780 CMR - Sixth Edition . 12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780CMRR1
CONCRETE TESTING LABORATORIES LICENSING
780CMRR1J ADMINim^TION
RlJ.l Title As authorized by M.G.L. c. 143, §§ 93
through 100, and in accordance with 780 CMR
123.0, establishing the Construction Materials Safety
Board,780 CMR Rl is adopted for Licensing of
Concrete Testing Laboratories.
Rlol.2 Definitions Unless otherwise expressly
stated m 780 CMR, the following terms shall, for the
purpose of 780 CMR Rl, have the meamng
indicated in 780 CMR R1.2:
Accredited Laboratory: A laboratory which has
been licensed in accordance with 780 CMR Rl
bytheBBRS.
BBRS: State Board of Building Regulations and
Standards
Board: Construction Materials Safety Board
(CMSB).
Braiish Laboratories: A branch of a Testing
Laboratory physically removed from the
location of the headquarters or main testing
facility of the Testing laboratory.
Laboratories: Testing laboratoiy, branch
laboratory, and project laboratory.
Person: Individual, partnership, corporation,
trust, joint venture, etc.
Pre-Qualifying Agency: Construction Materials
Safety Board (CMSB).
Project Laboratory: A temporary on-site
facility providing concrete testing services for
a specific project under the direction of a
testing or branch laboratory licensed by the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
Testing Agency: National Institute of Standards
and Technology (NIST), Cement and Concrete
Reference Laboratoiy (CCRL), the Army
Corps of Engineers, or other agency designated
bytheBBRS.
Testtsig Laboratoiy: A proprietorship,
corporation, partnership or agency which
conforms to the requirements of ASTM E 329-
72 as modified in 780 CMR Rl.
RL1.3 Licensing Alt laboratories defmed by
780 CMR Rl.1.2 as Testing Laboratories, Branch
Laboratories and Project Laboratories which are
engaged in the testing of concrete and concrete
materials for use in buildings and structures subject
to control according to the provisions of 780 CMR
116 will be licensed by the BBRS in accordance
vdth780CMRRl.
M.L4 Application for Licensing Each laboratory
desuing to obtain such license shall make
application to the BBRS upon such form and in such
manner as the BBRS shall prescribe and shall
fenish evidence satisfactory to the BBRS that the
laboratory equipment meets the requirements of
780 CMR R1.2 and its management personnel are
qualified in accordance with 780 CMR R1.4 and .5.
Such application shall also include payment of the
licensing fee set forth in 780 CMR Ri.1.8.
R1.1.S Pre=quallfying Agency The BBRS hereby
designates the Construction Materials Safety Board
as its Pre-Qualifying Agency, provided, however,
that the BBRS may revoke such designation at any
time, and may designate any other agency or
agencies which it deems qualified, from time to
time, to act as its Pre-Qualifying Agency. The Pre-
Qualifying Agency shall examine, or cause to be
examined, the evaluation performed by the Testing
Agency and the personnel on each Concrete Testing
Laboratory application and make its
recommendation to the BBRS regarding such
license.
R1.L6 Testing Agency The BBRS hereby
designates the Cement and Concrete Reference
Laboratory of the National Institute of Standards and
the Army Corps of Engineers as the agencies to
examine and evaluate all laboratories desiring to be
licensed in the practice of concrete testing, provided,
Ihowever, that the BBRS may revoke such
designation at any time, and may designate any other
agency or agencies which it deems qualifed, from
time to time, to act as its Testing Agency.
RioL7 Notification of Testing and Testing
Results The Testing Agency shall notify the
applicant of the date for evaluation and shall provide
fihe audited laboratoiy with a report of audit findings.
Note: Unless specific permission has been granted
by the BBRS, accredited laboratories must have
the capability to test both concrete and concrete
aggregate.
RLloTol Audit findings response: The audited
laboratory shall request that the testing agency
forward a copy of the audit report to the BBRS.
The audited laboratoiy shall prepare formal
responses to each and ail audit fmdings and issue
such response report to the BBRS for reviewt.
(Also see 780 CMR Rl. 3
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
763
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Rl.1.8 Licensing Fee The fee for licensing shall be
$150.00 per annum or in accordance with the fee
schedule established by the BBRS from time to time.
Rl.1.9 Number and Classification Each
laboratory so licensed by the BBRS shall be issued
a number and classification.
Rl.1.10 Renewals Commencing January 1, 1978,
all licenses issued shall expire on December 31 of
the year issued. Within 60 days before the
expiration date of any such license, the
Administrator of the BBRS shall forward to each
laboratory so licensed an application form for
renewal. Said renewals shall be returned to the
BBRS by December 31. The said Administrator,
upon receipt of the completed form and fee, shall
renew the license for a period of one year or notify
such applicant of the BBRS's refusal with reasons
thereof
Rl.1.11 Penalties Any such person and/or
laboratory who fails to comply with the
requirements of 780 CMR Rl or who files a false
report shall be subject to the penalties and actions as
prescribed in 780 CMR 118.
780 CMR R1.2 LABORATORY LICENSING
REQUIREMENTS
RL2.1 ASTM Testing Requirements Except as
modified in 780 CMR Rl, all testing laboratories
including branch laboratories shall conform to
Sections 5 and 6 of the ASTM E 329-72 standard
requirements for testing of concrete and its
constituent materials.
Exception: The following sections of ASTM E
329-72 shall not apply:
Sections 2,2; 2.3; 2.7; 3.2.7; 3.3; 3.4 C360 of
6.2; 7; 8; 9 and 10.
RL2.2 ASTM Equipment and Personnel
Requirements: All laboratories subject to
780 CMR Rl shall be approved and licensed in
accordance with the ASTM E 329-72 standard for
the performance of those functions recommended in
standard ASTM E 329-72, for equipment and
persoimel, as modified in 780 CMR Rl.
780CMRR13 PRE-QUAIJFICATION
REQUIREMENTS FOR LABORATORIES
RlJ.l Evaluation:
a. Testing and branch laboratories subject to
780 CMR Rl shall be examined and evaluated,
upon notification from the BBRS, by a testing
agency designated by the BBRS. The interval
between such examination and evaluation shall
not exceed three years.
b. Project laboratory equipment which is used in
the testing of concrete materials for use in
buildings and structures subject to the provisions
of 780 CMR shall conform to the requirements of
ASTM E 329 as modified by 780 CMR R1.2.
c. Reports of evaluations by the testing agency
shall be filed with the BBRS within ten days of
receipt of the report by the laboratory, unless a
waiver is granted by the laboratory to have the
report sent directly to the BBRS by the testing
agency,.
d. Lal>oratory deficiencies cited in the report of
the testing agency shall be corrected within 30
days of the date of issue of the report and shall be
so certified by an affidavit submitted by the
laboratory on a form supplied by the BBRS.
R132 Review of Deficiencies: Laboratories which
fail to meet the requirements of 780 CMR Rl.3.1
items c. and d. shall be subject to review and
revocation of their license by the BBRS.
RUJ Testing Machines: Compression testing
machines used for testing materials subject to
780 CMR Rl shall be calibrated and verified, with
equipment traceable to the National Institute of
Standards and Technology (NIST), at least annually
or as required by the BBRS, and the results
submitted to the BBRS.
780 CMR Rl^ PERSONNEL
The manai^ement and supervision of each laboratory
subject to 780 CMR Rl shall be m accordance with
the following requirements:
RL4.1 Required: Each accredited licensed
Concrete Testing Laboratory must have an
individual approved by the BBRS in each of three
distinctly different categories: Director of Testing
Services, Supervisory Laboratory Technician and
Supervisory Field Technician. An individual may
fill more than one position at the particular
laboratory if he meets all the qualifications for each
position, but he may not fill positions concurrently
at a separate (branch or project) laboratory. The
project laboratory must have a full-time resident
supervisory laboratory technician qualified in
accordance with 780 CMR Rl .
R1.42 Filing of Qualifications: Each individual
being certified for a position must submit his or her
credentials and qualifications under penalty of
perjury vdth signature notarized. Individuals
applying for certification in more than one category
must file separate applications for each position as
described in 780 CMR R1.5. Application for
certification shall be filed within 30 days of
employment for such duties. It is the responsibility
of the Director of Testing Services to notify the
BBRS within seven days of any vacancy of any
position. Any vacant position shall be filled within
30 days.
764
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
• CONCRETE TESTING LABORATORIES LICENSING RULES AND REGULATIONS
780 CMR ms QUALIFICATIONS
RLSol Quaiificatioiis for Director of Testing
Services: The testing services of each laboratory
(main, branch or project) shall be under the direction
of a Director of Testing Services vi^ho shall 1^ a full-
time resident employee of that laboratory and shall
be qualified in accordance with any one of the
following three sets of requirements:
a. He or she shall be a Professional Engineer,
registered in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts
with a least five years of experience in responsible
charge of work related to Structural Engineering,
Construction Engineering or Construction
Materials Testing. He shall be subject to
demonstrate his ability to interpret the results of
tests of concrete and concrete aggregates as stated
in ASTM E 329-72; or,
b. He or she shall have a Bachelor's Degree in
Engineering &om an accredited institution and an
additional total of three years experience
performing tests on concrete and concrete materi=
als which shall include two years as a laboratory
technician or supervisor. He or she shall be
subject to demonstrate his ability to interpret the
results of tests of concrete and concrete
aggregates as stated in ASTM E 329=72; or
c. He or she shall have at least eight years
experience including five years experience as a
laboratory technician or supervisor and shall be
subject to demonstrate his ability to interpret the
results of tests of concrete and concrete
aggregates as stated in ASTM E 329=72.
Ri.5.2 Qualiiicatioiis for Supervisory Ltbors-
tory Teclinidan: A Supervisory Laboratory
Technician shall have at least five years' experience
performing tests on construction materials including
concrete and concrete aggregates. He or she shall be
subject to demonstrate his ability to perform
correctly tests of concrete and aggregates as stated in
ASTM E 329-72. "Class A" accreditation by the
Pre-Qualifying Agency shall be required as
qualification for concrete only. (See 780 CMR R2
Concrete Testing Personnel Licensing Rules and
Regulations.)
RLS3 Quailficalioiis for Siapervisosy Field
Teelmiciaii: A Supervisory Field Technician shall
have at least five years experience performing tests
on construction materials including concrete. He or
she shall be subject to demonstrate either by oral or
written examination, or both, his ability to perform
correctly the tests of concrete as stated in ASTM E
329-72. "Class A" accreditation by the Pre-
Qualifying Agency shall be required as qualification
for concrete only. (See 780 CMR R2 Concrete
Testing Personnel Licensing Rules and Regulations.)
780 CMR m.6 PROJECT AFFTOAVir
In accordance with 780 CMR H0.12, those
structures subject to control as required in 780 CMR
1 16, affidavits must be submitted -with the building
permit application that the individuals and testing
laboratories responsible for canying out the duties of
780 CMR 116 have been licensed and registered by
the BBRS.
El.6.1 Affidavit: In accordance vrith 780 CMR
R1.6, an affidavit shall be furnished to the building
department by the licensed laboratory and shall be
provided hy the licensed laboratory for each building
project.
R1.6o2 Notice of Termiaation: The building
official shall receive vmtten notification of the
termination of laboratory functions certifying that
the ovmet has also been so notified. Such
termination shall be effective no earlier than three
working days from the notification received by the
building official.
ML63 Successor Laboratory: If concrete testing
Is to be continued for the said project by a successor
laboratory, such notice shall be given to the building
official and a new project afGdavit shall be filed
with the buildmg official.
78© CMR Rl,7 REVOCATION AND
SUSPENSION PROCEDURES
MJ.1 Revocation and Suspension: The BBRS on
Its own initiative or upon the recommendation of the
Construction Materials Safety Board may suspend or
revoke the license of any Testing Laboratory or
Project Laboratory found to be in noncompliance
with 780 CMR Rl, 780 CMR, or the Standards of
good practice. Notice of suspension or revocation of
such license shall be in writing with the reasons for
suspension or revocation clearly set forth therein,
and served in accordance vwth 780 CMR 1 18.6.
M1J7JZ Notice and Comfference: Prior to
suspension, revocation, or refusal to renew the
license of an accredited laboratory, written notice of
mch intent shall be served by the Construction
Materials Safety Board of BBRS in accordance with
780 CMR 1 1 8.6. Within ten calendar days of receipt
of such notice, the affected accredited laboratory
may request a conference before a three member
panel designated by the Chairman of the
Construction Materials Safety Board; said panel will
hear facts and make their reconmiendations to the
Construction Materials Safety Board, who in turn
shall report such findings to the BBRS for BBRS
consideration and action.
RIJJ Effect ofsuspemlosi or revocation: Upon
suspension or revocation of the license, the accredit-
ed laboratory shall immediately cease engaging in
the testing of concrete and concrete materials for use
In buildings and structures which are subject to the
provision of 780 CMR 1 16 and no action brought
before the Board of Appeals as specified in
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
765
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
780 CMR Rl.8.1 or in any court of competent 780 CMR Rl may appeal to the State Building Code
jurisdiction shall stay the said suspension or Appeals Board as provided in 780 CMR 122;
revocation unless said Board of Appeals or court however, entry of an appeal from the BBRS's order
shall issue an order for a stay of the BBRS's of revocation or suspension shall not stay such
suspension or revocation. revocation or suspension unless so ordered by the
State BmLdlng Code Appeals Board in a preliminary
780 CMR Rl,^ APPEALS hearing conducted expressly for the purpose of a
Rl.8.1 Building Code Appeals Board: Any stay in accordance with that part of 780 CMR
laboratory or individual aggrieved by the suspension 122.3.2 dealing with procedure required for a
or revocation of their license or by an interpretation, hearing on such stay,
order, requirement, direction or failure to act under
766 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR R2
CONCRETE TESTING PERSONNEL LICENSING
780CMRR2,1 ADMINISTRATION
K2JJ Title: As authorized by M.G.L. c. 143.
§§93 through 100, and in accordance with 780
CMR 123.0 establishing the Constraction Materials
Safety Board, 780 CMR R2 is adopted for Concrete
Testing Personnel.
R2ol.2 Definitions: Unless otherwise expressly
stated in 780 CMR, the following terms, for the
purpose of 780 CMR R2, shall have the meaning
indicated in 780 CMR R2.L2.
BBRS: State Board of Building Regulations and
Standards
Board: Construction Materials Safety Board
(CMSB)
Concrete Testing Fersonmel: A person issued a
Class "A" license by the BBRS authorizing
such person to test/inspect concrete.
Field Concrete Technician: A person issued a
Class "A" license by the BBRS to test concrete
in the field.
Pre-Qmalifying Agency: Construction Materials
Safety Board (CMSB)
Testing Agency: Massachusetts Construction
Industry Board (MCIB)
M2.L3 Licensing: All Concrete Personnel engaged
in the testing/inspection of concrete for use in
buildings and structures subject to control according
to the provisions of 780 CMR 116.0 shall be
licensed by the BBRS in accordance with 780 CMR
R2.
E2<,1.4 Application for Licensing: Each- person
desiring to obtain such license shall make
application to the BBRS upon such form and in such
manner as the BBRS shall prescribe and shall
furnish evidence satisfactory to the BBRS that he is
qualified to be licensed in accordance with
780 CMR R2.
R2.L5 Pre-qualifying Agency: The BBRS hereby
designates the Construction Materials Safety Board
as its Pre-Qualiiying Agency, provided however,
that the BBRS may revoke such designation at any
time and may designate any other agency or
agencies which it deems qualified, from time to
time, to act as its Pre-Qualifying Agency. The Pre=
Qualification Agency shall examine, or cause to be
examined, the examination results and evaluation
performed by the. Testing Agency on each Concrete
Testing Personnel Application and make its
recommendation to the BBRS regarding such
license.
E21o6 Testing Agency: The BBRS hereby
designates the Massachusetts Construction Industry
Board (MCIB) as the agency to examine and
evaluate all persons desiring to be licensed in the
practice of concrete testing, provided, however, that
the BBRS may revoke such designation at any time,
and may designate any other agency or agencies
which it deems qualified, from time to time, to act as
its Testing Agency. The Testing Agency shall
submit all examination results and evaluation on
each Concrete Testing Application and make its
recommendations to the Fre-Qualification Agency
regarding such license.
M2J.7 Ejsamination: Accompanied by the
application, there shall be paid to the Testing
Agency an initial examination fee to cover the cost
of such testing. The Testing Agency may also assess
fees for partial or complete retesting. The Testing
Agency is authorized to require the applicant to
provide all required test equipment.
]R2.L§ NotincatloD of
Examination Results: The Testing Agency shall
notify the applicant of the time and place for the
examination. The BBRS shall be informed by the
Testing Agency/Pre-Qualifying Agency of the
examination results, evaluation and
recommendations. Within 14 days therefrom, the
BBRS shall notify the applicant of its decision. If
the applicant fails fully or partially, he may request
of the Testing Agency a retesting. If the applicant is
notified by the BBRS that he has met all the
requirements herein established, he shall submit to
the said BBRS, the license fee in accordance with
780 CMR 2. 1 .9, and his 1 %" x I 'A\ frill face, black
and white or color photograph.
R2.L9 Licensing Fee: The fee for licensing shall
be $50 in accordance with the fee schedule
established by the BBRS. Concrete Testing
Personnel employed for that purpose by a
municipality or county or the federal government, or
the Commonwealth or any department, commission,
agency or authority of, or created by, the
Commonwealth, shall be exempt from this fee.
M2JJ0 Number and Classification: Each person
so licensed by the BBRS shall be issued a number
and classification.
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
767
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
R2.1.11 Renewals: Licenses shall be valid for one
year and the license renewal fee shall be $50 dollars.
Within 30 days before the expiration date of any
such license, the Administrator of the BBRS shall
forward to each person so licensed an application
form for renewal. The said Administrator, upon
receipt of the completed form and fee, shall renew
the license for a period of two years or notify such
applicant of the BBRS's refusal with the reasons
thereof. An applicant shall submit a renewal
application with fees within one year of the
expiration date of the license. Failure to submit a
renewal application within this time period shall be
cause for examination or re-examination. Upon
successful completion of a Class A Technician's
examination said applicant is eligible to be licensed
upon submittal of an application and fee. Said
application and fee shall be submitted within one
year of the date of the examination. Failure to
acquire a license within this time period shall be
cause for examination or re-examination.
780CMRR22 PREK^UALMCATION
REQUIREMENTS FOR PERSONS
DESIROUS OF BEING UCENSED FOR
CONCRETE TESTING
R2.2.1 Evaluation: Field Concrete Technicians,
subject to 780 CMR R2, shall be examined and
evaluated by the Massachusetts Construction
Industry Board to determine the applicant's
knowledge and ability to perform the following
ASTM Standard Test Procedures:
a. ASTM C 172: Sampling Fresh Concrete
b. ASTM C 143: Test for Slump
c. ASTMC31: Making and Curing Test
Specimens in the Field
d. ASTMC231: Test for Air Content - Pressure
Method
e. ASTMC173: Test for Air Content -
Volumetric Method
f. ASTM CI 38: Test for Weight per Cubic Foot
(Density)
g. ASTMC192: Storage and Transportation of
Test Cylinders
The applicant's performance of these tests is to be
observed and evaluated by two qualified jurors
designated by the Testing Agency (MCIB), using
detailed data sheets. The said jurors' evaluations are
appraised by the Certification Committee of the
Testing Agency and reappraised by the Board of
Trustees of the said Testing Agency. Three
categories of performance are to be used in the final
evaluation process as follows:
1. PASS: The applicant has satisfactorily
completed the examination.
2. PARTIAL: The applicant has failed one of
the five performance tests and
must take a partial re-test.
3. FAIL: The applicant has failed two or
more of the five performance
tests and must take a complete re-
test.
780CMRR23 REVOCATION AND
SUSPENSION PROCEDURES
R2.3.1 Revocation and Suspension: The BBRS on
its own initiative or upon the recommendation of the
Construction Materials Safety Board or the
Massachusetts Construction Industry Board, may
suspend or revoke the licenses of any one so engaged
in the practice of Concrete Testing found to be in
noncompliance with 780 CMR R2, 780 CMR or the
standards of good practice. Notice of suspension or
revocation of such license shall be in writing with
the reasons for suspension or revocation clearly set
forth therein, and served in accordance with 780
CMR 118.6.
R2.3.2 Notice of Conference: Prior to suspension,
revocation or refusal to renew such license, written
notice of such intent shall be served by the Pre-
Qualifying Agency or BBRS in accordance with
780 CMR 1 18.6. Within ten calendar days of receipt
of such notice, the affected licensee may request a
hearing before a three member panel designated by
the chainiLan of the said agency, who will hear facts
and make recommendations to the Pre-Qualifying
Agency.
R2.3.3 Effect of Suspension or Revocation of
License: Upon suspension or revocation of the
license, the licensee shall immediately cease
engaging in the testing of concrete and concrete
materials for use in buildings and structures which
are subject to the provision of 780 CMR and no
action brought before the State Building Code
Appeals Board as specified in 780 CMR R2.4. 1 or in
any court of competent jurisdiction shall stay the
said suspension or revocation unless said Appeals
Board or court shall issue an order for a stay of the
BBRS's suspension or revocation.
780 CMR R14 APPEALS
R2.4.1 Massachusetts State Building Code
Appeals Board Any one engaged in the practice of
Concrete Testing aggrieved by the suspension or
revocation of their license or by an interpretation,
order, requirement, direction or failure to act under
780 CMR R2 may appeal to the State Building Code
Appeals Board as provided in 780 CMR 122.0;
however, entry of an appeal from the BBRS's order
of revocation or suspension shall not stay such
revocation or suspension unless so ordered by the
said Appeals Board in a preliminary hearing
conducted expressly for the purpose of a stay in
accordance with that part of 780 CMR 122.3.2
dealing with the procedure required for a hearing on
such stay.
768
780 CMR.- Sixth Edition
1 1/27/98
780CMRR3
MANUFACTURED BUILDINGS, BUILDING COMPONENTS
AND MOBILE HOMES
PARTI GENERAL
780 CMR R3ol ADMINIOTRATION
R3.1,lTltle: The BBRS, Massachusetts Board of
Fire Prevention Regulations (Massachusette Board
of State Examiners of Electricians), and the
Massachusetts Board of State Examiners' of
Plumbers and Gas Fitters herewith adopt the Rules
and Regulations for Manufactured Buildings,
Manufactured Building Components and
Manufactiired Homes.
R3J.2 BefmitioQs: Unless otherwise expressly
stated in 780 CMR, the following terms shall, for the
purpose of 780 CMR R3, have the meaning
indicated in 780 CMR R3.L2:
Approval: Approval by the State Board of Building
Regulations and Standards (BBRS)
BuiMliig System: Plans, specifications and
, documentation for a system of manufactured
buildings or for a type or a system of
manufactured building components, which may
include structural, electrical, mechanical,
plumbing and fire protection systems and other
systems affecting health and safety, including
variations which are submitted as part of the
building system.
Certlflcatiosi: Any manufactured building,
manufactured building component or
manufactured home which meets the provisions
of the applicable Codes and Rules and
Regulations pursuant thereto; and which has been
labeled accordingly.
Code: 780 CMR or Specialized Codes as defined
herein.
Department ■» DPS: The Department of Public
Safety, Division of Inspections.
luspcetlon Agency: Independent agency,
sometimes referred to as "third-party agency",
retained by the manufacturer and approved by
BBRS to perform inspections and evaluations of
building systems, compliance assurance
programs, manufactured buildings, and
manufactured building components.
Installation: The process of affixing, or assembling
and affixing a manufactured building,
manufactured building component or manufac^
tured home on the buildmg site, and connecting it
to utilities, and/or to an existing building.
Installation may also mean the connecting of two
or more manufactured housing imits designed and
approved to be so connected for use as a dwelling.
Installer of Manufactured Buildings: An
individual, who on the basis of training and
experience, has been certified by a specific manu-
facturer of manufactured homes as competent to
supervise the placement and connection required
to install the manufactured homes of that manu-
facturer. Said certification by the manufacturer
shall be in writing; additionally, the certified
installer shall possess picture identification in the
form of a driver's license or other picture
identification acceptable to the building official.
Label: An approved device or seal evidencing
certification in accordance with the applicable
Codes and Rules and Regulations promulgated
pursuant thereto.
Local Eiiforcemeiat Agency: A department or
agency in a municipality charged with the
enforcement of 780 CMR and appropriate
specialized codes which include, but are not
limited to, 248 CMR (the State Plumbing and Gas
Fitting code) and 527 CMR 12.00 (the State
Electrical Code) as listed in Appendix A.
Mamufactiired Buildimg: Any mamifactured
building which has concealed elements, such as
electrical, mechanical, plumbing, fire protection,
insulation, and other systems affecting health and
safety, and which is manufactured or assembled in
accordance with 780 CMR and pertinent
regulations, in manufacturing facilities, on or off
the building site. Also, any manufactured
building as defined above which does not have
concealed elements, but which has been approved
by the BBRS at the request of the manufacturer.
"Manufactured building" does not mean
"manufactured home".
Manufactured Buildmg Component: Any
manufactured subsystem, manufactured
subassembly, or other system designed for use in
or as part of a structure having concealed
elements such as electrical, mechanical, plumbing
2/20/98 (Effective 3/1/98)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
769
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
and fire protection systems and other systems
affecting health and safety.
Manufactured Homes (Housing): As defined in 24
CFR, Part 3280.2; a structure, transportable in
one or more sections, which in the traveling
mode, is right body feet or more in width or forty
body feet or more in length, or, when erected on
site, is 320 or more square feet, and which is built
on a permanent chassis and designed to be used as
a dwelling with or without a permanent
foundation when connected to the required
utilities, and includes the plumbing, heating, air-
conditioning, and electrical systems contained
therein. Calculations used to determine the
number of square feet in a structure will be based
on the structure's exxedoT dimensions measured at
the largest horizontal projections when erected on
site. These dimensions will include all
expandable rooms, cabinets, and other projections
containing interior space, but do not include bay
windows. (See 24 CFR, Part 3280.2 for a more
detailed description of manufactured homes as
defined by the Department of Housing and Urban
Development.)
Specialized Code: All building codes, rules or
regulations pertaining to building construction,
reconstruction, alteration, repair or demolition
promulgated by and under the authority of the
various agencies which have been authorized
fi'om tune to time by the General Court of the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts. The
specialized codes shall include, but not be limited
to, 248 CMR (the State Plumbing and Gas Fitting
Code )and 527 CMR 12.00 (the Electrical Code)
as listed in Appendix A.
State Administrative Agencies: Boards,
commissions, departments or agencies authorized
to promulgate, adopt and amend codes and rules
and regulations relating to buildings and
structures and parts thereof and limited to the
BBRS, Massachusetts Board of Fire Prevention
Regulations, Massachusetts State Examiners of
Electricians, and the Massachusetts Board of State
Examiners of Plumbers and Gas Fitters.
State Enforcement Agencies: Boards,
commissions, departments or agencies authorized
to enforce the provisions of the codes and rules
and regulations which have been promulgated,
adopted and amended and which relate to
buildings or structures and parts thereof and
limited to the Department of Public Safety,
Massachusetts Board of State Examiners of
Plumbers and Gas Fitters, and the Massachusetts
State Examiners of Electricians.
R1.3 Scope:
1. 780 CMR R3 shall govern the design,
manufacture, handling, storage, transportation and
installation of manufactured buildings, and
manufactured building components intended for
installation in this State and/or manu&ctured in
thiis State for shipment to any other state in which
such building, building components, or
manufactured homes and the labels thereon are
accepted.
2. The Federal Manufactured Home
Construction and Safety Standards promulgated
by the Department of Housing and Urban
Development govern the design, manufacture,
handling, storage and transportation of
manufactured homes for installation in this state.
3. Subject to local zoning ordinances and by-
lav^s, manufactured buildings, manufactured
building components or manufactured homes may
be sold for, delivered to, or installed on, building
siUts located in any jurisdiction of this State if
such buildings, building components or
manufactured homes have been approved and
certified pursuant to the applicable Codes and
780 CMR R3.
R3.L4 Administration and Enforcement: The
BBRS and the State Enforcement Agencies shall
enforce all provisions of 780 CMR R3. The State
Enforcement Agencies shall have the responsibility
for e^/aluating and recommending approval to the
BBRS of building systems, and for inspecting and
recommending certification of manufactured
buildings and manufactured building components for
compliance with 780 CMR R3 and the applicable
codes. The State Enforcement Agencies and the
local enforcement agencies shall accept
manufactured buildings, manufactured building
components, building systems and compliance
assunmce programs labeled and certified by
inspection agencies approved by the BBRS and
those manu&ctured homes certified as in
conformance with the Federal standards by the
application of the applicable required HUD label.
R3.L:5 Authorization of Third Party Inspections:
Upon recommendation of the State Enforcement
Agencies, the BBRS may authorize inspection
agencies, sometimes referred to as third party
inspeaion agencies, to perform all or part of the
inspection and certification of manufactured
buildings and manufactured building components,
building systems and compliance assurance
programs, including either or both the issuance and
the attachment of labels thereto. The BBRS may
suspend or revoke and such authorization for cause.
R3.1.6 Approvals and Compliance: Upon the
recommendation of the State Enforcement Agencies,
the BBRS may approve building systems and
compliance assurance programs which comply with
770
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
MANUFACTURED BUILDINGS, BUILDING COMPONENTS AND MOBILE HOMES
the codes, standards, specifications and requirements
and 780 CMR R3.
R3.L7 Time of Manufacture; For purposes of
780 CMR R3, a manufactured building,
manufactured building component or manufactured
home is deemed to be manufactured at such time as
the label is attached to it in accordance with the
approved compliance assurance program.
R3.1,8 Retroactive Changes: No changes in the
codes, standards, specifications and requirements of
780 CMR R3 shall apply retroactively.
R3.1.9 Amendments: The State Administrative
Agencies shall notify the BBRS, and the BBRS shall
notify all interested parties including State
Enforcement Agencies, inspection agencies,
manufacturers with approved building systems, and
local governmental jurisdictions of all amendments
to 780 CMR R3, and each manufacturer shall have
no more than 180 days following the sending of
notification to submit to the BBRS compliance
assurance program revisions in order to comply with
such amendments. Where imminent danger to life
safety is involved, the State Administrative Agencies
may require that immediate effect be given such
amendments to the codes, standards, specifications
and requirements so adopted.
780 CMR m2 COMPUANCE ASSURANCE
PROGRAMS
MR3.2,1 Approval: In order to obtain approval for
manufactured buildings or manufactured building
components a manufacturer shall submit a building
system for evaluation to the BBRS for approvals in
accordance with 780 CMR R3 .
K3,2.2 SialtabHity: Prior to a full evaluation, the
State Enforcement Agencies shall determine that
buUding systems and/or the application for approval
of the compliance assurance program submitted to it
are suitable for processing. In the event that the
. application is found to be unsuitable for processing,
the applicant shall be notified in writing of such
unsuitability and the basis thereof, vwthin 30 days of
the date the application is received by the BBRS. In
such event, all but $25 of the fee will be returned
and the findings of unsuitability will be without
prejudice. Any subsequent submission shall be
treated as a new application.
K3.2.3 Requisites: The State Enforcement
Agencies may require tests to determine whether a
compliance assurance program meets the codes,
standards and requirements of the evaluation of
plans, specifications and documentation. The
procedures used shall be reviewed and evaluated by
the BBRS in accordance with 780 CMR R3. The
costs of such tests shall be borne by the applicant.
R3.2.4 Notification of Disapproval: In the event a
compliance assurance program is disapproved by the
BBRS, the BBRS shall notify the applicant with a
written explanation of the reasons for such
disapproval thereto.
R3=2.S Approval - Evidence: Approval of a
compliance assurance program shall be evidenced by
a letter of certification issued by the BBRS.
M32.6 Approval - Report: The State Enforcement
Agencies shall prepare and the BBRS shall issue to
the applicant a building system approval report
which shall include therein any conditions imposed
for its use.
R2o7 Approval = Variations: A building system
and compliance assurance program or any
amendment there to which has been approved, shall
not be varied in any way without prior written
authorization by the BBRS. All amendments shall
be in writing and shall be made a part of the written
record of the approval.
M2,8 Amendments - Proposed: Amendments to
compliance assurance programs may be proposed by
submitting to the BBRS for its approval, appropriate
plans, specifications, or documentation showing the
effect of the proposed amendment on each building
system and the required fee.
E3.2o9 Compliance Assurance Program: A
manufacturer shall obtain approval from the BBRS
of a compliance assurance program for his building
system. Buildings or building components shall be
manufactured in accordance with an approved
program in order to be certified. Compliance
assurance programs shall be submitted to the BBRS
for its approval in accordance with 780 CMRR3.
7M CMR R3 J CERUFfCAlION
Manufactured buildings or manufactured building
components or manufactured homes, accepted by the
State Enforcement Agencies and an inspection
agency as having been manufactured according to an
approved building system and an approved
compliance assurance program, shall be certified by
the BBRS upon the recommendation of the State
Enforcement Agencies as complying with the
requirements of the applicable codes and 780 CMR
R3. Certification shall be evidenced by the
attachment of a label to each certified manufactured
building or manufactured building component (or
groups of components).
R3o3ol ManiafacftMrer's Data Plate:
M3,3.L! Contents: The following information
shall be placed directly or by reference on one or
more permanent manufacturer's data plates in the
vicinity of the electrical distribution panel, or in
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
771
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGU1.ATI0NS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
some other designated location acceptable to the
State Enforcement Agencies, on the manufactured
building or manufactured building component
where it will be readily accessible for inspection:
a. Manufacturer's name and address;
b. Serial number of the unit;
c. Label serial number;
d. Name and date of applicable building,
plumbing, gas and electrical codes and issue of
their accumulative supplements complied with;
e. Model designation and name of
manufacturer of major factory-installed
appliances;
f Identification of permissible type of gas for
appliance and directions for water and drain
connection;
g. Snow, wind, seismic and other live loads;
h. Electrical ratings - instructions and
warnings on voltage;
i. Special conditions or limitations on use of
the units, including unsuitability for areas in
which specified environmental conditions
prevail;
j. Methods of assembly or joining multiple
umts;
k. Type of construction, including fire rating,
occupancy class, and interior finish flame
spread class;
1. Building height and story limitation;
m. Floor area; and
n. Minimum side yard requirements for fire
rating.
If, in the opinion of the State Administrative
Agencies, the shape or size of a building
component is such that this information cannot be
attached to it permanently, the information may
be placed in a manual crated with the component
or on a tag attached to the crate in which the
component is shipped, if the information is not
such that the fiiture occupant of the building
should know it. If the occupant will need to know
the information, it shall be contained in a manual
which shall be presented to the occupant upon
transfer of possession. If life safety is involved,
the item in question shall be plainly labeled.
R3.3.2 Labels: Each manufactured building or
manufactured building component which is certified
pursuant to the applicable codes and 780 CMR R3,
shall have permanently attached thereto, in a visible
location as shown on the approved building system,
an approved label which cannot be removed
therefrom without destroying such label.
R3.3.2.1 Contents: An approved label shall bear
the following information:
a. "This label certifies that this building (or
building component) has been manufactured in
accordance with an approved building system
and compliance assurance program approved
by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts Board
of Building Regulations and Standards and
inspected by .";
b. Label serial number;
c. Building system approval number;
d. Manufacturer's serial number;
e. The words "See data plate located on
."; and
f Date of manufacture.
At the direction of the BBRS labels and data
plates may be limited in size and content for
components whose shape and size does not permit
the fiill information to be placed thereon.
R3.3.2.2 Issuance: The approved label shall be
issued by the BBRS or its agents in accordance
with the following:
a. If the BBRS delegated the issuance of
labels to an inspection agency, the agency shall
be required to obtain approval from the BBRS
for the manner in which they are handled;
b. Labels must be serially numbered;
c. A manufacturer's compliance assurance
program submitted in accordance with
780 CMR R3 shall include requirements for
issuance, possession of, attachment of and
accounting for all labels to assure that labels
are attached only to manufactured buildings,
manufactured building components, or
manufactured homes manufactured pursuant to
an approved building system and inspected
pursuant to an approved compliance assurance
program; and
d. Upon request of the inspection agency, the
BBRS may determine that the manufacturer's
record of compliance is such that the
inspection agency need not maintain an
inspector in a given plant at all times,
inspection agency may entrust labels to the
custody of one or more employees of the
manufacturer, who shall be charged with
controlling the use of the such labels. Such
employees shall not be given custody of more
labels than are necessary. If the conditions of
custody are violated, the BBRS or an
inspection agency shall immediately regain
possession of all labels that have not been
applied to the manufactured buildings or
manufactured building components and shall
take such further action with respect to future
labeling, as it may deem necessary to assure
compliance with the applicable codes and
780 CMR R3.
R3.3.3 Records of Labels: Permanent records shall
be kept of the handling of all labels, indicating at
least how may labels have been applied to
manufactured buildings or manufactured building
components (or groups of components), which labels
have been applied to which buildings or building
components, the disposition of any damaged or
rejected labels, and the location and custody of all
unused labels. Such records shall be maintained by
772
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
• MANUFACTURED BUILDINGS, BUILDING COMPONENTS AND MOBILE HOMES
the manufacturer or by the inspection agency. A
copy of such records covering attachment of each
label shall be sent to the. BBRS on the tenth of each
month and the BBRS shall forward all such records
to the State Enforcement Agencies.
R3.3.4 Attachment of Labels: The inspection
agency shall attach in numerical sequence labels to
oianufactured buildings or manufactured building
components manufactured In accordance with an
approved building system and meeting the
requirements of an approved compliance assurance
program.
Manufacturers shall attach labels in the same
manner to manufactured buildings or building
components manufactured in accordance with an
approved buildmg system and meeting the
requirements of an approved compliance assurance
program.
Manufacturers shall attach labels in the same
manner to manufactured buildings or building
components manufactured in accordance with a
approved compliance assurance program, if custody
of the labels has been entrusted to them in
accordance with 780 CMR R3.3.3.4.
R3J.S Suspension md Revocation: The BBRS
may suspend or revoke, or cause to be suspended or
revoked, the certification of any manufactured
building or manufactured building component which
the State Enforcement Agencies or an inspection
agency linds not to comply vtdth the applicable codes
or 780 CMR R3, or which has been manufactured
pursuant to a building system or a compliance
assurance program for which approval has been
suspended or revoked, or which has not been
manufactured in accordance with the approved
compliance assurance program. The State
Enforcement Agencies or an inspection agency shall
remove or cause to be removed, labels from any
such manufactured building, manufactured building
component or manufactured home until it is brought
into compliance with the applicable codes and
780 CMR R3. Notice of suspension or revocation of
certification shall be in vmting with the reasons for
suspension or revocation clearly set forth therein.
a. Upon suspension or revocation of the approval
of any building system or compliance assurance
program, no fijrther labels shall be attached to any
manufactured buildings or manufactured buildmg
components manufactured pursuant to the
building system or compliance assurance program
with respect to which the approval was suspended
or revoked. Upon termination of such suspension
or revocation, labels may again be attached to the
manufactured building or manufactured building
components manufactured after the date approval
was reinstated. Should any building or building
component have been manufactured during the
period of suspension or revocation, it shall not be
labeled unless the State Enforcement Agencies or
inspection agency have inspected such building or
building component and is satisfied that all
requkements for certification have been met. If
the State Enforcement Agency acts under
780 CMR R3.3.5, it must notify the inspection
agency.
b. The manufacturer shall return all labels
allocated for a manufactured building or
manufactured building component to the BBRS
no later than 30 days &om the effective date of
any suspension or revocation of the State
Enforcement Agencies or inspection agency, of
the building system or compliance assurance
program pursuant to which the manufactured
building or manufactured building component is
being manufactured. The manufacturer shall also
return to the BBRS all labels which it determines
for any reason are no longer needed.
R3.6 Variations of Certified Units: Manufactured
buildings, manufactured buildmg components or
manufactured homes certified and labeled pursuant
to the applicable codes and 780 CMR R3 shall not
be varied in any way prior to the issuance of a
certificate of occupancy without resubmission to the
BBRS for its approval of the variation and of the
unit which includes the variation. The State
Enforcement Agencies or an inspection agency shall
inspect the manufactured building, manufactured
building component or manufactured home wherever
it is located and such inspection may include such
tests or destructive or nondestructive disassembly as
the State Enforcement Agencies or an inspection
agency deems necessary to assure compliance with
the applicable Codes and 780 CMR R3. Local
Enforcement Agencies may be designated by the
BBRS or State Enforcement Agencies as inspection
agencies for such purposes.
780 CMR R3.4 Dif SPECTEON BY THE STATE
ENFORCEMENT AGENCIES OR THEIR .
AGENTS
The State Enforcement Agencies shall make, or
cause to be made, such inspections of the entire
processing of manufacturing, certifying, handling,
storing and transporting of manufactured buildings
or manufactured building components produced
pursuant to approved building systems as they deem
necessary.
E3.4ol Inspection of Facilities: As part of the
process of evaluating building systems and
compliance assurance programs, the State
Enforcement Agencies shall inspect, or cause to be
inspected, the manufacturing facilities in which the
buildings or building components are to be
manufactured.
R3.4.2 Inspectioa According to Compliaiicis
Assurance Programs: The State Enforcement
Agencies or an inspection agency shall make such
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
773
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGUIATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
inspections as may be required by an approved
compliance assurance program, or as may be
deemed necessary by the State Enforcement
Agencies.
K3.43 Inspection of Banuiged Components: Prior
to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy, the
State Enforcement Agencies or an inspection agency
shall inspect, or cause to be inspected, certified
manufactured buildings or manufactured building
components which it determines to have been
sufficiently damaged after certification to warrant
such mspection and to take such action with regard
to such buildings or buUding components as is
authorized hereof, or as is otherwise necessary to
eliminate dangerous conditions. The local
enforcement agencies may be designated by the
BBRS or the State Enforcement Agencies as the
inspection agency.
R3.4.3.1 Repairing Damaged Components:
The State Enforcement Agencies or an inspection
agency shall require manufactured buildings or
manufactured building components which are so
damaged as to no longer comply with the
applicable Codes and 780 CMR R3, to be repaired
and made to comply within a reasonable time; or
if they are so damaged that they cannot be
brought into compliance, the State Enforcement
Agencies or inspection agency shall order that the
labels be removed fi'om such buildings, building
components or manufactured homes. A report
under this section shall be filed with the
inspection agency, BBRS and State Enforcement
Agency.
R3.4.3.2 Irreparably Damaged Components:
Irreparably damaged buildings or building
components shall be disposed of by the
manufacturer.
R3.4.4 Monitoring Inspection Agency: The State
Enforcement Agencies or their designated agents
shall examine each approved inspection agency, at
any reasonable time, and without prior
announcement, in order to monitor the reliability of
each agency and of its monitoring of each
compliance assurance program,. Each such
examination shall investigate the adequacy of all
procedures used by the agency in monitoring
compliance assurance programs including
inspeaion, tests, production methods, process
controls, operator performance, materials, receipts,
storage and handling, workmanship standards,
records and ail other activities which implement the
compliance assurance program in the manufacturing
facility, during transport, on-site, and at critical
subcontractors' facilities. The results of such
examinations shall be filed with the office of the
BBRS. Copies of such reports shall be sent to the
inspection agency and the State Enforcement
Agencies. Inspection agencies shall be specifically
notified by the BBRS of any deficiencies and of the
manner and time by which such deficiencies must be
eliminated. If deemed necessary by the State
Enforcement Agencies an inspection agency's
approval may be suspended or revoked by the BBRS
as provided herein.
R3.4.4.1 Prior to Approval: Such examinations
may also be conducted before approving an
inspection agency.
R3..5 Inspection by Disassembly: No inspection
entailing disassembly, damage to or destruction of
certified manufactured buildings, manufactured
building components or manufactured homes shall
be conducted except to implement 780 CMR R3.
780 CMR B33 LOCAL ENFORCEMENT
AGENCY PROCEDURES AND INSPECHONS
R3.5.1 Issuance of building permits: Upon
application and in conformity with the provisions of
780 CMR, the building official shall issue building
permits for installation of certified manufactured
buildings, manufactured building components or
manufactured housing.
R3.5.1.1 Licensed Construction Supervisors
and (Certified Installers: A construction
supervisor, duly licensed in accordance with
780 CMRR5, shall, in accordance with 780 CMR
108.3.5,, act as the agent for the owner for the
purpose of applying for and obtaining any and all
building permits required for the field erection of
all one or two fimiily manufactured dwellings
subject to the provisions of 780 CMR 35 and
applicable 780 CMR R3.
As part of the building permit application
process, the licensed construction supervisor shall
submit to the building official, in writing, the
name of the installer, who shall be duly certified
by the manufacturer to install said manufacturer's
product, and is identified as a certified installer of
marmfactured buildings (certified installer) by
said manufiicturer. The certified installer shall be
responsible for the safe and proper placement and
connection of the manufactured home units in
accordance with 780 CMR 35, 780 CMR R3 and
specialized codes as listed in Append A.
The licensed construction supervisor shall be
r^ponsible for the construction of the foundation
system, and all pertinent site work, in accordance
with 780 CMR 35 and 780 CMR R3 listed in
Appendix A. The licensed construction
supervisor shall provide at least 48 hours notice to
the building official before the placement and
connection of such units shall begin An
application to local enforcement agencies for an
appropriate permit shall, when reque«;^ed, in
addition to any other requirements contain:
R3.5.L2 Permit Application - Statement of
Content: A statement that the work to be
774
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
MANUFACTURED BUILDINGS, BUILDING COMPONENTS AND MOBILE HOMES
performed under such permit is to include the
installation of a certified manufactured building,
manufactured building component or
manufactured home in accordance with the
provisions of the applicable codes, the statement
to be signed by the applicant or his agent, with the
appropriate address.
R3.5°13 Permit Application ■> Bulidmg System:
A true copy of the approved building system with
respect to which the manufactured building or
manufactured building component was
manufactured or is to be manufactured, where one
has not previously been furnished to that local
enforcement agency.
R3. 5.1.4 Permit Application - Building System
Approval: A copy of the Building System Report,
as approved by the BBRS, where it has not
previously been fiimiished to the Local
Enforcement Agency,
E3o 5^ Inspection of Site Preparation and Service
Co0iiections: Appropriate local enforcement
agencies shall inspect site preparation work
including foundations, not within the scope of the
approval and certification, and the structural,
mechanical, plumbing and electrical connections
among units, for compliance with applicable law,
rules and regulations.
R3<>S3 Compliance with InstractioEis: Appropriate
local enforcement agencies shall inspect ail
manufactured buildings, manufactured building
components or manufactured homes upon, or
promptly after, installation at the building site to
determine whether all instractions in the Building
System Approval Report or conditions listed on the
manufacturer's data plate have been followed.
This may include tests for tightness of plumbing
and mechanical systems, and for malfunctions in the
electrical system and a visual inspection for obvious
nonconformity with the approved building system.
K3.5 J.l Disassembly Prohibited: Unauthorized
destructive disassembly of certified buildings and
building components and mobile homes shall not
be performed in order to conduct such tests or
inspections, except as provided in 780 CMR
R3.3.4.3, nor shall there be imposed standards or
test criteria different from those adopted by the
State Enforcement Agencies or specified in the
Building System Approval Report, or the
"HUD's" Manufactured Home Construction and
Safety Standards.
R3,53,2 Opening Panels: Nondestructive
disassembly may be performed only to the extent
of opening access panels and cover plates.
R3J.4 Noncomplying New Units: Local
enforcement agencies shall report to the BBRS in
accordance with 780 CMR R3.5.6 any
noncomplying manufactured buildings and building
components.
R3.5.S Certificates of Occwpancy: Appropriate
local inspectors shall issue certificates of occupancy
for certified manufactured buildings and
manufactured homes containing certified building
components which otherwise comply with all the
applicable codes, after they have been installed and
inspected pursuant to the applicable codes and
780 CMR R3, provided that any manufactured
building or manufactured building component found
not to comply with the Building System Approval
Report or any manufactured home found not to
comply with "Hud's" Manufactured Home
Construction and Safety Standards shall be brought
into compliance before such certificate of occupancy
shall be issued.
R3o5.6 Reporting of Violations to Department of
Pmblic Safety: When any local enforcement agency
is making an inspection and finds violations or
suspected violations, it shall report die details of the
violations in writing to the BBRS. Where violations
are hazardous to occupants, a certificate of
occupancy shall not be issued and the building shall
not be occupied before such hazards are corrected.
If the violations are not hazardous,, a temporary
certificate of occupancy may be issued.
780 CMR R3.6 FEES
IR3.6,1 Deposit for Application to the BBRS: A
deposit shall be required upon application to the
BBRS to perform any of the fimctions in 780 CMR
R3.
1R3.6^ Establishment of Fees: Fees charged by the
BBRS for functions performed shall be in
accordance with the fee schedule^stablished by the
State Administrative Agencies as specified in
780 CMR R3. 18.
780 CMR R3.7 NOHFICATION OF
CHANGES IN NAME, ADDRESS,
OWNERSHIF OR LOCATION
M3.7.1 Notification by Manufacturers:
Manufacturers shall notify the BBRS in writing
within ten days of any of the following occurrences:
a. The corporate name is changed;
b. The main address ofthe company is changed;
c. There is a change in 25% or more of the
ownership interest of the company within a 12
month period;
d. The location of any manufacturing facility is
changed;
e. A new manufacturing facility is established; or
f. There are changes in principal officers of the
firm.
The BBRS shall notify the State Administrative
Agencies of such occurrences.
9/1 9/97 (Effective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition
775
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
R3.7.2 Notification by Inspection Agencies:
Inspection agencies shall notify the BBRS in writing
within ten days of any of the following occurrences:
a. The company name is changed;
b. The main address of the company is changed;
c. There is a change in 25% or more of the
ownership interest or control of the company
within a 12 month period;
d. The location of any testing facility is changed;
e. A new testing facility is established; or
£ There are changes in principal officers and key
supervisory and responsible personnel of the firm.
The BBRS shall notify the State Administrative
Agencies of such occurrences.
780 CMR K3.8 PROPRIETARY
INFORMATION
All information relating to building systems and
compliance assurance programs which the
manufacturer or other party considers proprietary
shall be so designated by him at the time of its
submission, and shall be so held by the State
Enforcement Agencies and State Administrative
Agencies, except as the State Administrative
Agencies determine in each case, that disclosure is
necessary to carry out the purposes of the applicable
codes and 780 CMR R3.
PARTE REQUIREMENTS FOR
SUBMISSION OF BUILDING
SYSTEMS AND COMPLLVNCE
ASSURANCE PROGRAMS
780 CMR R3.9 BUILDING SYSTEMS
Building systems shall meet the requirements set
forth below to be evaluated for compliance with the
standards, specifications and requirements adopted
by the State Administrative Agencies.
R3.9.1 General Requirements:
R3.9.1.1 Plans, Speciflcations and
Documentation: Building systems, including all
plans, specifications and other documentation,
shall be submitted in quadruplicate to the BBRS
who shall act as the depository and disburser of
all such items. The BBRS shall forward to the
appropriate State Enforcement Agencies plans,
specifications and documentation for their
recommendations.
R3.9.L2 Form and Fees: Building systems shall
be submitted in the form prescribed by the BBRS
and shall be accompanied by all required fees.
R3.9.L3 Identification: All documents
submitted with the application shall be identified
to indicate the manufacturer's name, office
address and address of the manufacturing facility.
R3.9.L4 Plans Showing Elements: Plans shall
be subnnitted showing all elements relating to
specific systems on properly identifiable sheets.
R3.9.1.5 Application - Approved Architect or
Engineer: Each building system application shall
bear the signature and seal of an approved
registered architect or registered professional
engineer certifying that the building system
complies with the applicable codes and standards
promulgated herein.
R3.9.1.(> On-site Work Identified: All work to
be performed on-site, including connection of all
systems,, equipment and appliances, shall be
identified and distinguished fi'om work to be
performed in the manufacturing facility.
R3.9.L7 Space for State Administrative
Agencies Approval Stamp: A 3" x 4" blank
rectangular space shall be provided on all sheets
of plans near the title box for the BBRS's stamp of
approval.
R3.9.L8 Material Grade and Quality: Grade,
quality smd identification of all material shall be
specified.
R3.9.1.9 Calculations and Test Reports: Design
calculations and test reports shall be specified.
R3.9.L9.1 Drawings to Scale: Drawings shall
be drawn to scale and be legible.
R3.9,1.9.2 Label and Data Plate Location:
Drawings shall indicate the location of the
approved label and data plate.
R3.9.1.9.3 Drawings Dated and Identified:
Drawings shall be dated and identified. The
number of sheets in each set shall be indicated.
R3.9.2 Required Construction Details: Building
systems for manufactured buildings shall provide or
show, but not be limited to, the 4gtails listed below
including the method of their testing or evaluation,
or both. These requirements shall apply to the
building systems for building components only to
the extent deemed necessary by the State
Enforcement Agencies to permit a proper evaluation
of the building component.
R3.9.2JI General:
a. Details and methods of installation of
manufectured buildings or manufactured
building components on foundations and/or to
each other.
b. All exterior elevations.
c. Cross sections as necessary to identify
major building components.
d. Details of flashing, such as at openings and
at penetrations through roofs and
subcomponent connections. Indicate flashing
material and gauge to be used.
e. Attic access and attic ventilation.
f Exterior wall, roof and soffit material as
well as finish.
776
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
MANUFACTURED BUILDINGS, BUILDING COMPONENTS AND MOBILE HOMES
g. Interior wall and ceiling finish material.
h. Fire separation walls.
i. Sizes, locations and types of doors,
windows and fire/smoke detectors.
j. Recommended foundation plans, vents and
underfloor access.
3<,9o2.2 Building ClassincatioE:
a. Occupancy or use.
b. Area, height, and number of stories,
c. Type of construction.
d. Fireresistance ratings.
3'.9.2.3 Space and Fire Safety:
a. Details of fire resistance rated assemblies
for all stairway enclosures, doors, walls, floors,
ceilings, partitions, columns, roof and shajft
enclosures.
b. Detail of Fire Protection Systems.
c. Details as to width of all aisles, exits,
corridors, passageways and stairway
enclosures.
d. Toxicity and flame spread classification of
finished materials.
3o9.2o4 Structural Detail Requirements:
a. Engineer's calculations of structural
members, where appropriate.
b. Structural and framing details of all floors,
roof and walls.
c. Details and stress diagrams of roof trusses.
d. Detailsof reinforcing steel.
e. Complete loading schedule.
f Column loads and column schedule.
g. Lintel schedule.
h. Size, spacing and details of all structural
elements.
8. Grade or quality of all structural elements
(lumber, steel, etc.).
j. Elevation of structural elements, walls or
sections thereof, providing resistance to
vertical loads or lateral forces.
k. Complete details of all structural
connections.
S.9.2.5 Mechanical Detail Requlrememts:
a. Location of all equipment and appliances.
Indicate equipment and appliances listed or
labeled by approved agencies.
b. Heat loss and heat gain calculations.
c. Manufacturer's name, make, model,
number, BTU, input and output rating of all
equipment and appliances, as appropriate, or
the equal thereof
d. Duct and register locations, sizes, and
materials.
e. Clearances from combustible material or
surfaces for all ducts, flues and chimneys.
f Method of providing required combustion
air and return air.
g. Location of flues, vents and chimneys and
clearances from air intakes and other vents and
flues.
h. Details regarding dampers in ducts
penetrating fire separations.
i. Complete drawings of fire sprinkler system,
standpipe system or smoke/fire alarm system
as required.
j. Detail of elevator or escalator system,
including method of emergency operation.
k. Duct and piping insulation thickness.
1. . Ventilation air calculations.
R3<,9.2.6 Plumbing Detail Requirements:
a. Plan or schematic drawing of the plumbing
layout, including but not limited to, size of
piping, fitting, traps and vents, cleanouts and
valves, gas, water, and drainage system.
b. Plumbing materials, and location of all
equipment and appliances to be used. Indicate
fixture unit capacity of system(s) and the make,
model, and rating/capacity of equipment and
appliances. Indicate equipment and appliances
listed or labeled by approved agencies.
c. Make and model of safety controls (such as
for water heaters), their location, and whether
listed or labeled by approved agencies.
d. How piping is to be supported and intervals
of support.
e. Location of vents above roofs and required
clearances, including but not limited to
clearances from air intakes, other vents and
flues.
f Methods of testing.
E3.9.2.7 Electrical Detail Requirememts;
a. Plan of service equipment, including
service entrance, conductors, service raceway
and clearances above ground and above
structures.
b. Method and detail for grounding service
equipment.
c. Single line diagram of the entire electrical
installation.
d. Load calculations for service and feeders.
e. Sizes of all feeders and branch circuits.
f Size, rating and location of main
disconnect/overcurrent protective devices.
g. Method of interconnection between
manufactured buildings or manufactured
building components and location of
connections.
h. Location of all outlets and junction boxes.
i. Method of mounting fixtures and wiring
installations.
j. Lighting power calculations.
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
777
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
780 CMR R3.10 COMPLIANCE ASSURANCE
PROGRAMS FOR MANUFACTURED
BUILDINGS AND MANUFACTURED
BUILDING COMPONENTS
Compliance assurance programs shall be
approved if they meet the requirements set forth in
780 CMR R3.3.10. It is the manufacturer's
responsibility to execute every aspect of this
program. The manufacturer shall continue to be
responsible for all corrective actions required and
the contractual relationship between the
manufacturer and the inspection agency shall not
diminish such responsibility. The manufacturer
shall cooperate with the inspection agency by
providing the inspection agency with all necessary
reports, information, documents, records, facilities,
equipment, samples and other assistance for assuring
compliance.
The manufacturer's compliance assurance
program shall be submitted to the BBRS in the form
of a compliance assurance manual which shall
contain complete documentation of all compliance
assurance activities of both the manufacturer and the
inspection agency. The manual shall be
comprehensively indexed, and shall treat the
material listed here in detail, as follows:
R3.10.1 Organization Requirements:
a. A procedure for periodic revision of the
manual;
b. An organizational structure for implementing
and maintmning the compliance assurance
program and its functional relationship to other
elements of the organization structure of the
manufacturer, which structure shall provide for
independence from the production department;
Company officer^ and employees in charge of the
compliance assurances program must be
identified, and their training and qualifications
specified;
c. A uniform system of audit (in-depth analysis
of program effectiveness and means to identify
deficiencies) to monitor program performance
periodically;
d. Complete and reliable records of
manufacturing and site operations, if any (suitable
means of storage, preservation and accessibility of
copies of forms to be utilized shall be included);
e. A system to control changes in production or
inspection procedures;
f A system to assure that working drawings and
specifications, working instructions and standards,
procurement documents, etc. conform to the
approved building system;
g. A serial number system for buildings or
building components; and
h. The method of safekeeping, handling and
attaching labels and identification of those
employees responsible therefor.
R3.10.2 Materials Control
a. Procedure to assure effective control over
procurement sources to ensure that materials,
supplies and other items used in production and
site operations, if any, conform to the approved
plans, specifications and quality requirements;
b. Procedures for inspection of materials,
supplies and other items at the point of receipt;
c. Method of protection of materials, supplies
and other items against deterioration prior to their
incorporation in the certified buildings or building
component; and
d. Provision for disposal of rejected materials,
supplies and other items.
R3.10.3 Production Control:
a. Procedures for timely remedial and preventive
measures to assure product quality;
b. Provision, maintenance and use of testing and
inspection;
c. JProvision for frequency of sampling
inspections;
d. Provision of necessary authority to reject
defective work and carry out compliance
assurance functions, notwithstanding any conflict
with production department goals and needs;
e. A schematic of the manufacturing operation
showing the location of inspection stations, and
"hold" points for mandatory inspection
characteristics;
f Inspection and test procedures, including
accept/reject criteria and mandatory inspection
characteristics;
g. Standards of workmanship; and
h. Provision of disposal of rejects.
R3.10.4 Finished Product Control:
a. Procedure for final inspection of all
manufactured buildings or manufactured building
components before shipment to the site or storage
point, including identification and labeling;
b. Procedures for handling and storing all
finished manufactured buildings or manufactured
building components, both at the manufacturing
plant or other storage point and afler delivery to
the building site;
c. Procedures for packing, packaging and
shipping operations and related inspections; and
d. Procedures for transportation, including all
measures to protect against damage while in
transit, and setting forth the modes of
transportation to be utilized and the carrying
equipment and procedures.
R3.10.S Installation Control:
a. Installation procedures including component
placement, equipment and procedures, field
erection and finishing work, utility connection
instructions and all appropriate on-site inspection
criteria and test descriptions; and
778
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
MANUFACTURED BUILDINGS, BUILDING COMPONENTS AND MOBILE HOMES
b. Organizational provisions for field repair and
disposal of rejects.
R3.10.6 Fermissioia for Inspectlora: The
manufacturer shall provide the BBRS with written
pennission, signed and notarized, for the State
Enforcement Agencies to inspect his manufacturing
facilities, his products, and building sites under his
control at any reasonable time without prior
announcement.
R3.10.7 Inspections by the State Enforcement
Agencies: The Compliance Assurance Manual shall
contain detailed plans for inspections by the State
Enforcement Agencies or inspection agency.
PARXm APPROVAL
AGENCIES
OF INSPECTION
780 CMR R3oll REQUIREMENTS FOR
SUBMISSION
An inspection agency seeking approval shall
submit a quadruplicate application to the BBRS
which shall include the items listed in 780 CMR
3.11.
R3.11.1 Articles of Incorporation: The original
Articles of Incorporation of the agency and all
subsequent amendments thereto, as filed in the State
oflncorporation.
R3,1L2 By-laws: The by-laws of the organization,
if any.
R3.iio3 Business AflHlatlons of Members: The
names, addresses and business afHliations of all
members of the Board of Directors and of top
management personnel.
E3,11.4 Stock : Individual interests representing
more than 10% of the outstanding ownership
reflecting the financial interest of the agency's
Board of Directors and top management personnel.
R3J1,5 Certifications: Certification by the agency
that:
a. Its Board of Directors, as a body, and its
technical personnel, as individuals, can exercise
independence of judgment; and
b. Its activities pursuant hereto will result in no
financial benefit to the agency via stock
ownership, or other financial interests in any
producer, supplier or vendor of products involved,
other than through standard published fees for
services rendered.
R3J!.6 Experience of Directors: Names, years of
experience, state in which professionally registered
and other qualifications of the directors of Inspection
or evaluation programs.
R3.1L7 Experience of Employees: Names and
years of experience of employees practicing in the
following disciplines: architecture, structural
engineering, mechanical engineering, electrical
engineering, fire protection and other branches of
engineering; the state in which each is registered and
the service each performs.
R3JL8 Organization Chart: An organization
chart showing management and supervisory persons
including the number of graduate engineers and
architects, and the names of all consulting engineers
or architects, designating which are full-time and
which are part-time employees.
R3.11.9 Number and Location of Personnel:
Number and location of factory inspectors,
supervisors, and other technicians, including
evaluators of factory inspectors and the
qualifications of each specialized group, including
records of work experience, licenses held and other
pertinent qualifications; description of types of work
each group and each technician is expected to
perform and the qualifications of each group and
each technician to perform the work assigned.
K3.11J§ Employees Training Programs: An
outline of the training program, if any, of the agency
to assure that all inspectors, evaluators and other
technicians are properly trained to do each job
assigned to them.
S3.11J1 Employee Supervision: An outline of the
general procedures for supervision of inspectors and
evaluators, including checking and evaluation of
their work.
R3.liol2 Non-employees Relationships: All
engineers, technicians and other persormel who will
perform services for the organization but who are
not employees of the organization, and the
supervisory and other relationships which each will
have to the agency.
R3J1.13 Products Evaluated:
Type of products, components, equipment, structures
and other items which the organization has
evaluated, tested or inspected and the number of
years of experience the organization has had with
each, and the type of codes, standards, specifications
and requirements with respect to which the
organization has had experience in providing
evaluation, inspection or testing services, and the
number of years experience with each.
M3.11ol4 Frequency Capability: Description of
the frequency with which the agency is capable of
performing inspections or evaluations.
E3JI.1S State Approved in: List of the states in
which the agency is now approved to inspect or
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
779
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
evaluate manufactured buildings or manufactured
building components or parts thereof for compliance
with approved building systems.
780 CMR R3. 12 PROCEDURES FOR
APPROVING INSPECTION AGENCIES
R3.12.1 Qualifications: Upon the recommendation
of the State Enforcement Agencies, the BBRS may
approve inspection agencies which meet the
requirements of the applicable codes and 780 CMR
3.0 and which the State Administrative Agencies
find otherwise qualified to perform the functions
proposed to be delegated to them.
R3.12.2 Suitability of Application: Prior to a full
evaluation of an application for approval, the BBRS
shall determine whether such application is
unsuitable for processing. In the event the
application is found to be suitable for processing, the
applicant shall be notified in writing of such
unsuitability and the basis thereof within 30 days of
the date of the application is received by the BBRS.
In such event, all but $25.00 of the fee will be
returned, and the rulings of unsuitability shall be
without prejudice. Any subsequent submission shall
be treated as a new application.
R3.12J Approvals: In the event of approval of the
BBRS, an inspection agency shall be notified by a
letter from the BBRS indicating such approval and
stating specifically the functions which the applicant
has been approved to perform. Such approval shall
not constitute the actual delegation of such
functions.
780 CMR R3. 13 SUSPENSION AND
REVOCATION
R3.13.1 Grounds: The BBRS may suspend or
revoke its approval of any inspection agency if the
approval was issued in error; was issued on the basis
of incorrect information; was issued in violation of
any of the applicable Codes or 780 CMR R3; if the
inspection agency violates any of the applicable
Codes or 780 CMR R3; If examination discloses that
the agency failed to perform properly; or for such
other cause as may be deemed sufficient by the State
Enforcement Agencies to warrant such action.
R3.13.2 Procedures:
R3.13.2.1 General: If the BBRS suspends or
revokes the approval of an inspection agency, the
inspection agency shall be given notice in writing
from the BBRS of the suspension or revocation
with the reasons therefore set forth therein.
Manufacturers being evaluated or inspected by
such agencies, ail local enforcement agencies
within this State, and the State Enforcement
Agencies shall also be notified in writing of such
suspension or revocation. Such notices shall
contain instructions to the manufacturer and to the
local enforcement agency as to the procedures to
be followed regarding manufactured buildings or
manufactured building components previously
certified by an agency whose approval has been
suspended or revoked.
R3.13.2,2 Records: An inspection agency whose
approval has been suspended or revoked shall
within 90 days of the suspension or revocation
deliver to the custody of the BBRS the originals
of all records required to be maintained during the
course of the inspection agency's operations
pursuant to the applicable codes and 780 CMR
R3.0
R3. 13.2.3 Labels: An inspection agency for
which approval has been suspended or revoked
shall within 90 days of the suspension or
revocation deliver to the custody of the BBRS all
labels in the agency's possession, under its
control, or for which it is responsible pursuant to
the applicable codes and 780 CMR 3.0.
PART IV RECIPROCITY
If the BBRS finds that the standards for the
manufacture and inspection of manufactured
buildings or manufactured building components
prescribed by statute or rules and regulations of
another state, governmental agency or private
agency meet the objectives of the applicable codes
and 780 CMR 3.0, and are enforced satisfactorily by
such other state or other agency, or by their agents,
the State Enforcement Agencies shall accept
manufactured buildings or manufactured building
components which have been certified by such other
state or other agency, and the BBRS shall assure or
be assured that the appropriate label is attached
thereto. The standards of another state or agency
shall not be deemed to adequately be enforced unless
such other state or agency provides for notification
to the Department of suspensions or revocations of
approvals issued by that other state or agency in a
manner satisfactory to the BBRS and State
Enforcement Agencies and so notify the BBRS. The
BBRS shall notify the State Enforcement Agencies
of any action taken under 780 CMR R3,3.13.
780 (CMR R3.14 PROCEDURES FOR
GRANTING OR REFUSING REdPROOTY
TO ANOTHER JURISDICTION
R3.14.1 Evaluation: The State Enforcement
Agencies may evaluate the statute, codes, rules and
regulations of another state or other state or other
agency at any time.
R3.14.2 Methods of Extending Reciprocity: If the
BBRS find that the standards prescribed by the
statute or rules and regulations of another state or
another agency meet the objectives of the
appropriate codes and that 780 CMR 3.0 are
780
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
• MANUFACTURED BUILDINGS, BUILDING COMPONENTS AND MOBILE HOMES
satisfactorily enforced, it may upon the
recommendation of the State Enforcement Agencies,
as provided in 780 CMR 3.2.1, extend reciprocity to
that jurisdiction by:
a. Giving notice to any requesting manufacturer;
b. Giving notice to the Administrative Agency of
the other jurisdiction;
c. Giving notice to the State Enforcement
Agencies and all local enforcement agencies in
this state.
R3..14.3 Rejections: If the standards of the other
state or other agency do not meet the objectives of
the appropriate codes or are inadequately enforced,
or both, reciprocity shall not be extended. In that
event, the BBRS shall notify any requesting
manufacturer and the Administrative Agency of the
other state or other agency of the refusal and the
reasons therefore.
780 CMRR3.1S PROCEDURES FOR
RECIPROCITY CERTIFYING
MANUFACTURED BUILDINGS OR
BUILDING COMPONENTS
A manufacturer fi:om a jurisdiction to which
reciprocity has been extended shall submit to the
BBRS evidence that his building system and
compliance assurance program have been approved
by such state or other agency. The BBRS shall
verify the approval and shall notify the State
Enforcement Agencies, local enforcement agencies
and the manufacturer in writing of such verification
and that properly labeled buildings or building
components of his manufacture will be accepted.
780 CMR R3.16 SUSPENSION AND
REVOCATION
The BBRS shall suspend or revoke, or cause to be
suspended or revoked, the acceptance or certification
or both of such reciprocally certified manufactured
buildings or manufactured building components if
the State Enforcement Agencies determine that the
standards for the manufacture and inspection of
which manufactured buildings or manufactured
buildmg components of such other state or other
agency do not meet the objectives of the appropriate
codes and 780 CMR R3.0, or that such standards are
not being enforced to the satisfaction of the State
Enforcement Agencies. If such other state or other
agency or its agents should suspend or revoke its
approval and certification, the acceptance of
certification or both granted under 780 CMR 3.16
shall be revoked or suspended accordingly. Notice
to the State Enforcement Agencies, local
enforcement agencies, manufacturer and to the
Administrative Agency of such other state or agency
of such suspension or revocation shall be in writing
with the reasons for such suspension or revocations
set forth therein. Appeals from such suspension or
revocations shall receive timely review.
PARTY APPEALS
780 CMR R3.17 HEARINGS
All hearings shall comply with the applicable
sections of the applicable codes and the Rules and
Regulations thereof established for the purpose of
appeal.
FART VI SCHEDULE OF FEES
780CMRR3.18ECTABLISHMENT •
The following is the SCHEDULE OF FEES
established by the BBRS for certifying manufactured
buildings or manufactured building components.
Fees shall be made payable to the "Commonwealth
of Massachusetts Board of Building Regulations and
Standards" and shall accompany all applications for
certification.
R3.18.il Compliance Assyramce Programs airadl
Building Systems: An initial fee of $1,200.00 shall
be charged each manufacturer for its certified
compliance assurance program for each plant
desiring certification. Tlie maximum fee charged
under 780 CMR R3.18 shall be $1,200.00 for each
manufacturing plant.
E3.18.2 TMrd Party Inspection Ageneles: An
initial fee of $500.00 shall be charged to each third
party inspection agency.
E3.1S3 Annua! Renewal F«es:
a. One year from the date of certification of the
manufacturer and every year thereafter
certification is in effect, there shall be paid an
annual renewal fee of $650.00 for each such
certification.
b. One year from the date of certification of the
Third Party Inspection Agency, and every year
thereafter certification is in effect, there shall be
paid an annual renewal fee of $500.00.
M3olS.4 Labels
a. A fee of $50.00 per unit of a manufactured
building shall be charged for each label issued by
the BBRS.
N©t(g: A "unit" as used in 780 CMR R3.I8
shall mean any building or proportion thereof
which is towed or shipped separately to be
somehow tied together at the site.
b. A fee of $ 1 .00 per building component shall
be charged for each label issued by the BBRS for
building components.
Not®: Manufacturers of building components
shall be permitted to use any labels as
approved by the BBRS. If such labels are
supplied by any source other than the BBRS,
there shall be no charge for such labels. .
c. Mutilated labels may be replaced at the option
of the BBRS at a cost of $2.00 each.
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR = Sixth Edition
781
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
d. Upon satisfactory proof to the BBRS of lost or e. Labels shall be purchased from the BBRS by
stolen labels, not the result of negligence, labels the inspection agency or manufacturer,
may be replaced at a cost of $2.00 each.
782 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR R4
USE OF NATIVE LUMBER
780CMRR41 ADMBSKTRAHON
R4,l.l Title: As authorized by St. 1972, 802, and
in accordance with 780 CMR 123 establishing the
Construction Materials Safety Board, 780 CMR R4
is adopted for Controlling the Use of Native Lumber.
R4.i.2 Definitions: Unless otherwise expressly
stated in 780 CMR, the following terms shall, for the
purpose of 780 CMR R4, have the meaning
indicated in 780 CMR R4.i.2.
BBRS: State Board of Building Regulations and
- Standards
Board: Construction Materials Safety Board
Native Lumber: Native lumber is wood
processed in the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts by a mill registered in
accordance with the regulations of the BBRS.
Such wood is ungraded but is stamped or
certified in accordance with the requirements
of 780 CMR 2303.1.1. For the purpose this
definition, native lumber shall be restricted to
use in one-and two-story dwellings, bams,
sheds, agricultural and accessary buildings and
structures and other uses as permitted by
780 CMR 23.
Individual, partnership, corporation,
trust, joint venture, etc.
Wood Producers: Persons or corporations in the
business of milling wood into native lumber
within the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
R4.1.3 Registrants: No person shall engage in the
producing of native lumber for use in buildings or
structures within the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts unless registered by the BBRS.
R4.1.4 Application for Registration: Each person
desiring to obtain registration as a wood producer of
native lumber shall make application to the BBRS
upon such form and in such manner as the BBRS
shall prescribe and shall furnish evidence
satisfactory to the BBRS that he is qualified to be
registered in accordance with 780 CMR R4.
R4ol.S Application Fee: Applications shall be
accompanied by a registration fee of $50.00. This
initial registration fee shall be for two years.
Registration shall be reviewed every two years in
accordance with 780 CMR R4. The fee thereafter for
a two year renewal shall be $25.00.
R4J.6 Renewals: Registration shall be valid for
two years and shall be renewed biennially. Within
30 days before the expiration date of any such
registration, the Administrator of the BBRS shall
forward to each person so registered an application
form for renewal. The said Executive Director, upon
receipt of the completed form and fee, shall renew
the registration for a period of two years or notify
such applicant of his refusal with reasons thereof.
Any application for renewal of registration which
has expired shall require the payment of a new
registration fee.
M4.1o7 Pre=qualifying Agency: The BBRS hereby
designates the Massachusetts Wood Producers'
Association as its pre-qualifying agency, providing,
however, that the BBRS may revoke such
designation at any time and may designate any other
agency or agencies which it deems qualified, from
tiirie to time, to act as its pre-qualifying agency for
pre-examination registration.
R4.1.8 Penalties: Any such person who fails to
comply with the requirements of 780 CMR 4 or who
files a false report shall be subject to the penalties
and actions as prescribed in 780 CMR 1 18:
780 CMR 4. 2 MEGISIRATION
4.2ol Stamp: Each person registered by the BBRS
shall be issued a name and number for use in
stamping or certifying the native lumber which he
produces.
^22 Stamp Contents: Each stamp filed with the
BBRS shall be a minimum of two inches by four
inches with a minimum of 36 pt. letters and shall
contain the following information:
a. Name of native lumber producer;
b. Registration number; and
c. Species of wood.
4.2.3 Stamp Use: Each piece of native lumber
produced shall bear the stamp so registered with the
BBRS.
4.2.4 Stamp ° Unlawful Use: Each registered mill
shall be assigned an individual number. It shall be
unlawful to use such registration number in any mill
other than the mill so registered.
R4.2.5 Stamp - Manufacture: Each producer shall
be responsible for the manufacture and use of his
stamp in accordance with the requirements of the
BBRS and 780 CMR R4.
1 1/27/98
780 CMR -Sixth Edition
783
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
780 CMR R43 REVOCATION AND
SUSPENSION PROCEDURES
R4.3.1 Revocation and Suspension: TheBBRSon
its own initiative or upon the recommendation of the
Construction Materials Safety Board may suspend or
revoke the registration of any such mill registered in
accordance with 780 CMR R4, 780 CMR or the
standards of good practice. Notice of suspension or
revocation of such registration shall be in writing
with the reasons for suspension or revocation clearly
set forth therein, and served in accordance with
780 CMR 118.6.
R4.3.2 Notice and Conference: Prior to
suspension or revocation of the registration of any
such mill so registered, written notice of such intent
shall be served by the Construction Materials Safety
Board in accordance with 780 CMR 1 18.6. Within
ten calendar days of receipt of such notice, the
ajBFected mill may request a conference before a three
member panel designated by the Chairman of the
Construction Materials Safety Board, who will hear
facts and make their recommendations to the
Construction Materials Safety Board.
R4.3.3 Effect of: Upon suspension or revocation of
the registration of any such mill so registered, such
mill shall immediately cease engaging in the
stamping or certifying of native lumber. The filing
of an appeal with the State Building Code Appeals
Board shall stay such suspension or revocation
subject to 780 CMR 122.3.2.
780CMRR4.4 APPEALS
R4.4.1 Building Code Appeals Board: Anyone
aggrieved by the decision of the BBRS, the
Construction Materials Safety Board, the
Massachusetts Wood Producers' Association or
others may appeal to the State Building Code
Appeals Board in accordance with 780 CMR 122.
780 CMR R4^ QUAUFICATEON
R4.S.1 Evaluation: Evaluation by the pre-
qualifying agency shall be required prior to
registration of a mill subject to 780 CMR R4. The
agency shall examine and evaluate the application of
all mills and make its recommendations to the
Construction Materials Safety Board. The
Construction Materials Safety Board shall make its
recommendations to the BBRS who shall act on the
application of the mill so requesting registration.
784
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780CMRRi
CONSTRUCTION SUPERVISORS
780 CMR R5 covers the licensing rules and regulations for construction supervisors as defined in 780 CMR
109.11
780 CMR RS.1 GENERAL
R5.L1 Title: As authorized by M.G.L. c. 143.
§ 94(i), theBBRS herewith establishes the Rules and
Regulations for Licensing Construction Supervisors.
RS.1.2 Definitions: Unless otherwise expressly
stated in 780 CMR, the following terms shall, for the
purpose of 780 CMR R5, have the meaning
indicated in 780 CMR R5. 1.2:
■ BBRS: State Board of Building Regulations and
Standards
Construction Supervisor: Any individual directly
supervising persons engaged in construction,
reconstruction, alteration, repair, removal or
demolition involving any activity regulated by any
provision of 780 CMR. Such term shall also
apply to persons supervising themselves.
A licensed construction supervisor shall be
required for the installation of all manufactured
one and two family homes as required by
780 CMR 3508. 1.1,
Hearings. Olflcer: The- Hearings Officer is the
person selected by the Chairman of the BBRS to
carry out the disposition of complaints against
licensed construction supervisors.
Licensed -Designee: Any individual designated by
the license holder to be present, in the absence of
said license holder, during any of the periods
stated in 780 CMR R5.2.12. Such designee shall
also hold a Construction Supervisor's License, but
his name or license number heed not be contained
on the building permit application.
Ilecognltion: The approval by the BBRS of an
application and related documents by one desirous
of being licensed as a construction supervisor.
RS.L3 Scope:
1. 780 CMR R5 shall govern the testing and
licensing of individuals who are found to possess
the requisite qualifications to be licensed as quali-
fied to have charge or control of construction,
reconstruction, alteration, repair, removal or
demolition of buildings or structures.
2. Except for those structures governed by Con-
struction Control as regulated by 780 CMR 1 1 6.0,
any individual directly supervising persons en-
gaged in construction, reconstruction, alteration,
repair, removal or demolition involving the
structural elements of buildings and structures
shall be licensed according to 780 CMR R5.
RS.1.4 Administration and Enforcement: The
BBRS shall administer and enforce the provisions of
780 CMR R5. The BBRS or those designated by it,
shall administer examinations, under 780 CMR R5,
of persons desirous of being registered as qualified
to receive a license as a construction supervisor.
RS J.S Hearings Officer: The Chairman of the
BBRS shall appoint a Hearings Officer who shall
serve for one year or until a successor is appointed,
whichever is later.
RS.L6 Meetings: The Hearings Officer shall
convene Licensed Construction Supervisor
Complaint Hearings at such times as the Hearing
Officer deems necessary to carry out his/her function
estiablished herein by the BBRS.
RS.1,7 Cities and Towns:
5.L7.1 Existing Licensed Construction
Supervisors: (Historical Note) All individuals
directly supervising persons engaged in construc-
tion, reconstruction, alteration, repair, removal or
demolition involving structural elements of
buildings or structures who are duly licensed. and
qualified on January 1, 1981 within any city or
town shall be allowed to continue in such capacity
under the Rules and Regulations established by
.such jurisdiction until December 31, 1981. Such
duly licensed person shall only be allowed to
engage in such practice only within the city or
town granting such licensing.
780 CMR RS2 REGISTRATION AND
OCENSING ■
R5.2.1 Experience: Each applicant for license
must prove to the Board that he has had at least three
years of experience in building construction or
design in the field in which he desires to be licensed,
together with any technical knowledge the Board
may require him to possess. Successful completion
of a three or four year vocational high school or
other vocational school program in the field of buil-
ding construction shall be deemed as satisfying one
year of the required three years experience as cited in
780 CMR R5 .2. 1 . (The BBRS shall determine when
vocational training other than in building construc-
tion, satisfies a portion of the three year experience
criteria.
R5.2.1.1 Other Requisites: (Historical Note)
Any person who met one *of the following
requisites shall be licensed by the Board without
testing until July 1, 1982.
1. Filed with the BBRS prior to July 1, 1982
an application and applicable documents inclu-
' ding an affidavit on a form provided by the
BBRS attesting to his meeting the following
2/24/06 (Effective 8/26/05)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
785
• 780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
qualifications:
a. A registered professional architect or
engineer; or
b. A four-year undergraduate degree in a
field related to building construction or de-
sign and at least one year, out of the previous
ten years, of experience in the supervision of
building construction or design; or
c. At least three years, out of the previous
ten years, of experience in the supervision of
building construction or design and a general
knowledge of the quality and strength of
building materials; a general knowledge of
the accepted requirements for building con-
struction, fire prevention, light, ventilation
and safe exits; and a general knowledge of
other equipment and materials essential for
safety, comfort and convenience of the
. occupants of a building or structure.
R5.2.2 Examinations: Examinations shall be held
only by appointment. All applications must be filed
in accordance with the Massachusetts Construction
Supervisor (MACS) Candidate bulletin of
Information.
R5.2.3 License Approval: A majority vote of the
members of the Board shall be required to grant a
license.
R5.2.4 Expirauon: Licenses i5:>ued pursuant lo
these rules and regulations shall expire three years
from the date of issuance which shall be noted on
said license and may be renewed.
A renewal of an original license shall be for
periods of two years and a renewal license shall .
expire two years from the date of issuance which
shall be noted on said license and may be renewed,
A renewal license shall not be issued unless
application therefore is made within one year of the
date of expiration of the most recently issued license.
Failure to submit a renewal application and to
acquire a license within this time period shall be
cause for examination or re-examination.
R5.2.5 Fees: Any and all fees charged for examin-
ation, for license ftes, or for licensed renewal fees
shall be determined by the Commonwealth and
enforced by the BBRS. Examination fees are to be
established from time to as necessary.
RS.2.S.1 Building Omcial Fees: TheBBRS.shall
grant a license at no fee to any building official
who, as a condition of his employxDeiir requires,
such license; provided that such person meets the
necessary qualifications for licensure and pro-
vided further, that such license shall be authorized
for use only during the course of employment and
shall be appropriately stamped to indicate as such.
R5.2.6 Procedure for Obtaining a License:
R5.2.6.1 Application: Applications shall be
submitted on forms supplied by the BBRS or its
authorized agent.
RS.2.6.2 Forms: The applicable forms may be
mailed to the appropriate testing agency as
detailed in the Massachusetts Candidates Bulletin
(MACS). It shall be the responsibility of the
applicant to assure that the required forms are
received by the testing agency. Ail forms shall be
accompanied by the required license fee.
R5.2.6.3 Records: The BBRS shall keep a copy
of the application and a computer file listing all
licensed construction supervisors.
R5.2.6.4 Notification of Examination Date:
Upon receipt of a fully completed application, an
examination date shall be set and the applicant so
notified.
R5.2.7 False Statements: Any false statement on
the application or references shall be sufficient
reason to refuse to issue a license, or to suspend or
revoke a license if issued.
RS.2.8 Cause forSuspension or Revocation: Any
false statement on the application for license, or in
answer to. any subsequent request for information,
shall be cause for suspension or revocation of
license. Any violation of a provision of 780 CMR
shall be cause for suspension or revocation of a
license as the committee sees fit, or any false-
•.s'tatt;ment:as identified in 780CMR R"5.2.7, or work,.,
perfomled without a building permit as identified in
780CMRR5:2.9.1.1
R5.2.9 Procedure for Suspension And/or
Revocation of License:
RS.2.9.1 Complaints: Upon receipt of a written
complaint from a building official, or upon written
complaint from other persons, or upon complaint
of the Board itself, the Hearings Officer shall
determine whether or not a hearing shall be held.
It shall not be considered as a complaint if such
work was performed prior to the Licensed
Construction Supervisor being licensed or prior to
January 1, 1982, whichever is later.
Exception: See 780 CMR R5.2.9.1.1 for
complaints that may involve Home Improvement
Contractor complaints.
RS.2.9.1.1 Basis of Complaint: Only work
related to a specific building permit shall be the
basis of such complaint. Any work requiring a
building permit which is performed without
such permit shall be considered cause for
suspension or revocation.
Exception: If, upon review of a Constmction
Supervisor License complaint the Board or the
Hearings Officer deterniines that such
complaint may involve possible Home
Improvement Contractor violations of M.G.L.
c. 142 A and/or 780 CMR R6. such Home
Improvement Contractor complaint hearing
may be conducted simultaneously with the
786
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/24/06 (Effective 8/26/05)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
CONSTRUCTION SUPERVISORS RULES AND REGULATIONS
Construction Supervisor License complaint
hearing.
Where possible violations of M.G.L. c. I42A
and/or 780 CMR R6 exist, the notification and
hearing shall also conform to the requirements
of 780 CMR R6 as applicable.
RS.2,9.2 Hearings on Complaints: If the
Hearings Officer shall so determine that a hearing
shall be held, he/she shall give at least seven days
notice to the complainant and license holder in
accordance with 780 CMR 1 1 8.6. The sending of
notice to the address recorded on the records of
the BBRS shall be deemed sufficient notice to the
license holder.
R5.2i9.3 Notice of Hearing: The notice of
hearing shall contain:
1 . The name of the complainant.
2. A copy of the complaint.
3. The date, time and place of said hearing.
The complete file of complaint is available for
inspection at the Office of the BBRS during its
regular hours.
The license holder may present oral and written
evidence to refute or mitigate any charge
contained in the complaint and present witnesses
in his behalf.
Anyone may be represented b^ legal counsel.
All license holders shall have his/her license in
„ hj.£.,po.sscs3ion st-.tiie time of the hearing.
RS.2.9.4 Continuation of Hearings: The
Hearings Officer in his/her discretion may
continue the date for hearing or in his/her
discretion and upon request by the license holder
or complainant may continue the date for hearing.
RS.2.9.S Timing of Decision: The Hearings
Officer shall make a decision within ten days after
the hearing. A written decision shall be issued
within 30 days of the hearing date. Failure to
render a decision within 30 days-shall not affect
the- validity of any such decision or appeal.
RS.2.9.6 Decision of the Hearings Officer: The
Hearings Officer is authorized to determine and
issue decisions relative to Licensed Construction
Supervisor complaints via the process set forth in
780 CMR R5.
RS.2.9,6.1 Decisions: The decision of the
Hearing Officer shall be final and binding upon
the license holder and the complainant. If the
Hearings Officer votes to revoke or suspend the
license o{ a cbnstrucdon supervisor at ihe lime
of the hearing, the holder shall immediately
surrender said license to the Hearings Officer.
The Hearings Officer may, at his/her discretion,
determine that instead of suspension or
revocation, the actions of the license holder
warrant a letter of warning be placed on file
with the BBRS. Said letter of warning will be
referenced in the event of future complaints
against the license holder. Future complaints
against a license holder who has received letter
of warning may result in a suspension or revo-
cation of the license after a hearing before the
Hearings Officer. The Hearings Officer may,
at his/her discretion, order the license holder to
take the Construction Supervisor License
examination or re-examination. A decision of
the Hearings Officer that orders the Licensed-
Construction Supervisor to take the Construc-
tion Supervisor License examination or re-
examination may be rendered even if the
Hearings Officer has determined to suspend,
revoke or issue a letter of warning against the
license holder.
R5.2.9.6.1,l Decisions also involving
Home Improvement Contractor
responsibilities: If the Decision involves
consideration of Home Improvement
Contractor matters per M.G.L. c. 142A
and/or 780 CMR R6 then such Decision
shall also comply with the requirements of
780 CMR R6 as applicable.
R5.2.9.7 Suspension, Revocation or
Continuance: If, after notice has been duly
given, a licensee shall not attend a hearing, the
Hearings Officer may in his/her discretion .
immediately suspend/revoke said ' license or
proceed with the hearing so scheduled and make
decision on the evidence so presented, or continue
the heriring to another date.
RS,2.9.8 Notice of Suspension, Revocation,
Letter of Warning or Order of Examination:
In the event that the Hearings- Officer determines
to suspend, revoke or issue a warning against said
license holder pursuant to this hearing or, if the
Hearings Officer orders the license holder to take
an examination or re-examination, the license
holder, upon notice of the written decision, shall
immediately comply with said orders. A refusal
to comply shall automatically revoke the licensee's
right to supervise construction.
R5.2.9.8.1 Terms of Suspension: Suspension
by the Hearings Officer shall be for a definite
term.
RS.2.9.8.2 Reapplication: Any licensee whose
license has been revoked by the Hearings
Officer may reapply for a license in accordance
with 780 CMR R5 only after seeking and
, receiving approval to reapply from the BBRS.
R5.2.10 Appeal: Any person aggrieved by a
decision of the Hearings Officer may, in writing,
request review of said decision by the'BBRS (If the
Licensed Construction Supervisor determines not to
seek administrative review by the BBRS then appeal
of said decision shall be in accordance with
780 CMR R5.2.10.1). The BBRS may or may not
review such decision at its discretion. Such review is
an administrative review and is not to be construed
as a second Hearing on the same complaint(s). The
BBRS may concur with the decision or not. If the
BBRS does not concur with the decision, the BBRS
2/24/06 (Effective 8/26/05)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
787
• 780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
shall remand the case back to the Hearings Officer
with written reason as to why the case is being
remanded and the Hearings Officer shall re-open the
case for further consideration and decision.
If the BBRS determines that the decision is
acceptable a record of such determination shall be
made and the decision stands and appeal of said
decision shaljl be in accordance with 780 CMR
R5.2.I0.1.
R5.2.10.1 Appeal to a court: Any person
aggrieved by a decision of the Hearings Officer
may appeal such decision to a court of law or
equity in conformance with M.G.L. c. 30A, § 14.
R5.2.11 Change of Address: The license holder
shall have the responsibility of reporting any change
of address and/or change of circumstance to the
BBRS. The information on file at the BBRS shall be
deemed accurate unless changed by the license
holder.
R5,2.12 On-site Presence of Supervisor: A
licensed individual or a licensed designee shall be
present on the site at some point to approve
construction, reconstruction, alterations, removal or
demolition involving the' following work:
1. Excavation
2. Foundation (pouring or other)
3. Decking"
4. Rough framing
5. Hnished framing '
6. Chimneys
a. Excavation/foundation.
b. At the top of the smoke chamber and support
of the flue liner.
c. When erection of the chimney is completed.
Exception A licensed construction supervisor
shall be required for installation of manufactured .
one and two family homes as required by
780CMR3508.J.1.
RS.2.13 Lost/stolen Licenses: License holders are
required to keep the license in their possession at all
times during the course of construction at any and all
building sites. If said license is lost, stolen or
mutilated, it shall be the responsibility of the license
holder to notify the BBRS.
R5,2,14 Requirement to Show License: Any
building official may require the license holder to
produce the license at any time on a job site.
RS.2.15 Responsibility of Each License Holder:
R5.2.15.1 Responsibility Cor W<Jrk: The license
holder shall be fully and completely responsible
for all work for which he is supervising. He shall
be responsible for seeing that all work is done
pursuant to 780 CMR and the drawings as
approved by the Building Official.
RS.2.15.2 Responsibility to Supervise Work:
The license holder shall be responsible to
supervise the construction, reconstruction,
alteration, repair, removal or demolition involving
any activity regulated by any provision of
780 CMR only pursuant to 780 CMR and all other
applicable Laws of the Commonwealth even
though he, the license holder, is not the permit
holder but only a subcontractor or contractor to
the permit holder.
RS.2.15.3 Notification of Violations: The
license holder shall irmnediately notify the
building official in writing of the discovery of any
violations which are covered by the building
permit.
R5.2.15.4 Willful Violation: Any licensee who
shall willfully violate 780. CMR R5.2.I5.1,
5.2.15.2 or 5.2.15.3 or any other Sections of
780 CMR R5 and any procedures, as amended,
shall be subject to revocation or suspension of
license by the BBRS in accordance with the
applicable complaint requirements of 780 CMR
R5.
RS.2.16 Permit Applications: All building permit
applications shall contain the name, signature and
license number of the construction supervisor who
is to supervise those persons engaged in
construction, reconstruction, alteration, repair,
removal or demolition as regulated by 780 CMR
108.3.5 and 780 CMR R5 in the .event that such
licensee is no longer supervising said persons, the
'work'shail immediately cease until a successor ■
license holder is substituted on the records of the
building department.
R5:2.17 GENDER OF TERMS: The term "he " as
used in 780 CMR R5 shall include the pronoun "he"
and/or "she."
780 CMR R53 ADMINISTRATION
R5.3.1 Identification: The BBRS shall issue a card
or a certificate or other form of identification.
R5.3,.2 Records of Licensees: The BBRS shall
maintain a computer listing which will be available
to the public at the office of the BBRS containing all
licenses issued by the BBRS.
R5.3.3 Examination: The Board shall determine
whether an examination shall be required, or shall be
oral or written and shall determine the content of the
examination, if applicable
R5.3.4 Subject to Rules, Regulations and
Procedures: All persons licensed shall be'subject to
these regulations as well as other rules, regulations,
and procedures promulgated by this BBRS.
R5.3.5 Fees: Any and all fees charged for license
fees, examination fees, renewal fees, and registration
fees shall be determined by the Commonwealth and
enforced by the BBRS. Examination fees shall be
established from time to time as necessary.
788
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/24/06 (Effective 8/26/05)
780CMRR6
REGISTRATION ANB ENFORCEMENT OF
HOME IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTOR PROGRAM
FORWARD
780 CMR R6 covers the registration of home improvement contractors and subcontractors and enforcement of the
requirements of M.G.L. c. 142 A as they pertain to home improvement contractors and subcontractors. Other
regulations applicable to the Home Improvement Contractor program include:
201 CMR 14.00 Operation of the home improvement arbitration program authorized by M.G.L. c. 142A,
promulgated by the secretary of the Office of Consumer Affairs and Business Regulations.
201 CMR 15.00 Operation of the home improvement guaranty fund, promulgated by the secretary of the Office
of Consumer Affairs and Business Regulations.
780 CMR R6.1 General Provlsioiis
R6.1.1 Title
R6.L2 Definitions
R6.L3 Scope
R6. 1 .4 Administration and Enforcement
R6. 1 .4. 1 Director responsibility
R6. 1.4,2 Advisory board
R6. 1 .5 Persons Who Must Register
R6. 1.5.1 Filing of application
R6. 1 .5 .2 Designated individual
R6.L5.3 Liability
R6. 1 .6 Persons Exempt From Registration
780 CMR R6.2 Regtstration Procedrar®
R6.2.1 Applicant Actions
R6.2,L1 Application
R6.2. 1 .2 Supporting documentation
R6.2.L3 Mailing address
R6.2. 1 .4 Certified check/money order
R6.2. 1 .5 Lost^destroyed certificate
R6.2. 1 .6 Licensee liability
R6.2.2 Director's Action on Application
R6.2.2. 1 Issuance of certificate
R6.2.2.2 Grounds for refusal to register
R6.2.2.3 Application refused
R6.2.2.4 Record retention
R6.2.3 Duration of Registration
R6.2.4 Fees to be Paid Upon Registration or
Renewal
R6.2.4. 1 Registration and renewal fee
R6.2.4.2 Contribution to guaranty fond -
initial registration
R6.2.5 Responsibilities of Each Registrant
R6.2.5 . 1 Changes in status
R6.2.5.2 Display of certificate number
R6.2.5.3 Return of certificate
780 CMR R63 Enforcement Procedure
R6.3. 1 Notification of Violation
R6.3.2 Consideration of Factors
R6.3.3 Letter of Reprimand
R6.3.4 Suspension, Revocation^ Administrative
Penalties
R6.3 .4. 1 Hearing procedure
R6.3.5 Injunction, Restitution
R6.3.6 Fines and Criminal Penalties
780 CMR R6.4 Enforcement Actions
R6.4.1 Administrative Penalties
R6.4.1.1 Allowable actions
R6.4. 1 .2 Pendency of claims
R6.4.2 Fines and Criminal Penalties
R6.4.2. 1 Sought by attorney general or
district attorney
R6.4.2.2 Operating without certificate
R6.4.2.3 Other violations
R6.4.3 Injunction, Restitution
R6.4.3 . 1 Order fi-om superior court
R6.4.3.2 Director bond not required
R6.4.4 Permit Requirements, Prohibited Acts
and Penalties
R6.4.4.1 Permit requirements
R6.4.4.2 Prohibited acts
R6.4.4.3 Penalties
R6.4.4.4 Deceptive act
780 CMR R6.5 Contracts
R6.5.1 Contract in Writing
R6.5.2 Contents of Contract
R6.5.2. 1 Documents and information
R6.5.2.2 Permit notice
R6.5.2.3 Acceleration of payment
R6.5.2.4 Copy to owner
R6.5.2.5 Alternative dispute resolution
R6.5.3. Dispute Resolution
R6.5.3.1 Court action
R6.5 .3 .2 Owner right to arbitration
R6.5.3.3 Contractor right to arbitration
R6.5.4 Validity of contract
780 CMR R6.6 Syppkmentary Identificatiom
Cards
R6.6.1 Definitions
R.6.6.2 Certificates of registrants
R.6.6.2.2 Non-Individual Registrants
R6.6J Fees
R6.6,4 Expiration
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR = Sixth Edition
789
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
780 CMR R6.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS
R6.1.1 Title: 780 CMR R6 is authorized and
promulgated by the administrator of die State Board
of Building Regulations and Standards under the
authority of M.G.L. c. 142 A.
R6.1.2 Definitions:
Application: The form provided by the director
which, along with other documentation and fee(s)
that may be required, must be duly filed to
become a registered home improvement
contractor or subcontractor.
Advertisement: Any commercial message in any
newspaper, magazine, leaflet, flyer, catalog,
display space in the telephone book, on radio,
television, public address system, or made in
person, by letter or other printed material, or any
interior or exterior sign or display, including on a
vehicle, which is delivered or made available to
an owner by a registrant in any manner
whatsoever.
Applicant: Any person who files an application to
become registered as a home improvement
contractor or subcontractor.
BBRS: The State Board of Building Regulations and
Standards
Certificate: The document provided to the registrant
which lists the certificate number and other
information required by the director.
Certificate number: See registration number.
Clear and Conspicuous: The material
representation being disclosed is often point type
and is so presented as to be readily noticed and
imderstood by a reasonable person. Language in
the body of a contract is "conspicuous" if it is in
larger or contrasting type or color, or underscored.
Contract: Unless specifically noted otherwise in
the text, a written agreement between a home
improvement contractor and an owner contained
in one or more documents for the performance of
certain residential contracting work, including all
labor, material, goods and services set forth under
said agreement for a total amount exceeding
$1,000.00.
Contractor: Any person who, through himself or
others, undertakes, offers to undertake, purports to
have the capacity to undertake, or submits a bid
for construction work. (See "home improvement
contractor")
Director: The administrator of the State Board of
Building Regulations and Standards, an agency
within the executive office of public safety,
established by M.G.L. c. 6A, § 1 9.
Employee: For the purposes of 780 CMR R,6 in
determining the number of employees of an
applicant for registration, any individual engaged
in construction related activities who, in the
weekly pay period prior to the date of registration
worked 20 or more hours for the registrant and for
whom, the registrant withheld or was required to
withhold federal or state income taxes and who,
during the same pay period, was not otherwise
paid or had such taxes withheld by any other
registrant Included would be all construction
workers, supervisors, sales personnel, designers,,
estimators, active partners and officers of
corporations.
Fund: The residential contractor's guaranty fund.
See "guaranty fund".
Fund administrator: the administrator of the
residential contractor's guaranty fund, appointed
by the secretary of the Office of Consumer Affairs
and Business Regulation.
Guaranty fund: The residential contractor's
guaranty fund. A fund out of which an owner, as
defined herein, aggrieved by a registrant(s) may
be paid part or all of their damages under rules
and regulations promulgated by the secretary of
the Office of Consumer Affairs and Business
Regulation.
Home improvement contractor: Any person who
owns or operates a contracting business who,
through himself or others, undertakes, purports to
have title capacity to undertake, offers to
undertake, or submits a bid for residential
contracting work to an owner, as such work is
defined in 780 CMR R6 and M.G.L. c. 142A, and
such work for each project is in a total amount in
excess of $ 1 ,000, and is registered or required to
be registered in accordance with M.G.L. c. 142A
and 780 CMR R6.
Homeowner: See "owner".
Local consumer group: A local or regional agency
which deals with the resolution of consumer
problems and who is determined eligible by the
attorney general under standards set by the
attorney general in accordance with M.G.L. c. 12,
§11G.
Mortgage broker: Any person, who, for
compensation or gain, or in the expectation of
compen:;ation or gain, directly or indirectly
790
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STAl^JDARDS
CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT OF HOME IMPROVEMENT
CONTRACTOR PROGRAM
negotiates, places, assists in placement, finds or
offers to negotiate, place, assist in placement of
mortgage loans on residential property for others,
or as otherwise defined in M.G.L. c. 255E.
Mortgage lender: Any person engaged in the
business of making mortgage loans, or issuing
commitments to fund mortgage loans, or
accepting applications or fees associated with the
making of mortgage loans which are secured by a
mortgage on residential property, or as otherwise
defmed in M.G.L. c. 255E.
Mortgage loam: A loan to any person made
primarily for personal, family, or household
purposes, secured wholly or partially by a
mortgage on a residential property, or as
otherwise defined by M.GX c. 255E.
Owner; Any homeowner ofa building which is an
existing building at the time ofa contract that is
owner occupied, containing at least one but not
more than four dwelling units, or a tenant
authorized by the homeowner thereof, who orders,
contracts for, or purchases the services of a
contractor or subcontractor. An owner occupying
a condominium unit in a building containing no
more than four dwelling imits qualifies as an
owner under this defmition, provided the owner
owns a total of not more than four condominium
imits. A condominium association does not
qualify as an owner.
OwEer=0£cupied: The residential building of at least
one but not more than four dwelling units and
occupied by the owner as a primary residence.
Permits For the purposes of 780 CMR R6, any
construction-related permit, excluding any
permits required by the owner which are not
considered construction-related, such as zoning,
environmental, historical commission, and the
like.
Persons Any individual, partnership, corporation,
society, trust, association, or any other legal
entity.
Registrant; Any duly registered home improvement
contractor or subcontractor.
Registration namberi The number assigned to the
applicant after he has been approved for
registration by the director and the Board of
Building Regulations and Standards.
Residential contracting: The reconstruction,
alteration, renovation, repair, modernization,
conversion, improvement, removal or demolition
or the construction of an addition to any pre-
existing owner-occupied building containing at
least one but not more than four dwelling units,
which building or portion thereof is used or
designed to be used as a residence or dwelling
unit, or to structures which are adjacent and
accessory to such residence or building, includmg
but not necessarily limited to: garages, sheds,
cabanas, poolhouses, gazebos.
Salesperson: any person, other than a supplier of
materials or a laborer, who solicits, offers,
negotiates, executes, or otherwise endeavors to
procure by any means whatsoever, dkectly or
indirectly, a contract for residential contracting
services from an owner on behalf of a home
improvement contractor or subcontractor.
Secretary: The secretary of the Office of Consumer
Affairs and Business Regulations.
Subcontract: A contract, written or verbal, in any
amount, between a home improvement contractor
and a subcontractor or between two
subcontractors for the performance of any part of
the home improvement contractor's or
subcontractor's contract
SmbcDustracton Any person, other than a supplier
of only materials, who enters into a contract,
written or verbal, with a home improvement
contractor for the performance of any part of a
home improvement contractor's contract wife an
owner for residential contracting, or who enters
into a contract with any other subcontractor for
the perforaiance of any part of the subcontractor's
contract.
R6.L3 Scope:
R6.L3.1 M.G.L. c. 142A and 780 CMR R6
require the registration of persons who engage in
residential contracting work as defined in
780 CMR R6 and M.GX. c. 142A after July 1,
1992, and define the requirements of M.G.L.
c. 142A and enforcement of these requirements,
as they pertain to home improvement contractors
and subcontractors.
R6.13.2 Except for those persons who are
specifically exempt from the provisions of
780 CMR R6 and M.G.L. c. 142A, all contractors
and subcontractors who engage in residential
contracting as defined in 780 CMR R6 and
M.G.L. c. 142A shall be subject to and shall
comply with 780 CMR R6 and M,G.L. c. 142A.
R6.1.4 Administration and Enforcement:
R6,l,4.1 Director responsibility: The director
shall promulgate and enforce the provisions of
780 CMR R6 and M.G.L. c. 142A as to all home
12/12/97 (Effective 8/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
791
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
improvement contractors and subcontractors who
are registered or required to register.
R6.1.4.2 Advisory board: The director may
appoint an advisory board which may review
proposed suspensions, revocations, and
administrative penalties against any registrants,
and shall make recommendations to the director
relative thereto. The advisory board shall include
six members, any four of whom will constitute a
quorum; the fund administrator, a representative
of the attorney general, a representative of a
consumer group appointed by the secretary, a
representative of the Massachusetts Homebuilders
Association who is a registered home
improvement contractor or subcontractor, a
Representative of the National Association of the
Remodeling Industry, and a BBRS staff member.
R6.1.5 Persons Who Must Register:
R6.1.5.1 General: AH home improvement
contractors and subcontractors, as defined in
780 CMR R6, except those exempt in 780 CMR
R6. 1 .6, shall register with the director by filing an
application prescribed by the director.
R6.L5.2 Designated individual: In the case of
registration by a corporation or partnership, an
individual shall be designated to be responsible
for the corporation's or partnership's residential
contracting work.
R6.1.5.3 Liability: The corporation or
partnership and its designee shall be jointly and
severally liable for the payment of the registration
fee, the payment to the guaranty fund, and for
violations of any provisions of 780 CMR R6,
including actions by the registrant's employees,
subcontractors or salespersons.
R6.1.6 Persons Exempt From Registration or
Renewal: Any person exempt from registration
under 780 CMR R6.1.6, and does not voluntarily
register, is not subject to any of the provisions of
780 CMR R6 or M.G.L. c. 142A. Persons exempt
from registration are:
1. the Commonwealth or its political
subdivisions;
2. any school, public or private, offering as part
of a vocational education program courses and
training in any aspects of home construction or
home improvements;
3. electricians, plumbers, architects or any other
persons who are required by law to attain
standards of competency or experience as a
prerequisite to licensure for and engaging in such
trade or profession and who are acting exclusively
within the scope of the profession for which they
are currently licensed pursuant to such law,
construction supervisors excepted.
4. persons dealing in the sale of goods or
materials who neither arrange to perform nor
perform directly or indirectly any work or labor in
connection with the installation of or application
of the goods or materials;
5. any owner personally doing residential
contiracting work on his/her own home;
6. any individual who performs construction
related labor or services for a home improvement
conti^actor or subcontractor, for wages or salary
and who does not act in the capacity of a home
improvement contractor or subcontractor;
7 . any contractor or subcontractor who works on
one residential contracting undertaking or project
by one or more contracts where the aggregate
contract price to the owner is less than $500;
provided, however, that the contract is not in an
amount of less than $500 for the purpose of
evading 780 CMR R6 or M.G.L. c. 142A.
8. any person who engages in the business of a
home improvement contractor or subcontractor on
other than a full-time basis, and who has earned in
gross revenues from residential contracting work,
less than $5,000 in the previous 12-month period;
9. any person acting as a home improvement
contractor or subcontractor who was enrolled as a
full-time student in a secondary school or college
with degree granting authority from the
government of the state in which the school is
located, for the immediately preceding academic
semester and is also enrolled as a full-time student
for the next academic semester, in the same or a
simikir degree granting secondary school or
college provided that at least Va of the number of
employees of the contractor or subcontractor are
simihirly enrolled in secondary schools or colleges
and that the home improvement contractor or
subcontractor does not reasonably expect to earn
or do<;s not in fact earn, in gross revenues, more
than $5,000 from residential contracting work;
10. persons who install any or all of the
follov/ing:
• central heating,
• aiir-conditioning systems,
• energy-conservation devices, or
» provides conservation services conducted by
or on behalf of a public utility under a program
approved by the department of public utilities;
1 1 . any conttactor or subcontractor who works
exclusively in any of the following home
improvement areas:
• landscaping;
• interior painting or wall covering;
• finished floor covering, including, but not
limited to, carpeting, vinyl, tile, non-structural
hardwood;
• fencing or freestanding masonry walls;
» above-ground swinoming pools;
792
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
1/19/01
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT OF HOME IMPROVEMENT
CONTRACTOR PROGRAM
° shutter or awning installation;
° ground level patios; includes flagstone,
concrete, block, and wood set directly onto the
ground; excludes decks which are supported
above ground.
° asphalt and driveway installation and
maintenance.
780 CMR R62 REGISTRATION
PROCEDURE
R6o2<,l Applicant Actions:
R6.2olol Application: Each applicant for
registration as a home improvement contractor or
subcontractor shall submit a completed copy of an
application form supplied by the director and
necessary supporting documents to the director,
along with such fees as required by the provisions
of 780 CMRR6.2.4, and M.G.L. c. 142A.
R6.2.1.2 Supporting documentation:
Supporting documentation shall include, as
applicable:
1. For corporations: an official document
which lists the names and addresses of officers,
directors, and major stockholders suchlis: a
copy of the articles of incorporation, a current
annual report as filed with the Secretary of
State, a copy of the registration as a foreign
corporation ffled with the Secretary of State, or
any other documentation which lists the names
and addresses of officers, directors, and major
stockholders, will be accepted in lieu of listing
these names on the application.
2. For partnerships: either a copy of the
current partnership agreement containing the
requested information, or listing of the names
and addresses of all partners on the application
form.
3. For all non-corporate applicaiats: a copy
of the business registration certificate filed
with a city or town pursuant to M.G.L. c. 110,
§ 5, if applicable.
K6.2.13 Mailing address^ The application,
supporting documentation and fees may be mailed
or delivered as follows:
Director
Home Improvement Contractor Registration
One Ashburton Place, Room 1301
Boston, MA 02108
It shall be the responsibility of the applicant to
assure that the requked registration material is
received by the director.
R6o2.i.4 Certifled check/money mderi All
applications shall be accompanied by the
registration fee or by evidence of exemption, and
by the fee for the guaranty fund. Fees shall be in
the form of a money order or certified check.
Two money orders or certified checks shall be
included - one for the registration fee, if required,
and one for the guaranty fund. Make checks or
money orders payable to the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts.
As noted in 780 CMR R6.2.4.L2, licensed
individual construction supervisors and individual
motor vehicle repair shops who desire to register
are exempt from the registration fee only; there
are no exemptions to the requirement for a
contribution to the guaranty fund
R6.2.1.5 Lost/destroyed certificate olf
registration: Upon receipt of a nominal fee as
established by the Commonwealth, and a
completed affidavit provided by the director, that
a certificate of registration has been lost or
destroyed, a replacement certificate clearly
identified as such, shall be issued by the director.
R6.2.1<,6 Licensee liabilities: The provisions of
780 CMRR6 and those of M.G.L. c. 142 A shall
not be construed to relieve or lessen the
responsibility of any person registered under
780 CMR R6 and M.G.L. c. 142 A or licensed
under M.G.L. c. 143. § 94(i), nor shall the
Commonwealth be deemed to have assumed any
such liability by reason of the issuance of
registration or licensure.
R6o2.2 Director's Action on Applicatloss:
R6,2.2.1 Issuance of certificate: Upon receipt of
a completed application form, supporting
documentation, and the proper fee(s) therefor, the
director shall:
® ascertain whether such applicant meets all of
the registration requirements and there are no
grounds for rejection as specified in 780 CMR
R6.2.2.2;
=> if all requirements are met, the Director,
within 30 days of receipt of the application
shall assign a registration number, with the
approval of the BBRS;
» prepare and send by first class mail to such
applicant, at the address stated on the
registration form, a certificate indicating the
applicant's registration number, name, address,
name of the entity of the applicant, and such
other information as is deemed necessary by
the director. The registration certificate is not
transferable to any other person.
R6.2,2.2 Grounds for refusal to register or
renew: No application for registration or renewal
conforming to 780 CMR R6 and M.G.L. c. 142A
may be denied except for a finding by the director
that the applicant has done one or more of the
following acts which are grounds for denial afler
the effective date of 780 CMR R6:
1 . made material omissions or mis°
representations of fact oh the home
2/7/97 (Effisctive 2/28/97)
780 CMR = Sixth Edition
793
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUE.DING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
improvement contractor or subcontractor
application for registration or renewal and
supporting documentation or on an application
for licensure or renewal under M.G.L. c. 143,
§ 94(i). (construction supervisor license);
2. failed to pay either the registration fee or the
payment to the fund as required under
780 CMR R6.2.4.
3. failed consistently to perform contracts or
has performed said contracts in an
unworkmanlike manner or has failed to
complete said contracts vAth no good cause or
has engaged in fraud or bad faith with respect
to said contracts;
4. failed to meet or has violated any of the
requirements for registered home improvement
contractors or subcontractors as defined in
780 CMR R6, or has performed or is
attempting to perform any act prohibited by
780 CMR R6 and M.G.L. c. 142A.
5. is under suspension or revocation of
registration as a home improvement contractor
or subcontractor;
6. has failed to repay the guaranty fund for
any payments made by the fund on the
registrant's account.
R6.2.2.3 Application refused: If the application
is refused, the director shall, within thirty days of
the application, notify the applicant in writing by
first class mail of the reasons for the rejection.
R6.2.2.3.1: If applicable, the applicant may
correct the deficiencies in the application
material and return the corrected data to the
director within ten days of the date of mailing
of the director's notice of refusal, who will then
assign a registration number and issue a
certificate.
R6.2.2.3.2: If the grounds for rejection are
based upon substantive grounds for refusal of
780 CMR R6.2.2.2, and M.G.L. 142A, the
applicant may request that the director
reconsider the application as submitted by
stating his/her reasons therefore, in writing,
within ten days of the date of mailing of the
notice of the director's rejection of the
application.
R6.2.2.4 Record retention: The director shall
keep a record of the date the application and all
pertinent documents are received. In addition, the
director shall keep on file, in convenient form and
open to public inspection, all applications for
registration, copies of certificates issued, and the
names of all home improvement contractors or
subcontractors whose registration has been
revoked, suspended or surrendered.
R6.2.3 Duration of Registration:
R6.2.3.1 Initial registration: Each such
registration shall be in effect for two years from
the date of issuance, unless suspended or revoked
prior to that time, as provided in 780 CMR R6
and M.G.L. c. 142A.
R6.2.3.2 Renewal of registration: Not less than
90 days before the date of the expiration of such
registration, the director shall send or cause to be
sent, to each registered contractor or
subcontractor, at the address on record, a notice
for renewal of the registration and a copy of all
forms necessary for such renewal, by first class
mail, along with a schedule of such fees as are
necessary for said renewal. Renewals will remain
in effect for two years from date of renewal if not
suspended or revoked prior to that time. The
responsibility for timely renewal of registration
remains with the registrant, notwithstanding this
notice. An applicant shall submit a renewal
application with fees within one year of the
expiration date of the registration. Failure to
submit a renewal application within this time
period shall subject the applicant to a fee equal to
the amount for initial registration.
R6.2.4 Fees to be Paid Upon Registration or
Renewal:
R6.2.4.1 Registration and renewal fee: All
home improvement contractors and
subcontractors, except those that are exempt from
the registration or renewal fee in 780 CMR
R6.2.4.1.2, shall, at the time of registration or
renewal, pay to the Commonwealth, a fee in the
amount of the fee then being charged for the
construction supervisor's license under M.G.L.
c. 143, § 94(i).
R6.2.4.L2 Exemptions from registration
and renewal fee:
1. Every individual construction supervisor
licensed by the BBRS in accordance with
M.G.L. c. 143, § 94(i), and every individual
motor vehicle repair shop registered in
accordance with M.G.L. c. lOOA, § 2, who
desires to be registered or renew their
registration as a home improvement
contractor or subcontractor, and whose
license or registration fee has been paid and
is current, shall be deemed to have paid the
registration fee required by 780 CMR
R6.2.4.1.
2. If the applicant is a corporation or
partnership and the named individual
responsible for home improvement
contracting work is a licensed construction
supervisor and a substantial owner (10% or
more of ownership), the applicant entity is
exempt from the registration and renewal fee.
794
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT OF HOME IMPROVEMENT
CONTRACTOR PROGRAM
R6.2.4.2 Contribution to guaranty fund - Initial
registration: At the time of initial registration,
contractors and subcontractors shall also pay to the
Commonwealth, in a separate certified check or
money order from the above stated registration fee,
if any, a fee payable to the guaranty fund.
R6.2.4.2.1 The fee paid by contractors and
subcontractors to the guaranty fund shall be
determined based on the number of employees
(active construction-related personnel) of the
home improvement contractor or
subcontractor, as defined in 780 CMR R6.1 .2,
on the date of initial registration, as follows;
1 . Zero to 3 employees $100.00
2. 4 employees up to and including 10 $200.00
3. 1 1 employees up to and including 30 $300.00
4. More than 30 employees $500.00
R6.2.4.2.2: The fee to the guaranty fund shall
be paid by every registered home improvement
contractor and subcontractor regardless of
whether such registrant is exempt from paying
the registration fee because of the home
improvement contractor or subcontractor's
status as a licensed construction supervisor or
registered motor vehicle repair shop owner.
R6i2.4.2.3: Any registrant who fails to
accurately determine the number of employees
and pay the correct fee therefor shall be
deemed to have failed to pay the fees required
for registration and shall be subject to
enforcement action by the director, in
accordance with 780 CMR R6.2.2.2, 4.1 and
4.3.
R6.2.4.2.4: No home improvement contractor
or subcontractor shall be required to pay the
contribution to the guaranty fund more than
once unless the fund administrator determines
that the amount of the fund is insufficient to
maintain it at a level commensurate with
claims made against the fund. If such a
determination is so made, after conducting a
public hearing, the director, in consultation
with the fund administrator, may assess each
registered home improvement contractor or
subcontractor an appropriate fee, the amount to
be determined .by the commissioner of
administration and finance, which shall not
exceed the amount of the original assessment;
provided, however, that the director shall not
assess any registrant more than once in any 12
month period.
R6.2.5 Responsibilities of Each Registrant:
R6,2.S.l Changes in status: Each registrant
shall be responsible for reporting, in writing,
within thirty days, changes in trade name or
address or additions of business name(s), and any
other pertinent changes in circumstances to the
director.
R6.2.S.2 Display of certificate number: Every
contract, building permit and advertisement for
residential contracting as defined in 780 CMR R6
shall display the home improvement contractor's
or subcontractor's certificate of registration
number.
R6.2.S.3 Return of certificate: Upon the
expiration, termination or voluntary surrender of
a registration, the registrant shall deliver. the
certificate to the director who shall cancel the
registration and endorse the date of expiration,
termination or surrender. In such case, no further
residential contracting work will be engaged in by
the contractor or subcontractor.
780 CMR R63 ENFORCEMENT
PROCEDURES
M6.3.1 Notification of Violation: The fund
administrator shall notify the director if a registrant
fails to repay the fund for any payment made from
the fund to an owner because of the conduct of said
registrant. In addition, the secretary, attorney
general, district attorney, or local consumer groups
as defined in 780 CMR R6.1.2, shall advise the
director of orders resulting from arbitration or court
action, or other significant complaint activity against
individual registrants, accompanied by a
recommendation for enforcement action against a
registrant. Significant complaint activity shall
include but not necessarily be limited to:
1, repeated acts prohibited under 780 CMR
R6.4.4;
2. a flagrant complaint or complaints involving
substantial harm to an owner or owners.
Nothing in 780 CMR R6.3.1 shall preclude the
director from initiating enforcement action on his
own initiative.
R6.3.1.1 Determination that a Home
Improvement Contractor complaint may
involve Construction Supervisor Licensing: If,
upon review of a Home Improvement Contractor
complaint the Board or the Hearings Officer
determines that such complaint may involve
possible Construction Supervisor License
violations per 780 CMR R5, such Construction
Supervisor License complaint hearing may be
conducted simultaneously with the Home
Improvement Contractor complaint hearing.
Where possible violations of 780 CMR R5
exist, the notification and hearing shall also
conform to the requirements of 780 CMR R5 as
applicable.
M6.3.2 Consideration of Factors: The director,
upon receipt of the notification under 780 CMR
R6.3.1 shall consider the pertinent factors in the
9/9/05
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
795
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGU1.ATI0NS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
particular situation, and decide what enforcement
action in accordance with 780 CMR R6.4, if any,
shall be taken against the registrant considering,
among any other pertinent factors, the recommenda-
tions of the secretary, attorney general, district
attorney, and/or the local consumer group(s), the
severity of the vio]ation(s), the frequency of repeti-
tive violations, the harm to the complainant or the
general public, and the impact upon the registrant.
R6.3.3 Letter of Reprimand: The director, on his
own initiative, may send a letter of reprimand to the
registrant containing the facts of the situation, which
may include that the incident has been noted on the
registrant's official records, and the possibility of
more severe disciplinary action in the event of
repetitive violations.
R6.3.4 Suspension, Revocation, Administrative
Penalty: The director may institute a suspension or
revocation of registrant's certificate of registration, or
administrative penalty against a registrant, subject to
the following hearing provisions:
R6.3.4.1 Hearing procedure:
R6.3.4.1,l Notice of hearing:
1. The director shall give at least 14 days
notice of a scheduled hearing to the
registrant, and all parties to the hearing i.e.,
the secretary, the attorney general, the district
attorney, and/or the local consumer group
from whom the recommendation for
enforcement action was received. Notice to
the registrant will be deemed sufficient if it is
mailed to the most recent address of record in
the director's file.
2. The notice of hearing shall contain, at
minimum:
a. The nature of the violation;
b. A statement of the enforcement action
recommendation;
c. The date, time and place for the
hearing;
d. Notice that the registrant may be
represented by legal counsel;
e. Advise that the complete investigation
file is available for review at the office of
the director during regular business hours;
f. Notice that the registrant may present
written and oral testimony and evidence to
mitigate any planned enforcement action.
3. The hearing will be conducted by the
director or a hearings officer appointed by the
director.
R6.3.4.1.2 Rescheduling of hearing: The
director, at his discretion, may delay and
reschedule the date for such hearing upon
written request of the registrant, the secretary,
the attorney general, a district attorney, or the
involved local consumer group, provided the
request is received not less than seven days
prior to such hearing.
R6.3.4.1.3 Decision: Following the close of
the hearing, the director shall issue a written
decision on the violation within 30 working
days. A copy of the decision shall be sent to
the registrant, the secretary, the attorney
general, the involved district attorney and local
consumer group.
R6.3.4.1.3.1 Decisions also involving
Construction Supervisor License
responsibilities: If the Decision involves
consideration of Construction Supervisor
License matters per 780 CMR R5 then such
Decision shall also comply with the require-
ments of 780 CMR R5 as applicable.
R6.3.4.1.4 Appeal: Any party to the hearing
who is aggrieved by the decision may appeal
under the applicable provisions of the
Massachusetts Administrative Procedures Act,
M.G.L. c. 30A.
R6.3.5. Injunctions, Restitution: The director, on
his own initiative, may institute court action in
accordance with 780 CMR R6.4.3, to obtain a
permanent or temporary injunction or an order
requiring restitution or completion of a home
improvement contractor's contract with an owner.
R6.3.6 Fines and Criminal Penalties: The attorney
general or a district attorney may initiate court action
on his own initiative in accordance with 780 CMR
R6.4.2.
780 CMR R6.4 ENFORCEMENT ACTIONS
R6.4.1 Administrative Penalties: If the director
determines that any registrant is liable for a violation
of any of the provisions of 780 CMR R6 or M.G.L.
c. 1 42 A, the director may institute one or more of the
following actions:
R6.4.1.1L Allowable actions:
1. suspend the registrant's certificate of
registration for such period of time as shall be
determined by the director;
2. revoke the registrant's certificate of
registration;
3. send a letter of reprimand to the registrant;
4. assess an administrative penalty not to
exceed $2,000, payable within 30 days of the
date of the order of assessment, for each
violation of any provisions of 780 CMR R6
and M.G.L. c. 142A committed by the home
improvement contractor(s) or subcontractor(s)
who Jire registered or required to be registered
under 780 CMR R6. This penalty shall be
deposited to the fund.
796
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
9/9/05
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT OF HOME IMPROVEMENT
CONTRACTOR PROGRAM
R6.4J<,2 Pendency of a claim: The pendency of
a claim against the fund shall not limit the director
from taking enforcement action against any
registrant pursuant to 780 CMR R6 or M.G.L
c. 142A.
R6.4.2 Fines and Criminal Penalties:
R6.4.2.1 Souglit by attorney general or district
attorney: Fines and imprisonment specified in
780 CMR R6 and M.G.L. c. 142A may be sought
by the attorney general or a district attorney, and
such fines and imprisonment shall be in addition
to any administrative penalty otherwise applicable
thereto.
R6.4.2.2 Operating without a certificate: Any
home improvement contractor or subcontractor
who shall knowingly, willfully, or negligently
operate without obtaining a certificate of
registration as required by 780 CMR R6 and
M.G.L. c. 142A and who is not otherwise exempt
from the registration requirements or any home
improvement contractor or subcontractor who
continues to operate after revocation of or during
suspension of, or who had failed to renew his
9/9/05
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
796.1
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
796.2 780 CMR - Sixth Edition 9/9/05
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT OF HOME IMPROVEMENT
CONTRACTOR PROGRAM
certificate of registration, shall be punished by a fine
not exceeding $5,000 or imprisonment not
exceeding two years or both.
R6.4.2.3 Other violations: Any person who
knowingly and willfully violates any of the
provisions of 780 CMR R6 or M.G.L. c. 142 A
with respect to which a greater penalty is not
otherwise provided by the provisions of 780 CMR
R6 or M.G.L. c. 142 A or by any other law may be
punished by a fine of not more than $2,000 or by
imprisonment for not more than one year or both.
R6.4.3 Injunctions, Restitution:
R6.4.3.1 Order from superior court: If the
director concludes that the continuing conduct of
any person alleged to be in violation of 780 CMR
R6 and M.G.L. c. 142A may result in substantial
or irreparable harm to any citizen of the
Commonwealth, the director may seek:
1 . a permanent or temporary injunction with
respect to the conduct from the superior court
of any county in which the alleged violation is
occurring, or in which the violator has its
principal place of business; or
2. an order requiring restitution or satisfactory
completion of the home improvement
contractor's contract with an owner.
R6.4.3.2 Bond not required: The director shall
not be required to file a bond or to show a lack of
an adequate remedy at law when seeking an
injunction under M.G.L. c. 142A against any
person, association, partnership, or corporation
not registered under 780 CMR R6 and M.G.L.
c. 142A.
^.4 Permit Requirements,
Penalties: -
Prohibited Acts
R6.4.4.1 Permit requirements: All building
permits for residential contracting work covered
by 780 CMRR6 and M.G.L. c. 142A shall:
1 . clearly state that persons contracting with
unregistered contractors do not have access to
the guaranty fiind; ,
2. contain the registered home improvement
contractor's or subcontractor's certificate
number.
R6.4.4.2 Prohibited acts: The following acts
are prohibited by registered home improvement
contractors or subcontractors, and those required
to register under the provisions of 780 CMR. R6
and M.G.L. c. 142A:
1. operating without a certificate of
registration issued by the director;
2. abandoning or failing to perform, without
justification, any contract or project engaged in
or undertaken, or deviating fi-om or
disregarding plans or specifications in any
material way without the consent of the owner.
except for changes in plans, specifications, or
construction techniques required by building
regulations;
3. failing to credit the owner any payment
they have made to the contractor or his
salesperson in connection with a residential
contracting transaction;
4. making any material misrepresentation in
the procurement of a contract or making any
false promise of a character likely to influence,
persuade or induce the procurement of
contract;
5. acting directly, regardless of the receipt or
expectation of receipt of compensation or gain
fi'om the mortgage lender, in connection with
a residential contracting transaction by
preparing, offering or negotiating or attempting
to or agreeing to prepare, arrange, offer or
negotiate a mortgage loan on behalf of a
mortgage lender;
6. acting as a mortgage broker or agent for
any mortgage lender;
7. publishing, directly or indirectly, any
advertisement relating to residential
contracting which does not contain the home
improvement contractor's or subcontractor's
certificate of re^stration number or which does
contain an assertion, representation or
statement of fact which is false, deceptive, or
misleading;
8. advertising in any manner that a registrant
is registered under 780 CMR R6 unless the
advertisement includes an accurate reference to
the home improvement contractor's or
subcontractor's certificate of registration;
9. violating any of the building laws of the
Commonwealth or of any political subdivision
thereof;
10. misrepresenting a material fact by an
applicant in obtaining a certificate of
registration;
1 1 . failing to notify the director of any change
of trade name or address as required by
780CMRR6.2.5.1;
12. conducting a residential contracting
business in any name other than the one in
which the home improvement contractor or
subcontractor is registered;
13. failing to pay for materials or services
rendered in connection with his/her operating
as a home improvement contractor or
subcontractor where he/she has received
sufficient funds as payment for the particular
construction work, project or operation for
which the services or materials were rendered
or purchased;
14. failing to comply with any order, demand
or requirement lawfully made by the director
or fund administrator under and within the
authority of 780 CMRR6 and M.G.L. c. 142 A;
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sbcth Edition
797
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
15. demanding or receiving payment in
violation of 780 CMR R6.5.2. item 5, 6, or
5.2.2;
16. violating any other provisions of
780 CMR R6 and M.G.L. c. 142A.
17. failing to pay to the guaranty fund in full,
including interest, any amount paid from said
fund because of the conduct of the registrant.
18. any of the grounds for refusal to register
or renew in 780 CMR R6.2.2.2 are also
considered prohibited acts.
19. failing, within 2 1 days, to comply with, or
advise the owner of intent to comply with, or
appeal the decision of, an arbitrator as provided
for in M.G.L. c. 142A and 201 CMR 14:00.
20. failing to display the registration number
on every contract, building permit and
advertisement as required by 780 CMR
R6.5.2. 1 item 2, R6.4.4. 1 item 2, R6.4.4.2 item
7, and R6.4.4.2 item 8.
R6.4.4.3 Penalties: Violations of 780 CMR R6
or M.G.L. c. 142A shall subject the violator to the
administrative sanctions of 780 CMR R6.4. 1 and
to criminal prosecution or other court action as
prescribed in 780 CMR R6.4.2 and 4.3.
R6.4.4.4 Deceptive act: Violations of any of the
provisions of 780 CMR R6 and M.G.L. c. 142A
shall constitute an unfair or deceptive act under
the provisions of M.G.L. c. 93 A.
780CMRR65 CONTRACTS
R6.5.1 Contract in Writing: Every agreement
between a home improvement contractor and an
owner to perform residential contracting services in
an amount in excess of $1,000 shall be in writing.
R6.5.2 Contents of Contract:
R6.5.2.1 Documents and information: Every
agreement to perform residential contracting
services in excess of $1,000 shall include, but not
be limited to, the following documents and
information:
1 . the complete agreement between the owner
and the contractor and a clear description of
any other documents which are or shall be
incorporated into said agreement;
2. the full names, federal ID number if
applicable, (exclusive of social security
number), address (exclusive of post office box
addresses), registration number of the home
improvement contractor, the name(s) of the
salesperson(s), if any, who solicited or
negotiated the contract and the date when said
. contract was executed by the parties;
3. the date on which the work under the
contract is scheduled to begin and the date on
which said work is scheduled to be
substantially completed;
4. a detailed description of the work to be
done and the materials to be used;
5. the total amount agreed to be paid for the
work to be performed under the contract;
6. a time schedule of payments to be made
under said contract and the amount of each
payment stated in dollars, including all finance
charges, if any. Any deposit required under the
contract to be paid in advance of the
commencement of work under said contract
shall not exceed the greater of Va of the total
contract price or the actual cost of any material
or equipment of a special order or custom made
nature, which must be ordered in advance of
the commencement of the work, in order to
assure that the project will proceed on
schedule. No final payment shall be demanded
until the contract is completed to the
satisfaction of the parties thereto;
7. the signature of all parties shall be affixed
to the contract;
8. there shall be a clear and conspicuous
notice appearing in the contract slating:
a. that all home improvement contractors
and subcontractors shall be registered by the
director and that any inquiries about a
contractor or subcontractor relating to a
registration should be directed to:
Director
Home Improvement Contractor Registration
One Ashburton Place, Room 1301
Boston, MA 02108
(617) 727-8598
b. the registration number of the home
improvement contractor on the first page of
the contract.
c. the owner's three-day cancellation rights
under M.G.L. c. 93, § 48; M.G.L. c. HOD,
§ 10 or M.G.L. c. 255D, § 14, as may be
applicable.
d. £ill warranties and the owner's rights under
the provisions of 780 CMR R6 and M.G.L.
c. 142A;
e. in ten point bold type or larger, directly
above the space provided for the signature,
the following statement:
DO NOT SIGN THIS CONTRACT IF THERE
.ARE ANY BLANK SPACES
f. v/hether any lien or security interest is on
the residence as a consequence of the
contract;
(9) an enumeration of such other matters upon
which the owner and the contractor may
lawfully agree; provided, however that no such
agreement may waive any rights conveyed to
the owner under the provisions of 780 CMR
R6 and M.G.L. c. 142A;
(10) any other provision otherwise required by
the applicable laws of the Commonwealth.
798
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
1 1/27/98
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT OF HOME IMPROVEMENT
CONTRACTOR PROGRAM
R6oS.2,2 Permit notlee: Any contract entered
into between a home improvement contractor and
an owner shall contain a clause informing the
owner of the following:
1 . any and all necessary construction=related
permits;
2. that it shall be the obligation of the home
improvement contractor to obtain such pennits
as the owner's agent;
3. that owners who secure their own
construction-related permits or deal with
unregistered contractors will be excluded from
the guaranty fund provisions of M.G.L.
c. 142A;
R6.5.2J Acceleration of payment: No contract
shall contain an acceleration clause under which
any part or all of the balance not yet due may be
declared due and payable because the holder
deems himself to be insecure. However, where the
contractor deems himself to be insecure he/she
may require as a prerequisite to continuing said
work that the balance of fiands due under the
contract, which are in the possession of the owner,
shall be placed m a joint escrow account requiring
the signatures of the home improvement
contractor and owner for withdrawal.
R6.5.2.4 Copytoownen At the tune of signing,
the owner shall be fiimished with a copy of the
contract signed by both the home improvement
contractor and the owner. No work shall begin
prior to the signing of the contract and transmittal
to the owner of a copy of such contract
R6J.2.5 ArbitratioE; Any contract entered into
between a home improvement contractor and
owner may provide that the home improvement
contractor may Initiate alternative dispute
resolution through any private arbitration services
approved by the secretary, as provided in M.G.L.
c. 142 A; provided, that said alternative dispute
resolution provision is clearly and conspicuously
disclosed in the contract, in language designated
by the secretary, and that each party separately
signs and dates the provision, thereby assenting to
the procedure. The following language and format
is acceptable:
THE CONTRACTOR AND THE
HOMEOWNER HEREBY MUTUALLY
AGREE IN ADVANCE THAT IN THE
EVENT THE CONTRACTOR HAS A
DISPUTE CONCERNING THIS
CONTRACT, THE. CONTRACTOR MAY
SUBMIT SUCH DISPUTE TO A PRIVATE
ARBITRATION SERVICE WHICH HAS
BEEN APPROVED BY THE SECRETARY
OF THE EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF
CONSUMER AFFAIRS AND BUSINESS
REGULATIONS AND THE CONSUMER
SHALL BE REQUIRED TO SUBMIT TO
SUCH ARBITRATION AS PROVIDED IN
M.G.L. C.142A.
Contractor
Owner
NOTICE; THE SIGNATURES OF THE
PARTIES ABOVE APPLY ONLY TO THE
AGREEMENT OF THE PARTIES TO
ALTERNATIVE DISPUTE SETTLEMENT
INTHATED BY THE CONTRACTOR. THE
OWNER MAY INITIATE ALTERNATIVE
DISPUTE RESOLUTION EVEN WHERE THIS
SECTION IS NOT SEPARATELY SIGNED BY
THE PARTIES.
R633 Dispute Resolul^om
R6.SJ.1 Court actiomi Any party may bring an
action to enforce any provisions of 780 CMR R6
and M.G.L. c. 142A, in superior court, the district
court, or the small claims division of the district
court.
R6J3.2 Owner right to arbitrations In the
alternative, an owner may request that a dispute
resulting from and relatmg to residential
contracting be decided under the terms of a
private arbitration service approved by the
secretary.
R6JJJ Contractor rigiit to arbitrationi The
home improvement contractor may initiate dispute
absolution through private arbitration services
approved by the secretary, provided: that the
contract between the owner and the home
improvement contractor contains such a clause as
provided in 780 CMR R6.5.2.5.
E6.S.4 Validity of contrast: Contracts which fail
to comply with the requirements of 780 CMR R6
and M.G.L. c. 142A shall not be invalid solely
because of noncompliance.
78® CMR R6.6 SUPPLEMENTARY
IDENTIFICATION CARDS
RL61 Deiialtions
Certificate of registration: The document issued by
the Director showing the registrant's certificate
number and other data as required by the director.
MentMcation card: The document Issued to the
responsible individual or to one or more
individuals in the employ of the
applicant/registrant.
E6.6.2 Certificates of registrants: For applicants
registering as individuals, the certificate of
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
799
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGUT-ATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
registration and identification card will be issued in
the name of the registrant. Only one identification
card Avill be issued to individual registrants.
R6.6.2.2 Non-Individual Registrants:
R6.6.2.2.1 If the Applicant is a corporation,
partnership, proprietorship vnth a fictitious
name, or other non-individual entity, the
certificate of registration and the initial
identification card will bear the name of the
registrant entity and the individual responsible
for the home improvement residential
contracting activities of the registrant.
R6.6.2.2.2 Supplementary identification cards
may be issued, upon request of the registrant,
to named officers, partners, of key individuals
in the employ of the registrant under the
certificate of registration number of the
applicant entity, upon submission of the
appropriate request form and fee. The
applicant is responsible for the prompt return
of individual identification cards if there is a
change in status of individuals holding such
supplementary cards.
R6.6J Fees: For each additional identification card
request in accordance Avith 780 CMR R6.2,2.1, an
additional fee per card in an amount of $10.00 must
accompany the request for additional cards.
R6.6.4 Expiration: Supplementary cards will
expire on the same date as the expiration date of the
registrant (»itity, and must be renewed along vnth the
renewal of the registrant entity's registration by
submission of the required application and fee of
$10.00 per card requested.
800
780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
78© CMR R7
CERTIFICATION OF INSPECTORS OF BUILDINGS, BUILDING
COMMISSIONERS AND LOCAL INSPECTORS
FORWARD
Contained herein are the RULES cmd REGULATIONS for the certification of all inspectors of buildings,
building commissioners and local inspectors (collectively referred to as building code enforcement officials)
of the Board of Building Regulations and Standards (BBRS). In accordance with M.G.L. c. 143 §§3 and 94,
the BBRS is authorized to adopt rules and regulations which govern the administration of such program.
780 CMR R7 covers the certification rules and regulations for inspector of buildings, building
commissioners and local inspectors as defined in M.G.L. c. 143, § 3, and 780 CMR 105.
General Provisions
R7
R7
R7,
R7
R7
R7
R7
1 Title
2 Definitions
3 Scope, intent
4 Powers and duties
5 Inspector Certification Advisory Committee (Building Official Certification Committee)
6 Categories of certification
7 Certifications required
Requirements for Initial Certification
R7.2.I Application
R7.2.2 Building Code Enforcement Officials in office as of November 12, 1992
R7.2.3 AfterNovemberl2, 1992
R7.2.4 Requirements for certification as a local inspector
R7.2.5 Requirements for certification as an inspector of buildings/building commissioner
Requirements for Maintenance of Certification
R7.3 . 1 Continuing education
R7.3.2 Renewal of certification
Procedures for Complaints
R7.4. 1 Complaints
R7.4.2 Revocation of certificates and alternate sanctions
R7.4.3 Violations and penalties
780 CMR RXl GENERAL PROVISIONS WJd3 Scope, intent: 780 CMR R7 shall control all
R71ol Title: 780 CMR R7 entitled "Certification of ^^^^^ relating to qualifications and certification of
Inspectors of Buildings, Building Commissioners ^ building code enforcement officials engaged in or
and Local Inspectors" (hereinafter collectively to be engaged in the administration and enforcement
referred to as Building Code Enforcement Officials) °^ '^^^ ^^^ categories of certified building code
is authorized and promulgated by the State Board of enforcement officials; procedures for application,
Building Regulations and Standards under the issuance, denial and revocation of certifications;
authority of M.G.L. c. 143, §§ 3 and 94. approval of training and/or educational programs
offered to meet the requirements for certification;
R7.1.2 Definitions: Any terms not herein defined maintenance of certification through continuing
shall assume the definition of the tem as used in the education; application fees for certification; and
Massachusetts State Building Code (780 CMR). enforcement of 780 CMR R7.
It is the purpose of 780 CMR R7 to establish
BBRS: State Board of Building Regulations and standards and procedures for certification, and to
Standards require all persons performing duties with respect to
Registrant: Any individual registered with the ^^^ inspection of building construction for any
Board of Building Regulations and Standards P°^^ subdivision within the Commonwealth to be
(BBRS) as a building code enforcement certified as provided in 780 CMR R7.
official in the capacity of an inspector of
buildings/building commissioner or local ^^''^''^ ^°^®" ^^^ ^^^'^- The BBRS, working
inspector through the Administrator and the Board staff, shall
2/7/97 (Effective 2/28/97) 780 CMR - Sbcth Edition 801
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
have the follo\\dng responsibilities in addition to all
others provided m 780 CMR R7.
R7.1.4.1 Upon recommendations from the
Building Official Certification Committee,
established under 780 CMR R7.1.5, to issue
certifications to individuals deemed qualified as
provided for herein.
R7.1.4.2 To maintain accurate records of all
applications for certification and any official
action thereon and to make such records available
for inspection by the public at all reasonable
times.
R7.1.4.3 To suspend or revoke a certification
provided for herein upon the establishment of
good cause.
R7.1.4.4 Any person aggrieved by any notice,
action, ruling or order of the Board, or the
Building Official Certification Committee with
respect to 780 CMR R7, may have a right to a
hearing as provided for by law.
R7.1.5 Inspector Certification Advisory
Committee (Building Oflicial Certification
Committee):
R7.1.5.1: There is hereby established in the
BBRS the Inspector Certification Advisory
Committee hereafter known as the Building
Official Certification Committee. This Committee
shall be supported by such staff of the BBRS as
may be required for the efifective operation of
780 CMR R7.
R7.1.5.2 Powers and Duties: The Building
Official Certification Committee shall have the
responsibility to advise and to reconunend to the
BBRS on all items relating to the certification of
building code enforcement officials, including,
but not limited to:
a. issuance of certificates
b. review of credentials of applicants
c. maintenance of applicant records
d. hearing of complaints and appeals pertain-
ing to inspector certification
e. review and ^proval of all courses of study,
seminars, and other educational programs as
deemed necessary, for credit toward continuing
education requirements.
f monitoring all appointments to assure com-
pliance with 780 CMR R7.
g. reciprodty may be considered upon petition
of the Building Official Certification
Committee on forms provided for such
purpose.
R7.1.5.3 Make-up of the Committee: The
Building Official Certification Committee shall
consist of nine members appointed by the BBRS
as follows: (Terms of committee members are as
established by lot at the March 31, 1993 meeting.)
a. One member of the BBRS or his/her
designee
b Six members who are active building
officials consisting of:
- One member from each of the three
Municipal Building Official's Associations
(Southeastern Building Officials
Association, Building Officials of Western
Massachusetts, Massachusetts Building
Commissioners and Inspectors
Association).
- Three members at large to be appointed by
the BBRS.
c. One member from academia who is an
educator of construction at the college level
(e.g. architectural, civil, structural) to be
appointed by the BBRS.
d. One member of the Massachusetts
Municipal Association.
R7. 1.6 Categories of Certiflcation :
R7.1.6.1 Categories of certification for building
code enforcement officials are as follows:
R7.1.6.1.1 Inspector of Buildings or
Building Commissioner: An individual
certified as an inspector of buildings building
conmiissioner shall perform the duties as
defined in 780 CMR 105.3 and M.G.L. c. 143.
R7.1.6.1.2 Local Inspector: An individual
certified as a local inspector shall perform the
duties as defined in 780 CMR 105.4 and
M.G.L. c. 143.
R7.1.6.1.3 Conditional appointment of a
building code enforcement official: A
conditional appointee shall meet the
requirements of 780 CMR R7. 1.7.4 through
1.7.6.3.
R7.1.6.1.4 Alternate inspectors of buildings/
building commissioners: An ahemate
inspector of buildings/building commissioner
shall be certified prior to appointment.
R7.1.7 Certtifications required:
R7.1.7.1: After November 12, 1992, no
individual shall be permanently appointed to the
position of inspector of buildings, building
commissioner or local inspector in a local
enforcing agency for which a certification
requirement has been established by 780 CMR
R7, unless that individual has been deemed
qualified Jind certified in that category by the
Building Official Certification Committee.
R7.1.7.1.1 Conditional appointments:
Conditional appointments may be made
pursuant to 780 CMR R7. 1.7.4, 1.7.5 and 1.7.6.
R7.1.7.2 Reporting by appointing authorities:
Immediately upon the appointment of an inspector
802
780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
CERTMCATION OF INSPECTORS OF BUILDINGS, BUILDING COMMISSIONERS
AND LOCAL INSPECTORS
of buildings, building commissioner or local
inspector, the appointing authority shall notify the
BBRS in writing on forms provided for such
purpose of the name of the appointee, the
appointed position and the date of appointment.
R7.1.7.3: Any individual employed as inspector
of buildings, building commissioner or local
inspector and who was in office on November 12,
1992 and who was qualified (in accordance with
M.GL. c. 143, § 3) to be in office at time of hire,
and who has presented acceptable evidence of
these facts to the BBRS, shall be deemed certified
in the category held on said date, and shall be
provided with a certificate by the BBRS.
R7,1.7.4 Conditional Appointments: After
November 12, 1992, individuals who meet or
exceed the experience requirements pursuant to
M.G.L. c. 143, § 3 and 780 CMR but who are not
certified under the provisions of 780 CMR R7
may be appointed on a conditional basis only.
R7.1.7.5 Regulations for the Conditionail
Appointment of Building Code Enforcement
Officials:
R7.1.7.S.1: Any individual conditionally
appointed as a building code enforcement
official, on or after November 12, 19.92 who is
not certified in the appropriate category of
certification at the time of the conditional
appointment; shall comply with the following:
a. Immediately upon appointment, the
appointing authority shall report the
conditional appointment to the BBRS in
accordance with 780 CMR R7. 1.7.2.
b. Within the first six months of
employment the conditional appointee shall
make application to take the examination(s)
required for the appropriate category of
certification as identified in 780 CMR
R7.2.0.
c. Within one year following the first six
months of employment the conditional
appointee shall attain a passing score on all
of the examinations required for the category
of certification of the conditional
appointment.
d. In accordance with 780 CMR R7. 1 .7.6,
a conditional appointee may petition the
Building Official Certification Committee in
writing for an extension of time to comply
with the examination schedule of 780 CMR
R7. Upon establishment of cause, the
Building Official Certification Committee
may grant such extensions of time as it may
consider appropriate.
R7.1.7.S.2: Conditional appointees shall
notify the BBRS of any change in the status
of their employment, within one month of
such change.
R7.1.7.6 Requests for Extensions of Time to
Comply with Examination Schedules:
R7.1.7.6.1: Any conditional appointee unable
to comply with the examination schedule as
cited in 780 CMR R7.L7.5 may, for cause, be
granted an extension of time in order to
comply, upon written petition to the Building
Ojficial Certification Committee. Petitions
shall be forwarded to the clerk of said
committee, and addressed to the office of the
BBRS (current address listed at the front of the
building code). The conditional appointee shall
state all reasons to substantiate the request for
an extension of time.
R7.1.7.6,2: The Building Official Certification
Committee shall, within ten days of any action
taken by the committee pursuant to 780 CMR
R7, notify' the appointing authority in writing of
such action.
780 CMR R12 REQUIREMENTS FOR
INITIAL CERTIFICATION
R7.2.1 Application: Any candidate for certification
in any category of building code enforcement official
issued pursuant to 780 CMR R7 shall submit an
application to the BBRS, accompanied by the
required application fee as prescribed, on forms
provided for this purpose by the BBRS. The
application shall include such information and
documentation as the BBRS may require pursuant to
780 CMR R7.
R7.2.2 Building Code Enforcement OfOcials in
Office as of November 12, 1992: Upon receipt of
acceptable evidence as established by the BBRS,
signed by the city or town clerk and the appointing
authority in attestation that the applicant for
certification was employed in the position of
inspector of buildings, building commissioner or
local inspector and met the qualificational
requirements of said position pursuant to M.G.L.
c. 143, § 3 and 780 CMR as of the date of hire, the
applicant shall be deemed certified in the applicable
category and shall be issued a certificate. The
certificate shall indicate the name of the individual
and the category of certification and other
information as may be deemed necessary by the
BBRS.
R7.2.3 After November 12, 1992, applicants for
certification as a Building Code Enforcement
Official shall meet the following requirements:
R7.2.4 Requirements for certification as a Local
Inspector:
R7.2.4.1: All candidates shall meet or exceed the
qualifications for the position of local inspector
pursuant to M.G.L. c. 143, § 3 and 780 CMR prior
9/9/05 (Effective 8/26/05)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
803
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
to any examinations. The Board of Building
Regulations via the certification committee shall
approve all candidates prior to any examinations.
The certification committee shall maintain a list of
all qualified candidates for any and all city and
towns appointing building officials.
R7.2.4.2: All candidates shall attain a passing
score in all examinations required for certification
as either a Building Plans Examiner or a
Building Inspector under the Construction Code
Inspector Certification Program of the Building
Officials and Code Administrators International
(BOCA).
R7.2.4.3 Prior approval for examination as a
Local Inspector; No candidates shall be allowed
to take said examinations without prior approval
of the Board of Building Regulations and
Standards or the certification committee at the
Board's discretion.
R7.2.5 Requirements for Certification as an
Inspector of Buildings/Building Commissioner:
R7.2.5.1: All candidates shall meet or exceed the
qualifications for the position of local inspector
pursuant to M.G.L. c. 143, § 3 and 780 CMR prior
to any examinations. The Board of Building
Regulations via the certification committee shall
approve all candidates prior to any examinations.
The certification committee shall maintain a list of
all qualified candidates for any and all city and
towns appointing building officials.
R7.2.5.2: All candidates shall meet the
examination requirements for certification as a
local inspector pursuant to 780 CMR R7.2.4.2
herein, or hold a certification as a local inspector
pursuant to 780 CMR R7.
R7.2.5.3: All candidates shall attain passing
scores in all examinations required for
certification as a Certified Building Official
under the Certified Building Official Program of
the Council of American Building Officials
(CABO).
R7.2.5.4 Prior approval for examination as a
Local Inspector: No candidates shall be allowed
to take said examinations without prior approval
of the Board of Building Regulations and
Standards or the certification committee at the
Board's discretion.
780 CMR 73 REQUIREMENTS FOR
MAINTENANCE OF CERTIFICATION
R7.3.1 Continuing education:
R7.3.1.1: Within each three year period following
initial certification, the registrant shall complete
45 hours of continuing education credit acceptable
to the Building Official Certification Committee.
R7.3.L2: The Committee may publish a list of
acceptable educational programs, courses,
seminars, and the like. The Committee may also
accept educational activities in which registrants
have participated after the fact, upon application
and review of the course information. The
Committee shall assign credits to each
educational/training event.
R7.3.2 Renewal of certificate:
R7.3.2.1 Term of certificate: Each certified
individual shall maintain a record of his/her
continuing education credits and forward such
information to the office of the BBRS in care of
the Building Official Certification Committee
(address is listed at the front of the building code)
as it is accumulated. The BBRS shall maintain a
record of each inspector's progress.
At the end of each three year period, each
inspector who has successfully maintained his/her
continuing education credit shall be duly notified
by the BBRS.
R7.3.3: In accordance with M.G.L. c. 143, § 99, no
building code enforcement official attending BBRS
required educational programs, shall lose any rights
relative to compensation or vacation.
780 CMR R7.4 PROCEDURES FOR
COMPLAINTS
R7.4.1 Complaints:
R7.4.1.1 Cause for complaint: Any individual
who has been alleged to have violated the
provisions of 780 CMR R7 or 780 CMR may be
entitled to a hearing in accordance with M.G.L. c.
30A before the Building Official Certification
Committee or subcommittee thereof. A complaint
shall be made in writing to the BBRS, attention;
Building Official Certification Committee.
R7.4.1.2 Hearings on complaints: If a hearing is
to convene, the committee shall give at least ten
days notice to all those party to the complaint.
The sending of notice to the address recorded on
the records of the BBRS shall be deemed
sufficient notice.
R7.4.L3 Notice of hearings: The notice shall
contain:
a. The name of the complainant
b. A copy of the complaint
c. The date, time and place of said hearing.
The complete file of complaint shall be available
for inspection at the office of the BBRS during
regular business hours. Parties may present
written or oral evidence to refute or mitigate any
charge contained in the complaint and present
witnesses in his/her behalf In the event that the
committee votes to take action against said
804
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
9/9/05 (Effective 8/26/05)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
CERTinCATION OF INSPECTORS OF BUILDINGS, BUILDING COMMISSIONERS
AND LOCAL INSPECTORS
certification pursuant to this hearing, the building
code enforcement official, upon notice of the
decision, shall immediately comply with said
orders.
R7.4.1.4 Continuation of hearings: the
committee, in its discretion, may continue the date
for hearing upon request by building official, the
complainant or the coimnittee itself
R7.4.1.S Timing of decisions: The committee
shall make a decision within 15 days of the
hearing. A written decision shall be issued within
30 days of the hearing date.
R7.4.1.6 Decisions: The decision shall be final
and binding upon the building code enforcement
official and the complainant.
R7.4,1.7 Notice of action: In the event that the
committee votes to take action against said
certification pursuant to this hearing, the building
code enforcement official, upon notice of the
decision, shall immediately comply with said
orders.
R7 .4.1.8 Appeal: Any person aggrieved by a
decision of the committee may appeal such
decision to a court of law or equity in
conformance with M.G.L. c. 30A, § 14.
R7.4.2 Revocation of certificates and alternative
sanctions:
R7.4.2.1: The BBRS, upon recommendation of
the Committee, and subject to the requirements of
the Administrative Practices in accordance with
M.G.L. c. 30A, may suspend or revoke a
certification, or assess any other penalties as
provided for by law, if it is determined that the
registrant: (The following is not an exhaustive
list.)
a. Has obtained a certification by fraud or
misrepresentation, or the person named in the
certificate has obtained it by fraud or
misrepresentation;
b. Has aided or abetted in practice as a
certified building code enforcement official any
person not authorized to practice as a certified
building code enforcement official under the
provisions of 780 CMR R7;
c. Has fraudulently or deceitfully practiced as
a certified building code enforcement official,
d. Has been grossly negligent or has engaged
in misconduct in the performance of any of his
duties;
e. Has failed, over a period of time, to
maintain continuing education requirements as
specified in 780 CMR R7;
f Has been found to have failed to report an
offer, or bribe, or other favor in a proceeding
under 780 CMR R7 or other appropriate law of
this or any other state or jurisdiction;
g. Has made a false or misleading statement,
or has made a material omission in any
submission to the BBRS;
h. Has failed to enforce the provisions of
780 CMR as prescribed by M.G.L. c. 143, § 3.
R7.4.3 Violations and Penalties:
R7.4.3.1: It shall be a violation of 780 CMR R7
on or after November 12, 1992, for any individual
to represent himself/herself to be qualified for a
position that the individual does not currently
hold, or to use a title or otherwise represent
himself/herself to be qualified for a position that
the individual does not currently hold, or to use a
title or otherwise represent himself/herself as
certified or authorized to act under the 780 CMR
if that individual does not possess a certificate,
unless such person is appointed subject to the
provisions of 780 CMR R7 1.6.1.3. In addition to
any other remedy available under law, such
representation shall be deemed a violation of
780 CMR R7 and any other penalties as provided
for by law.
R7.43.2: It shall be a violation of 780 CMR R7
on and after November 12, 1992, for any local
enforcing agency to offer employment, to retain
for employment or to permanently appoint any
individual who is not certified in accordance with
780 CMR R7, except on a conditional basis in
accordance with 780 CMR R7. 1.6. 1.3.
9/9/05 (Effective 8/26/05)
780 CMR - Sixth Edition
805
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
NON-TEXT PAGE
806 780 CMR . Sixth Edition 9/9/05 (Effective 8/26/05)
INDEX
By section number
A, use group, assembly, 303.0
Access
Attics, 1211.2
Courts, 1212.4
Crawl spaces, 1211.1
Roofe, 1027.0
Accessibility, 780 CMR 1 1
Accessory structures
Definition, 202.0, 3602.2
Use Group U, utility and miscellaneous, 3 12.0
Adjoming property
Demolition and excavation, 33 10.0
Existing buildings, 3309.0
Fences, 33 11.0
Grade control, 3310.4
Notice to owners, 3310.1
Protection of, 3308.0
Storage of materials, 3312.0
Adjoining spaces
Natural light, 1206.0
Natural ventilation, 1208.0
Administrative
Administration, Chapter 1, 3601.0
Alternate materials and methods, 109.3
Application for permits, 106.2
Board of appeals, 122.0
Building classified by code ofQcial, 302. 1
Certificate of occupancy, 120,0
Code official approves plans, 109.0
Code official, definition, 202.0
Conditions of permit, 1 1 1.0, 1 13.0
Drawings and specifications required, 1 10.8
Existing structures, 102.5
Foundation permits, 108.7, 111.13
^pections required, 1 15.0
Inspectors appointed, 105.1
Liability, 105.7
Maintenance of buildings, 103.1,3401.2
Organization of building department, 105.0
Pennit fees, 114.0
Permits required, 110. 1, 110.2
Powers and duties of code official, 105.0
Records of department, 105.8
Requirements not in code, 102.2, 102.3
Restrictions on employees, 105.6
Revocation of permits, 111.12
Scope of code. 101.2
Stop work orders, 119.0
Tests and test reports, 1708.0
Unsafe structures, 121.0
Validity of code, 104.0
Violations and penalties, 1 18.0
Aged, homes for
Use Group I, institutional, 308.0
Aggregates
Concrete, 1906.3
Masonry, mortar and grout 2105.0
Special tests, 1906.3.1
Air ducts (see Ducts)
Air intakes
Combustion, 3620.0
Courts, 1212.5
From attic areas, 3620.3, 3620.3.3
From under floor areas, 3620.3, 3620.3.4
Return, 3619.2
Supply, 3619.3
Air plenum (see Plenums)
Airplane hangars (see Garages)
Airport traffic control towers, 414.0
Air-supported structures
Membrane structures, general, 3103.0
Temporaiy,3104.0
Aisles
Assembly, Use Group A, 101 1 .3, 1012.0
Exit access, other use groups, 101 1.
Illumination, 1024.0
Alarm systems (see Fire protection systems)
Allowable areas and heights of buildings (also see Areas,
building)
Existing buildings, 3400.3
General, 503.0, Table 503
Unlimited areas, 507.0
Allowable spans
Floor joists, 3605.2.3.1
Headers, 3606.2.6
Rafters and ceiling joists, 3608.2.4
Alloys
Aluminum, 2002. 1
Special steel, 2207.1
Alterations
Additions, 3404.2, 3408.2.3 , 3408.4
Area and heigjit limitations, 3404.9
Certificate of occupancy, 120.0
Definition, 202.0
Existing buildings, 3400, 3404.0
Inspections, 115.0
Li^t and ventilation in existing buildings, 3400.6
Minor changes, 3404.1
Nonstructural alterations and repairs, 3401.2
Permit fees, 114.0
Permit required, 111.0
Signs, 3 102.4.2
Structural alterations and repairs, 3404.0
Alternative materials and construction
Approved by code official. 109.0, 3601
Board of appeals, 122.0
Suitability of, 1707.1
Aluminum alloys, 2002.0
Amendments to plans, 1 10. 12, 1 10. 13
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) = corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition
807
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Anchorage, anchors
Flood-resistant construction, 3107.5.2
Framing into girders, 23 05 . 6. 1
Intersecting masonry walls, 21 11. 2
Masonry, general, 2 1 1 0.0, 2 1 1 1 .0
Masonry, veneer, 1405.5
Metal veneers, 1405.4.1
Projecting masonry, 21 12.0
Wood, sill, 2305.16
Antennas, radio and television, 3109.0
Apartment house (see Multiple dwellings)
Appeals, board of, 122.0
Application for permit
Action by code official on application. 111.1
Application form, 1 10.4
Awnings, 3205.0,
Conditions of permit, 1 13.0
Drawings required, 1 10.8
For demolition of buildings, 1 12.0
Foimdation permits, 108.7, 111.13
Moving buildings, 3407. 1
Permit fees, 114.0
Plot diagram required, 107.6
Records to be kept, IQ5.8
Registered architect or engineer, 107.3
Signs, 3102.4
Swimming pools, 421.3
Temporary structures, 3 104.0
What required, 1 10.0, 1 11 .0
When required, 1 10.0, 1 1 1.0
Appointment of code official, 105. 1
Approval
Alternative materials and methods of construction,
109.3
Certificate of occupancy, 120.0
For use of plastic material, 260 1 .3
General, 106.0
Inspections, 1 15.0
Materials, 1704.0
Modifications, 106.2
Moving buildings, 3407.0
Of plans for pennit, 108.5
Used materials, 109.2
Approved, definition, 202.0, 3602.2
Approved agency
Criteria, 1704.3.1
Definition, 202.0
Architect
Report, permits issued, 1 16.4
Drawings and specifications, by, 1 10.8
Special professional services, 1 1 6.2
Architectural trim (see Exterior trim restrictions)
Areas, building
Allowable areas for buildings (also see Allowable
areas and heists of buildings), 503.0, Table 503,
3408.6.2
Allowable, required reductions of, 506.4, Table 506.4
Definition, 202.0
Existing buildings, 3404. 1
Floor area, definition, 202.0
General area limitations, 503.0
Increase for street fi-ontage, 506.2
Increase for suppression, 506.3
Mezzanines, 505.2
Modifications, 506.0, 506.4
Open parking structures, 406.4
Separate buildings, 3 13. 1.3, 503. 1, 402. 16
Special industrial uses, 503. 1 . 1
Unlimited areas, 507.0
Waiting rooms, 409.2 . 1
Areaways, 3203.12.1
Artificial liglit, 1207.0, 1024.1
Asphalt roof shingles, 1507.2.3, 3609.3
Assembly buildings
Aisles, 1 012.0
Area allov^ed, 503.0
Classification of, 303.0
Determinuig capacity of means of egress, 1009.0
Fire suppression requirements, 904.0, 914.0
Occupanc}r' load requirements, 1008.0
Stages and platforms, 412.0
Use Group A, 303.0
Atriums, 404.0
Attic
Access, 1211.2
Combustion air, 3620.3.3
Definition, 202.0
Draflstopping, 720.7.2
Furnaces, iinsulation in.
Insulation, exposed, 722.2
Ventilation of. 1210.1
Auditoriums
Foyers and waiting spaces, 1006.2.4
Means of egress, 1006.2.2
Use Group A-1, assembly, 303.2
Use Group A-3, assembly, 303.4
Automatic fire detection systems (see Detection systems,
automatic fire)
Automatic fire suppression systems (also see Sprinklers)
Atriums, 404.2
Carbon dioxide systems, 909.0
Covered mall buildings, 402. 10
Dry-chemical systems, 910.0
Foam systiims, 9 1 1 .0
General, 901.0
Halogenati^ systems, 912.0
High-rise buildings, 403.2, 403.3
Limited ariea systems, 907.0
Plans and specifications (construction documents),
903.1
System selection, 905.0
Water sprinkler systems, 906.0
Where required, 904.1
Automobiles, parkmg
Open pailcing structures, 313.2, 406.0
Private gai-ages, 202.0, 407.0
Public garages, 202.0, 402.16, 408.0
Awnings
Clearance, 3205.0
Covers and boxes, 3203. 10
Fixed, 3205.3
Loads, 1609.0
Moveable, 3205.2
Over public property, 3203.9, 3205. 1
Pennit for 3205.1
Plastic, 2604.8
Retractable. 3205.2
808
780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/1 9/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
INDEX
B, luse group, business, 304.0
Balcony-
Exits, 1006.2.2
Exterior balconies, 3203.8
Exterior construction of, 1406.4
Live loads, 1606.0
Over public property, 3203.8
Permissible street projections, 3203.8
Railings, 1012.8, 1021.4, 1615.5
Steps, 1012.0
Banner and cloth signs, 3 102. 12. 1
Barricades
Construction, where required, maintenance, 3304.2,
3310.1
Bars, reinforcing
Clear cover in concrete footings, 1810.3.2
Details of reinforcement, 1910.0, 1911.4
Reinforcing steel, 2208.0
Basement
Dampproofing, 1813.0
Definition, 202.0
Enclosure of stairways, 1014. 1 1
Fire suppression system required, 904.10
Floors above, protection of, 1006 3. 1
Ratproofing, 1215.0
Required exits, 1010.2
Stairway construction 1014
Underground structures, 405.0
Waterproofing, 1813.0
Bathrooms
Light and ventilation, 1205.0
Mechanical ventilation allowed, 1205.2
Window area required for, 1208 2
Bay window (also see Windows, bay)
Construction of, 1406.5
Over public property, projection, 3203.7
Beams
Bottom flange protection, 715.6
Fireresistance, rating of. Table 602, 715.0
Fireresistance, reinforced concrete. Table 602
Reinforced concrete 1901.
Steel, formed, 2206.0
Steel, structural, 2203.0
Structural, glued-laminated, 2307.1
Supports, 3605.2.4
Wood, 2303.0, 2305.0
Wood in heavy timber construction, 2304.0
Bearing (Loadbearing)
For wood beams and girders, 2305.6. 1, 2305.6.3
On hollow masonry units. 1812.3.3. 2112.1.2.2
Bearing partitions (see Walls)
Bearing, soil capacity, 1804.0
Bearing walls (see Walls)
Bleachers, J013.0
Blocks concrete masonry units (see Masonry)
Board and care facilities (see 1, use group, institutional)
Board of appeals, 121.0
Boarding houses (see Residential buildings)
Bond, masonry
Foundation walls, 1 8 1 2.3 .5
Masonr>' veneers, 1 405 . 5
Masonry walls, 21 10.0, 21 1 1.0
Borings and tests of soils, 1802.0, 1803.0, 1804.0
Bracing
Adjoining existing buildings, 3309.3
Exterior stud walls, 2305.7
For stud walls and partitions, bearing, 2305.4.2
Masonry walls, lateral, 2108.0
Seismic, 1903.0, 1904.0, 2104.0. 2204.0, 2305.
2306.0
Brick (see Masonry)
Bridges
Over sidewalks (wrecking), 3304.3
Pedestrian walkways, 3 106.0
Bridging, wood floors, 2305. 14.2
Building
Allowable areas and heights, 503.0, Table 503
Alterations of existing buildings, 3400.0, 3404.0
Ceiling height, 3603.8
Certificate of use and occupanc>', 1 20.0
Change in use, 3400.3
Classified by type of construction, 602. 1
Classified by use or occupancy, 302. 1
Construction precautions. Chapter 33
Definition, 202.0
Design criteria, 3603. 1
Doors, 3603.11
Exits, 3603.10
Flood resistant, 3107.0
Garages, 3603.5
General limitations. Chapter 5
Glazing, 3603.20
Height, definition. 202.0
Height mcKiifications, 504.0
Heights, allowable, 503.0, Table 503, 504.0, 507.1
High-rise, 403.0
Historic, 3409.0
Maintenance, 103.0
Permissible street projections, 3203.0
Room dimensions, 3603.7
Stairways, 3603. 13
Temporary, 110.2
Two or more on same lot, 503. 1.3, 1201.2
Unlimited area, 507.0
Unsafe, 121.0
Building department
Annual report, 105.5.1
General, 1 05.0
Records, 106.7
Building of&cial (see Code ofiQcial), 202.0
Building paper, 1405.3.6
Building permits (see Permits)
Business buildings, Use Group B, 304.0
Caisson piles, 1824.0
Calculations required, 110.8
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition
809
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Canopies
Construction, 3 105.0, 3205.4
Loads, 1609.6.2
On exterior walls, 3205.4
Over public property, 3205. 1
Caibon dioxide extinguishing system (see Automatic fire
suppression systems)
Cast iron, 2209.0
Cast stone
Bonding, 21 10.0
General requirements, 2105.3
Cavity walls
Definition (see Walls), 202.0, 3606.6
Ceilings
Finishes, 3608.5
Fireresistance rated assemblies, 713.0
Height 1204.0, 3603.8
Panels, 713.1.1
Plenums, 2805.0
Cellar (see Basement)
Cement
Ck)ncrete, materials, mixes, 1906.0
Stucco, 2506.0
Water-cement ratio, 1908.2
Central-station system
Definition, 202.0
Fire suppression system supervision, 923.1
Ceramic tile
Mortar, types and mix, 2105. 10
Veneers, 1405.5
Certificate of occupancy
Definition, 202.0
Existing buildings, 120.2, 120.3, 120.4
, General, 120.1
Temporaiy occupancy, 120.3
Change of use, 202.0, 3400.0, 3405.0
Changes in plans, 1 10. 1
Changes to buildings
Alterations, 3400.1, 3404.0
Existing, 3400.1
Rehabilitation, 3400. 1, 3404.0
Chases (see Masonry)
Chemicals
High-hazard use group, 307.0
Child day care center
Use Group E, 305.0
Use Group 1-2,308.3.1
Use Group R, 3 10.5.1
ChimnQ's
Chimn^s and fireplaces, 3610.0
Clearance, 3610.2.14
Crickets. 3610.2. 16
Design, 3610.0
Factoiy Built, 3610.3
Firestopping, 3610.2.15
Flue lining, 3610.2.7, 3610.2.8
Load, 3610.2.4
Masoniy,
Multiple flue, 3610.2.9
Support, 3610.2.1
Termination, 3610.2.5
Wall thickness, 3610.2.6
Churches
Use Group A-4, assembly, 303.0
Chutes
Linen and refiise, 2807.0
Classification
Of buildings, by code official, 302. 1
Of buildings, by occupancy, 302.0
Of buildings, by types of construction, 602.0
Of types of constniction, 603.0. 604.0, 605.0, 606.0
Clay tile
General, 2105.0
Veneer, 1405.0
Clearances
Around concrete reinforcing, 1 8 1 0.3 .2
Around fireplaces, 21 14.6
Around timber in masoniy, 2305.6.3
Awnings, movable, 3203.9, 3203. 10, 3205.2
Marquee a^Miings, 3203. 1 1
Minimum ceiling heights, 1204.0
Of balconits above grade, 3203.8
Of wood above grade, 23 1 1.4.2
Projection over sidewalks, 3203.0
Under fu-st floor joists, 1210.2
Coal pockets, 418.3.1.6
Code official
Appoints inspectors, 105.1
Charge of building department (duties and powers),
106.1
Classifies building, 302. 1
Definition, 202.0
Deputies, 104.4
Duties and powers of, 105.0, 106.0, 1 10.0
Inspections by, 106.4, 115.0
Issues permits, 105.0, 106.2, 108.0
Liability, 105.7
Record of permits required, 105.8
Records, of ficial, 105.8
Reports, 105.5
Rule-makisig authority, 108. 1
Columns
Cast-iron construction, 2209.4.1
Concrete-fiUed pipe, 1912.0
Fireresistance and protection of. Table 602, 715.0
FireresistaoLce tests, 704.0
Heavy timber constniction, 605. 1 , 2304.0
Live load reduction, 1608.0
Working stresses, cast iron. Table 2210.2
Combustibility tests, 704.7
Combustible
Dusts, grain processing and storage, 307.4, 4 1 8.3. 1
Fibers, 307.5
Liquids, 307.4, 418.3.2
Combustible materials
Decorative material restrictions, 807.0
Definition, 202.0
Exterior trim restrictions, 1406.0
Flameresistance tests, 807.2
Insulation, 707.4, 722.0
Interior trinj, 803.5
Permitted in noncombustible construction, 602.4,
806.0
Compliance with permit, 113.3
Computations,, required, 107.7
810
780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Eflfective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
INDEX
Concealed spaces, 605.1, 720.6.1, 720.7.2, 722.3
Concentrated loads, 1613.0
Concrete
Aggregates, 1906.3
Caissons, 1824.0
Cementitious material, limitations, 1 907. 1 .2.2
Columuas, concrete-fiUed pipe, 1912.0
Definition, 202.0
Ducts, 3619.1
Floors (on grade), 3605.5
Footings, 1810.0
Minimum dimensions, 1905.0
Piles, 1818.0, 1819.0, 1820.0, 1821.0
Pipes in, 1909 3
Plain concrete, 1901.2, 1904.0
Reinforced (also see Reinforced concrete), 1901.1,
1910.0
Shingles, 3609.6
Shotaete, 1911.0
Units (also see Masonry), 2105. 1
Weathering, 3604.2.2
Concrete, masonry blocks (see Blocks, concrete masonry
units)
Condensation, 1210.0, 1405.3.10
Condition of permits, 113.0
Construction
Approval of materials, etc., 109.0, 1704.0
Element walls, 3604.4
Cavity wall masomy, 3606.6
Classification of construction materials, 1707.0
Concrete, 1908.0
Covered by code, 102.0
Fences, 3304.2
Footings, 3604.3
Foundations, 3604.0
General requirements, 602.0, 1 70 1 .0
Grouted masonry, 3606.7
Inspection, 115.0, 1705.0
Masonry, 2112.0, 3606.4
Metal, 3608.4
Reinforced hollow masomy, 3606.7.4
Roof-ceiling, 3608.0
Stage, 413.2
Steel, 2203.0, 2205.0, 2206.0, 2207.0, 2209.0, 2210.0
Types of construction, 603.0, 604.0, 605.0, 606.0
WaU, 3606.0
Wood, 2305.0
Construction op^ations
Demolition, 33 10.0
Excavation, 3310.0
Existing buildings, 3309.0
Fire hazards, 3305.0
General, 3301.0
Lighting, 3315.0
Retaining walls, 33 11.0
Storage, materials, 33 12.0
Conveyors, 3010.0
Cooling towers 1510.
Coping
Flashing, 1405.3.10
On retaining walls, 1825.4
Corbeling
Foundation walls, 1 8 12.5
Masomy, 21 12.2
Cornices
Masonry, 21 12.2.1
Projections, 3203.3
Type of construction, 1406.0
Corridors
Arrangements, 1006.2. 1011. 1
Capacity of egress width, 1009.0
Deadends. 1011.2
Defmition. 202.0
Fireresistance ratings. Table 602
Height, 1204.1
Obstructions, 1011.1
Prohibited use, 1005.0
Widths, 1009.2, 1011.3
Courts
Defmition. 1202.0
General, 1212..1
Obstructions, 1213.0
Permissible encroachments , 1 2 1 3 .2
Covered mall buildings
Definition, 402.2
General, 402.0
Smoke control systems, 92 1 . 1
Coverings
For exterior stairs, 1014.12
For exteriors, weather protection, 1405.2. 1. 3607.3
Interior fmishes, 803.0, 3607.2
Roofs, Chapter 15, 3609.0
Wall, 3607.0
Crawl spaces
Foam plastics, 2603.4. 1 .4
Plenums, 2805.1
Ventilation, 1210.2,3604.9
Waterproofing, 18 13. 1.2, 3604.9. 1
Curiain boards, 922.3
Curtain wall
Ratproofing, 1215.0
Curtains (also see Decorations)
Atrium separations, sprinkler obstructions, 404.5
Decorative material.restrictions, 404.3, 807. 1
Proscenium, 412.3.6
Fire, accessibility, 717.3
Fire, approved type, 717.1
Fire, definition, 202.0
Where required, 717.2
Dampproofing 1813.0
Dance halls
Use Group A-2, assembly, 303.2
Dangerous structures, 121.0
Day care facilities (see Child day care center)
Dead loads
I^ay, 3603.22
Definition (see Load), 202.0
Design, 1605.0
Decisions of board of appeals, 122.4
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition
811
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
E)ecorations (also see Interior fmish and trim)
Atriums, 404.3
Curtains, 404.5, 412.3.6, 807.1
Flameresistance tests, 807.2
Restrictions, 807.1
Stages, 412.3.5.1
Decorative features
Projections, 3203.4
Definitions, 202.0
Deflection criteria, 604.5.1, 709.3.2, 2308.2.6
Demolition
General, 112.0
Permit, when required, 1 12. 1
Standpipes maintained, 3305.3.4
Unsafe buildings, 121.0, 121.5
Depth of footings
Governed by frost line, 1806.1
Governed by loading, 1805.0
Design
Approved by code official, 1704. 1
Cast-in-place concrete piles, 1 820.0
Composite piles, 1823.1
Dead load, 1605.0
Fire protective requirements (see Fire protection
systems)
Fonned steel construction. 2206. 1
Foundation walls, 1 8 1 2. 1
General 1601.0
Glass, glazing, 2402.0, 2403.0
Liveloads, 1606.0, 1607.0
Lumber and timber construction, 2303. 1
Masonry wall construction, 2101.0
Plain concrete, 1901.2
Plastics, 2603.0
Precast concrete piles 1 82 1 . 1
Proscenium curtains, 412.3.6
Reinforced concrete, 190. 1
Retaining walls, 1825.2
Safe load, 1604.0
Seismic (earthquake), 1612.3
Signs, general requirements, 3 102.6
Special steels, 2207.1
Steel pipe and tapered tubular piles, 1819.0
Wind loads,161 1.0
Detection systems, automatic fire (also see Fire protection
systems)
Airport traffic control towers, 4 14.3
Approval, 918.3
Atriums, 404.6
Definition, 202.0
General requirements, 918.0
High'rise buildings, 403.4
HPM facilities, 416.9.2
Plans and specifications, 918.2
Sprinklered buildings exception, 918.5
Use Group 1-2,409.5.1
Where required, 918.4
Zones, 918.6
Deviations
From code, 109.3
Devices for window cleaning, 3 1 10.0
Display of permit, 111.14
Doors
Air-supported structures, 3 104.8
Approved type, foe, 716.1, 716.2
Arrangement, 1006.2, 1017.2.3
Automatic-closing devices for, 7 16.5
Bolts, surf ace, 1017.4.1.1
Corridors 409.3.1, 1011.1.3. 1011.4.2
Egress, means of, 1017.0
Exterior walls, 706.4
Fire (see Fire doors)
Fire partitions, 711.0
Fire separation assemblies, 709.0
Fire walls, 707.0
In horizontal exits, 1019.2
Locationof, 1006.0, 1017.4
Panic hardware, 1 1 7.4.2
Power operated, 1017.4.3
Rated fire door assemblies, 716.1
Required to open out, 1014.8.2, 1017.4
Revolving, 1018.0
Stairways, exterior, 1014. 12
Stairways, interior, 1014.8, 1014.11
Security grilles, 1017.5
Signs, 1017.4.1, 1017.4.1.2
Smokeproof enclosures, 1015.4.1, 1015.5.1. 1015.5.2,
1015.6.1
Stages, 412.3.4
Use Group 1-2.409.3.1
Use Group 1-3,410.3,410.4
Width of, 1017.3
Wiredglass in, 719.2
Dormers, 1510.6
Dormitories
Defmition (see Dwellings), 202.0
Use Group R-i, residential, 3 10.0
DoubtfiU use classification, 302. 1
Downspout
For roofs, 3203. 11.3
Materials, 1406.0
Draftstoppmg
Definition, 202.0
General, 720.0
Drainage
Foundation systems, 1813.5
Marquees, 3203.1 1.3
Dressing rooms (see Theaters)
Dry cleaning plants
General, 418.3.4
Use group classification, 306.0
Drying rooms, 2806.0
Diywall (see Gypsum board)
Ducts
Fire dampers required in, 717.0
Firestopping openings, 720.6.4
Dumbwaiter
Definition, 202.0
Dusts, combustible, 307.2, 418.3. 1
812
780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
INDEX
Duties
Of board of appeals, 122.0
Of code official, 106.0
Dwellings
Area and height limitations, general, S03.0, Table S03
Ceiling height, 1204.1
Definition, 202.0
Fire partitions in, 3 10.5, 7 II. 4
Floor area, minimum, 1204.2
Use Group R, residential, 310.0
£, use group, educational, 305.0
Earthquake (seismic) design
Concrete,1903.0,1904.0
Foundations, 1810.2.1, 1815.2.1, 1816.3, 1816.7.1,
1816.11.1, 1818.3 1819.3, 1820.1.2, 1820.5.4,
1821.3.5, 1821.3.6, 1824.3
Inspection related to 1705.3.3.2, 1705.4.5, 1705.9,
1705.10,1705.11
Loads, 1612.0
Masonry, 2101.2, 2104.0
Soils,1802.1. 1,1805.2,1805.3
Steel, 2203.2, 2203.2.1, 2204.0, 2206.3, 2207.2.1
Wood, 2305.8, 2305.9, 2306.0
Eaves
Construction, 1406.0
Draftstopping, 720.7.2
Projection, 3203.0
Educational buildings. Use Group E, 305.0
Egress (see Means of egress)
Electrical equipment and systems. Chapter 27
Elevated walkways, 3 106.0
Elevators, 3000.0 .
Emergency
Controls, proscenium curtains, 412.3.6.4
Escape, 1010.4
Lighting, 1024.0
Signs for exits, 1023.0
Emergency electrical systems (also see Standby power
systexas)
High-rise buildings, 403.9.3
Emergency measures
Closing streets, 121.5
Cost of emergency repairs, 121.5
Emergency repairs, 121.2,121.4
Temporaiy safeguards, 121.3
Vacating structures, 120.1
Employees, E<estrictions on, 105.6
Enclosure
For elevators, 3007.1.1
For mtenor stairs, 1014. 1 1
For motion picture projection rooms, 4 1 1 .2
Of exterior staiiways,1014.12
Ramps, 1016.0
Shafts, 710.0
Enclosure walls (see Walls)
Encroachments
Awnmgs and canopies, 3203.9
Court, 1213.0
Existing, 3202.6
General, 3201.0
Special and temporaiy, 3204.0
Street, 3202.0
Yard, 1213.0
Energy conservation
Alternative systems, 13 16.0
Exceptions, 1301.4
Exterior envelope requirements, 1309.0. 1 3 14.0
General, 1300.0
hi electrical distribution systems, 13 12.0
In mechanical systems, 13 10.0, 13 1 1 .0
In water heating systems, RESERVED
Plans and specifications, 1303.0
Enforcement of code, 106.0
Engineering calculations, 107.7, 110.8
Engineenng practice, 116.0
Escalators, 1006.6,3001.0
Excavations
Protection of, 33 10.0
Protection of adjoining property, 3308.0
Walkways over, 3304.3
Exhaust systems
Contaminants to outdoor air, 1208.3
Spray spaces, 419.2
Existing buildings
Additions, alterations, repairs. Chapter 34
Areas, allowable. Table 5 03, 3404. 9
Certificate of (xxupancy, 120.0
Change in existing use, 3405.0
Change of occupancy, 3405.0
Condemnation of, 1 19. 1
Continuation of, 102.2
Definition (see Building), 202.0
Demolition, 1 12.0
General requirements, 3400.1
Inspection of, 106.4, 106.5. 115.0
Moving, 102.5.6, 3407.0
Nonstructural alterations and repairs, 3404.4
Protection during construction operations, 3304.0
Roof coverings, 1512.0
Unsafe, 121.0
Existing electrical installations, 2708.0
Existing signs, 3401
Exitlights, 1023.0, 1024.0
Exit signs, 1023.0 ^
Exits (see Means of egress), 3603. 10
Expiration of permit 111.7
Explosion hazards, 307.3, 417.5. 1
Exterior envelope
Definition, 202.0
Requirements, 1301.0,1305.0, 1309.0. 1314.0
Exterior opening, protection required, 706.0
Exterior stairways, 1 1 4. 1 2
Exterior trim restrictions, 1406.0, 705. 1.2
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition
813
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Exterior walls
Fireresistance ratings, 507.2, Table 602, 705.0
General, Chapter 14
Extinguishers, fire, 920.0
F, use group, factory and industrial, 306.0
Faced (veneered) walls (see Walls)
Factory buildings
Use Group F, factory and industrial, 306.0
Use Group H, high-hazard, 307.0
Fasteners
Roof construction, 1505.2, 1507.0
Schedule, Table 2305.2
Weather coverings, 1405.3.7
Wood construction, 2305.2
Fees
For demolition, 1 12.2
For moving of buildings, 112.2
For new construction and alterations, 1 14.3
For signs, 1 12.2
General, 1 14.0
Payment of, 113.1
Refiinds, 112.5
Schedule, 114.3.1
Special, 114.2
Fences
Excavations, 3310.0
For construction purposes, 3304.2
General requirements, 33 1 1 .0
Use Group U, 312.0
Film
Projection rooms, 411.0
Storage and use of flammable fihn, 411.1
Finish, interior (see Interior finish and trim)
Fire
Alarm system (see Fire protection system)
Area, definition, 202.0
Dampers, 717.0
Firestopping, 202.0, 720.0
Hydrants, 916.0
Sprinklers and standpipes, 904.0, 906.0, 914.0, 915.1
Fire department
Central control station for, 923.0
Connections, 915.0, 915.2
Fire detection systems, 918.0
Fire doors
Closing devices, 716.5
Corridors, 1011.4.2
Definition (see Doors), 202.0
Dressing rooms, 412.5.2
Exterior walls, 706.0
Fire partitions, 711.3
Fire sq)aration walls, 709.3
Fire walls, 708.3
General, 704.3, 716.0
Horizontal exits, 1 1 9.2. 1
Proscenium walls, 412.3.5
Shafts, 710.3.1
Smoke barriers, 712.3
Stage enclosures, 412.3.4
Stairways, 1014.9
Wiredglass, 716.4, 719.0
Fire escapes
General, 1025.0
Maintenance of 1028.0
Fire extinguishers, 920.0
Fire protection systems
Area increased by, 506.3
Automatic fire detection systems, 918.0
Automatic fire detection, where required, 918.4
Carbon dioxide extinguishing system, 909.0
Design, 903. 1.3
Dry-chemiical extinguishing system, 910.0
Fire department connection, 915.0
Foam-extinguishing system, 91 1.0
General requirements, 901.0
Halogenated fu-e-extinguishing system, 912.0
Height increased by, 504.2
Limited area sprinkler system, 907.0
Manual fue alarm system, 917.0
Manual fiie alarm system, where required, 917.4
Nonrequired systems, 901.3
Outside sprinklers, 706.2
Plans and specifications, 903.0
Smoke control systems, 921.0
Standpipea, where required, 914.2
Supervision, 923.0
Suppression system selection, 905.0
Temporal^' standpipe requirements, 3305.3
Water-spray fixed systems, 908.0
Water sprinkler system, 906.0
Where required, 904. 1
Yard hydriints 916.0
Fire pumps, power source, 403.9. 1 .3
Fire separation distance, 202.0, 507. 1, Table 602, 705.0
Fire shutters, 718.0
Fire suppression system (see Automatic fire suppression
systems)
Fire towers (see Smokeproof enclosure), 1015.0
Fire walls, 707.0
Fire windows, 718.0
Fireplaces, 21 14.0, 3610.0
Fireresistance ratings
Assemblies:, Table 602, 704.0
Definition, 202.0
Exterior opening protectives, 706.0
Exterior wjUIs, 705.0
Fire dampers, 717.0
Fire doors, 7 16.0
Fire partitions, 711.0
Fire separation walls, 709.0
Fire wall openings, 708.0
Firewalls, 707.0
Fire windows, 718.0
Floor construction, 709.0, 713.0
General, 701.0
Plans and specifications, 703. 1
Roof constiruction, 714.0
Shafts, 710.0
Smoke baniers, 712.0
Special requirements, 504.6, 504.7
Structural members, 715.0
Tests, 704.0
814
780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
INDEX
Fireresistance ratings of structure elements. Table 602
Fireretardant-treated wood
Labeling, 2310.2.2
Strength modifications, 23 10.2. 1
Tests, 2310.2
Use limitations, 23 1 0. 1
Firestopping
Architectural trim, 720.6.5,1406.2.4
Between wood sleepers, 806.2
Definition, 202.0
Floor/roof ceiling assemblies, 720.0, 720.7.1, 3606.2.7
General requirements, 720.0, 720.1
Of attic spaces, 720.0, 720.7.2
Flagpoles, 1510.1
Flameresistance
General, 807.2
Interior floor finishes, 805.0
Interior hangings and decorations, 807.0
Interior trim, 803 .5
Interior wall and ceiling finishes, 803.4
Tests, 807.2.2
Textile wall coverings, 803.6
Flammable liquids, 307.0, 417.0, 418.0
Flashing, 1405.3.10
Floodproofing, 3107.0
Area, 503.0, Table 503, 506.0, 507.0
Assemblies, construction, 713.0
Combustible materials permitted in Types 1 and 2
construction, 602.4,806.0
Concrete, 3605,5
Metal, 3605.6
Treated-Wood, 3605.4
Wood, 3605.2
Floor
Area, definition, 202.0
Level of exit discharge protection, 1006.3. 1
Loads, 1606.0
Public garages, 408.3.3
Ratproofing, 1215.0
Theater stages, 412.3.1
Wood panel sheathing, 2307.3.1
Floor openings
Atriums, 404.0
Public garages, 408.3.3
Shaft enclosure exceptions, 713.3
Floor surface at doors, 1017.L1
Foam°extinguishing systems, 91 1.0
Foam plastics
Diversified tests, 2603.8
Exterior walls, 2603.4. 1.8
General, 2603.1
Insulation, 722.0, 2603.4.1.5
Interior finish and trim, 804.3.1, 2603.7
Labeling, 2603.2
Prescriptive installations, 2603.4.1
Footings
Allowable loads, 1804.0, 1805.0
Concrete, design, 1810.0, 3605.2
Depth, 1806.0
Design, 1807.0
Forming, 1810.6
Frost Protection 1806.1
Masonry, 1811.0
Prepared fill, 1705.7
Reinforced concrete, 1810.3.2
Soils report, 1804.1
Steel griUage, 1809.0
Timber. 1808.0
Formed steel construction, 2206.0
Foundation systems
Allowable loads, 1805.0
Caissons, 1824.0
Cripple walls, 3606.2.8
Design, 1812.1
Footings (see Footings)
For neighboring building, 33 10.2
May project beyond property line, 3202.4
Minimum depth, 1806.0
Minimum thickness, 1812.3
Piers. 1815.0
Piles, 1816.0 through 1824.0
Ratproofing, 1215.1
Steel grillage, 1809.0
WaUs, 1812.0
Wood and timber, 1808.0
Frame construction, wood
General requirements, 2303.0, 2305.0. 2306.0
Frost protection
Depth of footings, 1806.2
Garages
Beneath a dwelling, 407.3
Construction of public garages, 408.3
Definition, 202.0
Fire doors, 407.6
Open Parking structures, 406.0
Private, 407.0
Public, 408.0
Separations, 407.3, 407.4, 407.7
Storage of flammables, 408.4, 408.5
Ventilation, 408.5
Garages, private
Connected to dwelling, 407.3, 407.4, 407.7, 3603.5
Defimtion, 202.0
Use Group U, utility and Eniscellaneous, 3 12.0
Garages, public
Construction Umited, 408.3
Definition, 202.0
Fire suppression system required, 408.3.1
Use Group S-1, storage, 3 1 1.0
Ventilation required, 408.5
Gardens, roof, 1008.3
Gas
Hazardous, 307.0, 417.0, 418.1
Glass and glazing
Area required for natural light, 1206.2, 1208.2
Atrium enclosure, 404.5
Block reinforcement, 2 11 5. 4
Block walls, 2105.5, 21 15.0
Dimensional tolerances, 2402.4
Doors, 2405.2
Fire windows, 718.0
Greenhouses, 2404.4
Guards, 2406.0
9/19/97 (EfFective 2/28/97) = corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition
815
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Handrails, 2406.0
Impact loads, 2405. 1
In fircdoors, 718.0, 719.2
Jalousies, 2402.5
Labeling, 2402.1
Plastic (see Light-transmitting plastics)
Protected openings, 718.0, 719.0
Racquetball and squash courts, 2407.0
Safety, 2405.0, 3603.20.4
SkyUghts, 2404.0
Sloped, 2404.0
Supports, 2402.2
Unsupported edges, 2402.3
Veneer, structural, 1405.7
Wind loads, 1611.0,2403.1
Wired glass, 7 19.0
Glazed masonry units, 2105.2
Glazing (see Glass and glazing)
Glued-laminated lumber construction, 23 13. 1
Grade
Definition, 202.0
Depth of footings and foundations below, 1806.0,
1808.0, 1810.0, 1812.0
Grading a lot, 3310.4
Grain processing and storage, 4 18.3. 1
Grandstands, 1002.1, 1013.0
Greenhouses
Glazing, 2404.4
Membrane structure materials, 3 103.3.2
Grounding
Metal veneer, 1405.4.3
Radio and television antennas, 3 109.3
Radio and television towers, 3108.5
Group homes
Use Group M, institutional, 308.0
Grout (also see Mortar), 2105.0
Guards
Balconies, 1005.5
General, 1021.0, 3603.14.2
Glass in, 2406.0
Open parking structures, 406.5
Retaining vralls, 1 825 .5
Stairways, 1014.7
Structural design, 1615.5, 1615.8
Wheel 406.6, 408.3.2
Gutters
For roof, 3203.11,3
Materials, 1406.0
Gypsum
Construction, 2504.0
Gypsum board
Installation, 2503.3
Materials, 2503.0
Standards. 2503.2, 3607.2.3
H
H, use group, high-hazard, 307.0
Habitable space
Definition, 202.0
Halogenated extinguishing systems, 9 12.0
Handicappecl and aged, requirements for, Chapter 11,
3006.3
Handrails
Details, 1022.2
General, 1022.0,3603.14
Grandstands and bleachers, 1 022 .
Ramped aisles, 1012.5
Ramps, 1016.5. 1022.2
Retaining walls, 1825.5
Stairways, 1014.7, 1022.2
Structural design, 1615.5
Hardware on exit doors, 1 1 7.4
Hazardous uses
General, 416.0, 417.0, 418.0
High-haziird, 307.0
Low-hazard, 311.1
Moderate-hazard, 31 1.2
Production materials (HPM), 416.0
Prohibitedl locations, 313.2
Storage segregation, 417.0
Headroom
Ceiling heights, 1 204. 1
Ramps, 1016.2.2
Stairways, 1014.4
Hearth for fiieplace, 21 14.5, 3610.4.5, 3610.5.1
Heated space, definition, 202.0
Heating systems
Fireplaces, 2114.0
Gas-fired equipment, 280 1 .2
General requirements, 2801.0
Heavy timber construction, 605.0, 2306. 1
Height
Awnings, 3203.9, 3203.10
Buildings (see Height, buildings)
Ceiling, 1204.1,3603.8
Guards, 1021.2
Handrails, 1022.2.2
Marquees, 3203.11.1
Masonry veneers, 1 405 . 5 . 1
Parapet wjills, 705.6
Permissible street projections, 3203.0
Stairway, maximum vertical rise, 1014.5
Towers, spires, cupolas, aerial supports, poles, etc.,
1510.0
Height, buildings
Airport traifGc control towers, 414.0
Allowable, 503.0, Table 503
Alteration; for existing buildings, 3403. 1 , 3404.4
Covered mall buildings, 402.1, 402.7
Day care centers, 504.4
Defmition, 202.0
Higih-rise, 403.1, 403.3.3.1
HPM facilities, 416.3
Membrane structures, 3 103.3.5
Modifications, 504.0
Open parking structures, 406.4
Restrictions, 503.3, 507. 1
Special industrial uses, 503.1.1
Unlimited area buildings. 507.0
816
780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
INDEX
High-hazard
Accessory areas to, 302. 1 .2. 1
Application of flammable finishes, 4 1 9.0
Classification, 302. 1.2.1
Control areas, 307.8, 417.2
Definition, 307.2
Exceptions, 307.8
Exempt quantities, 307.8, Table 307.8(1), Table
307.8(2)
Explosion control, 417.5.1
Flammable and combustible liquids, 41S.3.2
Hazardous materials, 417.0
Liquefied petroleum gas distribution facilities, 418.3.3
Multiple hazards, 307.7
Outside storage, dispensing and utilization, 417.6
Unlimited area structures, 507.1, 507.1.2
Use group requirements, 417.0, 418.0
Use group structure height exemption, 504.5
Use groups, 307.0
High-rise buildings
Alarm and communication systems, 403.5, 403.6
Applicability, 403.1
Automatic sprinkler system, 403.2, 403.3
Central control station, 403.7
Elevators, 403.8
Emergency systems, 403.9
Exits in, 403.10
Maintenance and inspection, 901.4
Seismic consideration in, 1612 6
Smoke detection systems, 403.4
Historic buildings and districts, 3409.0
Homes for aged
Use Group 1-1, institutional, 308.2
Horizontal exits
Definition (See Means of egress), 202.0
General irequirements, 1019.0
Hospitals
Use Group 1-2, institutional, 308.3
Hotels
Definition (see Dwellings), 202.0
Use Group R=l, residential, 310.3
House, lodging
Use Group R, residential, 310.0
HPM use facilities, 416.0
Hydrants, fire yard systems, 916. 1
Insane asylums
Use Group 1-3, institutional, 308.0
Inspection
By code official, 105.4, 106.4, 115.0
Final, 115.5
Of electrical wiring, 2704.0
Of existing buildings, 106.4
Of heating systems, 2804.0
Of prefabricated construction, 1 13 2.2
Of signs, 3102.5.4
Of unsafe buildings, 12 10
Required preliminary, 115.1, 115.2
Special, 202.0, 1705.0
Insulation
Fiberboards for roof, 2309.3
Fiberboards for wall. 2309.4
Foam plastics, 803.3.1, 2603.0
Thenna! insulating materials, requirements, 722.0
Interior environmental requirements. Chapter 12
Interior fmish and trim
Application of, 804.0
Classification of materials, 803.2. 803.4
Decorative material restrictions, 807. 1
Flame spread of, 803.2, 803.4
Flameresistance tests, 807.2
Floor finishes, 805.1, 805.2
Foam plastics, 803.3. L 2603.0
General requirements, 803.0
Lath, 3607.2.2
Plaster, 3607.2.2
Restrictions in Types 1 and 2 buildings, 806.0
Special amusement buildings, 413.6
Textile wall coverings, 803. 7
Use group requirements, 803.4, Table 803.4
Interior lot lines
Definition (See Lot), 202.0
Jails
Use Group 1-3, institutional, 308.4
Jalousies
Windows and doors, 2402.5
Judsdiction
Adopting this code, 101.1
I, use group, institutional, 308.0
Identification for plastics, 260 1 .4
Identification for signs, 3 102.4.5
Illuminated signs, 3 102. 13
Industrial
Use Group F, factory and irulustrial, 306.0
Industrial heating appliances, classification, 2801.2. 1
Infirmaries
Use Group 1=2, institutional, 308.3
Inner court
Definition (see Courts), 202.0
L
Label, definition, 202.0
Labeling, 1703.1.1, 1704.3
Landing of stairs,1014.3.2, 1014.5
Landings of ramps, 1016.4
Lathing and plastering, 2505.0, 2506.0
Liability, code official, 105.7
Licenses
Fees for, 1 14.0
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition
817
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Light, illumination
Artificial, 1207.0, 3603.6.5
Court requirements for, 1212.0
For existing buildings, 3401
For exit signs, 1023.0
General, 1201.0
Natural, 1206.0
Required, 1205.0
Window requirements, 1206.2
Light-transmitting plastics
Approved types, 2604. 1
Bathroom accessories, 2604.7
Connections, 2604.3
Definition (see Plastics), 202.0
Glazing of unprotected openings, 2606.0
Light-diffusing systems, 2604.5
Partitions, 2604.6
Roof panels, 2607.0
SkyUghts, 2608.0
Linen chutes, 2807.0
Lintel
Fire protection, 715.2
Masonry support, 1405.5.2
Over openings, fi'ame construction, 2305. 1 1
Liquids
Flammable and combustible, .307.4, 417.3, 418.3.2
Liquefied petroleum gases, 307.4, 418.3.3
Load design, 1604 0, 1605.0, 1607.0, 1708.0
Load earthquake (see Earthquake design)
Load, glass
hnpact loads, 2405.1
Jalousies, 2402.5
Wind loads, 2403.1
Load, impact
Assembly structures, 1614.5
Craneways, 1614.4
Definition, 202.0
Elevators, 1614.2
General, 1614.1
Machinery, 1614.3
Load (live, dead, floor)
Combination of, 1616.0
Concentrated, 1613.0
Craneways, 1614.4
Definition, 202.0
Deflections allowable, 1604.5
Documentation of, 1603.0
Earthquake, 1612.0
Floor loads, occupancy, 1606.1, Table 1606.1
Footings and foundations, 1805.0, 1807.0
For concrete footings, 1807.0, 1810.0
For retaining wall design, 1615.2
Glass (see Load, glass)
Guards, 1615.8
Impact (see Load, impact)
Interior finish, 803.7
Piles, allowable, 1817.0
Railings, 1615.5
Reductions allowed, 1608.0
Roof; 1609.0, 1611.0
Snow. 1610.0, 3603.1 J
Soil, bearing capacity, 1804.0
Special, 1615.0
Tests, 1604.3
Uniform, 1606.0
Wind (see Load, wind)
Load, wind
Chimneys., 1611.12
Exterior walls, 1611.0
General requirements, 161 1.0
Glass, 2403.1
Roofs, 1609.0,1611.10, 1611.11
Signs, 1611.12.2
Lobbies and jpassageways as exits, 1020.0
Lodging houf>es
Defmition (see Dwellings), 202.0
Use Group R residential, 3 10.0
Lot
Defmition, 202,0
Interior lot line, defmition (see Lot line), 202.0
Line fences, 3311.1
Regulations for, 33 10.4, 33 10.5
Lumber (also see Wood construction)
Grade of, 2301.1, 3606.2.2
M
M, use group,, mercantile, 309.0
Maintenance
Of exit facilities, 1028.2
Of fire protection systems, 901 .4
Of signs, 3102.5.2
Malls, covered, 402.0
Manlifts, 3000.1
Manual fire alarm systems, 917.5.1
Marquees and canopies
Construction requirements, 3105.0, 3203.1 1.5, 3205.3
Definition (see Signs), 202.0
Drainage of water, 3203. 1 1 .3
Signs, 3102.11, 3203.11
Masonry
Anchorage, 2 1 1 1 .0, 3606.4. 10
Attachment, 3607.3.7.2
Bonding, 21 10.0, 21 11.2.1
Brick, 2105.0
Cavity wall, 3606.6
Chases and recesses, 2113.1
Concrete units, 2105. 1
Construction requirements, 21 12.0
Corbeled and protected, 21 12.2
Cornices, 2112.2.1
Definition, 202.0
Design, 2101.1.1, 2101.1.2
Fireplaces, 2114.0
Footings, 1811.0
Foundations, 1812.3.2
Freezing protection, 21 12.3
General, 3606.4.1
Glass bloclc, 21 15.0
Glazed unite, 2105.2
Grouted, 3606.7
Hollow, definition of, 202.0
HoUow units, 2105.1, 3606.5.1.2.2, 3606.7
.Lateral bracing, 2106.0, 2108.0
Lintels, 2113 2
Minimum thickness, 2 109. 1 . 1
Mortar, 2105.7
Reinforced, 2101.1.1, 3606.7.3
818
780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
INDEX
Reuse of, 2105.6
Solid, definition of, 202.0
Solid units, 2105.1, 2105.2
Stone, cast, 2105.3
Stone, natural, 2105.3
Support on wood, 2113.3
Tests, general, 1701.0
Tile, structural, 2105.2
Veneers, 1405.5.3
Matches
Use Group H, high-hazard, 307.0
Materials
Alternative, 1701.2
Approvals, 1704.0
Used, 1701.3
Matters not provided for, 102.3
Means of egress
Aisles and aisle accessways, 1012.0
Arrangement, 1006.2
Buildings with one exit, 1010.3. Table J0I0.3
Capacity, 1009.0
Corridors, 1011.0
Corridors and passageways, required v^dth for,
1011.3,1012.0
Definition, 202.0
Doors, revolving, 1018.0
Doorw^s, 1011.4.2, 1014.8, 1017.0, 1018.0, 1019.2.1
Elevator and escalator restrictions, 1006.6
Exit signs, 1023.0
Exterior exit stairwe^s, 1014.12
Fire escapes, 1025.0
From places of assembly, 1006.2.2
General provisions, 1001.0
Hardware, 1017.4
Hazards to, 1005.0
Horizontal exits, 1019.0
Interior exit stairways, 10 14.0
Length of travel, 1006.5
Level of exit discharge passageways and lobbies,
1020.0
Lighting, 1024.0
Location and type of, 1006.0
Maintenance of exits, 102S.0
Nuoiber of exits required, 1 1 0.
Occupant load, 1008.0
Opening protectives, 101 1.4
Passageways and conidors. 101 1.0
Prohibited use, 1005.0
Ramps, 10 16.0
Siidescapes, 1026.0
Smokeproof enclosure, 1015.0
Spiral stairways, 1014.6.4
Stairway, construction, 1014.9
Through adjoining spaces, 1006.2.1
To roof, 1027.0
Mechanical ventilation (see Ventilation)
Membrane structures
Definition, 202.0
General, 3103.1
Metal siding
Corrosion protection, 1405.3.8
Thickness, 1403.3
Mezzanines
Definition, 202.0
General, 505.0
Miscellaneous buildings
Use Group U, utility and miscellaneous. 3 12.0
Miscellaneous signs, 3 102.0
Mixed uses, 313.0
Mobile units, requirements, 420.0
Modification of code provisions
By board of appeals, 122.0
Of area, 506.0
Of height, 504.0
Variations, 105.6, 106.2, 106.4
Written, 106.2.1
Mortar, 2105.7, 21 12.0
Motion picture film storage, 411.1
Motion picture projection and screening rooms, 411.0
Motion picture screening rooms, 41 1.6
Motion picture studios, 41 1.7
Moved structures, 3407.0
Multiple dwelling
Definition (see Dwellings), 202.0
Use Group R-2, residential, 310.0
Nails
Fastening schedule, 2305.2, Table 2305.2
New materials or methods of construction
Alternative materials and methods of construction,
106.4, 1701.0
Board of adjustments and appeals, 121.1
Noncombustible construction
Definition, 202.0
General, 603.0
Noncombustible material (see Definitions), 202.0.
704.4.1.1
Notices
Board of appeals meeting, 121.3
Of violations, 116.1
Of work starting, 108.9
Posting occupancy load, 1003.2, 1003.3
Posting permits, 108.8
Stop work order, 1 17.0
Unsafe buildings.l 19.3,1 19.4,120. 1
Occupancy
Certificate of, 120.0
Change in occupancy, 3405.0
Covered by code, 102.0
Definition, 202.0
Occupant load
Allowances, 1008.0, Table 1008.1.2
Definition, 202.0
Maximum, 1008.1.5
Posted, 1003.3
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition
819
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Occupiable room, definition, 202.0
Ofiice buildings
Use Group B, business, 304.0
Oil storage, 2801.2
Open parking structures
Height and area, 406.4
Protective railings, 406.5
Type of construction permitted, 406.2
Use Group S-2, storage, low-hazard, 311.0
Wheel guards required, 406.6
Openings
Exterior opening protectives, 706.0
Horizontal protection, 705.3
In fire partitions, 71 1.0
In floors, 713.3
In shaft enclosure walls, 710.3. 1
On or near exterior stairways, 1014. 12.2
Protected with fire doors or windows, 704.3
Vertical protection, 705.5
Ordinary repairs, 3401.2
Oriel window
Definition, 202.0
Materials, 3203.2
Owner
Definition, 202.0
Responsibility, 1401.2
Paint
Offormed steel, 2206.4
Of structural steel, 2203.5
Spraying and spray booths, 419.0
Storage, 419.2.3
Panel walls
Glass block, 2115.0
Thickness, 1404.6
Panels
Stressed skin, 2313.2
Panic hardware, on exit doors, 1 1 7.4
Parapet wall, 705.6, 707.5
Parking structure, open (see Open paridng structures)
Particleboard
Definition, 202.0
Requirements, 2308.0, 3606.1 1
Party walls
Affected by excavations, 33 10.0
Construction of, 707.0
Continuity, 707.5
Definition (see Walls), 202.0
Parapets required, 707.5
Size and construction of openings, 708.2
Passageways
Corridors, 1011.0
Horizontal exits, 1019.0
Lobbies as exits, 1020.3
Obstructions prohibited, 1028.1
Pedestrian walkways, 3 106.0
Penalties and violations, provided by code, i 18.0
Penthouse
Definition, 202.0
General requirements, 15 10.3
Permits
Action om applications, II 1.1
Amendments to, 1 1 0. 14
Application for, 110.4, 110.13. 110.14
Approval in part, 11 0.2.2
Awnings, 3205. 1
Conditions of, 111.0
Defmition, 202.0
Electrical., Chapter 27
Examination of drawings, 108.5
Expu-ation, 110.14
Fees, 1 14.0
For awnings and canopies, 3205. 1
Issued upon affidavits, 1 10.12
Posting of. 111.14
Records to be kept 106.6, 106.7
Required, 107.1
Revoked, 111.12
Signs, 3 102.4
Suspension of, 108.2
Temporary, 110.2.1
Time limitation, 1 10. 14
To demolish buildings 1 12.0
To move buildings, 3407.0
Validity, 103.0
Valuatioas, 1 12.0
Petroleum storage
Flammable and combustible liquids, 4 1 7.0, 418.0
Liquefied petroleum gases, 418.3.3
Piers
Isolated masonry, 21 10.0
Piles
Cast-in-pliice concrete, 1820.0
Composite., 1823.0
Foundations, 1816.0
Loads allowable, 1817.0
Precast concrete, 1821.0
Special, 1824.0
Steel pipe and tubular, 1 8 1 9.0
Structural steel, 1818.0
Timber, 1822.0
Pipe
Columns, rx>ncrete-filied,1912.0
Piles, 1819.0
Plans and specifications
Approval of, 108.5
Changes in, 107.1
Required, 107.5, 107.6
Plastering and lathing
Application, interior, 2505. 1
Exterior, 3607.3.6
Fireresistaiice requirements, 721.0
General re<iuirements, 2505.0, 2506.0
Gypsum plaster, 2505.0
Interior lathing and gypsum plastering, 2505.0,
3607.2.2
Materials, 2505.0
Portland cement stucco, 2506.0
820
780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
INDEX
Plastics
Approval for use, 2601.3
Approved, 2601.2
Bathroom accessories, 2604.7
Definition, 202.0
Design and installation, 2604.0
Fastenings, 2604.0
Foam, 803 3.1,2603.0
Glazing of unprotected openings, 2606.0
Interior finish and trim, 803.0
Light-diffusing systems, 2604.5
Ofsigns, 3102.6.4 2
Partitions, 2604.6
Roof panels, 2607.0
Scope and use, 260 1 . 1
Skylights, 2608.0
Structural requirements, 2604.2
Thermoplastics, defmition, 202.0, 2604.1
Thermosetting, definition, 202.0, 2604. 1
Veneer, 2605.1
Wall panels exterior, 2605. 1
Platforms
Construction of, 412.4
Fire suppression, 412.6
Plenums, 1005.7,2805.0
Plot plan, required, 11 0. 1
Plumbing
Certificate of approval, 2904.3
Existing, 2908.0
Permits. 2904.0
Plans and specifications, 2902.0, 2904. 1, 2904.2
Sewer and water supply data, 3404.0
Violations, 2904.5
Water supply systems, 2905.0
Plywood. 2307.0, 3607.3.3, 3606.10
Portable signs, 3102.14
Positive heat supply, definition, 202.0
Posting
Occupant load, 1003.3
Permits, 111.14
Unsafe building, 121.0
Projecting signs, 3102. 10
Projection rooms
Construction of, 41 1.2
General requirements, 41 1.0
Ventilation of. 411.3
Projections fi'om buildings
Awnings and canopies. 3203.9, 3205.0
Projections
Balconies and stairs, 3203.8
B^ windows, 3203.7
Below sidewalk, 3202.2
Belt courses, 3203.4
Cornices and eaves, 3203.3
General, 3201.1
In alleys, 3204.0
Marquees, 3203.11
Signs, 119.0,3102.11,3202.10
Special and temporaiy, 3204.0
Street encroachments, 3202.0
Street projections, permissible, 3203.0
Yard and court, 1213.0
Protected construction
Defmition, 202.0
Protection against corrosion
Formed steel, 2206.4
Structural steel, 2203.5
Protection against dampness
Of crawl spaces, 1210.2
Of foundation walls, 1813.0
Protection against decay and termites, 23 1 1.0, 3603.22
Protection during construction
During wrecking, 3304.0
Of adjoining property, 3308.0
Of excavation, 3310.0
Protection of exterior openings
Of exterior waU, 706.0, 718.0
Of fire wall opening, 708.0
Public assembly
Use Group A, assembly, 303.0
Public way, definition, 202.0
Qualifications
Of board of appeals, 121.2.1
R, use group, residential, 3 10.0
Radio antennas and towers, 3108.0, 3109.0
Rafiters
Grade of lumber, 3608.2
Railings (see Handrails)
Ramps, 1016.0
Raq)roofing, 1215.0
Recesses (see Masonry and Walls)
Records
Of decisions, 121.6
Of departments, 104.7
Recreation buildings
Use Group A, assembly, 303.0
Reductions, live load, 1608.0
Refmeries
Use Group H, high-hazard, 307.0
Reformatories
Use Group 1-3, institutional, 308.0
Refiise, chutes, 2807.0
Refuse vaults, 2808.0
Reinforced
Definition, concrete, 202.0
Foundation walls, concrete, 1812.3.1
Grouted masomy, 3606.7.3
Gypsum concrete, 2504.0
Hollow-unit masonry, 3606.5.1.2.2, 3606.7.4
Masonry, foundation wails, 1812 3.2
Walls, 1812.0
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition
821
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Reinforced concrete (also see Concrete)
Definition (see Concrete), 202.0
Design, 1901 1
Footings, 1811.0
Gypsum, 2504.0
Pipes in, 1909.3
Removal
Of buildings and structures, 121.3
Of waste during construction, 33 13.0
Repair
Of existing buildings, 107.1.1, 3401.2, 3404.0
Of unsafe buildings or structures, 121.0
Permit not required, 107.1.1
To roofs of existing buildings, 15 12.0
Repair shops, motor vehicle
Defmition (see Garage, pubhc), 202.0
Public garages, 408.0
Use Group S-1, storage, moderate-hazard, 3 1 1.0
Residential buildings
Sound transmission control, 1214.0
Use Group R, 3 10.0
Restaurants
Use group A-3, assembly, 303.0
Restrictions
Area, 503.2
Height, 503.3
On employees, 104.5
Special occupancy, 40 1.0
Retail stores
Use Group M, mercantile, 309.0
Retaining wall
Definition (see Walls), 202.0
Design, 1825.2
General, 1825.1
Guardrails for, 1825.5
Reviewing stands , 1013.0
Revocation of permit, 111.12
Revolving doors, 1018.0
Right of entry, 113.4
Risers for stairways (see Stairways)
Roof construction
As required by type of construction, 603.0, 604.0,
605.0, 606.0
Builtup, 3609.7
Cooling towers, 1510.8
Covering, 1503.0, 3609.0
Definition of roof structure, 202.0
Drainage, 3608.1.3
Fireresistance requirements. Table 602
Flashing, 3607.3.8
Loads, 1609.0, 1611.0
Mansard or ordinary construction, 5 10.5
Of approved plastics, 2604. 1, 2607.0
Parapets above, 705.6, 707.5
Ponding 1609.5
Stadiums, 714.2
Wind loads, 1611.0
Wood construction, 2305. 15
Roof covering
Classified, 1506.0
General, Chapter 15
Roof signs, 3102.8
Roof structures, 1510.0
Roofing repairs on existing buildings, 15 12.0
Room size, 3603.7
Rooming houses
Use Group R, residential, 3 10.0
Rubbish chutes, 2807.0
Rubble stone foundation walls, 1812.3.4
Rule-makmg authority
Promulgated by code official, 1 08.0
Rust protection
For formed steel, 2206.4
For structural steel, 2203.5
S, use group,, storage, 311.0
Safe loads on soil, 1804.0
Safeguards during construction, 3301.0
Safety devictss for window cleaning, 3 1 10.0
Sanitariums
Use Group 1-2, institutional, 308.0
Scale of plans, 107.5
Schools
Use Group E, educational, 305.0
Scope of code
General 101.0
Screening rooms, motion picture, 411.0
Scrwns for skyhghts, 2404.3
Scuttle
Scuttle size and construction, 15 10.2
Seating
Aisles and, 1012.0
Folding and telescopic, 1013.0
Seismic (earthquake) design
Concrete, 1903.0, 1904.O
Foundations, 1810.2.1, 1815.2, 1816.3, 1816.11.1,
1818.3, 1819.3.1, 1820.1.2.1, 1820.5.4, 1821.3.5,
1821.3.6, 1824.3
Inspection related to, 1705.3.3.2, 1705.4.5, 1705.9,
1705.10,1705.11
Loads, 1612.0
Masonry, 2101.2, 2104.0
Soils, 1802.1.1, 1805.2,1805.3
Steel, 2203.2, 2203.2.1, 2204.0, 2206.3, 2207.2.1
Wood, 2305.8, 2305.9, 2306.0
Shaft
Definition, 202.0
General, 710.0
Shall, definition, 202.0
Sheathing
Floor, 2307.3.1, 2307.3.2
CJeneral re<quirements for, 2307.0, 2308.0, 2309.0
Roof, 2305.15.1, 2307.3.1, 2308.4
Subfloor, 2307.3.3
Wall, 2305.13
Shed
Sidewalk, 3304.4
822
780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
INDEX
Shingles and shakes
Asphalt shingles, 3609.3
Materials, 1507.0
Metal, 3609.5
Slate, 3609.4
Tile, cl^, or concrete, 3609.6
Wood shakes, 3609.9
Shutters
Shutters on exterior wall openings, 718.0
Sidewalks
Bridge, 3304.3
Elevated pedestrian walkways, 3 1 06.0
Siding, 3607.3.2
Minimum material requirements, 1403.3
Signs
Alley, 119.2.4
Alterations to, i 19.0
Banner and cloth, 3 102. 12. 1
Definition, 202.0
Design loads, 3 1 02.6, 3 1 02. 1 0.4
Doors, 1017.4.1,1017.4.1.2
Exemptions, 3102.4.3
Existing, 102.2
Extending over curb prohibited, 3 102. 10.2
For exits, 1023.0
General requirements, 3 102.6
Ground, 3102.7
Identification, 3102.8.3
lUuminated, 3102.6.3, 3102.13
Inspection of, 3102.5.4
Maintenance, 3102.5.2
Marquee, 3102.11
MisceUaneous,3102.l2
Permits for, 3102.4
Plans and specifications, 3102.4
Plastics for, 3 102.6.4.2, 2601.2
Pole, 3 102.7
Projecting, 3102.2
Roof, 3 102.8
Temporaiy, 3102.12
Unsafe, unlawfiil, 1 19
WaU, 3102.9
Wind ioads,161 1.0,3 102.6.1
Skylights
General, 2404.0, 3603.20.5
Plastic, 2601.2, 2608.1
Slidescapes, 202.0,1026.0
Smoke detection, 3603. 16.3
Smokeproof enclosure, 202.0, 1015.0
Snow load 1610.0,3603.1.5
Soil
Bearing, aUowable. 1804.0, 1805.0
Bearing capacity, 1804.0,1 805.0
Prepared fiU, 1705.9, 1804.3.2
Soilsreport, 1804.1, 1804.1.1
Tests. 1802.0, 1803.0
Sound stages, motion picture, 411.0
Sound transmission control in residential buildings
Air-borne noise, 1214.2
Scope, 1214.1
Structure-borne sound, 1214.3
Spans
Allowable, 3605.2.3, 3608.2.4
Special fu'eresistance requirements
For grade floor protection, 1 006.3. 1
For residential buildings, 313.3
Spray painting
Booths, 419.2. 1
Construction requirements for booths. 419.2. 1
Fire protection, 419.3
Rooms 419.2.2
Sprinklers (also see Automatic fire suppression systems)
Area increase permitted, 506.3
Capacity of means of egress, vAdth permitted 1009.0.
Table 1009.2
General requirements, 901.0, 906.0
Length of travel, increase permitted. 1006.5
Outside, 706.2
Where required, 904. 1
Stadiums
Roof construction, 714.2
Use Group A-5, assembly, 303.6
Stages
Construction, 412.3
Curtain, proscenium, 412.3.6
Defmition, 412.2
Fire suppression, 412.6
Proscenium wall, 412.3.5
Rooms, accessory, 412.5
Standpipes, 412.7
Ventilation of, 412.3.8
Stairways
Access to roof, 1027.0
Circular, 3603.13.6
Defmition, 202.0
Door to stairway, 1014.8
Enclosures, exterior, 1014.12.2
Enclosures, interior, 1014.11
Exterior, 1014.12
Fire escapes, 1025.0
Guardrails, 1014.7, 1021.0
Handrails, 1014.7, 1022.0
Headroom clearance, 1014.4, 3603.13.3
Illumination, 3603.13.7
Landings, width, 1014.3.2,1014.5
Means of egress, 1010.2,1014.0
Means of egress lighting, 1024.0
Rise between landings, 1014.5
Slidescapes, 1026.0
Spiral, 1014.6.4,3603.13.5
Treads and risers, 1014.1.1,1014.6,3603.13.2
Width, 1014.3,3603.13.1
Winders, 1014.6.3, 3603. 13.4
Stmdards, referenced, \^ch governs, 101.6, 102.4
Standby power systems, 2707.0
Standpipes
Definition, 202.0
During construction, 3305.3
Water supply, 914.0
Where required, 914.0
Starting work
Notice to building official, 108.9
9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition
823
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STAl^ARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Steel, construction
Cast-iron construction, 2209.0
Cast-steel construction, 2208.0
Definition, 202.0
Fire escapes, 1025.0
Grillages in footings, 1809.0
Joists, open- web construction, 2205.0
Light gage and fonned steel construction, 2206.0
Painting, 2203.5
Reinforcing. 2105.9.3, 2105.9.4, 2208.0 .
Special steel, 2207.0
Structural, 2203.0
Steel pipes
Concrete-filled, 1819.1, 1819.5
Stone
Cast, 2105.3
Foundation walls, 1812.3.4
Natural, 2105.3
Veneer, 1405.5.6
Stop work orders, 11 9.0
Storage
Of combustible dusts, grain processing and storage,
418.3.1
Of flammable Liquids, 418.3.2
Of liquefied petroleum gas, 4 1 8.3 .3
Use Group S, storage, 3 11.0
Story above grade, definition, 202.0
Street
Definition, 202.0
Encroachments, 3202.0
Pemiissible projections, 3203.0
Structural clay tile, 2105.2
Structural glass block, 2115.1
Structural panels, wood. Chapter 23
Structural requirements for plastics, 2604.2
Structural steel (see Steel, construction)
Structure
Definition, 202.0
Unsafe, 121.0
Stucco, 2506.0
Swimming pools
Definition, 421.2
Design and construction, 421.5
Hot tiib, 421.2, 421.10
Permit and plans, 421.3
Safety precaution, 42 1 .9, 42 1 . 1
Spa, 421.2, 421.10
Water supply treatment and drainage system, 421.6
Tanks
Storage of flammable liquids, 418.3.2
Storage of liquefied petroleum gas, 418.3.3
Telescopic seating, 1013.0
Television antennas and towers, 3 108.0, 3 109.0
Temporary
Buildings or structures, 1 10.2, 3 104.0
Electrical use, 2705.0
Occupancy, 120.3
Permits, 11 1.0
Safeguards, 120.1
Signs, 3 102. 12
Stairs, 33 114.1
Termination of approval for temporary buildings,
110.2.3
Tents, air-supported structures, requirements, 3104.0
Termite prot{5ction
Approved pressure preservative treatment of wood.
2311.0
Tests
Fireresistance, 704. 1. 1
Flameresiatance, 802.0
General, Chapter 17
New materials and devices, 1701.2
Of construction equipment, 3303.0
Of fire protection systems. Chapter 9
Pile capacity, 1817.0
Prefabricated construction, 1703.3
Procedure for soil, 1803.3
Soil bearing values, 1 804.0
Structural steel unit, 2203.0
Ties veneer, 3607.3.7.2.1
Theaters
Aisles, 1012.0
Use Group A-1, assembly, 303.2
Thermal insulating materials, 722.0
Thermoplastics, accepted, 2604.0, 2606.3
Thermosetting plastics, accepted. 2604.0
Towers
Cooling, 1510.8
Radio and television, requirements, 3 108.0
Wind, loads, 1611.0,3108 4
Travel, lengtli of, to exits, 1006 5
Treads, stairs, 3402.2
Trim, exterior, 1406.0
Trim, interior (see Interior fmish and trim)
Trusses
Individual encasement, 714.1
Roof slabs and arches, 714.4
Roofs, 20 feet or higher, 714.3
Wood construction, 2305.14, 2305.15, 3605.2.10,
3608.2.11
Tunnel flame spread test, 1702 4. 1
Types of construction
Type 1, noncombustible, 603.0
Type 2, noncombustible, 603.0
Type 3, noncombustible/combustible, 604.0
Type 4, heavy timber, 605.0
Type 5, combustible, 606.0
824
780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
INDEX
u
U, use group, utility aiid miscellaneous, 3 12.0
Underground structures, 405.0
Underpinning, 3309.3
Unfired pressure vessels, 2801.2
Unlimited area, buildings, 507.0
Unsafe structures, 121.0
Unusable space, 713.1.2
Use Group
DoubtM classification, 302.1
Classification, 302.0
Mixed use classification, 3 13.0
Utilities public, discontinuance of
In demolition of structures. 1 12.0
Validity
Of code, 104.0
Vapor retarder, 722.3.1, 1403.3
Vaults, refuse, 2808.0
Veneers
Height of, for frame buildings, 1405.5. 1
Masonry,1405.5, 1405.6, 3607.3.7
Metal, 1405.4
Plastic, 1404.6
Stone and tile, 1405.5.6
Structural glass, 1405.7
WaU facings and, 1403.3
Weather resistance, 1403.3, 3607.3.2
Ventilation
Attics, 1210.1
Court requirements for, 1212.0
Crawl space, 1210.2
Definition, 202.0
For existing buildings, 3400.6
Garages, 408.5
General requirements, 1201.0
Mechanical, 1209.0
Motion picture projection rooms, 4 1 1 .3
Natural, 1208.0
Roof, 3608.6
Windows, 1208.2
Vertical openings
Conveyor openings, 3009.1
Enclosures, 710.4, 710.5
Violations and penalties
Abatements, 118.5
Notice of, 118.6
Penalties, 118.4
Stop work, 119.0
Unsafe building 121.0
Walkways, pedestrian, 3106.0
Wall signs, 3102.9
Wallboard (also see Sheathing)
Fiberboard, 2309.0
For frame construction, 2305. 1 3
Gypsum. 2503.0, 3607.2.3
Hardboard, 1403.3
Particleboard, 2308.0
Wood structural panel, 2307.0
Walls (also see Masonry)
Basement, 3604.4
Bearing, chases and recesses in, 21 13.1
Bearing, lateral bracing of, 2108.2
Bearing, wood frame construction, 2305.4
Bonding of, 21 10.0, 2111.0
Bracing, 3606.2.9
Concrete masonry units, 2 105. 1
Construction, 3606.2.3
Corbeled and projecting masonry, 21 12.2
Defmition, 202.0
Deflection, 3607.3
Design for wind on vertical surfaces, 161 1.0
Ducts in fircrcsistance rated walls, 717.0
Enclosures for theater stages, 412.2
Exterior protection, 3607.3
Fire and party, 707.0
Fire partitions, 711.0
Fire separation, 709.0
Fire wall openings, 708.0
Fireplace, 3610.4.3
Foundation walls, 1812.0
Glass block, 21 15.0
HoUow, 2105.1, 2105.2
Hollow panels, thickness of, 1404.6
Masonry wall construction, 2113.1
Panel, 1404.6
Parapet, 705.6, 707.5
Penthouse, 1510.3
Plain concrete, 1901.2
Proscenium, 412.3.5
Protection of exterior openings in, 706.0
Reinforced concrete, 1901.1, 191 0.0
Reinforced concrete walls, 1 8 12.3. 1
Retaining, 1825.0
Roof structure, 1510.0
Shaft enclosure, 710.3. 1
Smoke barriers, 712.0
Stone foundation, 1812.3.4
Thickness of panel, 1404.6
Veneers, glass, 1405.7
Veneers, metal, 1405.4
Veneers, plastic, 2605.0
Veneers thickness of, 1403.3
Veneers thin and tile, 1405.5.6
Warehouse
Use Group S, storage, 3 1 1.0
Waste chutes, 2807.0
Waste to be removed, 3 3 1 3 .0
Supply, definition, 202.0
Supply for plumbing, 2905.0
Tanks, 1510.7
Waterproofing of exterior structural elements, 1813.0
Waterproofing of foundation walls, 1813.4.2, 3604.6
9/19/97 (Efifective 2/28/97) - corrected 780 CMR - Sixth Edition
825
780 CMR: STATE BOARD OF BUILDING REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
Welding
Inspection, 1705.3.3.2
Width
Aisles, 1012.0
Lobbies used as an exit element, 1020.3
Means of egress doors, 1017.3
Stair exit doors, 1014.8.1
Units of exit width, 1009. 1
Wind load design Zoning
Buildings, 1611.0
Definition, 202.0, see Load
Glass, 2403.1
Radio and television towers. 3108.4
Signs, 1611.12,3102.6.1
Winders, 1014.6.3
Windows
Bay, 1406.5
Cleaning safeguards, 3110.0
Dormer, 1 5 10.6
Fire, 718.0
Fireresistive design, 718.1
Glass area required, 1206.2,1208.2
Required for light and ventilation, 1205.0
Wired glass
In fireresistive doors and windows, 719.0
Wood construction
Bearing walls, 2305.4
Bracing, 2305.7
Bridging, 2305.14.2
Cambering, 2301.1
Cornices, 1406.2.2
Cutting and notching, 2305.3
Designated type of, 606.1
Fiberboards, 2309.0
Fireretardant-treated, 707.5.2, 23 10.0
Flashing, 1405 3.10
Floor sheathing, 2307.3.1
Floors, 3605.2
Foundation anchorage, 2305.16
Foundation, general, 1812.0, 3604.4.3, 3604.5.2
Framing around flues and chimne3/s, 2304. 1 1
Heavy timber construction, 2304.0
Nailing, 1405.3 7,2305.2
Nonbearing walls, 2305.5
Piles. 1822.0
Plywood, 2307.0
Prefabricated 1-joists, 2313.5
Protection near grade, 2311.4
Roof-ceiling, 3608.2
Roof sheathing, 2305.15.1, 2307.3. 1
Shear walls, 2502.0
Sheathing lath, 2305.13.2
Shingles and shakes, 1506.3, 1507.2.8, 1507.2.9.
3609.8, 3609.9
Spans for plywood sheathing, 2307.3
Stressed skin panels, 23 13.2
Structural glued-Iaminated timber. 23 13. 1
Structural members, 2303.0
Structural panels, 2307.0
Stud spaciing, 2307.3.5
Subfloors, 2307.3.3
Trusses, 3605.2.10, 3608.2.11
Veneer, height of, 1405.5.1
Veneer, masonry, 1405 5
Veneer, metal, 1405 4
Wall sheathing, 2305.13. 3606.2
Weatherboarding, exterior, 1403.3
Woric
Start, 111.15
Stop order, 119.0
Workmanship, 117.0
Written notice
Defmitiou, 202.0
Yard
Definition, 202.0
Obstruction of, 1213.0
Permissible encroachments, 1213.2
Yard system fire mains, 916.0
826
780 CMR - Sixth Edition corrected - 9/19/97 (Effective 2/28/97)